r^
>9t^s^^A,l^>3Q
■^
Given By
^. R StiPT QT^ Docm^y^'=^
_^
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
•\\*T^
DEPOSi
\<^^1
INDEX
VOLUME XXXVII: Numbers 940-966
fE
iCiAL
EKLY RECORD
ITED STATES
lEIGN POLICY
July 1-December 30, 1957
iY'
3
I PUBLIC-^
\/*l. 3 9
CTuVy -Sec.
Boston Public Library
Superintond'nt of Documents
-SEP 1 9 1958
Correction for Volume XXXVII
The Editor of the Bulletin wishes to call
attention to an error in volume XXXVII :
December 16, page 965, footnote 5 : The statement
by Ambassador Lodge dated November 19 (U.S.
delegation press release 2818) was released follow-
ing the vote on the resolution enlarging the mem-
bership of the Disarmament Commission, not
following the vote on the 24-power resolution on
fundamental principles.
INDEX
Volume XXXVII, Numbers 940-966, July 1-December 30, 1957
Adenauer. Konrad, 50, 233
Advertising material and commercial samples, interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation of,
129, 509, 5S7, 626, 662, 734, 813
Adviser to the Government of Panama, agreement extend-
ing 1942 agreement with Panama relating to
assignment of, 696
Advisory Committee on the Arts, appointment of
members, 747
Advisory Group for Aeronautical Research and Develop-
ment of NATO, meeting, letter (Eisenhower), 951
Aerial inspection. See Disarmament
Aerial photography, agreement with Venezuela for joint
program of, 696
Afghanistan :
Economic assistance, agreement with U.S. under
American Doctrine, 341
Helmand Valley reclamation project, progress of, 315
IFC, articles of agreement, 942
Africa (see also individual countries) :
Nationalism, growth in, article (Dulles), 576
Rising influence of, address (Wilcox), 179
Sub-Sahara Africa, problems and prospects of, article
(Palmer), 930
Visit of Julius 0. Holmes to, itinerary, 650
Aggression, question of defining, statement (Klutznick)
and General Assembly resolution, 890
Agricultural Sciences, Inter-American Institute of :
Convention (1944) on the, 478
Proposed expansion of activities, address (Rubottom),
925
Agricultural surpluses, U.S., use in overseas programs :
Agreements with —
Bolivia, 86, 129, 549; Brazil, 334; Burma, 129; Co-
lombia, 662, 734, 1039; Ecuador, 770; Israel, 942;
Korea, Republic of, 906 ; Mexico, 814 ; Pakistan,
980 ; Peru, 478 ; Philippines, 172, 298 ; Poland, 405,
444 ; Turkey, 734
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act:
Administration of, announcement and Executive
order, 1044
President's 6th semiannual report to Congress (Jan.
1-June30, 1957), 281
Assistance to Colombo Plan countries, 757
Discussions with Poland, 803
Effect on balance of payments with Latin America, 81
Effect on Canadian economy, discussions regarding,
683, 684
Emergency relief aid to Colombia, 1042
Foreign currency receipts from, proposed use of,
address (Nixon), 706
index, July fo December 1957
469637 — 58 1
Agricultural surpluses — Continued
Mutual security program, statement (HoUistei/, 415
Report to 12th session of GATT contracting parties, 1007
Statement (Mann), 848
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act. See
under Agricultural surpluses
Agriculture (see also Food and Agriculture Organiza-
tion) :
Colombo Plan countries, development in, communi-
que, 900
Domestic agriculture, relationship to foreign trade
policy, address (Beale),874
Irrigation project in Japan, International Bank loan
for, 355
Latin America, agricultural development in, 926
Plant protection convention (1951), international, 218
Soviet agriculture, problems of, address (Allen Dulles),
641
World agricultural production, growth of, statement
(Jacoby),498
Aguinaldo, Gen. Emilio, 60
Aid to foreign countries. See Economic and technical aid,
Military assistance, and Mutual security
Air transport. See Aviation
Aircraft. See Aviation
Alaska International Rail and Highway Commission, ap-
pointment of U.S. members, 76, 981
Albania :
Independence day, 1000
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 444
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 173
Slavery convention (1926), 366
WMO, convention, 334
Algerian question :
General Assembly resolution, 1047
U.S.-Moroccan views, joint statement (Dulles, Mohamed
V),956
U.S. position, statements: Dulles, 14, 142; Lodge, 1046
Aliens, acquisition of permanent residence status, 1033
Aliens, nonimmigrant, waiver of U.S. fingerprinting re-
quirements for, address (Auerbach), announcement,
and text of regulation, 682, 1034
Almonds, shelled or prepared, tariff quota on, letter (Eisen-
hower), announcement, and proclamation, 210, 852
Alsike clover seed, extension of tariff quota on, announce-
ment and proclamation, 210
American Committee on Italian Migration, 65
1055
American Doctrine, U.S. economic and military assistance
to the Middle East as a means of combatting com-
munism:
Addresses and statement : Dulles, 232, 532, 559 ; Kretz-
mann, 352 ; Richards, 17
Application to Syria, question of, statements (Dulles),
527, 528, 529
President's 1st report to Congress (Mar. 9-June 30,
1957), 339
Belationship to overall U.S. policy in area, statement
(Dulles), 714
Soviet views on, statement (White) and texts of notes,
525, 602, 603
American Republics. See Latin America and individual
countries
Amity, economic relations, and consular rights treaty with
Iran, 129
Anderson, Robert B., 463, 476, 683
Angulo, Lt. Sigfredo, 70, 73
Anschuetz, Norbert L., 174
Antidumping Act (1921), proposed revision, statement of
Department's vievps (Birch), 436
Antilles, Netherlands :
Triendship, commerce, and navigation treaty with
Belgium, extension to, 860
Road traffic convention (1949), extension to, 42
Antitrust legislation, national, and international cartels,
GATT consideration of, 1008
ANZUS Council, meeting and delegations, 646
Aqaba, Gulf of :
International status of, U.S. position, statement
(Dulles), 232
•Procedures for passage of ships into, 112
Arab-Israeli dispute (see also Arms supply and Suez
Canal problem) :
Israeli dispute with EgjT)t :
General Assembly actions regarding, address (Her-
ter), 225, 226
Gulf of Aqaba, 112, 232
Palestine refugees, problem of, addresses and state-
ments : Dulles, 96, 102 ; Ludlow, 996, 998 ; Wilcox,
106, 563, 564, 794
Soviet efforts to exploit problem, addresses : Ludlow,
994 ; Murphy, 485
U. S. position, statement (Dulles), 232, 234
Arab States, U.S. policy toward, statement (Lodge), 781
Aramburu, Gen. Pedro Eugenio, 929
Arbitration, Permanent Court of, designation of U.S.
members, 196
Arctic aerial inspection, statement (Dulles), 10
Argentina :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 343
Aviation Week, messages (Aramburu, Eisenhower), 929
Desire for increased U.S. economic aid, statement
(Dulles), 97
International Bank, membership in, 317, 601
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 861
Duties and rights of states in event of civil strife,
protocol to 1928 convention, 662
Nationality of women, convention (1933) on, 770
Argentina — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Political rights of women, inter-American convention
(1948) on, 770
Technical cooperation, agreement with U.S., 42
Universal copyright convention ( 19.52 ) , 942
Armaments («ee also Arms supply. Atomic energy: Nu-
clear weapons. Disarmament, MLssiles, and. Outer-
space projectiles) :
Combat materiel, illegal introduction into Korea by
Chinese Communists, 394, 395, 968, 971
NATO armaments, question of manufacture by Euro-
pean countries, statement (Dulles), 1029
Reduction of :
Conventional weapons, address (Dulles), 269, 270, 271
Economic desirability of, statements : Jacoby, 324,
502 ; Lodge, 963
4-power (U.S., Canada, France, U.K.) proposals,
statements: Eisenhower, 455; Lodge, 632, 671;
working paper, 451
General Assembly resolution regarding, 962
U.S.-Japanese views, joint communique ( Eisenhower,
Kishi), 52
Replacement of old weapons by U.N. Command (Korea),
announcement and statement, 58
Soviet emphasis on development of, address (Allen
Dulles), 645
Trade in. Western proposal for international control, 454
U.S. armaments, status of, address (Eisenhower), 820
Armed forces :
Air defense forces (U.S.-Canadian), integration of,
joint statement (Wilson, Pearkes), 306
British and French, withdrawal from Suez Canal zone
in response to U.N. appeal, 376
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners of
war and wounded and sick, 86, 173, 405, 861
Prisoners of war, South Korean and U.S. troops in
Communist hands, statements (Judd), 969, 970, 974
Reduction of :
4-power (U.S., Canada, France, U.K.) proposals, state-
ments : Eisenhower, 455 ; Lodge, 632, 635, 668, 671 ;
working paper, 451
General Assembly resolution regarding, 962
U.S. and Soviet positions, addresses : Dulles, 269, 271,
556 ; Wilcox, 565
Soviet forces in Hungary. See Hungarian question
Status-of-forces agreements. See Status-of-forces
D.N. Emergency Force. See United Nations Emergency
Force
Armed Forces, U.S. :
Aid to German ship Pamir, letter of appreciation (Von
Brentano),6Sl
Budgetary reduction of, effect on London disarmament
negotiations, statement (Dulles), 348
In Germany, agreement with Federal Republic for con-
tribution to costs of maintenance, 42, 129
In Japan, reduction of, joint communique (Eisenhower,
Kishi) and statements (Dulles), 52, 97, 98
In Morocco, joint statement (Dulles, Mohamed V) re-
garding, 956
Military missions, U.S., abroad. See Military missions
Need for increased pay for, address (Eisenhower), 869
1056
Deparfment of State Bulletin
Armed Forces, U.S. — Continued
Persounel serving abroad, letter from President Eisen-
hower for inclusion in passports of, 275
Supernational authority over, question of, statement
(Dulles), 790
Use in the Middle East, question of. See American
Doctrine
Arms supply to the Middle East :
Egypt, purchase of Soviet submarines, address and
statement : Dulles, 100 ; Wilcox, 106
Control of, prospects for, statements (Dulles), 710, 714
Israel, D.S. policy regarding, statements (Dulles), 101,
527
Soviet deliveries, article (Dulles), 570
Syria, Soviet-bloc shipments to, address and state-
ments : Dulles, 529, 558 ; Lodge, 778
Tunisia, U.S. deliveries to, announcement and state-
ments (Dulles), 882, 918, 920, 921, 922, 1028
U.S. policy (see also American Doctrine), statements
(Dulles), 232, 526, 528, 529, 532
Armstrong, Willis C, 321
Arneson, R. Gordon, 174
Arts, Advisory Committee on the, appointment of
members, 747
Asia, South Asia, and Southeast Asia (see also Far East
aiid individtial countries) :
Asian Regional Conference (ILO), 4th, U.S. delegation,
940
Asian regional nuclear center. See Asian regional
Collective security. See Collective security and South-
east Asia Treaty Organization
Communist subversion in. See under Communism
Cultural and economic aspirations of, address (Herter),
831, 834
Economic development (see also Colombo Plan) of free
Asian countries, U.S.-Japanese discussions, 52, 53
Nationalism, growth in, 576
Rising influence of, address (Wilcox), 179
South Pacific Commission :
Alternate U.S. commissioner, appointment, 990
The First Ten Years, article (Keesing), 423
U.N. members, question of Security Council seats for,
address (Wilcox), 567
U.S. mutual security program, article (Dulles), 575
Asian regional nuclear center :
Establishment at Manila, proposed, 149
Worliing group, 1st meeting, announcement, address
(Hollister), and texts of communique and final
report, 308
Atlantic alliance, transcript of radio interview (Dulles,
Serpen ) regarding, 987
Atlantic Community (see also North Atlantic Treaty Or-
ganization), addresses and remarks: Dulles, 419;
Elbriek, 947 ; Herter, 135
Atomic energy, nuclear weapons :
Estimate of Communist China's ability to produce,
statement (Dulles), 141
International control of :
4-power (U.S., Canada, France, U.K.) proposals,
statements : Eisenhower, 455 ; Lodge, 631, 633, 634,
635, 668, 671, 961, 964 ; working paper, 452
General Assembly resolution regarding, 962
Atomic energy, nuclear weapons — Continued
International control of — Continued
U.S. and Soviet positions, addresses, article, and
statements : Dulles, 99, 100, 269, 270, 555, 556, 573 ;
Eisenhower, 418; Wilcox, 564, 798
U.S.-Japane.se discussions, joint communique (Eisen-
hower, Kishi), 52, 53
NATO stockpile, proposed, statements (Dulles), 233,
234, 825, 916, 919
Testing of, proposed suspension :
4-power (U.S., Canada, France, U.K.) proposals,
statements: Dulles, 556; Eisenhower, 455; Lodge,
632, 633, 634, 668, 669, 671, 672, 961, 964; working
paper, 452
General Assembly resolution regarding, 962
U.S. and Soviet views, addresses, article, and state-
ments : Dulles, 96, 99, 100, 270, 348, 572 ; Eisenhower,
418 ; Lodge, 632 ; Wilcox, 258, 564, 565, 798
U.S.-Japanese views, joint communique and messages
(Eisenhower, Klshi), 53, 635
Use in event of attack on allies, U.S. policy and allied
views, statements (Dulles), 920
Atomic energy, peaceful uses (see also Asian regional nu-
clear center. Atomic Energy Agency, and Atomic
Energy Community) :
Agreements with —
Brazil, 334, 356; Cuba, 696; Ecuador, 41; France,
147, 173, 445; Germany, Federal Republic of, 129,
147, 149, 173, 3.34, 366, 404; Iraq, 41; Italy, 147,
173 ; Netherlands, 173, 366 ; Nicaragua, 41, 42 ; Nor-
way, 42 ; Peru, 260, 261 ; Portugal, 42, 587 ; Spain,
403, 405; Thailand, 86; Union of South Africa,
215, 218, 445
Article, remarks, and statements : Dulles, 575, 576 ;
Eisenhower, 146; Herter, 148; McKinney, 857;
Strauss, 147, 148
Inter-American Nuclear Energy Commission, establish-
ment, 925, 976
Nuclear energy materials :
EURATOM treaty provision for common market in,
1005
Uranium resources, agreement extending agreement
with Brazil for cooperative program of reconnais-
sance, 366
Uranium 235, U.S. releases of, remarks and state-
ments : Eisenhower, 146 ; Strauss, 147, 638
Nuclear power station in Italy, World Bank sponsor-
ship of study for, 357
Atomic energy, radiation effects on human health, U.S.
efforts for safeguarding against, addres.s, article,
message, and statements : Dulles, 557, 572, 573 ; Eisen-
hower, 636 ; Hagerty, 185 ; Lodge, 669
Atomic Energy Agency, International:
Establishment of, addresses, remarks, and statement:
Dulles, 555; Eisenhower, 307; Wadsworth, 238;
Wilcox, 798
Extension of the International Organizations Immunities
Act to, announcement and Executive order, 547
Functions and progress of, remarks (McKinney), 857
General Conference, 1st :
Remarks and message : Eisenhower, 638 ; Strauss, 637
U.S. delegation, 618
Index, July to December 1957
1057
Atomic Energy Agency, International — Continued
Proposal of W. Sterling Cole as director, U.S. aide
memoire, 50.1
Relationship to disarmament, address (Wilcox ) , 565
Role of Brazil in formation of, 356
Statute, current actions, 42, 86, 218, 260, 3.34, 365, 444,
478, 509, 549, 586, 626, 662, 696, 734, 769, 861, 942
U.S. representative on Board of Governors, 586
Atomic Energy Conmiunity, European :
Functions, announcement and statements (Herter,
Strauss), 147, 148
Relationship to GATT, 1005
Significance of, statement (Zellerbach), 610
Atomic information :
U.S. views on exchange of, remarks (McKinney), 858
U.S.-Australian agreement for exchange of atomic in-
formation for mutual defense purposes, 215, 216
(text), 218, 405
U.S.-British cooperation regarding, declaration and
joint statement, 740, 741
Attorney General, legislative authority regarding im-
migration and nationality, 10,32, 1033, 1034
Anerbaeh, Frank L., 1030
Australia :
Air transport negotiations with U.S., 21, 879
Participation in collective security arrangements, 390
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, agreement amending 1946 agreement
with U.S., 402, 405
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 334
Atomic information for mutual defense purposes,
agreement with U.S. for cooperation regarding ex-
change of, 215, 216 ( text ) , 218, 405
GATT, amending protocol. 850
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Austria :
Balance-of -payments con.sultations under GATT, 153
International Bank loan, 685
Tariff concessions to U.S., GATT, renegotiation of, 581,
851
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Austrian dollar bonds, agreement and protocol with
U.S. regarding, 173, 297, 532, 549, 662
D()Ul)le taxation of income, convention with U.S. for
avoidance, 405, 722, 814
GATT, amending protocol, 850
Military equipment, materials, and .services, agree-
ment with U.S. relating to purchase of, 405
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 366
Auto travel, international. See Travel
Aviation :
Aerial inspection proposals of President Eisenhower.
See Disarmament
Aeronautical Research and Development, meeting of
NATO Advisory Group for, letter (Eisenhower),
951
Air defense forces, U.S. and Canadian integration of,
joint statement (Wilson, Pearkes), 306
Aviation — Continued
Air transport talks, with —
Australia, 21 ; Belgium, 280 ; Brazil, 579 ; France, 754,
1037 ; Scandinavian countries, 846
Air transportation, development in Latin America, 926
Air transportation policy, international, address
(Dillon), 877
Aircraft, Soviet, permission for flight to U.S., announce-
ment and note, 470
Aircraft, U.S., claims for destruction. See under Claims
Aviation Week, Argentine, messages (Aramburu,
Eisenhower), 929
Helicopters, U.S., provision to Pakistan for emergency
transportation purposes, 187
International Civil Aviation Organization. See Inter-
national Civil Aviation
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Aerial photography, agreement with Venezuela for
joint program of, 696
Air navigation services in Faroe Islands, Greenland,
and Iceland, agreements for joint financing, 42, 906
Air services transit agreement (1944), international,
478, 942
Air transport agreements, with —
Australia, 402, 405; Cuba, 626; Egypt, 354, 405
Aircraft, imported, agreements relating to certificates
of airworthiness, with —
Belgium, 1049 ; Spain, 662
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 1018
Civil aviation convention (1944), international, and
protocol amending, 42, .509, 942
Azores, defense facilities in, supplementary agreement
with Portugal, joint statement and text, 905
Baghdad Pact :
Member countries, U.S. economic assistance under
American Doctrine, 341
Military Committee, U.S. participation in, 277, 278
Ministerial Council, 3d meeting, statements (Hender-
son) and text of final communique, 276
Working Party reiwrt on proposed establishment of
free trade area, text of final communique, 684
Balance of payments :
Consultations under GATT, 153, 1005
U.S.-Latiu America, article (Lederer, Culliertson), 79
Ballistic missiles. See Missiles
Baltic States, Soviet assurances prior to incorporation,
377
Bank for Reconstruction and Development. See Inter-
national Bank
Barbados, agreement supplementing 1956 agreement with
U.K. regarding establishment of oceanographic re-
search station in, 861
Barbour, Robert E., 334
Barco, James W., 626
Bartlett, Frederic P., 478
Bases, U.S., overseas. See Military bases
Beale, Wilson Thomas Moore, Jr., 662, 803, 871
1058
Departmenf of State Bulletin
Beam, Jacob D., 130
Benulao, Willard L., 647
Becker. Loftus E., IG, 42, 884
Belgian Congo :
Belgian tax convention with U.S., application to, 477,
025
International Bank loan, 1010
Belgium :
Air transport consultations with U.S., 280
Brussels Exhibition. See Brussels Universal
Import restrictions, elimination of, 1006
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Aircraft, imported, replacement of 1932 arrangement
with U.S. relating to certificates of airworthiness,
1049
Commercial samples and advertising material, con-
vention (19.")2) to facilitate Importation, 626
Double taxation on income, supplementary convention
with U.S., 445, 477, 625 (text)
GATT, 6th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, .509
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Trade agreement with U.S. (on behalf of Benelux),
supplementary to GATT, 129, 200
Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union, GATT supple-
mentary trade agreement on behalf of, 129, 200
Benelux. See Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union
Benson, Ezra Taft, 683
Berding, Andrew H., 835
Berlin :
Congress Hall, opening, 431
East Berlin uprising, 4th anniversary, 50
Increase in refugees entering, 26
Mayor Otto Suhr, tribute to, address (Murphy), 483
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, U.S. agreement with the
Federal Republic on behalf of city, 129, 149, 173,
334
Motion picture films, U.S. agreement with Federal
Republic regarding importation and exhibition of,
extension to Land Berlin, 906
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, application to Land
Berlin of international convention and protocol
for, 942
Plant protection convention (1951), international,
extension to Land Berlin, 218
Berlin Declaration, 4-power (U.S., U.K., France, Federal
Republic) statement on German reunification, 304
Bicycles, U.S. tariff policy regarding, 722
Bills of lading, international convention (1924) for uni-
fication of rules relating to, and protocol of signature,
906
Birch, John A., 436
Black, Eugene R., 357
Bohlen, Charles E., 60
Bolivia, agricultural commodities agreements with U.S.,
86, 129, 549
Bonds of Austrian issue denominated in dollars, agreement
and protocol with Austria regarding, 173, 297, 532,
549, 662
Bonin Islands, return of administrative control to Japan,
U.S.-Japauese discussions regarding, joint communi-
que (Eisenhower, Kishi), 52
Boundary waters, U.S.-Canadlan cooperation in manage-
ment of, 720, 721
Bovey, John A., Jr., 478
Bow resolution regarding criminal jurisdiction over U.S.
forces abroad, memorandum and letters (Eisenhower,
Herter), 198, 296
Brazil :
Air transport consultations with U.S., 579
Tariff adjustments under GATT, 1006
TarifC negotiations with U.S., notice of preliminary hear-
ings, 804
Taxes inconsistent with GATT, removal of, 1008
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural surpluses, agreement correcting 1956
agreement with U.S., 334
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 334,
356
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 334
Duties and rights of states in event of armed con-
flict, protocol to 1928 convention on, 366
Educational exchange, agreement with U.S. for fi-
nancing, 860, 861
Uranium reconnaissance, agreement extending 1955
agreement with U.S., 366
U.S. consulate at Curitiba, opening, 445
British Guiana, agreement with U.S. for exchange of in-
ternational money orders, 1018
Broadcasting. See Telecommunications
Brookhaven National Laboratory, 308, 312
Brucker, Wilber M., 718
Brussels Universal and International Exhibition for 1958 :
Deputy U.S. Commissioner General, appointment, 119
State Department administration of U.S. participation,
announcement and Executive order, 150
Bulgaria :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 444
Destruction of Israeli aircraft (1955), application by
U.S. to ICJ regarding damage claims for deaths
of American passengers, texts of diplomatic cor-
respondence, 882
Nikola Petkov, 10th anniversary of execution, 567
Burgess, W. Randolph, 218, 951
Burma :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 129
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 769
Civil aviation, international, protocol amending con-
vention on, 509
Economic cooperation, agreement with U.S., 861
GATT, protocol amending, 850
Butterfat articles, import restrictions on, announcement
and proclamation, 357
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic (See also Soviet
Union), convention (1936) fixing minimum age for
employment at sea, 42
Byington, Homer Morrison, Jr., 662
Cabot, John M., 1038
Calendar of international meetings, 38, 246, 398, 583, 729,
Index, July to December 1957
1059
Calhoun, John A., 770
Cambodia :
ICJ, declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction de-
posited, 734
Mutual mapping assistance, agreement with U.S. re-
lating to, 814
Cameroons, French, establishment of U.S. consulate at
Yaounde, 261
Canada :
Air defenise forces, integration with U.S. forces, joint
statement (Wilson, Pearkes) , 306
Atomic missile bases, U.S., question of establishment in,
statement (Dulles), 917
Continental defense system, cooperation with U.S., ad-
dress (Eisenhower), 821
Disarmament. See Disarmament and London disarma-
ment talks
Election to Security Council, statement (Lodge), 661
International Joint Commission. See International
Joint Commission
Joint U.S.-Canadian Committee on Trade and Economic
Affairs, 3d meeting, announcement and joint com-
munique, 381, 474, 683
Prime Minister, meeting with Secretary Dulles, 272
Security information, texts of U.S. and Canadian notes
regarding exchange and handling of, 384
Tariff concessions, GATT, renegotiation of, 581, 850
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Knergy Agency, International, statute, 334
Double taxation of income, convention modifying and
supplementing 1942 convention with U.S. for avoid-
ance of, 405, 612, 626, 734
GATT, protocol amending, 850
GATT, 6th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, 509
North Pacific fur seals, interim convention on conser-
vation, 586
Sockeye salmon fisheries in the Fraser River sys-
tem, protocol to 1930 convention with U.S. for
protection, preservation, and extension of, 129,
218, 366
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Whaling convention (1946), International, protocol
amending, 86
U.S. relations with, address and remarks :
Brucker, 718 ; Jones, 380
U.S. tariff quotas on potatoes, revision of, 154
Candau, M.G., 1000, 1003
Capital, private, investment abroad. See Investment of
private capital abroad
CARE, emergency relief aid to Colombia, 1042
Cargo, William I., 510
Cartas Castillo, Tiburcio, 717
Caribbean Commission, U.S. delgation to 7th session of
West Indian Conference and 25th meeting of Com-
mission, 903
Carnahan, Rep. A. S. J., 443, 652, 974
Carpenter, Francis W., 462
Cartels, international, and national antitrust legislation,
GATT consideration of, 1008
Castillo Armas, Carlos, 273
Central America (see also Inter- America, Latin America,
and Pan American), itinerary for visit by As.sistant
Secretary for Inter-American Affairs, 84
Central Intelligence Agency, relationship of coordinating
functions to foreign policymaking, 432
Ceylon :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 444
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 444
Tariff concessions to U.S., GATT, renegotiation of,
581, 850, 852
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation and statement (Dul-
les), 218, 345
Chapin, Vinton, 218
Chapman, Daniel Ahmling, 1029
Charter of the United Nations. See United Nations
Charter
Chemistry, International Union of Pure and Applied,
U.S. delegation to 19th conference, 213
Chile :
Closing of U.S. consulate and opening of consular
agency at Valparaiso, 062
ILO, instrument (1953) for amending of constitution,
478
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences, con-
vention, 478
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
and final protocol, 86
Uraniimi resources, agreement with U.S. for coopera-
tive program relating to, 734
Visit to U.S. by President, announcement, 343
China, Communist :
Atomic weapons, estimate of ability to produce, state-
ment (Dulles), 141
Cultural exchanges with U.S., question of, address and
statement (Dulles), 93, 229
Detention and release of U.S. civilians, 390, 420, 1000
Disarmament agreement, proposed, question of inclu-
sion of Communist China, statement (Dulles), 140
Education in, address (Eleanor Dulles), 25, 26
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners of
war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 861
Internal problems of, address, article, and statements:
Dulles, 139, 143, 144, 570 ; Murphy, 484
International Red Cross conference, walkout of Chinese
Communist delegates, statement (Reap), 904
Mao Tse-tung"s speech, statements (Dulles) regarding
101, 139
Olympic Games, question of participation in, statement
(Dulles), 530
Subversive policy in the Far East, addresses : Jones,
842; Murphy, 484
Thought-control policy in, address (Allen Dulles), 643
Trade with, question of controls on, addresses and state-
ments : Dulles, 14, 15, 93, 145 ; Sebald, 392
Travel to :
Correspondents, U.S. :
Authorization and statements (Dulles), 420, 459,
460, 461
Question of reciprocal admission to U.S. and Com-
munist China, statement (Johnson) aud proposal,
533
1060
Department of State Bulletin
China, Communist — Continued
Travel to — Continued
Passports, issuance to relatives of imprisoned U.S.
citizens, 999
U.S. policy, address (O'Connor), announcement, and
message (Herter), 392, 607
U.N. representation, question of, addresses and state-
ments : Dulles, 93 ; Lodge, 658 ; Sebald, 391 ; Wilcox,
566, 794
U.S. policy of nonrecognition, addresses and statements :
Dulles, 91, 139, 144 ; Sebald, 389, 390
China, Republic of:
Exclusion from International Red Cross Conference,
Communist attempt at, statement (Reap), 904
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 549
Educational exchange program, agreement amending
and extending 1947 agreement with U.S., 1017, 1049
Parcel post, insured, agreement with U.S. concerning
exchange, 549, 906
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 297
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
U.N. membership, address and statements : Dulles, 93
Lodge, 659
U.S. mutual security aid, statements : Dulles, 412
Hollister, 416
U.S. policy toward, addresses: Dulles, 92; Jones, 843
Sebald, 390
Churchill, Gordon, 683
CIA. See Central Intelligence Agency
Citizen's Responsibility in International Affairs, address
(Wilcox), 103
Citizenship and education, relationship to NATO objec-
tives, address (Norstad), 952
Citrus fruit, agreement with U.K. relating to sale for
sterling, 587
Civil Aeronautics Board, role in negotiation of air trans-
port agreements, 878
Civil aviation. See Aviation
Civil Aviation Organization, International. See Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization
Civilian persons, Geneva convention (1949) relative to
treatment in time of war, 86, 173, 405, 861
Civilians, U.S. See United States citizens
Claims :
Federal Republic of Germany, modification of law
for external restitution, 581
German war assets, proposed return of, 230, 306
Owners of seagoing ships, text of international con-
vention on limitation of liability, 759
Pacific Islands Trust Territory, settlement of claims in,
251
Tripartite Commission on German assets in Japan, no-
tice regarding claims, 30
U.S. claims against —
Bulgaria, for deaths of American citizens resulting
from destruction of Israeli aircraft, texts of dip-
lomatic correspondence, 882
Soviet Union for destruction of aircraft over Sea of
Japan, notes regarding submission to ICJ, 470
Soviet Union for destruction of B-29 over Hokkaido,
announcement and U.S. note, 68
Index, July to December 1957
Claims — Continued
War damage claims, memorandum of understanding
with Italy regarding, 814
Clothespins, spring, import duty on :
Announcement, letter (Eisenhower), and proclama-
tion, 958
Complaint by Denmark and Sweden at 12th session of
GATT, 1008
Clothing and food industries, U.S., observation by Polish
officials, 748
Clough, Ralph N., 42
Clover seed, alsike, extension of tariff quota on, an-
nouncement and proclamation, 210
Coal and Steel Community, European. See European
Coal and Steel Community
Cole, Rep. W. Sterling, 505, 798
Coleman, John S., 8n
Collective security (see also Atlantic Community, De-
fense, Mutual defense. Mutual security, and Na-
tional defense) :
Allied defense policy, statements (Dulles), 786, 788, 789
Asia (see also Southeast Asia Treaty Organization) :
ANZUS Council, meeting and delegates, 646
Australian participation in, 390
U.S. participation in, 842
U.S.-Pakistani views regarding, joint communique
(Eisenhower, Suhrawardy), 186
Concept of, statements (Dulles), 12, 790
Economic aspects of, report by Office of the President,
724
Europe. See European security and North Atlantic
Treaty Organization
Near and Middle East. See American Doctrine and
Baghdad Pact
Regional organizations for, question of further integra-
tion, statement (Dulles), 988
Relationship to inter-American economic development,
statement (Anderson), 465
Relationship to trade policy, address (Beale), 872
U.S. and free-world policy of, address and article (Dul-
les), 557, 571
U.S.-British policy, declaration (Eisenhower, Macmil-
lan), 740, 471
Collisions at sea, regulations (1948) for preventing, 734
Colombia :
Agricultural commodities, agreements amending 1957
memorandum of understanding with U.S., 662, 734
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 674
Cooperative health program, agreement extending 1950
agreement with U.S., 662
U.S.-Colombian cooperation, address (Cabot), 1038
Colombo Plan :
Asian regional nuclear center. See Asian regional
Consultative Committee :
6th annual report, release of, 1044
9th meeting, U.S. delegation, communique, and ex-
tract from annual report, 695, 899
10th meeting to be held in U.S., announcement, 775
Economic development of member states, U.S. role in,
address (Reinhardt), 755
International Bank loans to member countries, 901, 1045
1061
Commemorative stamp honoring Pliilippine President Mag-
saysay, remarks and statement (Dulles, Eisenhower),
472
Commerce. See Trade
Commerce, navigation, and friendship, treaties with —
Korea, Republic of, 405, 510, 685, 696, 942 ; Netherlands,
SCO, SCI, 942
Commerce Department, administration of U.S. participa-
tion in trade fairs abroad, announcement and Execu-
tive order, 151
Commercial convention (1852) with Netherlands, termina-
tion, 942
Commercial relations, U.S. and other countries. See Eco-
nomic policy and relations, U.S. ; Tariff policy, U.S. ;
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on ; Trade ; and
Trade agreements
Commercial samples and advertising material, interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation of,
129, 509, 5S7, 626, 662, 734, 813
Commercial treaties. See Trade : Treaties ; and Trade
agreements
Committee for Reciprocity Information, Interdepart-
mental, 581, 686, 805, 850
Committee of Presidential Representatives, proposals re-
garding OAS, address (Rubottom), 925
Commodity agreements, inter-American, proposed, U.S.
position, address (Rubottom), 678
Commodity Credit Corporation. See Agricultural Sur-
pluses : Agricultural Trade Development and Assist-
ance Act
Common Market, European. See European Economic
Community
Common markets, Latin American, proposed, U.S. posi-
tion, address (Rubottom), 680
Communications. See Telecommunications
Communism («ee also China, Communist; Soviet Union;
and Soviet-bloc countries) :
Communist Party :
Membership in, grounds for denial of U.S. passport,
address ( O'Connor ) , 606
Relationship to Soviet Government, statement
(Dulles), 827
Cultural diplomacy, use for subversive purposes, ad-
dress (Herter),832
Economic penetration policies. See Less developed
countries : Economic penetration
Education, Communist, address (Eleanor Dulles), 25
Effect of Soviet actions in Hungary on, 64, 193, 237
Internal problems faced by, addresses and article:
Dulles, 570 ; Allen Dulles, 639 ; Jones, 844
International communism, problem of :
Addresses, article, and remarks: Brucker, 720;
Dulles, 577 ; Eisenhower, 867 ; Murphy, 484
U.S.-Japanese views, joint communique (Eisenhower,
Kishi),51
Miscalculation of U.S. Intentions by, statements
(Dulles), 530
Subversive activities in —
Africa, article (Palmer), 933
Commxmism — Continued
Subversive activities in — Continued
Asia :
Addresses and statements: Dulles, 487, 488, 530;
Kishi, 53 ; Jones, 841
SEATO seminar on, U.S. participants and final
communique, 978, 993
Baghdad Pact countries, statements (Henderson)
and communique, 277, 278, 279, 280
Indonesia, statement (Dulles), 1027
Laos and Korea, statement (Washington), 854, 855
Latin America, statement (Dulles), 826
Less developed countries, addresses : Allen Dulles,
644 ; Nixon, 703 ; Wilcox, 108
Near and Middle East, joint communique and state-
ment : Eisenhower, Suhrawardy, 186 ; Kretzmann,
351, 354
Syria, address and statements : Dulles, 487, 527, 528,
531; Murphy, 485
U.S. and free-world efforts to combat (see also Ameri-
can Doctrine) :
Addresses, article, and statements: Dillon, 880;
Dulles, 411, 569; Elbriek, 947; Herter, 48; Hol-
lister, 414; Jones, 843; Murphy, 486; Radford,
413 ; Wilcox, 180 ; Zellerbach, 611
Joint declaration (Eisenhower, Macmillan), 740
Conferences and organizations, international {see also
subject), calendar of meetings, 38, 246, 398, 583, 729,
888
Congo, Belgian :
Belgian tax convention with U.S., application to, 477,
625
International Bank loan, 1010
Congress, U.S. :
Addresses by : Prime Minister of Japan, 53 ; Prime
Minister of Pakistan, 187, 189
Documents relating to foreign policy, lists of, 85, 152,
200, 24.1, 297, 322, 397, 437, 476, 493, 582, 807
Legislation :
American Doctrine for the Middle East, statement
(Richards), 17
Cotton, long staple, sale from U.S. stockpile, state-
ment (Eisenhower), 209
Development Loan Fund, addresses and statements:
Dillon, 32, 115, 117, 913, 915 ; Dulles, 5, 412 ; Hol-
lister, 416; Jacoby, 503; Nixon, 706
Immigration and Nationality Act, amendment, ad-
dres.ses and statement: Auerbach, 1030; Eisen-
hower, 543 ; McCollum, 66
Implementation of 1955 treaty with Panama, 477
Legislation, proposed :
Antidumping Act (1921), revision of, statement
(Birch), 436
Lead and zinc imiwrts, excise taxes on, letters and
statement : Armstrong, 321 ; Eisenhower, Cooper,
490
Mutual security program, statements : Dulles, 3, 411,
458, 459 ; Eisenhower, 371 ; Hagerty, 373 ; Hollis-
ter, 414 ; Radford, 413 ; Richards, 19
OTC, U.S. membership, address (Dillon), 915
1062
Department of State Bulletin
Congross, U.S. — Continued
Legislation, proposed — Continued
liogionnl liroadcasting agreements. Mexican and
Xortli American, statement (Sattertliwaite), 242
Status-of-forces agreements, revision of, letters,
memorandum, and statements : Eisenliower, 296 ;
Herter, 198 ; Murphy, 317
Trade agreements legislation :
Addresses and statements: Beale, 871, 872, 873;
Dillon, 913; Mann, 847; Nixon, 706
Administration proposals, 1042
U.S. reserve fleet ships, sale abroad, statement (Kali-
jarvi) and letter (Hill), 77
Presidential messages, reports, etc. See Eisenhower :
Messages, reports, and letters to Congress
Conover, Harry, 734
Consular rights, amity, and economic relations, treaty
with Iran, 129
Consular service, U.S. See Foreign Service
Consultative Committee for Economic Development in
South and Southeast Asia. See Colombo Plan
Cooper, Rep. Jere, 491
Cope, Arthur C, 214
Copyright :
Intergovernmental Copyright Committee, 2d session, 694
Royalties, avoidance of double taxation on income
from, protocol supplementing 1945 convention veith
IT.K.. 444
Universal copyright convention (1952), 86, 173, 694,
813, 942
Corette, John E., 586
CorresiMndents, news :
Attendance at Secretary Dulles' conferences, question
of identification of, statements (Dulles, White),
824
Journalists from NATO countries, itinerary for visit
to U.S., 651
U.S. correspondents, question of travel to Communist
China. Sec under Communist China
Costa Rica, protocol to 1928 convention on duties and
rights of states in event of armed conflict, 366
Cotton, long staple, sale from U.S. stockpile, statement
(Eisenhower), 209
Crowe, Philip K., 862
Crude oil, establishment of special committee to investi-
gate U.S. imports of, 209
Cuba:
Internal situation, statement (Dulles), 349
Tariff adjustments under GATT, 1006
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, agreement amending annex to 1953
agreement with U.S., 626
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 696
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 662
Duties and rights of states in event of armed conflict,
protocol to 1928 convention on, 662
GATT, amending protocol, 850
GATT, 8th protocol of supplementary concessions, 129
IFC, articles of agreement, 586
Cuba — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Investment receipts, agreement with U.S. providing
guaranties against inconvertibility of, 1018
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Trade agreement with U.S., supplementary to GATT,
157
U.S. tariff concession to, announcement and proclama-
tion, 154, 156
Culbertson, Nancy F., 79
Cultural property, convention (1954) for protection in
event of armed conflict, and regulations of execution
and protocol, 334, 906
Cultural relations (see also East-West contacts. Educa-
tional exchange, and Exchange of persons) :
Advisory Committee on the Arts, appointment of mem-
bers, 747
Cooperation in science, culture, and education, state-
ment ( Jleany ) , 764
Cultural diplomacy, growth and importance of, address
(Herter), 831
Cultural exchange program, administration of, an-
nouncement and Executive order, 150
Cultural exchanges with Communist China, question
of, address and statement (Dulles), 93, 229
Inter-American convention (1954) for promotion of,
404, 586, 696, 861
U.S. cooperation with Colombia, address (Cabot), 1041
USIA activities in, address (Berding), 838
Curasao, agreement with Netherlands for establishment
and operation of rawinsonde observation station, 549
Customs (seenZsoTariff policy, U.S.) :
Customs tariffs, protocol modifying 1890 convention for
creation of international union for publication of,
365, 626, 662, 696, 042
Private road vehicles, convention (1954) on temiwrary
importation of. 86, 173, 626, 734, 813, 906
Touring, convention (1954) concerning facilities for,
86, 173, 218, 365, 549, 626, 813
Customs Simplification Act of 1956, 436, 437
Czechoslovakia :
Eilucation in, address (Eleanor Dulles), 25, 26
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 218
Civil aviation convention (1954), international, pro-
tocol amending, 42
GATT, amending protocol, 850
GATT, 6th protocol of rectifications and modifica-
tions to schedules, 814
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Dairy products, U.S. tariff policy regarding :
Announcement, letter (Eisenhower), and proclamation,
33, 475
Complaint by Netherlands at 12th session of GATT,
1008
Dates, President decides against import restrictions on,
397, 960
David, Nelson B., 545
Index, July fo December 1957
1063
Defense (see also Mutual defense, Mutual security, and
National defense) :
Agreement supplementing 1951 agreement with Portu-
gal, 905, 942
Facilities assistance program, agreements with France
regarding, 696
Naval vessels or small craft, agreement with Greece
relating to loan of, 478
Practice bombing range at Cuxhaven (Sandbank), Ger-
many, agreement supplementing 1954 arrangement
with the Federal Republic for use of, 478
Defense, Secretary of, functions in administration of
Ryukyu Islands, Executive order, 55, 57
Defense Department, transfer of funds for military por-
tion of mutual security program to, 115
Defense support. See Mutual security
De KaufCmann, Henrik, 846
Denmark :
Air transport talks with U.S., 846
Balance-of-payments consultations under GATT, 153
Complaint against U.S. increase in duty on spring
clothespins, GATT consideration of, 1008
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 260
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 1018
GATT, protocol amending, 850
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 334
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 130
Development Loan Fund :
Administration of, announcements and Executive order,
990
Appointment of Manager, 1018
Functions, addresses : Dillon, 881 ; Reinhardt, 756
Legislation regarding, addresses and statements : Dil-
lon, 32, 115, 117, 913, 915 ; Dulles, 5, 412 ; HoUister,
416; Jacoby,503; Nixon, 706
DEW. See Distant early warning system
Diefenbaker, John, 272
Diem, Ngo Dinh, 61
Dillon, C. Douglas :
Addresses and statements :
Economic Conference of the OAS, 539
Encouraging Economic Growth in Less Developed
Countries of the Free World, 31
International Air Transportation Policy ; the Mutual
Security Program, 877
International Trade and Development — The Year
Ahead, 911
Our Mutual Security Programs, 114
Progress in International Financing, 597
Coordination of mutual security programs, 991, 993
Trade Agreements Act, proposed extension, 1042
U.S.-Yugoslav economic talks, 646
Dlnsmore, Lee, 174
Diplomacy {see also Foreign Service) :
Diplomatic recognition, character and criteria for
granting, address (Dulles), 93
New dimensions in, address (Herter), 831
Diplomatic Conference on Maritime Law, U.S. delegation
and texts of conventions regarding liability of ship-
owners and stowaways, 759
Diplomatic representatives, U.S., abroad. See under
Foreign Service
Diplomatic representatives in the U.S. :
Presentation of credentials : Argentina, 343 ; Colom-
bia, 674; Ghana, 1029; Honduras, 717; Jordan,
315; Malaya, Thailand, 717; Turkey, 533
Syrian Ambassador and Second Secretary declared
persona non grata, 388
Disarmament {see also Armaments; Armed forces;
Atomic energy: Nuclear weapons; Disarmament
Commission; Missiles; and Outer-space projectiles) :
Communist China, question of inclusion in prospective
agreement, statement (Dulles), 140
General Assembly consideration of 4-power (U.S.,
Canada, France, U.K.) proposals:
Address and statements : Dulles, 555 ; Lodge, 667, 961
Resolutions, 962, 963
Internal pressure on Soviet leaders for acceptance of,
643
London disarmament talks. See London disarmament
Military expenditures, reports to international arms
control organization. Western proposal, 452
Relationship to German reunification, 4-power (U.S.,
Federal Republic, France, U.K.) declaration and
statement (Dulles), 233, 305
Relationship to IAEA, address (Wilcox), 565
U.S. and Soviet positions, address, article, and state-
ments: Dulles, 96, 267, 574; Lodge, 631; Murphy,
485; Wilcox, 797
U.S.-Canadian views, statement (Dulles), 272
U.S.-Pakistani views regarding, joint communique
(Eisenhower, Suhrawardy), 186
U.S.-U.K. policy, joint declaration (Elsenhower, Mac-
millan ) , 740
Disarmament Commission, U.N. :
Current documents, listed, 661
Enlargement of, question of, statements (Lodge) 962,
965
General Assembly resolutions regarding, 962, 963, 965
Soviet withdrawal from, question of, statements:
Dulles, 824, 825 ; Lodge, 963
Subcommittee meetings in London. See London dis-
armament talks
Displaced persons. See Refugees and displaced persons
Documents on German Foreign Policy, 1918-1945 {The
War Years, June 23-August SI, 1940), series D, voL
X, published, 405
Dollar bonds of Austrian issue, agreement and protocol
with Austria regarding, 173, 297, 532, 549, 662
Dominican Republic :
Inauguration of President-elect, U.S. delegation, 396
Reply to U.S. request for waiver of judicial immunity
in Murphy-Galindez case, statement (Dulles), 144
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 218
Duties and rights of states in event of civil strife,
protocol to 1928 convention on, 662
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention
(1955) and agreement relative to parcel post, 734
1064
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
i
Dominican Republic — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Road traffic, convention (1949), and protocol regard-
ing, 549
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Dorman, John, 478
Double taxation on estates and inheritances, supple-
mentary convention with France for avoidance of, 16,
42
Double taxation on income, conventions for avoidance of,
with —
Austria, 405, 722, 814; Belgium, 445, 477, 625; Canada,
405, 612, 626, 734 ; France, 16, 42 ; Japan, 405, 534,
626; Pakistan, 172, 173, 359; Peru, proposed, 84;
U.K., 444, 445, 622
Dreier, John C, 976
Drought relief, agreement with Peru relating to, 298
Drugs, narcotic :
Manufacture and distribution, protocol broadening
scope of 1931 convention on, 297
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade,
and use of, 297, 813, 1049
Due process of law, American doctrine of, application to
international judicial assistance, article (McCusker),
811
Dulles, Allen W., 639
Dulles, Eleanor. 25
Dulles, John Foster :
Addresses, article, statements, etc. :
Adlai Stevenson, role in State Department, 917, 1026
Algerian question, 14, 142
Allied defense policy, 786, 788, 789
Ambassadors, U.S., considerations governing ap-
pointment of, 345
American Doctrine for the Middle East, 232, 527, 528,
529, 532, 714
Arab-Israeli dispute, U.S. position, 232, 234
Arctic area, aerial inspection of, 10
Argentina, question of increased U.S. aid to, 97
Atlantic alliance, 987
Atomic and nuclear weapons, 96, 99, 100, 233, 234, 920
Challenge and Response in U.S. Foreign Policy, 569
China, Communist :
Atomic weapons, estimate of ability to produce, 141
Communism in, passing phase of, 139, 143
Cultural exchanges with U.S., question of, 93, 229
Disarmament agreement proposed, question of in-
clusion of, 140
Liberalization of government, prospects for, 139,
144, 570
Mao Tse-tung's speech, 101, 139
Olympic games, question of participation in, 530
Passports, Communist, question of acceptance by
U.S., 461
Trade with, question of embargo on, 14, 15, 93, 145
U.S. newsmen, proposed visit to, 420, 459, 460, 461
U.S. policy toward, 91, 139, 144
China, Republic of, U.S. policy toward, 92, 93
Collective security, 12, 557, 571, 788, 790, 988
Communism, miscalculation of U.S. intentions by, 530
Index, July fo December 1957
Dulles, John Foster — Continued
Addresses, article, statements, etc. — Continued
Correspondents at news conferences, question of Iden-
tification of, 824
Cuba, political situation In, 349
Defense policy, U.S., 710
Disarmament, 9, 11, 96, 98, 99, 100, 101, 140, 230,
267, 304, 346, 348, 531, 555, 574
Dominican Republic, reply to U.S. request respecting
Murphy-Galindez case, 144
Eisenhower-Macmillan accords, effect on U.S. defense
spending, 788
Foreign policy, bipartisan formulation of, 1029
Foreign trade and tariff policy, 1029
German Foreign Minister, plans for discussions with,
918, 919
German reunification, relation to European disarma-
ment inspection zone, 233
German war assets, proposed return, 230
Germany, Federal Republic of:
Elections in, 460
Industrial production of, 1029
Gifts to U.S. officials, question of, 787
Girard case, 918
Gulf of Aqaba, international status of, 232
Imam of Oman, appeal to U.S. in dispute with U.K.,
344
India, question of U.S. aid to, 529
Indonesia, situation in, 1027
Inter-American Economic Conference, 530
Inter-American partnership, 715
Interdependence, principle of, 1024
Israel, arms supply to, U.S. iwUcy, 527
Japan, reduction of U.S. forces in, 97, 98
Japanese Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 12, 96, 99,
101, 459
Jordan, U.S. economic and military aid to, 141, 526,
528, 529
Khrushchev-Tito meeting, 345
Korea, prospects for international conference on
unification, 142
Latin America :
Communist infiltration of, 826
U.S. economic policy and relations, 12, 532
Lead and zinc imports, question of restrictions on,
349
Limited wars, possibility of, 1023
Malaria eradication, U.S. contributions, 1002
Marshal Tito, question of visit to U.S., 234
Near and Middle East :
American Doctrine. See American Doctrine, supra
Arms supply policy, 232, 526, 528, 529, 532, 710, 714
Development plan, proposed, 1026
Refugee problem, 96, 102
Situation in, 714
U.S. and Soviet poUcies, 100, 487, 526, 528, 529,
709, 785
Visit by Deputy Under Secretary Henderson, 459,
461, 487
Missile bases, U.S., question of establishment, 916,
919, 1023, 1024
Missiles, U.S. and Soviet development of, 708, 830
Mohamed V of Morocco, visit to U.S., 956
1065
Dulles, John Foster — Continued
Addresses, article, statements, etc. — Continued
Mutual security programs, U.S., 3, 411, 458, 459, 791
National defense and security, budgetary considera-
tions, 713
NATO, 419, 825, 827, 828, 920, 987, 1027, 1028
NATO Heads of Government meeting, 789, 1023, 1026,
1027, 1029
OAS, importance of, quoted, 925
Oliinawa, U.S. role in, 145
Outer space, question of control over, 326
Peace, 531
Philippine elections, effect on renegotiation of base
agreement with U.S., 918
-Queen Elizabetli II, visit to U.S., 711, 745
Radio and television programs, proposed exchanges
with Soviet Union, 13, 14
School integration Lssue, effect on U.S. foreign
policy, 528
Scientific cooperation, U.S.-U.K., question of increas-
ing, 709, 710
SEATO, 3d anniversary, 487
Senator George, tribute to, 344
Southeast Asia, Communist electoral gains in, 530
Soviet Union :
ICBM, reported firing of, 457
ImperialisrS, contrast with colonialism, 990
Internal policies and problems, 144, 228, 229, 231,
783, 790, 826
Negotiations with, question of value of, 711, 989
Satellites, Soviet, significance of, 708, 710, 825
Subversive activity abroad, 712
Technological achievements, challenge to U.S., 710,
829
Threat to free world, efforts to combat, 988
U.S.-Soviet relations, 635
Withdrawal from U.N. disarmament negotiations,
824, 825
State legislation concerning Japanese imports to U.S.,
question of repeal, 100
Suez Canal operation, status of negotiations with
Egypt, 13
Syria, poUtical situation in, 458, 461, 487, 527, 528,
531, 532
Tunisia, U.S. arms shipments to, 918, 920, 921, 922
Turkey, Soviet efforts to dominate, 709, 712, 713, 714
U.K. Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 741
United Nations, issues confronting, 274, 555
U.S. Armed Forces, question of supernational author-
ity over, 790
U.S. overseas bases, 348, 828
U.S. stamp commemorating Philippine President, 473
U.S. economic policy, 922
Vice President, proposed visit to Europe, 712
Visas, question of U.S. issuance to foreign Com-
munists, 462
Visit by Secretary to Eastern Europe, question of, 230
War, continuing threat of, 713, 829
West New Guinea, U.S. policy regarding, 918
Discussions and meetings {see also subject) :
ANZUS Council, 646
Canadian Prime Minister, 272
Yugoslav-U.S. economic talks, 646
1066
Dulles, John Foster — Continued
Administrative actions :
Delegations of authority regarding administration of
mutual security program and Development Loan
Fund, 991
Fingerprinting requirement, waiver of, 682
Attendance at Foreign Service Institute graduation
ceremonies, 549
Correspondence, messages, etc. :
East Berlin uprising, 4th anniversary, 50
Guatemalan President, death of, 273
Malayan independence, congratulations to Prime
Minister, 474
Olympic Games participants, U.S. waiver of finger-
printing requirement, 579
Philippine-American Day, 881
SEATO, 1st Secretary General, 488
News conferences, 9, 96, 139, 228, 344, 457, 526, 708,
783, 824, 916, 921, 1023
Tribute to, address (Merchant), 379
Dunne, Irene, 444, 895
Duties and rights of states in event of civil strife, protocol
to 1928 convention on, 365, 662
Dwellings in Hungary, denationalization of, 196
East Berlin {see also Berlin), 4th anniversary of up-
rising, 50
East- West contacts {see also Cultural relations and Ex-
change of persons) :
Danger of free contacts to Soviet dictatorship, address
(Allen Dulles), 642
Polish ofiicials, observation of U.S. food and clothing
industries, 748
Radio and television broadcasts, proposed exchanges
with Soviet Union, statements (Dulles) and texts
of aide memoire, 13, 14, 119, 386
Technical, scientific, and cultural exchanges, U.S.-
Soviet discussions, announcement and statements
(Lacy, Zarubin), 800
Eberly, Mrs. Marian S., 506, 507
Economic and Social Council, U.N. :
Documents, lists of, 401, 476, 661, 695, 733, 905, 1049
Executive Board, 48th and 49th sessions, U.S. delega-
tions, 40, 860
24th session, statements : Jacoby, 323, 496 ; Kotschnig,
438
U.S. representative, confirmation, 213
World social situation, evaluation of preliminary report
on, statements: Hottel, 166; Meany, 688
Economic and technical aid to foreign countries {see also
Agricultural surpluses, American Doctrine, Colombo
Plan, Development Loan Fund, Export-Import Bank,
International Bank, International Cooperation Ad-
ministration, Mutual security, and United Nations:
Technical assistance program) :
Addresses and article: Dulles, 574; Reinhardt, 755;
Wilcox, 108, 181; Zellerbach, 608
Aid to : Afghanistan, 315 ; Argentina, 42, 97 ; Baghdad
Pact countries, 277, 279; Colombia, 662, 1039;
Colombo Plan countries, 1045 ; Europe, Western,
948; Far East, 843; Ghana, 42, 111; India, 260;
Jordan, 141, 146, 260; Latin America, 81, 469;
Mexico, 626 ; Peru, 298 ; Philippines, 129 ; Somalia,
1047 ; Sudan, proposed, 999 ; Tunisia, 240, 298
Department of State Bulletin
Economic and technical aid to foreign countries — Con.
Soviet program of. See Less develoi)ed countries :
Economic penetration
U.S. policy, report by OflSce of the President, 725, 726
Economic and Trade Affairs, Joint U.S.-Canadian Com-
mittee on :
Address (Jones), 381
3d meeting, announcement and joint communique, 474,
683
Economic Commission for Europe, U. N :
Electric Power, Committee on, U.S. delegate to 15th
session, 586
Housing Committee, U.S. delegate to 15th session, 903
Steel Committee, U.S. delegate to 19th session, 941
Economic Community, European. See European Eco-
nomic Community
Economic conditions in non-self-governing territories, re-
poTt on, statement (Dunne), 895
Economic conference of the OAS (Buenos Aires) :
Accomplishments, addresses and statements : Dillon,
539 ; Dulles, 530 ; Eisenhower, 539 ; Rubottom, 537,
676, 680, 926
Economic declaration, 540
Statement at 1st plenary session (Anderson), 463
U.S. delegation, 12, 363
Economic cooperation, agreement with Burma, 861
Economic development (sec also Colombo Plan, Develop-
ment Loan Fund, Less developed countries, and indi-
vidual coxmtries) :
Basic requisites of, address (Beaulac), 648
Europe, addresses : Dillon, 911 ; Elbrick, 948
Financing of, address and statement: Jacoby, 502;
Wilcox, 752
Latin America, addresses (Rubottom), 677, 925
Middle East development plan, proposed, statement
(Dulles), 1026
Relationship to social progress, statement (Meany), 688
South Pacific Commission, program of, article (Kee-
sing),429
Sub-Sahara region, problems in development of, article
(Palmer), 932
Economic Development Institute :
Establishment and functions, 601
Importance of, statement ( Dillon) , 598
Economic integration, European. See European Coal and
Steel Community, European Economic Community,
and European free trade area
Economic policy and relations, U.S. (see also individual
countries) :
Aid to foreign countries. See Economic and technical
aid
Domestic economy, statements: Dulles, 922; Jacoby,
327
Foreign economic policy :
Contrast with Soviet policy, remarks (Dulles), 717
Iron and steel scrap, problems relating to export of,
statement (Kalijarvi), 120
Relationship to collective security, joint declaration
( Eisenhower, Macmillan) , 740
Relationship to trade agreements program, report by
Office of the President, 723
Economic policy and relations, U.S. — Continued
Foreign economic policy — Continued
Tax treaties, relationship to foreign trade and invest-
ment, statement (Kalijarvi), 359
U.S. cooperation in international economic affairs,
address ( Beaulac) , 647
OTC. See Organization for Trade Cooperation
Tariff policy. See Tariff policy, U.S.
Trade. See Trade
Economic relations, consular rights, and amity, treaty
with Iran, 129
Economic situation, world, review of, address and state-
ments : Dillon, 911 ; Jacoby, 323 ; Mann, 848
BCOSOC. See Economic and Social Council, U.N.
Ecuador :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending 1957
agreement with U.S., 770
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 41
International Bank loan, 650
Nonimmigrant visa applicants, agreement with U.S.
for reciprocal waiver of fingerprinting require-
ments, 936
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocols, regulations of execution, and agree-
ments on parcel post and money orders, 587
Education (see also Educational exchange) :
American-sponsored schools, libraries, and community
centers, use of funds from surplus agricultural
commodities, 291
College graduates, responsibility in world affairs, ad-
dress (Murphy), 74
Development in Latin America, address (Rubottom),
928
Education — Communist Style, American Style, address
(Eleanor Dulles), 25
Education, science, and culture, cooperation in, state-
ment (Meany), 764
Education, the Citizen, and NATO, address (Norstad),
952
ICA program of university contracts, address (Herd-
ing), 838
NATO fellowship and scholarship program, 580
Opportunities for women, efforts of Inter-American
Commission of Women for, article (Lee), 508
Public education, U.S. delegation to 20th international
conference on, 171
Relationship to U.S. foreign policy, address, (Wilcox),
179
School attendance, world growth of, statements:
Jacoby, 498; Hottel, 167
School integration issue, U.S., effect on foreign policy,
statements : Dulles, 528 ; Meany, 692
Scientific education in U.S., problem of, address (Elsen-
hower), 821
SEATO research fellowship program, annouricement,
354
Soviet progress in, addresses : Allen Dulles, 643 ;
Eisenhower, 870
UNESCO efforts in less developed countries, address
(Wilcox), 753
Index, July fo December 1957
1067
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, U.N. :
Education, UNESCO efforts in, addresses: Herter,
834; Wilcox, 753
UNESCO: One Road to Peace, address (Berding), 835
Educational exchange program, international (see also
Education) :
Agreements with — ■
Brazil, 860, 861; China, Republic of, 1017, 1049;
Colombia, 1041; Iran, 979, 980; Pakistan, 734;
Paraguay, 218 ; Peru, 260
Financing of, through sales of surplus agricultural
commodities, 290
Grantees, arrival in U.S., 613
Indonesian parliamentarians, visit to U.S., 61
Journalists from NATO countries, visit to U.S., itin-
erary, 651
People-to-people program, remarks (Eisenhower), 747
Scope of program, statement (Meany), 766
The Widening Circle, published, 696
U.S. activities, relationship to UNESCO, address
(Berding), 837
Egypt:
Arab-Israeli dispute. See Arab-Israeli dispute
Refugees from, U.S. aid to, 239
Soviet submarines, purchase of, statement and address :
Dulles, 100; Wilcox, 106
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, agreement amending 1946 agreement
with U.S., 354, 405
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 509
ICJ, declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction,
445
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes and
protocol, 128
Eisenhower, Dwight D. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, U.S. release of additional
U-235, 146
Atomic Energy Agency, International, U.S. ratifica-
tion of statute, 307
Earth satellite program, U.S., 673
Economic conference of OAS, 539
Foreign relations and world trade, 8
Guatemalan President, death of, 273
Immigration legislation, 543, 1036
Inter-American partnership, 715
International financing, progress in, 595
International Geophysical Tear (1957-1958) , 145
Islamic center In Washington, remarks at dedication
of, 102
Japanese Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 51
Long-staple cotton, sale from U.S. stockpile, 209
Mohamed V of Morocco, visit to U.S., 956
Mutual security legislation, 371
Nuclear weapons tests, U.S. proposal for suspension,
418
Our Future Security, 867
Pakistani Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 186
Panama, implementation of treaty with, 477
People-to-people program, 747
Queen Elizabeth II, visit to U.S., 742, 745
1068
Eisenhower, Dwight D. — Continued
Addressee, statements, etc. — Continued
Science in national security, 819
U.K. Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 707, 739
U.S. commemorative stamp honoring Philippine
President, 742
Women in public ofiice, quoted, 508
Correspondence and messages :
Almond imports, request for investigation of, 210
Argentine Aviation Week, 929
Atomic Energy Agency, International, 1st conferencw,
638
Dairy products, request for investigation on imports
of, 33
Date imports, request for investigation of, 397
Fabrics, woolen and worsted, tariff quota on, 85
Fig imports, request for investigation of, 242
GATT, 10th anniversary, 846
Ghana, independence of. 111
Morocco : National holiday, 934 ; visit of Sultan to
U.S., 19
NATO Advisory Group for Aeronautical Research
and Development, meeting, 951
Nuclear tests, exchange of views with Japanese
Prime Minister, 635
Spring clothespins, approval of increased import
duty, 960
Tunisia, 1st anniversary of independence, 76
U.S. pa.ssports, letters for inclusion in, 275
Viet-Nam, visit of President to U.S., 61
Executive orders. See Executive orders
Messages, letters, and reports to Congress :
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act,
6th semiannual report (Jan. 1-June 30, 1957), 281
American Doctrine for the Middle East, 1st report on
operations (Mar. 9-June 30, 1957), 339
Atomic information for mutual defense purposes,
agreement with Australia for cooperation regard-
ing, 217
Lead and zinc imports, proix)sed U.S. excise taxes
on, 490
Mutual security program, 12th semiannual report
(Jan. 1-June 30, 1957), letter of transmittal, 862
Status-of-forces agreements, opposition to legislative
revision of, 296
Proclamations. See Proclamations
Eisenhower, Maj. John, 273n
Eisenhower, Milton, 273, 977
Elsenhower Doctrine. See American Doctrine
Elbrick, C. Burke, 489, 947
Electric Power, ECE Committee on, U.S. delegate to 15th
session, 586
Elizabeth II, 16, 711, 742
El Salvador :
Air Force mission, agreement with U.S. relating to,
510, 979
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 942
U.S. Ambassador, appointment, 510
Employment at sea, convention (1936) fixing minimum
age for children, 42
Engleman, Finis E., 171
Department of State Bulletin
Engineering, developmental, agreement modifying and ex-
tending 1954 agreement with Mexico, 626
Escapee program, U.S., allotment of visas under Immi-
gration and Naturalization Act of 195T, 1031
Estates and inheritances, supplementary convention vrith
France for avoidance of double taxation on, 16, 42
Estonia, Soviet assurances prior to incorporation, 377
Ethiopia :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 662
Economic assistance, agreement vrith U.S. under Ameri-
can Doctrine, 341
EURATOM. See Atomic Energy Community, European
Europe (see also individual countries) :
Atlantic Community, addresses and remarks: Dulles,
419; Elbrick, 947; Herter, 135
Collective security. See European security and North
Atlantic Treaty Organization
Eastern Europe, question of visit by Secretary Dulles,
230
Economic growth and policies, address (Dillon), 911
Foreign Relatione of the United States, 1940, Vol. II,
Oeneral and Europe, published, 174
Refugees. See Refugees and Intergovernmental Com-
mittee for European Migration
Relationship to Africa, article (Palmer), 931
U.N. Economic Commission for. See Economic Commis-
sion for Europe
U.N. members, question of Security Council seats for,
address ( Wilcox ) , 567
U.S. mutual security program, article (Dulles), 565
Visit of Vice President Nixon, deferral of, 713
Western Europe, economic progress in, statement
(Jacoby),326
European Atomic Energy Community. See Atomic
Energy Commxmity
European Coal and Steel Commimity :
Iron and steel scrap purchases from U.S., statement
(Kalijarvi) and text of aide memoire, 120, 127
Report to 12th session of GATT contracting parties,
1007
European Common Market. See European Economic Com-
mimity
European Economic Community :
Establishment and relationship to U.S. foreign trade
policy, 874, 914, 1043
Importance of, address and statement : Jacoby, 326 ;
Zellerbach, 608
Relationship to GATT, 849, 1004
European free trade area, proposed, relationship to EEC
and OEEC, 1005
European Migration, Intergovernmental Committee for.
See Intergovernmental Committee
European security (see also North Atlantic Treaty Or-
ganization) :
Atlantic Community, addresses and remarks: Dulles,
419 ; Elbrick, 947 ; Herter, 135
Missile bases and stockpiles, U.S., question of estab-
lishment, statements (Dulles), 916, 919, 1023, 1024
Relationship to German reunification, 4-power (U.S.,
France, Federal Republic, U.K.) declaration re-
garding, 304, 305
Exchange of information. See Information, exchange of
Index, July to December 1957
469637—58 3
Exchange of persons (see also Cultural relations, East-
West contacts, and Educational exchange) :
Colombia, program with, 1041
NATO fellowship and scholarship program, 580
People-to-people program, remarks (Eisenhower), 747
SEATO research fellowships, announcement, 354
U.S. program, relationship to UNESCO, address
(Berding),837
Executive orders :
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of
1954, administration of, 1044
Cultural exchange and trade fair participation, admin-
istration of, 151
Foreign Service, delegation of authority to prescribe
rates or tariffs of fees for official services, 261
International Organizations Immunities Act, extension
to IAEA and UPU, 547
Mutual security, coordination of program and adminis-
tration of Development Loan Fund, 991
Ryukyu Islands, administration of, 55
Trade Policy Committee, establishment, 957
Export-Imjiort Bank, U.S. :
Exemption from payment of certain Japanese taxes, 534
Lending activities in Latin America, address, remarks,
and statement: Anderson, 468; Dulles, 716; Ru-
bottom, 538
Loan administration functions under Agricultural
Trade Development and Assistance Act, Executive
order, 1044
Loans to —
Afghanistan, 315; Colombia, 1039; Iran, 315; Latin
America, 81, 076, 678
Relationship to U.S. Development Loan Fund, 756
Role in financing U.S. exports, address (Beaulac), 648
Exports, U.S. (see also Tariffs and trade, general agree-
ment on; and Trade) :
Agricultural exports, address (Beale) and excerpt from
President's report to Congress, 282, 874
Importance to domestic economy, address (Wilcox)
and report by Office of the President, 723, 749
Iron and steel scrap, problems relating to export of,
statement (Kalijarvi), 120
Latin America, increase in, article (Lederer, Culbert-
son), 82
Role of Export-Import Bank in financing, 648
Salk vaccine, quota and recipient nations, 685
Fabrics, woolen and worsted, tarifC quotas on, announce-
ments and letter (Eisenhower), 84, 686
Facilities assistance program, agreements with France
regarding, 696
FAO. See Food and Agriculture Organization
Far East (see also Asia and individual countries) :
U.S. policy in, address (Jones), 840
Visit by Under Secretary Herter and Ambassador Rich-
ards, departure statement, 421
Faricy, William T., 545, 731
Farland, Joseph S., 396
Farley, Philip J., 770
Faroe Islands, agreement (1956) on joint financing of
air navigation services in, 42, 906
Ferguson, C. Vaughan, Jr., 42
1069
Fig imports, Presidential decision not to impose restric-
tions on, 242, 853
Films, foreign, agreement with Federal Republic of Ger-
many regarding Importation and exhibition of, 298
Finance Corporation, International. See International
Finance Corporation
Financing, international, progress in, statement: Dillon,
597 ; Eisenhower, 595
Fingerprinting :
Nonimmigrant aliens, waiver of U.S. requirement, ad-
dress (Auerbach), announcement, and text of reg-
ulation, G82, 1034
Nonimmigrant visa applicants, agreements with Ecua-
dor, Liberia, and Peru for reciprocal waiver of, 936
Olympic Games participants, waiver by U.S., letter
(Dulles), 579
Soviet objection to U.S. requirement, 387
Finland :
GATT, proems verbal and amending protocols, 509, 813,
814, 850
Tarife adjustments under GATT, 1006
Tariff concessions, GATT, proposed renegotiation of,
850, 852
Finletter, Thomas K., 196
Fisher, Adrian S., 196
Fisheries :
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, convention (1949) on,
and amending protocol, 129, 942
Sockeye salmon fisheries in the Fraser River system,
protocol to 1930 convention with Canada for pro-
tection, preservation, and extension of, 129, 218,
366
Fisheries Commission, International North Pacific, ap-
pointment of U.S. Commissioner, 119
Fisheries Commission, International Pacific Salmon, ap-
pointment of U.S. member, 545
Fissionable material. See Atomic energy
Fitzgerald, Ruf us H., 747
Fleming, Donald, 683
Flood relief in East Pakistan, U.S. helicopters for emer-
gency transportation, 187
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations :
Agricultural production, achievements in raising, 752
U.S. delegation to 9th conference, 812
Food and clothing industries, U.S., observation by Polish
officials, 748
Foreign Affairs, article by Secretary Dulles in, 569
Foreign aid, U.S. See Economic and technical aid, Mu-
tual security, and individual countries
Foreign economic policy, U.S. See Economic policy and
relations, U.S.
Foreign policy, U.S. :
Air transport agreements, coordination with foreign
policy objectives, address (Dillon), 878
American Foreign Policy, 1950-1955: Basic Documents,
Vol. I, published, 614
Basic objective, address (Murphy), 483
Bipartisan formulation of, statement (Dulles), 1029
Capability and Foreign Policy, address (Hare), 22
Citizens' responsibilities in formulating, addresses :
Murphy, 76 ; Wilcox, 103
Foreign policy, U.S. — Continued
Congressional documents relating to. See under
Congress
Decisionmaking process, article (Hamilton), 432
Effect of domestic school integration issue on, state-
ment (Dulles), 528
Implications for education, address (Wilcox), 179
Legislation. See under Congress
Moral element in, address (Merchant), 374
New Dimensions in Diplomacy, address (Herter), 831
People-to-people diplomacy, address and remarks:
Berding, 839, 847 ; Eisenhower, 747
Relationship to world trade, address and remarks,
Beale, 872 ; Eisenhower, 8
Foreign Relatimis of the United States, 1940, Vol. II,
General and Europe, published, 174
Foreign Service {see also State Department) :
Ambassadors, considerations governing appointment
of, statement (Dulles), 345
Ambassadors and minister, appointments and con-
firmations, 42, 130, 218, 366, 510, 662, 981, 1050
Budapest legation staff, U.S. reply to Hungarian de-
mand for reduction, 30
Consular agencies at —
Cherbourg, France, establishment, 696
Valparaiso, Chile, oi)ening, 662
Consular officers, role in international judicial as-
sistance, article (McCusker), 809
Consular service, functions and history, address
(O'Connor), 604
Consulates at —
Cherbourg, France, closing, 696
Curitiba, Brazil, opening, 445
Hu6, Viet-Nam, establishment, 334
Iskendenm, Turkey, opening, 261
Kirkuk, Iraq, establishment, 174
Mogadiscio, Somaliland : opening, 261 ; elevation to
consulate general, 981
Valparaiso, Chili, closing, 662
Yaounde, French Cameroons, establishment, 261
Consulates general at —
Dacca, Pakistan, conversion to independent fiscal
reporting post, 1050
Kuala Lumpur, Malaya, elevation to embassy
status, 298
Delegation of authority to prescribe rates of tariffs of
fees for oflicial services, 261
Diplomatic travel restrictions, announcement and
Soviet note regarding, 118
Economic services abroad, need for strengthening of,
address (Nixon), 706
Embassy officials at Damascus, U.S. protest of Syrian
actions against, 388, 389
Examination announced, 588
Officers, training in visa work, address (Auerbach),
1035
Selection Boards, 11th meeting, announcement and
list of members, 510
Straffing problems, article (Hamilton), 435
Foreign Service Institute, graduation ceremonies, 549
Foreign trade. See Trade
Forestry Congress, 5th World, announcement, 548
1070
Department of State Bulletin
Formosa. See China, Republic of
Foulon, Robert C, 261
France :
Actions in the Middle East, Soviet views on, text of
note, 602, 603
Air transjwrt talks with U.S., text of joint commvini-
que, 754, 1037
Algerian question. See Algerian question
Cameroons, French, establishment of U.S. consulate at
Yaounde, 261
Disarmament. See Disarmament and London dis-
armament talks
4-power (U.S., U.K., France, Cterman Federal Repub-
lic) declaration on German reunification, 304
Reaction to U.S. arms shipments to Tunisia, state-
ments (Dulles), 918, 920, 921, 922
Suez Canal problem. See Suee Canal problem
Taxes inconsistent with GATT, removal of, 1008
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreements with U.S., 147,
173, 445
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 334
Cultural property, convention (1954) for protection
in wartime, and regulations of execution, 334
Double taxation on income, estates, and inheritances,
supplementary convention with U.S. for avoidance
of, 16, 42
Economic relations with Saar, treaty with Federal
Republic of Germany regarding, 1007
Facilities assistance program, agreements with U.S.
regarding, 696
GATT, protocols amending, 814, 850
OTC, agreement on, 814
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
U.S. consulate at Cherbourg, closing ; and consular
agency, establishment, 696
Fraser River salmon fisheries, protocol to 1930, conven-
tion with Canada for protection, preservation, and
extension of, 129, 218, 366
Free-trade areas, proposed —
Baghdad Pact nations, 684; Central America and
Europe, 1005
French Cameroons, establishment of U.S. consulate at
Yaounde, 261
Friendship, commerce and navigation, treaties with —
Korea, Republic of, 405, 510, 685, 696, 942 ; Netherlands,
860, 861, 942
Fur seals, north Pacific, interim convention on conserva-
tion of, 404, 509, 586, 734, 942
GATT. See Tariffs and trade, general agreement on
Gay, Merrill C, 695
General agreement on tariffs and trade (GATT). See
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on
General Assembly, U.N. (see also United Nations) :
Aggression, question of defining, statement (Klutznick)
and resolution, 890
Arab-Israeli dispute, actions regarding, address (Lud-
low), 995, 996, 997
Disarmament, consideration of problem. See under
Disarmament
General Assembly, U.N. — Continued
Documents, Usts of, 401, 621, 733, 905, 1017, 1049
Hungarian question. See Hungarian question
Importance of and voting patterns in, addresses (Wil-
cox), 560, 793
Korea, deliberations regarding reunification, statements
(Judd) and resolution, 966
Near and Middle East, actions regarding, addresses :
Herter, 225 ; Wilcox, 105
"Peaceful coexistence," inscription of Soviet item on
agenda, statement (Lodge), 693
Refugee program, revision of, statement (Meany) and
resolution, 937
Resolutions :
Aggression, question of defining, 894
Algerian question, 1047
Disarmament, 962, 963, 965
Financial contributions to U.N. by member states, 657
Hungarian question, 524
Korea, unification question, 973
Refugee program, revision of, 939
U.N. Emergency Force, continuation and financing of,
976
Syrian question, inscription on agenda, statements
(Lodge), 775
12th session:
Agenda, 331, 619
Issues before, address (Wilcox), 562
Permission for flight of Soviet delegates to U.S. in
Russian aircraft, announcement and note, 470
U.S. delegates, 443, 617, 626
Geneva ambassadorial talks (U.S.-Communist China) :
Journalists, question of reciprocal admission to U.S.
and Communist China, statement (Johnson) and
proposal, 533
Negotiations for release of U.S. civilians, 1000
Renunciation of force, Chinese delay in acceptance of
principle, 391
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners of
war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 86, 173, 405, 861
Genocide, convention (1948) on prevention and punish-
ment of the crime of, 906
Geophysical Year, International. See International
Geophysical Year
George, Sen. Walter F., 344
Gerety, Pierce, 65
Germany («ee also Berlin) :
Assets in Japan, Tripartite Commission notice respect-
ing claims to, 30
Assets seized during World War II, question of settle-
ment of claims, 306
Documents on German Foreign Policy, 1918-19i5, {The
War Years, June 23-August SI, 1940), series D, vol.
X, published, 405
Reunification :
European disarmament inspection zone, relation to
German unity, statement (Dulles), 233
4-power (U.S., France, German Federal Republic,
U.K.) declaration regarding, 304
Joint declaration (Eisenhower, Macmillan), 741
U. S. efforts for, address and message (Dulles), 50,
267, 268
Index, July to December 1957
1071
Germany, East :
Communist education in, addrees (Eleanor Dulles), 25,
26
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners of
war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 861
Eecognition by Yugoslavia, statement (Dulles), 789
Germany, Federal Republic of :
Balance-of-payments consultations under GATT, 153
Claims. See Claims
Elections in, statements (DuUes), 460
Foreign Minister, plans for discussions with Secretary
Dulles, 918, 919
4-power (U.S., France, Federal Republic, U.K.) declara-
tion on German reunification, 304
Import restrictions, question of elimination of, 1006
Industrial production, statement (Dulles), 1029
Pamir, letter of appreciation (Von Brentano) for U.S.
aid to, 681
Phonograph records, reduction of Greek import duties
on, 1008
Relations with Yugoslavia, rupture of, statement
(Dulles), 789
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Faroe Islands, Greenland,
and Iceland, agreements for Joint financing of, 906
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreements with U.S. re-
garding, 129, 147, 149, 173, 334, 366, 404
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 662
Economic relations with Saar, treaty with France
regarding, 1007
GATT, protocol on terms of accession of Japan, 260
GATT, proems verbal and amending protocols, 334,
813, 814, 850
Motion picture films, agreement with U.S. regarding
Importation and exhibition of, 298, 906
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on,
942
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, convention (1949) and
amending protocol, 129, 942
OTO, agreement on, 814
Plant protection convention (1951), international,
218
Practice bombing range at Cuxhaven (Sandbank),
agreement supplementing 1954 arrangement with
U.S. for use of, 478
Private road vehicles, convention (1954) on tempo-
rary importation of, 626
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs fa-
cilities for, 626
U.S. forces in, agreement with U.S. regarding costs
of support, 42, 129
Ghana (see also Gold Coast) :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 1029
Immigration quota established, proclamation. 111
Independence of, exchange of communications (Eisen-
hower, Nkrumah), 111
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, accession to, 906, 1006
GATT, protocol amending, 850
IMP, articles of agreement, 586
Ghana — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
International Bank, membership, 586, 853
Technical cooperation, agreement with U.S., 42, 111
Universal postal convention (1952), 770
Gifts to U.S. officials, question of, statements (Dulles),
787
Gilbert, DeWitt, 545
Girard, William S., 196, 918
Gluck, Maxwell H., 218, 345
Gold Coast (see also Ghana), extension of international
sugar agreement (1953) ceases to apply, 86
Graham, Frank, 1011
Gray, Gordon, 210
Great Seal of the U.S., 175th anniversary, 456, 587
Greece :
Balance-of-payments consultations under GATT, 153
Import duties on phonograph records, reduction of,
1008
Tariff concessions, GATT, proposed renegotiation of,
581, 850, 852
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 662
GATT, protocols amending, 814, 850
IFO, articles of agreement, 942
Naval vessels or small craft, agreement with U.S.
relating to loan of, 478
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
U.S. Ambassador, appointment, 1050
Greene, Joseph N., Jr., 770
Greenland, agreement (1956) on joint financing of air
navigation services in, 42, 906
Gromyko, Andrei, 525, 635
Guam, application of universal copyright convention
(1952) to, 86
Guatemala :
Death of President, statement (Eisenhower) and mes-
sages (Dulles, Rubottom), 273
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocols, and agreements relative to parcel
post and money orders, 445
Guernsey, Isle of, convention (1946) on certification of
able seamen, 42
Guiana, British, agreement with U.S. for exchange of
international money orders, 1018
Guided missiles. See under Missiles
Gulf of Aqaba. See Aqaba
Gutierrez Gomez, Jos^, 674
Habomai Islands, Soviet claim of sovereignty over, 68,
72
Hagerty, James C, 185, 373
Hague Conference on Private International Law, U.S.
delegation and publications, 585
Baikal, Yousef, 315
Haiti :
Military Council, recognition by U.S., 315
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 696
Duties and rights of states in event of civil strife,
protocol to 1928 convention on, 662
1072
Department of Stale Bulletin
Haiti — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
GATT, amending protocol, 850
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
696
Universal postal convention (1952), 626
Hall, Joyce C, 397
Hall, William O., 662
Hamilton, William C, 432
Hammarskjold, Dag, 236, 566, 975
Hare, Raymond A., 22
Harkness, Douglas S., 683
HavForth, Leland J., 150
Heads of Government meeting (NATO) :
Contribution of Adlai Stevenson to U.S. planning for,
statement (Dulles), 1026
Problems confronting and prospects of, addresses and
statements : Dulles, 1023, 1026, 1027, 1029 ; Elbrick,
950 ; Norstad, 955
Question of attendance by President Eisenhower, state-
ment (Dulles), 789
Relationship to Eisenhovcer-Macmillan talks, interview
(Dulles, Serpen), 987
Return of U.S. NAG representative for consultation,
951
Health and sanitation :
Cooperative health programs with Colombia, 662, 1041
Health program of the South Pacific Commission, article
(Keesing),428
Malaria eradication. See Malaria eradication
Pan American Sanitary organization, 32d meeting of
Executive Committee and 10th meeting of Directing
Council, 546
World progress in, statement (Jacoby),498
Health Assembly, World, 11th, announcement of meeting,
171
Health Organization, World. See World Health
Organization
Heath, Donald R., 981
Hecksher, Maj. Brig. Alvaro, 579
Helicopters, U.S., provision to Pakistan for emergency
transportation purposes, 187
Helmand Valley reclamation project, Afghanistan, prog-
ress of, 315
Henderson, Joseph S., 814, 862
Henderson, Loy, 276, 459, 461, 487, 779
Herter, Christian A. :
Addresses and statements :
Atlantic Community, durability of, 135
Atomic energy for civil uses, development in Europe,
148
Malayan independence celebrations, 421
Mutual security program as instrument of foreign
policy, 47
New dimensions in diplomacy, 831
Rule of law among nations, 223
Coordination of mutual security programs, 993
Correspondence and messages :
Bow resolution on criminal jurisdiction over U.S.
forces abroad, 198
Herter, Christian A. — Continued
Correspondence and messages — Continued
Travel to Communist China by U.S. citizens, 393
Visit to Malaya, announcement, 343
Hickey, Edward J., 981
High Commissioner of the Ryukyu Islands, Executive
order, 55, 57
Highway Congress, 7th Pan American, U.S. delegation,
333
Hill, Lucius D., 662
Hill, Robert C, 77
HoUister, John B., 149, 218, 308, 414
Holmes, Julius C, 650
Honduras :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 717
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 218
Boundary dispute with Nicaragua, address and state-
ment : Rubottom, 924 ; White, 273
Universal postal convention (1952), 734
Hoskins, Harold B., 549
Hottel, Althea K., 166
Housing Committee (ECE), U.S. delegate to 15th ses-
sion, 903
Howard, Mrs. Katherine G., 119
Human rights :
U.N. efforts for, statement (Meany), 689
Violations in Hungary, excerpt from U.N. report, 65
Human Rights Day, 1957, U.N., proclamation and state-
ment (Lord), 1036
Humo, Avdo, 646
Hungarian question :
1st anniversary of Hungarian revolt against Communist
rule, statement (Lodge), 882
Refugees. See under Refugees
U.N. actions regarding :
Addresses and statements: Kretzmann, 353; Lodge,
515, 768 ; Merchant, 376 ; Wadsworth, 237 ; Wilcox,
183, 562, 794, 795
General Assembly resolution, 524
Inscription on agenda of 12th General Assembly,
statements (Lodge), 616
Report of Special Committee on the Problem of Hun-
gary, addresses, remarks, and statements; Dulles,
274 ; Lodge, 62, 515 ; Wadsworth, 192 ; Wilcox, 106,
563 ; text of final chapter, 63
Special session of General Assembly, statements:
Carpenter, 462 ; Dulles, 349
Hungary :
Budapest legation staff, U.S. reply to demand for re-
duction, 30
Education in, address (Eleanor Dulles), 25, 26
Hungarian Freedom Day, statements (Lodge, White
House), 748
Nationalized dwellings, return to former owners, 196
St. Stephen's Day, 195'r, 431
Soviet intervention in. See Hungarian question
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 365
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 1018
Index, July to December 1957
1073
Hungary — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Commercial samples and advertising material, con-
vention (1952) to facilitate importation of, 129
Customs tariffs, protocol modifying 1890 convention
for creation of international union for publication
of, 942
Narcotic drugs, protocol to 1931 convention regarding
manufacture and distribution of, 297
Private road vehicles, convention (1954) on tempo-
rary importation of, 734
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Huston, Harris H., 445
Hyde, H. van Zile, 1037
Hyde, Rosel H., 887
Hydroelectric power :
International Bank loans for development in — •
Austria, 685; Philippines, 1010; Thailand, 535
U.S.-Canadian cooperation in use of boundary veaters
for, 718, 721
Hydrographic Conference, 7th International, article
(Watt) and U.S. delegation, 361
IAEA. See Atomic Energy Agency, International
Ibanez del Campo, Carlos, 343
ICA. See International Cooperation Administration
ICAO. See International Civil Aviation Organization
ICBM. See Missiles : Intercontinental ballistic
Iceland :
Air navigation services in, agreement for joint financing
of, 42, 906
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 365
ICEM. See Intergovernmental Committee for European
Migration
ICJ. See International Court of Justice
IFC. See International Finance Corporation
IGY. See International Geophysical Year
ILO. See International Labor Organization
IMF. See International Monetary Fund
Immigrant visas, U.S. issuance, tables, 493, 494
Immigration :
Quotas, establishment for —
Ghana, 111 ; Malaya, 758
Recent developments in, address (Auerbach), 1030
Immigration and Nationality Act (1957) :
Addresses : Auerbach, 1030 ; McCollum, 66
Approval statement (Eisenhower), 543
Fingerprinting requirements, revision of, 579, 682
Refugees, first arrivals under, remarks (McCollum,
O'Connor), 845
Imperialism, Soviet, contrast with colonialism, statement
(Dulles), 990
Imports (see also Exports; Tariff poUcy, U.S.; Tariffs
and trade; and Trade) :
Agricultural imports, relationship to domestic price
support program, 727
Crude oil imports, question of threat to U.S. security,
209
Importance to U.S. and world economy: address (Wil-
cox), 750; report by OflBce of the President, 724
Latin American, increases in, 79
1074
Imports — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Commercial samples and advertising material, con-
vention (1952) to facilitate importation of, 129,
509, 587, 626, 662, 734, 813
Motion picture films, agreement with Federal Re-
public of Germany regarding importation and ex-
hibition of, 298
Private road vehicles, convention (1954) on tempo-
rary importation of, 173, 626, 734, 813, 906
Income tax, conventions for avoidance of double taxation.
See Double taxation
India :
Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir dispute.
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 260
Copyright convention (1952), universal, and related
protocols, 813
GATT, protocol amending, 850
GATT, rectifications and modifications to texts of
schedules, 6th protocol, 509
Investment receipts, agreement with U.S. providing
guaranties against inconvertibility, 626
Technical cooperation, agreement extending 1952
agreement with U.S., 260
U.S. economic aid, question of, statement (Dulles), 529
Views on peaceful utilization of atomic energy in Asia,
313
Indonesia :
Communist subversion in, statement (Dulles), 1027
Dispute with Netherlands regarding West New Guinea,
U.S. views, statements (Dulles), 918, 1027
Parliament members, visit to U.S., announcement, 61
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 365
GATT, proefes verbal of rectification, 814
GATT, protocols amending, 813, 814, 850
Opium, protocol (1953) on production, trade and use
of, 297
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
and annexes, 549
U.S. aid to, 843
Views on Asian regional nuclear center, 814
Industrial property, convention (1934) for protection of,
86
Information, exchange of :
Addresses and statements: Eisenhower, 822; McKin-
ney, 858 ; Meany, 765, 767
Exchange with Soviet Union. See under East-West
contacts
Security information, texts of U.S. and Canadian notes
regarding handling and exchange of, 384
Information Agency, U.S., programs abroad, address
(Berdlng), announcement, and Executive order re-
garding, 150, 151, 838
Informational media guaranty program, agreement
amending 1954 agreement with Pakistan, 861
Innocent passage into the Gulf of Aqaba :
Procedures for passage of ships into, 112
U.S. position, statement (Dulles), 232
Inspection plan, mutual. See Disarmament
Department of State Bulletin
Intelligence activities, role in foreign policy making, ar-
ticle (Hamilton), 433
Inter-American Affairs, Assistant Secretary for, itinerary
of visit to Latin America, 84
Inter-American Commission of Women, 12th assembly,
article (Lee), 506
Inter-American convention (1948) on political rights of
vFomen, 770
Inter- American cultural relations, convention (1954) for
promotion of, 404, 586, 696, 861
Inter-American Economic and Social Council :
Declaration of OAS economic conference regarding, 541
Functions, 537
Inter-American economic cooperation, statement (Ander-
son), 463
Inter-American Highway, progress in opening of, 541
Inter- American Housing Center (OAS), BogotiV, activities
of, 1012
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences :
Convention (1944), 478
Proposed expansion of activities, address (Rubottom),
925
Inter-American Nuclear Energy Commission, establish-
ment by OAS, 925, 976
Inter- American partnership, faith in, remarks (Eisen-
hower, Dulles), 715
Inter-American problems. See Latin America
Inter-American radiocommunications convention (1937),
and annexes, denunciation by Nicaragua, 509
Inter-American Travel Congresses, meeting of Permanent
Executive Committee, article (Kelly), 212
Intercontinental Ballistic missiles. See under Missiles
Interdepartmental Committee for Reciprocity Informa-
tion, 581, 686, 805, 850
Interdependence, principle of, statements (Dulles), 1024
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration :
Constitution, 587
Council and Executive Committee, meetings, article
(Warren) and U.S. delegation, 329, 661
Refugee relief and resettlement activities, 66, 239
Intergovernmental Copyright Committee, 2d session, 694
International Atomic Energy Agency. See Atomic En-
ergy Agency, International
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
(see also International Finance Corporation and In-
ternational Monetary Fund) :
Articles of agreement, 366, 478, 509, 586
Board of Governors, 12th annual meeting, statements :
Dillon, 597; Eisenhower, 595; U.S. delegation, 599
Economic Development Institute, establishment and
functions, 601
Italy, sponsorship of study for nuclear power station in,
357
Loans to —
Austria, 685; Belgian Congo, 1010; Colombia, 1042
Colombo Plan countries, 901, 1045; Ecuador, 650
Japan, 355 ; Latin America, 678 ; Philippines, 1010
Thailand, 535
Relationship to U.S. development loan fund, 756
Reports on financial activities, 316, 599, 752, 853
U.S. Governor, confirmation, 476
International Civil Aviation Organization :
Communications Division, 6th session, 548
Protocol concerning meetings of Assembly, 509
U.S. representative, appointment, 545
International Confederation of Free Trade Unions, policy
regarding cultural exchanges, 766
International Cooperation Administration (see also
Development Loan Fund, Economic and technical aid,
and Mutual security) :
Director, resignation (HoUister), 218; confirmation
(Smith), 445
University contracts program, address (Berding), 838
International Court of Justice :
Advisory opinion on interpretation of article 4 of U.N.
Charter, quoted, 856
Honduran-Nicaraguan boundary question, mediation
by, 273, 925
Judicial function in international law, 224
Membership, admission of Malaya, 662
Statute, declarations recognizing compulsory juris-
diction, 366, 445, 734
U.S. claims against Bulgaria and Soviet Union arising
from destruction of aircraft; application with an-
nexes, 882; U.S. and Soviet notes, 470
International Finance Corporation (see also International
Bank) :
Articles of agreement, 445, 586, 942
Board of Governors, 1st annual meeting, statement:
Eisenhower, 595; U.S. delegation, 599
Financial statement (July 24, 1956- June 30, 1957), 316
Investment in Mexico, 396
International Geophysical Year (1957-1958) :
U.S. participation, remarks and statement (Elsen-
hower), 145, 673
Weather observations on high seas, cooperation in re-
porting, article (McDonald), 164
International Hydrographic Conference, 7th, article
(Watt), and U.S. delegation, 361
International Joint Commission (U.S.-Canada) :
Executive meeting, text of announcement, 721
Functions of, remarks (Brucker), 719, 720
Significance in history of Canadian-American cooi)era-
tion, address (Jones), 381
U.S. applications to build Libby Dam, statement
(Jordan), 34
U.S. commissioner, appointment of, 239
International Labor Organization. See Labor Organiza-
tion
International law (see also Maritime law) :
Address (Herter), 223
Gulf of Aqaba, U.S. position on international status of,
statement (Dulles), 232
Judicial assistance, international, U.S. practices in,
article (McCusker), 808
Private international law, 8th Hague conference, U.S.
delegation and publications, 585
Soviet closing of Peter the Great Bay, U.S. protest,
388
International Monetary Fund (see also International
Bank) :
Articles of agreement, 366, 478, 509, 586
Index, July fo December 1957
1075
International Monetary Fund — Continued
Board of Governors, 12th annual meeting, statement
(Eisenhower) and U.S. delegation, 595, 599
U.S. Executive Director and Governor, confirmations,
363, 476
International North Pacific Fisheries Commission, ap-
pointment of U.S. commissioner, 119
International organizations {see also subject) :
Calendar of international meetings, 38, 246, 398, 583,
729,888
International Organizations : Aid to World Trade and
Prosperity, address (Wilcox), 749
Works of, protocol concerning application of universal
copyright convention to, 173, 813
International Organizations Immunities Act, extension to
IAEA and UPU, announcement and Executive order,
547
International Pacific Fisheries Commission, appointment
of U.S. member, 545
International Red Cross Conference, walkout of Soviet
and Chinese Communist delegations, statement
(Reap), 904
International Scientific Radio Union, 12th General As-
sembly, article (Wells) and U.S. delegation, 401, 897
International Union for the Publication of Customs Tar-
iffs, protocol modifying 1890 convention relating to
creation of, 365
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, U.S.
delegation to 19th Conference, 213
Investment of private capital abroad :
Addresses and statement : Beaulac, 648 ; Jacoby, 324,
326 ; Nixon, 703
Africa, need for investment funds by, article (Palmer),
932, 933
Canada, joint discussions regarding U.S. investments
in, 684
Colombo Plan coimtries, need for private capital in
development of, 758, 900, 902, 1045
Encouragement of, U.S. policy, report by Ofl3ce of the
President, 725, 726
Investment guaranties, agreements with —
Cuba, 1018; India, 626; Iran, 662; Israel, 549; Italy,
814 ; Thailand, 626 ; Viet-Nam, 861
Latin America :
Declaration of OAS economic conference, 541
U.S. and Latin American efforts to promote, ad-
dresses, remarks, and statements: Anderson, 466,
467; Dillon, 540; Dulles, 716; Eisenhower, 539;
Rubottom, 675, 677, 927
U.S. Investment m, extent and importance of, address
and article: Culbertson, Lederer, 80; Rubottom,
536
Less developed countries, U.S. efforts in, addresses, ar-
ticle and statements : Dillon, 6, 33, 117 ; Dulles, 412,
575 ; Hollister, 417
Relationship to :
Tax treaties, statement (Kalijarvi), 359, 360
U.N. economic development efforts, statement
(Jacoby), 502, 503
Iran:
Amity, economic relations, and consular rights, treaty
with U.S., 129
Iran — Continued
Economic assistance, participation in regional program
under American Doctrine, 341
Educational exchange program, agreement amending
and extending 1949 agreement with U.S. for financ-
ing, 979, 980
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S. providing
for, 662
Mutual defense assistance, agreement with U.S. for dis-
position of equipment and materials, 979
U.S. loan for purchase of diesel locomotives, 315
Iraq:
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 41
Economic assistance, agreements with U.S. under Ameri-
can Doctrine, 341
Mutual defense assistance, agreement with U.S. con-
cerning a special program of facilities assistance,
129
U.S. consulate at Kirkuk, establishment, 174
Ireland :
International air services transit agreement (1944),
942
International Bank :
Articles of agreement, 366
Capital stock subscription, 853
International Monetary Fund, articles of agreement, 366
Iron and Steel Committee (ILO), 6th session, U.S. dele-
gation, 694
Iron and steel scrap, problems relating to export of, state-
ment (Kalijarvi), 120
Irrigation project in Japan, International Bank loan,
355
Irving, Frederick, 814
Israel :
Arab-Israeli dispute. See Arab-Israeli dispute
Arms supply policy. See Arms supply
Israeli aircraft, destruction by Bulgaria (1955), appli-
cation by U.S. to ICJ regarding damage claims for
deaths of American passengers, texts of diplomatic
correspondence, 882
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 942
Air navigation services in Greenland and Faroe
Islands, agreement on joint financing, 42
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 260
Civil aviation convention, international, protocol
amending, 42
Commercial samples and advertising material, con-
vention (1952) to facilitate importation of, 813
Cultural property, convention (1954) for protection
in event of armed conflict, and regulations of ex-
ecution, 906
Investment guaranty program, agreement amending
1952 agreement with U.S., 549
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade
and use of, 813
Touring, convention (1954) on customs facilities for,
549
Islamic center in Washington, remarks at dedication
(Eisenhower), 102
Ismail bin Dato', Abdul Rahman, 717
1076
Department of Stale Bulletin
Italy :
Aid to Somalia, 1047
Balance-of-payments consultations under GATT, 153
European Common Market, leadership in establishment
of, 010, 611
Nuclear power station. International Bank sponsorship
of study for, 357
Resettlement of Italians in U.S., activities of American
Committee on Italian Migration, address (Me-
CoUum), 65
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement veith U.S., 147,
173
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 662
Investment and war risk guaranties, agreement
amending 1951 agreement with U.S., 814
Opium, protocol (1953), regulating production, trade,
and use of, 1049
War damage claims, memorandum of understanding
with U.S. regarding, 814
Jacoby, Neil H., 213, 323, 496
Jandrey, Fred W., 298
Japan :
Anti-Japanese legislation in southern States, question
of repeal, statement (Dulles), 100
Economic development, address (Dillon), 912
Election to Security Council, statement (Lodge), 661
Foreign Minister, visit to U.S., statement (Dulles), 459
GATT, application to Japan, discussions at 12th ses-
sion of contracting parties, 1006
German assets in, Tripartite Commission notice re-
specting claims to, 30
Girard case, 196, 918
Habomai Islands, Soviet claim of sovereignty over,
68, 72
Intergovernmental committee on security treaty, func-
tions, 97, 101
International Bank loan, 355
Iron and steel scrap purchases from U.S., statement
(Kalijarvi), 120, 124
Nuclear tests, U.S. and Japanese views regarding, mes-
sages (Eisenhower, Kishi), 635
Prime Minister, visit to U. S. :
Arrival greetings (Nixon, Kishi), address to Con-
gress, joint communique with President, and oflS-
cial party, 51
Statements (Dulles), 12, 96
Relations with U.S. and other nations, development of,
address (Jones), 840, 844
Residual sovereignty over Okinawa, statement (Dul-
les), 145
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 260
Bills of lading, international convention (1924) for
unification of rules relating to, and protocol of
signature, 906
Contributions for U.S. services and supplies in Japan,
agreement with U.S. regarding reduction, 478
Double taxation of income, protocol supplementing
1954 convention with U.S., 405, 534, 626
Japan — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Fur seals, north Pacific, interim convention on con-
servation of, 734
GATT, procds verbal and amending protocols, 404,
405, 850
GATT, protocol on terms of accession of Japan, 260
OTC, agreement on, 404
Security treaty with U.S., 534, 696
Sugar agreement (1953), International, protocol
amending, 770
U.S. armed forces in :
Jurisdiction over, text of Supreme Court opinion
regarding, 196
Reduction of, joint communique (Eisenhower, Kishi)
and statements (Dulles), 52, 97, 98
Japanese-American Committee on Security, establish-
ment, 350
Jarring, Gunnar V., 1011, 1016
Jersey, Isle of, convention (1946) on certification of able
seamen, 42
Johnson, U. Alexis, 533
Joint Commission, International (U.S.-Canada). See
International Joint Commission
Joint U.S.-Canadian Committee on Trade and Economic
Affairs, 3d meeting, announcement and joint com-
munique, 381, 474, 683
Jones, Howard P., 840
Jones, John Wesley, 380
Jordan :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 315
Arms supply to, U.S. policy, statements (Dulles), 526,
528, 529
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Cultural property, convention (1954) for protection
in event of armed conflict, with regulations of
execution and protocol, 906
Customs tariffs, creation of International union for
publication of, 1890 convention and modifying pro-
tocol, 626, 696
Economic assistance, agreements with U.S., 260
U.S. economic and military aid to, statements (Dulles),
141, 146
Jordan, Len, 34
Jordan, Leonard B., 315
Jordan River Valley project, question of revival of, state-
ment (DuUes), 142
Journalists. See Correspondents
Judd, Walter H., 443, 966
Judicial assistance, international, U.S. practices in, ar-
ticle (McCusker), 808
Justice, International Court of. See International Court
of Justice
Kalijarvi, Thorsten V., 77, 359, 510
Kashmir dispute :
Security Council deliberations, statements (Wads-
worth) and text of resolution, 1011
U.S.-Pakistani views, joint communique (Eisenhower,
Suhrawardy), 186
Index, July /o December 1957
1077
Keesing, Felix M., 423
Kellermann, Henry J., 40
KeUy, H. H., 212
Kennedy, Donald D., 906
Khoman, Thanat, 717
Khrushchev, Nikita :
Charges against U.S. policy in the Middle East, state-
ments : Dulles, 674 ; Lodge, 780
Interview for U.S. television, statement (DtiUes), 14,
15
Meeting with Marshal Tito, statement (Dulles), 345
Position and rivals in Soviet internal power struggle,
address and statements : Dulles, 228, 229, 230, 826 ;
Allen Dulles, 640, 641, 642, 643, 644, 645; Murphy,
484
Kilday resolution on revision of status-of-forces agree-
ments, statements (Murphy), 317
Killian, James R., 822
Kishi, Nobusuke, 12, 51, 96, 99, 101, 635
Klutznick, Philip M., 444, 890
Korea :
Armistice agreement :
Communist violations of, address and statements :
Judd, 967, 968, 970, 971; Sebald, 391; Washing-
ton, 856
U.N. Command. See United Nations Command
Communist aggression in, address and statements:
Judd, 966, 970; Sebald, 390; Washington, 855
Reunification :
General Assembly actions regarding, statements
(Judd) and resolution, 966, 973
International conference on, prospects for, statement
(Dulles), 142
Korea, North :
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 861
U.N. membership, Soviet efforts for and U.S. position,
statement (Washington), 854
Korea, Republic of :
Developments in, UNCURK report on, statement
(Judd), 968
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending
agreements with U.S., 906
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 365
Civil aviation convention (1954), international, pro-
tocol amending, 42
Friendship, commerce, and navigation, treaty and
protocol with U.S., 405, 510, 685, 696, 942
U.N. membership question, statements of U.S. position :
Lodge, 544, Washington, 856
U.S. aid, statements : Eisenhower, 371 ; Hollister, 416
Kotschnig, Walter M., 438
Kretzmann, Edwin M. J., 351
Kutin, Jozef, 748
Labor :
Employment :
Women, efforts of Inter-American Commission of
Women for employment of, 507
Working conditions, recent improvement in U.S., 500
Migratory labor, agreements concerning interpretation
of 1951 agreement with Mexico regarding, 129, 549
Labor — Continued
Right to strike, denial to Hungarian workers by Com-
munist regime, and deportation to U.S.S.R., 520, 521
Trade unions :
Contribution to world social progress, statement
(Meany),690, 691
Growth and character in U.S., statement (Jacoby),
501
Labor Organization, International :
Activities of, statement (Kotschnig), 440
Conferences and meetings, U.S. delegations to :
Asian Regional Conference, 4th, 940
General Conference, 40th session, 258n.
Governing Body, 137th session, 812
Iron and Steel Committee, 6tb session, 694
Technical meeting on mines, 978
Constitution and instrument of amendment, 86, 487
Resolution regarding suspension of nuclear tests, state-
ment (Wilcox), 258
Working conditions, ILO role in worldwide improve-
ment of, address (Wilcox), 753
Lacy, William S. B., 800
Lafayette bicentennial, remarks (Blbrlck), 489
Langley, James M., 42
Laos, Communist subversion in, statement (Washington),
854
Latin America {see also Inter- American, Organization of
American States, Pan American, and individual coun-
tries) :
Caribbean Commission, U.S. delegation to 25th meeting,
and 7th session of West Indian Conference, 903
Commimism, extent of infiltration into, statement
(Dulles), 826
Economic conference of the OAS. See Economic con-
ference
Economic growth and relations with U.S. :
Addresses and statements: Anderson, 469; Dillon,
116, 912 ; Dulles, 532 ; Rubottom, 536, 675, 923
Balance of payments with U.S. In 1956, article
(Lederer, Culbertson), 79
Investment in. See under Investment of private
capital
U.S. position on proposed Latin American regional
market, address (Rubottom), 680
U.S. technical cooperation program in, statement
(Anderson), 469
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocols, regulations of execution, and agree-
ments relating to parcel post and money orders,
445, 586, 587, 734, 861
Refugees, projects for resettlement in, article (War-
ren), 330
Significance of Latin America in the free world, ad-
dress (Rubottom), 923
Latvia, Soviet assurances prior to incorporation, 377
Law, International. See International law and Maritime
law
Lead and zinc Imports, U. S. :
Discussions by U.S.-Canadian Committee on Trade and
Economic Affairs, 684
Excise tax on, proposed; letters (Eisenhower, Cooper),
490; statement (Armstrong), 321
1078
Department of State Bullefin
Lead and zinc imports, U.S. — Continued
Restriction, question of, statement (Dulles), 349
Lebanon :
Economic assistance, agreement with U.S. under Amer-
ican Doctrine, 341
Military assistance, agreement with U.S., 218
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol amend-
ing, 770
Lederer, Walther, 79
Lee, Mrs- Prances M., 506
Leffler, Ross L., 119
Legislation, State, concerning Japanese Imports to U.S.,
question of repeal, statement (Dulles), 100
Legislation, U.S. See under Congress
LeMay, Gen. Curtis, 929
Lend-lease silver debt, repayment of 1st installment by
Pakistan, remarks (Meyer), 807
Leo, Walter H., 941
Less developed countries: (see also Development Loan
Fund, Investment of private capital, and Special
United Nations Fund) :
Appeal of communism to peoples of, 644
Economic penetration by Soviet Union and Soviet-bloc
countries : addresses, article, and statement : Beale,
876 ; Dillon, 32, 116, 880, 912 ; Dulles, 570 ; Herter,
48 ; Jones, 842 ; Nixon, 703 ; Wilcox, 108
Economic problems of, address, remarks, and state-
ments : Dillon, 31 ; Dulles, 1026 ; Eisenhower, 596 ;
Jacoby, 324, 325, 326 ; report by Office of the Presi-
dent, 726
Importance of U.S. aid to, address (Wilcox), 108
International organizations, contribution to, address
(WUcox), 752, 753
Social progress in, statements : Hottel, 167 ; Jacoby, 498
U.N. technical assistance program. See under United
Nations
U.S. mutual security programs for, address and state-
ments: Dillon, 117, 880, 881; Dulles, 4, 5, 412;
Herter, 49 ; HoUister, 417
Letters rogatory, use in international judicial assistance,
808
Libby Dam on U.S.-Canadian boundary, U.S. applications
to International Joint Commission for authorization
to build, statement (Jordan), 34
Liberia :
Army mission, agreement extending 1951 agreement
with U.S., 1049
Fingerprinting requirements for nonimmigrant visa
applicants, agreements with U.S. for reciprocal
waiver, 936
Parcel post, agreement with U.S. for exchange, with
regulations of execution, 334
Libya :
Economic assistance, agreement with U.S. under Amer-
ican Doctrine, 341
Military assistance, agreement with U.S., 260
Mutual defense assistance, arrangement with U.S. for
return of equipment and material, 260
Literary and artistic works, protection of. See Copy-
right
Lithuania, Soviet assurances prior to incorporation, 377
Litzenberg, Maj. Gen. Homer L., 58
Loans, U.N. See International Bank
Loans, U.S. (see also Development Loan Fund and Ex-
port-Import Bank) :
Latin America :
Argentina, question of increase in long-term loans to,
statement (Dulles), 97
Balance of payments with U.S., effect of loan receipts
and repayments on, article (Lederer, Culbertson),
81
Proceeds from surplus agricultural commodities sales,
use for loans, excerpt from President's report to
Congress, 283, 284, 289
Locomotives, diesel, U.S. loan to Iran for purchase, 315
Lodge, Henry Cabot :
Representative to 12th General Assembly, 443, 617
Statements :
Algerian question, U.S. position, 1046
China, question of representation in U.N., 658
Disarmament, Western proposals, 631, 667, 961
Hungarian question, 62, 515, 616, 748, 882
Oman question, inscription on Security Coimcil
agenda, 430
"Peaceful coexistence," inscription of Soviet item on
General Assembly agenda, 693
Security Council, election of new members, 661
Syrian question, inscription on General Assembly
agenda, 775
United Nations, admission of new members and 12th
anniversary, 504, 544, 768
London disarmament talks, U.N. Disarmament Subcom-
mittee (see also Disarmament and Disarmament
Commission) :
Budgetary reduction of U.S. forces, effect on U.S. nego-
tiating position, statement (Dulles), 348
4-power (U.S., Canada, France, U.K.) proposals, state-
ments : Dulles, 304 ; Eisenhower, 455
Review of negotiations, statements (Lodge), 631, 667
Status and progress of negotiations, addresses and
statements : Dulles, 9, 11, 98, 99, 100, 101, 230, 267,
346, 531 ; Wilcox, 564
Suspension of nuclear weapons tests, U.S. proposal,
statement (Eisenhower), 418
Working papers, texts of, 303, 451
Lord, Mrs. Oswald B., 444, 1036, 1047
Luce, Mrs. Clare Boothe, 431
Ludlow, James M., 994
Luxembourg :
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 1018
Commercial samples and advertising material, conven-
tion (1952) to facilitate importation, 662
Mutual defense assistance, agreement amending annex
B of 1950 agreement with U.S., 814
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 218
Lychowski, Tadeusz, 803
Macmillan, Harold, 707, 739
Macomber, William B., Jr., 445
Magsaysay, Ramon, 472
Malaria eradication :
UNICEF program in Colombia, 1041
Index, July to December 7957
1079
Malaria eradication — Continued
U.S. contributions to, announcement and statements
(Dulles, Soper, Candau), 1000
WHO efeorts for, address (Wilcox), 752
Malaya :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 717
Immigration quota for, proclamation, 758
Independence :
Address (Herter), 834
Message to Prime Minister (Dulles) , 474
Visit by Under Secretary Herter and Ambassador
Richards, announcement and statement (Herter),
343, 421
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, accession to, and protocol amending, 850, 906,
1006
ICJ, statute, 662
U.N. Charter, 662
U.N. membership, statement of U.S. position (Lodge),
504
U.S. Ambassador, appointment, 662
U.S. consulate general at Kuala Lumpur, elevation to
embassy status, 298
Man, Isle of, convention on certification of able seamen,
42
Manila Air Station, agreement with the PhiUppines relat-
ing to, 334
Manila Pact. See Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Mann, Thomas C, 510, 768, 846, 1004
Mao Tse-tung, 101, 139
Mapping assistance, mutual, agreement with Cambodia
relating to, 814
Maritime law (see also International law) :
Diplomatic conference on, U.S. delegation and texts of
conventions relating to liability of shipowners and
stowaways, 759
Role of Suez Canal question in strengthening of, 226
Maritime Meteorology, Commission for, 2d session and
U.S. delegation, 164
Marshall Islands, resettlement of Inhabitants displaced
by atomic fallout, 2.52
Marshall plan, accomplishments of :
Addresses : Herter, 47 ; Zellerbach, 608
Report by Office of the President, 726
Martinez, Rodolfo, 648
Mathews, Elbert G., 862
Matthews, H. Freeman, 366
McClintock, Robert, 150, 308, 312
McCollum, Robert S., 6.5, .543, 845, 1032
McCusker, Paul D., 808
McDonald, W. F., 164
McGrath, John B., 261, 981
Mcintosh, Dempster, 1018
McKay, Douglas, 239, 721
McKinney, Robert M., 586, 619, 857
McNaughton, Gen. A. G. L., 721
Meany, George, 443, 688, 764, 937
Merchant, Livingston T., 374
Metallurgical Congress, 2d World, proclamation, 728
Meteorological Organization, World :
Commission for Maritime Meteorology, 2d session and
U.S. delegation, 164
Convention, 334
Meteorology. See Weather
Mexico :
International Finance Corporation, investment in, 396
Television channels, discussions with U.S. on alloca-
tion of, 887
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 814
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 1018
Cooperative meteorological program, agreement with
U.S., 587
Developmental engineering, agreement modifying
and extending 1954 agreement with U.S., 626
Migrant labor, agreements concerning interpretation
of 1951 agreement with U.S., 129, 549
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1954)
concerning temporary importation of, 86
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs fa-
cilities for, 86
U.S.-Mexican broadcasting agreement, proposed,
statement (Satterthwaite),242
Visit by Milton Eisenhower, announcement, 273
Meyer, Armin H., 807
Micronesia. See Trust Territories : Pacific Islands
Middle East. See Near and Middle East
Migratory labor, agreements concerning interpretation of
1951 agreement with Mexico regarding, 129, 549
Military assistance (see also Military missions, Mutual
defense, and Mutual security) :
Address (Wilcox), 181
Agreements with —
Austria, 405 ; Jordan, 146 ; Lebanon, 218 ; Libya, 260 ;
Philippines, 129
Colombia, U.S. assistance to, 1041
Near and Middle East. See American Doctrine
Military bases, U.S., overseas :
Aerial inspection under disarmament proposals, ques-
tion of, statement (Dulles), 348
Agreement with Philippines, effect of Philippine elec-
tions on, statement (Dulles), 918
Missile bases and stockpiles, question of establishment
in allied countries, statements (Dulles), 916, 919,
1023, 1024
Threat of Soviet missiles to, question of, statement
(Dulles), 828
Military housing, use of foreign currencies for construc-
tion, renting, and procurement of, 284, 288
Military missions, U.S. :
Air Force missions, agreements with El Salvador, 510,
979
Army mission, agreement with Liberia, 1049
Military program, U.S. See Defense, Mutual defense,
Mutual security, and National defense
Mines, ILO technical meeting on, U.S. delegation, 978
1080
Department of State Bulletin
Missiles (see also Outer-space projectiles, and Satellites,
earth-circliug) :
Atomic missiles, question of establishment of U.S.
bases and stockpiles, statements (Dulles), 916,
919, 1023, 1024
Guided missiles, U.S. development program, addresses
and statement: Dulles, 708; Eisenhower, 819, 820,
868, 869
Intercontinental ballistic missiles :
Reported firing by Soviet Union, statement (Dulles),
457
U.S. and Soviet progress in development of, state-
ments (DuUes) , 708, 919
U.S. and Soviet development of, statements (Dulles),
830
U.S.-U.K. study group on problems of, establishment
of, joint statement, 741
Mohamed Lamine I, of Tunisia, 76
Mohammed V of Morocco, visit to U.S., 19, 239, 846, 956
Molotov, Vyacheslav, 377
Monaco, ratification of statute of International Atomic
Energy Agency, 586
Monetary Fund, International. See International Mone-
tary Fund
Money orders :
Agreement with British Guiana for exchange of, 1018
Agreement, final protocol, and regulations of execution
of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain,
445, 587, 734, 861
Mongolia, Outer, U.N. membership, Soviet and U.S. posi-
tions, statements : Lodge, 545 ; Washington, 854
Monroe Doctrine, significance in U.S. foreign policy,
address (Merchant), 378
Moose, James S., Jr., 389
Moral Element in Foreign Policy, address (Merchant),
374
Morocco :
Good offices in Algerian question, offer by, 1046, 1047
Mohammed V, visit to U.S., 19, 239, 846, 956
National holiday, message (Eisenhower), 934
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air services transit agreement (1944), international,
478
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 586
Civil aviation, international, protocol amending con-
vention on, 509
Private road vehicles, convention (1954) on tem-
porary importation of, 813
Touring, convention (1954) on customs facilities for,
813
Morris, John H., 261
Motion picture films, agreement with Federal Republic
of Germany on importation into and screentime
quota for showing In Germany, 298, 906
Murphy, Gerald Lester, 144
Murphy, Robert, 74, 317, 483
Mutual defense (see also ANZUS Council, Baghdad Pact,
Collective security. Defense, Mutual security. Na-
tional defense. North Atlantic Treaty Organization,
and Southeast Asia Treaty Organization), agree-
ment with Australia regarding exchange of atomic
information for mutual defense purposes, 215, 216
(text), 218, 405
Mutual defense assistance (see also Mutual security),
U.S. program of, address (Jones), 842
Mutual defense assistance agreements (see also Military
missions), with —
Iran, for disposition of equipment and materials, 979
Iraq, for special program of facilities assistance, 129
Libya, for return of surplus equipment and material,
260
Luxembourg, amending annex B of 1950 agreement, 814
Norway, amending 1950 agreement, 942
Mutual security and other assistance programs (see
also Agricultural surpluses, collective security, De-
velopment Loan Fund, Economic and technical aid,
Military assistance, and Mutual defense) :
Coordination of program, accouncements and Executive
order, 990
Importance of, addresses and article : Dillon, 879 ; Dul-
les, 575 ; Murphy, 486
Mutual Security, a Common Defense of Freedom, re-
marks (Dulles), 791
The Mutual Security Program as an Instrument of
Foreign Policy, address (Herter), 47
Near and Middle East, program in. See American
Doctrine
1957 program, semiannual report (Jan. 1-June 30, 1957)
to Congress, letter of transmittal (Eisenhower),
862
1958 program :
Appropriations for, statements regarding proposed
cuts in : Dulles, 411, 458, 459 ; Eisenhower, 371 ;
Hagerty, 373 ; HoUister, 414 ; Radford, 413
Legislative history, chart, 615
Statement (Dulles), 3
Our Mutual Security Programs, address (Dulles), 114
Mutual understanding and cooperation, implementation
of 1955 treaty with Panama, 477
NAC. See North Atlantic Council
Narcotic drugs. See Drugs, narcotic
Nasser, Col. Abdel Gamal, 353
NAT. See North Atlantic Treaty
National Catholic Resettlement Council, 65
National Catholic Welfare Council, 1042
National Commission for UNESCO, U.S., functions, 836
National defense and security (see also Defense, Collec-
tive security, Mutual defense, and Mutual security) :
Impairment by imports of crude oil, question of, 209
Our Future Security, address (Eisenhower), 867
Relationship to economic policy, remarks (Eisen-
hower), 596
Security functions of consular service, address (O'Con-
nor), 604
Science in national security, address (Eisenhower), 819
U.S. budget, national security considerations in formu-
lation of, statements (Dulles), 710, 713, 788
U.S.-Canadian cooperation, address and remarks:
Brucker, 720 ; Jones, 380
U.S. reserve fleet ships, proposed sale abroad, state-
ment and letter (Kalijarvi, Hill), 77
National Olympic Day, 1957, proclamation, 473
Index, July fo December 1957
1081
Nationalism, growth in Africa and Asia, articles : Dulles,
57G ; Palmer, 930
Nationality of women, convention (1933) on, 769
NATO. See North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Naval vessels or small craft, agreement with Greece re-
lating to loan of, 478
Navigation, commerce, and friendship, treaties with —
Korea, Republic of, 405, 510, 085, 696, 942 ; Netherlands,
860, 861, 942
Near and Middle East (see also individual countries) :
American Doctrine. See American Doctrine
Arab States, U.S. policy toward, statement (Lodge),
781
Arms shipments to. See Arms supply
Collective security (see also Baghdad Pact), joint com-
munique (Eisenhower, Suhrawardy) regarding, 186
Condominium by great powers, question of, statements
(Dulles), 526, 528
Economic development plan, proposed, statement
(Dulles), 1026
Gulf of Aqaba, 112, 232
Refugee problem. See under Refugees
Situation in, statement (Dulles), 714
Soviet proposals for 4-power (U.S., France, U.K.,
U.S.S.R.) declarations regarding, and U.S. replies,
texts of notes, 20, 602
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
U.N. role in settlement of disputes in, address and re-
marks: Dulles, 274; Herter, 224; Ludlow, 994;
Wadsworth, 238 ; Wilcox, 105, 184, 563, 795
UNEF. See United Nations Emergency Force
U.S. and Soviet policies regarding, addresses, article,
and statements : Dulles, 232, 234, 487, 526, 528, 529,
558, 559, 570, 709, 785, 829; Allen Dulles, 645;
Kretzmann, 351 ; Lodge, 775, 777, 778, 780 ; Murphy,
485 ; Parker, 674
Visit of Deputy Under Secretary Henderson, state-
ments : Dulles, 459, 461, 487 ; Lodge, 779
Netherlands :
Balance-of-payments consultations under GATT, 153
Complaint against U.S. import restrictions on dairy
products, GATT consideration of, 1008
Di.spute with Indonesia regarding West New Guinea,
U.S. view.s, statements (Dulles), 918, 1027
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreements with U.S., 173,
366
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 334
Commercial convention (1852) with U.S., supplemen-
tary, termination, 942
Friendship, commerce and navigation, treaty with
U.S., 860, 861, 942
GATT, rectifications and modifications to texts of
schedules, 6th protocol, 509
Rawinsonde observation stations, agreement extend-
ing 1956 agreement with U.S. for establishment
and operation in Curacao and St. Martin, 549
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, extension to
Antilles, 42
Sugar agreement (19.53), international, protocol
amending, 770
Netherlands— Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Trade agreement with U.S., supplementary to GATT,
129, 200
Trade-marks registration, termination of 1883 agree-
ment with U.S. relating to, 942
Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission (Korea), re-
port of Swedish and Swiss members on Communist
violations of armistice, 968, 971
New Zealand :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 549
GATT, amending protocol, 850
Tariff adjustments under GATT, 1007
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 129
News correspondents. See Correspondents
Niagara Falls, U.S. -Canadian remedial works to preserve
scenic beauty of, 718, 721
Nicaragua :
Boundary dispute with Honduras, address and state-
ment : Rubottom, 924 ; White, 273
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 41
Atomic Energy Agency, International statute, 586
GATT, protocol amending, 850
ILO, constitution, 86
Inter-American radiocommunications convention
( 1937), and annexes, 509
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Nixon, Richard M. :
Address and .statements :
.Japanese Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 54
Pakistani Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 191
Private investment and economic challenge, 703
Queen Elizabeth II, visit to U.S., 744
Visit to Europe, proposed, announcement and state-
ment (Dulles), 712, 713
Nkrumah, Kwame, 111
Non-self-governing territories {see also Self-determina-
tion and Trust territories), report on economic con-
ditions in, statement (Dunne), 895
Norstad, Gen. Lauris, 952
North American regional broadcasting agreement pro-
posed, statement (Satterthwaite), 242
North Atlantic Council, confirmation of U.S. permanent
representative, 218
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on, 942
North Atlantic Treaty, significance in U.S. foreign policy,
379
North Atlantic Treaty Oi-ganization :
Advisory Group for Aeronautical Research and De-
velopment, meeting, letter (Eisenhower), 951
Atlantic Community, addresses: Elbrick, 947; Herter
135
Broadening the scope of, question of, statements
(Dulles), 827, 828, 920, 987, 1027, 1028
Education and citizenship, relationship to NATO ob-
jectives, address (Norstad), 052
Fellowship and .scholarship program, 580
Functions of, address and remarks : Dulles, 419 ; Zeller-
bach, 611
1082
Depar/menf of Sfafe Bulletin
North Atliuitic Treaty Organizatiim — Continued
Gerniany, ([iiestiou of membership iu event of reunifl-
catiou, 305
Heads of Government meeting, Paris. Sec Heads of
Government
Jotirnalists from NATO countries, visit to U.S., itiner-
ary, 051
NAC, contirniation of U.S. permanent representative,
21S
Scientific committee, proposed establishment, address
(Eisenhower), 823
Secretary General, visit to U.S., 746, 602
Soviet propaganda charges against, statement (Lodge),
777
U.S. atomic missile bases and stockpiles, question of
establishment, statements (Dulles), 233, 234, 825,
916, 919
U.S.-Canadian cooperation In, address (Jones), 381
Use of nuclear weapons in event of attack on NATO
views on U.S. policy, statements (Dulles), 920
North Pacific Fi-sheries Commission, International, ap-
pointment of U.S. Commissioner, 119
North Pacific fur seals, interim convention on conserva-
tion of, 404, 509, 586, 734, 942
"Northern tier" pact. See Baghdad Pact
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, convention (1949) on, and
amending protocol, 129, 942
Norway :
Air transport talks with U.S., 846
Balance-of-payments consultations under GATT, 153
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 42
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 42
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 42
GATT, protocol amending, 850
GATT, rectifications and modifications to texts of
schedules, 6th protocol, 509
Mutual defense assistance, agreement amending an-
nex 0 of 1950 agreement with U.S., 942
OTC, agreement on, 297
Nucker, Delmas H., 248
Nuclear energy. See Atomic energy
Nuiiez Arellano, Carlos, 887
Nyasaland. See Rhodesia and Nyasaland, Federation of
GAS. See Organization of American States
Ocean stations, north Atlantic, agreement (1954) on, 942
Oceanographic research stations, agreements with U.K.
for establLshment in Bahamas and Barbados, 814, 861
O'Connor, Roderie L., 493, 604, 661, 845, 1032
Office of the President, report on foreign economic policy
and the trade agreements program, 723
Oil, crude, establishment of special committee to investi-
gate U.S. imports of, 209
Okinawa, U.S. role in, statement (Dulles), 145
Olympic games :
Participation by Communist China, question of, state-
ment (Dulles), 530
Proclamation of 1957 National Olympic Day, 473
Olympic' games — Continued
Waiver of U.S. fingcriirinting requirement for partici-
pants, letter (Dulles), 579
Oman, di.spute with United Kingdom :
Appeal by Oman for U.S. good offices, 344
Inscription on Security Council agenda, proposed, U.S.
position, statement (Lodge), 430
Soviet views on, text of note to U.S., 603
"Open Door" in China, significance of principle in U.S.
foreign policy, address (Merchant), 379
"Open skies" proposals of President Eisenhower. See
Disarmament
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade, and
use of, 297, 813, 1049
Organization of American States :
Economic conference at Buenos Aires. See Economic
conference
Honduran-Nicaraguan boundary question, Council's
role in mediation of, 274, 924
Housing Center, Inter-American, Bogotft, activities of,
1042
Nuclear Energy Commission, Inter-American, establish-
ment, statement (Dreier) and text of resolution, 976
Significance of, address and statement : Dulles, 716 ;
Rubottom, 923
U.S. participation in economic strengthening of, state-
ment (Dulles), 12
Organization for Trade Cooperation :
Agreement on, 297, 404, 814
U.S. membership, question of, addresses, remarks, and
statements: Beale, 872, 874; Dillon, 915; Eisen-
hower, 8: Mann, 848; Nixon, 707; Wilcox, 750
Orphans, adopted foreign-born, provisions for U.S. entry
under Immigration and Naturalization Act of 1957,
1032
Osborne, Arthur S., 990
OTC. See Organization for Trade Cooperation
Outer Mongolia, U.N. membership, Soviet and U.S. posi-
tions, statements: Lodge, .545; Washington, 854
Outer-space projectiles (see also Missiles and Satellites,
earth-circling), proposed international control of:
Addresses and statements : Dulles, 271, 826 ; Eisen-
hower, 674n ; Wilcox, 565
General Assembly resolution regarding, 962
Western proposals, addresses and statements : Dulles,
556 ; Eisenhower, 455 ; Lodge, 632, 635, 671 ; work-
ing paper, 453
Pacific Islands, Trust Territory of the, U.S. administra-
tion of, statement (Nucker), 248
Pacific Science Congress, 9th, U.S. delegation, 941
Pact of mutual cooperation. See Baghdad Pact
Pakistan :
Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir dispute
Lend-lease silver debt, repayment of 1st installment to
U.S., remarks (Meyer), 807
Prime Minister, visit to U.S. joint communique with
President Eisenhower, addresses to Congress, state-
ments (Nixon, Suhrawardy), and official party, 186
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 980
Index, July to December 7957
1C83
Pakistan — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Double taxation, proposed convention with U.S. for
avoidance of, 172, 173, 359
Economic assistance, agreements with U.S. under
American Doctrine, 341
Educational exchange programs, agreement amend-
ing 1950 agreement with U.S. for financing of, 734
GATT, protocol amending, 850
Genocide, convention (1948) on prevention and
punishment of the crime of, 906
Informational media guaranty program, agreement
amending 1954 agreement with U.S., 861
ICJ, declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction
deposited, 366
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 42
U.S. consulate general at Dacca, conversion to inde-
pendent fiscal reporting post, 1050
U.S. mutual security aid, statements : Dulles, 412 ; Hol-
lister, 416
Palestine (see also Arab-Israeli dispute), partition of,
address (Ludlow), 995
Palmer, Gardner E., 626
Palmer, Joseph, 2d, 930
Pamir, German ship, letter of appreciation (Von Bren-
tano) for U.S. aid to, 681
Pan American Highway Congress, 7th, U.S. delegation,
333
Pan American Railway Congress, 9th, article (Farley)
and U.S. delegation, 545, 731
Pan American Railway Congress Association, appoint-
ment of U.S. member, 333
Pan American Sanitary Organization :
Directing Council, 10th meeting, U.S. delegation, 546
Executive Committee, 32d meeting, U.S. delegation, 546
U.S. contributions to malaria eradication campaign,
statements (Dulles, Soper, Candau), 1000
Panama :
Election to Security Council, statement (Lodge), 661
Transfer of U.S. property in the Canal Zone to, 804
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Adviser to Government of Panama, agreement ex-
tending 1942 agreement with U.S. relating to as-
signment of, 696
Inspection of Panamanian vessels in Canal Zone,
agreement with U.S., 405
Mutual understanding and cooperation, implementa-
tion of 1955 treaty with U.S., 477
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Paraguay :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 662
Educational exchange programs, agreement with U.S.
for financing of, 218
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocols, regulations of execution, and agree-
ments relating to money orders and parcel post,
861
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
218
Universal postal convention (1952), 509
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 366
Parcel post. See under Postal agreements
Parker, Jameson, 674
Passports («ee also Visas) :
The Bureau of Security and Consular Affairs and
the Problem of Passport Restrictions, address
(O'Connor), 604
Issuance for travel to Communist China. See China,
Communist: Travel to
Letters from President Eisenhower for inclusion in
civilian and military passports, 275
Pawelczak, Stanislaw, 748
Peace :
Addresses, remarks, and statements : Dalles, 267, 531 ;
Murphy, 483 ; Wilcox, 564, 792, 799
"Essentials of Peace," General Assembly resolution
(1949), address (Dulles), 558
"Peaceful coexistence," inscription of Soviet item on
General Assembly agenda, statement (Lodge), 693
UNESCO contributions to, address (Berding), 835
Pearkes, George R., 306
Peck, David W., 196
Peoi>le-to-people program, remarks (Eisenhower), 747
Permanent Court of Arbitration, designation of U.S.
members, 196
Persons, exchange of. See Cultural relations, Educa-
tional exchange, a/nd Exchange of persons
Peru:
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending 1957
agreement with U.S., 478
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 260,
261
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 662
Drought relief program, agreement with U.S., 298
Educational exchange, agreement amending 1956 agree-
ment with U.S. for financing, 260
Nonimmigrant visa applicants, agreement with U.S. for
reciprocal waiver of fingerprint requirements, 936
Road traflic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 365
Tax convention with U.S., proposed, 84
Peter the Great Bay, U.S. note of protest of closing by
Soviet Union, 388
Peterson, Val, 130
Petkov, Nikola, 568
Philip, Prince, 742
Philippines :
Elections, effect on base agreement renegotiations with
U.S., statement (Dulles), 918
International Bank loan, 1010
Philippine-American Day, message (Dulles), 881
Return of insurrection battle flag, announcement and
remarks (Bohlen), 60
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 172,
298
IFC, articles of agreement, 445
Manila Air Station, agreement with U.S. relating
to, 334
Mutual security, agreement supplementing and
amending 1955 agreement with U.S., 129
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
U.S. aid, address (Jones), 843
1084
Department of State Bulletin
Philippines — Continued
U.S. stamp commemorating President Magsaysay, re-
marks and statement : Dulles, 473 ; Eisenhower,
472
Phleger, Herman, 196
Phonograph records, reduction of Greek import duties on,
1008
Photography, aerial, agreement with Venezuela for joint
program of, 696
Plant protection convention (1951), international, 218
Ploeser, Walter C, 366
Plowden, Edwin, 741
Poland :
Communist education in, address (Eleanor Dulles),
25, 26
Economic discussions with U.S., 803
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 405,
444
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 334
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 130
U.S. food and clothing industries, observation by Polish
officials, 748
Poliomyelitis, world progress in eradication of, state-
ment (Jacoby), 498
Poliomyelitis (Salk) vaccine, U.S. export quota and re-
cipient nations, 685
Political rights of women, Inter-American convention
(1W8) on, 770
Porter, William J., 478
Portugal :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement amending 1955
agreement with U.S., 41, 587
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 218
Defense, agreement supplementing 1951 agreement
with U.S., 905, 942
Safety of life at sea, extension of 1948 convention to
possessions, 366
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Uranium allocation to IAEA, 857
Postal agreements :
Parcel post, agreement with Liberia for exchange of,
with regulations of execution, 334
Parcel post, insured, agreement with Republic of China
for exchange of, 549, 906
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocols, regulations of execution, and
agreements relating to money orders and parcel
post, 445, 586, 587, 734, 861
Universal postal convention (1952), 509, 626, 734, 770
Postal Union, Universal, U.S. delegation to 14th Con-
gress, 400
Potatoes, revision of U.S. tariff quotas, announcement
and text of proclamation, 154
Powell, Richard, 741
President, Office of the, report on foreign economic
policy and the trade agreements program, 723
Presidential Representatives, Committee of, proposals re-
garding OAS, address (Rubottom), 925
Prisoners of war :
Geneva convention (1949) relative to treatment of, 86,
173, 405, 861
South Korean and U.S. troops in Communist hands,
failure to account for, statement (Judd), 969, 970,
974
Private capital, investment abroad. See Investment of
private capital
Private international law, 8th Hague conference on, U.S.
delegation and publications, 585
Proclamations by the President:
Almonds, shelled or prepared, tariff quota, 852
Butterfat articles, import restrictions, 358
Clothesi)ins, spring, increase in import duty, 959
Clover seed, alsike, extension of import quota, 211
Dairy products, relaxation of import quotas, 475
GATT, 8th protocol of supplementary concessions
(U.S.-Cuba), 161
General Pulaski's memorial day, 568
Immigration quota for Ghana, 111
Immigration quota for Malaya, 758
National Olympic Day, 1957, 473
Potatoes, revision of tariff quotas on, 154
Rye, imposition of import quota, 241
Safety pins, increase in import duty on, 1009
Theodore Roosevelt centennial year, 803
Trade agreements with Belgium, Netherlands, and
U.K., 207
Tung oil import quota, 542
United Nations Day, 1957, 110
United Nations Human Rights Day, 1957, 1036
World Metallurgical Congress, 2d, 728
Property, cultural, convention (1954) for protection in
event of armed conflict, and regulations of execu-
tion and protocol, 334, 906
Property, industrial, convention (1934) for protection of,
86
Public education, U.S. delegation to 20th international
conference on, 171
Publications :
Congressional documents relating to foreign policy, lists
of, 85, 152, 200, 245, 297, 322, 397, 437, 476, 493, 582,
807
Exchange of publications, U.S. program of, address
(Berding), 839
Hague Conference on Private International Law, 8th
session, 586
International Hydrographic Bureau media, listed, 362
Need for removal of barrier to circulation a stimulus
to cultural relations, statement (Meany), 767
South Pacific Commission documents, published, 426
State Department :
American Foreign Policy, 1950-1955; Basic Docu-
ments, vol. I, published, 614
Documents on German Foreign Policy, 1918-1945
{The War Years, June 23-August 31, 1940), series
D., vol. X, published, 405
Foreign Relations of the Vnitcd States, 1940, vol.
II (General and Europe), published, 174
Lists of recent releases, 174, 261, 298, 406, 445, 589,
697, 981, 1050
The Seal o/ the United States, published, 456
The Widening Circle, published, 696
Index, July to December 1957
1085
Publications — Continued
Translation, publication, aud distribution of, use of
funds from surplus agricultural commodities for,
291
United Nations, lists of current documents, 171, 214,
364, 401, 476, 621, 661, 695, 73.3, 905, 1017, 1049
Pulaski, Gen. Casiniir, memorial day, proclamation, 568
Quarles, Donald, 741
Queen Elizabeth II, visit to U.S., 16, 711, 742
Racial relations problem in Africa, article (Palmer), 932
Racial segregation, U.S. progress in eliminating, state-
ments : Jacoby, 500 ; Meany, 692
Radford, Adm. Arthur, 413
Radiation, atomic. See Atomic energy, radiation effects
Radio. See Telecommunications
Radio Union, International Scientific, 12th General As-
sembly, article (Wells) and U.S. delegation, 401, 897
Rail and Highway Commission, Alaska International,
appointment of U.S. members, 76, 981
Railway Congress, 9th Pan American, article (Faricy)
and U.S. delegation, .545, 731
Railway Congress Association, Pan American, appoint-
ment of U.S. member, 333
Randall, Clarence B., 8n
Rawinsonde observation stations {see also Weather),
agreement with Netherlands for establishment and
operation in Curasao and 'St. Martin, 549
Reciprocity Information, Interdepartmental Committee
for, 581, 686, 805, 850
Reconstruction and Development, International P.ank for.
See International Bank
Records of the Stflte Department, text of regulations
governing research in, 980
Red Cross Conference, International, walkout of Soviet
and Chinese Communist delegations, statement
(Reap). 904
Refugees and displaced persons (see also Intergovern-
mental Committee for European Migration) :
Coordinator of Special Immigration, designation, 543
1st arrival in U.S. under amended Immigration and
Nationality Act, remarks (McCoUum, O'Connor),
845
Hungarian refugees :
ICEM assistance to, article (Warren), 329, 330, 331
Report by special U.N. committee, 65
U.S. aid to, address and statement: Hollister, 418;
Wadsworth, 195
Increase in young refugees entering Berlin, 26
Palestine refugees, problem of, addresses and state-
ments : Dulles, 96, 102 ; Ludlow, 990, 998 : Wilcox,
106, 563, 564, 794
Provisions in Immigration and Nationality Act of 1957
regarding, address (Auerbach), 1030, 1031
U.N. refugee program, revision of. statement (Meany)
and General Assembly resolution, 937
Universal copyright convention (1952), protocol 1, ap-
plication of convention to works of stateless per-
sons and refugees, 173. 813
U.S. aid to refugees from Egypt, 239
World migration problem, need for U.S. aid in solving,
address (McCollum), 65
Reinhardt, G. Frederick, 695, 755
Relief and rehabilitation. See Agricultural surpluses,
Economic and technical aid, Refugees, and individual
countries
Religious freedom, denial in Hungary by Communist re-
gime, statement (Lodge), 522
Report on the World Social Situation, evaluation of,
statements : Hottel, 166 : Jacoby, 496
Research Council, South Pacific Commission, 424
Reserve fleet ships, U.S., proposed sale abroad, statement
(Kalijarvi) and letter (Hill), 77
Rhodesia and Nyasaland, Federation of :
GATT, protocol amending, 850
GATT. 6th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, 509
Richards, James P. (see also American Doctrine), 343,
421
Riddleberger, James W., 1050
Rights and duties of states in event of civil strife, pro-
tocol to 1928 convention on, 365, 662
Road construction, International Bank loans to —
Belgian Congo, 1010; Ecuador, 650
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, and
protocol providing for accession of occupied terri-
tories or countries, 42, 128, 297, 365, 444, 549, 861, 1049
Riiad vehicles, private, convention (19.54) on temporary
Importation of, 86. 17,3, 626, 7.34, 81.3, 906
Roberts, Ralph S., 812
Robertson. Walter S., 150
Rockwell, Stuart W., 366
Ruanda-Urundi, application of 1948 tax convention be-
tween U.S. and Belgium to, 477, 625.
Rubottom, Roy Richard, Jr., 84, 86, 273, 333, 536, 675
Rule of Law Among Nation.s, address (Herter), 223
Rumania, protocol amending 1926 slavery convention,
1018
Roosevelt, Theodore, centennial year, proclamation, 803
Royalties, avoidance of double taxation on income from,
Ijrotocol supplementing 1945 convention with U.K.,
444
Rye, imposition of U.S. import quota, announcement and
proclamation, 240
Ryukyu Islands, administration of:
Joint communique (Eisenhower, Kishi), 52
White House announcement and Executive order, 55
Saar, Franco-German treaty on economic relations with,
1007
Safety at sea, regulations (1948) for preventing ship col-
lisions, 734
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 366, 404, 509
Safety pins, announcement and proclamation increasing
U.S. import duty on, 1009
Saing Kun-ko, Mrs., 845
St. Martin, agreement with the Netherlands for establish-
ment and operation of rawinsonde observation sta-
tion in, 549
St. Stephen's Day in Hungar.v, 1957, 431
Salk vaccine, U.S. export quota and recipient nations,
685
Salmon fisheries, sockeye, in the Fraser River system,
protocol to 1930 convention with Canada for protec-
tion, preservation, and extension of, 129, 318, 366
1086
Department of State Bulletin
Sanitary Organization. Pan American. Sec Pan Ameri-
can Sanitary Organization
Sanitation. See Healtli and sanitation
Sarasin, Pote, 488
Satellite nations. See Soviet-bloc countries
Satellites, earth-circling {see also Outer-space projec-
tiles) :
Soviet satellites :
Effect on conduct of foreign relations, statements
(Dulles), 708, 710
Military significance of, address and statements :
Dulles, 825; Eisenhower, 820; Nixon, 703
Relationship to NATO strategy, address (Norstad),
954, 955
U.S. program, address, remarks, and statement (Eisen-
hower), 145, 673, 869
Satterthwaite, Livingston, 76, 242, 1037
Saudi Arabia :
Arras supply to, question of, statement (Dulles), 232
Economic assistance, agreement with U.S. under Amer-
ican Doctrine, 341
IMF, articles of agreement, 478
International Bank, membership, 478, 853
King Saud, offer of mediation in Syrian question, 776
U.S. Ambassador, appointment, 981
Science (see also International Geophysical Tear) :
Cooperation in science, culture, and education, state-
ment (Meany), 764
Science Congi-ess, 9th Pacific, U.S. delegation, 941
Science in national security, address (Eisenhower),
819
Scientific information, U.S. views on exchange of, re-
marks (McKinney), 858
Soviet-bloc emphasis on scientific education, address
(Eleanor Dulles), 25, 26, 27
U.S.-U.K. cooperation regarding, declaration, joint
statement, and statements (Dulles), 709. 710, 740,
741
Scrap, iron and steel, problems relating to export of,
statement (Kalljarvi), 120
Seal of the U.S., 175th anniversary, 4.56, 587
Seamen, conventions on, 42
SEATO. See Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Sebald, William J., 389
Secretariat, U.N., document, 661
Secretary of Defense, functions in administration of
Ryukyu Islands, Executive order, 5.5, 57
Secretary of State, conduct of foreign relations of Ryu-
kyu Islands, Executive order, 55
Security, Japanese- American Committee on, establish-
ment, 350
Security, national. See National defense and security
Security and Consular Affairs, Bureau of :
Problem of passport restrictions, address (O'Connor),
604
Regulations regarding waiver of fingerprint require-
ment, 682
Security Council, U.N. ;
Arab-Israeli dispute, actions regarding, address (Lud-
low ) , 996, 997, 998
Documents, lists of, 364, 401, 621, 733, 1017
Security Council, U.N. — Continued
Kashmir dispute, deliberations regarding, statements
(Wadsworth) and text of resolution, 1011
Oman question, U.S. position on proposed inscription
on agenda, statement (Lodge), 430
Resolution on Kashmir dispute, 1016
Seats for new U.N. members, need for, address (Wil-
cox), 567
Soviet abuse of veto power in, addresses, article, and
statement: Dulles, .571; Wilcox, 560, 793; Wash-
ington, 8.56
Suez Canal problem, actions regarding, address
(Herter), 224
Security information, texts of U.S. and Canadian notes
regarding handling and exchange of, 384
Security treaty and administrative agreement (U.S.-
Japan), understanding concerning interpretation of.
696
Selection Boards, 11th Foreign Service, meeting and list
of members, 510
Self-determination, U.S. and U.N. efforts for, article and
statement ; Lord, 1047 ; Palmer, 931
Serpen, Christopher, 987
Service, Richard M., 734
Ships and shipping :
Collisions at sea, regulations (1948) for preventing, 734
German ship Pamir, letter of appreciation (Von
Bretano) for U.S. aid to, 681
Gulf of Aqaba, procedures for passage into, 112
High-seas weather observations, report of, article
(McDonald), 164
Maritime law, diplomatic conference on, U.S. delega-
tion and texts of conventions, 759
Naval vessels or small craft, agreement with Greece
relating to loan of, 478
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 366, 404,
509
Seagoing ships, text of international convention on
limitation of owners' liability, 759
Seamen, conventions regarding, 42
7th International Ilydrographic Conference, article
(Watt), 361
Stowaways, international convention on, 762
Transportation of refugees to Australia, 330
Vessels of Panamanian registry, inspection in Canal
Zone, agreement with Panama, 405
Vessels of U.S. reserve fleet, propo.sed .sale abroad, state-
ment (Kalljarvi) and letter (Hill), 77
Siedle, E. George, 400
Silver, lend-lease, repayment of 1st installment by Paki-
stan to U.S., remarks (Meyer), 807
Skowronski, Tadeusz, 748
Slavery convention (1926), and protocol amending, 366,
734, 1018
Smith, Earl T., 349
Smith, Gerard C, 510
Smith, James H., Jr., 445, 993
Smith, Sidney E., 683
Snow, William P., 86
Snowdon, Henry T., 580, 846
Social development program. South Pacific Commission,
429
Index, July to December 1957
1087
Social sciences, contribution to foreign policymaking, arti-
cle (Hamilton), 436
Social situation, world, review of, statements: Hottel,
166 ; Jacoby, 496 ; Meany, 688
Sonialiland, Trust Territory of :
U.S. and Italian aid to, 1047
U.S. consulate at Mogadiscio : establishment, 261 ; ele-
vation to consulate general, 981
Soper, Fred L., 1000, 1003
South Africa, Union of. See Union of South Africa
South America. See Latin America
South and Southeast Asia. See Asia
South Pacific Commission :
Alternate U.S. commissioner, appointment, 990
The First Ten Years, article (Keesing), 428
Southard, Frank A., Jr., 363
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization :
1st Secretary General, congratulatory message to
(Dulles), 488
Research fellowships, announcement, 3.54
Seminar on Communist subversion, U.S. participants
and final communique, 978, 993
3d anniversary, remarks (Dulles), 487
Soviet Union (see also Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Re-
public, Communism, East-West contacts, Soviet-bloc
countries, and Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic) :
Aggression, Soviet definition of, statement (Klutznick),
891
Aggressive policies of, U.N. efforts to combat, statement
(Lodge), 781,782
Arab-Israeli dispute, Soviet efforts to exploit, ad-
dresses : Ludlow, 994 ; Murphy, 485
Assurances to Baltic States prior to incorporation, 377
Claims for destruction of U.S. aircraft against, 68, 470
Disarmament. See Disarmament, Disarmament Com-
mission, and London disarmament talks
Education in, address (Eleanor Dulles), 25, 27
Expulsion of Marshal Zhukov from Presidium and Cen-
tral Committee, statement (White), 782
Flight of aircraft to U.S., approval of, announcement
and note, 470
Foreign economic activities, contrast with U.S. policy,
remarks (Dulles), 717
Foreign Minister Gromyko, Department's views on
statement by, statement (White), 525
Habomai Islands, Soviet claim of sovereignty over,
68,72
Hungary, Soviet activities in. See Hungarian question
Imperialism, contrast with colonialism, statement
(Dulles), 990
Internal policies and problems, statements (Dulles),
144, 228, 229, 231, 783, 790, 826
Khrushchev, Nikita. See Khrushchev
Korean reunification, obstruction of, statement (Judd),
966
Military and political policy, threat to free world, ad-
dresses, remarks, and statement : Dulles, 419, 988 ;
Eisenhower, 821 ; Murphy, 485
Missiles, Soviet development of. See under Missiles
Near and Middle East, Soviet activities in, and U.S.
efforts to combat. See American Doctrine, Arms
supply, and under Near and Middle East
Soviet Union — Continued
Negotiations with, question of value of, statements
(Dulles), 711, 989
"New look" policy, addresses and article : Dulles, 570 ;
Allen Dulles, 640 ; Murphy, 75, 484
Nuclear weapons, Soviet views on control and testing of.
See under Atomic energy, nuclear weapons
"Peaceful coexistence," inscription of Soviet item on
General Assembly agenda, statement (Lodge), 693
Peter the Great Bay, closing of, U.S. note of protest, 388
Relations with U.S. joint statement (Dulles,
Gromyko), 635
Satellite program. See under Satellites, earth-circling
Subversive activities :
Economic penetration policies. See under Less de-
veloped countries
Far East, coordination of policy with Communist
China, address (Jones), 842
Western Europe, address (Elbrick), 947, 948, 949
Suez Canal problem (see also Suez Canal), Soviet posi-
tions, 999
Syrian question, Soviet charges against U.S. and
Turkey, statements : Lodge, 775 ; Parker, 674
Technological achievements, address and statements:
Dulles, 710, 829 ; Eisenhower, 870
Travel, diplomatic, announcement and Soviet note re-
garding restrictions on, 118
Travel regulations in the U.S. and U.S.S.R., revision of,
announcement and U.S. and Soviet notes, 934
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 1018
Fur seals, north Pacific, interim convention on con-
servation of, 734
Judicial assistance, 1935 agreement with U.S. cited,
810
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 173
Turkey, Soviet policy toward, and U.S. and U.K. views
concerning, address, joint declaration, and state-
ments : Dulles, 558, 709, 712, 713, 714 ; Eisenhower,
MacmlUan, 741; Lodge, 775, 779; Parker, 674
U.N. specialized agencies, Soviet policy toward, address
(Wilcox), 753
Uranium allocation to IAEA, 8.58
U.S. recognition in 1933, address (Dulles), 91
Veto in the Security Council, abuse of, addresses, article,
and statement: Dulles, 571; Wilcox, 560, 793;
Washington, 8.56
Walkout of delegates from International Red Cross
Conference, statement (Reap), 904
Soviet-bloc countries (see also Communism, Soviet Union,
and individual countries) :
Arms shipments to Syria, address and statement
(Dulles), 529, 558
Economic penetration policies. See under Less de-
veloped countries
Education in, address (Eleanor Dulles), 25, 26
1088
Deparlment of State Bulletin
Soviet-bloc countries — Continued
Export of strategic materials to, question of, joint
communique (Eisenhower, Kishi), 52
Soviet policy toward, address (Allen Dulles), 642
U.N. action on Hungarian question, effect on satellite
system, address (Wilcox), 797
Visit by Secretary Dulles, question of, 230
Voting pattern in General Assembly, address (Wilcox),
561
Spaak, Paul-Henri, 602, 746
Spain :
Aircraft, imported, agreement with U.S. relating to
certificates of airworthiness, 662
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement superseding 1955
agreement with U.S., 403, 405
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 478
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocol, regulations of execution, and agree-
ments relating to parcel post and money orders, 445,
586, 587, 734, 861
U.S. mutual security aid, statements: Dulles, 412;
Hollister, 416, 417
Special assistance, mutual security programs. See Mutual
security
Special Committee on the Problem of Hungary, U.N.
See under Hungarian question
Special United Nations Fund for Economic Development,
proposed :
General Assembly resolution regarding, 962
U.S. position, addresses and statements : Jacoby, 502,
503 ; Lodge, 963 ; Wilcox, 566, 752
Specialized agencies, U.N. {see also name of agency) :
Cooperation of South Pacific Commission with, article
(Keesing), 427
Economic and social programs, review of, address and
statement: Kotschnig, 438; Wadsworth, 238
Importance of, address and statement: Herter, 834;
Wilcox, 799
Role in stimulation of world trade, address (Wilcox),
751
Soviet policy regarding, address (Wilcox), 753
Spilhaus, Athelstan, 860
Stassen, Harold E., 9, 11, 268, 531
State Department (see also Foreign Service) :
Administration of —
Mutual security programs, announcement and Execu-
tive order, 990
Trade agreements program, address (Beale), 875
U.S. participation in the Brussels Exhibition (1958),
announcement and Executive order, 150
Appointments and designations, 86, 174, 298, 366, 445,
478, 510, 543, 626, 662, 734, 770, 814, 862, 906, 981
Assistant Secretaries of State, appointment and con-
firmations : Macomber, 445, Mann, 510 ; Rubottom,
86
Assistant Secretary for Administration, resignation
(Carpenter), 981
Confirmations, 42, 86, 445
Cultural exchange functions, announcement and Ex-
ecutive order, 150, 151
Foreign Service examination, announced, 588
Legal Adviser, confirmation (Becker), 42
State Department — Continued
Oflice of Intelligence Research and Policy Planning
Staff, functions, article (Hamilton), 432, 433, 436
Publications. See Publications
Role of Adlai Stevenson in, statements (Dulles), 917,
921
Security and Consular Affairs, Bureau of, functions,
address (O'Connor), 604
■Staffing problems, article (Hamilton), 435
Research in the records of, text of regulations govern-
ing, 980
Resignation, 981
Stateless persons, protocol concerning application of uni-
versal copyright convention (1952) to works of, 173,
813
Status-of-forees agreements :
Legislative revision of, proposed, letters, memorandum,
and statements : Eisenhower, 296 ; Herter, 198 ;
Murphy, 317
Supreme Court opinion in Girard case, 196
Steel and Coal Community, European. jSfee European Coal
and Steel Commimity
Steel and Iron Committee (ILO), U.S. delegation to 6th
.session, 694
^teel and iron scrap, problems relating to export of, state-
ment (Kalijarvi), 120
Steel Committee (ECE), U.S. delegate to 19th session, 941
Steeves, John M., 174
Stevenson, Adlai, 917, 921, 1026
Stowaways, international convention on, 762
Strategic materials, question of controls on exports to
Soviet-bloc countries, joint communique (Eisenhower,
Kishi), 52
Strauss, Lewis L., 147, 148, 618, 637, 741
■Stretch, David A., 533
Student-exchange program. See Educational exchange
Students, U.S., visit to Communist China, address (O'Con-
nor), announcement, and message (Herter), 392, 607
Submarines, sale by Soviets to Egypt, address and state-
ment : Dulles, 100 ; Wilcox, 106
Sudan :
Economic and technical assistance, negotiations with
U.S., 999
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Geneva conventions (1949), on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 861
IMF, articles of agreement, 509
International Bank, membership, 509, 853
Radio regulations (1947), with appendixes, and tele-
graph regulations (1949) , 979
Slavery convention (1926) , 734
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
with annexes, 942
Suez Canal problem {see also Arab-Israeli dispute: Israeli
dispute with Egypt ; and United Nations Emergency
Force) :
Effect on Western European economy, statement
(Jacoby), 326
Operation of the canal, status of negotiations with
Egypt, statement (Dulles), 13
Recognition by Egypt of ICJ jurisdiction in disputes
regarding, 445
Index, July to December 1957
1089
Suez Canal problem — Continued
Soviet position, 999
U.N. actions regarding, addresses and statement : Her-
ter, 224; Lodge, 768; Wilcox, 184
U.S. efforts for solution, address (Kretzmann), 351,
353
Withdrawal of British and French forces from canal
zone, address and statements: Herter, 225, 226;
Merchant, 376
Sugar agreement (1953), international, and protocol
amending, 86, 404, 509, 770, 861
Suhr, Otto, 483
Suhrawardy, Huseyn Shaheed, 186
SUNFED. See Special United Nations Fund
Supreme Court, U.S., text of opinion in the Girard case,
196
Surplus agricultural commodities. See Agricultural sur-
pluses
Sweden :
Air transport talks with U.S., 846
Balance-of-payments consultations under GATT, 153
Complaint against U.S. increase in duty on spring
clothespins, GATT consideration of, 1008
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Greenland, Iceland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 42
Atomic Energy Agency, International, .statute, 86
Customs facilities for touring, convention (1954) on,
173
GATT, protocols amending, 445, 509, 850
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 173
Switzerland :
Collisions at sea, regulations (1948) for preventing,
734
GATT, question of accession to, 1006
Intermediation in U.S. damage claims against Bulgaria
for deaths of American passengers in destruction of
Israeli aircraft (1955), 883
Syria :
Application of American Doctrine to, question of,
statements (Dulles), 527, 528, 529
Arms shipments by Soviet bloc to, address and state-
ments: Dulles, 529, 558; Lodge, 778
Diplomatic representatives in U.S. declared persona
non grata, 388
General Assembly consideration of Syrian question,
statements (Lodge), 775
Political situation in, address and statements: Dulles,
45S, 461, 487, 527, 528, 531, 532; Murphy, 485
Soviet allegations regarding U.S. policy toward, state-
ment (Parljer), 674
Taiwan. See China, Republic of
Tallamy, Bertram D., 333
Tariff policy, U.S. («ee also Customs; Tariffs and trade,
general agreement on; and Trade agreements):
Address and statement : Dulles, 1029 ; Jones, 382
Almond.s, shelled or prepared, tariff quota on, 210, 852
Alsike clover seed, extension of tariff quota on, 210
Antidumping Act (1921), proposed revision, statement
of Department's views (Birch), 436
Tariff policy, U.S. — Continued
Bicycles, continuation of 1955 import duty, 722
Butterf.it articles, import restrictions on, 357
Cigar tobacco, Cuban, concessions on, 157
Clothespins, spring, increase in duty on, 958, 1008
Dairy products, import quotas regarding, 33, 475, 1008
Dates, President decides against import restrictions on,
397, 960
Fabrics, woolen and worsted, tariff quota on, 84, 686
Figs, President decides against import restrictions on,
242, 853
Lead and zinc imports. See Lead
Negotiations with Brazil, announcement of preliminary
hearings, 804
Potatoes, revision of quotas, 154
Rye, import quota on, 240
Safety pins, increase in import duty on, 1009
Tung oil, import quota on, 541
Watches, imported, continuation of escape-clause relief,
651
Tariffs, customs. See Customs
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (see also Or-
ganization for Trade Cooperation) :
Accession of Ghana and Malaya, 906, 1006
Balance-of-payments consultations under, 1.53
Importance of, reiKirt by Office of the I'resident, 728
Japan, protocol on terms of accession, 260
Potatoes, revision of U.S. quotas on, announcement
and text of proclamation, 154
Proe&s verbal of rectification concerning the protocol
amending part I and articles XXIX and XXX,
protocol amending preamble and parts II and III,
and protocol of organization amendments, 405, 814
Protocol of organizational amendments, 405, 813
Protocols amending, 404, 445, 813, 814, 849, 1008
Rectifications and modifications to texts of schedules,
5th protocol, 334
Rectifications and modifications to texts of schedules,
Cth protocol, .">09, 814
Relationship to —
European Common Market, 327
U.S. foreign trade policy, 873
Supplementary agreements with Belgium, Netherlands,
and U.K., 129, 200
Supplementary concessions, Sth protocol (U.S.-Cuba),
120, 157
10th anniversary, message (Eisenhower), 846
12th session of contracting parties :
Message and statement (Eisenhower, Mann), 846
Review of, 1004
U.S. delegation, 768
U.S. participation in, address (Wilcox), 750
U.S. tariff negotiations with certain contracting parties,
581, 850
Taxation :
Agreements respecting, role in inter-American eco-
nomic development, statement (Anderson), 468
Double taxation, avoidance of. »SVe Double taxation
Income and estate taxes, rise in payments as index of
U.S. social progress, statement (Jacoby), 499
Tax structure, need for reform as stimulus to U.S. pri-
vate investment abroad, address (Nixon), 706
1090
Deparfment of Sfofe Bullefin
Taxation — Continued
Taxes inconsistent with GATT, removal by France and
Hrazil, llXIS
Technical aid to foreign countries. See Economic and
technical aid and Mutual security
Technical assistance, U.N. See under United Nations
Telecommunications :
Communications Division, ICAO, 6th session, 548
Exchange of uncensored broadcasts and elimination of
jamming, need for, statement (Meany), 767
Inter-American radiocommunications convention
( 1037), denunciation by Nicaragua, 509
International telecommunication convention (1952), 86,
218, 549, 69<?, 942
Mexican and North American regional broadcasting
agreements, proposed, statement (Satterthwaite),
242
Radio and telegraph regulations of the 1947 interna-
tional teIe<'ommunication convention, 979
Radio and television, proposed exchanges between U.S.
and U.S.S.R., statements (Dulles) and texts of
aide memoire, 13, 14, 119. 386
Radio Union, International Scientific, 12th General
Assembly, article (Welles) and U.S. delegation,
401, 897
Television channels, U.S.-Mexican discussions on al-
location of, 887
Telegraph. See Telecommunications
Television. See Telecommunications
Thailand :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 717
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 86
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 734
International Bank loan, 535
Investment and war risk guaranties, agreement amend-
ing 19.54 agreement with U.S., 626
Theodore Roosevelt centennial year, proclamation, 803
Thompson, Llewellyn, 392
Tito, Marshal, 2.34, 345
Torbert, Horace 6., Jr., 734
Tourism. See Travel, international
Trade ( see also Agricultural surpluses ; Customs ; Eco-
nomic policy ; European Economic Community ; Ex-
ports ; Imports ; Tariff policy ; Tariffs and trade, gen-
eral agreement on ; and Trade fairs) :
Antidumping Act (1921), proposed revisicm, statement
of Department's views (Birch), 436
Canada, U.S. trade relations with, 382, 683
Communist China, question of controls on trade with,
addresses and statements : Dulles, 14, 15, 93, 145 ;
Sebald, 392
Consular formalities regarding, simplification of, adoi>
tion by 12th session of GATT, 1008
Development under U.S. mutual security programs,
address (Dillon), 116, 118
Foreign relations and world trade, remarks (Eisen-
hower), 8
Foreign trade policy, addresses and statements : Beale,
871; Dillon, 911; Dulles, 1029; Zellerbach, 612
Trade — Continued
Free-trade areas, proposed—
Baghdad Pact countries, 084 ; Central America and
Europe, 1005
International organizations, aid to world trade, ad-
dress ( Wilcox ) , 749
Japan, U.S. trade relations with, joint communique
(Eisenhower, Kishi), 52
Latin America, U.S. trade with :
Addresses, article, remarks, and statements : Dillon,
540; Dulles, 716; Eisenhower, 539; Lederer, Cul-
bertson, 79; Rubottom, .536, 675, 678, 679, 927
Declaration of the OAS economic conference, 540
Latin American regional market, proposed, U.S. posi-
tion, address (Rubottom), 680
Liberalization of, U.S. efforts for, article (Dulles) and
reixirt by Office of the President, 575, 725
Relation of double-taxation treaties to, statement (Kal-
ijarvi), 359
Role in inter-American economic development, state-
ment ( Anderson ) , 466
Role of U.N. and specialized agencies in stimulation
of, address ( Wilcox ) , 751
South and Southeast Asia, importance to world trade,
903
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Commodity agreements, inter-American, proposed,
U.S. position, address (Rubottom), 678
Friendship, commerce and navigation, agreements
with: Korea, Republic of, 405, 510, 685, 696, 942;
Netherlands, 860, 861, 942
Supplementary commercial convention (1852) with
Nertheland.s, termination, iH2
Trade agreements. See Trade agreements
World trade, increase in, statement (Jacoby), 326
Trade agreements program, U.S. :
Relationship to foreign economic policy, report by Of-
fice of the President, 723
Role of the State Department in administration of, ad-
dress (Beale), 875
Trade Agreements Act :
Establishment of polic.v committee on administration
of, announcement and Executive order, 957
Legislation regarding. See Congress : Legislation
proposed : Trade agreements
Trade agreements supplementary to GATT, with —
Belgium (on behalf of Benelux), Netherlands, and
U.K., current actions, announcements, analysis and
texts of agreements, and proclamation, 129, 200
Cuba, announcements, text and proclamation, 157
Trade and Economic Affairs, Joint U.S.-Canadian Com-
mittee on, 3d meeting, announcement and joint com-
munique, 381, 474, 683
Trade Cooperation, Organization for. See Organization
for Trade Cooperation
Trade fairs :
Administration of U.S. participation, announcement
and Executive order, 150, 151
Index, July to December 7957
1091
Trade fairs — Continued
Brussels Exhibition, appointment of Deputy U.S. Com-
missioner General, 119
U.S. participation In, excerpt from President's report
to Congress, 286
Trade-marks registration, termination of 1883 agreement
with Netherlands relating to, 942
Trade Policy Committee, establishment, announcement
and Executive order, 957
Travel, diplomatic, announcement and Soviet note re-
garding restrictions on, 118
Travel, international (see also Passports and Visas) :
Communist China, U.S. policy on travel to. See under
China, Communist
Facilitation of, address (Auerbach), 1034
Inter-American Highway, progress in opening of, 541
Inter-American Travel Congresses, meeting of Perma-
nent Executive Committee, article (Kelly), 212
9th Pan American Railway Congress, article (Parley),
731
Road traffic, convention (1949), on, with annexes, and
protocol providing for accession of occupied terri-
tories or countries, 42, 128, 297, 365, 444, 549, 861,
1(M9
Road vehicles, private, convention (1954) on tempo-
rary importation of, 86, 173, 626, 734, 813, 906
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs facili-
ties for, 86, 173, 218, 365, 549, 626, 813
Travel regulations in U.S. and U.S.S.R., revision of,
announcement and texts of notes, 934
Treasury Department, U.S., recommendation for revision
of Antidumping Act (1921), 430, 437
Treaties, agreements, etc., international {for speciflo
treaty, see country or subject), current actions on,
listed, 42, 86, 128, 173, 218, 260, 297, 334, 365, 404, 444,
478, 509, 549, 586, 626, 662, 696, 734, 769, 813, 861, 906,
942, 979, 1018, 1049
Tribunal for Austrian Dollar Bonds, establishment and
appointment of chairman, 532, 533
Troops, U.S. See Armed Forces, U.S.
Trust territories, U.N. :
Cameroons, French, establishment of U.S. consulate at
Yaounde, 261
Gold Coast, extension of international sugar agree-
ment (1953) ceases to apply, 86
Pacific Islands, U.S. administration of, statement
(Nucker), 248
Ruanda-Urundi, application of Belgian tax convention
with U.S. to , 477, 625
Somaliland :
U.S. and Italian aid to, 1047
U.S. consulate at Mogadi.scio : establishment 261 ;
elevation to consulate general, 981
Trusteeship Council, U.N. :
Current documents, lists of, 476, 661
Progress in work of, address (Wilcox), 567
Tung oil, U.S. import quota, announcement and procla-
mation, 541
Timisia :
Arms supply to, announcement and statements
(Dulles) , 882, 918, 920, 921, 922, 1028
Tunisia — Continued
1st anniversary of independence, messages (Eisen-
hower, Mohamed Lamine I), 76
Gowl offices in Algerian question, offer of, 1046, 1047
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 734
Child-feetling program, agreement with U.S., 298
Civil aviation convention (1944), international, 942
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 86
Road traffic convention (1949), with annexes, and
protocol on accession by occupied countries or
territories, 1049
U.S. aid, 240
U.S. recognition of Republic, 306
Turkey : ;
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 533
Soviet policy toward. See under Soviet Union
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement concerning lira
deposits under 19.56 agreements with U.S., 734
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 260
Economic assistance, participation in regional pro-
gram under American Doctrine, 341
GATT, 6th protocol of rectifications and modifica-
tions to tests of schedules, 509
Industrial property, convention (1934) for protec-
tion of, 86
U.S. consulate at Iskenderun, establishment, 261
U.S. mutual security aid, statements: Dulles, 412;
HoUister, 416
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic {see also Soviet
Union), statute of the International Atomic Energy
Agency, 334
UNCURK. See United Nations Commission for the
Unification and Rehabilitation of Korea
Underdeveloped countries. See Less developed countriea
UNEF. See United Nations Emergency Force
UNESCO. See United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization
UNICEF. See United Nations Children's Fund
Union of South Africa :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., mu,
218, 445
GATT, protocol amending, 8.50
GATT, rectifications and modifications to texts or
schedules, 6th protocol, 509
ICEM, constitution, 587
Sugar agreement (1953), international, protocol
amending, 770
Tariff concessions, GATT, proposed renegotiation of,
581, 850, 852
United Kingdom :
Actions in the Middle East, Soviet views on, test oT
note, 602, 603
Disarmament. See Disarmament and London disarm-
ament talks
Elizabeth II, visit to U.S., 16, 711, 742
German reunification, 4-power (U.S., France, Federal
Republic, U.K.) declaration on, 304
1092
Department of State Bulletin
United Kingdom — Continued
Iron and steel scrap purchases from U.S., statement
(Kalijarvi), 120
Oman, dispute with. See Oman
Prime Minister Macmillan, visit to U.S., 707, 739
Scientific cooperation, with U.S., question of increas-
ing, statements (Dulles), 709, 710
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Faroe Islands, Greenland,
and Iceland, agreements for joint financing of, 906
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 334
Certification of able seamen, convention (1946) on,
42
Citrus fruit, agreement with U.S. relating to sale of
for sterling, 587
Double taxation on income, protocol supplementing
1945 convention with U.S., 444, 445, 622
GATT, protocol amending, 850
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prison-
ers of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 861
Oceanographic research stations, agreements with
U.S. for establishment in Bahamas and Barbados,
814, 861
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes,
and protocol providing for accession of occupied
countries or territories, 861
Sugar agreement (1953), international, and protocol
amending, 86, 770
Trade agreement with U.S., supplementary to GATT,
129, 200
Universal copyright convention (1952), and related
protocols, 173
United Nations :
Addresses and remarks:
A United States View of the United Nations (Wads-
worth), 235
Major Issue Before the U.N. (Dulles), 555
Need for Public Understanding of the U.N. (Dulles),
274
The United Nations : Force for a Better World (Wil-
cox), 792
The United Nations : Its Issue and Responsibility
(Wilcox), 560
Admission of Malaya, 504, 662
Canadian-American cooperation in, address (Jones),
381
Charter. See United Nations Charter
Disarmament, actions regarding. See under Disarma-
ment and also Disarmament Commission and Lon-
don disarmament talks
Documents, lists of, 171, 214, 364, 401, 476, 621, 661,
695, 733, 905, 1017, 1049
Economic and social activities, role in stimulation of
world trade, address (Wilcox), 751
Financial contributions by member states and reduc-
tion of U.S. share, statements (Carnahan) and
General Assembly resolution, 652
Functions of, addresses : Kretzmann, 353 ; Wilcox, 105,
183
United Nations — Continued
General Assembly. Sec General Assembly
Hungarian question, consideration of. See wider Hun-
garian question
Membership question :
China, representation of, addresses and statements:
Dulles, 93; Lodge, 658; Sebald, 391; Wilcox, 566,
794
Korea, Viet-Nam, and Outer Mongolia, U.S. and
Soviet positions regarding, statements (Lodge),
544, 854
Middle East, actions regarding. See under Near and
Middle East
Pakistani views regarding, address (Suhrawardy), 188
Refugee program, revision of, statement (Meany) and
text of General As.sembly resolution, 937
Role of new African and Asian nations in, address
(Wilcox), 107
Secretariat, document, 661
Security Council. See Security Council
Self-determination, efforts for, statement (Lord), 1047
Specialized agencies. See Specialized agencies and also
name of individual agency
Technical assistance program :
Proposed extension of, statement (Wilcox), 566
Social scientist training program, need for, statement
(Jacoby), 497
U.S. support, statement (Lord), 1048
Trust territories. See Trust territories and Trustee-
ship Council
12th anniversary, statement (Lodge), 768
United Nations Charter :
Collective security under, article (Dulles), 571
Development and enforcement of international law
under the U.N., 223
Problem of defining aggression, statement (Klutznick),
890, 892
Ratification by Malaya, 662
Relationship to U.S.-Japanese security treaty and ad-
ministrative agreement, 534, 696
Review of, address and statement: Wadsworth, 40;
Wilcox, 567
United Nations Children's Fund, 1041, 1042
United Nations Command, Korea :
Action to restore military balance in Korea, report to
Secretary-General, 393
Measures to counter Communist violations of armistice
agreement, statements (Judd), 968, 970
Replacement of old weapons, announcement and state-
ment, 58
United Nations Commission for Unification and Rehabili-
tation of Korea, report on developments in Republic
of Korea, statement (Judd), 968
United Nations Day, 1957, proclamation, 110
United Nations Disarmament Commission. See Disarma-
ment Commission
United Nations Economic and Social Council. See Eco-
nomic and Social Council
United Nations Economic Commission for Europe. See
Economic Commission
Index, July to December 1957
1093
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization :
Education, UNESCO efforts in, addresses : Herter, 834 ;
Wilcox, 753
UNESCO: One Road to Peace, address (Berding), 835
United Nations Emergency Force (see also Suez Canal) :
Financing and continuation of:
Address and statement: Carnatian, 974; Wilcox, 794
General Assembly resolution, 976
Need for study of operations as guide for future emer-
gencies, address (Wilcox), 563, 567
Role in maintaining peace in the Middle East, ad-
dresses : Herter, 225, 226 ; Wadsworth, 238 ; Wilcox,
795
U.S. assistance under American Doctrine, 342
United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization :
Agricultural production, achievements in raising, 752
U.S. delegation to 9th Conference, 812
United Nations Fund for Economic Development. See
Special United Nations Fund
United Nations Human Rights Day, 1947, statement
(Lord) and proclamation, 1036
United Nations Special Committee on the problem of
Hungary. See under Hungarian question
United Nations Truce Supervision Organization (Pales-
tine), 996, 997, 998
United Nations Trusteeship Council :
Current documents, lists of, 476, 661
Progress in work of, address (Wilcox), 567
United States citizens and nationals :
Claims. See Claims
Letters from President Eisenhower for inclusion in
civilian and military passports, 275
Prisoners of war. See Prisoners of war
Protection of :
China Communist, detention and release of U.S. civil-
ians, 390, 420, 1000
In Ryukyu I.slanrts, civil and criminal jurisdiction
over. Executive order, .56, 57
Servicemen abroad. See Status-of-forces
United States Information Agency, programs abroad,
address (Berding), announcement, and Executive
order regarding, 150, 151, 838
United States National Commission for UNESCO, func-
tions, address (Berding), 836
United States nationals. See United States citizens and
nationals
United States Supreme Court, text of opinion in Girard
case, 196
Universal copyright convention (19.52), 86, 173, 694, 813,
942
Universal postal convention (19.52), 509, 626, 734, 770
Universal Postal Union :
Extension of the International Organizations Immu-
nities Act to, announcement and Executive order,
.547
14th Congress, U.S. delegation, 400
UPU. See Universal Postal Union
Uranium resources, agreements for cooperative programs
regarding, with —
Brazil, 366 ; Chile, 734
Uranium 235 :
Allocations to IAEA, 847
U.S. release of additional quantities, 146, 638
Urguplii, Suat Hayri, 533
U.S.S.R. See Soviet Union
Vaccine, Salk, U.S. export quota and recipient nations,
685
Vass, Laurence C, 981
Vatican City, statute of the International Atomic Energy
Agency, 444
Venezuela :
Aerial photography, agreement with U.S. for joint pro-
gram, 696
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 444
Vessels. See Ships and shipping
Veto power in the Security Council, Soviet abuse of, ad-
dres.ses, article, and statement : Dulles, 571 ; Wash-
ington, 856; Wilcox, 560, 793
Vieser, Milford A., 903
Viet-Nam, North :
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 861
U.N. membership, Soviet efforts for and U.S. opposi-
tion, statement (Washington), 854
Viet-Nam, Republic of :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 626
International Bank, membership, 317, 601
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S., 861
President Diem, close of visit to U.S., messages (Eisen-
hower, Diem), 61
U.N. membership, U.S. position, statements: Lodge,
544 ; Wa.shington, 856
U.S. aid, address and statements: Dulles, 412; Hollis-
ter, 416 ; Jones, 843
U.S. consulate at Hue, establishment, 334
Visas (see o7so Passports) :
Fingerprinting requirements. See Fingerprinting
Issuance in fiscal year 1957, 493
Issuance to foreign Communists, question of, statement
(Dulles), 462
Recent developments regarding, address (Auerbach),
1031, 1034, 1035
Von Brentano, Heinrich, 681, 918, 919
Wadsworth, James J., 40, 192, 235, 444, 1011
Walter, Francis E., 1036
Wan Waithayakon, 563
War assets, German, proposed return of, 230, 306
War damage claims and war risk guaranties, memoran-
dum of understanding and agreement amending 1951
agreement with Italy regarding, 814
War risk and investment guaranties, agreement amend-
ing 1954 agreement with Thailand, 626
War victims, protection of. See Geneva conventions
Warren, George L., 661
Wars, limited, possibility of, statement (Dulles), 1023
Washington, Genoa S., 444, 8.54
AVatt, William G., 361
Weather (see also World Meteorological Organization):
Cooperative program, agreement with Mexico. 587
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on,
942
1094
Department of State Bulletin
Weather — Continued
Obseivatious fi'oiu high seas, international cooperation
in reporting, article (McDonald), 164
Rawiusoude observation stations, agreement with
Netherlands for establishment and ojwration in
Cura(;ao and St. Martin, 549
Weeks, Sinclair, 683, 1042
Wells, Harry W., 401, 897
Wells, Herman G., 443
Werts, Leo R., S12
West Indian Conference (Caribbean Commission), U.S.
delegation to 7th session, 903
West Xew Guinea, Netherlands-Indonesian dispute re-
garding, U.S. views, statements (Dulles), 918, 1027
Western Hemisphere, Western proposal regarding dis-
armament inspection zone in, 4.53
Whaling convention (1946), international:
Amendments to schedule, 942
Protocol amending, current actions, 86, 129, 173, 334,
405, 509
White, Lincoln, 273, 298, 525, 782, 824
WHO. See World Health Organization
Widening Circle, The, pamphlet concerning international
educational exchange, published, 696
Wilcox, Francis O., 103, 179, 560, 749, 792
Williams, William L. S., 1050
Willoughby, Woodbury, 770
Wil.son, Charles E., 306
WMO. See World Meteorological Organization
Women :
Conventions regarding:
Nationality of (19.33), 769
Political rights of (1948), 770
Inter-American Commission of, 12th Assembly, article
(Lee), 506
Woolen and worsted fabrics, tariff quotas on, announce-
ments and letter (Eisenhower), 84, 686
World Bank. See International Bank
World economic situation, an American view, statement
(Jacoby), 323
World Forestry Congress, 5th, announcement, 548
World Health Assembly, 11th, announcement of meeting
171
World Health Organization:
11th Assembly (1958), announcement of meeting, 171
Malaria eradication campaign :
Address (Wilcox), 752
U.S. contributions, announcement and statements
(Dulles, Soper, Candau), 1000
U.S. representative to Executive Board, appointment,
1037
World Metallurgical Congress, 2d, proclamation, 728
Wiirld Meteorological Organization :
Commission for Maritime Meteorology, 2d session and
U.S. delegation, 164
Convention, 334
World social situation, statements : Hottel, 166 ; Jacoby,
496
Worsted and woolen fabrics, tariff quotas on, announce-
ments and letter (Ei.senhower), 84, 686
Wounded and sick, Geneva conventions (1949) on treat-
ment in time of war, 86, 173, 405, 861
Wright, Thomas K., 298
Yadarola, Maurieio Luis, 343
Yemen, appointment of U.S. Minister, 981
Young, Willis H., 981
Yugoslavia :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 586
Economic talks with U.S., 646
Marshal Tito, question of visit to U.S., statement
(Dulles), 234
Recognition of East German regime by, statement
(Dulles), 789
Tito-Khrushchev meeting, statement (Dulles), 345
Zakaria, Yassin, 389
Zaroubin, Georgl, 800, 801
Zeineddine, Farid, 389
Zellerbach, James D., 608
Zhukov, Marshal, 230, 782. 826, 829
Zinc imports. See Lead and zinc
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
PubUcation 6648
Released August 1958
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing OflSce
Washington 25, D. C. - Price 30 cents
I
CIAL
KLY RECORD
FED STATES
EJGN POLICY
Vol. XXXVII, No. 940 July 1, 1957
MAJOR PURPOSES OF THE MUTUAL SECURITY
PROGRAMS • Statement by Secretary Dulles 3
FOREIGN RELATIONS AND WORLD TRADE •
Remarks by President Eisenhower 8
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
JUNE 11 9
ENCOURAGING ECONOMIC GROWTH IN LESS
DEVELOPED COUNTRIES OF THE FREE WORLD
# by Deputy Under Secretary Dillon 31
CAPABILITY AND FOREIGN POLICY • by Ambassador
Raymond A. Hare 22
THE AMERICAN DOCTRINE FOR THE IMIDDLE
EAST • Statement by Ambassador James P. Ricliards . . 17
EDUCATION— COMMUNIST STYLE, A:MERICAN "
STYLE • by Eleanor Lansing Dulles 25
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 940 • Publication 6511
July 1, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qovernment Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies oj
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Major Purposes of the Mutual Security Programs
Statement hy Secretary/ Dulles ^
You have invited me to discuss the legislation
recommended by the President to carry out future
mutual security programs.
First of all, I thank this committee for its con-
structive activities over the past year in seeking to
clarify issues involved in this matter. The hear-
ings conducted by your committee last fall, and
the draft report submitted by your former chair-
man,^ have been particularly helpful.
The President and I were also impressed by the
hearings conducted throughout the country by
the subcommittee under the leadership of Con-
gressmen Carnahan and Merrow. Those hearings
revealed a large measure of public understanding
of our Nation's mutual security activities and pre-
ponderant support for them. We believe that this
year such understanding and support can be in-
creased by a new and clarifying formulation of
the programs.
I use the plural "programs" because the money
we spend abroad under the Mutual Security Act
is not on a single program. So-called "foreign
aid" is a term given to several quite distinct pro-
grams. Each of these is addressed to different
purposes. Each employs separate means. Each
must be considered on its own merits.
There are, in essence, four major programs :
First, the mutual defense assistance program.
This is designed to provide military equipment
for allied and friendly military forces; to assure
needed facilities; and to provide, for these pur-
poses, economic support.
' Made before the House Foreign Affairs Committee oa
June 10 (press release 351).
- Foreign Policy and Mtttual Secxirity: Draft Report
Suhmitted to the Bouse Committee on Foreign Affairs,
Dec. 21,, 1956. [Committee print.]
Second, the development assistance program.
This is to help free countries achieve economic
growth.
Third, the technical assistance program. There-
by we share our skills with these countries.
Fourth, the special assistance programs. This
is to meet particular needs and emergencies that
cannot appropriately be met through the three
preceding programs.
Mutual Defense Assistance
This committee is fully alive to the seriousness
of the Sino-Soviet military threat. Despite re-
cent emphasis on economic and cultural penetra-
tion, the Sino-Soviet bloc unremittingly expands
and modernizes its military force. As said in the
draft report prepared for this committee last fall,
at some later time "Soviet economic diplomacy
[may] be thrown aside and communism . . .
emerge once more in its revolutionary aspects,
relying on external force or internal Communist
violence to come to power."
What checks that now is not any moral re-
pugnance of international communism to the use of
force. It is the deterrent of the collective security
system we have helped to build.
But no free country can by itself, alone, create
this deterrent through its own resources and facili-
ties. So we have a collective security system which
binds us and 42 other free countries in a common
defense against a common peril.
Since 1950 we have provided around $17 billion
in military equipment, plus some supporting eco-
nomic assistance, to our allies' military programs.
During this same period our allies have spent over
$100 billion for defense. They have also provided
manpower for the armed forces of the free world,
^Juiy 1, 1957
and they have provided sites for highly valuable
bases for our and their forces.
Without our assistance these military programs
of our allies could not have been carried out. With
these programs we are enabled to spend far less on
our own military programs — and to achieve far
greater security — than would otherwise be the
case.
Collective security is truly a case in which the
whole is greater than the sum of the parts. And
the instrument which creates the whole out of these
parts is our mutual defense assistance program.
This program consists of two elements:
First, the provision of weapons and military
equipment to friendly forces.
Second, economic aid given to allied countries
to compensate their economies for contributions
made to the common defense. Many of the less
developed countries, such as Korea, Taiwan, and
Viet-Nam, cannot maintain the mutually agreed
force levels without some outside support.
In the past this economic aid has been called
defense support. But the same term has also been
used to describe assistance to some of these same
countries for other purposes, such as economic
development.
This labeling has produced misimderstanding
both at home and abroad. We believe that the
term "defense support" should hereafter be used
to describe aid granted solely in relation to a
military program.
Other forms of assistance to these same coun-
tries, especially for economic development, should
be dealt with separately. Thus we can clarify the
purposes for which our resources are being used
and the cost and nature of the different programs
which serve these purposes.
The draft report submitted to this committee
last fall noted that observations presented to the
committee during its hearings "point up the one-
ness of our defense program. This is supported by
the testimony of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs
of Staff and all other military experts appearing
before the committee, who are unanimous in stat-
ing that foreign military aid is part and parcel
of our own defense program. This combined evi-
dence makes it clear that funds requested for for-
eign military assistance should be placed in the
defense budget and presented to the Congress on
that basis."
The President accepts that view and has recom-
4
mended that both categories of assistance — mili-
tary equipment and defense support — should be
recognized and treated as an essential element
of our own worldwide national defense effort. To
do this effectively he requests that appropriations
for both should now be so authorized that here-
after they may be included as a separate part of
the regular appropriations for the Department
of Defense.^
This proposal is consistent with the conclusions
of the draft report to your committee that "the
more logical procedure would be for military
funds to be placed by the Executive in the defense
budget and then for the continuing authorization
to be handled by the Congress by the same methods
and by the same channels now handling our own
defense program."
This will contribute further to the clarification
of our different purposes which we are trying to
bring about. It will make abundantly clear, both
at home and abroad, that our defense assistance
programs — both end-items and defense support —
are designed to support the military defense ef-
fort.
To avoid wasteful duplication and make full
use of existing facilities, however, defense support
should continue to be administered by the ICA
together with other programs of an economic na-
ture. And both military assistance and defense
support would continue under the foreign-policy
guidance of the President and the Secretary of
State.
Following this concept the executive branch
will later submit to the Congress an appropriation
request for fiscal year 1958 for $1.9 billion for
the provision of weapons a7id inilitary equipm.ent^
and $900 million for defense su,pport. This totals
$2.8 billion and is approximately three-fourths
of what we are asking the Congress to appropri-
ate this year for all the mutual security programs.
Let me add this postscript: We are actively seek-
ing, through United Nations procedures, ways
whereby armaments can be safely reduced. But
the task is immensely complicated by the fact that
it is not safe for us to alter and weaken the
military dispositions which protect us merely be-
cause of Soviet promises. There must be depend-
able supervision and control of all promises, and
"For text of President Eisenhower's message to the
Congress on the mutual security program for 195S, see
Bulletin of June 10, 1957, p. 920.
Department of State Bulletin
procedures to assure that we may not be victim-
ized by promises that are ilhisory.
Today the Soviet rulers propagandize vohibly
about peace and disarmament. But we do not
yet know wliether they are in fact willing to ac-
cept the safeguards and procedures which will
make disarmament safe for the free nations and
make it prudent to base peace more on disarma-
ment and less on deterrent and defensive strength
and cohesion.
Let us never forget these significant facts :
International communism has seized by force or
the thi'eat of force all or major parts of nearly a
score of nations with aggregate populations of
about 900 million people. No one of these seized
nations was, at the time of seizure, protected by
treaties of mutual security and the common de-
fense system created thereunder. But not one na-
tion which did share in such a common defense
has been lost to international communism.
Such a record shows what folly it would be
for us to agree to dismantle our common defense
system in reliance of unsupervised Soviet prom-
ises. It would be equal folly to dismantle that
system by our own action and ourselves wreck or
weaken the collective defenses which provide a
proved deterrent against aggression at the least
cost.
Economic Development
The second main aspect of mutual security is
that which helps less developed free countries
aeliieve economic growth.
The report made for this committee last fall
recommends "a program of long-range develop-
ment assistance based on the requirements of the
country and without conditions other than those
necessary to assure effective use of our aid." We
tiiree with this reconunendation, and we further
itiree with the committee's conclusion that "in
the long run the United States would benefit
}eonomically and politically if tlie underdeveloped
countries are developed."
Nineteen new nations have come into existence
since World War II. These nations contain about
I third of the world's population. Most of them
ire close to the Soviet-Communist China bloc.
These are nations where poverty is age-old.
But the apathy with which they have hitherto
iccepted that poverty is disappearing. The coni-
ng of political mdependence has aroused hope
and determination to achieve also economic
growth. The people demand leadership which
will demonstrate that fact. If there is not such
growth under moderate democratic leadership,
that leadership may be swept away to be replaced
by extremist leaders who, if not themselves Com-
munist, would be susceptible to Communist in-
fluence.
But there are serious initial obstacles in the way
of starting the processes of economic growth.
There is a shortage — sometimes an absence — of
technicians. And with incomes at the barest sub-
sistence levels, very little can be saved and in-
vested. Without outside help, the prospects of
economic growth are indeed very slim.
It is these considerations which have in the past
led us to conclude that it is in our national inter-
est to assist in the economic development of the
less developed countries. Fresh study merely con-
firms the view that both national self-interest and
national idealism demand that we help the people
of these nations to remain free so that their stra-
tegic lands should not fall under Communist con-
trol and so that their resources should be avail-
able to their own people and the free world as a
whole.
The President now recommends the establish-
ment of a development loan fund as the most
economical and effective way to stimulate the
needed economic growth.
The purpose of the fund would be to place our
development financing on a more businesslike
basis, comparable to that of the World Bank and
the Export-Import Bank. It would place pri-
mary responsibility for economic development
where it belongs — on the receiving countries — and
it would provide development financing in ways
which would stimulate these countries to greater
self-help and private investors and other financing
sources to increased activity.
If the fund is to do this, several changes will be
required in present procedures. The most im-
jDortant of these would be designed to provide the
fund with an assurance that specified amounts
would be available for development purposes in
future years.
Only with this assurance can the fund offer
a convincing incentive to the less developed coun-
tries to plan somid development projects or pro-
grams which they need and can justify. Only
with this assurance will these comitries be en-
\»\Y I, 1957
couraged both to work with the fund over a con-
siderable period in evaluating and improving
these projects and then to embark upon them with
vigor and confidence. And, finally, only with
this assurance will jirivate investors, the World
Bank, and the Export-Import Bank have suffi-
cient confidence in the future of the fund's activ-
ity to feel safe in relating their plans to that
activity.
How are we to secure this assurance, without
which the fund would be but a new name for what
we are already doing? This could not be done by
a general declaration in the law or even by an
authorization for future annual appropriations.
There would be no reasonable assurance under
either of these procedures that an adequate
amount would be added to the fund's capital in
future years.
"The heart of the problem," as your report very
rightly observes, "lies in the annual authoriza-
tion-appropriation cycle." We can only escape
from that cycle through action which sets specific
sums of money aside and which indicates the times
at which they are to become available to the fund.
Although this assurance of continuity is an
essential of tlie fimd concept, we recognize that,
because the fund is a new departure, the Con-
gress feels a responsibility to retain control over
it so that, if it should not progress as we all hope,
it will be possible to bring about necessary
changes before too great an amount of public
funds becomes committed. We have had this very
much in mind, and we believe we have devised
a proposal which meets both requirements — that
for the fund's effectiveness and that for continu-
ing congressional control. In order to do both
these things we are asking :
Firsts for an appropriation of $500 million for
fiscal year 1958 and an authorization to borrow
from the Treasury up to $750 million in each of
the next 2 fiscal years, thus securing the necessary
assurance of future resources ;
Second, that only the initial $500 million be
available for obligation in fiscal year 1958. The
amounts for 1959 and 1960 would not become
available for use by the fmid before these years
respectively. This would insure continuing con-
gressional control over the fund's resources, for
it would enable the Congress to amend or curtail
the fund's activity before 1959 or 1960, if it so
desired, with the assurance that the fund would
not have obligated any of the resources that were
to become available to it in these years.
Full reports of the fund's activities would be
made to the Congress semiannually, and each year
during the mutual security presentation the execu-
tive branch would review with the authorizing
committees the fund's past activities and future
plans.
I would like to turn now to our ideas as to how
the fund would work.
First, its financing would be on a loan basis.
But, because of the pioneering nature of the effort,
the loan terms would be less rigid than those of
existing institutions. Repayment, for example,
might be in foreign currencies as well as dollars.
Second, the fund would seek cooperation with
private investors and established lending institu-
tions. It could participate in joint financing with
such investors or with the World Bank or the
Export-Import Bank. It could not loan its funds
where private investment or financing by existing
agencies would be available for the same purpose.
Thus its activity should increase rather than re-
duce the activity of other financing sources.
Third, the fund could be used only for specific
development projects or jirograms which after
thorough examination are found to be technically
and economically sound and which could be ex-
pected to contribute to the economic progress of
the borrowing country. It would not be used to
meet emergencies or other needs for short-term
assistance.
How should this fund be administered ? I do not
think that we need now to give an answer for all
time. However I do feel, and feel strongly, that
initially the fimd should be under the policy guid-
ance of the Department of State. The fund, at its
inception, will represent a transition from a mixed
system of grants and of loans which were wholly
under the policy direction of the Department of
State. It is now proposed to shift to a more con-
servative type of operation. But the shift needs
to be made without shock, and at least during the
initial period there ought to be continued the
policy guidance of the Department of State. To
establish the fund initially as a purely fiscal in-
stitute would be to deprive us of an essential in-
strument of foreign policy.
Department of State Bulletin
I do not say that this will always be the case. I
hope that after the fiind has become operative
State Department direction could be relaxed, but
I am convinced that to take away initially State
Department guidance would be to subject our
foreign relations in this field to an excessively
abrupt change.
"With respect to the size of the fund I observe
that most of the studies of economic development
assistance which were conducted this year for the
Congress, for the executive branch, and for various
private organizations agree that present develop-
ment assistance programs do not provide resources
of sufficient magnitude. Our own experience and
our knowledge of pending projects in less de-
veloped countries testify to this fact.
I have served in the Congress and I understand
and share its desire to hold Federal expenditures
to the lowest level consistent with national safety.
I believe the sums requested by the President for
this fund are conservative figures.
In this fiscal year, under our present programs,
we will finance over $400 million of developmental
activities, and we want to be in a position to in-
crease moderately the present level of financing.
The need is to be able to initiate development
which will be sufficiently vigorous to attract funds
from other sources and to stimulate domestic
capital formations.
To provide inadequate resources might be
wasteful, for it would postpone the receiving
comitries' achievement of a self-sustaining rate of
growth and thus tend to perpetuate the require-
ment for United States assistance.
Technical Cooperation
Closely related to economic development activi-
ties which would be undertaken through the fund
is our program of technical cooperation. This
program has proved its worth as a long-term in-
strument of United States policy, and the Presi-
dent has therefore recommended that it should be
authorized on a more permanent basis.
We believe this program should continue sub-
stantially as at present, and the President has
reconunended an appropriation of $168,900,000
for it next year. This figure includes, in addition
to our regular bilateral program, our contribution
to the technical assistance program of both the
Organization of American States and the United
Nations.
Special Assistance
The final category of our aid which I should
like to mention is special assistance.
There are some programs, like the malaria
eradication program, that do not fit into any of
the preceding categories. There will also be oc-
casions when it will be in our national interest to
furnish assistance which is not designed to sup-
port our common defense effort and which could
not properly be handled through the development
fund or technical assistance. There are bound to
be emergency situations which we cannot foresee,
and there are bound to be efforts we need to sup-
port without prospect of repayment.
International communism is constantly probing
to discover and exploit weak points within the
free world. We camiot t«ll in advance where
these weak points will develop or the amount of
pressure which international communism will
bring to bear.
During the past few years there have been
emergency situations in many places where im-
mediate gi'ant aid was necessary. Such situations
have arisen in relation, for example, to Iran,
Jordan, Hmigarian refugees, and Guatemala. It
can be soberly estimated that international com-
mimism would have gained spectacular victories
and that freedom would have suffered tragic de-
feats if the President had not had flexible funds
to use to meet impredictable emergencies. The
fact that the President had such funds has meant
on net balance a vast saving to the cause of
freedom.
Aid of this nature is designed to meet immedi-
ate needs, not to finance long-term programs. It
is appropriate that it should be authorized anew
each year.
The President has this year asked for the au-
thorization of an appropriation of $300 million
for this type of assistance.
Conclusion
The total program which I have outlined re-
flects the results of the intensive study which has
been given to this subject during the past year.
Such study has been given by the executive
branch of govermnent, by both Houses of Con-
gress, and by special groups of qualified persons
who have been asked by the President and by the
Congress to study this problem.
These studies indicate no substantial disagree-
July 1, 1957
ment as to the need for our mutual security pro-
gram. There is also an unusual consensus as to
the general order of magnitude which these pro-
grams should assume. And there is a large meas-
ure of agreement that our mutual security pro-
grams can be better organized.
The executive branch shares these views; they
are reflected in the proposed legislation which we
now lay before you.
Foreign Relations and World Trade
Remarks hy President Eisenhower'^
First, I should say that I agree with every word
you have to say about OTC. It seems to me to be
almost ridiculous that we do not promptly join
this organization in order that there may be an
administrative group to make certain of the pro-
tection of our own rights as we try to advance the
whole theory of better world trade all around the
globe.
I am constantly impressed, as we deal with this
difficult subject of foreign relations, how often the
subject of trade does intrude itself in a very
definite, a very important way, and must be con-
sidered in the political relationships that can be
established with our friends, and must be main-
tained.
I mean it in this way: A country is having a
hard time making a living, countries that are small
and industrial in character — Japan, Britain^ — I
mean small in area — both of them would be ex-
amples. They have to perform services for some-
body else, which means that their entire living,
really, comes out of exports. They can export only
if there is a readiness of others to buy.
Now, another way they could live, of course, if
richer countries are making a lot of money, would
be just to keep up mutual aid and grant programs.
We don't want to do that. It's a poor way to do it.
They don't want to do it.
So there must be freer trade if they are to make
a living. There are other inhibitions. We don't
want the Communists to get a lot of strategic goods
in the world. So these nations have, certainly so
far, been observing very great restrictions in the
amount of their goods that they can manufacture
to sell to the part of the world that is behind the
Iron Curtain.
Wliere and how are they going to make a living ?
Yet if they don't make a living, the consequences
upon us are not merely commercial, not merely
what progress we make in the way of prosperity.
It's in the political relationships we will be able
to retain with these countries, whether they will
believe fervently in the processes of free govern-
ment, in free associations among friendly nations,
or whether they will be forced to deal with others
in a way that we should never accept if we can
possibly help it.
In other words, we would be put in an awful fix
because in this great struggle that is being carried
on between two forms of government in the world
we need these people on our side and we are strug-
gling always for more.
So this whole question of foreign trade affects
us, as I see it, in two ways: our economy, our
future, and the prosperity we ourselves are going
to enjoy, but in our political relations it is, to my
mind, even more important. Because, finally,
those political relationships could destroy — if
they weren't healthy — could destroy anything else
we might set up.
I mention these things just briefly, but very
simply, in order that you can see how really deeply
I feel obligated to you for the work you do, to
carry an enlightened view of world trade to our
people so they can see that we are not talking
about trying to put American people out of work
or undersell an American manufacturer and drive
him to the wall, or anything else. We are striving
to make a better world for ourselves, for our
children, that kind of world in which free men
can live — and I think it is just that simple and
just that important. As long as we approach it in
that way, I thinic we shall never give up. On the
contrary, I think we shall win.
Again I say, thank you very much — you and
Mr. Coleman and Mr. Randall ^- — all who are
working on this thing. God bless you. I hope you
have even more success everywhere, in Congress
and abroad through the land, than you yourselves
anticipate.
'Made to members of the Committee for a National
Trade Policy in the rose garden at the White House on
June 14 (White House press release).
"John S. Coleman, chairman of the board of the United
States Chamber of Commerce ; Clarence B. Randall,
special consultant to President Eisenhower on foreign
economic policy.
8
Department of State Bulletin
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of June 11
Press release 355 dated June 11
Secretary Dulles: We are very happy to have
in our group today 11 correspondents from Brazil
to take part in and witness one of our distinctive
American institutions, a press conference.
Now, if you have questions.
Q. Mr. Secretary^ Mr. Stassen came horns at
the end of last week for consultations just, I think,
about 2 weeks after he had been here, and stayed
longer than we had thought he would stay. Could
you tell us what these talks are about?
A. The problem of working out these disarma-
ment proposals is a very difficult, complicated
problem, and it has many delicate aspects in re-
lation to our allies, many of whom are directly or
indirectly concerned in these matters. And while
in substance the position of the United States was
decided upon by the President before Mr. Stassen
went back the last time, there are procedural com-
plications which have developed in relation to
NATO which made it seem desirable for Governor
Stassen to return and have some further talks on
that aspect of the matter. I am seeing him this
afternoon.
Q. Mr. Secretary, are the differences with our
allies substantive differences, or are they annoyed
by the way that the negotiations are being con-
ducted with the Russians?
A. Well, I would not want to say or use the ex-
pression that they are "annoyed." There are some
very genuine problems — almost inescapable prob-
lems— as to procedure, as to whom you talk with
first, and who thinks his views are having the
greatest weight. That is always one of the great
problems of working out a matter of this sort,
where you have allies who are very properly con-
cerned. And I would say that the difficulties that
have arisen are nothing that were unusual, but I
do think that they were of a character which re-
quired a closer review of our procedures in these
matters, relationships to NATO, and the like.
You see, we have complications due to the fact
that the Federal Eepublic of Germany is not a
member of the United Nations and that these dis-
cussions are being carried out under the auspices
of the United Nations ; yet Germany is very deeply
involved. The working out of these procedures is
a matter of some difficulty, of some delicacy, which
I think justified having a further talk here with
Mr. Stassen.
Disarmament Inspection Zone
Q. Do these questions, Mr. Secretary, center
around the so-called European inspection-zone
idea? Is that what the difference is about?
A. Well, you are talking now about the sub-
stance rather than of the procedural aspects of the
matter. We do not yet know definitely what the
views of our allies are about the so-called Euro-
pean zone. At the moment, the question is the
procedures for dealing with that matter and get-
ting an authoritative expression of views. There
have been some discussions with NATO, and there
will be continuing discussions with NATO as one
forum tlirough which the attitude of our conti-
nental allies can be worked out, and the question
of the European zone is one matter. As I say,
we do not yet have any definitive expression of
views from our continental allies as to what they
think about a European zone.
Q. Well, loill Mr. Stassen be able to present an
American position at the table in London to the
Soviets before this matter is settled with all our
allies?
A. I don't think that there should be an official
presentation of a United States position until as-
pects of it which relate to our allies have been
clarified with them. I think I made clear here on a
number of occasions that the question of whether
Ju/y 7, J 957
or not, in the first phase of the inspection and
control wliich goes with limitation of armament —
that whether in that first phase there should be a
European zone is in our opinion primarily a matter
for the Europeans themselves to express a view
about. I think that we would feel that it was
quite possible to get started adequately without
a European zone. The question is whether they
want to have a European zone in the first phase
or whether they do not; and that is primarily a
matter for them. I do not think any official
United States position should include a European
zone unless we know that the continental allies in
particvilar, which would be affected, want it in.
Neither should we present a position which ex-
cludes a European zone if they want a European
zone to be in. And it is the procedures for ironing
out those matters which are being worked on at
the present time.
Q. Mr. Secretary, isnH one of the prohlem~s
further eojnplicating the situation what might
he called an imresolved conflict within the Ameri-
can administration as to hoxo to proceed hasically?
I mean hy that, a hody of thought within the
administration with respect to wanting to go fur-
ther with the European zone, with respect to cessa-
tion of tests of iveapons, and that sort of thing,
and another body of thought against that sort of
thing.
A. No. I think that the differences within the
United States administration have been authori-
tatively resolved by action which the President
took.
Q. Which action is that, sir?
A. The action which he took before Governor
Stassen went back the last time, which I an-
nounced from the Wliite House following a meet-
ing with the President.
iQ. Mr. Secretary, then is it correct from what
you say that the United States will he unable to
propose any European zone or any proposal af-
fecting troops, cutting troops or armaments in
Europe, unless there is a unanimous agreement of
all the NATO countries whose territory would
he involved?
A. I don't know whether the word "miable" is
the correct word. Certainly we would not be dis-
posed to present as an American program a pro-
gram which involved continental Europe and
dealt with either inspection there or the position-
ing of forces there unless that was concurred in
by all of the comitries that wei'e involved.
Aerial Inspection of the Arctic
Q. Mr. Secretary, to put it another way around,
are we going to mahe a solid proposal on aerial
inspection of the Arctic?
A. That, of course, also involves the concur-
rence of Canada and possibly of Denmark in re-
lation to Greenland, possibly of Norway, depend-
ing on just where the line is drawn. But subject
to the concurrence of those countries we are pre-
pared to make a solid proposal covering the Arc-
tic area.
Q. You anticipate, Mr. Secretary, that the Ca-
nadian elections yesterday might have some effect
upon the concurrence which you said a few weehs
ago that the Canadian Government had given?
A. Well, I assume that the new government,
assuming that a new government is constituted,
would want to take a fresh look at the matter,
yes, and that might involve some delay.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you share personally the
view of some people in the administration that
an Arctic zone alone offers more protection
against surprise attach to the United States than
it ivould to the Soviet Union, and that part of
any agreement — balanced agreement — between
the United States and the U.S.S.R. would neces-
sitate some agreeinent in Europe, where the Rus-
sians presumably are most fearful of attach?
A. I don't know what the Soviet view of that
matter is. I would say this : that any inspection
of any part of the Soviet Union offers more pro-
tection to the United States, because we do fear
and think we have reason to fear that under cer-
tain circumstances the Soviet Union might at-
tack. I don't think that the Soviet Union has
any legitimate ground to fear any attack from
anywhere in the United States or any of our
bases. If you try to evaluate these diffei-ent
areas in terms of the likelihood that one or an-
other would attack, then I think you are using
a veiy difficult equation. I think that to find a
substantial area wiiere this initial step can be
taken which will test out the procedures for
aerial inspection and coordinated ground insi^ec-
tion, that that is the important thing. I don't
10
Department of State Bulletin
think anybody expects that we would stop with
that. The important thing is to find some place
to get started. Now, there are always going to
he some reasons, I suppose, against finding any
areas. But there seem to be more legitimate com-
plications with respect to a European zone, tliat
would involve many more countries and might
involve such political matters as the reunifica-
tion of Germany. So, it may be felt that in tlie
interests of getting started quickly we should ex-
plore the possibilities of an area which did not
include continental Europe. I have no basis to
form an opinion one way or another as to
whether the Soviet Union is insistent upon a
European zone.
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you 'believe these
problems can be •loorhed out and Mr. Stassen can
present a plan at the London conference?
A. Well, I can't foresee how quickly they will
act. I know that these matters are very difficult
and they involve vei-y serious decisions. We our-
selves have taken a good many months to debate
the pro's and con's within our own Government.
I do not think we can fairly expect our allies to
make a decision in just a few days merely to suit
our convenience or the convenience of the Soviet
Union.
Q. Mr. Secretary, a part of the question as to
when Mr. Stassen can go bach to London: Do I
correctly gather from this answer that he intends
to remain in Washington until the positions of
the allies are settled?
A. Oh, no, because the question of his staying
here is unsettled at the present time. I haven't
seen Governor Stassen yet. We are seeing each
other at 4 o'clock. He was yesterday at his son's
commencement, I believe, and this morning I am
engaged, as you see, and we are seeing each other
this afternoon at 4 o'clock. Until we have had
a talk then, I would not want to say, could not
say, what the plans might be for his return.
Q. Will other people be in on this conference,
from Defense and Atomic Energy, as before?
A. No. At this stage it involves matters of
our diplomatic relations with our allies, which
does not primarily concern any department ex-
cept the Department of State. Perhaps Under
Secretary Herter will be there, but it will be a
State Department conference.
Q. Mr. Secretary, isnH it completely likely that
Mr. Stassen will present a proposal which in ef-
fect omits the European zone idea until it is de-
cided upon by our allies in terms of whether or
not we should even propose it?
A. Well, that prejudges the attitude of our al-
lies, and, as I say, we do not yet have any solid
indication from our allies as to whether they
want or do not want a European zone in the first
phase and the conditions which they might want
to attach to having such a zone in the first phase.
There is this whole problem of the political im-
plications of any disarmament matter and the
solution of political problems. The general at-
titude of the Europeans, the continental Euro-
peans, is that it may be desirable to explore at
least the possibility of a political settlement of the
continental problem, particularly the problem of
German reunification, before we move in the dis-
armament field in relation to an area which would
include Germany. But that matter is being
studied by them intensively at the present time,
and I would not want by anything to imply either
a positive or a negative response on their part to
that question.
Q. Well, that also implies that you expect them
to act fairly quickly, because Mr. Stassen is sup-
posed to present a proposal this week, isn't he?
A. Well, let me make perfectly clear this : This
is not a bilateral negotiation. It is not just be-
tween the United States and the Soviet Union.
And we are not going to throw into the discard
the views of our allies merely in the interest of
making progress on a bilateral basis with the
Soviet Union. We attach first importance to our
relations with our allies, and we shall not sacrifice
that relationship with our allies just in order to
make speed with the Soviet Union.
Now I think that the Soviet Union underetands
the situation and that the kind of procedures that
we will work out will not involve any rupture in
any way of the negotiations or of progress. I
think there will be things that can be talked about
with the Soviet Union, perhaps on an informal
basis, which will not involve any of these major
problems but which will still be matters which
have to be talked about at some stage. This prob-
lem is infinitely complicated. It has many facets,
and there are plenty of facets about which we
can talk with the Soviet Union which don't in-
Ju/y 7, J 957
11
volve or prejudice or prejudge in any way this
particular matter of a European zone. So I think
that useful progress can probably be made in talks
with the Soviet Union without in any way co-
ercing or seeming to coerce or confronting our
allies with a fait accompli.
Q. Mr. Secretary, speaking of allies, Senator
Knowland has suggested that it might he possible
to neutralize Norway in exchange for Soviet with-
drawal from Hungary. How do you feel about
such a proposal?
A. "Well, I fully share Senator Knowland's feel-
ing that every proper effort should be made to
get the Soviet troops out of Hungary. And I
believe that, if we can find a way to test the sin-
cerity of what Mr. Khrushchev said in tliat re-
spect, we should try to find it. But I feel this
about our mutual security — collective security —
arrangements: These arrangements, accordmg to
my concept, are arrangements such as are made in
any civilized comnumity to gain security. These
are not military aggregations; they are not al-
liances, in the ordinary sense of that word — they
are an effort to do within the free world the kind
of thing that should preferably have been done
through the United Nations. The United Na-
tions Charter, as you recall, contemplated a sys-
tem of collective security imder its Security Coun-
cil, witii forces, facilities, airplanes, and so forth
at the disposal of the Security Council. Now that
concept was never realized because of the Soviet
veto. Therefore, we are trying to realize it with-
in the free world, and the mutual security ar-
rangements which have been created as between,
I think, 45 nations represent an effort to do that.
And I do not think it is appropriate to suggest
that any free-world country which wants to par-
ticipate in collective security should witlidraw
from it. It would be like suggesting that some
of us here in Washington should agree that our
own homes, houses, shoidd no longer have police
protection. Well, that would not be a suggestion
that would be welcomed. And I doubt whether
it is appropriate to suggest that a nation which
wants to share in collective security should give
that up.
U.S.-Japanese Relations
Q. Mr. Secretary, Prime Minister KisM from
Japan will he here next week. I wonder if you
12
could tell us, sir, what problems you feel might
exist between the tioo countries xohich his m&it
will help solve, and xohether you feel that this
visit is as important as he says it is when it opens
a new era of relations between the two countries?
A. I consider that this visit is very important
and comes at a formative period in the relations
between our two countries. Japan since the war
has been in the process, you might say, of finding
herself again as a jjotential great power, and I
use that term "great" not in the term of ability
to impose your will upon others but in the ability
to play a constructive role in world affairs and in
the creation of collective security. And I feel that
there is a growing feeling in Japan that a new
stage is approaching in the relations of Japan to
the rest of the world and I hope and believe that
we will have a chance to talk that over construc-
tively with Mr. Kishi when he is here. I do regard
it as a very important meeting coming at an im-
portant time.
Q. Mr. Secretary, getting into the inter-Ameri-
can field — there is going to be an econonic confer-
ence in Buenos Aires in August. Could you tell
us who will head the United States delegation,
whether it will be Mr. Humphrey or Mr. Ander-
son, and whether any neiv policy will be enunci-
ated there?
A. I doubt very much that it will be Secretar\
Humphrey. Wliether or not it will be Secretary
Anderson or possibly Mr. Burgess, that I don'1
know — that's a matter for them to work out. And
I would also not want to discuss the policies be-
cause, as you know, those conferences are pri-
marily held under the auspices of the Treasury
Departments, the Finance Departments, of the !
different countries, not under the auspices of tht
State Department.
Q. On a related subject, Mr. Secretary, the Rep-
resentatives of the Presidents of the 21 Americaji
Republics issued a report last month, which toa-s
made public on May 25, proposing certain slept
to strengthen the economic phase of the Organiza-
tion of American States.'^ I wonder if you have
seen the report and can tell us how quickly the
United States plans to implement its part in the
program?
^ Botletin of June 24, 1957, p. 1014.
Deparfment of Sfafe BulleHn
A. Yes, I have seen the report. I think it is a
constructive report. There are different parts
of it which will have to come into force at differ-
ent times, and there is no one date for everything
that can be done there. But I see no reason why
the United States should not carry forward its
part in that at a rapid rate. There are no matters
which cannot be dealt with, I think, within the
compass of presently agreed policies. I think
what is proposed is important. It is constructive,
not when measured by the yardstick of dollars,
which I think is a very fallible measuring rod for
these matters, but in terms of getting new con-
cepts under way, and I think we can respond
rather quickly to the recommendations of the
committee.
lEast-West Exchanges
Q. Mr. Secretary^ the Soviet Union has f reposed
a rather large-scale resumption of cultural and
other forms of exchange between itself and the
United States. Could you tell us ivhether you fa-
vor such a resumption., and along what lines?
A. Well, I favor the resumption but not neces-
sarily along the precise lines that the Soviet pro-
poses. You may recall that at the meeting of the
Foreign Ministers which came after the Summit
Conference, that is, the meeting held in October
and November 1955, some 18 months ago, tlie
United States with the British and the French put
forward a very comprehensive package of pro-
posed exchanges — a 17-point proposal.- That in-
cluded, for example, a proposal for reciprocal
presentations on cuiTent affairs by radio, with
5omeone from the United States who would have
in opportunity to speak to the people of the
50viet Union. I think we proposed that there
should be an allotted time of a period of half an
lour every month and that they, in turn, would
rave a half hour to make a presentation to tlie
[Jnited States of their views and policies. I was
very glad, indeed, to see the strong endorsement of
;hat concept by Senator Jolmson the other day.
ffe made almost exactly the same proposal or at
east adopted, you might say, the same proposal
hat the United States had made at that time.
But his reinforcement of that at this juncture is
I very useful thing and is again a demonstration
-Ibid., Nov. 14. 1955, p. 778.
/o/y ?, J 957
of the bipartisan character of our foreign policy.
We are constantly pressing the Soviets, for ex-
ample, for these reciprocal facilities to speak to the
Soviet people. So far, they have been adamant
in their refusal. I remember Molotov said that he
would not be willing to have exchanges of that
sort because it would present the Soviet people
with what he called "social scum."
Q. Mr. Secretary, since Khrushchev's television
appearance, and since this issue has come alive
again, has the United States made any specific pro-
posal to the Soviet Union for reciprocal radio or
television time, or do you propose to do so?
A. Well, we have been pressing them con-
sistently since the original formulation of that
proposal 18 months ago. I can't say with positive-
ness as to whether or not we have pressed it again
upon them within the last day or two. But I
know that that is one of the items which is on the
list, which is being watched here for us in the
State Department by Ambassador Lacy. I talked
to him on the phone last night, and he said that it
is constantly in his mind. I don't think a concrete
proposal has been made within the last day or two,
but he has been pressing and we have been press-
ing for that kind of exchange off and on, with
consistency, for the last 18 months.
Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, does that mean that
as of now the proposal, the specific proposal for
a one-half-hour exchange each month, or in any
penod of time you would specify, is an open pro-
posal on the part of tlie United States to the
Soviet Union?
A. It is. And that has been made perfectly
clear repeatedly to the Soviet Union.
Q. Mr. Secretary, has any progress been inade
in negotiations with Egypt to get a closer ad-
herence to the United Nations'' six principles for
operating the Sues Canal?
A. There are no new developments along that
line other than the bilateral talks which have been
conducted by some nations with reference to eas-
ing, from a fiscal standpoint, the conditions of
transit. That is perhaps one aspect of bringing
the Suez Canal into line with the six principles in
that it does away with monetary restrictions which
might be an impediment. The French are in the
process, I think, of concluding discussions of that
13
sort ; possibly other governments have been having
them. But, aside from that, I think no progi-ess
has been made.
Trade With Red China
Q. Mr. Secretary., on another point, President
Eisenhower, in discussing trade with Red China at
his news conference last week, said that he belongs
to the school of thought that believes that in the
long run trade cannot he stopped between coun-
tries and that you will either have authorized trade
or clandestine trade? Further, he said he did not
see as much advantage as some people in maintain-
ing tougher trad.e controls on shipments to Red
China than on shipments to the Soviet Hoc in
Europe. Could you tell us how you stand on this,
sir?
A. Well, let me first say that you left out the
last part of his sentence.
Q. That he does not favor abolition.
A. He said he did not favor the total abolition
of the differential.
Q. Thafs right, sir.
A. And that is an extremely important point
because that is the position we took at the Paris
talks and with respect to which we had the support
of a substantial majority of the nations that were
represented there. An effort has been made to
suggest that the United States stood alone in that
matter. Actually, at this conference a substantial
majority of the nations shared the United States
position and not the position of the United King-
dom, and that is the position which the President
expressed at his last press conference when he
said he did not favor a total abolition of the
differential.
The problem as I see it is this, that China has
only a limited amount of foreign exchange with
which to buy goods abroad, and the question is
how high, in terms of strategic value, are the goods
you are going to let China buy? It is, I think,
highly doubtful that the total volume of China's
foreign trade will be increased by a total abolition
of the differential. It will, I think, mean that
instead of buying commodities of less strategic
value they will concentrate their buying upon
' For a Department announcement on trade with Red
China, see iUd., June 17, 1957, p. 967.
14
goods of higher strategic value, because their great
effort today is to build up their war potential and
their heavy industry that supports it. I feel that
the views of the United States, which carries the
primaiy responsibility for peace in the area,
should have weight with respect to that matter.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what is the exact position to-
day of the United States Government regarding
the situation in Algiers? There have been some
rmnors in Paris that the United States Govern-
ment would be more active in trying to promote
a negotiated settlement of the conflict. Can you
comment on that?
A. The United States has no plan for inter-
vening or interfering in that matter in any way.
I received the suggestion, which I may have re-
ferred to here, some little time ago, from the
Arab ambassadors, that because the United States
gives military assistance to France we should
attach to it certain conditions in relation to Al-
geria. And I asked whether they really felt that
assistance from the United States of a military
character or military-support character should
have attached to it political conditions, and on
reflection I think that they would not want that
kind of a policy applied to them.
Khrushchev Television Interview
Q. Mr. Secretary, the other day at his news
conference Mr. Eisenhower seemed to invite the
inference that he disapproved of a broadcasting
system inviting Mr. Khrushchev to appear on an
American program, the inference being that some-
how it was lopsided or that it embarrassed the
administration. Then he went on to say that,
whereas he himself would probably not appear in
answer, others of the administration might. Pd
Vike to ask you a few questions against that back-
ground.
First, is an appearance of this kind, by Mr.
Khrushchev or some other foreign figure, whether
he be Communist or not, considered by the admin-
istration to be detrimental propaganda that you
toould like not to see; and, second, would you
yourself object to appearing as one of the Ameri-
can Government figures in the exchange with
Soviet Russia, if that is worked out?
A. Well, I don't want to be commenting upon
what the President said in this respect, because
he speaks for himself and his views on these
Department of State Butletin
matters are naturally controlling upon the Depart-
ment of State. And we welcome that.
Now, on the question of appearances, I think
this: I have considerable doubt as to the value
of these one-shot operations so far as the Soviet
Union is concerned. I tliink what we need to get
and should get is a regular opportunity on a
reciprocal basis to speak to each other's peoples.
That was the view that we took at the Geneva
conference. That is the view we have held ever
since. It is the view that was expressed very elo-
quently by Senator Jolmson, the day before yes-
terday I think it was.
Now, if you can get this onto a regular basis,
I would think that leading American figures could
be found who would appear on these programs.
And I would not see any inherent objections to
my doing so. Actually, of course, this press con-
ference is being recorded on radio and television,
and if the Soviets wanted to play this back in the
Soviet Union, I'd be delighted. If they would
rather have one that was siDecially geared into a
discussion of Soviet-American relations, I'd be
delighted to have that kind of a press conference.
But, as I say, I think that what we should strive
for is to have a regular system, if we can get it,
and not just a kind of a one-shot operation, which
I think would not have the desired impact of really
bringing to the Soviet people an adequate under-
standing of our policies.
Q. Mr. Secretary., returning to the China trade
question, do you see any "possibility of a corrwnon,
unified approach being loorked out by the 15 na-
tions making up the China control committee; in
other words, is there still room, for a negotiation
with Britain and is there a likelihood that a com-
mon approach might be ivorked out short of total
abolition of the China differential?
A. Well, there is one aspect to the matter which
is still open for negotiation and which is impor-
tant, and that is the size of the quotas of items
which will now be on the China number 2 list, I
think it is called. You see, on the COCOM list,
which applies to the Soviet Union and wliich the
British would now apply equally to the Chinese,
we have three categories. One is goods which are
totally forbidden. The second is articles which
are allowed to go within specified limits. And the
third is the so-called watch list, where the ship-
ments are reported but where no limitations exist
unless and until the volume of shipments seems
to call for further action.
Now, in the case of the number 2 list, which is
the quota list, the actual quotas for China have
not yet been agreed upon and they are still subject
to negotiation. And there is a possibility of a
measure of agreement in that respect which would
be helpful.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in answer to the earlier ques-
tion on trade unth Red China you pointed out that
a mxLJonty of the coumtries in this 15-nation group
did support our view tliat there should be a differ-
ential. My question was based on President
Eisenhower''s remark that he did not person/illy
see as much of an advantage in maintaining a
differential at all, even though he did not favor
complete abolition of it. My question was, do you
share that view, and if so why did we propose a
differential to begin with?
A. Because, as President Eisenhower said, he
did not favor — nor do I favor, nor does, I think,
anyone in the American Government favor — a
total abolislunent of the differential. And we pro-
posed a reduced differential but not a total abolish-
ing of the differential, which is exactly the posi-
tion President Eisenhower took.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you have any fears or any
evidence that the American people were taken in or
bamboozled by Mr. Khrushchev in his appearance
on TV?
A. Well, I think myself that the American
people are sufficiently versed in the vocabulary of
communism so that they were not fooled in any
way by that statement. I didn't see the statement
myself or hear it, because I was, fortunately, on
my island, where we don't go in for things of that
sort. But, from what I hear of it, it is pretty much
in line with what the Soviets have been saying in
a great many ways in the last 2 or 3 months. There
has been a plethora of propaganda notes sent out
by the Soviet leaders. They have been writing
notes that look almost as if they had hired a letter-
writing bureau to do the work for them. And
they have been pouring out notes in an unprece-
dented rate. I got a list the other day of 15 or
more long diatribes which had been sent to one or
another of the free- world governments, all pretty
much along the same lines. Those lines had all
been printed or reported in substance in our press,
and of course we have been hearing that kind of
July 1, 7957
15
thing off and on now for a good many years. I
don't think that the American piil)lic is fooled by
what is the essence of repetition of that kind of
stuff.
Q. Mr. Secretary, at your May ll^tli news con-
ference,^ you told us that there were sojne Su-
preme Court decisions to hach up your policy of
prohibiting newsmen from going to Red China.
And you gave us a number of citations. Some of
us have looked up those citations, and we found
they donH really support your vieiv at all as far
as the Supreme Court decision is conce7med.
There was one that seemed to. And it was the
Mickey Jelke case in the Neio York court. Can
you clarify this for us? {Laughter)
A. Well, I will tell you I have a new legal ad-
viser now. You know, one of the axioms of the
legal profession is that it is a great mistake to be
your own lawyer. Perhaps that is a self-serving
axiom for the legal profession. At any rate, I ap-
ply it now. We have now a new legal adviser,
Mr. Becker, who is begimimg to work here with
us, taking Mr. Phleger's place. He is beginning
to get into this, and if you want to discuss the
impact or meaning of decisions by the Supreme
Court and the highest courts of our States, I sug-
gest you take it up with him. And if you can,
have your own lawyers prepare their version of
it. It may cost you some money, I warn you.
Q. Tliankyou,sir.
Tax Convention With France
Enters Into Force
Press release 364 dated June 14
On June 13, 1957, the supplementary tax con-
vention of June 22, 1956, between the United
States and France was brought into force by the
exchange of instruments of ratification. The ex-
change took place in Paris.
The convention, signed in Wasliington on June
22, 1956,^ supplements the convention and protocol
of July 25, 1939,= and the convention of October 18,
1946, relating to the avoidance of double taxation,
* /6iVr., June 3, 1957, p. 894.
1 Bulletin of July 2, 1956, p. 9.
° Treaty Series 988.
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1982.
as modified and supplemented by the protocol of
May 17, 1948.^
The effective dates specified in the new supple-
mentary convention vary according to the char-
acter of the substantive provisions.
The convention modifies in certain respects the
conventions and protocols in force between the
two countries in order that the treaty provisions
may deal more effectively with current problems
involving double taxation. It adds a new article
relating to reductions in tax rates on interest and
dividends. It amends the provisions relating to
short-term movement of business and professional
personnel from one country to tlie other. It adds
a new article relating to stamp or similar taxes
on the transfer of securities and on stock-exchange
transactions. It revises the provisions under
which France undertakes to eliminate double tax-
ation, including application of the credit prin-
ciple. It makes various changes in terminology to
reflect changes made in the French income-tax
structure. It revises the territorial-extension pro-
visions so as to make more flexible the procedure
by which the operation of the treaty provisions
may be extended to territories over which either
Government exercises jurisdiction with respect to
international relations.
On July 19, 1956, the Senate gave its advice and
consent to ratification of the supplementary con-
vention. The United States instiiiment of ratifi-
cation was signed by the President on July 31,
1956.
After proclamation by the President, the text of
the convention, in English and French, will be
published in the Treaties and Other International
Acts Series. Meanwhile, the English text is avail-
able in Senate Executive J, 84th Congress, 2d
session, together with the texts of the President's
message of transmittal and the report by the
Secretary of State.
Queen Elizabetti II To Visit U.S.
President Eisenhower announced on June 11
that Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II has accepted
the President's invitation to visit the United
States. Her Majesty, accompanied by His Royal
Highness The Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh,
will begin her visit at Jamestown, Va., on October
16 and will then make a 3-day formal visit in
Washington.
16
Qepaxim^ni of State Bulletin
The American Doctrine for the Middle East
Statement hy James P. Richards
Special Assistant to the President ^
Wlien one has worked with a group of men
closely over a period of years, as I have with this
committee, it is always a pleasure to return and
discuss matters often considered in the past. It
is in this spirit that I am appearing before you
today to report on my mission to the Middle East.
The background may be covered briefly. On
January 5, 1957, the President submitted to the
Congress certain proposals for the Middle East.^
He stated that he intended to send a mission to
the area to explain the new program, and he sub-
sequently asked me to take on the job. By House
Joint Kesolution 117, the Congress on March 9
endorsed in essence the President's proposals.''
On March 12 I departed on a trip which took me
to 15 countries in the general area of the Middle
East and nearly 30,000 miles. I returned on
May 8.*
It would not be appropriate for jne to try to
evaluate the results of my mission. That should
be left to others and to time. However, there is
one thing I can say with conviction — the Presi-
dent by proposing and the Congress by adopting
the joint resolution assumed on behalf of the
United States a new responsibility to help the
people of the Middle East at their request to
' Made before the House Foreign Affairs Committee on
June 13 (press release 359). For a statement by Am-
bassador Richards before the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee on May 27, see Bulletin of June 17, 1957,
p. 969.
' lua., Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
' Ihid., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 480.
'For a radio-television address by Ambassador Rich-
ards on his return, see ihid.. May 27, 1957, p. 841.
Ju\Y 1, 1957
maintain their national independence and terri-
torial integrity.
This new departure, this entirely American
line of action, evoked a heart-warming trust from
the nations of the area. To me it was gratifying
to find a great reserve of good will and respect
for the United States. I believe most of the lead-
ers in the area are convinced that we have no am-
bitions to dominate but rather a genuine desire,
in view of the common interest in peace and se-
curity, to assist them to build tlie strength and in-
dependence which they want and which we both
need to resist Communist domination. The fol-
lowing facts are the evidence: Of the 18 nations
which may be said to lie in the general area of the
Middle East, 15 explicitly invited my mission to
visit them. Of these, 13 have endorsed the pur-
poses and objectives of the joint resolution. The
remaining two, while preferring not to give pub-
lic approval at this time, did not reject it.
"VVliat needs to be done now ?
As you know, the joint resolution has two main
features. First is the declaration of intent to use
the Armed Forces of the United States to assist
nations in the general area of the Middle East
at their request to resist armed aggression by a
nation controlled by international communism.
This declaration in itself has a twofold effect:
(1) It puts international communism on notice,
thereby constituting a strong deterrent, and (2)
it gives the countries of the area that sense of se-
curity and confidence needed to stimulate a re-
solve to work to help themselves. As long as
we make sure tliat tlie forces of international
communism do not outdistance us in the military
field, I do not believe any further specific action
17
429961—57-
with respect to this aspect of the joint declaration
is needed at this time.
Helping To Build Economic and Military Strength
The second feature is the declaration of intent
to Iielp area countries at tlieir request to build up
tlieir economic and military strength so that they,
themselves, can contribute more eifectively to free-
world jirogress and security. A lot more needs
to be done in this connection. I would like to dis-
cuss this part of tlie joint resolution with you in
greater detail.
Let us start with the facts : The resolution ap-
propriated no new money but removed certain
restrictions contained in the Mutual Security Act
of 1954, as amended, from the expenditure of up
to $200 million of moneys already available. The
resolution made clear that it was the intention of
the Congress that these funds should be used at
the request of area states to assist them in build-
ing up their economic and military strength to re-
sist international communism. The President au-
thorized me to commit on the spot funds for this
purpose. Any commitments, of course, would be
in accordance witli the terms of tlie joint resolu-
tion. I authorized assistance in the magnitude of
$120 million. A little more than half went for
economic aid. Iii accordance with the provisions
of the resolution full details have been made avail-
able to appropriate committees of the Congress.
You may aslv liow I went about investing this
amount of the taxpayers' money. How could I
assure myself that I was acting wisely and pru-
dently ? I would like to describe for you the way
in which my mission functioned. Before leaving
Washington, officers from the Departments of
State and Defense and from ICA assembled all
available data bearing upon the problems I might
encounter in each country. Tliis included, for
example, budget figures, balance-of -payment sta-
tistics, anticipated industrial and agricultural
production, and the strengths and equipment of
the armed forces. Wliile Congress was consider-
ing the jomt resolution, I pondered over tliis in-
formation and had it digested into compact, read-
ily usable foi'm. Befoi'e landing in a country I
was able to run quiclvly over figures showing all
American assistance previously extended, sum-
maries of tlie country's most pressing problems,
and projects carefully worked out in the military
and economic fields for which further United
States assistance might be required. I liad di-
rected that tlie projects drawn up should be only
essential ones and ones contributing directly to
the pui-poses of the joint resolution.
Upon arrival we met immediately with the
American counti-y team, including representa-
tives of the Embassy, U. S. Operations Mission,
and, in countries wliere they operate, the INIilitary
Advisory Assistance Group. We pored over ad-
ditional material, which had been assembled
prior to our arrival, and discussed tactics. The
first plenai"y meeting with the top foreign offi-
cials was taken up, of course, in large part by
general explanations of the American Doctrine
for tlie Middle East. However, we inevitably
received requests for both economic and militaiy
assistance far greater than we could me«t. After-
ward militaiy and economic representatives from
the foreign government met with members of my
staff to go over in detail the various I'equests.
Then my mission would meet again witli tlie
country team, and I would decide which requests
miglit be met from available funds. A final
meeting with the foreign govermnent would
follow.
I must say that in many cases there was dis-
appointment that we could not do more. In all
cases there was pleasure that the United States
was able to act quickly and decisively on some
of the most pressing problems. There was a sur-
prising amount of agreement between our people
in Wasliington, our country teams in the field,
and the foreign governments on which projects
should have first priority.
I have been asked since my return: "V^Hiy was
it necessary for the joint resolution to include a
section regarding economic and military assist-
ance? I cannot overemphasize the psychological
and practical effect of this provision. It demon-
strated that we meant what we said about doing
something to help. Without it, we would have
left a trail of skeptics. The resolution removed
restrictions in the Mutual Security Act of 1954,
as amended, on commitment of funds after April
30 and the required proportion of loans to grants.
This permitted a more productive investment of
tlie American taxpayer's money in the Middle
East, where the critical and fluid situation had
disrupted previous plans.
My return has been compared to that of the
unprodigal son. People want to know what is
18
Deparlmenf of State Bulletin
going to happen to the remaining $80 million.
Why did I not spend $200 million 'i The Depart-
ment of State has received quite a few inquiries
from foreign governments on this matter. The
fact is, of course, that the joint resolution did not
appropriate any new funds. Expenditures under
the authority of the joint resolution meant there
was just that much less for other programs. A^Hien
I left, I never intended to make commitments un-
der the joint resolution beyond the essential mini-
mum to accomplish the objectives sought. The
established economic and military assistance pro-
cedures should be used whenever possible. It is
good practice to hold on to a certain amount of
your money for unforeseeable last-minute con-
tingencies. I expect that by the end of the fiscal
year almost $200 million will have been used under
the authority of the joint resolution.
Mutual Security Program
I have stated that much remains to be clone in
connection with the second feature of the joint res-
olution pertaining to economic and military as-
sistance. The Mutual Security Act which you
have before you will enable the United States to
carry on this work. The development loan fmid
and the special assistance fund each include part
of the $200 million President Eiseiiliower stated
in January that he would request for fiscal year
1958.
You know that I have not this year had the oc-
casion to listen to testimony regarding the sums
required for fiscal year 1958. Therefore I am not
in a position to comment regarding specific fig-
ures except to state my conviction that a substan-
tial jjrogram is essential if we are not to drop the
new responsibility we picked up in passing the
joint resolution.
With respect to ways of carrying out the mutual
security program, this is a matter to which I de-
voted careful study last year as your chairman.
The report which I prepared under your instruc-
tions at that time recommended measures similar
to those now suggested by President Eisenhower.
In a restless, imcertain world the President should
be entrusted with maximum flexibility and the
difficulties of advanced plamiing lessened by con-
tinuing authorization legislation. I also believe
the mutual defense assistance portion of the pro-
gram belongs in the Department of Defense. My
experiences in starting the job mapped out by
the joint resolution make me surer than ever that
we will have a more effective and realistic pro-
gram if the Congress adopts the changes now be-
fore it.
The mutual security program you are consider-
ing will enable the American people to fulfill the
responsibilities they undertook in proclaiming the
policy represented by the joint resolution. While
keeping faith with the peoples of the Middle East
area, we will provide through this program
greater security for our own country.
Mohammed V, Sultan of Morocco,
To Visit United States
White House Announcement and President's Letter
White House press release dated May 14
The President of the United States announced
on May H that His Majesty Mohammed V, Sul-
tan of Morocco, has accepted the Presidenfs in-
vitation to visit the United States. He tvill ie
in Washington for a 3-day state visit beginning
November 25. The President extended the invi-
tation to the Sultan on April 29, 1957. Follow-
ing is the text of the Presidenfs letter.
April 29, 1957
YouE Majesty : I received with great pleasure
your letter of March 8 and am most grateful for
the good wishes which you have sent to me and
to my fellow citizens.
I have been deeply interested in the Vice Presi-
dent's enthusiastic report of the hospitable wel-
come he received in your great country and of the
wisdom and statesmanship with which you spoke
on matters affecting the connnon interests of our
two countries and the great issues which dominate
our times.
I am sure that the Vice President's talks with
you and with the Minister of Foreign Affairs,
whose ability and spirit of friendly cooperation
he also greatly admii-ed, have given new impetus
to the further strengthening of the close ties which
we have both worked to forge. For our part,
we have always desired that our relationship be
based on the only defensible basis, that of equality
between two sovereign and independent states. It
is for this reason that we have instructed our Am-
bassador at Eabat to inform your Majesty's Gov-
ernment that the Government of the United
Jo/y J, 1957
19
States is prepared to participate in conversations
on the subject of our military operations in Mo-
rocco. I am sure that we can loolv forward to
continued collaboration in examining this and
other questions of mutual interest to our two
countries.
Tlie importance of our relationship increases
my desire to talk with you and to welcome you
here in the United States, as I had lioped to do
last November. I sliould therefore deem it a sig-
nal honor if you could find it possible to visit
Wasliington in November of this year. I know
that my fellow citizens share my desire to receive
you in our midst.
I .should appreciate Your Majesty's telling me
whether you would find it possible to accept this
invitation, after wliicli tlie precise details of your
visit could be worked out by the representatives
of our two governments so tliat we can receive
you here in a manner befitting tlie higli esteem in
which we hold you and the people of your
country.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT T>. Eisenhower
Letter From the Sultan to President Eisenhower
Translation
From ; His IMajesty the Sultan of Morocco
To : His Excellency Mr. Dwight Eisenhower,
The President of the Republic of the United States
of America
After conveying to you the greetings of Peace, and
expressing the hope that yoii are in constant good health
and well-being, we wish to state that we have received
your gracious and friendly letter which Mr. Nixon, the
Vice-President of the United States of America, handed to
us. We were deeply moved by the noble sentiments which
your Excellency expres.sed toward our i)erson and the
Moroccan people. Such genuine sentiments merit our deep
thanks. We also wish to express our gratitude for the
kind wishes which your Excellency conveyed to us on the
occasion of the first anniversary of the independence of
our country.
It gives us great pleasure to seek this opportunity to ex-
press once more how much we cherish the age-old relations
between tlie United States of America and the Moroccan
Kingdom. These relations have for a long time been
based on mutual understanding and friendship. They
have been further strengthened by the adherence of our
two nations to noble principles and to constant efforts
toward the safeguarding of respect for the freedom of na-
tions and the protection of human dignity.
As we express to your Excellency our ardent desire for
the continuance of these relations and for the further
strengthening of these bonds, we wish to assure you that
we shall always hold tenaciously to the view that the
identity of purpose between states, based on mutual
respect and fruitful cooperation between peoples, is the
effective means for tlie establishment of peace and the
spreading of freedom in the world.
We have sought the opportunity of the Vice-President's
visit to our Kingdom to discuss with him the affairs that
specifically concern our two countries. We have, in ad-
dition, apprised him of our views on the different problems
with which the world is at present preoccupied.
Finally, we send your Excellency our warmest wishes
for your continued good health and safet.y, and for the hap-
piness and prosperity of the people of the United States
of America.
Mohammed ben Youssef
Written at Rabat, on the 0th day of the month of Sha'ban,
in the Hegira year 1376, i. e. on the Sth day of the month
of March, 1957.
U.S. Replies to Soviet Note
on IVIiddie East
Press release 358 dateil June 12
The following note was delivered by U.S.
Charge d'' Affaires Richard 11. Davis to the Acting
Minister of Foreign Affairs of the U.S.S.R on
June 11 in reply to a Soviet note of April 19 ^ con-
cerning the Middle East. The British and French
Goverrmients delivered replies on the sam>e day.
The Embassy of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Ministry of For-
eign Affairs of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics and, on instructions of its Government,
has tlie honor to transmit the following communi-
cation in reply to the Ministry's note of April 19,
1957, concerning the Middle East area.
The United States Government takes note of
the fact that the Soviet Government, in expressing
the desire to guarantee lasting peace in the Near
and Middle East and to strengthen the national
independence of the countries in this area, no
longer insists on the declaration of principles put
forward in its note of February 11, 1957.- As the
United States pointed out in its note of March 11,
1957 to the Soviet Government,^ such a declaration
would operate to limit the exercise of sovereignty
of the states of the Middle East.
The United States Government observes that
' Not printed.
' Bulletin of Apr. 1, 1957, p. 524.
'Ibid., p. 523.
20
Department of State Bulletin
the Soviet Government now proposes a declara-
tion to be made by the United States, Great
Britain, France and the Soviet Union condemn-
inji' the use of force in the settlement of disputes
in the Middle East. Opposition to the use of force
in the settlement of disputes anywhere has been
and continues to be a cardinal element of the for-
eign policy of the United States. This principle
is also embodied in the Charter of the United Na-
tions to which the Four Powers have all adhered.
In these circumstances, this Govermnent considers
that a declaration such as the Soviet Government
proposes is unnecessary.
Rather than a repetition of existing obligations,
what is necessary is loyal implementation of the
principles of tlie Charter. It was this convic-
tion— not, as the Soviet Government alleges, a
desire to divert attention from serious solutions
of Middle Eastern problems — which prompted the
United States Government to refer to Hungary
in its note of March 11.
The United States Government notes the asser-
tion of the Soviet Government that its concern
about conditions in the IMiddle East arises from
the close proximity of this area to Soviet territory.
It may be generally observed that it is just those
countries lying closest to the Soviet Union which
have been most vigorously attacked in the recent
Soviet campaign of threat and intimidation aimed
at the legitimate eti'orts for self-defense imder-
taken by the nations in question. Public attacks
upon governments of these states, together with
subvereive intervention in their domestic affairs,
give them good cause to seek the strengthening of
their security, as certain states in the Middle East
are now doing in concert with each other.
The United States Government has strongly
supported the measures taken by the United Na-
tions to reach peaceful and equitable adjustment
of Middle East problems. If the Soviet Union
sincerely desires to contribute toward the estab-
lishment of peace and security in the Middle East,
it could do so by working constructively within the
United Nations for the solution of fundamental
problems in the area, among which the Arab-
Israeli dispute is outstanding.
United States and Australia
Conclude Air Transport Talks
Press release 367 dated June 15
Joint Statement
Air transport talks between the United States
and the Australian delegations were concluded in
Washington today after approximately a month's
negotiations.^
The delegations discussed in detail the operation
of the existing United States-Australia Air
Transport Agreement entered into in 1946, and
concluded that as a result of the increased air
traffic flow since 1946 and also of the changing
pattern of air traffic that a further exchange of
routes would be of mutual benefit to the two coun-
tries and their travelling publics.
The United States delegation offered to Aus-
tralia an extension to New York and beyond to
Europe of its present route from Sydney to San
Francisco in return for comprehensive additional
rights to and beyond Australia.
As the grant of some of these routes was not
covered by instructions to the Australian delega-
tion from its government it was found necessary
for it to obtain further instructions before an
agreement could be concluded.
' For an announcement of the members of the delega-
tifins, see Bulletin of June 3, 1957, p. 909.
July 1, 1957
21
Capability and Foreign Policy
hy Raymond A. Hare
Anibassador to Egypt '
By way of an introductory generalization, I
would venture to suggest to you that no small
amount of the grief and frustration encountered
in both the framing and understanding of foreign
policy could be avoided if foreign policy were ap-
proached more as a science and less as a political
rough-and-tumble with esoteric overtones. For,
as a result of some reading on foreign affairs and
some slight personal experience in that field, I
have been increasingly impressed by the recur-
rence, in greatly changing circumstances, of iden-
tifiable phenomena which lend themselves to anal-
ysis, classification, and the drawing of basic and
subsidiary conclusions. "Wliether these conclu-
sions can yet be classed as laws in the scientific
sense is perhaps debatable, and it is not my pur-
pose to press that particular point to conclusion
with you today. There is no question in my mind,
however, but that such deductions do i^rove that
the study of foreign policy can be pursued beyond
mere action and reaction and also beyond the
evoking of historical precedents, immensely val-
uable as that may be.
Now, if we can give ourselves the benefit of the
doubt that such a scientific or neoscientific ap-
proach to the study of foreign policy is permis-
sible, and if we can assume that, in preparing a
manual on the subject, we are including a chapter
bearing the title of tliis talk, "Capability and
Foreign Policy," let us see how a rougli first draft
of such a chapter might look.
Limitations on Capability
Just recently I was talking in Cairo with an
Arab diplomat who had formerly been stationed
' Address made at commencement exercises at Grinnell
College, Grinnell, Iowa, on June 0 (press release 347 dated
June?).
in Washington. In the course of our discussion
he observed tliat one of the greatest sources of
misunderstanding of the United States by other
peoples is that they usually take it for granted
that our capacity for action is without limit and
that, such being the case, failure by us to accede
to the desires of others is regarded as evidence of
either lack of interest or unfriendly intent. He
said that, from his service in Washington, he un-
derstood that we did not have the capability com-
monly attributed to us, but others are deluded by
assumptions of unlimited American power and
judge us accordingly. He might have added that
this same failure to understand our limitations
is not uncharacteristic of our own American pub-
lic, which consequently tends to see adverse in-
ternational developments largely in terms of pol-
icy failure; it is also sometimes shared by policy-
makers themselves when, in disregard of basic
limiting factors, they seek solutions by the tortured
twisting of a phrase or the concocting of some
superficially api^ealing formula.
It is true, of course, that our total potential as
a nation is almost astronomical when we think
of it in terms of our total material strength, in-
tellectual resources, and moral forces. If all this
were in the form of an immense reservoir on which
we could draw to meet our international problems,
our difficulties would be gi-eatly reduced indeed.
But this is not the case.
In the first place, most of our national potential
is unavoidably earmarked for domestic purposes.
This is true even in time of war, even in total war;
and it is, of course, all the more true in time of
peace, even in this peace that we call the cold war.
Assuming, however, that we have a cert.ain x
quantity of potential on which to draw, we still
find use of it circumscribed in many ways. For
instance, we may have adequate available strength
22
Department of State Bulletin
and satisfactoiy implementing policies and still
be immobilized to varying degrees by mental un-
preparedness; e. g. the precipitate dismantling of
our military establishment after World War II.
Then, too, there are problems where geographical,
ethnical, occupational, organizational, or other
interests may predominate over what might seem
to be the broad national interest. There also may
be, and often are, jurisdictional conflicts between
our executive agencies, e. g. surplus commodities
disposal abroad ; or between the executive and the
legislative, e. g. foreign aid. There also are often,
very often, conflicts of interests in respect of other
countries wliich ali'ect our liberty of action.
In fact, this last phenomenon is so important
and also so recurrent that I sometimes wonder if
we fully appreciate its significance and also if we
understand that this problem is of a type which
increases in at least arithmetical — sometimes it
seems geometrical — ratio to the degree of our
emergence as a great power with all of the complex
responsibilities inherent in such a position. To
smaller countries may be permitted the privilege
of concentrating on their own particular national
issues to the virtual exclusion of other considera-
tions, but not to us. Examples of the resulting
problem for us are many, but several familiar ones
might be cited, such as the effect of Arab-Israeli
differences on our attempts to carry out a policy
of peace and stability in the Middle East, the Al-
gerian situation in North Africa, the Kashmir
difficulty in the Indian subcontinent.
So again and again we find that, as problems
arise, it might not be too difficult to develop a
satisfactory policy provided we had sufficiently
unrestricted and miinhibited use of our potential
resources. But we don't, and that is the real head-
ache in foreign policy formulation — a headache
which is not eased by the fact that many of our
limitations are of a delicacy which makes full
public explanation difficult.
Our Basic National Interests
I would ask your indulgence in developing our
chapter a little further in order to examine the
process of applying our capability, as distinct
from assessing it. To begin with, we would have
to assimie that we had determined (presumably
in a previous chapter of our manual) the nature
of our basic national interests. This is a matter
of analysis, not capability, and, if the conclusions
are wrong, we have only the inadequacy of our
judgment to blame. Reduced to basic simplicity
it would be something like this: We Americans
have had a historical break. Under the impulse
of a political awakening in Europe and coinciden-
tal with the industrial revolution, stout souls from
many lands made their way here and found a rich
continent inviting development. They rose to the
challenge, and present-day America is the result.
In surveying tlais heritage we find it good and suf-
ficient; we do not covet the lands or goods of other
men; we merely wish to maintain what we have
and, if improvement is required, to do so in our
own way.
This is our interest. As regards our basic policy
or — to borrow a more precise military term — our
grand strategy, that, too, is very simple and de-
pends on two major factors. The first is that, as
long as war and predatory communism haunt our
planet, we must be sufficiently strong to maintain
our military defense in association with our allies
and friends. The second is that, as long as the
world is afflicted by political, social, and economic
deficiencies, we should be prepared to lend a help-
ing hand in much the same way and for the same
good reasons that we give attention to our own
community and national maladjustments. In
other words, what we especially seek is security
for ourselves and the well-being of others. We
seek these in our own self-interest but also in the
reassuring knowledge that what we seek is recipro-
cally good.
International Forces at Play
Having then agreed on our basic interests and
grand lines of policy, the next step is to survey the
various international forces at play in order to
determine their angle of incidence with reference
to our own desired lines of action.
Please note the phrase "angle of incidence,"
which I used advisedly in order to emphasize the
fact that foreign policy almost invariably takes
the form of a compromise which in physics might
be likened to a resultant of forces. For, as we
analyze varying forces affecting our interests, we
will find that they are of three types: those di-
rected along the same lines as our own interests,
those directed in a diametrically opposed sense,
and those having differing degrees of variance
from what we would desire.
As regards the first type, the problem is pri-
July 1, 1957
23
marily one of correct analysis and then of making
sure that such favorable trends are properly facili-
tated. This is the easiest type of foreign policy
determination, but it is by no means an automatic
process for the reason that favorable trends may
sometimes be manifested in unexpected forms
requiring careful discrimination for correct identi-
fication; and, even then, great sensitiveness and
imagination may be required to assure that a
potential benefit is not inadvertently lost. Thus,
in the early days of the Turkish Eevolution it
required no small degree of perspicacity to iden-
tify the movement as having elements congenial
to American policy. However, that conclusion
was wisely and fortunately reached, and we have
ever since had in Turkey a stalwart friend. In the
case of Canada, on the other hand, the community
of our interests is so obvious that both of us have
to exert a degree of care not to take each other too
much for granted.
Now we come to the second type of international
current which, on examination, is found to be di-
rectly against us. Here we have three options:
let it go, meet it head-on, or attempt to deflect its
course.
Here is where capability clearly comes in,
smce I believe you will find few cases where, even
with the most carefully thought-out policies and
with the maximmn exertion of our capabilities, we
can meet an opposing force head-on and stop it.
If we could do so, it really would not be much of
a problem. Actually, what usually happens is
that we have to direct our efforts to deflecting
such opposing currents in such a way as to mini-
mize their adverse impact as much as possible;
but tlie result will still usually be somewhat, per-
haps veiy much, short of what we would lilce.
However, this does not necessarily mean that we
have failed. Rather it means that, despite the
be.st-laid policy plans, our capability was such that
making tlie best of a bad situation was the best
that we could do.
Thirdly, we come to a type of political current
where the elements of analysis and capability are
both very important. This is the current which
is neither directly for or against us. This is a
most important category because most of our
problems really fall in this area. Unfortunately,
we often seem to overlook this fact and. in the
spirit of an accountant with his ledger, to attempt
to put all problems in either the debit or credit
coluimi, overlookuig, in so doing, the necessity for
a third type of entry which cannot appropriately
be written in either black or red ink.
Barring a few obvious cases — I leave it to you
to fill in the blanks — can you say that any govern-
ment is 100 percent for us or 100 percent against
us ? Of course not, and surely no people is. Yet
that is the implication when we so often pose the
question "Whose side are they on?" and expect a
one-word reply. Just because nationalism may
sometimes be manifested in intemperate forms,
are we to view all nationalism as a negative force,
or vice versa, are we to assume that, because we
gained our independence by revolution, all revolu-
tions are good '{ Of course not. And yet we do
have an imfortunate tendency to oversimplify
sucli phenomena. To do so may be convenient
and timesaving, but neither as a government nor
as a people can we afford to do so. I know you
would not tolerate such unprofessional thinking
by the mechanic who rejDairs your car or the doctor
who heals your body; by the same token you
should not tolerate it m either those who are di-
rectly responsible for foreign policy formulation
or in yourselves because, imder our system of gov-
ernment, it is basically the American people whose
understanding support makes effective foreign
jjolicy possible.
As regards the handling of this type of com-
plex problem, the technique is essentially the same
as in that of directly opixjsed currents in the sense
that we should do the best we can, by wise plan-
ning and effective use of our capability, to maxi-
mize the advantageous and minimize the disad-
vantageous. Sometimes, by so domg, we may be
so foi'tunate as to achieve a solution in essential
identity with our desires. That is a diplomat's
dream. But usually you will find that, even by
exercising one's best efforts — and we should not,
of course, be satisfied with anything less — the re-
sult is in the nature of a compromise. If so, we
need not be unduly despondent, \^^lat is impor-
tant is to do our best in the knowledge that our
capability has its limits. Defeat and victory are
both relative terms, and we should realize that
the counterpart to exaggeration of failure is the
no less objectionable inclination to overestimate
our successes. Both are eiTors of oversimplifica-
tion. Complex questions usually have complex
answers, and we must be sufficiently sophisticated
to understand that this is so and why.
24
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
What I have been attempting to say is that there
are certain rules governing foreign policy some-
what like those governing other sciences, espe-
cially the social sciences; that among these rules
is that of capability ; that, because of the limita-
tions of capability, there are corresponding limi-
tations on foreign policy formulation; that there
is no excuse for failure to analyze foreign policy
problems beyond the usual margin allowed for the
fact that we are human; but that foreign policy
is not in the nature of some newfangled wonder
drug capable in itself of producing international
miracles but is subject to practical procedures by
which problems can be realistically and systemati-
cally analyzed and logical conclusions reached;
that, despite our great strength, the potential
available for application to any specific problem
is limited in many ways; that, just as the prob-
lems themselves are complex, so must the solu-
tions usuallj' be mixtures of things which we de-
sire and things we would prefer t« have otherwise ;
that with our increased responsibilities come
greatly increased limitations on our actions to
which governments of smaller countries are not
subjected; that these limitations of capability are
not something to be accepted with resigned fatal-
ism but rather are factors to be studied objectively
with a view to making the most of our planning
skills and our capability in working toward our
objectives.
So, the next time that things may seem to go
wrong and that you are inclined by conditioned
reflex to ask "What's wrong with our policy any-
way?" I would suggest that you take a second
look and see to what extent your dissatisfaction
may in fact be due to limited capability. This is
not to excuse inept planning but rather to suggest
that both the planner and the public have a com-
mon interest in approaching our problems with
a more dispassionate and analytical mind.
Education — Communist Style, American Style
hy Eleanor Lansing Dulles
Special Assistant to the Director, Opce of German Affairs ^
I would like to give you a few comments on
education as it is used by the Soviet Union and
what this may mean to them and to us. It is use-
ful to consider what we could leam from their im-
pressive efforts in this field. It is also useful to
consider what they are discovering as to the efi^ect
of education on the mind. Although I do not be-
lieve we have the full stoiy on this situation, we
have enough information to give us some insight
into the meanmg of recent developments.
I wish to refer briefly to Himgai-y, Poland,
Czechoslovakia, East Germany, Communist
China, and the U.S.S.K. In these various satel-
lite areas the situation varies somewhat but the
general conclusions are similar. There is evi-
^ Address made at commencement exercises at Western
College, Oxford, Ohio, on June 3 (press release 333 dated
May 31 ) .
dence of a well-planned, serious progi'am to pro-
duce the world's largest body of technicians and
scientists. In all these countries, however, one
finds the problems and difficulties which the
Soviets are facmg are manifest in this phase of
their development. I was reminded the other
day of Wendell WiUkie's comment to Stalin in
their conversation about 15 years ago. When
Stalin boasted to Willkie with regard to the spec-
tacular rise in literacy in the Soviet Union, Willkie
replied, "I think, sir, that you are working your-
self out of a job."
From a political point of view, it is clear in the
light of recent events that the Soviets can take
little comfort from the fact that the students of
today are inevitably the leaders of the future.
Where among the satellite coimtries, or even in the
U.S.S.R. itself, can they rest easy with respect to
the attitude of the students and the many signs of
July 1, 1957
25
their unwillin^iess to accept the oppressive, stul-
tified atmosphere and the boredom with the worn-
out Mai'xist doctrine with which they have usually
surrounded their educational efforts ?
Education in the Satellite Countries
It is well known that the most persistent, the
most desperate, and the most terrifying rebellion
against Soviet rule was led by the students of Hun-
gaiy in recent months. It is equally well known
that the students of Poland, and particularly of
Crakow and Warsaw Universities, have supplied
much of the spirit and the resistance which has
persuaded the Russian Conununists to withdraw
the most conspicuous manifestation of the ap-
paratus of the police state and to permit the
Polish leaders to take over the f imctions of govern-
ment with a substantial reduction of interference
from the dictatorship m the Kremlin. I know
from a number of sources that the students in
these imiversities have expressed their desire for
a closer association with the United States and
have indirectly and in cautious ways indicated
their wish not to lae cut off from the intellectual
and cultural life beyond the Communist border.
In Czechoslovakia, I am told, the general im-
pression is apathy, although there have been in-
stances of student satire of existing conditions.
The Soviets had hoped here, as elsewhere, to edu-
cate a body of convinced Communists. They have
used threadbare theories from 100 years ago to
fence around the minds of the students and pre-
vent doubt of independence. Now they must
wonder if this is possible.
In East Germany conditions have paralleled
those in the Soviet Union, except that there has
been more variety of activity among the students
objecting to conditions. Education there has to
use existing German institutions. In many cases
the students resisting alien methods have com-
plained about the courses. In particular they ob-
ject to being forced to study the Russian language.
They have also objected to time spent on Soviet-
style "social sciences." In other cases, they have
criticized certain professors. In a few instances,
of which there have been several in recent times,
the professors themselves have shown some signs
of freedom of views and have been accused of
"deluding the minds" of the students and have
been dismissed.
In one such case Pi-ofessor Harich of Humboldt
University was given a 10-year prison sentence
after his students expressed some sympathy for
the Hungarian students, and he was accused of
"diversionism." In a mock trial the accusations
were examined in speedy fashion, and without any
opportunity for defense he was thrown into prison.
A few weeks ago there was a demonstration by
the students in East Berlin against conditions and
treatment, and the students were expelled from
the Veterinary College, while the professor dis-
appeared as a refugee to the West.
Most recently, in the middle of May, a Pi-ofes-
sor Zehm of the University of Jena has been dis-
missed from the Communist Party and apparently
thrown out of his academic position for having
departed in his views from the Marxist philoso-
phy. At the same time he was accused of having
been undei- the influence of another professor from
Leipzig who is also stated to have "confused con-
ceptions of the proper ideology." It was stated
that these professors were "anti-imperialists and
socialists" but their ideas were politically nega-
tive and that they were having a "dangerous"
effect on the students. The argument usually
centers on the possibility of "several ways to
socialism."
At the time when these events have been taking
place in East Germany, there has been a notable
increase in the percentage of young people among
the refugees fleeing into Berlin. There is every
indication that the attempt to force the students
to take the Communist oath and to insist on a
party discipline leads to silent resistance, open
revolt, or the determination to escape.
There is no indication that the majority of the
students in East Germany have accepted the ma-
jor elements of the Communist pMlosophy and
methods. Wliile some have received substantial
inducements to remain in the area and are given
a preferred position when they have been grad-
uated from the university, there are a number of
instances where groups of students have received
elaborate scientific training and then have all de-
fected to the West, taking with them the skills
which they have won as a result of their SovietT
financed education.
In Commimist China, also, there has been an
impressive effort to expand the nmnber of tal-
ented technicians and scientists. The results of
this effort have been a striking expansion of the
enrollment in the higher educational institutions,
accompanied almost inevitably in this stage by a
26
Department of State Bulletin
siffiiificant decline in the quality of the education.
The material basis for the schools and universities
has been inadequate to support the enlarged en-
i-ollnient, and the regime has had to efi'ect cut-
backs in its program. The period of improved
training in the lower scliools has been too short
for effective preparation, and the number of
teachers has been inadequate.
It is probable that, if conditions continue more
or less as at present, education will develop mo-
mentum and, although there may not be the an-
ticipated large-scale increase, the effect on the
country will be considerable. Moreover, the in-
tensive emphasis on education parallels a recog-
nized development of a national sense of increas-
ing strength, in spite of serious economic
problems.
In Comanunist China, as in the satellite coun-
tries, the question will arise as to the effect of
education, however controlled, on the mind and
spirit of the students. Obsei-vers of the changing
scene are bound to look for those stirrings of free-
dom which have so often followed educational
progress, even when hemmed in by restrictions of
a doctrinaire or dictatorial nature. Wliile the
recent signs of unrest among the students, as well
as among other elements of the population, are
occasioned in considerable measure by cutbacks in
the economic facilities, they may be "straws in the
wind" which have a greater significance than the
material causes which seem to have been their
origin.
Education in the Soviet Union
In the Soviet Union there have been incidents in
several of the universities. Students at Moscow
University, which is the outstanding institution
from the point of view of prestige and facilities,
assumed the right to a limited degi-ee of freedom
of open discussion and expression of ideas before
the recent uprisings in Poland and Hungary.
Because of the impact of these events on the
Kremlin leaders and because they knew that heated
discussions had led the students in certain cases to
"heretical conclusions," they had to reverse their
position and renew the restrictions on those who
wished a "socialist revolution against the pseudo-
socialist state," which the Kremlin considered a
challenge to their despotism.
There is no doubt that the habit of criticism had
gained considerable currency in the university.
Oddly enough it was most noticed in the scientific
circles, where there were indications that the basic
political philosophy of the Pai'ty was being ques-
tioned. These questionings were accompanied by
expressions of objection to the living conditions
and the general treatment with respect to the
students and dormitories and mess halls. In one
case there was actually a weeklong boycott.
As the nature of these developments was real-
ized at the end of last year, a number of students
were apparently expelled and others were sub-
jected to discipline of various sorts. There was an
attempt to isolate those students who had begun
to think in questioning terms from the larger body
of the students, who had not yet expressed them-
selves in any "deviationist" manner.
Does the Soviet educational system produce re-
sults which lead us to recast our own system? No
one can answer this question doginatically at this
time. Clearly it has some features wliich we will
have to examine carefully. The Russians have
seen fit to lift from the students, as far as possible,
their jDersonal economic problems. Perhaps we
should take another look at the economic obliga-
tions and anxieties that compete with studies for
the time and energy of the young people in our
own colleges.
To offset or balance the large payments to
talented youth, the selected students have to work
as if they were in a defense plant or in the most
arduous phase of their professional life. Is this
pressure desirable for us, or have we reached a
stage in our own sense of responsibility which will
produce both competent and well-rounded in-
dividuals? We must remember that in a democ-
racy our concern is with leadership as well as with
technicians.
In any case, we must look at the system not so
much from the statistical point of view — how
many scientists are being turned out — but from
the point of view of techniques and overall results.
There is little doubt that, as Howard Simons wrote
in the Saturday Evening Post of May 25, the
Eussians have instituted "a crash program for
turning out scientists" as they might automobiles.
Moreover, these students are well selected from all
groups, although workers are favored. The stu-
dents are well prepared and keenly interested in
their work. We cannot, in our planning, forget
these facts, which in various ways may prove to
bs the most important new developments in our
day.
July 1, 1957
27
If we assume the mind is breaking free, it would
be unduly optimistic to take for granted, even in
respect to the East Zone of Germany, that this
new generation of students is either pro- American,
pro- Western, or completely anti-Communist. It
would not be contrary to the known facts, how-
ever, to state that there is a growing self-reliance
among the young people, that there is a change in
their point of view from that which was influenced
by the early appearance of the revolutionary so-
cialism, and that the future for the dictatorship of
the Kremlin is seriously threatened by the very
instruments by which they attempted to increase
their capabilities ; that is, the development of the
human mind.
Half a Loaf
If the leaders of the U.S.S.R. could express their
educational philosophy in some relationship to the
continuing stream of educational studies, they
might well say that they had decided in the case
of higher education that half a loaf is better than
none. The half a loaf wliich they are offering to
their young people is not to be discounted. It
includes some of the most effective methods of
imposing systems of knowledge and of trans-
ferring information to those who will be the en-
gineers, scientists, and leaders of the futui^e that
have been developed anywhere.
All of those who have studied the Soviet edu-
cational system have stated that the students are
subjected to a pressure which is considerably
greater than that borne by our students. In say-
ing this, I do not wish to underestimate the amount
of drive both in the students and in the teaching
faculties in the free- world schools. Nevertheless,
the amount to which Soviet students are subject to
an intensive training in their early years is almost
unprecedented in our educational experience. The
thorough study of mathematics in the high schools,
the variety of practical and theoretical studies in
the natural sciences in the universities is perhaps
unparalleled elsewhere. There are many who be-
lieve that this exacting educational program is
more effective than that in the West. There are
frequent statements that the Russians are turning
out more scientists and better trained scientists
than Western universities can produce. One must
consider this possibility seriously even though it
is impossible, at the present time, to prove the
truth or falsehood of such statements.
"Whether or not the Soviets think that they can
control the education on which they have em-
barked, they must energetically go forward with
the program or fail in their race against the non-
Conununist world. They have recognized that
they must use the most efficient methods to bring
to their youth the knowledge of the past and to
make available the experience of other times and
other places to those who are building their ma-
terialistic system. They must refine and perfect
the methods of their workmen so that their in-
ventors and engineers can use the most delicate
and modern instruments and procedures of ex-
perimentation, testing, and production. At the
same time, they endeavor to avoid, if possible,
teaching the students to think. They must have
come to recognize that the mental gymnastics of
the young, although frequently dangerous from
the point of view of the Communist system of dis-
cipline, are still necessary as stimulus if the coun-
try is to avoid stagnation. They still assume that
they can cut the loaf in half and give their yoimg
people teclmiques without spirituality.
It has been said tliat one of their main efforts in
the intellectual world is to enthrone the ghosts of
the past and to prevent their overthrow by sup-
pression of doubts and new ideas. The ghosts of
the Coimnunist world are many. The most fa-
miliar to us is the Marxist theory of capitalism.
Another is their concept of imperialism, which
embraces all forms of power not under Soviet
control. A third is the importance of class war-
fare and their whole concept of class in the modern
system.
As they face these ideas and attempt to protect
them from the fresh winds of free thought, they
have developed a new device. They are now in-
sisting that all students spend a certain amount of
time as heavy laborers in the factories, mines, or
workshops of the Communist world. They have
decided, apparently, in East Germany and else-
where— including the Soviet Union — that, if tlie
students are brought into direct contact with the
day laborer, they will retain the identity of their
allegiance to the solidarity of all classes with the
socialist state and prevent the development of a
separate caste of intellectuals within the Soviet
regime. They have concluded that heavy work
leads to an acceptance of the Communist doctrines
regarding the struggle between the classes, that
anyone who has engaged in physical labor will
28
Department of State Bulletin
automatically be closer to the Marxist concept of
capitalism. They believe that sharing in the more
arduous, productive work will lead to a feeling that
the capitalists have added to the burdens of labor
and Western economic imperialists have created
the obstacles to Soviet advancement ■which must
be overcome with their labor and their sacrifices.
However, a I'esult of this involuntary association
in many cases after their period of training will
probably be a feeling of relief and a desire to
achieve special status.
"\^niile greater emphasis in student participation
in labor is one phase of their attempt to protect
the rigidity of their educational system, they have
more direct means which they invoke, including
highly restricted curricula with virtually no free
choice. Except for Marxist studies, they exclude
historical and humanistic studies from the system
of courses which are available. In addition to
this, they trj' to prevent the travel of the students
and to cut them off from contact with persons in
other lands and with other ideas.
Our Education — The Whole Loaf
Western education may suffer fi'om some reluc-
tance to impose discipline which does not limit
the training and indoctrination of the Soviet sys-
tems. On the other hand, it attempts to give the
variety, the riclmess, and a knowledge of com-
parative values which is our heritage from many
nations and from many centuries of schooling.
It has a deeper quality of self-discipline. Each
student is assumed to be in a lifelong search for
the truth. I think we can conclude, in spite of
our concern for our weakness and the Soviet drive
in the field of education, that the risks to leader-
ship of the United States are small.
In contrast to this prospect, the strange situa-
tion which prevails behind the Iron Curtain must
cause serious conceiln among the Commmiists.
For one thing, we are aware to a sui"prising extent
of our limitations and our weaknesses. Wliile
tliis does not mean that we can overlook either our
present needs or our past mistakes, it gives us new
goals and new impetus to improve and to enrich
what we have to give to our young people.
As an important part of our current educational
philosophy, the training of young people in the
home and the schools must take on added respon-
sibility in the light of the achievements of the
Communist educational system. Even though we
take some comfort from the nari'ow limits which
they have chosen to impose within this education,
we must recognize that their progress is
impressive.
Our aim is not only to improve our tecliniques
and our methods with respect to the mastery of a
large body of factual iiaformation but also to ex-
ploit to the full those broad contacts and those
extensions of our thinkmg which Western educa-
tion presents. Our schools and colleges are dedi-
cated to laying the ghosts of the past and freeing
our thoughts from outworn doctrines. It is the
essence of our approach to seize upon those half-
shaped thoughts and developing concepts which
emerge not only m those more familiar industrial
centers but further afield among less known
peoples on the margins of industriahzed civiliza-
tion. These can greatly enrich our education.
Basically our strength lies in the reverence for
the entire body of knowledge and respect for the
views of the other person. Moreover, we have
recognized that the first step in any advancement
of knowledge is the formulation of a question.
All of those who see the unportance of a doubt
in the search for solutions of our major problems
are contributing by that miderstanding to the
progress of the intellectual man. We now know
from recent experience that questions are more
dangerous to the Communist system than atomic
bombs.
As you leave the educational institution which
has helped foiTQ yom- recent concepts, which has
taught you to ask questions, and which has given
you new intellectual instruments and tools, you
must preserve the searching mind which is not
only the source of discovery but the destruction of
tyranny. It is also the way in which you, your-
self, and your nation can go forward.
Your awareness of the multitude of unsolved
problems and the vast expanse of the horizons of
thought can lead to a humility which makes it
possible for you to work with your fellow man
in understanding and harmony. This true hu-
mility is not to be based on doubt as to your
personal validity. It is not, therefore, a source of
anxiety. It is, rather, a proper view of the real
world, tlie perspective that widens before you as
you go forward tlu-ough life and observe the mani-
fold wonders of nature and of man.
July 1, 1957
29
U.S. To Reconsider Size
of Legation Staff in Budapest
Press release 356 dated June 11
The following note was delivered hy the U.S.
Legation at Budapest to the Ministry for Foreign
Affairs of the Hungarian PeopWs Republic on
June 10.
The Legation of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Ministry for For-
eign Affairs of the Hungarian People's Republic
and has the honor to refer to the Ministry's note
of May 25, 1957 ^ concerning the staffing of this
Legation. The Legation is instructed by the
United States Government to inform the Ministry
for Foreign Affairs as follows :
The American and Hungarian peoples, sharing
as they do a deep devotion to liberty and national
independence, have traditionally enjoyed friendly
relations. The policy of the United States Gov-
ernment is to maintain and strengthen this friend-
ship. Unfortunately the present Hungarian Gov-
ernment, whose suppression of the just aspirations
of the Hungarian people has been so sharply cen-
sured by world opinion as expressed in the United
Nations, appears determined to oppose this ob-
jective. This attitude of the Hungarian Govern-
ment is clearly reflected in its insistence that
diplomatic and administrative personnel of the
American Legation in Budapest be reduced by
more than one-third and that the number of local
employees be reduced "in proportion." The
United States, it should be noted, has never in the
past imposed any restriction on the number of
personnel assigned to the Hungarian Legation in
Washington.
The United States Government alone is in a
position to determine the personnel which it needs
in its missions abroad. It therefore cannot accept
the concept put forward in the Foreign Ministry's
note that the Hungarian Government enjoys the
prerogative of determining the size or composition
of the American Diplomatic Mission in Budapest.
In staffing the American Legation in Budapest,
as with its other diplomatic missions throughout
the world, the United States Government is guided
by its estimate of the constructive purposes which
that mission can serve. If the policies and charac-
ter of the present Hungarian Government are such
' Not printed.
30
as to render the accomplishment of these purposes
increasingly difficult, this fact necessarily has a
direct bearing on the staff which the United States
can usefully maintain in Budapest. The United
States Govermnent is taking appropriate steps on
the basis of these considerations to make such ad-
justments in the Legation staff as it deems
warranted.
Notice Regarding CBaims
to Certain Assets in Japan
Press release 363 dated June 14
The Department of State has received ttie
following notice of the Tripartite Commission
charged with the disposition of certain Gervian
assets in Japan, which is printed as of possible
interest to American claimants.
The Tripartite Commission, representing the
Governments of France, the United Kingdom and
the United States of America who under the pro-
visions of Article 20 of the Treaty of Peace with
Japan are charged with the disposition of the for-
mer German assets in Japan which have been
vested in the Commission, hereby gives notice that
it will receive, as a matter of grace, claims in re-
spect of such vested assets from persons, other
than those specified below, who can prove that they
have a beneficial interest m such property.
Excluded persons are :
( a ) German nationals who resided in Germany
during the period 1939-1948 except persons sub-
ject to persecutions
(b) German nationals who resided in Japan
during the war and who were repatriated to Ger-
many by order of the Supreme Commander for the
Allied Powers
(c) German nationals who resided in countries
other than Germany or Japan during the war and
who either were subjected to restrictions of per-
sonal liberty as enemy nationals or whose property
in the comitry in which they resided has been
vested by the government of the country
(d) Juridical persons organized under German
law or registered as German in any German Em-
bassy or Consulate
(e) Japanese juridical persons owned or con-
trolled by (a) to (d)
2. Claims by persons who have already sub-
mitted claims in respect of vested assets to the
Department of State Bulletin
Supreme Commander for the xVllied Powers or to
the Tripartite Commission will not be enter-
tained unless new and cogent evidence is pro-
duced.
3. Claims must be submitted in English by reg-
istered post or delivered personally to the
Secretary-General, Tripartite Commission,
Nilikatsu International Building, Tokyo, Japan
within 120 days of the date of this notice, and
must be accompanied by full documentary proof.
For the purpose of computing the 120 days ac-
count will be taken of the date of postmark of
despatch, provided such despatch is made by air
mail from comitries other than Japan.
4. All claims will be examined and determined
by the Tripartite Commission whose decision will
be final.
Dated April 8, 1957.
Encouraging Economic Growth in Less Developed Countries
of the Free World
}>y Douglas Dillon
Deputy Under Secretary for Economic Affairs ^
I would like to talk to you about a few of the
general impressions which have struck me with
particular force during the years I have been
working for the Department of State.
In the first place, during my years in France '
I was tremendously impressed by the great and
gi'owing importance of economic and business fac-
tors in foreign relations. Many of us have been
habituated to thinking of foreign policy and
diplomacy as something apart from the current
flow of mundane matters. I found that, although
this may have been true in the past, it certainly
is no longer the case in the postwar world.
I do not mean to say that business and economic
influences are always determining in matters of
foreign policy, because that is not the case. Politi-
cal and military factors also have a vital bearing
on our foreign policy and on that of other nations.
And emotional forces, such as the strong anti-
colonial feeling of the newly independent nations
of Asia and Africa, are often far stronger than'
pure economic factors.
^ Address made before the Advertising Club of New
Jersey at Newark, N. J., on June 4 (press release 334
dated May 31).
'Mi. Dillon was Ambassador to France from February
1953 to March 1957.
Nevertheless, I found that business relationships
were inextricably intertwined into the warp and
woof of foreign policy. Since the war this has
been increasingly recognized in the administra-
tion of our Foreign Service. A working knowl-
edge of economics is now required for all young
men desiring to enter the Foreign Service. Dur-
ing the early years of their service they are re-
quired to complete at least one tour of duty de-
voted primarily to economic matters. This is all
to the good, and I can assure you that the pro-
fessional diplomat who is not conscious of the
facts of business life has become a rare and rapidly
disappearing phenomenon.
There is one economic problem which has now
become of particular importance to us all. This
is the situation in the less developed countries of
the free world. There are approximately a bil-
lion people in these countries, most of whom are
living under conditions of dire poverty and
misery. There is nothing new about this state of
affairs, as it has been prevalent throughout his-
tory. The difference today is that modern means
of communication — radio and other methods of
disseminating news — have brought to these peoples
the realization that there are other people who
live in far greater comfort than they. This has
July J, 7957
31
created among them an overpowering drive to
better tlieir status. They are demanding of their
governments that prompt and effective action be
taken rapidly to improve their living conditions.
Economic Growth Essential
Fortunately these peoples are governed by free
governments. But these governments, many of
them newly established, are operating under tre-
mendous pressures. They can only survive as free
governments if they can respond in some way to
the demands of their peoples for economic growth.
Two things in particular are needed to achieve
this growth — increased technological knowledge
and a supply of capital. It is in these two fields
that the U.S. must act if we wish to help these
countries to remain free.
The alternative is that they will fall under the
control of extremist leaders. Totalitarian govern-
ments will then seek to extract from these peoples
by force the labor and money necessary to build
their economies. This is the course being advo-
cated by the Soviet Union. The Soviets say that
only by adopting the Commimist formula can
these less developed countries assure the rapid
growth of their economies. There is no doubt that
this siren song contains considerable temptation.
To back up their ideological offensive, the Soviets
are also beginning to offer trained technicians and
credits on a relatively large scale, something like
$700 million in the last 2 years.
It is vitally important to us Americans that
these underdeveloped countries remain free.
Tlieir loss to the Communists would immensely
strengthen the Soviet bloc and render it difficult,
if not impossible, to maintain the prosperity and
cohesion of the remaining free world. Such a
success might well embolden the Communists to
undertake new adventures which would threaten
our liberties and our peace.
This explains why it is in our own national
self-interest for us to do all we reasonably can to
help these countries develop the economic gi'owth
which they must have if they are to remain free.
It is to meet this need for technological knowl-
edge and to help the less developed countries
obtain the necessary core of skilled workers that
the U.S. has been embarked on our technical
assistance or Point Four program for the past 8
years. This program is designed to share with
these peoples the skills and teclmiques which have
been developed in the Western World. It is pri-
marily a teaching and demonstration program.
As such it has paid great dividends in good will
and in increased capacity for economic develop-
ment. The cost of this progi-am to the U.S. is now
approximately $150 million a year — less than one-
fourth of one percent of our Federal budget.
In addition to the need for know-how, capital
must also be supplied to enable the underdeveloped
countries to start their advance. Of course, by far
the greater part of the necessary capital must come
from these countries themselves in the form of
local labor and local resources. However, if they
are to avoid the Soviet Communist method by
which the standard of living of the population is
deliberately driven down in order to divert re-
sources to development, these countries in the
beginning must look to foreign sources for some
of their capital.
Development Loan Fund
It is to help supply this need more effectively
that the administration is proposing the establish-
ment of a development loan fund. The purpose of
this fund will be to assist the newly emerging and
needy countries to advance to the point where they
can obtain their capital needs through normal
financial channels and through savings out of their
own increasing production. The need for develop-
ment assistance will thus not prove unending.
As an example of what I mean, we can take the
situation in Latin America during the past decade.
There economic progress has been moving at a
faster rate than in any other area of the world.
Though a goodly portion of the capital necessary
for this development has come from abroad, large-
ly from the United States, it has been in the form
of direct private investment and ordinai-y conven-
tional dollar loans. This is possible because the
Latin American countries have in general reached
the stage in their development where reliance on
such sources of capital is feasible. This is not yet
true for many of the countries in Asia and Africa,
or for a few of the less fortunate areas in Latin
America.
The proposed development loan fund wiU be
empowered to make loans that may either be repaid
in local currencies or in dollars over long periods
of time and at low rates of interest. Experience
has shown that it is far better to extend develop-
32
Department of State Bulletin
ment assistance in the form of loans than as grants.
This is true even in cases where it becomes neces-
sary to make the loans on miusually generous
terms. Loans increase the sense of responsibility
of the recipient country and help to insure that the
funds are used for really necessary projects.
The fund should operate with the flexibility and
continuity which anj' bank requires to do its work
effectively. We have asked Congress to provide
an appropriation of $500 million for the coming
fiscal year and to authorize tlie fund to borrow
$750 million from the U.S. Treasury m each of the
two following fiscal years. Tims, assured of con-
tinuity, the fund will be able to work closely with
the Export-Import Bank and with the World
Bank, both of whom have assured and continuing
sources of capital. Tliis will also make it possible
for the fund to work with the less developed coun-
tries in the same careful and thorough manner
that has characterized the operations of the World
Bank and thus to insure the most effective use of
our assistance.
Private Investment
It is also our view that, wherever possible, de-
velopment should be carried on under pritvate
auspices. We know that private development is
apt to be more effective than that which is carried
out through governmental channels. Therefore,
proAnsion has been made to empower the new de-
velopment loan fund to join with private enter-
prise in carrying out development projects. We
are hopeful that this will accomplish two import-
ant objectives — stimulate American business to
enter the foreign field in areas where the capital
risk might have seemed too great to be carried
alone, and also stimulate private enterprise in the
new and developing countries, thus providing the
soundest possible bulwark for the cause of free-
dom.
In order to carry out these programs effectively,
it is essential for the Government to have the
support and understanding of the American busi-
ness community. One of the miique qualities of
the United States Government during recent years
has been its ability to call on the business com-
munity for help. Businessmen have gone to Wasli-
ington in large numbers to serve tours of duty in
the Government, usually at great personal sacrifice
to themselves. This situation is unparalleled in
the world today. It is one of the major guaranties
for tlie continuation of our free system of private
enterprise.
Many a time while I was in Paris did French-
men, Britishers, and other Europeans comment on
what to them was this peculiarity of the Ameri-
can system. In every case their comments were
couched in tones of envy and wonder as to how
the American Government had been able to ob-
tain such support from the business conmiunity.
President Requests Investigation
of Imports of Dairy Products
White House press release dated May 21
The President has requested the U.S. Tariff
Commission to make an immediate investigation
of the effects of imports of certain articles con-
taining butterfat on the domestic price-support
program for milk and butterfat and on the
amount of products processed in the United States
from milk and butterfat. The investigation will
involve imports of articles containing butterfat,
the butterfat content of which is commercially ex-
tractable, or which are capable of being used for
any edible purpose for winch products containing
butterfat are used, except articles restricted under
quotas established under section 22 of the Agri-
cultural Adjustment Act, as amended, cheeses not
restricted by section 22 quotas, evaporated and
condensed milk, and products imported packaged
for distribution in the retail trade and ready for
use by the purchaser at retail for an edible pur-
pose or in the preparation of an edible article.
The President requested the Commission to
complete its findings as promptly as practicable
and indicated that he mtends to keep develop-
ments under close scrutiny to determine the neces-
sity for emergency interim action.
The President's action was taken in response
to a recommendation from the Secretary of Agri-
culture. The Commission's investigation will be
made pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, as amended.
President's Letter to Edgar B. Brossard, Chairman
of Tariff Commission
Dear ]Mr. Chairman : I have been advised by
the Secretary of Agriculture that there is reason
to believe that certain articles containing butterfat
are being and are practically certain to be im-
ported into the United States under such condi-
July 1, 1957
33
tions and in such quantities as to render or tend
to render ineffective or materially interfere with
the price support program for milk and butterfat
undertaken by the Department of Agriculture,
pursuant to Section 201 of the Agricultural Act
of 1949, as amended, or to reduce substantially the
amount of products processed in the United States
from domestic milk and butterfat. The imports
in question involve articles containing butterfat,
the butterfat content of which is commercially
extractable, or which are capable of being used
for any edible purpose for which products con-
taining butterfat are used, except articles re-
stricted under quotas established under Section 22
of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amended,
cheeses not restricted by Section 22 quotas, evapo-
rated and condensed milk, and products imported
packaged for distribution in the retail trade and
ready for use by the purchaser at retail for an
edible purpose or in the preparation of an edible
article. A copy of the Secretary's letter is
enclosed.
The Tariff Commission is requested to make an
immediate investigation under Section 22 of the
Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amended, to de-
termine the need for restricting imports of these
articles.
In view of the nature of the problem created by
these imports, the Commission's findings should
be completed as promptly as practicable. In the
meantime, it is my intention to watch the situation
closely.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
U. S. Applications To Build
Libby Dam
Following is the text of a statement hy Len Jor-
dan, chairman of the V.S. Section of the Inter-
national (U.S. -Canada) Joint Commission, made
at the semiannual meeting of the Comjmission at
Washington on April 2, 1957.^ The statement
presents a chronology of the U.S. Govemmenfs
two applications for approval hy the Cotnmission
of plans for construction of a dam atid reservoir
on the Kootenai River neur Libhy, Mont.
On behalf of the United States Section of the
Commission and the Libby project applicant, I
would like to recapitulate for the record and for
the benefit of those present the background of the
Libby Dam Application which is presently before
this Commission.
The first Libby Application was filed by the
Government of the United States on 12 January
1951,^ pursuant to article IV of the treaty of 11
January 1909.^ An order of approval was sought
for the construction and operation of a dam at
mile 212.8 (known as the Project Document site)
on the Kootenai Eiver near the town of Libby,
Montana. Public hearings were held in due course,
and the project was endorsed by the States of Ore-
gon and Montana. The Province of British Co-
lumbia and the Government of Canada were not
opposed to the dam, provided certain conditions
specified in their Statements in Response were im-
posed by the Commission.
As early as the summer of 1948 the field investi-
gations and studies of the International Columbia
River Engineering Board, which had then been
under way more than 4 years, had advanced to
a stage which enabled that very competent Board
to conclude and state publicly at a hearing held by
this Commission in Bonners Ferry, Idaho, on 28
July 1948, that a high dam at the Libby site as
currently proposed by the Corps of Engineers is
a desirable initial step toward a comprehensive
plan for development of the Kootenai River above
Libby, Montana. The Board did not at that hear-
ing, however, state its conclusion as to what the
normal forebay elevation of the Libby reservoir
should be but assured the Commission that it
would submit data and recommendations to serve
as a basis for such a determination.
It should be observed also that, at the time of
the Commission's 28 July 1948 hearing, construc-
tion of the Libby project had not been authorized
by the Congress of the United States. The project
was so authorized, however, on 17 May 1950.''
Following the Bonners Ferry hearing, the In-
ternational Columbia River Engineering Board
continued its studies of the Kootenai River and
on 1 November 1950 submitted an interim report
to the Commission, the specific purpose of which
* For an announcement by the Joint Commission on Apr.
5, see Bulletin of Apr. 29, 1957, p. 695.
^lUd.., Feb. 5, 1951, p. 230.
" Boundary Waters Treaty (36 Stat. 2448).
* 66 Stat. 590.
34
lie\>ai\m&n\ of State Bulletin
was, the Board said, to present a plan of develop-
ment that would be not only advantageous to both
Canada and the United States but that also would
be consistent with plans for development of other
portions of the Columbia Basin. The Board
stated further that its interim report was being
submitted to the Commission (on 1 November
1950) ^Hn order that the Libhy project might not
he delayed, and that the design may conform to
the best over-all plan of development. . . ."
The Board's conclusions were set forth at the
end of its interim report (page 78). I particu-
larly invite attention to the fact that the Board
found the Libby-BuU Kiver combination to be
the most desirable combination for development
for the stretch of river under consideration, and
stated that : "The normal forebay elevation of the
Libby pool should be at elevation 2,459 feet above
mean sea level. . . ."
The original proposal was supported strongly
by the Corps of Engineers and the Bureau of
Keclamation and also by the International Co-
lumbia River Engineering Board. Objections to
it were raised, however, by railroad, mining, and
lumber interests in Montana, and the Application
was withdrawn by the Government of the United
States on 8 April 1953.=
With a view to overcoming the domestic diffi-
culties, further investigations were conducted in
an effort to find a more acceptable site for the
dam.
On 27 January 1954, the chairman of the Ca-
nadian Section announced that the Canadian Gov-
ernment was exploring the economic feasibility of
diverting the Kootenay* River to the Columbia
at Canal Flats in British Columbia and stated
that, even if the United States should file another
Libby Application, it would be about 4 months
before the Canadian Section could give it
consideration.
Second Application Filed
Approximately 4 months thereafter, on 22 May
1954,' the Government of the United States filed
a second Libby Application with the Interna-
' Bulletin of Apr. 27, 1953, p. 611.
"Spelled Kootenai in the United States, Kootenay in
Canada.
' /6t(f ., June 7, 1954, p. 878.
tional Joint Commission, an alternate damsite
having been selected at mile 217.0 on the Kootenai
River, above the mouth of Fisher River.
In support of the Application, the following
exhibits were filed :
(a) Summary of Data on Libby Project — Pool
Elevation 2,459 feet.
(b) Libby Project Reservoir Map.
(c) Libby Project Profile.
(d) Libby Project Plan and Sections.
As in the matter of the Consolidated Mining
and Smelting Company of Canada with respect
to the Waneta Dam, the Application before the
Commission is for a specific project at a definite
location, its physical characteristics and capabili-
ties having been fully made known. Hence the
Commission may consider the Libby project as it
is presented in the Application of the United
States, but not otherwise.
Subsequent to the Canadian chairman's state-
ment of 27 January 1954 with respect to investi-
gation of a possible diversion in Canada, the
Canadian Department of Northern Affairs and
National Resources caused to be prepared and re-
leased to the Commission and its engineer advisers
"A Report [dated INIarch 1954] of the Benefits to
Canada of Diverting [at Canal Flats] a Part of
the Kootenay River Flow to the Columbia River."
On 7 July 1954 the Government of Canada in
its Response to the 22 May 1954 Application of
the United States said :
In response to the above-mentioned Application, the
Government of Canada states that it is not prepared at
present either to consent to an Order of Approval or to
oppose the granting of such an Order. SuflScient data has
not yet been assembled by the International Columbia
River Engineering Board to make it possible to determine
the most advantageous use of the waters concerned from
the points of view of both countries.
If in the light of such a study it is found that more
advantageous use of the waters concerned could be
achieved by other methods, such as a diversion of part
of the waters of the Kootenay River into the Columbia
River in Canada, the Canadian Government reserves the
right to oppose the issuance of an Order of Approval in
the present Application.
Early in April 1955 at the regular meeting of
the Commission in Washington, the chairman of
the Canadian Section stated that a diversion of
from 5,000 to 8,000 cubic feet per second of the
mean flow of the Kootenay River to the Columbia
River at Canal Flats, British Columbia, was under
study and that it would be 12 or 15 months before
My h 1957
35
the investigation would be completed. Two full
years have elapsed since that statement was made.
October 1956 Meeting
At the October 1956 meeting of the Commission
in Ottawa, the chairman of the Canadian Section
stated for the record and for the information of
tlie United States Commissioners that the study
of development of the Columbia and Fraser Rivers
in Canada would henceforth be carried on by a
group which is essentially private power interests
in British Columbia, rather than under the aus-
pices of the Government of Canada as heretofore.
We have no knowledge, however, of any desire of
a private power company or a provincial agency
to undertake a development involving such a
diversion.
It may be seen by reference to the Libby State-
ment in Response of the Government of Canada
that the purpose of that Government's investiga-
tion of the suggested Kootenay diversion was to
ascertain whether a plan including such a diver-
sion would be the most desirable plan and there-
fore in the public interest fro7n the viewpoints of
hotJi Canada and the United States. We respect-
fully inquire as to whether the Department of
Northern Affairs and National Resources or any
other competent authority has concluded that a
project involving such a diversion should be un-
dertaken by the Government of Canada or the
Province of British Columbia or by private in-
terests in British Columbia.
It is gratifying, because conducive to mutual
confidence, that, since the Columbia River Refer-
ence was submitted to the Commission in March
1944, neither the Government of Canada nor the
Government of the United States has ever pro-
posed any form of development within the Colum-
bia Basin that would not be desirable and in the
public interest from the points of view of both
countries.
Flood Damage
In each of C years during the decade ended 31
December 1956, flood damage was suffered along
the Kootenai River in the United States ; and in 4
of those years the damage, principally in the
Kootenai Flats of Idaho, was heavy. The total
damage has not been estimated, but the local
damage as reported by the Corps of Engineers and
the U.S. Weather Bureau was as follows :
Year
Acres flooded
Damage
1947
$60, 000
5, 792, 000
1948 ... - --
34, 400
1949
1950 ..
4,600
1, 781, 000
1951
92, 000
1952
1953
1954
19.55
7,260
2, 421, 000
1956
16, 230
5, 245, 000
Total
62, 490
15, 391, 000
The total flooding — 62,490 acres — is almost
equivalent to twice flooding of every acre of re-
claimed land in the Kootenai Flats on the United
States side of the international boundary. All of
us, I am sure, desire to put an end to such needless
waste wherever it occurs.
Very heavy damage also occurred in the Koote-
nay Flats of British Colimibia in 1948, but over
the years the damage has been much heavier,
relatively, in Idaho, one of the principal reasons
for this being the successive dyking off of one
portion of the floodway after another in British
Columbia, the combined effect of which has been
appreciably to raise the flood level against the
dykes in Idaho. This Commission approved
applications for all such dyking, subject to the
conditions prescribed in its Orders.
Mr. R. W. Davenport, an accomplished hy-
draulic engineer of the U.S. Geological Survey,
estimated in 1933 that the combined effect of the
Creston Reclamation Project and the Kootenay
Reclamation Farm would be to raise flood heights
slightly more than one foot over most of the dis-
tance between the international boundary and
Bonners Ferry. In 1936, when Mr. Peter C.
Bruner sought the approval of the Commission
for a third reclamation district in the British Co-
lumbia portion of the Flats, the engineers of the
West Kootenay Power and Light Company Lim-
ited estimated that the combined effect of the three
reclamation districts would be to raise flood
heights at the boundary by 1.79 feet.
The Duck Lake dykes were built several years
after the three districts just mentioned were
dyked, and hence their effect was not reflected in
the Davenport and West Kootenay estimates.
However, the International Columbia River
Engineering Board, in a report dated 1 April 1947,
estimated the incremental effect of the proposed
36
Department of State Bulletin
Duck Lake dykes at from four to five inches dur-
ing floods like those of 1903 and 191G. The
Kootenay River floods of 1948 and 1956 were about
of that general magnitude, but their effects at the
boundary were less than was estimated by the
Board because the dyked area is smaller than that
originally contemi^lated by the applicant.
If the flood heights against the Idaho dykes had
been from 1.5 to 2 feet lower in 1948 and 1956, as
they almost certainly would have been but for the
Canadian dyking, it is believed that the losses in
Idaho would have been small in comparison with
those actually suffered there.
Any person who has ever been engaged in a flood
fight with the water at a high stage against dykes
knows that it is the top part of the flood — the top
couple of feet, say — that generally causes dyke
failures. The Libby project, as indicated by
studies of the U.S. Corps of Engineers and the In-
ternational Columbia River Engineering Board,
would reduce a flood like that of 1894 to about 50,-
000 c.f.s., in the Kootenai Flats reach, and thus
provide complete flood protection to the extremely
valuable dyked areas in both Idaho and British
Columbia. ]Moreover, it is our understanding that
additional large areas of similar rich lands could
then be reclaimed in British Columbia at relatively
low cost.
The Libby project is before the Commission un-
der article IV of the treaty just as were the Corra
Linn and Waneta Applications of Canadian in-
terests.
Canada's Conditions for Approval of Libby
Application
Immediately following the first two paragraphs
of the Libby Statement in Response of the Govern-
ment of Canada, quoted above, the conditions upon
which that Government would be agreeable to
having the Commission approve the Application
were set forth as follows :
If, however, it should be found that the issuance of an
Order of Approval for the Libby Dam project would be in
the best interests of both countries, the Canadian Gov-
ernment submits that any Order of Approval should be on
such conditions as to ensure :
(a) the protection and indemnity against injury of
all interests in Canada which may be affected by the
construction and operation of the said dam and reservoir,
as provided by Article VIII of the Boundary Waters
Treaty of 1909 ;
(b) an equitable recompense to Canada for the use
in the project of Canadian natural resources, which will
include an amount of power based on the increase of level
permitted at the International Boundary and a share in
down-stream benefits of storage in power on a basis to be
negotiated ;
(c) any rights to the use of storage in Canada which
might be approved will be for the life of the present
project as expressed in a term of years to be settled in
accordance with sound engineering and financing practice ;
(d) aU considerations which may be deemed relevant
as a result of the Commission's study of all engineering
and economic factors in the Columbia River Basin in
general, and the Kootenay River in particular, should be
taken into account.
Urgent Need for Action
In view of the urgent need for flood control in
the Kootenay Valley on both sides of the interna-
tional boundary and the prospective need for the
Libby power, which would be of substantial bene-
fit to both countries, we stress the desirability that
the Commission be free to proceed expeditiously
with its processing of the Libby Application, giv-
ing careful and sympathetic consideration to each
condition set forth in the Statement in Response
of the Government of Canada. We make this sug-
gestion in the light of our conviction and of the
judgment of the International Cokunbia River
Engineering Board that the Libby-Bull River
combination constitutes the most desirable and
most complete development of the water resources
involved and therefore would be in the public in-
terest from the points of view of both Canada and
the United States.
In its consideration of and action upon applica-
tions filed with it, regardless of by whom filed,
the Commission's record is good. The United
States Section of this Commission has never been
responsible for protracted delay in the considera-
tion of an application filed by Canadian interests,
nor, to the best of my knowledge, has any such
application ever been denied.
Patently, having an application of one of the
High Contracting Parties lying before the Com-
mission for years, without receiving the consid-
eration which the Commission has traditionally
heretofore given to all applications, presents an
anomalous situation. We therefore bespeak the
cooperation of our Canadian colleagues in the
matter.
We urge that the pending Libby Application be
considered with reasonable promptness and that
definitive action be taken thereon.
July 7, 1957
37
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings^
Adjourned During June 1957
U.N. International Law Commission: 9th Session
Customs Cooperation Council: 10th Session
ILO Governing Body: 135th Session
UNREF Standing Program Subcommittee: 5th Session
Inter-American Commission of Women: 12th Goneral Assembly .
lA-ECOSOC: 1st Regional Seminar on Social Affairs
U.N. Committee To Consider Fixing Time and Place for General
Conference on Charter Review.
U.N. ECE Committee on Development of Trade: Working Party
on Arbitration.
U.N. ECE Working Party on Transport of Perishable Foodstuffs .
UNREF Executive Committee: 5th Session
PAIGH Directing Council: 2d Meeting
FAO Council: 26th Session
ICAO Panel on Vertical Separation of Aircraft: 2d Meeting . . .
UNESCO Executive Board: 48th Session
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Industry and Trade: 7th Session of
Subcommittee on Iron and Steel.
FAO Asia-Pacific Forestry Commission: 2d Session of Teak Sub-
commission.
World Power Conference: Sectional Meeting
International Labor Conference: 40th Session
FAO Asia-Pacific Forestry Commission: 4th Session
Poznan International Fair
GATT Balance of Payments Consultations and Intersessional Com-
mittee Meeting.
UNICEF Administrative Budget Committee
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Working Party on Trans-
port of Dangerous Goods.
U.N. ECE Steel Committee and W^orking Parties
ITU International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Com-
mittee (CCIT) : Sub-Study Group 2/1 on Revision of Telegraph
Regulations.
FAO European Commission on Agriculture; 9th Session
U.N. ECE: 5th Conference of European Statisticians
International Commission for Criminal Police: 26th Session of
the General Assemblv.
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Small-Scale Industries and
Handicraft Marketing: 5th Meeting.
ICAO Panel on Future Requirements for Turbo-jet Aircraft:
3d Meeting.
FAO Technical Advisory Committee on Desert Locust Control:
7th Meeting.
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Working Party on
Tariff Problems.
U.N. ECOSOC Coordination Committee
International Whaling Commission: 9th Meeting
FAO Desert Locust Control Committee: 4th Session
International Wheat Council: 22d Session
ILO Governing Body: 136th Session
Geneva April 23-June 28
Brussels May 27-June 1
Geneva May 27-June 1
Geneva May 31-June 1
Washington June 1-18
Guatemala City June 2-16
New York June 3 (1 day)
Geneva June 3-7
Geneva June 3-7
Geneva June 3-7
Rio de Janeiro June 3-10
Madrid. June 3-15
Montreal June 3-17
Paris June 3-27
Bangkok June 3-10
Bandung June 4-7
Belgrade June 5-11
Geneva June 5-27
Bandung June 8-21
Poznan June 9-23
Geneva June 10-29
New York June 10-12
Geneva June 11-14
Geneva June 12-14
Geneva June 12-22
Rome June 17-21
Geneva June 17-21
Lisbon June 17-22
Madras June 17-24
Montreal June 17-28
Rabat June 19-23
Geneva June 24-28
Geneva June 24-28
London June 24-28
Rabat June 25-29
London June 25-27
Geneva June 28-30*
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, June 14, 1957. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: U.N., United Nations; ILO, International Labor Organization; UNREF, United Nations
Refugee Fund; lA-ECOSOC, Inter-American Economic and Social Council; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe;
PAIGH, Pan American Institute of Geography and History; FAO, P'ood and Agriculture Organization; ICAO, Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization; UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organizationj
ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East; GATT, General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; UNICEF,
United Nations Children's Fund; ITU, International Telecommunication Union; CCIT, Comitfi consultatif international
t616graphique et t6l6phonique; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council; WMO, World Meteorological Organization;
IBE, International Bureau of Education; PIANC, Permanent International Association of Navigation Congresses;
WHO, World Health Organization; PASO, Pan American Sanitary Organization.
38
Department of State Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
In Session as of June 30, 1957
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 20th Session
U.N. Trusteeship Council: Committee on Administrative
Unions.
ILO "Art and Labor" Exposition
WMO Commission for Aerology: 2d Session
WMO Commission for Instruments and Methods of Observation:
2d Session.
7th Berlin International Film Festival
International Rubber Study Group: 13th Meeting
U.N. ECOSOC Technical Assistance Committee
Scheduled July 1-September 30, 1957
International Sugar Council: 13th Session
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 24th Session
UNESCO/IBE: 20th International Conference on Public Education.
Permanent International Association of Navigation Congresses:
Annual Meeting.
PIANC: 19th International Congress
International Union of Crystallography: 4th General Assembly and
International Congress.
16th International Congress of Pure and Applied Chemistry . . .
19th Conference of International Union of Pure and Applied Chem-
istry.
FAO Experts To Finalize Program for 1960 World Census of Agri-
culture.
Latin American Seminar on Social Welfare Training
U.N. Committee on Information from Non-Self-Governing Terri-
tories: 8th Session.
Caribbean Commission: Conference on Demographic Problems of
the Caribbean Area.
American International Institute for the Protection of Childhood:
Semiannual Meeting of Directing Council.
lA-ECOSOC; Inter-American Meeting of Traffic Experts ....
7th Pan American Highway Congress
International Statistical Institute: 30th Session
4th International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering.
Universal Postal Union: 14th Congress
Economic Conference of the Organization of American States . . .
International Scientific Radio Union: 12th General Assembly . . .
ICAO Panel on Teletypewriter Specialists: 2d Meeting
7th British Commonwealth Forestry Conference
9th International Congress on Cell Biology
International Geographic Union: Regional Conference
International Union of Public Transportation: 33d Congress . . .
9th Pan American Railway Congress
International Exposition of the Sea _.
2d U.N. International Conference on Peaceful Uses of Atomic
Energy.
U.N. ECAFE Workshop on Problems of Budget Reclassification:
2d Meeting.
International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics: 11th General
Assembly.
WHO Regional Committee for Western Pacific: 8th Session . . .
UNESCO International Conference on Radioisotopes in Scientific
Research.
ICAO Communications Division: 6th Session
ICAO Legal Committee: Special Subcommittee on Rule 57 of
Standing Rules of Procedure.
PASO Executive Committee: 32d and 33d Meetings
Interparliamentary Union: 46th Conference
ICAO Legal Committee: 11th Session
PASO Directing Council: 10th Meeting
WHO Regional Committee for the Americas: 9th Meeting. . . .
U.N. ECAFE/FAO Working Party on Economic Development and
Planning: 3d Meeting.
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 2d Meeting of Cocoa
Study Group.
International Union of Pure and Applied Physics: 9th General
Assembly.
International Association of Quaternary Research: 5th Inter-
national Congress.
New York May 20-
New York May 20-
Geneva June 15-
Paris June 18-
Paris June 18-
Berlin June 21-
Djakarta June 24-
Geneva June 25-
London July 2-
Geneva July 2-
Geneva July 8-
London July 8-
London July 8-
Montreal July 10-
Paris July 16-
Paris July 16-
Rome July 17-
Montevideo July 20
New York July 22-
Trinidad July 25-
Lima July 29
Panama City July 29-
Panama City Aug. 1-
Stockholm Aug. 8-
London Aug. 12-
Ottawa Aug. 14-
Buenos Aires Aug. 15-
Boulder, Colorado Aug. 22-
Montreal Aug. 26-
Australia and New Zealand . Aug. 26-
St. Andrews, Scotland . . . Aug. 28-
Nara and Kyoto Aug. 29-
Hamburg and Berlin .... Aug. 29-
Buenos Aires Aug. 30-
Marseille Sept. 1-
Geneva Sept. 1-
Bangkok Sept. 2-
Toronto Sept. 4—
Hong Kong Sept. 8-
Paris Sept. 9-
Montreal Sept. 10-
Tokyo Sept. 10-
Washington Sept. 10-
London Sept. 12-
Tokyo Sept. 12-
Washington Sept. 16-
Washington Sept. 16-
Bangkok Sept. 16-
Ibadan, Nigeria Sept. 17-
Rome Sept. 17-
Barcelona and Madrid . . . Sept. 20-
July 1, 1957
39
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled July 1-September 30, 1957 — Continued
4th FAO/WHO Conference on Nutrition Problems in Latin America .
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and
International Monetary Fund: 12th Annual Meeting of Boards
of Governors.
17th International Conference of Sociology
WMO Executive Committee: 9th Session
FAO Near East Forestry Commission: 2d Session
15th International Congress of Mihtary Medicine and Pharmacy .
Diplomatic Conference on Maritime Law
FAO Contact Group on Uses of Isotopes in Agricultural Research:
2d Meeting.
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Executive Committee
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Statistical Subcommittee
GATT Balance of Payments Consultations
FAO International Chestnut Commission
Guatemala City Sept. 23-
VVashington Sept. 2.3-
Beirut Sept. 23-
Geneva Sept. 24-
Baghdad Sept. 28-
Belgrade Sept. 29-
Brussels Sept. 30-
Bonn September
Ibadan, Nigeria September
Ibadan, Nigeria September
Geneva September
Geneva September
Question of Fixing Time and Place
for U.N. Charter Review
Statement by James J. Wadsworfh
Deputy U.S. Representative to the V.N. ^
Let me express my heartiest congratulations to
you, Mr. Chairman, on your well-merited selection
as chairman of this Committee and to the distin-
guished Representatives of Ecuador and Austria
as vice chairman and rapporteur respectively.
As this body well knows, the United States has
long beeii interested in providing an opportmiity
for a review of the charter in the light of develop-
ments since 1945. Accordingly, we cosponsored
the resolution [992 (X)] adopted at the 10th
session of the General Assembly in which the As-
sembly decided in principle to hold a General
Conference to review the charter at an appropriate
time.^ The same resolution established this Com-
mittee with instructions to consult as to the time,
organization, and j^rocedures for such a confer-
ence. Under the terms of reference of this Com-
mittee, as we understand it, Mr. Chairman, our
tasks are limited to procedural matters.
It is a matter of regret to my delegation that
the distinguished Representative of the Soviet
Union has seen fit to ignore your comment as to
the inadmissibility of certain arguments which
were extraneous to this matter. My own delega-
tion will respect the opinion of the chair, except to
^ Made on June 3 in the Committee on Arrangements
for a General Conference for the Purpose of Reviewing
the Charter (U.S./U.N. press release 2fiS5).
^ Bulletin of Dec. 5, 1955, p. 949.
say very briefly that since the Soviet position in
this matter, particularly of Chinese representa-
tion, is well known and needed no exposition, so
the position of the United States is well known
and needs no exposition.
This Committee has the authority to recom-
mend postponement of the decision on the time
and place of the conference if in our opinion inter-
national circumstances are not auspicious for a
conference. Our consultations previous to this
meeting with other delegations and the debates so
far indicate general agreement among the mem-
bers that the appropriate time referred to in the
10th General Assembly's resolution has not yet
arrived. Since the United States continues to feel
that this conference should be held when circum-
stances are auspicious, we will support the draft
resolution ^ which recommends [to the 12th Gen-
eral Assembly] that this Committee be kept in
being and report back to the General Assembly
no later than its 14th session.
U. S. Delegations to
International Conferences
UNESCO Executive Board
The Department of State announced on May
31 (press release 329) that Henry J. Kellermann,
Comiselor for Unesco Ailairs, American Em-
bassy, Paris, will be the Acting Representative
of the United States at the 48th session of the
" U.N. doc. A/AC. Sl/L. 1, adopted by the Committee on
June 3 by a vote of 67-0.
40
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Executive Board of the United Nations Educa-
tional, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
which will meet at Paris, June 3-27, 1957. The
U.S. Representative to the Executive Board,
Athelstan Spilhaus, will be imable to attend this
session.
The State Department advisers to Mr. Keller-
mami will be Byron B. Snyder, Office of Inter-
national Administration, and Guy Lee, Unesco
Relations Staff.
This session of the Executive Board will con-
sider program and budgetary matters for 1957-
58 and for 1959-60, as well as salary and per-
sonnel questions.
TREATY INFORMATION
Atoms-for-Peace Agreements Signed
With Ecuador, Iraq, and Nicaragua
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the
Department of State announced on June 11
(press release 353) that an agreement for coop-
eration in research in the peaceful uses of atomic
energy was signed on that day at Washington by
representatives of Nicaragua and the United
States. Similar agreements were signed with
Iraq on Jmie 7 (press release 346) and with Ec-
uador on May 31 (press release 332). The agree-
ments were negotiated within the framework of
President Eisenhower's atoms-for-peace program.
Ambassador Guillermo Sevilla-Sacasa, who
signed for Nicaragua, was accompanied by Jorge
Alberto Montealegre, Commercial and Financial
Coimselor of the Nicaraguan Embassy, and by
other members of his staff. Signing the agreement
with Nicaragua for the United States were Roy
E. Rubottom, Jr., Acting Assistant Secretai-y for
Inter-American Affairs, and Lewis L. Strauss,
Chairman of the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission.
The agreement with Iraq was signed by Am-
bassador Moussa Al-Shabandar, Assistant Secre-
tary for Near Eastern, South Asian and African
Affairs "William M. Eountree, and W. F. Libby,
Commissioner of the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion.
Signing the agreement with Ecuador were Am-
bassador Jose R. Chiriboga, Acting Assistant Sec-
retary Rubottom, and Mr. Libby. The Ambas-
sador was accompanied by Carlos Oquendo, a
member of Ecuador's Atomic Energy Study Com-
mittee and professor of physics of the Central
University of Ecuador at Quito, and Cesar Es-
pinosa, vice rector of the Central University.
The agreements look toward early development
of atomic research programs in Nicaragua, Ecua-
dor, and Iraq. They provide for exchange of in-
formation on reactor technology, health and
safety measures connected with reactor operation,
and on medical, biological, agricultural, and in-
dustrial uses of isotopes.
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission has
agreed to make available to each country up to 6
kilograms (13.2 pounds) of contained U-235 in
uranium enriched up to a maximum of 20 percent
for reactor fuel. Collaboration in facilitating the
program is permitted between private enterprises
in the United States and each of the three
countries.
In addition to the 6 kilograms of reactor fuel,
each country may receive from the United States
limited gram quantities of highly enriched U-
235, plutonium, and U-233 for research purposes.
Other provisions of the agreements cover safe-
guards in connection with possession and use of
the radioactive materials.
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement
With Portugal Amended
On June 7 the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission
and the Department of State (press release 345)
annoimced that on that day the Governments of
Portugal and the United States initialed a series
of amendments to the research agreement for co-
operation in the civilian uses of atomic energy
which has been in effect since July 21, 1955.
The amendments include authorization for
Portugal to acquire from the United States gram
quantities of uranium 235 and 233 and plutonium
for laboratory research and bring up to date pro-
visions regarding the transfer and use of special
nuclear materials.
Portugal is participating actively in the atoms-
for-peace program. There have been Portuguese
representatives at the seminar tour for doctors and
at the opening class of the International School
July 7, 1957
41
of Nuclear Science and Engineering, both in 1955,
and on the tour of U.S. raw-material facilities last
fall. Its Junta de Energia Nuclear has under way
an active nuclear-research program which includes
plans for installation of a research reactor. Portu-
gal also has received one of the comprehensive
technical nuclear-energy libraries from the United
States.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New Yorlc October 26, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: Norway, June 10, 1957.
Automotive Traffic
Convention on road traffic, with annexes. Done at Geneva
September 19, 1949. Entered into force March 26, 1952.
TIAS 2487.
Notification by Netherlands of extension to: Nether-
lands Antilles (excluding annexes 1 and 2), May 9,
1957.
Aviation
Protocol amending articles 48 (a), 49 (e), and 61 of the
convention on international civil aviation (TIAS 1591)
by providing that sessions of the Assembly of the Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization shall be held not
less than once in 3 years instead of annually. Done at
Montreal June 14, 1954. Entered into force December
12, 1956. TIAS .3756.
Ratifications deposited: Czechoslovakia, February 21,
1957 ; Israel, May 13, 1957 ; Korea, May 21, 1957.
Agreement on joint financing of certain air navigation
services in Greenland and the Faroe Islands. Done at
Geneva September 25, 1956.'
Acceptances deposited: Norway and Sweden, May 10,
1957 ; Israel, May 13, 1957.
Agreement on joint financing of certain air navigation
services in Iceland. Done at Geneva September 25,
1956."
Acceptances deposited: Norway and Sweden, May 10,
1957 ; Israel, May 13, 1957.
Labor
Convention (No. 58) fixing minimum age for admission of
children to employment at sea. Adopted by the Inter-
national Labor Conference at Geneva October 24, 1936.
Entered into force April 11, 1939. .54 Stat. 1705.
Ratification registered: Byelorussian Soviet Socialist
Republic, November 6, 1956.
Convention (No. 74) concerning the certification of able
seamen. Adopted by the International Labor Confer-
ence at Seattle June 29, 1946. Entered into force July
14, 1951. TIAS 2949.
Declarations of acceptance registered: United Kingdom
on behalf of the governments of the Isles of Man,
of Jersey, and of Guern.sey, December 3, 1956.
Signed at Buenos Aires, June 3, 1957. Entered into
force June 3, 1957.
France
Convention supplementing the conventions of July 25,
1939, and October 18, 1946, relating to avoidance of
double taxation, as modified by protocol of May 17, 194S
(.59 Stat. 893; 64 Stat. (3) B3; 64 Stat, (c) B28).
Signed at Washington June 22, 1956.
Ratifications exchanged: June 13, 1956.
Entered into force: June 13, 1956.
Germany
Agreement providing for a voluntary contribution to
costs resulting from maintenance of United States
troops in the Federal Republic of Germany. Eifected
by exchange of notes at Bonn June 7, 1957. Enters into
force on the date on which the Federal Republic notifies
the United States of approval as constitutionally re-
quired.
Ghana
General agreement for a program of technical cooperation.
Signed at Accra June 3, 1957. Entered into force June
3, 1957.
Nicaragua
Research reactor agreement concerning civil uses of
atomic energ,v. Signed at Washington June 11, 1957.
Enters into force on date on which each Government
receives from the other written notification that it has
complied with statutory and constitutional require-
ments.
Norway
Research reactor agreement concerning civil uses of
atomic energy. Signed at Washington February 25,
1957.
Entered into force: June 10, 1957 (date on which each
Government received from the other written notifica-
tion that it has complied with statutory and consti-
tutional requirements).
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on June 13 confirmed the following :
Loftus E. Becker to be legal adviser of the Department
of State. (For biographic details, see press release 326
dated May 29.)
James M. Langley to be Ambassador to Pakistan. (For
biographic details, see press release 318 dated May 27.)
BILATERAL
Argentina
General agreement for a program of technical cooperation.
' Not in force.
42
Designations
C. Vaughan Ferguson, Jr., as Director, Office of Southern
Africa Affairs, effective .Tune 9.
Ralph N. Clough as Director, Office of Chinese Affairs,
effective June 10.
Department of State Bulletin
Julv 1, 1957
Ind
ex
Vol. XXXVII, No. 940
American Principles. Capability and Foreign Policy
(Hare) 22
American Republics. Secretary Dulles' News Conference
of Juno 11 9
Atomic Energy
Atomsfor-Peace Agreements Signed With Ecuador, Iraq,
nnd Nicaragua 41
Alunis-for-Peace Agreement With Portugal Amended . . 41
Aastralia. United States and Australia Conclude Air
Transport Talks (text of joint statement) . . , . 21
Aviation. United States and Australia Conclude Air
Transport TalliS (text of joint statement) .... 21
Canada. U.S. Applications To Build Libby Dam
(Jordan) 34
Citina. Communist
Eiluoation — Communist Style, American Style (Eleanor
Iiuiles) 25
Sim retary Dulles' News Conference of June 11 ... . 9
Claims. Notice Regarding Claims to Certain Assets in
Japan 30
Congrress, The
Tlie American Doctrine for the Middle East (Richards) . 17
Major Purposes of the Mutual Security Programs
(Liulles) 3
Department and ForeigTi Service
("ontirmations (Becker, Langle.v) 42
Iti'signations (Ferguson, Clough) 42
U.S. To Reconsider Size of Legation Staff In Budapest
(text of U.S. note) 30
Disarmament. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
June 11 9
Economic Affairs
Kncouraging Economic Growth in Less Developed Coun-
tries of the Free World (Dillon) 31
I'onign Relations and World Trade (Eisenhower) . . 8
President Requests Investigation of Imports of Dairy
Products (text of letter) 33
Tax Convention With France Enters Into Force ... 16
U.S. Applications To Build Libby Dam (Jordan) ... 34
Ecuador. Atoms-for-Peace Agreements Signed With Ecua-
dor, Iraq, and Nicaragua 41
France. Tax Convention With France Enters Into
Force 16
Germany, East. Education — Communist Style, American
.style (Eleanor Dulles) 25
Health, Education, and Welfare. Education — Communist
Style. American Style (Eleanor Dulles) 25
Hungary. U.S. To Reconsider Size of Legation Staff in
Budapest (text of U.S. note) 30
International Organizations and Conferences
Calendar of Meetings 38
UNESCO Executive Board (delegation) 40
Iraq. Atoms-for-Peace Agreements Signed With Ecuador,
Iraq, and Nicaragua 41
Japan
X"(ice Regarding Claims to Certain Assets in Japan . . 30
secretary Dulles' News Conference of June 11 ... . 9
Middle East
The American Doctrine for the Middle East (Richards) . 17
U.S. Replies to Soviet Note on Middle East (text of U.S.
note) 20
Morocco. Mohammed V, Sultan of Morocco, To Visit
United States (Eisenhower, Mohammed ben Youssef) . 19
Mutual Security
The American Doctrine for the Middle East (Richards) . 17
Encouraging Economic Growth in Less Developed Coun-
tries of the Free World (Dillon) 31
Major Purposes of the Mutual Security Programs
(Dulles) . 3
Nicaragua. Atoms-for-Peace Agreements Signed With
Ecuador. Iraq, and Nicaragua 41
Pal(istan. Langley confirmed as ambassador 42
Portugal. Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Portugal
Amended 41
Presidential Documents
Foreign Relations and World Trade 8
Mohammed V, Sultan of Morocco, To Visit United
States 10
President Requests Investigation of Imports of Dairy
Products 33
Treaty Information
Atoms-for-Peace Agreements Signed With Ecuador, Iraq,
and Nicaragua 41
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Portugal Amended . 41
Current Actions 42
Tax Convention With France Enters Into Force ... 16
United States and Australia Conclude Air Transport Talks
(text of joint statement) 21
U.S.S.R.
Education — Communist Style, American Style (Eleanor
Dulles) 25
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of June 11 ... . 9
U.S. Replies to Soviet Note on Middle East (text of U.S.
note) 20
United Kingdom. Queen Elizabeth II To Visit U.S. . . 16
United Nations
Question of Fixing Time and Place for U.N. Charter Re-
view (Wadsworth) 40
UNESCO Executive Board (delegation) 40
Name Index
Becker, Loftus E 42
Clough, Ralph N 42
Dillon, Douglas 31
Dulles, Eleanor Lansing 25
Dulles, Secretary 3, 9
Eisenhower, President 8, 19, 33
Ferguson, C. Vaughan 42
Hare, Raymond A 22
Jordan, Len 34
Langley, James M 42
Mohammed ben Youssef 20
Richards, James P 17
Wadsworth, James J 40
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: June 10-16
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to June 10 which ap-
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 329, 332,
333, and 334 of May 31, and 345, 346, and 347 of
June 7.
Subject
Dulles : statement on mutual security.
Kalijarvi : statement on sale of mer-
chant vessels.
Atoms-for-peace agreement with Nica-
ragua (rewrite).
Support-costs agreement with Ger-
many.
Dulles : news conference.
Note to Hungary on U.S. Legation
stafe.
Return of flag to Philippine general.
Eepl.y to Soviet note on Middle East.
Richards : statement on mission to
Middle East.
Program for visit of Japanese Prime
Minister.
Nomination of career ministers.
Herter : Northwestern University.
Notice on claims to assets in Japan.
Tax convention with France.
Peterson nominated Ambassador to
Denmark (biographic details).
Visit of Indonesian parliamentarians
(rewrite).
Air transport talks with Australia.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
351
t352
6/10
6/10
353
6/11
t354
6/11
355
356
6/11
6/11
t357
358
359
6/11
6/12
6/13
t360
6/13
*361
t362
3(33
364
*365
6/14
6/14
6/14
6/14
6/14
t366
6/14
367
6/15
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: t9S7
DbB-DEC
the
Department
of
1
State
^...,ivitNT Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
A new release in the popular BACKGROUND series
A LOOK AT THE MIDDLE EAST
The United States has vital security interests in the Middle East.
Soviet activity in the region, the need of our European allies for
Middle Easteni oil, and the great strategic geographic importance of
the area make it essential that the United States act with a high degree
of responsibility and friendly impartiality in the clashes of national
interests which are keeping the Middle East in a state of turmoil.
A Look at the Middle East, a new Background pamphlet, ex-
amines the origin and causes of some of the situations we face in the
area. The pamphlet is based on a speech delivered by Deputy Under
Secretary of State Robert Murphy at Georgetown University, Wash-
ington, D.C., on March 14, 1957.
Topics discussed in the publication include the emergence of
nationalism in the Middle East, the partition of Palestine, the new
regime in Egypt, the Arabian Peninsula, the "northern tier," inde-
pendent Libya, and major elements of U.S. policy. The 16-page
pamphlet is illustrated with maps and photographs.
Copies of A Look at the Middle East may be purchased from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C., for 15 cents each.
Publication 6478
15 cents
Order Forw.
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Bncloaed find:
Please send me copies of A Look at the Middle East.
Name :
Street Address:
Git.T, Zone, and State:
(emh, check, ar
money order).
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
DEPOSITORY ^
Vol. XXXVII, No. 941
CIAL
UY RECORD
ED STATES
IGN POLICY
VISIT OF PRIME MINISTER NOBUSUKE KISHI OF
JAPAN • Joint Communique, Address to Senate and House
of Representatives, Exchange of Greetings 51
U.N. SPECIAL COMMITTEE REPORTS ON
HUNGARIAN UPRISING • Department Announcement,
Statement by Ambassador Lodge, and Text of Final Chapter of
Report 62
THE MUTUAL SECURITY PROGRAM AS AN INSTRU-
MENT OF FOREIGN POLICY • by Under Secretary
Herter 47
EDUCATION AND RESPONSIBILITY IN WORLD
AFFAIRS • by Deputy Under Secretary Murphy 74
PROPOSED SALE ABROAD OF U.S. RESERVE-FLEET
SHIPS • Statement by Assistant Secretary Kalijarvi .... 77
RELATION OF THE UNITED STATES TO WORLD
MIGRATION • 6.V Robert S. McCollum 65
UNITED STATES BALANCE OF PAYMENTS WITH
LATIN AMERICA IN 1956 • Article by TTalther Lederer
and Nancy F. Culbertson 79
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 941 • Publication 6513
Boston Public Library
Superintcn'^"''*' of Dnciimefttg
JUL25l9b7
July 8, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qovemment Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Peice:
52 Issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.2S
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
l\ote: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Depaetment
OP State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government icith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
ujhich the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral internatioTUtl interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative nuiterial in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The Mutual Security Program as an Instrument
of Foreign Policy
hy Under Secretary Herter
! It is customary for a speaker on an occasion of
this kind to attempt to draw upon the advantage
he enjoys over you in terms of years of existence
upon this planet to give you unwanted advice as
to how^ to carry on your own lives in this world
into which you are about to be launched. I shall
not try that futile exercise. On the other hand,
I shall try in a few words to give you my own im-
pressions of the kind of world in which you are
^ow living so that perhaps you can adapt your own
futures to meet the very real challenges that lie
ahead.
It is one thing to plan one's own life for the
future in the confident expectation that the world
will remain at peace and that the primary prob-
lem for one's self and for the family which one
hopes to have will lie in the ordinary competitive
process of peaceful pursuits. It is another prob-
lem to try to plan in a world of very real uncer-
tainties where the specter of another and infinitely
devastating war may shatter all one's hopes and
dreams. Unfortunately, it is with the latter situ-
ation that we have to deal if we are goiner to be
realistic with respect to the world as it now exists.
Ten years ago the then Secretary of State, Gen-
eral George Marshall, on an occasion similar to
this advanced the general outlines of a plan which
bas since borne his name. That plan contemplated
action by the United States of an unprecedented
nature designed to permit the war-ravaged nations
of Europe to recover, in part at least, their own
productivity in order that they might push back
;j 'Address made at commencement exercises at North-
western University, Evanston, 111., on June 17 (press
^release 362 dated June 14).
l/u/y
8, 1957
the specter of communism which was threatening
them.
World War II had ended only 2 years before
with Communist Russia one of the allies on the
winning side. The devastation, both physical and
economic, had been great. Instruments of pro-
duction and transportation had been destroyed;
agricultural production was sadly inadequate.
As a result, the standards of living of the Euro-
pean peoples had been seriously downgraded and
those released from military service were having
great difficulties in finding gainful employment
in civilian life. Everywhere the agents of com-
munism who love to fish in troubled waters were
spreading the religion of communism — and I use
the word "religion" advisedly — as a tempting
cure for the troubles of a tormented continent.
We had just come to realize that our former ally,
Communist Eussia, was determined to push its
aggressive intentfons, whether by physical means
or by subversion, in order to achieve the dreams
its ideological forefathers had announced of en-
compassing the whole world. The pledges taken
at Yalta had been broken, and the satellite states
of Eastern Europe were being held in Soviet
bondage. The picture for Europe was indeed
black.
The program which developed through the co-
operative action of the administration then in
power, the Congress of the United States, many
civic organizations, and the American people as a
whole led to the so-called Marshall plan. Under
this plan the United States, working in closest
cooperation with the European nations, proposed
to invest what it was estimated would amount to
47
17 billions of dollars in order to bring the Euro-
pean economy a moderate measure of recovery
and the peoples of Europe a renewed confidence
in the free- world system.
The program succeeded in a way which exceeded
our greatest expectations. In a 5-year period, the
United States contributed toward this recovery
program some 4 billion dollars less than had been
projected and the productivity of the European
nations increased to more than half again its pre-
war level. The peoples of "Western Europe gained
new hope. The Communist movement began to
lose strength. From that time on, those same coun-
tries have continued to increase their productivity
and strength until today they are not only freed
from economic grant assistance from the United
States but they are also able to contribute from
their own resources annually for common defense
an amount greater than we invested in the whole
Marshall plan program.
The Newly Independent Nations
During these same 10 years, however, very big
changes have taken place in the rest of the world.
With the same persistence it earlier showed in
Europe, the Soviet Government is watching these
changes for signs of disintegration with the hope
that it will have other troubled waters in which
to fish. You all know about the conquest of China.
You all know the story of Korea. You know about
the wars in Greece and in Viet-Nam. But we
should also remember that in this very brief span
in history some 19 nations, including almost a third
of the world's population, became free and inde-
pendent. It is difficult for us to realize that 10
years ago, and in some cases fewer years ago than
that, there did not exist a free Korea, a free Viet-
Nam, a free Cambodia, a free Laos, a free India, a
free Ceylon, a free Pakistan, a free Burma, a free
Indonesia, a free Libya, a free Tunisia, a free
Morocco, and, even a few months ago, a free Ghana.
This is not a complete list, nor has this historic
development ended. Already plans are in ad-
vanced stage for the granting of independence to
Malaya, and other peoples are well along the road
to eventual freedom.
Each of these nations desperately seeks the eco-
nomic independence which will complement and
suppoi't its new political independence. The na-
tions I have mentioned had each been a part of
a colonial empire, and as each achieved its free-
dom it developed tremendously strong nationalist
sentiment. Anything that even resembled a return
to colonial status was anathema to it, and, even
though it had few of the normal assets for self-
gOA'ernment, it nevertheless resented any inference
on the part of any other nation that it was unable
to retain its independence through its own efforts.
In each of these nations, to a greater or lasser
degree, agents of the Communist-bloc countries
have been attempting to capitalize on this nation-
alist sentiment in order to further their own ends.
If military force could not further the expan-
sionist movement, then subversive action became
the favorite tool.
Checking Soviet Expansion
Today, as the leader and economically much
the strongest member of the free world, the
United States is faced with the major responsi-
bility of checking that expansionist movement. It
has utilized as one of its major tools the mutual
security program — so-called foreign aid.
This program embraces several quite distinct
instruments of foreign policy. The first is de-
signed to build up free-world military strength.
The United States has at this time military al-
liances with some 42 nations of the world — bi-
lateral treaties with Korea, Free China, Japan,
and the Philippines, and multilateral agreements
through NATO, SEATO, the Kio Treaty, and
ANZUS. In addition, it is a member of both
the economic and military committees of the
Baghdad Pact, which includes Iran and Iraq,
two nations which are not members of any of the
other alliances. Among those nations with which
it has alliances are Korea, Free China, Thailand,
Pakistan, and Turkey — all nations which abut
the Sino-Soviet bloc. Against each of these there
is, of course, a continuing threat of military ag-
gression. In each of these, however, strong in-
digenous forces have been built up with American
assistance. Likewise in Europe our NATO allies
have built up similar strength as a defensive
measure.
Actually today through the system of defen-
sive alliances and military assistance there has
been built up a total strength in which our own
forces represent only about one-sixth of the foot-
soldier strength, one-half of the combat planes
available, and one-third of the number of naval
craft in readiness. Were it necessary for the
48
Department of State Bulletin
United States to supply an equivalent amount of
manpower and armament, the drain on our re-
sources both in money and men would be a great
many times that which is now represented by
our own armed forces and our own budget for
defense.
This military strength overseas could never
have been sustained had not the United States
contributed both supporting weapons and sup-
plies. These in the past have been financed not
from the regular Defense Department budget
but from appropriations made available through
what has come to be known as the Mutual Se-
curity Act.
It is through appropriations from that act also
that we have developed the second tool of diplo-
macy, namely economic assistance. Economic
assistance has fallen into a number of different
categories wliich can be quite simply divided.
The first is assistance to those countries like
Korea, Taiwan, and so forth, which I have just
mentioned, which lie on the fringes of the Soviet
orbit and which do not have the economic capacity
to sustain the forces which we and they agree are
necessary to our joint security. It has been es-
sential for us to grant economic assistance or, as
it is called in the legislation, defense support, in
order to make the economies of those countries
viable while at the same time keeping very large
armed forces which they maintain in an environ-
ment where both troops could be paid and fami-
lies could be sustained. This part of our pro-
gram is not "foreign aid" but an essential part
of our own military defense.
The second sector of economic aid is designed,
not to sustain the military effort, but to assist the
less developed nations to achieve a reasonable rate
of economic growth. It applies particularly to
the 19 newly born nations of which I speak. Each
one of these nations has before it the problem of
lifting its people from a very dire state of poverty.
Just as there is a tremendous nationalist urge
in these countries, there is a deeper urge to de-
veloji a higher standard of living. In one of these
nations which I single out not because it is greatly
different from the others but because the figures
are interesting, the present per capita earning
power of its people comes to approximately $31
per year. Is it any wonder that that country has
an urge to develop its own economy ? With such
poverty the accumulation of capital for develop-
ment purposes is of course impossible, and it is
only natural that the leaders in that country should
look elsewhere for help in their own development.
Development Financing and Teciinical Assistance
We are today the only nation outside of the
Soviet orbit which can afford to help in supplying
that degi'ee of capital which would give these na-
tions an opportunity to make a real beginning
toward lifting their standards of living. If they
are not successful in this effort, the moderate
leaders of today are likely to be replaced by ex-
tremists who will favor communism or something
like it as the solution to their countries' problems.
We believe that we can provide our development
financing for these countries on a more effective
and businesslike basis than in the past through the
development loan fund which the President has
asked the Congress to approve.-
We must also recognize that in many of the
countries there is an almost complete lack of
trained personnel, whether as skilled laborers, as
administrators, as executives, or technicians. It
is for that reason that the mutual security program
embraces a third category of assistance, namely
technical assistance. Through technicians who in
many cases are making a very real sacrifice we are
training persons in far corners of the earth often
in the most rudimentary forms of agriculture,
public health, education, or technical skills.
Some people who little realize what ferments
are stirring in this world do not understand how
vital our development financing and technical
assistance programs are. Without these programs
many less developed countries could not achieve
the economic growth which will help them to
remain free. And without these programs many
less developed countries would inevitably tui-n to
tlie other source from which in many instances
they have been offered help, namely the Soviet
bloc. Should we, by default, abandon these pro-
grams, it would not be long before we found the
expansion of the Soviet bloc moving at a pace
which might well leave us isolated. It is that con-
tinuing challenge which we are forced to meet
now.
If I have dwelt at some length upon the prob-
lems which surround us beyond our borders in an
ever-shrinking world, it is to point out that con-
- Bulletin of June 10, 1957, p. 920.
July 8, 1957
49
trast between our own domestic situation and
those areas of the world which are in ferment.
Meeting the Challenge of the Future
Pleasant as it would be to ignore the world at
large and confine ourselves to our own internal
problems, the realities of the world situation do
not permit of such an ostrich-like attitude. It is
the clear responsibility of your Government to take
every measure within its power to avoid the holo-
caust of another war. But government, except in
totalitarian countries, can carry out continuing
policies only so long as those policies receive gen-
eral public acceptance. You might easily argue
that the business of formulating policies and the
business of devising means to meet the ever-chang-
ing forces in the outer world are essentially the
responsibility of governmental experts. On the
other hand, you yourselves will be carrying a con-
siderable burden of that responsibility. In what-
ever walk of life you may determine to steer your
own future, you can, by your awareness of the
problems facing this nation, make a very real con-
tribution.
The maintenance of our strength as a nation,
both moral and material, is the very first requisite
toward bringing the influence of this nation to bear
decisively in the support of a free world. Wliether
your destiny leads to a professional life, to a con-
tribution in the field of culture, to the strengthen-
ing of our economic fabric, remember that your
individual contribution is an essential part of that
totality which will keep this nation at the fore-
front. The challenge of the future lies not in the
hands of officials alone but in the understanding
of the world problems and world challenges to-
ward which each and every one of you can
contribute.
In his recent television interview, Mr. Nikita
Khrushchev predicted that the grandchildren of
this generation will be governed by a Communist
state. Let me say that I have complete faith in
what the answer to that prediction will be. But
it is in your hands that the answer lies.
Fourth Anniversary
of East Berlin Uprising
Press release 370 dated June 17
FoUotoing is the text of a message from Secre-
tary Dulles to Konrad Adenauer, Chancellor of
the Federal Eepuilic of GeivnMy, in connection
with the anniversary of the June 17, 1953, upris-
ing in East Berlin.
Four years ago today the inhabitants of the
Soviet Zone of Germany plainly demonstrated
their legitimate desire for freedom. Recently we
have seen an expression of the same wish by the
heroic Hungarian people. Unfortunately we
have also seen these efforts brutally repressed by
the intervention of the Soviet Union.
The ending by peaceful means of the unnatural
and unjust division of Germany continues to be
a major objective of the United States of America
in concert with its partners in the free world.
Together with these partners we have declared
our determination to intensify our efforts to re-
store Germany as a free and united state.
The desire of mankind to live in freedom and
peace constitutes a force which cannot be re-
sisted. My coimtrymen and I join with you in
honoring the high cause to which you have dedi-
cated this day.
50
Deparfmenf of Sfafe 6u//ef/n
Visit of Prime Minister Nobusuite Kishi of Japan
Nohusuke Kishi^ Pnme Minister of Japan, made
an official visit to the United States from June 16
to 29. Included in his itinerary were visits in
Honolulu, San Francisco, New York, and Los
Angeles, as well as a 3-daxj visit in AYashington,
Juive 19 to 22, Following is the text of a joint
cotnmunique issued by the Prime Minister and
President Eisenhower on June 21 at the conclusion
of tlieir talks, together loith Mr. Kishi's address
before separate sessions of the Senate and the
House of Representatives on June 20, greetings ex-
changed by Vice President Nixon and the Prime
Minister at the airport on June 19, and an an-
nouncement of the members of the official party.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE, JUNE 21
White House press release
The President of the United States and the
Prime Minister of Japan concluded today valu-
able discussions on topics of interest to both coun-
tries. Their talks focused mainly on United
States-Japanese relations but they also discussed
international subjects of mutual concern, espe-
cially the situation in Asia.
During his three-day visit the Prime Minister
and members of his party met at length with the
Secretary of State and also met with the Secre-
tary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Commerce,
the Chairman of the United States Joint Chiefs
of Staff, the President of the Export-Import Bank
and appropriate representatives of the President
and of the Departments of Defense and Agri-
culture, and with leaders of the United States
Congress. After leaving Washington, the Prime
Minister will visit other parts of the United States
and meet with leaders of business and otlier pri-
vate organizations.
I.
The President and the Prime Minister agreed
that, although the dangers of general war had
somewhat receded, international communism re-
mains a major threat. Accordingly, they agreed
that the free nations should contmue to preserve
their strength and their unity. It was mutually
recognized that the deterrent power of the free
world had, in recent years, been effective in pre-
venting overt aggression in the Far East and the
world.
The President and the Prime Minister are con-
vinced that relations between Japan and the
United States are entering a new era firinly based
on common interests and trust. Their discussions
covered the many mutual advantages and benefits
of close relations between the United States and
Japan. The President and the Prime Minister de-
cided, therefore, that it would be appropriate to
affirm the following principles of cooperation be-
tween the two countries :
(1) Kelations between the United States and
Japan rest on a solid foundation of sovereign
equality, mutual interest and cooperation bene-
ficial to both nations. In the years ahead, this
relationship will provide a vital element in
strengthening the Free World.
(2) Both nations are dedicated to peace based
on liberty and justice in accordance with the prin-
ciples of the United Nations. They are resolved
to work toward the establishment of conditions
under which peace and freedom can prevail. To
this end they will support the United Nations and
contribute their best efforts to preserve and en-
hance the unity of the Free World. They will
oppose the use of force by any nation except in
individual or collective self-defense as provided in
the United Nations Charter.
Ju/y 8, J 957
51
(3) In the interests of continued peace, the
Free World must maintain its defensive capability
until armaments are brought under effective con-
trol. Meanwhile, the free nations need to intensify
their effoi-ts to foster the conditions necessary for
economic and social progress and for strengthen-
ing freedom in Asia and throughout the world.
Free Asian nations, which desire assistance, should
be aided in carrying forward measures for eco-
nomic development and technical training.
(4) The United States and Japan reaffirm the
desirability of a high level of woidd trade bene-
ficial to free nations and of orderly trade between
the two countries, without unnecessary and arbi-
trary restrictions.
(5) The two countries fully agree that an effec-
tive international agreement for the reduction of
armaments, both nuclear and conventional, is of
crucial importance for the future of the world.
They will continue in close consultation on this
important problem.
Within the context of these principles the Presi-
dent and the Prime Minister reviewed the gi'eat
changes which have taken place in Japan in recent
years, including Japan's extensive economic re-
covery and admission to the United Nations, both
of which the President warmly welcomed.
II.
Existing security arrangements between the
United States and Japan were discussed. It was
agreed to establish an intergovernmental com-
mittee to study problems arising in relation to the
Security Treaty including consultation, when-
ever practicable, regarding the disposition and
employment in Japan by the United States of its
forces. The committee will also consult to as-
sure that any action taken under the Treaty con-
forms to the principles of the United Nations
Charter. The President and the Prime Minister
affirmed their understanding that the Security
Treaty of 1951 was designed to be transitional in
character and not in that form to remain in per-
petuity. The Conunittee will also consider future
adjustments in the relationships between the
United States and Japan in these fields adequate
to meet the needs and aspirations of the peoples
of both countries.
The United States welcomed Japan's plans for
the buildup of her defense forces and accordingly,
in consonance with the letter and spirit of the
Security Treaty, will substantially reduce the
numbers of United States forces in Japan within
the next year, including a prompt withdrawal of
all United States ground combat forces. The
United States plans still further reductions as the
Japanese defense forces grow.
The President, while recognizing that Japan
nuist trade to live, stressed the continuing need
for control on exports of strategic materials to
those countries threatening the independence of
free nations tlirough the extension of interna-
tional communism. The Prime Minister, while
agreeing with the need for such control in co-
operation with other Free World governments,
pointed out the necessity for Japan to increase its
trade.
The Prime JMinister emphasized the strong de-
sire of the Japanese people for the return of
administrative control over the Ryukyu and Bonin
Islands to Japan. The President reaffirmed the
United States position that Japan possesses resid-
ual sovereignty over these islands. He pointed
out, however, that so long as the conditions of
threat and tension exist in the Far East the United
States will find it necessary to continue the present
status. He stated that the United States will con-
tinue its policy of improving the welfare and well-
being of tlie inhabitants of the Islands and of pro-
moting their economic and cultural advancement.
Economic and trade relations between the
United States and Japan were discussed at length.
The President and the Prime Minister mutually
confirmed not only the desire for a high level of
trade but also the need for close relations between
the two countries in other economic fields. The
Prime Minister, while expressing his deep concern
over certain movements in the United States for
import restrictions, explained that in considera-
tion of the predominant importance of the United
States market for Japanese trade Japan is taking
measures for an orderly development of her ex-
ports to the United States. The President con-
firmed that the United States Government will
maintain its traditional policy of a high level of
trade without unnecessary and arbitrary restric-
tions. He expressed his hopes for the removal of
local restrictions on the sale of Japanese products.
The Prime Minister described his recent tour of
certain Asian countries and said that he had been
deeply impressed with the serious efforts these
counti'ies are making toward economic develop-
52
Deparimenf of State Builelin
luent. He expressed his conviction that further
progress in the economic developnient of these
countries would greatly contribute to stability
and freedom in Asia. The President expressed his
full agreement with the Prime Minister. The
President and the Prime Minister discussed ways
in which free Asian countries might be further
assisted in developing their economies. The views
of the Prime Minister will be studied by the
United States.
The President and the Prime Minister discussed
the early cessation of both the testing and the
manufacture of nuclear weapons as part of a first
step in a safeguarded disarmament program. The
President told the Prime Minister that the latter's
views are being taken into accomit in formulating
the United States position at the current United
Nations disarmament session in London.
The President and the Prime Minister are con-
vinced that their exchange of views will contribute
much to strengthening mutual understanding and
to agreement on fundamental interests which will
further solidify the friendly relations between the
two countries in the years to come.
MR. KISHI'S ADDRESS TO SENATE AND HOUSE
OF REPRESENTATIVES, JUNE 20 >
Translation
I am deeply grateful for your warm reception
and cordial welcome. You have accorded me a
great honor today — the honor of speaking in this
living citadel of democracy.
It has been a thrilling experience for me to
drive up Capitol Hill to this time-honored hall.
It is an inspiration to me to stand on this rostrum
which has witnessed the evolution of the modern
democratic process of government, thus providing
the pattern for new democracies, including my
own country. Today Japan is endeavoring with
pride and resolution to consolidate the foundations
of a truly democratic government. The whole ef-
fort of our nation is dedicated to this task, for we
believe in the lofty principles of democracy — in
the liberty and dignity of the individual.
It is because of our strong belief in democratic
principles and ideals that Japan associates herself
with the free nations of the world. We are ranged
' Reprinted from Cong. Rec. of June 20, 1957, pp. 8764 and
8821.
on the side of liberty, justice, and equality, because
there can be no true peace, no true security, no
true progress nor true human happiness unless
men and nations live by these principles.
In all our free world relations, our association
with the United States is to us the most important.
We are grateful to your country for the generous
aid we have received since the war in restoring our
shattered economy. We believe that our friend-
ship, our mutual respect and trust, and our bonds
of cooperation must ever be strong, especially in
these times when tensions persist in many parts of
the world.
International communism is now trying to win
over Asia by exploiting the fervent spirit of
nationalism of the Asian peoples and by appealing
to their impatience to overcome poverty and priva-
tion. The Communists are trying to demonstrate
that their way is the quicker way to develop under-
developed economies and to raise living standards.
We firmly believe that they are wrong, and that
the democratic method is the only way to serve
the welfare and to promote the happiness of man-
kind. We must prove that we are right.
As the most advanced and industrialized nation
in Asia, Japan has already shown that economic
and social pi'ogress can be achieved without the
Communist shortcut. We have already demon-
strated that free enterprise serves human happi-
ness and welfare in an honorable way with full
respect for the dignity of man. It is my firm
conviction that Japan, as a faithful member of
tim free world, has a useful and constructive role
to play, particularly in Asia, where the free world
faces the challenge of international communism.
We are resolved to play that role.
I have come to this country at this time, in re-
sponse to an invitation from your President, to
have a frank exchange of views with the highest
officials of your Government on a wide range of
problems of mutual interest and concern as they
affect our two countries and as they affect the
world. I hope that our discussions, now in prog-
ress, will bear good fruit. From our talks there
will emerge, I sincerely trust, a strong and endur-
ing partnership that will open the door to a new
era of Japanese-American relations.
Let me, in closing, express to you, and through
you to the people of America, my high esteem and
warm feelings of friendship, and my best wishes
July 8, 1957
53
for the prosperity and happiness of your great
Republic, the United States of America.
EXCHANGE OF GREETINGS AT AIRPORT,
JUNE 19
Press release 375 dated June 19
Vice President Nixon:
Mr. Prime Minister, it is a very great honor for
me to extend on behalf of President Eisenhower
and the American people our welcome on the oc-
casion of your visit to Washington, the Nation's
Capital, as the representative of the Government
and the people of Japan. I recall the visit that I
paid to your country 4 years ago and the welcome
that we received from people in all walks of life
on that occasion. I can assure you that in the 7
very busy days that you will spend in our country
you will find on every side among the American
people admiration and respect and friendship for
the people of Japan and for your Government.
I am confident that in the conversations and
discussions you will have with President Eisen-
hower, Secretary of State Dulles, and other mem-
bers of our Government that those discussions
will lead to better understanding between our
people and progress toward the great objectives
which both of our peoples and our Governments
share, the objectives of peace and freedom for all
the peoples of the world.
Prime Minister Kislii:
I deeply appreciate your cordial welcome. I
am happy to come to Washington as a state guest
in response to the kind invitation extended to me
by President Eisenhower. As has been an-
noiuiced, the purpose of my visit is to hold frank
and friendly discussions with the President, the
Vice President, the Secretary of State, and other
high ofHcials of the United States Government on
matters of common interest and concern to
Japan and America. Our Govermnents will seek
through our talks the ways and means by which
we can further strengthen our ties of friendslnp
and cooperation and work together more closely
and hence more effectively in the cause of world
peace and human welfare.
I have come to lay the groundwork with your
leaders for such Japanese-American collaboration
and partnership. I look forward to these talks
which begin today and continue until Friday.
I am sure they will be vei-y helpful to both our
countries in deepening their understanding of
each other, and I confidently hope that my visit
to America will help to prepare the way for a
new era of Japanese- American relations.
MEMBERS OF OFFICIAL PARTY
The Department of State announced on June 13
(press release 360) the members of the official
party for the visit of Prime Minister Nobusuke
Kishi of Japan, June 16-29. They are as follows :
Nobusnke Kishl, Prime Minister of Japan
Koichiro Asakai, Ambassador of Japan to the United States
Hiroliide Isliida, Chief Cabinet Secretary (Ranlj of Cabinet
Minister)
Takizo Matsnmoto, Member of the House of Representa-
tives
Kingo Machimura, Member of the House of Representa-
tives
Takeo Fnkiida, Member of the House of Representatives
Zenshiro Hoshina, Member of the House of Representa-
tives
Takeji Kobayashi, Member of the House of Councillors
Renzo Sawada, Personal Adviser to the Prime Minister
(former Ambassador of Japan to the United Nations)"
Kogoro Uemura, Vice President, Federation of Economic
Organizations ^
Shunichi Matsumoto, Member of the House of Representa-
tives, Foreign Office Adviser (former Ambassador of
Japan to London)^
Sunao Sonoda, Member of the House of Representatives
(former Parliamentary Vice Minister of Foreign
Affairs) =
Koh Chiba, Director, American Affairs Bureau of the
Foreign Office
Harumi Takeuchi, Chief, Foreign Office Archives Section
(Prime Minister's official secretary In the Foreign Office)
Shintaro Abe, Private Secretary to the Prime Minister
Wiley T. Buchanan, Jr., Chief of Protocol of the United
States
Douglas MacArthur II, American Ambassador to Japan
(Washington and New York only)
Clement E. Conger, Assistant Chief of Protocol, Depart-
ment of State (Washington, New York, and Los Angeles
only)
Stuart P. Lillico, Press Officer, Department of State
^ Although not members of the official party, these per-
sons accompanied the Prime Minister as personal advisers.
A number of other Japanese accompanied the Prime Min-
ister as members of his unofficial party, as well as a group
uf Japanese Journalists.
54
Department of State Bulletin
Administration of Ryuityu Islands
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House press release dated June 5
The President on June 5 issued an Executive
order providing for the administration of the
Eyukyu Islands.
Pending the enactment of appropriate legisla-
tion by the Congress, the order continues in force
present arrangements for the exercise of admin-
istrative, legislative, and jurisdictional powers re-
posed in the United States by article 3 of the treaty
of peace with Japan.^
Under the order the authority granted to the
United States in the treaty of peace continues to
be exercised by the Secretary of Defense, subject
to the direction and control of the President. In
addition to promoting effective and responsible
self-government, the Secretary is to make every
effort to improve the welfare and well-being of
the inhabitants of the Ryukyus and to promote
their economic and cultural advancement. The
order continues responsibility for conduct of re-
lations with foreign countries and international
organizations with respect to the islands in the
Secretary of State.
The order defines limits of authority assigned
respectively to United States and local govern-
ment authorities. It establishes a structure for
operation of both Eyukyuan and United States
courts and sets forth the responsibilities of the
executive and legislative branches of the Govern-
ment of the Ryukyu Islands.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10713 '
PROVIDING FOR ADMINISTRATION OF THE
RYUKYU ISLANDS
WHEBEA3 under Article 3 of the Treaty of Peace with
Japan the United States is exercising all and any powers
of administration, legislation and jurisdiction over the
territory, including territorial waters, and inhabitants
of the Ryukyu Islands (the term "Ryukyu Islands," as
used in this order, meaning Nansei Shoto south of 29°
north latitude, excluding the islands in the Amani
" For text, see Botletin of Aug. 27, 1951, p. 349 ; for
background on signing of treaty, see ibid., Sept. 17, 1951,
p. 447.
' 22 Fed. Reg. 4007.
Oshima group with respect to which all rights and in-
terests of the United States under the said Article of
the Treaty have been relinquished to Japan) :
Now, THEREFORE, by vlrtue of the authority vested in
me by the Constitution, and as President of the United
States and Commander-in-Chief of the armed forces of
the United States, it is ordered as follows :
Section 1. Except as the Congress may otherwise pro-
vide by law with respect to the government of the Ryukyu
Islands, all administrative, legislative, and jurisdictional
powers reposed in the United States by Article 3 of the
Treaty of Peace with Japan shall be exercised in ac-
cordance with this order.
Sec. 2. The said powers shall be exercised by the
Secretary of Defense, subject to the direction and con-
trol of the President of the United States. In the exer-
cise of this authority the Secretary of Defense shall en-
courage the development of an effective and responsible
Ryukyuan government, based on democratic principles
and supported by a sound financial structure, shall make
every effort to improve the welfare and well-being of the
inhabitants of the Ryukyu Islands, and shall continue to
promote the economic and cultural advancement of the
inhabitants. The Secretary of Defense may delegate
any function vested in him by this order to such officials
or organizational entities of the Department of Defense
as he may designate.
Sec. 3. The Secretary of State shall be responsible for
the conduct of relations with foreign countries and in-
ternational organizations with respect to the Ryukyn
Islands.
Sec. 4. There is established, under the jurisdiction of
the Secretary of Defense, a civil administration of the
Ryukyu Islands, the head of which shall be known as the
High Commissioner of the Ryukyu Islands (hereinafter
referred to as the "High Commissioner"). The High
Commissioner (a) shall be designated by the Secretary
of Defense, after consultation with the Secretary of State
and with the approval of the President, from among the
active duty members of the armed forces of the United
States, (b) shall have the powers and perform the duties
assigned to him by the terms of this order, (c) may del-
egate any function vested in him to such oflicials of the
civil administration as he may designate, and (d) shall
carry out any powers or duties delegated or assigned to
him by the Secretary of Defense pursuant to this order.
Sec. 5. There is hereby continued, subject to the pro-
visions of this order, the now existing Ryukyuan cen-
tral government (hereinafter referred to as the Govern-
ment of the Ryukyu Islands).
Sec. 6. The legislative power of the Government of the
Ryukyu Islands, except as otherwise provided in this
order, shall be vested in a legislative body whose mem-
bers are directly elected by the people of the islands.
The legislature shall consist of a single house of 29 mem-
bers who shall be elected biennially in even numbered
years from single representative districts.
Sec. 7. The legislative body shall exercise legislative
powers which extend only to all subjects of legislation of
domestic application. The legislative body shall deter-
Jo/y 8, J 957
55
mine the procedures for judging the selection and qual-
ification of its own members and shall choose therefrom
its officers and determine its rules and procedures. Local
legislative bodies, the members of which shall be elected
by the inhabitants of the respective municipalities in ac-
cordance with procedures established by the legislative
body of the Government of the Ryukyu Islands, shall be
given and shall exercise appropriate municipal legisla-
tive powers. The High Commissioner shall report to the
Secretary of Defense all laws enacted by the legislative
body of the Government of the Ryukyu Islands and the
said Secretary shall report the same to the Congress of
the United States.
Sec. 8. The executive power of the Government of the
Ryukyu Islands shall be vested in a Chief Executive
who shall be a Ryukyuan, appointed by the High Com-
missioner after consultation with representatives of the
legislative body. The Chief Executive shall have gen-
eral supervision and control of all executive agencies and
instrumentalities of the Government of the Ryukyu Is-
lands and shall faithfully execute the laws and ordi-
nances applicable to the Ryukyu Islands. The head of
each municipal government shall be elected by the peo-
ple of the respective municipality in accordance with
procedures established by the legislative body of the
Government of the Ryukyu Islands.
Sec. 9. Every bill passed by the legLslative body shall,
before it becomes law, be presented to the Chief Execu-
tive. If the Chief Executive approves a bill he shall sign
it, but if not he shall return it, with his objections, to the
legislative body within fifteen days after it shall have
been presented to him. If a bill is not returned within
the specified fifteen day period, it shall become law in
like manner as if it had been approved by the Chief Execu-
tive, unless the legislative body by adjournment prevents
its return, in which case it shall be law if approved by the
Chief Executive within forty-five days after it shall
have been presented to him ; otherwise it shall not be
law. Wlien a bill is returned to the legislative body with
objections by the Chief Executive, the legislative body
may proceed to reconsider it. If, after such reconsidera-
tion two thirds of the legislative body pass it, it shall be
sent to the High Commissioner. If the High Commis-
sioner approves it, he shall sign it. If he does not ap-
prove it, he shaU return it to the legislative body so
stating, and it shall not be law. If the High Commis-
sioner neither approves nor disapproves the bill within
forty-five days from the date of transmittal to him by the
legislative body, it shall become law in like manner as
if he had signed it. If any bill approved by the legisla-
tive body contains several items of appropriation of
money, the Chief Executive may object to one or more
of such items or any part or parts, portion or portions
thereof, while approving the other items, or parts or por-
tions of the bill. In such case the Chief Executive shall
append to the bill, at the time of signing it, a statement
of the items, or parts or portions thereof, objected to,
and the items, or parts or portions thereof, so objected
to shall not take effect. Should the legislative body seek
to over-ride such objections of the Chief Executive, the
procedures set forth above will apply. In computing any
period of days for the foregoing purposes, Sundays and
legal holidays shall be excluded.
Sec. 10. Judicial powers in the Ryukyu Islands shall
be exercised as follows :
(a) A system of courts, including the civil and criminal
courts of original jurisdiction and appellate tribunals,
shall be maintained by the Government of the Ryukyu
Islands. These courts shall exercise jurisdiction as
follows :
(1) Civil juri.sdictiou in all civil cases, subject to the
provisions of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2), below.
(2) Criminal jurisdiction over all persons except (a)
members of the United States forces or the civilian com-
ponent, (b) employees of the United States Government
who are United States nationals even though not subject
to trial by courts-martial under the Uniform Code of Mili-
tary Justice (10 U. S. C. 801 et seq.), and (c) dependents
of the foregoing, provided, nevertheless, that subject to
paragraph (c), below, criminal jurisdiction may be ex-
ercised liy Courts of the Government of the Ryukyu Is-
lands over dependents who are Ryukyuans. Criminal
jurisdiction may be withdrawn from the courts of the
Government of the Ryukyu Islands by the High Commis-
sioner in any case which affects the security, property, or
interests of the United States and which is so designated
by him.
(b) A system of courts, including civil and criminal
courts of original jurisdiction and appellate tribunals,
shall be maintained by the civil administration. These
courts shall exercise jurisdiction as follows :
(1) Civil jurisdiction over any case or controversy
of particular importance affecting the security, property,
or interests of the United States, as determined by the
High Commissioner. Such cases instituted in a court of
the Government of the Ryukyu Islands shall be trans-
ferred to the appropriate civil administration court upon
order of the High Commissioner at any time in the pro-
ceedings, including final appellate process, prior to the
entering of final decree, order or judgment. Cases so
transferred may be subject to trial de novo in the dis-
cretion of the court of the civil administration.
(2) Civil jurisdiction in eases and controversies in
which a member of the United States forces or the
civilian component thereof, an employee of the United
States Government who is a United States national, or
a dependent of one of the foregoing, unless such depend-
ent is a Ryukyuan, is a party if upon petition of one
of the parties to the suit the High Commissioner deems
the case to be important in its effect, direct or indirect,
on the security of the isl.nnds, on foreign relations or on
the security, property or interests of the United States
or nationals thereof and determines that the civil ad-
ministration should assume jurisdiction over the case.
In this event, such cases instituted in a court of the
Government of the Ryukyu Islands shall be transferred
to the appropriate civil administration court by order
of the High Commissioner at any time in the proceed-
ings, including final appellate process, prior to the enter-
56
Department of State Bulletin
ing of final decree, order or judgment. Cases so trans-
ferred may be subject to trial dc novo in the discretion of
the court of the civil administration.
(3) Criminal jurisdiction over United States nationals
employed by the United States or any agency thereof who
are not subject to trial by courts-martial under the Uni-
form Code of Military Justice (10 U. S. C. 801 et seq.)
and their dependents, excluding Ryukyuans.
(i) Criminal jiirisdiction in specific cases of particu-
lar importance affecting the security, property, or inter-
ests of the United States, as determined by the High
Commissioner. Such eases instituted in a court of the
Government of the Ryukyu Islands may be transferred
to the appropriate civil administration court upon order
of the High Commissioner at any time in the proceedings,
including the final appellate process, prior to the entering
of final decree, order or judgment. Cases so transferred
may be subject to trial de novo in the discretion of the
court of the civil administration.
(c) Criminal jurisdiction over persons subject to trial
b.v courts-martial under the Uniform Code of Military
Justice (10 U. S. C. 801 et seq.) will be exercised by
courts other than courts-martial only when the military
commander concerned determines not to exercise mili-
tary jurisdiction under the Uniform Code of Military
Justice and specifically indicates to the High Commis-
sioner his approval of referring the case to another
court.
(d) The highest appellate court of the civil adminis-
tration shall have jurisdiction to review :
(1) Any case, civil or criminal, tried in the inferior
courts of the civil administration, whether initiated
therein or removed thereto, upon appeal by any party.
(2) Any case, civil or criminal, decided by the highest
court of the Government of the Ryukyu Islands having
jurisdiction thereof in which is involved
(i) a contiict of decision between the highest court of
the Government of the Ryukyu Islands and the highest
appellate court of the civil administration or
(ii) a question of United States, foreign or inter-
national law, including the interpretation of any treaty.
Act of Congress of the United States, Executive order of
the President of the United States, or of a proclamation,
ordinance or order of the High Commissioner
upon appeal by any party or, if no such appeal be taken,
upon petition, setting forth the special grounds therefor,
presented to the court by the Chief Legal Officer of the
civil administration. The highest appellate court of the
civil administration shall have power to affirm, modify,
set aside or reverse the judgment, order or decree re-
viewed or to remand the case with such directions for a
new trial or for entry of judgment as may be just.
In a criminal case, the appellate court may set aside the
judgment of conviction, or may commute, reduce (but
not increase) or suspend the execution of sentence.
(e) Nothing in this section shall be construed as ex-
tending to any court of the Government of the Ryukyu
Islands or of the civil administration, jurisdiction over
the United States Government or any agency thereof
unless sijecifie authority has been conferred in the pre-
mises by the Congress of the United States.
(f) For the purpose of these provisions the expression
(1) "Members of the United States Forces" shall mean
the personnel on active duty lielonging to the land, sea
or air armed forces of the United States of America
whenever In the Ryukyu Islands.
(2) "Civilian component" shall mean the civilian
persons of United States nationality who are in the em-
ploy of, serving with, or accompanying the United States
Forces whenever in the Ryukyu Islands.
(3) "Dependents" shall mean the spouse and any child
or relative by affinity, consanguinity or adoption when
dependent upon the principal for over one-half of his or
her support whenever in the Ryukyu Islands.
Sec. 11. The High Commissioner may, if such action
is deemed necessary for the fulfillment of his mission
under this order, promulgate laws, ordinances or regula-
tions, with due regard to the provisions of section 2
hereof. The High Commissioner, if such action is deemed
by him to be important in its effect, direct or indirect, on
the security of the Ryukyu Islands, or on relations with
foreign countries and international organizations with
respect to the Ryukyu Islands, or on the foreign relations
of the United States, or on the security, property or in-
terests of the United States or nationals thereof, may,
in respect of Ryukyuan bills, laws, or officials, as the
case may be, (a) veto any bill or any part or portion
thereof, (b) annul any law or any part or portion thereof
within 45 days after its enactment, and (c) remove any
public official from office. The High Commissioner has
the power of reprieve, commutation and pardon. The
High Commissioner may assume in whole or in part, the
exercise of full authority in the islands, if such assump-
tion of authority appears mandatory for security reasons.
Exercise of authority conferred on the High Commissioner
by this section shall be promptly reported to the Secre-
tary of Defense, who shall inform the Secretary of State.
Sec. 12. In carrying out this order, including section 11,
tlie High Commissioner shall preserve to persons in the
Ryukyu Islands the basic liberties enjoyed by people in
democratic countries, including freedom of speech, assem
Ijly, petition, religion and press, and security from unrea
sonable searches and seizures, and from deprivation of
life, liberty or property without due process of law.
Sec. 13. The Secretary of Defense may issue such fur-
ther instructions as may be necessary for the carrying
out of this order.
Sec. 14. Except as they may be inconsistent herewith,
the proclamations, ordinances, and directives heretofore
issued by the existing civil administration and its predeces-
sor military government agencies shall continue in force
and effect until modified, revoked, or superseded under the
authority of this order. No proceeding, either civil or
criminal, pending in any court of the Government of the
Ryukyu Islands or of the civil administration of the
Ryukyu Islands on the date of this order shall abate by
reason of this order ; and any such proceeding shall be
conducted and concluded in accordance with the laws,
Ju/y 8, 1957
57
ordinances, proclamations, and directives in effect imme-
diately before the date of this order.
Sec. 15. This order shall become effective immediately,
but until its provisions shall severally become operative
as herein provided, the legislative, executive and judicial
functions now vested in tlie civil administration and the
Government of the Ryukyu Islands, shall continue to be
exercised as now provided by law, ordinance, proclama-
tion or directive, and the incumbents of all offices under
the civil administration or the Government of the Ryukyu
Islands shall continue in office until their successors arc
appointed or elected and have qualified, unless sooner re-
moved by competent authority.
^y C4.s-^ Z^-/>C/Ct-<-t*- X.^^.*^
The White House:,
June 5, 11)57.
U.N. Command in Korea Announces Intention
To Replace Old Weapons
Department of Defense news release dated June 21
DEFENSE DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The United Nations Command advised the
Military Armistice Commission in Korea on
Jmie 21 that the United Nations Command con-
siders that it is entitled to be relieved of obliga-
tions imder subparagrapli 13d of the Korean
Armistice Agreement, which limits the replace-
ment on a piece-for-piece basis of vrorn-out or
destroyed military equipment to items of the same
effectiveness and type, after the date of the
armistice, July 27, 1953.^
The action which the United Nations Command
is taking in the Military Armistice Commission
is necessitated by the flagrant and long-continued
disregard by the Coimnunist side of its obliga-
tions under subparagraph 13d of the armistice
agreement. At the time the armistice agreement
was signed, all the Communist operational air-
craft were based north of the Yalu, and indeed all
North Korean airfields had been bombed out and
rendered nonoperational. Since the signing of
the armistice, the Communist side has not re-
ported the introduction of a single combat air-
craft into Korea, and yet it is clear beyond dis-
pute that the Communist side now has himdreds
of the most modern jet types of combat aircraft
based in North Korea. This conclusion is sup-
ported by all types of intelligence information
' For test of armistice agreement, see Bulletin of
Aug. 3, 1953, p. 132.
including the evidence of radar trackings, the
testimony of defectors, as well as long-range
photographs.
In addition, the Communists have built up and
modernized, in violation of tlieir agreement and
undertakings in subparagraph 13d of the armis-
tice agreement, their strength in the categories
of armored vehicles, weapons and artillery, and
ammunition, with the result that they have
enormously increased the potential of the militaiy
forces on the north side of the armistice line.
U.N. COMMAND STATEMENT
The following statement was presented on behalf
of the United Nations Oommand to the meeting of
the Militai^ Armistice Comjiiission in Panmwn-
jom, Korea, scheduled to begin at 3 p. m. Korean
daylight savings time, Friday, June £1, which is
1 : SO a. m., Friday, Washington time.
Maj. Gen. Homer L. Litzenberg, USMC, Senior
Member, United Nations Command, Military
Armistice Commission, presented the statement,
which is addressed to the Korean Peoples Army
{North Korea Communisf) and Chinese Peoples
Volunteers, both of which groups are signatories
to the Korean Armistice Agreement of July 27,
1953,
Ahnost four years have elapsed since the signing
of the Armistice Agreement which ended the Ko-
rean conflict. The signatories of that docmnent
58
Department of State Bulletin
agreed to be bound and governed by a mutual ap-
plication of the terms of the Agreement.
With complete disregard for your obligations
under sub-paragraph 13d of the Armistice Agree-
ment, your side has continued to violate the pro-
visions of that paragraph in the following partic-
ulars :
(1) You have introduced reinforcing combat
equipment of the types referred to in sub-para-
graph 13d in contravention of the provisions al-
lowing only piece-for-piece replacement of
equipment worn out and destroyed after the date
of the armistice.
( 2 ) You have also introduced combat equipment
and weapons of entirely different types and capa-
bilities from any you had in Korea at the time
of the Armistice.
(3) You have failed to report introductions of
such equipment.
(4) You have introduced such equipment at
ports of entry other than those specified in the
Armistice Agreement.
The United Nations Command has again and
again protested these violations by your side and
has attempted in vain to have it comply with the
provisions of the Armistice Agreement. All pro-
cedures established by the Agreement for the
settlement of disputes have been exhausted by
the United Nations Command.
The United Nations Conunand intends to main-
tain the Armistice Agreement. However, the fla-
gi'ant, repeated, and willful violations of that
agreement by your side undermine the very pro-
visions which were specifically designed to assure
the stability of the military armistice. A cardmal
purpose of these provisions was to insure the freez-
ing of the military status quo by maintaining the
relative military balance existing on July 27, 1953.
Your side, by its repeated violations of the Ar-
mistice Agreement, has seriously vipset the relative
military balance by modernizing and building up
military capability in the area vastly superior
to that which you had at the time the Armistice
Agreement was signed. On the other hand, the
United Nations Command, because of its scrupu-
lous observance of the Armistice Agi-eement, has
not increased its combat equipment and is still
equipped with the same type of weapons it had at
the time the Armistice Agreement was signed.
As a result of the long period of time since the
Armistice went into effect, the equipment and
weapons of the United Nations Command have
become obsolete and outmoded, and those needing
replacement camiot be replaced from stocks on
hand or currently in production. This situation
aggravates the imbalance created by your breach
of sub-paragraph 13d. The possibility that this
situation would arise was not foreseen at the time
the Armistice Agreement was negotiated, and,
indeed, it would not have arisen had your side
proceeded to negotiate, within three months and
in good faith a "peaceful settlement" as was con-
templated by the Armistice Agreement.
In view of these facts and your gross violations
of the provisions of sub-paragraph 13d, the
United Nations Command considers that it is
entitled to be relieved of corresponding obligations
under the provisions of this paragi-aph until such
time as the relative military balance has been re-
stored and your side, by its actions, has demon-
strated its willingness to comply.
The stability of the Armistice and the mainte-
nance of the relative military balance, which it
was the primary purpose of these provisions of
the Armistice Agreement to insure, can now only
be restored and maintained by the replacement by
the United Nations Command of its old weapons
with new items currently available. The United
Nations Command is taking appropriate steps to
this end.
It should be clearly understood that:
(1) The only purpose of the United Nations
Command action is to restore the relative balance
of military strength that the Armistice was in-
tended to preserve.
(2) The United Nations Command emphasizes
the fact that the replacement weapons are being
deployed for defensive purposes only.
(3) The United Nations Conamand intends as
it has in the past fully to observe the cease-fire
provision of the Armistice Agreement. It intends
also to observe all of the other provisions of the
Armistice Agreement save to the extent to which
it is entitled to be relieved from compliance be-
cause of your violations of sub-paragraph 13d and
of those covered in its statement to the Military
Armistice Commission of May 31, 1956.^
' Hid., June 11, 1956, p. 967.
July 8, 1957
59
Return of Philippine Battle Flag
Press release 357 dated June 11
Department Announcement
Ambassador Charles E. Bohlen on June 12 re-
turned a battle flag to Gen. Emilio Aguinaldo,
88-year-old leader of the Philippine Insurrection
of 1898-1901. The flag, which had been captured
in 1901 by U.S. troops, was returned at a celebra-
tion in Kawit, Cavite, Pliilippines, honoring the
59th anniversary of General Aguinaldo's "Decla-
ration of Independence."
The flag was brought back from the Philip-
pines and later presented to the Kalamazoo Pub-
lic Museum by the late Frank L. Riley, Company
F, 160th Indiana Infantry. Alexis A. Praus, di-
rector of the Kalamazoo Public Museum, and
Eepresentative August E. Johansen of Michigan
made arrangements through the Department of
State for the return of the flag.
Remarks by Ambassador Bohlen
When I learned that one of my first official acts
as United States Ambassador to tlie Philippines
was to be the return of this famous battle flag to
its distinguished owner, I realized that I should
approach with humility this solemn task of writ-
ing a postscript to history.
There are many men, General, who would con-
sider themselves fortunate merely to have wit-
nessed as much history as you have. However,
you have been more than a witness; you have
played a major role in the making of much of
your nation's history. Your rich store of experi-
ence, tempered with the wisdom of age, has fre-
quently proved of great value throughout the
years. A long series of American Governors
General, High Commissioners, and Ambassadors
have regarded you with affection and respect and
have relied upon you, as have many Filipino Gov-
ernment officials, for your wise counsel. I am
proud of the close relationsliip which exists be-
tween your country and mine, the strong ties of
mutual trust and respect which engendered the
desire that this banner be returned to you.
This standard, once proudly carried into com-
bat by your valiant forces, was captured on the
field of battle. To that soldier of the United
States Army who carried it home, the flag was a
cherished war souvenir. "V\1ien he bequeathed it
to the Spanish-American War Veterans — the
American counterpart of your venerable Asocia-
cion de los Veteranos de la Kevolucion — this tat-
tered tricolor was guarded as a priceless memento
of military service and of comrades who had
given their lives in the service of their country.
To the public museum of Kalamazoo, Michigan,
where it ultimately came to rest, the flag was a
valued addition to its collection.
Yet the directors of the Kalamazoo Public
Museum i-ecognized that what was to them a
prized article was to the Filipino people a sacred
symbol of their long and glorious struggle for
national independence. Therefore it was decided
that, since those who once bore arms against each
other are now united in the bonds of fraternal
friendship, and since the independence movement
which you led at the time this flag was made —
almost 6 decades ago — has achieved its goal, the
flag's rightful place is in your hands.
Though carefully preserved through all the
years, this simple banner has become threadbare in
spots, and the legendary "Sun of Liberty" on its
white triangle has grown dim. Its material value
is small. In its symbolic significance lies its great
worth. As poetically stated by Fernando Maria
Guerrero in his "La Bandera" :
Materially speaking, a flag has no value at all; any
piece of bunting or cloth with a few designs may be con-
verted into a flag. But look at ours with patriotic senti-
ments and you will see that onr tricolored flag with its
sun and three stars symbolizes a world of heroic deeds,
a glorified paradise of the people. It is the incarnation
of our country and ourselves ; because it throbs with our
hearts, interprets our national feeling, our happiness, our
sorrows, the songs of our struggles, our national history,
and above all, the bloody struggles for our political liber-
ties.
I am sure that the same sentiments were in your
heart 59 years ago today, when you first raised in
this place a flag of this type. The stirring strains
of your national anthem, first played on that date,
certainly conveyed the same feeling and inspired
Jose Palma when he put those feelings into words.
We are honored to join with you in celebration
of this anniversary. Your aspirations for inde-
pendence, as symbolized by this flag, have been
realized. Your nation is a respected member of
the world community. I am confident that the
Filipino people will always remain faithful to the
pledge that Jose Palma wrote to your flag in your
national anthem : "O never shall its shining field
be dimmed by tyrants might."
60
Departmenf of Stafe Bulletin
American-Vietnamese FriendsFiip
Following are texts of messages exchanged ie-
tween President Eisenhower and President Ngo
Dinh Diem of Viet-Nam after the latter^s visit to
the United States, May 8-21?
Whlto House press release dated May 27
President Eisenhower's Message, May 24
I was deeply touched by your message. Your
most welcome visit to the United States has served
to strengthen even further the friendship between
our two countries and to permit the people of this
country to demonstrate their high esteem for you
and the people of Viet-Nam. It has been a very
great pleasure for me to have met you personally
and to have had a frank exchange of views on
matters of mutual interest to our countries. The
progress of the Republic of Viet-Nam, under your
leadership, in promoting peace, stability and the
general welfare of the Vietnamese people augurs
well for the future of your country.
My warmest wishes go with you on your return
to Viet-Nam.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
President Ngo Dinh Diem's Message, May 21
Upon leaving the United States of America, I
want to thank you and the American people for
your warm hospitality and kindness during my
visit. I am most gratified to find sucli response to
the efforts made by the Vietnamese people and
myself to achieve and to keep our freedom. My
visit has also convinced me that the American peo-
ple are as rich in moral strength and spiritual
values as in material resources. Everywhere I
have seen prodigious achievements, enormous pros-
perity and almost incredibly high living standards
due to free competition, firm initiative and organ-
ization, painstaking efforts, solidarity and social
'Bulletin of May 27, 1957, p. S51.
justice. These are qualities of every great nation
and give me still more confidence in true Democ-
racy and in the future of our threatened free world.
This confidence has also been strengthened by
my meeting you and Secretary of State John
Foster Dulles: it is certainly fortunate for our
two countries that the foreign policy of the United
States is being directed by men of such generosity,
farsightedness and integrity.
God bless you and the American people.
Ngo Dinh Diem
Indonesian Parliamentarians
Visit United States
The Department of State announced on Jmie 14
(press release 366) that 11 members of the Parlia-
ment of the Republic of Indonesia and its secre-
tary would arrive at San Francisco on June 15
for a 2-month visit in the United States. The
group, headed by the chairman of the Indonesian
Parliament, Mr. Sartono, was invited by tlie
United States Govermnent to visit the United
States under the leader program of the Depart-
ment of State's International Educational Ex-
cliange Service.
The members of Parliament who make up the
group were chosen by the Indonesian Government
and represent a cross section of several political
parties represented in the Indonesian legislature.
Their visit will take them from San Francisco to
New York and Washington before they break up
into subgroups to follow their individual interests.
In San Francisco and New York they will meet
with local officials and prominent community lead-
ers. In Washington their program calls for meet-
ings with Members of Congress, the Supreme
Court, the Department of State, and other Gov-
ernmental officials and prominent persons. The
group's program in the United States is being ar-
ranged by the Governmental Affairs Institute.
July 8, J 957
4:',0701 — 57
61
U.N. Special Committee Reports on Hungarian Uprising
The United Nations Special Comndttee on the
Prohlem of Himgary on June 20 released a 391-
page report of its findings.^ Following are a De-
partment announcement on the report, a statement
hy Henry Cabot Lodge, U. S. Representative to the
United Nations, and the text of chapter XVII, the
final chapter of the report.
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Press release 378 dated June 20
The United Nations Special Committee on the
Problem of Hungary has fulfilled with integrity
and high competence the responsibility placed
upon it by the General Assembly.^ The report of
the Committee, published on June 20, is an author-
itative record of the Hungarian uprising of Oc-
tober-November 1956 and its tragic aftermath. It
speaks for itself.
The United States Government welcomes this
report and accepts its findings.
The distinguished members of the Special Com-
mittee, consisting of representatives of Australia,
Ceylon, Denmark, Tunisia, and Uruguay, have
made a signal contribution to the cause of truth
and justice by their impartial and exhaustive in-
vestigation of the Hungarian situation and their
penetrating analysis of events in that coimtry.
The facts and conclusions which they have placed
before tlie United Nations and the entire world are
both shocking and incontrovertible. These find-
ings are not subject to credible challenge by the
Soviet Government or the Kadar regime, which
^Report of the Special Committee on the ProMem of
Hungary, U.N. doc. A/3.592 dated June 12. Available as
supplement 18 to the Offlcial Records of the Eleventh
Session of the General Assembly, International Documents
Service, Columbia University Press, 2960 Broadway, New
York 27, N.Y. ; price, $2.
^ For background, see Bulletin of Jan. 28, 1957, p. 138,
and May 27, 19.57, p. 865.
62
refused all cooperation with the Special Commit-
tee and withheld permission for tlie Committee's
entry into Hungary.
The report of the Special Committee takes on
profound moral significance as an affirmation of
the just nature of the Hungarian people's struggle
for freedom and national independence and as a
grave indictment of Soviet deeds in Hungary and
of the policies which have been ruthlessly applied
in that unfortunate country at Soviet direction.
The U.S. Government believes that the report
of the Special Conunittee on the Problem of Hun-
gary merits the widest public attention and the
most immediate and close study by all govern-
ments. For its part, the U.S. Government is
giving thorough consideration to the report.
Obviously the cosponsors of the resolution estab-
lishing the Committee will wish to consult as soon
as possible to determine the most effective way of
dealing with the Committee's report and of seek-
ing all practical redress of the wrong that has
been committed in violation of the principles of
the United Nations and of the elemental require-
ments of humanity.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE'
U.S./D.N. press release 2689 dated June 19
Obviously this report is big news. The fact
that it is signed unanimously is a remarkable fact
of major importance. Its account of Soviet bru-
tality and of Soviet lying and cheating is so de-
tailed that the report must be carefully studied by
all governments large and small, both as a matter
of justice to Hungary and for their own self-
protection against future Soviet attempts to over-
whelm them. What the Soviets have done in one
place they may try to do in another.
" For release simultaneous with rejiort.
Department of State Bulletin
I wish to make this immediate announcement:
that I shall call a meeting of representatives of
the 24 nations which cosponsored the resolution
of January 10th calling for this report at the
earliest moment that the Govermnents of these
2i nations have had a chance to consider the re-
port in full.
I hope that at this meeting we will reach deci-
sions as to the most effective future steps.^
TEXT OF FINAL CHAPTER OF REPORT
Chapter XVII: Conclxtsions
784. The terms of reference of the Special Committee
covered a broad field, namely to rejiort to the General
Assembly of the United Nations after full and objective
investigation, its findings on all aspects of the question
of Soviet intervention in Hungary by armed force and
by other means and the effects of such intervention on
the political development of Hungary. The Committee's
investigation, as has been explained, involved the study
of copious documentation from various sources and in
several languages, as well as the questioning of more
than a hundred witnesses, whose testimony fills two
thousand pages in the verbatim record. The Committee
regrets that the attitude of the Hungarian Government
has prevented it from basing its investigation on direct
observation in Hungary, as required by the General As-
sembly resolution.
785. The Committee's findings relate to many aspects
of the events in Hungary and are concerned with numer-
ous points of detail that have a bearing on the origin and
nature of those events. The report itself embodies the
conclusions of the Committee, and these conclusions can-
not be readily dissociated from the evidence which is
there assembled. A summary of the Committee's findings
on individual aspects of the situation in Hungary has
been appended to certain of the chapters. It would, how-
ever, seem appropriate at this stage to summarize a
■■ On June 26 Ambassador Lodge made the following
press statement (U.S-AJ-^'- press release 2693) :
"The sponsors of the General Assembly resolution of
January 10, 1957, establishing the Special Committee on
Hungary, met on June 26 in order to consider what action,
in their view, should be taken on the report of the Special
Committee.
"The sponsors were unanimous that the report should
be considered by the General Asseml^ly as soon as it is
practicable to do so, having regard to the interests of the
Hungarian people and the issues involved. The sponsors
recognize that the fixing of the date, as well as the calling
of the session, is a matter for the President of the General
Assembly in consultation with the Secretary-General and
with the members of the General Committee.
"In the meantime the sponsors expressed a unanimous
appreciation of the report."
number of conclusions drawn by the Committee from its
study of the evidence as a whole. To the best of the
Committee's belief, these conclusions represent tlie essen-
tial facts about the Hungarian uprising which are nec-
essary to an understanding of its nature and outcome.
They are as follows:
(i) What took place in Hungary in October and No-
vember 1956 was a spontaneous national uprising, due
to long-standing grievances which had caused resentment
among the people. One of these grievances was the in-
ferior status of Hungary with regard to the USSR; the
system of Government was in part maintained by the
weapon of terror, wielded by the AVH or political police,
whose influence was exercised at least until the end of
1955, through a complex network of agents and informers
permeating the whole of Hungarian society. In other
respects also, Soviet pressure was resented. From the
stifling of free speech to the adoption of a Soviet-style
uniform for the Hungarian army, an alien influence ex-
isted in all walks of life. Hungarians felt no personal
animosity towards the individual Soviet soldiers on
Hungarian soil, but these armed forces were symbols
of something which annoyed a proud ijeople and fed the
desire to be free ;
(ii) The thesis that the uprising was fomented by re-
actionary circles in Hungary and that it drew its strength
from such circles and from' Western "Imperialists" failed
to survive the Committee's examination. From start to
finish, the uprising was led by students, workers, soldiers
and intellectuals, many of whom were Communists or
former Communists. The majority of political demands
put forward during the revolution included a stipulation
that democratic socialism should be the basis of the
Hungarian political structure and that such social achieve-
ments as the land reform should be safeguarded. At no
time was any proposal made for the return to power, or
to the Government, of any figure associated with pre-war
days. "Fascists" and "saboteurs", heavily armed, could
not have succeeded in landing on Hungarian airfields
which were under Soviet supervision, or in crossing the
Austrian frontier, where a closed zone was shown by the
Austrian authorities to the military attaches of France,
the United Kingdom, the United States of America and
the USSR;
(iii) The uprising was not planned in advance. It was
the universal testimony of witnes.ses examined by the
Committee that events took participants by surprise.
No single explanation can determine exactly why the
outbreak occurred just when it did. Communist spokes-
men, including Mr. KSdar and the members of his present
Government, have recognized the bitter grievances of the
Hungarian people before 2.3 October. They have spoken
of a "broad, popular movement" caused by the "bitterness
and indignation" of the masses. Two factors would seem
to have brought this resentment to a head. The first of
these was the news received on 19 October of a successful
move by Poland for greater independence from the USSR.
This news was largely instrumental in bringing the
Hungarian students together in the meetings of 22 October.
The second factor was the acute disappointment felt by
the people when Erno Gerci. First Secretary of the Central
Committee of the Hungarian Workers' (Communist)
July 8, 1957
63
Party, in his speech on the evening of 23 October failed
to meet any of the popular demands and adopted what was
considered a truculent tone towards his hearers;
(iv) Although no evidence exists of advance planning,
and although the whole course of the uprising bears the
hallmark of continuous improvisation, it would appear
that the Soviet authorities had taken steps as early as
20 October to make armed intervention in Hungary possi-
ble. Evidence exists of troop movements, or projected
troop movements, from that date on. It would appear
that plans for action had therefore been laid some time
before the students met to discuss their demands. The
Committee is not in a position to say whether the Soviet
authorities anticipated that the grievances of the Hun-
garian people, stimulated by events in Poland, could no
longer be contained. Signs of opposition were evident
before the 2.3rd; the Hungarian Government had reason
to foresee that trouble was brewing. While the evidence
shows that Soviet troops from outside Hungary were used
even in the first intervention, no clause of the Warsaw
Treaty provides for intervention by armed forces of the
Soviet Union to dictate political developments within any
signatory's frontiers ;
(v) The demonstrations on 23 October were at first
entirely peaceable. None of the demonstrators appear to
have carried arms, and no evidence has been discovered
that any of those who voiced the political demands or
joined the demonstrators had any intention to resort
to force. While disappointment at Mr. Gero's speech may
have angered the crowds, it would hardly of itself have
sufficed to turn the demonstration into an armed uprising.
That this happened was due to the action of the AVH in
opening fire on the people outside the Radio Building.
Within a few hours, Soviet tanks were in action against
the Hungarians. This appearance of Bussian soldiers in
their midst not as friendly allies, but as enemies in combat,
had the effect of still further uniting the people ;
(vi) Obscurity surrounds the invitation alleged to have
been issued by the Hungarian Government to the Soviet
authorities to assist in quelling the uprising by force.
Mr. Nagy has denied, with every appearance of truth, that
he issued this invitation or was even aware of it. Since
Soviet tanks appeared on the streets of Budapest at about
2 a. m. on 24 October, it would have been impossible for
him to have addressed any official message to the Soviet
authorities, since he held no Government post at the time
when the tanks must have received their orders. An in-
vitation may have been made privately by Mr. Gero, First
Secretary of the Central Committee of the Communist
Party, or Mr. Hegediis, the Prime Minister. The Com-
mittee, however, has had no opportunity of seeing a text
of such an invitation, or of considering the exact circum-
stances in which it may have been issued. Until further
information comes to light, it would be wise to suspend
judgement as to whether such an invitation was issued at
all.
Similar considerations apply to the invitation which is
alleged to have been addressed to the Soviet authorities
before the second intervention of 4 November. Mr. KAddr
had remained a member of Mr. Nagy's Government when
the latter was reconstituted on 3 November and the Com-
mittee is unaware of his having given any recorded indi-
64
cation of his disapproval of Mr. Nagy's policies. Mr.
KAddr's movements at this time are not fully known, and
he cannot be considered to have .substantiated his own
claim to have called, in the name of the Government
for Soviet help. In any event, there is abundant evidence
that Soviet preparation for a further intervention, in-
cluding the movement of troops and armour from abroad,
had l/een under way since the last days of October. Mr.
Kddar and his Ministers were absent from Budapest dur-
ing the first few days after he formed his Government, and
administrative instructions to the people of Hungary were
issued by the commanders of the Soviet troops.
(vii) When Mr. Nagy became Prime Minister, he was
not at first able to exercise the full powers of that oflBce.
Only when the grip of the AVH was loosened by the victory
of the insurgents was he able to take an independent stand.
By this time, the real power in Hungary lay with the
Revolutionary and Workers' Councils, which had sprung
up spontaneously in different parts of the country and had
replaced the collapsing structure of the Communist Party.
Mr. Nagy, though himself a Communist of long standing
who had lived for many years in the USSR, invited non-
Communists into his new Government, and listened to the
demands of various Revolutionary and Workers' Councils.
It would appear that Mr. Nagy himself, like the country
at large, was somewhat taken aback by the pace of
developments. However, seeing that his countrymen were
united in their desire for other forms of Government and
the departure of Soviet troops, he threw in his lot with
the insurgents. By this action, he obliterated the impres-
sion which he had created while still under the domination
of the AVH, and he became a symbolic figure in the up-
rising, although he had not instigated it, and was never
its actual leader ;
(viii) The few days of freedom enjoyed by the Hun-
garian people provided abundant evidence of the popular
nature of the uprising. A free press and radio came to
life all over Hungary, and the disbanding of the AVH was
the signal for general rejoicing, which revealed the degree
of unity achieved by the people, once the burden of fear
had been lifted from them ;
(ix) There were a number of lynchings and beatings
by the crowds. These were, in almost all cases, confined
to members of the AVH or those who were believed to
have co-operated with them ;
(x) Steps were taken by the Workers' Councils during
this period to give the workers real control of national-
ized industrial undertakings and to abolish unpopular
institutions, such as the production norms. These were
widely resented as being unfair to worl^ers and also a
reflection of popularly suspected secret trade agreements
with the USSR, which were said to make heavy demands
on the Hungarian economy for the benefit of the Soviet
Union. During the days of freedom, while negotiations
continued with the Soviet authorities for the withdrawal
of Russian troops, attempts were made to clear up the
streets of Budapest and life was beginning to return to
normal. The insurgents had agreed to amalgamate,
while maintaining their identity, in a National Guard,
which would have been responsible, with the Army and
Police, for maintaining order ;
(xi) In contrast to the demands for the re-establish-
Department of State Bulletin
ment of political rights put forward during the uprising,
is the fact that basic human rifrhts of the Hungarian
people were violated by the Hungarian Governments
prior to 23 October, especially up to the autumn of 1955,
and that such violations have been resumed since 4 No-
vember. The Committee is convinced that the numerous
accounts of inhuman treatment and torture by the AVH
are to be accepted as true. On the evidence, it is also
convinced that numbers of Hungarians, including some
women, were deported to the Soviet Union and that some
may not have been returned to their homes. These de-
portations were designed to break the back of the revolu-
tion. Action taken by the Hungarian i)eople in their
spontaneous uprising succeeded in ridding them for a few
days of the apparatus of police terror. This democratic
achievement of a united people was, indeed, threatened
by a form of "counter-revolution" and it was to this that
it succumbed. However, the "counter-revolution" con-
sisted in the setting up by Soviet armed forces of Mr.
Kadar and his colleagues in opposition to a Government
which enjoyed the overwhelming support of the people
of Hungary ;
(xii) Follovring the second Soviet intervention on 4
November, there has been no evidence of popular support
for Mr. Kddir's Government. Mr. KftdAr has succes-
sively abandoned most of the points from the revolu-
tionary programme which he had at first promised to
the Hungarian people. On the central question of the
withdrawal of Soviet troops, he has moved from com-
plete acceptance of the nation's wishes to a refusal to
discuss the subject in present circumstances. Against
the workers, he has proceeded step by step to destroy
their power and that of the Workers' Councils. Capital
punishment is applicable to strike activities. The proc-
esses of justice have been distorted by the institution of
special police and special courts and by the ignoring of
the rights of the accused. The Social Democratic Party
has again been forcibly liquidated. General elections
have been postponed for two years. Writers and intel-
lectuals are subjected to repressive measures. The Hun-
garian workers have shown no sign of support for Mr.
Kfldfir's Government or for the prospect of continuous
Soviet occupation. Only a small fraction of the 190,000
Hungarians, mostly young people, who fled the country
have accepted his invitation to return. The peasants
have reason to be grateful to Mr. Nagy for his attitude
towards collectivization of agriculture and forced de-
liveries of farm produce ;
(xiii) In the light of the extent of foreign interven-
tion, consideration of the Hungarian question by the
United Nations was legally proper and, moreover, it was
requested by a legal Government of Hungary. In the
matter of human rights, Hungary has accepted specific
international obligations in the Treaty of Peace. Ac-
cordingly, the Committee does not regard objections
based on Paragraph 7 of Article 2 of the Charter as hav-
ing validity in the present case. A massive armed in-
tervention by one Power on the territory of another, with
the avowed intention of interfering with the internal
affairs of the country must, by the Soviet's own defini-
tion of aggression, be a matter of international concern.
Relation of the United States
to World Migration
hy Robert S. McCollum ^
I am greatly concerned about the world refu-
gee problem — the movement of people made
necessary by totalitarian oppression, wars, over-
population, natural disaster — many causes. And
I am concerned about the responsibilities of my
country in this global problem. I know you are
too.
I am well aware of the objectives of the Ameri-
can Committee on Italian Migration. Since
1952, as a member agency of the National Catho-
lic Resettlement Council, the committee has had
a significant role in migration matters concerned
with Italy.
Although I was not active on the Washington
scene until early this year, I know of the com-
mittee's influence and activity in relation to the
refugee relief program and of the splendid co-
operation it afforded the Department of State
in the course of the Department's administration
of that important emergency project. You and
your associates across the land were of tremen-
dous assistance in gaining sponsors for the new-
comers from Italy, in the reception of these
people, and in the continuing responsibility to see
that their resettlement is successful.
So helpful was your effort in behalf of people
wanting to come from Italy under the refugee
act that late in December 1955, a year before the
close of the program, the Department of State
was obliged to announce that no new cases
could be accepted by the American consulates in
Italy.^ There were, at that time, some 47,000
applicants for the remaining 23,000 visas !
On August 17 last year. Pierce Gerety, deputy
administrator of the program at that time, was
in Naples to congratulate personally the recipient
of the 60,000th visa issued under the allocation for
Italy. The refugee relief program was completed
at that time, so far as Italy was concerned. For,
you will recall. President Eisenhower's recom-
' Address made before the American Committee on
Italian Migration at Cheshire, Conn., on June 19 (press
release 371). Mr. McCollum is Deputy Administrator,
Oflice of Refugee and Migration Affairs.
' Bulletin of Jan. 2, 1956, p. 16.
Jo/y 8, 7957
65
mendation for the transfer of unused visas in
undersubscribed countries to countries oversub-
scribed went unheeded by those in legislative
authority.
Today you are undoubtedly thinking again
about emergency legislation, or legislation to
liberalize immigration law now in force.
The President's Recommendations
President Eisenhower has made his carefully
considered recommendations to the Congress,'
proposing changes in the basic law, the Immigra-
tion and Nationality Act. Very slow has been
the approach of the Congi-ess on this controversial
subject. More than 4 months after the special
message of the President on immigration, there is
still no effective action. Yet I am an optimist.
I am not without hope.
The President's proposal for modernizing the
quota base and for distributing quota numbers
in proportion to actual immigration in recent
years would help the Italian situation. His other
proposals would further update the basic law to
meet the problems of the day and of the future,
whether they involve refugees, escapees, popula-
tion pressures, or developments unforeseen.
With an annual immigration quota of less than
6,000 (5,645) persons for Italy under the present
law, it is not difficult to understand your concern
for the many who want to come to the United
States and who would be useful persons in our
business and industry and contribute construc-
tively to community life.
During the coming quarter of July, August,
and September, only the first and second prefer-
ences are current for Italy — affecting persons
with needed skills and the parents of American
citizens who are of age. In the third prefer-
ence— wives, husbands, or children of aliens who
are permanent residents of the United States —
consulates are working on registrations as far
back as early 1953. And for fourth preference —
brothers, sisters, sons, or daughters of United
States citizens — there is no chance for anyone in
the foreseeable future. The same situation affects
those in nonpreference lists.
As you can see, much depends on what happens
to the President's recommendations, supported by
bills offered in the House and in the Senate, and
»/6W., Feb. 18, 1957, p. 247.
to the other measures for immigration legislation
that have been introduced.
I have seen the problems of Italy in my missions
overseas. I appreciate the economic situation, the
population pressures, the ties between the Italian-
Americans, who have done so much for this coun-
try, and the relatives and the friends who would
like to follow them to the United States.
I have seen, too, the manner in which Italy has
met its obligations as a host country in the ever-
changing picture of movements of people. I have
visited the camps at Latina and at Salerno.
Hungarians, Yugoslavs, many other nationalities
have poured in. I have assisted in planning the
work of the United States escapee program, which
supplements the material assistance given those
who have fled communism, and which helps move
them to countries of the free world to begin new
lives. For several years I have been privileged to
attend the conferences in Geneva of the Inter-
governmental Committee for European Migration,
which handles the transportation of migrants.
All these experiences convince me that the prob-
lems of migration cannot be dealt with adequately
by short-term planning. As long as oppressive
dictatorships exist, as long as basic freedoms are
denied, there will be people who flee to seek better
lives and, thereby, create new refugee problems.
As long as there are economic and population
problems, too, there will be need for determining
how other nations may best help those meriting
assistance.
Pleased as we may be about our own nation's
accomplishments to date in meeting migration
problems, we should combat any tendency to talk
in terms of one nationality only. It is not just a
problem of Hungarians or of Italians. The whole
world picture deserves constant emphasis. What
of the millions around the world — in Austria,
other countries of Europe, China, and the Arab
comitries? What of the Jews in Egypt, the
Armenians in Jordan?
The challenge is to move surplus people to less
populous areas, where they can be absorbed and
contribute to the economies. The Intergovern-
mental Committee (ICEM), to which I have re-
ferred, has moved more tlian a half million persons
from Europe in the 5 years of its existence. Gen-
erally speaking, about one quarter of the I'efugees
come to the United States. Great numbers went
to Australia, New Zealand, Canada, countries of
66
Department of State Bulletin
the African continent, and to our sister republics
in South America.
Can the United States continue to absorb work-
ers from overseas? Secretary of Labor Mitchell,
reviewing the influx of Hungarian escapees, said
recently : "In a nation like ours in which many
industries are feeling the crimp of a skilled worker
shortage . . . the addition to the ranks of such
workers is welcome indeed.'' He added, signifi-
cantly, that "the arrival of 18,000 of them out of
tlie blue, as it were, is both a godsend and a re-
sponsibility.*'
Meeting Migration Crises
Records show convincingly that the United
States has been doing its part in helping meet the
migration problem. Since 1938 it has participated
in international actions meeting successive crises.
You will recall the tremendous accomplish-
ments of the United States over and beyond nor-
mal immigration — nearly 400,000 admitted under
the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, more than
190,000 under the recently expired Refugee Re-
lief Act of 1953. Counting those entering under
immigration quotas, the total swells well over the
600,000 mark since World War II. Then, of
course, came our fast action in bringing to this
country more than 32,000 escapees from Hungary,
as a result of the recent revolt. Not only in num-
bers of people brought here is the story told. Of
great importance are the financial contributions
made by the United States to migration needs,
carried out in concert with other countries. Some
$40 million in government fmids went into the
Hmigarian project alone; and individuals' con-
tributions to voluntary agencies working on the
project topped another $18 million. Our escapee
program work, it should be remembered, assists
persons who go to many free- world countries other
than the United States.
Let me state with conviction my belief — and it
is the i^olicy of the administration — that our coun-
try must continue to exert leadership in this hu-
manitarian field as well as in the economic and
military. To justify our position and reputation
in the free world we must never fail to recognize
that men and women everywhere are entitled to
live in freedom, with dignity, and with oppor-
tunities to improve their stations in life.
Our country has this fine record of credit in the
field of migration. Your organization and other
Italian-American groups — as well as the many
other nationality organizations — attest the values
that have accrued to our national life by admitting
the cultures of the other countries.
Without this enrichment of our human re-
sources, who will be the Toscaninis, the Sikorskys,
the Joseph Pulitzers, the Felix Frankfurters of
tomorrow? Who among the Hungarian scien-
tists who have come as a result of the 1956 revolu-
tion will grow to fame they never could attain in
their native land ?
The tradition of the melting pot cannot be
abandoned. It is endangered by the failure of
Congress to act on the President's recommenda-
tions. But there can be no letting down. We are
bending every effort, with available legislation, to
keep up our part. There continues a challenge to
the United States to continue its leadership.
Of greatest importance is a long-range policy,
flexible to meet any contingency, at the same time
affording continuity of planning. Our President
has pointed the direction. Followup action is the
need of the moment.
Those who believe in what the President has
recommended in immigration legislation should
express themselves. Too often the positive ap-
proach in public affairs loses out to the negative.
Both sides, fortunately, in this country can be
heard from in the halls of legislative action. Be
sure you take advantage of this right to state your
views.
July 8, 1957
67
United States Asserts Claim Against U.S.S.R.
for Destruction of B-29 on November 7, 1954
Press release 313 dated May 23
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of the U.S.
Embassy in Moscow, Richard H. Davis, on May
23 delivered to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of
the Soviet Government a diplomatic note asserting
a claim against the Soviet Government for
$756,604.09. The claim was for damages suffered
by the U.S. Government in the destruction by
Soviet fighter aircraft of a U.S. Air Force B-29
over Hokkaido, Japan, on November 7, 1954. The
facts of the incident are recited in the note and are
based on a full investigation and review by the
Department of Defense and the Department of
State. The note refutes Soviet contentions that
the incident took place as a result of firing from
the B-29 on Soviet aircraft and that it took place
over Soviet territory. The note asserts that the
U.S. Government is ready to prove, in an appro-
priate forum by evidence, that the incident was
unprovoked and took place in international air
space and in Japanese territorial air space over
Hokkaido, Japan. It disposes of the Soviet Gov-
ernment's contention that it has legal title to
islands, properly belonging to Japan, which lie
adjacent to the island of Hokkaido, to their con-
tiguous territorial waters and air space, and to
international waters and air space in that area.
This includes the Habomai Islands, Shikotan Is-
land, and the two southern Kurile Islands of
Kunashiri and Etorofu.
The note constitutes a supplement to the action
which the U.S. Government took against the
Soviet Government in respect to an earlier inci-
dent in the same general area of October 7, 1952,
in which a B-29 was shot down and destroyed by
Soviet fighter aircraft. In the latter case the U.S.
Government took the dispute to the International
Court of Justice,^ but the Soviet Government sub-
sequently refused to submit to the jurisdiction of
the Court.
TEXT OF U.S. NOTE
Excellency : I have the honor to transmit to you here-
with, upon the instruction of my Government, the fol-
lowing communication from my Government to your
Government :
The Government of the United States of America
refers again to the incident of November 7, 1954, in which
fighter aircraft of the Government of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics attacked and destroyed a United
States Air Force B-29 airplane engaged in legitimate
and peaceable flight in the area of the Japanese Island
of Hokkaido. In its most recent note on this matter to
the Soviet Government, of November 17, 1954,^ the United
States Government informed the Soviet Government,
inter alia, that it reserved its rights with reference to the
human and material losses incurred as a result of the
Soviet action of November 7, 1954. It also stated that
in the absence of action by the Soviet Government to
prevent a recurrence of such attacks, the United States
Government would be compelled to provide the necessary
defensive protection for United States aircraft engaged
in these legitimate and peaceful missions. The Soviet
Government replied to this note on December 11, 1954.'
It asserted that its allegations of fact, which are con-
trary to the allegations of fact made by the United States
Government, had been "established and checked." It also
placed upon the United States Government the blame not
only for this incident but for the risk of any other loss
of life or property which might be occasioned by Soviet
fighters should the United States provide defensive pro-
tection to its aircraft in similar circumstances in the
future.
The incident of November 7, 1954 was not the first in
'■ Bulletin of July 11, 1955, p. 65.
"For text, together with texts of U.S. and Soviet notes
dated Nov. 7, 1954, see ibid., Nov. 29, 1954, p. 811.
" Not printed.
68
Department of State Bulletin
which innocent and peaceable American aircraft had
i)een attaclied by Soviet fighters without provocation.
The United States Government, therefore, having in mind
the seriousness of the implications to international peace
raised by this further incident, then instituted, with the
active assistance and cooperation of Japanese authorities,
a thorough reinvestigation and review of the entire inci-
dent of November 7, 1954. The reinvestigation and review
confirm that the material assertions of fact in the United
States Government's notes to the Soviet Government of
November 7, 1954 and November 17, 1954 are correct ;
that the material assertions of fact by the Soviet Govern-
ment in its notes of November 7, 1954 and December 11,
1954 are untrue ; and that the Soviet Government is liable
to make proper compensation to the United States Gov-
ernment for the injuries caused and to make such other
amends as will deter it from any repetition of its wrongful
conduct.
The purpose of the present communication is to place
upon the record all the relevant facts and, based thereon,
to prefer against the Soviet Government a formal inter-
national claim as set forth below. The United States
Government still, as It has done with respect to similar
prior incidents and in accordance with the policy an-
nounced by it in the Security Council of the United
Nations on September 10, 1954,* calls upon the Soviet
Government to desist from acts of international violence,
to respect international law and to follow the practices
of international law for the peaceful settlement of inter-
national disputes.
I.
The United States Government asserts, and is prepared
to prove by evidence in an appropriate forum, the
following :
1. Prior to and on November 7, 19.54, the United States
Air Force was duly authorized, by virtue of the Security
Treaty between the United States and Japan, signed Sep-
tember 8, 1951," to conduct flights by military aircraft
over Japanese territory. Pursuant to this authority, on
the morning of November 7, 1954, a United States Air
Force B-29, bearing serial number 42-94000, and with
the identification call sign "AF^705," was duly dis-
patched with instructions to fly in specified areas ex-
clusively within the territorial confines of the Island
of Hokkaido and the adjacent international air space.
The airplane was manned by a crew of eleven, all mem-
bers of the United States Air Force and nationals of
the United States, and each of them competent to per-
form the functions assigned to him with respect to the
mission.
The B-29 proceeded in due course to the Island of
Hokkaido. Commencing at approximately 1123 hours,
the B-29 flew due east, at an altitude of approximately
16,000 feet, along a flight line running from approxi-
mately 144 degrees 20 minutes east longitude approxi-
mately along the parallel of latitude of 43 degrees and
* Bulletin of Sept. 20, 1954, p. 417.
"IMd., Sept. 17, 1951, p. 464.
15 minutes north, ending off the coastline between the
villages of Konbumori and Nagafushi, south of the town
of Nemuro and of the island of Tomoshiri, north of the
island of Moyururi and west of Tatsumino Reef. The
heading of the aircraft in this operation was 90 degrees
and the operation was accomplished at approximately
1139 hours.
Thereupon the pilot turned right to a heading of 180
degrees, then further right to a heading of 240 degrees.
The instructions of the B-29 crew, given to them prior
to their departure, required them to fly in the area of the
Nemuro Peninsula along a parallel of latitude of ap-
proximately 43 degrees, 18 minutes north, running
through the island of Tomoshiri in the east and through
the town of Shibecha in Hokkaido in the west, extend-
ing no further east than 145 degrees, 45 minutes east
longitude. Noticing the favorable weather conditions
therefor, the Aircraft Commander determined to fly from
east to west on an adjacent line running from approxi-
mately 145 degrees 40 minutes east longitude approxi-
mately along the parallel of latitude of 43 degrees 18
minutes north, and therefore then executed a turn to the
left over the international waters of the Pacific Ocean
toward a heading of approximately 360 degrees due
north. While flying on the due north heading, south of
Tatsumino Reef and southwest of the tip of Nemuro
Peninsula, crew members of the B-29 noticed to the
east of the course of the B-29 two fighter-type aircraft
flying toward the B-29 from its right rear. The fighters
were not Immediately visible to the Aircraft Commander
or other ofiicers in their positions in the nose of the B-
29, but upon the presence of the fighter aircraft being
called to their attention by the crew members the ofiicers
in the nose of the B-29 succeeded in perceiving them
at a distance which appeared to be approximately eight
to ten miles away to the east moving in toward the B-29
on a relative bearing of approximately 145 degrees from
the B-29. Immediately on sighting these fighters, and
concluding from their silhouettes that they were prob-
ably of the MIG type, the Aircraft Commander caused
the B-29 to turn left, by a 90 degree turn, to a heading
of 270 degrees, intending thereby to avoid any possible
encounter with the Soviet aircraft and, by flying farther
inward and toward the Japanese land mass, to emphasize
the peaceable purpose and legitimate flight of the B-29.
The position of the B-29's turn was just south of Tat-
sumino Reef and two to three miles west of the tip of
Nemuro Peninsula. As the B-29 was rolling out of its
90 degree turn and commencing a level flight due west
on a heading of 270 degrees, the two MIG fighter air-
craft closed in on the B-29 from the rear and opened
fire with successive bursts in an attack deliberately de-
signed to destroy the B-29 and its crew. The B-29 was
hit in the tail and left wing and aileron. At the mo-
ment of the attack the B-29 was passing from the inter-
national air space over the waters of the Pacific Ocean,
and was entering the territorial air space of Hokkaido,
and the time was approximately 1148 hours. No warn-
ing whatever had been given in any way by the MIG
fighter aircraft to the B-29 of intention to fire, nor had
July 8, J 957
69
any provocation been given by the B-29 justifying or
reasonably calling for such hostile action.
The Aircraft Commander, continuing on the same west-
erly heading of 270 degrees, promptly commenced a de-
scent in an attempt to evade further attack from the
Soviet fighter aircraft and to reach the Hokkaido land
mass. But the attacking Soviet fighter aircraft closed in
from the rear in a hostile firing attitude and opened fire
on the B-29 as it descended and flew westward. Fuel
which had been pouring out of the left fuel tank was set
afire. The B-29 was, as a result of the further damage
inflicted by the Soviet fighter aircraft, becoming difficult
to control and its pilot was unable to make any further
evasive maneuvers. At the time of this second attack
the position of the B-29 was over Japanese territorial
waters east of Moyururi Island. Nevertheless, at least
one of the Soviet fighters again proceeded to the rear of
the B-29, again closed in and again opened fire in Jap-
anese territorial air space as the B-29 was reaching
Moyururi Island and again hit the B-29. Unrelenting,
at least one of the Soviet fighters proceeded again to the
rear of the descending, burning B-29 and again resumed
a firing attitude, but apparently seeing the hopelessness
of the B-29 desisted from firing. At that point, the
B-29, aflame, had reached an altitude of 11,000 feet and
was close to or over the shoreline of Moyururi Island at
approximately latitude 43 degrees 13 minutes north, lon-
gitude 14.5 degrees 37 minutes east. The Aircraft Com-
mander was compelled to elect to abandon the airplane
in the air. He gave his crew the order to bail out,
which the crew obeyed, in the air space of Hokkaido west
of the village of Konbumori. The crew all landed on the
ground safely except Lt. Sigfredo Angulo, who was seri-
ously injured and died. The B-29, unmanned and un-
able to maintain the course set by the pilot before aban-
donment because of the damage done it by the attacking
Soviet fighters, crashed to the ground by the Village of
Kamishunbetsu Notsukengun, completely demolishing the
house of a Japanese national and destroying its contents
and damaging cultivated fields and crops belonging to an-
other Japanese national.
2. The United States Government has concluded from
its investigation that the actions of the Soviet fighters
during the entire encounter, including each of the at-
tacks, were planned, initiated, directed and continuously
controlled by responsible authorities of the Soviet Gov-
ernment for the purpose of accomplishing the destruction
of the B-29 and the death of its crew ; that the attacks,
which were unprovoked, took place in the territorial air
space of Japan or in the contiguous international air
space with knowledge that no provocation legally justi-
fying such action had been offered by the B-29 ; and
that no prior opportunity hnd been afforded to the B-29
to avoid attack and that no warning of intention to
attack had been given to it in any way by the Soviet
fighter aircraft.
II.
The Soviet Government has, in the two notes on this
incident above mentioned, made statements of fact with
respect to the incident which, the United States Govern-
ment has concluded, are in material respects untrue.
The United States Government is buttressed in these con-
clusions by the fact that the Soviet Government has
again chosen to reiterate stereotype and demonstrably
untrue allegations such as it has heretofore asserted con-
cerning each of a number of unprovoked attacks by So-
viet fighters on innocent United States military aircraft.
Among these false statements of fact, as the United
States Government is prepared to prove by evidence in
an appropriate forum, are the following :
1. That the B-29, at 1320 hours local time, or 1241
hours Vladivostok time, flew over the Island of Tanfilev.
This statement, contained in both the Soviet note of No-
vember 7, 19.54 and the Soviet note of December 11, 1954,
is preceded by the statement that the B-29 "violated the
state boundary of the U.S.S.R. in the region of the Island
of Tanfilev" and that it "continued to ijenetrate into the
air space of the Soviet Union in the direction of this
i.sland." It is assumed that the Soviet Government is re-
ferring to the Habomai island of Suisho which, on No-
vember 7, 19.54, and for some time prior thereto, Soviet
authorities occupied. The fact is that the B-29 flew
neither over nor near Suisho Island nor did it cross any
frontier of the Soviet Government, or any kind of fron-
tier known to be claimed by the Soviet Government, in
this area. On the contrary, the flight of the B-29, to the
time of encounter by the Soviet fighters, was, as re-
counted above, performed entirely south of the Nemuro
Peninsula, in the territorial air space of the Japanese
Island of Hokkaido, or in the contiguous air space over
the high seas of the Pacific Ocean. Assuming that the
time of the alleged overflight, stated in the Soviet notes
as 1320 hours local time, was 1141 hours Japan time, the
United States Government has concluded that the posi-
tion of the B-29 at that time was approximately 145
degrees 43 minutes east and 43 degrees 11 minutes north,
and not less than sixteen nautical miles from the near-
est shoreline of Suisho Island. The B-29 was then on
a heading of south over the coastline and waters south of
the town of Nemuro, southwest of the east tip of Nemuro
Peninsula and southwest of Tatsumino Reef, and it was
headed still farther from Suisho Island and it continued
to fly as far as approximately twenty-five nautical miles
from the nearest .shoreline of Suisho Island prior to mak-
ing its turn to the left from its heading of 240 degrees as
has been described above.
2. That the B-29 was met by two Soviet fighters while
it was in flight above the Island of Suisho, or Tanfilev.
The fact is that the two Soviet fighters which attacked
the B-29 approached it from the rear, and never in any
other attitude, at a ix)int due south of the Nemuro Pen-
insula and over the contiguous international waters of
the Pacific Ocean.
3. That the Soviet fighters met the B-29 with the in-
tention of pointing out to it that it was within the
boundaries of the Soviet Union and of proposing that
the B-29 immediately leave that air space. As has un-
fortunately become usual in this stereotype allegation,
the Soviet Government does not state precisely what
maneuvers or conduct, if any, the Soviet fighters are
claimed to have performed in conveying or attempting
to convey any such communication or in preparing to do
70
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
so. The United States Government reiterates that in
truth the approach of neither of the two fighter aircraft
in this case was compatible with any intelligible at-
tempt to convey any peaceable communication. On the
contrary, the United States Government has concluded
that the fighter aircraft approached the B-29 first, and
only from the rear and at a considerable distance to the
east, for the purpose of identifying it as a United States
aircraft and then, having reported that fact to the re-
sponsible Soviet ground control authorities, the fighter
aircraft were directed to proceed immediately, and did
so proceed, from the immediate rear in exclusively hostile
attitude to attack and destroy the B-29, although the
B-29 was then passing from the international air space
over the waters of the Pacific Ocean immediately con-
tiguous to Japanese territory in the Island of Hokkaido
and entering the territorial air space of Hokkaido ; and
they then repeatedly again so proceeded even while
the B-29 and the fighters were within the territorial air
space of Hokkaido. The fighters did not evince, nor did
they have, any intention at any time to make any peace-
able communication, or to give any warning of any kind,
as to their purpose ; the approach of the two fighter air-
craft was totally incompatible with any customary
or recognized attempt to convey any peaceable
communication.
4. That the B-29, on the approach of the Soviet
fighters, opened fire against them. This stereotype al-
legation is false. At no time, even after the initial at-
tack by the Soviet fighters, did the B-29, or any member
of its crew, fire upon the Soviet fighter aircraft.
5. That the Soviet fighters were forced to open fire
in reply. This is similarly false, particularly inasmuch
as the B-29, when the Soviet fighter aircraft first ap-
proached it, prior to firing, and from then on until the
disengagement, was flying continuously in a westerly di-
rection and farther and farther away from Soviet-held
territory, a fact which was obvious to the pilots of the
Soviet aircraft and to their ground controllers ; and the
attacks of the fighters upon the B-29 were accomplished
by overtaking the B-29 from a safe distance to the rear
of the B-29.
6. That only after the Soviet fighter aircraft fired
upon the B-29 did the B-29 leave the air space of the
U.S.S.R. and that it flew off in a southwesterly direction.
The fact is that, on the contrary, the B-29 had taken a
turn to a westerly heading even before the Soviet fighter
aircraft, coming from the rear, approached close to the
B-29 in hostile attitude. The mortal injuries were in-
flicted by the Soviet fighters on the B-29, in successive at-
tacks, after the B-29 had made its left turn and was on
its flight to the westward, first passing from the interna-
tional air space over the waters of the Pacific Ocean, and
entering the territorial air space of Hokkaido, Japan
and then within that territorial air space. At the moment
of first attack the B-29, the United States Government has
concluded, was no closer than fifteen nautical miles in a
direct line from the shoreline of Suisho Island; the sub-
sequent attacks were made by the Soviet fighter aircraft,
as has been stated above, even farther from Soviet-held
territory and within the territorial air space of Hokkaido,
Japan.
7. That the United States Government does not dispute
that the fiight of the B-29 took place as stated in the
Soviet Government's note of November 7, 1954, and it
does not dispute that the encounter of the B-29 with
the Soviet aircraft occurred over the Island of Tanfilev.
On the contrary, the United States Government definitely
disputes these allegations, and it characterizes them as
false.
8. That the fact that the B-29 opened fire on the ap-
proach of the Soviet fighters has been established by
trustworthy means, including appropriate instruments.
The United States Government must express its doubt
that the Soviet Government is in position to produce any
instruments or evidence of reliable character establish-
ing any such fact; for its own part, it is prepared to
prove by incontrovertible evidence that none of the guns
of the B-29 was ever fired during its flight on Novem-
ber 7, 1954.
III.
The United States Government has concluded, for the
reasons set forth below, that the Soviet Government in
the foregoing facts was guilty of deliberate and willful
violation of applicable rules of international law on ac-
count of which it has become liable to the United States
Government for damages and other amends.
1. In the circumstances of fact described above, it was
unlawful for the Soviet aircraft to have attacked the
B-29 at any time or place.
2. The Soviet Government omits, significantly, to state
that the Soviet fighters made four concerted firing at-
tacks on the B-29. It is, therefore, not clear whether
the Soviet Government prefers to disregard any of these
attacks. The United States Government asserts that
had the B-29, contrary to the fact, directed fire on the
Soviet fighters after any attack by the Soviet fighters
such attack of the fighter aircraft and the subsequent
obviously hostile approach would constitute legal justi-
fication for fire from the B-29 as an act of self-defense.
3. The Soviet Government states in its notes of Novem-
ber 7, 1954 and December 11, 1954, that the two Soviet
fighters involved in the Incident approached the B-29
"with the purpose of pointing out that it was inside the
boundaries of the U.S.S.R. and to propose that it im-
mediately leave the air space of the Soviet Union." The
United States of America denies that this was the pur-
pose of the approach of the Soviet aircraft. It notes
that the B-29 had not entered Soviet territory and was
not engaging in any activity which represented a clear
and present danger to the Soviet Union. The Soviet
aircraft immediately upon its first approaching the B-29
opened fire rather than giving visual signals or other-
wise proposing that the B-29 alter its course. Since the
B-29, upon the appearance of the Soviet fighters, turned
in a westerly direction and proceeded farther away fx-om
the area claimed to be territory of the Soviet Govern-
ment, it was the duty of the Soviet authorities to refrain
from any action not necessary for the defense of the
Soviet Union. In the facts and circumstances described
any fire from the Soviet aircraft was entirely un-
warranted.
Jo/y 8, 7957
71
IV.
The Soviet Government has, in its notes on this inci-
dent, adverted to its territorial claims to the Habomai
Islands and to adjacent water and air space. It has, by
implication, raised question as to the extent of such
claims. Although as is well known the United States
Government challenges the Soviet Government's terri-
torial claims to these islands, it has not chosen to do so
by any overflights of any disputed area, and specifically
not in circumstances such as those involved in the inci-
dent of November 7, 1954, or by any method other than
the channels of peaceful, diplomatic negotiation and
judicial determination. The United States Government,
therefore, takes this opportunity to make the follovving
declarations :
A. With respect to the Soviet claim of sovereignty
over the Habomai Islands :
1. In its note of November 17, 1954, the United States
Government stated that the United States supports the
Japanese Government's contention that the Habomai
group of islands is an integral part of the national terri-
tory of Japan which the Soviet Government continues
illegally to occupy. The Soviet Government's note of
December 11, 1954, commenting on this statement, says
this is "in plain contradiction to the provisions of the
Yalta Agreement on the Kurile Islands". Tlie United
States Government, making reference for a fuller state-
ment of its position in this regard to the note of September
25, 1954,' which is incorporated in the records of the In-
ternational Court of Justice as an annex to the United
States Government's application instituting proceedings
against the Soviet Government on account of a similar
incident of October 7, 19.52, reiterates that the Yalta
Agreement regarding Japan of February 11, 1945, was
neither intended to nor did it have the effect of conveying
legal title in any Japanese territory to the Soviet Union ;
that in particular neither the Yalta Agreement regarding
Japan nor the Treaty of Peace with Japan, signed in San
Francisco on September 8, 1951, conveyed any title in the
Habomai Islands to the Soviet Union or diminished the
title of Japan in those islands, and the phrase "Kurile
Islands" in those documents does not and was not in-
tended to include the Habomai Islands, or Shikotan, or
the islands of Kunashiri and Etorofu which have always
been part of Japan proper and should, therefore, in justice
be acknowledged as under Japanese sovereignty. The
action of the Soviet Government in purporting to appro-
priate those islands and to exercise sovereignty over
them is, therefore, wrongful and illegal and was wrongful
and illegal on November 7, 1954. The United States Gov-
ernment notes again that the Soviet Government has con-
si.stently failed and refused to submit the validity of its
contentions in this regard to examination by established
judicial process in the interest of the peaceful settlement
of international disputes and of the maintenance of in-
ternational law and order.
2. In the note of December 11, 1954. the Soriet Gov-
ernment also cites as justification of its claim of title
to the Habomai Islands, which it now denominates as
' For text, see ibid., Oct. 18, 1954, p. 579.
"certain Southern Kurile Islands," that these islands
were "excluded from the sovereignty of Japan" by the
Soviet Government's acceptance of the capitulation of
Japanese forces "on the territory of all the Kurile Is-
lands" "on the basis of agreements between the Allies."
The United States Government denies that any agree-
ments between the Allied Powers in the war against
Japan provided any justification for the Soviet appropri-
ation of any territory, particularly the Habomai Islands
and Shikotan, and the islands of Kunashiri and Etorofu.
The entry of Soviet troops on Japanese territory was
authorized only under the document known as General
Order No. 1, the first of the general orders to the Im-
perial Japanese Government by the Supreme Commander
for the Allied Powers carrying out the terms of sur-
render to him ; it embodied an agreement made among
the Allied Powers and was, and is, binding upon the
Soviet Government as upon the other Allied Powers.
That order provided only for the detailed execution of
the terms of military surrender of Japanese forces. It
provided that the "Kurile Islands" was among various
areas (including Manchuria, North Korea and Karafuto)
in which Japanese armed forces should surrender to
"the Commander-in-Chief of Soviet Forces in the Far
East". Other Allied commanders were designated to
accept surrender in other specific areas. As the Soviet
Government specifically agreed, the order provided that
on the main islands of Japan, including the Island of
Hokkaido "and the minor islands adjacent thereto," of
which territory the Habomai Islands and Shikotan and
the islands of Kunashiri and Etorofu were always, and
still are, an integral part, Japanese armed forces should
surrender to "the Commander-in-Chief, U.S. Army
Forces, Pacific." The entire surrender to all Allied
forces, including the Soviet forces, and the military occu-
pation which ensued as a result thereof were specifically
provided to be pursuant to the surrender to the "Supreme
Commander for the Allied Powers," who on behalf of all
the Allied Powers accepted Japan's surrender.
General Order No. 1 contained no provision trans-
ferring sovereignty from Japan to the Soviet Union or
to any other Government in any Japanese territory.
The Soviet Government's action in occupying the Habo-
mai Islands, and Shikotan, and Kunashiri and Etorofu
was not authorized by nor in accordance with General
Order No. 1 or any agreement of the Soviet Government
with the United States Government and other Allied
Powers. Its subsequent action of expelling the native
Japanese population from these islands and purporting
to incorporate the islands as well as other Japanese
territory into the Soviet Union without the consent or
approval of the Allied Powers and of the Government
of Japan constituted internationally illegal conduct as
well as further violation of its agreements with the
other Allied Powers, particularly as the Soviet Govern-
ment's claim of title to such territory and the continued
presence therein of Soviet authorities was invalid and
illegal.
3. In its note of December 11, 1954, the Soviet Govern-
ment also cites in support of its claim of title a "directive
of the staff of the Supreme Commander for the Allied
Powers, MacArthur, of January 29, 1946" by which it
72
Department of Stale Bulletin
is claimed the Hiibonml Islands "are excluded from the
sovereignty of Julian." The United States Government
categorically denies that this directive, or any otlier di-
rective, had any such intention or effect. The directive
in question, as a reading of it plainly discloses, was
issued by the Supreme Conmiander for the Allied Powers
to the Imperial .Japanese Government in performance of
the military occupation functions of the Supi-enie Com-
mander : it was specifically tentative in character and
limited in scope ; and it contained the follo«'ing specific
provision which the Soviet Government ignores —
"Nothing in this directive shall be construed as an
indication of Allied policy relating to the ultimate deter-
mination of the minor islands referred to in Article 8 of
the Potsdam Declaration."
B. With respect to the Soviet claim of littoral air
space :
As has unfortunately been the case in other diplomatic
exchanges concerning the Soviet Government's claims
of violations of its boundaries, the Soviet Government
has failed to state precisely where it claims its boundary
runs. The United States Government is compelled to
conclude from these experiences that the Soviet Govern-
ment has deliberately chosen, as a matter of polic.v, to
refuse to make its territorial claims specifically known
to the world otherwise than by arbitrary and violent
actions such as have characterized Soviet attacks with-
out warning on innocent American aircraft, and the
seizure and imprisonment of Japanese fishermen and
fishing vessels in the area in question. Lest there be
any uncertainty as to the United States Government's
position on this subject, therefore, the United States
Government takes this opportunity to declare the
following :
1. Even if, contrary to the fact and applicable law,
the Soviet Government had any legal title, or other legal
rights, to the Habomai Islands, such rights could not,
in any event, extend on the surface or in the air beyond
three nautical miles from the coastlines, following their
sinuosities, of each of the land masses. The United
States Government refers in this regard to its note of Oc-
tober 9, 1954,' on accoiint of a similar incident of Soviet
attack on an innocent United States military aircraft
over the Sea of Japan.
2. Even if, contrary to the fact and applicable law, the
Soviet Government had any legal territorial right what-
ever in air space or surface space outside the shores of
the laud ma.s.ses in the Habomai Islands, such right could
in no event be applied or exercised, and such territorial
space could not extend, so as to deprive Japan (and the
United States Government under the Security Treaty) of
the long-established Japanese territorial rights in the
waters and air space ad,iacent to the Island of Hokkaido
and other parts of Japan, extending three nautical miles
from these Japanese laud masses.
3. Even if, contrary to law, the Soviet Government may
a.ssert rights or title in derogation to Japan's in the
waters in and air space over the Pacific Ocean, the
Goyomai Strait, or contiguous waters and air space which,
' Not printed.
July 8, 7957
prior to the Soviet Government's unilateral arrogation,
constituted waters or air space open to international
access, such claim is invalid as to other non-consenting
governments and such water and air space could not law-
fully be closed to international access by any act of the
Soviet Government without the consent of the nations
affected thereby. The United States Government has not
consented and does not consent to such action Ijy the
Soviet Government.
Insofar, therefore, as the Soviet Government may
claim that any of the actions of the Soviet fighter air-
craft directed against the B-29 in the incident of Novem-
ber 7, 19.34 took place in air space herein characterized
by the United States Government as international air
space or Jaiianese air space, or air space open to inter-
national access, the United States Government reiterates
that such action was unlawful and sub.1ects the Soviet
Government to liability to the United States Government
for damages and other amends.
The United States has suffered the following items of
damage, in direct consequence of the foregoing illegal
acts and violations of duty, for which the Soviet Govern-
ment is responsible, and the United States Government
demands that the Soviet Government pay to it the fol-
lowing sums on account thereof :
1. The United States Air Force B-29 airjjlane, bearing
serial number 42-94000, and its contents at the time of
its destruction on November 7, 1954, valued in total at
$659,559.04.
2. Other damages to the United States Government,
$37,045.05.
3. Damages to the next of kin, nationals of the United
States, for the death of the crew member, Lt. Sigfredo
Angulo, $50,000.00.
4. Damages to the surviving members of the crew of
the B-29, all nationals of the United States, $10,000.00.
Total— $756,604.09.
There has been included in the sum of $37,045.05, above
mentioned, the sum of $3,749.65 paid by the United States
Government e.v gratia to Japanese nationals on account
of injuries suffered by them from the crash of the B-29
on their property in the Island of Hokkaido in direct con-
sequence of the unlawful conduct of the Soviet Govern-
ment. Should the United States Government be reim-
bursed, its claim against the Soviet Government will be
pro tanto reduced.
The United States Government has not included in its
demand for damages, specified above, any sum on account
of the items of intangible injury deliberately and in-
tentionally caused to the United States Government and
the American people by the wrongful actions of the
Soviet Government. In that regard, the United States
Government has determined to defer to a later date the
formulation of the kind and measure of redress or other
action which the Soviet Government should take which
would be appropriate in international law and practice
to confirm the illegality of the actions directed by the
Soviet Government against the United States Govern-
- ment and the American people.
73
VI.
The Government of the United States calls upon the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
to nuike its detailed answer to the allegations and de-
mands made in the present communication. Should the
Soviet Government in its answer acknowledge its In-
debtedness on account of the foregoing and agree to pay
the damages suffered, the United States Government is
prepared, if requested, to present detailed evidence in
support of its calculations of damages suffered and
alleged.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my high-
est consideration.
Education and Responsibility in World Affairs
hy Deputy Under Secretary Murphy ^
In leaving the sheltering walls of this kindly
university with its friendly and understanding at-
mosphere, life will become more complex. Here
there has been opportunity to deal with the funda-
mentals, with reason and logic, with faith and
morals, with loyalty and friendship. Principles
seem very clear, perhaps more so than will be the
case at times during the future. You know that
this is a world of conflict and turbulence as well
as one of happy accomplishment. It is true that,
in such a world, too often principles give way to
expediency and loyalty to self-interest. But the
principles you have learned and the ideals you
have acquired will provide a resource on which to
draw and inspiration to guide you in the daily
stress of an active career.
I hope, whatever that career may be, that you
remember to continue an interest in your Govern-
ment's role and responsibilities in the afl'airs of
this evolving world of ours. Your country has
not always been a great world power. It is today.
Inevitably that status brings to the hundreds of
thousands of 1957 graduates responsibilities and
opportunities which were beyond the reach of
other generations. The success of your Govern-
ment in coaling with present world problems will
be a measure of your own personal success in deal-
ing with the future.
Fortunately, or unfortunately, our country has
arrived at its present stage of power in the midst
' Address made at commencement exercises at the
Catholic University of America on June 9 (press release
349 dated June 7).
of a world conspiracy directed at the destruction
of the very principles and ideals around which
your education has been built. I say "fortu-
nately," because I believe that out of this world
struggle will come victory and strength for the
principles and ideals we cherish ; "unfortunately,"
because in a gigantic struggle such as the one in
which we live sacrifice is inevitable.
There is a feature relating to that struggle in
which we find ourselves as a nation and as a capi-
talistic society which I wish to mention. It is the
existence of individuals who for varying reasons,
perhaps some due to temperament, seek to agitate
and arouse the fears of our people and, inten-
tionally or unwittingly, breed defeatism in the
ranks of the free world. I hope you will do your
best to combat that tendency. It takes different
forms — a paralyzing fear that we would all be
burnt to a crisp in nuclear warfare, dread prophe-
cies of widespread destruction, and advice regard-
ing the implacability of the Soviet leadership. We
witnessed the evil effects of similar fear propa-
ganda prior to World War II. We learned then
that fear and apprehension do not provide pro-
tection, and we learned that the safety and best
interest of a nation lie in its resolute courage and
the intelligent management by its people of its
resources. Surely there is no room for compla-
cency. As to fear, it was well said that all we
have to fear is fear itself.
Many yeai-s ago a great French visitor to this
country. Hector St. Jean de Crevecoeur, said,
Americans are the Western pilgrims who are carrying
along with tliem that great mass of arts, sciences, vigor
74
Department of State Bulletin
and industry wliicli began Iour since in tlie East . . .
the American is a new man wlio acts upon new princi-
ples ; he must therefore entertain new ideas and form
new opinions.
Our ancestors came to this country because they
wished for themselves and their children that they
might be that "new man who acts upon new prin-
ciples." They wished to be free from the restric-
tions and limitations of old societies. They wished
to have the right to a govermnent of their own
choosing. They wished freedom of religious wor-
ship. They wished to have freedom of opportu-
nity. And they wished to have educational oppor-
tunities for themselves and for their children.
Faith in Education
One of the great phenomena that impressed all
observers of the United States in its early years
was the faith that the people who came to this
country had in education. The motto of one of
your neighboring universities, Veritas Vos
Liberahit, could well have stood for the aspira-
tions of these people who built this country. With
our forefathers we earnestly believe that the trutli
will make and keep us free.
As the vitality and strength of the f re« people
turned to the development of this young country,
their freedom and initiative and enterprise al-
lowed them to build up the great political and
economic institutions that gi"ew hand in hand with
the greatest educational system that the world had
seen. This was traditionally manifest in Catholic
communities. Across the United States there de-
veloped the vast system of elementary and sec-
ondary schools, colleges and universities that have
given this country its place in world leadership.
It was this emphasis on education that fathered
the dynamic force that has led to the great tech-
nical and scientific advances in United States life.
In turn this led to the great advances in human
welfare. But, more important, this availability
of qualitative and quantitative education has given
us the free and informed electorate that has kept
our institutions alive and growing.
Today our way of life, our spiritual values, and
free institutions are being subjected to competition
and attack by the totalitarian dictatorship of
communism. As against our faith in our free
institutions this other system places its faith in
people turned out to a mass pattern and places its
faith in the development of a people educated in
identical mass beliefs. The Soviet Encyclopedia
describes the objectives of their school system:
To develop in children's minds the Communist morality,
ideology, and Soviet patriotism ; to inspire unshakable
love toward the Soviet fatherland, the Communist Party,
and its leaders ; to propagate Bolshevik vigilance, to put
emphasis on an atheistic understanding of the world.
In the Soviet Union the greatest concentration
of effort is being placed on the creation of machin-
ery for mass education. If it is successful in
producing new leaders for Soviet international
policy, scientists, teclmical experts, and specialists
in international education or — as the rest of the
world would phrase it — external conquest, you
members of the graduating class as well as the
Nation face rugged competition.
Current Soviet Line
At the present moment we are enjoying a lull in
the competitive relationship with the Soviet rulers.
We are exposed to the charms of peaceful co-
existence. The pressure of other events tends to
relegate to the background of our minds the brutal
Soviet military intervention suppressing the
aspirations of the Hungarian people — among them
an important percentage of Catholics. We hear
alluring words on the desirability of disarmament.
Suggestions are made that cultural exchanges are
only restricted by our reluctance. Boasts are
heard that soon the Soviet empire will outstrip
this country in agricultural production, especially
in milk and meat. This has been referred to as
the new policy of milk shakes and meat balls. In
fact it has been suggested that some of IMr.
Khrushchev's estimates are a bit bullish. We are
invited to demonstrate greater initiative in pro-
viding technical know-how to Soviet industry. At
the same time our bourgeois society is assured that
it is only a question of time when it will be over-
come by the Soviet form of socialism, that our
grandchildren will live imder socialism, and we
will be sorry not to have joined that camp sooner.
The cuiTent line of the Soviet leadership is not
without a seductive quality. Naturally we prefer
it to the threats earlier this year of guided missiles
aimed at Western countries and to the series of
turbulent, hostile acts and postures wliich the
present Soviet leadership has added to a long
record in the several world areas.
Perhaps the peoples of the Soviet orbit may
somehow exercise influence on the leadership to
provoke a continuance of the present soft line.
We would welcome nothing more than an ex-
J«/y 8, 7957
75
tended opportunity to develop contacts between
those peoples and onr own. We know that hard
internal problems within the orbit would be suf-
ficient to absorb the energies and resources of the
rulers of that empire if they were willing to aban-
don their ambitious plans for world domination.
Now that 40 years have passed since the 1917 revo-
lution can we hope that maturity might bring with
it a certain wisdom.
Responsibilities of Citizens
For us the hard fact remains that the system
is essentially unaltered and that the threat to our
civilization exists with varying degrees of in-
tensity depending upon the party tactics of the
moment. For that reason you of the graduating
class and our entire people must work for the
strongest and best foreign policy we are capable
of devising. You will have many responsibilities
in life, but there is one you cannot all'ord to neg-
lect. It is your responsibility as citizens in this
democracy to promote the best interests of your
Government in its international relationships.
The issues involved in those relationships govern
war and peace. They are of intimate concern to
you. Through the education and enlightenment
you have gained in this great university you will
be competent to strengthen this Republic of ours
and see it through the vicissitudes whicli lie ahead.
Tliis is an miavoidable responsibility ahead of you.
Tlie occasion we are celebrating today is a com-
mencement. It is aptly so called because it is
from today that you commence the practical ap-
plication of the tools of knowledge and education
for which you have arduously worked. Let us
learn from the failure of other peoples — in many
other republics of ancient and modern times — to
maintain their spirit, their will, and their fresh-
ness of vision. Let us make very sure that we
maintain our spirit, our will, and our freshness of
vision.
Mr. Satterthwaite Appointed
to Alaska Commission
Livingston Satterthwaite, Director of the Office
of Transport and Commimications, was among
those appointed by President Eisenhower on June
17 to be members of the Alaska International Rail
and Highway Commission.
President Exchanges Greetings
With King of Tunisia
FoUo'wiiig are texts of commumcations ex-
changed hetween President Eisenhower and the
King of Tunisia.
Wliite House press release dated May 29
President Eisenhower's Message, March 20
Your Majesty : It is with sincere pleasure that
I take the occasion of the visit of the Vice Presi-
dent of the United States to your country to send
you this letter of personal greetings.
I know that your nation, soon to celebrate the
first anniversary of its independence, shares the
desire of the entire Free World for international
peace and justice and works actively to fulfill the
role which has fallen to it as a member of the
family of nations. I am also aware that you and
your government are dedicated to the furtherance
of the welfare of your people.
I am therefore especially pleased that the Vice
Pi-esident is able to see Tunisia at first hand and
to talk with you and the members of your govern-
ment concerning your nation's policies and prob-
lems. I look forward to his return to the United
States and his personal report to me of his visit.
I extend to you my best wishes for your con-
tinued health and happiness,
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Message From the King of Tunisia, April 16
In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the
]\ferciful
From: Mohamed Lamine (the First), King of
Tunisia
To: His Excellency Dwight D. Eisenhower
President of the United States of America
We received with great happiness and pleasure
the message of amity and friendship which Your
Excellency sent to Us through your Honorable
Vice President, Mr. Nixon, on the occasion of his
visit to Our country to attend the celebration of
the first anniversary of Our independence.
It is Our pleasure to avail Ourselves of this
opportunity to record Our great satisfaction with
the noble sentiments and good wishes of the
friendly American people for the Tunisian people
76
Depattmeni of State Bulletin
who, for a Ions; time, have not ceased to strive
toward strengthening the bonds of amity and
close cooperation between Our two countries.
We avail Ourselves of this opportunity to ex-
press to Your Excellency Our respect for your
noble person and Our best wishes for the honor,
prestige, and well-being of your people.
Greetings from your friend,
MOHAMED LaMINE
King of Tunisia
Proposed Sale Abroad
of U.S. Reserve-Fleet Ships
Following is the text of a statement made on
June 10 hy Assistant Secretary Kalijarvi hefore
the Suhcommittee on Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries of the Senate Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce, together tuith the text of a
letter from Assistant Secretary Hill to the chair-
man of the committee, Senator Warren G.
Magnuson.
STATEMENT BY MR. KALIJARVI
Press release 352 dated June 10
My name is Thorsten V. Kalijarvi. I am As-
sistant Secretary of State for Economic Atlairs.
I am appearing at the invitation of the chairman
to comment upon S. J. Res. 66, S. J. 84, S. J. 90,
S. 1644, and S. 2038, all proposing the sale of
vessels from the United States reserve fleet to
foreign purchasers.
In a letter of June 7, 1957, to the chairman, the
Department of State stressed the view that sales
of vessels from this fleet should not be made un-
less the national interests of the United States
were clearly furthered by such action. The let-
ter also pointed out that the number and types of
vessels in whose sale the Department of Defense
might concur would probably be extremely limi-
ted, and concluded with the recommendation that
sales legislation should be of a general nature and
should contain limitations safeguarding the in-
terests of the American merchant marine.
The Maritime Administration has presented for
this committee's consideration a draft bill which
would authorize the sale of vessels from the re-
serve fleet for operation in the coastwise trade of
the purchasing country. This proposal appears
to incorporate the major principles which have
governed the views of the Department of State.
This Department strongly supports and urges en-
actment of this draft bill.
The requirements which properly should be met
in any sale of reserve-fleet ships are: (1) that the
operation of the vessels will not be prejudicial or
detrimental to the operations of American vessels;
(2) that the transfer of the specific ships is not in-
compatible with the defense requirements of the
United States; (3) that the sale will advance the
interests of this Nation as well as of the purchas-
ing country. The Department of State believes
that the Mai'itime Administration's draft bill ade-
quately provides for these requirements.
The restriction of the transferred vessels to the
coastwise trades of their respective countries fully
protects American vessels. The Department of
State is vitally concerned with the development of
a strong American merchant marine and supports
this principle. Nevertheless the Department of
State desires to laoint out that instances may con-
ceivably arise where the interests of the United
States might demonstrably be furthered by the
sale of certain vessels not limited to purely coast-
wise operation. In such exceptional cases regional
or other restrictions could be imposed sufficiently
to insure that their operation would not be detri-
mental to the interests of the American merchant
marine.
Should legislation be introduced proposing sales
under those conditions and the Department be
convinced that such sales would promote, to an
important degree, the interests of the United
States, it would expect to make appropriate rec-
ommendations to the Congress.
LETTER TO SENATOR MAGNUSON
June 7, 1957
Dear Senator Magnttson: This is in response
to your letter of May 27, 1957, which invited the
comments of the Department of State on the fol-
lowing bills :
S. J. Res. 66 (Senator Humphrey) to authorize
the sale of a certain number of merchant-type ves-
sels to the Government of India or to citizens of
India for use in the coastwise trade of such coun-
try (not more than 12 Liberty-type vessels, or
equivalent) .
Jo/y 8, 7957
77
S. J. Res. 8i (Senators Cotton, Bridges, Salton-
stall, Wayne) to authorize the Secretary of Com-
merce to sell certain vessels to certain citizens of
the Federal Republic of Germany (not more than
6 Liberty-type vessels) .
S. J. 90 (Senators Smathers and Cotton) to au-
thorize the Secretary of Commerce to sell certain
coal-burning vessels to certain citizens of the Fed-
eral Republic of Germany (not more than 24
vessels).
S. 1644 (Senator Bible) to authorize the sale
of four merchant-type vessels to citizens of Mexico
for use in the intercoastal trade of Mexico (ves-
sels of the CI-IVIAVI type) .
S. 2038 (Senator McNamara) to authorize the
sale of ten merchant-type vessels to citizens of
Italy for use in the intercoastal trade of Italy.
The Department, in its letter of April 23, 1957,
already has commented on S. J. Res. 66, to author-
ize the sale of a certain number of merchant-type
vessels to the Government of India or to citizens of
India for use in the coastwise trade of such coun-
try. In its letter the Department stated :
The Department has received in recent years inquiries
from a number of foreign governments regarding pos-
sible sales of reserve fleet vessels. Some of these in-
quiries appear to be soundly based, not only from the
standpoint of demonstrated need, but from that of fur-
thering the national interests of the United States with-
out detriment to the American merchant marine. There-
fore, the Department considers that any legislation au-
thorizing the sales of war-built vessels should, on the one
hand, be so limited as to their number, type, and oper-
ational area as not to be detrimental to the interests
of the United States, but, on the other hand, should ade-
quately provide for such sales as are clearly In the na-
tional interest.
The Department believes that consideration should be
given to the development of legislation which would
broaden the objectives of S. J. Res. 66 by making avail-
able to other friendly foreign countries as well as to
India a limited number of United States vessels for op-
erations which would not adversely affect the American
merchant marine.
The Department of State is aware of and ap-
preciates tlie reasoning which led the Congress
to enact the Merchant Ship Sales Act of 1946.
"Sterilization" of the war-built fleet remaining
after tlie statutory period for sales effectively re-
moved from world markets a great accumulation
of ship tonnage (more than 29 million deadweight
tons) which otherwise would have discouraged in-
vestment in new ships, reduced shipbuilding activ-
ities both in the United States and in other
countries, and depressed world freight and
charter rates. The Department firmly believes
that the policy of the Ship Sales Act of 1946 is
basically sound. Nevertheless the Department also
realizes that, in certain cases, the interests of the
United States in the field of foreign relations might
be furthered by the authorization of exceptions to
the Ship Sales Act, when such sales can be made
without detriment to the American merchant
marme.
The Department of State equally appreciates
that the laid-up fleet constitutes a reserve poten-
tial for defense purposes and that the Department
of Defense will be zealous in protecting it. Neces-
sarily requests to purchase ships from this fleet
must be considered in the light of the numbers
and types to whose sale the Department of De-
fense would not object, as well as to the individual
merits of the requests. The Department of Com-
merce will, of course, be vigilant to point out any
proposals whose consummation would be detrimen-
tal to the merchant marine of tlie United States.
The Department of State believes that all of
the foregoing factors should be adequately con-
sidered and given proper weight as any proposal
for the sale of ships from the reserve fleet. This
cannot satisfactorily be done piecemeal, as is the
case of selective sales to individual countries, but
only by legislation which will be broad enough
to take all elements of the problem into account.
In addition to the bills and joint resolutions
referred to herein, there are two bills before the
House of Representatives for the sale of ships
to Turkey and to Guatemala respectively and, as
stated, the Department is in receipt of numerous
requests for ships from other foreign govern-
ments, which requests have not been put in the
form of bills. These bills, joint resolutions, and
requests may all have merit in varying degrees
but their relative priority, in regard to a limited
number of ships, can only be evaluated if they
are considered as a whole.
The Department therefore recommends that
legislation authorizing sales to foreign purchasers
should be general, but with limitations to safe-
guard the American merchant marine.
Sincerely yours.
For tlie Secretary of State :
Robert C. Hill
Assistant Secretary
78
Deparfment of State Bulletin
United States Balance of Payments With Latin America in 1956
hy Walther Lederer and Nancy F. Culbertson
The outflow of funds from the United States to
Latin America resulting from U.S. imports of
goods and services, net donations, and net invest-
ments was $850 million higher in 1956 than it
was in 1955. This rise was among the highest
year-to-year changes in the transactions between
this counti-y and the 20 republics during the post-
war period. U.S. receipts fi'om Latin America,
mainly for goods, services, dividends, and inter-
est, rose by nearly $700 million. The fact that
U.S. payments increased more than U.S. receipts
compensated for the opposite development during
the preceding year, when U.S. payments declined
slightly while U.S. receipts continued to rise.
U.S. payments of $5,670 million exceeded U.S.
receipts by about $140 million, in contrast with an
excess of U.S. receipts of about $20 million in
1955. The balance in 1956 was more in line with
1954 and 1953, however, when U.S. payments ex-
ceeded receipts by about $110 million and $225
million respectively.
In addition to net receipts of gold and dollars
f i-om known transactions with the United States,
the Latin American countries also had a surplus
in their transactions with the rest of the world.
Total gold and liquid dollar assets of the 20 i-e-
publics rose during 1956 by about $325 million,
or twice as fast as in 1955, and reached $4.3 bil-
lion as of the end of the year, by far the highest
amount ever recorded.
Record Rise in Dollar Outflow
The major factore contributing to the rise in
U.S. payments to Latin America from 1955 to
1956 were a $300 million rise in U.S. merchandise
imports and a $430 million increase in the outflow
of U.S. capital. Payments for services advanced
by about $100 million, and Government nonmili-
tary grants and private remittances by about $10
million.
The expansion in U.S. imports from Latin
America in 1956 was due primarily to a rise in
volume. Average import prices were relatively
stable. The major exception was copper, wliich
averaged higher in price than in 1955 but was im-
ported in smaller volume. In contrast, cocoa im-
ports rose in volume but because of lower prices
fell in value. The increases were about evenly
divided in value for coffee, sugar, petroleum,
and metals. They affected, therefore, many of
the major Latin American export industries.
The gains in merchandise imports were rela-
tively concentrated, however, with respect to the
countries from which they came. Of the total
increase of $300 million, $121 million came from
• This article is the third in a series on
the balance of payments betiveen the United
States and the Latin American Republics.
The first two articles, which covered the pe-
riods 19IfO-55 and the -first half of 1966, ap-
peared in the Bulletin of March 26, 1956,
p. 521, and December 2^ and 31, 1956, p.
983. The authors are members of the Bal-
ance of Payments Division, Office of Busi-
ness Economics, U.S. Department of Oom-
merce. The data on luhich this article is
based tcere prepared by the Balance of Pay-
ments Division and published in the March
1957 issue of the Survey of Current Busi-
ness, the monthly peiiodical of the Office of
Business Economics.
July 8, 1957
79
Major Commodities Imported From Latin America
BY Half Years, 1955 and 1956
{Millions
of dollars)
1955
1956
Jan.-
June
July-
Dec.
Jan.-
June
Julv-
Dec.
Coffee
Cane sugar
Cocoa and cocoa beans . . .
Copper
Other metals and manufac-
tures
592
158
45
109
112
269
41
396
636
146
49
129
137
279
32
338
692
179
31
142
154
316
51
414
609
152
36
139
162
Petroleum and products . .
Wool, unmanufactured . . .
Other
340
22
330
Total imports ' . . .
1,722
1,746
1, 979
1,790
SoimcE: Bureau of the Census and Bureau of Foreign Commerce, Depart-
ment of Commerce.
' Total imports represent general imports adjusted to
balance-of-payments concepts. Commodity data represent
imports for consumption.
Venezuela, $113 million from Bi-azil, and $35 mil-
lion each from Cuba and Chile. There were ad-
vances in imports from other countries, but they
were comparatively small. Imports from Co-
lombia declined.
The value of merchandise received from some of
the countries reached new peaks. In that respect,
Peru and Venezuela were ahead of all others, with
gains of 22 and 21 percent respectively over the
previous peak, which for both countries was in
1955. Guatemala's exports to the United States
were about 10 percent higher than the previous
high, in 1955, and Cuba's exceeded the previous
peak in 1952 by nearly 4 percent. All other coun-
tries, including those from which imports rose in
1956 by relatively large amounts, did not quite
reach the value of their sales to the United States
in some earlier year when prices or other market
conditions were more in their favor.
The $100 million rise in payments for services
was composed of $40 million for shipping, $30
million for tourist expenditures, and $25 million
of additional net earnings by migratory workers.
Payments for shipping services consist of freight
payments to Latin American ship operators, in-
cluding companies incorporated in Panama, and
the expenditures of U.S. -operated ships in Latin
American ports. Tourist expenditures rose from
$320 million in 1955 to $350 million in 1956. More
than three-fourths of these expenditures are made
in Mexico, and the remainder chiefly in the Carib-
bean area and Central America. Travel to South
America expanded but is still relatively unde-
veloped. Net earnings by migratory workers also
accrue primarily to Mexico. Mexico's income
from these two sources in 1956 was about $400
million and equaled its income from the sale of
merchandise to the United States.
U.S. Investments a Major Factor
The net outflow of capital to Latin America
through direct investments in 1956 exceeded $500
million and thus established a new record. About
two-thirds of this amount was invested in the pe-
troleum industry, mainly in Venezuela and pri-
marily for new exploration concessions. Invest-
ments in other industries also increased by large
amounts. This applies particularly to manufac-
turing plants in Brazil and Mexico and to mining
facilities in Chile and Peru.
The extent to which the capacity to produce and
the employment opportunities have been ex-
panded by U.S. investments cannot be measured
appropriately by the net outflow of capital from
the United States. Investments are also financed
by ploughing back a part of the current earnings,
by reinvesting funds set aside to meet deprecia-
tion, and in some instances by local borrowing and
equity financing. On the basis of a recently pub-
lished study of "The Role of U.S. Investments
in the Latin American Economy" {Survey of Cur-
rent Business, January 1957), in which an analy-
sis is made of the sources of funds used for invest-
ments by U.S. corporations in Latin America dur-
ing 1955, it may be estimated that their gross capi-
tal expenditures in the area in 1956 were prob-
ably in the neighborhood of $1 billion.
The impact of these investments on the growth
of the Latin American economies transcends by
far their efl^ects upon the balance of payments be-
tween the United States and Latin America.
Some of these investments are producing goods
consumed outside of Latin America. Thus they
frequently result in increased exports and imports
of the host countries with countries other than the
United States. Other investments, however, are
made to produce for local markets and thus in-
crease the output and income of the countries in
which they are located, but the size of the inter-
national transactions is aft'ected relatively little.
Furthermore, investments by experienced pro-
ducers create opportunities for local people to
80
Department of Stale Bulletin
acquire the necessary skills to organize and op-
erate business ventures and to become acquainted
with opportimities within their own countries for
investment of their savings in productive enter-
prises ratlier than in real estate or foreign
securities.
Other private capital outflows, mostly short-
and medium-term bank and other commercial
credits, were about as high as in 1955. There was
a decided shift, however, from medium- to short-
term funds. In 1955 large medium-term bank
loans were provided principally to Brazil in order
to pay off short-term credits. In 1956 short-tenn
credits rose again, mainly to Mexico and Vene-
zuela. Since both of these countries continued to
have a strong financial position, the rise in their
short-term debt may be attributed to the expan-
sion of their economies and their imports rather
than to difficulties in meeting their obligations.
On the other hand, countries which had expe-
rienced such difficulties in earlier years, such as
Brazil and Colombia, did not expand their short-
term indebtedness. Colombia's short-term debt
increased during the first half of 1956 but was
reduced by about the same amount in the second
half. Arrangements have been made by the Co-
lombian Government under which a part of the
debt is to be paid in the near future and the re-
mainder over a longer period of time.
Outflow of Government Funds Also Higher
U.S. Government nonmilitary grants and the
net outflow of Government capital were also some-
what higher than in the preceding year. Almost
half of the $75 million grant disbursements were
made to Bolivia and Guatemala. The remainder
was scattered among a relatively large number
of the other republics. Nearly $10 million of the
grants consisted of the contribution for the con-
struction of the Inter-American Highway system ;
$16 million was for foodstuffs for famine and
other urgent relief, including supplies distributed
by private agencies and the United Nations
Children's Fmad ; approximately $50 million con-
sisted of technical and development assistance.
The outflow of Government long-term capital
in 1956 was $117 million, down slightly from tlie
$143 million in 1955. Tliese figures include in-
vestments by Government agencies in mining and
other productive enterprises, which increased
slightly during this period. Disbursements for
long-term loans dropped from $126 million in
1955 to $90 million last year. The decline was
more than accounted for by the transactions with
one country, as payments for Brazil fell from $89
million in 1955 to $42 million in 1956. Loan dis-
bursements to the other Latin American Republics
increased over 1955 from $37 million to $48 mil-
lion. Several countries participated in this rise,
particularly Peru and Mexico.
Nearly three-fourths of the long-term loan
disbursements were provided by the Export-Im-
port Bank. The remainder included loans in
local currencies obtained from the sale of agri-
cultural products and credits on ship and military
equipment sales.
Although actual loan disbursements declined,
the backlog of unutilized loan authorizations in-
creased during the year by about $450 million and
reached nearly $850 million at the end of 1956.
New loans authorized during the year net of
terminations were more than a half billion dol-
lars. The rapid rise in the backlog may point to
an upward trend in loan disbursements in the
near future.
Brazil accounted for about $310 million of the
increase in unutilized authorizations during the
year and for about $400 million of the amount
unutilized at the end of 1956. About $250 million
of the unutilized loan authorizations consisted of
Export-Import Bank loans for the purchase of
capital equipment in the United States and
nearly $150 million of loans to be made in
cruzeiros obtained from the sale of agricultural
products.
Another $100 million of the increase in the
backlog was for the account of Argentina, and the
remainder accrued mainly to Chile and Mexico.
Eepayments of long-term Government loans by
the Latin American Eepublics during 1956
amounted to $114 million and thus exceeded the
actual loan disbursements of $90 million. The
$24 million excess of repayments over disburse-
ments was primarily due to loan transactions with
Brazil, which repaid $58 million but drew only
$42 million in new funds.
The rise from 1955 to 1956 in the net outflow of
Government capital funds to Latin America was
due to the accumulation of Latin American cur-
rencies or short-term claims obtained through the
sale of agricultural products. In 1956, sales
against payments in local currencies were about
July 8, J 957
81
$124 million, of which $19 million was utilized,
mainly for long-term loans, and $105 million was
accmnulated. In the preceding year sales for pay-
ment in local currencies amounted to $25 million,
of which $22 million remained unutilized at the
end of the year. The accumulation in 1956 con-
sisted mainly of the currencies of five countries :
Brazil accounted for $38 million, Argentina for
$22 million, Chile for $13 million, Bolivia for $13
million, and Colombia for $11 million. Most of
these currencies will ultimately be used in these
comitries for long-term loans and in some cases
for grants.
United States Exports Expand
The rise in total receipts by the United States
from the Latin American Republics from about
$4.8 billion in 1955 to about $5.5 billion in 1956
was due mainly to higher exports by tliis country.
U.S. income on investments in Latin America
rose by about $80 million, or 10 percent, and
other services transactions yielded about $50 mil-
lion more.
Major United States Exports to Latin America
bt^Half Years, 1955 and 1956
(Millions
of dollars)
IQSS
1956
Jan.-
July-
Jan.-
July-
June
Dec.
June
Dec.
Machinery
391
410
460
496
Trucks and busses
77
80
107
121
Iron and steel mill products
and metal manufactures .
132
166
179
199
Chemicals
171
185
203
198
Passenger automobiles, new .
82
64
65
51
Textile manufactures. . . .
84
82
83
91
Foodstuffs
147
192
213
199
Other
504
529
556
612
Total exports ' . . .
1,588
1,708
1,866
1,967
.Soukce: Bureau of the Censusand Bureau of Foreign Commerce, Depart-
ment of Commerce.
' The total represents general exports adjusted for
balance-of-payments purposes and includes "special cate-
gory" items which for security reasons are excluded from
commodity data.
The composition of U.S. exports changed rel-
atively little compared with 1955. Producers'
supplies and capital equipment comprised about
two-thirds of total exports, foodstuffs and to-
bacco about 12 percent, and finished consumer
goods also about 12 percent.
Mexico, Venezuela, and Cuba were by far the
most important markets for the United States.
These three countries accounted for over $2 bil-
lion, or more than half, of our exports and for
about the same proportion of the rise from the pre-
vious year. Sales to Mexico were about $130 mil-
lion above the previous peak in 1951 ; those to
Venezuela were nearly $100 million higher than in
1955, the previous peak year for that country.
Other countries to which exports reached a new
high included El Salvador, Guatemala, tlie Do-
minican Eepublic, Bolivia, and Peiti. There was
also a substantial i-ecovery in shipments to Argen-
tina, Brazil, and Chile, but sales remained still
smaller than in earlier years.
The drop from the previous peak year was
most pronounced in the case of Brazil, where
sales in 1956 were just under $300 million, com-
pai'ed with about $700 million in 1951. Howevei',
the higher exports to Brazil in 1951 and 1952 and
again in 1954 were in excess of that coiuitry's
ability to pay. Brazil's purchases during the last
2 years had to be kept low, therefore, in order to
pay the debts incurred during the years of high
exports.
Special Factors Affect Latin American Reserves
As indicated earlier, U.S. payments to Latin
America exceeded Latm American payments to
the United States by about $140 million. This
net movement of dollars to Latin America con-
trasts with net payments of $20 million to the
United States during the preceding j^ear. It may
be recalled, however, that the transactions which
brought about this change included payments of
about $250 million for concessions for oil explora-
tion in Venezuela and a $150 million rise in U.S.
short-term commercial claims.
Although payments for additional concessions
in Venezuela will probably continue through
1957 and will be followed by expenditures for
exploration and the installation of producing fa-
cilities, they may be considered as special types of
transactions partly because of their size and
partly because they took the form of cash transfers
to the Venezuelan Govermnent. "VVliile such cash
transfers can — and in this case did — raise the re-
cipient country's reserves, direct investments in
countries in relatively early stages of mdustrial
development usually do not have the same effect.
Ti-ansfei-s to such countries are made frequently
82
Department of State Bulletin
ill the form of capital equipment or other com-
modities and services, whicli appear in tlie im-
poiiB of the country in which the investment
takes place. Even when new capital fmids are
used for the payment of wages to local labor, the
additional incomes result earlier or later in iiigher
import demands.
The rise in short-term commercial credits was
mainly to countries with relatively strong finan-
cial positions, but the outflow of funds tlirough
such channels has in the past proved to be rela-
tively unsteady. Thus, it cannot be anticipated
that the expansion of short-term credits will nec-
essarily be continued.
As a result of net receipts of $140 million
through known transactions with the United
States and the net dollar receipts from other
countries (or through unidentified transactions
with the United States) , the total gold and dollar
assets of the Latin American Kepublics rose by
about $325 million to $4.3 billion.
Although Venezuela's gold and dollar holdings
increased by $390 million, the holdings of the
other countries as a whole declined. Even within
this group of countries substantial variations in
liquid assets took place. Major increases over the
year as a whole accrued to Brazil, Mexico, and
Guatemala. On the other hand, Argentina drew
heavily on its reserves, and so did Cuba and Uru-
guay but to a lesser extent.
Major Changes During Year
Seasonally adjusted estimates of the transac-
tions between the United States and Latin Amer-
ica for the two halves of 1956 indicate that U.S.
imports of goods and services advanced from the
first to the second half of the year by about $40
million, or almost 2 percent. This indicates a
United States Balance of Payments With the Latin American Republics 1955 and 1956 '
i Millions of dollars)
Annual
By half years
1965
1966
1955
1956
I
II
I
II
United States payments:
3,468
866
34
74
141
188
53
3,769
972
36
85
521
197
92
1,722
410
16
34
70
85
35
1,746
456
18
40
71
103
18
1,979
456
19
43
128
88
45
1,790
Sprvipps including invpstment income .
516
Remittancps .
17
42
Direct investments (net)
Other private United States capital (net)
393
109
47
Total XT S navments
4,824
5,672
2,372
(2, 323)
2,452
(2,501)
2,758
(2, 733)
2,914
(2, 939)
United States receipts:
3,296
801
725
22
3,833
884
779
33
1,588
370
353
17
1,708
431
372
6
1,866
412
378
9
1,967
Income on investments
Sprvices
472
401
Long-term investments in the United States
24
Total U S reoeiDts
4,844
5,529
2,328
(2, 379)
2,516
(2,465)
2,665
(2, 727)
2,864
(2,802)
Balance (net payments by the United States)
-20
143
44
(-56)
18
62
-64
(36)
167
103
93
(6)
77
170
50
(137)
Net gold and dollar receipts by Latin America from unrecorded
transactions witii the United States and from transactions
with other countries and international institutions ...._.
Increase or decrease ( — ) in Latin American gold and liquid
185
165
182
325
105
155
Source: Balance of Payments Division, Offlce of Business Economics, Department of Commerce.
' Excluding transfers of military supplies and services under grant-aid programs.
= Estimated by the Board of Governors, Federal Reserve System.
July 8, 7957
83
slowino: down in the rate of increase. Half a year
earlier the rise was over 3 percent and a year
earlier well over 6 percent. The outflow of capital
advanced faster, however, mainly hecause of the
large payments to Venezuela. Consequently, U.S.
payments during the second half of the year were
about $200 million higher than in the first.
Exports of goods and services after seasonal ad-
justments also rose from the first to the second
half of the year. The rise amomited to $60 mil-
lion, or just over 2 percent, and, as in the case of
imjxirts, was considerably smaller than in preced-
ing periods. During the preceding half year, ex-
ports had advanced by well over 10 percent and a
year earlier by more than 4 percent.
Of the $32.5 million increase in Latin American
gold and dollar holdings, $170 million occm-red
during the first half of the year and $155 during
the second. Tlie rise in Venezuelan reserves alone
was $74 million in the first lialf of the year and
$324 million during the second. The other 19 Re-
publics had gains of about $100 million in the first
half of 195G but losses of nearly $170 million dm--
ing the second jjart of the year. JMost of these
losses were sustained by Argentina. Changes in
gold and dollar holdings by other countries were
relatively small or, in part at least, due to seasonal
developments. Except for Venezuela and Argen-
tina, therefore, the international transactions of
the Latin American Republics with tlie United
States and other countries showed a sui'plus dur-
ing the first half of 1956 but were more or less in
balance during the second half of the year.
Tax Convention Discussions
Witli Peru
Press release 372 dated June 19
Technical discussions ai'e to be held in the near
future between officials of the Governments of
Peru and the United States looking toward the
conclusion of a tax convention between the two
countries for the avoidance of double taxation of
income and the elimination of tax obstacles to the
international flow of trade and investment. If
bases for agreement are found, drafts of the pro-
posed agreement will be prepared and submitted
to the respective governments for consideration
with a view to signing.
Interested parties in the United States desiring
84
to present their views on the scope and content of
the proposed agreement may submit information
and suggestions to Dan Throop Smith, Deputy
to tlie Secretary, Treasuiy Department, Washing-
ton 25, D. C.
Assistant Secretary Rubottom
Visits Central America
Press release 379 dated June 21
Roy Richard Rubottom, Jr., Assistant Secretary
for Inter-American Affairs, will depart on June
23, 1957, for a trip to El Salvador, Nicaragua,
Panama, Costa Rica, Honduras, and Guatemala,
returning to the United States on July 5, 1957.
Mr. Rubottom, who took his oath of office as
Assistant Secretary of State on June 19, 1957,
plans to consult with Embassy personnel at the
capitals of the countries to be visited and to ac-
quaint himself firsthand with the problems of those
countries. He will be accompanied by Mrs. Ru-
bottom on his visit to the Central American
capitals.
The itinerary of the trip is as follows : San Sal-
vador, June 23-25 ; Managua, June 25-26 ; Panama
City, June 26-28 ; San Jose, June 28-July 1 ; Te-
gucigalpa, July 1-2 ; Guatemala, July 2-5.
Tariff Quota on Imports
of Woolen and Worsted Fabrics
White House press release dated May 24
White House Announcement
The President lias established a tariff quota
upon imports of most woolen and worsted fabrics
for 1957 pursuant to liis proclamation of Sep-
tember 28, 1956,^ invoking the so-called Geneva
wool-fabric reservation. Under that proclahia-
tion the ad valorem rates of duty applicable to
most woolen and worsted fabrics entering tlie
comitry are increased when such imports, in any
year, exceed an amount determined by the Pres-
ident to be not less than 5 percent of the average
annual U.S. production of similar fabrics for the
3 preceding calendar years.
The President, upon the recommendation of
the Interdepartmental Committee on Trade
' Bulletin of Oct. 8, lOaO. p. 5.55.
Department of State Bulletin
Agreements, announced a "breakpoint" of 14
million pounds for 1957.
Until 1957 imports reach the "breakpoint,'' the
rates of duty remain at 30 cents or 37i^ cents per
poimd ( depending upon tlie nature of the fabric )
phis 20 percent or 25 percent ad valorem (again
depending upon the nature of the fabric). Im-
ports during 1957 in excess of tlie "breakpoint"
will be subject to an ad valorem duty of the full
45 percent allowed by the Geneva reservation.
The specific duty (cents per pound) is not
affected.
If imports during 1957 exceed 14 million
pounds, the higlier rates of duty will go uito
effect for the remainder of 1957, terminating at
the end of 1957.
The Geneva wool-fabric reservation is a right
that was reserved by the United States in a 1947
multilateral trade agreement at Geneva. It was
reserved in connection with a tariff' concession
granted by the United States to the United King-
dom, and it was extended to otlier countries. The
1947 tariff concession and the Geneva reservation
apply to woolen and worsted fabrics dutiable
under paragraphs 1108 and 1109(a) of the Tariff
Act of 1930, as modified. Most woolen and
worsted fabrics entering the United States are
dutiable under these paragraphs. The President's
action applies only to imports of such fabrics.
Pursuant to the proclamation of last year, the
President has notified the Secretary of the Treas-
ury of his decision.
Letter to Secretary of the Treasury '
The White House, May 21^, 1957.
Dear Mr. Secretary: Proclamation 3160 of
September 28, 1956, provides for the increase to
45 per centum ad valorem of the ad valorem part
of tlie duty in the case of fabrics described in
item 1108 or llG9(a) in Part I of Schedule XX
to tlie General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
(Geneva-1947) or in item 1109(a) in Part I of
that Schedule (Torquay-1951) entered, or with-
drawn from warehouse, for consumption in any
calendar year following December 31, 1956, in ex-
cess of a quantity to be notified by the President
to the Secretary of the Treasury. Pursuant to
paragraph 1 of that proclamation I hereby notify
you that for tlie calendar year 1957 the quantity of
such fabrics on imports in excess of which the ad
' 22 Fea. Reg. 3717.
July 8, J 957
valorem part of the rate will be 45 per centum ad
valorem shall be 14,000,000 pounds. I find this
quantity to be not less than 5 per centum of the
average annual production in the United States
during the three immediately preceding calendar
years of fabrics similar to such fabrics.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The Honorable George S. Humphrey,
Secretary of the Treas^try,
Washington, D.C.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
Administration and Operation of Ciistom.s and Tariff Laws
and the Trade Agreements Program. Hearings before
the Subcommittee on Customs, Tariffs and Reciprocal
Trade Agreements of the House Committee on Ways
and Means. Part 4, digests of conferences held in
Europe, November 26-December 13, 19.56, and in Japan,
December 4-6, 1956, and statements and documents
received. 373 pp.
85th Congress, 1st Session
Report on Audit of Export-Import Bank of Washington
for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1956. H. Doc. 97,
February 20. 1957. 13 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Hearings before
a Subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Foreign
Relations pursuant to S. Res. 93, S. Res. 185, and S.
Res. 286, S4th Cong., and S. Res. 61, 83th Cong. Part
13. March 7 and 13, 1957, Washington, D. C. 86 pp.
Information and Educational Exchange Act Amendments.
Hearings before the Subcommittee on State Depart-
ment Organization and Foreign Operations of the
House Committee on Foreign Affairs on draft legisla-
tion (executive communication no. 394) to promote the
foreign policy of the United States by amending the
United States Information and Educational Exchange
Act of 1948 (Public Law 402, 80th Cong.). March 14
and 20, 1957. 83 pp.
Extension of Public Law 480. Hearing before the Senate
Committee on Agriculture and Forestry on S. 671, S.
1127, and S. 1314, bills to extend the Agricultural Trade
Development and Assistance Act of 1954, and for other
purposes. March 20, 1957. 50 pp.
The Foreign Aid Program. Hearings l>efore the Senate
Special Committee To Study the Foreign Aid Program
pursuant to S. Res. 285, 84th Cong., and S. Res. 35, 85th
Cong. March 20-.\pril 15, 1957. 745 pp.
Denial of Passports by Department of State to Corre-
spondents Wishing To Visit Communist China. Hearing
before the Subcommittee on the Far East and the Pacific
of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs. March 28,
1957. 37 pp.
NATO Status of Forces Agreement, Criminal Jurisdiction
Provisions. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations.
March 28, 1957. 7 pp. [Committee print.]
Review of the Budget Formulation and Presentation
Practices of the International Cooiieration Administra-
tion. Hearings before a subcommittee of the House
Committee on Government Operations. April 4-10, 1957.
189 pp.
35
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New York October 26, 1956.'
Senate advice and consent to ratification given (with an
interpretation and understanding): June 18, 1957.
Ratification deposited: Sweden, June 19, 1957.
Automotive Traffic
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New Xorls June 4, 1954.'
Ratification deposited: Mexico, June 13, 1957.
Customs convention on the temporary importation of
private road vehicles. Done at New York June 4, 1954."
Ratification deposited: Mexico, June 13, 1957.
Copyriglit
Universal copyright convention. Done at Geneva Sep-
tember 6, 1952. Entered into force September 16, 1955.
TIAS 3324.
Notification hy United States of application to: Guam,
May 17. 1957.
Labor
Constitution of the International Labor Organization, as
amended. Adopted by the International Labor Con-
ferences October 9, 1946, and June 25, 1953. Entered
into force April 20, 1948, and May 20, 1954 (TIAS 1868
and 3500).
Acceptance deposited: Nicaragua, April 9, 1957.
Property
Convention for the protection of industrial property.
Signed at London June 2, 1934.
August 1, 1938. 53 Stat. 1748.
Adherence effective: Turkey, June 27, 1957.
Entered into force
Sugar
International sugar agreement. Done at London under
date of October 1, 1953. Entered into force May 5,
1954. TIAS 3177.
Notification hy United Kingdom regarding the OoM
Coast: As from March 6, 1957," extension of the
agreement to the Gold Coast ceases to apply.
Telecommunications
International telecommunication
protocol
convention and final
Signed at Buenos Aires December 22, 1952.
Entered into force January 1, 1954 (TIAS 3266).
Ratification deposited: Chile, May 14, 1957.
War
Geneva convention relative to treatment of prisoners of
war;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded and sick in armed forces in the field ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded, sick, and shipwrecked members of armed
forces at sea ;
Geneva convention relative to protection of civilian
persons in time of war.
Dated at Geneva August 12, 1949. Entered into force
October 21, 1950 ; for the United States February 2,
1956. TIAS 3364, 3362, 3363, and 3365, respectively.
Adherence deposited: Tunisia, May 4, 1957.
Wiialing
Protocol amending the international whaling convention
of 1046 (TIAS 1849). Done at Washington November
19, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: Canada, June 14, 1957.
BILATERAL
Bolivia
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
of 19!54, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 455; 69 Stat. 44, 721).
Signed at La Paz June 7, 1957. Entered into force
June 7, 1957.
Thailand
Agreement amending the agreement for cooperation con-
cerning civil uses of atomic energy of March 13, 1956
(TIAS 3522). Signed at Washington March 27, 1957.
Entered into force: June 19, 1957 (date each govern-
ment received from the other written notification that
it had complied with statutory and constitutional
requirements).
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
' Not in force.
"The date on which the Gold Coast became the in-
dependent State of Ghana.
Confirmations
The Senate on June 18 confirmed Roy Richard Rubottom,
Jr., to be an Assistant Secretary of State. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 215 dated April 16. )
Designations
William P. Snow as Deputy Assistant Secretary for
Inter-American Affairs, effective June 16. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 374 dated June 19.)
86
Department of State Bulletin
Julv 8, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVII, No. 941
American Principles. Education and Responsibility In
World Affairs (Murphy)
American Republics
Assistant Secretary Rubottom Visits Central America .
United States Balance of Payments With Latin America
In 1956 (Lederer, Culbertson)
Asia. Administration of Ryukyu Islands (text of exeontive
order)
Claims. United States Asserts Claim Against U.S.S.R.
for Destruction of B-29 on November 7, 1954 (text
of U.S. note)
Commnnism. Education and Responsibility in World
Affairs (Murphy)
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign Policy . .
Proposed Sale Abroad of U.S. Reserve-Fleet Ships
(Kalijarvi, Hill)
Visit of Prime Minister Nobusuke Klshl of Japan (text
of address before Senate and House of Representatives) .
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Rubottom)
Designations (Snow)
Economic Affairs
Proposed Sale Abroad of U.S. Reserve-Fleet Ships
(Kalijarvi, Hill)
Tariff Quota on Imports of Woolen and Worsted Fabrics
(Eisenhower)
Tax Convention Discussions With Peru
United States Balance of Payments With Latin America
in 1956 (LedereK, Culbertson)
Edacational Exchange. Indonesian Parliamentarians Visit
United States
Germany, East. Fourth Anniversary of East Berlin Up-
rising (Dulles)
Hungary. U.N. Special Committee Reports on Hungarian
Uprising (Lodge)
Indonesia. Indonesian Parliamentarians Visit United
States
International Organizations and Conferences. Mr. Satter-
thwaite Appointed to Alaska Commission
Japan, Visit of Prime Minister Nubusuke Kishi (text of
Joint communique, address before Senate and House of
Representatives, exchange of greetings, members of
party)
Korea. U.N. Command in Korea Announces Intention To
Replace Old Weapons
Military Affairs. U.N. Command in Korea Announces In-
tention To Replace Old Weapons
Mutnal Security. The Mutual Security Program as an
Instrument of Foreign Policy (Herter)
Peru. Tax Convention Discussions With Peru ....
Philippines. Return of Philippine Battle Flag (Bohlen) .
Presidential Docaments
Administration of Ryukyu Islands
American-Vietnamese Friendship
President Exchanges Greetings With King of Tunisia . .
Tariff Quota on Imports of Woolen and Worsted Fabrics .
Visit of Prime Minister Nobusuke Kishi of Japan (text of
joint communique)
Refugees. Relation of the United States to World Migra-
tion (McCollum)
Treaty Information. Current Actions
Tunisia. President Exchanges Greetings With King of
Tunisia (Eisenhower, Lamine)
U.S.S.R. United States Asserts Claim Against U.S.S.R.
for Destruction of B-29 on November 7, 1954 (text of
U.S. note)
74
84
79
55
68
74
85
77
51
86
86
77
84
84
79
61
50
62
61
76
51
58
58
47
84
60
55
61
76
84
65
86
68
United Nations
U.N. Command in Korea Announces Intention To Replace
Old Weapons . 58
U.N. Special Committee Reports on Hungarian Uprising
(Lodge) 62
Viet-Nam. American-Vietnamese Friendship (Eisenhower,
Ngo Dinh Diem) 61
Name Index
Bohlen, Charles E 60
Culbertson, Nancy F 79
Dulles, Secretary 50
Eisenhower, President 51, 55, 61, 76, 85
Herter, Christian A 47
Hill, Robert C 77
Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 77
Kishi, Nobusuke 51, 53, 54
Lamine, Mohamed 76
Lederer, Walther 79
Lodge, Henry Cabot 62
McCollum, Robert S 65
Murphy, Robert 74
Ngo Dlnh Diem 61
Nixon, Richard M 54
Rubottom, Roy R., Jr 84, 86
Satterthwaite, Livingston 76
Snow, William P 86
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: June 17-23
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press releases issued prior to June 17 which ap-
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 31.3 of
May 23, 349 of June 7, 352 of June 10, 357 of June
11, 360 of June 13, and 362 and 366 of June 14.
Subject
Visit of NATO parliamentarians.
Beam nominated Ambassador to
Poland (biographic details).
Dulles ; message to Adenauer on anni-
versary of East Berlin uprising.
McCollum : "Relation of U.S. to World
Migration."
Tax convention discussions with Peru.
Matthews nominated Ambassador to
Austria (biographic details).
Snow designated Deputy Asistant
Secretary (rewrite ) .
Nixon-Kishi exchange of greetings.
Supplemental trade agreement with
Cuba.
Educational exchange.
Report of U.N. Special Committee on
Hungary.
Rubottom itinerary.
Educational exchange.
Kalijarvi : statement before House
Select Committee ou Small Business.
Soviet note on diplomatic travel.
Not printed.
■ Held for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
*36S
*369
6/17
6/17
370
6/17
371
6/19
372
*373
6/19
6/19
*374
6/19
375
t376
6/19
6/20
*377
378
6/20
6/20
379
*380
f3Sl
6/21
6/21
6/21
t382
6/22
D. E. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957
the
United States »
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. S300
<GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
A new release in the popular BACKGROUND series
CEYLON — 1957
Department
of
State
Order Form
Ceylon, a pear-shaped tropical island off the southeastern tip of
India, has been a connecting link in East- West trade as long as ships
have plied the Indian Ocean. Colombo, located on the west coast,
is the capital, largest city, and chief port. Since World War II it
has become an international meeting ground for Asian countries and
has given its name to the Commonwealth program known as the
Colombo Plan.
The year 1956 marked the inauguration of a program of American
economic development assistance to Ceylon and with it a strengthening
of the always friendly ties between the two nations.
Ceylon — 1957 describes this important nation which attained full
dominion status in 1948. The most recent in the seiies of Background
publications, this 16-page pamphlet is illustrated with photographs
and maps. Topics included in the discussion are:
The Land
The People
Political Ceylon
Organization of the Government
The Economy
The United States and Ceylon
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton 25, D.C., at 15 cents each.
Publication 6474
15 cents
Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. Please send me copies of Ceylon— 1957.
Name:
Enclosed finA:
Street Address:
$
icmh, check, or City, Zone, and State:
money order).
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
DEPOSITORY
^'I^S'^. / B ^ 0
fFIClAL
EEKLY RECORD
F
CITED STATES
REIGN POLICY
Vol. XXXVII, No. 942 July 15, 1957
OUR POLICIES TOWARD COMMUNISM IN CHINA
• Address by Secretary Dulles 91
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
JUNE 25 96
OUR MUTUAL SECURITY PROGRAMS • by Deputy
Under Secretary Dillon 114
THE CITIZEN'S RESPONSIBILITIES IN INTER-
NATIONAL AFFAIRS • by Assistant Secretary Wilcox . 103
PROBLEMS RELATING TO EXPORT OF IRON AND
STEEL SCRAP • Statement by Assistant Secretary
Kalijarvi 120
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superinton-^-M of Documents
AUG 2 9 1957
Vol. XXXVII, No. 942 • Publication 6521
July 15, 1957
For sale by the Superintendeut of Documents
U.S. Govermnent Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
52 issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of tlie Dep.\rtment
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government tcith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department, Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and internatiorutl agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Our Policies Toward Communism in China
Address hy Secretary Dulles ^
It is appropriate that in this great city of San
Francisco, which faces the Far East, we should
consider our policies toward communism in
China.
The Situation Today
On the China mainland 600 million people are
ruled by the Chinese Communist Party. That
party came to power by violence and, so far, has
lived by violence.
It retains power not by will of the Chinese
people but by massive, forcible repi'ession. It
fought the United Nations in Korea ; it supported
the Communist war in Indochina; it took Tibet
by force. It fomented the Communist Huk rebel-
lion m the Philippines and the Communists' in-
surrection in Malaya. It does not disguise its
expansionist ambitions. It is bitterly hateful of
the United States, which it considers a principal
obstacle in the way of its path of conquest.
In the face of this condition the United States
has supported, morally and materially, the free
nations of the Western Pacific and Southeast
Asia. Our security treaties make clear that the
violation of these nations by international com-
munism would be considered as endangering our
own peace and safety and that we would act ac-
cordingly.
Together we constitute a goodly company and
a stout bidwark against aggression.
As regards China, we have abstained from any
act to encourage the Communist regime — mor-
ally, politically, or materially. Thus :
^Ye have not extended diplomatic recognition to
the Chinese Communist regime;
' Made before the international convention of Lions In-
ternational at San Francisco, Calif., on June 28 (press
release 393).
We have ojDposed its seating in the United Na-
tions ;
We have not traded with Communist China or
sanctioned cultural interchanges with it.
These have been, and are, our policies. Like
all our policies, they are under periodic review.
The Precedent of Russia
As we review our China policy, we naturally
and properly recall our recognition policy as re-
gards Communist F.ussia.
Tlie Bolsheviks seized power from Kerensky in
1917. Nevertheless, we continued for 16 years to
treat the Kerensky representatives in exile as rep-
resenting the lawful government of Russia. By
1933 it seemed that the Communist regime might
be considered as a peaceful member of society.
For more than a decade it had committed no act
of armed aggression. It had accepted the inde-
pendence of Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania, and
of Poland. It was not demonstrably maltreating
American citizens. It promised to cease subver-
sive activities in the United States, to respect
American rights in Russia, and to settle Russia's
public and private debts to the United States.
Also, by 1933, we desired to encourage the
Soviet regime to resist Japanese aggressive poli-
cies in the Far East. The Republic of China, in-
spired by this same notion, had recognized the
Soviet Government in December 1932, and we
shortly followed suit.
We need not question that act of I'ecognition
under the circumstances which then prevailed.
Recognition seemed indicated by many tests, and
we did not read the future.
However, it can, I think, be said with confidence
tliat recognition would not have been accorded to
the Soviet Union even in 1933 had there been
clear warning that the Soviet promises given in
Ju/y 75, 1957
91
that connection were totally unreliable, that ag-
gressive war would soon become an instrumental-
ity of Soviet policy, and that it would be neutral
toward Japanese aggression in Asia.
In the case of Communist China we are fore-
warned. That regime fails to pass even those tests
which, after 16 years, the Soviet regime seemed
to pass.
(1) Soviet Russia, in 1933, had had a decade of
peaceful and nonaggressive relations with neigh-
boring states; Communist China's past record is
one of armed aggression.
(2) The Soviet regime seemed to want peace
for the future. In the case of Communist China
the situation is quite the reverse. Mr. Chou
En-lai, at the time of the Bandung conference,
said that "the Chinese people do not want to have
war with the United States and are willing to
settle international disputes by peaceful means."
But when the United States took him up and
sought explicit reciprocal renunciations of force,
his ambassador, after presenting various evasive
formulas, finally stated frankly that his regime
did intend to use armed force to take Taiwan
(Formosa) unless they could get it in some other
way.
(3) The Soviet Union in 1933 was not flagrantly
violating its international engagements. The
Chinese Communist regime is violating the 1953
Korean armistice and the 1954 Indochina armis-
tice.
(4) There was reason to hope that the Soviet
regime would treat our nationals with respect.
The Chinese Communist regime violates the per-
sons of our citizens in defiance of the elementary
code of international decency, and it breaches its
1955 pledge to release them.^
(5) It seemed, m 1933, that the Soviet regime
and the United States had parallel interests in
resisting Japanese aggression in the Far East.
Today the political purposes of Communist China
clash everywhere with our own.
The Consequences of Recognition
United States diplomatic recognition of Com-
munist Cliina would have the following conse-
quences :
(1) The many mainland Chinese, who by Mao
' Btjixetin of Sept 19, 1955, p. 456.
Tse-tung's own recent admission seek to change
the nature of their government, would be im-
mensely discouraged.
(2) The millions of overseas Chinese would
feel that they had no Free China to which to look.
Today increasing numbers of these overseas Chi-
nese go to Free China to study. Six years ago
there were less than 100 Chinese students from
Southeast Asia and Hong Kong studying in Tai-
wan. NoAV there are nearly 5,000.
The number of Cliinese students from overseas
communities coming to Free China has increased
year by year; the number going to Communist
China has declined, and hundreds of disillusioned
students have made their way out of mainland
China in the past 2 years.
If the United States recognized the Chinese
Conununist regime, many of the millions of over-
seas Chinese in free Asian countries would, reluc-
tantly, turn to acceptance of the guiding direc-
tion of the Communist regime. This would be a
tragedy for them; and it would imperil friendly
governments already menaced by Chinese Com-
munist subversion.
(3) The Republic of China, now on Taiwan,
would feel betrayed by its friend. That Govern-
ment was our ally in the Second World War and
for long bore alone the main burden of the Far
Eastern war. It had many tempting opportuni-
ties to compromise with the Japanese on terms
which would have been gi-avely detrimental to the
United States. It never did so. We condemn the
Soviets for having dishonored their 20-year treaty
pledge of 1945 to support the Chinese National
Government as the central government of China.
We are lionorbound to give our ally, to whom we
are pledged by a mutual defense treaty, a full
measure of loyalty.
(4) The free Asian governments of the Pa-
cific and Southeast Asia would be gravely per-
plexed. They are not only close to the vast Chi-
nese land mass, but geographically and, to some
extent, politically, they are separated as among
themselves. The unifying and fortifying influ-
ence is, above all, the spirit and resolution of the
United States. If we seemed to waver and to
compromise with communism in China, that
would in turn weaken free Asia resistance to the
Chinese Communist regime and assist interna-
tional communism to score a great success in its
program to encircle us.
92
Deparfment of State Bulletin
China and the United Nations
United States recognition of Commnnist Cliina
would make it probable that the Communist re-
gime would obtain the seat of China in the United
Nations. That would not be in the interest either
of the United States or of the United Nations.
The United Nations is not a reformatory for
bad governments. It is supposedly an association
of those who are already "peace-loving" and who
are "able and willing to carry out" the charter
obligations. The basic obligation is not to use
force, except in defense against armed attack.
The Chinese Communist regime has a record of
successive armed aggressions, including war
against the United Nations itself, a war not yet
Ijolitically settled but discontinued by an amiis-
tice. The regime asserts not only its right but
its purpose to use force if need be to bring Taiwan
under its rule.
The Republic of China, is entitled to a perma-
nent seat and veto power in the Security Council.
Should a regime which in 7 years has promoted
five foreign or civil wars — Korea, Indochina,
Tibet, the Philippines, and Malaya; which itself
has fought the United Nations and which today
stands condemned by the United Nations as an
aggi'essor; which defies the United Nations' de-
cision to reunify Korea; and which openly pro-
claims its continuing purpose to use force — should
that regime be given a permanent seat, with veto
power, in the body which under the chai-ter has
"primary responsibility for the maintenance of
international peace and security"?
Conununist Russia, with its veto power, already
seriously limits the ability of the United Nations
to serve its intended purposes. "Were Communist
China also to become a permanent, veto-wielding
member of the Security Council, that would, I
fear, implant in the United Nations the seeds of
its own destruction.
Trade and Cultural Relations With Communist
China
Let me turn now to the matter of trade and
cultural relations, wliich could exist, to a limited
degree, without recognition.
Normal peacetime trade with China, from
which the American and Chinese peoples would
benefit, could be in the common interest. But it
seems that that kind of trade is not to be had in
any appreciable volume.
Trade with Commmiist China is not a normal
trade. It does not provide one country with
what its people want but cannot well produce for
themselves, in exchange for what other people
want but cannot well produce for themselves.
Trade with Communist China is wholly con-
trolled by an official apparatus, and its limited
amounts of foreign exchange are used to develop
as rapidly as possible a formidable military estab-
lishment and a heavy industry to support it. The
primary desire of that regime is for machine
tools, electronic equipment, and, in general, what
will help it produce tanks, trucks, planes,
ammunition, and such military items.
Whatever others may do, surely the United
States, which has heavy security commitments
in the China area, ought not build up the military
power of its potential enemy.
We also doubt the value of cultural exchanges,
which the Chinese Communists are eager to de-
velop. They want this relationship with the
United States primarily because, once that exam-
ple were given, it would be difficult for China's
close neighbors not to follow it. These free na-
tions, already exposed to intense Communist
subversive activities, could not have the cultural
exchanges that the Communists want without
adding greatly to their danger.
These are the considerations which argue for a
continuance of our present policies. Wliat are
the arguments on the other side ?
The "De Facto" Argument
There ai'e some who say that we should accord
diplomatic recognition to the Commimist regime
because it has now been in power so long that
it has won the right to that.
That is not sound international law. Diplo-
matic recognition is always a privilege, never a
right.
Of course, the United States knows that the
Chinese Communist i-egime exists. We know that
very well, for it has fought us in Korea. Also,
we admit of dealing with the Chinese Commu-
nists in particular cases where that may serve our
interests. We have dealt with it in relation to the
Korean and Indochina armistices. For nearly
2 years we have been, and still are, dealing with
it in an effort to free our citizens and to obtain
reciprocal renunciations of force.
But diplomatic recognition gives the recognized
Jw/y J 5, 7957
93
regime valuable rights and privileges, and, in the
world of today, recognition by the United States
gives the recipient much added prestige and in-
fluence at home and abroad.
Of course, diplomatic recognition is not to be
withheld capriciously. In this matter, as others,
the United States seeks to act in accordance with
principles which contribute to a world society of
order under law.
A test often applied is the ability of a regime
actually to govern. But that is by no means a con-
trolling factor. Nations often maintain diplo-
matic relations with governments-in-exile. And
they frequently deny recognition to those in actual
power.
Other customary tests are whether, as Thomas
Jefferson put it, the recognized government re-
flects "the will of the nation, substantially de-
clared" ; whether the government conforms to the
code of civilized nations, lives peacefully, and
honors its international obligations.
Always, however, recognition is admitted to be
an instrument of national policy, to serve en-
lightened self-interest.
One thing is established beyond a doubt. There
is nothing automatic about recognition. It is
never compelled by the mere lapse of time.
The "Inevitability" Argument
Another argument begimiing to be heard is
that diplomatic recognition is inevitable, so whj'
not now ?
First, let me say emphatically that the United
States need never succumb to the argument of
"inevitability." We, with our friends, can fashion
our own destiny. We do not accept the mastery
of Communist forces.
And let me go on to say: Communist-type
despotisms are not so immutable as they some-
times appear. Time and circumstances work also
upon them.
There is often an optical illusion which results
from the fact that police states, suppressing dif-
ferences, give an external appearance of hard
permanency, whereas the democracies, with their
opposition parties and often speaking through
different and discordant voices, seem the unstable,
pliable members of the world society.
The reality is that a governmental system which
tolerates diversity has a long life expectancy,
whereas a system which seeks to impose conform-
ity is always in clanger. That results from the
basic nature of human beings. Of all the argu-
ments advanced for recognition of the Commu-
nist regime in China, the least cogent is the argu-
ment of "inevitability."
China Versus Russia
There are some who suggest that, if we assist
the Chinese Communists to wax strong, then they
will eventually break with Soviet Eussia and that
that is our best hope for the future.
No doubt there are basic power rivalries be-
tween Russia and China in Asia. But also the
Russian and Chinese Communist parties are
bound together by close ideological ties.
Perhaps, if the ambitions of the Chinese Com-
munists are inflated by successes, they might
eventually clash with Soviet Russia. Perhaps,
too, if the Axis Powers had won the Second World
War, they would have fallen out among them-
selves. But no one suggested that we should tol-
erate and even assist an Axis victory because in
the end they Avould quarrel over the booty — of
which we would be part.
Conclusion
We seek to appraise our China policies with an
open mind and without emotion, except for a cer-
tain indignation at the prolonged and cruel abuse
of American citizens in China. We have no feel-
ing whatsoever that change is to be avoided
merely in the interest of consistency or because
change might be interpreted as admitting past
error.
We always take into account the possibility of
influencing the Communist regime to better ways
if we had diplomatic relations with it, or if, with-
out that, we had commercial and cultural contacts
with it. But the experience of those who now
recognize and deal with the Chinese Communist
regime convinces us that, under present condi-
tions, neither recognition, nor trade, nor cultural
relations, nor all three, would favorably influence
the evolution of affairs in China. Tlie probable
result, internally, would be the opposite of what
we hope for.
Internationally the Chinese Communist regime
does not conform to the practices of civilized na-
tions; does not live up to its international obliga-
tions ; has not been peaceful in the past and gives
no evidence of being peaceful in the future. Its
94
Department of State Bulletin
foreign policies are hostile to us and our Asian al-
lies. Under these circumstances it would be folly
for us to establish relations with the Chinese Com-
munists which would enhance their ability to hurt
us and our friends.
You may ask, "What of the future?" Are our
policies merely negative? Do we see any pros-
pect of resuming the many friendly tics which,
for many generations, the American people liave
hud with the Chinese people and which we want
to have again? Do we see any chance tliat the
potentially great Chinese nation, with its rich and
ancient culture and wisdom, will again be able to
play a constructive part in the councils of the
nations ?
We confidently answer these questions in the
affirmative. Our confidence is based on certain
fimdamental beliefs. One is a belief in the future
of human freedom. We know that the materialis-
tic rule of international communism will never
permanently serve the aspirations with which
human beings are endowed by their Creator.
Within the Soviet Union the rulers have had to
disavow Stalin's brand of communism. Within
the Soviet satellites even 12 years of indoctrina-
tion do not persuade the people that the Soviet
system satisfies either their national or their in-
dividual desires.
Communism is repugnant to the Chinese peo-
ple. They are, above all, individualists. We read
the recent brave words uttei'ed within Eed China
by the university lecturer: "To overthrow you
cannot be called unpatriotic, because you Com-
munists no longer serve the people."
We can confidently assume that international
communism's rule of strict conformity is, in Cliina
as elsewhere, a passing and not a perpetual phase.
We owe it to ourselves, our allies, and the Chinese
people to do all that we can to contribute to that
passing.
If we believed that this passing would be pro-
moted by trade and cultural relations, then we
would have such relations.
If we believed that this passing would be
promoted by our having diplomatic relations
with the present regime, then we would have such
relations.
If we believed that this passing would be pro-
moted by some participation of the present re-
gime in the activities of the United Nations, then
we would not oppose that.
We should be, and we are, constantly testing our
policies, to be as certain as we can be that, in the
light of conditions as they from time to time are,
our policies shall serve the great purposes to which
our Nation has been dedicated since its founda-
tion— the cause of peace, justice, and human
liberty.
Our policies are readily adjustable to meet the
requirements of changing conditions. But there
are occasions when not we but othei-s should pro-
vide the change. Nothing could be more danger-
ous than for the United States to operate on the
tlieory that, if hostile and evil foi'ces do not
quickly or readily change, then it is we who must
change to meet them.
The United States exerts an immense influence
in the world today, not only because it is powerful
but because we stand for peace, for national in-
dependence, and pei-sonal liberty. Many free na-
tions seek to coordinate their foreign policies
with ours. Such coordination is indeed indispen-
sable if the free world is to have the cohesion
needed to make it safe. But United States policies
will never serve as rallying points for free peoples
if the impression is created that our policies are
subject to change to meet Communist wishes for
no reason other than that communism does not
want to change. If communism is stubborn for
the wrong, let us be steadfast for the right.
Tlie capacity to change is an indispensable ca-
pacity. Equally indispensable is the capacity to
hold fast that which is good. Given those quali-
ties, we can hopefully look forward to the day
when those in Asia who are yet free can confi-
dently remain free and when the people of China
and the people of America can resmne their long
history of cooperative friendship.
July 15, 1957
95
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of June 25
Press release 38S dated June 25
Secretary Dulles : I will be glad to receive your
questions.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Soviet Union has been
casting doubt on American sincerity in dis-
armament negotiations. I helieve the latest state-
ment in this connection was made this morning
hy Foreign Minister Gromyho on General Nor-
stad''s statement. What is your view about the
Soviet statements in this regard?
A. It is obviously a propaganda statement. I
don't clearly diagnose the reasons why it was made
at this particular junction. Of course, the state-
ment that was made by General Norstad was a
statement which made it explicitly clear that the
United States and NATO had no intention what-
soever of starting a war. He said, if there is a
general war, only the Soviet Union will start it.
Then he said, I do not think that they will start
it because of the consequences to them if they
should start it. In other words, it was a state-
ment designed to emphasize the peaceful purposes
that we had; that our power was a deterrent to
war and not designed in any way for any aggres-
sive purposes. Wliy it should have been mis-
interpreted in this way at this time I cannot
judge.
Q. Mr. Secretary., have there been any changes
in the instructions given Mr. Stassen on ow will-
ingness to agree to a suspension of nuclear testing
under certain conditions., 'particularly in view of
the scientists'' testimony of that group that called
on the President yesterday?
A. No, there have been no changes in his in-
structions with reference to a possible suspension
of nuclear testing.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there is a report that the
United States is considering, together with other
friendly governments, a new international move-
ment to solve the Arab refugee problem. Would
you care to comment on that?
A. There is no such new movement under way
that I am aware of. The United States position
on that subject continues to be what it was as de-
scribed in my speech of August 1955.^ Unhap-
l^ily, it has not seemed practical to move along
those lines, and I am not aware of any present
plans in that respect.
Q. Well, this is not with Arab or Israel coun-
tries but with other friendly nations who were in-
terested in peace in the Middle East. And there
was a report that Mr. Lodge had been discussing
this subject with these other friendly nations in
the hope that they might make a plan tuhich would
be satisfactory to both Arab countries and Israel.
A. Well, I'm not aware of anything concrete
along those lines. Naturally, that is a great hu-
manitarian problem which we would like to see
solved. And we regret very much that at this
jmicture Egyptian propaganda should put out a
completely false story which seems to have no
purpose other than to make it more difficult to
solve the problem.
Visit of Prime Minister Kishi
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you give your ap-
praisal of the accomplishments of Mr. Kishi's
talks here and also the section that deals with re-
vision of the security treaty, under item II, I be-
lieve it is, that sets up a joint committee to look
into all matters of this kind? -
A. I think that the visit of Mr. Kishi here
served a very important purpose and perhaps did
' Bulletin of Sept. 5, 1955, p. 378.
' For text of joint comumnique issued at the conclu.sion
of talks between President Eisenhower and Prime Min-
ister Nobusul£e Kishi of J'apan, see ibid., July 8, 1957,
p. 51.
96
Deparimeni of State Bulletin
more than most of such visits in actually estab-
lishing a new basis for future relations. I feel
that it opened up a new era in our relations with
Japan, an era which will be much more on a basis
of cooperation than of the exercise by the United
States of unilateral rights. I would say that that
result flows perhaps more from imponderables
than from actual words foimd in the commmiique
itself. But there was, I think, introduced into
our relationship a new spirit, and I believe that
events from now on will confirm the judgment
which I now give. I think I said at the airport
when he left that I thought that future historians
would mark this as a highly significant visit, and
I am really quite confident that that judgment will
be made.
Now, you asked a more particular question
about the intergoverimiental committee which
would study the workings of the security treaty.
That is primarily designed to move toward put-
ting our relations more on a bilateral basis with-
out any formal amendment of the security treaty,
which would hardly be practical at the present
time and which was not indeed sought by either
of us. But it was felt that the workings of the
treaty could be put on a bilateral basis of cooper-
ation in a i^ractical way, and to that end this com-
mittee was set up. If the committee should later
on feel that some actual change in the treaty re-
lationship were required, it would, of course, be
free to recommend that.
Q. Mr. Secretary^ how much did the Girard
case^ or the human prohlem that it represents,
spur the decision on phased troop reduction on
our part in Japan as to timing/ and, whether it
did or not, does this decision on troop reduction
reflect a possibility/ of other reductions in other
parts of the loorld where toe have troops?
A. I have pointed out previously here that the
United States is constantly studying, and for some
tune has been intensively studying, the possibili-
ties of adjusting our forces abroad with a view to
minunizing tensions and making lesser demands
upon the land facilities, housing, and so forth, of
comitries where our forces are located. Now that
relates to our so-called bases all over the world.
I would say that this particular troop reduction
in Japan is, however, distmctive and has no par-
ticular parallel elsewhere.
^ For background, see ibid., June 24, 1957, p. 1000.
ixily 15, 1957
The decision taken there was taken partly be-
cause of the desire to minimize friction, wliich
always comes when foreign troops are quartered
for a long time in substantial numbei-s in a for-
eign counti-y. But it was also in line with the
security treaty itself, the preamble of which says
that the United States is prepared temporarily to
maintain forces in Japan for its security in ex-
pectation that Japan will build up its own forces.
Now those forces are, in a way, being built up to
a degree which both of us agreed made it prudent
and consistent with the security of Japan and the
general position in the Japan area to withdraw
our ground combat forces at this time. And
probably other forces may be withdrawn too, as
the Japanese are able to take over their
responsibilities.
Howevei-, I would not want to have it inferred
from what is happening in Japan that there is
any plan for pulling our forces out of NATO
or out of Germany. That is not our purpose.
Our position there has been made quite clear, by
statements which we have made on various oc-
casions, that we are prepared to continue to carry
our fair share of that responsibility. While I
have indicated that, in line with our policy every-
where, there will be some streamlining and ad-
justing of our divisions, there is no purpose to
reduce our force in NATO.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in a recent interview Presi-
dent Aramburu of Argentina voiced some regret
over the fact thut the economic aid — which I think
amounts to some $160 million — his government
has received is not in proportion to their need to
rebuild the economy after some 12 years of the
regime he claims left the cowntry bankrupt. In
the same interview he voiced confidence that, as
relations grow closer between the two cou/ntries,
toe will increase aid through long-term loans.
Will you give us your views on this statement?
A. Well, that is a problem which is being
studied, of course, by the Export-Import Bank,
which is the major instriunentality of assistance
in that field.
One of the problems there is the fact that Ar-
gentina's economic relations are primarily with
European countries, and it does not have the re-
lations with the United States which readily per-
mitted it to develop dollar exchange for the re-
payment of interest or principal of loans. And
we hope that to a considerable extent they might
97
be able to obtain credit in tlie other countries with
which they ti'ade more hxrgely. But we are, o^
course, sympathetic with helping to strengthen
the new regime. We recognize that it was left
in a deplorable condition by Peron. But the de-
tails of what can wisely and properly be done are
being studied primarily by the Export-Import
Bank.
Q. Mr. Secretary., in the previous ansioer on the
question of cutting forces in Japa7i, you affirmed
what you had said about 3 weeks ago: that there
will he some streamlining of our divisions every-
where., is the way I think you put it. What will
be the practical result of this? The practical re-
sult of the decision on Japan is that one or two
divisions will he removed^ from Japan. What will
be the practical result of streamlining divisions?
Will it be that the United States tvill release a
certain amount of ten^itory and bring home a cer-
tain numher of troops?
A. Well, you see, we only maintain divisional
strength abroad in a few places — in Japan, in
Korea, in continental Europe. And those are the
only areas where there would be some effect of our
so-called streamlining of our divisions every-
where, which involves some rather modest re-
duction in the numbers to make them more
mobile; it involves an increase in their fire power
so that the net result is a gain in strength.
Q. Mr. Secretary., is there any substance to re-
ports that the deliveries of new weapons to South
Korea * have been held up on account of so-called
political reasons?
A. No, I'm not aware that they are being held
up.
Disarmament Talks in London
Q. Mr. Secretary., to return to the disarma-
ment matter a minute, last Wednesday or Thurs-
day the Senate leadership appeared to he
convinced that you had asked them to send a
number of Senators to London over the past week-
end to sit in on the disarmament talks this week.
Yet your letter that was read on the Senate floor
last Friday = said such a trip would be premature.
Can you explain this, sir?
' For liackgronnd. see ihld., July 8, 1957, p. 58.
° Cong. Reo. of June 21, 1957, p. 8961.
A. I think that there was, perhaps, a misunder-
standing, for which I blame no one, as to the
importance that was attached to going to London.
I myself have attached relatively little importance
to the question of whether or not Senators went
to London, and that has consistently been my
attitude. I do feel that it would be useful if by
going to London they could get the atmosphere
of tlie negotiations. But the fact of the matter
is that the negotiations are being directed here at
Washington by the President and by myself, and,
in order to maintain close contact with the guiding
instiiictions and the policies that are concerned,
the best place to do that is Washington and not
in London. London is on the receiving end;
Washington is the formative end when it comes
to the making of these policy decisions. And,
as I say, I think there was a little misunder-
standing there, for reasons which I needn't go
into liere in detail bxit for which I blame no one.
I want to make clear that I believe that there
has been good cooperation in this matter between
the State Department and the congressional lead-
ership. Tliese matters are complicated and diffi-
cult to work out on both sides.
In the case of the Senate, you have a good many
committees which are all interested in one or
another phase of this matter, and the question of
selection becomes difficult. From our standpoint
the question of how many people you can advan-
tageously deal with, and particularly how many
people miglit go to London, is a difficult problem.
But I have no consciousness of any lack of co-
operation, and I think that I have myself tried
to extend an invitation which is broad in scope. I
think it is important that there should be at this
juncture a greater i^articipation by the most in-
terested Senators in numbers that can practically
be dealt with as this program of disarmament de-
velops and as our policies crystallize and take
shape. It is entirely acceptable to me to work
with the Special Committee on Disarmament, of
which Senator Hubert Humphrey is chairman. I
am seeing him tliis afternoon to develop a pro-
gram on which we can work. Of course, that
committee under its present mandate exjDires I
think next week, on the 30th of June. But I
believe that steps are in contemplation today in
the Senate which may extend its life, and, if so,
that becomes a very useful agency witli which
to deal.
98
Deparfmenf of Sta\e Bulletin
Q. Due to the mixup, or misunderstanding, is
it correct that no fart was 'played by any de-
velopment in the substance of the negotiations
either in London or hi our position here?
A. I would only say this: that there was a little
slippajie in the time schedule -which we had con-
templated for the developments in London, and
the matters did not move quite as rapidly as we
had thought that they might. The slippage is
not significant and does not indicate in my opinion
any serious interruption in the flow of the nego-
tiations but involves the time which it naturally
takes to discuss these very serious matters with
our allies and for them to come along with
conclusions.
And, of course, another thing that I think needs
to be emphasized is that it would be quite un-
profitable for anyone, Senators or anybody else,
to go to London and to feel that they could get
anything worthwhile out of it without a pretty
thorough study and briefing before they went, and
that would have to take place, I think, before
there could be any useful participation or ob-
servation by Senators in the proceedings in
London.
Q. Do you. foresee any possibility , sir, on the
basis of where this negotiation is noiv, of an agr'ee-
ment ivhile this Congress is in session, assuming
the session goes on to approximately Labor Day?
A. I think it is highly unlikely that there would
be any treaty formulated for submission to the
Senate at this session. I think it would at best
be a matter to take up next January. Now that
isn't because I want it to be slow or that we are
trying to make it slow. As a matter of fact, we
are trying to move as rapidly as it is possible, but
the complications of a treaty are infinitely gi-eat.
You take on this question of the supervision : The
Soviets have indicated for the first time within the
last few days that they would accept supervision
with respect to a suspension of testing. But the
nature of that supervision has not even been dis-
cussed with them yet, and whether or not their
idea of supervision coincides with ours, I don't
know, and it would be quite a business to work
that out. Then you have got the question of the
possible suspension of the use of fissionable mate-
rial for weapons purposes, which, again, would
require a high degree of supervision and checking.
So far the Soviets have not indicated that they
would accept even the principle of a cutoff of the
use of fissionable material for weapons purposes,
mucJi less accept a supervision in connection
with it.
Now, to develop all of these things in adequate
detail is still a task of immense difficulty, and un-
less these things are worked out in great detail
they are not reliable. I sometimes recall that
about the only one of the early postwar agree-
ments which worked reasonably well was that for
the joint occupation of the city of Vienna. That
was worked out in meticulous detail, and, on the
whole, that worked pretty well. But the other
agreements, which were less meticulously worked
out and did not deal with all the details, proved
to be mere vehicles for evasion and avoidance.
And when you deal with anything as vital to the
very life of the free world as this would be, one
has to be sure that the operation of it — super-
vision of it — is established in sufficient detail so
that we can place a large measure of confidence
in it and so that there is no room for technical
evasions.
Question of Cutoff in Nuclear Weapons Production
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the question of a cutoff of
production, some confusion arose last week, after
the Presidenfs conference, a.s to whether we
thought a cutoff in nuclear weapons production
ivas to be tied to any first-stage agreement an. the
suspension of tests. It has been our understand-
ing that we felt that the two went hand in hand.
Could you tell us approximately what our position
is on this?
A. Yes. The confusion I think came about
quite naturally because of the fact that, while
there is a connection in the sense that imder our
plan an agreement to suspend testing would be
tied into an agreement for a cutoff, the actual
suspension of the testing might precede the actual
cutoff because of the fact, among other things,
that the supervisory machinery required in con-
nection with testing might be simpler and take
less time to establish, we believe, than in the case
of the other. So that it is correct to say that the
suspension of testing is not dependent upon a
coincident cutoff. It is dependent upon a co-
incident agreement for a futui'e cutoff.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Kishi-Eisenhoioer coin-
munique stated that the United States Govem-
July 15, 1957
99
ment toould attempt to do soTnething about the
anti- Japanese sign jjosts and laws that some
southern States have. Does tlie Government have
any plans about xvlmt might he done about these
posting laws?
A. We had some discussion of that witli the
Prime Minister and made quite clear tliat we be-
lieved that those laws were in contradiction with
the most-favored-nation treaty whicli we have
with Japan, which calls broadly for an avoidance
of any discrimination. Considerable efforts are
being made and are under way to bring about the
repeal of those laws, and also to prevent the enact-
ment of any similar laws in other States. So far
those efforts have been successful in preventing
the enacting of those laws elsewhere where they
have been proposed. So far we have not yet
brought about their actual repeal, but we have not
yet given up hope that there will be such a repeal.
If there should not be such a repeal and if, in fact,
the laws remain in force — of course, they could
become just a dead letter — then there would be
the question of a possible legal action which we
would consider at that time.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on any cutoff or any suspen-
sion of testing of nuclear ujeapons combined with
an agreement on a cutoff, under our policy wotild
that have to be part of a first-step disarmament
agreement?
A. Yes. That is our proposal.
Q. It could not be separate?
A. It is part of it. We do not under our plan
separate the suspension of testing from an agree-
ment to have a cutoff on the use of fissionable
material for weapons purposes.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is that also tied in with the
overall first-step disarmament agreement we are
seeking?
A. Yes. We contemplate that as part of an
arrangement which would also cover certain in-
spection zones which have some significance, at
least from the standpoint of demonstrating how
to work inspection, so that it could be spread later
on — and probably some reductions in conventional
weapons.
Q. Mr. Secretary, would we be ready under this
agreement to take a tie-in of the cutoff and the
100
suspension of tests and sign an agreement to that
effect without taking in these other matters you
just mentioned, like inspection of weapons?
A. Our first-phase program covers the broader
aspects which I mentioned.
Q. Mr. Secretary, toould the cutoff also be re-
lated to a beginning of the transfers of nuclear
weapons, to transfers of nuclear materials into
materials for peaceful purposes?
A. Yes. We contemplate that coincidentally
with the effective date of tlie cutoff there should
begin to be transfers out of tlie war stocks into
the peacetime pool that the President originally
suggested in his speech to the United Nations in
1953.
Q. Mr, Secretary, coidd you discuss a period for
an initial suspension of nuclear tests? A period
in time? There have been various reports that
we have been thinking of 10 months or a year, or
possibly longer.
A. We do suggest a time period, and a time
period which will be sufficiently short so that it
would not involve a bi'eakup of our entire scien-
tific and technical group. If it should turn out
that the inspection system was not working or
that the cutoff inspection system was not being
adequately established, then we would not have
lost the opportvmity to resume testing and enabled
the Soviet Union in that way to get a very con-
siderable advantage over us.
Soviet Movements in Middle East
Q. Mr. Secretary, could you tell us %ohat the
reaction is to recent Soviet movements in the
Middle East and the reported sale of submarines
to Egypt?
A. Well, we deplore this sale of submarmes to
Egypt, quite apart from the question of wliether
or not that is a violation of the United Nations
resolution " which calls for the suspension of any
arms deliveries to the area of Middle East hostili-
ties. Quite apart from tliat, it seems to us to be
part and parcel of the Soviet effort, a studied ef-
fort by the Soviet Union to maintain tension and
danger of war in the area by the delivery there of
• Bulletin of Nov. 12, 19.j6, p. 754.
Deparimenf of Stale Bullelin
abnormal quantities and abnormal kinds of mili-
tary weapons.
Q. Would the U.S. be corisidering to of set this
policy hy delivering arms to Israel?
A. Well, we have not even considered as yet
whether there was an imbalance there which
would make that necessary or appropriate.
Q. Mr. Secretary, when you were speaking of
the Kishi visit, did I understand you correctly to
say that the committee which was to he established
in Tokyo in connection with the security treaty
will not concern itself with the actual revision of
the administrative agreement? Is that correct,
sir?
A. No, it does not have any particular function
in relation to the administrative agreement. It is
designed, rather, to deal witli such matters as the
location of troops in Japan, tlieir disposition.
You see, the treaty itself gives the United States
rather broad rights to decide for itself, without
regard to the Government of Japan, as to wliere
it will put troops, and matters of that sort. We
want to bring that more onto a bilateral, coop-
erative basis. That is a prunary fmiction of this
committee. And also, the committee would be em-
powered to study the whole working of the se-
curity treaty and as to whether it should be mod-
ified in any respects or replaced in any respects.
But tlie revision of the administrative agreement
is not one of its primary functions.
Q. Mr. Secretary, have you had a chance to read
and analyze the Mao Tse-tung speech on the the-
sis of letting 100 flotcers bloom; and, if so, do you
have any vieics on its meaning?
A. I have read the speech. I have read it a
couple of times. Speeches of tliat kind take a
good deal of reading, and even then one can't be
quite sure of what they mean. On its face, it
suggests that there is a disposition to be some-
what tolerant of differences of opinion within
carefully controlled limits. I see, however, it is
suggested in some quarters that the purpose of the
speech was merely to allow some of these different
flowers to stick their heads above groimd so that
they could then be cut off. (Laughter) And I
think that we will have to watch to see what the
event is, as to whether this was a means of en-
trapment or whether it genuinely indicates a de-
a willingness-
-to have a little more toler-
sir
ance of opinion.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there has been some criticism
in the Congress or fear expressed that the disar-
inament talks inight be building up too 7nuch op-
timism in public opinion. Do you feel that this
is happening, or do you feel that it is out of per-
spective, or do you feel disturbed?
A. I do not feel discouraged, but I do not feel
optimistic either. Now, I don't know whether too
much optimism is bemg built. I don't know. I
can't appraise very accurately the mood of the
country or of the Congress in these respects. I
would say that optimism can be based upon the
fact that the Soviets seem to be desirous of arriv-
mg at some agreement and to be using the actual
forum of the disarmament talks less as a place of
propaganda than has been the case heretofore.
And that judgment, which is itself perhaps some-
what superficial, is reinforced by the fact that we
believe that there are and must be strong economic
and financial pressures upon the Soviet Union
which would lead it to desire to lighten somewhat
the burden of armament on a reciprocal basis. As
against that, we have the almost morbid fear of
the Soviet Communist system to any intrusion
from without, to any adequacy of inspection and
control. Until tliose matters are gone into in much
more detail than has been possible up to this point,
I do not know whether or not one can expect a
positive conclusion. I think that we can only
wait and see as far as that critical phase is con-
cerned.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I would like to ask you a clar-
ifying question about disaTmament. Earlier you
were asked about the possibility of a treaty going
to the Senate at this session, and you said that you
thought not. You said that you thought that it
might be better to wait until January. You indi-
cated that there might be something solid about
that anyway.
A. I didn't intend to imply that. All I meant
to say was that, if any treaty comes out of these
talks, I do not see that it could emerge in time for
this session of Congress or much before the end
of the calendar year.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to return to the question of
July IS, 1957
101
Arab refugees for a motnent, some of v^s have been
given to understand thai Mr. Lodge and Mr. Ham-
marshjold have been discussing informally with
Western cotmtries mainly to determine whether
the time is ripe to make a new effort to solve thin
longstanding problem., and it is our understanding
that neither the Amb countries nor Israel have
been brought into the phase of the discussions at
this point and that our renewed, informal atten-
tion to this stem's partly from the recommenda-
tions that Vice President Nixon made after his
African trip — namely, that a netc and redoubled
effort be mad.e to attach this problem. Novj, is it
correct to infer from your answer that you know
nothing at all about any such informal talks which
'might be going on in New York?
A. No, I do not know of such discussions, al-
though that does not preckide their having taken
place. It would be quite in line with our standing
policy to explore that proposition at any time.
That is a very unliappy and serious problem. I
had a talk here, I guess it was on Friday, with
Mr. [Henry K.] Labouisse [Jr.], who is the United
Nations representative in charge of these refugees,
and it is really a tragic problem. It is our stand-
ing policy to take advantage of any opportunity
to solve it. So tliat if Ambassador Lodge did
have talks with Mr. Hammarskjold about this,
that would be quite within our policy, but I do
not myself happen to know anything about such
talks.
Q. Thank you, sir.
Opening of Islamic Center
Remarks by President Eisenhower ^
It is a privilege to take part in this ceremony
of dedication. Meeting with you now, in front
of one of the newest and most beautiful build-
ings in Washington, it is fitting tliat we rededi-
cate ourselves to the peaceful progress of all men
under one God.
And I should like to assure you, my Islamic
friends, that under tlie American Constitution,
under American tradition, and in American
' Made at ceremonies opening the Islamic Center at
Washington, D. C, on June 28 (White House press
release).
hearts, this Center, tliis place of worship, is just
as welcome as could be a similar edifice of any
other religion. Indeed, America would fight
with her whole strength for your riglit to have
liere your own cliurcli and worsliip according to
your own conscience.
This concept is indeed a part of America, and
without that concept we would be something else
tlian wliat we are.
The countries which have sponsored and built
tliis Islamic Center have for centuries contribu-
ted to the building of civilization. With their
traditions of learning and rich culture, the coun-
tries of Islam liave added mucli to the advance-
ment of mankind. Inspired by a sense of broth-
erhood, common to our innermost beliefs, we can
here togetlier reaffirm our determination to se-
cure the foundation of a just and lasting peace.
Our country has long enjoyed a strong bond
of friendsliip with tlie Islamic nations and, like
all healthy relationships, this relationship must
be mutually beneficial.
Civilization owes to the Islamic world some of
its most important tools and achievements. From
fvmdamental discoveries in medicine to tlie high-
est planes of astronomy, the Muslim genius has
added much to the cidture of all peoples. That
genius has been a wellspring of science, commerce,
and the arts, and has provided for all of us many
lessons in courage and in hospitality.
This fruitful relationsliip between peoples, go-
ing far back into history, becomes more important
each year. Today tliousands of Americans, both
private individuals and governmental officials, live
and work — and grow in understanding — among
the peoples of Islam.
At the same time, in our country, many from
the Muslim lands — students, businessmen, and
representatives of states — are enjoying the bene-
fits of experience among the people of this coun-
try. From these many personal contacts, here and
abroad, I firmly believe that there will be a
broader understanding and a deeper respect for
the worth of all men, and a stronger resolution
to work together for the good of mankind.
As I stand beneatli these graceful arches, sur-
rounded on every side by friends from far and
near, I am convinced that our coimnon goals are
both right and promising. Faithful to the de-
mands of justice and of brotherhood, each work-
ing according to the lights of his own conscience,
102
Deparfmen/ of State Bulletin
our world must advance alon^ the paths of peace.
Guided by this hope, I consider it a great per-
sonal and official honor to open the Islamic Cen-
ter, and I offer my congratulations to its sponsors
and my best wishes to all who enter into its use.
Thank you very much.
The Citizen's Responsibilities in International Affairs
hy Francis 0. Wilcox
Assistant Secretary for International Organization Affairs '■
In speaking to you this afternoon on the citi-
zen's responsibilities in world affairs, I shall be
commenting upon problems to which you give a
great deal of attention, individually and as an
organization. As graduates of American colleges
and miiversities, you have been educated for lead-
ership in a free society. Those of you here from
foreign universities represent no less the training
for a life of reason, tolerance, and underetanding
in societies dedicated to the well-being of the in-
dividual rather than the glorification of the state.
The interdependence of the modern world has
made internationalists of us all. The world has
shrunk so much that we do not have much of a
choice in the matter. "We must all hang to-
gether, or assuredly we shall all hang separately."
Out of our political, religious, cultural, and his-
torical divereity we seek, and I believe we are
finding, a common denominator of values.
Xearly half a century ago Theodore Roosevelt
remai'ked that "the United States of America has
not the option as to whether it will or will not play
a great part in the world. It must play a great
part. All that it can decide is whether it will play
that part well or badly."
Today the choice before us is dictated by the
need for human survival. With the threat of
nuclear war hanging over our heads we have no
alternative but to play our part wisely and well.
The best insurance that we will do this is a well-
'^ Address made before the biennial convention of the
American Association of University Women at Boston,
Mass.. on .June 27 (press release 392).
informed public opinion carefully following the
course of world events.
America's Role of Leadership
I venture to say that the most remarkable de-
velopment of this century is the assumption over
the last 17 years by the United States of its present
role of responsibility and leadership in world
affairs. This is a role we did not play during the
previous 150 years of our existence as a sovereign
state.
Indeed, the United States has been going
through a revolutionary period since 1941 in our
relations to other countries. In this brief period
we have moved from relative isolationism to inter-
nationalism, from a policy of no entangling alli-
ances to a system of complex political, economic,
and security alliai^ces with more than 40 nations.
We have only to recall our extreme reluctance to
participate in some of the meetings of the League
of Nations, even in the modest role of observers,
to realize how times have changed.
Clearly this dramatic shift has been impelled
by considerations of the national interest. It
is often forgotten that every important move m
foreign policy is based on one overriding con-
sideration— whether it will advance the well-being
and security of the American people. The effec-
tiveness of our jjolicies must be judged on how
well they accomplish this end.
In no country is foreign policy more constantly
under review than in the United States. In no
country do the people have a greater voice in
Jo/y 15, J 957
103
foreign affairs. Our budgetary process alone as-
sures such annual review. To be sure, this proc-
ess often dismays our friends and allies, who may
not understand our system of checks and balances.
Yet it has the great virtue of insuring that our
policies, once arrived at, are backed by a majority
of the informed leadership in the Congress, in
the executive branch, and among the public. This
again insures that they will be carried out with
vigor and confidence. It also insures, and I think
this is of vital importance, that our policy is
morally defensible, for our people will tolerate
no other.
I should like to say a word here about the
unique nature of American leadership in inter-
national affairs. Through the centuries other
countries have grown in influence, expanded their
borders, and carved out empires because of per-
sonal ambitions of leaders, for religious reasons,
for the advancement of trade and the accumula-
tion of riches, or because of some other compel-
ling sense of mission. Most who succeeded, at
least temporarily, in carrying out such policies
were able to count on the compliance of disciplined
citizens, either because the governments were au-
tocratic or because their people were also imbued
with some particular sense of mission in the
world. In the process some of tliem have brought
blessings along with oppression and have plant«d
the seeds of future self-government and inde-
pendence.
The new American leadership, on the other
hand, was not sought but was largely thrust upon
us by a sick and frightened world. Its objective
is neither conquest nor territorial aggrandizement
but the preservation of freedom. It identifies the
well-being of the world community, imder free-
dom, with the security and welfare of the Ameri-
can people. In essence, it seeks for other peoples
the blessings we enjoy at home. The vast re-
sources that we have poured into other countries
in support of these convictions are sometimes
mistaken as generosity of the "do good" variety—
or a belief that all problems are susceptible to
economic solutions. This is to misinterpret the
deep wellsprings of our belief, tested since the
day of our independence, that men are created
equal and that life, liberty, and the pursuit of
happiness apply to mankind, not just to the peo-
ple of one land, if we are all to prosper in
peace.
Public, support for United States leadership
has been strong and consistent for a period of
years now, despite surface fluctuations. Support
has been especially strong for the United Nations,
which was born of American initiative and con-
tinues to receive the approval of the overwhelm-
ing majority of our people in both political
parties and in all sections of the country. It is
based on the increased awareness of the American
people that the United Nations has served the
interests of the free men everywhere. It has
served the cause of peace, security, and well-being
for mankind.
I think we all have a responsibility to help
preserve the imique quality, high purpose, and
practical application of the American concept of
leadership lest it deteriorate into a new isolation-
ism or be tempted to control where it cannot per-
suade.
Responsibilities of the Citizen
I hope you will not think I am flattering you
if I say that the quantity and quality of under-
standing of our foreign-policy goals at home and
abroad depend to a great degree on national or-
ganizations such as yours. You represent the
educated elite of a liighly educated society. A
college degree is within the reach of a vastly
greater proportion of our people than it was when
most of us graduated. As our members increase,
so does our responsibility. We must understand
better America's new position in the world, how
we got there, where we are going, and why. The
university graduates in their public and private
life are the parents of ideas and leaders of opin-
ion. For this reason they have a unique respon-
sibility.
I am told that the women of America, in the
aggregate, control most of the wealth of this coim-
try. If so, I think it is in good hands. But there
is a greater resource at your disposal. You are
also the cotrustees — for I think men must be ac-
corded this responsibility also — of the concepts
of democracy which made our country great.
You are the recipients of an education designed
t« fit you for life in a free society. These are
assets which should be used to enrich not only
our national life and culture but to support an
informed and enlightened foreign policy as well.
This is a continuing responsibility since foreign
relations are in a constant state of flux and poli-
104
Department of State Bulletin
cies requiiv I'egular review. The attitudes of the
American people and of the Congress intimately
a fleet these reviews.
I am reminded of the recent observations of one
of the top oliicers of the Department of State.
He pointed out to a group of his colleagues that
every day lie was obliged to make decisions of
major or minor import to our foreign relations.
He found it particularly hard, lie said, to make
these decisions in the absence of the opinions and
views, often conflicting, of those around him.
These provided him with the perspective and al-
ternatives necessary to form judgments which
were soundly based.
His observation, I think, applies equally well
to the policy-forming process on the national
scene. "WHiile the President and the Secretary of
State formulate and carry out American foreign
policy, the Congress provides, or it may refuse
to provide, the required legislation and funds.
When we don't get the funds or legislation, it is
my feeling that we have failed in one of two ways.
Either we have failed to secure public under-
standing of our policies, or the public miderstands
them but is unwilling to support them. There is,
of course, a third possibility — apathy and lack
of concern on the part of leadership groups.
This, in my opinion, is the most distressing of
all.
I am often asked by organizations such as yours
whether their formal resolutions and petitions on
foreign-policy matters have much influence. I
can assure you that they do, both on the legisla-
tive and executive departments of our Govern-
ment. A^liile they may not always be translated
into the specific actions you recommend, they are
an indispensable part of the policy-forming proc-
ess in a democracy.
Our role of leadership in world affairs is not
and cannot be an easy one. International rela-
tions today have become increasingly complex.
The task of understanding the many facets of for-
eign policy, therefore, requires effort — eli'ort
which can in the long run make the difference be-
tween a good and a bad policy. In addition, cer-
tain misconceptions have crept into our thinking
about foreign relations based largely, in my opin-
ion, on misinformation or misreading of the facts.
I would like to examine some of these misconcep-
tions by way of illustration.
July 75, 1957
431.171—57 3
The United Nations
1 have said that there is wide support for the
United Nations among the American people.
This is so. But ([uite a lot of my attention and
that of my colleagues in the Department of State
is taken up with defending the United Nations
against charges which are based on a misconcep-
tioji of its responsibilities and powers.
Some people tend to blame it whenever any-
thing goes wrong in the world, as though the mere
existence of an international organization could
put an end to disagreement and disorder. Others
condemn it because it has not settled in short or-
der the major problems in the Middle East. It
is often berated for not enforcing its will on Hun-
gary. And it is criticized because the atomic arms
race between the free world and the Soviet Union
continues unabated.
Nothing could be more fallacious than to con-
demn the United Nations for the weaknesses of
its member states. We would do well to remember
its limitations as well as its capacities. It is not
a supergovernment. It is not a world government.
It is made up of 81 sovereign, independent nations.
It can only do what its members are willing to
have it do at any given time.
We should not expect the United Nations to
solve all our world problems any more than we
expect the Congress to solve our domestic prob-
lems. Every year or so Congress passes new laws
dealing with housing, education, labor problems,
health, and other important matters. But the
problems themselves are rarely disposed of finally
and completely. They are ameliorated or brought
within manageable terms, but no one would argue
that they are solved.
The Middle East
So it is with the United Nations. Surely we
should be no less patient with the processes of this
complex body than we are with our own Congress.
Yet this is sometimes the case. The Suez crisis
is a case in point. Some of those who applauded
the General Assembly's immediate action in se-
curing a cease-fire were somewhat dismayed when
succeeding steps to supervise the cease-fire and to
maintain a peaceful atmosphere were slower in
coming.
These were modest steps, to be sure, but let us
105
not underestimate their importance. A cease-fire,
the withdrawal of foreign forces from Egypt, the
establishment of a United Nations Emergency
Force, the speedy clearance of the Suez Canal, the
deployment of UNEF in Gaza and Sharm el-
Sheikh — these were remarkable steps forward
taken in the matter of a few months. Those critics
who might have felt that these steps were too slow
in coming perhaps overestimated the authority of
the General Assembly.
The Assembly cannot dictate terms. Its proc-
esses many times must be slow and even cumber-
some. But the results that it has achieved in the
past few months in the Middle East attest clearly
to the strength of world opinion. The mobilizing
of world opinion combined with patient diplo-
macy under the banner of the United Nations
accomplished all of these steps. To be sure, the
long-range aspects of the Middle Eastern problem
are not solved. But what might have been a major
war has been averted, and a basis for peace is
slowly being rebuilt.
This is no time for us to have a smug feeling
about the limited successes achieved in the Middle
East. The shooting is over, but the basic causes
that gave rise to the shooting must be dealt with
if peace is to prevail.
Here again the critics may argue that we should
move ahead with greater speed before the situation
deteriorates. One important element of peace in
the Middle East is the early solution of the prob-
lem of the more than 900,000 Palestine refugees
who rely on United Nations help for subsistence
and housing. Admittedly, the matter is an urgent
one. But the Palestine refugee problem is so com-
plex and so explosive politically that possible steps
must be considered carefully if they are to improve
rather than worsen the situation. Nor can the
boundaries between Israel and her neighbors — a
sore which has been festering for a decade — be
satisfactorily adjusted overnight.
The Middle East remains a tinderbox where
rash and ill-considered action could have serious
results. We can take it for granted that the
Soviet Union will continue to fish in troubled
waters. The recent sale of Soviet submarines to
Egypt is but another in a long series of incidents
obviously designed to increase tensions in that
area.
There continues to be a pall of fear hanging
over the heads of the Arab and Israeli people
alike. We must therefore push ahead with a pa-
tient vigor. We must do everything possible to
develop a will to peace in the Middle East. With-
out tuch a will a settlement of the long-rajige
problems cannot be achieved.
The Case of Hungary
The Hungarian revolt is another case in point.
Now I am the first to deplore the refusal of the
U.S.S.R. and the Hungarian regime to comply
with the General Assembly resolutions calling for
the immediate withdrawal of Soviet forces from
Hungary.- But I do not agree with those who
lay the blame at the doorstep of the United Na-
tions. To do so is to misread history, the political
facts of present-day international relations, and
the United Nations Charter itself.
It was foreseen that without great-power una-
nimity in the Security Council the United Nations
could be powerless to stop aggression. It has now
become clear that, if either the U.S.S.R. or the
United States defies the United Nations, neither
can be forced to comply without the use of armed
might. In this nuclear age it is most unlikely that
the Assembly would ever use its limited authority
in such a way as to provoke a general war.
In the case of Hungary, let us place the blame
where it belongs — not on the United Nations but
squarely on the shoulders of the men in the Krem-
lin who decided to use force in order to prevent
the Soviet satellite system from falling to pieces
about them.
History may well demonstrate that the revolt in
Hmigary was one of the most significant single
developments since the close of World AVar II. It
did irreparable damage to the Soviet satellite sys-
tem. It demonstrated, even more than the free
world dared to believe, how much the people of
Soviet-occupied lands resent the rule of their
Communist masters.
The report of the United Nations Special Com-
mittee [on the Problem of Hungary] was made
public just last week.^ The committee's report
speaks eloquently for itself. It is an incontro-
vertible, objective indictment of Soviet tyranny
and repression. Its point-by-point analysis re-
futes decisively the Soviet version of events in
= Bulletin of Nov. 19. 19.56, pp. 803 and 806.
' For a Department announcement and an excerpt from
the report, see ibid., July 8, 19.57, p. 62.
106
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bullefin
Hungary. After extensive hearings of witnesses
and thorough examination of pertinent documen-
tary materials, including Soviet-controlled
sources, the committee confirmed beyond any
shadow of doubt the diabolical purpose of Soviet
actions in Hungary. This purpose was to sup-
press the legitimate demand of the Hungarian
people for freedom and national independence.
In brief, the report completely demolishes the
fabrications which the Soviet regime has used to
explain away its cruel and barbarous crimes
against the Hungarian people.
The committee found no evidence of interven-
tion from abroad in the uprising. Tims Soviet
charges of American intervention were exposed
as the complete falsehoods they were. Moreover,
the committee found no evidence to suggest that
any political personality associated with the pre-
war regime in Hungary exerted any influence on
events. To the contrary, its report clearly reveals
the spontaneous character of the demonstrations
in Budapest. It emphasizes the enthusiastic and
widespread response of the masses of the people
in a movement against the repressive system of a
Soviet police state.
In disposing of the Soviet contention that the
events in Hungary involved matters solely of
Hungarian concern, the committee found tliat the
United Nations acted properly in dealing with the
situation. It pointed out that massive armed in-
tervention by one power in the internal affairs
of another must, even by the Soviet Union's own
definition of aggression, be a matter of interna-
tional concern.
The report clearly exposes the Soviet Union as
ruthlessly seeking its own ends in Hungary with-
out any more regard for the wishes of the Hun-
garian people than for its obligations under the
charter.
The United Nations can take full credit for
once again exposing the true nature of Soviet im-
perialism, which cloaks itself in Communist dog-
ma. The United Nations forum has again proved
itself a most useful means to answer Soviet
claims immediately, clearly, and forcefully. Be-
ing able to meet and expose this type of propa-
ganda in the United Nations is a source of vital
strength and support for the free-world cause.
In the face of this serious indictment we must
ask ourselves what further action the General As-
sembly can take. Clearly, this matter is of tran-
July IS, 1957
scendent importance to the United Nations. I can
assure you that the connnittee's report will not be
allowed to languish in the files. Already the Con-
gress has unanimously voted for speedy action in
the Assembly. This reflects the deep feeling and
sympathy of the American people for the terrible
plight of the Hungarian people. The United
States Government favors Assembly considera-
tion of the committee's report at an early practi-
cable date, and we are actively consulting with
other United Nations members to this end.
Enlarged Membership of the United Nations
I have said that some people charge that the
United Nations is a superstate or world govern-
ment. They see cause for alarm in the large num-
ber of new nations in Africa and Asia that have
recently become members of the United Nations.
They fear apparently that they will vote as a solid
bloc against the United States on important issues
and impose their will o!^ the Western World. This
is far from being the case.
In the first place we ought never to forget that
the 28 sovereign countries that represent Africa
and Asia have widely divergent traditions and
cultures. In many ways their differences out-
weigh their similarities.
Furthermore, these countries have not voted as
a bloc. On the Suez issue, of course, there was
wide agreement, but even then there was not
unanimity among them. With respect to Hun-
gary, their votes were very much divided to begin
with, but the later resolutions condemning Soviet
action received substantial backing from Asian
and African countries. On the Algerian and the
Cyprus issues at the last General Assembly,^ Asian
initiatives resulted in compromise resolutions
which received broad support. It is important
to note that in all these cases they were voting with
the United States.
Finally, it should be remembered that the Gen-
eral Assembly can only make recommendations;
it cannot impose its wishes even by majority vote.
I fail to see, therefore, how the new strength of
the African and Asian states in the United Na-
tions is a threat to us. In fact, it provides a chal-
lenge and a new opportunity for American
leadership.
The Government of the United States and the
* Hid., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 422, and Mar. 25, 1957, p. 508.
107
great majority of the American people have
wholelieartedly welcomed these states into the
United Nations. We sincerely believe in tlie self-
determination of peoples. We have welcomed
their independence.
Now that they are members, we must try to
understand their points of view, even as we expect
them to understand ours. The people of the emer-
gent nations of Asia and Africa want three things.
They want freedom and independence ; they want
recognition as first-class citizens in the world com-
munity ; tliey want to develop their countries and
improve their lot in life.
We can all recognize these as American con-
cepts. They are ideas that we can all support.
If the people of this vast and populous area are
given sufficient help and encouragement in at-
taining tliese goals, we can count on their re-
maining on the side of freedom.
Above all, let us not jump to tlie conclusion in
the United Nations that, merely because some
states don't always reach the same conclusions we
do, they are against us. This would result in
giving only lip service to tlie concept of independ-
ence which we hold so dear. There is plenty of
room in tlie United Nations for honest differences
of opinion.
Foreign Aid
Turning to anotlier field, there also exist some
serious misconceptions in our thinking about our
foreign aid programs.
Most commonly it is argued tliat in extending
assistance to foreign countries we are engaged in
a great giveaway program, that we are coddling
a group of ungrateful allies, and that we are im-
posing an unnecessary burden upon the American
taxpayer. Let us look briefly at what you might
call the "anatomy" of our so-called foreign aid.
In the first place, the term "aid" is extremely
unfortunate. As the President said in an address
to the Nation on May 21, "The common label of
'foreign aid' is gravely misleading for it inspires
a picture of bounty for foreign countries at the
expense of our own. No misconception could be
further from reality. These pi'ograms serve our
own basic national and personal interests." ^ The
money we spend abroad for economic and defense
assistance is basically an investment designed to
pay dividends in greater political, economic,
° Ihid., June 10, 1957, p. 915.
and military security for the United States.
Second, the assistance is mutual or cooperative.
In most cases, it requires large outlays of funds,
services, and manpower by the recipient country.
Some countries with narrow economies literally
have to resist American aid because they cannot
afford it.
Let us be clear then on one fundamental point.
American aid is no one-way street. The United
States needs its allies just as much as they need us.
They provide us with bases essential to the effec-
tive employment of our strategic air power. They
maintain their own military forces for the joint
defense of the free world. Without them, many
thousands of American soldiers would have to be
stationed overseas — and at an annual cost to us of
from 7 to 35 times what it requires to maintain a
foreign soldier.
On the economic side, our economy would hobble
along in low gear if deprived of the strategic
materials — tin, rubber, industrial diamonds, man-
ganese, and many more — which our assistance
helps to keep flowing to our shores.
Aid to Uncommitted Countries
There is a misconception that stems from a
misunderstanding of the real purpose of mutual
assistance. This misconception is based upon the
contention that the so-called neutral nations
should be called upon to cast their lot solidly with
the free world now or else suffer the loss of
American aid. They should not be allowed to sit
on the fence, the argument runs; tliey are either
for us or against us.
Let us take the case of those states which have
a policy of nonalinement. International com-
munism is constantly seeking to convince the peo-
ple and governments of such uncommitted coun-
tries that communism is the cheap and quick way
for the underdeveloped peoples to secure high
living standards and positions of political and
economic influence. They are, in many cases,
backing up this propaganda with loans and grants
and other forms of material assistance.
Our assistance to these newly developing coun-
tries, in particular those bordering on the Sino-
Soviet bloc, is of tlie utmost importance. It can-
not be sporadic. If it is to be most effective in
helping the governments of these countries to
maintain their independence, there must be
assurance of responsible continuity.
108
Department of State Bulletin
The results of the competitive struggle between
the free and Communist world are being watched
carefully by the uncommitted peoples. Accom-
plishments in a country such as India, for ex-
ample, which is committed to the liberal social
and political ideals of the free world, are being
compared with those under the ruthless dictator-
ship existing on tlie Chinese Communist main-
land. The relative degree of prosperity which is
achieved over a period of years by tlie peoples
of these two areas may determine the clioice be-
tween communism and free representative govern-
ment in countries in the whole of Asia and Africa.
Clearly, American and free-world assistance to
India and other countries in a like situation can
weigh heavily in the balance whicli may determine
this choice.
INIoreover, the assistance which the United
States has extended to Yugoslavia during the past
few critical years has been of inestimable value
to the free world. It has helped that strategic
country maintain its independence from outside
domination from any soiirce.
I believe we are also imder something of a mis-
conception that other countries we aid are doing
relatively little to help themselves or to help each
other. Yet we know that many states have rigor-
ous controls over consumer goods, far beyond any-
thing we are accustomed to, to be able to exjiort
moi'e goods and thus earn dollar income to help
stabilize their economies. Many spend large
amounts amiually for the support and welfare of
dependent territories under their care. And all
states members of the United Nations contriljute
according to their means to the support of the
specialized agencies of which they are members.
Others give generously to the various voluntary
pi"ogi'ams of the United Nations.
We should also keep in mind that every dollar
we send abroad mider our bilateral program is
matched by the recipient country, which puts up
an equal amount in local currency. These local-
currency proceeds thus do double duty in improv-
ing the economic strength and the military
positions of the countries receiving assistance.
Generosity is a relative thing. A dollar from a
poor man may be liberal. Ten from a rich one
may be stingy. Now the United States is ricli,
and we are not stingy. Biit I believe the portrait
of tlie wealtliy uncle handing out largess to his
indigent neighbors is by no means an accurate one.
It is enlightening, for instance, to note tlie figures
for contributions to the United Nations Expanded
Technical Assistance Program. Tlie United
States ranks fifth in per capita contributions.
We are exceeded in generosity by Canada, Den-
mark, Norway, and Sweden, in tliat order.
Lastly, I would observe that through our aid
programs we should not expect to buy gratitude
or unquestioning compliance with our wishes.
Loyalty, from a man or a country, that is for sale
is not worth much. It is well known that recipi-
ents of cliaritj^ are inclined to harbor some resent-
ment against their benefactors. I believe it was
Mark Twain who said, "I don't know why that
man should dislike me. I never did him a favor !"
The basic purpose of our foreign-assistance pro-
gram is to strengthen the free world. We are
tlierefore partners in a common enterprise to
which all contribute and from wliich all should
benefit.
Concluding Comments
I have examined a few of the misconceptions
or fallacies which complicate our thinking on for-
eign policy. Tliere are many others. It is our
duty as educated women and men to do what we
can to remove these barriers to a sound under-
standing of America's role of leadership in inter-
national affairs. We have assumed a big and con-
tinuing commitment, and we must measure up to
the responsibility.
We are an impatient, pragmatic people. We
want to meet all problems head on and solve them.
This may be possible in personal or national life.
It is not always possible in international affairs.
We must take account of the legitimate and com-
plex interests and rights of other countries whose
cooperation, understanding, and resources we
need. Eeal leadership does not mean imposing
your will but winning support for your posi-
tion. It is sometimes said facetiously that diplo-
macy is "the art of letting the other fellow have
yoxir way."
We face a continuing threat in the unswerving
determination of the Communists to reform the
world in their own image. Their leaders have
left no doubt that they are ready for a long
struggle on the economic, political, and propa-
ganda levels. It is not sufficient to recognize this
threat to defeat it. We must understand its spuri-
ous appeal to some. We must avoid shortcomings
Jo/y 75, 7957
109
in our own society and in our own diplomacy
which may play into Communist hands. In the
atomic age we must make our intentions unmis-
takably clear: Our strength is a shield, not a
sjiear; our dedication is to peace, not war. Mis-
calculation by the Communists on this score might
lead to disaster beyond repair for both the free
and Communist world.
The citizen's responsibilities in international
affairs are first of all personal. This is a matter
of interest, attitudes, and understanding. If each
of us would make a determined effort to keep
abreast of world developments and take appro-
priate action either individually or through the
various organizations to which we belong, our
foreign policy would be greatly benefited.
Tlie American Association of University
Women is in the forefront of organizations which
recognize this responsibility and do something
about it — individually, locally, and on the national
level.
In the mid-20th century we no longer liave a
choice about our position in the free world. It is
merely a question of liow effectively and how well
we lead. This depends in no small degree on the
insight which you who are trained for leadership
bring to bear on tlie pressing issues of our times.
To sum up —
If we will understand the long-range nature of
the Communist threat and do our best to meet it;
If we will continue to support the United Na-
tions and the cause for which it stands;
If we will work closely with our allies and con-
tinue to avoid going it alone ;
If we will demonstrate to the uncommitted na-
tions of the world the enduring qualities of de-
mocracy and freedom;
If we will take our stand always as a nation on
high moral grounds^
Then we can face the future with confidence that
the cause of free men will prevail.
United Nations Day, 1957
A PROCLAMATION'
Wheueas the United States of America is one of the
fouuflei's of the United Nations and has consistently sup-
ported it in its unceasing quest for a durable peace based
upon freedom and justice ; and
Whbeeas the devotion of the people of the United
States to the principles of the United Nations Charter is
the expression of a faith deeply rooted in American cul-
tural, political, and spiritual convictions; and
Wherea.s the United States considers tliat further der
velopment of the proces.ses of the United Nations will
enable it to promote justice under international law with
increased effectiveness ; and
Whereas world opinion in support of international
morality, law, and order has helped to make the United
Nations a constructive force for the development of a
stable, prosperous, and peaceful world ; and
Wheeeas the United Nations has Ijeen instrumental in
preventing open conflict between nations by offering its
machinery for conciliation, negotiation, and pacific set-
tlement; and
Whereas the United Nations, in cooperation with the
Specialized Agencies, has been helping to create the
basic conditions for peace by encouraging greater produc-
tion of food, better health, higher standards of living,
and greater educational opportunities : and
Wherb:as the General Assembly of the United Nations
has resolved that October 24, the anniversary of the com-
ing into force of the United Nations Charter, should be
dedicated each year to making known the purposes, prin-
ciples, and accomplishments of the United Nations :
Now, therefore, I, DwiGHT D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, do hereby urge the
citizens of this Nation to observe Thursday, October 24,
1957, as United Nations Day by means of community
programs which will demonstrate their faith in, and sup-
port of. the United Nations and will contribute to a bet-
ter understanding of its accomplishments and of the hopes
that inspired its founders.
I also call upon the officials of the Federal and State
Governments and upon local officials to encourage citizen
groups and agencies of the press, radio, television, and
motion pictures, as well as all citizens, to engage in ap-
propriate observance of United Nations Day throughout
our country In cooperation with the United States Com-
mittee for the United Nations.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this 26th day of June
in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[seal] fifty-seven and of the Independence of the United
States of America the one hundred and eighty-
first.
By the President :
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State
'No 3188; 22 Fed. Reg. 4629.
no
Department of State Bulletin
Exchange of Communications
With Prime Minister of Ghana
Following are texts of communications ex-
changed between President Eisenhower and Prime
Minister Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana.
May I avail myself of the opportunity to wish
you, Sir, long life and all success.
Yours sincerely,
Kwame Nkrumah
Prime Minister
Wblte House press release dated June 8
President Eisenhower's Message, March 6
It is with warm pleasure that I extend in my own
name and on behalf of the American people most
cordial greetings and felicitations to you and
your countrymen upon the occasion of the inde-
pendence of Ghana. This event is a cause of
pride and satisfaction to the United States as it
must be to all free nations. Ghana, which has
demonstrated its devotion to peace and the main-
tenance of democratic political institutions and
its dedication to the social and economic ad-
vancement of its people, is a welcome addition to
the family of nations.
The Government of the United States looks
forward to close and friendly relations with the
Government of Ghana and to an early exchange
of Ambassadors.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Letter From Prime Minister Nl<rumah, April 27
Dear Mr. President : It gives me great pleasure
to be able to reply to your message of good wishes
which you kindly sent to me through Vice Presi-
dent Kichard Nixon on Ghana's attainment of
independence.
I would like to record our great joy at the
manner in which the Government and people of
the United States of America received the news
of Ghana's independence and in which they made
their pleasure laiown. We would like to recipro-
cate this spontaneous demonstration of friendship
by assuring you of our friendship and good-will
now and for the future.
We are confident that the bonds which unite
our two countries will always be strengthened by
our common insistence on the principles of de-
mocracy, freedom and justice, by the constant
stream of men and women who leave this country
to study in the United States, and by our desire
to promote trade between our two countries.
Technical Cooperation Agreement
Signed With Ghana
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on June 7 that a technical coopera-
tion agreement has been signed with Ghana. The
bilateral agreement provides a framework for
U.S. technical assistance in such fields as agri-
culture, technical education, and community de-
velopment. The agreement was signed June 3 at
Accra by Prime Minister Kwame Nkrumah and
U.S. Charge d'Affaires Peter Rutter.
An ICA liaison officer will leave shortly for
Accra to provide a local point of contact for dis-
cussions on the type of technical cooperation
projects which the Government of Ghana may
request.
One of the first technical cooperation projects
under the new agreement will provide a 2,000-
volume technical library previously announced
by Vice President Richard M. Nixon at Ghana's
independence day ceremonies as an independence
gift from the United States. The library is ex-
pected to be attached to the Kumasi Teclmical
Institute at Kumasi but will be maintained as a
separate collection. The books to be selected for
the library will be principally in the fields of
agriculture and vocational education, including
technical engineering.
Immigration Quota for Ghana
A PROCLAMATION'
Whereas under the provisions of section 202 (a) of
the Immigration and Nationality Act, each independent
country, self-governing dominion, mandated territory,
and territory under the international trusteeship system
of the United Nations, other than independent countries
of North, Central, and South America, is entitled to be
'No. 31S8A; 22 Fed. Reg. 4629.
July 15, 1957
111
treated as a separate quota area when approved by the
Secretary of State ; and
Whereas under the provisions of section 201 (b) of
the Immigration and Nationality Act, the Secretary of
State, the Secretary of Commerce, and the Attorney
General, jointly, are required to determine the annual
quota of any quota area established pursuant to the provi-
sions of section 202 (a) of the said Act, and to report to
the President the quota of each quota area so determined ;
and
Whereas the State of Ghana came into existence on
March 6, 1957, when the former British West African
Colony of the Gold Coast was granted independence by
the Government of the United Kingdom within the Brit-
ish Commonwealth of Nations, and at the same time the
United Nations Trust Territory of British Togoland be-
came an integral part of the State of Ghana ; and
Whereas the Secretary of State, the Secretary of
Commerce, and the Attorney General have reported to
the President that, in accordance with the duty im-
posed and the authority conferred upon them by section
201(b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, they
jointly have made the determination provided for and
computed under the provisions of section 201(a) of the
said Act, and have fixed, in accordance therewith, an
immigration quota for Ghana as hereinafter set forth :
Now, therefore, I, DwiGHT D. Eisenhower, Presi-
dent of the United States of America, acting under and
by virtue of the authority vested in me by the afore-
said act of Congress, do hereby proclaim and make
known that the annual quota of the quota area herein-
after designated has been determined in accordance with
the law to be, and shall be, as follows :
Area No.
Quota Area
Quota
88
Ghana
100
The establishment of an immigration quota for any
ciuota area is solely for the purpose of compliance with
the pertinent provisions of the Immigration and Nation-
ality Act and is not to be considered as having any
significance extraneous to such purpose.
Proclamation No. 2980 of June 30, 1952,^ entitled "Im-
migration Quotas", is amended by the abolishment of
the annual immigration quota of one hundred estab-
lished for the United Nations Trust Territory of British
Togoland, and by the addition of the immigration quota
for Ghana as set forth in this proclamation.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand
and caused the Seal of the United States of America
to be afiixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twent.v-sixth day
of June in the year of our Lord nineteen
' Bulletin of July 14, 1052, p. 83.
[SEALl hundred and fifty-seven, and of the Independ-
ence of the United States of America the one
hundred and eighty-first.
By the President :
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State
Shippers Notified of Procedures
for Passage Into Gulf of Aqaba
Following is the text of a circular sent hy the
Department of State on June 5 to Clarence G.
Morse^ Maritime Administrator, Department of
Convmerce, and Ralph E. Casey, American Mer-
chant Marine Institute, New York, N. Y. The
circular, with its attachjnents, was read to news
correspondents on June 24. hy Lincoln White, Act-
ing Chief of the News Division.
DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR
The Department of State calls to the attention
of United States shipping comiianies and ship-
masters of vessels mider United States registry
"Notice to Mariners No. 44" issued by the United
States Navy Hydrographic Office, October 29,
1955, which is based upon "Ports and Lighthouses
Administration Circular to Shi^Dping No. 4 of
1955", issued by the Government of Egypt. These
notices relate to passage through the Strait of
Tiran into the Gulf of Aqaba.
The United States position is that the Gulf of
Aqaha comprehends international waters and that
no nation has the right to prevent free and inno-
cent passage in the Gulf and through the Straits
giving access thereto. A denial of free and inno-
cent passage through those waters to vessels of
United States registry should be reported to the
nearest available United States diplomatic or con-
sular officer. The most readily accessible officers
in the area are stationed at Port Said, Alexandria,
Asmara, Jidda, and Aden. If this procedure is
inconvenient, a report may be made to the owners
112
Department of State Bulletin
or agents, wlio in turn should inform the Depart-
ment of State, Washington, D.C.
Copies of ''Notice to Mariners No. 44", issued
by the United States Navy Hydrographic Office,
October 29, 1955, and of "Ports and Lighthouses
Administration Circuhxr to Shipping No. 4 of
1955", issued by the Government of Egypt are
attached.
NOTICE TO MARINERS
Notice to Mariners No. 44, issued weekly, October 29,
1955
U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office
(5046) Red Sea— Gulf of Aqalia— Strait of Tiran— In-
formation
1. Vessels calling at Port Said or Suez, bound for the
Gulf of Aqaba, should contact the Customs Administra-
tion regarding their destination.
2. Ships heading northward in the Red Sea bound for
the Gulf of Aqaba should notify the Regional Boycotting
Otfice for Israel, Bulkeley Ramleh, Alexandria (Telephone
No. (i2927) at least 72 hours prior to entry in the Gulf
of Aqaba. The cable should contain the following in-
formation :
(a) Name of vessel
(b) Nationality
(c) Tyi)e (cargo or passenger)
(d) International code signal letters indicating ves-
sel's name
(e) Expected time of entering Gulf of Aqaba (state
date and time)
(f) Port of destination in the Gulf of Aqaba
,"?. Ships should hoist their signal letters and reduce
speed when 3 miles off the Naval Signal Station
(27°59'56" N) (34°25'.'55"). Vessels shall be permit-
ted to proceed if the Signal Station has been previously
notified or ordered to stop for inspection by the Customs
Authorities.
4. The permit to proceed will be valid for 48 hours.
5. Should any vessel he unalile to pass within the per-
mitted time, the shipping companies, agents or masters
shoula renew the applications to pass, giving new ex-
pected time of ijassage.
EGYPTIAN CIRCULAR
Regarding Standing Orders to Vessels Heading Towards
the Gulf of Aqaba
In accordance with the Orders, dated 7th of July 1955,
issued by the Minister of War and the Commander-in-
Chief of the Armed Forces, the Regional Boycotting Of-
fice for Israel is appointed to be the only authority for
issuing permission to vessels to pass through the Egyp-
tian Territorial Waters in the Gulf of Aqaba.
Therefore, all Shipping Companies, Agents and Master
Mariners, whose ship or ships will call at either Port
Said or Suez, are requested to contact the Customs Ad-
ministration at either ports regarding vessels heading
towards the Gulf of Aqaba.
In case of vessels heading Northward from the Red
Sea towards the Gulf of Aqaba, notification should be
communicated directly to the Regional Boycotting Of-
fice for Israel at the undermentioned address :
Bulkeley Ramleh-Alexandria
(Telephone No. 62927)
In both cases, notification should be given early enough
at least 72 (Seventy two) hours prior to the entry of the
vessel through the gulf.
The notification should include the following
information :
1. Name of vessel
2. Nationality
3. Type (cargo or passenger)
4. International code signal letters indicating her
name
5. The expected time of entering the Gulf of Aqaba
(state date and time)
6. Port of destination in the Gulf of Aqaba
All Master Mariners should pay close attention to the
Naval Signal Station at Ras-Nosrani in the strait of
Tiran (Lat. 27°59'56" N) (Long. 34°25'55" E).
Furthermore, all vessels should hoist their Inter-
national Code Signal Letters indicating their names, and
reduce speed — Three Miles off the Signal Station — to
facilitate recognition of signals. Vessels shall be permit-
ted to proceed if previous notification had been com-
municated to the Signal Station or ordered to stop for
inspection by the Custom Authorities.
The permission granted to any vessel for passing
through the Egyptian Territorial Waters in the Gulf of
Aqaba will be valid for 48 (forty eight) hours starting
from the expected time of passage.
Should any vessel be unable to pass within the per-
mitted time above-mentioned, the shipping Companies
Agents and JIaster Mariners concerned should renew the
application for permission to pass, giving the new ex-
pected time of passage.
Alexandria, 5th September 1955
Rear Admiral Toussep Ham mad
Director General
Ports and Lighthouses Administration
July 15, 1957
113
Our IViutual Security Programs
hy Douglas Dillon
Deputy Under Secretary for Economic Affairs ^
I should like to talk to you today about one
aspect of our foreign affairs, the mutual security
program — so-called foreign aid. Time after time
in the last 10 years this program has averted dis-
asters from which we could not have remained
aloof.
In 1947 our program of aid to Greece and
Turkey helped save these two countries from en-
slavement through Communist armed aggression.
In the following years, the Marshall plan restored
the havoc of World War II and preserved the
Western European nations from the danger of
Communist revolution. Later, by svipplying arms
to our allies in the North Atlantic alliance, we
helped to create the NATO shield, which holds
the Soviets in check in Western Europe. The
success of this NATO effort can be judged both by
the increased confidence of the free nations of
Europe and by the fact that the destruction of the
North Atlantic alliance is now a major obje<:tive
of Soviet policy. After 1950 our mutual security
programs helped to prevent or halt Communist
aggression in the Far East — against Korea,
against Formosa, and against the new countrj'
of Viet-Nam.
These achievements of our mutual security pro-
grams are clear. But my purpose today is not to
discuss the past. I want rather to talk about the
future. During the last year there has been a
serious reevaluation of our whole mutual security
program. Studies have been carried out by two
Presidential commissions, by a special Senate com-
mittee, by the House Foreign Affairs Committee,
by the executive agencies of the Government, and
by several private organizations. Out of all these
studies have come three clear conclusions, which
are of vital import to your peace and your wel-
fare. I should like to discuss each of these con-
clusions with you, in turn.
Importance of Continuing Mutual Security
The first and most fundamental conclusion on
which these studies agreed is that the mutual se-
curity program has served us well and should be
continued. This conclusion was stated very
clearly by the President's Citizen Advisers on Mu-
tual Security, headed by Benjamin Fairless,
former chairman of the board of the U.S.
Corporation. Their report states :
Steel
The United States must resolve to stay the course, and
must abandon the false hope that collective security costs
are temporary. Any show of indecision or lack of per-
severance would make the task more difiScult. . . . We
are convinced that the best security for Americans is col-
lective security, and that the best hope for diminishing
the burden is economic development. We recognize that
perseverance and patience are required. Our policies
are proving their worth, and we should hold firmly to
them. They will secure the ultimate triumph of freedom.
This conclusion was reaffirmed in the report of
the Senate Special Committee To Study the For-
eign Aid Program, which is certainly the most
thorough study yet made of this subject.' This
report states :
In summary, the committee believes that there are valid
reasons for the United States to continue various types
' Address made before the New Orleans Foreign Policy
Association at New Orleans, La., on June 26 (press re-
lease 385 dated June 24) .
'Foreign Aid: Report of the Special Committee To
Study the Foreign Aid Program. S. Kept. 300, May 13,
1957.
114
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
of fori'i^Mi aifl. Such aid, if clearlj- cnnceived and prop-
erly admiuistered, may be expected to serve the interests
of the United States by promoting its defense, by con-
tributing to its economic growth and spiritual strength,
;uid liy helping to develop a world environment of free-
dom in which the American people may live in peace.
This report represented the unanimous findings
of a committee on which were included Senators
from all parts of our country. Those from the
South included Senator Fulbright of Arkansas,
Senator Sparkman of Alabama, Senator Russell
of Georgia, and Louisiana's own Senator Eussell
Long.
Clarifying tlie Purposes of the Program
The second general conclusion of these studies
was that the purposes of the mutual security pro-
gram should be clarified. As the Senate Special
Committee put it :
The objectives of the various foreign aid programs
should be separated, refined, and restated. . . . The pur-
pose of each type of aid should be clearly demarcated.
. . . Unless this is done, it will not be possible for the
people of the United States or the Congress to understand
either the distinct objectives or the magnitude of the
various programs.
To clarify the purjioses of our programs, the
President made a number of related proposals to
the Congress this year.^ The essential elements
of these proposals have recently been approved by
a substantial majority of the U.S. Senate.
The President's first proposal was to separate
the military aspects of the mutual security pro-
gram from those parts of the program devoted
to economic progress. The President has pointed
out that the military portion of so-called foreign
aid — both tlie weapons we send our allies and the
economic help necessary to enable them to support
agreed military forces — are part and parcel of
the cost of defending the United States. He has
therefore urged that in the future this defense as-
sistance, wliich now amounts to about three-
fourths of the cost of the entire mutual security
program, sliould be included in the budget of the
Department of Defense.
Until now, as you well Iviiow, defense assistance
has been presented to the Congress in a foreign
aid bill separate and apart from the rest of the
defense budget. This has meant that foreign mili-
' Bulletin of June 10, 1957, p. 920.
July 15, 1957
tary assistance has been considered by different
congressional committees and at different times
than the rest of our national defense needs. Such
a procedure naturally increases the difficulty of
reaching a sound judgment on the program of
military assistance to our allies. Putting these
funds in the budget of the Department of Defense
will henceforth make it possible for the Congress
to examine and evaluate in one place and at one
time our whole defense program — both its domes-
tic and its foreign segments. In this way the
American people will obtain the best possible
assurance that the sums to be expended for their
defense will be used to the best advantage.
The President has also recommended measures
to clarify the purposes of the remaining one-
fourth of the mutual security program, the sums
set aside primarily for economic purposes. He
has proposed to the Congress that this part of
the program be broken down into three quite
distinct categories, each devoted to a clear and
separate goal :
First, there is technical assistance, by which we
share our know-how and our skills with peoples
in the less developed areas. The President has
recommended that this program be continued sub-
stantially as at present.
Second, the President has recommended the
creation of a development loan fund to provide
capital on a loan basis for economic development
in the less developed areas of the world.
Third, there is the category of special assist-
ance, which contains the funds for unforeseen
emergencies, such as Hungarian refugee relief,
and for those needs which camiot be covered from
other parts of the program.
In presenting to the American people a mutual
security program plainly broken down between
its four purjDoses — military defense, technical co-
operation, economic development, and emergency
aid — we believe that we will have effectively sep-
arated and clarified its different parts and its dif-
ferent goals.
Emphasis on Long-Term Economic Development
Now let me turn to the third recommendation
on which most of the groups that studied the
mutual security program last year agi-eed: that
more emphasis should be placed on assistance for
long-term economic development and that this as-
115
sistance should be provided through more effective
methods.
Let me begin by telling you why we agree with
these studies that more emphasis should be placed
on economic development.
About a billion people now live in the less de-
veloped areas of tlie free world — in Asia, Africa,
and i^arts of Latin America. Some 700 million
of these people live in 19 newly independent na-
tions which have come into being in Asia and
Africa since the end of World War II. The
people of these new nations differ in race, religion,
and culture, but age-old poverty is common to
them all. Thanks to modern means of communi-
cation, such as radio and newspapers, they have
become aware tliat in other parts of the world
there are people wlio live far better than they do.
Tliey are no longer resigned to their pitifully low
living standards. Political freedom has stimu-
lated their desire for economic progress. Tliey
are now insisting that their lot be bettered.
The present moderate leaders of these countries
are striving to give their peoples the progress they
demand. If they do not succeed, tliey will surely
be swept aside and replaced by extremists who will
be inclined to turn toward international com-
munism as their model.
In his second inaugural address,' President
Eisenhower referred to this growing demand for
change in the less developed areas. He said :
. . . one-third of all mankind has entered upon an his-
toric struggle for a new freedom : freedom from grinding
poverty . . . wherever in the world a people knows des-
perate want, there must appear at least the spark of
hope — the hope of progress — or there will surely rise
at last the flames of conflict.
In these ringing words the President put the
case for effective action by the U.S. to help these
countries in their struggle for economic progress.
The Soviet Union has recognized that the fu-
ture of the world is bound up in the decision that
will be taken by these peoples. The Soviet lead-
ers are making an all-out effort to sell the idea
that only through communism can economic
growth be achieved with the necessary speed.
They have begun to back up their ideological
drive in the less developed areas of the free world
by large-scale programs of technical and financial
assistance. In the past few years Soviet credits
' Ibid., Feb. 11, 1957, p. 211.
116
for economic development in these areas have
amounted to over one billion dollars, a tremendous
effort on their part.
It is fair to say that these less developed areas
are now the central battlefield in the struggle be-
tween freedom and international communism. If
our American liberties are to be preserved, it is
essential that we win this battle.
Let there be no mistake: The United States
could not exist as an island of liberty in a totali-
tarian world. Yet, if we cannot show the peoples
of Asia and Africa that progress can be achieved
in freedom, they will inevitably look to totali-
tarianism for the solution of their problems.
Our economic assistance program also makes
sense from a business point of view. Your own
city's progress testifies to this fact. In the last
15 years the Latin American countries have made
giant economic strides. You have contributed to
that growth, and you have benefited from it. A
visit to this bustling city should dispel any un-
certainty as to whether economic development
abroad helps or harms the South.
VaEue of Expanding Market for American Producers
Let me talk frankly about this point. I have
spent most of my life in private business, and I
know that fears are sometimes expressed that de-
velopment in foreign countries will injure our own
industry or agriculture. Let me tell you quite
plainly that everything in economic experience to
date goes against this fear. On the record so far
our international trade increases, rather than de-
clines, as economic development abroad moves
forward.
Economic development means more purchasing
power. And the greater the rest of the world's
purchasing power, the greater are the opportuni-
ties for our businessmen and our farmers to sell
our goods abroad.
Economic growth in the Latin American coun-
tries has meant more — not fewer — export oppor-
tunities for American producers. And I believe
that this experience will be repeated as other areas
also go forward.
Of course, if tlie TTnited States were the only
country in the world that could produce the goods
that move in foreign trade, it would have no com-
petitors. But neither would it have any custom-
ers. In the recent past your efficient southern
farms and factories were able to earn a fair share
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
of the growing American market, despite expand-
ing production in other parts of the country. The
growing market and the expanding production
were two sides of the same coin. You could not
have had the one without the other. And we can
all agree that the combination was helpful to the
South.
I believe that you will benefit in the same way
as demand and production increase abroad. Your
unrivaled economic progress in the last few dec-
ades was made possible by an expanding American
market. I am confident that your future progress
will also be sustained by an expanding interna-
tional market.
Supplying Skills and Capital
If greater economic development is to be
achieved abroad, two things will be required:
skills and capital. Our programs make provision
for both of these requirements.
The technical assistance program, at a cost of
approximately $150 million a year — less than one-
fourth of one percent of our national budget —
makes the skills of the U.S. available to the
peoples of the less developed areas. This pro-
gram, which was first suggested by President Tiii-
man in his famous point 4 message in 1948, has
increased production abroad and has brought the
United States great dividends in friendship and
good will. It has rightly gained the widespread
support of the American people.
In addition to know-how, capital is required
by the less developed peoples. It is the very es-
sence of economic development that an important
part of the necessary capital must, in the first
place, come from abroad. Such was the history
of our own coimtiy.
The new development loan fund is designed
to provide this kind of financing on a sound busi-
nesslike basis which will move the receiving
country to greater self-help and move other fi-
nancing sources to greater activity. The fund's
assistance will be furnished only upon firm com-
mitment for repayment and reasonable expecta-
tion that repayment can actually be made. Until
now part of our development assistance has been
on a grant basis. In moving to a loan basis, the
receiving countries will naturally tend to become
more careful in screening their requests for aid
and more diligent in seeing that the aid is effec-
tively used.
The terms of the fund's loans will be less strict
than those of the Export-Import Bank and the
World Bank. This should help to insure that its
financing complements, rather than substitutes for,
the financing available from these other sources.
We would also expect the fund to work closely
with private investors in ways which would
increase their activity. Private investors bring
hoth skills and capital to the less developed areas.
Thus their contribution is often more productive
than government-to-government financing. One
of the most important goals of the fund will be
to stimulate and assist private investment.
The fund cannot achieve its basic purposes,
however, unless it has some assurances that ade-
quate resources will be available to it in future
years. This assurance is the essential characteris-
tic of any financial institution and particularly of
one which is set up to help a long-term process
like economic development. Without this assur-
ance, the receiving countries, private investors,
and existing public banking institutions would be
as reluctant to work with the fmid on a long-term
basis as you and I woidd be to deal with a bank
if we did not know from one year to another what
its resources were going to be. And without this
assurance, the fund could not plan for effective
long-term uses of its resources, as any soimd en-
terprise should.
If the fund were only started with enoiigh
money for one year, we would be back where we
are now — financing economic development out of
annual appropriations. Most recent studies have
concluded — and rightly — that this is a wasteful
and ineffective method of tackling a long-term
task like economic development.
For this reason we are asking the Congress not
only for an appropriation for next year but also
for authority to borrow specified amounts from
the Treasury during the 2 succeeding years. In
the past most governmental lending agencies, for
example, the Export-Impoi-t Bank, have been
capitalized through such borrowing authority.
Congressional control over the f mid's resources
would be maintained. Unlike the Export-Import
Bank, the fund could not use the money author-
ized for 1959 and 1960 until those years came
around. If the Congress decided to end or limit
the fund's activity before 1959 or 1960, it could do
so — and the money would still be on hand.
During the present fiscal year, which ends this
iuly 75, 1957
117
coming Sunday, our mutual security program will
have expended over $400 million for the economic
development purposes which the new loan fund
is designed to serve. Experience to date suggests
that somewhat more development financing is
needed if our objectives are to be achieved. The
President has, therefore, proposed to increase
moderately the present level of such financing.
He has also reconnnended that this increase be
gradual — to $500 million in fiscal year 1958 and
to not more than $750 million in each of the 2
following years. This gradual rate of increase
should help to insure that the added resources can
be wisely spent and effectively absorbed.
I do not believe that a cut in the amounts wliich
we have requested for the fund would be a true
saving.
Getting economic development started is some-
thing like getting an airplane off the ground : You
need a certain minimum speed to take off. A
slower rate of speed may be less expensive at the
moment but can be far more wasteful in the long
run.
Many Latin American countries are already
going forward so rapidly that they can finance
their development largely from their own produc-
tion and from normal financing sources. We
hope, through the more effective financing which
will become possible with the establishment of the
new development loan fund, to help other coun-
tries in Asia and Africa to achieve this same stage.
Thus, the more successful we are with the develop-
ment loan fund, the sooner will it put itself out of
business.
In this, as in so many fields of endeavor, there is
no sense in sending a boy to do a man's job. We
should either not tackle this problem at all or
tackle it with sufficient resources to fulfill our
purpose.
in Europe and Asia have been enabled to escape
from submergence under the Communist tide.
This assistance has been, and continues to be, es-
sential in keeping the free world free.
Through our economic assistance, the peace and
security of tlie United States is greatly strength-
ened. If the peoples of the less developed areas
should turn to communism as a short cut to eco-
nomic progress, we would be in grave danger.
The Communist leaders might then be tempted
to press their advantage through aggressive ad-
ventures, and we would face an increased risk of
war.
Nor should we overlook the program's other
benefits: Our foreign trade, seriously reduced
after the war, has been greatly stimulated by this
program. Over the past 8 years, $500 million
worth of tobacco, nearly $500 million wortli of
fats and oils, more than half a billion dollars'
worth of coarse grain, and about $1.7 billion
worth of bread grains were bought and shipped
abroad under the mutual security program. $2.5
billion worth of cotton sales — or almost one-third
of all United States cotton exports — were financed
with mutual security fimds. Because of the im-
portance of exports in the marketing of cotton,
this has meant that more than one out of every
ten dollars in the southern cotton farmer's pocket
has come from the-se mutual security sales.
Foreign aid may be foreign to our shores, but
it is not foreign to our interest. It is specifically
directed toward enabling us and our children
to live, to work, and to trade in peace and security.
Thus far it has achieved its purpose witli remark-
able success. We are confident that, clarified and
more efficient, it will continue to serve our in-
terests and our welfare in the future.
Foreign Aid and National Interest
This, then, is the mutual security program
which we are presenting to the Congress. It is
more clearly defined in purpose, and it is im-
proved in method over the past. It is still based
on the principle that foreign aid is only justified
because it serves our own national interest. This
is as true of its economic component as it is of the
far larger military component.
Through our economic assistance programs,
hundreds of millions of people and whole nations
Soviet Note on Diplomatic Travel
Ignores U.S. Offer for Relaxation
Press release 382 dated June 22
Department Announcement
The Department has received a Soviet note re-
garding diplomatic travel which fails to mention
the American offer for mutual relaxation of travel
restrictions on foreign nationals contained in the
118
Deparfment of State Bulletin
note of the U.S. Embassy to the Soviet Foreign
Ministry dated May 13, 1957.^ The Soviet note
was received by the American Embassy at Moscow
on June 15, 1957.
Tliis means in effect that the Soviet Government
lias decided again to reject the longstanding
American proposal for the mutual relaxation of
these regulations. The Soviet action was taken
despite a statement by First Secretary Nikita
Khrushchev before an American television audi-
ence on June 2, 1957, that the Soviet Government
would agree to abolish travel restrictions on a
reciprocal basis.
The Soviet note, furthermore, did not answer
the specific complaints of the American Embassy
regarding Soviet interference with the travel of
American diplomats in the U.S.S.R. The United
States protested in its note of May 13 against the
frequent closure of officially open areas in the
Soviet Union. This note also pointed out that
Soviet police interference and other administrative
harassments have continued to make travel by
American diplomats in open areas most diflicult.
The Soviet note merely replied that such actions
were dictated by "circumstances of a temporary
character." The U.S. Government considers this
explanation unsatisfactory.
Text of Soviet Note of June 15
The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Keiniblics presents its compliments to the Em-
bassy of the United States of America and in connection
with the Embassy's note No. 914 of May 13, 1957, has the
honor to state the following.
Occasional instances of a refusal to members of the
Embassy of the United States of America to register
trips in areas of the U.S.S.R. open to visits by foreigners
did not signify any change whatsoever in the regulations
of movement of foreigners in the territory of the Soviet
Union set forth in the Foreign Ministry's Notes No.
295/PR June 22 and No. 400/04 November 12, 1953 ' and
were caused by circumstances of a temporary character.
In this connection, it is noted that, as is admitted in the
Embassy's note, in a number of instances American au-
thorities have similarly refu.sed to Soviet officials to regis-
ter trips in open areas of the United States of America.
• Bulletin of June 17, 1957, p. 985.
'Ibid., Jan. 31, 1955, p. 193.
UnSted States Proposes Exchanging
Radio-TV Broadcasts With U.S.S.R.
Press release 384 dated June 24
Follovnng is the text of an aide memoire handed
to the Soviet A7nba8sado7' on June 2Ji. hy Ambas-
sador William S. B. Lacy, Special Assistant to
the Secretary for East-West Exchange.
The Department proposes that the Soviet and
the United States Government reach an agree-
ment in principle at an early date for the regular
exchange of uncensored radio and television
broadcasts. The two Governments could later
settle through diplomatic channels such detailed
problems as how often and over what stations
these broadcasts would be presented, as well as
how certain technical problems could be resolved.
The purpose of these broadcasts would be to
promote a freer exchange of information and
ideas on important world developments.
Department of St.\te,
Washington, June 24, 1957.
Deputy U.S. Commissioner General
Named for Brussels Exhibition
The White House announced on June 13 that
President Eisenhower had appointed Mrs. Kather-
iiie G. Howard to be Deputy U.S. Commissioner
General of the Brussels Universal and Inter-
national Exhibition for 1958.
Appointment to International
North Pacific Fisheries Commission
President Eisenhower on June 13 appointed
Ross L. LefHer, Assistant Secretary for Fish and
Wildlife, Department of the Interior, to be Com-
missioner of the U. S. Section of the International
North Pacific Fisheries Commission, vice John L.
Farley, resigned.
Jo/y T5, 7957
119
Problems Relating to Export of Iron and Steel Scrap
Statement iy Thorsten V. Ealijarvi
Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs '
I appear today in response to the chairman's
request for tlie Department's views concerning
two major problems under consideration by the
committee relative to the expoi't of iron and steel
scrap. Consequently, my statement will cover
(1) the discussions with foreign governments
dealing with the limitations on the scrap they
plan to take from the United States and (2) the
Department's policy pertaining to the scrap-im-
porting arrangements of the European Coal and
Steel Community and Japan.
I. Discussions Witli Major Foreign Importers of
United States Scrap
The Department of State is involved in the
ferrous-scrap export problem because of the need
to balance conservation of essential supplies of
this material at home with the essential require-
ments of friendly countries, which represents a
legitimate foreign-policy consideration. The
principal importing areas — Japan, the European
Coal and Steel Community, and the United
Kingdom — are heavily dependent on us for the
scrap supplies which are essential to the health
of their economies and to their defense positions.
These considerations are important to the se-
curity interests of the United States.
Accordingly, the Department has been actively
engaged in the consideration of the scrap prob-
lem since 1955. It has recognized that, in at-
tempting to insure a continuing flow of mini-
mum essential requirements to the major im-
porters, we cannot indefinitely continue to make
' Made before the House Select Committee on Small
Business on June 21 (press release 381).
ever-mcreasing supplies of scrap available to
them. We have, on the contrary, emphasized
the need for moderation and have encouraged
the importing areas to achieve a balance in their
metallics supply which will bring such depend-
ence on us to an end. We have also, through
our missions abroad, surveyed the scrap reser-
voirs of other countries on a worldwide basis in
an effort to ascertain if tliere are any untapped
or insufficiently tapped sources of the material
the exploitation of which miglit reduce the de-
mand on tlie United States as a M-orld supplier.
These latter efforts have not produced any par-
ticularly fruitful results.
However, we are hopeful that the years fol-
lowing 1957 will see a progressive lessening of
the demand upon us. The European Coal and
Steel Community will have heavy requirements
in 1958 and substantial ones in 1959 but assures
us that by 1960 its demands on us will be neg-
ligible. It advises that at the present time it is
using only 39 percent of scrap in its melt (as
compared with about 50 percent in the United
States and still higher in Japan) but that by
1960 the scrap component may be reduced to as
low as 21 percent. The Community states that
this reduction will be the result of an investment
program by means of which it is planned near-
ly to double blast-furnace capacity between 1956
and 1960. ISIoreover, the High Authority of the
Community has established an incentive system
entailing payment of a premium to producers
for scrap saved through increased consumption
of pig iron.
Japan has a steel industry less developed than
that of the Coal and Steel Community and en-
120
Department of Stale Bulletin
visages some continuing dependence on us.
However, it plans to increase its 417,000 metric-
ton 1955 capacity in converter steel (which uses
very little scrap) to 750,000 tons in 1957 and to
a tentative 3,800,000 tons by 1960. Pig-iron
production, at 5,256,000 metric tons in 1955, is to
be raised to 6,560,000 tons in 1957 and to a ten-
tative 9,163,000 tons in 1960.
Now, with your permission, I should like to re-
view the steps taken with a view to limiting the
quantities of scrap shipped abroad. The expor-
tation of scrap from the United States in quan-
tity, largely a phenomenon of the recent postwar
years, attracted attention when in 1954 ship-
ments began to rise sharply. In the case of the
European Coal and Steel Community the rise
was precipitous, and in mid-1955 this trend was
discussed informally with the High Authority,
which undertook to level off the Community tak-
ings at the rate of 150,000 metric tons per month
during the second half of the year.
At the beginning of 1956 it was determined
that shipments to Japan and the United King-
dom might also be reaching too high a level, and
the Departments of State and Commerce con-
sulted with the three major importing areas to
urge voluntary restraint as a means of avoiding
the possible necessity of restrictive action. We
were informed that the Coal and Steel Com-
munity, Japan, and the United Kingdom would
require minimums of 1,980,000, 1,320,000, and
550,000 sliort tons respectively. At this time we
did not seek commitments from the importers
but expressed to them our hope that their imports
for the year would not exceed these essential
quantities.
Wlien at the middle of the year export licens^
ing was riuuaing somewhat ahead of the indi-
cated requirements, the three major importers
were again urged to exercise moderation. The
Coal and Steel Community gave assurance that
its 1,980,000-ton limit would be respected while
the United Kingdom indicated that any taking
on its part over the 550,000 tons would be neg-
ligible. However, Japan expressed the view that
the figure quoted in its original estimate had
been inadequate and that nearly 2,000,000 short
tons (1,800,000 metric tons) would be needed.
In response to this unexpected development we
noted that an increase of this magnitude might
make mandatory limitations unavoidable and
again urged Japan to hold imports to a
minimum.
During the closing months of the year Japan's
imports continued heavy, and several times our
Embassy in Tokyo made oral representation of
the subject. The increase in Japanese imports
also created an indirect problem in the sense that
our urging of moderation to the other major im-
porters in the face of this increase could be inter-
preted by them as discriminatory in favor of Ja-
pan. However, in enacting the extension of the
Export Control Act of 1949, Congress had in-
structed the Department of Commerce to make
a survey of scrap availabilities in the United
States. Until tliis survey — under preparation by
the Battelle Memorial Institute — and its evalua-
tion by the Department of Commerce were com-
pleted, we were without concrete information
as to whether or not a scrap shortage was immi-
nent. However, the problem of excessive exports
was raised in tlie Council on Foreign Economic
Policy, where it was determined not to apply
quotas but to seek a solution to the problem
tlirough further discussions with tlie importing
areas.
Toward the end of the year the Coal and Steel
Community expressed the hope that its imports
from us might be increased by about 55,000 short
tons per month. We asked the Community to
adhere to its original limitation, and it agreed to
do so for the balance of the year but warned that
during 1957 additional quantities would be re-
quired. However, we indicated our belief that
the 1957 level of shipments should not be
permitted to exceed that of 1956.
At the beginning of February 1957 the Depart-
ment of Commerce survey was published and
showed that, although there was no shortage or
prospect of shortage in lighter grades of scrap,
there was a likelihood of shortages developing
in the heavy melting grades, which ordinarily
constitute approximately two-thirds of our ex-
ports. At the same time a mission representing
the Japanese steel industry arrived in Washing-
ton to discuss scrap requirements with the De-
partment of Commerce and stated that over 2,-
700,000 tons would be needed during 1957. The
Japanese were told that the matter would be
studied, but it was indicated to them that the
1956 level of shipments should not be exceeded.
Subsequently the data presented by the Japa-
Jo/y 75, J 957
121
nese scrap mission were reviewed in the Depart-
ments of State and Commerce. Althongh the
United Kingdom and the Coal and Steel Com-
munity were on notice tliat moderation was still
required, further discussions with them were not
undertaken at the time. It was felt tliat Japan
represented the most pressing problem both be-
cause of the increase in its imports and of the
relative extent of its dependence on us as a source
of supply, which has been brought about by the
industry's rapid postwar growth.
On concluding review of Japan's requirements
in the light of the Department of Commerce
survey we decided tliat, in view of the fact that
only heavy melting material appeared to be in
danger of depletion, we should ask Japan to limit
its imports of ]iea\^ melting scrap to the amount
shipped in 1956 but that exports of ligliter grades
should be unrestricted. Similar proposals were
then made to the Coal and Steel Community and
to tlie United Kingdom.
All three importing areas agreed to study these
suggestions, but Japan and the Coal and Steel
Community indicated that acceptance of tlie terms
would have serious effects on steel production.
Subsequently Japan returned with a counter-
proposal involving quantities somewhat greater
than last year's but less than those previously re-
quested. It was determined that the Japanese
figure struck an acceptable balance between that
country's dependence on us in scrap and our
need to conserve the material. The proposal was
accepted by us, and the Government of Japan
states that tlie Japanese steel industry will be
advised not to import during 1957 in excess of
the agreed figure. Understandings based on tlie
same formula have recently been readied with
both the Coal and Steel Community and United
Kingdom. Pursuant to these understandings the
three major importers will limit their imports of
premium material to tonnages about 13 percent
higher than those of last year, but no limits will
be placed on movement of the lighter grades of
scrap.
II. Foreign Scrap-Importing Arrangements
Let us now discuss the second problem, namely,
the foreign business arrangements for the impor-
tation of U.S. generated scrap. It is my under-
standing that lengthy testimony has been pre-
sented to the committee setting forth in detail
the manner in whicli scrap-importing arrange-
ments in the European Coal and Steel Commu-
nity and Japan allegedly have interfei'ed with
the exports of certain U.S. scrap firms. Several
witnesses have referred to "protests" or represen-
tations by the Department of State in this con-
nection. The committee has indicated that it
would appreciate the Department's comments
concerning these representations and our present
policy with respect to this problem.
First, it should be pointed out that the actions
which the Department lias taken are in conformity
with and in furtherance of the basic United States
foreign economic policy calling for the encourage-
ment of free competitive enterprise in the free-
world nations and for the elimination of
restrictive business practices in international
trade. Under this policy the United States seeks
to encourage competitive enterprise and to elimi-
nate restrictive practices as a means of contrib-
uting to tlie economic sti'ength of the free world.
Free economic institutions offer greater promise
of more favorable conditions than economies bur-
dened by monopolies, restrictive business prac-
tices, and excessive government regulations. In
response to the request of the chairman we have
prepared for the information of this committee
a more detailed presentation of our foreign eco-
nomic policy in this field. It is attached to the
copies of my statement. [See attachment A.]
European Coal and Steel Comrnunity
Before discussing the Department's policy to-
ward the scrap-importing arrangements of the
European Coal and Steel Community (sometimes
referred to as the CSC) , it may be helpful for the
committee to have some background information
about the Community and about these an-ange-
ments.
Since 1948 the United States has supported
projects designed to fui'ther the economic inte-
gi-ation of Western Europe. One of the more
important is the six-nation Coal and Steel Com-
munity, which came into existence in July 1952
after the basic treaty had been ratified by the na-
tional parliaments of France, the Federal Re-
public of Germany, Italy, Belgium, Luxembourg,
and the Netherlands. I^ss than a year later the
common markets for coal, iron ore, scrap, and
steel had been established. With the creation
of these common markets, national barriers to
122
Department of State Bulletin
trade, such as tariffs, quantitative restrictions,
and discriminatory pricin<; were abolished within
the Community. The object of these unprece-
dented steps was to bring the coal and steel in-
dustries of the six CSC countries into competition
with one another in one vast common market
comprising 150 million consumers.
The CSC treaty also envisaged the elimination
of i^rivate agreements restricting the production
and marketing of these commodities. Articles
65 and 66 of the treaty, directed against cartels
and monopolies, were accurately characterized
as "Europe's firet major antitrust law." These
provisions were completely unprecedented out-
side of the United States.
In any consideration of the Coal and Steel Com-
munity it is important to note that the six mem-
ber states have relinquished to the Community by
treaty most of their powers over their coal and
steel industries. The principal organ of the
Community is the executive body known as the
High Authority. This body has the major re-
sponsibility for administering the CSC treaty,
subject to certain checks and balances by the other
Comminiity institutions such as the Common As-
sembly and the Court of Justice.
As regards CSC scrap-importing arrange-
ments, the private scrap organization in Brussels
known as the OCCF ( Office commun des consom-
mateiirs de ferraiUe), or the Joint Office of Scrap
Consumers, was set up in the spring of 1953. This
organization is responsible for CSC scrap im-
ports and was established to cope with special
problems arising out of shortages of scrap in the
Community. Payments are made from a com-
mon fund to purchasers of scrap imported
through the OCCF to equalize the higher deliv-
ered cost of imported scrap with that of domestic
scrap. The creation of the OCCF was authorized
by the High Authority under article 65 of the
CSC treaty. Article 65 prohibits all restrictive
agreements which would tend in any manner to
impede the normal operation of competition
within the common market. However, agree-
ments for specialization of production or joint
selling or buying may be authorized by the High
Authority under certain specified conditions.
Early in 1955 we became aware of the fact that
the OCCF had concluded an exclusive contract
with a group of three U.S. scrap dealers headed
by Luria Brothers, Inc. In March of that year
the acting U.S. representative to the CSC in-
formed the High Authority that the United
States questioned the compatibility of this ex-
clusive arrangement with the CSC objectives of
establishing and maintaining competitive condi-
tions in the Community. This action was stimu-
lated in part by protests from other U.S. scrap
dealers who were precluded by the arrangements
from exporting to the Community. Later, on
May 4, 1955, the acting U.S. representative sub-
mitted to the High Authority a letter recapitulat-
ing the views of the United States Govermnent on
this exclusive arrangement. Since the commit-
tee has expressed a specific interest in the nature
of the Department's approach to the High Au-
thority on tlris problem, I shall be glad to submit
the text of this letter for insertion in the record
if the committee so desires.
The exclusive purchasing arrangement with the
Luria group was terminated by the High Author-
ity effective December 1, 1955. A public an-
nouncement of this decision was made in Novem-
ber of that year in the form of a press release is-
sued by the High Authority. It was announced
that in the future the OCCF "will not enter into
agreements containing exclusive provisions, nor
relating to a fixed percentage of the Community's
needs" as regards scrap imports from the United
States. Further, the release stated that the
OCCF "in the future will examine the offers of
suppliers in third countries in accordance with
customary commercial criteria, such as prices,
quality, delivery terms, etc." I should like to sub-
mit the text of this press release for insertion in
the record. [See attachment B.]
Although exclusive purchasing in the United
States has been terminated, centralized purchas-
ing by the OCCF has been continued. Beginning
about July 1956 and continuing down to the pres-
ent, various U.S. scrap exporters have complained
to the Department and our CSC Mission in Lux-
embourg about OCCF purchasing methods.
These complaints have been presented in detail to
the committee.
One point should be emphasized with respect to
these charges by U.S. scrap exporters. Neither
the Department nor our CSC Mission has been in
a position to evaluate them. The Mission has
been instructed to present the nature of these com-
plaints to the High Authority or to members of
the High Authority staff and to discuss with them
Jo/y 75, 7957
123
the practices being pursued by the OCCF and
their conformity with the criteria stated in the
High Authority press release. Until recently re-
sponses which we received from the High Author-
ity with respect to the specific complaints concern-
ing the purchasing methods of the OCCF indi-
cated that the High Authority was inclined to
leave such matters to the OCCF, which they con-
sidered in the nature of day-to-day commercial
transactions.
The Department still wished to bring about an
improvement in the situation and to this end in-
structed our CSC Mission to continue its discus-
sions of the matter with the High Authority.
On June 18 the High Authority delivered to
our Mission in Luxembourg an aide memoire
on the Community's scrap-import purchasing ar-
rangements and the High Authority's policy con-
cerning tliese arrangements. Copies of this aide
memoire are attaclied to my statement. [See at-
tachment B.] The essence of this statement is as
follows :
. . . the High Authority has decided that steps should
be talven to avoid any possibility of misunderstanding,
either in the United States or the Community, of the pol-
icies of the High Authority or of its determination to
enforce those policies. It has, therefore, . . . under-
taken to formulate detailed criteria and procedures to
be followed by the OCCF in purchasing scrap in the
United States. These criteria and procedures will be de-
signed to eliminate any discriminatory or restrictive prac-
tices or any practices in any other way contrary to the
purposes of the Community.
We feel that this is a significant step by the
Higli Authority, and we are hopeful that it will
produce a substantial improvement in the sit-
uation.
Japan
Now let us consider the situation with respect
to importation of scrap by Japan. As in the case
Avith the Coal and Steel Community, Japan pur-
chases virtually all of its imported scrap through
a central buying organization known as the Scrap
Coordinating Committee. This committee, which
is composed of representatives of the leading Jap-
anese steel mills, is a private group operating in
close liaison with the Ministry of International
Trade and Industry.
Tlie first complaint relating to Japanese scrap-
importing arrangements was made to the Depart-
ment in August 1956. It was charged that the
Scrap Coordinating Committee was about to con-
clude an exclusive contract with one U.S. firm.
The Embassy in Tokyo looked into this matter
and determined that the committee had given the
U.S. firm, Luria, a fourth-quarter contract for
335,000 tons. Altliough tliis was not an exclusive
contract in form, it had the effect of virtually cut-
ting off scrap exports to Japan during that quar-
ter by all other U.S. suppliers. The Department
subsequently received complaints from other sup-
pliers which were sent to tlie Embassy for discus-
sion with appropriate Japanese officials.
AVhen the Scrap Coordinating Committee be-
gan negotiating contracts for 1957, the Depart-
ment learned that the committee had decided to
apportion their requirements among four U.S.
dealers. The Embassy was again instructed to
intercede, but, although the number of dealers
was raised to six, this intercession was unsuccess-
ful in obtaining a restoration of competitive
conditions.
Throughout our dealings with botli the Jap-
anese Government and the Coal and Steel Com-
munity on this problem, we have consistently
maintained the position that all U.S. suppliers
should have an equal opportunity to compete for
the business. Of course, if one firm obtained a
majority or all of the business, there could be no
objection provided free and open competition had
prevailed. It should also be emphasized that we
have not, and camiot, intercede in the interest of
any one supplier or group of suppliers. The basic
principle which we have been attempting to estab-
lish is a nondiscriminatory purcliasing policy.
In conclusion, Mr. Chairman, permit me to
point out that with respect to discussions with
foreign governments on scrap imports from the
United States we have sought to reach a balance
which will preserve and promote the national in-
terests of the United States. We have tried to
give adequate consideration to our domestic in-
dustry and to meet, as far as possible, the require-
ments of friendly importing nations. As to the
scrap-importing arrangements in foreign coun-
tries, we have followed a policy designed to give
all U.S. firms an equal opportunity to compete
for foreign scrap business. This is in accordance
with our foreign economic policy of encouraging
free competitive enterjjrise abroad.
124
Department of State Bulletin
ATTACHMENT A
U.S. FOREIGN ECONOMIC POLICY WITH RESPECT
TO RESTRICTIVE BUSINESS PRACTICES
This memorandum sets forth the recent historical de-
velopment of United States foreign economic policy with
respect to the encouragement of free competitive enter-
prise abroad and the elimination of restrictive business
practices, the means by vrhich this policy is carried out,
and the progress which has so far been made.
General Historical Development
The United States has long recognized the adverse
effects of restrictive practices in international trade on
its own economy. Our own antitrust laws, for example,
have always applied to restrictions on our foreign as well
as domestic commerce. In addition, the effects of foreign
cartel activity have been repeatedly felt both by American
business and the United States Government. Foreign
cartels have resulted in barring American firms from
Investment and trade opportunities abroad and in dis-
criminatory treatment of, or high prices to, American
industries dependent on foreign sources of supply. The
activities of foreign cartels in frustrating economic de-
velopment in the United States were brought home with
particular vividness in the last war with the revelations
of their effects in such vital fields as synthetic rubber.
United States foreign economic policy with regard to
restrictive business practices necessarily developed after
World War II as an integral part of our overall policy
and programs to attack and reverse a serious interna-
tional trend toward restrictionism. Before the war, a
variety of factors including the rise of nationalism and
the effects of the depression had caused a greatly in-
creased use of protectionist devices and other restrictive
measures in trade between states, and use of economic
planning and controls within national boundaries. In
this period the official policies of foreign governments
increasingly favored the cartel system as a form of sta-
bilization, some countries even adopting compulsory car-
telization statutes. In the international field likewise
little attention was given to the strangling effects on
international trade of private restrictive agreements.
In deciding what course to pursue in its postwar for-
eign economic policy, the United States was thus faced
with the prevalence abroad of a restrictive philosophy
extending throughout governmental planning and ap-
proaches on the national and international levels and
with regard to both governmental and business activi-
ties. It became clear that this trend must be reversed if
the nations which had been devastated by the war were
to revive. It was natural that at first primary emphasis
should be directed to international trade to develop the
basis for an expanding international economy. In the
cartel field, various proposals for multilateral coopera-
tion on international cartel practices were advanced.
However, none has yet proven practicable for generalized
adoption.
As a specialized aspect of this policy of expanding in-
ternational trade, the United States became particularly
interested in promoting trade liberalization within Eu-
rope as a major force in European economic cooperation.
The adverse effects of restrictive practices on this pro-
gram were recognized in Europe as well as in the United
States. The Organization for European Economic Coop-
eration declared in 1950 that private restraints in Europe
"may well restrict competition more than foreign trade
controls and taritt's alone. . . . The risk is that, as offi-
cial restrictions were removed, these restrictive practices
created within the business world itself may tend to ex-
pand in their stead."
Our concern with this problem led to the inclusion in
the bilateral ECA Agreements with the European gov-
ernments of a commitment to take appropriate action
with respect to restrictive practices international in scope
which were found to interfere with the recovery effort.
The problem of restrictive practices in tlie European
Recovei-y Program was, however, not limited purely to
the question of international trade. It was soon recog-
nized that such practices on a national level were a major
impediment to the expansion of European production and
the achievement of higher living standards, both vitally
necessary to economic recovery and popular resistance
to the lure of communism. Arrangements of a restric-
tive nature among business enterprises have been widely
prevalent in many countries, particularly in Western
Europe. These cartel activities, typically carried out
through domestic trade associations, have as one of their
principal purposes the fixing of prices throughout entire
industries. Many also establish production quotas, re-
ceive and allocate orders among enterprises, set up ex-
clusive areas of sale, and control the entry of new firms.
By removing much of the incentive for more efficient
methods of production, they have been a significant fac-
tor in Western Europe's lag in productivity behind both
the United States and the U.S.S.R. They have tended
to inhibit Europe's ability to compete in world markets
and thus have contributed to balance of payments prob-
lems. They have held down new investment and there-
fore basic economic expansion. In connection with the
mutual defense effort, it became apparent that a sub-
stantially added cost could result from the operation of
cartel arrangements.
The Congress gave recognition to the importance of this
problem in 1951 by the adoption of an amendment to
the Mutual Security Act explicitly stating a policy of
encouraging free enterprise and competitive activity in
countries receiving United States aid. This policy has
been reaffirmed in subsequent amendments of the Act.
In its present form, known as the Thye Amendment,
the amendment reads as follows :
"The Congress recognizes the vital role of free enter-
prise in achieving rising levels of production and stand-
ards of living essential to the economic progress and
defensive strength of the free world. Accordingly, it is
declared to be the policy of the United States to en-
courage the efforts of other free nations to increase the
flow of international trade, to foster private initiative
and competition, to discourage monopolistic practices, to
improve the technical efficiency of their industry, agri-
culture and commerce, and to strengthen free labor
unions ; and to encourage the contribution of United
i»\Y 75, 7957
125
states enterprise toward economic strength of other free
nations, through private trade and investment abroad,
private participation in the programs carried out under
this Act (including the use of private trade channels to
the maximum extent practicable in carrying out such
programs), and exchange of ideas and technical infor-
mation on the matters covered by this section."
President Eisenhovper also gave attention to the sub-
ject when he stated in his 1955 Economic Report to the
Congress :
"It is to the advantage of each nation to attend to the
barriers that have caused international trade and invest-
ment to lag behind the growth in production and in-
comes. Our own interest clearly calls for a policy that
will in time extend into the international field those
])rinciples of competitive enterprise which have brought
our people great prosperity with freedom."'
Considerable Interest in and concern over this problem
has also been expressed by United States business repre-
sentatives. For example, Mr. Ernest Breech of the Ford
Motor Company aptly described the situation as follows :
"Some Europeans are still skeptical of many United
States industrial policies that have led to greater pro-
ductivity and hisher living standards in this country.
The.v have an ingrained fear of competition and prefer
to divide the existing market through cartels and other
voluntary agreements, rather than through free
competition for ever-expanding markets.
"These and other similar attitudes are a challenge to
the American businessman. They are, in a sense, psycho-
logical roadblocks to the maximum expansion of free
world economies. Anything we can do to persuade them
to change will, in my opinion, be a major contribution
to free-world strength."
Implementation of Policy
The measures which can be taken to implement our
policy of discouraging restrictive business arrangements
and encouraging competitive enterprise are subject to
two important limitations. First, rapid and dramatic
results cannot be expected in this field, because we are
dealing with methods of doing business and a whole
pattern of thinking that has become engrained over
scores of years. The process of change can therefore
only be gradual. Second, we cannot interfere in the
internal affairs of other sovereign nations, and it would
certainly defeat our aims to do so. We can only
encourage and assist where this is desired.
With these caveats in mind, the United States has
been able to pursue the following activities :
1) One of the basic requisites of progress in this field
is the adoption of effective anti-cartel legislation in
other countries. Accordingly, emijhasis has been placed
on this objective. Foreign governments have been as-
sisted in a variety of ways in the preparation or ad-
ministration of anti-cartel legislation by enabling them to
draw on United States antitrust experience where it can
appropriately be applied to their own problems and
needs. Of particular importance have been a number
of missions from foreign governments brought to the
United States to study in detail our antitrust laws and
related statutes and their administration. These have
included teams from the United Kingdom, France, the
Federal Republic of Germany, and Belgium.
2) Related to this but somewhat broader in scope,
this Government has placed considerable emphasis in
the programs for increased productivity on the necessity
of encouraging comjietitive activity. These program.s
have been centered on the training of employees and
management in more efficient technical and business meth-
ods. It became apparent that the benefits of this tech-
nical training could not be maximized unless accompanied
by increased competition. Accordingly, the productivity
programs were planned with this factor in mind, and
many foreign officials and businessmen have been brought
to this country to observe the operation of our competitive
system at first hand. The constitution of the Euroi)ean
Productivity Agency, established several years ago to co-
ordinate European national efforts in this field, reflects
this emphasis. The EPA now has a continuing long-
range program on the subject, adopted under United
States stimulus, which includes regular meetings of Euro-
pean government specialists on restrictive business prac-
tices, the preparation of basic studies, and the exchange
of ideas and experiences with American specialists. The
cross-fertilization of ideas and experience thus taking
place among government officials in Western Europe in a
position to guide the policies of their governments on
this subject is proving highly productive.
3) The United States has adopted the policy of making
Eximbnnk and other public loans in a manner to avoid
strengthening international cartel arrangements or con-
tributing to monopoly situations.
4) In the program for offshore procurement of defense
materials. United States procurement officers have been
instructed to use channels of procurement which would
reduce risk of prices being inflated, deliveries hamjiered,
or production impeded by restrictive business practices.
Competitive bidding is employed where circumstances per-
mit. In one case alone, the refusal to accept a collusively
fixed price resulted in a saving of four million dollars
for the United States. In addition, our NATO allies
have agreed to employ international competitive bidding
on most projects lieing jointl.v financed by the members
of NATO.
5) We have included in our recent bilateral treaties
of friendship, commerce and navigation a provision under
which the two governments agree to consult with regard
to restrictive business practices harmful to trade between
them and to take such action as may be deemed appro-
priate. There are currently treaties in force containing
this provision with the Federal Repulilic of Germany,
Greece, Ireland, Israel, Italy, and Japan. Five others
have been negotiated.
6) The Government has, wherever possible, assiste<l
American business concerns to overcome foreign cartel
restraints on their activities. In some cases, this as-
sistance has taken the form of diplomatic representations,
in others more informal action ; in either case it is de-
signed to remove discriminations by private cartels and
126
Department of Slate Bulletin
business associations. Such discriminations may in-
volve, for example, denying an American firm tlie right
to invest or do business in a foreign country, cutting off
its supply of raw materials, or attempting to force it into
arrangements for price fixing or divisions of markets.
In a few cases more direct assistance has proven prac-
tical. For example, an American firm was encouraged to
develop a source of industrial diamonds free of control
of the diamond cartel and was given financial assistance
under the program for acquisition of strategic materials.
Proffi-css 1o Date
As noted above, before the war, governments often sup-
ported and encourageil cartels and little action was taken
against them. Now there is a significant body of foreign
legislation pointing in the direction of free competitive
enterprise and a considerably wider body of vocal public
opinion is in support of this course. The.se changes are
truly significant when viewed in light of the fact that
progress in this field must of necessity consist of gradual
change.
There is no concrete way of assessing the degree (o
which United States policy and programs have influ-
enced these developments. It is safe to say, however, that
these activities plus the example of our own vigorous
antitrust policy have been significant factors.
Laws to regulate restrictive practices of varying ef-
fectiveness are now in force in a growing number of
foreign countries. In Western Europe alone. Austria,
Fi-ance, the Netherlands, the Scandinavian countries,
and the United Kingdom have already adopted laws.
The present United Kingdom statute, adopted this past
year, promises to be one of the most effective yet en-
acted. The Federal Republic of Germany is actively
working on an anti-cartel law of its own to replace the
Allied occupation statutes in this field.
The movement toward Western European integration
has likewise produced significant developments in the
anti-cartel field. In marked contrast to the operations
of the prewar international steel cartel, the Treaty es-
tablishing the European Coal and Steel Community con-
tains strong provisions forbidding private arrangements
in restraint of competition in the Community and con-
trolling the degree of economic concentration in the
Community coal and steel industry. The recently nego-
tiated Treaty for a European Common Market, which
when ratified will embrace the same six countries as the
Coal and Steel Community, contains provisions to pro-
hibit restrictive agreements among the member coim-
tries. These were inserted in specific recognition of the
fact that it would he useless to remove governmental
barriers to trade, such as tariffs and quotas, and then
permit private restrictive agreements to take their place.
While it is too early to assess the effectiveness of these
provisions, they are highly significant as the first at-
tempt at multilateral cooperation to control cartel
agreements. In addition, if successful, this internation-
al activity will inevitably lead to the strengthening of
national legislation in the area.
Many evidences of Europe's determination to move in
the direction of free competitive enterprise are con-
tained in public statements of ke,v government officials.
For example, German Economics Minister Erhard, in
commenting on the remarkable economic recovery of
Germany, asked his countrymen why they would want
"to go back to regulations and restrictions," when "we
have demonstrated what competition and free prices can
do."
The enhancement of the comjietitive system in West-
ern Europe which is taking place is of direct significance
and benefit to the United States. Not only will it aid
American businessmen to operate more freely and effi-
ciently in the areas, but the greater economic strength
thus achieved will contribute to the security of the free
world in general and to our own national security.
ATTACK IVIENT B
TEXT OF HIGH AUTHORITY AIDE-MEMOIRE ON
SCRAP IMPORT PURCHASING ARRANGEMENTS
June 18, 1957
Arrangements AIade bt Enterprises of the European
Coal and Steel Community for the Purchase of
Ferrous Scrap in the United States.
The High Authority of the European Coal and Steel
Community desires to submit this Aide-Memoire in re-
sponse to the request of the United States Mission to the
High Authority for information with respect to the
practices relating to ferrous scrap purchases on behalf
of enterprises of the Community and the policy of the
High Authority in this regard.
The Community is an institution with sovereign
powers, delegated to it by the six countries that estab-
lished it by treaty, and separate from the coal and steel
enterprises subject to its jurisdiction. The High Au-
thority, as the executive branch of the Coal and Steel
Community, has the responsibility for seeing that the
Common Market for coal, steel and iron, created under
the Treaty, operates free of restrictions and discrimina-
tions and that competitive conditions are maintained
within the Community.
In carrying out this responsibility, the High Authority
has taken note of the special situation created by the
shortage of ferrous scrap. Prior to the establishment
of the Common Market, each of the member countries of
the Community maintained quota or other restrictions
to deal with the problems created by this shortage.
With the establishment of the Common Market those re-
strictions were abolished. In order to prevent economic
dislocations the High Authority approved a system
whereby the additional cost of scrap imported from non-
member countries is apportioned equitably among all
users of scrap within the Community. It is contem-
plated that this system will be needed so long as the
acute scrap shortage continues.
So as to provide the machinery through which this
system could be operated, the High Authority in 1953
authorized the enterprises of the Couununity that use
scrap to create an independent association. This asso-
Jufy 15, 1957
127
ciation, known as the O.C.C.F., acts as a common clear-
ing house for the purchases of scrap from sources
outside of the Community and serves as a mechanism
for apportioning the additional cost of imported scrap
among its member enterprises.
The O.C.C.F. maintains an office in Brussels. It does
not itself purchase scrap but locates potential sources
and negotiates purchase agreements on behalf of mem-
ber enterprises. In this way the O.C.C.F. assures that
the claims made for compensation under the apportion-
ment arrangements are not excessive.
In addition to this function in relation to the ap-
portionment arrangements, the O.C.C.F. has since its
establishment served as a mechanism through which the
High Authority has been able to limit scrap import
from the United States, in compliance with voluntary
limitations imposed by the High Authority after discus-
sion with the U.S. Government.
In authorizing the creation of O.C.C.F. the High Au-
thority made the findings required by the provisions of
Article 65 of the Treaty establishing the Coal and Steel
Community. It found that the operations of the O.C.C.F.
would contribute to a substantial improvement in the
distribution of scrap : that the association was essential
to achieve those results and was not more restrictive than
necessary and that the O.C.C.F. was not capable of giving
the member enterprises the power to determine prices,
or to control or limit the introduction or selling of a sub-
stantial part of scrap within the Community market, or
of protecting those enterprises from effective competition
by other enterprises within the Community market.
Under the provisions of Article 65, the High Authority
must revoke or modify its authorization of the agreement
creating the O.C.C.F. if it should find that as a result of
a change in circumstances the O.C.C.F. no longer fulfills
the conditions found at the time of its establishment or
that the actual results of its operations are contrary to
those conditions.
By a letter of May 4, 1955, Mr. Robert Eisenberg, the
then Acting U.S. Representative to the High Authority,
called the attention of the High Authority to the fact
that certain exclusive scrap purchasing arrangements,
which existed between the O.C.C.F. and a group of Ameri-
can scrap dealers, might not be compatible with the ob-
jectives of establishing and maintaining competitive
conditions in the European Coal and Steel industry.
Upon the receipt of this letter, the then President of the
High Authority, M. Jean Monnet, communicated with Mr.
F. A. Goergen, the then President of the O.C.C.F., in order
to ascertain the facts and to take steps to correct any
practice that might be contrary to the Community's pur-
poses. After conversations between officials of the High
Authority and of the O.C.C.F., the O.C.C.F. terminated
all exclusive agreements then in effect for the purchase
of scrap in the United States. Following this action, on
November 10, 1955 the High Authority issued a press
communique in which it announced :
"In accordance with the position previously taken by
the High Authority, it has been agreed that in the future
the O.C.C.F. in importing from the United States will not
enter into agreements containing exclusive provisions,
nor relating to a fixed percentage of the Community's
needs.
"Consequently, the O.C.C.F. in the future will examine
the offers of suppliers in third countries in accordance
with customary commercial criteria, such as prices,
quality, delivery terms, etc."
During the year 1956 following the termination of its
exclusive purchase arrangements, the O.C.C.F. purchased
scrap in the United States through about a dozen scrap
dealers.
In spite of the elimination of these exclusive arrange-
ments it has now come to the attention of the High
Authorit.v, that in testimony before the Small Business
Committee of the United States House of Representa-
tives, certain United States scrap dealers have charged
that the buying practices of the O.C.C.F. continue to dis-
criminate against them in favour of the group of Ameri-
can scrap dealers with whom the O.C.C.F. previously had
exclusive arrangements. The High Authority is under-
taking a thorough investigation to ascertain the facts as
to the validity of these charges. Whether or not these
charges prove to be well founded, however, the High Au-
thority has decided that steps should be taken to avoid
any possibility of misunderstanding, either in the United
States or the Community, of the policies of the High Au-
thority or of its determination to enforce those policies.
It has, therefore, also undertaken to formulate detailed
criteria and procedures to be followed by the O.C.C.F. in
purchasing .scrap in the United States. These criteria
and procedures will be designed to eliminate any discrim-
inatory or restrictive practices or any practices in any
other way contrary to the purposes of the Community.
It is contemplated that the formulation of these criteria
and procedures, together with control arrangements nec-
essary to assure that they will be followed, will be com-
pleted and adopted after consideration at the next meet-
ing of the O.C.C.F. When adopted these arrangements
will be made available to the State Department and en-
forced by the High Authority.
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Convention on road traffic, with annexes. Done at
Geneva September 19, 1949. Entered into force March
26, 1952. TIAS 2487.
Ratification deposited: Egypt, May 28, 1957.
Protocol providing for accession to the convention on
128
Departmenf of State Bulletin
road traffic by occupied countries or territories. Done
at Geneva September 19, 1049. TIAS 2487.
Ratiflcatim deposited: Egypt, May 28, 1957.
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries
International convention for the Northwest Atlantic
Fisheries. Dated at Washington February 8, 1949.
Entered into force July 3, 1950. TIAS 2089.
Adherence deposited: Federal Republic of Germany,
June 27, 1957.
Protocol amending the international convention for the
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries of February 8, 1949
(TIAS 2089). Done at Washington June 25, 1956.'
Adherence deposited: Federal Republic of Germany,
June 27, 1957.
Trade and Commerce
International convention to facilitate the importation of
commercial samples and advertising material. Done
at Geneva November 7, 1952. Entered into force
November 20, 1955.^
Accession deposited: Hungary, June 3, 1957.
Agreement supplementar.v to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, with tariff schedule and related
exchanges of notes. Signed at Washington by the
United States, Belgium, on behalf of the Belgo-Luxem-
bourg Economic Union, and the Netherlands June 27,
1957. Schedule applicable on and after June 29, 1957.
Eighth protocol of supplementary concessions to the
General Agreement on Tariff's and Trade ( Cuba and the
United States). Done at Habana June 20, 1957.
Entered into force June 29, 1957.
Whaling
Protocol amending the international whaling convention
of 1946 (TIAS 1849). Done at Washington November
19, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: New Zealand, June 21, 1957.
BILATERAL
Bolivia
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of June 7, 1957 (TIAS 3841). Effected by ex-
change of notes at La Paz June 17 and 21, 1957.
Entered into force June 21, 1957.
Burma
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of February 8, 19.56, as amended (TIAS 3498,
3628, and 3707). Effected by exchange of notes at
Rangoon June 14, 1957. Entered into force June 14,
19.57.
Canada
Protocol to the convention for the protection, preservation
and extension of the sockeye salmon fisheries in the
Eraser River system of May 26, 1930 (50 Stat. 1355).
Signed at Ottawa December 28, 1956.'
Ratified by the President: June 18, 1957.
Germany
Research reactor agreement for cooperation concerning
civil uses of atomic energy with the Federal Republic
of Germany on behalf of Berlin. Signed at Washington
June 28, 1957. Enters into force on date on which each
Government receives from the other written notifi-
cation that it has complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements.
' Not in force.
' Not in force for the United States.
Iran
Treaty of amity, economic relations, and consular rights.
Signed at Tehran August 15, 1955. Entered into force
June 16, 1957.
Proclaimed hy the President: June 27, 1957.
Iraq
Agreement concerning a special program of facilities
assistance. Effected by exchange of notes at Baghdad
June 16, 1957. Entered into force June 16, 1957.
Mexico
Agreement concerning the joint interpretation of article 7
of the Migrant Labor Agreement of August 11, 1951
(TIAS 2.331), as amended and extended. Effected by
exchange of notes at Washington June 17, 1957.
Entered into force June 17, 1957.
Philippines
Agreement supplementing and amending the agreement of
April 27, 195.5, as amended (TIAS 3231, 3551), by
providing additional financial assistance for certain
military construction. Effected by exchange of notes
at Manila June 14, 19.57. Entered into force June 14,
19.57.
United Kingdom
Agreement supplementary to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade. Done at Washington June 27,
1957. Entered into force June 27, 1957.
Support Costs Agreement
With German Federal Republic
Press release 354 dated June 11
The texts of the notes exchanged on June 7 at
Bonn l)y the United States and the Federal Re-
public of Germany concerviing the payment by
the Federal Republic of DM 326 million {$77
million) toward the maintenance of United States
troops in Germany are as follows.
First German Note
June 7, 1957
Excellency: In the course of the discussions
which have taken place between representatives
of our two Governments concerning the question
of mutual aid in the spirit of Article 3 of the
North Atlantic Treaty, the Government of the
Federal Kepublic has examined the measui'es
which it might take in pursuance of the aims of
Article 3 in addition to its own defense efforts
which are progressively developing. In tlie pres-
ent circumstances of the two countries, the Fed-
eral Government has declared its willingness to
make, without prejudice to the future, a volun-
tary contribution to the defense efforts of the
United States and has the honor to propose to the
Government of the United States the following
agreement.
iuly 75, 7957
129
1. The Federal Government will make a volmi-
tary contribution of DM 325 million to the addi-
tional costs resulting to the United States from
the maintenance of United States troops in the
Federal Republic.
2. The above-mentioned sum will be made
available to the Government of the United States
in the form of an account with the Bank Deut-
scher Laender on the day of coming into force of
this agreement for use within the Deutschemark
(West) currency area.
3. Should this agreement not have entered into
force by June 1, 1957, the Federal Government
will at the request of the Govermnent of the
United States and subject to the approval of the
competent committees of the German Bundestag
make an advance payment up to an amount of
DM 175 million against the sum mentioned in
paragraph 1 into the previously referred to ac-
count.
4. On the German side this agreement requires
the approval of the legislative bodies. The agree-
ment shall enter into force on the day on which
the Federal Government notifies the Government
of the United States that their approval as
constitutionally required has been given.
5. I have the honor to propose that if the
Government of the United States declares its ac-
ceptance of the proposal contained in paragraphs
1 to 5 above, this note together with your reply
shall constitute an agreement between the two
Governments.
U.S. Reply to German Note
June 7, 1957
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to your
note of this date reading as follows :
[At this point tlie U.S. note repeats the German note
as given above.]
The United States Government appreciates the
spirit motivating the offer of the Federal Re-
public contained in your note. Tlie United States
Government accepts the amount mentioned in the
above text as a contribution to the maintenance of
United States forces in tlie Federal Republic. At
the same time, the United States Government
feels constrained to point out that the sum offered
will cover only a fraction of the costs in
Deutschemarks required for the maintenance of
United States forces in the Federal Republic as-
signed to NATO and an even smaller proportion
of the total costs to the United States of the main-
tenance of these forces. In agreeing to the pro-
posal of the Federal Republic, the Government of
the United States, therefore, reserves the riglit to
raise with the Federal Republic the question of
additional aid for these forces. It proposes that
the agreement should be subject to review by the
two governments during the last quarter of this
year if the Government of the United States so
requests. I should appreciate Your Excellency's
confirmation that this proposal is acceptable to
your Government.
Second German Note
June 7, 1957
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to your
note of today which acknowledges the German
note of Jmae 7, 1957 and then contmues:
[At this point the German note repeats the last paragraph
of the U.S. note as given above.]
The Federal Government interprets Article 3
of the North Atlantic Treaty tlius, that the pos-
sibility is given every treaty partner to take up
at any time with another treaty partner a dis-
cussion as to whetlier and if so to what extent
assistance within the meaning of this article
should be considered. It is, therefore, ready
for a discvission concerning this matter if the
Government of the United States so requests.
Any eventual arrangement which might follow
the examination of the aforementioned question
on the basis of the then-existing situation would
again require the aj^proval of the German
Bundestag.
DEPARTiVIENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on June 26 (legislative day, June 24), 1957,
confirmed the following :
Jacob D. Beam to be Ambassador to Poland. (For
biographic details, see press release 309 dated June 17.)
Val Peterson to be Ambassador to Denmark. (For
biographic details, see press release 36.5 dated June
14.)
130
Department of State Bulletin
Jiilv 15, 1957
Ind
e X
Vol. XXXVII, No. 942
Arab States. Opening of Islamic Center (Elsenhower) . 102
China, Communist. Our Policies Toward Communism in
CUina (Dulles) 91
Congress, The. Problems Relating to Export of Iron and
Steel Scrap (Kalijarvi) 120
Department and Foreigm Service. Confirmations (Beam,
Peterson) 130
Denmark. Confirmations (Peterson) IHO
Disarmament. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
.lime 2,-. 96
Economic Affairs
Appointment to International North Pacific Fisheries
Commission 119
Deputy U.S. Commissioner General Named for Brussels
Exhibition 119
Our -Mutual Security Programs (Dillon) 114
Problems Relating to Export of Iron and Steel Scrap
(Kalijarvi) 120
Shiiipers Notified of Procedures for Passage Into Gulf
of Aqaba 112
Egypt. Shippers Notified of Procedures for Passage Into
Gulf of Aqaba 112
Europe. Problems Relating to Export of Iron and Steel
Scrap (Kalijarvi) 120
Germany. Support Costs Agreement With German Federal 129
Republic (texts of notes) 129
Ghana
Exchange of Communications With Prime Minister of
Ghana (Eisenhower, Nkrumah) Ill
Immigration Quota for Ghana ( text of proclamation) . . Ill
Technical Cooperation Agreement Signed With Ghana . . Ill
Hungary. The Citizen's Responsibilities in International
Affairs (Wilcox) 103
Immigration and Naturalization. Immigration Quota for
Ghana (text of proclamation)! Ill
International Information
Deiiuty U.S. Commissioner General Named for Brussels
Exhibition 119
United States Proposes Exchanging Radio-TV Broadcasts
With U.S.S.R. (text of U.S. aide memolre) .... 119
International Organizations and Conferences. Appointment
to International North Pacific Fisheries Commission . 119
Japan
Problems Relating to Export of Iron and Steel Scrap
(Kalijarvi) 120
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of June 25 ... . 96
Middle East
The Citizen's Responsibilities in International Affairs
(Wilcox) 103
Shippers Notified of Procedures for Passage Into Gulf
of Aqaba 112
Military Affairs
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of June 25 ... . 9(.l
Support Costs Agreement With German E"ederal Republic
(texts of notes) 129
Mutual Security
The Citizen's Responsibilities in International Affairs
(Wilcox) 103
Our Mutual Security Programs (Dillon) 114
Technical Cooperation Agreement Signed With Ghana . Ill
Poland. Confirmations (Beam) 130
Presidential Documents
Exchange of Communications With Prime Minister of
Ghana Ill
Immigration Quota for Ghana Ill
Opening of Islamic Center 102
United Nations Day, 1957 110
Treaty Information
Current Actions 128
Support Costs Agreement With German Federal Republic
(texts of notes) 129
United Nations
The Citizen's Responsibilities in International Affairs
(Wilcox) 103
United Nations Day, 1957 (text of proclamation) . . . 110
U.S.S.R.
Our Policies Toward Communism in China (Dulles) . . 91
Soviet Note on Diplomatic Travel Ignores U.S. Offer for
Relaxation (text of note) 118
United States Proposes Exchanging Radlo-T"V Broadcasts
With U.S.S.R. (text of U.S. aide memolre) .... 119
Name Index
Beam, Jacob D 130
Dillon, Douglas 114
Dulles, Secretary 91,96
Eisenhower, President 102, 110, 111
Howard, Katherine G 119
Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 120
Lefller, Ross L 119
Nkrumah, Kwame Ill
Peterson, Val 130
Wilcox, Francis O 103
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: June 24-30
Relea.ses may be obtainetl from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Wa.sliin.?ton 25, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to June 2i which ap-
pear In this issue of the Bulletin are Xos. 354 of
June 11, 381 of June 21, and 382 of June 22.
Subject
Chapin nominated Amba.ssador to Lux-
embourg (biograpliie details).
Exchange of radio-TV broadcasts with
U.S.S.R.
Dillon : "Our Mutual Security Pro-
grams."
Mrs. Howard sworn in (biographic
details).
Jacoby nominate<l U.S. representative
on ECOSCDC (biographic details).
Dulles : news conference.
Surplus agricultural commodity agree-
ment with Philippines.
Burgess nominated U.S. representative
on NATO Council (biographic de-
tails ) .
Gluck nominated Ambassador to Cey-
lon (biographic details).
Wilcox : "The Citizen's Responsibili-
ties in International Affairs."
Dulles : "Our Policies Toward Com-
munism in China."
Trade agreen)euts with Belgium, Neth-
erlands, and U.K.
Asian Regional Nuclear Center.
Atoms-for-peace agreement with Ger-
many.
Foreign Relations volume.
Herter : Princeton U. conference on
NATO.
Military assistance to Jordan.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
*383
Date
6/24
38-t
6/24
385
6/24
*386
6/25
*387
6/25
388
t3S9
6/25
6/25
*390 6/26
*.391
6/26
392
6/27
393
6/28
t394
6/27
t395
t396
6/27
6/28
t397
t398
6/28
6/28
t399
6/29
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9S7
he
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
A new release in the popular BACKGROUND series
CEYLON — 1957
Department
of
State
Order Form
Ceylon, a pear-shaped tropical island off the southeastern tip ot
India, has been a connecting link in East- West trade as long as ships
have plied the Indian Ocean. Colombo, located on the west coast,
is the capital, largest city, and chief port. Since World War II it
has become an international meeting ground for Asian countries and
has given its name to the Commonwealth program known as the
Colombo Plan.
The year 1956 marked the inauguration of a program of American
economic development assistance to Ceylon and with it a strengthening
of the always friendly ties between the two nations.
Ceylon — 1957 describes this important nation which attained full
dominion status in 1948. The most recent in the series of Background
publications, this 16-page pamplilet is illustrated with photographs
and maps. Topics included in the discussion are :
The Land
The People
Political Ceylon
Organization of the Government
The Economy
The United States and Ceylon
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washing-
ton 25, D.C., at 15 cents each.
Publication 6474
15 cents
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. Please send me copies of Ceylon— 1957.
Name:
Enclosed find:
Street Address :
$
{cash, check, or City, Zone, and State:
money order). j
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Jt^
I3O /A^o
HE
IFFICiAL
VEEKLY RECORD
JF
JNITEO STATES
OREIGN POLICY
Vol. XXXVII, No. 943
July 22, 1957
THE DURABILITY OF THE ATLANTIC COMMUNITY
• by Under Secretary Uerter 135
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
JULY 2 139
SUPPLEMENTAL TRADE AGREEMENT WITH CUBA
• White House and Department Announcements and Texts
of Agreement and Proclamation 15 •
EVALUATION OF REPORT ON WORLD SOCIAL
SITUATION • Statement by Althea K. Hotlel 166
INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION IN REPORTING
WEATHER OBSERVATIONS FROM THE HIGH
SEAS • Article by W. F. McDonald 164
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVri, No. 943 • Publication 6522
July 22, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Phice:
52 Issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bdlletin as the source will be
appreciated.
_he Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and otlier
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and internatioruil agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The Durability of the Atlantic Community
hy Under Secretary Herter '
I was asked to speak to you here this morning
on a question for which in reality you have to pro-
vide the answers. If anyone in the countries of
the Atlantic Community wants to explore the
durability of the Community, his questions should
be directed to you, for the answers must neces-
sarily be the result of your studies. They must
be the synthesis of all the factors which you have
considered here these past 2 weeks: the political
structure, the economic cooperation, the military
strategy, and the social and cultural interrelation-
ship.
It remains for me, therefore, to try to point out
how the United States sees these factors and their
relationship to each other, to point to the weak-
nesses as well as tlie strengths of this Community,
and to portray to you the guideposts which as a
result of these strengths and weaknesses are used
in the formulation of U.S. policy. I trust that
our view of these factors will not be tod different
from those which have already entered your de-
liberation so that our conclusions may be based
substantially on the same assumptions.
The M-Factor
To begin this examination of the durability of
the Atlantic Community, I should like to borrow
a device developed by scientists and exploited by
advertising men: I will try to demonstrate the
strength of the M-f actor. "M" stands for mutu-
ality of interest, for the things we have in common,
for those facts in the lives of our nations that
make us a community.
Wliat makes up this M-f actor ? There is, first
^Address made before the Princeton University con-
ference on NATO at Princeton, N. J., on June 29 (press
release 398 dated June 28).
Jo/y 22, ?957
of all, the common cultural heritage that under-
lies all our nations. We have grown out of the
Greco-Eoman culture. We have adopted the be-
lief in certain basic moral principles embodied
in our Holy Scriptures — be they Christian, Jew-
ish, or Islamic — and these principles have con-
tinued through the decline and fall of empires,
through the Dark Ages, the Renaissance, the Re-
formation, the Industrial Revolution, and even in
face of the advent of "modern thought." They
bind lis more than any other fact because they
are based on one basic belief: the dignity of the
individual. In this belief all other areas of
mutuality are rooted.
In the second place, we have developed es-
sentially similar economic systems. The methods
are, of course, not identical. But each system is
designed to insure the welfare of the individual
and not the aggrandizement of the state and to
assure that the individual shall have a just share
of the product of his labors.
Tliird, our system of education, our methods of
social care for our citizens, our appreciation of
the value of the hours of leisure, all stem from
this basic recognition of the dignity of the
individual — the M-f actor of the Atlantic Com-
munity.
Let me say here parenthetically that there are
many other countries, not part of the community
of which we now speak, which recognize the same
values. I do not exclude them in any way. They
merely lack one attribute that excludes them from
this discussion: their geographic location. Nor
do I wish to exclude the peoples of Eastern
Europe. Truly they are very closely akin, too,
with the same traditions and aspirations as any
of us. But the governments imposed on them
currently deny those traditions and, more im-
135
portantly, deny to the people these very rights of
individual dignity.
Against these traditions of our Community
there stand the forces that seek to imdermine and
destroy it: the forces of the totalitarian state as
embodied in the threat of the Soviet Union. This
threat, as I need not remind you, is twofold : the
threat of an ideology, Leninism-Stalinism (and, if
you like, Khrushchevism) , which rejects the rights
of the individual and substitutes the allegedly
higher interest of the all-powerful state, and,
secondly, the threat of a regime with imperialistic
ambitions seeking to dominate the world. This
combination makes the current threat to our Com-
munity all the more sobering, for it would sub-
vert the foundations on wliich our society rests.
Under such alien rule our basic political system,
based on the rule of law, would disappear. Our
economic system would no longer benefit the in-
dividual. Our system of education would no
longer be able to bring to liglit the maximum
capabilities of our young people but would be de-
signed solely to assure that the needs of the
state are met. Surely, in the long run, our cul-
ture itself would disappear.
Unity of Purpose
Is it any wonder then that, in the face of so
massive a threat, we have sought tliat method of
meeting it which peoples have used since time im-
memorial: unity? The unity which has grown
among the peoples of the Atlantic Community
since 1945 far surpasses any previously estab-
lished. You have studied the institutional mani-
festations of that unity: the Western European
Union, the Organization for European Economic
Cooperation, the Coal and Steel Community, the
agreement for a European Atomic Community, a
Common Market and the proposed free trade area,
as well as the one institution tliat stretches across
the Atlantic, NATO. You are familiar with
their origins, their aims, their methods, their
achievements and shortcomings.
Some institutions are more successful than
others. But I believe that the underlying de-
cision for unity, spurred by the threat of a loss
of all we hold sacred, is greater than these in-
stitutions and organizations. If there had been
no WEU, no OEEC, or no NATO, there would
have been other groupings seeking to acliieve the
same goal. Surely NATO, when it was created.
136
was no deus ex machina to save us from all our
troubles; it was the result of the deliberations of
a group of farsiglited leaders who met to give
expression to the unity of purpose which all of
us felt at that time. The authors of tlie recently
issued report of the Committee of Three on Non-
Military Co-operation ^ gave clear expression to
tliis when they wrote :
There was a feeling among the governments and peo-
ples concerned, that this closer unity was both natural
and desirable; that the common cultural traditions, free
institutions and democratic concepts which were being
challenged, and were marked for destruction by those
who challenged them, were things which should also
bring the NATO nations closer together, not only for
their defence but for their development. There was, in
short, a sense of Atlantic Community, alongside the real-
isation of an immediate common danger.
This is the thought whicli I hope will be the
surest basis of your report: that the question of
the desirability of a durable Atlantic Community
no longer needs to be answered; it is already an
incontrovertible fact of life among us. Some of
you may criticize one or another of the institu-
tions which have resulted — NATO is no more im-
mune to that than any of the others — but no po-
litical sentiment other than the Communist has
in the postwar period challenged the unity of
purpose underlying the Atlantic Community it-
self.
If this is the case, must we not ask ourselves
if the Community will continue to have this
strength? Wliat of this question of durability?
To my mind, this question can only be an-
swered by an examination of the forces which
might destroy the unity we have already achieved.
At the outset we should clearly recognize that the
principal danger to this unity would be the fail-
ure to appreciate that there exists a community
interest that transcends the individual interests
of its members.
Specifically, however, it seems to me tliat tliere
are essentially tliree factors which might weaken
the Community : first, differences in the appraisal
of the threat which faces us; secondly, differences
in the steps needed to cope with that threat; and
thirdly, differences in policy on problems in other
areas of such magnitude as to affect our ability
to work together.
There is now no difference among the NATO
nations as regards the basic reality of the threat
' Bulletin of Jan. 7, 1957, p. 18.
Department of State Bulletin
■which faces us. Not all of the NATO partners
have been in entire agreement as to the nature
and immediacy of the threat. For a while, last
spring and summer, the Soviet facade of smiles
seemed to some to be the expression of a true
cliange of heart. Some of us nearly let our
wishes, rather than our experience, guide us. But
the Soviet rulers themselves decided to show us
their true face : The ruthless murder of thousands
of Himgarians brought us back to reality.
If, then, we know the danger, we must seek to
make certain that we have found a mutually
agreed method of dealing with it.
NATO's Sword and Shield
Our military strategists, guided by our civilian
representatives, have developed our first line of
defense: a collective security system based on
NATO's sword and shield. I call the latter two
our first line of defense because they are as in-
separable as two sides of a coin. Because we
believe that man must be productive beyond his
service in the armed forces, tlie democratic na-
tions of the Atlantic Community cannot raise a
force in peacetime of sufficient size to meet the
Red Army's 175 divisions, man for man. We have
therefore found it necessary to rely, in part, on the
possession of atomic capabilities in our NATO
strategy. The primary purpose of this strategy
is deterrence. Our forces in Eui'ope — the shield —
are part of this deterrent and also are an earnest
of our intent to stand and protect NATO terri-
tory in event of attack. In addition, they would
enable our nuclear power to become operative in
time. The strategic air force — the sword — repre-
sents the main aspect of the deterrent. In the
event of attack, it would also enable us to retaliate
effectively against the sources of enemy military
power. As clear as this policy is, it is a policy
that has brought great hardships to many of us.
It requires of this country not only a budget suffi-
ciently large to maintain and perfect the air arm
but one which can also support our present five
divisions in Europe, naval forces strong enough
to protect the connecting sea lanes, and additional
military aid to our allies.
It requires others to make equal budgetary sac-
rifices. Recently the United Kingdom announced
that it felt the necessity to reduce some of its
troops on the Continent. We were concerned by
this decision but heartened by the agreement of
Her Majesty's Government to phase this with-
drawal over a period long enough to give Ger-
many additional time to build up her forces.
That buildup, while long in getting under way,
is now moving forward, and we hope that the
German Govermnent will be able to reach the
goals it has set, both in time and strength.
This military strategy requires some NATO
soldiers to serve on foreign soil, far from their
families and friends. It requires civilian popu-
lations to deal patiently and understandingly with
the problems which the garrisoning of foreign
troops inevitably provokes. It requires the avail-
ability of the most modern weapons to those
troops for use in protecting those civilians. It
requires that fertile farms be turned into air
fields, mountain tops into radar stations, and civil-
ians into soldiers, sailors, and airmen. Yet, con-
sidering the threat, is the price too dear? Can
we shortchange our security, our freedom, our-
selves? I say that in our doubts over tlie meth-
ods of meeting the threat, in our hesitancy over
the need to make one further sacrifice, we must
not lose sight of the reasons for this policy or of
the danger we face.
The other danger to our unity comes from di-
vergence of basic policies. No matter how clearly
we see the threat to our own future, our coliesive-
ness could be sorely impaired unless there is
mutual understanding on such problems as dis-
armament, the future of the underdeveloped
world, and the more distant goals of our society.
In keeping with the report of the Committee of
Three, which I quoted earlier, we must recognize
that the influence and interest of the NATO mem-
bers are not confined to tlie area covered by the
treaty. We therefore acknowledge the need for
consultation among the members regarding poli-
cies in other areas.
Last fall, the crisis in the Middle East badly
disturbed the unity of the Western World. In
spite of the differences which arose, there was
never any danger that the Atlantic Community
woidd not continue. Since the Suez crisis, we
have gone a long way toward repairing the unity
of the alliance, and there is a greater measure of
agreement on policies for furthering the political
and economic interests and the security of the
area. As you know, we are currently engaged in
an effort to develop with continuing consultation
a policy of disannament which we hope might
iM\y 22, 1957
137
bring us at least some small step closer to the end
of the arms race in which we are engaged. These
are examples of tlie type of action, labeled "politi-
cal consultation" by the NATO Wise Men, which
are designed to bring about greater strength in
the Community by permitting all the members to
participate in the development of all major poli-
cies. By these means, the danger of disunity can
be considerably reduced; it would be foolish to
assume that among free nations differences of
approach can ever be completely eliminated.
I believe that it has now become quite clear that
the concept of the Atlantic Community will be
able to withstand the removal of the direct threat
or any other changes in policy. It has become
part of the basic strength of the free world which
is necessary not only to meet an imminent danger
but also as a force in changing the future relation-
ship between nations.
The Future of the Community
Having examined the common characteristics of
the Community, the threats from outside which
have caused its members to draw closer together,
and the stresses within it which might impair its
unity were it not for the active efforts of its mem-
bers to hold it together, it remains for me to dis-
cuss with you the policy of my Government
with respect to the future of the Community.
Let me first of all remind you that this coun-
try's ties to Europe are such that Europe natur-
ally occupies a predominant place in the minds
and hearts of most Americans. We speak a Euro-
pean tongue. The majority of our peoples had
their ancestral homes there. Most of our trade,
most of our foreign travel, is with the European
countries of the Atlantic Community. Add to
this the fact that the American people have elected
and reelected a President whose reputation was
directly linked with a European alliance and
whose personal feeling on the need to maintain
this alliance is exceedingly strong. In his second
inaugural address,^ President Eisenhower stated
'Ibid., Feb. 11, 19.57, p. 211.
his views on the interdependence of nations as
follows :
No people can live to Itself alone. The unity of all who
dwell in freedom is their only sure defense. The economic
need of all nations, in mutual dependence, makes isola-
tion an impossibility ; not even America's prosperity
could long survive if other nations did not also prosper.
No nation can longer be a fortress, lone and strong and
safe. And any people seeking such shelter for them-
selves can now build only their prison.
It is this policy which guides our relationship
with Europe today.
In spite of all of this it must be recognized
that this country has responsibilities, embodied in
solemn treaty obligations, on a worldwide scale.
We have collective security arrangements with 42
nations, and we shall honor our obligations with
the non-European nations, should this ever be-
come necessary, as quickly and thoroughly as we
would honor those with Europe. There can be no
first-class and second-class alliances any more than
the freedom of an individual in Korea could be
considered to be worth less than that of an in-
dividual in France or Germany.
We are determined, then, to seek ways and
means, together with our allies, of safeguarding
the basic M-f actor: the dignity and freedom of
the individual. We recognize the magnitude of
the task, tlie great responsibilities that fall on us
because we have suddenly been thrust into a posi-
tion of world leadership. Americans did not seek
and do not relish that role. We are determined
not to carry it alone. All the nations of the At-
lantic Community, where democracy was born and
where it has flourished, must continue to exercise
initiative and to cooperate closely in the common
interest as they have in the past if NATO is to
live and thrive.
I would like to close on a note of faith ; the du-
rability of the NATO concept has already sur-
vived grave tests in which apathy and cost and a
false senFC of security have all figured. In sur-
viving, it has gained new vitality. I believe that
this great partnership of free men will continue
to grow in depth and in strength.
138
Department of State Bulletin
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 2
Press release 405 dated July 2
Secretary Dulles: I am ready for questions.
Q. Mr. Secretary., in your San Francisco speech
on the China policy^ if I read it correctly, your
position seemed to he hased on the premise which
you stated in these words, '■'•International com-
munisni's r^ile of strict conformity is, in China as
elsewhere, a passing and not a perpetual phase.''"'
Can you spell out a little hit what you mean hy
that? Do you mean communism itself in Chirm
is a passing phase, or this type of communism?
A. I meant primarily the type of communism
that is now reflected by what we call international
communism. I do not think that it is by any
means safe to predict that in every countiy in the
world there may not be some form of socialism,
because Communist regimes practice what they
call socialism, really. They do not claim in Rus-
sia to practice communism; they practice social-
ism. They say the time for commimism has not
arrived yet as a practicing doctrine. One cannot
predict for all the world that there may not be
different forms of socialism. But I do believe that
the type of rule which is reflected by the doctrine
of strict conformity and the elimination of any
difference of opinion — and that does not neces-
sarily go with socialism or communism and it may
go with a type of Fascist dictatorship equally — I
do not believe that that kind of govermnent or
regime will anywhere prevail in the long run.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is it your helief, then, that
the Peiping regime acts in strict conformity with
Moscow today?
A. When I talk about strict conformity, I am
talking about a regime which requires strict con-
formity on the part of those who are subject to it.
Q. You are talking of political rather than eco-
nomic terms — internally?
' BtJLi.ETiN of July 15, 1957, p. 91.
A. I am talking about a regime which tries to
control the thoughts and the beliefs of people so
as to make them into a single pattern. I do not
think that is practical, given, as I said, the nature
of human beings.
Q. Well, do you, feel, sir, that Mao Tse-tung''s
speech, or other information that has been com-
i7ig out of China lately, indicates some change, or
signs of changes, in this respect?
A. I think I said last week ^ that one could not
yet judge whether Mao Tse-tung's speech about the
hundred flowers was something which represented
a beginning of liberalism or was a method of en-
trapment. Since then it is, I think, quite ap-
parent that it was a method of entrapment. An
article in the Peiping People's Daily, I think it is,
that I was told about this morning — I put it in
my pocket here — said, "Only by letting the poison-
ous weeds" — they are now called poisonous weeds
and not flowers (Laughter) — "Only by letting the
poisonous weeds show themselves above ground
can they be uprooted. The reactionary class ene-
mies have enmeshed themselves in the trap that
was spread for them."
Q. Mr. Secretary, to go hach to this, in relation
to your speech, is it correct to assume, then, that
your position, the Govemmenfs position, will re-
main unchanged until there is some liheralisation,
if that comes, politically within China, and that
you do not exclude the possibility of that coming
under what is called the Communist regime, al-
though you do not now see that?
A. Our Government's dealing with other gov-
ernments depends primarily upon their conduct
in the realm of foreign affairs. Wliile we have
our own beliefs and our own faiths with respect
to the treatment of human beings, the natui-e of
human beings and their right to freedom of speech
' Ibid., July 15, 1957, p. 101.
July 22, J 957
139
and expression, and so forth, we do not primarily
base our foreign relations upon that but rather
upon how these nations conduct themselves in the
sphere of foreign affairs. I would say that, if
any regime conducts itself respectably in the field
of foreign affairs, then our attitude would be re-
sponsive to that. It would be without regard,
necessarily, to their own domestic policies. So
long as their domestic policies are wholly do-
mestic, we do not take them into account in de-
ciding how we deal with them in the realm of in-
ternational affairs.
Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, your s-pcech on Friday
and your expansion on it this Tnoming invite pos-
sibly another inference, and I wonder if you would
clari^fy it. What you might call the classic Ameri-
can posture toward communism, both from the
standpoint of our Government policy and our pub-
lic thinMng, is that it has been one international
conspiracy, that it is alxoays part of a whole, op-
erated from Moscow, and that this was the begin-
ning and the end of communism. Are you saying
by what you said in the speech, and particularly
by your last ansiter, that that is no longer likely,
that it isnH a global conspiracy but it is becoming
little constellations of communism and socialism
in various countries?
A. No, I didn't intend to infer that. Wliat I
did mean to infer was that it is possible to have^
for example, in Yugoslavia — a government which
is commimistic but which is not, in our judgment,
part and parcel of what we call the international
Communist conspiracy. As far as we can judge,
the nations which are within the Sino-Soviet bloc
are all dominated by what can fairly be called in-
ternational communism, a single group which pro-
vides a guiding force. Now one does seem to
detect at times differences between the Chinese
ideology and the Soviet ideology, and President
Tito indicated he thought there was a difference
and that the Chinese ideology was tending more
to a nationalistic form. However, I would not
think that our estimate conformed to President
Tito's in that respect.
Q. Mr. Secretary, could you tell us why you
chose this particular time and that particular
forum for so extensive a discussion of the China
issue?
A. There has been no formal presentation of
the administration's viewpoint on that subject for
several years, and the President and I thought it
was appropriate that there should be such a state-
ment, because there seemed to be in some quarters
the implication that silence on the subject in-
dicated that our basic views were changing, which
was not, in fact, the case.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you find that our allies
accept the American point of view relative to
China without a single quibble?
A. Without quibble?
Q. Yes. Do they accept it as the United States
presents it?
A. Some of our allies agree with it and some of
them don't.
Q. To what degree can dlsagreetnent on the part
of our allies be negatory of our own policies?
A. Well, it can obviously mean that our policy
is not as effective as though everybody were in
accord with it. Of course, as we know, the United
Kingdom recognized the Chinese Communist re-
gime rather promptly some 5 or 6 [7] years ago.
I don't know whether that has had any particular
effect on the situation, because actually veiy little
in the way of diplomatic intercourse has come out
of it. But naturally, in our opinion, it would be
better if everybody agi-eed with us.
Disarmament
Q. Mr. Secretary, how do you equate your poli-
cies with the present disarmament conference
going on? Can you have disarmament without
including Red China?
A. Yes, I think one can have a disarmament
agreement without including Red China. Of
course, if it were not possible to have it without
including Red China, then it might be possible to
have undertakings from Red China. We already
have such undertakings in the form of agreements
to limit armament and agreements for inspection,
in relation to both North Korea and Viet-Nam,
and that does not involve any diplomatic
recognition.
Q. Those are military arrangements, Mr. Secre-
tary. What would be the consideration in the
case of stoppage of nuclear production loithin an
agreement by countries which are not nuelear
powers to avoid obtaining nuclear weapons if Red
China was not included? Would the assumption
140
Department of State Bulletin
of the United States "be that Red China would
voluntarily abide by such an agreement?
A. Our assumption, I think, would be that it is
extremely unlikely that the Chinese Communist
regime would get assistance in that area from the
Soviet Union, and, indeed, the provisions of the
disarmament agreement would probably preclude
that. Of couree, that doesn't of itself mean that
they would be lived up to, but probably evasions
of that sort — violations of that sort — would be-
come known, and if they became known, if they
happened and became known, then that would be
an occasion for calling off the whole agreement.
It is quite possible, you see, to have an agreement
which stands on certain presuppositions. Some
of those presuppositions might relate to Com-
munist China without it being a party to the agree-
ment. Tlien if those presuppositions proved un-
founded, the agreement would be called off. It
might very well be that pressure of that sort,
particularly from the Soviet Union, if it wanted
the agi-eements to continue in force, would have
the result that the Chinese Communists would, in
fact, conform without being a party to the
agreement.
Q. Mr. Secretary., is it your view that the
Chinese Coinmunists unaided cannot produce
atomic-hydrogen weapons? Is that correct?
A. I doubt very much whether they would go
into that production on their own. I don't say
that it could not be done, but it would be a very
expensive operation. It would be an operation
which probably could not be done without de-
tection, and, as I say, the terms of our arrange-
ment could be such, probably would be such, that,
if it was found that that was going on, then our
restraints could be shed.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is it not our assumption that
in a cutoff production agreement there would be
an effective inspection system in the three present
nuclear powers and that for other countries the
peaceful agencies would amount to an inspection
system to prevent the developm,ent of weapons?
If that is correct, then we loould have, if this
worked out, an inspection system for all the
countries of the world, with the exception of the
Chinese Communists and those European satel-
lites that we don't recognize. Is that sufficient?
Do we consider that sufficiently adequate?
A. I think we believe that a system can be
devised, without necessarily tlie Chinese Com-
munist regime being a contractual party to it,
which would state certain terms and conditions,
and certain presuppositions, certain assumptions
as regards countries which were not parties. And,
of course, it is not only Communist China which
may not be a party, but there are probably quite
a few other countries that won't be parties. We
can't make an agreement here which is contingent
upon every nation of the world being a party to
it. And you can say that to that extent there is
always a risk that somebody might engage in
this business of making atomic weapons. But
the arrangement would have to be of such charac-
ter that in the first place that probably could be
detected, which I think can be made the case
even without contractual arrangements for in-
spection, and also that, if that happened, then
the limitations wliich otlier countries had assumed
could, if they desired, be shed.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I don't believe you mentioned
the question of newsmen in Red China in your
San Francisco address? TFas this an oversight,
or does it perhaps mean that there is something
coming which is around the corner on this issue?
A. Wlien you talk about "just around the
corner," it makes me think back in the days of
the depression, you remember, where the end
of the depression was "just around the corner."
(Laughter) No, I deliberately did not attempt
to deal with that problem, and I don't think that
anything that I said forecloses treatment of it as
a special matter, if that seems appropriate, and
I am still studying that matter.
Aid to Jordan
Q. Mr. Secretary, is any of the economic aid
being given to Jordan ^ to be used for the River
Jordan project?
A. I don't think I can answer the question as
to whether it could be used for it. I doubt that
it will be because I think that the occasion for
the financial assistance, economic and military,
is needs which are more urgent and more press-
ing than that water project, so that whether or
not the economic funds could be used directly or
indirectly for that purpose, I don't know. I think
that it is unlikely that they will be.
Q. Mr. Secretary, does the administration in-
' See p. 146.
July 22, 1957
141
tend at any time in the near future a revival of
the Johnston plan for the economic development
of the Middle East, for the Jordan River Valley
project?
A. Well, we would, of course, like to see a re-
vival of a plan for putting the waters of the
Jordan to use both in Israel and in Jordan.
Wliether or not the time is ripe for that yet, I
don't know. In some respects conditions seem
to be ameliorating, and we would hope that con-
structive developments could take place. There
is no concrete plan that I am aware of for further
negotiation about that at the moment. In other
words, no concrete plans are in process.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the question of Jordan,
within the past 6 weeks or so we have made avail-
able to King Hussein's government a total of $30
million in economic and military aid. Noto this
amount is almost exactly the amount that Britain
used to give to Jordan in the way of an annual
subsidy for a variety of purposes. Does it follow
from the fact that we have given $30 million to
Jordan that we intend or have some thought of re-
placing or succeeding Britain as a main financial
source for Jordan?
A. There are no inferences of that sort that
sliould be drawn from the fact that those sums do
approximately coincide. We would hope that Jor-
dan would be able to get an increased measure of
financial assistance from Arab neighbors, and of
course we also hope that the Jordanian economy
will improve to a point where it can more nearly
meet the expenses of its own government. There
had been, as you know, assurances given to Jor-
dan by Saudi Arabia, Egypt, and Syria. Egypt
and Syria have defaulted on their undertakings
to Jordan, and it was primarily tliat fact which
led the United States to move into the breach. In
other words, I would say we were moving into
the breach created by the default of Egypt and
Syria rather than moving into the position that
the United Kingdom had had.
Q. But do toe have future plan^ for continued
aid to Jordan, sir?
A. No, there are no such plans. That does not
exclude the possibility that we might give some
future aid, but there is no commitment.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you say what the pros-
142
pects are for an international conference on wni-
fication of Korea?
A. Well, I don't think that the prospects are
good, because there is no indication at all yet that
the puppet regime there or the Chinese Com-
munists will accept the terms which have been
laid down by the United Nations and which were
endorsed by the group which met at the Korean
conference at Geneva in 1954, to the effect that
there should be elections under the auspices of the
United Nations.* You will recall that the Gov-
ernment of South Korea resiilted from elections
held under tlie auspices of the United Nations, and
the United Nations had intended that tliose elec-
tions should be held in all of Korea. The rep-
resentatives of the United Nations were denied
admission to North Korea, so that such elections
could not be held. The United Nations believes,
and tlie representatives of those of the free na-
tions that met at Geneva have adhered to the view,
that the basis for the reimification of Korea is to
have free elections there under the auspices of the
United Nations. At any time that those in control
of North Korea will admit of that fact, then
there could be the reunification of Korea. But
they have never been willing to meet that test and
have demanded, as a condition for unification,
terms which would in fact afford an opportunity
for the minority Communist regime of North Ko-
rea to penetrate into South Korea and have a good
chance of overthrowing the government through
subversive activities. That we do not accept.
Algeria
Q. Mr. Secretary, a couple of Senators plan to
push for a resolution in the Senate which would
ash the adjninistration to move to an attempt to
get for Algeria independent personality either
through NATO or loorking through Morocco and
Tunisia. Are you aware of those plans, and if so,
can you tell us how you would feel about a Senate
resolution urging that kind of action?
A. Well, I had heard that there might be a
proposal of that sort made, perhaps today. I do
not know of it in detail. I would, however, say
this : I think that there is no doubt, should be no
doubt, in any quarter that the United States is
very mindful of its own colonial origins and that
' Bulletin of June 28, 1954, p. 973.
Department of State Bulletin
it is vei-y sympathetic to the aspirations of peo-
ple to have a government of their own choosing.
On the other hand, it must, I think, be recognized
that the problem of Algeria is one of exceptional
difficulty and of complications because of the fact
that there is present there a very large European
element — about a million and a half people, as I
recall — and that the people of Algeria themselves
are very largely divided and it is difficult to find
responsible persons to deal with who are adequate-
ly representative of all the people.
'\^1ien one tries to judge the conduct of France,
I think it must be recalled that France has a rec-
ord of having completed the independence of five
nations within the last 3 or 4 years — Viet-Nam,
Laos, Cambodia, Tunisia, and Morocco — and
therefore I do not think it can fairly be assumed
that the French are reactionary in these matters.
I think also it needs to be considered as to
whether the United States can be helpful through
overt interposition into this situation or by mak-
ing it known, as it is known, that its help and as-
sistance is always available when desired. We
have, perhaps, been slightly helpful with respect
to the five cases that I have spoken of, or certainly
some of them. And our position in tliat respect
is well known, and I am inclined to think that we
can be more helpful that way than by trying our-
selves to assimie the responsibility for the solution
of that extremely difficult problem, which is not
primarily ours, I am thankful to say. And I
would be very sony to see it made ours, because of
the great difficulty and complexity of the problem.
I also believe, if anyone is interested in going
after colonialism, there are a lot better places to
go after it than the case of France in Algeria.
There is a lot of colonialism in the world — ^Latvia,
Estonia, Lithuania, Poland, East Germany, Ru-
mania, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, and I could go
on with a long list. And if one is really interested
in going after the most evil manifestations of
colonialism, the denial to people of the oppor-
tunity to have governments of their own choosing,
one could perhaps find a better place to start than
Algeria.
Q. I judge then that you don''t think a Senate
resolution to this ejfect would he very helpful.
{Laughter)
A. I have not seen the resolution. Perhaps, if
you have seen it, you can apply to it the criteria
that I have suggested.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you think that Chancel-
lor Adenauer^s acceptance of including West Ger-
many in the European inspection zone will make
the establishment of such a zone more likely and
easier, inasmuch as this would solve one of the
political problems in establishing the zone which
you have talked about earlier?
A. I have not seen the text of what Chancellor
Adenauer said. As I have said myself here sev-
eral times, it is the view of the United States that
the problem of an inspection zone in Europe is
primarily a problem to be dealt with by the con-
tinental countries themselves. They are dealing
with it very actively, both in talks which these
countries are having directly with the four pow-
ers— the four Western Powers — in London and
also through the meetings of NATO. I think
that there is no objection in principle, that I am
aware of, on the part of these countries to such a
zone, and the report from Chancellor Adenauer
seems to confirm that, as far as the Federal Re-
public is concerned. But there are of course very
great difficulties in practice, and whether or not
those are solvable I don't know.
Evolutionary Change
Q. Mr. Secretary, it is undouiitedly due to my
own density, but I am still confused as to the pro-
jection of your comment about the passing phase
of communism in China. Does it presuppose some
kind, of invasion such as you speculated about and
about which Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek still
actively speculates? Does it presuppose, instead
of that, some kind of uprising on the mainland
of China, or a change in the regime in China more
toward the 2'ito-like regime, or what?
A. What it presupposes is this, that we accept,
as a working hypothesis, the view that that type
of despotism will never prevail and that the kind
of a government which is responsive to the will of
the people, which admits of diversity and freedom
of thought and expression, is the government which
has the future ahead of it.
Now that, as I say, is a working hypothesis that
we assume. It underlies all our actions, all our
conduct in these matters. I say it's a working hy-
pothesis, but I don't know how it's going to work
out. These matters work out in an infinite variety
Ju/y 22, ?957
143
of ways. All that I mean is that we do not assume
tliat that type of despotism represents the wave of
the future in China or anywhere else. American
policy is conducted on the assumption, as a work-
ing hypothesis, that free governments in the long
run are going to prevail and despotic governments
in the long run are going to go under.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you apply the same ivorJc-
ing hypothesis to the Soviet Union?
A. Yes. We believe that it is almost certain
that there will be an evolutionary change — prob-
ably evolutionary. Conceivably it could be revo-
lutionary, but it does not seem likely. And in-
deed, already there is a trend in the Soviet Union
to somewhat greater personal freedom, somewhat
greater freedom of expression, somewhat greater
enjoyment by people of the fruits of their labor.
One can see evidence of that already. And I
believe that that kind of trend is going to prevail,
and I think that the United States should accept,
as I say, as a working hy|3othesis underlying its
policies, the assumption that that kind of trend is
going to prevail. I don't put any dates on these
things. I don't say what is going to happen in 1
year, 5 years, 10 years, but I am confident that
that is a basic truth. Certainly it's an assump-
tion that I think must be made by anybody who
believes in the American tradition. It was in that
belief that our Nation was founded. It's ex-
pressed in The Federalist papers. It is expressed
by Abraham Lincoln in a sentence I often quote.
He said our Declaration of Independence meant
liberty not alone for the people of this country
but hope for all the world for all future time. It
means in due course the weight should be lifted
from the shoulders of all men. That is a basic
American belief, and it is also the working hypoth-
esis on which we conduct our foreign policy.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you mean Khrushchev's
grandchildren will he free, then?
A. Well, I didn't put a date on this, but I will
say this, if he goes on having children and they
have children's children, his posterity will be free.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in the case of Russia, you said
it was prohdbly more likely that this change would
he evolutionary. Now, you haven't expressed any
view as to whether you thought this change in
Com/rnunist China more likely would be evolution-
ary or revolutionary. Could you express some
view on that?
A. There are more revolutionary elements
present in China at the present time than seem to
be present within the Soviet Union, but I wouldn't
want that to be interpreted as a prediction that
there was going to be a revolution in China. I
don't know how it is going to work out.
Q. Mr. Secretary, a week ago the Dominican
Government handed a note to our Embassy in
Ciudad Trujillo extensively replying to our re-
quest that Generalissimo Trujillo waive immunity
to judicial procedwre here in connection with the
Murphy -Galindez case? Coidd you tell us tuhat
the contents of that note said, what our attitude is
now?
A. Well, my recollection is that the note said, in
effect, that it would not be appropriate to have a
cabmet officer leave Santo Domingo to come to
another country for the purposes of judicial in-
quiries there. And I believe that the situation is
being studied to see what, in the light of that, we
can appropriately do.
Tests for Recognition
Q. Mr. Secretary, in your discussion about Com-
inunist China you talked about this assumption of
some kind of change. But at an earlier stage, in
answering a question, you spoke about the measure
of 7'ecognition being the respectability of the con-
duct of a power. Is there an implication in the
relationship of those two ideas that U.S. recog-
nition or attitude on recognition toward Com-
tnunist China is not determined entirely or pri-
marily by whether this change internally comes
about? And if that is true, what are the measure-
ments of respectability lohich would be applied?
A. It is true, as I said, that, when it comes to
having diplomatic and official relations with a
regime, we do not make as a primary test how
it conducts itself at home but rather how it con-
ducts itself in the international field. And it
is only on that basis that we have diplomatic re-
lations with many comitries with which we now
have such relations.
Now, as regards the tests, I think you can find
those are indicated in the speech which I made.
I indicated there a number of historic tests that
have been made. The treatment of American
citizens is one test to which we attach very great
importance and which always has been treated as
'■ For background, see iUd., June 24, 1957, p. 1025.
144
Depariment of Slafe Bulletin
a matter of great importance. The willingness
and ability to live up to its international obliga-
tions, the disposition of a regime to live peace-
fully and abstain from international acts of ag-
gression— those are all elements which are
weighed in the scales, and I think you will find
all those suggested or dealt with in my speech.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the President said at a recent
press conference that he didn't feel nearly as
strongly as some other people about the value of
a total trade einbargo against Red China. Were
the various interpretations of this statement one
of the factors that led you and the President to
decide that a new statement on this subject was
advisable at this time? And also, how do you
reconcile that statement, his statement, that is,
with the policy of the administration?
A. That reference that you speak of to the
President's press conference was not the occasion
for tliis speech. And I might say, wliich I think
can always be assumed in a speech of that char-
acter, that it was thoroughly approved by the
President before I made it.
Q. Mr. Secretary, lohat is your concept of our
future in Okinawa?
A. As was said at the Japanese peace con-
ference, the residual sovereignty in Okinawa
rests with Japan. And we are there primarily in
the interest of peace and security in tlie area.
And that is not merely a matter whicli concerns
the United States, but it also concerns other covm-
tries that were parties to that treaty. Of course,
Japan itself has an interest, but other countries
also.
As I pointed out at San Francisco when I ex-
pounded the peace treaty, there were quite a few
of our Allies that wanted the United States to
annex Okinawa outright so that the American
flag would surely wave forever at that point.
Tliey wanted to see it planted there without the
possibility of any change. I explained that in the
face of that opinion and of the other opinions,
however, we had decided that the best solution
was to leave the residual sovereignty in Japan
but to give the United States the rights of con-
trol and administration for as long at it felt it
was appropriate. That, in turn, I can say, is
directly connected with the judgment that we
have as to how long that is useful to serve the
interests of peace and security in the area.
Q. Thanh you, sir.
Beginning of the
International Geophysical Year
Remarks by President Eisenhower ^
July 1st marks the beginning of one of the great
scientific adventures of our time — the Inter-
national Geophysical Year. During this period,
which will actually be 18 months long, the scien-
tists of the United States will join their effoits
with those of the scientists of some 60 other na-
tions to make the most intensive study ever imder-
taken of our planet.^
All over the world elaborate preparations for
this event have been under way for the last 5 years.
You have been reading in the daily press of
the expeditions to the Antarctic which have been
paving the way for a concentrated study by some
12 nations of the last unknown continent. Two
years ago it was annoimced that the United States
would launch an earth-circling satellite during the
International Geophysical Year in order to ob-
tain information about the sun and the earth's
enviroimaent from outside the barrier of the earth's
atmosphere. During the years of preparation
meteorological and other observing stations aU
over the globe have been readied. Hundreds of
new stations have been established in order that
many types of geophysical phenomena might be
viewed and measured from every possible vantage
point.
The scientists tell us that they cannot possibly
anticipate all of the valuable scientific knowl-
edge that will result from their efforts. They
believe that many of the facts thus acquired will
give us new understanding and new power over
the forces of nature.
As I see it, however, the most important result
of the International Geophysical Year is the
demonstration of the ability of peoples of all
nations to work together harmoniously for the
common good. I hope this can become common
practice in other fields of human endeavor.
The United States is proud to have a part in
this great scientific undertaking. I should like
to congratulate all who have helped to make our
program possible and particularly the National
Academy of Sciences. Through its National
Committee for the International Geophysical
'- Recorded for radio and television broadcast on June
30 (White House press release).
' For bacljground, see Bulletin of Dec. 3, 1956, p. 880.
July 22, J 957
145
Year, the Academy lias worked tirelessly to plan
and coordinate the program in cooperation with
other nations.
I extend congratulations also to the interna-
tional body whose vision and imagination have
not only made the project possible but have woven
all the multiple strands together. That body is
the International Council of Scientific Unions,
representing the major scientific bodies of the
world. Through its Special Committee for the
International Geophysical Year, the Council has
provided brilliant leadership for this enterprise.
We wish the scientists of all nations Godspeed
and good luck as the International Geophysical
Year begins.
Aid to Jordan
Military Assistance
Press release 399 dated June 29
In response to the request of the Government of
Jordan for military assistance, the U.S. Govern-
ment via an exchange of notes on June 29, 1957,^
has agreed to provide such aid by procuring for the
Kingdom of Jordan military goods and services
to the amount of $10 million.
Economic Aid
Press release 402 dated July 1
In conformance with its previously expressed
readiness to consider the economic needs of Jor-
dan, the U.S. Government has, at the request of
the Jordan Government, agreed to extend to that
Government an additional $10 million in economic
assistance. The exchange of notes to this effect
took place in Amman on June 29.^
Availability of Additional Quantities
of Uranium 235
White House press release dated July 3
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
In my statement on February 22, 1956, announc-
ing the designation of 40,000 kilograms of ura-
nium 235 for research and development purposes
and for fueling nuclear power reactors at home
and abroad, I stated that the Atomic Energy
Commission would recommend that more supplies
be made available for sale or lease as necessary
in the future for additional nuclear power
projects.^
At the recommendation of the Chairman of
the Atomic Energy Commission, in which th;
Secretaries of State and Defense concur, I have
determined under Section 41b of the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954 that 59,800 kilograms of
uranium 235, in addition to previous allocations,
may be made available for peaceful uses at home
and abroad under conditions prescribed by the
United States Government.
The additional quantities of uranium 235 which
will be made available for distribution over a
period of years are :
(a) 30,000 kilograms in the United States,
through lease for all licensed civilian purposes,
principally for power reactors.
(b) 29,800 kilograms outside the United States,
through sale or lease, to Governments of individ-
ual nations or to groups of nations with which
the United States concludes Agreements for
Cooperation.
Distribution of special nuclear material will
be subject to prudent safeguards against diver-
sion of the materials to non-peaceful purposes.
Added to the 40,000 kilograms of uranium 235
designated on February 22, 1956, and the 200
kilograms designated earlier, this designation
brings to 100,000 kilograms the total amount of
this material to be made available as required
for jDeaceful purposes, divided equally between
domestic and foreign uses.
At current prices, established by the Atomic
Energy Commission last November,^ the value of
100,000 kilograms of uranium 235 to be sold or
leased is about $1.7 billion.
I am gratified that the advance toward power
and knowledge from the atom is proceeding at
a pace which requires provision of additional sup-
plies of the basic atomic fuel.
Further details concerning the new determi-
nations of availability of uranium 235 are set
forth in the attached statement by the Chairman
of the Atomic Energy Commission.
' Not printed.
146
' Bulletin of Mar. 19, 1956, p. 469.
= Ibid., Dec. 10, 1956, p. 926.
Department of State Bulletin
STATEMENT BY LEWIS L. STRAUSS
CHAIRMAN, ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION
In accordance with the President's statement
on February 22, 1956, announcing the availability
of 40,000 kilograms of uranium 235 for distribu-
tion at home and abroad for research and develop-
ment purposes and for fueling nuclear power
reactore, the Atomic Energy Commission has
recommended to the President that substantial
additional supplies of uranium 235 be designated
at this time for distribution for peaceful uses.
The President has approved this recommendation.
The Commission's recommendation is due to
the progress of nuclear power development. The
point has been reached where licenses granted or
under consideration by the Commission for nu-
clear power plants in the United States require
more than the initial 20,000 kilograms of uranium
235 made available for domestic use by the Presi-
dent's determination of February 22, 1956. The
growing nuclear power programs in friendly na-
tions also require additional supplies of atomic
fuel.
The President's current action therefore is an-
other important step in furthering both domestic
and foreign applications of atomic energy for
jieaceful purposes.
The present and previous determinations by
the President make the uranium 235 available in
equal amounts for domestic and foreign distri-
bution. This does not necessarily create a pat-
tern for any subsequent designations that may
be recommended.
Each allocation of uranium 235 to atomic power
projects in the United States must cover the ini-
tial fuel-loading, the estimated amomit that will
be burned by the reactor during the period for
which reactor operation is licensed, and the esti-
mated "pipeline" requirements, that is, the
uranium 235 that will be committed in the man-
ufacture of fuel elements, the cooling of irradi-
ated fuel, and the reprocessing of the used fuel
to recover the imfissioned uranium 235. Under
the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, the Atomic
Energy Commission may issue licenses to domestic
reactor operators for fixed periods. Allocations
under such licenses now approximate 17,000 kilo-
grams. The new Presidential determination
makes a total of 50,000 kilograms available as re-
quired for such domestic allocations. The physi-
cal transfers of material will be spread over the
periods of the licenses.
Plans of those nations which have concluded
or which are now negotiating power agreements
with the United States indicate that their needs
also will exceed the 20,000 kilograms of uranium
235 previously made available for such use. Their
needs are calculated on a basis that includes the
initial fuel-loading, "pipeline" requirements, and
consumption during the term of the agreement
for cooperation. The new Presidential determi-
nation makes a total of 60,000 kilograms available
as required for distribution abroad.
Seven agreements for cooperation with friendly
nations in various parts of the world providing
for power reactors are now in effect, seven more
are about to be concluded, and a number of others
are mider negotiation. Twenty-nine agreements
for cooperation providing for research reactors
are now in effect. Negotiations have been com-
pleted on eight additional research agreements,
and it is expected that they wiU become effective
within the next year.
The terms of distribution are similar to those
in previous determinations. No agreements tor
cooperation under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954
are made by the United States with the Soviet
Union or its satellites.
Nuclear Power Agreements Signed
With France, Germany, and Italy
The following is a Department announcement
of the signing of nuclear poioer agreements with
Germany and Italy and an amendment to the
agreement with France^ together with texts of
statements made hy Acting Secretary Herter and
Lewis L. Strauss, Chainnan of the U.S. Atomic
Energy Commission, following the signing of
the agreements.
I'ress release 408 dated Jxily 3
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Nuclear power agreements for cooperation with
Germany and Italy as well as an amendment to
the existing agreement for cooperation with
France were signed on July 3. Acting Secre-
Jiily 22, 7957
147
tary Herter and Lewis L. Strauss, Chairman of
the Atomic Energy Commission, signed the three
agreements for the United States. Ambassador
Brosio signed for the Italian Government, Am-
bassador Krekeler for Germany, and Ambassador
Alphand for France.
These agreements are similar to other nuclear
power agreements and provide the legal frame-
work mider which the United States may transfer
special nuclear material to fuel the demonstra-
tion and power-reactor projects which the three
coimtries intend to undertake. The agreements
also provide for the exchange of unclassified in-
formation in the broad field of nuclear power
technology.
Provisions in the agreements provide a means
whereby the rights and obligations of the agree-
ments can be transferred to the European atomic
energy community (EUEATOM) at such time
as the community comes into being and after ap-
propriate negotiations with the United States.
These agreements will not be brought into ef-
fect until the parties complete their respective
statutory requirements. In the case of the United
States, agreements for cooperation must lie be-
fore the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy for
30 days prior to coming into effect.
STATEMENT BY ACTING SECRETARY HERTER
A consistent and major objective of American
policy has been to encourage and aid the growth
and strengthening of the economies of the West-
em European countries. With expanding pop-
ulations and the rapid growth of industry. West-
ern Europe has been confronted by the urgent
need for constantly larger amounts of electrical
energy to meet their industrial demands. The
problem for Europe is that the fuel required to
produce this energy exceeds indigenous coal and
oil resources.
Confronted by this situation it is logical for
Europe to look to the bright hope of atomic
energy as a means of satisfying their new and
momiting energy requirements. The treaty es-
tablishing a European atomic energy community
(EUEATOM), which is now before the parlia-
ments of the six member countries, would provide
a framework to encourage and assist in the
development of this new art.
France, Germany, and Italy are already actively
engaged in exploring and exploiting atomic ener-
gy. The bilateral power agreements for coopera-
tion signed today with the three countries will
permit them to move ahead and enlarge the base
of their atomic energy programs pending the
ratification of the treaty and the establishment
of the institutions of the community. The United
States sees these interim agreements as another
important step in atomic energy development in
Europe and as a further expression of the interest
of this country in European economic develop-
ment.
STATEMENT BY ADMIRAL STRAUSS
Your Excellencies: My colleagues and I on the
Atomic Energy Commission welcome this step
which is being taken today and which enlarges
the mutually beneficial cooperation in peaceful ap-
plications of atomic energy with the friendly
countries which you represents — France, Germany,
and Italy.
In the many discussions and information ex-
changes that have been in progress, we have been
greatly impressed by the vision, enthusiasm, and
ability of the leaders of your nuclear energy
programs. This is exemplified i^articularly in
your participation in the bold plans for commu-
nity development of nuclear power as a source of
urgently needed energy in Europe. I refer, of
course, to EURATOM. The program in nuclear
power which has been proposed for EURATOM
should be of gi'eat benefit not only to the partici-
pating nations but to universal progress in the
new art. And from this progress we of the United
States will also derive benefit.
Here in the United States, because we have
large conventional fuel resources, the economics
of power generation makes it possible for us to
pursue a wide-ranging program of research and
the construction and operation of many kinds of
prototype reactors. The economies of your coun-
tries will draw advantages from our success in
this field, where United States industry is partici-
pating fully and is pioneering in the building of
full-scale atomic power plants.
We are confident, as our coimtries move for-
ward in close cooperation in the development of
the peaceful atom, that great progress will be
148
Department of State Bulletin
made in developing atomic energy to serve the in-
creasing needs of a world at peace.
The agreement will enter into force following
completion of the necessary statutory and con-
stitutional requirements of both Govermnents.
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement
With Germany for City of Berlin
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the
Department of State announced on June 28
(press release 396) that an agreement for co-
operation in tlie peaceful uses of atomic energy
was signed on that day by rejjresentatives of the
Federal Republic of Germany, on behalf of Ber-
lin, and representatives of the United States.
The Ambassador of the Federal Republic of
Germany, Heinz L. Krekeler, signed tlie agree-
ment on behalf of the city of Berlin. Commis-
sioner Lewis L. Strauss of the Atomic Energy
Commission and C. Burke Elbrick, Assistant
Secretary of State for European Affairs, signed
for the United States.
The agreement provides for an exchange of
information on the design, construction, opera-
tion, and use of research reactors, health and
safety measures connected with research reactor
operation, and on medical, biological, agricul-
tural, and industrial uses of isotopes. There is
great interest in nuclear research on tlie part of
the scientific community in Berlin, as well as in
the Berlin city govermnent and among leading
industrialists. An Institute for Atomic Research
has been established with the active cooperation
of the Free University and the Technical Uni-
versity. The Institute will bring together the
research and training facilities of the two uni-
versities in the field and will operate a research
reactor when it is obtained. The signing of the
research agreement is another example of con-
tinuing United States confidence in and support
of Free Berlin.
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission has
agreed to make available to the Senat of Berlin
6 kilograms (13.2 lbs.) of U-235 contained in
uranium enriched up to a maximmn of 20 per-
cent for reactor fuel. Berlin may also receive
from the United States limited gram quantities
of highly enriched U-235, plutonium, and U-233
for research purposes. The Senat of Berlin as-
sumes responsibility for using and safeguarding
the fissionable material in accordance with the
terms of the proposed agreement.
July 22, 1957
432327—57 3
Worl<ing Group To Consider
Asian Regional Nuclear Center
Press release 395 dated June 27
Invitations have been issued by the United
States to the other 16 nations wliich are mem-
bers of the Colombo Plan Consultative Commit-
tee to send representatives to a working group
meeting at Washington on July 8 to consider
the establishment of an Asian Regional Nuclear
Center at Manila.
The proposed center would be part of the
atoms-for-peace program which President Eisen-
hower announced before the U.N. General As-
sembly on December 8, 1953. The President
pledged the determination of the United States
to find the way by which this inventiveness of
man could be adapted to peaceful uses to bring
vast improvements in living standards, health,
and happiness.
First proposed in October 1955 by ICA Direc-
tor John B. Hollister, acting as U.S. represent-
ative at the Colombo Plan meeting at Singa-
pore,^ the research center would be an effort
to bring the benefits of atomic energy to the peo-
ples of the Asian Colombo Plan nations on a
cooperative basis. It was pointed out at that
time that the proposed center could supplement
existing facilities for the basic training of en-
gineers, chemists, and physicists at the college
level. It could also offer facilities for research
in tlie fields of medicine, agriculture, and indus-
try. The center would make available at a sin-
gle site laboratories and major equipment
required for training and research. One func-
tion envisioned for tlie center would be to pro-
vide training for instructors and teachers in
nuclear science for other Asian educational
institutions.
Mr. Hollister said,
... if such an institution is to come into vigorous
life and to serve well the needs of the Asian world in
this new field, it must J:est firmly on Asia's interest and
' Bulletin of Nov. 7, 1955, p. 747.
149
support. The center as we see it would be established
for students of the region, staffed largely by scientists
from the region, supervised by administrators from the
region, and supported by governments of the region.
The burden of setting up the center and carrying it for-
ward, and the obligation of staffing it, would rest with
the Asian members of the Colombo Plan. The fruits
of the effort would also belong to Asia.
In 1956 ICA engaged the Brookliaven National
Laboratory to send a group of eminent Ameri-
can scientists throughout the Far East and South
and Southeast Asia to study the possibilities and
potentialities for the center. In its report, made
in November 1956, the Brookhaven Laboratory
declared that, while there are a number of major
problems in such an undertaking, "the establish-
ment of an Asian Regional Nuclear Center is
considered to be entirely feasible, and capable of
contributing significantly to the scientific and
technological development of the region." The
report also indicated that initially the Colombo
Plan nations may not liave available the required
number of experienced scientific and administra-
tive personnel at the center and concluded that
special attention would have to be given to meet-
ing top-level staff requirements.
Walter S. Eobertson, Assistant Secretary of
State for Far Eastern Affairs, at the Colombo
Plan Consultative Committee meeting at Welling-
ton, New Zealand, in December 1956 said that
the United States was prepared to contribute
approximately $20 million to the establishment
of the center provided that mutually satisfactory
arrangements could be worked out with the other
participating countries.^ The $20 million would
come from the $100 million President's Fund for
Asian Economic Development which the Con-
gress made available in fiscal year 1956 to the
President for such multicountry projects. The
ICA was designated by the President to admin-
ister the fund.
Assistant Seci-etary Robertson in his Welling-
ton speech reiterated the necessity of Asia's inter-
est and support for the proposed center and
concluded :
My Government feels that this cooperative plan for
developing in Asia the peaceful use of atomic energy
holds limitless potential. We envision this first nuclear
training center in Asia as a pioneer among educational
institutions in the most far-reaching, frontier-opening
technical science so far known to man.
' Ibid., Dec. 17, 1956, p. 957.
If it can accomplish its high purpose, the center will
be a crowning achievement of the Colombo Plan. It will
demonstrate to the world in bold and positive terms the
spirit in which the plan was born and through which
it has increasingly flourished : the spirit of mutual ef-
fort for the common good.
At its meeting in July, which is expected to
continue from 10 days to 2 weeks, the working
group will discuss the problems raised by the
Brookhaven report and make specific recommen-
dations to the respective governments for their
solution.
Robert McClintock, former Ambassador to
Cambodia, will be the U.S. delegate. Senior
scientific adviser will be Leland J. Haworth, di-
rector of Brookhaven National Laboratory.
Nations which have been invited to send rep-
resentatives to the meeting are Australia, Bur-
ma, Cambodia, Canada, Ceylon, India, Indo-
nesia, Japan, Laos, Nepal, New Zealand,
Pakistan, the Philippines, Thailand, the United
Kingdom, and Viet-Nam.
Administration of Cultural Exchange
and Trade Fair Participation Act
White House press release dated June 18
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President on June 17 issued an Executive
order providing for the administration of the
International Cultural Exchange and Trade Fair
Participation Act of 1956.
The principal assignments of activities made by
the order are as follows :
(1) The United States Information Agency
will be responsible for (a) allocating to the ap-
propriate Government agencies the funds made
available for carrying out the act, (b) advising
and keeping the President informed with respect
to the functions provided for in the act, and (c)
coordinating those functions.
(2) The Department of State will administer
United States participation in the Brussels Uni-
versal and International Exhibition, to be held at
Brussels, Belgimn, in 1958. The State Depart-
ment will also administer the cultural exchange
program, which consists of (a) tours abroad by
United States artists and athletes, individually
and in groups, who represent any field of the arts,
150
Department of Slate Bulletin
sports, or any other form of cultural attainment,
and (b) United States representation in artistic,
dramatic, musical, sports, and other cultural festi-
vals, competitions, and like exhibitions abroad.
The USIA is also authorized to participate in the
administration of such representation.
(3) The Department of Commerce will admin-
ister functions relating to United States participa-
tion in international fairs and expositions abroad,
including trade and industrial fairs and other pub-
lic or private demonstrations of United States ac-
complishments and cultural attainments, but ex-
clusive of the Brussels exhibition.
The assignments of responsibilities to agencies
effected by the order, as outlined above, accoi-d
generally with the assignments heretofore existing
on a less formalized basis.
The statute provides : "The purpose of this act
is to strengthen the ties which unite us with other
nations by demonstrating the cultural interests, de-
velopments, and achievements of the people of the
United States, and the contributions being made
by the United States economic and social system
toward a peaceful and more fruitful life for its
own people and other people throughout the
world; and thus to assist in the development of
friendly, sympathetic, and peaceful relations be-
tween the United States and the other countries
of the world."
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10716 <
ADMINISTRATION OF THE INTERNATIONAL
CULTURAL EXCHANGE AND TRADE PAIR
PARTICIPATION ACT OF 1956
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Interna-
tional Cultural Exchange and Trade Fair Participation
Act of 1956 (70 Stat. 778), by section 301 of title 3 of the
United States Code, and as President of the United States,
it is hereby ordered as follows :
Section 1. United States Information Agency, (a) Ex-
cept in respect of the functions delegated by section 2(c),
or reserved by section 4, of this order, the Director of the
United States Information Agency shall coordinate the
functions provided for in the International Cultural Ex-
change and Trade Fair Participation Act of 1956 (herein-
after referred to as the Act) and shall be responsible for
advising the President and keeping him informed with
respect to the said functions :
(b) The following-designated functions conferred upon
the President by the Act are hereby delegated to the Direc-
tor of the United States Information Agency :
(1) The functions so conferred by the provisions of
' 22 Fed. Reg. 4345.
section 3(2) of the Act (the provisions of section 2(b) of
this order notwithstanding).
(2) The functions so conferred by .section 3(4) of the
Act (the provisions of sections 2(d) and 3(b) of this
order notwithstanding).
(3) The functions so conferred by section 11 of the
Act, except to the extent that such functions are delegated
by section 2(c) of this order.
(4) The functions so conferred by sections 4, 6, and 7
of the Act to the extent that they pertain to the functions
delegated by the foregoing provisions of this section.
(c) The Director of the United States Information
Agency, with such assistance of the Department of State
and the Department of Commerce as may be appropriate,
shall prepare and transmit to the President the reports
which the President is required to transmit to the Con-
gress by section 9 of the Act.
(d) The Director of the United States Information
Agency shall consult with the Secretary of State or
the Secretary of Commerce, or both, in connection with
the establishment of any interagency committees under the
authority delegated by .section 1(b) (3) of this order the
activities of which will pertain to functions delegated by
section 2 or section 3 of this order, or both, respectively.
(e) Funds appropriated or otherwise made available
to the President to carry out the purposes of the Act
shall be allocated by the Director of the United States In-
formation Agency to the Department of State as may be
necessary to carry out the functions delegated under sec-
tion 2 of this order ; to the Department of Commerce as
may be necessary to carry out the functions delegated
under section 3 of this order; and to such other depart-
ments or agencies of the Government as may be deemed
necessary to carry out the purposes of the Act. The agen-
cies to which funds are so allocated shall obtain apportion-
ments thereof directly from the Bureau of the Budget.
Sec. 2. Department of State. Subject to the provisions
of sections 1 (a) and 4 of this order, the following-desig-
nated functions conferred upon the President by the Act
are hereby delegated to the Secretary of State :
(a) The functions so conferred by sections 3 (1), 10
(b), and 10 (c) (3) of the Act.
(b) The functions so conferred by section 3 (2) of
the Act (the provisions of section 1 (b) (1) of this order
notwithstanding).
(c) The functions so conferred by section 3 (3) of the
Act to the extent that they pertain to the Universal and
International Exhibition of Brussels, 1958, together with
the functions so conferred by section 11 of the Act to the
extent that they pertain to the said Exhibition.
(d) The functions so conferred by sections 3 (4), 4, 6,
and 7 of the Act to the extent that they pertain to the
functions delegated by the foregoing provisions of this
section.
Sec. 3. Department of Commerce. Subject to the pro-
visions of sections 1(a) and 4 of this order, the following-
designated functions conferred upon the President by the
Act are hereby delegated to the Secretary of Commerce :
(a) The functions so conferred by section 3 (3) of the
Act, exclusive of functions pertaining to the Universal
and International Exhibition of Brussels, 1958.
(b) The functions so conferred by sections 3 (4), 4, 6,
July 22, 1 957
151
and 7 of the Act to the extent that they pertain to the
functions delegated by the foregoing provisions of this
section.
Sec. 4. Functions reserved to the President. There are
hereby excluded from the functions delegated by the
provisions of this order the functions conferred upon the
President (a) with respect to the appointment of officers
authorized to be appointed by the first proviso of section
3 (3) of the Act, (b) with respect to the transmittal of
periodic reports to the Congress under section 9 of the
Act, and (c) with respect to the waiver of provisions of
law or limitations of authority under section 8 of the
Act.
Seo. 5. Procedures for coordination abroad. The pro-
visions of Part II of Executive Order No. 10575 of No-
vember 6, 1954 (19 P. R. 7249), 2 are hereby extended and
made applicable to the functions provided for in the
Act and to United States agencies and personnel con-
cerned with the administration abroad of the said
functions.
Seo. 6. Definition. As used in this order, the word
"functions" embraces duties, powers, responsibilities, au-
thority, and discretion.
Sec. 7. Prior directives and actions. This order super-
sedes the provisions of the letters of the President to
the Director of the United States Information Agency
dated August 16, 1955, and August 21. 1056, and the letter
of the President to the Secretary of State dated Decem-
ber 27, 1956 (22 F. R. 101-103) ; provided that this order
shall not operate to terminate any authority to perform
functions without regard to the provisions of law and
limitations of authority specifled in those letters. Except
to the extent that they may be inconsistent with law or
with this order, other directives, regulations, and actions
relating to the functions delegated by this order and in
force immediately prior to the issuance of this order
shall remain in effect until amended, modified, or re-
voked by appropriate authority.
Sec. 8. Effective date. Without prejudice to anything
done under proper authority with respect to any function
under the Act at any time subsequent to the approval of
the Act and prior to the issuance of this order, the effec-
tive date of this order shall be deemed to be the date on
which the Act was approved.
The White House,
June 11, 1957.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85th Congress, 1st Session
Personnel Practices of the Department of State. Hearings
before the Subcommittee on State Department Organi-
zation and Foreign Operations of the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs. April 4 and 10, 1957. Ill pp.
' Bulletin of Dec. 13, 1954, p. 914.
Building a World of Free Peoples. Hearings before the
Subcommittee on International Organizations and Move-
ments of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs at
Laconia, N.H. April 5, 1957. 121 pp.
Operation of Article VII, NATO Status of Forces Treaty.
Hearing before a subcommittee of the Senate Committee
on Armed Services to review for the period December 1,
1955, to November 30, 1956, the operation of article VII
of the agreement between the parties of the North
Atlantic Treaty regarding the status of their forces.
April 9, 1957. 45 pp.
National Science Foundation, Report on International
Geophysical Year. Hearings before the Subcommittee
of the House Committee on Appropriations. May 1, 1957.
126 pp.
Authorizing the Sale or Loan of Vessels to Friendly For-
eign Nations. Report to accompany H. R. 6952. H. Rept.
387, May 6, 1957. 10 pp.
Study of Raw Materials of Soviet Union and Certain
Eastern Hemisphere Countries. Report to accompany
S. Res. 78. S. Rept. 288, May 8, 1957. 2 pp.
Protocol Amending the International Sugar Agreement of
1953, Dated at London, December 1, 1956. Message from
the President transmitting a certified copy of the proto-
col. S. Exec. L, May 8, 1957. 15 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as Amended.
Report to accompany S. 2051. S. Rept. 296, May 9, 1957.
34 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as Amended.
Report to accompany H. R. 7383. H. Rept. 435, May 9,
1957. 40 pp.
Extension of Public Law 480. Report to accompany H. R.
6974. H. Rept. 432, May 9, 1957. 18 pp.
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Hearings before the Senate Committee on Foreign Re-
lations and Senate members of the Joint Committee on
Atomic Energy on S. Exec. I. May 10-20, 1957. 258 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Disarmament and
Security in Latin America. Staff Study No. 7, Sub-
committee on Disarmament of the Senate Committee on
Foreign Relations. May 12, 1957. 29 pp. [Committee
print.]
Foreign Aid. Report of the Senate Special Committee
To Study the Foreign Aid Program, pursuant to S. Res.
285, 84th Cong., and S. Res. 35, 85th Cong. S. Rept. 300,
May 13, 1957. 38 pp.
Enabling Act To Provide for the Implementation of the
Pink Salmon Treaty Between United States and Canada,
Signed at Ottawa, Canada, December 28, 1956. Report
to accompany S. 1806. S. Rept. 302, May 13, 1957. 12 pp.
Seventeenth Semiannual Report on Educational Exchange
Activities. July 1-December 31, 1956, by the U. S. Ad-
visory Commission on Educational Exchange. H. Doc.
176, May 13, 1957. 6 pp.
Review of the Budget Formulation and Presentation Prac-
tices of the International Cooperation Administration.
Fifth Report by the House Committee on Government
Operations. H. Rept. 449, May 15, 1957. 19 pp.
Extension of Export-Import Bank Act of 1945. Report to
accompany H. R. 4136. S. Rept. 331, May 16, 1957.
5 pp.
Report of the Special Study Mission to Europe on Policy
Toward the Satellite Nations of the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs. May 16, 1957. 25 pp. [Committee
print.]
Inventory Report on Real Property Lea.sed to the United
States Throughout the World as of July 1, 1956, pre-
pared by the Genera! Services Administration at the
request of the Senate Committee on Appropriations.
S. Doc. 41, May 20, 1957. 69 pp.
Mutual Security Programs. Message from the President
transmitting proposals relative to our mutual security
programs. H. Doc. 182, May 21, 1957. 9 pp.
Clarifying the General Powers, Increasing the Borrowing
Authority, and Authorizing the Deferment of Interest
Payments on Borrowings, of the St. Lawrence Seaway
Development Corporation. Report to accompany H. R.
5728. H. Rept. 473, May 22, 1957. 15 pp.
152
Department of State Bulletin
Mutual Security Act of 1957. Hearings beforp the House
Committee on Foreign Affairs on the executive branch
Iiroposed draft bill to amend the Mutual Security Act
of 1954. Part I, May 22-24, 1957, 109 pp. ; Part II, May
28-June 5. 1957, 171 pp.
Extending to January 31, 1958, the Authority of the Sen-
ate Special Committee To Study the Foreign Aid Pro-
gram. Report to accompany S. Res. 141. S. Rept. 373,
May 23, 1957. 3 pp.
Pink Salmon Protocol. Report to accompany Exec. C,
S5th Cong., 1st sess. S. Exec. Rept. 2, May 23, 1957.
4 pp.
International Health. Report of the House Committee
on Interstate and Foreign Commerce on the organiza-
tion and financing of, and the participation of, the
United States in international health programs, pur-
suant to sec. 136 of the Legislative Reorganization Act
of 1946, Public Law 601, 79th Cong., and H. Res. 99,
8oth Coug. H. Rept. 474, May 23, 1957. 73 pp.
Reports from the Senate Special Committee To Study the
Foreign Aid Program. Report to accompany S. Con.
Res. 30. S. Rept. 390, May 29, 1957. 3 pp.
First Balance-of-Payments
Consultations Under GATT
Press release 403 dated July 1
The Department of State announced on July 1
the conclusion of the first stage of balance-of-
payments consultations m Greneva under the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
(GATT).
These consultations, which took place over a
3-week period in Geneva, were held with Den-
mark, Norway, Sweden, Italy, the Netherlands,
Greece, Austria, and Germany. Under the
GATT, countries maintaining restrictions on
trade for balance-of -payments reasons have agreed
to consult upon request regarding their need for
continuing such restrictions and the manner in
which they apply them. At last fall's regular
session of the GATT, a U.S. proposal that such
consultations be held this year was adopted. ^
Two Western EurojDean countries announced
the removal of import restrictions on an impor-
tant range of goods from the United States and
otlier dollar countries. Tliese new measures of
dollar-trade liberalization were announced by
Sweden and Italy at the recently concluded con-
sultations on import restrictions maintained be-
cause of shortages of foreign exchange. In ad-
dition, Austria and Gei-many annomiced that they
would take liberalization steps in the near future.
With regard to the Federal Republic of (Ger-
many, it was noted that the strong foreign-
' Bulletin of Dec. 3, 1956, p. 893.
July 22, 1957
exchange position of that country no longer justi-
fied the maintenance of restrictions for balance-
of -payments reasons under the general agreement.
The Government of the Federal Eepublic ex-
pressed its firm intention to consider the meas-
ures to be adopted in tlie liglit of this situation
and announced that further liberalization steps
would be taken in the near future. In particular,
the German Government stated that differences
now existing between three quota-free lists appli-
cable to various currency areas would be reduced
gradually.
In addition to the new liberalization measures
made public at the meetings, a number of tlie con-
sulting countries reported other recently adopted
measures which reduce restrictions against dollar
imports, thereby placing them on a more equal
competitive basis with similar goods coming from
nondollar areas. Under Norway's import quotas,
for example, dollar goods are normally treated as
favorably as any other goods. The Netherlands
and Greece reported that, for almost all practical
purposes, dollar and nondollar goods are treated
equally by their import control authorities and
that their remaining quantitative import restric-
tions are negligible.
All consulting countries reported that, as their
financial position improves, they intend to ease
their remaining restrictions on dollar imports.
Some noted, however, that domestic problems,
notably in the agricultural field, will require the
maintenance of import restrictions on a few prod-
ucts for some time.
Other countries maintaining import restrictions
for balance-of-payments reasons will consult
imder the same GATT provision in September and
October. These include France, Turkey, Finland,
Japan, United Kingdom, Rhodesia and Nyasa-
land, Australia, Ceylon, New Zealand, Pakistan,
Union of South Africa, and India.
Details of tlie new liberalization measures an-
nounced at the meeting will, as usual, be repoited
in the Department of Commerce's publication
Foreign Conwnerce Weekly and in the Depart-
ment of Agriculture's Foreign Agriculture.
Tlie consultations — the first of their kind held
under GATT auspices — afforded an opportimity
for a frank and full exchange of views regarding
the continued need for quantitative restrictions
and the desirability of eliminating them as soon
as conditions permit.
153
Revision of Tariff Quotas on Potatoes
White House press release dated May 16
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President on May 16 issued a proclamation
decreasing the quantity of potatoes dutiable at
371/^ cents per 100 pounds under the seed and
table-stock potato tariff quotas set forth in the
United States schedule to the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade. The revised tariff quotas
will become effective on September 15, 1957, the
beginning of the next quota year.
In giving effect to the reductions of the tariff
quotas negotiated with Canada,^ the proclamation
makes two supplementary adjustments in rates for
certain potatoes pursuant to prior agreements. In
order to prevent an increase in the margin of duty
preference accorded Cuban table-stock potatoes
beyond that permitted by article I, paragraph 4,
of the general agreement, the proclamation fixes
an appropriate rate for non-Cuban table-stock
potatoes withdrawn from the prior tariff quota
and imported during December, January, or Feb-
ruary. In addition, the proclamation fixes a pref-
erential rate for table-stock potatoes withdrawn
from the prior quota, if they are the product of
Cuba and are imported from March through No-
vember. This preference is provided for in the
1947 exclusive trade agreement with Cuba.
Beginning on September 15, 1957, the following
rates of duty will be applicable to imports of seed
and table-stock potatoes (other than the product
of the Philippines or Soviet-bloc countries) :
1. Seed jDotatoes within the new tariff quota of
1,900,000 bushels (formerly 2,500,000 bushels) will
remain dutiable at 37i/2 cents per 100 pounds, and
all imports in excess of the quota, whether or not
the product of Cuba, will become subject to the
full duty of 75 cents.
2. Imports of table-stock potatoes not in excess
of the new tariff quota of 600,000 bushels (subject
to increase if estimated U. S. production falls be-
low 350,000,000 bushels) will remain dutiable at
371/2 cents per 100 pounds except that the rate
applicable to Cuban potatoes during the winter
montlis of December, January, and February will
continue to be 30 cents.
3. Imports of non-Cuban table-stock potatoes
'■ Bulletin of May 13, 1957, p. 773.
in excess of the new tariff quota, but not in excess
of the old tariff quota of 1,000,000 bushels (sub-
ject to a similar increase), will become dutiable at
75 cents per 100 pounds except that the rate will
become 60 cents during the specified winter
months; such imports which are the product of
Cuba will become dutiable at 671/2 cents except
that the rate will remain 30 cents during the speci-
fied winter months.
4. Imports of table-stock potatoes in excess of
the old tariff quota will remain dutiable at 75 cents
per 100 pounds, whether or not the product of
Cuba, except that those which are the product of
Cuba will remain dutiable at 30 cents during the
specified winter months.
PROCLAMATION 3184 2
TERMINATING IN PART PROCLAMATION NO. 2761A
OF DECEMBER 16, 1947, WITH RESPECT TO CER-
TAIN POTATOES, AND MAKING RELATED AD-
JUSTMENTS
1. Whereas, pursuant to the authority vested in him
by the Constitution and the statutes, including section
350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (48 Stat. (pt.
1) 943, ch. 474, 57 Stat. (pt. 1) 12.5, ch. 118, 59 Stat. (pt.
1) 410, ch. 209), the President on October 30, 1947, en-
tered into a trade agreement with certain foreign coun-
tries, which trade agreement consists of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and the Protocol of
Provisional Application of the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, together with a Final Act (Gl Stat.
(pts. 5 and 6) A7, All, and A2050) ;
2. Whereas by Proclamation No. 2761A of December
16, 1947 (61 Stat. (pt. 2) 1103), the President pro-
claimed such modifications of existing duties and other
import restrictions of the United States of America and
such continuance of existing customs or excise treat-
ment of articles imported into the United States of
America as were then found to be required or appropri-
ate to carry out the said trade agreement specified in
the first recital of this proclamation on and after Janu-
ary 1, 1948, which proclamation has been supplemented
by the other proclamations listed in the third recital
of Proclamation No. 3140 of June 13, 1956 (3 CFR, 1956
Supp., p. 24), by the said proclamation of June 13, 1956,
by Proclamation No. 3143 of June 25, 1956 (3 CFR, 1956
Supp., p. 33), by Proclamation No. 3146, of June 29, 1956
(3 CFR, 1956 Supp., p. 35), and by Proclamation No. 3160
of September 28, 1956 (3 CFR, 1956 Supp., p. 44) ;
3. Whereas items 771 [first] and 771 [second], and
the appropriate headings, in Part I of Schedule XX an-
nexed to the said General Agreement on Tana's and Trade,
which items were given effect by the said proclamation of
December 16, 1947, read as follows:
' 22 Fed. Reg. 3531.
154
Department of Slate Bulletin
Description of products
White or Irish seed potatoes, certi-
fied by a responsible officer or
agency of a foreign government in
accordance with the official rules
and regulations of that govern-
ment to have been grown and ap-
proved especially for use as seed,
in containers marked with the for-
eign government's official certi-
fied seed potato tags
Provided, That the quantity of such
potatoes entitled to entry at such
rate of duty shall not exceed —
for the period from January 1 to
September 14, inclusive, in
1948, 2,500,000 bushels of 60
pounds each, less the quan-
tity of such potatoes entered
and subject to duty at a tariff-
quota rate during the period
from September 15 to De-
cember 31, inclusive, in 1947,
or
for any 12- month period begin-
ning" on September 15 in 1948
or any subsequent year, 2,-
500,000 bushels of 60 pounds
each;
and anj' such potatoes not subject
to that rate of duty shall be
dutiable at
White or Irish potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes, as defined
in the preceding item
Rate of
duty
Provided, That the quantity of such
potatoes entitled to entry at such
rate of duty shall not exceed —
for the period from January 1 to
September 14, inclusive, in
1948, 1,000,000 bushels of 60
pounds each, less the quantity
of such potatoes entered and
subject to duty at a tariff-
quota rate during the period
from September 15 to Decem-
ber 31, inclusive, in 1947, or
for any 12-month period begin-
ning" on September 15 in 1948
or any subsequent year, 1,-
000,000 bushels of 60 pounds
each;
and any such potatoes not subject
to that rate of duty shall be
dutiable at
Provided further, That if for any cal-
endar year the production of white
or Irish potatoes, including seed
potatoes, in the United States, ac-
cording to the estimate made as of
September 1 by the United States
Department of Agriculture, is less
than 350,000,000 bushels of 60
pounds each, an additional quan-
tity of such potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes, equal to the
amount by which such estimated
production is less than 350,000,000
bushels may be entered during the
12-month period beginning on
September 15 of that year at . .
Provided further, That in computing
the quantities of imports specified
in the two foregoing provisos white
or Irish potatoes produced in the
Republic of Cuba shall not be in-
cluded.
37K«S per
100 lb.
37H|S per
100 lb.
4. Whereas agreement for the partial withdrawal of
the said items 771 [first] and 771 [second], so that they
would be applied as though they read as follows, has been
reached as compensatory adjustment, under paragraph 1
of Article XXVIII of the said General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, for a modification thereunder by
Canada of its tariff concession on potatoes in the said
General Agreement on Tarififs and Trade:
Tariff
Act of
1930,
para-
graph
771
75(i per
100 lb.
37H?S per
100 lb.
771
75^ per
100 lb.
Description of products
White or Irish seed potatoes, certified
by a responsible officer or agency
of a foreign government in ac-
cordance with the official rules and
regulations of that government to
have been grown and approved
especially for use as seed, in con-
tainers marked with the foreign
government's official certified seed
potato tags
Provided, That not more than 1,900,-
000 bushels of 60 pounds each of
such potatoes entered during any
12-month period beginning on
September 15 in any year shall be
dutiable at 37^ cents per 100
pounds ; and any such potatoes en-
tered during any such 12-month
period in excess of 2,500,000
bushels of 60 pounds each shall
be dutiable at
White or Irish potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes as defined
in the preceding item
Provided, That not more than 600,-
000 bushels of 60 pounds each of
such potatoes entered during any
12-month period beginning on
September 15 in any year shall be
dutiable at 37H cents per 100
pounds ; and any such potatoes en-
tered during any such 12-month
period in excess of 1,000,000
bushels of 60 pounds each shall be
dutiable at
Provided further. That if for any cal-
endar year the production of white
or Irish potatoes, including seed
potatoes, in the United States, ac-
Rate of
duty
37K(i per
100 lb.
75^ per
100 lb.
37H«i per
100 lb.
75^ per
100 lb.
July 22, 1957
155
cording to the estimate made as of
September 1 by the United States
Department of Agriculture, is less
than 350,000,000 bushels of 60
pounds each, an additional quan-
tity of such potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes, equal to
the amount by which such estima-
ted production is less than 350,-
000,000 bushels shall be added to
each of the quantities specified in
the preceding proviso in this item
for the purpose of determining the
application of the rates provided
for in this item during the 12-
month period beginning on Sep-
tember 15 of that calendar year;
and
Provided further, That in computing
the quantity of imports specified
in the foregoing provisos to this
item white or Irish potatoes pro-
duced in the Republic of Cuba
shall not be included.
5. Whereas, in view of the partial termination of the
Bald proclamation of December 16, 1947, pursuant to the
agreement referred to in the fourth recital of this procla-
mation, provided for in Part I of this proclamation, I de-
termine that it is required or appropriate to carry out the
said trade agreement specified in the first recital of this
proclamation that the following new item be inserted, fol-
lowing item 765, in the list set forth in the sixteenth recital
of the said proclamation of June 13, 1956, as amended by
the said proclamation of September 28, 1956:
Tariff
Act of
1930,
para-
graph
Description of products
771
White or Irish potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes as defined
in item 771 [first] in Part I of
Schedule XX to the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade (Gene-
va— 1947), as modified, entered
during the period from IDecember
1, in any year, to the last day of
the following February, inclusive,
if at the time such potatoes are en-
tered the quantity of such potatoes
(other than the product of Cuba)
which had theretofore been en-
tered after the preceding Septem-
ber 14 exceeds 600,000 bushels of
60 pounds each, but does not ex-
ceed 1,000,000 bushels of 60
pounds each
Provided, That if for any calendar
year the production of white or
Irish potatoes, including seed po-
tatoes, in the United States, ac-
cording to the estimate made as of
September 1 by the United States
Department of Agriculture, is less
than 350,000,000 bushels of 60
pounds each, an additional quan-
Rate of
duty
60«'. per
100 lb.
tity of such potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes, equal to the
amount by which such estimated
production is less than 350,000,000
bushels shall be added to each of
the quantities specified in this
item for the purpose of determin-
ing the application of the rate pro-
vided for in this item during the
following months of December,
January, and February.
6. Whereas, pursuant to the authority vested in him
by the Constitution and the statutes, including the said
section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, the
President on October 30, 1947, entered into an exclusive
trade agreement with the Government of the Republic
of Cuba (61 Stat. (pt. 4) 3699), which exclusive trade
agreement includes certain portions of other documents
made a part thereof and provides for the treatment in
respect of ordinary customs duties of products of the
Republic of Cuba imported into the United States of
America ;
7. Whereas by Proclamation No. 2764 of January 1,
1948 (62 Stat. (pt. 2) 1465), the President proclaimed
such modifications of existing duties and other import
restrictions of the United States of America and such
continuance of existing customs or excise treatment of
articles imported into the United States of America as
were then found to be required or appropriate to carry
out the said agreement specified in the sixth recital of
this proclamation on and after January 1, 1948, which
proclamation has been supplemented by Proclamation No.
3105, of July 22, 19.55 (69 Stat. C44), by the other proc-
lamations listed in the thirteenth recital of the said
proclamation of June 13, 1956, and by the said proc-
lamation of June 13, 1956 ; and
8. Whereas, in view of the partial termination of the
said proclamation of December 16, 1947, pursuant to
the agreement referred to in the fourth recital of this
proclamation, provided for in Part I of this proclamation,
I determine that it is required or appropriate to carry out
the said exclusive trade agreement specified in the sixth
recital of this proclamation that the following new item
be inserted, in nmnerical order, in the list set forth in
the sixteenth recital of the said proclamation of July 22,
1955, as amended by the said proclamation of June 13,
1956 :
Tariff
Act of
1930,
para-
graph
771
Description of products
White or Irish potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes as defined
in item 771 [first] in Part I of
Schedule XX to the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade
(Geneva — 1947), as modified, en-
tered at any time, other than
during the period December 1 to
Rate of
duty
156
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
the last day of the following
February, inclusive, if at the time
such potatoes are entered the
quantity of such potatoes (other
than the product of Cuba) which
had theretofore been entered after
the preceding September 14 ex-
ceeds 600,000 bushels of 60 pounds
each, but does not exceed 1,000,000
bushels of 60 pounds each . . . .
Provided, That if for any calendar
year the production of white or
Irish potatoes, including seed
potatoes, in the United States,
according to the estimate made as
of September 1 by the United
States Department of Agriculture,
is less than 350,000,000 bushels of
60 pounds each, an additional
quantity of such potatoes, other
than certified seed potatoes, equal
to the amount by which such
estimated production is less than
350,000,000 bushels shall be added
to each of the quantities specified
in this item for the purpose of
determining the application of
the rate provided for in this item
during that part of the 12-month
period, beginning on September 15
of that year, to which this item is
applicable.
67M)! per
lb.»
Now, THEREFORE, I, DwiGHT D. EISENHOWER, Presi-
dent of the United States of America, acting under and
by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitu-
tion and the statutes, including the said section 350 of
the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, do proclaim, effec-
tive on and after September 15, 1957, as follows:
Part I
In accordance with the agreement specified in the
fourth recital of this proclamation, the said items 771
[first] and 771 [second] set forth in the third recital of
this proclamation are withdrawn in part and the said
proclamation of December 16, 1947, is terminated in part
so far as it relates to potatoes provided for in such items
but not provided for in the same items as set forth in the
fourth recital of this proclamation, with the result that the
said proclamation of December 16, 1947, shall be applied as
though the said items 771 [first] and 771 [second] read
as set forth in the fourth recital of this proclamation.
Part II
To the end that the trade agreement specified in the first
recital of this proclamation may be carried out, the list
set forth in the thirteenth recital ' of the said proclama-
tion of June 13, 1956, as amended, shall be further
amended by the insertion therein of the new item as set
forth In the fifth recital of this proclamation.
Part III
To the end that the exclusive trade agreement specified
in the sixth recital of this proclamation may be carried
out, the list set forth in the thirteenth recital ' of the said
' For correction, see p. 163.
proclamation of July 22, 1955, as amended, shall be further
amended by the insertion therein of the new item as set
forth in the eighth recital of this proclamation.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
aflixed.
Done at the City of Washington this sixteenth day of
May in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[seal] fifty-seven, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the one hundred and
eighty-first.
By the President :
John Foster Dttlles
Secretary of State
Supplemental Trade Agreement
With Cuba
The United States and Cuba signed a supple-
mentary trade agreement on June 20. Following
is a Department announcement, together loith the
text of the agreement, released on the day of the
signing {press release 376) , followed by a White
House announcement and the text of a Presiden-
tial proclaviation giving effect to the concessions
negotiated with Cuba {White House press release
dated June 28) .
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT, JUNE 20
The Governments of the United States and Cuba
on June 20 signed a supplementary trade agree-
ment as a result of negotiations conducted at Ha-
bana under the auspices of the Contracting Parties
to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.
The agreement provides for U.S. tariff conces-
sions to Cuba on five types of cigar tobacco in re-
turn for tariff concessions by Cuba to the United
States on tinplate and tinned sheets, artificial col-
ors, and motors.
As shown in the accompanying tables, existing
rates of duty are to be reduced by 10 percent in
two annual stages for both the United States and
Cuban concessions. In both countries the first
Juty 22, 1957
157
Cuban Tariff Concessions to the United States
Description
Rate of duty
U. S. ex-
Cuban tariff
item no.
Present
Supplemental agreement
ports to
Cuba 1955
($1,000)
1st stage
2d stage
37-C
85-A ex
217
Rolled sheets:
Tinned and in tinplate,
unmarked, not litho-
graphed.
Artificial colors:
In powder or lumps, except
metallic blues (indigo)
in balls or squares.
Motors of all kinds, fixed or
not, including windmills,
and the loose parts and
accessories for the same,
not specifically classified.
Total
0.075 pesos per 100
kgs.
0.40 pesos per 100
kgs.
5% ad valorem
0.07125 pesos per
100 kgs.
0.38 pesos per 100
kgs.
4.75% ad valorem. . .
0.0675 pesos per 100
kgs.
0.36 pesos per 100
kgs.
4.50% ad valorem. . .
4,824
882
3,098
8, 804
U. S. Tariff Concessions to Cuba and Changes in Most-Favored-Nation Rates Applicable to Products of Other Countries
Schedule A
No.
Schedule A commodity description
Rate of duty
U.S. im-
Tarifl
para-
graph
Applicable to
products of:
Present
Supplemental agreement
ports for
consump-
tion 1956
1st stage
2d stage
($1,000)
601
2601. 000
2601. 100
2603. 000
2604. 000
2609. 000
Tobacco, unmanufactured
Leaf for cigar wrappers :
Unstemmed . .
Cuba
Other
Cuba
Other
Cuba
Other
Cuba
Other
Cuba
Other
91fS per lb.
$1.00 per
lb.
$1.72 per lb.
$1. 72 per lb.
140 per lb.
17.50 per lb.
200 per lb.
250 per lb.
140 per lb.
17.50 per lb.
86.450 per
lb.
95.450 per
lb.
$1,634 per lb.
$1,634 per lb.
13.30 per lb.
16.80 per lb.
190 per lb.
240 per lb.
13.30 per lb.
16.80 per lb.
81.90 per lb.
90.90 per lb.
$1,548 per lb.
$1,548 per lb.
12.60 per lb.
16. 10 per lb.
180 per lb.
230 per lb.
12.60 per lb.
16.10 per lb.
2, 340
Stemmed
Cigar leaf (filler) :
Unstemmed
784
1
4,316
603
Stemmed
103
13, 035
144
5,907
Totals:
Cuba
1,482
25, 598
Other
2, 514
stage will become effective on June 29, 1957, and
the second stage would normally become effective
a year later.
The U.S. tariff concessions on tobacco are ex-
pected to benefit U.S. cigar manufacturers, whose
requirements for Cuban cigar tobacco led last year
to imports valued at $25.6 million of the five types
of tobacco for which the tariff treatment is being
modified. Tobacco which is the product of Cuba
benefits, on four of these five types of tobacco, by
preferential rates which are lower tlian those ap-
plicable to tobacco produced in other countries.
When the tariff reductions applicable to Cuba are
made effective, there will at the same time be equal
decreases in the rates applicable to other countries
in order to avoid widening the margins of prefer-
ence on the four types of tobacco and creating a
margin of preference on the fifth type. An increase
in the margins of preference would be contrai-y to
the longstanding policy of the United States Gov-
ernment directed toward the elimination of dis-
criminatory treatment in international trade and
contrary to the applicable procedures imder the
general agreement.
158
Deparfment of State Bulletin
The accompanying tabulation of the U.S. con-
cessions to Cuba also shows the rates of duty now
applicable to countries other than Cuba and the
rates which will be applied to keep margins of
preference unchanged.
The concessions granted to the United States by
Cuba are expected to benefit United States export-
ers of the specified items — tinplate and tinned
sheets, artificial colors, and motors. Exports of
these items from the United States to Cuba in
1955 were valued at nearly $9 million.
TEXT OF AGREEMENT
EKiHTH PROTOCOL OF SUPPLEMENTARY CON-
CESSIONS TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON
TARIFFS AND TRADE
(CUBA AND UNITED STATES OF AMERICA)
The governments which are contracting parties to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Ti-ade (hereinafter
referred to as "the contracting parties" and "the Gen-
eral Agreement" respectively), having agreed upon pro-
cedures for the conduct of tariff negotiations by two or
more contracting parties under the General Agreement
and for putting into effect under the Agreement the results
of such negotiations,
The Governments nf the Republic of Cuba and of the
United States of America which are contracting parties
to the General Agreement (hereinafter referred to as
"negotiating contracting parties") having carried out
tariff negotiations under these procedures and being de-
sirous of so giving effect to the results of these nego-
tiations,
It is agreed :
1. On the thirtieth day following the day upon which
this Protocol shall have been signed by a negotiating con-
tracting party or on June 29, 19.57, whichever Is the earlier,
the schedule relating to that contracting party annexed
hereto shall enter into force and shall be regarded as a
schedule to the General Agreement relating to that con-
tracting party.
2. In each case in which Article II of the General
Agreement refers to the date of that Agreement, the appli-
cable date in respect of the schedules annexed to this
Protocol shall be the date of this Protocol.
3. (a) The original text of this Protocol, together
with the annex thereto, shall be deposited with the Execu-
tive Secretary to the CONTRACTING PARTIES to the
General Agreement. It shall be open for signature by
contracting parties at the close of the negotiations and
thereafter at the headquarters of the CONTRACTING
PARTIES until six months following the date of the
Protocol.
(b) The Executive Secretary shall promptly furnish
a certified copy of this Protocol, and a notification of each
signature to this Protocol, to each contracting party.
4. The date of this Protocol shall be June 20, 19.'>T.
Done at La Habana in a single copy in the English and
French languages, both texts authentic except as other-
wise specified in schedules annexed hereto.
For the Republic of Cuba :
GUKT.T, '
For the United States of America :
Vinton Chapin
Annex
SCHEDULE IX— CUBA
(This Schedule is authentic only in the English language)
Part I
Most-Favored-Nation Tariff
Nil
Part II
Preferential Tariff
Cuban
Taria Item
Description of Products
Rate of Duty
Number
(Specific duty in Cuban
37
Rolled sheets :
pesos)
37-C
Tinned and in tinplate,
(a) 0.07125 per
100
unmarked, not litho-
Kgs.
graphed.
(b) 0.0675 per
Kgs.
100
85
Artificial colors:
85-A ex
In powder or lumps, ex-
(a) 0.38 per
100
cept metallic blues (in-
Kgs.
digo) in balls or squares.
(b) 0.36 per
Kgs.
(a) 4.75% ad
100
217
Motors of all kinds, fixed
va-
or not, including wind-
lorem
mills, and the loose
(b) 4.50% ad
va-
parts and accessories
lorem
for the same, not spe-
cifically classified.
General Notes
I. The provisions of this supplemental Schedule are
subject to the pertinent Notes appearing at the end of
Part II of Schedule IX (Geneva — 1947 as amended).
II. Subject to the provisions of the Eighth Protocol of
Supplementary Concessions to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, to the pertinent provisions of the said
General Agreement, and to the pertinent provisions of
Cuba's internal legislation, the rate specified in the rate-
column in this supplemental Schedule will become effec-
tive as follows : Rates preceded by letter (a) will become
initially effective on the date the concessions on the prod-
uct or products concerned enter into force pursuant to
the provisions of the said Eighth Protocol of Supple-
mentary Concessions; and rates preceded by letter (b)
will become initially effective in each case upon the ex-
piration of a full period of one year after the related rates
preceded by letter (a) become initially effective.
' Gonzalo Guell y Morales de los Rlos.
July 22, 1957
159
SCHEDULE XX— UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
This Schedule is authentic only in the English language
CUSTOMS TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES
Pabt I
Most-Favored-Nation Tariff
(See general notes at the end of this Schedule)
Tarlfl
Act of
1930,
para-
graph
Description of Products
Rates of Duty
601
601
603
Wrapper tobacco, and filler tobacco when mixed or packed with more
than 35 per centum of wrapper tobacco:
Unstemmed
Stemmed
Filler tobacco not specially provided for (except cigarette leaf tobacco) :
Unstemmed
Stemmed
Scrap tobacco
95.45^ per lb ,
$1,634 per lb
16.8^ per lb
24fi per lb .
16.8{i per lb
90.9»i per lb.
$1,548 per lb.
16.1^ per lb.
23jS per lb.
16.1^ per lb.
Part II
Preferential Tariff Applicable to Products of Cuba
(See general notes at the end of this Schedule)
Tariff
Act of
1930,
para-
graph
Description of Products
Kates of Duty
601
601
603
Wrapper tobacco, and filler tobacco when mixed or packed together
with more than 35 per centum of wrapper tobacco, if unstemmed.
Filler tobacco not specially provided for (except cigarette leaf
tobacco) :
Unstemmed
Stemmed
Scrap tobacco
86.45^ per lb
13.3f{ per lb
19?S per lb .
13.3jS per lb
81.9^ per lb.
12. 6# per lb.
18(i per lb.
12.6^ per lb.
General Notes
1. The provisions of this supplemental schedule are
subject to the pertinent notes appearing at the end of
Schedule XX (Geneva, 1947), as authenticated on Oc-
tober 30, 1947.
2. Subject to the provisions of the Eighth Protocol of
Supplementary Concessions to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade (Cuba and United States of America),
to the pertinent provisions of the said General Agree-
ment, and to the provisions of section 350 (a) (3) (C) of
the Tariff Act of 1030, the rates specified in the rate-
columns in this supplemental schedule will become effec-
tive as follows :
(a) Rates in column A will become initially effective on
June 29, 1957 ; and rates in column B will become initially
effective in each case upon the expiration of a full ijeriod
of one year after the related rates in column A became
Initially effective.
(b) For the purposes of subparagraph (a) above, the
phrase "full period of one year" means a period or periods
aggregating one year, exclusive of the time, after a rate
becomes Initially effective, when, by reason of legislation
of the United States or action thereunder, a higher rate
of duty is being applied.
3. Except as provided in note 4, in the case of any dif-
ference between the treatment prescribed for a product
described in this supplemental schedule and the treatment
prescribed for the same products in any prior Schedule
XX to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the
treatment prescribed in this supplemental schedule shall
represent the prevailing obligation of the United States
for the purposes of Article II of the said General
Agreement.
4. If the concession provided for in Part II of this
supplemental schedule, in respect of any product described
In both Part I and Part II hereof, is withdrawn, the rate
provided for such product in Part I of this supplemental
schedule will thereupon cease to apply or will be sus-
pended for such time as such withdrawal is effective. If
the concession provided for in Part II of this supplemental
schedule in respect of any such product is modified, the
rate provided for such product in Part I of this supple-
mental schedule will thereupon be increased by the same
amount as the rate provided for in Part II of this sup-
plemental schedule is increased and for the same period,
subject to any obligations then existing by reason of the
inclusion of such product in Part I of any other Schedule
XX.
160
Department of State Bulletin
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT, JUNE 28
The President has issued a proclamation giving
effect to the United States tobacco concessions ne-
gotiated with Cuba under tlie General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade and embodied in a trade
agreement signed at Habana on June 20, 1957.
That agreement provides for United States
tariff concessions to Cuba on five types of cigar
tobacco in return for tariff concessions by Cuba
to the United States on tinplate and tinned sheets,
artificial colors, and motors. Existing rates of
duties on these products are to be reduced by 10
percent over two annual stages. In both coun-
tries the first-stage reduction of 5 percent becomes
effective on Jime 29, 1957, and the second stage
will, under ordinary circumstances, become effec-
tive 1 year later.
Four of these five types of Cuban tobacco en-
joy preferential rates which are lower than the
rates applicable to similar tobaccos imported from
other countries. In order to avoid a widening of
the Cuban margin of preference on the four types
of tobacco or a creation of a Cuban margin of
preference on the fifth type, the proclamation also
provides for an equivalent reduction in the rates
applicable to such tobaccos from other countries
entitled to trade agreement benefits.
The United States tariff concessions are ex-
pected to benefit domestic cigar manufacturers,
whose imports of these tobaccos last year were
valued at $25.6 million. United States exporters
are expected to benefit from the Cuban con-
cessions.
PROCLAMATION 3190 >
CARRYING OUT THE EIGHTH PROTOCOL OF SUP-
PLEMENTARY CONCESSIONS TO THE GENERAL
AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE, AND FOR
OTHER PURPOSES
1. Whereas, pursuant to the authority vested in him
by the Constitution and the statutes, including section
350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as then amended (48 Stat.
(pt. 1) 943, ch. 474, 57 Stat. (pt. 1) 125, ch. 118, 59 Stat.
(pt. 1) 410, ch. 269), the President on October 30, 1947,
entered into a trade agreement with certain foreign coun-
tries, which trade agreement consists of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (hereinafter referred
to as "the General Agreement"), including a schedule of
United States concessions (hereinafter referred to as
"Schedule XX ( Geneva— 1947 )") , and the Protocol of
Provisional Application of the General Agreement, to-
gether with a Final Act (61 Stat. (pts. 5 and 6) A7, All,
and A2051) ;
2. Whereas by Proclamation No. 2761A of December
16, 1947 (61 Stat. (pt. 2) 1103), the President proclaimed
such modifications of existing duties and other import
restrictions of the United States of America and such
continuance of existing customs or excise treatment of
articles imported into the United States of America as
were then found to be required or appropriate to carry
out the said trade agreement specified in the first recital
of this proclamation on and after January 1, 1948,
which proclamation has been supplemented by the other
proclamations listed in the third recital of Proclamation
No. 3140 of June 13, 1956 (3 CPR, 19.56 Supp., p. 24), by
the said proclamation of June 13, 1956, by Proclamation
No. 3143 of June 25, 1956 (3 CFR, 19.56 Supp., p. 33), by
Proclamation No. 3146 of June 29, 1956 (3 CFR, 1956
Supp., p. 35), by Proclamation No. 3160 of September 28,
1956 (3 CPR, 1956 Supp., p. 44), and by Proclamation No.
3184' of May 16, 1957 (22 F. R. 3531) ;
3. Whereas I have found as a fact that certain exist-
ing duties and other import restrictions of the United
States of America and of the Republic of Cuba, both
being contracting parties to the General Agreement, are
unduly burdening and restricting the foreign trade of the
United States of America and that the purposes declared
in section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as now amended
(48 Stat. (pt. 1) 943, ch. 474, 57 Stat. (pt. 1) 125, ch. 118,
59 Stat. (pt. 1) 410, ch. 269, 63 Stat. (pt. 1) 698, ch. 585,
69 Stat. 162, ch. 169), will be promoted by the negotiation
between these two Governments of a trade agreement
supplementing the General Agreement ;
4. Whereas, pursuant to section 3 (a) of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951 (65 Stat. 72, ch. 141),
I transmitted to the United States Tariff Commission for
investigation and report a list of all articles imported
into the United States of America to be considered for
possible modification of duties and other import restric-
tions, imposition of additional import restrictions, or con-
tinuance of existing customs or excise treatment in the
trade agreement negotiations with the Government of the
Republic of Cuba referred to in the third recital of
this proclamation, and the Tariff Commission made an
investigation in accordance with section 3 of the said
Trade Agreements Extension Act and thereafter reported
to me its determinations made pursuant to the said
section within the time period specified therein ;
5. Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention
to conduct trade agreement negotiations with the Re-
public of Cuba was given,' the views presented by persons
interested in such negotiations were received and con-
sidered, and information and advice with respect to such
negotiations was sought and obtained from the Depart-
ments of State, Agriculture, Commerce, and Defense, and
from other sources ;
6. Whereas, the period for the exercise of the au-
thority of the President to enter into foreign trade
' 22 Fed. Reg. 4705.
July 22, 1957
" See p. 154.
* Bulletin of Oct. 22, 1956, p. 646.
161
agreements under the said section 350, as now amended,
having been extended by section 2 of the Trade Agree-
ments Extension Act of 1955 (69 Stat. 162, ch. 169)
from June 12, 1955, until the close of June 30, 1958,
on June 20, 1957, as a result of the findings set forth
in the third recital of this proclamation, I entered,
through my duly authorized representative, into a trade
agreement providing for the application of the relevant
provisions of the General Agreement to additional
schedules of tariff concessions relating to the United
States of America and to the Republic of Cuba, vrhich
trade agreement consists of the Eighth Protocol of Sup-
plementary Concessions to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, dated June 20, 1957, including a
schedule of United States concessions (hereinafter re-
ferred to as "Schedule XX (Havana — 1957)"), which
trade agreement is authentic in the English and French
languages as indicated therein, and a copy of which is
annexed to this proclamation ;
7. Whereas the supplementary trade agreement speci-
fied in the sixth recital of this proclamation provides
that the schedule annexed thereto relating to a negotiat-
ing contracting party shall be regarded as a schedule
to the General Agreement relating to that contracting
party on the thirtieth day following the day on which
the protocol shall have been signed by such contracting
party or on June 29, 19.'57, whichever is the earlier,
and such protocol was not signed on behalf of the United
States prior to May 30, 1957 ;
8. Whereas I find that each modification of existing
duties or other import restrictions of the United States of
America and each continuance of existing customs or
excise treatment of articles imported into the United
States of America which is proclaimed in Part I of
this proclamation will be required or appropriate, on
and after the dates specified in the said Part I, to
carry out the trade agreement specified in the sixth
recital of this proclamation ;
9. Whereas, pursuant to the authority vested in him
by the Constitution and the statutes, including the said
section 350, as then amended, the President on October
30, 1947, entered into an exclusive trade agreement with
the Government of the Republic of Cuba (61 Stat. (pt. 4)
3699), which exclusive trade agreement includes certain
portions of other documents made a part thereof and
provides for the treatment in respect of ordinary customs
duties of products of the Republic of Cuba imported into
the United States of America ;
10. Whereas by Proclamation No. 2764 of January 1,
1948 (62 Stat. (pt. 2) 1465), the President proclaimed
such modifications of existing duties and other import
restrictions of the United States of America and such
continuance of existing customs or excise treatment of
articles imported into the United States of America as
were then found to be required or appropriate to carry
out the said exclusive trade agreement specified in the
ninth recital of this proclamation on and after Janu-
ary 1, 1948, which proclamation has been supplemented
by the other proclamations listed in the thirteenth recital
of the said proclamation of June 13, 1956, by the said
proclamation of June 13, 1956, and by the said
proclamation of May 16, 1957 ;
11. Whereas Part II of Schedule XX (Geneva— 1947),
which was made a part of the exclusive trade agreement
specified in the ninth recital of this proclamation, is
supplemented by Part II of Schedule XX ( Havana — 1957 ) ,
and I find that it is required or appropriate, on and
after the dates specified in the said Part II, to carry
out the said exclusive trade agreement that the said
Part II of Schedule XX ( Geneva— 1947 ) be applied as
supplemented by the said Part II of Schedule XX
(Havana — 1957) ;
12. Whereas by the said proclamation of June 13,
1956. the President proclaimed such modifications of
existing duties and other import restrictions of the
United States and such continuance of existing customs
or excise treatment of articles imported into the United
States as were then found to be required or appropriate
to carry out the Sixth Protocol of Supplementary Con-
cessions to the General Agreement (TIAS 3591), includ-
ing a schedule of United States concessions (hereinafter
referred to as "Schedule XX (Geneva— 1956)") ;
13. Whereas the third sub-classification of the de-
scription in item 1.513 [second] in Part I of Schedule XX
(Geneva — 1956) erroneously reads "Figures or images
of animate objects not specified above in this item" in
place of "Figures or images of animate objects wholly or
in chief value of metal and not specified above in this
item" ; and
14. Whereas in the said proclamation of May 16, 1957,
the rate of duty in the item set forth in the eighth recital
should be 67V2<f per 100 lb." in place of the rate of
"67%(' per lb.",'' the reference in Part II should be to
the "sixteenth recital" of the said proclamation of June
13, 1956, in place of the reference to the "thirteenth
recital" of that proclamation,' and the reference In
Part III should be to the "sixteenth recital" of Procla-
mation No. 3105 of July 22, 1955 (69 Stat. C44) in place
of the reference to the "thirteenth recital" of that
proclamation : '
Now. therb:fore, I, Dwight D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, acting under and by
virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution
and the statutes, including the said section 350, as now
amended, do proclaim as follows :
Part I
To the end that the trade agreement specified in the
sixth recital of this proclamation ma.v be carried out :
(a) Such modifications of existing duties and other
import restrictions of the United States of America and
such continuance of existing customs or excise treat-
ment of articles imported into the United States as are
specified or provided for in paragraphs 1 to 4, inclusive,
of the said Protocol of Supplementary Concessions speci-
fied therein, and in Part I of Schedule XX (Havana —
1957), shall, subject to the provisions of subdivision
(b) of this part, be effective as follows :
(1) The rates of duty specified in column A at the
right of the respective descriptions of products in Part
I of Schedule XX (Havana — 1957), on and after June
29, 1957.
' See p. 157.
162
Department of State Bulletin
(2) The rates of duty specified in column B at the
right of the said respective descriptions of products, on
and after the appropriate date or dates determined in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 of the
General Notes at the end of Schedule XX (Havana —
1057).
(b) The application of the provisions of subdivision
(a) of this part and of subdivision (a) of Part II of
this proclamation shall be subject (1) to the applicable
terms, conditions, and qualifications set forth in para-
graphs 1 to 4, inclusive, of the said Protocol of Supple-
mentary Concessions, in Schedule XX (Havana — 1957),
including the General Notes thereto, in Parts I, II, and
III of the General Agreement, including any applicable
amendments and rectifications thereof, and in the Pro-
tocol of Provisional Application specified in the first re-
cital of this proclamation, and (2) to the exception that
no rate of duty shall be applied to a particular article
by virtue of this proclamation if, when the article is
entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consump-
tion, more favorable customs treatment is prescribed for
the article by any of the following then in effect:
( i ) A proclamation pursuant to section 350 of the Tariff
Act of 1930, but the application of such more favorable
treatment shall be subject to the qualifications set forth
in paragraph 3 of the General Notes in Schedule XX
(Havana— 1957),
(ii) Any other proclamation, a statute, or an execu-
tive order, which proclamation, statute, or order either
provides for an exemption from duty or import tax or
became effective subsequent to June 20, 1957.
Part II
To the end that the exclusive trade agreement with
the Republic of Cuba specified in the ninth recital of
this proclamation may be carried out, such modifications
of existing duties and other import restrictions of the
United States of America in respect of products of the
Republic of Cuba and such continuance of existing cus-
toms or excise treatment of products of the Republic of
Cuba imported into the United States as are specified
or provided for in paragraphs 1 to 4, inclusive, of the
Protocol of Supplementary Concessions specified in the
sixth recital of this proclamation, and in Part II of
Schedule XX (Havana — 1957), shall, subject to the pro-
visions of subdivision (b) of Part I of this proclamation
and of the said exclusive trade agreement be effective as
follows :
(1) The rates of duty specified in column A at the
right of the respective description!* of products in Part
II of Schedule XX (Havana— 1957), on and after June
29, 1957,
(2) The rates of duty specified in column B at the
right of the said respective descriptions of products, on
and after the appropriate date or dates determined in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 of the
General Notes at the end of Schedule XX (Havana —
1957).
Part III
The said proclamation of June 13, 1956, shall be ap-
plied as though the third sub-classification of the de-
scription in item 1513 [second] in Part I of Schedule
XX (Geneva — 1956) read "Figures or images of ani-
mate objects wholly or in chief value of metal and not
specified aDove in this item".
Part IV
The said proclamation of May 16, 1957, is rectified by
the insertion (a) in the item set forth in the eighth re-
cital of the rate of "67 V^^ per 100 lb." in place of the
rate of "GlK<t per lb.",' (b) in Part II of a reference to
the "sixteenth recital" of the said proclamation of June
13, 1956, in place of the reference to the "thirteenth re-
cital" of the proclamation,' and (c) in Part III of a
reference to the "sixteenth recital" of the said proclama-
tion of July 22, 1955, in place of the reference to the
"thirteenth recital" of that proclamation.'
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-eighth day
of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hun-
[seal] dred and fifty-seven, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the one
hundred and eighty-first.
^y Cjcs-t" ^^/C/C^-ie-c*- A*K*^
By the President :
John Posteb Dulles
secretary of State
' See p. 157.
July 22, 7957
163
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
International Cooperation in Reporting Weatlier Observations
From tlie High Seas
SECOND SESSION OF COMMISSION FOR MARITIME METEOROLOGY OF WORLD METEOROLOGICAL
ORGANIZATION, HAMBURG, GERMANY, OCTOBER 16-31, 1956
ly TF. F. McDonald
During the half century of its existence, the
Commission for Maritime Meteorology under the
World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and
its predecessor, the International Meteorological
Organization, has promoted cooperation among
ships of all nations in furnishing weatlier observa-
tions from the high seas. The vast expanse of
the oceans makes the collection of ships' weather
reports essential to fill the gaps between con-
tinental weather observation networks, not only
for the daily weather forecasts and warnings of
meteorological services which are important aids to
sea and air navigation but also for climatological
and research purposes as well.
The session of the Commission for Maritime
Meteorology held at Hamburg, Germany, October
16-31, 1956, was the second meeting convened
under the World Meteorological Organization,
wliich was established in 1951. Representatives
from 29 of the 49 member countries attended.
Six international organizations, namely, the Food
and Agriculture Organization of the United Na-
tions, the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization, the International
• TT. F. McDonald^ author of the above
article^ is a consultant to the U.S. Weather
Bureau and a former assistant chief for ad-
■ministfation. He was chairman of the U.S.
delegation to the second session of the Cotn-
mission for Maritime Meteorology.
Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, the Interna-
tional Hydrographic Bureau, the Permanent In-
ternational Association of Navigation Congresses,
and the British Chamber of Shipping, sent ob-
servers. Three members of the WMO Secretary-
General's staff also assisted at the session.
The United States was represented by W. F. Mc-
Donald, United States Weather Bureau, wlio
served as chairman of the delegation ; Capt. P. R.
Drouilhet, United States Navy Aerology Branch ;
N. A. Lieurance and A. E. Sik, United States
Weather Bureau ; and J. J. Schule, United States
Navy Hydrographic Office.
Comdr. C. E. N. Frankcom (U.K.), President
of the Commission, presided at all meetings. He
was ably assisted by the Vice President, Vice
Adm. J. W. Termijtelen (Netherlands). To cope
with the extensive agenda, three Working Com-
mittees were established. All organizational and
operational subjects were studied by a group
headed by J. A. van Duijnen-Montijn (Nether-
lands), while a second committee that dealt with
technical questions was chaired by W. F. Mc-
Donald (U.S.A.). A third group considered
agenda items relating to sea ice and was led by
Helge Thomsen (Denmark).
As of July 1, 1956, the number of "selected,"
"supplementary," and "auxiliary" reporting ships
of all nations approximated 2,800. With the In-
ternational Geophysical Year (IGY) program
scheduled to commence officially on July 1, 1957,
the commission made an effort to strengthen the
network of observations over oceans, especially in
164
Department of State Bulletin
ocean areas of the Soutliern Hemisphere between
latitudes 35°S. and 55°S., from which few reports
from ships are being received. The conference
not only urged members to establish and equip ad-
ditional selected and supplementary ships as prac-
ticable, but also to recruit additional auxiliary
ships wherever possible to record and furnisli
weather messages in an abbreviated code wlien
tliey traverse ocean areas where reports are now
scarce.
For the guidance of members in arranging with
additional auxiliary sliips to furnish reports dur-
ing the IGY, the conference drew up a set of prin-
ciples to be followed relative to the recruiting of
such vessels, the checking and calibration of ships'
barometers, thermometers, and other instruments,
and codes for transmission of messages, and also
provided an up-to-date chart indicating ocean
areas where reports are scarce. The conference
recommended that the guidance material be incor-
porated in an IGY brochure to be issued by the
WMO.
On the subject of codes for ships' weather re-
ports, there was general agreement that no ma-
jor clianges are at present needed in any ship code
forms. In this connection, however, the con-
ference noted a number of cases where instruc-
tions to ships' officers relative to the rej^orting and
coding of waves, dew-point temperatures, and
wind speeds, to mention a few, need amplification
and reiteration in order to improve the accuracy
and completeness of reporting these data within
the provisions of existing codes. Eevised instruc-
tions as needed were drafted at the session and
recommended for incorporation in the WMO
technical manual entitled "Meteorological Instru-
ments and Observing Practices," chapter 10. This
is the section which deals solely with the subject
of marine observations.
The Commission also devised and recom-
mended for adoption a system of universal codes
for reporting marine ice by aircraft, shijDS, and
land stations. As a guide to ice observing and re-
porting practices, the conference agreed to compile
a photographically illustrated International Ice
Nomenclature for publication. At the session a
total of 76 ice photos were selected for use with
the adopted nomenclature, and each was anno-
tated in four languages, English, French, Rus-
sian, and Spanish. The task of completing this
illustrated nomenclature was assigned to a small
working group.
Many members reported that they had in oper-
ation experimental programs for developing ship-
board meteorological instruments and observa-
tional techniques with a view to improving the
accuracy of data recorded at sea on air and sea-
water temperatures, rainfall, waves, and other
subjects. The conference urged meteorological
services to furnish to the WMO Secretary-Gen-
eral reports of data collected and analyzed in such
developments for distribution to other members
engaged in comparable studies.
The conference noted with much interest the
progress made by the United States in developing
a program of upper-air observations aboard its
merchant ships. As the session opened, five
United States vessels in the North Atlantic and
four in North Pacific waters were making and I'e-
porting by radio upper-air observations as they
were under way at sea. Because of the paucity of
such data from ocean areas, the conference recom-
mended that meteorological services generally un-
dertake to develop similar programs aboard their
merchant ships.
An important teclinical paper on "The Prob-
lems of Cargo Ventilation" was also approved by
the conference, after 4 years of preparatory work.
This study was made by a working group headed
by W. F. McDonald (U.S.A.). It involved con-
siderable exjierimentation aboard ships under
way at sea to determine the best methods to be em-
ployed in the ventilation of ships' holds for pre-
venting damage to cargo. Comments and sugges-
tions on first and second draft papers had,
previous to the conference, been obtained from tlie
maritime industry in many countries as well as
from experts in the field of maritime meteorology.
The consensus of many comments received from
the marine industry showed that the Commission
had made a valuable contribution to the applica-
tion of the science of meteorology in protecting
cargo on shipboard. The conference decided that
this study should be recommended for publication
by the WMO as a Teclinical Note, in their series
under that title.
Much attention was also given by the conference
to the need for expanding weather services to
high-seas fishing fleets. For one thing, the month-
by-month averages of climatological and hydro-
graphical factors are found to be highly impor-
tant for planning fishing operations in new ocean
areas. While a number of meteorological services
are now providing specialized weather forecasting
July 22, J 957
165
services to fishing fleets and also compiling marine
climatological atlases needed by fisliei-y organiza-
tions, there was unanimous agreement on the im-
portance of establishing closer coordination of
these programs between the ^VMO and interna-
tional fishei-y organizations. To accomplish this
objective, the conference decided to establish a
working group to study this problem and recom-
mend special measures of assistance. A represent-
ative of the Food and Agriculture Organization
was invited by the Maritime Commission to serve
on this group.
Wliile the session was in progress, a seminar on
the general subject of "Meteorology as Applied to
Sea Navigation" was held. Those participating
in presenting papers were Comdr. C. E. N. Frank-
com (U.K.), N. A. Lieurance and J. J. Schule
(U.S.A.), and T. Bergeron (Sweden).
Commander Frankcom discussed the problems
of "Application of Meteorology to Sea Naviga-
tion" while Mr. Lieurance and Mr. Schule talked
on the subjects of "Operational Weather for the
Mariner" and "Least Time Tracks for Ships."
Professor Bergeron's paper was entitled "Special
Cloud Observations Aboai-d Merchant Ships."
At the Commission's final meeting, Helge
Thomsen (Denmark) and K. T. McLeod (Can-
ada) were elected unanimously as President and
Vice President, respectively, for the 4-year term
which will end at the close of the next CMM con-
ference. Commander Frankcom, the retiring
Commission President, after announcing elections
of the new President and Vice President, was the
recipient of grateful thanks from many members
who spoke of his untiring efforts and able leader-
ship during his two terms of office. The confer-
ence then proceeded to establish working groups
to deal with problems arising until the third ses-
sion, as follows: (a) Organizational and Opera-
tional Matters of the Selected Ship Plan, (b)
Technical Problems Eelating to Observations
Aboard Ship, (c) Marine Climatology, (d) Ma-
rine Cloud Album, and (e) Sea Ice.
The foregoing is a summary of the major ac-
complishments of the session held in Hamburg,
Germany. All decisions of the conference were
embodied in 6 resolutions and 33 recommenda-
tions. The recommendations, however, will re-
quire approval by the WMO Executive Committee
before coming into force. Also included in the
recommendations were a number of other deci-
sions made at the conference relative to changes
in WMO technical regulations, weather charts for
use on shipboard, awards to cooperating ships,
marine climatology, and other details relating to
the selected-ship program.
Evaluation of Report
on World Social Situation
Statement hy Althea K. Hottel *
Five years ago, when the Preliminary Refort
on the World Social Situation was before the So-
cial Commission, my Government, along with
others, recognized that study as one of the most
important documents presented to the Commis-
sion up to that time. Since then we have pro-
gressed ill many areas. Understanding of the
processes of econoniics and social development is
broader and deeper, and awareness of problems
sharper and more specific. There has been more
experience with programs such as community de-
velopment; more attempts are being made to in-
tegrate economics and social planning. Through
the LTnited Nations and its specialized agencies,
technical assistance has been given through gov-
ernments to many of the peoples of the world.
This assistance lias meant improved health and ed-
ucation, increased agricultural and industrial out-
put, expanded social-welfare services, and more
trained young men and women to carry forward
the plans and programs into the future. I am
proud of the fact that my country has had an
opportunity to contribute directly to this great
effort.
In setting up a schedule of periodic reports on
the world social situation, the General Assembly
in effect has recognized the recurring need of
an overall review and assessment of where our
separate and combined efforts have brought us.
In our united efforts how far have we moved to-
ward the goals of individual and social welfare?
What are the major obstacles that have held back
progress? Where should our efforts be concen-
trated in the next few years?
It would be quite unrealistic to expect any sur-
' Made before the Social Commission of the U.N. Eco-
nomic and Social Council on May 13 (U.S./U.N. press re-
lease 2672). Dr. Hottel is U.S. Representative on the
Commission.
166
Department of State Bulletin
vey to answer all of these questions for us. Some
involve value judgments on which there is not and
perhaps never should be complete agreement.
Others call for much more Imowledge than is yet
available. Information on social conditions must
be analyzed carefully. And the areas of the
world where progress and change are most rapid
and most critical are also the areas for which in-
formation is most lacking.
In evaluating this Report on the World Social
Situation,^ it is important to see it in the con-
text of the general program of the Social Com-
mission and of the United Nations as a whole.
This 5-}'ear review of developments has some im-
mediate suggestions for us. It presents informa-
tion and analyses that should be useful as back-
ground data for social and economic planning by
individual countries and by tlie United Nations
and its specialized agencies. We should recog-
nize, however, that successive reports will have a
cmnulative value as they can draw on more data,
a longer time for observations of trends, and bet-
ter developed categories of analysis. I want to
suggest later some steps that might be taken to
assure that the potential values of successive re-
ports are realized.
Major Conclusions of Report
First, however, I would like to comment on a
few of the major conclusions this report suggests.
There are gi-atifying overall improvements in
such important aspects of welfare as health, food
consumption, and education; and great variations
in the extent of progress in different parts of the
world are evident. With the growing awareness
of peoples throughout the world of improvements
that could become possible in their situations, the
gap between what is and what is desired may
even be greater than ever before. Indeed, because
more information is available for countries with
higher standards of living than for under-
developed countries, the report probably gives
an overoptimistic picture of what is. This would
seem to be true, for instance, with respect to health
conditions. The report appears to underestimate
the continuing massive dimensions of the problem
of major communicable diseases, particularly
malaria.
Certain communicable diseases, either in epi-
' U.N. doc. E/CN.5/324 and Add. 1.
Jo/y 22, ?957
demic or endemic form, continue to be a serious
health problem in many countries, particularly
the less developed ones. The supply of medical
personnel and hospital beds in relation to the pop-
ulation is still grossly insufficient in numerous of
the latter countries, with a continuing maldistri-
bution as between rural and urban areas. Statis-
tical data on the state of health, important causes
of death, health facilities, etc., imfortunately are
still lacking for many of the backward regions.
The fight against cancer and heart disease, which
dominate the medical picture in developed coun-
tries, has not yet produced striking resvdts in mor-
tality reduction.
In the health field, as in others, the evidence of
progress achieved gives hope for the future but
no justification for any relaxation of programs
now under way. In some less developed coun-
tries population growth has outrun increases in
the production of food and thereby prevented at-
tainment of prewar levels of per capita food pro-
duction. Indeed, the story of population growth
makes it clear that the need for improved and
expanded health, education, and welfare services
is increasing in magnitude and importance.
Moreover, employment opportunities must be con-
tinuously expanded to keep pace with the growth
in population of working age.
In a number of countries problems of chronic
malnutrition are not yet solved. There is little
indication that some of the fundamental long-
term problems of world food and agriculture have
come appreciably nearer to solution. Patterns of
food production, while less unbalanced than
earlier, still remain too rigid.
"Wliile the report notes that a significantly
greater proportion of the world's children of
school age are now attending school and that lit-
eracy is in general advancing up through the age
groups, the rate of progress has been uneven m
different countries, with one-half of the world's
children still not in school. Popular demands for
education and needs for specialized personnel have
increased faster than school capacity, and the
shortage of trained teachers as well as of class-
room space continues.
It is a matter of regret to my Government that
this report contains so little information relating
to social security and social services. We recog-
nize the problems which faced the Secretariat in
assembling current information on this and other
167
aspects of living conditions. The report as a
whole shows evidence of considerable skill and
ingenuity in the use of fragments of information
to arrive at what would seem to be reasonably
valid general estimates or conclusions. We recog-
nize also that social-security program develop-
ments— national and international — are more ap-
propriately discussed in the International Sur-
vey of Programmes of Social Development. It
seems to us important, however, that the effect of
such programs on levels of living should be con-
sidered along with the other components of levels
of living covered in the Report on the World So-
cial Situation. We would urge that special at-
tention be given to this question in connection with
the preparation of the third report. The increas-
ing number of technical assistance programs re-
lating to welfare services should begin to provide
some of the information that would be needed.
This Report on the World Social Situation
again brings out the intertwined relations of eco-
nomic and social factors in the life and develop-
ment of any community or nation. It thus sup-
ports the emphasis which the Social Commission
and the Economic and Social Council have placed
on coordinated planning and suggests that further
attention should be given to the problem of bal-
anced economic and social development. I shall
refer to this matter again when we take up the
Secretary-General's work program in the social
field. The report also supports the coordinated
approach to economic and social policy described
in the expert report on Mainteriance of Family
Levels of Living.
Problems Ahead
If jDart I of this Report on the World Social
Situation gives an idea of the general directions
in which the world has moved in the search for
better conditions of Iiuman life, part II throws
a vivid light on problems ahead. For some time
the Social Commission and other organs of the
United Nations have been aware of tlie increasing
movements of population from rural to urban
communities in countries in various stages of eco-
nomic development. We have known also that
there are many social problems associated with
such movements. The very great value of part II
of this report is the focus which it gives to the
many different aspects of the problem of urban-
ization. The clear distinction that is drawn be-
tween urbanization and industrialization is help-
ful. The report brings out the multiple causes
that are responsible for people moving to cities.
It shows to what an extent sucli movement may
represent an escape from rural poverty rather
than any realizable liope of a better level of living
in the urban area. There is full recognition in
the report of the profound social and cultural
change that may be involved in the shift from
rural to urban life and of the consequent disloca-
tion of family life and older patterns of security.
Several conclusions emerge from the analysis of
the social problems of urbanization as presented in
the report. One is the importance of continued
attention to tlie jiroblems of rural as well as urban
populations in societies undergoing rapid urban-
ization. Improvement of living conditions in
rural areas may ease some of the pressure for
movement to cities. Increased agricultural out-
put and the development of small-scale industries
can help provide a base for industrialization
and expanding productivity. Technical training
through community development or other pro-
grams may help those who do move to achieve a
higher economic status in the city. It is clear that
with the growth of towns and cities the tempo of
cultural diffusion, both technological and ideo-
logical, is increased. We may need to give more
attention to tlie ways in which rural peoples re-
act and adjust to the influence of urban ways of
life as known through relatives and friends who
have made the slaift.
Wliatever is done in rural communities, migra-
tion will continue to pose major problems that can
only be solved in the cities. The information and
analysis given to us in this report point clearly to
the need for a major expansion of all types of so-
cial services in the urban centers of most countries
of the world. The problems of organizing ade-
quate health services, adequate education services,
sufficient housing, and practicable social security
programs are compovmded many times in com-
munities that are undergoing rapid growth and
change. Tliis is true in my own country; tlie
problem is obviously much greater in under-
developed countries. Truly heroic effoi'ts will be
required in many countries to expand the basic
social services rapidly enough to meet even the
minimum needs of those wlio are migrating to the
cities.
What types of service should be set up to help
168
Department of State Bulletin
newcomers and those persons who are living in
mushrooming shanty towns on the edges of so
many big cities is a question that deserves the
attention of the Commission. An adequate de-
velopment of tlie basic community services might
best meet the needs of these groups rather than
special services. On the other hand, if lack of
funds and trained personnel prevents the expan-
sion of such services rapidly enough, some other
expedient may be called for to help ease the prob-
lems of transition and adjustment.
We strongly endorse the proposal made by the
Secretary-General that the second International
Survey of Programmes of Social Development
give special attention to measures affecting peoples
undergoing rapid transition through urbaniza-
tion. I think the Social Commission should give
support, also, to the proposed U.N.-UNESCO
seminars on urbanization and encourage the Sec-
retary-General to work with the specialized
agencies and with nongovernmental organizations
as appropriate in keeping attention focused on
the social problems of urbanization and the im-
portance of concerted study and action in this
field.
Improving Usefulness of Future Reports
Mr. Chairman, I indicated earlier the great
importance which we attach to having a periodic
review of changes in the world social situation.
I think it is desirable that the Social Commission
give some attention to steps that might be taken
to improve the usefulness of future reports.
One of the major difficulties that we all recog-
nize is the lack of adequate statistical and otlier
information for many areas of the world. Con-
tinued encouragement and assistance should be
given to individual countries to develop and to
make available the basic information needed for
study and measurement of social conditions and
social change. In many countries a necessary
preliminary step is the training of more statis-
ticians and social scientists. It seems to me im-
portant for the Social Commission to add its voice
to those of the Statistical Commission and the
Population Commission in urging attention to
these needs in the teclinical assistance program of
the United Nations, with the special note that
social data should be given appropriate emphasis
in the overall statistical programs.
The specific suggestions made by the Secretary-
General in document E/CN.5/L.212 for improve-
ment of information on social conditions sliould
in our judgment be supported by the Commission.
The suggestion that the Secretariat in cooperation
with UNESCO establish contact with research
centers in underdeveloped areas and assist in
building up local social research institutes opens
up the prospect of useful and highly significant
advances. We believe the Secretary-General
should be encouraged to further develop this plan
and start to carry it forward as rapidly as possi-
ble. The other part of the program outlined in
the Secretary-General's paper is somewhat vague.
We certainly agree there is need for definition of
the types of information required for guiding
social policy and a formulation of methods of
obtaining such information. The first report on
International Definition and MeaHurement of
Standards and Levels of Living made a very im-
portant contribution to the development of com-
mon understanding in this field. We would sup-
port need for further work in tliis area. Tlie
method by which this can be accomplislied needs
to be clarified, however. I shall refer to this
point a little later.
In any event we would recommend the Secre-
tary-General should be requested to present to the
next meeting of the Social Commission a pre-
liminary analysis of the major gaps in the infor-
mation needed for a meaningful evaluation of the
world social situation and suggestions as to
specific steps that might be taken to remedy them,
including possible referral of defined questions
or areas of inquiry to expert groups. This report
could be closely related to the progress report on
International Definition and Measurement of
Standards and Levels of Living that will also be
presented to the 12th session of the Commission.
Tliis suggested report on major gaps should also
serve to amplify the suggestions in the Secretary-
General's paper on improvement of information
on social conditions.
Further attention should be given also to the
possibility of sample surveys of family living
conditions. Such analyses are needed to supple-
ment the aggregate data and national averages
derived from periodic censuses of agency reports.
Limited sample surveys may also fill in gaps in
knowledge during the long period that may be
required to develop the basic statistical system
of a country.
i»\Y 22, J 957
169
In view of the rapidity of social change that
is evident throughout the world and the increas-
ing need to relate specific problems and programs
to an understanding of the major trends of de-
velopment, we are convinced that the Report on
the World Social Situation should have a higher
priority in terms of staff time devoted to its
preparation than has been possible in the past.
We think also that a special effort should be
made to broaden the coverage of the third report
and to establish a framework for successive
reports.
Question of Postponing Third Report
We have noted with interest the suggestion
made by the representative of the Secretary-
General that the third Report on the World Social
Situation be postponed until the 14th session of
the Social Commission in 1963. This proposal
has certain advantages which the Commission
will wish to consider seriously. The change pro-
posed would make possible tlie utilization in the
third report of at least preliminary data from
the 1960 World Census of Population. As you
know, some 80 coimtries are now planning to take
censuses of population in or around the year 1960,
collecting information on at least a basic list of
items and in many cases much more. The in-
dividual countries will publish and use their own
data. It is planned also to include comparative
tables from these censuses in the Demographic
Yearbook. The Report on the World Social Situ-
ation should be one of the most important docu-
ments in which analytic use is made of the mate-
rial for comparative pvirposes. Sufficient data
from the census would not be available in time for
a 1961 report; it would be unfortunate to delay
such use of the data until 1965. With careful
planning it should be possible to make effective
use of basic information from most of the census
in a report for the 1963 session of the Commission.
While the world population census will not pro-
vide more than a fraction of the information
needed for a study of social conditions, it will
for the first time in the history of the world make
available so much basic data for the majority
of the world's population that it will inevitably
serve as a benchmark for future studies.
Postponement of the third Report on the World
Social Situation until 1963 would almost neces-
sarily involve a postponement of the third Inter-
national Survey of Programmes of Social De-
velopment until 1965, and we would so recom-
mend. It would not seem either necessary or
wise, however, to take any decision at this time
as to what the regular time interval for these
two reports should be thereafter.
If the third Report on the World Social Situ-
ation is postponed until 1963, the intervening
time should be used to lay a basis for improve-
ments in this and successive reports. The sup-
port for individual countries attempting to im-
prove their statistical knowledge and the report
on major gaps would contribute to this
improvement.
We would also propose that the Secretary-
General be requested to undertake a review of
the general scope, organization and analytical
framework, and the major types of data that
should be included in successive reports on the
world social situation. It seems desirable that
certain indices be presented regularly to assure
some continuity and basis for study of long-term
trends. On the other hand, the major problems
that need to be emphasized to give a valid picture
of social conditions will change over time. Per-
haps the report should combine a section of sta-
tistical tables accompanied by brief interpretive
comments and a section presenting an integrated
analysis of world social conditions from a special
point of view. Such ideas as we have at this
time are highly tentative. The subject is worth
careful consideration. Before final decisions are
made, there will need to be some consultation
with the interested specialized agencies and care-
ful consideration of the staff resources needed to
carry out any program adopted. It might be
very useful, also, to have the advice of consultants
or an expert group with special competence in
social research.
We would suggest that the Secretary-General
submit a report and his recommendations as to the
future scope of the Report of the World Social
Situation to the 13th session of the Social Com-
mission in 1961. Since the Commission would
not have before it either a world report or an in-
ternational survey at that session, it could give
some time to a consideration of this special report.
The Secretary-General should also be invited to
make preliminary comments on this subject to
the 12th session of the Commission and to include
in his work program for 1960-61 provision for
170
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
such special study or expert consultations as he
thinks desirable.
Finally, let me say again that I am persuaded
the Report on the World Social Situation can be
one of the important instruments we have for
keeping attention focused on the social aspects and
the social objectives of economic development.
We appreciate the difficulty of the task which is
involved in this kind of overall review. The
Secretary-General and his staff are to be com-
mended for the carrying out of this task and in
particular for the excellence of the second part
of the report, dealing with the social problems of
urbanization. The report should be made widely
available to all who are concerned with economic
and social development and with progress toward
improved conditions of life for people evei'y where.
1958 World Health Assembly
To Be Held at Minneapolis
Press release 409 dated July 5.
The Department of State announced on July 5
that the Director General of the World Health
Organization at Geneva has accepted the proposal
that the 11th World Health Assembly be held at
Minneapolis, Minn., in late May and early June
of 1958.
The invitation of the U.S. Government to the
World Health Organization to convene its 11th
Assembly in the United States was extended by
the Department of State to the 10th World Health
Assembly meeting at Geneva, Switzerland, in May
of this year. ' The invitation, extended pursuant
to the authorization contained in Public Law 832,
84th Congress, was accepted unanimously by the
10th Assembly. The date and site of the meeting
in the United States were left for subsequent
determination.
The World Health Organization, with perma-
nent headquarters at Geneva, Switzerland, is an
association of 88 member countries engaged in
promoting international cooperation in the field
of health. It is one of the 11 specialized agencies
of the United Nations.
The World Health Assembly is the supreme
governing body of the World Health Organiza-
tion. It meets annually to determine the policies
of the World Health Organization and, in 1958,
' Bulletin of May 20, 1957, p. 823.
July 22, 7957
will celebrate the 10th anniversary of the found-
ing of that body. The United States has been
an active member of the World Health
Organization since its inception.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
International Conference on Public Education
The Department of State announced on July 3
(press release 407) that the U.S. Government wiU
be represented by the following delegation at the
20th International Conference on Public Educa-
tion, sponsored jointly by the United Nations Ed-
ucational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO) and the International Bureau of
Education (IBE), to be held at Geneva, Switzer-
land, July 8-17, 1957 :
Finis E. Engleman, chairman, Executive Secretary,
American Association of School Administrators, Na-
tional Education Association
Ray L. Hamon, Chief, School Housing Section, OflBce of
Education, Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare
Francis Kepi)el, Dean, Faculty of Education, Harvard
University
John W. McLeod, McLeod and Ferrara, Architects,
Washington, D. C.
Fredrika M. Tandler, Specialist in International Edu-
cational Relations, Office of Education, Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare
The subjects for discussion at the 1957 con-
ference, as approved by the joint committee of
UNESCO and IBE, include (1) the expansion of
school building, (2) the training of primary-
teacher training staffs, and (3) reports on the
progress of education during the school year
1956-57 presented by the Ministries of Education.
The 19th International Conference on Public
Education was attended in 1956 by 74 countries.
Current U. N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Economic and Social Council
Commission on Human Rights. Advisory Services in the
Field of Human Rights. E/CN.4/736, February 8, 1957.
5 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Report
of the Food and Agriculture Organization. E/CN.ll/-
445, February 11, 1957. 30 pp. mimeo.
171
Commission on the Status of Women. Nationality of
Harried Women. Memoranilum liy the Secretary-Gen-
eral. E/CN.6/254/Add.3, February 12, 1957. 4 pp.
mlmeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Occupational Out-
look for Women. E/CN.6/302, February 12, 1957. 15 pp.
mimeo.
Population Commission. Preliminary Report ou Possi-
bilities for International Co-operation in the Study of
Internal Migration. E/CN.9/141, February 12, 1957.
32 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Tax Legislation
Affecting Married Women Who Work. E/CN.6/297,
February 15, 1957. 40 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Opportunities for
Women in Handicrafts and Cottage Industries. Second
Progress Report prepared by the International Labor
Offic-e for the Commission on the Status of Women.
E/CN.6/303, February 19, 1957. 59 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Access of Women
to the Teaching Profession. Preliminary Report pre-
pared by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultura"! Organization. E/CN.6/301, February 15, 1957.
14 pp. mimeo.
TREATY INFORMATION
United States and Pakistan
Sign Income-Tax Convention
Press release 400 dated July 1
Secretary Dulles, in behalf of the United States,
and Ambassador Mohammed Ali and Finance
Minister Syed Amjad Ali of Pakistan, in behalf
of Pakistan, on July 1 signed a convention be-
tween the United States and Pakistan relating to
double taxation of income.
The convention follows in general the pattern
of conventions now in force between the United
States and numerous other countries for the avoid-
ance of double taxation with respect to taxes on
mcome. It is designed to eliminate obstacles to
the international flow of trade and investment.
It contains provisions relating to business, invest-
ment, and personal-service income, official salaries,
pensions and annuities, remuneration of teach-
ers, remittances to students and apprentices, and
interest received by the State Bank of Pakistan
and the Federal Reserve Banks of the United
States. It also contains, as is customary, pro-
visions regarding administrative procedures, in-
cluding exchange of information, for giving ef-
fect to the convention.
The convention contains certain provisions, un-
like those in income-tax conventions with other
countries, under which the United States would
take an important step toward avoiding nulli-
fication of the etl'orts of a foreign country to en-
courage industrial development through its tax
laws. Under the income-tax law of Pakistan a
business qualifj'ing as a new enterprise may ob-
tain tax exemption for a 5-yeiir period on profits
up to 5 percent of invested capital, and dividends
paid from such profits may be tax exempt. At
present an American corporation qualifying for
such treatment under Pakistan law may find that
U.S. taxes will be increased and thus offset the
effects of the Pakistan tax law. Under the pro-
posed convention this situation would be remedied
within limits and on certain conditions by treat-
ing as though paid for foreign-tax-credit purposes
the amount of income tax and supertax by which
the American taxpayer's Pakistan tax is reduced.
The convention applies, so far as United States
taxes are concerned, to the Federal income taxes,
including surtaxes. It does not apply to the im-
jjosition or collection of taxes by the several States,
the District of Columbia, or the Territories or
Possessions of the United States, although it con-
tains a broad national-treatment provision similar
to a provision customarily found in treaties of
friendship, commerce, and navigation. In Pakis-
tan the convention would be applicable to the in-
come tax, supertax, and business-profits tax.
The convention would be brought into force by
the exchange of instruments of ratification and
would be effective in the United States for taxable
years beginning on or after January 1 of the year
in which such exchange takes place. It would
be efl'ective in Pakistan for "previous years" or
"chargeable accounting periods," as defined in
Pakistan law, beginning on or after January 1 of
the year in which the exchange takes place.
Surplus Agricultural Commodity
Agreement With the Philippines
Press release 389 dated June 25
The Governments of the United States and of
the Philippines, represented by Minister Horace
Smith and Acting Secretary of Foreign Affairs
Haul Manglapus, respectively, signed an agree-
172
Department of Slate Bulletin
ment on June 25, 1957, under which the U.S.
Government undertakes to finance $10.3 million
worth of U.S. aj^ricultural commodities under the
provisions of title I of the Agricultural Trade De-
velopment and Assistance Act as amended (Pub-
lic Law 480, 83d Cong.). These commodities will
be sold for pesos.
The commodities included in the agreement are
rice, $2.5 million; cotton, $4.9 million; dairy prod-
ucts, $1,125 million; meat products, $500,000; in-
edible tallow, $500,000; and dried beans, $50,000.
The balance is for that part of the ocean trans-
portation which will be financed by the U.S.
Government.
The peso proceeds resulting from these sales
will be divided as follows: a loan to the Govern-
ment of the Philippines for economic develop-
ment, the peso equivalent of $5.2 million; a grant
to the Government of the Philippines for use by
the armed forces of the Philippines in the com-
mon defense, the peso equivalent of $2.1 million;
to help develop new markets for U.S. agricul-
tural commodities, for international educational
exchange, and for other expenditures of the U.S.
Government in the Philippines, the peso equiv-
alent of $3 million.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New York .Tune 4, 1954.'
Ratificatiim deposited: Sweden, .Tune 11, 19.'57.
Customs convention on temporar.v importation of private
road vehicles. Done at New York June 4. 1954.'
Ratification deposited: Sweden, June 11, 1957.
Copyright
Universal copyright convention. Done at Geneva Septem-
ber C), 19.52. Entered into force September 16, 1955.
TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: United Kingdom, June 27, 1957.
Protocol 1 concerning application of the convention to
the works of stateless persons and refugees. Done at
Geneva September 6. 1952. Entered into force Septem-
ber 10. 19.55. TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: United Kingdom, June 27, 19.57.
Protocol 2 concerning application of the convention to the
works of certain international organizations. Done at
Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into force Septem-
ber 16, 19.55. TIAS 3.324.
Ratification deposited: United Kingdom. June 27, 19.57.
Protocol 3 concerning the effective date of instruments of
ratilication or acceptance of or accession to the conven-
tion. Done at Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into
force August 19, 1954. TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: United Kingdom, June 27, 19.57.
War
Geneva convention relative to treatment of prisoners of
war ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded and sick In armed forces in the field ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded, sick and shipwrecked members of armed
forces at sea ;
Geneva convention relative to protection of civilian per-
sons in time of war.
Dated at Geneva August 12, 1949. Entered into force
October 21, 19.50 ; for the United States February 2,
1956. TIAS 3364, 3362, 3363, and 3365, respectively.
Ratification deposited: Albania, May 27, 1957."
Whaling
Protocol amending the international whaling convention
of 1946 (TIAS 1849). Done at Washington November
19, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics, July 3, 1957.
BILATERAL
Austria
Agreement regarding certain bonds of Austrian issue de-
nominated in dollars, and protocol. Signed at Wash-
ington November 21, 1956.'
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: July 2,
1957.
France
Agreement amending the power reactor agreement of June
19, 1956 (TIAS 3689), concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington July 3, 1957. Enters into
force on date on which each Government receives from
the other written notification that it has complied with
statutory and constitutional requirements.
Germany
Research reactor agreement on behalf of Berlin concern-
ing civil uses of atomic energy. Signed at Washington
June 28, 1957. Enters into force on date on which each
Government receives from the other written notifica-
tion that it lias complied with statutory and constitu-
tional requirements.
Power reactor agreement concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington July 3, 1957. Enters
into force on date on which each Government receives
from the other written notification that it has complied
with statutory and constitutional requirements.
Italy
Power reactor agreement concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington July 3, 1957. Enters
Into force on date on which each Government receives
from the other written notification that it has complied
with statutory and constitutional requirements.
Netherlands
Agreement amending the power reactor agreement of June
22, 1956,' concerning civil uses of atomic energy. Signed
at Washington July 3, 1957. Enters into force on date
on which each Government receives from the other writ-
ten notification that it has complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements.
Pakistan
Convention for the avoidance of double taxation and the
prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on in-
come. Signed at Washington July 1, 1957. Enters into
force upon exchange of instruments of ratification.
' Not in force.
' With reservations made at time of signature.
Jo/y 22, 1957
173
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Designations
R. Gordon Arneson as Deputy Special Assistant, Intelli-
gence, effective June 30.
John M. Steeves as Political Adviser to the Com-
mander-in-Chief, Pacific, effective July 1. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 401 dated July 1.)
Norbert L. Anschuetz as Special Assistant to the
Deputy Under Secretary for Political Affairs, effective
July 2.
Opening of Consulate at Kirituk, Iraq
Effective June 18, 1957, a consulate was established at
Kirkuk, Iraq. Lee Dinsmore is the principal officer at
the post.
PUBLICATIONS
relations with the following countries : Denmark.
France, Germany, Iceland, Italy, Lithuania,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Kumania, Spain,
and Switzerland.
The largest of the country sections, 287 pages,
is that regarding relations with France, with in-
terest centering on the effects of the German oc-
cupation of that country and the resulting con-
cern for American security, especially as to the
disposition of the French fleet and the fate of
French overseas possessions. Other problems af-
fecting American security arose with respect to
possessions of Demuark and the Netherlands after
occupation by Germany.
Correspondence under other country headings
concerns such matters as the defense of Iceland,
effoi-ts to keep Italy out of the war, proposed send-
ing of relief supplies to Poland, Spanish neu-
trality, and the supplying of foodstuffs to Spain.
As to Germany, only minor issues are treated
under this country heading, the broader aspects
of the war being covered elsewhere in this volume
and in volume I.
Copies of volume II (v, 915 pp.) may be ob-
tained from the Government Printing OiRce,
Washington 25, D. C, for $4 each.
Foreign Relations Volume
Press release 397 dated June 28
The Department of State on July 6 released
Foreign Relations of the United States, WlfO,
Volume II, General and Europe. This is the
second of five volumes for 1940 to be published,
volume IV on the Far East having been previously
released.
The first 342 pages of this volume, imder the
heading "General," contain correspondence on
subjects of multilateral interest, chiefly regarding
problems connected with the neutrality policy of
the United States, repatriation of American
citizens and others, assistance to refugees, and ef-
forts of the United States to acquire supplies of
raw materials for defense purposes. Among
minor topics treated is that of territorial claims
in the Antarctic advanced by certain governments.
The "General" section in this volume is a con-
tinuation from volume I, which will mclude cor-
respondence on many phases of the European war.
The remainder of volume II deals with bilateral
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, V.8. Oov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents,
except in the case of free publications, which may be
obtained from the Department of State.
The Austrian State Treaty — An Account of the Postwar
Negotiations Together with the Text of the Treaty and
Related Documents. Pub. 6437. European and British
Commonwealth Series 49. 99 pp. 35^.
A publication recounting the postwar negotiations by
which Austria regained her full sovereignty after 17 years
of foreign occupation. A documentary annex includes the
texts of the treaty, various related documents, and several
statements made by President Eisenhower and Secretary
of State Dulles concerning the significance of this treaty.
The Seal of the United States,
and Foreign Service Series 64.
Pub. 6455. Department
14 pp. 30^.
A publication giving the history, design, and use of the
great seal. The illustrated pamphlet contains a full-color
reproduction of the seal, approximately 5 inches in diam-
eter, suitable for framing.
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands— 1956. Pub. 6457.
International Organization and Conference Series III, 120.
208 pp. 75(if.
The ninth annual report by the United States to the
United Nations on the administration of the Trust Terri-
tory of the Pacific Islands.
174
Department of State Bulletin
July 22, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVII, No. 943
AgrricDlture. Surplus Agricultural Commodity Agreement
With the Philippines 172
Algeria. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 2 . . 139
Asia. Working Group To Consider Asian Regional Nuclear
Center 149
Atomic Energy
Atoms-forPeace Agreement With Germany for City of
Berlin 149
Availability of Adilitlonal Quantities of Uranium 235
(Eisenhower, Strauss) 146
Nuclear Power Agreements Signed With France, Ger-
many, and Italy (Herter, Strauss) 147
Working Group To Consider Asian Regional Nuclear
Center 149
China, Communist. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
July 2 139
Communism. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 2 . 139
Congress. The. Congressional Documents Relating to
Foreign Policy 152
Cuba. Supiilemental Trade Agreement With Cuba (texts
of agreement and proclamation 157
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Anschuetz, Arneson, Steeves) .... 174
Opening of Consulate at Kirkuk, Iraq 174
Disarmament. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
July 2 139
Economic Affairs
Administration of Cultural Exchange and Trade Pair Par-
ticipation Act (text of Executive order) 150
First Balanci'-of-Payments Consultations Under GATT . 153
Revision of Tariff Quotas on Potatoes (text of proc-
lamation) 154
Supplemental Trade Agreement With Cuba (texts of
agreement and proclamation) 157
United States and Pakistan Sign Income-Tax Convention . 172
Educational Exchange. Administration of Cultural Ex-
change and Trade Fair Participation Act (text of Execu-
tive order 150
Europe. Foreign Relations Volume 174
France. Nuclear Power Agreements Signed With France,
Germany, and Italy (Herter, Strauss) 147
Germany. Federal Republic of
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Germany for City of
Berlin 149
Nuclear Power Agreements Signed With France, Germany,
and Italy (Herter, Strauss) 147
Health. Education, and Welfare. Evaluation of Report on
World Social Situation (Hottel) 166
International Information
Administration of Cultural Exchange and Trade Fair Par-
ticipation Act (text of Executive order) 150
Be;:inning of the International Geophysical Year (Elsen-
hower) 145
International Organizations and Conferences
International Conference on Public Education (delega-
tion) 171
International Cooperation in Reporting Weather Obser-
vations From the High Seas (McDonald) 164
195S World Health Assembly To Be Held at Minneapolis . 171
Iraq. Opening of Consulate at Kirkuk, Iraq 174
Italy. Nuclear Power Agreements Signed With France.
Germany, and Italy (Herter, Strauss) 147
Jordan
Aid to Jordan 146
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 2 . . . . 139
Korea. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 2 . . 139
Mutual Security. Aid to Jordan 146
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Durability of the At-
lantic Community (Herter) 135
Pakistan. United States and Pakistan Sign Income-Tax
Convention 172
Philippines. Surplus Agricultural Commodity Agreement
With the Philippines 172
Presidential Documents
Administration of Cultural Exchange and Trade Fair Par-
ticipation Act 150
Availability of Additional Quantities of Uranium 235 . . 146
Beginning of the International Geophysical Year . . . 145
Revision of Tariff Quotas on Potatoes 154
Supplemental Trade Agreement With Cuba 157
Publications
Foreign Relations Volume 174
Recent Releases 174
Science
Beginning of the International Geophysical Year (Elsen-
hower) 145
International Cooperation in Reporting Weather Obser-
vations From the High Seas (McDonald) 164
Treaty Information
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Germany for City of
Berlin 149
Current Actions 173
Supplemental Trade Agreement With Cuba (texts of agree-
ment and proclamation) 157
.Surplus Agricultural Commodity Agreement With the
Philippines 172
United States and Pakistan Sign Income-Tax Convention . 172
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 171
Evaluation of Report on World Social Situation (Hottel) . 166
International Cooperation in Kei)orting Weather Observa-
tions From the High Seas (McDonald) 164
Name Index
Anschuetz, Norbert L • 174
Arneson, R. Gordon 174
Dinsmore, Lee ^'^4
Dulles, Secretary 139
Eisenhower, President 145, 146, 151, 154
Herter, Christian A 135, 148
Hottel. Althea K 166
McDonald. W. F 164
Steeves, John M 174
Strauss, Lewis M 1*7, 148
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 1-7
Releases may be obtained from the News Divisioii,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to July 1 which appear
in this Issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 376 of June
20, 389 of June 2.5, 395 of June 27, 396, 397, and 398
of June 28, and 399 of June 29.
No. Date Subject
400 7/1 Income tax convention with Pakistan.
*401 7/1 Steeves designated political adviser to
CINCPAC (biographic details).
402 7/1 Economic aid to. Jordan.
403 7/1 GATT balance-of-payments consulta-
tions.
*404 7/1 Educational exchange.
405 7/2 Dulles : news conference.
1406 7/2 Wilcox : "Foreign Policy and Some
Implications for Education."
407 7/3 Delegation to International Conference
on Public Education (rewrite).
408 7/3 Nuclear power agreements with France,
Germany, and Italy.
409 7/5 World Health Assembly to meet in U. S.
in 1958.
t410 7/5 Visit of Pakistan Prime Minister.
* Not printed.
t Held for a later issue of the Btjixetin.
U. 5. GOVERNMENT PRJNTIN6 OFFICE: ISE7
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
DIVISION Uh KWDt-i-- t>t^*„w...^.. .
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
(GPO)
Department
of
State
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed And:
(cash, check, or
money order).
OFFlCtAL BUSINESS
Foreign Relations of the United States
The basic source of information on
U.S. diplomatic history
1940, Volume II, General and Europe
This voliune contains correspondence on subjects of multilateral
interest chiefly regarding problems connected with the neutrality
policy of the United States, repatriation of American citizens and
others, assistance to refugees, and efforts of the United States to acquire
supplies of raw materials for defense purposes. Among minor topics
treated is that of territorial claims in the Antarctic advanced by certain
governments.
The volume also deals with bilateral relations with the following
countries: Denmark, France, Germany, Iceland, Italy, Lithuania,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Rumania, Spain, and Switzerland.
The largest of the country sections is that regarding relations with
France, with interest centering on the effects of the German occupa-
tion of that country and the resulting concern for American security,
especially as to tlie disposition of the French fleet and the fate of
French overseas possessions.
Correspondence under other country headings concerns such mat-
ters as the defense of Iceland, efforts to keep Italy out of the war,
proposed sending of I'elief supplies to Poland, Spanish neutrality, and
the supplying of foodstuffs to Spain.
Copies of this publication may be piu-chased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington
25, D. C, for $4 each.
Please send me copies of Foreign Relations of the United States,
1940, Volume II, General and Europe.
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
DEPOSITORY
FFICIAL
EEKLY RECORD
F
NiTED STATES
OREIGN POLICY
->\
^^S"^. ( (F)3o
Vol. XXXVII, No. 944
July 29, 1957
FOREIGN POLICY AND SOME IMPLICATIONS FOR
EDUCATION • by Assistant Secretary Wilcox 179
VISIT OF PRIME MINISTER SUHRAWARDY OF
PAKISTAN • Joint Communiqite, Addresses to Senate and
House of Representatives, Exchange of Greetings 186
HUNGARY: OUR CONTINUING RESPONSIBILITY* by
Ambassador James J. Wadsworth 192
SUPPLEMENTARY TRADE AGREEMENTS WITH
BENELUX COUNTRIES AND U.K. • White House
and Department Announcements, Texts of Agreements and
Proclamation 200
DEVELOPMENT OF INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL IN
THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE • Article by
H. H. Kelly 212
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTIVIENT OF STATE
Boeton Public Library
SuperintoT>.1- of Oocumente
AUG 2 9 ^957
Vol. XXXVII, No. 944 • Publication 6525
July 29, 1957
For sale by the Superlotendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department, Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and internatioruil agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
natioruil relations are listed currently ,
Foreign Policy and Some Implications for Education
hy Francis 0. Wilcox
Assistant Secretary for International Organization Ajfairs '■
I am honored to speak before this distinguished
gathering of the National Education Association.
We share a great responsibility, for one of the
primary tasks of American education is to pre-
pare tlie youth of our comitry for responsible
citizenship. No one wishes more earnestly for
your success in this task than do those of us
working in the field of international affairs. An
educated citizenry, aware of America's responsi-
bilities in tlie world today, is essential to an
effective foi-eign policy.
Most of us here this morning received our
formal education at about the end of the Ameri-
can isolationist era. Now it is true that all of
us took courses in history; some of us studied
political science and international relations. But
our approach to these matters and the approach
of our teachers necessarily omitted many of the
events which today shape our foreign policy.
For this was before Pearl Harbor, before the
San Francisco charter, before Hiroshima. In
short, it was before America had assumed the
important role it plays in world affairs.
The members of your profession are respon-
sible for preparing present and future genera-
tions of boys and girls for life as citizens in a
country which is an acknowledged leader of the
free world. We can be proud of our new role.
But a position of leadership is not all honors.
It is lonely and perilous, and its mistakes are
not overlooked. Indeed, our new responsibilities
have, in a sense, set us apart. Our conduct both
at home and abroad is being scrutinized as never
' Address made before the centennial convention of the
National Education Association at Philadelphia, Pa., on
July 3 (press release 406 dated July 2).
before. An isolated civil or criminal offense com-
mitted abroad, an act of racial discrimination
here at home, and America is in the papers in 50
languages — languages, incidentally, which few of
our citizens are able to read.
The Rising Influence of Asia and Africa
We live in a very different world from that
of our childhood. We have only to look at the
map of Asia to realize tliat very fundamental
changes have taken place. Empires once ruled
by the Western World, which included the vast
populations and the rich resources of Asia, Africa,
and the Middle East, have fallen or are relaxing
their hold. World War II shattered the old pat-
tern. In its place new states have sprung into
being with bewildering rapidity. Their citizens
make up a population approximately four times
that of the United States, and much of the world's
material wealth lies within their boundaries.
A revolution, in many ways comparable to our
own, has taken place in this area. Yet how
many of our students, in school or college, can
name these new countries or are conversant with
their history, religion, or cultures ?
Wlien President Sukarno of Indonesia was
visituag this country, he amused himself by ask-
ing children where his country was, how many
people it had, and questions of a similar nature.
Precious few knew the answers. He would laugh
and turn away. But this is no laughing matter.
Indonesia is the fifth most populous country in
the world, immediately after the United States.
It has vast tin and rubber resources. More im-
portant, it is a new state, strategically located,
which the Communists would like to press into
their orbit.
Jw/y 29, J 957
179
I have used Indonesia merely by way of ex-
ample. For there is a dynamic new force through-
out Asia and Africa which we must recognize and
with which we must work. It is particularly im-
portant for Americans to do so, understandingly
and constructively. The words of our Declaration
of Independence, of Jefferson, of Patrick Henry,
and of Lincoln have been the rallying cry of these
people as they strove toward independence.
There "the shot heard round the world" is still
reverberating.
We, as a people and as a government, have much
in common with the aspirations of Asia. We are
doing much to foster the rapid economic and so-
cial progi-ess of these countries toward responsible
participation in the free world. But we must also
develop closer economic, political, and cultural ties
with the people of Asia and Africa.
Understanding the Communist Tlireat
A second fundamental requirement for better
understanding the world about us is to know the
nature of international communism — its threat, its
weaknesses, and its superficial appeal.
Again, the form if not the nature of conxmu-
nism has changed much since our own school and
college days. Then it was a new, threatening, but
miproved experiment largely confined to the So-
viet Union. The war gave international commu-
nism the opportunity to exploit chaos, misery, and
anarchy to its advantage. Through force, threat,
and subversion it expanded its empire by seizing
control of the luckless countries on its borders. It
gained dominance over the weak and wartorn
China mainland and extended its tentacles down
the Korean and Indochina peninsulas.
There its expansion has been stopped. But in-
ternational commmiism has thrown down the
gantlet to the free world, and to the United
States in particular. They have made clear that
they intend to carry on an all-out war of ideas,
ideologies, propaganda, and subversion.
This means that among the weapons and the de-
fenses available to us to meet their challenge those
of the mind, the spirit, of skills and knowledge,
are of major importance. And these are the very
disciplines for which you educators bear so much
responsibility.
Voltaire once said : "There is one thing stronger
than all the armies of the world, and that is an
idea whose time has come." The Communists
seem to be convinced that they have an idea whose
time has come. Their faith in commmiism is
based upon a conviction that Eussian socialism
will emerge triumphant, that inexorably the social
and political forces of world communism will rise
while Western capitalism will go down to oblivion
and decay. Did not Khrushchev, just the other
day, predict that our grandchildren will live mider
communism ?
Now it is not sufficient to hate communism or
to know that it carries within itself the seeds of
its own decay and destruction. This will not make
it go away. We must calmly evaluate its assets —
both real and imagined — and study its weaknesses
and vulnerabilities.
The Communists have sought consciously to de-
velop as an asset their monolithic control over
education. If the state decides that so many phy-
sicists, or so many engineers, or so many Burmese-
language experts are to be turned out in a certain
period of time, then they merely have to set the
wheels in motion. For they regard the individual
essentially as a commodity to be used to advance
the cause of communism.
Now a free society cannot mass-produce spe-
cialists in this ruthless manner. But if this Com-
munist technique becomes a threat to the free
world — and there are signs that it is — then we
must devise effective ways to meet it. Certainly
education in a free society can draw upon our
vast human resources when the national security is
involved to meet any challenge posed by a slave
state.
Wliat confronts us here is a problem in basic
education, beginning long before the college age
is reached. It concerns the development of at-
titudes based on a careful reading of the world
and our position in it. Our educational system
would be incomplete and inadequate if it kept the
facts about conunmiism locked up in a closet.
And these facts are not hard to find. Indeed, the
Communists have proclaimed them clearly and
repeatedly. The closing words of the Communist
manifesto state: "The Communists disdain to con-
ceal their views and aims. They openly declare
that their ends can be attained only by the forcible
overthrow of all existing social conditions."
This is imequivocal language. Does it still re-
flect the intent of the Soviet leadership since the
death of Stalin? Or has the advent of the nu-
clear age made the use of force too risky, the out-
180
Departmenf of Slate Bulletin
come of a violent struggle with the free world
too uncertain?
These are questions to which we must find
answers. Our conclusions will shape the course
of our foreign policy and determine for a long
time to come the environment in which we live.
We must be ever wary of supex-ficially attractive
slogans of "peaceful coexistence."' "We must be
equally vigilant to discern under the cloak of
peaceful words the continued threat of Communist
aggression.
Our position of leadership in the free world
places upon us all a heavy obligation for clear
tliinking on these issues. Therefore it is impera-
tive, in my view, that our schools and colleges push
ahead quickly with programs designed to teach
the cold, hard facts about communism both in
theory and in practice. This is no time to equivo-
cate. This is no time to shrink away from the
facts. Our students ought to be thoroughly
familiar with the origins of commimism, its de-
velopment in the Soviet Union, its methods, its
wealmesses, its strengths, and the nature of its
spurious appeal. In this period of competing
political and economic systems our schools are be-
coming ever more important.
"We ought never to lose sight of the fact that the
Communists have no timetable for the execution of
their program for world domination. It is prob-
able, therefore, that our people will be subject to
Communist propaganda and cold-war pressures
for many years to come. This is a challenge they
nnist be equipped to meet.
It is for this reason that I am veiy mucin
heartened by the recent evidence that educational
associations, school systems, and superintendents
are beginning to make provision for teaching the
facts about commmiism when students are of an
age to imderstand them. I believe the truth in
this respect will set us free from fears that are
unfounded and reveal those that must be faced as
long as communism is a world force to contend
with.
International Communism and American Aid
Programs
The interdependence of the free world is more
than militarj' and political. It is also economic
and social. Both aspects are reflected in our
American foreign economic and military aid pro-
grams. An appreciation of their purpose is
among the fundamentals of imderstanding our
role in world alTairs. Nothing like them has
ever before been attempted by any other country.
"Vl'^hy do we do it ? AVhat does it have to do with
education ? I am sometimes led to think that the
reasons are better imderstood overseas than by our
own people.
The reasons are dii'ectly related to the two sub-
jects I have touched upon : the nature of the Com-
munist threat and the "revolution of rising ex-
pectations" in Asia and Africa.
It became apparent after "World "War II that
the Communists were moving on two fronts to
extend their influence : the military^ as exemplified
by the takeover of the new satellite countries and
the aggression or threat of aggression against
Greece, Turkey, Iran, and Korea ; and the politico-
econmnic, as demonstrated by their propaganda
and subvereion among the peoples of Asia and
Africa, many of whom were in various stages of
revolutionaiy ferment.
The United States coxmtered these two moves
by military assistance and economic aid — ^the one
to provide a shield against aggression, the other
to help remove the poverty and despair on which
Communist subversion thrives.
I think no one will question that both these
moves are in the interests of our national security.
They are not giveaway programs but cooperative
endeavors designed to help people who are free
to remain free.
Clearly American aid is no one-way street.
"We need our allies just as much as our allies need
us. They provide us with bases that are abso-
lutely essential to the effective employment of
our strategic air power. And their own mili-
tary forces stand with oui-s in defense of the free
world.
Moreover, our economy would hobble along in
low gear if we were deprived of the strategic
materials — like rubber, tin, diamonds, and man-
ganese— which foreign aid helps to keep flowing
to our shores.
Our aid programs are particularly important
in Asia and Africa. In these lands there is a
persistent desire by millions of people to secure
more of the better things of life. The Commu-
nists are constantly trying to sell them on the
idea that there is a short road — the Communist
road — to better living conditions and greater po-
litical and economic influence. Our aid pro-
Jo/y 29, J 957
181
grams are an effective antidote against the Com-
munist virus. They are also a healthy tonic pro-
moting greater welfare and higher living stand-
ards. By helping these new nations to maintain
their independence, these programs have become
an essential of the free-world arsenal in its strug-
gle against communism. And to be most ef-
fective they cannot be sporadic attempts but pro-
grams consistently supported over a reasonable
period of time.
The basic problem is not only to share what
we produce but, more important, to provide a
long-term program designed to make available
our economic and scientific know-how to those
countries that want to help themselves. As Sec-
retary Dulles has pointed out : "We have unprec-
edented resources with which to create and with
which to share."
Training for Overseasmanship
Now it is important to realize that we are con-
fronted with real jiroblems in human relations
in putting these programs into effect. For, in
carrying them out, it has been found necessary
for the first time in our history to station a large
number of Americans abroad in time of peace.
This inevitably creates certain tensions, partic-
ularly in our relations abroad.
These aid programs, to be fully successful, re-
quire understanding, patience, and skill on our
part and on the part of the governments and
peoples with whom we are cooperating. It
means training for a generation or more for this
aspect alone of our new leadership in interna-
tional affairs. This training should begin at the
school level.
A surprisingly high proportion of those now
in school will spend some portion of their lives
abroad as soldiers, teclmicians, educators, gov-
ernment officials, business men and women, and
tourists. How they act, how well they represent
America, and how good a job they do will de-
pend on what they are now learning, what they
know, and what they think about the international
community in which we live. We should be
opening new windows on the world for them
now. It is what one student of world affairs
has called "education for overseasmanship."
One important purpose of such training should
be to cultivate the quality of empathy — ^the ability
to put yourself in tlie other fellow's position and
see things fiom his point of view. Tliis does not
mean agreeing with him, necessarily, on all tlimgs.
But we must understand the hopes and problems
and attitudes of other peoples if we are going to
be fully effective in our efforts to help them and,
by so doing, to help ourselves.
We should realize, for instance, that ostentatioua
living abroad among peoples still climbing the
ladder to economic Mell-being may well cause envy
or irritation rather than admiration. We would
do well to recognize the customs and cultures of
other lands that are older than ours and that re-
flect spiritual values that have enriched civiliza-
tion for many centuries. We have much to learn
as well as much to impart, for cultural coopera-
tion is assuredly a two-way street.
As a people we have a genius for selling things.
Exhaustive studies are made by advertising firms
to find out what people want, their buying habits,
their tastes, their prejudices. I have often
thought that, if we spent one-tenth the time and
interest in studjdng our market where foreign re-
lations are concerned as we do in studying domes-
tic consimier markets, we could do a much better
job abroad and get a lot more satisfaction out of
it.
This is of the utmost importance, particularly
with the resurgent societies of Africa and Asia.
Our competition is stiff. International commu-
nism is out to prove that the Communist way is the
cheapest and quickest way to realize their aspira-
tions. We cannot let this happen through a fail-
ure to communicate or a failure to underetand.
Foreigners in the United States
Our citizens do not have to go overseas in order
to have a direct impact on our foreign relations.
Tlie people-to-people diplomacy which President
Eisenhower has urged upon us can well begin at
home.
As a corollary, you might say, of our foreign aid
and cooperation programs, some 40,000 citizens of
other countries come to the United States every
year. Many are govermnent-sponsored ; many
come under private auspices. They are carefully
selected and repi'esent the leadership, present or
potential, of their liomelands. When tliey return,
they will have a great cumulative influence on the
attitudes toward the United States of their coun-
trymen. "VVliat they see and experience here is
therefore of great importance.
182
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
It will not suffice for us to say, "Do as I say, not
as I do." A trip to the United States is a dream
come true to most ^Yho come to our shores. This
is the "show window" of democracy. And many
of our visitors are "window shopping." Those
from neutral-minded countries, in particular, are
comparing what we say about ourselves and about
democracy with what they see in our national
life. They are not inclined to differentiate be-
tween social injustices under democracy and under
communism.
I was recently told about a young leader from
a country in Southeast Asia who received a travel
grant to the United States from our Government.
On his return he was asked his impression of
America. "My principal impressions," he said,
"were two : the parking problem, and the fact that
I couldn't buy a bowl of rice in the restaurants."
We apparently did not get through to this
young man the things that make this country
great. I cannot help feeling that a weekend in
one of your homes, that a few days in an American
school, would have greatly changed this man's
impressions of America. Such a classroom visit
could also be of first-rate importance as a stimulus
to our own understanding.
I know of the magnificent work now being done
by educational associations and by schools and col-
leges to provide hospitality and an intimate look
at American life for our foreign guests. I tliink
this is a key aspect of our total foreign relations
and one to which teachers and students in particu-
lar can make an effective and satisfying con-
tribution.
The United Nations as a Force in World Affairs
No review of the new forces in world affairs
could omit consideration of the United Nations.
Twelve years after the adoption of the charter
of the United Nations the fundamentals of inter-
national relations remain unchanged. We live in
an interdependent world, a world united by geog-
raphy and communications, by the common
yearnings for peace, security, and well-being.
Given this fact of interdependence, an interna-
tional organization today is not a luxury but, in
the words of President Eisenhower, "a sheer
necessity."
Throughout history men have recognized the ne-
cessity of organizing for peace. The past is stud-
ded with examples of treaties of friendship, de-
fense pacts, and regional arrangements. However,
it remained for our generation to witness an or-
ganization, universal in scope and intent, to wliich
nations have pledged their intention to settle their
disputes "by peaceful means."
Now some people are critical of the United
Nations. This criticism often comes from those
who know the least about it. As a matter of
fact, the organization is beset by people who
are "for" the United Nations or "against" the
United Nations — "for" standing for uncritical
acceptance and "against" representing unthinking
denunciation. People who would never think of
using these terms in discussing, say, the Philadel-
phia City Council, fall into them naturally when
discussing the United Nations.
This attitude stems, I believe, from the all too
common misconception that the United Nations
is, or should be, some sort of magical body that
can wield global power on the side of justice
and peace. Instead, the United Nations is an
assembly of 81 nations pledged to maintain inter-
national peace and security but protected by the
charter from any interference in their own af-
fairs.
Tlie Hungarian Situation
In the United Nations, as elsewhere, politics
is the art of the possible. Given this fact, what
role can the United Nations play on the inter-
national scene? For one thing the mere fact of
having to face an assembly of 81 nations can
serve as a healthy reminder to all countries that
they cannot afford to ignore the opinions and
interests of others.
Wliile the General Assembly cannot enforce its
will, it can effectively puncture the propaganda
of those who violate their charter obligations.
Thus, at the time of the invasion of Hungary,
the Soviet Union sought to show that it was in-
vited by the legitimate government of Hungary,
under the terms of the Warsaw treaty, to put
down a few counterrevolutionaries. Wliat more
effective answer could be made to these assertions
than the picture of delegate after delegate voting
to condeimi the Soviet Union ? ^ The statement
of the Burmese delegate was typical. He said,
in voting condemnation: "We do this to keep our
self-respect — we can do no less." "There," he
' Bulletin of Dec. 24 and 31, 1956, p. 979.
July 29, 7957
183
said, "speaking of Hungary, but for the grace of
God go we."
No clearer testimony of the diabolical Soviet
purpose in Hungary is needed than the recent
impartial report of the General Assembly's five-
nation committee,^ which includes representa-
tives from Asia and Africa. The persistent,
desperate, and terrifying rebellion against Soviet
rule, led significantly enough by Hungarian stu-
dents, reflected the deep desire of the Hmigarian
people to be freed from their Soviet masters.
The Committee's report undeniably confirms
that the rulers of the Kremlin sent their tanks
and guns into the streets to suppress the legiti-
mate efforts of the Hungarian people to achieve
their liberty and national independence. The
Committee unfolds the cruel actions of the Hun-
garian authorities in flagrantly violating the
fundamental human rights and freedoms guaran-
teed by the treaty of peace with Hungary. And
to these findings of the Committee there must
now be added the current repressive measures and
sentences, including the death penalty, against
many Hungarians who had bravely participated
in the events of last fall. These underscore the
importance of further United Nations considera-
tion of the situation in Hungary as soon as
practicable.
The United Nations can and does do more than
lay bare jiropaganda charges. It has been a
powerful and positive influence on states through
the force of world opinion. In the past decade
a number of disputes, each containing the seeds
of war, have been resolved or eased. The with-
drawal of Soviet forces from Iran, the removal
of the Communist threat in Greece, the formation
of the United States of Indonesia, the Palestine
and Kashmir truces — each was considerably in-
fluenced by opinion developed within the United
Nations. Such actions served the interests of the
United States and tlie rest of the free world.
The Middle East
The recent developments in the Middle East
are the latest reminder of the impact of the
United Nations foi'um. For those who maintain
that the United Nations is primarily a talking
machine, the events of the last few months should
have a special meaning.
Nowhere in the world in recent days has the
' Ibid., July 8, 1957, p. 62.
184
danger and challenge been greater than in the
Middle East. The United States has vital securi-
ty interests there. Wlien the attack was made on
Egypt in October of last year by invading forces,
there was need for quick and decisive action by
the United Nations. Even though the General
Assembly is a large and cumbersome body, public
opinion was effectively mobilized.
And it achieved almost miraculous results. A
cease-fire laid the groundwork for a subsequent
withdrawal of forces. The United Nations Emer-
gency Force took its position in the Suez Canal
area and later moved to positions along the ar-
mistice demarcation lines. This force remains the
guardian of peace in the touchy areas of Gaza
and Sharm el-Sheikh today. The Suez Canal
is once again open to normal traffic, having been
cleared of its debris and wreckage by a United
Nations salvage fleet of over 40 sliips. These
steps have created at least the minimum condi-
tions for efforts which must be made if long-range
solutions are to be found to the Middle East issues
wliicli gave rise to the fighting.
There are a great many legitimate criticisms of
the United Nations. But fundamentally what
is wrong with the United Nations is what is wrong
with the world itself. Tlie international atmos-
phere reflects the hatreds and injustices which are
the legacies of thousands of years of ware and
rumors of wars. No intelligent person could ex-
pect that the existence of an organization could
quickly abolish the mutual suspicion and distinist
built up over the years. Wliat is significant is
that so much has been accomplished in so short
a time.
It is my personal conviction that the United
Nations represents the greatest and most success-
ful effort to achieve peace in the history of the
world.
The states that make up the United Nations are
a mixed lot. Some are democracies; some are
dictatorships. Some are in bondage; some are
free. A few are wealthy; more are poor. But
in this amalgam of nations lies our only hope of
a peace with any approximation of justice. We
must never forget that our country belongs to the
family of nations and that every one of us be-
longs to the family of man. Those who deny the
need for a United Nations, either by their words
or by tlieir policies, should tell us frankly how we
can survive alone in this increasingly interdepend-
ent world.
Department of State Bulletin
I know that study of the United Nations holds
an important place in our school rooms. It de-
serves our continued sympathetic and critical
analysis and support. Should the United Nations
fail or our leadership in it falter in these critical
days, one of the great bulwarks of peace would be
overrun.
Concluding Comments
In conclusion, I should like to reassert my con-
viction that the problems and the opportunities I
have touched upon have an important place in
our schools. I believe it is time to put our school
curricula under the microscope to determine if at
present they provide the instriunents we need to
train young Americans for leadership, not only
in our own comitry but for the new and wider in-
ternational life on wliich we are embarked.
In particular, I feel that formal education in
our schools and colleges should not stop at the
eastern end of the Mediterranean and pay rela-
tively little attention to the great continents of
Africa and Asia. For many years our school sys-
tem has been geared to Western civilization. We
can no longer afford to gloss over the rest of the
world. If our foreign ]3olicy of fostering secu-
rity and the growth of democracy throughout the
free world makes sense, then we should know far
more than we do about these f arflung countries.
Here is a great and challenging task for
Western education — to correct our unfortunate
lack of knowledge concerning the life and thought
of many millions of our fellowmen in foreign
lands — of those who are for us, those who are
against us, and those who are uncommitted.
Moreover, I feel that in our teaching we can only
at our peril omit a hardheaded study of inter-
national communism.
Arnold Toynbee has made the point that all
development, all progress, comes from a challenge
and a consequent response. In world affaire the
challenge is before us. The direction the free
world will take depends, to a large degree, on the
quality of our response and the understanding of
our leadership. That response and the nature of
our leadei-ship in the future will depend on the
education of our youth of this generation and the
next.
On this centenary of the National Education
Association I wish to express my deep apprecia-
tion for what your organization has already ac-
complished in bringing to the youth of America
a better understanding of the world problems that
face our nation. If we hold to the principles that
have made our past great and prepare ourselves
for the challenge of the present, we should not fail
to realize the promise of a future made safe for
free men everywhere.
U.S. Will Continue Efforts
To Eliminate Atomic Fallout
Statement hy James C. Hagerty
Press Secretary to the President
White House press release dated July 11
It is rather amazing that Mr. Khrushchev
would think that efforts by American scientists
to eliminate dangerous fallout from atomic ex-
plosions are "a stupid thing."
The avoidance of mass human destruction in
an atomic war is and has been a prime objective
of President Eisenhower and his administration
no less than the aim of eliminating the possibility
of war itself.
Such efforts — to which the United States is
dedicated — are and will be continuing.
Jo/y 29, 1957
185
Visit of Prime Minister Sulirawardy of Pakistan
Huseyn Shaheed Suhrawardy, Prime Minister
of Pakistan, made an official visit to the United
States from July 10 to 27, including a 3-day visit
in Washington July 10 to 13. Following are the
texts of a joint communique issued by the Prime
Minister and President Eisenhower on July 13 at
the conclusion of their talks and a brief White
House announcem.ent of July 12, together with
Prime Minister Suhrawardy'' s addresses before the
Senate and the House of Representatives on July
11, greetings exchanged by Vice President Nixon
and the Prime Minister at the airport on July 10,
and an announcement of the members of the offi-
cial party for the Washington visit.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE
White House press release dated July 13
The President of the United States and the
Prime Minister of Pakistan concluded today their
series of discussions on a wide range of problems
involving the maintenance of freedom and secu-
rity. These discussions have been supplemented
by further discussions between the Prime Minister
and his advisers and the Secretary of State, and
also meetings with the Secretary of Defense and
other American officials.
The Prime Minister addressed both Houses of
the United States Congress. After leaving Wash-
ington, the Prime Minister will visit other parts
of the United States and meet with various politi-
cal, cultural and business leaders.
The President and the Prime Minister reviewed
the steady growth of close, cooperative relations
between their two countries. These relations are
securely founded on mutual respect and trust be-
tween equal sovereign nations determined to main-
tain their independence by workuig together for
peace and progress. They examined various
joint programs which serve further to strengthen
these ties.
Tlie President and the Prime Minister agreed
that international communism continues to pose
tlie major threat to the security of the free world.
They reafSrmed their determination to support
and strengthen the systems of collective security
which have been forged in Asia. They reiterated
their determination to oppose aggression. It was
recognized that this determination, expressed in
such organizations as the Southeast Asia Treaty
Organization and the Baghdad Pact, as well as
through the Mutual Security Agreement between
Pakistan and the United States, has acted as a
powerful deterrent to Communist aggression and
has promoted stability in the treaty areas.
They expressed the belief that an effective in-
ternational agreement on disarmament under
adequate and effective international safeguards
would contribute not only to the security of the
world but also to its material progress.
They discussed the threat to the security and
integrity of the nations of the Middle East re-
sulting from the intrusion of Communist influence
and subversion in that area. It was agreed that
the United States and Pakistan would continue to
exert their influence to promote conditions in the
Middle East which will permit the nations of the
area to work out their national destinies in free-
dom and peace.
Tlie Prime Minister referred to Pakistan's dis-
putes with India over Kashmir and the distribu-
tion of the waters of the Indus River and its trib-
utaries. The Prime Minister said that Pakistan
desires to settle such disputes peacefully and in
conformity with international law and the de-
cisions of the United Nations. The President ex-
pressed the hope that such regional disputes may
be solved speedily, equitably, and permanently, in
accordance with the principles of the United Na-
tions. As regards the Indus waters, they wel-
186
Department of State Bulletin
corned the efforts of the International Bank for
Eeconstruction and Development to find a solu-
tion acceptable to the two parties concerned.
II.
The President and the Prime Minister dis-
cussed economic and commercial relations be-
tween the United States and Pakistan. They
looked with satisfaction on the many measures
taken individually and jointly in recent years to
expand trade, increase investment, and enlarge
the flow of technical information between the two
countries. They agreed to give consideration to
additional measures designed to strengthen the
economic well-being of Asia.
The Prime Minister emphasized the serious
financial pressures placed on his country by its
efforts to undertake essential development projects,
while at the same time maintaining its security
forces. He reviewed Pakistan's efforts to achieve
financial stability without undue dependence on
foreign aid. The President expressed his under-
standing of the problems facing Pakistan, citing
the substantial quantities of United States eco-
nomic and military assistance as concrete evidence
of United States recognition of these difficulties.
The Prime Minister renewed Pakistan's request
to purchase additional amounts of food grains
under the terms of the United States Surplus
Agricultural Products Disposal program. The
President assured the Prime Minister that Paki-
stan's minimum requirements would be given sym-
pathetic and expeditious consideration and would
be met contingent upon the enactment of the ex-
tended program by Congress.
III.
The President and the Prime Minister stated
their conviction that the present exchange of views
has further strengthened the mutual understand-
ing and cooperation of their two countries. They
expressed their desire to undertake further steps
to increase this close relationship.
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
WhUe House press release dated July 12
The President on July 12 informed Prime Min-
ister Huseyn Shaheed Suhrawardy of Pakistan
that the Department of Defense is making avail-
Jo/y 29, J 957
able to the Government of Pakistan two H-19
helicopters.
The Government of Pakistan had requested the
United States to supply helicopters for emergency
transportation purposes in East Pakistan for use
particularly during the recurring floods in that
area. These helicopters are being provided under
the terms of our military assistance program with
that country.
ADDRESS TO SENATE'
Mr. President and distinguished Members of
this august House: It is indeed a privilege to be
permitted to address you this afternoon, or on any
other occasion, as I stand before the chosen rep-
resentatives of the many States which constitute
this great country, the United States of America.
I bring to you the greetings and the warm feel-
ings of friendship from my country, Pakistan.
The ties that bind us are far more cordial than
those that depend on mere economic relationships.
"VVe pursue the same ideals. "VVe have the same
outlook on life, on society, on the value of human-
ity, on the dignity of the individual, on the rela-
tionship which should exist between the people
and the State. We believe in certain basic values ;
and these are far stronger ties — based, as they are,
on common ideals — than any mundane, ordinary
influences.
I have had the privilege of making a pilgrimage
to the resting places and the monuments of those
leaders of yours who will remain for all time an
inspiration not only to you, but also to the world
and to all those who believe in liberty, independ-
ence, freedom of thought, and freedom of the
person.
This morning, I paid my homage to your great
hero, George Washington, whose name is now en-
shrined in the greatest moral precepts which for
all time to come will be the basis of human rela-
tionships.
I have paid my homage before the monument
of Abraham Lincoln, whose immortal words will
go down for all time as the most noble that any
mortal man we know of could have uttered — an
inspiration from on high, that must for all time to
come be something of which the world can be
'Reprinted from Cong. Rcc. of July 11, 1957, p. 10204.
187
proud, as it is proud that it has produced a fi^ire
of such stature.
I have paid my homage to Jefferson, who may
well be said to have been the creator of the modern
States of America.
To you who live amongst them, these cannot but
be sources of inspiration from which you draw
your moral concepts, and indeed you have shown
to the world that you have learned your lessons
well.
It is not a small matter for a nation to under-
take the task of spreading prosperity and happi-
ness, of undertaking to assure peace and progress,
and of assuming the responsibilities of insuring
to mankind freedom and liberty. This is not
a small task which the United States of America
has undertaken, and the impact of its efforts is
today felt throughout the world. To undeveloped
and underdeveloped nations you have given hope
that they will be able to reconstruct their lives.
Poverty, grinding starvation, frustration, hope-
lessness are the breeding grounds of that new in-
fluence, misnamed ideology, which is known as
communism. You have, by coming to the assist-
ance of countries that well might have been caught
in the whirlpool of misfortunes, given them the
hope that they can attain status, through the
period of evolution, by your assistance.
I should like to assure the Senate that if you
look around you will see how many countries you
have reconstructed and put on their feet, how
many peoples who were suffering the ravages of
war and the aftermath of war, how many nations
who had no future to look to, you have recon-
structed, and to how many peoples and nations
and human beings you have diffused happiness
and prosperity. That is a very satisfying picture.
But at the same time I am certain that, much
as we may be grateful for all you have done for
those countries, much as we may reciprocate in
furthering the ideas which you and I profess,
there is another, if I may so call it, feather in your
cap, namely, that you have done this, not to satisfy
your conscience, not as charity to others, but be-
cause you feel that God has placed you in such a
position that you have realized and undertaken
the responsibility of coming to the help of those
not so fortunately situated as you.
You have with you a most powerful weapon
which your wealth, on the one hand, and the in-
telligence of your scientists on the other have
created, a weapon that can destroy mankind, a
weapon that you had in your hand when you
could have conquered the world, a weapon that
you disdained to use for such purposes, a weapon
that you preserved in the cause of peace. That is
a wonderful thing. It is a weapon that you are
now using to further progress and apply to the
cause of peaceful development.
Others have discovered the secrets of that
weapon, and others threaten the peace which you
are preserving. That is the danger of that weapon.
In your hands it was something which preserved
peace. God forbid that, in the hands of others, it
should be utilized to destroy peace. But we can
see that so long as you pursue the paths — the moral
paths which you are pursuing — these weapons in
your hands will be the greatest deterrent to those
who might pursue the paths of war. These weap-
ons in your hands will insure peace for humanity.
I would, therefore, not join my voice with those
who merely look upon these weapons as destructive
weapons meant to destroy humanity. "Were it not
for this, heaven knows that by this time possibly
the world again would have been engulfed in a
terrible, destructive war.
In foreign relations you have pursued the paths
laid down by the United Nations Charter, and by
doing that you have given hope to the smaller na-
tions of the world that they will be able to secure
peace and justice from those of their neighbors
who seem to be starting on the road to imperialism.
On the one side the old imperialism is dying and
decaying. Countries within its thrall are now
gaining independence. And, on the other hand,
many countries are now coming under the sway of
a new form of imperialism — far more destruc-
tive, far more enslaving than the kind which has
gone before.
The United Nations offers us an avenue through
which we can preserve peace and avoid war. It is
a tribunal to which we can carry our difficulties,
and from which we can hope to secure justice.
To you who have upheld the dignity of the
United Nations, therefore, I render the thanks
and gratitude of the smaller nations of the world.
But we see and we have seen that even though
we follow the path laid down by the United
Nations, many countries which are members of
that body deny its validity. In various parts of
the world you have been associated with defense
agreements, defensive nonaggression pacts, the
purpose of which is to stave off aggression and
not to attack, not even when provoked. Yet there
188
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
are countries, members of the United Nations,
which reject this pohcy laid down.
We have seen again tliat tlie mandate, the
orders, the instructions of this august body are
flouted by powerful countries, even though the
whole world condemns them. What has taken
place in Hungary can never be forgotten by this
generation nor even by succeeding generations,
and it is a warning to all countries as to what
might well befall them if they should become
victims of what is called a socialist regime.
Indeed, if one considers socialism in its best
aspect, all of us desire and all of us believe in
social equality. All of us desire prosperity and
happiness for all our countrymen. But the so-
cialism which degrades humanity is the kind of
socialism which today assumes to itself the au-
thority to keep other countries under its sway and
to enslave them.
Smaller countries — shall I call them naughty
countries? — also choose to disobej' the orders of
the United Nations, relying upon this example
of a gi-eat country that has defied it. But it must
be said to the credit of countries such as the United
Kingdom of Gi"eat Britain and France, that they
obeyed the orders which were issued and have
rehabilitated themselves in the esteem of the
world.
"Wliat shall be done against those countries
which disobeyed the United Nations? "Wliat shall
be done to give power to the elbow of this or-
ganization? What shall be done to make its in-
structions obeyed? That is a matter which must
exercise the minds of all those who are anxious
to see peace in this world. Each of us has his
own ideas on the subject, and this is neither the
time nor the forum in which I may expound those
entertained by me, but this is certainly a problem
which faces all of us.
Mr. President, not long ago you were a distin-
guished visitor in our country, with your esteemed
consort. We have not forgotten your visit or
the impact of your visit. You came there on be-
half of your country, with good will, as its am-
bassador, and I assure you that my country has
not forgotten your charm, your personality, and
the message of good will which you conveyed to
us on behalf of the people of the United States.
May I reciprocate those good wishes a thousand-
fold. I have come to this country for the first
time. It has always been — and you can very well
imagine why — my great desire to visit a country
July 29, 1957
of which my people have heard so much, regard-
ing which we have felt so much, but of which we
have seen so little.
I am happy to be here amongst you, and I wish
to thank you most cordially for your kindness, for
your reception, and for the manner in which you
have received me amongst you.
I wish to render to you again my thanks for
giving me this opportunity of speaking to you
and conveying to you the greetings of my coimtry-
men in Pakistan.
ADDRESS TO HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES'
Mr. Speaker and distinguished Members of the
House of Representatives, for the second time in
10 years it has been the privilege of a represent-
ative from Pakistan in the person of its Prime
Minister to stand before you to convey to you the
warm greetings and felicitations of the 80 million
people of Pakistan.
It is not without emotion, Mr. Speaker, that I
address this House in this temple of freedom
which is consecrated to the practice of democracy
and the promotion of the inalienable rights of men
and of nations. "VMien I see those honorable Mem-
bers around me whose decisions have such a tre-
mendous impact on the fate not only of the nations
but also on the fate of the world, I feel that I am
presuming to address the House which has such
infinite power and potentialities. It is indeed a
privilege for my country that we may consider
ourselves your allies in the great adventure upon
which you have embarked ; namely, the adventure
of establishing in this world the rights of the in-
dividual in opposing all measures that tend to
trample that spirit in humanity which seeks con-
stant evolution and expression in this great adven-
ture of maintaining and promoting peace.
Were it not for your endeavors, were it not for
the fact that you are the bulwark of democracy
and of peace, possibly by this time the world
would have been shaken and shattered. I recall
the time when you, and you alone, were the pos-
sessors of that destructive force; namely, the
atomic bomb. I recall the time when, if you had
desired to conquer all the nations of the world
through the means, the powerful means, in your
hands, you could have done so; but it was your
moral strength that not only did you restrain
- Reprinted from Cong. Rec. of July 11, 1957, p. 10243.
189
yourself, but also you showed to the world that
peace was safe in your hands, that you believed
in the rights and privileges of the human race.
If today there is danger, if today the nations
of the world are fearful of passing events, it is
not because you have developed the nuclear weap-
ons, but because other countries also possess the
same, other countries which possibly do not feel
that sense of responsibility toward humanity that
you have shown by your acts.
Therefore Pakistan deems it a privilege to be
alined with a country that has shown the way to
such high moral principles.
We are, indeed, in the midst of revolutionary
changes. What went by the name of European
colonialism is fast receding. The countries of
Asia have one by one gained their independence.
The countries of Africa are following suit; but
while this nature of colonialism and imperialism
is on the decline, there is another far worse new
colonialism and imperialism which is arising,
which maintains that it has the power and the
privilege by force to keep subservient nations un-
der its control, a theory which spells enslavement
of peoples for all time to come. This is the dan-
ger that is there before the world ; this is the dan-
ger which you have recognized ; this is the danger
into which you have thrown all your weight
against the Communist powers. And it is for this
reason that you stand today as tlie champions of
the free world. It is for this reason that the na-
tions of the world are looking to you in their at-
tempts to escape thralldom. They are looking
to you for support and for guidance, and you,
your country, indeed, has risen to the occasion.
Do you realize, Members of the House of Repre-
sentatives, how many peoples of the world today
you are assisting to find their feet ? Through your
assistance country after coimtry has been recon-
structed ; and on behalf possibly of those countries
to whom you are offering your assistance not only
do I render their thanks and their gratitude, but
also I would ask you to consider that you are pro-
ceeding along the right lines, along moral lines, in
raising the standards of those who under modern
conditions cannot help themselves. It is a great
and a new pliilosophy that you have embarked
upon, the philosophy that all nations of the world
must develop, that all nations of the world must be
happy, that it should not be the privilege of only
the few to be ahead in the race of happiness, but
everyone must share in the resources that the
world can offer. It is a new philosophy that you
have embarked upon, namely that exploitation
must cease, that it is not the privilege of some of
the fortunate countries to take advantage of those
countries less fortunate and less developed. And
to you, and to your people and to your country
goes this credit that while you are helping so many
nations of the world, you have not asked for any
returns. It is this which affects us more than any-
thing else. We give you our thanks spontaneously.
You have not asked for them. You have adopted
the high moral role of assisting without asking for
any return and that is certainly pointing a way
to the other nations of the world. Fortunately we
now see that there are many other nations who
have banded together to help the underdeveloped
countries.
You have undertaken also certain international
obligations and the part of the world from which
I come, a corner of the Middle East, is grateful
to you and to your great President for the words
of hope that he has given that this country will
attempt to maintain the territorial integrity and
political sovereignty of the countries of that area
and will come to their assistance in the case of
aggression from any quarter, and chiefly if that
aggression is from the Communist side or is Com-
munist inspired. That has produced stability in
that region. It has given hope to the people now
to progress. They can now devote their energies
to the task of reconstruction and, it is, indeed, a
matter of congratulation for my country, which is
a member of the Baghdad Pact, that your country
is associating itself in many of its important com-
mittees, the counter-subversion committee, the
economic committee and the military committee.
In southeast Asia, as we all know, there are
possibilities of trouble. There also through the
SEATO pact, we are allied in a common cause.
Pakistan enjoys a particularly peculiar privilege.
On the one side about 1200 to 1500 miles of
foreign territory separate our two wings. On
the other hand it faces the West. It faces and is
allied to those countries and the allied countries.
It faces the East and through the SEATO pact
it is allied to those countries that think alike with
us in their way of life.
It is, therefore, a matter of great happiness to
us that we were able to contribute in a small
measure in accordance with our ability to the
preservation of peace and to the promotion of
individual liberty.
190
Department of Stale BuUetin
Kecently we have adopted a new constitution,
and I am determined that there will be a general
election, and a fair and free election, at the earliest
possible opportunity which the mechanics of the
election has placed at between March and April
1958.
It is difficult to exaggerate the debt which mod-
ern constitutions owe to your pioneer achieve-
ments in evolving the Federal system of govern-
ment to meet the requirements and the necessities
of divergent interests and to create, as you have
created, a unity in diversity. Your Declaration of
Independence, your Bill of Rights, the laws which
you have framed, find a place in our Constitution.
We have derived inspiration from thera.
I was speaking the other day — I hope you will
pardon me if I make a personal observation — as
to what it is which I, a foreigner, feels most as re-
gards your country. Wliat is it that we know of
most ? ^^Tiat is it that we consider to be the great-
est thing which your country has produced? And
that is — and we shall never forget it — the inunortal
words of Abraham Lincoln, which will go down
for all time as words which no one, unless he was
inspired by the Almighty, could have produced.
It is something of a guide to the world, which
ever since he uttered them has been the greatest
force for peace, for happiness, for the rights of the
individual that have ever been uttered by mortal
man. A country that has produced a leader of
that type, a country that has produced leaders
like George Washington or Jefferson, cannot be
a country which can ever betray its past.
May I, before I take my leave, offer my con-
gratulations that your country has produced men
of that type, who have given you an ideal which
you so faithfully follow.
I wish to thank you, Mr. Speaker, and ladies
and gentlemen of the House of Representatives,
for giving me this opportvmity to speak to you,
and once more to convey to you the cordial good
wishes of my country.
EXCHANGE OF GREETINGS AT AIRPORT
Press release 415 dated July 10
Vice President Nixon:
Mr. Prime Minister, it is a very great honor for
me to extend a welcome to you and members of
your party on the occasion of your visit to the
United States.
As one who has visited your country on two
occasions, I know the friendship that we have
found in Pakistan whenever we go there among
the people and among the officials of the Govern-
ment. And I can assure you that when you travel
through our country in the next 2 weeks you will
find the same feeling of friendship and affection
from the people of the United States for the people
of Pakistan.
Our two countries have been firm friends and
good allies, and we know that your visit, the con-
versations you will have with the President, the
Secretary of State, and other officials of our Gov-
ernment will strengthen those ties of friendship
which bind us together today.
And so we welcome you and we wish you well
during the course of your visit here.
Prime Minister Suhrawardy:
Mr. Vice President, it is indeed a very great
pleasure and an honor to be here amongst you on
the invitation of your great President, President
Eisenhower. I realize that it is not of the humble
services which I may have rendered to my coim-
try or to the cause of peace for which I am here,
but it is a recognition of the part which my coun-
try has played also in the cause of freedom and in
the preservation of peace.
We are indeed proud, Mr. Vice President, that
my country and your coimtry are allies and that
we are pursuing the same path of freedom. We
hope that after some time we shall be able to take
our proper place in the comity of nations as we
develop further and as we continue to strengthen
those bonds of friendship that exist between our
two countries.
I am glad, sir, and I thank you for the very
warm words of welcome that you have used in our
behalf. I am sure that we have not been able to
repay to you even in a small measure those kind-
nesses which we have received at the hands of
your country.
And I bring to you from the 80 million people
of Pakistan their warm greetings and their de-
su-e to further cement the friendship which exists
between us. I hope that my stay here will fur-
ther improve that relationship.
Before closing I wish to thank your counti-y for
the very generous contribution that it is making
July 29, 1957
191
to the progress of my country as well as so many
other countries of the world. That is all, Mr.
Vice President. I am indeed glad to be here
amongst you on such a beautiful and fine day
which I hope will persist as long as I am here.
Vice President Nixon:
And we hope so too.
MEMBERS OF OFFICIAL PARTY
The Department of State announced on July 5
(press release 410) the members of the official
party for the visit in Washington July 10-13 of
Prime Minister Suhrawardy of Pakistan. They
are as follows :
Huseyn Shaheed Suhrawardy, Prime Minister of Pakistan
Begum Aklitar Sulaiman, daughter of the Prime Minister
Syed Amjad Ali, Minister of Finance
Mohammed Ali, Ambassador of Paldstan to the United
States, and Begum Ali
Akhter Husain, Secretary, Ministry of Defense
M. S. A. Baig, Secretary, Ministry of Foreign Affairs and
CJommonwealth Relations
S. A. Hasnie, Secretary, Ministry of Economic Affairs
Aftab Ahmed Khan, Principal Secretary to the Prime
Minister
Agha Shahi, Minister, Embassy of Pakistan
Maj. Gen. Haji Iftikhar Ahmed, Deputy Chief of Staff,
Ministry of Defense
Majeed Malik, Principal Information Officer
Hungary: Our Continuing Responsibility
iy James J. Wadsworth
Deputy U.S. Representative to the United Nations '
I come to share with you today some of the
thinking in the United States delegation to the
United Nations with regard to the problem of
Hungary.
There is no doubt but that I and every member
of the United States delegation shares with you
the indignation that everyone must feel who reads
the report on Hungary just issued by the Special
United Nations Committee.^ This report is so
clear, so calm in tone, but so devastating in its
conclusions that it will have a profound effect not
only today but in the weeks, months, and years
ahead. Never has a United Nations document
been as widely reported in the newspapers both
of this country and abroad. The correspondents
at the United Nations, who are used to dealing
with the usual official reports, call this one a
' Address made before the Assembly of Captive Euro-
pean Nations at New York, N.Y., on June 28 (U.S./U.N.
press release 2G96 ) .
^ For a Department announcement, a statement by Am-
bassador Henry Cabot Lodge, and an excerpt from the
report, see Bulletin of July 8, 1957, p. 62.
"brilliant document" — "written for once so that
people as well as governments can understand it."
In our own American Revolution the opening
battle was characterized by a poet some years
later as the "shot heard round the world." This
United Nations report makes certain that the
heroic fight for freedom in Budapest will reecho
'round the world. The Hungarian peoples' plea
for liberty and basic human rights will live to
plague tlie Soviet rulers from now on in every-
thing they do. The United Nations has served
as a loudspeaker, utilizing all the channels of
modern communication, to tell the story the Hun-
garian freedom fighters wrote with their blood.
Never has a revolution been so completely docu-
mented or so M'idely reported in such a short span
of time.
I know this report, together with the 11 resolu-
tions passed by the United Nations, hasn't brought
the Hungarian people out of bondage. Yet who
will say that what the United Nations has done
has not helped the cause of freedom in Hungary
and throughout the world ?
192
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
It is generally conceded — and corroborated by
the report — that the deportations by the Kadar
regime were halted because of the spotlight thrown
on them here at the United Nations.
The United Nations was helpful in sending
emergency relief supplies last winter — medicines,
food, and warm clothing.
The United Nations spearheaded and coordi-
nated the etforts of many countries on behalf of the
175,000 refugees who fled from Hungary. All
but about 30,000 of these have already found
homes.
A Body Blow to Communism
It is generally conceded that the vote of 55 na-
tions condemning the Soviet Union in words more
outspoken and bitter than any ever used at the
United Nations before has created a critical situa-
tion that has caused deep concern to the Kremlin
policymakers. Many attribute the present at-
tempts at "friendliness" on the part of some Soviet
leaders to their desire to retrieve some of their
lost prestige. But now there aren't many people
left whom they can fool.
There is no doubt, in my mind, that the United
Nations exposure of the part the Soviet Union
has played in Hungary has dealt a body blow to
communism throughout the world. Every nation
now has proof, beyond any doubt, of Soviet ruth-
lessness. Every nation knows that what the Soviet
Union can do to one country it can do to another.
Your organization has often pointed that out.
But now the United Nations has officially fomid
the Soviets guilty of lying, cheating, cruelty, and
oppression. You can well imagine the impact this
report will liave on United Nations delegates when
they comjjare what the Soviets said last October
and November with what the impartial committee
of five has concluded after objectively sifting all
the evidence.
Here are just a few of the open lies the Soviets
can never live down :
On November 3: Mr. Szabo, the Hungarian
delegate, told the Security Council : "The leaders
of the Hungarian and Soviet armies met today at
noon and both parties expressed their views on the
technical questions of withdrawing the Soviet
troops. . . . According to the Soviet proposal no
more troops will cross the border until an agree-
ment is reached."
In chapter V the impartial United Nations
July 29, J 957
432767—57 3
Committee finds: "A survey of the movement of
Soviet forces in Hungary during the period from
29 October to 4 November shows that, irrespective
of the assurances given to Premier Nagy by Soviet
political pei-sonalities, there existed a definite plan
for the re-conquest and military subjugation of
Hungary. This plan in fact was carried through
fully. ... It would seem most probable that the
design of the second intervention had been worked
out during the last days of October if not sooner."
Kegarding the causes of the revolt, we heard Mr.
Sobolev [Soviet representative to the United Na-
tions] say repeatedly that there is an abundance
of evidence to show that this situation in Hungary
has come about partly as a result of the participa-
tion of the "Western Powers, particularly the
U.S.A., in subversive activities against the people's
regime.
According to the impartial United Nations
Committee: "What took place in Hungary in
October and November 1956 was a spontaneous
national uprising, due to long-standing grievances
which had caused resentment among the
people. . . . The thesis that the uprising was
fomented by reactionary circles in Hmigary and
that it drew its strength from such circles and
from western 'Imperialists' failed to survive the
Committee's examination. From start to finish,
the uprising was led by students, workers, soldiers
and intellectuals, many of whom were Commu-
nists or former Communists."
And one more example : On November 16 Mr.
Horvath of Hungary told the General Assembly :
"In coimection with the statement made by the
United States Representative that young Hun-
garians were being deported to the Soviet Union,
the Hungarian Delegation would like to make it
clear that this is just another one of the unfounded
slanderous allegations for which certain circles
show an extreme partiality." Later the Soviet
representatives branded the deportation re-
ports again and again as "mendacious" and
"slanderous."
Yet the impartial Committee of the United Na-
tions cites several actual cases when Soviet com-
manders in Hungary admitted to delegations of
workers that deportations had taken place. And
the Committee sums up as follows : "The Com-
mittee has reached the conclusion that, since 4
November 1956, deportations of Hungarian citi-
zens to the U.S.S.R. have taken place in considera-
ble numbers, which cannot be accurately assessed.
193
but which run into thousands. . . . These deporta-
tions were designed to break the back of the
revolution."
I could talk at gi-eat length on what the report
reveals of Soviet treachery and utter disregard of
human rights and fundamental freedoms guar-
anteed by the United Nations Charter; but
everyone here today, I am sure, has read the
report — and among you are some extremely elo-
quent writers and speakers who I hope will be
writing and speaking about the report for many
months to come.
So I will not dwell on the report itself as much
as on what can be done to maximize the impact of
this unique and historic document. The United
Nations certainly has a further part to play in
the Hungarian situation, but I would like to
emphasize that in my opinion individuals and or-
ganizations also have a part to play. I would
like to discuss with you what I think both opinion-
forming groups can do and what the United Na-
tions can realistically be expected to do.
First let me say that there is sometimes a tend-
ency to turn everything over to the United Na-
tions, forgetting that the United Nations is an
organization of strictly limited power. It has no
sovereignty; it cannot levy a tax; it caimot con-
script a soldier. Behind General Assembly reso-
lutions there is only one ultimate force — public
opinion.
Furthermore, the United Nations was predi-
cated on big-power unanimity. Although the
General Assembly has grown in authority over the
years and the veto has declined in importance, yet
it is a fact that under the charter some actions
require agreement among the five permanent
members of the Security Council.
You hear it said, for example, that the United
Nations should have sent a force into Hungary
as it did in the Middle East. But obviously the
situations were entirely different. In the Middle
East a member state urgently asked for United
Nations protection ; the regime in power in Hun-
gary barred the doors to even the Secretary-Gen-
eral. The only way a United Nations force could
have operated in Hungary would have been to
shoot its way in.
Future U.N. Action
But now what of future United Nations action?
You know, of course, that the 24 sponsors of the
resolution setting up the Committee on Himgary
met on Wednesday [June 26] to discuss this very
subject. The consensus was that a General Assem-
bly session should be held "as soon as is practi-
cable." Just when that will be is a matter to be
decided by the General Committee and the Presi-
dent of the Assembly in the light of consultations
with all the members. I don't know what date
will finally be fixed, but I do know there are some
dangers in rushing into a premature meeting. As
Ambassador Lodge said the other day, "The more
you prepare for a meeting, the more you get out
of it."
A very early meeting would have the advantage
of dramatizing our interest in Hungary, but it
would have some disadvantages as well. It will
take time for governments to study the report fully
and decide on appropriate next steps. Certainly
the report itself is far stronger and more eloquent
than a perfunctory resolution might be, if passed
before nations have had an opportunity to decide
on an effective course of action.
A later meeting, let us say early in September,
would have the advantage of being attended by
foreign ministers and other top-level representa-
tives who would both contribute ideas to the meet-
ing and would take back ideas from the meeting.
By then world public opinion will have had time
to crystallize and find expression in governmental
policies. These in turn will be reflected in the
discussions and actions at the United Nations.
But let me say emphatically that the United
States has already put in a request for a meeting
"as soon as possible." Last night I personally de-
livered a letter addressed to Prince Wan ^ urging
such a session. And I would like to quote one
paragraph from that letter now.
The conclusions reached by the Special Committee un-
deniably confirm, that the USSR has forcibly suppressed
the legitimate efforts of the Hungarian i>eople to achieve
their liberty and national Independence, and that the
jjresent Hungarian authorities have flagrantly violated the
fundamental human rights and freedoms guaranteed by
the Treaty of Peace with Hungary. The Committee's
findings, together with current repressive measures and
sentences, including the death penalty, against many Hun-
garians for participation in the events of last October and
November, underscore the importance of further United
Nations consideration of the situation in Hungary as soon
as practicable.
' Letter dated June 27 from Henry Cabot Lodge, U.S.
Representative to the United Nations, to Prince Wan
Waithayakon, President of the 11th Session of the Gen-
eral Assembly (U.S./U.N. press release 2695).
194
Department of State Bulletin
Mobilizing the Moral Forces of the World
However, I would like to leuve this thought
with you. No mattei- when the Assembly meets,
there is work for individuals and for organizations
to do, in this country and in all otlier free coun-
tries. This work should be started now and pur-
sued vigorously.
The Special Committee's report should be made
known as widely as possible; it shoidd be brought
to the people of all countries for them to study and
ponder. At least the summary chapter should be
interpreted in all languages, discussed in study
groups, and made a part of the thinking of the
people and of their representatives. In this way
the truth, with a thousand tongues, will eventu-
ally force the Soviet Union to modify its policy
of repression not only in Hungary but in all the
captive countries. As Secretary Dulles recently
pointed out, there are great pressures for change
within the Soviet orbit itself. In addition, inter-
national communism is in ideological difficulties
and has lost many adherents because of the cruel
performance of Soviet communism in Hungary.
Now if the nations of the world can morally iso-
late the Soviet rulers, we may well ask if the his-
toric forces of national unity and freedom will not
ultimately prevail.
Another practical course of action which I per-
sonally would like to see your organization and
other like-minded groups undertake is to mobilize
the moral forces of the world against the re-
prisals which are being taken by the Kadar regime
against the Hvmgarian people. The United Na-
tions report makes a mockery of the charges lev-
eled against the leaders of the revolt by the Com-
munist dictatorships. The revolt is now proven
to have been homegrown, so there could not pos-
sibly have been plotting with "fascist imperialists"
or "foreign agents." The Hungarian Army re-
fused to light; there was no disloyalty to the
state — only to a clique which had captured the
state. Since, as the United Nations Committee
finds, the present regime is in power only because
of Soviet armed might, the only "traitors"' are
those who have turned their country over to a
foreign power.
People within each free country — as well as
govermuents — should raise their voices loudly
against Kadar's political murder. It is not impos-
sible that the swelling appeals from every corner
of the globe could force even a Communist dic-
tator to stop the execution and forgo the reprisals,
and even possibly to declare a general amnesty
toward any and all who participated in the Oc-
tober movement.
And now my last suggestion. We may not be
able to redress wrongs inside Hungary, but we
can help the valiant Hungarians who are outside
of Hungary. I refer to the 30,000 refugees from
Communist tyranny who are still in camps waiting
for periuanent homes.
I hope that our own Congress will pass the
pending legislation affecting refugees, which was
requested by President Eisenhower. This would
regularize the entry of the 32,000 who have already
been admitted to this country under the Presi-
dent's emergency action last fall, and, in addition,
it would authorize the admittance of an additional
68,000 escapees a year from all Communist coun-
tries. These bills would take care of all the re-
maining Hungarian refugees who fought so val-
iantly for freedom but whose faith in freedom
must be dimming as they wait month after month
for a place to call home.
You may be thinking that I am asking you to
do work which the United States Government —
and the United Nations— should be doing. But
there is plenty for everyone to do — and no time
to be lost. Since the Government represents all
the people in their multitude of interests, we
cannot always move as rapidly or as dramatically
as many would wish. But our f oreign-jjolicy goals
are simple and clear: peace, with freedom and
justice. These are your goals too. We will achieve
them if we move forward together.
As for the immediate future, I can foresee that
the report of the Committee on Hungary will
heighten the sense of responsibility felt by United
Nations members toward the Hungarian people.
I can foresee that the resolutions already passed,
calling for free elections in Hungary, will be a
standard to which all supporters of freedom can
repair. And I can foresee that the condemnation
of the Soviet Union will be a constant embarrass-
ment to Moscow. I believe — as do Secretary
Dulles and President Eisenhower— that the price
of continued oppression may become so great, in
terms of world disapproval and loss of influence,
that the Soviet Union will eventually have to come
to terms with the people of Hungary— and with
the people of the other captive countries in
Eastern Europe whom you here today represent.
July 29, 1957
195
Certain Dwellings in Hungary
To Be Denationalized
Press release 414 dated July 10
The authorities of the Hungarian People's Ke-
public have published a law-decree (Law-Decree
No. 28, Magyar Kozlony No. 46, April 21, 1957)
and an accompanying ordinance (Ordinance No.
17/1957, Magyar Kozlony No. 46, April 21, 1957)
which provide for the return to certain former
owners of some residential dwellings, including
apartments, which were nationalized under Hun-
garian Law-Decrees No. 25 of 1950 and No. 4
of 1952.
Applications for the denationalization must be
made by eligible persons before August 31, 1957,
and should be addressed directly to the executive
committee of the municipal district, town district
or district council, or town council with district
rights, of the place where the property is located.
According to the terms of the law-decree, per-
sons who may be deemed by the Hungarian au-
thorities to have been "capitalists" or who left
Hungary illegally are not eligible for the return of
their dwellings. Only those residences which con-
sist of a maximum of six dwelling rooms must be
returned to the former owners.
U.S. Names Two New iVlembers
to Permanent Court of Arbitration
The Department of State announced on July
8 (press release 412) that President Eisenhower
has approved the designation of Herman Phleger
and David W. Peck as members, on the part of the
United States, of the Permanent Court of Arbitra-
tion. They replace Francis Biddle and Edwin
Dewitt Dickinson, whose terms have expired.
The members of the Permanent Court of Arbi-
tration are designated by the governments of
states parties to the Hague Convention for the
Pacific Settlement of International Disputes, 1907,
for 6-year terms. Each such government is en-
titled to designate four persons "of known com-
petency in questions of international law," so that
the 45 states parties to the convention may estab-
lish a panel of 180 members. There are at present
over 150 members. They may be called on to
form tribunals for the arbitration of international
disputes.
The members of the Permanent Court of Arbi-
tration also serve under the Statute of the Inter-
national Court of Justice as "national groups"
for nominating candidates for election as judges
of the International Court of Justice. The mem-
bers of the Court are elected by the concurrent
action of the General Assembly and the Security
Council of the United Nations. The national
groups will perform the function of nomination
this year, when five judges of the International
Court of Justice are to be elected during the 12th
session of the General Assembly for 9-year terms
beginning February 5, 1958. Vacancies will be
created by the expiration of the terms of office
of five incumbent judges of the Court.
In making nominations on the invitation of the
Secretary-General of the United Nations each na-
tional group acts independently of its government.
The Statute of the International Court of Justice
recommends to each national group that before
making nominations it "consult its highest court
of justice, its legal faculties and schools of law,
and its national academies and national sections of
international academies devoted to the study of
law."
Mr. Phleger served as Legal Adviser of the
Department of State from February 2, 1953, to
April 2, 1957. Justice Peck has been Presiding
Justice, Appellate Division, Supreme Court of
New York, First Judicial Department, since 1947.
The other members of the U.S. national group
on the Permanent Court of Arbitration ai-e Adi'ian
S. Fisher and Thomas K. Finletter.
Supreme Court Upholds
Government Action in Girard Case
Folloicing is the text of the Swprerae Courfs
opinion of July 11 in the case of U.S. Army Spe-
cialiM 3/c William S. Girard.
Japan and the United States became involved
in a controversy whether the respondent Girard
should be tried by a Japanese court for causing
the death of a Japanese woman. The basis for
the dispute between the two Governments fully
api^ears in the affidavit of Eobert Dechert, Gen-
eral Counsel of the Department of Defense,^ an
exhibit to a Government motion in the court below,
and the joint statement of Secretary of State John
Foster Dulles and Secretary of Defense Charles
' Not printed here.
196
DepoTtment of Sfafe Bulletin
E. Wilson," printed as appendices to this opinion.
Girard, a Specialist Third Class in the United
States Army, was engaged on January 30, 1957,
with members of his cavahy regiment in a small
unit exercise at Camp Weir range area, Japan.
Japanese civilians were present in the area, retriev-
ing expended cartridge cases. Girard and another
Specialist Third Class were ordered to guard a ma-
chine gun and some items of clothing that had been
left nearby. Girard had a gi-enade launcher on
his rifle. He placed an expended 30-caliber car-
tridge case in the grenade launcher and projected
it bj- firing a blank. The expended cartridge case
penetrated the back of a Japanese woman gather-
ing expended cartridge cases and caused her death.
The United States ultimately notified Japan
that Girard would be delivered to the Japanese
authorities for trial. Thereafter, Japan indicted
him for causing death by wounding. Girard
sought a writ of habeas corpus in the District
Court for the District of Columbia. The writ was
denied, but Girard was granted declaratory relief
and an injunction against his delivery to the Jap-
anese authorities. • — F. Supp. — . The petitioners
appealed to the Court of Appeals for the District
of Columbia, and, without awaiting action by that
court on the appeal, invoked the jurisdiction of
this Court under 28 U. S. C. § 1254 (1). Girard
filed a cross-petition for certiorari to review the
denial of the writ of habeas corpus. We granted
both petitions. Supreme Court Rule 20; 353
U. S.— .
A Security Treaty between Japan and the
United States, signed September 8, 1951, was rati-
fied by the Senate on March 20, 1952, and pro-
claimed by the President effective April 28, 1952.
Article III of the Treaty authorized the making of
Administrative Agreements between the two Gov-
ernments concerning "[t]he conditions which shall
govern the disposition of armed forces of the
United States of America in and about Japan. . . ."
Expressly acting under this provision, the two
Nations, on February 28, 1952, signed an Ad-
ministrative Agreement covering, among other
matters, the jurisdiction of the United States over
offenses committed in Japan by members of the
United States armed forces, and providing that
jurisdiction in any case migiit be waived by the
United States. This Agreement became effective
on the same date as the Security Treaty (April 28,
' For text, see Bulletin of June 24, 1957, p. 1000.
1952) and was considered by the Senate before
consent was given to the Treaty.
Article XVII, paragraph 1 of the Administra-
tive Agreement provided that upon the coming into
effect of the "agreement between the Parties to the
North Atlantic Treaty regarding the Status of
their Forces," signed June 19, 1951, the United
States would conclude with Japan an agreement on
criminal jurisdiction similar to the corresponding
provisions of the NATO Agreement. The NATO
Agreement became effective August 23, 1953, and
the United States and Japan signed on September
29, 1953, effective October 29, 1953, a Protocol
Agreement pursuant to the covenant in paragraph
1 of Article XVII.
Paragraph 3 of Article XVII as amended by
the Protocol dealt with criminal offenses in viola-
tion of the laws of both Nations and provided
"3. In cases where the right to exercise juris-
diction is concurrent the following rules shall
apply :
"(a) The military authorities of the United
States shall have the primary right to exercise
jurisdiction over members of the United States
armed forces or the civilian component in rela-
tion to
"(i) offenses solely against the property or se-
curity of the United States, or offenses solely
against the person or property of another mem-
ber of the United States armed forces or the ci-
vilian component or of a dependent;
"(ii) offenses arising out of any act or omission
done in the performance of official duty.
"(b) In the case of any other offense the au-
thorities of Japan shall have the primary right
to exercise jurisdiction.
"(c) If the State having the primary right de-
cides not to exercise jurisdiction, it shall notify
the authorities of the other State as soon as prac-
ticable. The authorities of the State having the
primary right shall give sympathetic considera-
tion to a request from the authorities of the other
State for a waiver of its right in cases where that
other State considers such waiver to be of particu-
lar importance."
Article XXVI of the Administrative Agree-
ment established a Joint Committee of representa-
tives of the United States and Japan to consult
on all matters requiring mutual consultation re-
garding the implementation of the Agi'eement;
and provided that if the Committee ". . . is unable
Jw/y 29, 7957
197
to resolve any matter, it shall refer that matter to
the respective govermnents for further considera-
tion through appropriate channels."
In the light of the Senate's ratification of the
Security Treaty after consideration of the Ad-
ministrative Agreement, which had already been
signed, and its subsequent ratification of the
NATO Agreement, with knowledge of the com-
mitment to Japan under the Administrative
Agreement, we are satisfied that the approval of
Article III of the Security Treaty authorized the
making of the Administrative Agreement and the
subsequent Protocol embodying the NATO Agree-
ment provisions governing jurisdiction to try
criminal offenses.
The United States claimed the right to ti-y
Girard upon the gi-ound that his act, as certified
by his commanding officer, was "done in the per-
formance of official duty" and therefore the
United States had primary jurisdiction. Japan
insisted that it had proof that Girard's action was
without the scope of his official duty and there-
fore that Japan had the primary right to try
him.
The Joint Committee, after prolonged delibera-
tions, was unable to agree. The issue was referred
to higher authority which authorized the United
States representatives on the Joint Committee to
notify the appropriate Japanese authorities, in ac-
cordance with paragraph 3 (c) of the Protocol,
that the United States had decided not to exercise,
but to waive, whatever jurisdiction it might have
in the case. The Secretary of State and the Secre-
tary of Defense decided that this determination
should be carried out. The President confirmed
their joint conclusion.
A sovereign nation has exclusive jurisdiction to
punish offenses against its laws committed within
its borders, unless it expressly or impliedly con-
sents to surrender its jurisdiction. Schooner Ex-
change V. JifFaddon, 7 Cranch 116, 136. Japan's
cession to tlie United States of jurisdiction to try
American military personnel for conduct consti-
tuting an offense against the laws of both countries
was conditioned by the covenant of Article XVII,
section 3, paragraph (c) of the Protocol that
". . . The authorities of the State having the
primary right shall give sympathetic considera-
tion to a request from the authorities of the other
State for a waiver of its right in cases where the
other State considers such waiver to be of par-
ticular importance."
198
The issue for our decision is therefore narrowed
to the question whether, upon the record before us,
the Constitution or legislation subsequent to the
Security Treaty prohibited the carrying out of
this provision authorized by the Treaty for waiver
of the qualified jurisdiction granted by Japan.
We find no constitutional or statutory barrier to
the provision as applied here. In the absence of
such encroachments, the wisdom of the arrange-
ment is exclusively for the determination of the
Executive and Legislative Branches.
The judgment of the District Court in No. 1103
is reversed, and its judgment in No. 1108 is
affirmed.
Mr. Justice DotJOLAS took no part in the con-
sideration or decision of this case.
Views of Department of State
on House Joint Resolution 16
House Joint Resolution 16 {the Bow resolution)
pi'ovides '■''for the revision of the status-of -forces
agreement and certain other treaties and inter-
national agreements^ or the withdrawal of the
United States from such treaties and agreements,
so that foreign countries will not have crirninal
jurisdiction over Amei^ican Armed Forces person-
nel stationed within their houndaries.'''' Follow-
ing is tJie text of a letter from. Under Secretary
Hert^er to Representative Omar Burleson with an
enclosed memorandtim o^hUining the position of
the Department of State with respect to this
matter.
LETTER FROM UNDER SECRETARY HERTER >
Department of State,
Washington., June 28, 1957.
The Honorable Omar Burleson,
Chairman, Subcommittee on National Security,
House of Representatives.
Dear Mr. Chairman: It is my understanding
that, in the consideration by your committee of
the so-called Bow resolution, no representative of
this Department was heard on its position, even
though sucli a representative was in the anteroom
during \\\& course of your deliberations on June 27.
' Reprinted from H. Rept. 678, 85th Cong., 1st sess.
Department of State Bulletin
Needless to say, we regret not having had an
opportunity of giving you our views because of
the very real impact of this resolution on our
foreign relations.
I am enclosing a statement outlining the posi-
tion of the Department with respect to this matter.
I hope, in view of the circumstances, that you
would be willing to have it incorpoi-ated as a part
of the committee report so that no misunderstand-
ing can arise as to our position.
With warmest personal regards.
Most sincerely,
Christian A. Herter,
Acting Secretary.
TEXT OF MEMORANDUM
Memorandum.
Subject : Views of the Department of State in opposition
to the Bow resolution.
When any foreign citizen in this country, including any
soldier or sailor, is accused of a crime committed on
United States soil, he is subject to United States laws and
United States courts. Other countries follow the same
rule. They enforce their own laws in their own territo-
ries and apply these laws to everybody, foreigners as well
as their own people. This rule is not the result of any
treaty. It follows from each country's national sover-
eignty.
Unless a government voluntarily chooses to surrender
or limit its jurisdiction over visiting forces, those forces
remain automatically subject to its jurisdiction. The At-
torney General has repeatedly given his opinion that this
conclusion is required by the principles of international
law. In the brief being filed by the Department of Justice
in the Supreme Court in the Girard case, it is stated that
under the only accepted rule of international law : ". . .
the territorial sovereign has plenary jurisdiction and there
is no immunity for visiting troops except to the extent
that the local sovereign expressly or impliedly agrees."
American troops and aircraft are not in Europe or other
places abroad as a favor to our allies. If the defense of
the United States were not involved, we would not send
our Armed Forces overseas. Our forces are abroad be-
cause we linow that we can get more total protection by
combining our strength with that of other nations than
by standing alone. They are there because we want to
prevent war altogether — to stop it before it starts. And
if war comes despite our best efforts to prevent it, these
military forces are in the place where they can do the
most good — where they can help to halt an enemy attack
and to retaliate immediately.
The status of forces agreements, therefore, go to the
very heart of American foreign policy. If American
troops were not needed in EuroiJe and elsewhere, these
agreements would not be necessary. Instead, the troops
would be brought home. But we must recognize that our
troops are abroad to protect our interests — that our world-
wide series of defensive alliances are vital to world peace
and the survival of freedom — and that we must work with
our allies on the basis of equality and mutual respect.
Unless we do, we may well have to give up foreign
bases and positions all over the world which we deem
vital for the defense of the United States.
In that way we would be acting in accordance with
Communist demands that American forces everywhere go
home. The Soviets and the Communist Chinese alike call
for the dismantling of American overseas bases and the
recall of the American forces from the other free-world
countries. This theme was emphasized in recent Soviet
notes attempting to intimidate our allies by referring to
the "risks" they face by permitting United States "atomic
bases" within their borders. Chou En-lai hailed the re-
cent riots in Taiwan, growing out of an exercise of extra-
territoriality by the United States, as the beginning of a
"large scale movement against the United States."
It is necessary to face up to the facts. The Department
in each and every negotiation of a status-of-forces agree-
ment seeks optimum immunity from foreign criminal ju-
risdiction for the members of our Armed Forces, but even
those nations most friendly to the United States and its
objectives are unwilling to grant full extraterritorial
rights, as demanded by the resolution. The Department
had hoped to present the current situation in this regard —
which cannot be discussed publicly without prejudice to
our interests — to the committee in executive session. It
can certainly be said, on the basis of our most recent ex-
periences in the negotiation of status of forces agreements,
that if we were to insist upon full extraterritorial rights
for the members of our Armed Forces stationed abroad,
we would be unable to station our forces abroad.
The status-of-forces agreements work well. The United
States takes every precaution to insure that members
of the Armed Forces accused of crimes abroad get a fair
trial and so far it Is believed that this effort has been
uniformly successful. The Department of Defense in-
forms us that there have been no cases arising under
the N.\TO Status of Forces Treaty or similar agreements
in which a United States serviceman has been given cruel
or unusual punishment. Indeed, it has been our experi-
ence that, in general. United States servicemen tried in
foreign courts have received more lenient sentences than
they would have received in a United States civil court
or a military court-martial.
The latest statistics available on the exercise of criminal
jurisdiction by foreign tribunals over United States per-
sonnel cover the period from December 1, 1955, to Nov-
ember 30, 1956. Out of 14,394 offenses subject to foreign
jurisdiction under the NATO and other status-of-forces
agreements throughout the world, 9,614 or approximately
67 percent were surrendered to United States military
tribunals ; charges were dropped in an additional 330 cases.
These cases cover a wide variety of offenses. Compara-
tively few are for serious crimes such as murder or rape.
The vast majority are traffic offenses.
In this period, 4,437 cases were tried in foreign courts,
but in only 286 cases was a sentence to confinement im-
Jo/y 29, J957
199
posed, and these sentences were suspended In all but 108
cases.
With respect to United States servicemen confined in
foreign prisons, regulations require monthly visits to the
prisons to determine vphether they are being properly
treated and to make sure prison conditions are not sub-
standard. During the time a serviceman is serving a
sentence, he may, by agreement of prison authorities, be
furnished supplemental medical and dental service, cloth-
ing, extra food he may need and health and comfort items
such as toilet articles, by the Armed Forces.
In addition, Public Law 777, enacted by the last session
of Congress, provides for the payment by the military
departments of counsel fees and court costs for American
service personnel tried in foreign courts.
As noted above, one repeated criticism of these treaties
and agreements is that they gave criminal jurisdiction
over American servicemen to foreign governments. This
criticism is based on the mistaken notion that, in the
absence of such treaties or agreements, American forces
abroad would automatically remain under the exclusive
jurisdiction of their commanders. This is not true,
whether or not they were acting in performance of their
duty when they committed an alleged ofCense. The very
opposite is true. Each foreign sovereign already had the
right to exercise full jurisdiction for all types of offenses,
if it chose to do so. These treaties and agreements modi-
fied this jurisdiction and gave American servicemen
abroad special protection.
The foregoing is without regard to the constitutionality
of the resolution. The Department is of the view that
this resolution is plainly unconstitutional.
Tlie Mutual Security Act of 1957. Report of the Senate
Committee on Foreign Relations to accompany S. 2130.
S. Rept. 417, June 7, 1957. 64 pp.
Mutual Security Act of 1957. Hearing before the Senate
Committee on Foreign Relations on the mutual security
program for fiscal year 1958. Part 1, May 22-June 5,
1957, 828 pp. ; Part 2, June 7, 1957, 28 pp.
Report on Foreign Policy and Mutual Security, submitted
by the House Committee on Foreign Affairs pursuant to
H. Res. 29 (85th Cong.). H. Rept. 551, June 11, 1957,
84 pp. : hearings, October 9-November 28, 19.56, 367 pp.
The Mutual Security Act of 1957. Minority views of Mr.
Morse, together with supplementary views of Mr. Long,
to accompany S. 2130. S. Rept. 417, part 2, June 12,
1957. 12 pp.
Special Committee To Study the Foreign Aid Program.
Report to accompany S. Res. 141. S. Rept. 435, June
13, 1957. 2 pp.
Amending the Sockeye Salmon Fishery Act of 1947. Re-
port to accompany H. R. 6587. H. Rept. 557, June 13,
1957. 5 pp.
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Report of the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations
on Executive I, S5th Cong., 1st sess. Exec. Rept. 3,
June 14, 1957. 28 pp.
Amending the North Pacific Fisheries Act of 1954 in Order
To Strengthen Enforcement Machinery To Control High
Seas Fisheries Operations in Conjunction With Regula-
tions of the Pacific Coast States and Canada. Report
to accompany S. 2212. S. Rept. 439, June 14, 1957. 9 pp.
Supplementary Trade Agreements
With Benelux Countries and U. K.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85th Congress, 1st Session
Mutual Security Act of 1957. Hearings before the House
Committee on Foreign Affairs on the execiitive branch
proposed draft bill to amend the Mutual Security Act
of 19.54. Part III, June 3-7, 1957, 229 pp.; Part IV,
June 10-14, 19.57, 141 pp.; Part V, June 17-20, 19.57,
3.53 pp. ; Part VI, June 21-28, 19.57, 377 pp. ; Part VII,
Appendix and Index, May 22-June 28, 1957, 63 pp.
Authorizing and Directing the Administrator of General
Services To Donate to the Philippine Republic Certain
Records Captured from Insurrectos During 1899-190;^.
Report to accompany S. 1141. S. Rept. 399, June 3,
1957. 5 pp.
Report of the Special Study Mission to Europe on Policy
Toward the Satellite Nations of the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs, submitted pursuant to H. Res. 29.
H. Rept. 531, June 4, 1957. 25 pp.
William S. Girard Case. Hearing before a subcommittee
of the Senate Committee on Armed Services. Testimony
of Department of Defense and Department of State on
the case of U. S. Army Specialist 3d Class William S.
Girard, involving the death of a Japanese woman on
January 30, 1957. June 5, 1957. 33 pp.
On June 27 the United States signed two agree-
ments supplementally to the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade, one with Belgium and the
Netherlands, and one with the United Kingdom.
Following is a Department announcement, to-
gether with the texts of the agreements, released
on the day of the signing {press release 394), fol-
lowed hy a White House announcement and the
text of a Presidential proclamation giving effect
to the concessions {White House press release
dated June 29) .
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT, JUNE 27
On June 27 in Washington the United States
signed two agreements supplementary to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade: one
with Belgium (on behalf of the Belgo-Luxem-
bourg Economic Union) and the Netherlands,
and one with the United Kingdom.
200
Department of Stale Bulletin
Thorsten V. Kalijarvi, Assistant Secretary for
Economic Affairs, signed the agreements for the
United States. The other signers were : the Min-
ister of the Embassy of Belgium, Georges Carlier ;
the Ambassador of the Netlierlands, Dr. J. H.
van Roijen; and the Minister (Commercial) in
the British Embassy, I. P. Garran, C. M. G.
The supplementary agreements provide for
tariff concessions by the United States, designed to
compensate the Benelux coimtries and the United
Kingdom for the increase, on July 26, 1956,*
in the United States rate of duty on certain linen
toweling on which a concession had been made
in 1947 under the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade. An analysis of the new concessions
made by the United States, wliich will be applied
as part of the United States Schedule to the gen-
eral agreement, is attached as annex I. Attached
also, as annex II, are the English texts of the two
agreements and of notes exchanged with the Em-
bassies of Belgium and the Netherlands.
The agreement with the United Kingdom also
provides, as an additional compensatory adjust-
ment, that the United States will interpose no
objection to the modification of a concession on
salted or pickled pork made in 1947 by the United
Kingdom to the United States.
In the case of the agreement with Belgium and
the Netherlands, there were supplementary ex-
changes of notes, under which further consulta-
tions may be held if either party considers that
the agi-eement is not achieving satisfactorily a
compensatory adjustment.
The agreements provide also that, in the event
the reduced rate of duty on linen toweling sus-
pended by the United States last year should be
restored, the parties to the agreements will con-
sult promptly with a view to reaching a satis-
factory adjustment. In the event a mutually
satisfactory adjustment cannot be reached, the
United States may withdraw the additional con-
cessions in these agreements as may be appro-
priate.
The increase last year in the United States im-
port duty on certain linen toweling was made pur-
suant to the escape-clause provisions of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951 and under the
terms of article XIX of the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade, and was taken to prevent
serious injury to the domestic linen-toweling in-
dustry. This action resulted in an increase in the
United States import duty on certain linen towel-
ing from a rate of 10 percent ad valorem, which
had been bound under the general agreement, to
a rate of 40 percent ad valorem. The concession
under the general agreement remains suspended
while the higher rate is in effect. Inaports into the
United States from Belgium and the United
Kingdom of linen toweling affected by this duty
increase were $465,000 and $481,000, respectively,
in the calendar year 1955.
Article XIX of the general agreement requires
that the country taking action thereunder consult,
at the request of those contracting parties having
a substantial interest as exporters of the product
affected, with a view to reaching agreement. It is
desirable that any such agreement maintain the
general level of reciprocal and mutually advan-
tageous concessions in the general agreement.
Belgium and the United Kingdom requested
such consultations, and, in preparation therefor,
formal notice of the intention of the U.S. Gov-
ernment to undertake negotiations with these
countries was issued on March 18, 1957.^ In ac-
cordance with this notice, public hearings were
held by the Committee for Reciprocity Informa-
tion on April 24, 1957, with respect to a list of
products, made public with the notice, on which
modifications of the U.S. duties might be con-
sidered during the negotiations. The Tariff Com-
mission held hearings and reported to the Presi-
dent concerning peril points on the products on
the list. Formal negotiations with both countries
were opened at Washington on May 17, 1957. The
Netherlands, as a member of the Benelux Customs
Union, participated in the signature of the agree-
ment reached with Belgium.
ANNEX I: ANALYSIS OF SUPPLEMENTARY
AGREEMENTS
The supplementary agreements signed today provide for
reductions in United States rates of duty on six commodi-
ties, three of which are of principal interest to the United
Kingdom, two of principal interest to the Belgo-Luxem-
bourg Economic Union, and one of interest to both. The
six commodities are ; textile machinery for preparing fix
'■ Bulletin of July 16, 1956, p. 115.
= Ibid., Apr. 8, 1957, p. 581.
July 29, 1957
201
and other vegetable fibers except cotton or jute ; tracing
cloth ; waterproof cloth ; cotton imitation oriental rugs ;
artists' canvas of flax or other vegetable fibers except
cotton ; and certain books. Either the Belgo-Luxembourg
Economic Union or the United Kingdom, or both, are the
predominant suppliers of United States imports of each of
these commodities.
These concessions were granted as compensation for the
increase, effective July 26, 1956, of the United States rate
of duty on linen toweling (Tariff paragraph 1010, Statis-
tical class number 3287.400) from 10 percent to 40 percent
ad valorem under the "escape-clau.se" provisions of United
States trade agreements legislation and of the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Imports of linen towel-
ing in 1955 amounted to $481,000 from the United King-
dom and $465,000 from the Belgo-Luxembourg Economic
Union.
Total United States imports of the items on which con-
cessions were granted amounted in 1956 to about ?4 mil-
lion, of which over 75 percent came from these countries.
Each country shared in the total trade about equally.
Reductions in the rates of duty on these products
amount to about 10 percent of the existing rates.
A table listing each item, identified by tariff paragraph
and statistical class, on which the United States granted
concessions is annexed. The table also shows for each of
the concession items the present rate of duty, the reduced
rates in two stages of reduction ( the first stage to become
effective not later than June 30, 1957, and the second after
the first had been in effect a year), and the foreign value
of total United States imports for consumption in 1955
and 1956.
Following are brief statements concerning the items on
which concessions were granted :
Certain machinery for preparing vegetaMe fibers except
cotton or jute {Par. 372)
The rate of duty on carding and other preparing, spin-
ning, and twisting machinery and parts for vegetable
fibers, except cotton or jute, was reduced from 10 percent
to 9 percent ad valorem.
There is comparatively little equipment of this type
produced in the United States. Total United States im-
ports in 1956 amounted to $748,000, of which $424,000
came from the United Kingdom. The imported machinery
is used principally for preparing flax fibers.
Tracing cloth (Par. 907)
The rate of duty on tracing cloth was reduced from 20
percent to 18 percent ad valorem. United States produc-
tion of tracing cloth is estimated to be several times
greater than imports. In 1956, imports were valued at
$663,000, all of which came from the United Kingdom.
Althovigh the use of tracing cloth in the United States has
declined somewhat in recent years because of the sub-
stitution of cheaper materials, there is still considerable
demand for the cloth where permanency of records is
desired.
Waterproof cloth (Par. 007)
The rate of duty on waterproof cloth of cotton or
other vegetable fiber, except if containing or coated
with rubber, was reduced from 12% percent to 11 per-
cent ad valorem. Fabrics considered here are of a type
generally used for waterproof purposes, such as cloth
for raincoats, umbrellas and the like.
Unite<l States production of these cloths is many
times as large as imports. Imported, items consist
Items on which the United States granted tariff concessions in supplementary agreements with the Belgo-Luxembourg
Economic Union, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom covering compensation for "escape clause" action on
linen toweling — Par. 1010: Rates of duty and United States imports for consumption, 1955 and 1956
Tariff Par.
19.'i6 Stat.
Class No.
Brief commodity description
Rate of duty
Present
Supplementary
agreement
First
stage
Second
stage
U.S. imports for con-
sumption from all
countries •
Foreign value
1955
1956
372
907
907
921
1009 (c)
1410
7515. 450
3970. 000
3971. 100
3224. 300
3274. 000
9510. 620
Carding and other preparing, spinning, and twisting
macliinery and parts, for vegetable fillers except
cotton or jute
Tracing cloth
Waterproof cloth of vegetable fiber (except if con-
taining or coated with rubber)
Cotton imitation oriental rugs
Artists' canvas of flax, hemp, ramie, or other vege-
table fiber, except cotton
Other boolvs, not of bona fide foreign authorship,
n. s. p. f
Percent ad rnlorem
10
20
12/2
10
15
10
9U
19
12
9}^
14
9}$
9
18
11
9
I3K2
9
1,000 dollars
757
683
2 357
1,965
26
'346
t.OOO dollars
748
663
187
1,732
38
3572
' Preliminary. Excludes products of the Republic of the Philippines, duty-free imports for Government use, and
products of Communist-dominated countries which are not accorded the benefit of trade-agreement rates.
2 Estimated imports of cotton ginghams and cotton velveteens treated to make them water repellent have been
excluded.
' Excludes certain importations valued at not more than $250 each, estimated at about one-third of the value re-
ported above.
202
Department of State Bulletin
mainly of si>ecialties, such as tarpaulins from tlie Belgo-
Luxembours Economic Union and sail cloth and pop-
lins from the United Kingdom. Total imjwrts in 1956
were valued at $187,000, of which $10i,000 came from
the Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union and $35,000 from
the United Kingdom.
Cotton imitation oriental ruga (Par. 921)
The rate of duty on cotton imitation oriental rugs
was reduced from 10 percent to 9 percent ad valorem.
There is no production of rugs of this type in the United
States; domestic consumption is supplied entirely by
imports which in 1956 were valued at $1,732,000. Im-
ports from the Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union in
that year amounted to $1,444,000 and imports from the
Netherlands, to $18,000.
Artists' canvas of vegetable fiber except cotton (Par.
1109 (c))
The rate of duty on artists' canvas of vegetable fiber
except cotton was reduced from 15 percent to 131/2 per-
cent ad valorem. United States production of such
canvas, principally from imported linen, is probably
several times as large as imports. In 1956, of the total
imports, valued at $38,000, $16,000 came from the United
Kingdom and $13,000 from the Belgo-Luxembourg Eco-
nomic Union.
Books, bound or unbound, n. s. p. /., not of bona fide
foreign authorship (Par. HIO)
The rate of duty on books and parts of books dutiable
under this classification was reduced from 10 percent
to 9 percent ad valorem.
Imported under this category are chiefly books and
catalogs by American authors on which the United
States copyright has expired or on which none has been
issued. United States production, on the other hand,
consists chiefly of copyrighted books by American au-
thors. The value of domestic production is many times
the value of imports. In 1956, imports from the United
Kingdom were valued at $326,000, those from Belgium
at $1,000 and those from the Netherlands at $74,000;
total imports were valued at $572,000.
Increase in United Kingdom duty on salted or pickled
pork
In addition to making the concessions set forth above,
the United States has agreed that it will interpose no
objection to a modification by the United Kingdom of
a concession on "pork, salted or pickled, other than
bacon and ham, not preserved in airtight containers",
through substitution of a bound duty of 10 percent ad
valorem for the present bound duty-free customs treat-
ment.
Discussions looking toward the modification of this
United Kingdom concession were begun at Geneva in
1956 pursuant to a finding of "special circumstances"
made by the Contracting Parties to the General Agree-
ment under provisions of the Agreement permitting mod-
ification or withdrawal of concessions in such special
circumstances.
United Kingdom imports from the United States of
salted or pickled pork have been insignificant for some
years because of import licensing.
ANNEX II: TEXTS OF AGREEMENTS
Agreement With Belgium and the Netherlands
A0REEUB3IT SUPPI-EMENTAET TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT
ON Tabitfs and Trade
The Kingdom of Belgium, acting for the Belgo-Luxem-
bourg Economic Union, and the Kingdom of the Nether-
lands, on the one part, and the United States of America,
on the other part ;
Considering the reciprocal concessions and advantages
for the promotion of trade provided for in their re-
spective Schedules annexed to the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade (hereinafter referred to as the
General Agreement) ;
Taking cognizance of Proclamation No. 3143, issued
by the President of the United States of America on
June 25, 1956, under Article XIX of the General Agree-
ment, with respect to certain products described in item
1010 in Part I of Schedule XX to the said General
Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "Schedule XX
(Geneva— 1947)") ; and
Recognizing the desirability of maintaining the gen-
eral level of reciprocal and mutually advantageous con-
cessions in the General Agreement ;
Agree as follows :
On and after June 29, 1957 the United States of
America shall apply to the products described in the
attached Schedule treatment no less favorable than the
treatment indicated therein, as though such treatment
were provided for in the corresponding items in Part
I of Schedule XX (Geneva — 1947) and subject to the
provisions of the Schedule attached hereto and of the
General Agreement, with the understanding that as soon
as practicable such treatment will be specifically in-
cluded in Schedule XX (Geneva— 1947).
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly au-
thorized by their respective Governments, have signed
this agreement.
Done at Washington, in triplicate, in the English and
French languages, both texts authentic except as other-
wise specified in the Schedule annexed hereto, this 27th
day of June 1957.
For the Kingdom of Belgium, on behalf of the Belgo-
Luxembourg Economic Union :
G. Caklier
For the Kingdom of the Netherlands :
J. H. VAN Rouen
For the United States of America :
Thoesten V. Kaxijarvi
Jo/y 29, 7957
203
SCHEDULE
This Schedule is authentic only in the English language
Tariff Act
of 1930,
paragraph
372
907
907
921
1009 (c)
1410
Descriptions of Products
Textile machinery, finished or unfinished, not specially provided for:
Machinery for manufacturing or processing vegetable fibers
other than cotton or jute prior to the making of fabrics or
crocheted, knit, woven, or felt articles not made from fabrics
(except beaming, slashing, warping, or winding machinery or
combinations thereof, and except bleaching, printing, dyeing,
or finishing machinery)
Tracing cloth
Waterproof cloth, wholly or in chief value of cotton or other vegetable
fiber, but not in part of india rubber
All other floor coverings, including carpets, carpeting, mats, and rugs,
wholly or in chief value of cotton:
Imitation oriental rugs
Woven fabrics, in the piece or otherwise, wholly or in chief value of
vegetable fiber, except cotton, filled, coated, or otherwise prepared
for use as artists' canvas
Unbound books of all kinds, bound books of all kinds except those
bound wholly or in part in leather, sheets or printed pages of books
bound wholly or in part in leather, all the foregoing not specially
provided for, if other than of bona fide foreign authorship (not in-
cluding diaries, music in books, pamphlets, prayer books, sheets or
printed pages of prayer books bound wholly or in part in leather, or
tourist literature containing geographic, historical, hotel, time-
table, travel, or similar information, chiefly with respect to places
or travel facilities outside the continental United^States)
Rates of Duty
9H% ad val.
19% ad val.
12% ad val.
9/2% ad val.
14% ad val.
9/2% ad val.
9% ad val.
18% ad val.
11% ad val.
9% ad val.
13/2% ad val.
9% ad val.
General Notes
1. In the event that the action taken by the President
of the United States of America, by proclamation No.
3143 of June 25, 1956, is modified or terminated so as to
result in lower rates of duty for any of the products
described in item 1010 in Part I of Schedule XX
(Geneva — 1947) with respect to which the said action
of June 25, 1956 was taken, the Government of the United
States of America will cou.sult promptly with the Govern-
ment of the United Kingdom regarding any appropriate
measures to be taken with respect to the concessions in
this Schedule. If agreement is not reached, the Govern-
ment of the United States of America, on 90 days' written
notice to the CONTRACTING PARTIES to the General
Agreement, may Increase rates provided for in this Sched-
ule to such an extent as may be appropriate in the cir-
cumstances but in no case to a rate higher than the rate
provided for the product Involved in Schedule XX (Ge-
neva— 1947) on the date of the signature of this Agreement.
2. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the
pertinent provisions of the said General Agreement, and
to the provisions of section 3.50(a) (3) (C) of the Tariff
Act of 1930, as now amended, the rates specified in the
rate-columns in this Schedule will become effective as
follows :
(a) Rates in column A will become initially effective
on June 29, 1957, and rates in column B will become
initially effective in each case upon the expiration of a
full period of one year after the related rate in column
A became initially effective.
(b) For the purposes of subparagraph (a) above, the
phrase "full period of one year" means a period or
periods aggregating one year exclusive of the time, after
a rate becomes initially effective, when, by reason of
legislation of the United States or action thereunder, a
higher rate of duty is being applied.
Agreement With United Kingdom
Aqeeement Supplementary to the General Agreement
ON Tariffs and Trade
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland (hereinafter referred to as the United Kingdom)
and the United States of America ;
Considering the reciprocal concessions and advantages
for the promotion of trade provided for in their respective
Schedules annexed to the General Agi-eement on Tar-
riffs and Trade (hereinafter referred to as the General
Agreement) ;
Taking cognizance of Proclamation No. 3143, issued by
the President of the United States of America on June
25, 19.56, under Article XIX of the General Agreement,
with respect to certain i)roducts described in item 1010
in Part I of Schedule XX to the said General Agreement
(hereinafter referred to as "Schedule XX (Geneva —
1947)") ; and
Recognizing the desirability of maintaining the gen-
eral level of reciprocal and mutually advantageous con-
cessions in the General Agreement ;
Agree as follows :
As complete comi>ensatory adjustment for such action
of June 25, 1956, the United States of America :
(a) On and after June 29, 1957, shall apply to the
products described in the attached Schedule treatment
204
Department of Slate Bulletin
no less favoi-iible than the treatment indicated therein,
as tlioujrh such treatment were provided for in the cor-
respimdiug items in Part I of Schedule XX (Geneva —
19-J7) and subject to the provisions of the Schedule at-
tached hereto and of the General Agreement, with the
understanding that as soon as practicable such treatment
will be specilically included in Schedule XX (Geneva —
1947), and
(b) Shall interpose no objection to the proposed action
b.v the United Kingdom, under Article XXVIII of the
General Agreement, to modify the concession on "pork,
salted or pickled, other than bacon and ham, not pre-
served in airtight containers," provided for in the last
item on page 12 of Part I of Section A of Schedule XIX
to the General Agreement (Geneva — 19-17), from "Free"
to "10%" ad valorem.
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly au-
thorized by their respective Governments, have signed
this agreement.
Done at Washington, in duplicate, this 27th day of
June 1957.
For the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland :
Peter Gaeran
For the United States of America :
Thorsten V. Kalijarvi
SCHEDULE
TariH Act
of 1930,
Descriptions of I'roducts
Rates of Duty
paragraph
A
B
372
Textile machinery, finished or unfinished, not specially provided for:
Machinery for manufacturing or processing vegetable fibers other
than cotton or jute prior to the making of fabrics or crocheted,
knit, woven, or felt articles not made from fabrics (except
beaming, slashing, warping, or winding machinery or combina-
tions thereof, and except bleaching, printing, dyeing, or
finishing machinery)
9H% ad val.
19% ad val.
12% ad val.
9>^% ad val.
14% ad val.
9M% ad val.
9% ad val.
18% ad val.
11% ad. val.
9% ad val.
13K%ad val.
9% ad val.
907
907
921
Waterproof cloth, wholly or in chief value of cotton or other vegetable
fiber, but not in part of India rubber
All other floor coverings, including carpets, carpeting, mats and rugs,
wholly or in chief value of cotton:
Imitation oriental rugs
1009 (c)
1410
Woven fabrics, in the piece or otherwise, wholly or in chief value of
vegetable fiber, except cotton, filled, coated, or otherwise prepared
for use as artists' canvas
Unbound books of all kinds, bound books of all kinds exept those
bound wholly or in part in leather, sheets or printed pages of books
bound wholly or in part in leather, all the foregoing not specially
provided for, if other than of bona fide foreign authorship (not
including diaries, music in books, pamphlets, prayer books, sheets
or printed pages of prayer books bound wholly or in part in leather,
or tourist literature containing geographic, historical, hotel, time-
table, travel, or similar information, chiefly with respect to places
or travel facilities outside the continental United States)
General Notes
1. In the event that the action taken by the President
of the United States of America, by proclamation No.
3143 of June 2.ii, 1956, is modified or terminated so as
to result in lower rates of duty for any of the products
described in item 1010 in part I of Schedule XX (Ge-
neva— 1947) with respect to which the said action of
June 25, 1956 was taken, the Government of the United
States of America will consult promptly with the Gov-
ernments of the Kingdom of Belgium (on behalf of the
Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union) and of the King-
dom of the Netherlands regarding any appropriate meas-
ures to be taken with respect to the concessions in this
Schedule. If agreement is not reached, the Government
of the United States of America, on 90 days' written
notice to the CONTRACTING PARTIES to the General
Agreement, may increase rates provided for in this
Schedule to such extent as may be appropriate in the
circumstances but in no case to a rate higher than the
rate provided for the product involved in Schedule XX
(Geneva — 1947) on the date of the signature of this
agreement.
2. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the
pertinent provisions of the said General Agreement, and
to the provisions of Section 350(a) (3) (C) of the Tariff
Act of 1930, as now amended, the rates specified in the
rate-columns in this Schedule will become effective as
follows :
(a) Rates in column A will become initially effective
on June 29, 1957, and rates in column B will become
initially effective in each case upon the expiration of a
full period of one year after the related rate in column
A became initially effective.
(b) For the purposes of subparagraph (a) above, the
phrase "full period of one year" means a period or periods
aggregating one year exclusive of the time, after a rate
becomes initially effective, when, by reason of legislation
of the United States or action thereunder, a higher rate
of duty is being applied.
July 29, J 957
205
Supplementary Exchanges of Notes With Belgium
and the Netherlands
Translation
June 27, 1957
SiK : I have tbe honor to refer to the agreement signed
today on behalf of the Kingdom of Belgium, acting for
the Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union, and the King-
dom of the Netherlands, on the one hand, and the United
States of America, on the other hand, whereby the
United States has agreed to include in Schedule XX
of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade specified
tariff concessions as compensation for the increase in
the United States duty on certain linen toweling.
The Government of Belgium understands that if it
should appear to either party that tbe above-mentioned
agreement is not achieving satisfactorily a compensatory
adjustment for the action taken by tbe United States
as regards such linen toweling, it is agreed that on tbe
proposal of either party further consultation, under Arti-
cle XXII of the General Agreement, would be
appropriate.
If tbe above is in accord with the understanding of
your Government, I should appreciate receiving your
confirmation of this fact.
Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest
consideration.
For the Ambassador
G. Carlier
Georges Carlier
Counselor of Emtassy,
Minister of Belgium
His Excellency
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State,
Department of State,
Washington,, D. C.
June 27, 1957
Excellency: I have the honor to refer to the agree-
ment signed today on behalf of the United States of
America, on the one hand, and the Kingdom of Belgium,
acting for the Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union, and
the Kingdom of the Netherlands, on the other hand,
whereby the United States has agi-eed to include in
Schedule XX of the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade specified tariff concessions as compensation for
the increase in tbe United States duty on certain linen
toweling, and to your note of today's date setting forth
as follows your Government's understanding In connec-
tion with that agreement:
"The Government of Belgium understands that if it
should apjiear to either party that the above-mentioned
agreement is not achieving satisfactorily a compensatory
adjustment for tbe action taken by the United States as
regards such linen toweling, it is agreed that on the pro-
posal of either party further consultation, under Article
XXII of the General Agreement, would be appropriate."
The understanding of your Government as set forth
above is in accord with the understanding of my
Government.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my
highest consideration.
For the Secretary of State:
Thorsten V. Kalijakvi
His Excellency,
Baron Silvebcruys,
Ambassador of Belgium.
June 27, 1957
Sir: I have the honor to refer to the agreement signed
today on behalf of the Kingdom of tbe Netherlands and
the Kingdom of Belgium, acting for the Belgian Luxem-
bourg Economic Union, on tbe one hand, and the United
States of America on tbe other hand, whereby tbe United
States has agreed to include in Schedule XX of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade specified tariff
concessions as compensation for the increase In the United
States duty on certain linen toweling.
Tbe Government of the Netherlands understands that
if it should appear to either party that the above-
mentioned agreement is not achieving satisfactorily a
compensatory adjustment for the action taken by the
United States as regards such linen toweling, it is agreed
that on the proposal of either party further consultation,
under Article XXII of tbe General Agreement, would be
appropriate.
If tbe above is in accord with the understanding of your
Government, I should appreciate receiving your con-
firmation of this fact.
Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest
consideration.
J. H. VAN Rouen
The Honorable
The Secretary of State,
Department of State
Washington, D.C.
June 27, 1957
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to the agree-
ment signed today on behalf of the United States of
America, on the one hand, and the Kingdom of the
Netherlands and the Kingdom of Belgium, acting for
the Belgo-Luxembourg Economic Union, on the other
band, whereby the United States has agreed to include
in Schedule XX of the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade specified tariff concessions as compensation
for the increa.se in the United States duty on certain
linen toweling, and to your note of today's date setting
forth as follows your Government's understanding in
connection with that agreement :
"The Government of the Netherlands understands that
206
Department of State Bulletin
, if it sbouUl apiwar to either party that the above-men-
tioned aureemeut is not achieving satisfactorily a com-
I pensatory adjustment for the action taken by the United
States as regards such linen toweling, it is agreed that
on the proposal of either party further consultation,
under Article XXII of the General Agreement, would
be appropriate."
The understanding of your Government as set forth
above is in accord with the understanding of my Gov-
ernment.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my
highest consideration.
For the Secretary of State:
Thoksten v. Kalijarvi
His Excellency,
Dr. J. H. VAN RoijEN,
Ambassador of the Netherlands.
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT, JUNE 29
The President has issued a proclamation giving
effect to two trade agreements negotiated under
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and
signed at Washington on June 27, 1957. One
agreement was with Belgiimi, the Netherlands,
and Luxembourg; the other, with the United
Kingdom.
These agreements provide for certain tariff con-
cessions by the United States as a compensatory
adjustment for tlie 1956 increase in United States
duties on certain toweling of flax, hemp, or
ramie. To remedy a serious injury to domestic
producers of such toweling, the President in-
creased the applicable ad valorem duty from 10
to 40 percent. That action was taken in his proc-
lamation of June 25, 1956, pursuant to section 7
of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951
and article XIX of the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade.
The proclamation reduces the duties applicable
to textile machinery, to books by American au-
thors, to tracing cloth, and to certain nonrubber
waterproof cloth, cotton rugs, and artists' canvas.
The reductions prescribed are within the current
authority of the President under the Trade
Agreements Act to reduce duties, over two an-
nual stages, by 10 percent of the rates existing
on January 1, 1955. Under the agreements and
the proclamation, the first stage of the reductions
becomes effective June 29, 1957, and the second
stage will become effective a year later subject
to certain statutory qualifications.
PROCLAMATION 3191 >
Carrying Out Supplementary Agreements Granting
Concessions To Compensate fob Escape Clause Ac-
tion OF Certain Toweling
1. WHiaiEAS, pursuant to the authority vested In him
by the Constitution and the statutes, including section
350 of the Tarife Act of 1930, as then amended (48 Stat,
(pt. 1) 943, ch. 474, 57 Stat. (pt. 1) 125, ch. 118, 59 Stat,
(pt. 1) 410, ch. 269), the President on October 30, 1947,
entered into a trade agreement with certain foreign
countries, which trade agreement consists of the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (hereinafter re-
ferred to as "the General Agreement"), including a
Schedule of United States Concessions (hereinafter re-
ferred to as "Schedule XX ( Geneva-1947 ) " ) , and the
Protocol of Provisional Application of the General
Agreement, together with a Final Act (61 Stat. (pts. 5
and 6) A7, All, and A2051) ;
2. Whereas by Proclamation No. 2761A of December
16, 1947 (61 Stat. (pt. 2) 1103), the President pro-
claimed such modifications of existing duties and other
import restrictions of the United States of America and
such continuance of existing customs or excise treat-
ment of articles imported into the United States of
America as were then found to be required or appro-
priate to carry out the said trade agi-eement specified
in the first recital of this proclamation on and after
January 1, 1948, which proclamation has been suppli;-
mented by the other proclamations listed in the third
recital of Proclamation No. 3140 of June 13, 1956 (3 CFR,
1956 Supp., p. 24), by the said proclamation of June 13,
1956, by Proclamation No. 3143 of June 25, 1956 (3 CFR,
1956 Supp., p. 33), by Proclamation No. 3146, of June
29, 1956 (3 CFR, 1956 Supp., p. 35), by Proclamation No.
3160 of September 28, 1956 (3 CFR, 1956 Supp., p. 44),
by Proclamation No. 3184 of May 16, 1957 (22 F. R.
3531), and by Proclamation No. 3190 of June 28, 1957
(22 F. R. 4705) ;
3. Whereas, acting under and by virtue of the au-
thority vested in him by the said section 350, as now
amended (48 Stat. (pt. 1) 943, ch. 474, 57 Stat. (pt. 1)
125, ch. 118, 59 Stat. (pt. 1) 410, ch. 269, 63 Stat. (pt. 1)
698, ch. 585, 69 Stat. 162, ch. 169), and by section 7 (c)
of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951 (65 Stat.
74, ch. 141), and in accordance with Article XIX of the
General Agreement, the President, by the said proclama-
tion of June 25, 1956, proclaimed the withdrawal of the
duty concession granted by the United States with re-
spect to certain products (toweling of flax, hemp, or
ramie) described in item 1010 in Part I of Schedule XX
(Geneva-1947), effective after the close of business
July 25, 1956 ;
4. Whereas the said Article XIX of the General
Agreement provides for consultation with those other
contracting parties, having a substantial interest as
exporters of products with respect to which action has
been taken under that Article, with a view to agreement
being reached among all interested contracting parties ;
' 22 Fed. Reg. 4708.
July 29, 7957
207
5. Whekeas I have found as a fact that, under the
circumstances recited above, existing duties or other
import restrictions of the United States of America, or
of the Kingdom of Belgium, the Kingdom of the Nether-
lands, or the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, which last three countries are the
contracting parties to the General Agreement having
a substantial Interest as exporters, are unduly burden-
ing and restricting the foreign trade of the United States
of America ;
6. AVhebeas, pursuant to section 3 (a) of the said Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951 (65 Stat. 72, ch. 141),
I transmitted to the United States Tariff Commission for
investigation and report a list of all articles imported
into the United States of America to be considered for
possible modification of duties and other Import restric-
tions, imposition of additional import restrictions, or con-
tinuance of existing customs or excise treatment In the
trade agreement negotiations with the governments of
the foreign countries referred to in the fifth recital of
this proclamation, and the Tariff Commission made an
investigation in accordance with section 3 of the said
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951 and thereafter
reported to me Its determinations made pursuant to the
said section within the time period specified therein ;
7. Whereas reasonable public notice of the intention to
conduct trade agreement negotiations with the foreign
countries specified In the fifth recital of this proclamation
was given, the views presented by persons interested in
such negotiations were received and considered, and In-
formation and advice with respect to such negotiations
was sought and obtained from the Departments of State,
Agriculture, Commerce, and Defense, and from other
sources ;
8. Whereas, the period for the exercise of the author-
ity of the President to enter into foreign trade agreements
under the said section 350, as now amended, having been
extended by section 2 of the Trade Agreements Extension
Act of 1955 (69 Stat. 162, ch. 160) from June 12, 1955,
until the close of June 30, 1958, as a result of the findings
set forth in the fifth recital of this proclamation and for
the purpose of restoring the general level of reciprocal
and mutually advantageous concessions In the General
Agreement by the addition thereto of further concessions,
I entered into the following two trade agreements, each
through my duly authorized representative, copies of both
of which agreements are annexed to this proclamation :
(a) on June 27, 1957, a trade agreement consisting of
the Agreement between the Kingdom of Belgium, the
Kingdom of the Netherlands, and the United States of
America supplementary to the General Agreement, dated
June 27, 1057, including a schedule, which trade agree-
ment is authentic in the English and French languages
as indicated therein, and (b) on June 27, 1957, a trade
agreement consisting of the Agreement between the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the
United States of America supplementary to the General
Agreement, dated June 27, 1957, Including a schedule,
which trade agreement is authentic in the English
language ;
9. Whereas the agreements supplementary to the Gen-
eral Agreement, specified in the eighth recital of this
208
proclamation, both provide that the treatment provided for
in the schedules annexed thereto shall be applied by the
United States of America on and after June 29, 1957 ;
10. Whereas in the case of any modification of an
existing duty proclaimed In this proclamation which re-
flects a decrease in duty exceeding the limitation specified
in subsection (a)(2)(D) or (a)(3)(B) of the said sec-
tion 350, as now amended, I have made the determinations
provided for in subsection (a)(3)(D) of that section
that such decreases will simplify the computation of the
amount of duty Imposed with respect to the articles con-
cerned : and
11. Whereas I find that the compensatory modifications
provided for in the trade agreements supplementary lo
the General Agreement, specified in the eighth recital of
this proclamation, constitute appropriate action toward
maintaining the general level of reciprocal and mutually
advantageous concessions in the General Agreement, th;it
the purpose set forth In the said section 350, as now
amended, will be promoted by such compensatory modifi-
cations of existing duties and other import restrictions
and continuance of existing customs or excise treatment
as are set forth and provided for in the said supplemen-
tary agreements, and that such modifications of existing
duties and other Import restrictions and such continuance
of existing customs or excise treatment of articles as are
hereinafter proclaimed in this proclamation will be re-
quired or appropriate, on and after the dates hereinafter
specified, to carry out the said trade agreements supple-
mentary to the General Agreement :
Now, therefore, I, Dwight D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, acting under and by
virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution
and the statutes, including the said section 350, as now
amended, to the end that the General Agreement and the
trade agreements supplementary to the General Agree-
ment, specified In the eighth recital of this proclamation
may be carried out, do proclaim that such modifications
of existing duties and other Import restrictions of the
United States of America and such continuance of exist-
ing customs or excise treatment of articles imported into
the United States as are specified and provided for in
the said trade agreements, including the schedules an-
nexed thereto, shall, subject to the provisions of the said
trade agreements, be applied as though such modifica-
tions and continuance were specified and provided for in
Part I of Schedule XX (Geneva-1947), as follows:
(1) The rates of duty specified in column A at the
right of the respective descriptions of products in the
said schedules annexed to the said trade agreements
supplementary to the General Agreement, on and after
June 20, 1957,
(2) The rates of duty specified in column B at the
right of the said respective descriptions of products, on
and after the date or dates determined In accordance with
the provisions of paragraph 2 of the General Notes at
the end of the schedules annexed to the said trade
agreements.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
afilxed.
Department of State Bulletin
Done at the City of Washington this 29th day of
June in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred
[seal] and fifty-seven, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the one hundred and
eighty-first.
By the President :
John Foster Dtilles,
Secretary of State.
Sale of Long Staple Cotton
From National Stockpile
Statement hy President Eisenhower
White House press release dated July 10
I have today approved H. J. Res. 172, legisla-
tion to authorize the sale of 50,000 bales of long
stajile cotton wliich were produced in the United
States and heretofore bought for the national
stockpile, but which are no longer needed for
stockpile purposes. The disposal authorized is
not in accord with the procedures established by
Congress for the disposal of stockpile items. In
approving this legislation, I wish to make two
points clear.
First, in approving this departure from statu-
tory procedures, I am convinced that there will
be no adverse effects on nations which traditionally
have supplied long staple cotton to the United
States. During the present crop year those na-
tions have not used the import quotas available
to them, and there is no evidence that they will
make full use of such quotas by sales in the United
States before the close of the present crop year on
July 31. Furthermore, all of the cotton sold
under this legislation will be sold at the domestic
price. This will mean that there will be no price
advantage to any which may be acquired for ex-
port. Authority for the sale of this cotton will
have a beneficial effect upon American producers
and users. Domestic long staple cotton is needed
in the American market now. Approval of tliis
legislation makes it possible to meet this need in
the interim period before the new crop becomes
available in the late fall.
Second, I do not look upon this legislation as a
precedent for similar actions in the future. I be-
lieve that this is an isolated instance and that it
represents no jeopardy to the established national
policy of releasing in an orderly manner materials
no longer needed for the stockpile. The United
States has no intention of using stockpile inven-
tories to influence world market conditions. The
progress of this legislation through the Congress
coincided with announcement that long staple
cotton was no longer considered a strategic and
critical material and that a plan for liquidation
of the entire stockpile would be announced and
submitted to the Congress for approval. That
plan is required by law to have due regard to the
protection of producers, processors, and consumers
against avoidable disruption of their usual mar-
kets. The sale of the 50,000 bales under this legis-
lation will be credited against the first year's re-
leases under that plan.
Committee To Investigate
Crude Oil Imports
White House press release dated June 26
The President announced on June 26 that he
has established a special Cabinet committee to
make an investigation on his behalf to determine
the facts as to whether crude oil is being imported
into the United States in such quantities as to
threaten to impair the national security.
The Cabinet committee consists of the Secre-
tary of State, the Secretary of Defense, the Sec-
retary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Com-
merce, the Secretary of the Interior, and the
Secretary of Labor. This committee for con-
venience will be known as the Special Committee
To Investigate Crude Oil Imports and has been
asked to make an investigation and report its
findings and recommendations at the earliest
practicable date. The Secretary of Commerce
will be its chairman, and the first meeting of the
committee will be held this week.
In establishing the committee, the President
asked it to view the national security in its broad-
est terms and to seek to balance such general
factors as our long-term requirements for crude
oil, the military, economic, and diplomatic con-
siderations involved in obtaining crude oil from
various foreign areas, the maintenance of a dy-
namic domestic industry that will meet national
needs in peace or war, and any special significance
of imports in different regions of the country.
iulY 29, 1957
209
On April 23, 1957, Gordon Gray, Director of the
Office of Defense Mobilization, advised the Presi-
dent, pursuant to section 7 of the Trade Agree-
ments Extension Act of 1955, that he had reason
to believe that crude oil is being imported into the
United States in such quantities as to threaten to
impair the national security. On April 25, 1957,
the President indicated by memorandum to the
Director of the Office of Defense Mobilization
that, on the basis of presently available informa-
tion, he agreed that there is reason for the belief
that crude oil is being imported in such quantities
as to threaten to impair the national security and
that he would cause an investigation to be made
to determine the facts.
At the same time the President requested that
the Director of ODM examine into the possibility
that oil imports might etFectively be limited by
individual voluntary action of the importing com-
panies. Mr. Gray has been actively exploring this
possibility for the last sevei\al weeks. He has
not yet completed his investigation.
President Requests Ir^vestigation
of Almond Imports
White House press release dated June 27
The President on June 27 requested the U.S.
Tariff Commission to make an immediate investi-
gation of the effects of imports of shelled almonds
and blanched, roasted, or otherwise prepared or
preserved almonds on the domestic price-support
program for shelled or prepared almonds and on
the amount of products processed in the United
States from shelled or prepared almonds. The
Pi'esident's action was taken in response to a rec-
ommendation from the Secretary of Agriculture.
The Commission's investigation will be made pur-
suant to section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment
Act, as amended.
President's Letter to Ecigar B. Brossard, Chairman
of Tariff Commission
Dear Mr. Chairman: I have been advised by
the Secretary of Agriculture that there is reason
to believe that shelled almonds and blanched,
roasted or otherwise prepared or preserved al-
monds are practically certain to be imported under
such conditions and in such quantities as to render
or tend to render ineffective or materially inter-
fere with the Department's marketing order pro-
gram under Federal Marketing Order No. 9, or to
reduce substantially the amount of products proc-
essed in the United States from domestically pro-
duced almonds. A copy of the Secretary's letter is
enclosed.
The United States Tariff Commission is re-
quested to make an immediate investigation under
Section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as
amended, to determine the need for restricting
imports of these articles.
The Commission's findings should be completed
as soon as practicable.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Extension of Tariff Quota
on Clover Seed Imports
White House Announcement
White House press release dated June 25
The President on June 24 issued a proclamation
extending in modified form the tariff quota on im-
ports of alsike clover seed. In accepting a recom-
mendation of the U.S. Tariff Commission that the
existing tariff quota be extended after June 30,
1957, the President ordered a 2-year extension and
increased from 2.5 million to 3 million pounds the
annual imports on which the duty will be 2 cents
per jjound. Annual imports in excess of that
amount will be dutiable at 6 cents per pound.
On June 30, 1954,^ the President established a
1-year quota witli a 2-cent rate applicable to the
first 1.5 million pounds of alsike clover seed and
with the 6-cent rate in effect for annual imports
over that amount. In 1955 the President ex-
tended tlie tariff quota for 2 years, setting the
break point for the higher rate at 2.5 million
pounds." On March 14, 1957, the President re-
quested the Tariff Commission to determine
whether a further extension of the tariff quota
would be necessary.^ On May 8, 1957, the Com-
mission recommended an extension of the 2.5 mil-
lion pound tariff quota.''
' Bulletin of Auf. 2, 1954, p. 167.
" Ibid., July IS, 10.5.J, p. 117.
= Ibid., Apr. 8, 1957, p. 584.
' Copies of the Commission's report may be obt.iined
from the U.S. Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D.C.
210
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Proclamation 3187 '
Further Modification of the Trade-Agreement
Concession on Alsike Clover Seed
1. Whereas, pursuant to the authority vested in rue by
section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, and by
section 7 (c) of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of
1951, as amended, on June 30, 1954. I issued Proclamation
No. 3059 (3 CFR, 19.54 Supp. 2(5-27) modifying Item 763
of Part I of Schedule XX (original) annexed to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, and on June
29. 19.55, I further modified the said item 7G3 by Proc-
lamation No. 3100 (3 CFR, 1955 Supp. 32-33) so as to
provide that not more than 2,.500,000 pounds of alsike
clover seed described In the said item 763 entered, or
■withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during each
12-month period beirinning July 1 in the years 1955 and
1956 should be dutiable at 2 cents per pound and that
an.v such seed not subject to the rate of 2 cents per pound
should be dutiable at 6 cents per pound ; and
2. Whereas section 7 of the Trade Agreements Ex-
tension Act of 1951, as amended, provides that the modi-
fication of a trade-agreement concession pursuant to
such section 7 shall be for such time as is necessary to
prevent or remedy serious injury to the domestic in-
dustry concerned ; and
3. Whereas the said further modification of the said
item 763 for the period of two years ending June 30, 1957,
was made with a view to a later determination of the
need for continuing the said further modification beyond
June 30, 1957 ; and
4. Whereas, on March 14, 1957, I requested the United
States Tariff Commission to make an investigation under
paragraph 2 of Executive Order No. 10401 of October 14,
1952 (3 CFR, 1952 Supp. 105-6), to determine whether
and to what extent the tariff quota on imports of alsike
clover seed established by the said further modification
will remain necessary after June 30, 1957 ; and
5. Whereas, on May 7, 1957, the United States Tariff
Commission reported to me that as a result of the in-
vestigation made pursuant to my request referred to in
the second recital of this proclamation the Commission
has found that the continuation beyond June 30, 1957, of
the modification of the trade-agreement concession on
alsike clover seed as set forth in Proclamation No. 3100,
referred to in the first recital of this proclamation, will
remain necessary in order to prevent serious injury to the
domestic industry concerned ; and
6. Whereas section 350 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as
amended, authorizes the President to proclaim such
modification of existing duties and such additional im-
port restrictions as are required or appropriate to carry
out any foreign trade agreement that the President
has entered into under the said section 350; and
7. Whereas I find that the further modification of
the concession granted in the said General Agreement
with respect to alsike clover seed described in the said
Item 763 to permit the application to such seed of the
duty treatment hereinafter proclaimed is necessary to
prevent serious injury to the domestic industry produc-
ing the like or directly competitive product, and that
upon such further modification of the said concession it
vv'ill be appropriate to carry out the said General Agree-
ment to apply to alsike clover seed the duty treatment
hereinafter proclaimed :
Now, therefore, I, DwiGHT D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, acting under the au-
thority vested in me by section 350 of the Tariff Act of
19.30, as amended, and by section 7 (c) of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as amended, and in
accordance with the provisions of the said General
Agreement, do proclaim —
(a) That the provision in the said item 763 with re-
spect to alsike clover seed shall be further modified dur-
ing the period July 1, 1957, to June 30, 1959, both dates
inclusive, to read as follows :
Tariff Act
Rate of duty
of 1930,
Description of products
(cents per
pound)
paragraph
763
Grass seeds and other forage crop
seeds :
Alsike clover
2
Provided, That not more than
3,000,000 pounds of alsike clover
seed entered during each 12-
nionth period beginning July 1
in 1957 and 1958 shall be duti-
able at 2 cents per pound. Any
such seed entered during any
such period and not subject to
the rate of 2 cents per pound
shall be dutiable at
6
' 22 Fed. Reg. 4593.
(b) That during the period July 1, 1957 to June 30,
1959, both dates inclusive, alsike clover seed described
in the said item 703, as modified by paragraph (a), above,
shall be subject to the duties specified in the said item
763 as so modified.
Proclamation No. 2761A of December 16, 1947, as
amended and supplemented, is modified accordingly dur-
ing the period July 1, 1957, to June 30, 1959, both dates
inclusive.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand
and caused the seal of the United States of America to
be affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this 24th day of June
in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[seal] fifty-seven, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the one hundred and
eighty-first.
By the President :
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State
July 29, 1957
211
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Development of International Travel In the Western Hemisphere
MEETING OF PERMANENT EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, INTER-AMERICAN TRAVEL CONGRESSES
WASHINGTON, MAY 10-15, 1957
-by H. H. Kelly
Vigorous i)lans for the continued development
of international travel in the Western Hemisphere
were made by representatives of seven American
Republics at a meeting of the Permanent Execu-
tive Committee of the Inter-American Travel
Congresses, held at the Pan American Union,
Washington, D. C, May 10-15, 1957. The ses-
sion was the first held by the Committee since the
6th Inter-American Travel Congress in Costa
Rica in April 1956 ^ and brought to the operation-
al level many of the policy decisions made at
that meeting.
The Committee is composed of officials of seven
countries — Argentina, Costa Rica, Mexico, Pana-
ma, Peru, Uruguay, and the United States — and
all of these were represented at the meeting. In
addition, observers were present from tlie Gov-
ernments of Brazil and Chile, the International
Monetary Fund, the Inter-American Statistical
Institute, and tlie Pan American Sanitary Bureau,
together with numerous private organizations
interested in the field of travel.
Statistics on Inter-American Travel
As a new attack upon the problem of obtaining
more complete and accurate statistics on travel to
• Mr. Kelly, author of the above article,
is director of the International Travel Di-
vision, U.S. Department of Commierce, and
was the U.S. representative to the meeting of
the Permanent Executive Committee of the
Inter-American Travel Congresses.
212
and from Latin American countries, a plan of
basic investigation developed by the Inter- Ameri-
can Statistical Institute at the request of the Com-
mittee was approved. Under this plan the In-
stitute would employ two statisticians for a
period of several months to assemble and analyze
the best existing data from the 21 American Re-
publics, set up a minimum program for tlie com-
pilation of uniform travel statistics in each
country, and prepare a report which can be acted
upon at the 7th Travel Congress next year. The
cost of the project was estimated at $15,000, and
the necessary funds will be souglit from govern-
ments and private enterprise. Among the organi-
zations specifically mentioned as being potential
participants in the project were the International
Air Transport Association, the Inter-American
Federation of Automobile Clubs, the Internation-
al Road Federation, the Inter-American Hotel
Association, the American Merchant Marine In-
stitute, and the American Society of Travel
Agents. Organization of the project was placed
in the hands of the president of the Executive
Committee, Eduardo Dibos of Peru, and the ex-
ecutive secretary. Dr. Francisco Hernandez of
the Pan American Union.
Coordination With World Organization
An invitation from the International Union of
Official Travel Organizations to have the Inter-
American Travel Congresses act as a regional com-
mission of the world organization was accepted.
The necessary formalities to establish an effective
'Bulletin of June 18, 1956, p. 1029.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bullefin
working relationship between the two bodies will
be undertaken promptl}' so that the Inter- Ameri-
can gronp can participate officially in the next
annual meeting of lUOTO, to be held in the
United States in November 1957. This action is
similar to that taken by the Pacific Area Travel
Association in February of this year and insures
close coordination between the world organization
and these two important regional groups.
Documentation Required of Travelers
Appreciative note was taken of a new report
prei)ared liy tlie secretariat itemizing the current
requirements of American Govermnents as to
passports, visas, vaccination certificates, and other
personal documentation for travelers. Tliis re-
j)ort was a notable example of the extensive back-
ground material prepared for this Committee
meeting. An interesting summary of the down-
ward trend in the redtape formalities showed the
efforts of many countries to facilitate the entry
of tourists. As a striking example, the require-
ments applicable to U.S. tourists were revealed
to have changed as follows between 1948 and
1957: number of countries requiring passports
and visas, from 10 to 3; acceptance of passport
without visa, from 4 to 6; issuance of tourist or
landing card by transportation companies or
upon arrival, from 6 to 8 ; requirements of police
certificate, from 11 to 3.
Tlie Committee again urged ratification by all
countries of the 1954 United Nations conventions
on simplified customs formalities for tourists'
personal eifects and tourists' automobiles. -
Documentation jarovided for the meeting in-
cluded a useful summary of the current customs
requirements in Latin American countries and a
report showing that thus far the United States
is the only counti-y in the Western Hemisphere
to ratify the 1954 U.N. conventions.
Numerous tasks were assigned to the secre-
tariat in preparation for the next Travel Con-
gress. Among these were studies on currency re-
strictions imposed upon travelers in certain coun-
tries, direct taxes which militate against travel,
hotel development, sui^plementary lodging facili-
ties, and collective advertising programs.
Manual on Minimum Sanitation Standards
Satisfaction was expressed at the recent estab-
' S. Execs. A and B, 84th Cong., 2d sess.
July 29, 7957
lishment by the Pan American Sanitary Bureau
of a committee of experts to prepare a manual
on minimum standards of sanitation for hotels
and restaurants. A similar expression of appre-
ciation was given to the recent successful inau-
guration of a prize essay contest on the subject
of "Freedom of International Travel," funds for
which have been provided by four leading U.S.
associations.
A formal invitation was received fi-om the
Government of Uruguay to hold the 7th Inter-
American Travel Congress at Montevideo during
the first 2 weeks of March 1958 and was accepted.
The Committee also decided to hold its next meet-
ing at Habana, Cuba, probably in the early au-
tumn of this year. The four teclmical commis-
sions of the Congresses were requested to hold
their next meetings before the end of 1957, using
the decisions of the Executive Committee as the
basis of their work.
A special feature of the meeting was an in-
dustry roundtable session, at which officials of
many leading U.S. associations and enterprises
participated. These industry spokesmen em-
phasized the growing importance of travel in the
modern economy from the point of view of air
and steamship lines, automobile clubs, highway
interests, travel agents, mapmaking enterprises,
travel promotion organizations, and others. A
special report will be issued subsequently by the
secretariat containing the many interesting
papers presented to this special session.
U.S. Representative on ECOSOC
Confirmed by Senate
The Senate on July 3 confirmed Neil H. Jacoby
to be representative of the United States on the
Economic and Social Council of the United Na-
tions. (For biographic details, see press release
387 dated June 25.)
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
The Department of State announced on July
12 (press release 421) that the U.S. Govermnent
will be represented by the following delegation at
the 19th Conference of the International Union
213
of Pure and Applied Chemistry (lUPAC), which
will be held at Paris, France, July 16-25, 1957,
meeting simultaneously with the 16th Interna-
tional Congress of Pure and Applied Chemistry.
Arthur C. Cope, chairman, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Cambridge, Mass.
Wallace R. Erode, National Bureau of Standards,
Department of Commerce
Ralph A. Connor, Rohm and Haas Co., Philadelphia, Pa.
Herbert A. Laitinen, University of Illinois, Urbana, 111.
Frederick D. Rossini, Carnegie Institute of Technology,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Ernest H. Volwiler, Abbott Laboratories, North Chicago,
111.
The lUPAC is one of the associated unions of
the International Council of Scientific Unions, to
which the U.S. Government adheres through the
National Academy of Sciences-National Research
Council. Its objectives are to organize permanent
cooperation between organizations of chemists m
the 31 member countries, to coordinate their facil-
ities for scientific and technical resources, and to
contribute to the development and progress of
chemistry in all spheres by convening conferences,
congresses, and roundtable discussions.
The 19th Conference of lUPAC will review
the Union's program since its last meeting (Zurich,
July 1955), plan the 1958-59 program and budget,
and, principally through the activities of the 16th
Congress of Pure and Applied Chemistry, ex-
change the latest scientific information. The sub-
jects of the papers to be presented deal with
physical, inorganic, and organic chemistry.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Economic and Social Council
Commission on the Status of Women. Equal Remunera-
tion for Men and Women for Work of Equal Value.
Report prepared by the International Labor Office.
E/CN.6/300, February 19, 1957. 42 pp. mimeo.
Development of International Travel, Its Present Increas-
ing Volume and Future Prospects. Further communica-
tion from the Government of Italy. E/2933/Add. 5,
February 20, 19.57. 11 pp. miraeo.
Commission on Human Rit;hts. Right of Asylum. Memo-
randum by the Secretary-General. E/CN.4/738, Feb-
ruary 21, 1957. 18 pp. mimeo.
Population Commission. Background Facts on World
Population and Population Trends. E/CN.9/139, Feb-
ruary 21, 1957. 56 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Action Taken Upon
Decisions Reached by the Tenth Session of the Com-
mission on the Status of Women. E/CN.6/304, Feb-
ruary 22, 1957. 7 pp. mimeo.
214
Social Commission. Report on the World Social Situa-
tion. B/CN.5/324, February 27, 1957. 264 pp. mimeo.
Social Commission. Report on the World Social Situation
(Part II). E/CN.5/324/ Add. 1, February 27, 1957. 235
pp. mimeo.
Social Commission. Maintenance of Family Levels of
Living: Social Policy Relating to Social Insurance, So-
cial A.ssistance and Related Social Services.
E/CN.5/321, February 28, 1957. 89 pp. mimeo.
Technical Assistance. Report of the Technical Assistance
Committee. E/2952, March 1, 1957. 3 pp. mimeo.
Commission on Human Rights. Report of the Ninth Ses-
sion of the Sub-Commission on Prevention of Discrimi-
nation and Protection of Minorities. E/CN.4/740
E/CN.4/Sub. 2/186, March 8, 1957. 90 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Report Presented
by the Inter-American Commission of Women to the
Eleventh Session of the United Nations Commission on
the Status of Women. E/CN.6/306, March 8, 1957. 15
pp. mimeo.
Social Commission. Report on Concepts and Principles of
Community Development and Recommendations on Fur-
ther Practical Measures To Be Taken by International
Organizations. Report by the Secretary-General.
E/CN.5/325, March 12, 1957. 199 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Gas Problems in
Europe. Report by the Ad Hoc Working Party on Gas
Problems submitted pursuant to Resolution 2 (XI).
E/ECE/269, March 12, 1957. 15 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Reports from the
Committees of the Commission on Their Activities, and
an Additional Note by the Executive Secretary.
E/ECE/265, March 12, 1957. 85 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Consideration of an
All-European Agreement on Economic Co-operation.
E/ECE/270, Part I, March 12, 1957. 68 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. All-European Agree-
ment on Economic Co-operation. Analytical summary
of the observations on the proposal of the U.S.S.R.
received by the Executive Secretary. E/ECE/270,
Part II, March 12, 1957. 20 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. The Commission's
Program of Work for 1957/1958. E/ECE/279, March 12,
1957. 41 pp. mimeo.
Educational Conditions in Non-Self-Governing Terri-
tories. Note by the Secretary-General. E/2956, March
13, 1957. 3 pp. mimeo.
Report of the Population Commission. Ninth session, 25
February-8 March 1957. E/2957 E/CN.9/144, March
13, 1957. 50 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Economic Develop-
ment of Southern Europe. E/ECE/274, March 14, 1957.
3 pp. mimeo.
Social Commission. Progress Made by the United Nations
in the Social Field During the Period 1 January 19.55-
31 December 1956 and Proposals For the Program of
Work 1957-59. E/CN.5/326, March 14, 1957. 137 pp.
mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Pollution of Waters
in Europe. Note by the Executive Secretary. E/ECE/-
267, March 14, 1957. 8 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Note by the Executive
Secretary on Other Activities of the Commission and
the Secretariat. E/ECE/275, March 14, 1957. 13 pp.
mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Employment of
Older Women Workers. E/CN.6/298/Add.l, March 15,
1957. 3 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Review of Pro-
gram of Work and Establishment of Priorities.
E/CN.6/307, March 15, 1957. 3 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Report on Manjwwer
Problems in Europe. E/ECE/266, March 18, 1957.
13 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. Energy Problems In
Europe. E/ECE/268, March 19, 1957. 2 pp. mimeo.
Freedom of Information. Media of Information in
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Under-Developed Countries. E/2947/Add.l, March 19,
1957. 3 pp. mimeo.
Economic Dovelopmeut of Under-Developed Countries.
Industrialization. E/2958, March 19, 1957. 9 pp.
mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Occupational Out-
look for Women. E/CN.6/308, March 20, 1957. 6 pp.
mimeo.
Social Commission. Financing of Housing and Com-
munity Improvement Programs. Report by the Secre-
tary-General on the regional activities undertaken pur-
suant to Economic and Social Council resolution 585
E (XX). E/CN.5/327, March 20, 1957. 23 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. The Development of
Contacts Between Countries of Eastern and Western
Europe. E/ECE/271, March 21, 1957. 25 pp. mimeo.
TREATY INFORMATION
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement
With Union of Soutii Africa
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the
Department of State announced on July 8 (press
release 411) that representatives of the Union of
South Africa and the United States on that day
signed an agreement for cooperation in the peace-
ful uses of atomic energy. Signing for the Union
of South Africa was Ambassador Wentzel C. du
Plessis. William M. Rountree, Assistant Secre-
tary of State for Near Eastern, South Asian and
African Affairs, and Lewis L. Strauss, Chairman
of the Atomic Energy Commission, signed for the
United States.
Under terms of the power and research agree-
ment, the first of its kind to be signed with a nation
in Africa, there will be an exchange of informa-
tion on reactor technology, health and safety
measures connected with reactor operation, and on
medical, biological, agricultural, and industrial
uses of isotopes. In addition the U.S. Atomic
Energy Commission has agreed to make available
for purchase by the Union of South Africa up to
500 kilograms (1,100 pounds) of 20 percent en-
riched uranium for fueling power reactors; up
to 6 kilograms of 90 percent enriched uranium
for use in a materials testing reactor ; and research
quantities of U-233, U-235, and plutonium. The
United States provided the Union Government
with an atomic science technical library in 1956.
The agreement will enter into force following
completion of the necessary constitutional and
statutory requirements of the two Governments.
U.S. and Australia To Exchange
Atomic Information for Defense
Following is an announcement and the text of
an agreement {press release 1^.19 dated July 12)
signed hy representatives of the Government of
the United States and the Government of Australia
for the exchange of atomic information for mutual
defense purposes, together with a letter of trans-
mittal from President Eisenhower to Representa-
tive Carl T. Durham, chaii'man of the Joint
Committee on Atomic Energy, released hy the
White House on July 12.
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Representatives of the Government of the
United States and the Govenmient of Australia
have reached agreement on the terms for the ex-
change of atomic information for mutual defense
purposes. ^ This proposed agreement, approved
by President Eisenhower and signed on July 12
by Ambassador Sir Percy Spender for Avistralia
and by Howard P. Jones, Deputy Assistant Secre-
tary of State for Far Eastern xVffairs, for the
United States, is being submitted to the Joint
Committee on Atomic Energy of the United States
Congress. According to the terms of the United
States Atomic Energy Act of 1954 the proposed
agreement must lie before the Joint Committee
on Atomic Energy for a period of 30 days before
it enters into force.
The agreement provides that :
"VVliile the United States and the Commonwealth
of Australia are participating in international
arrangements for their mutual defense and secu-
rity and making substantial and material contri-
bution thereto, each Government will from time
to time make available to the other Government
atomic information which the Government making
such information available deems necessary to :
(a) the development of defense i^lans ;
(b) the training of personnel in the employ-
ment of and defense against atomic weapons ; and
(c) the evaluation of the capabilities of poten-
tial enemies in the employment of atomic weapons.
' For similar agreements with Canada and the United
Kingdom, see Bulletin of July 11, 1955, p. 59.
iiily 29, 1957
215
Under the agreement the United States will be
able to release to Australia infonnation which the
Australian Government believes will be of great
value in defense planning and training of Aus-
tralian servicemen to meet conditions of atomic
warfare. It also assures that similar information,
developed in Australia, can be made available
to the U.S. Government. This agi-eement is fur-
ther evidence of the close defense collaboration
which exists between our two countries. It com-
plements the agi'eement for cooperation in the
peaceful uses of atomic energy concluded by Aus-
tralia and the United States in June 1956. ^
TEXT OF AGREEMENT
Agreement Between the Government of the United
States of America and the Gov'ernment of the Com-
monwealth OF Australia for Cooperation Regarding
Atomic Information for Mutual Defense Purposes
The Government of the United States of America and
the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia,
RecognizlnK that their mutual security and defense re-
quires that they be prepared to meet the contingencies
of atomic warfare,
Recognizing that their common interests will be ad-
vanced by the exchange of information pertinent thereto.
Believing that the exchange of such information can
be undertaken without threat to the security of either
country, and
Taking into consideration the United States Atomic
Energy Act of 19.54, which was prepared with these pur-
poses in mind,
Agree as follows :
Article I
1. While the United States and the Commonwealth of
Australia are participating in international arrangements
for their mutual defense and security and making sub-
stantial and material contribution thereto, each Govern-
ment will from time to time make available to the other
Government atomic information which the Government
making such information available deems necessary to :
(a) the development of defense plans;
(b) the training of personnel in the employment of and
defense against atomic weapons ; and
(e) the evaluation of the capabilities of potential ene-
mies in the employment of atomic weapons.
2. Atomic information which is transferred by either
Government pursuant to this Agreement shall be used
by the other Government exclusively for the preparation
and implementation of defense plans in the mutual in-
terests of the two countries.
- Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3S30.
Article II
1. All transfers of atomic information to the Common-
wealth of Australia by the United States pursuant to this
Agreement will be made in compliance with the pro-
visions of the United States Atomic Energy Act of 19.54
and any subsequent applicable United States legislation.
2. Under this Agreement there will be no transfers by
the United States or the Commonwealth of Australia of
atomic weapons or special nuclear material, as these terms
are defined in Section 11 d and Section 11 t of the United
States Atomic Energy Act of 1954.
Article III
1. Atomic information made available pursuant to this
Agreement shall be accorded full security protection under
applicable security arrangements between the United
States and the Commonwealth of Australia and applicable
national legislation and regulations of the two countries.
In no case shall either Government maintain security
standards for safeguarding atomic information made
available pursuant to this Agreement lower than those
set forth in the applicable security arrangements in effect
on the date this Agreement comes into force.
2. Atomic information which is exchanged pursuant to
this Agreement will be made available through channels
existing or hereafter agreed for the exchange of classified
defense information between the two Governments.
3. Atomic information received pursuant to this Agree-
ment shall not be transferred by the recipient Govern-
ment to any unauthorized person or, except as provided
in Article V of this Agreement, beyond the jurisdiction
of that Government. Each Government may stipulate
the degree to which any of the categories of information
made available to the other Government pursuant to
this Agreement may be disseminated, may specify the
categories of persons who may have access to such in-
formation, and may impose such other restrictions on the
dissemination of such information as it deems necessary.
Article IV
As used in this Agreement, "atomic information"
means :
(a) so far as concerns the information provided by the
United States, Restricted Data, as defined in Section 11 r
of the United States Atomic Energy Act of 10.54, which
is permitted to be communicated pursuant to the provi-
sions of Section 144 b of that Act, and information re-
lating primarily to the military utilization of atomic
weapons which has been removed from the Restricted
Data category in accordance with the provisions of Sec-
tion 142 d of the United States Atomic Energy Act of
1954;
(b) so far as concerns the information provided by
the Commonwealth of Australia, information exchanged
under this Agreement which is either classified atomic
energy information or other Commonwealth of Australia
defense information which it is decided to transfer to the
United States in pursuance of Article I of this Agreement.
216
Department of State Bulletin
Article V
Nothing herein shall be interpreted or operate as a bar
or restriction to fonsultation and cooperation by the
United States or the Commonwealth of Australia with
other nations or regional organizations in any fields of
defense. Neither Government, however, shall conmiuni-
cate atomic information made available by the other
Government pursuant to this Agreement to any nation or
regional organization unless the same information has
been made available to that nation or i-egional organiza-
tion by the other Government in accordance with its own
legislative requirements and except to the extent that
such comunmication is expressly authorized by such other
Government.
Article VI
This Agreement shall enter into force on the date on
•which each Government shall receive from the other Gov-
ernment written notification that it has complied with all
statutory and con-stitutional requirements for the entry
into force of such an Agreement, and shall remain in effect
until terminated by mutual agreement of both
Governments.
In witness whereof, the undersigned, being duly au-
thorized by their respective Governments, have signed
the present Agreement.
Done at Washington in duplicate this twelfth day of
July, 1957.
For the Government of the United States of America :
Howard P. Jones
IFor the Government of the Commonwealth of Australia :
Perot Spender
LETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT TO REPRE-
SENTATIVE DURHAM
July 15, 1957
Dear Mr. Durham : Pursuant to Section 123 of
the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, 1 hereby submit
to the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy a pro-
iposed agreement between the Governments of the
United States and Austraha for cooperation re-
garding communication of atomic information for
mutual defense purposes under Section l'±4b. of
the Act.
Under the terms of the proposed agreement,
the United States may exchange with Australia,
so long as Australia pursuant to an international
arrangement continues to make substantial and
material contributions to the mutual defense effort,
atomic information which the United States con-
siders necessary to
( 1 ) the development of defense plans ;
(2) the training of personnel in the employ-
ment of and defense against atomic weapons ; and
(3) the evaluation of the capabilities of poten-
tial enemies in the employment of atomic weapons.
Australia will make atomic information avail-
able to the United States on the same basis.
Atomic information made available pursuant to
the proposed agreement will not be transferred
to unauthorized persons, or beyond the jurisdic-
tion of the recipient government except where that
information is to be communicated to another na-
tion or regional organization which has already
been given the same information under an agree-
ment similar to this and then only to the extent
such transfer is specifically authorized by the
originating government.
Transfers of atomic information by the United
States imder the proposed agreement will be made
only in accordance with the Atomic Energy Act
of 1954 and will be safeguarded by the stringent
security arrangements in effect between the United
States and Australia when this agreement comes
into force.
The agreement will remain in effect until termi-
nated by agreement between the two governments,
but the actual exchange of atomic information is
entirely discretionary.
The Department of Defense has strongly recom-
mended approval of this agreement. It is my firm
conviction that through the cooperative measures
foreseen in this agreement we will have aided mate-
rially not only in strengthening our own defenses
but also those of our Australian ally and will
thereby contribute greatly to the mutual defense
efforts which are of such vital importance to the
maintenance of our common freedom.
Accordingly, I hereby determine that the per-
formance of this proposed agreement will pro-
mote and will not constitute an unreasonable risk
to tlie common defense and security, and approve
this agreement. In addition, I hereby authorize,
subject to the provisions of the Atomic Energy Act
of 1954, the Secretary of State to execute the pro-
posed agreement and the Department of Defense,
with the assistance of the Atomic Energy Com-
mission, to cooperate with Australia and to com-
municate Eestricted Data to Australia under the
agreement.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
J«/y 29, 7957
217
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Agriculture
International plant protection convention. Done at Rome
December 6, 1951. Entered into force April 3, 1952.'
Ratification deposited: Federal KepuMic of Germany,
May .S, 1957.
Notification hy Federal Repuhlic of Germany of exten-
sion to: Land Berlin (effective date the same as that
for the Federal Republic, I.e. May 3, 1957).
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New Yorli October 26, 19.56."
Ratifications deposited: Czechoslovakia, July 5, 1957;
Honduras, July 9, 1957 : Dominican Republic, July
11, 1957 ; Portugal, July 12, 1957.
Automotive Traffic
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New Yorli June 4, 1954.
Enters into force: September 11, 1957.
Telecommunications
International telecommunication convention. Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Entered into force
January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Ratification deposited: Paraguay, May 24, 1957.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on July 3 confirmed the following:
W. Randolph Burgess to be United States permanent
representative on the Council of the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization, with the rank and status of Ambassador.
(For biographic details, see press release 390 dated
June 26. )
Vinton Chapin to be Ambassador to Luxembourg. (For
biographic details, see press release 383 dated June 24.)
Maxwell H. Gluck to be Ambassador to Ceylon. (For
biographic details, see press release 391 dated June 2fl.)
Resignations
John B. Hollister as Director of the International Co-
operation Administration. (For texts of Mr. Hollister's
letter to the President and the President's reply, see White
House press release dated July 11.)
BILATERAL
Australia
Agreement for cooperation regarding atomic Information
for mutual defense purposes. Signed at Washington
July 12, 1957. Enters into force on date each Govern-
ment receives from the other written notification that
it has complied with statutory and constitutional
requirements.
Canada
Protocol to the convention for the protection, preserva-
tion, and extension of the sockeye salmon fisheries in
the Fraser River system of May 26, 1930 (50 Stat. 1355).
Signed at Ottawa December 28, 1956.
Ratifications exchanged: July 3, 1957.
Entered into force: July 3, 1957.
Lebanon
Military assistance agreement. Effected by exchange of
notes at Beirut June 3 and 6, 1957. Entered into force
June 6, 1957.
Paraguay
Agreement for financing educational exchange programs.
Signed at Asuncion April 4, 1957.
Entered into force: June 26, 1957 (date of receipt by the
United States of notification of ratification by
Paraguay).
Union of South Africa
Power reactor agreement concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington July 8, 1957. Enters
into force on date each Government receives from the
other written notification that it has complied with
statutory and constitutional requirements.
' Not in force for the United States.
^Not In force.
Ciiecit List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 8-14
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases i.ssued prior to July 8 which appear
In this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 394 of June
27, 406 of July 2, and 410 of July 5.
No. Date Subject
411 7/8 Atoms-for-peace agreement with South
Africa.
412 7/8 Phleger and Peck designated members
of Permanent Court of Arbitration
(rewrite).
Dulles : death of Herv^ L'Heureux.
Denationalization of dwellings in Hun-
gary.
Nixon-Suhrawardy exchange of greet-
ings.
Satterthwaite : statement on broadcast-
ing agreements.
Civil Service League awards.
Ploeser nominated Ambassador to Para-
guay (biographic details).
Atomic agreement with Australia.
Dulles to visit Kingston and Ottawa.
Delegation to International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistry (re-
write).
*422 7/12 Program for visit of Pakistan Prime
Minister.
*413
414
7/9
7/10
415
7/10
t416
7/11
*417
*41S
7/11
7/11
419
*420
421
7/12
7/12
7/12
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
218
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
July 29, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVII, No. 944
Atrricultare. President Requests Investigation of Almond
Imports 210
American Republics. Development of International Travel
In the Western Hemisphere (Kelly) 212
Atomic Energy
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Union of South Africa . 215
U.S. and Australia To Exchange Atomic Information tor
Defense (Eisenhower, text of agreement) 215
U.S. Will Continue Efforts To Eliminate Atomic Fallout
(Hagerty) 185
Anstralia. U.S. and Australia To Exchange Atomic Infor-
mation for Defense (Elsenhower, text of agreement) . 215
Belgium. Supplementary Trade Agreements With Benelux
Countries and U.K. (texts of agreements, supplementary
notes, and proclamation) 200
Ceylon. Gluck confirmed as ambassador 218
Communism. Foreign Policy and Some Implications tor
Education (Wilcox) 179
Congress. The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign Policy , . 200
Views of Department of State on House Joint Resolution
16 (Herter, text of memorandum) 198
Visit of Prime Minister Suhrawardy of Pakistan (texts
of addresses) 186
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Burgess, Chapln, Gluck) 218
Resignations (Hollister) 218
Economic Affairs
Committee To Investigate Crude Oil Imports 209
Development of International ^Rvel in the Western
Hemisphere (Kelly) 212
Extension of Tariff Quota on Clover Seed Imports (text of
proclamation) 210
President Requests Investigation of Almond Imports . . 210
Sale of Long Staple Cotton From National Stockpile
(Elsenhower) 209
Supplementary Trade Agreements With Benelux Countries
and U.K. (texts of agreements, supplementary notes,
and proclamation) 200
Health, Education, and Welfare, Foreign Policy and Some
Implications for Education (Wilcox) 179
Hungary
Certain Dwellings in Hungary To Be Denationalized . . 196
Foreign Policy and Some Implications for Education
(Wilcox) 179
Hungary : Our Continuing Responsibility (Wadsworth) . 192
International Law. U.S. Names Two New Members to
Permanent Court of Arbitration 196
International Organizations and Conferences
Development of International Travel in the Western
Hemisphere (Kelly) 212
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
(delegation) 213
Japan. Supreme Court Upholds Government Action in
Girard Case (text of decision) 196
Luxembourg
Chapln confirmed as ambas^^ador 218
Supplementary Trade Agreements With Benelux Countries
and U.K. (texts of agreements, supplementary notes,
and proclamation) 200
Middle East. Foreign Policy and Some Implications for
Education (Wilcox) 179
Military Affairs
Supreme Court Upholds Government Action In Girard
Case (text of decision) 196
Views of Department of State on House Joint Resolution
16 (Herter, text of memorandum) 198
Netherlands. Supplementary Trade Agreements With
Benelux Countries and U.K. (texts of agreements, sup-
plementary notes, and proclamation) 200
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Confirmations (Bur-
gess) 218
Pakistan. Visit of Prime Minister Suhrawardy of Paki-
stan (texts of joint communique and addresses to Con-
gress, exchange of greetings) 186
Presidential Documents
Extension of Tariff Quota on Clover Seed Imports . . . 210
President Requests Investigation of Almond Imports . . 210
Sale of Long Staple Cotton From National Stockpile . . 209
Supplementary Trade Agreements With Benelux Coun-
tries and U.K 200
U.S. and Australia To Exchange Atomic Information for
Defense 215
Visit of Prime Minister Suhrawardy of Pakistan (text of
joint communique) 186
South Africa, Union of. Atoms-tor-Peace Agreement With
Union of South Africa 215
Treaty Information
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Union of South Africa . 215
Current Actions 218
U.S. and Australia To Exchange Atomic Information for
Defense (Eisenhower, text of agreement) 215
U.S.S.R. Hungary : Our Continuing Responsibility
(Wadsworth) 192
United Kingdom. Supplementary Trade Agreements With
Benelux Countries and U.K. (text of agreements, sup-
plementary notes, and proclamation) 20O
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 214
Foreign Policy and Some Implications for Education
(Wilcox) 179
Hungary: Our Continuing Responsibility (Wadsworth) . 192
U.S. Representative on ECOSOC Confirmed by Senate . 213
Name Index
Burgess, W. Randolph 218
Chapln, Vinton 218
Elsenhower, President 207,210,217
Gluck, Maxwell H 218
Hagerty, James C 185
Herter, Christian A 198
Hollister, John B 218
Jacoby, Neil H 213
Kelly, H. H 212
Peck, David W 196
Phleger, Herman 196
Suhrawardy, Huseyn Shaheed 186
Wadsworth, James J 192
Wilcox, Francis O 179
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
(CPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Foreign Relations of the United States
The basic source of information on
U.S. diplomatic history
the
f940, Volume II, General and Europe
Department
of
State
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Eneloted find:
(cash, check, or
money order).
This volume contains correspondence on subjects of multilateral
interest chiefly regarding problems connected with the neutrality
policy of the United States, repatriation of Amerjtin citizens and
others, assistance to refugees, and efforts of the UniteoiStates to acquire
supplies of raw materials for defense purposes. Among minor topics
treated is that of territorial claims in the Antarctic advanced by certain
goverimients.
The volume also deals with bilateral relations with the following
countries: Denmark, France, Germany, Iceland, Italy, Lithuania,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Rumania, Spain, and Switzerland.
The largest of the country sections is that regarding relations with
France, with interest centering on the effects of the German occupa-
tion of that country and the resulting concern for American security,
especially as to the disposition of the French fleet and the fate of
French overseas possessions.
Correspondence under other country headings concerns such mat-
ters as the defense of Iceland, efforts to keep Italy out of the war,
proposed sending of relief supplies to Poland, Spanish neutrality, and
the supplying of foodstuffs to Spain.
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington
25, D. C, for $4 each.
Please send me copies of Foreign Relations of the United States,
1940, Volume II, General and Europe.
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT
DEPOSITORY
^-
A'ffXjyl^
ICiAL
^KLY RECORD
TED STATES
REIGN POLICY
\t^ 6, ( n^-o
^%
Vol. XXXVII, No. 945
August 5, 1957
THE RULE OF LAW AMONG NATIONS • by Under
Secretary Herter 223
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
JULY 16 228
A UNITED STATES VIEW OF THE UNITED
NATIONS • fay Ambassador James J. Wadsworth .... 235
CONSIDERATION OF MEXICAN AND NORTH
AMERICAN REGIONAL BROADCASTING AGREE-
MENTS • Statement by Livingston Satterthwaite .... 242
THE TRUST TERRITORY OF THE PACIFIC
ISLANDS • Statement by Delmas H. Nucker 248
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superintenrlpnt of Documents
AUG 2 9 1957
Vol. XXXVII, No. 945 • Publication 6526
August 5, 1957 .
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Peice:
52 issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies oj
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral interruitional interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The Rule of Law Among Nations
hy Under Secretary Herter ^
It is said to be a pity that youth must be wasted
on the young, and I think it is a parallel thought
that it is unfortunate that the only witnesses to
great events are often those involved in them.
Just as the young are largely unaware until after-
ward of the blessings of youth, so people like our-
selves, involved as we are in the convolutions of
a changing world, are often so much concerned
with our own segment of the struggle that we
overlook the broader drama in which we play our
p;irts.
With the thought, then, of contributing some-
what to a perspective view, I wish to spend my
time tonight considering what your field, which is
the law, is contributing to my field, which is diplo-
macy; and what diplomacy, in turn, is contrib-
uting to the development of international law.
The events of the past few months in the Middle
East are of great significance in this connection,
so I want to give particular attention to them.
Not being a lawyer, I speak, of course, as a lay-
man.
It seems to me quite evident that one of the
basic facts of this age of thermonuclear weapons
is that law itself must occupy a higher place in it
than in previous ages. Until fairly recently war
was both a legal and a pragmatic means of settling
international disputes. The Kellogg-Briand Pact,
however, some 30 years ago outlawed war as an
instrument of policy; and then came the charter
of the United Nations, which forbids resort to
armed force unless authorized by the United Na-
tions or undertaken in defense against armed ag-
gression. And now that thermonuclear weapons
dominate the scene, war has also become so an-
nihilating, even for the victor, that it is unthink-
' Address made before the American Bar Association
at New Yorlj, N. Y., ou July 1.5 (press release 423).
able that it should be used except as a defensive
weapon.
The rule of law must therefore in great measure
supplant the rule of war as the final arbiter of
international intercourse, if this mtercourse is to
continue at all.
The Fabric of Social Order
The fabric of social order is woven from a
number of strands. In the first place law and
custom, written or miwritten, reflect the consensus
of the community as to what action is right and
reasonable. Second, there is some established and
accepted means of changing these rules of action,
so that they may continue to meet evolving needs
and circumstances. In the third place, there is
some person or agency empowered by the com-
munity to administer its law. Fourth, there are
organs of judgment which resolve disputes under
the law. Fifth, there should be physical force
sufficient to deter violence by its capacity to punish
breaches of the law. Finally, there must be suffi-
cient material and spiritual health to cause people
to act in reasonable and peaceful ways rather than
to be. driven by need, or fear, to acts of violence.
There already exist the strands for weaving a
world social order, but they are incomplete or im-
perfect, or have not yet been fully woven into the
fabric of international life. A considerable body
of international law exists — in the United Nations
Charter, in so-called treaty law, and in that body
of custom and practice which has attained the
status of rules of international law. But the total
still falls far short of what is needed to establish
the rule of law among nations.
To be sure, change in the law is provided for
under the United Nations Charter and comes, in
addition, through developments in treaty law.
But still the process of change has not become
August 5, 7957
223
certain enough or orderly enough to insure that
it will be peaceful.
Administration and enforcement of the law is,
under the charter, placed in the hands of the
Security Council, and the charter provides that
the Council shall have at its disposal armed
forces needed for preserving the peace. Unfor-
tunately the intransigent Soviet attitude has de-
feated for the time being this original purpose,
and in consequence the free nations found it neces-
sary to agree to regional mutual assistance treaties
for their common defense, as permitted by the
United Nations Charter. They have also found
it necessary to improvise voluntarily collective
military action to meet specific situations such as
Korea.
The International Court of Justice is in being to
fulfill the judicial function, but to date the nations
have been reluctant to place disputes in the hands
of the Court ; and there are limits to the types of
controversies which can appropriately be referred
to the Court. We cannot overlook the essential
fact that the Court can only be effective where
controversies are submitted by common agreement
of the parties not only to refer their disputes to the
Court but to abide by the Court's decision. At-
tempts to steer heated political disputes into the
Court under pressure may result in disregard of
its decisions and might even destroy the Court.
In many areas of the earth the absence of the
necessities of life, or the fact or memory of
grievance or oppression, or the fact that rulers
have aggressive intentions, means that peace is on
precarious ground.
Thus, if we are to hope that the rule of law can
supplant the rule of force in the world, our work
is clear. We must continue to develop the body
of law, the institutions of social order, the habit
of public acceptance and resort to law, and the
social, economic, and political health which are the
essential bases of a law-abiding conununity. As
the Greek philosopher Heraclitus said : "The peo-
ple must fight for their law as for their wall." I
would add that the people must create their law
before they can defend it.
The Crisis in the Middle East
It is often in time of gravest crisis, when law
and order are most challenged and tested, that
new techniques in law are invented or applied
and the rule of law is thereby strengthened. It
224
is strengthened, that is, if the challenges are met
and the tests passed. Where law is flouted or ig-
nored, then the fabric of order can be damaged
or destroyed.
The crisis in the Middle East provided a dif-
ficult test of the capacity of tlie free nations to
deal effectively with a major dispute. "While the
major issues in that area are not resolved, there
has been important progress both in the raising of
issues and in the development of our machinery
for meeting crises.
Let me review some of the developments, deal-
ing with matters both of fact and law, as they
seem relevant:
Nationalization of the Suez Canal
The Egyptian seizure of the Suez Canal Com-
pany itself raised significant questions of law.
The United States reserved its position on the
question of the lawfulness of the piu-ported na-
tionalization and indicated its disposition to try
to work out a practicable solution of the canal
problem which would protect the legitimate in-
terests of all concerned. It is to be hoped, how-
ever, that the interest in these questions raised by
the Suez crisis will eventually result in a clari-
fication of the rules and, as well, an addition to the
body of international law.
The Period of Negotiation
The international discussions prior to the out-
break of hostilities in Egypt last fall looked to-
ward the conclusion of an agreement which would
settle the questions both of compensation and of
commitments regarding future operation of the
canal. Following Egypt's rejection of proposals
worked out at London by a group of user nations
and its failure to produce an alternative proposal,
the United Nations Security Council on October
13 of last year unanimously adopted a resolution—
with- the concurrence of Egypt — which set forth
six agreed requirements for a settlement govern-
ing the canal.= These principles covered the oper-
ation of the canal without discrimination, respect
for Egypt's sovereignty, isolation of operation of
the canal from the politics of any country, the
setting of tolls, the maintenance of the canal, and
the resolution of disputes between Egypt and the
Canal Company.
In recent months the canal has been opened
'■ Bulletin of Oct. 22, 1956, p. 616.
Department of State Bulletin
again to normal traffic. A number of nations, in-
cluding the United States and other maritime
powers, have agreed to give the Egyptian canal
regime a trial on a de facto basis. It remains to
be seen what kind of permanent regime for the
canal will emerge and whether existing machinery
will in fact be used for the settlement of any
differences regarding its operation.
The Hostilities
The process of negotiating a Suez Canal settle-
ment was interrupted by the outbreak of hostilities
in the Near East late last October.
An outbreak of armed conflict raises immedi-
ately the question as to when the use of force is
justified and when it is not. Collective military
action was recommended by the Security Council
of the United Nations in order to prevent the
conquest of the Republic of Korea by Communist
invaders. As to the recent events in the Middle
East, President Eisenhower stated on October 31 ^
that the action against Egypt could scarcely be
reconciled with the purposes and principles of the
United Nations, and there was overwhelming sup-
port of this position by the General Assembly
when it adopted a cease-fire resolution.''
The use of force in these times raises not only the
question of its justification, or lack of it, but the
question of the danger that hostilities will spread
and by their spreading ignite all-out war.
Cease-Fire
Time will show, perhaps, that some of the most
valuable developments of recent years in the
United Nations as an institution came from the
successful efforts to bring an end to the hostilities
in Egypt.
The Security Council was prevented by vetoes
from taking effective action to deal with the situ-
ation. An emergency special session of the Gen-
eral Assembly was summoned under the uniting-
for-peace resolution — the first time this procedure
has been invoked and therefore a landmark in
United Nations history. Through this type of ac-
tion the disability brought about by the use of
the veto in the Security Council has in some meas-
ure been alleviated.
The General Assembly took three kinds of ac-
^Ihid., Nov. 12, 1956, p. 743.
* Hid., p. 754.
tion : first, as already noted it called for a cessation
of hostilities and withdrawal of armed forces;
second, it established a United Nations Emergency
Force to secure and supervise the cessation of hos-
tilities ;= finally, it provided for the taking of
various measures designed to prevent a recurrence
of old conflicts and armistice violations once the
withdrawal of forces had been completed.^
The creation of the United Nations Emergency
Force was another landmark in the development
of the United Nations. Like the United Nations
force in Korea, this new force was composed of
units voluntarily contributed by member states
but specifically excluding forces of the five per-
manent members of the Security Council. The
similarity largely stopped there. Whereas in Ko-
rea the U.N. forces were acting under the enforce-
ment provisions of the charter (chapter VII), in
Egypt the UNEF's mission is to maintain condi-
tions conducive to a pacific settlement. The
United States was charged with the command of
the U.N. forces in Korea, but the UNEF was
]:)laced under the command of an individual officer
chosen by the Assembly. Moreover, the costs of
the Korean forces were borne by those contribut-
ing them, whereas the UNEF forces are to be
financed from the United Nations budget and from
contributions of nonparticipating countries as well
as by the countries supplying troops. Finally, the
UNEF, unlike the U.N. force in Korea, was not
intended to employ actual military force to com-
pel either the cease-fii-e or the withdrawal of
forces, but merely to police the areas after
withdrawal.
There is still much to be done if a force such
as that presently guarding the peace in Gaza and
Sharm el-Sheikh is to provide a useful experience
and precedent for strengthening the U.N. to take
action in any similar future situation. Without
question, however, another significant step has
been taken toward providing the United Nations
with the means of making its decisions effective.
The fact that France and Great Britain immedi-
ately indicated their readiness to comply volun-
tarily with the General Assembly resolution and
the purposes of the UNEF, and that force was
not required to compel the cease-fire or the with-
drawal, emphasizes the significance of this step.
^Ibiil., Nov. 19, 1956, p. 787.
'Ibid., Feb. 25, 1957, p. 325.
August 5, 1957
225
Withdrawdl
The steps in obtaining a cease-fire resulted in
significant developments in the United Nations as
an international institution. The steps in obtain-
ing the withdrawal of the British and French, and
ultimately Israeli, forces were a promismg ex-
ample of the actual operation of international law.
In the General Assembly debate a preponder-
ance of opinion was mai-shaled in support, of the
law of the charter and given expression in the
Assembly's resolutions calling for cease-fire and
withdrawal. Behind these resolutions was im-
plicit the possibility of United Nations sanctions,
which are open to the Assembly under articles 10
and 11 of the charter and are contemplated by
the uniting-for-peace resolution. France and
Britain to some degree and more especially Israel
were subjected by other countries to strong pres-
sures to comply with the Assembly's call — various
and divergent as might have been the aims of
those other comitries.
Thus in a situation of great peril, because of the
possibility of a spreading of the conflict, the
nations in effect agreed to apply the law of the
charter. This, as I am sure you understand, did
not result from the direct application of definitive
rules by an international agency endowed with
governmental power as we know it in domestic law.
Much painstaking negotiation was involved both
inside and outside the United Nations as to the
means of applying the basic proposition that mili-
tary forces should be withdrawn behind the armi-
stice lines. This was done in order to take account
of legitimate concerns and interests on both sides
regarding security and legal rights. In the end,
common ground was reached and the law had
pragmatic effect.
The forum of the United Nations and the good
offices of the Secretary-General proved an ex-
tremely valuable catalyst in the process. From a
practical if not constitutional point of view the
office and functions of the Secretary-General de-
veloped considerably in scope and influence during
the crisis. It is possible that the principal judi-
cial organ of the United Nations, the International
Court of Justice, will also have an increased role
to play in the future.
Rights of Navigation
The Secretary-General's report of January 24 ^
' lUd., Feb. 18, 1957, p. 275.
226
included among its proposals the stationing of thei_
United Nations Emergency Force at the Strait of
Tiran, which commands access to the Gulf of
Aqaba. The report also recalled a Security Coun-
cil resolution of 1951 declaring there was no basis
for Egypt's claim and exercise of belligerent rights
against Israel. For several years Egypt had de-
nied passage to Israeli commerce through the Suez
Canal and had blocked Israeli access to the Gulf
of Aqaba at the Strait of Tiran on the basis of
belligerent rights.
On February 25 Mr. Hammarskjold indicated in
a memorandum to the Assembly that the United
Nations Emergency Force would not be withdrawn
from the Strait of Tiran without prior notice to
the General Assembly's Advisory Committee,
wliich in turn could decide whether the Assembly
ought to be consulted. On March 1, following dis-
cussions with France and the United States, the
Israeli announcement of withdrawal included a
statement of assumptions with regard to access to
the Gulf of Aqaba. Finally, President Eisen- i
bower's letter of March 2 * to the Prime Minister
of Israel expressed the view that it was reasonable
to entertain hopes and expectations such as those
voiced by the Israeli and other delegations in the
Assembly.
The law can be made in different ways. The law
of the sea has in a measure been strengthened
through the experience and action of governments
and international organizations in dealing with
the Suez crisis and its aftermath. It may be fur-
ther developed if at some future date the question
of right of transit through the Suez Canal and
the Gulf of Aqaba should become the subject of
consideration by the International Court of Jus-
tice.
The law of the sea will be still further strength-
ened and clarified, I feel sure, by the efforts of
the United Nations Conference on Law of the Sea
to be held in Europe next year. In this case
there will be deliberate and direct efforts to codify
and write law by representatives of the various
members of the United Nations and specialized
agencies.
I might recall in passing that the United States
has a particular interest in the question of the
breadth of the territorial sea, which will be con-
sidered at the conference. We hold that inter-
' Ihid., Mar. 18, 1957, p. 433.
Department of State Bulletin
national liiw does not require states to recognize
a breadth of territorial sea beyond 3 miles, for it is
our belief that the freedom of the seas, in its widest
implications, is the principle fairest to all nations,
large and small.
Sovereignty
If the freedom of the seas and related matters
are of central concern in the Suez crisis to nations
using the canal, the matter of sovereignty, with all
that it implies, is of central concern to all the
nations of the areas of Asia and Africa which
share a common pride in independence and have
deeply held aspirations for economic and social
development to match their political freedom. We
in America cannot properly question this pride
and these aspirations, for their situation of today
was ours only a few generations ago, when we
Avon our own freedom to join the circle of inde-
pendent states.
One of the most delicate points in achieving
even the present limited resolution of the Middle
East crisis was to respect Egypt's sovereignty
while at the same time satisfying the desire of
other nations for the jjrotection of their rights and
for freedom of the seas. One of the questions
involved in further development of the capacity
of the United Nations to deal with international
disputes is that of insuring that its function can
be effectively carried out while at the same time
the sovereignty of individual nations is respected.
The events of recent troubled times illustrate
again that sovereignty, like citizenship, involves
obligations as well as rights. Freedom has been
defined as the opportunity for self-discipline, and
experience shows that this applies to the freedom
of nations as well as to that of men. A rule of
law cannot exist except among those who will
respect it.
In a recent speech Secretary Dulles summed this
up succinctly. "International communism," he
said, "is on the prowl to capture those nations
whose leaders feel that newly acquired sovereign
rights have to be displayed by flouting other inde-
pendent nations. That kind of sovereignty is
suicidal sovereignty. ... we want the new inde-
pendence of others to be something better than a
brief twilight preceding the blackout of Com-
munist despotism."^
' lUd., May 6, 1957, p. 715.
Augusf 5, 1957
The Limits of Law
I have reviewed with you today some thoughts
about the place of law in our world, have consid-
ered briefly what are the elements required to
develop the rule of law, and have touched on some
important recent developments in the field of
international law.
In expounding the need for law, however, we
must be clearly aware of the limits of law. The
rule of law cannot exist without the presence of
that physical force sufficient to deter violent m-
fractions. And the responsibility thrust upon us
by our position of leadership in the world today
has made it mandatory that, in concert with
nations which share our beliefs, we maintain a
posture of collective strength and the courage and
resolution to use that strength where it is needed
in guarding peace and order.
But, as we need armament to safeguard the rule
of law, so we need law to hold armament within
healthy and desirable limits. It is said that the
excess of any virtue may easily become a vice.
If it is a virtue to be sufficiently armed, it may
be a vice to be overly armed. Overarmament
drains the wealth of nations, it preoccupies their
thoughts in unhealthy directions, it can produce
a kind of "trigger happy" tension which any
accident could set off. "Within the frame of
strength which is the indispensable first element —
I repeat, the indispensable first element — of a
peaceful world, intelligent and prudent limitation
of armament will make our strength not less effec-
tive but more so and can contribute in a very major
way to the maintenance of stable and honorable
peace. There is much to be done in developing
a body of law and practice in this field.
I have dealt with law today largely in its nega-
tive or preventive sense — the outlawing of war,
the limiting of armaments. Let me say in clos-
ing, however, that the positive, permissive aspects
of law will be at least as important as the negative
ones in their contribution to the future of the
world.
The nations of Europe have under consideration
at this moment treaties for a common market and
for joint peaceful development of the atom.
These developments hold promise of increased
strength and independence for these nations and
for the area as a whole. Such developments must
inevitably break important new ground in inter-
national law. The skill with which the law is
227
formulated can determine in substantial measure
the success of these developments.
History records both splendid successes and
tragic failures in man's efforts to bring about the
rule of law at the various levels of his social rela-
tionships. I believe that the further develop-
ment of the rule of law among nations must come
through a slow evolutionary process. It will de-
pend in the first instance on the gi'owth of mutual
comprehension among all nations of the need for
the peaceful machinery of law and of the horrors
of the alternative machinery of war. Thereafter
it will depend on the spread of confidence born
of experience slowly accumulated in practical ap-
plication of the machinery and techniques of law.
In the final analysis, though, this development
cannot go forward unless men everywhere are
willing to make sacrifices of their personal and
parochial prerogatives to the common welfare of
the world commimity. It is this spirit which you
as lawyers can help to foster through the respect
which you enjoy in your local communities. By I
this service you can help build greater strength
into the body of international law and bring to
posterity greater hope of peace, prosperity, and —
most important — survival.
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 16
Press release 425 dated July 16
Secretary Dulles: Any questions?
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you give us yowr esti-
mate of the significance of the sTmhewp in the
Kremlin which occurred since the last time we had
a conference here?
A. I anticipated that question and have notes
from which I will read :
The rulers of Kussia face a rising, and in the
long run irresistible, demand of the people for
more personal security, more personal freedom,
and more enjoyment of the fruits of their labor.
The iiibng group, the Presidium, then with 11
voting members, was sharply divided as to how
to cope with the situation.
The "fundamentalists" in the Presidium seem
to have believed that the only course was to main-
tain absolute centralized power in the Kremlin
and to rule from there with a rod of iron, in ac-
cordance with the Stalin example. The "mod-
ernists" seem to have believed that it was better
to give an appearance at least of flexibility and
allow the people at least to hope for changes that
would improve their lot.
The latter policy, highlighted by Khrushchev's
plan for industrial decentralization, won out by
a narrow margin due to his adroit tactics in calling
in the Central Committee with 318 members, which
he had packed with his adherents. This provided
him with a victory which he could not win in the
Presidium alone.
The whole affair showed how powerful must
be the forces for change which are at work within
Russia and how perplexed the rulers must be as
to how to cope with these forces and at the same
time maintain absolute power.
Wliat has happened confirms the existence in
Russia of what I have called an irreversible trend.
Q. Mr. Secretary., your remarks would indicate
that you interpret this affair as entirely a matter
of internal politics within the Soviet Union. Is
that correct?
A. I think it was primarily a matter of internal
politics and the question of how to cope with the
internal pressures which were manifesting them-
selves within the Soviet Union.
Promoting the "Irreversible Trend"
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you helieve this Govern-
ment can do anything either to exploit or to pro-
mote this evolutionary process you are talking
about — this irreversible process, or is it the policy
of the Government to have the Russians handle it
and see what happem?
A. I think we have done quite a bit to promote
this trend. I think the big beginning was made
at the Summit Conference, and I recall, following
22S
liepaf\men\ of State Bulletin
that conference, ^xe sent out a circular letter to
our embassies explaining that conference and in-
dicating we felt there was such an irreversible
trend whicli had begun and suggested various ways
we might promote it.
The ability to do so is limited, and obviously, if
there is any governmental interference in the
internal affaire of the Soviet Union, that would be
counterproductive. But as there is a greater
knowledge on the part of the educated people of
Kussia — and more and more of them are being
educated — their minds become more inquiring.
They seek to know more about what goes on. They
listen more to the radio. They get, sometimes
through the miderground channels, literature
which is otherwise officially denied to them, and
i there are quite a few processes going on which we
believe Americans can, to some extent, help.
Of course the basic thing in all these situations
is the desire of the people, which is inbred in all
human beings, to have what I referred to here as
j greater personal security, greater personal free-
' dom, freedom of thought and of conscience, and
greater enjoyment of the fruits of their labor.
( Those are the basic forces.
Q. Mr. Secretary; you mentioned that you
thought that the rulers in the Kremlin were per-
flexed., hut you made an interesting choice of
terms in equating the Molotov group as ^'■fwnda-
mentdlists'^ ruling with a rod of iron and the
Khrushchev group of ^'■modernists'''' as flexible,
which would seem to invite the inference you were
less displeased with the way things are develop-
ing in favor of the ^^modeimists" over the '■^funda-
mentalists''^ and that this was a process of some
kind of evolution. Is that a fair inference?
A. I didn't intend to indicate approval of either
wing. I did think that the policy represented by
what I call the "fundamentalists" would be more
apt to lead to a violent explosion whereas the more
flexible approach of lOirushchev may promote an
evolutionary trend. But it is highly speculative
to try to figure out the future in those respects.
Q. In the expression '■'violent explosion''' you
refer to the internal affairs?
A. That's right.
Q. Do you then interpret the proceedings of
the last week or so of man&wvenng as something
which was dictated entirely hy the internal pres-
sures and one which did not involve the struggle
far power between individuals?
A. Well, I think there was certainly a power
struggle by individuals. But I think, as in most
cases, the seekers for power did so by identifying
themselves with certain policies. It seems to me
that there was a rather clear line of separation
between what you might call the Stalinist "funda-
mentalists" and those who want to take new and
different approaches to the problem. Khrushchev,
by his appeal to the masses and his promise to
give them more milk and butter and eggs than
the United States produces, indicated that he was
seeking to win a measure of popular favor.
Perhaps also significant is that in the large body
of the Central Committee, while to some extent
it was, as I say, a packed committee, still it was,
as a larger body, more of a popular body, and
the policies that Khruschchev identified himself
with seem to have had a greater appeal there.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you think that this irre-
versible trend has been helped somewhat by the
cultural exchanges, and, if so, would they help if
we had those with Bed China, as Senator
Magnuson suggested?
A. I don't think one can generalize about cul-
tural exchanges in general. Sometimes there is
benefit to the forces that we want to assist in
cultural exchanges, and sometimes there is not.
I would say that the stage of development within
the Soviet Union is such that change is more apt
to be promoted by cultural exchange than in the
case of Communist China, which has not evolved
as far as the Soviet Union in developing an im-
portant scientifically educated group.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you feel this loill make a
change in the Russian tactics in the cold war?
A. There is no particular evidence it will involve
any change in foreign policy. Indeed, the alle-
gations are that foreign policy will remain un-
changed because it is said that the foreign policies
of the last 2 years have been the foreign policies
of this group, and the charge against Molotov
is not that he made bad foreign policy but that
he sought to obstruct the "good" foreign policies
which were sponsored by Khrushchev and
Bulganin.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is there any significance in
your not making any mention of Zhukov amd the
Red Army in its internal upheaval?
Augusf 5, ?957
229
A. The only significance to be drawn from my
not mentioning Zlinkov is the fact that it is not yet
clear and demonstrable precisely what role Zhukov
played. There is an inference, supported by the
interpretation of a number of foreign Communist
Parties — that is, foreign to Russia — that Zhukov
did play a considerable role. I think it is a fair
inference he may have done so. We have no hard
evidence as yet as to the role he played. Of course
it is apparent now he is supporting Khrushchev,
and I tliink only yesterday in his speech he spoke
of the three ousted members of the Presidimn as
the three "monstrosities." So he is certainly now
fully behind Khrushchev as against the Molotov,
etc., group.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the biosiness of t?ie '■'■modern-
ists^'' internally, are you accepting Khrushchev'' s
ejfort to jmt Molotov and MalenMov in the. same
boat, in view of the fact that it was Malenkov,
after Stalin's death, who originally talked about
doing some more for the people and then was
junked by Khrushchev, who urns Premier.
A. All I can say is that in this recent affair
Khrushchev seems to have put them in the same
boat. "Wliether they belong there or not I don't
know.
Question of German Claims
Q. Mr. Secretary, when German Chancellor
Adenauer was here, he said an agreement had been
reached to have discussions between the German
Ambassador and the State Department on possi-
ble returns of German war assets. What is the
present status of these discussions?
A. Well, we have had such discussions. So far,
we have not come to any concrete proposal which
goes beyond the proposal which we made a year or
two ago which would involve the return of all of
the assets to claimants up to $10,000 a person.
That would take care in full, I think, of 97 percent
of the claimants. It would not deal with some of
the big corporate claimants. Now that matter is
still under discussion, but no conclusions have yet
been arrived at.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you see any advantage to be
gained — Woidd you favor making a personal tour
of the comitri.es in eastern Europe behind the Iron
Curtain, as has been suggested?
A. Well, I don't feel that that would be a proper
or productive use of my time, as things now are.
I do not travel about the world for the purpose of
gathering firsthand information about conditions
in foreign countries. Of course, in the countries
with which we have diplomatic relations we have
a large staff of people who are specifically trained
for that job and who are on the job every day of
the year. I think a Secretary of State must rely
primarily upon them to give him information. If
he tries to substitute personal visits and personal
impressions, wliich are necessarily based on a very
short and partial observation, I think he would
often gain a distorted view. We have in the satel-
lite countries of Eastern Europe upwards of 200
trained Americans who are engaged in that job.
I would doubt very much if it would be profitable
for a Secretary of State himself to take that on as
a personal task.
You see, when I go about, I go to conferences.
"VVlien I go to Bonn for a conference of NATO,
as I did last May, I do not go to Bonn to study
conditions in Germany — I rely upon the Ambassa-
dor and his staff' to advise me about those. Wlien
I go to Australia for a meeting of the SEATO
Council, as I did last March, I don't go there to
study conditions in Australia — I rely upon our
Embassy and its staff to advise me about that.
I do not think that the Secretary of State can
properly make himself a personal student of af-
fairs in all the foreign countries, some 80, with
which we have diplomatic relations.
Disarmament Tall<s
Q. Mr. Secretary, we seem to get contradictory
reports coming out of London and Paris, and from,
our own delegations in London at the disarm.ame.nt
conference. Could you give us you/r assessment
and possibly explain why there is more optimism
on our side than there is out of Paris and London?
A. I understand that there are reports which —
from British sources at least, perhaps French —
are somewhat pessimistic. I do not myself have
any view in terms of whether or not there is likely
to be a result. The problems ahead are immense,
terribly complicated. After you reach an agree-
ment in principle, the problem of translating that
principle into something that is detailed and work-
able presents tremendous difficulties, and we have
not even approached those yet. I think it would
be very premature to have come to any conclusion
as to whether there is likely to be a success or a
230
Deparfmenf of Stafe Bulletin
failure. I think all we can do is to keep pushing
i ahead as resourcefully, as deterniinately as we can
to try to get a result. So far there have not
emerged any absolute obstructions to progress.
And as long as there is not an absolute obstruction
to progress, we keep working ahead.
Q. Do you favor a recess then, sir, at some time,
say August 1, as has heen discitssed, tintil fall, or
do you favor continued negotiations?
A. Well. I don't favor a recess merely as a way
of suspending work. There are times when a re-
cess helps to make progress because it enables
the delegations to reassess the situation with their
governments. We had such a recess, I think, over
Easter when there was a review of the situation
hei-e; and it is possible, for example, that after
the American proposals have been fully explained
and put forward — it is possible that the Soviet
delegation might want to recess in order to go back
and study the situation. If they did, then a recess
would be constructive. But to recess merely be-
cause we are tired or people want a holiday I don't
think is an adequate reason or, least of all, because
they are discouraged as to the possibility of prog-
ress. There is no discouragement now present or
demonstrated which justifies just suspending
work.
Q. From our standpoint then, sir, unless the
Soviets request the recess, for the reason you have
mentioned, we are ■prepared to continue more or
less indefinitely. Is that correct?
A. That's correct.
Q. Mr. Secretary, why are the American pro-
posals being presented in such a long time instead
of a package?
A. Because the American proposals involve in
certain aspects quite a few of our allies, and be-
cause we do not feel in a position to lay down
proposals to the Russians which involve our allies
without having fully explored theni firet with our
allies.
Now the Soviet Union is in a different position :
It can take positions which involve East Germany,
Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, and the like.
It doesn't have to consult them at all. It can
decide what it wants knowing that it can impose
its views upon them. They don't have to be
brought into consultations.
But when we deal with problems which involve
the future use of fissionable material, the possibil-
ity of a European zone of inspection — all of that
involves, very deeply, oirr allies. It is important
that we explain the matter fully to them, that we
take account of their views, and this is not a quick
process.
Our own position in its present form was only
arrived at after a good many weeks of intensive
study by ourselves. It was arrived at only last
spring. And the problem of keeping our allies
fully informed, being assured what we did had
their concurrence and support, that is nothing
that we can shortcut with deference to the inde-
pendent sovereign position of our allies.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to get lack to the shakeup in
Moscow for a moment, and to clarify an earlier
answer, is it your vieio that the process there is
somewhat automatic and does not require any
change in American policies to meet it or to pro-
mote this process?
A. Well, I thinlv that the policies that we have
been pursuing are policies which are designed, in-
sofar as we can properly or effectively influence
the situation, to encourage the aspirations of the
people for the things which I have mentioned and
to bring to their knowledge what those possibilities
are under a freer society. Now, that we have been
doing ; if and as further opportunities arrive for
doing that, we will take advantage of them. But
the basic policies of our Government, I think,
would remain unchanged.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in referring to the ability of
the Soviet Union to impose its views on the satel-
lites, you left out Red China. Do you think, sir,
that the Soviet Union could impose its vieios in
the question of disarmament upon Red China?
A. Well, that is a difficult question to answer
categorically. I certainly think that Eed China
has a greater degree of independence than the
European satellites. On the other hand, when it
comes to matters of armament, the dependence of
China upon Soviet Russia is so nearly complete
that I would doubt vei-y much if in that area Red
China would try to take a different position from
that of the Soviet Union.
Middle East
Q. Mr. Secretary, in vieto of tlie recently in-
creased tension^s in the Middle East, is it prudent
August 5, 1957
231
for us to send, as reported, jet-trained pilots and
arms to Saxidi Arabia and to send arms to Jordan,
or any other Arab state, in face of public declara-
tions by Arab leaders against the peace Tnovement
efforts in the Middle East?
A. We do not think that there are any devel-
opments in the Middle East which should lead
us to alter the policy which we arrived at when
King Saud was in tliis country.
Q. Mr. Secretary, as a followup to that question,
the situation in the Middle East seems to be qui-
escent on the surface, but the basic conflicts be-
tween Israel and the Arab States have not been
solved at all. How long do you think that situa-
tion can continue, and does the American Govern-
ment have any intention of taking a lead in the
coming Assembly of the United Nations to press
for a solution of any of those matters?
A. The basic views which we hold are expressed
in my speech of August 1955.^ We adhere to those
views, and nothing that has happened since then
leads us basically to alter the views that we then
expressed.
On the question of procedures, it is perhaps
necessary to adopt or find different procedures
than what we then envisaged. It may be that other
countries can usefully play a greater role in the
situation than seemed likely at the time. It may
be that the United States should not take such a
prominent role as we then envisaged. I don't
know whether the time is here to make progress
along those lines, either totally or partially, prac-
tical. I would say that the matter is under con-
stant study here in the State Department and we
are constantly in touch with our friends in the
Middle East, and whenever it seems that anything
can be done, we will do all that we can to assure
that it is being done, even though, perhaps, we do
so more quietly.
Q. Can you spell that out just a little more, sir,
in respect to other nations^ taking a more promi-
nent rolef Do you mean that a possible change, a
possible withdrawal to a degree of, say, the Eisen-
hower Doctrine, letting other nations come in as
mediators? Pm not quite clear as to —
A. The Eisenhower Doctrine did not concern
itself in any direct way with the solution to the
' Bulletin of Sept. 5, 1955, p. 378.
232
Palestine i^roblem and the relations between Israel
and the Arab States. The Eisenhower Doctrine
dealt primarily with the menace in the area of
international communism and dealt with the de-
sirability of building up the economic and military
strength of the countries of the Middle East who
sought to maintain their own independence of
international communism. That was the Eisen-
hower Doctrine. And, as I pointed out at the
time, the Eisenhower Doctrine was not designed
to solve the problem of the relations between Israel
and the Arab States. That is a separate matter
upon which our attention is deeply engaged and
as to which the situation is as I have just described.
Q. Are you alarmed at all, sir, by the shipment
of jets from Egypt to Saudi Arabia, or by other
indications that Egypt is attempting to use the
Saudis against the Israeli on the Aqaba issue?
A. That is a matter which, obviously, deserves
consideration and is receiving it. But we have no
reason to believe that the relations which we estab-
lished with King Saud, particularly when he was
here, have altered although, clearly, there is and
always has been a difference of opinion about the
international status of the Gulf of Aqaba. The
Arab countries believe that the 6-mile limit applies
rather than the 3-mile limit; and that, since
the position of Israel on the gulf is not fixed by any
permanent boundary decision, Israel does not have
the right to claim a voice in the access to the
gulf; and that, if the countries which do have
permanent boundaries to the gulf, namely, Egypt,
Jordan, and Saudi Arabia, agree to close the gulf,
they think that they have the right to do it. There
is a certain amount of plausibility from the stand-
point of international law, perhaps, to those claims.
That is not the view of the United States.
Perhaps in the end this matter will have to be
settled by some decision of the International Court.
But we do not believe that, because we have differ-
ences of that sort, that is going to bring about any
fundamental change in our relations. We have
differences of the same sort, as you know, with
many Latin American countries. We have differ-
ences with Mexico which involve the shrimp fish-
ing; we have differences with some of the west
coast countries who have asserted territorial
rights out as far as 200 miles. We dispute those.
There are sharp differences that we have with
many countries of the world. Our historic view
about these matters is not shared by all the world.
Department of State Bulletin
and there are differences of opinions. But honest
■ differences of opinion between friends should not
turn them into enemies.
Atomic Weapons Development
Q. Mr. Secrctari/, it has ieen reported that as
part of your disarmament 'proposal you have indi-
cated to the other nations that, if they do not jrro-
ceed urith atomic weapons development, this coun-
try will consider revising the Atomic Energy Act
and making more -fissionable material and even
weapons available to the allies. Could you com-
ment on that, sir?
A. That is an aspect of the matter which has
been considered, and no definitive conclusions have
been reached. Certain things are quite clear. We
do not intend that atomic weapons shall not con-
tinue in existence, because the unanimous report
of the scientists, including the report of the Soviet
Union itself which is contained in its May 1955
proposal,- makes it perfectly clear that, as far as
existing stocks of fissionable material are con-
cerned, there can be no assurance that they can be
accounted for or that surreptitious use may not be
made in weapons form of existing fissionable
material.
Therefore we have had to come to the conclusion
that, as far as existing fissionable material is con-
cerned, we cannot safely ourselves deny its use
for weapons purposes because we cannot get any
assurance that others will do the same. Therefore
we predicate our proposals on the assumption that
there will continue to be the use of fissionable
material for weapons purposes at least to the
extent that that has occurred up to the cutoff date
that we propose.
Now, if that is to be the case, we do not ourselves
want to be in a position where our allies are wholly
dependent upon us. We don't think that is a
healthy relationship. Therefore we are studying
ways whereby, through perhaps a NATO stockpile
of weapons and various arrangements of that sort,
there can be assurances to our allies that, if they
are attacked, if war comes, they will not then be
in the position of suppliants, as far as we are con-
cerned, for the use of atomic weapons. Now that
may or may not require some amendment of the
act. Quite possibly it would. But we do not
think that we are far enough along in that path
= Ibid., May 30, 1955, p. 900.
Aogosf 5, 1957
to make it worth while to come to any definitive
program of that sort. So far the Soviet Union
seems to be unwilling to accept the idea of a fis-
sionable cutoff at all, and of course, if they don't
accept it, then the problem becomes academic.
And also, if they are going to accept the fissionable
cutoff, we don't know at all what the date would be.
A lot of things have to happen before that date
comes, because there have to be large installations
of supervisory machinery and so forth. So, you
see, we don't know today either whether the
Soviets accept the concept or what might be a
possible date. Until we know those two things
with greater certainty, it is not practical or desira-
ble for us to work out any concrete program.
Q. Does that apply, sir, only to the NA TO allies,
that possibility, or would it apply in any other
quarter of the globe?
A. Well, so far we have only thought about it in
connection with the NATO allies. Conceivably it
might apply elsewhere, but so far we have only
thought about it in that connection.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you mentioned the question of
inspection zones as another unresolved problem
heticeen the United States and some of the allies.
As far as I remember, Chancellor Adenauer, for
instance, has indicated his approval of a European
inspection zone. Where are the difficulties now?
Could you indicate those?
A. Well, Chancellor Adenauer indicated, as I
recall, a qualified approval that assumed or pre-
supposed that there could be a European inspec-
tion zone which would not militate against the
reunification of Germany and would not seem to
solidify the present division of Germany. Now
that leads you right away into the question of
what type of inspection you're going to have, who
is going to operate it, the relationship of ground
patrols to air patrols, your system of communica-
tions, and so forth. Until you get into those
matters, it is very difficult to form a dependable
conclusion as to whether or not these inspection
zones in Europe would or would not de facto have
the effect of solidifying the division of Germany
by involving a large number of installations, bases
and so forth, which would in fact be predicated
upon the division of Germany. So untU you get
into the practical details of this matter, it is, I
think, not possible to judge what its impact would
be upon the political problems of Europe.
233
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said last spring that ymi
hoped to see a wholly new development within the
North Atlantic community of consvltation, not
only oJbout political matters within the convmunity
hut outside. If this question of providing atomic
weapons for NATO were to go through, would
that not involve a mu<;h greater degree of consulta-
tion than has existed to date?
A. I think it would be an act of confidence which
would strengthen the fellowship of the North At-
lantic community. You may recall this proposal
was made by the French at the Bonn meeting of
the NATO Council, and it has received very active
consideration ever since then. We have the pi'ob-
lem that has been alluded to of our legislation, and
we have that same problem in relation to the
matter of establishing intermediate missiles in the
United Kingdom. There are certain things that
can be done within the confines of the present
legislation, other things that will require a change
in that legislation. Those are highly technical
problems that are being studied by the Defense
Department and the Atomic Energy Commission,
and we hope that there will be some conclusions
on that aspect of the matter within the next few
weeks perhaps. But so far there is no definite
conclusion.
Q. Mr. Secretary, loith an alternative to creat-
ing a stockpile of atomic toeapons for NATO,
would an alternative he to provide atomic toeapons
to some of the principal NATO partners which
were interested in having them, such as Britain
and France?
A. I think that it would be more appropriate to
deal with this matter, if possible, as a NATO mat-
ter, which would not involve drawing lines of
distinction as between different allies. That
becomes an invidious process.
Q. Mr. Secretary, a few weeks ago Representa-
tive McOormack of Massachusetts said that you
were not consulted in advance of the invitation to
Marshal Tito to visit this coimtry, and he went
so far as, I helieve, to suggest that there were
people in the State Department who had wndercut
you on this matter. Is that a correct interpreta-
tion of xohat happened at the time the invitation
was extended to Tito?
A. The fact that he alludes to is, I think, the fact
that I was at the hospital during the period when
that invitation was given. I concurred in that,
of course, when I came back. If I had been here
at the time, I might or might not have come to the
same conclusion. But it is technically correct that
I was not consulted in advance.
Q. Mr. Secretary, who would own this NATO
stockpile of atomic weapons?
A. Well, that is one of the problems that we
have to consider, whether the ownership would
technically be in the United States or not. Now,
SACEUR [Supreme Allied Commander Europe]
wears, in a sense, two hats. He is the United
States representative, and he also is a representa-
tive of the NATO powers. Conceivablj^ he might
have those under his control in his capacity as an
American general. And, of course, it's accepted
that in time of war the President would have
authority to turn such weapons over to our allies
and that the present provisions of law would at
that time give way to the power of the President
as Commander in Chief. We are operating on
that assumption now, in the training of our allies
to handle atomic weapons, in the provision of
equipment which is capable of handling atomic
weapons, i. e., appropriate planes, weapons, and
so forth. So we are proceeding on the assumption
that, if there is a war, atomic weapons Mill be
usable, at least, and may be usable by our allies.
Q. Do you assu/me, sir, that, if there is such a
NATO nuclear stockpile, there tvould automati-
cally he a Warsaw Pact stockpile?
A. I don't think that the Soviets have the same
degree of confidence in their satellites that we
have in our allies.
Q. Mr. Secretary, coming hack to the Middle
East, you said that the hasic view of the United
States was that Israel and the Arab States xoould
have to settle their differences and that after that
the United States tvas vnlling to do certain
things — Is it correct to infer from that that, while
in August 1955 the implication tvas that Israel and
the Arab countries first reaeh an agreement on the
borders and then the United States would step in,
but this ti-me the United States would take the
direct initiative to see that a settlement was
reached?
A. I think I made clear in my 1955 speech that
the United States made its good offices available
to assist in arriving at territorial and border ad-
234
Department of State Bulletin
justments. Now, the situation has changed since
1955 in the sense that in 1955 the United States
was not malving its presence felt in the area to
the same extent as is the case today, as a result
of the so-called Eisenhower Doctrine. And it may
be, therefore, that in this delicate task anotlier
nation or other nations could play a more useful
role in terms of good offices than the United States
can. I don't know.
Q. What other nation, Mr. Secretary?
A. I wouldn't want to suggest names.
Q. Thank you.
A United States View of the United Nations
hy James J. Wadstuorth
Deputy U.S. Representative to the United Natio?is ^
My contribution to this distinguished meeting
today is to bring to you, briefly, the United States
view of the United Nations — which is my view
personally and officially. How important is the
United Nations to the United States ?
If this impressive structure with its great ex-
panse of glass, remarkable system of simultaneous
translations, its superb communications all over
the world did not further the best interests of its
member nations, it would not long survive. This
may seem like an unidealistic approach to many
who see the vision of man's brotherhood, his re-
sponsibility for suffering humanity today, and his
hopes for a better tomorrow. But fortunately
there is no fundamental, irreconcilable conflict be-
tween the ideal and the practical. As a country,
the most important thing we want but cannot
achieve entirely by ourselves is peace. The peace
we want is not that of a graveyard — or of a jail —
but peace with freedom and with justice. For-
tunately, this is the kind of peace which all of the
world's people desire — and most of the world's
governments.
The United Nations helps to achieve this kind
of peace because it is a vital, growing concern
which reflects the realities of international life.
' Address made before the American Bar Association at
(lie United Nations, New York, N.Y., July 14, 1957
(U.S./U.N. press release 2699 dated July 12).
It is not a perfect organization, because it is
made up of nations and nations are made up of
people and people are made up of many imperfec-
tions. As you members of the bar know all too
well, people are by nature quarrelsome. Science
hasn't yet revealed why this should be so, but it is
an indisputable fact that Jiomo sapiens for all his
reasoning powers often makes a botch of his own
personal relations — and not infrequently has made
a botch of international relations.
Today we can no longer afford the luxury of
allowing nations to "fight it out." We are im-
pelled to find machinery for resolving our con-
tinuing conflicts if this planet is to remain habita-
ble. The United Nations offere no cure for man's
quarrelsome nature, but it does afford a place where
men — and nations — can quarrel with words rather
than with unleashed cosmic forces.
Twelve years ago, when the United Nations
Charter was written, many people thought of in-
ternational law as the major element in interna-
tional relationships. International law is an ex-
tremely important bulwark against international
anarchy, and I would not want to belittle its im-
portance in any way. The United Nations Inter-
national Law Commission has done and is doing
good work. A very important conference on the
law of the seas is being organized right now,
which is one tangible result of the deliberations
August 5, 1957
235
of the Law Commission. The International
Coui't of Justice is a vitally important institution.
Even so, I think all would agree that the United
Nations has not developed along the path of peace
by the application of general principles of law
but rather along the quite different path of peace
by practical political solutions to specific prob-
lems.
The reason why this turn was taken is clear.
The world today is divided into two totally dif-
ferent ideologies. Between the free world and
the Communist world there is no common agi'ee-
ment as to even what is right and what is wrong.
There is no common moral code, which must be
the foundation of all law.
Even words have totally different meanings
when used by a Communist and when used by a
believer in individual liberty. Take for example
the word "democracy"; the Communists, by pre-
fixing the word "peoples," use "democracy" to de-
scribe a dictatorship as ruthless and total as any
ever known in the history of man. Or take the
word "liberation" ; the Communists use that word
to describe the extension of Moscow's control over
neighboring countries. Or the word "aggres-
sion"— when Soviet troops go into a coimtry to
repress a revolt, this is a brotherly, helpful act,
never an act of aggression. By Communist defini-
tion only capitalists can be aggressors. The irony
becomes excruciatingly apparent when the Soviet
Union becomes the champion of covenants guar-
anteeing human rights.
In addition to this semantic confusion, the legal
approach to peace is handicapped by the lack of
machinery for enforcing agreed-upon codes of be-
havior. The United Nations is not a superstate.
It has none of the attributes of sovereignty. It
cannot pass a law, levy a tax, or conscript a
soldier. And, frankly, I am sure the United
States would not be a member if the United Na-
tions could do these things.
How then, you may ask, does the United Nations
go about its herculean task of promoting peace,
situation by situation, case by case? How can it
possibly succeed?
The answer lies in its tremendous influence-
its influence on governments and ultimately on
world opinion. The framers of our own Declara-
tion of Independence recognized the importance
of world opinion when they spoke of "a decent
respect to the opinions of mankind." Today, al-
though the United Nations has no power t-o com-
pel, it has an enormous power to pereuade.
Assets of the U.N.
There are four assets which are unique to the
United Nations and which make it the influential
organization that it is.
First there is the charter, which embodies a code
of behavior all member nations have agi-eed to
observe. The charter is not always lived up to
by member nations, but it has an incalculable
value as a standard by which nations are morally
judged. They feel obliged to shape their actions
to conform to its principles even when they are
under great temptation to do otherwise. Any
nation pays a high price in terms of international
standing and influence if it cannot justify its
actions in the light of the charter. The Soviet
Union is indeed paying such a price right now
for its utter disregard of charter principles in
Hungary.
A second asset is the uniquely valuable servant
of international peace, the Secretary-General of
the United Nations. Mr. Hammarskjold has
earned great prestige for himself and for the office
he occupies. He has performed services for the
community of nations which no single national
representative could have done. One illustration
is his successful negotiation for the return of the
15 American fliers from Commmiist China.
Another unique asset of the United Nations is
this huge assembly hall and the other meeting
rooms, where representatives of 81 nations meet,
annually, and in smaller groups throughout the
year, on neutral gromid. The United Nations
is in truth a world meeting place or in the words
of the charter "a center for harmonizing the ac-
tions of nations." It is a year-round meeting-
place of the nations, whose representatives get to
know each otlier's policies and points of view and
who report constantly to their governments.
Fourth and finally the United Nations makes a
uniquely valuable contribution in the realm of
public debate and public opinion. Heads of states
and foreign ministers come here every year be-
cause they know that there is no other place in
the world where their views can be made known
as completely and dramatically. Throughout the
year high government representatives are pre-
senting their cases, marshaling their arguments.
236
Department of State Bulletin
and finally reconcilins: their differences before the
court, of world opinion.
With these resources the United Nations has
accomplished thinjy3 which no one nation could
possibly have done for itself — including the big
and powerful United States.
At the same time we must recognize that the
United Nations is not all-powerful ; there are some
things it cannot do. I am often reminded of the
old adage that people have the strengths of their
weaknesses and the weaknesses of their strengtlis ;
so it is with the United Nations. This past year
has given us examples of both these weaknesses
and these strengths.
The Soviet slaughter in Hungary, in complete
defiance of the United Nations, was agonizing
proof of how little the United Nations can do,
peacefully, to restrain a country which has very
great power and no morals. This is because the
United Nations conforms to the realities of power
in the world today — realities which the United
Nations does not create but only reflects. These
realities of power are built into the United Nations
organization itself.
The Soviet Union as well as the United States
has a privileged position at the United Nations as
one of the world's big powers, and with this privi-
leged position goes the right to the veto. The
Soviets have abused the veto. But to deprive
them of the veto or of their United Nations mem-
bership, even if these steps were possible, would
raise the question of the United States' right to
use the veto. On this right Americans have always
stood firm — and I am sure will always stand firm.
Most certainly there are limits to what the
United Nations can do. Yet we should not under-
rate the positive results that can be achieved within
these limits.
Hungary
In the case of Hungary, although the United
Nations has not yet succeeded in freeing the Hun-
garian people from their bondage, the United
Nations did mobilize the conscience of the world
on their behalf. It did send emergency supplies
to help the people in their struggle. The United
Nations has organized emergency assistance for
the 190,000 refugees who fled from Communist
terror. United Nations resolutions, by huge major-
ities, demanded free elections for Hungary, the
withdrawal of Soviet forces, and condemned the
August 5, 1957
433559—57 3
Soviet Union in the most forceful possible lan-
guage. And the United Nations set up a fact-
finding committee of five small nations to present
the full facts of the situation in Hungary for all
the world to know.^
By these actions the United Nations has held
high the torch of liberty, ignited by Hungarian
bravery. Never has a revolution been so widely
known ; never has an oppressor been so completely
condemned. The fires of moral condemnation that
were lighted here at the United Nations are pla-
guing the Soviet rulers today and will continue to
plague them for years to come.
It is certainly possible that the worldwide in-
dignation toward Soviet behavior in Hungary is
a factor in the current upheavals in the Kremlin's
high command. "VVlien a system stands condemned
before the world, its rulers, in panic, start con-
demning each other.
We cannot, of course, know with certainty what
goes on behind the Kremlin walls, but we do know
that Soviet ruthlessness in Himgary and the
United Nations reaction to it has had a profound
impact on the Communist movement in all covm-
tries outside the Soviet orbit. There have been
widespread resignations from Commimist Party
membership. The circulation of Commimist news-
papers and periodicals has fallen sharply. In local
elections Communist Party candidates have lost
strength.
In the so-called neutral countries — countries
where most of the people are uncommitted ideo-
logically because they are so preoccupied with the
daily problem of getting enough to eat — the ap-
peal of communism has greatly faded. The allur-
ing phrases and promises no longer ring true. As
the representative of Burma told the General
Assembly last fall : "There, speaking of Hungary,
but for the grace of God go we."
I am willing to venture the prediction that
what the United Nations has done and will yet do
in the case of Hungary will be the beginning
of the end as far as communism's appeal to the
minds of men is concerned. If this proves to be
the case, the United Nations contribution to the
cause of freedom in Hungary will have been sig-
nificant and substantial, despite the limits on the
direct action it could take.
- For an excerpt from the report of this committee, see
Bulletin of July 8, 1957, p. 63.
237
Middle East Crisis
What now of the other crisis which the United
Nations handled this past year, the threat of a
world conflagration in the Middle East? Here we
have a record of strong, swift action which, with-
out doubt in my mind, headed off a third world
war. If the United Nations had done only this
one thing in its short life, it would have more
than justified its existence.
By General Assembly resolutions — passed with-
in a few days after the first shot was fired — mas-
sive military attacks on Egypt by three nations
were brought to an end. The United Nations then
created an emergency police force made up of
troops from 10 small nations. This force moved
in quickly, enabling the attackers to withdraw and
peaceful conditions to be restored.
This is something the United States could not
have done with its own troops without grave
danger that the Soviet forces would also step in —
which was one of the things we were working to
prevent. And, in fact, since the United Nations
Emergency Force has been in the area, there has
been less tension and less friction than at any
time in the last 10 years. Much yet remains to
be done, but the United Nations has preserved
peace in the Middle East and has given us a new
chance to try again for real and lasting solutions
to the problems of this troubled area.
In tackling the Middle East crisis of last Octo-
ber, which painfully divided us temporarily from
three of our close and valued friends, the United
Nations successfully made use of all of its unique
assets: the charter, the Secretary-General, the
world meetingplace, and its capacity for mobiliz-
ing world opinion. Fortunately in this crisis the
nations primarily involved were responsible na-
tions, mindful of their charter pledges and of the
importance of maintaining moral standards in
the world. Among such countries the United
Nations system works well, and with the coopera-
tion of such countries it will continue to grow as a
bulwark of a just peace.
I have spoken today only about the United Na-
tions as a political instrument for settling inter-
national disputes. If time permitted I would like
to discuss with you the other vitally important
work of the United Nations — work which improves
living conditions the world over. This would take
us into the exciting and strikingly successful bat-
tles against age-old diseases, which are being
waged by the World Health Organization. It
would take us into the Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization, which works to banish hunger from
the earth. It would take us into the activities of
the Children's Fund, the Technical Assistance Pro-
gram, the refugee organizations, and the other
agencies which are working to buttress peace by
helping people.
A complete picture of the United Nations in this
phase of its work would also include the new
Atomic Energy Agency, which has been a major
concern of mine for the past year and a half.
This is the agency which will carry out President
Eisenhower's idea of sharing the atom for con-
structive peaceful purposes, so that atomic energy
becomes a blessing to mankind rather than a mal-
ediction. Our Senate has recently approved
United States participation in this new agency,
and we are hopeful that enough other nations will
ratify the statute for the agency in the near future
so that it can come into being before the year is
out.^
Time permits only a mention of this practical
work that the United Nations is doing which
ranges from such complex matters as the atom to
such down-to-earth matters as postal services and
the weather. But I do want to say that the United
States regards these United Nations activities as
important contributions to peace. For it is not
enough to contain conflicts; it is necessary also to
build constructive forces within the containers
which will reduce the pressures and diminish the
likelihood of future conflicts.
In all of these activities, both the political and
the economic and social, it is no secret that the
United States wields a tremendous influence. It
is — and should be — our constant concern that we
use this influence constructively.
We cannot — and do not — maintain our leader-
ship merely because we are a great power, or
merely because we are richly endowed with natural
and technical resources. The United States can-
not— and does not — buy friends in this interna-
tional forum. We command respect when our
policies are right, when they are morally just as
well as politically and economically sound. It is
for this reason that the United States Government
'For transmittal of the statute of the International
Atomic Energy Agency to the Senate, see ibid., Apr. 15,
1957, p. 615 ; for text of statute, see ihid., Nov. 19, 1956,
p. 820. Tlie Senate gave its advice and consent to rati-
fication on June 18.
238
Department of Stale Bulletin
examines with such care each issue that comes be-
fore the United Nations, not only in the light of
traditional friendships and alliances, not only in
the light of ideological competition, but above all
in the light of what is right and just and proper.
And finally, let me say this : our leadership at
the United Nations is only as good as our national
policies. These policies cannot be clearly de-
fined— and made effective— without an informed,
alert citizenry who takes the trouble, as you have
today, to inform themselves about the problems of
the world in which we live and the workings of this
unique institution, the United Nations.
Tlie problems we face in our quest for peace with
freedom and justice are as complex and variable
as human nature itself. We have learned that the
willingness of the world to take common action
varies from year to year and from issue to issue.
Yet this is our challenge — to strive toward peace,
creating community out of discord and order out
of community.
President Names Douglas McKay
to International Joint Commission
The White House announced on July 18 that
President Eisenhower had appointed Douglas
McKay to be a Commissioner on the part of the
United States on the International Joint Commis-
sion, United States and Canada, vice Len Jordan,
resigning.
Aid to Refugees From Egypt
Press release 429 dated July 19
The Department of State annoimced on July 19
that the sum of $763,175 has just been made avail-
able from mutual security funds to assist in mov-
ing 17,100 Jewish, Italian, and Greek refugees who
have left Egypt since November 1956 to perma-
nent homes elsewhere, largely outside Europe.
Many of these refugees are temporarily finding
refuge in Greece, Italy, and France, intensifying
the already heavy refugee problems of these coun-
tries. Some of them have gone to Israel.
Of the sum made available for their movement,
$563,175 will be contributed through the Inter-
governmental Committee for European Migration
and $200,000 through the United Nations High
Commissioner for Refugees. The amount being
provided ICEM represents 45 percent of the
$1,251,500 necessary to aid these refugees. Other
ffovernments are contributing the remainder.
Sultan of Morocco Accepts
Invitation To Visit Washington
White House press release dated July 18
The White House on July 18 made public the
following letter to the President from, the Sultan
of Morocco.
June 4, 1957
To His Excellency Davight D. Eisenhower,
President of the United States :
It was with great pleasure that we received
your letter dated April 29.' We thank you for
the sentiments of friendship and esteem for us
that you expressed, and we are happy to leam
that you were deeply moved by the spontaneous
welcome extended to the Vice President of the
United States in our country.
We also thank you most sincerely for the in-
vitation that you have extended to us to visit
Washington. We are happy to inform you that
we have accepted your kind invitation and that
we propose, by the grace of God, to make that
visit on November 25.
We hope that our presence in the United States
will afford us an opportunity to become acquainted
with your great country and the noble American
people, to proceed with you to exchanges of views
concerning the present state of the relations be-
tween our two countries and pertinent problems,
the solution of which is of interest to our two
nations. We were particularly happy to learn
of your desire to place our relations on a basis of
equality between two independent and sovereign
nations. We share with you that same desire, and
we are fully confident that its realization will be
the best guarantee of the maintenance of good
relations between our two countries, in a climate
of mutual respect and fruitful cooperation.
We are certain that the greatest good for our
two countries will result from our conversations.
' Bulletin of July 1, 1957, p. 19.
Aogwsf 5, J 957
239
Our relations in the past, auspiciously based on
confidence and friendship, strengthen our con-
viction that, in the future, they will be character-
ized by closer and more fruitful cooperation.
Please accept our greetings and our deep esteem.
MOHAMSEED BEN YOUSSEF
U.S. Food To Supplement Diet
of Tunisian Children
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on July 9 that American foods soon
will be going to Tunisia to help supplement the diet
of almost 200,000 Tunisian children of school age.
The foodstuffs, which are in surplus in this coun-
try, will be supplied to the Tunisian Government
to improve and expand its school-lunch and other
child-feeding programs.
The foods to be provided by the United States —
dried milk, cheese, and flour — will be added to
local fruits and vegetables supplied by the Tuni-
sian Government. The American contribution
also will enable Tunisia to provide midday meals
for about 190,000 children in schools and institu-
tions, more than doubling the current progi-am,
which serves some 90,000 children. There are
about 227,000 children in the Tunisian schools.
A gift of the American people to the people of
Tunisia, the food shipments were authorized in
documents signed in Washington on July 9 by
Ambassador Mongi Slim of Tunisia in the pres-
ence of D. A. FitzGerald, the International
Cooperation Administration's Deputy Director
for Operations.
The U.S. food contribution was requested last
fall by Tunisian Prime Minister Bourguiba while
on a visit to the United States. The Tunisian
child-feeding program was studied in December
by an ICA team which was surveying Tunisian
economic problems in order to establish an eco-
nomic and technical program for the newly inde-
pendent nation. It was also studied by a special-
ist sent from Italy, where a similar joint
child- feeding program has been conducted for the
past 2 years.
The U.S. foodstuffs will be supplied for the
school year beginning in September and ending in
June 1958. Valued at $1.8 million (Commodity
Credit Coi-poration cost), they include some 875
metric tons of dried milk, 650 tons of cheese, and
3,315 tons of flour. Under the agreement, the
U.S. Government will pay the ocean-freight costs
of the shipments. The Tunisian Government wUl
make the distribution of the food in Tunisia, pro-
viding storage, cooking, and other necessary facil-
ities and equipment. The Tunisian people will be
informed that the food sent from the United
States is a gift of the American people. The
donated foods do not displace normal sales of
these commodities.
The U.S. commodities are provided under title
II of the Agricultural Trade Development and
Assistance Act (Public Law 480). Title II,
which is administered by ICA, authorizes grants
to friendly nations of agricultural products held
as surplus by the Commodity Ci'edit Corporation.
Quota on Rye Imports
White House press release dated June 27
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President has issued a proclamation im-
posing for 2 years an annual quota of 186 million
pounds on imports of rye, rye meal, and rye flom*.
In accepting the finding of the U.S. Tariff Com-
mission that import restrictions would remain
necessary after June 30, 1957, in order to prevent
material interference with the domestic price-
support program for rye, the President ordei-ed
a 2-year extension of the present annual quota of
186 million pounds.
The Tariff Commission, in its report of June
18, 1957,^ recommended an indefinite annual
quota of 95.2 million poimds. The President,
however, decided to continue for 2 years the pres-
ent annual quota of 186 million pounds. This
annual quota was established in 1954. Rye stocks
have been reduced considerably since then, and
prospective supplies are much closer to likely de-
mand than in any of the intervening 3 years.
The proclamation continues the historical allo-
cation of the quota: 182,280,000 pounds for im-
ports from Canada, with the remainder for im-
ports from all other countries. As at present
not more than 15,000 poinids of the total per-
missible imports may be of rye flour or rye meal.
' Copies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 2o, D.C.
240
Department of State Bulletin
Se«d lye continues to be exempt from the quota
under the qualitications prescribed in the
proclamation.
The quota was first imposed on March 31, 1054.^
It was extended on June 30, 1955, for the period
ending June 30, 1957.^ On May 11, 1957, the
President requested the Tariff Commission to de-
termine the necessity for continued restrictions.
Tlie Tariff Commission's investigation and re-
port were made pursuant to section 22 of the
Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amended, which
authorizes limitations on imports when imports
are interfering with or threaten to interfere with
domestic price-support programs. The Tariff
Commission found that continued restrictions on
imports of rye were necessary to protect the De-
partment of Agriculture's price-support program
for rye.
PROCLAMATION 3189<
Imposing a Quota on Imports of Rte, Rye Floub.
AND Rte Meal
Whereas, pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. 624), the Secre-
tary of Agriculture advised me that there was reason to
believe that rye, rye flour, and rye meal are practically
certain to be imported into the United States after June
30, 1957, under such conditions and iu such quantities as
to render or tend to render ineffective, or materially inter-
fere with, the price-support program undertaken hy the
Department of Agriculture with respect to rye pursuant
to sections 301 and 401 of the Agricultural Act of 1949,
as amended, or to reduce substantially the amount of
products processed in the United States from domestic
rye with respect to which such program of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture is being undertaken ; and
Whereas, on May 11, 1957, I caused the United States
Tariff Commission to make an investigation under the
said section 22 with respect to this matter ; and
Whereas the said Tariff Commission has made such
investigation and has reported to me its findings and
recommendations made in connection therewith ; and
Whereas, on the basis of the said investigation and
report of the Tariff Commission, I iind that rye, rye flour,
and rye meal, in the aggregate, are practically certain
to be imported into the United States after June 30, 1957,
under such conditions and in such quantities as to inter-
fere materially with and to tend to render ineffective the
said price-support program with respect to rye, and to
reduce substantially the amount of products processed
in the United States from domestic rye with respect to
which said price-support program is being undertaken ;
and
Whereas I find and declare that the imposition of the
quantitative limitations hereinafter proclaimed is shown
by such investigation of the Tariff Commission to be
necessary in order that the entry, or withdrawal from
warehouse, for consumption after June 30, 1957, of rye,
rye flour, and rye meal will not render ineffective, or
materially interfere with, the said price-supiiort program :
Now, therefore, I, Dwight D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, acting under and by
virtue of the authority vested in me by the said section
22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amended, do
hereby proclaim that
(1) the total aggregate quantity of rye, rye flour, and
rye meal which may be entered, or withdrawn from ware-
house, for consumption in each of the 12-month periods
beginning July 1 in 1957 and in 1958 shall not exceed
186,000,000 pounds, of which not more than 15,000 pounds
may be in the form of rye flour or rye meal, which per-
missible total quantities I find and declare to be pro-
portionately not less than 50 per centum of the total
quantity of such rye, rye flour, and rye meal entered, or
withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the
representative period July 1, 1950, to June 30, 1953,
inclusive, and
(2) during each such 12-month period, of the fore-
going permissible total quantity, not more than 182,280,000
pounds shall be imported from Canada and not more than
3,720,000 pounds shall be imported from other foreign
countries.
The provisions of this proclamation shall not apply to
certified or registersd seed rye for use in seeding and
crop-improvement purposes, in bags tagged and sealed
by an ofiicially recognized seed-certifying agency of the
country of production, if —
(a) the individual shipment amounts to 100 bushels
(of 56 pounds each) or less, or
(b) the individual shipment amounts to more than 100
bushels (of 56 pounds each) and the written approval
of the Secretary of Agriculture or his designated rep-
resentative is presented at the time of entry, or bond is
furnished in a form prescribed by the Commissioner of
Customs in an amount equal to the value of the mer-
chandise as set forth in the entry, plus the estimated duty
as determined at the time of eutry, conditioned upon the
production of such written approval within six months
from the date of entry.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
aflJxed.
Done at the City of Washington this 27th day of June
in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and fif ty-
[seal] seven, and of the Independence of the United
States of America the one hundred and eighty-
first.
' Bulletin of Apr. 12, 1954, p. 565.
' Ibid., July 18, 1955, p. 117.
' 22 Fed. Reg. 4&31.
August 5, 1957
By the President :
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State
/(j (,A*^ /-/%y C<-«:-^^ />t<>'x
241
President Asks for Investigation
of Fig Imports
White House press release dated July 18
The President on July 18 requested the United
States Tariff Commission to make an immediate
investigation of the effects of imports of dried
figs and fig paste upon the progi-ams or operations
undertaken by the Department of Agriculture
with respect to dried figs and fig paste, including
the Federal Fig Marketing Order, and upon the
amount of products processed in the United States
from domestically produced figs. The President's
action was taken in response to a recommendation
from the Secretary of Agriculture. The Com-
mission's investigation will be made pursuant
to section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act,
as amended.
President's Letter to Edgar B. Brossard, Chairman
of Tariff Commission
Dear Mr. Chairman : I have been advised by
the Secretary of Agriculture that there is reason
to believe that dried figs and fig paste are being
or are practically certain to be imported under
such conditions and in such quantities as to render
or tend to render ineffective or materially inter-
fere with the progi'ams or operations undertaken
by the Department of Agriculture with respect
to dried figs and fig paste, including the Federal
Fig Marketing Order, or to I'educe substantially
the amount of products processed in the United
States from domestically produced figs. A copy
of the Secretary's letter is enclosed.^
The United States Tariff Commission is re-
quested to make an immediate investigation under
Section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act,
as amended, to deteraiine the need for restricting
imports of these articles.
The Commission's findings should be completed
as soon as practicable.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
' Not printed.
Consideration of Mexican and North American Regional Broadcasting Agreements
Following is a statement hy Livingston Sat-
terthwaite, Director of the Office of Transport and
Communications, made on July 11 before the sub-
committee of the Senate Committee on Foreign
Relations considering the North Atlantic Regional
Broadcasting Agreement {S. Exec. A, 82d Cong.,
1st sess.) and the U.S. -Mexican Broadcasting
Agreement {S. Exec. G, 85th Cong., 1st sess.).
The statement is followed by a history submitted
by Mr, Satterthioaite for the record of the hear-
ings concerning previous broadcasting agreements
and. the negotiations leading to the proposed
agreements.
Press release 416 dated July 11
STATEMENT BY MR. SATTERTHWAITE
The Department hopes very much that the
committee will now be able to act favorably on
the two standard-broadcasting-band agreements
which have been submitted to the Senate for its
advice and consent to ratification.
I believe that most of the concern over the North
American Regional Broadcasting Agreement
(NARBA) , expressed when the Foreign Relations
Committee previously considered it, has now been
satisfied by the proposed bilateral agreement with
Mexico. You now have a complete package be-
fore you and are therefore in a better position to
judge the agreements.
International agreement on the use of the stand-
ard broadcasting band (535 to 1605 kc.) is essen-
tial to the orderly and successful development of
this broadcasting service in each country. Such
agreement is of especial importance to the United
States with its highly developed system of broad-
casting. The standard broadcasting band is
allocated a total of 1070 kc. by international agree-
ment. In the North American region this is fur-
ther divided into 107 channels. Accordingly all
countries in the North American region must ac-
commodate their standard-band (AM) broadcast-
ing on these 107 channels. The United States has
242
Department of State Bulletin
more than 3,100 of these broadcastino: stations,
nearly 4 times as many as there are in all the other
North American countries put together. This,
coupled with the central location of the United
States in the North American region, makes an
agreement in this field with the neighboring gov-
ernments especially important to the protection
of United States interests. Without such agree-
ment each country would be free to utilize these
radio channels as it pleased, and chaotic inter-
ference would be bomid to resiilt as a radio wave
does not respect international boundaries.
North American Regional Broadcasting Agreement
I would like first to say a few words about the
NARBA.i The NARBA sets up the norms by
which the United States and the other signatory
countries of the North American region can assign
radio stations within their respective countries
and be assured that such assignments will not
cause interference to or receive interference from
foreign broadcasting stations. Without such
agreed-upon norms, which must of necessity be
quite detailed, you cannot have that assurance.
The NARBA is for a term of 5 years but also pro-
vides that, if a new agreement has not entered into
force at the expiration of the 5-year period, it
will remain in full force and effect until the date
of entry into force of a new agreement. Thus
the hiatus of having no agreement in force, as is
the case now, is avoided.
The North American region consists of the
Bahama Islands, Jamaica, Canada, Cuba, the Do-
minican Republic, Haiti, Mexico, and the United
States. All of these countries except Haiti and
! Mexico signed the proposed NARBA. Cuba and
Canada have ratified. Mexico, which does not
plan to adhere to the NARBA, has entered into the
pending bilateral agi-eement with the U.S. Can-
ada ratified with a reservation. This reservation
is in regard to Canadian use of power greater
than the maximum permitted under the NARBA
on certain channels. This reservation creates no
difficulties for the United States since it provides
that stations on the same or adjacent channels
will be protected from the increase in power of the
Canadian stations. Moreover, Canadian officials
discussed this matter infonnally with United
'For background on the North American Regional
Broadcasting Agreement (NARBA), see Bulletin of July
16, 1951, p. 113.
States officials prior to making the reservation
and received assurance that it would not ad-
versely affect U.S. interests. The Department has
submitted the Canadian reservation to the Senate.^
The NARBA, in the opinion of the State De-
partment, is in the overall interest of the United
States listening public and the standard-band
broadcasting industry of this country. It is fair
to our neighbormg countries and therefore will
prevent serious problems in its application.
Agreement With IVIexico
The agreement with Mexico was reached fol-
lowing a series of negotiations which began in
1950. The July 1955 United States/Mexican
Broadcasting Conference resulted in a consider-
able area of informal agreement, and agreement
was fuially reached at subsequent conversations
between Commissioner Rosel H. Hyde of the Fed-
eral Communications Commission and Mexican
telecommunication officials at Mexico City, Octo-
ber 16-29, 1956. The agreement was signed at
Mexico City on January 29, 1957.^
This agreement has the same general purpose
as the NARBA. Its main features are :
1. The agreement will supereede all previous
agreements and will govern the relationship be-
tween the United States and Mexico in the use of
the standard broadcasting band. It will remain
in effect for a period of 5 years unless terminated
by either govermnent or replaced by a new
agreement.
2. Under the agi-eement each country retains
the same number of class 1-A (clear) channels as
provided in the 1937 NARBA, with the night-
time secondary use (as specified in the agreement)
by each coimti-y of a few of the other's clear chan-
nels. In addition, the United States has agreed
to give class 1-A protection to Mexico on 540
kilocycles.
3. Each of the coiuitries can increase the day-
time power of its secondary stations on certain
clear channels of the other.
4. At specified distances from the border the
maximum power of local stations can be increased
from 250 to 500 watts at night and to 1 kilowatt
during the daytime. In addition, at specified
distances from the border the maximum power
' Not printed.
' Bulletin of Feb. 18, 1957, p. 288.
Augusf 5, 1957
243
of stations on regional channels can be increased
from 5 to 25 kilowatts.
5. Many outstanding objections of long stand-
ing regarding proposed station assignments of
both countries have been resolved.
Need for Standard-Band Broadcasting Agreements
The Department, with the FCC, has worked
hard to secure these two agreements because we
are well aware of the tremendous stake of the
United States in standard-band broadcasting, of
the important investments of time and money
which have gone into it in this country, of its
far-reaching effects as an infonnation medium and
as a medium of advertising United States prod-
ucts and enterprises. The Department is also
well aware of the serious repercussions which
would result if the interests of the listening public
in this country were to be the subject of material
int«rference, and of the friction that can develop
in our relations with the other countries of the
region if there is not mutually satisfactory use of
the standard broadcasting band.
Neither the FCC nor the State Department will
claim that these agreements fully meet the desires
of every standard-band broadcasting station in the
United States. We do believe that the stability
and the protection from future interference that
will result will be of benefit to all and that the
agreements are the very best that can be negoti-
ated. The negotiation of agreements in this field
is not a simple matter. The standard broadcast
band is limited. Each country wants more of it
than can be arranged. The result is, of necessity,
a compromise.
Throughout the protracted negotiations for the
NAEBA and tlie Mexican agreement, the State
Department and the FCC have worked together
very closely. The United States broadcasting in-
dustry has been fully consulted and many repre-
sentatives of the industry have participated in the
negotiations as advisers to the United States dele-
gation. We believe that the agreements have
widespread support in the industry.
I urge the committee to keep in mind the fact
that without such an agreement there is no assur-
ance that any channel can be free of interference
from a foreign station. Without the legal basis
provided by the agreements there are no agreed-
upon norms for making station assignments or
evaluating interference. Thus, in the absence of
agreement, if interference does occur from foreign
stations, it will be difficult, and may be impossible,
for the Department of State to protect United
States broadcasting. We trust this committee
will find, on full review of the facts, that these
proposed treaties are in the best interests of the
United States; that they adequately protect the
listening public and do so with a minimum of
change for the broadcasting industry of this
country.
I huve prepared for the record of the hearings
a brief history of the previous agreements in the
North American region and of the negotiating his-
tory of the proposed NARBA and the Mexican
agreement, which I would like to submit at this
time.
This concludes my remarks, Mr. Chairman, and
I thank you for the privilege of appearing. Com-
missioner Hyde is prepared to present the details
of these agreements and to give you whatever tech-
nical information you desire. If there are any
nontechnical questions you care to ask, I shall try
to answer them.
HISTORY OF PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS AND NE-
GOTIATIONS ON PROPOSED AGREEMENTS
The first such treaty in the North American Region
was known as the North American Regional Broadcast-
ing Agreement (NARBA) which was signed at Habana
December 13, 1937 (55 Stat, pt. 2, 1005). The North
American Region consists of the Bahama Islands and
•Jamaica, Canada, Cuba, Dominican Republic, Haiti, Mex-
ico, and the United States. However, this first agree-
ment did not go into effect until March 29, 1941, due to
the reluctance of Mexico to ratify it. Mexican ratifica-
tion was not forthcoming until the United States con-
eluded a supplemental bilateral agreement with Mexico
whereby the United States agreed to protect Mexican
class 1-A (clear) channels having frequencies of 730,
800, 900 and 1570 kc, and also agreed to give certain
protection to Mexican operations on Mexican class 1-A
(clear) channels 1050 and 1220 kc. Except for two full-
time U.S. assignments (one on 1050 and one on 1220 kc.)
the United States agreed to limit United States stations on
these six Mexican class 1-A channels to daytime-only oper-
ation with a maximum of 1 kw. power. This is more
protection than the United States gives the class 1-A
channels of any of the other NARBA signatories. This
supplemental agreement was an executive agreement
effected by exchange of notes signed August 24 and 28,
1940, and is commonly known as the "gentlemen's agree-
ment." The gentlemen's agreement became effective at
the same time as the first NARBA, 1. e., March 29, 1941,
but it has no terminal date. In other words, its termina-
tion was not dependent upon the duration of the NARBA.
244
Department of State Bulletin
Accordingly, even tiougb the NARBA has expired by its
terms, the gentlemen's agreement has been construed
by the Department of State as still in force.
The original NARBA was for a term of 5 years but the
operation of the provisions contained therein (with cer-
tain modifications) was extended for an additional 3 years
by an interim agreement {modus Vivendi) signed at Wash-
ington, P. C, February 25, 1946 (60 Stat. 1S62). This
agreement has also expired by its terms.
A new multilateral agreement was signed at Washing-
ton, D. C, November 15, 1950, and is now before the United
States Senate for its advice and consent to ratification
(Executive A, 82d Congress, 1st session). The agreement
is for a term of 5 years but also provides that if a new
agreement has not entered into force at the expiration of
the 5-year period, this agreement shall remain in full
force and effect until the date of entry into force of a new
agreement. Thus the hiatus of having no agreement in
force, as is the case now, is avoided.
The series of negotiations pursuant to the new NARBA
were as follows :
a. Meeting of Technicians at Habana, Cuba, November
l-Deceuiber 6, 1947.*
b. Trip of Ambassador Albert F. Nufer (State) and
Commissioner George E. Sterling (FCC) to Habana, Cuba,
September 8-9-10, 1949, to discuss forthcoming NARBA
Conference with Cuban Minister of State and other Cuban
officials.
c. First session of the third NARB.A Conference, Mon-
treal, Canada, September 13-December 8, 1949 (recessed
without reaching agreement due to differences between the
United States and Cuba over station assignments).
d. U.S. Delegation spent February 1-March 24, 1950, in
Habana in a further unsuccessful effort to reconcile US/
Cuban differences.
e. Second session of the NARBA Conference, Washing-
ton, D. C., September 6-November 15, 1950 (agreement
reached and signed on November 15, 1950, by all parties
except Mexico and Haiti).
f. A subcommittee of the Senate Foreign Relations Com-
mittee, under the chairmanship of the late Senator Tobey,
held hearings on NARBA, July 8-9-10, 1953.
The series of negotiations pursuant to the U.S.-Mexican
Broadcasting Agreements were as follows :
(1) Second session NARBA Conference, Washington,
D.O., September B-November 15, 1950 (On October 18,
1950, Mexico withdrew from the Conference, prior to its
conclusion and without reaching any agreement).
(2) Conference at Mexico City, February 2-9, 1952.
(3) Conference at Washington, D.C., March 29-April
2, 1954.
(4) Conference at Mexico City, November 4-December
17, 1954.
(5) Conference at Washington, D.C., July 7-28, 1955.
(6) Negotiations by Commissioner Hyde at Mexico City,
October 16-29, 1956.
( T ) Agreement signed at Mexico City, January 29, 1957.
' For an article on the meeting, see ibid., Apr. 25, 1948,
p. 541.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85th Congress, 1st Session
Surplus Commodities Disposal (Public Law 480, 83d
Cong.). Hearing before the House Committee on Agri-
culture on H. R. 1005, H. R. 1906, H. R. 4103, and H. R.
5.J34. Serial K. March 29, 1957. 78 pp.
To Protect Rights of United States Vessels on High Seas.
Hearing before the Subcommittee on Fisheries and Wild-
life Conservation of the House Committee on Merchant
Marine and Fisheries on H. R. 5526, a bill to amend the
act of August 27, 1954 (68 Stat. 883), relating to the
rights of vessels of the United States on the high seas
and in the territorial waters of foreign countries. April
17, 1957. 77 pp.
Building a World of Free Peoples. Hearings before the
Subcommittee on International Organizations and Move-
ments of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs at
St. Louis, Mo., April 27, 1957, 118 pp. ; at Kansas City,
Mo., April 29, 1957, 86 pp. ; at Miami, Fla., May 4, 19.57,
119 pp.
Report on the Operations of the Department of State
(under Public Law 584). Letter from the Secretary of
State transmitting a report on the international educa-
tional exchange program carried out by the Depart-
ment, pursuant to Public Law 584, 79th Cong. H. Doc.
164, April 29, 1957. 116 pp.
Land Transfer Under Panama Treaty. Hearing before
the Subcommittee on Panama Canal of the House Com-
mittee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries on H. R.
6709, a bill to implement a treaty and agreement with
the Republic of Panama, and for other purposes. May
2, 1957. 86 pp.
Food Disposal Abroad by Voluntary Agencies. Hearings
before the Subcommittee on Consumers Study of the
House Committee on Agriculture. Part 2, May 9 and
15, 1957. Serial U. 101 pp.
Return of American Prisoners of War Who Have Not
Been Accounted for by the Communists. Hearing be-
fore the Subcommittee on the Far East and the Pacific
of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs on H.
Con. Res. 140 and similar measures. May 27, 1957.
63 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Attitudes of Soviet
Leaders Toward Disarmament. Replies from experts
on the Soviet Union to subcommittee questionnaire.
Staff Study No. 8. Subcommittee on Disarmament of
the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations. June 6,
1957. 106 pp. [Committee print.]
St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation. Hearing
before the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations on
S. 1174, a biU to clarify the general powers and increase
the borrowing authority and authorize the develop-
ment of interest payments on borrowing of the St.
Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation. June 19,
1957. 56 pp.
Implementing 1955 Treaty and Agreement With the Re-
public of Panama. Report to accompany S. 1730. S.
Rept. 479, June 21, 1957. 6 pp.
Transmission of Executive Agreements to the Senate.
Report to accompany S. 603. S. Rept. 521, June 25,
1957. 3 pp.
Favoring Further Consideration by the General Assembly
of the United Nations of the Problem of Hungary. Re-
port to accompany S. Con. Res. 35. S. Rept. .523, June
25, 1957. 15 pp.
St. Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation. Report
to accompany S. 1174. S. Rept. 525, June 25, 1957. 8 pp.
The Austrian Bonds Agreement. Report to accompany
Exec. H, 85th Cong., 1st sess. S. Exec. Rept. 4, June
25, 1957. 4 pp.
August 5, 1957
245
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings
Adjourned During July 1957
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 20th Session
U.N. Trusteeship Council: Committee on Administrative Unions .
WMO Commission for Aerology: 2d Session
WMO Commission for Instruments and Methods of Observation:
2d Session.
7th Berlin International Film Festival
International Rubber Studv Group: 13th Meeting
U. N. ECOSOC Technical Assistance Committee
International Sugar Council: 13th Session
Permanent International Association of Navigation Congresses:
Annxial Meeting.
PIANC: 19th International Congress
UNESCO/IBE: 20th International Conference on Public Educa-
tion.
Consultative Committee for Economic Development in South and
Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan) : Working Group on Asian
Regional Nuclear Center.
International Union of Crystallography: 4th General Assembly and
International Congress.
U.N. Refugee Fund: 6th (Special) Session of the Executive Com-
mittee.
GATT Intersessional Committee: Working Party on Balance-of-
Payment Matters.
International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry: 19th Con-
ference.
New York May 20-July 12
New York May 20-July 12
Paris June 18- July 9
Paris June 18-July 9
Berlin June 21- July 2
Jogjakarta June 24— July 1
Geneva June 25-July 31*
London July 2 (1 day)
London July 8 (1 day)
London July 8- July 16
Geneva July 8-July 17
Washington July 8-July 19
Montreal July 10-July 17
Geneva July 11 (1 day)
Paris July 16-July 17
Paris July 16-July 25
In Session as of July 31, 1957
U.N. Disarmament Commission: Subcommittee on Disarmament .
ILO "Art and Labor" Exposition
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 24th Session
Latin American Seminar on Social Welfare Training
U.N. Committee on Information from Non-Self-Governing Terri-
tories: 8th Session.
Caribbean Commission: Conference on Demographic Problems of
the Caribbean Area.
American International Institute for the Protection of Childhood:
Semiannual Meeting of Directing Council.
Pan American Highway Congress: Inter-American Meeting of
Traffic Experts.
London Mar. 18-
Geneva June 15-
Geneva July 2-
Montevideo July 20-
New York July 22-
Trinidad July 25-
Lima July 29-
Panama City July 29-
Scheduled August 1-October 31, 1957
6th Conference of Nongovernmental Organizations Interested in Geneva Aug. 5-
Migration.
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Assessment of Hydroelectric Bangkok Aug. 5-
Potential.
International Statistical Institute: 30th Session Stockholm Aug. 8-
Universal Postal Union: 14th Congress Ottawa Aug. 14-
Organization of American States: Economic Conference Buenos Aires Aug. 15-
Edinburgh Film Festival Edinburgh Aug. 18-
U.N. ECAFE Inland Transport Committee: Working Party on Bangkok Aug. 19-
Inland Ports.
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, July 18, 1957. Asterisks indicate tentative dates and places.
Following is a list of abbreviations: U.N., United Nations; WMO, World Meteorological Organization; ECOSOC, Eco-
nomic and Social Council; PIANC, Permanent International A.ssociation of Navigation Congresses; UNESCO, United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; IBE, International Bureau of Education; GATT, General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; ILO, International Labor Organization; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and
the Far East; ICAO, International Civil Aviation Organization; WHO, World Health Organization; PASO, Pan American
Sanitary Organization; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization; lA-ECOSOC, Inter-American Economic and Social
Council; ICEM, Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe.
246
Department of State Bulletin
Calendar off Meetings — Continued
Scheduled August 1-October 31, 1957 — Continued
International Scientific Radio Union: 12th General Assembly . . Boulder, Colo Aug. 22-
18th International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art Venice Aug. 25-
7th British Commonwealth Forestry Conference Australia and New Zealand . Aug. 26-
ICAO Teletypewriter Technical Panel: 2d Meeting Montreal Aug. 26-
9th International Congress on Cell Biology St. Andrews, Scotland . . . Aug. 28-
International Geographical Union: Regional Conference Nara and Kyoto Aug. 29-
International Union of Public Transportation: 33d Congress . . . Hamburg and Berlin .... Aug. 29-
9th Pan American Railway Congress Buenos Aires Aug. 30-
International Exposition of the Sea Marseille Sept. 1-
International Association on Quaternary Research: 5th Interna- Barcelona and Madrid . . . Sept. 2-
tional Congress.
International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics: 11th General Toronto Sept. 3-
Assembly.
U.N. ECAFE Workshop on Problems of Budget Reclassification: Bangkok Sept. 3-
2d Meeting.
WHO Regional Committee for Western Pacific: 8th Session . . . Hong Kong Sept. 5-
UNESCO International Conference on Radioisotopes Paris Sept. 9-
ICAO Communications Division: 6th Session Montreal Sept. 10-
ICAO Legal Committee: Special Subcommittee on Rule 57 of Tokyo Sept. 10-
Standing Rules of Procedure.
PASO Executive Committee: 32d and 33d Meetings Washington Sept. 10-
ICAO Legal Committee: 11th Session Tokyo Sept. 12-
Interparliamentary Union: 46th Conference London Sept. 12-
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Executive Committee Ibadan, Nigeria Sept. 16-
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Statistical Subcommittee Ibadan, Nigeria Sept. 16-
PASO Directing Council: 10th Meeting Washington Sept. 16-
WHO Regional Committee for the Americas: 9th Meeting .... Washington Sept. 16-
U.N. ECAFE/FAO Working Party on Economic Development and Bangkok Sept. 16-
Planning: 3d Meeting.
FAQ Committee on Commodity Problems: 2d Meeting of Cocoa Ibadan, Nigeria Sept. 17-
Study Group.
International Union of Pure and Applied Physics: 9th General Rome Sept. 17-
Assembly.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and In- Washington Sept. 23-
ternational Monetary Fund: 12th Annual Meeting of Boards of
Governors.
4th FAO/WHOConferenceon Nutrition Problems in Latin America. Guatemala City Sept. 23-
FAO International Rice Commission: 7th Meeting of Working Vercelli, Italy Sept. 23-
Partv on Rice Breeding; Working Party on Fertilizers.
lA-ECfOSOC: Meeting of Experts on Technical Standards . . . Rio de Janeiro Sept. 23-
17th International Conference of Sociology Beirut Sept. 23-
WMO Executive Committee: 9th Session Geneva Sept. 24-
ICEM Executive Committee: 8th Session Geneva Sept. 26*
U.N ECE Inland Transport Committee: Group of Experts To Geneva Sept. 30-
Study Certain Technical Railway Questions.
Diplomatic Conference on Maritime Law Brussels Sept. 30-
9th Meeting of Consultative Committee for Economic Develop- Saigon Sept. 30-
ment in South and Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan): Preliminary
Working Group.
FAO Plant Protection Committee for Southeast Asia and Pacific Ceylon* September
Region.
FAO European Contact Group on Uses of Isotopes and Radiation Bonn September
in Agriculture Research.
FAO International Chestnut Commission Geneva September
GATT Balance-of-Payments Consultations Geneva September
U.N. Advisory Committee on Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy: New York September
7th Session.
International Atomic Energy Agency: 1st General Conference and Vienna Oct. 1-
Ist Meeting of Board of Governors.
9th Meeting of Consultative Committee for Economic Develop- Saigon Oct. 7-
ment in South and Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan): Officials
Meeting.
ICAO Preparatory Meeting on Air Traffic Control Problems in the Lisbon* Oct. 7-
European-Mediterranean Region.
UNESCO Intergovernmental Copyright Committee: 2d Session . Washington Oct. 7-
FAO International Fishing Gear Congress Hamburg Oct. 7-
ILO Iron and Steel Committee: 6th Session Monterrey Oct. 7-
ICEM Council: 7th Session Geneva Oct. 7*
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee: 15th Session (and Subsid- Geneva Oct. 10-
iary Bodies).
FAO International Rice Commission: Working Party on Fertilizers. Italy Oct. 14-
FAO Study Group on Grains: 2d Meeting Rome Oct. 14-
WMO Commission for Synoptic Meteorology: 1st Session of Work- Paris Oct. 14-
ing Group on Telecommunications.
South Pacific Commission: 17th Session Noumea, New Caledonia . . Oct. 14-
Augusf 5, J957 247
Calendar off Meetings — Continued
Scheduled August 1-October 31, 1957 — Continued
U.N. ECE/FAO Timber Committee: 15th Session Geneva Oct. 14-
U.N. ECAFE Highway Subcommittee: 4th Session Bangkoli Oct. 14-
GATT Contracting Parties: 12th Session Geneva Oct. 17-
9th Meeting of Consultative Committee for Economic Development Saigon Oct. 21-
in South and Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan) : Ministerial Meet-
ing.
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 29th Session Rome Oct. 21-
U.N. ECE Committee on Development of Trade and East-West Geneva Oct. 21-
Trade Consultations.
ILO Governing Body: 137th Session (and Committees) Geneva Oct. 21-
ICAO Airworthiness Committee: 1st Meeting Montreal Oct. 22-
19th International Red Cross Conference New Delhi Oct. 24-
U.N. ECAFE Inland Transport Committee: 4th Session of Inland Malang, Indonesia Oct. 24-
Waterways Subcommittee.
FAO Committee on Relations With International Organizations . Rome Oct. 24-
FAO Council: 27th Session Rome Oct. 28-
WMO Commission for Bibliography and Publications: 2d Session . Paris October
The Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
Statement hy Delmas H. Nucher
U.S. Special Representative in the Trusteeship Cov/ncil ^
It is a privilege to appear before you as Special
Representative of the Trust Territory of the Pa-
cific to report on tlie significant events that liave
occurred in the progi'ess of our administration
since July 1, 1956. This is the third time I have
had the honor and pleasure of serving in this ca-
pacity, and I look forward, as I have in the past, to
receiving the benefits of the views and recom-
mendations of the members of the Council.
My report this year has an added significance.
This July 1957 marks the completion of 10 years of
administration of the Trust Territory of the Pa-
cific Islands under the auspices of the United Na-
tions Trusteeship Agreement and thus affords me
the opportunity to report briefly on the progress
that has been made in this formative period of
our administration.
Ten years ago, the area we call the Trust Ter-
ritory of the Pacific had but recently emerged
' Made in the U.N. Trusteeship Council on May 28
(U.S./U.N. press release 2680). Mr. Nucker i.s High Com-
missioner of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
For a review of the previous year by Mr. Nucker, see
Bulletin of July 2, 1956, p. 35.
from the devastation and ravages of war. Al-
though the area had been secured in 1945, it was a
slow and hard struggle to repair the damages
wrought by the war. The local economy, which
had rested largely on copra, had been destroyed,
the transportation system was almost nonexistent,
schooling had all but disappeared. In almost all
areas of activity a fresh start had to be made.
To rebuild the shattered economy was not an
easy task. The difficulties of reclamation, then
as well as now, went hand in hand with a geo-
graphical handicap perhaps unparalleled else-
where in tlie world — that of a small population
scattered on tiny islets spread over a segment of
ocean surface as vast as the United States of
America or the continent of Australia.
The progress achieved by the people of Micro-
nesia in the past 10 years takes on added signifi-
cance in view of the handicaps faced.
Administration
Among the most important events of general
administrative significance this past year was the
248
Department of State Bulletin
completion of the conversion program of our
American employees to the competitive civil serv-
ice. Except for a small number of employees
■who hold temporary jobs, sucli as those associated
■with our special construction projects, our Ameri-
can employees now enjoy the advantages of perma-
nent civil service status.
A minor administrative change came about by
the upgrading of our personnel and supply sec-
tions to the status of separate departments. Head-
quarters staff was aiigmented during the year by
appointment of a new deputy high commissioner,
an internal auditor, and a general assistant to the
chief counsel. Two new positions of considerable
significance, that of a traming supervisor and a
full-time counselor for our Micronesian students
in Hawaii, were added to our staff as part of our
j-irogram of training Micronesians for responsible
jobs in the admmistration of their area.
Our permanent Micronesian personnel increased
somewhat during the year, from 1,437 to 1,539, the
increase being brought about by sizable additions
to our agriculture, education, and public-health
departments. In addition, 318 Micronesians were
employed in our special construction program.
During the year two top administrative posi-
tions formerly filled by American staff members
were taken over by Micronesians: these were the
finance officer position in Palau district, and the
land title officer in Ponape district. A minor
milestone also was reached in Palau, where for the
first time a senior secretarial position was filled
with a qualified Micronesian clerk-typist. Within
the next few months it is anticipated that the po-
sition of finance officer in Truk district will also
be filled by a qualified Trukese applicant.
Economic Advancement
In the field of economic advancement we have
continued to encourage the Micronesians to de-
velop their natural resources within the limits of
their o^wn capabilities. We are giving encourage-
ment by way of technical aid and advice, by pro-
viding substantial financial assistance to local con-
cerns, and by sending qualified Micronesians
abroad to acquire "know-how" in the fields where
economic development appears promising.
We have loaned close to $400,000 to Micro-
nesian-owned trading companies luider a develop-
ment loan program and shall continue this process
within our financial capabilities and the needs of
the Micronesian companies. At the present time,
some $275,000 is invested in such development
loans.
During the past year two additional trading
companies were chartered by the administration,
making a total of nine such limited stock trading
companies now in existence throughout the terri-
tory. It is significant that these two new compa-
nies came into being in districts where there is
stiff competition from large and well-established
companies. This type of competition is to us a
healthy sign, since by its existence prices of con-
sumer goods will be kept at a reasonable level for
the local population.
Copra remains the backbone of the economy of
Micronesia and the major source of income for
most of our Micronesians. The war completely
shattered the copra industry throughout Micro-
nesia, and in 1946, after the area had been se-
cured, only a few hundred tons of copra were
exported. By 1948 copra exports had risen to
8,000 tons annually, yielding about $700,000 in
revenue. In 1956, 12,300 tons of copra were ex-
ported at a value in round figures of $1,250,000.
This year we expect to export an estimated 13,300
tons with a revenue return of $1,400,000. The
quality of our copra has continued to improve;
82 percent of all copra sold this past fiscal year
was grade one, 14 percent grade two, and only 4
percent was grade three. Through our coconut
technical expert, a training program in better
methods of processing copra was launched, and
we anticipate that an even higher proportion of
grade-one copra should result in the future. By
the institution of more regular field-trip service,
a better quality of copra also is resulting since de-
terioration due to inadequate storage is being
prevented.
In spite of the fluctuating world market for
copra, we were able through the Copra Stabiliza-
tion Fund to maintain a constant price of $110 a
ton to the producer for grade-one copra during
the year. This necessitated using only about
$30,000 from the copra fund, and at the end of
last month a balance of $890,000 was in the fund.
During the year we also instituted a program of
regular and widespread reporting on the operation
of the Copra Stabilization Fund in line with a
recommendation made by the 1956 United Nations
Visiting Mission. At regular intervals fhiancial
statements of the fund, as well as simple explan-
Augosf 5, 1957
249
atory reports on what the fund is and how it
operates, are released. These are transhited into
the various vernaculars and ai-e given wide dis-
tribution. The public reaction to this regular
reporting has been intense since it allows the small
copra producer to anticipate his potential income
at the time of harvest and enables him to plan for
his family needs more systematically.
Trochus production during fiscal year 1956 rose
to over 400 tons, iDi'oducing an income of roughly
$350,000. While the tonnage of trochus shell har-
vested during the 1957 season dropped to approxi-
mately 350 tons, the season proved to be the most
profitable one for the people of Micronesia. A
top price of $1,160 a short ton brought in a revenue
of over $388,000, or $38,000 more than last year.
The 1956 trochus season revealed that there was
need for changes in the conservation program in
some of the districts, and accordingly the Trust
Territory Code is being amended to allow each
district to establish its own conservation program.
During the past fiscal year handicraft income
dropped somewhat. Uncertainty of supply and
inadequate marketing have kept income from
this source down. Currently one of the largest
trading companies is planning to open a Micro-
nesian handicraft store in Guam as an out-
let for handicraft from all over the territory, and
handicraft income is expected to increase with
this new outlet.
An appreciable increase in the production of
vegetable produce in Rota and Saipan districts
came about during the past fiscal year. Income
fi'om this source rose to $95,000 in 1956, an in-
crease of about $17,000 from the previous season.
The forthcoming year should see an additional
increase as the result of improved connnercial
shipping service by a Saipanese-owned shipping
company. This regular service, plus better mai'-
keting arrangements, should stimulate the fresh-
vegetable produce business for the people of Sai-
pan, Tinian, and Eota.
Agriculture
"We have continued to strengthen our agricul-
tural programs since agriculture is the chief eco-
nomic activity of our people. In the last 2 years
our American agricultural staff has been more
than doubled, and specialists in the fields of coco-
luit development and marine biology have been
employed. After a long search we have been able
to recruit a much-needed specialist in plant dis-
eases and now have a plant pathologist on the
staff. Our training program for Micronesian ag-
ricultural assistants has been stepped up. We now
have 178 Micronesians employed in this field, an
increase of 25 over last year.
Two Micronesian students now are working for
agricultural degrees at the College of Agriculture
at the University of the Philippines, and several of
our students in Hawaii are specializing in agricul-
tural courses.
As part of our long-range program to introduce
new cash crops, three members of the agriculture
department, an American and two Micronesians,
spent part of this year studying cocoa planting,
harvesting, and processing methods in Costa Rica.
Our staff fisheries biologist continued to con-
centrate on the supervising of the trochus har-
vesting program. Experimental work in trochus
planting started, and better plans developed for
the conservation of this vahuible shell resource.
The staff fisheries biologist also gave attention to
the planning of a subsistence fisheries program
for the territory. As a first step in the establish-
ment of this interdistrict program in subsistence
fishing, three young Micronesians, one from Palau,
one from Ponape, and one from Saipan, partici-
pated in a special 3-month fisheries training
course at Noumea, New Caledonia, under the
auspices of the South Pacific Conimission. Two
of these trainees will be sent this June to Hono-
lulu, where for several months they will get addi-
tional training and experience as trainees as-
signed to one of the fishing boats of the Pacific
Ocean Fisheries Investigations, an adjunct of the
Fish and Wildlife Service of the U.S. Department
of the Interior. Upon completion of this train-
ing, we plan to use these two Micronesians as the
nucleus of an interdistrict subsistence fishing
demonstration team. We are currently recruiting
a qualified American fisheries staff' man to head
this team. Through the development of a pro-
gram of subsistence fishing we hope to enable the
Micronesians to better utilize the valuable re-
sources of the sea.
The improvement of subsistence crops has been
accelerated. Each district center has a function-
ing agricultural station, field nurseries, and an
extension service in operation. Our animal im-
provement program has as its goal the improve-
ment of the quality of the present Micronesian
fl
250
Department of State Bulletin
animal strain. Purebred swine from Hawaii were
iiitroducetl into each district this past j'ear as
breeding stock. In the higher islands where pas-
turage is available, cattle breeding for improve-
ment of stock and production of meat is being
stressed.
The work of the staif coconut expert has been
concentrated on a coconut rehabilitation and re-
planting program and a demonstration program
for better copra processing. Mother palms have
been selected and coconut nurseries established in
all districts. Supervised coconut plantings also
have been started in each district and special
demonstration plantings started in areas that
need intensive coconut rehabilitation work.
The cocoa plantation in Palau, the coconut
plantation in Metalanim in Ponape, the ex-
perimental atoll research station in Jaluit in the
Marshalls have expanded and increased their
programs.
Work continues in the battle against insect pests
and diseases that attack the food and money crops
of the area. The first assignment of our new plant
pathologist will be to investigate taro and bread-
fruit diseases in the Palau and Marshall districts.
The fight against the rhinoceros beetle goes on in
Palau. The agriculture department has intensi-
fied a cleanup program, and our entomologist con-
tinued experimental work with the predatory
scolia wasp. The scolia wasp now appears to have
successfully weathered its first stage, and in the
past year we have been able to introduce the wasp
in the larval stage to areas where coconut trees are
still being damaged and killed by the coconut
rhinoceros beetle. Although elimination of the
rhinoceros beetle has not yet been achieved, we
have now progressed in its control and extermina-
tion to the point M'here large areas, formerly pest
ridden, have been effectively cleai'ed. A large-
scale program of replanting of coconut trees in
such pest-free areas is under way.
Our agricultural program this year has been one
of consolidation and of slow but forward expan-
sion in extension and experimental agricultural
work.
Claim Settlement
At long last we are able to report that appre-
ciable progress was made in the settling of claims,
particularly land claims in the territory.
All outstanding land claims in the Truk dis-
trict were settled during May and June of last
year.
A property claim by a Belgian family in the
territory was brought successfully to conclusion,
and a mutually satisfactory settlement both to the
administration and claimants resulted.
It is with great satisfaction that we can state
that the settlement to the people of Bikini and
Eniwetok has taken place, both to their complete
satisfaction and ours. The people of Kili ac-
cepted the sum of $325,000 and the use rights to
the island of Kili and tlu-ee islets in the Jaluit
atoll and gave in return the indefinite use rights of
the atoll of Bikini to the Trust Territory govern-
ment. At the request of the Kili people, made
through their elected council, a trust fund of
$300,000 was established in their name. The an-
nual income of this trust fund will be equal to
their present copra income so that the Kilians,
from henceforth, can look forward to at least a
doubling of their present yearly income. The first
installment of the interest from their trust fund
will be ready for payment in July of this year.
The people of Eniwetok, now resident on Uje-
lang atoll, accepted in exchange for the indefinite
use rights of Eniwetok the sum of $175,000 and
the use rights to the atoll of Ujelang. Again, as
in Kili, the people, through their council, re-
quested that $150,000 of their money be placed in
a trust fund. The first installment of interest on
this fund will be paid to the people of Ujelang
this July.
Work leading toward the settlement of remain-
ing outstanding land claims continues. We expect
to settle all remaining land claims which resulted
from Wo)-ld War II in the Palau and Yap dis-
tricts this calendar year. In the Marshalls sizable
claims of this nature still remain to be settled.
Certain of these at the present time are being
negotiated; others still need additional cadastral
surveying to determine settlement. We are now
in the process of carrying out such necessary
surveying.
At last year's session I reported that it was my
earnest hope to be able to settle during this year
the Japanese bond and postal savings claims. Ad-
ministrative difficulties appeared that did not
make this achievement possible. We have now set
aside money for the settlement of these claims, and
plans are under way to effect its use to wipe out
August 5, 1957
251
this small but important type of claim. Wlien this
is done, a source of irritation will have been re-
moved from the minds of the Micronesians.
With the settlement of the land claims in Truk,
the Etscheit claims in Truk and Ponape, the set-
tlement of the Bikini and Eniwetok land claims,
most of the major land claims have been met. We
shall continue to exert every effort to settle all
remaining land claims in the near future.
We have made progress also in releasing land
to Micronesians. During the year the adminis-
tration received title to the island of Ulul from a
Belgian claimant, and plans are now under way
to give the Trukese residents of the island title,
through our homestead program, to the land on
which they live. The island of Imiej in the Jaluit
atoll, which had become public property, was
homesteaded to its former owners. In Palau over
1,300 acres of public land on the island of Babel-
thuap was deeded to one of the municipalities for
its use. As mentioned above, the use rights to the
island of Kili, the islets of Jebet, Jar, Boklaplap,
and to Ujelang atoll were transferred from the
©•overnment to Micronesians during the year.
to
Displaced Marshallese
A most important event shortly is to take place
within the territory— that of the return of the
Eongelapese to their home atoll of Rongelap.
This is an event long looked forward to by the
people of Rongelap and equally so by the adminis-
tration. Rongelap atoll has been determined to be
safe for habitation. This month a new and com-
plete village is being constructed on Rongelap;
houses, a school, a church, a community building,
a dispensary, canoe sheds, and cisterns are being
built. Adequate financial resources have been set
aside so that a gradual readjustment to their pre-
vious subsistence pattern of life will come about
without any hardship to the Rongelapese people
after their return to Rongelap. A voice-radio
station will be established to permit ready contact
with our Marshalls district radio network.
The periodic annual medical reexamination of
the Rongelapese and Utirikese carried out only 2
months ago demonstrated that they are in fine
health and that no lasting effects of the radioactive
fallout can be perceived. In addition to the overall
medical check on the entire group, five representa-
tives recently volunteered to undergo special re-
fined testing at the Argonne National Laboratory
near Chicago. These special tests supported the
general examination results that the people had
recovered fully and were in excellent health.
We have continued to give special aid to the
economic, agricultural, social, and political prob-
lems of the people of Kili and Ujelang through our
special Kili and Ujelang projects. The former
isolation of Kili effectively has been broken by
the operation of the Kili boat, the Libra, daring
the past year. This 50-foot auxiliary schooner has
accelerated the economic and social progress of the
Kilians. Copra production has increased, the
Jabor facilities on Jaluit are being utilized, and
the islets of Jebet, Jar, and Boklaplap are being
cultivated. A truly integrated community is
emerging on the island of Kili.
The people of Ujelang also have made an excel-
lent adjustment to their new home. The outstand-
ing success of the Marshallese project manager at
Kili led this past year to the establishment of a
similar post at Ujelang. Introduction of new
food crojDS, the establishment of a coconut nursery,
and the upgrading of local animal stock were
among the main activities of the Ujelang project
manager during the year. The Marshallese agri-
culturists of Kili and Ujelang participated in the
recent agricultural conference at Guam, and I
have been advised that their reports on their re-
spective projects were among the outstanding
features of this conference.
Better logistic support for Ujelang was achieved
during the year through a more frequent field-trip
schedule. Field-trip ships now regularly call at
Ujelang once every 3 months. This coming year
the installation of a voice-radio link is planned
so that emergency communication with the dis-
trict center at Majuro or Ebeye will be possible.
Education
One of the most outstanding developments in
the past 10 years in the territory has been the
growing consciousness on the part of Micronesians
as to what public education is about and their
acceptance of responsibility in supporting such
a program. While the Japanese had instituted
a limited public school system for island children,
the war completely disrupted this school system
and few of the children of school age in 1944 had
had the opportunity of attending school for any
appreciable length of time.
The first school in Micronesia was reopened in
252
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
the Marshalls in 1944. Today 197 separate schools
are operating in the Trust Territory, comprised
(if 158 public elementary schools, 20 nonpublic ele-
mentary schools, 7 public secondary schools, and
12 nonpublic secondary schools. Last year there
were 7,952 children enrolled in the public elemen-
tiiry scliools, 1,433 in the nonpublic elementary
srhools, 820 in the public secondary schools, 495
in the nonpublic secondary schools, and 135 in
Pacific Islands Central School, our highest public
secondary school, making a total of 10,835 stu-
dents attending schools in the Trust Territory.
Preliminary estimates for the past year indicate
that the student enrollment has climbed to over
11,000 students this year.
Increasingly, Micronesians are taking over both
the administration and the management of educa-
[ tion. One Micronesian is district director of edu-
i cation, and five intermediate schools now have
Micronesian principals. Each of the main dis-
tricts have Micronesian superintendents of schools.
In the five districts which still have American
directors of education, the role of these Americans
largely has become that of advisers to the local
( school boards and the Micronesian superintendents
and principals of the schools.
"With the exception of the P.I.C.S. staff we have
continued to use our American teaching staff as
teacher trainers. Each of our main districts has
two or more teacher trainers who devote full time
to teacher aid and training. It is our aim that
at least one of these teacher trainers devotes the
major portion of his time to the improvement of
education in the schools away from the district
center or on the remote off-islands.
Local community support of education lias
climbed steadily in the past year. In three dis-
tricts now the district legislative body has imder-
taken to pass legislation setting minimum salary
standards for elementary-school teachers and
centralizing payment of all elementary-school
salaries. Every district now possesses functioning
school boards which are playing active roles in
determining educational policy for their respec-
tive communities.
New elementary-school buildings have been
constructed. Some of these have been completely
supported by the local community itself, others
have been built through our grant-in-aid project.
It can be reported in all sincerity that this ad-
ministration's oft-stated policy of turning over the
main responsibility for elemeiitary education to
the local community is producing notable results.
I will grant that elementary schools on our remote
off-islands sometimes fall short of the goal we
desire. By and large, the community-sponsored
schools that have developed elsewhere reflect a
degree of interest and participation in education
that is true and strong for the reason that the
community itself has underwritten the school, its
teachers, and its program.
Through our program of teacher training, the
providing of more and better textbooks in the
vernacular, the support of new school construc-
tion through our grant-in-aid program, the ad-
ministration shall continue to give every aid and
encouragement to this truly "grass roots" system
of elementary-school education.
This past year has seen the planning of an ad-
ditional public intermediate school. By next
June Kusaie island of Ponape district will have a
complete public intermediate school, the first such
intermediate school to be established outside the
district center. We are supplying the materials
for construction, the teaching staff, both American
and Micronesian, and the upkeep of the school.
The Kusaiens for their part are supplying the
land, part of the materials, and all of the labor.
Through joint enterprise the seventh public in-
termediate school in the territory will come into
existence this coming year.
In 1956 the Pacific Islands Central School com-
pleted its first year as a full-fledged 3-year sec-
ondary school. A completely revised curriculum
more responsive to the needs and interest of Micro-
nesian youth was instituted.
Building plans for the new P.I.C.S. plant on
a large site in Ponape were prepared during the
year and preliminary work started. The build-
ing site area was cleared, roads put in, water lines
laid. Preliminary estimates are that at least three
major buildings will be ready for occupancy by
the fall of 1958 although it now appears that it
will be 1959 before the new plant will be com-
pletely finished. When this new plant is opened,
it will afford opportunities also for a more prac-
tical curriculum, especially in the fields of agri-
culture and teclmical training, as well as allowing
us to increase measurably the overall student en-
rollment.
An ever-increasing number of students are go-
ing outside the Trust Territory for higher educa-
Augusl 5, 1957
253
tion. Ten years ago only a handful of students
had managed to go outside the territory for
schooling. In 1956, 225 students were studying
outside the territory. Wliile the majority, 157,
were attending secondary scliools in Guam, 37
were studying in Hawaii, 16 in the Pliilippines,
11 in the United States, and 2 in Suva. This
number appreciably increased this current year.
Six years ago, other than the medical and dental
students at Suva, Fiji, only one Trust Territory
scholarship was granted for higher education.
Last year 15 Trust Territory scholarships were
granted. Tliis forthcoming year we anticipate
the starting of an additional scholarship program
designed to give full degree university training
to a select group of outstanding students.
In all districts the education department and
health department have joined forces in develop-
ing a broad progi'am of health education. A
Trust Territory-wide health book is being planned
for publication this next scliool year. A joint
program between the district education and agri-
culture departments has been under way for the
past few years.
The development of educational materials
adapted to tlie local cultures and printed in the
local vernaculars is being encouraged. Three of
our districts have small printing presses for such
purposes. So great is the demand for materials
of this tyjje that this past year we requested a
specialist from the South Pacific Commission to
make a survey of our local facilities for such re-
production work. It is anticipated that this re-
port, which will be available within the next
month, will be of significant value to us.
Public Health
The safeguarding of the health of the Micro-
nesians remains one of our primary concerns.
Tuberculosis continues to be a serious health prob-
lem and is receiving major attention. This past
year a BCG vaccination i:)rogram was launched,
and testing and vaccination is going on in all dis-
tricts. The actual in-patient load of active tuber-
culosis is somewhat less than last year because of
persistent treatment of cases at our hosjjitals and
dispensaries. Fewer active cases of leprosy this
past year confirm the value of the careful treat-
ment now in process at the district hosjiital level.
Continuous vaccination against smalljiox and
tetanus is carried on as a preventive medicine
activity in all districts.
The inclusion of better trained Micronesians
into tlie public health field remains the underlying
and motivating factor of our overall public healtli
program. Ten years ago there were but two quali-
fied Micronesian medical practitioners in all of
Micronesia. Since that time we have produced
through training programs at Guam, Suva, and
Hawaii 26 fully trained medical practitioners so
that today 28 qualified Micronesian practitioners
are on the job throughout the area. In addition,
seven medical students currently are at the Cen-
tral Medical School in Suva. Three of our medi-
cal practitioners presently are getting advanced
medical work in a hospital in Hilo, Hawaii, and
a fourth will go later this year.
In 1947 there were no dental practitioners in tlic
territory. Today 19 fully qualified Micronesian
dentists handle all the dental work throughout the
districts under the direction of an American
interdistrict supervisor.
All the territory sanitation work now is done liy
qualified Micronesian sanitarians directed by an
American interdistrict supervisor. One of the
outstanding Micronesian sanitarians last year was
sent to Honolulu for specialized training and is
slated to take over the interdistrict sanitation po-
sition, now filled by an American, wlien he returns
from training.
For the last 2 years the Marshalls district has
had a Micronesian director of j^ublic health, and
for the past year all medical services in Ponape
district have been handled completely by Micro-
nesian staff.
The two new hospitals at Ebeye and Kusaie will
be headed by licensed Micronesian medical prac-
titioners and supported by services staffed by
qualified Micronesians.
Advanced training is being given in other fields.
One laboratory technician is in training in Hawaii,
as are two graduate nurses. Dental graduates are
receiving advanced training through the Navy in
Guam. This year plans call for an advanced
course in anesthesia for selected trainees at the
Guam Naval Hospital. During the year a re-
fresher course in sanitation was completed for
34 employees.
We have increased our hospital iniits from"
seven to eight this past year and by the end of
the calendar year anticipate that a ninth complete
hospital unit will be in operation in Kusaie. A
similar out-island hospital unit for the Jaluit atoll
is in the planning stage and is scheduled to be in
254
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
operation in Jabor by 1958. New hospital con-
struction lias been completed at Eota, Trnk, and
Yap. Partial construction has been completed
•At Koror, and construction is being done at Ebeye
and Kusaie.
The nursing school now is in its second year of
operation in its new location in Palau and has
imensitied its basic-training program.
Training continues for out-island health aides
at the district hospitals.
A general improvement in health conditions
can be reported.
Political and Social Advancement
Ten years ago Micronesian participation in self-
ecnernment had just begun. One advisory con-
oiess body had come into existence in July of 1947
in Palau, and a district council had been organized
and had held one meeting in the southern Mar-
slialls.
In the area of municipal government, half of all
municipal magistrates in 1947 still held office by
reason of hereditary position or by administrative
a])pointment. Today, out of our 102 municipal-
ities, 97 or 95 percent now elect their magistrates
as well as other municipal officers. Only in five
outlying islands of the Truk district do we still
have magistrates that serve through hereditary
status and there only because the conservatism of
the island people still is strong enough for tliem
to insist upon honoring their hereditary leader
by conferring upon him the role of magistrate.
A great stride in the sphere of municipal gov-
ernment this past year has been the planning of
a systematic program of chartering municipalities
throughout the territory. Two municipalities of
the Saipan district already are chartered, and four
major municipalities in other districts are slated
to receive charters by the end of June . Our target
dates for chartering the remaining 96 municipal-
ities are not completely determined, but according
to our present program nine additional major
municipalities should be chartered by the end of
this calendar year, at least 16 additional ones by
the end of June 1958, and five more by the end
of fiscal year 1959.
The chartering of municipalities must of neces-
sity be accompanied by an educational program,
and accordingly the outlying islands will be
brought slowly into the program. We hope
though that by the end of 1960 most of our major
municipalities will be operating under formal
charters.
Today the Palau Congress holds the distinction
of being the most highly developed of all our dis-
trict congresses, having been the first to achieve
full legislative powers. This past year two reg-
ular sessions and one special session were held.
Among the outstanding resolutions passed by the
Palau Congress this year were a law governing
inheritance procedures, a budget in which the
district congress will take over full cost of paying
elementary-school teachers, and the establishment
of a special scholarship to train abroad a qualified
Palauan in boat building.
In Truk district, the Fifth Annual Magistrates'
Conference met last November and amongst other
acts voted to establish a 2-year district scholarship
to be supported by district tax funds. These local
government-sponsored scholarships are of great
importance since they demonstrate the interest
and concern of the older, elected officials to give
modern education and training to their young
people. The magistrates' conference also unani-
mously voted to set up a district-wide congress
with representatives elected directly by the people.
Members of the Trusteeship Council who were
present at last year's session may recall my state-
ment that we hoped to have a district-wide con-
gress in Truk by 1960. I am most pleased to be
able to announce at this session that I have been
advised by my staff that an official charter for a
Truk district congress is almost ready for signa-
ture and that, if implementation goes according to
schedule, the first session of tlie Truk district con-
gress should be held this autumn, 3 years ahead
of our previous target date.
In the Marshalls district, the former district
council long since has become a full-fledged bicam-
eral congress. Eleven resolutions of the sixth
annual session received approval. These ranged
from new taxation laws to a law subsidizing pay-
ment of out-island health aides.
In Ponape, the Ponape Island Congress held its
fifth meeting passing resolutions on taxes, inheri-
tance laws, trochus season, and other district
affairs. This island congress also is studying ways
and means to develop a true district-wide legis-
lative body, the realization of which we hope may
take place this forthcoming year.
The first chartered town in Micronesia, Kolonia,
came into existence in April 1956. During the
August 5, 1957
255
year the town elected a council, a mayor, and other
officers. The town council in cooperation with an
administration grant-in-aid jjrogram is building
a town council building. This will be the third
such government building to be built in the Ponape
district through such a jomt pooling of adminis-
tration and community resources.
In Yap, the Yap Island Council during the year
met at regular intervals and established new taxes,
raised salaries for Yap elementary-school teachers,
and gave financial aid to a community-sponsored
dormitory for the intermediate-school male
students.
In the northern Marianas an important event
of the year was the first meeting of the newly es-
tablished Tinian Municipal Congress. On Saipan
the Saipan Municipal Congress met for its regu-
larly scheduled sessions.
On a territory-wide scale the political highlight
of the year was the week-long Micronesian
Leaders' Conference held in Guam in August 1956.
Delegates were elected by representative bodies in
each district to attend this conference. The suc-
cess of this conference, where common problems
were discussed, led to the scheduling of a similar
interdistrict conference for this coming August.
Already, in all of the districts, congresses and
councils have elected representatives for the forth-
coming conference, and even now each delegation
is busy conferring with local groups on problems
to be discussed. While the conference of last sum-
mer and the forthcoming one this coming August
cannot as yet be described in terms of a territorial
council, they nonetheless are a basic step in the
development of interdistrict political conscious-
ness.
The growing interest of districts in common
problems was well demonstrated this past year
by the increasing number of observers who at-
tended congress sessions in districts other than
their own. At each such session this past year
one to two observers from the other districts were
in attendance. We are encouraging and aiding
this pattern of exchanging observers within the
limits of our transportation system.
A number of other joint conferences in Guam
between administration staff and Micronesians oc-
curred during the year. In September 1956 a
Trust Territory Judicial Conference was held.
Micronesian representatives, judges, and clerks of
courts from each district participated in the adop-
tion of a series of resolutions making recommenda-
tions for improvements in the work of the courts.
The annual meeting between administration
officials and managers of chartered trading com-
panies included for the first time Micronesian
delegates chosen by the Micronesian boards of
directors. These delegates took an active role in
working out mutual problems faced by the trading
companies and the administration.
During the most recent conference, that of the
Trust Territory agriculturists, held only last
month in Guam, two Micronesian agricultural
project managers who were in attendance parti-
cipated fully in all aspects of the conference.
We shall continue this policy of bringing rep-
resentative Micronesians into Trust Territory
conferences where problems that intimately con-
cern the Micronesian people are mider discussion.
The administering authority tlu'ough actions
such as these is attempting to set out a number
of intermediate targets under which progressive
growth may take jjlace in the field of political
advancement as well as in economic and social
advancement.
Logistics, Communication, and Supply
The improvement of logistic support to our dis-
trict centers and within the district area remains
one of our major concerns. The enonnity of our
area, the small and scattered land units, makes
this a logistic problem of considerable magnitude.
We have attempted in the past few years to
achieve this improvement through the accomplish-
ment of these major goals: that of placing the
total responsibility of providing service between
the outside world and the Trust Territory in the
hands of established shipping firms; the gradual
turning over of intradistrict shipping to qualified
local companies or individuals ; and lastly, to limit
the role of the administration in the area of ship-
ping to that of interdistrict ship operations.
The achievement of the first goal, that of turn-
ing over our outside shipping to established firms,
is well on its way. Majuro, in the Marshalls, has
been developed as a world port of call, and a well-
known commercial line has been loading and mi-
loading cargo there since 1954. During the past
year this commercial shipping service was regu-
larized so that ships now call there at the rate
of one ship approximately every 2 months.
256
Department of State Bulletin
The turning over of intradistrict shipping to
qualified Micronesian companies is of necessity
a slow process. The cost of replacement shipping
continually is rising, thus making the acquisition
of new vessels prohibitive for private enterprise
within the territory. Through a liberal loan policy
we hope to enable qualified local companies grad-
uall}- to move into such intradistrict shipping. In
two districts, that of the Marshalls and Saipan,
significant progress has been made in this field by
local companies. In the Marshalls the purchase
of a station vessel, made possible by a loan from
the administration, augmented a local company's
shipping service to the extent that it now handles
50 percent of all intradistrict shipping needs of
the Marshalls area. Currently the administration
continues to furnish the remaining logistic sup-
port for the district, but this, we hope, can be re-
duced gradually as the local company is able to
increase its service.
In Saipan local businessmen raised $30,000
and the administration advanced $25,000 to
organize a corporation which bought out an Amer-
ican-owned shipping company which has served
the district for the past several years. Originally
purchased to serve the islands of Saipan, Tinian,
and Rota from Guam, the ship owned by the cor-
poration has been chartered by the administration
for field trips to the northern islands to pick
up copra. Commercial cargo between ports on
Guam, Rota, Tinian, and Saipan is carried on
this vessel.
Our other districts have yet to move into this
field of endeavor on any appreciable scale, but we
shall continue to give every aid and encourage-
ment to local desire to do so.
Through our fleet of amphibious SA-16 planes
we have continued to provide weekly air sei-vice to
each of the five main district centers and regular
monthly service with frequent extra flights to the
district of Rota. These planes also are used from
time to time on emergency medical flights be-
tween outlying islands and the district center and
between the district center and headquarters in
Guam. Saipan is served by twice-weekly flights
by Navy logistic aircraft.
We have continued to strengthen our radio
communication system. This past year has seen
the establishment of a net control center at Truk
district center. From our Guam headquarters,
voice contact is maintained with each of our dis-
tricts. Each district center in turn is linked with
a network of out-island stations. Four years ago
only five such outer-island radio stations were
in existence, currently 18 are in actual operation,
and 4 additional stations are scheduled for instal-
lation within the next few months. By the end
of this calendar year, 22 out-island radio stations
manned and maintained by Micronesians them-
selves will be in operation throughout the Trust
Territory. Through such a network we are able
to provide emergency medical aid as well as to
provide information to islanders on our field-trip
ship movements.
In the Marshalls district a medium-powered
broadcasting station, run and maintained by the
Department of Education, is on the air for 3 hours
each day from Monday through Friday. Through
it the education department sends educational
aid to elementary schools on the out-islands and
the Department of Public Health and Agriculture
have regularly scheduled broadcasts.
This station also broadcasts the movements of
our station vessels as they proceed from one atoll
to another. This now enables Marshallese to bet-
ter correlate the harvesting of their copra so as to
prevent deterioration due to uncertain length of
storage. The local trading companies have re-
ported an upsurge in both quantity and quality of
copra as a result in the past year.
Our training program to equip Micronesians
to take over the maintenance and operation posi-
tions of our communication system has been accel-
erated. Of the 53 persons regularly employed in
our Communication Department, 42 are Micro-
nesians holding positions as qualified radio opera-
tors, radio mechanics, radio mechanic helpers, and
commimication clerks. In each of five districts
the American communicator has a training pro-
gram for his Micronesian employees. In one of
our district centers the communication center is
being operated successfully on an interim basis
by the Micronesian staff while the American su-
pervisor is on a special assignment. For 6 months
of the past year all interdistrict repairs of an
electi'onic nature were carried out solely by our
Micronesian staff. One of the Micronesian radio
operators currently is receiving specialized train-
ing in Honolulu. Our American conmiunicators
now are used only where a position requires exten-
sive training, education, and experience not yet
acquired by a Micronesian communicator. We are
August 5, 1957
257
attempting to give our local communicators such
training and education as rajiidly as possible.
Construction
This past year we have carried out a complete
reorganization of our Public Works Division both
on a district and headquarters level. This reor-
ganization has enabled us to eliminate a dual sup-
ply and maintenance setup and will make for a
more efficient construction operation.
Wliile the achievement of an adequate physical
plant will still require an intensive construction
progi-am for the next 6 years or so, progress is be-
ing made in every district. $800,000 was ex-
I^ended for new construction last year, and a like
amount will be used this present year. Work con-
tinues on permanent facilities such as power
plants, new hospital construction, administrative
housing, warehouses, and harbor and dock instal-
lations in all districts. Eoad improvement is un-
der way. This construction program will be con-
tinued this coming year.
Conclusion
I have attempted in this brief leport to sketch
in broad strokes the significant progress made in
the past 10 years by the administering authority
as well as to cite certain of the chief accomplish-
ments of the past year. I shall endeavor to the
best of my knowledge to clarify any details on
aspects of our program as may be requested during
the question j^eriod.
Looking back over the 10 years since the trustee-
ship agreement went into effect, I feel we have
moved forward on all fronts, slower perhajis in
some instances than might have been desired but
always toward one primary goal, that of making
Micronesia a better place for people to live in as
Micronesians. We have at the same time tried to
equip them with the knowledge and skills they will
need to meet the inevitable change that contact
with our modern Western World has brought about
in their lives. The steady progress made in train-
ing Micronesians to take over positions of author-
ity is seen in the ever-increasing number of top
positions that are being filled by qualified Micro-
nesians. We confidently look forward to a con-
tinuation of this program.
The Micronesian leaders, both those schooled in
the old traditional ways and those emerging
younger leaders trained under our tutelage, de-
serve commendation for the manner in which they
have absorbed and assimilated concepts of self-
government, of economic and social advancement,
and the way in which they have passed on these
concepts to their people. Our task is made easier
by the caliber of leaders with whom we work.
The administering authority has been guided
always by the realization that the Micronesians
have a heritage of old and tried traditions and had
developed a way of life that had served them well
on their isolated islands long before we appeared
on the scene. We shall continue to respect their
way of life while aiding them to acquire the tools
and techniques they must have to meet the chang-
ing conditions of their modei'u world.
I am deeply grateful for this opportunity to
present this report. I will be pleased to receive
the comments of the members of this council as
well as to present any additional information the
members may desire in connection with this state-
ment or our annual report.
Disarmament and Cessation
of Nuclear Tests
Statement hy Francis O. Wilcox '^
I should like to explain why my delegation has
joined with others in proposing an amendment to
the Soviet resolution on the cessation of tests of
atomic and hydrogen weapons.-
Like every other organization with a concern
' Made before the resolutions committee of the -lOth
Conference of the International Labor Organization at
Geneva, Switzerland, on June 21 (U.S. delegation press
release). Mr. Wilcox Is Assistant Secretary for Inter-
national Organization Affairs. He and J. Ernest Wilkins,
Assistant Secretary of Labor, were the two U.S. Govern-
ment delegates to the ILO conference. For the names of
other members of the U.S. delegation and an announce-
ment of the agenda for the session, see Bulletin of June
24, 1957, p. 1031.
' Canada, France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States introduced an amendment to a Soviet resolution
proposing cessation of tests of atomic and hydrogen
weapons. The four-power resolution, entitled "Resolu-
tion Concerning Disarmament, the Testing of Nuclear
Weapons, and the Use of Nuclear Energy for Peaceful
Purposes," was adopted by the conference on June 27
by a vote of 168 to 0 with 39 abstentions. It expressed
the "fervent hope that the work of the United Nations
Disarmament Commission and its Subcommittee may
move steadily forward."
258
DepartmeM of State Bulletin
lor human welfare, the ILO is affected by the
rapid advance of nuclear technology. All of us
know that atomic energy has two faces: the face
of its peaceful uses, benign to man and holding
out promise of vast future economic benefit; and
I he face of its possible use in armed conflict,
threatening mass destruction.
All reasonable men must ardently desire to
bring to a halt any developments that seem to
increase the likelihood of large-scale nuclear con-
flict. We know such a conflict would be a supreme
disaster. I am sure that all of us want to focus
our efforts on a common pursuit of ways of using
atomic energy for the peaceful improvement of
living standards rather than for war.
The proposed Soviet resolution singles out a
particular facet of a great and complex problem.
But it deals with this problem in the wrong way.
As I am sure you know, the Subcommittee of
the United Nations Disarmament Commission is
at this moment meeting in London.^ Its members
are attempting to reach agreement not only on
the question of the testing of nuclear weapons
but also on the prohibition of the production of
weapons of mass destruction and on measures to
limit and reduce conventional and nuclear arma-
ments and armed forces through international
agreement. Indeed, if one examines the large
number of proposals which are before the Dis-
armament Subcommittee, the question of the test-
ing of nuclear weapons appeai-s as only a single
though an important part of a very complicated
network of issues. The relationship of weapons
tests to other aspects of the disarmament problem
is itself a matter under consideration.
I think it can be said that, in this and certain
other aspects of the general disarmament problem,
there are for the first time in years signs that
some kind of progress may be possible. I would
not want to be overly optimistic. It is still much
too early to hazard predictions. But I believe that
we are perhaps closer now to agreement on the
first steps of a disarmament agreement than we
have ever been.
In this connection I would stress that the work
of the Subcommittee involves problems of the
greatest complexity. It involves difficult technical
and policy considerations in which most of us
here cannot be well versed.
' Bulletin of Apr. 1, 1957, p. 538.
In the circumstances it is wrong, and it could
be harmful, for the ILO to pluck one subject of
discussion in London out of its broader context
and to take actions that might color or interfere
with the work of the Disarmament Subcommittee.
Common sense would dictate that we do nothing
to upset the delicate balances existing in that
body. The problem of nuclear tests, like the
problem of disarmament to which it is related,
ought to be left to the expert international body
equipped to handle it. We do not object to a gen-
eral statement by the ILO in the field of disarma-
ment and the peaceful uses of atomic energy. But
if we pick up points of detail— if we take action
that involves debatable technical judgments — we
diminish the weight of the resolutions of the ILO
and the prestige of the organization in the world.
For these reasons the government members
sponsoring the amended text have carefully
restricted that text to subjects on which the ILO
can legitimately and appropriately express an
interest without hampering the negotiations in
London. The amendment carefully avoids any
attempt to pass judgment on complicated tech-
nical matters. It recalls that these questions are,
under the charter of the United Nations, the
responsibility of United Nations bodies: the
Security Council, the General Assembly, the
United Nations Disarmament Commission, and
its Subcommittee. The amendment notes the
present procedural situation under which the
London meetings are taking place. It expresses
the hope that the Disarmament Subcommittee*
may make steady progress, so that the fears
aroused by competition in nuclear armaments and
the anxiety caused by weapons tests may be re-
lieved, in the interest of a secure world peace.
Finally, the amendment gives voice to what I
know is a universal desire in the ILO, that atomic
energy may ultimately be used only for peace-
ful purposes in conformity with broad ILO
objectives.
Through this action the ILO can lend its moral
support to the work of the Disarmament Subcom-
mittee. The sponsors of the amendment, who
comprise four of the five governments involved in
the London negotiations, believe that this is the
most effective step the ILO can take today. I
would hope that this committee would make its
contribution to this objective by approving the
amendment by an overwhelming vote.
August 5, 1957
259
TREATY INFORMATION
Power Reactor Agreement
Signed With Peru
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the
Department of State announced on July 19 (press
release 428) that the Governments of the United
States and Peru on that day signed an agreement
for coojjeration in the civil uses of atomic energy
which will authorize U.S. assistance to Peru in
developing a nuclear power program. This is the
first such accord to be signed by the United States
with a Latin American country.
The agi-eement was signed for Peru by Ambas-
sador Fernando Berckemeyer. Assistant Secretary
for Inter- American Affairs Roy R. Rubottom, Jr.,
and W. F. Libby of the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion signed for the United States.
Under the agreement, which will become eflFec-
tive when the necessary statutory provisions of
the two nations have been carried out, the United
States will sell to Peru, as needed over the 10-year
period of the agreement, up to 800 kilograms of
uranium 235 to be contained in fuel for the startup
and operation of a 21,000-kilowatt (electrical)
pressurized waterpower reactor.
The reactor, to be located near the capital city
of Lima, is to be designed and built by the Bab-
cock and Wilcox Company of New York City un-
der the authorization of the Junta de Control de
Energia Atomica del Peru (Peruvian Atomic
Energy Control Board) . The Brown-Boveri firm
of Switzerland will operate the facility. The re-
actor will use uranium enriched to approximately
3.35 percent 235.
The agreement will enlarge other areas of co-
operation in the peaceful applications of nuclear
energy. It will supersede the research bilateral
accord which has been in effect since January
1956 ^ and provide for the purchase of gram
quantities of fissionable material for laboratory
research.
Peru has been a regular user of radioisotopes
produced in the United States and has sent stu-
dents to the radioisotopes school operated at Oak
Ridge, Tenn., for the Commission by the Oak
Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies.
The president of the Junta, Gen. Jorge Sar-
miento, and Peruvian scientists also participated
in the Inter-American Symposium on Peaceful |
Applications of Nuclear Energy conducted last
May at the Brookhaven National Laboratory.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New York October 26, 1956.i
Ratificatiofis deposited: Israel, July 12, 1957 ; Denmark,
India, and Japan, July 16, 1957 ; Turkey, July 19, 1957.
Trade and Commerce
Protocol of terms of accession of Japan to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva June
7, 1955. Entered into force September 10, 1955 (TIAS
3438).
Ratification deposited: Federal Republic of Germany,
June 17, 1957.
Notification of intention to apply concessions received:
Federal Republic of Germany, June 17, 1957, effective
July 17, 1957.
BILATERAL
India
Agreement extending the technical cooperation program
agreement of January 5, 1952 (TIAS 2470). Effected
by exchange of notes at Nev? Delhi, June 29, 1957.
Entered into force June 29, 1957.
Jordan
Agreement granting $10,000,000 emergency assistance to
Jordan for economic development. Effected by ex-
change of notes at Amman April 29, 1957. Entered
into force April 29, 1957.
General agreement providing for the furnishing of eco-
nomic, technical, and related assistance to Jordan.
Effected by exchange of notes at Amman June 25 and
27, 1957. Entered into force July 1, 1957.
Agreement granting $10,000,000 special economic assist-
ance to Jordan for budgetary support. Effected by ex-
change of notes at Amman June 29, 1957. Entered into
force June 29, 1957.
Libya
Military assistance agreement. Signed at Tripoli June
30, 1957. Entered into force June 30, 1957.
Arrangement for return of equipment and material no
longer needed in the furtherance of the mutual defense
a.ssistance program. Signed at Tripoli June 30, 1957.
Entered into force June 30, 1957.
Peru
Agreement amending the agreement of May 3, 1956, for
financing certain educational exchange programs (TIAS
3502). Effected by exchange of notes at Lima March
11 and June 13, 1957. Entered into force June 13, 1957.
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3483.
260
1 Not in force.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Buf/efin
Power reactor agreement concerning civil uses of atomic
i energy. Signed at Washington July 19, 1957. Enters
into force on date on which eaih Government receives
from the other written notification that it has complied
with statutory and constitutional requirements.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Rates or Tariffs of Fees
for Official Services
Establishment of New Consulates
A consulate at Iskenderun, Turkey, was opened to the
public on June 17. The principal oflScer at Iskenderun is
John H. Morris.
Effective July 1, a consulate was officially opened at
Mogadiscio, gomaliland. John B. McGrath is the prin-
cipal officer at the post.
Effective July 5, a consulate was established at
Yaounde, French Cameroons. Robert C. Foulon is prin-
cipal officer at the post.
PUBLICATIONS
EXECUTIVE ORDER 107181
Delegating to the Secretaky of State AtrTHOBiTT To
Prescribe the Rates or Tariffs of Fees for Official
Services at United States Embassies, Legations, and
Consulates
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 301
of title 3 of the United States Code, and as President of
the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows :
Section 1. There is hereby delegated to the Secretary
of State the authority vested in the President by section
1745 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (22
U.S.C. 1201) to prescribe, from time to time, the rates or
tariffs of fees to be charged for official services, and to
designate what shall be regarded as official services,
besides such as are expressly declared by law, in the
business of the several embassies, legations, and con-
sulates, and to adapt the same, by such differences as may
be necessary or proper, to each embassy, legation, or
consulate.
Sec. 2. This order shall not operate to amend, super-
sede, or terminate any rates or tariffs of fees, designa-
tions, or adaptations prescribed or made under authority
of the said section 1745 and in force immediately ijrior to
the issuance of this order ; but authority to amend, super-
sede, or terminate the same, and to prescribe regulations
necessary or desirable for the implementation of rates or
tariffs of fees, designations, or adaptations heretofore or
hereafter prescribed or made, shall be deemed to be in-
cluded within the authority delegated by section 1 of
this order.
Sec 3. The rates or tariffs of fees and the regulations
prescribed and any other actions taken by the Secretary
of State under authority of this order shall be published
in the Federal Register.
The White House,
■June 27, 195T.
1 22 Fed. Reg. 4632.
Recent Releases
For sale ty the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
emment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which rruiy he ob-
tained from the Department of State.
Mutual Understanding in the Nuclear Age — 17th Semi-
annual Report to Congress. Pub. 6469. International
Information and Cultural Series 53. 42 pp. Limited
distribution.
A pamphlet containing the report from the Secretary of
State to the Congress on progress made in 1956 by the
International Educational Excliange Program In promot-
ing better understanding of the United States in other
countries.
Ceylon— 1957. Pub. 6474. Near and Middle Eastern Se-
ries 21. 16 pp. 15^.
A new issue in the Background series, this publication
includes discussion of the land, the people, political Cey-
lon, organization of the government, the economy, and
the United States and Ceylon.
A Look at the Middle East. Pub. 6478. Near and Mid-
dle Eastern Series 24. 16 pp. 15)S.
The most recent issue in the Background series, this
pamphlet discusses the emergence of nationalism in the
Middle East, the partition of Palestine, the new regime
in Egypt, and major elements of U.S. policy.
Foreign Consular OflSces in the United States — April 1,
1957. Pub. 6484. Department and Foreign Service Series
65. 50 pp. 200.
A publication containing a complete and official listing of
the foreign consular offices in the United States, together
with their jurisdictions and recognized personnel.
Navigation — Establishment of Loran Transmitting Sta-
tions. TIAS3780. 19 pp. 30<*.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
Dominican Republic — Signed at Washington March 19,
1957. Entered into force March 19, 1957.
Defense— Loan of Vessels or Small Craft to Spain. TIAS
3789. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
August 5, 1957
261
Spain. Exchange of notes — Signed at Madrid March 9,
1957. Entered into force March 9, 1957.
United States Rights at Dhahran Airfield and Related
Matters. TIAS 3790. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Saudi Araiiia. Exchange of notes — Signed at Washing-
ton April 2, 1957. Entered into force April 2, 1957.
Defense— Use of Facilities in the Azores. TIAS 3791.
4 pp. 5<f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Portugal, extending agreement of September 6, 1951. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Lisbon December 31, 1956,
and February 2, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3792. 5 pp. 5((.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Iceland — Signed at Washington April 11, 1957. Entered
into force April 11, 1957.
Copyright. TIAS 3793. 9 pp. W<t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Brazil. Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington April
2, 1957. Entered into force April 2, 1957.
Economic, Technical and Related Assistance. TIAS
3794. 9 pp. lO**.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Tunisia. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tunis March 26,
1957. Entered into force March 26, 1957.
Weather Stations — Cooperative Program at Antofagasta,
Quintero and Puerto Montt. TIAS 3795. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Chile. Exchange of notes — Signed at Santiago March 1,
1957. Entered into force March 25, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3796. 3 pp. 5<^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Italy, amending agreement of October 30, 1956, as
amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Rome April 2,
1957. Entered into force April 2, 1957.
German Assets in Italy. TIAS 3797. 11 pp. 10<f.
Memorandum of understanding between the United States
of America, France, the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland, and Italy — Signed at Rome March
29, 1957, with related exchange of notes. Entered into
force March 29, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3798. 2 pp. 5«?.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Israel, amending agreement of November 10, 19.55, as
amended. EJxchange of notes — Signed at Washington
April 9 and 10, 1957. Entered into force April 10, 1957.
Economic, Technical and Related Assistance. TIAS
3799. 9 pp. 10<f.
Agreement between tlie United States of America and
Morocco. Exchange of note.s — Signed at Rabat April 2,
1057. Entered into force April 2, 1957.
Passport Visas. TIAS 3800. 8 pp. 100.
Agreement between tlie United States of America and
Peru. Exchange of notes — Signed at Lima April 6 and
September 26, 1956, with related note — Signed at Lima
October 9, 1956. Agreement supplementing agreement.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Lima January 4 and 7, 1957.
Entered into force September 26, 1956, and January 7,
1957, respectively.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3801. 3 pp. 5(!.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Spain, amending agreement of October 23, 1956, as
amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Madrid March
26, 1957. Entered into force March 26, 1957.
Atomic Energy — Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 3802.
14 pp. lO^f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Guatemala — Signed at Washington August 15, 1956. En-
tered into force April 22, 1957.
Bahamas Long Range Proving Ground — Extension of
Flight Testing Range. TIAS 3803. 3 pp. 20('.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington April 1, 1957.
Entered into force April 1, 1957.
Defense — Offshore Procurement Program. TIAS 3804.
35 pp. 15^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the Federal Republic of Germany. Exchange of notes —
Signed at Bonn April 4, 1955. Entered into force Feb-
ruary 7, 1957.
Passport Visas. TIAS 3805. 13 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Japan. Exchange of notes — Dated at Tokyo March 5
and 22, 1957. Entered into force April 21, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3806. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Chile, amending agreement of March 13, 1956. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Washington April 15, 1957. Entered
into force April 15, 1957.
Air Transport Services. TIAS 3807. 35 pp. 150.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the Republic of Korea — Signed at Washington April 24,
1957. Entered into force April 24, 1957.
Commission for Educational Exchange. TIAS 3808.
12 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Ecuador — Signed at Quito October 31, 1956. Entered into
force March 8, 1957.
Interchange of Patent Rights and Technical Information
for Defense Purposes. TIAS .3809. 12 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Turke.v — Signed at Ankara May IS, 1956. Entered into
force April 2, 1957.
Economic Development. TIAS 3810. 8 pp. 100
Agreement between the United States of America and
Libya. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tripoli April 2
and 4, 1957. Entered into force April 4, 1957.
Relief Supplies and Equipment — Duty-Free Entry and
Exemption From Internal Taxation. TIAS 3811. 8 pp.
lOi*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Paraguay. Exchange of notes — Signed at Asuncion April
4, 1957, and related exchange of notes. Entered into
force April 4, 1957, and related exchange of notes.
262
Department of State Bulletin
August 5, 1957
Ind
e X
Vol. XXXVII, No. 945
Atomic Energy
Power Rpaotor Agreement Signed With Peru . . 260
Set-retary Dulles' News Conference of July 16 . . 228
Canada. President Names Douglas McKay to
International Joint Commission 239
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 245
Consideration of Mexican and North American
Regional Broadcasting Agreements (Satter-
thwaite) 242
Department and Foreign Service
Establishment of New Consulates 261
Rates or Tariffs of Pees for Official Services (text
(if Executive order) 261
Disarmament
Pisarnianient and Cessation of Nuclear Tests
(Wilcox) 258
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 16 . . 228
Economic Affairs
Consideration of Mexican and North American
Regional Broadcasting Agreements (Satter-
thwaite) 242
President Asks for Investigation of Fig Imports . 242
President Names Douglas McKay to International
Joint Commission 239
Quota on Rye Imports (text of proclamation) . . 240
Egypt
Aid to Refugees From Egypt 239
The Rule of Law Among Nations (Herter) . . . 223
Hungary. A United States View of the United
Nations (Wadsworth) 235
International Law. The Rule of Law Among Na-
tions (Herter) 223
International Organizations and Conferences
Calendar of Meetings 246
Disarmament and Cessation of Nuclear Tests (Wil-
cox) 258
Mexico. Consideration of Mexican and North
American Regional Broadcasting Agreements
(Satterthwaite) 242
Middle East
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of July 16 . . 228
A United States View of the United Nations
(Wadsworth) 235
Morocco. Sultan of Morocco Accepts Invitation To
Visit Washington (Mohammed ben Youssef) . 239
Mutual Security. U.S. Food To Supplement Diet
of Tunisian Children 240
Xon-Self-Governing Territories. The Trust Ter-
ritory of the Pacific Islands (Nucker) .... 248
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Secretary
DuUes' News Conference of July 16 228
Peru. Power Reactor Agreement Signed With
Peru 260
Presidential Documents
President Asks for Investigation of Fig Imports . 242
Quota on Rye Imports 240
Rates or Tariffs of Fees for Official Services . . 261
Publications. Recent Releases 261
Refugees. Aid to Refugees From Egypt .... 239
Treaty Information
Consideration of Mexican and North American
Regional Broadcasting Agreements (Satter-
thwaite) 242
Current Actions 260
Power Reactor Agreement Signed With Peru . . 260
Tunisia. U.S. Food To Supplement Diet of Tuni-
sian Children 240
U.S.S.R. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
July 16 228
United Nations
The Rule of Law Among Nations (Herter) . . . 223
The Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
(Nucker) 248
A United States View of the United Nations
(Wadsworth) 235
Name Index
Dulles, Secretary 228
Eisenhower, President 241, 242, 261
Herter, Christian A 223
McKay, Douglas 239
Mohammed ben Youssef 239
Nucker, Delmas H 248
Satterthwaite, Livingston 242
Wadsworth, James J 235
Wilcox, Francis 0 258
Check List of Department>f^State
Press Releases: July 15-21
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 2.5, D. C.
Press release issued prior to July 15 which ap-
pears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 416 of
July 11.
No. Date Subject
423 7/15 Herter : American Bar Association.
*424 7/15 Educational exchange.
425 7/16 Dulles : news conference.
t426 7/17 U.S.-Belgian air transport consulta-
tions.
*427 7/18 Program for visit of Pakistan Prime
Minister.
428 7/19 Atomic power reactor agreement with
Peru.
429 7/19 Jlovement of refugees from Egypt.
* Not printed.
t Held for a later issue of the Btjlletin.
the
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. »300
(CPOI
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
The Seal of the United States
With the signing of the Declaration of Independence, a new nation
was born, but its ability to maintain its independence had yet to be
proved, and it needed a visible and tangible symbol of sovereignty.
So, on that same memorable July 4, 1776, the Founding Fathers
adopted the resolution, "That Dr. Franklin, Mr. J. Adams and Mr.
Jefferson, be a committee, to bring in a device for a seal for the United
States of America."
However, it took 6 years and two committees, with the new Nation's
right to independence established on the battlefields of a long and
bloody war, before a "device" for the emblem of sovereignty won the
approval of the Congress.
The seal, as the symbol of sovereignty, is impressed upon certain
official documents of state, thus authenticating at home and abroad
various official acts of our Government. Many Americans have never
seen or held in their hands a document bearing the impress of the
seal of the United States, but none of us is ever far from its design in
one or another of its official uses as decoration.
The Seal of the United States, a new publication, describes the his-
tory, design, and use of the great seal. The ll-page pamphlet is
illustrated and contains a full-color reproduction of the seal, approxi-
mately five inches in diameter, suitable for framing.
Copies of this publication may be purchased fi-om the Superintend-
ent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C., for 30 cents each.
Publication 6455
30 cents
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
W hirt^ ^ D r Please send me copies of The Seal of the United States.
Name:
Street Address :
Encloaed find:
City, Zone, and State:
$ -----.. --. —
(.cash, check, or
money order). ,
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
jm
Vol. XXXVII, No. 946
DISARMAMENT AND PEACE
August 12, 1957
ecretary Dulles . 267
CIAL
UY RECORD
NEED FOR PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OF THE
UNITED NATIONS • Remarks by Secretary Dulles . . 274
THIRD SESSION OF BAGHDAD PACT MINISTERIAL
COUNCIL • Statements by Deputy Under Secretary
Henderson, Text of Fiiuil Communique 276
SIXTH PROGRESS REPORT ON THE AGRICULTURAL
TRADE DEVELOPMENT AND ASSISTANCE ACT . 281
ED STATES
:iGN POLICY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 946 • Publication 6529
August 12, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1956).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETI1\,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on tlie uork of the
Department of State and tlie Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Depcirtniint, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Depurtnient, us well as
special arlicU's on various pluises of
inlerniitional affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral internal iontil interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations dnruments, and legis-
hitive material in the field of inter-
nulioiuii relations are listed currently .
Disarmament and Peace
Address by Secretary Dulles '
I shall speak about disarmament. It is an intri-
cate subject, but it is so vitally important to every
man, woman, and child of America that it should
not be left just to the experts. There should be
more public understanding.
So I shall talk with you about the problem and
try to explain the issues and what your Govern-
ment thinks can be done and should be done about
them.
Let me first of all make clear that we do not, of
course, use the word "disarmament" in any literal
sense. No one is thinking of disarming the
United States or the Soviet Union or any other na-
tion. What we are seeking is action, in the field of
armaments, which will reduce the danger of war.
It is imperative that we seek this result.
Already large nuclear weapons are so plentiful
that their use in general war could threaten life
anywhere on the globe. And as matters are going
the time will come when the pettiest and most ir-
responsible dictator could get hold of weapons
with which to threaten immense harm. Also the
cost of maintaining competitive military estab-
lishments is getting so big that no nation can sus-
tain that cost without grievously burdening its
economy.
Your Government believes that this situation
can be and should be remedied.
"We believe that it can be made difficult if not
impossible for any nation to launch a massive sur-
prise attack. If so, this would greatly reduce the
danger of war, because potential aggressors usual-
ly count on being able to deliver a surprise knock-
out blow.
^ ' JIaue to the Nation over radio and television on July
22 (press release 430).
We believe that it is possible to prevent a pro-
miscuous spread of nuclear weapons throughout
the world.
We also believe that, if the danger of surprise
attack is really reduced, then the cost of armament
could safely be reduced.
Waging Peace on Many Fronts
The United States is, as you know, waging peace
on many fronts.
As a member of the United Nations we support
its purpose that international disputes should be
settled by peaceful means and in conformity with
justice.
Accordingly, we seek by peaceful means an end
to the unjust and inhuman partition of Germany
and a restoration of independence to those nations
now subject to Soviet colonialism.
We seek collective security so that the smaller
and weaker nations cannot be attacked and over-
run one by one, and the United States, in the end,
left isolated and encircled by overwhelming hos-
tile forces.
We encourage the political independence of all
peoples who desire it and show the capacity of
sustaining its responsibilities.
We seek to help the peoples of less developed
countries to find ways to end stagnant poverty
and to enjoy the blessings of liberty.
And on the armaments front, also, we wage
peace.
Procedures at London
Before explaining what our program is, I
should like to say a word about our procedures.
Disarmament discussions are going on at Lon-
Augusf 12, 1957
267
don under the auspices of the United Nations.
Tliere is a disarmament subcommittee consisting
of tlie United States, tlie United Kingdom, France,
Canada, and the Soviet Union. This subcommit-
tee has been working since 1954. Until recently
its proceedings seemed quite unrealistic. The
Soviet Union used the meetings as a sounding
board for its propaganda. It made spectacular,
but wholly vain, proposals in an effort to make
itself appear "peace-loving."
Recently the atmosphere has somewhat changed.
We hope that the Soviet rulers view with concern
the prospect of nuclear weaiDons production
spreading throughout the world. They surely
are finding it difficult to reconcile their armaments
program with the rising demands of their people
for a better way of life.
Whatever be the reasons, the Soviet delegation
has been talking with somewhat more realism and
less bombast.
The United States delegation is headed by
former Governor Stassen and includes diplomatic,
military, and technical advisers. The delegation
does not itself make United States policy. Its
task is to express United States policy in accord-
ance with guiding instructions given it by the
Department of State. The substantive decisions
are made by President Eisenhower, after taking
account of the views represented on the National
Security Council. Because the negotiations
might lead to a treaty, the Senate's disarmament
subcommittee, of which Senator Humphrey is
chairman, is being kept fully informed.
We also work closely with the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization. Eurojie is the area where
major forces most closely confront each other. It
is the area where there are dangerous and unre-
solved political issues such as the partition of
Germany and such supjiressions of political inde-
pendence as were recently exposed in Hungary.
We are determined to do nothing which might
endanger the security of Western Europe or, in
the name of disarmament, seem to sanction the
partition of Germany and the suppressions of
human liberty and national independence. So
we also keep in harmony with the views of those
European allies who are not themselves parties
to the London talks.
As you can see, our procedures are somewhat
complicated. The Soviets complain that we are
slow. But we do not operate by Soviet standards.
They have no parliamentary processes, and the
satellite governments do not need to be consulted.
They are only told.
The operations of a coalition of democratic
nations often seem slow. But, as I said last April,
dependable progress can only come by "steps
carefully measured and carefully taken." ^ The
free nations are dealing with matters which
gravely affect their very existence. And while it
is important that we make progress, it is equally
important that we be careful.
Possibilities and Impossibilities
I turn now to the United States progi'am, which
is being steadily concerted with other free nations.
Our program differentiates sharply between
what is impractical, at least today, and what is
practical, even today. For example :
(1) We cannot rely merely on promises. We
already have promises in the United Nations
Charter. All members — and that includes the
Soviet Union — renounced the use of force, except
in individual or collective self-defense against
armed attack. If we thought that that promise
was dependable, we would not be maintaining our
present costly defensive and deterrent military
establishment. But Soviet promises have not
proved dependable. We will not change our mili-
tary posture merely in reliance on paper promises.
(2) It is not practical to assure the abolition of
nuclear weapons. The scientists tell us that there
is no known method of detecting and surely ac-
counting for the fissionable material already pro-
duced. Therefore, we must make our plans on
the assumption that the nations which now have
nuclear weapons would use them in war.
(3) It is not practical to invent some formula
wliich would measure accurately the military
jjower of the Soviet bloc, on the one hand, and
the United States and its allies, on the other hand.
We tried in 1921 to establish naval equations as
between the five principal naval powers. But
that relatively simple effort produced an unhappy
end. Throughout the period of 1926 to 1933 the
Allies of World War I earnestly, but vainly,
sought formulas for the limitation of land
ai'maments.
Armaments and military "potentials" are so
complex that it is not possible to arrive at depend-
able equations. We sometimes talk, as a matter of
convenience, in terms of the numbers of persons
in the national armed forces. But that is mis-
' Bulletin of May 6, 1957, p. 71.5.
268
Department of Slate Bulletin
leading if it gives the impression that, if the
national forces of the Soviet Union and tlie United
States were equal in numbers, our military
strength would be equal. The number of men in
the national armed services at any given time is no
decisive index of relative strength. There may be
local, police, and other paramilitary forces which
cloak national strength. There may be trained
reserves wliicli permit standing forces to be quickly
increased. That possibility is ever-present in a
society, like that of the Soviet Union, where all
manpower is at all times under absolute control.
We know that we cannot find any formula to
provide a dependable balance of military power.
Those are some of the impossibilities. On the
other hand, there are possibilities. For example :
(1) It is possible, through a mutually reinforc-
ing combination of aerial inspection and ground
control, to prevent massive surprise attack or at
least to reduce the risk and degree of surprise.
This is of the utmost importance. It is unlikely
that any nation which is itself vulnerable to devas-
tation would start a general war unless it felt that
it could catch its principal opponent unprepared
and thus, by surprise, gain a decisive superiority.
That was the idea which underlay President
Eisenhower's "open skies" proposal made at the
Summit Conference in July 1955.^ No other pro-
posal has ever been made which would be so effec-
tive in reducing danger and make it safe to have
less costly defenses against aggression.
(2) It is technically possible to control the use
of newly produced fissionable material and to
assure that it is not put into weapons. Let me
emphasize here the difference between checking on,
or accounting for, font production and accounting
for new production after a system of supervision
is installed. The past cannot now be checked.
The future can be.
(3) It is teclmically possible to devise a moni-
toring system which would detect significant
nuclear tests and make evasion a highly risky
business. But possibility of concealment is such
that inspection teams will have to be numerous
and located near to possible test areas. The prob-
lem is not so simple as many have believed.
(4) It is possible to bring under effective con-
trol the future development of major means for
the transmission of destructive weapons to their
target. In this connection certain new kinds of
■ Ihid., Aug. 1, 1955, p. 173.
Augosf 12, J957
weapons, as, for example, intercontinental ballistic
missiles, deserve particular consideration.
(5) There can be limitations on the maximum
numbers of persons in standing forces. This
would have no profound military significance, but
it could have some utility as a barometer if ac-
companied by sufficient sources of infonnation so
that large evasions could be detected and if it was
accompanied by some limitations on the arms
available to military personnel.
- (6) It is possible to reduce to some degree the
conventional weapons in the present arsenals of
the Soviet Union and the United States, including
major means of delivery of nuclear weapons, and
to assure a rough equality between what each of us
would eliminate or put into internationally super-
vised depots. This reduction could have some
practical significance in relation to the numbers of
men that could be armed.
(7) There can be transfers of fissionable ma-
terial from existing weapons stock to stocks wliich
would be definitely allocated to peaceful uses. It
would not be possible to measure or equate the
material remaining for weapons purposes. But
such transfers to peace stocks, coupled with the
nonuse of new fissionable material for weapons,
would assure that existing nuclear war potential
was on its way down.
U.S. Proposals
The possibilities and impossibilities which I
have outlined shape the United States disarma-
ment proposals. These proposals are concededly
only partial. They represent, we hope, a begin-
ning and not an ending. We do not now attempt
what seems now to be impossible. We do attempt
the possible to the extent needed to make a sig-
nificant beginning. The essential thing, at tliis
point of history, is actually to get started and to
move from the phase of wearisome and unending
talk into the phase of actually doing sometliing.
Here are our proposals.
First. We propose that the Soviet Union join
in inaugurating a system of inspection which will
provide dependable safeguards against large-scale
surprise attack. The United States is prepared to
accept the inspection of all its territory in North
America in exchange for inspection of the Soviet
Union. We are in close consultation with our Ca-
nadian friends as to the possibility of enlarging
this North American zone to include Canada.
We are also prepared to consider more limited
269
zones which could be expanded progressively. An
initial zone could be a northern one comprehend-
ing the area within the Arctic Circle and also
Alaska and the Aleutians and corresponding parts
of East Siberia, Kamchatka, and the Kuriles.
This, of course, requires the concurrence of other
nations. We are in close consultation with Cana-
da, Denmark as I'egards Greenland, and Norway
on this aspect of the matter. We know that these
allies of ours are as eager as we are to help to make
a beginning in finding safeguards against surprise
attack.
This northern zone would not be without major
significance. Many of the potential routes of sur-
prise attack are across the polar region. At the
same time, these areas are relatively free from com-
plicating political problems, so that a quick begin-
ning could be made there and experience gained in
the technical problems involved. These technical
problems are considerable, involving coordinated
air and ground inspection and a dependable sys-
tem of communication.
Active consideration is also being given to a Eu-
ropean zone. In this matter the United States is
cooperating closely with its NATO allies. There
is a general desire, which we share, to establish
such a zone. But all realize that it presents many
special complications. It will take much longer to
work out a European zone than a northern zone
which is free of such complications.
If a beginning can develop the tecluiiques of
providing measurable insurance against surprise
attack, that beginning can be progressively ex-
tended to cover all the significant areas from
which a massive surprise attack might be staged.
In that way, a major step will have been taken
to reduce the danger of war. Then security ex-
penditures might safely be reduced.
Second. We propose a threefold move in rela-
tion to nuclear weapons. We do not propose to
eliminate nuclear weapons or the possibility of
their use, for, as we have seen, this cannot be as-
sured. However, it is possible and worth while to
reduce the dimensions of the nuclear weapons
problem and to prevent the spread of such weap-
ons throughout the world.
We are not concerned with regard to the free
nations which might be the next to produce nu-
clear weapons. And we doubt that the Soviet
Union will permit its allies to have nuclear weap-
ons. But unless international procedures are now
devised to bring nuclear weapons under control.
the problem may soon become totally unmanage-
able, and we must anticipate that immense de-
structive power would come into the hands of
those who might be quite irresponsible.
Our threefold approach involves these elements :
A. We propose that all nations should agree
that after a specified date there will be no pro-
ducing of fissionable materials for nuclear weap-
ons. The date would be dependent on the prior
establishment of an effective control system. All
would agree that as of that date all their future
production of fissionable material would go into
peaceful uses. This would mean the ending of
the buildup of costly and ever larger stockpiles
of nuclear weapons. Our scientists tell us that
this is a feasible objective.
B. We propose to create a system whereby exist-
ing nuclear weapons stockpiles could be gradually
reduced by transfers to peaceful uses, perhaps
under the auspices of the International Atomic
Energy Agency, now being formed. President
Eisenhower recommended this in his "atoms-for-
peace" address to the United Nations in 1953.
The proposed reductions would initially be on a
modest scale and would not appreciably affect the
existing weapons stockpiles. There would re-
main substantial nuclear weapons capabilities for
the use of ourselves and our allies if war should
be forced on us. If, however, political settlements
and other measures of armament limitation made
it prudent to reduce more sharply the weapons
stockpile, we would have created the international
machinery for doing so.
C. Along with steps A and B we propose a
tentative suspension of nuclear testing for about
10 months. This period is not chosen arbitrarily.
It is designed to be the period which would not
dislocate our existing scientific staffs. During
this same period headway could be made on in-
stalling the inspection system in order to assure
that, if the suspension of testing were to be ex-
tended, such suspension could adequately be super-
vised and controlled. Also, during this same
period there could be begim the inspection needed
to assure that future production of fissionable
material Avould be used only for peacetime
purposes.
Until we see convincing proof that the Soviets
are serious about arms limitation, our safety pri-
marily depends on having the best weapons, large
and small, that we can develop. This means con-
tinued testing. Testing makes it possible to de-
270
Department of State BuUefin
velop even smaller weapons and to insure that
larger weapons will have less radioactive fallout.
President Eisenhower has alluded to the possi-
bility of rediicing the fallout of large weapons to
less than one percent of their yield. In such ways
it can be insured that nuclear weapons, if they
liad to be used, could be confined more closely to
distinct military objectives. Therefore, we do
not separate the problem of testing from the
broader issues.
During the trial suspension period we suggest,
good progress may be made in installing systems
which can provide warning against surprise at-
tack, can provide detection of subsequent testing,
can insure that future production of fissionable
material will not be used to enlarge existing
stockpiles or to spread nuclear weapons through-
out the world. Then and then only would we feel
that security was sufficiently enhanced to justify
considering further suspension of testing.
Third. We are prepared to make a start on re-
ducing and regiilating conventional armaments
and armed forces. These initial cuts cannot be
either deep or drastic or theoretically perfect.
We have, however, proposed that we and the
Soviet Union accept, as a first step, limitation of
our national military manpower so as not to ex-
ceed 2.5 million for each of us. Also, as a be-
ginning to reduce the armaments available for
use, we are prepared to join with the Soviet Union
in depositing in internationally supervised depots
within our respective territories certain amounts
and tj'^pes of armaments as may be mutually
agreed.
Fourth. We are willing to cooperate in the
working out of a system which would insure that
outer-space missiles would be used exclusively for
peaceful and scientific purposes. The use of outer
space is still sufficiently experimental to make it
possible to assure that future developments in this
new area of knowledge and experimentation will
be for the benefit of mankind and not for its
destruction.
The beginning we now propose is limited, but
it is realistic. And if the initial steps are success-
ful, it will be possible to go further. However,
as we look ahead, we do so with realization that
steps in the field of armament are no substitute
for political settlements needed to end massive in-
justice. The search for armament limitations and
the search for political settlements must go for-
ward hand in hand.
xVnd let me add : Until we have proof of Soviet
seriousness in arms reduction, we must as a matter
of simple self-preservation do our part in sus-
taining the vigor and strength of our security ar-
rangements, including defensive alliances. To
slacken our efforts in these great and constructive
security arrangements would be to risk our very
existence and moreover almost insure Soviet in-
difference to our disarmament proposals.
Immediate Prospects
We believe that our proposals offer a basis for
an important start in bringing destructive forces
under control. We hope the Soviet Union will
accept them. So far, some slight progress has
been made.
The Soviet Union seems prepared to accept, as
an initial phase of disarmament, the installation
of an aerial and ground inspection system. But
we are not agreed as to where such inspection
sliould be inaugurated or as to the nature of the
inspection.
The Soviets, at this time, seem hesitant to agree
to stop producing fissionable material for weapons
purposes so as to prevent the production of nuclear
weapons from spreading throughout the world.
The Soviets still want to see nuclear testing sus-
pended irrespective of other steps and for a period
which would be unrelated to progress in other
directions.
Our allies have given our proposals independent
and intensive study, and their reaction is generally
favorable. Encouraged by this, we shall, with
them, persist in our pursuit of Soviet agreement
upon an initial program. That program goes as
far as can be gone now without endangering our
own safety and that of our allies. It does not, in
the search for theoretical perfection, postpone
indefinitely the practical start which is imperative.
We believe that such a position must prevail.
Conclusion
It may be asked whether the steps we now pro-
pose can be taken without any risk that hostile
forces may gain advantage for themselves. In all
frankness it must be admitted that, after all fore-
seeable risks are considered, there may be other
risks that we cannot foresee. But this can be said
with assurance : The risks of seeking to move for-
ward are far less than the risks of being frightened
into immobility.
Aogusf J 2, 7957
271
The whole world faces a grim future if the war
threat is not brought under some international
control. Mankind cannot long live under the
shadow of such destruction as is now possible,
without great changes in existing physical, social,
political, and moral values.
Do we want a future where men feel that, in
order to survive, they must learn to live as bur-
rowers within the earth's crust for protection
against the blast, the heat, and the radiation of
nuclear weapons ? Do we want a world where man
must be a slave to the rapidly mounting cost of
bare survival? Do we want individual freedom
to become a historic relic ?
We live in a decisive stage in history. It is a
moment when those who love liberty, and who
would enjoy its blessings and bequeath them to
posterity, must unite to dominate the new forces
of materialism which would drive mankind back
along the path by which it has slowly emerged
from a primeval condition. At such a moment
there is no place for immobilizing fear ; there is no
place for indifferent neutralism; there must be
unity and courage on the part of all who would
have a world where man can realize his spiritual
aspirations. Marginal risks must be accepted if
thereby we may eliminate vastly greater risks.
We must take as our working hypothesis that
what is necessary is possible, and we must make
it so. We must assume that what man by his in-
genuity has created, man by his wisdom, resource-
fulness, and discipline can harness and control.
Time is not unlimited. Each year that passes
without agreement adds to the practical difficulty
of achieving adequate limitation and control.
But we have reason to hope. The very increase
in urgency for reaching agreement has contributed
in recent months to an increase in the realism and
seriousness of the negotiations and the prospect
they hold of bringing some meeting of minds.
If mankind wishes to preserve the civilization it
has created over many centuries and guarded at
great risk and cost, then it must find a way to
free the world from the continuing threat of de-
struction from the weapons it has built.
I know it can. I believe it will.
Secretary Dulles Confers Informally
With Canadian Prime Minister
Statement hy Secretary Dulles '
I have had 3 happy days in Canada. Half the
time is spent at Kingston, Ontario, where the
Kingston Yacht Club held the regatta at which
15 dragon-class sloops from all over Lake Ontario
raced for the tropliy which I had presented for
annual competition. I greatly enjoyed this event
and the hospitality of our Kingston hosts.
Then Mrs. Dulles and I spent a restful day as
the personal guests of our good friends, Am-
bassador and ISIrs. [Livingston T.] Merchant.
While my visit here was designed to be entire-
ly pei-sonal and private in character, it did afford
me an opportunity to talk with Prime Minister
Diefenbaker as well as with other Canadian
ministers. The Prime Minister and I took the
occasion to renew our acquaintance. We first met
at the United Nations conference at San Fran-
cisco in 1945, when we were both members of the
delegations of our respective countries.
President Eisenhower has asked me to proceed
tonight from Ottawa to London to participate
briefly in the work of our delegation at the United
Nations disarmament talks.
Canada is, of course, a party to those talks. In
view of this fact, and of the close identity of
interest between the United States and Canada,
I conferred on this matter with Prime Minister
Diefenbaker. We particularly discussed the pro-
spective zone of inspection in tlie Western Hem-
isphere which, with a reciprocal zone of inspection
in the Soviet Union, would be designed to reduce
the possibility of surprise attack.
The Prime Minister and I and other Canadian
ministers also are having talks covering a wide
range of topics of mutual interest to our two na-
tions. These talks are completely informal and
on tliis very account helpful in maintaining
genuine miderstanding on the part of friendly
neighbors.
' Released to the press at Ottawa on July 28.
272
Department of State Bulletin
Dr. Milton Eisenhower
To Visit Mexico
White House press release dated July 26
The good-will ^dsit of Milton Eisenhower to
Mexico, originally scheduled for June but post-
poned because of illness, will be undertaken early
next month. Dr. Eisenhower will leave Wash-
ington on Sunday, August 4, for Mexico in re-
sponse to the invitation of President Adolfo Ruiz
Cortines.
Dr. Eisenhower will travel as the Personal
Representative of the President with the rank of
Special Ambassador. He will be accompanied by
his daughter. Miss Ruth Eisenhower; Assistant
Secretary of State for Inter-American Affairs,
Roy Richard Rubottom, Jr., and Mrs. Rubottom;
and Col. Robert L. Schulz, who will act as Dr.
Eisenhower's aide.
The Eisenhower party will return to Washing-
ton on August 10.
Death of Guatemalan President
FoUoioing are the texts of a statement iy Presi-
dent Eisenhower and messages from Secretary
Dulles and Roy R. Rubottom, Jr., Assistant Sec-
retainj for Inter- American Affairs, on the oc-
casion of the death of President Carlos Castillo
Armas of Guatemala at Guatemala City on
July 26.
Statement by President Eisenhower
White House press release dated July 27
The tragic death of President Carlos Castillo
Armas of Guatemala is a great loss to his own
nation and to the entire free world. President
Castillo Armas was a personal friend of mine.
Under his leadership, the threat of Communist
domination of his comitry was repulsed and
Guatemala became a valuable member of the Or-
ganization of American States. Mrs. Eisenhower
and I extend our heartfelt sympathies to the peo-
ple of Guatemala and to the family of the
President. ^
' The White House announced on July 28 that the Presi-
dent had designated his son, Maj. John Eisenhower, to be
his personal representative at the funeral services of the
late President Castillo Armas.
Message From Secretary Dulles
July 27, 1957
His Excellency
Jorge Skinner Ivlee
Minister of Foreign Relations
Guatemala City, Guatemala
The assassination of President Carlos Castillo
Armas has profoundly shocked my country. His
death is a loss to the entire free world. His brave
leadership of his freedom-loving people against a
hated alien tyranny has given inspiration to all
who prize freedom and popular progress.
With a deep sense of personal bereavement, I
extend my sincerest sympathies to Your Excellen-
cy and to the people of Guatemala.
May I ask Your Excellency also to extend the
condolences of Mrs. Dulles as well as my own to
Mrs. Castillo.
John Foster Dulles
Message From Assistant Secretary Rubottom
July 27, 1957
His Excellency
Jorge Skinner Klee
Minister of Foreign Relations,
Guatemala City, Guatemala.
Mrs. Rubottom joins me in expressing our deep
feeling of personal loss in the tragic death of
President Carlos Castillo Annas.
Please convey our heartfelt condolences to Sra.
Dona Odilia, whose warm hospitality of only 3
weeks ago we will never forget. In this sad mo-
ment I vividly recall my conversations with Presi-
dent Castillo Armas, whose dedication to the
establishment of freedom and well being for the
Guatemalan people so profoundly impressed me.
R. R. Rubottom, Jr.
Honduras and Nicaragua Agree
To Refer Boundary Question to ICJ
Statement hy Lincoln White
Chief, Neivs Division '
The Department of State has noted with
pleasure the signing by the Foreign Ministers
of Honduras and Nicaragua of an agi-eement to
' Read to news correspondents on July 22.
Augosf J 2, 1957
273
refer to the International Court of Justice the
differences between their countries arisinc; out
of the arbitral award handed down by the King
of Spain in 1906, which dealt with the boundary
between Honduras and Nicaragua.^ The signa-
ture of tlie agreement took place at tlie Pan
American Union on July 21 in the presence of
the Council of the Organization of American
States, which had been acting provisionally as
Organ of Consultation under the Rio Treaty.
The Department welcomes this development as
another evidence of the spirit of inter-American
cooperation and as a further success of the Or-
ganization of American States in its efforts to
maintain peace and security witliin the West-
em Hemisphere. It is believed to represent tlie
first case involving a boundary in the Americas
to be referred to the International Court of
Justice. The cooperation of military advi.sers,
who were made available on a voluntary basis
by member states of the OAS, was an important
factor in reaching a satisfactory solution. Espe-
cially interesting was the mature vision of the
statesmen of both countries, who elected to use
peaceful means in solving the century-old
difference.
Need for Public Understanding
of the United Nations
Remarks hy Secretary Dulles ^
I have come here, Mr. Eumbough, to thank you
and your associates for the work which you are
doing — the patriotic work you are doing — in
bringing the American people a better under-
standing of the United Nations and what it
stands for. I say that is a patriotic task because
it is part of the processes whereby the United
States is able to pursue most effectively its policies
for peace and justice in the world.
It was shortly after you celebrated United
Nations Day last fall that there occurred a series
'For background, see Bulletin of May 20, 1957 p
811.
' Made before the Council of Member Organizations of
the United States Committee for the United Nations in
the Department of State auditorium on July 10. Stanley
M. Rumbough. Jr., is chairman of the Committee.
of events which demonstrated primarily the po-
tency of the United Nations and, to some extent,
its limitations. There occurred the events in the
Middle East and the events in Hungary. ■
In the case of the Middle East, where the na-
tions involved most directly were nations tliat
were responsive to world opinion, the United
Nations was able to play, and did play, an essen-
tial role in preventing those occurrences from
developing into what might have been a major
war. The United Nations has also played an im-
portant part in developing at least some of tlie
elements of increased justice in the area, of whicli
the situation was in need.
I think it can be said without any fear of e.\-
aggeration tliat, if it had not been for the ex-
istence of the United Nations, serious hostilities
would probably still be going on today and we
would still have a grave threat of general war
which might involve the United States. By what
it did at that time the United Nations has justi-
fied itself even if that were the only thing it had
ever done.
Now, of course, it was not able to bring justice
to Hungary and tlie freeing of Hungary from
the armed invasion that came througli Soviet
armed forces. But it has centered world opinion
upon that event, and I believe that certainly the
handling of that situation by tlie United Nations
has made it less likely that there will be a recui'-
rence of such evil deeds as marked the suppres-
sion of the desire of the Hungarian people for
independence and a national existence of their
own.
The recent report made by tlie United Nations
is a document of moving quality which will be
disseminated throughout all of the free world,
and the further consideration to be given to that
report by the United Nations will demonstrate
that tlie end lias not yet been written to the ef-
fort of the Hungarian people to achieve a greater
degree of freedom and independence.^
Potential Importance of the U.N.
These capabilities of the United Nations, quite
fully developed insofar as they relate to the
free nations which are susceptible to the influ-
^ For a Department announcement, a statement by Am-
l)assador Henry Cabot Lodge, and the text of the final
chaiJter of the rejmrt, see Bulletin of July 8, 19.57, p. 62.
274
Department of State Bulletin
ence of world opinion, and us yet not fnlly de-
veloped as reirards nations which can preclude
access by their people to sources of information —
these capabilities demonstrate the tremendous
actual and potential importance of the United
Nations. They justify the great interest which
the United States takes in the United Nations
and demonstrate the extent to which our policies
for peace, freedom, and justice can be imple-
mented and strenjrthened through its processes.
That, in turn, depends upon the knowledge
and underetanding of the peoples of the free
world, and particularly of the people of the
United States, as to the United Nations — how it
works, why it exists, and what its possibilities
are. Tiie United Nations is not a supergovern-
ment. It cannot act and impose its will upon
any nation against its consent, certainly not as
against a veto power which is wielded bj' some
nations in the Security Council. Therefore, the
power of the United Nations derives most of all
from its impact upon world opinion and upon
the understanding of peoples as to the meaning
and significance of the recommendations of the
United Nations, which are taken principally by
the General Assembly.
The United Nations affects the actions of other
nations not primarily by commanding such ac-
tion but by bringing the member states to react
in certain ways of their own volition because
they understand that by doing so they can,
through concerted action, bring about certain re-
sults which they all want. In that way the
United Nations can and does exercise immense
influence — not as great as we sometimes wish but
nevertheless a very great influence.
The Weight of Public Opinion
That again, as I have pointed out, depends
upon tlie peoples of the free world — and, as far
as the United States is concerned, the American
people — being interested in the United Nations,
following what it does, and, when it makes recom-
mendations or suggestions, heeding those recom-
mendations and bringing the weight of their
opinion to bear on their own government so it will
act in accordance with them. That is the way the
United Nations functions. It is the closest thing
we have to a way of coordinating the action of na-
tions for peace and for justice. As you bring to
the other peoples of our country, through your
organizations, knowledge of the United Nations
and all its processes, and the significance of what
it does, and the desirability of supporting what it
does, you are thereby helping our own Nation to
preserve the peace and to secure the international
justice which is the necessary accompaniment of
durable peace.
Your service, as I said at the beginning, is a
patriotic service. You are serving your country
and the things in which we most believe by doing
what you are doing. I know it involves effort, it
involves sacrifice. But everything worth while in-
volves effort and sacrifice, and you can be con-
fident, as you make your effort and your sacrifice
to bring about a better understanding and knowl-
edge of the United Nations, that you are making
your effort and sacrifice for something that is very
much worth while.
Letter of President To Be Included
in U.S. Passports
White House press release dated Jnly 25
The White House on July 25 made public the
texts of letters from President Eisenhower which
loill be included with passports of American citi-
zens traveling abroad and passports of U.S. Armed
Forces personnel serving overseas.
Letter to Civilians
Dear Fellow Citizen : You have been issued a
valued credential — the Passport of the United
States. It requests that, in the countries you in-
tend to visit, there be provided you, as an Ameri-
can citizen, safe passage, lawful aid and
protection in case of need. As the holder of this
passport, you will be the guest of our neiglibors
and friends in the world family of nations.
Year after year, increasing numbers of our citi-
zens travel to foreign countries. In most of these
lands there exist a reservoir of good will for the
United States and a knowledge of what we stand
for. In some areas, our country and its aspira-
tions are less well understood. To all the varied
peoples of these many countries, you, the bearer
of an American passport, represent the United
States of America.
As you travel abroad, the respect you show for
foreign laws and customs, your courteous regard
August 12, J957
275
for other ways of life, and your speech and man-
ner help to mold the reputation of our country.
Thus, you represent us all in bringing assurance
to the people you meet that the United States is a
friendly nation and one dedicated to the search
for world peace and to the promotion of tlie well-
being and security of the community of nations.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Letter to Members of Armed Forces
Dear Fellow Citizen: As a member of our
Armed Forces stationed overseas, you and your
dependents are representatives of the American
people with the essential mission of building good
will for our country.
Service men and women are the largest gi'oup
of official U. S. personnel stationed in foreign
countries. As a result, people form their per-
sonal attitudes toward our country and our
American way of life to a great extent by what
they see and hear about American service per-
sonnel and their dependents.
As you serve abroad, the respect you show
foreign laws and customs, your courteous regard
for other ways of life, and your speech and man-
ner help to mold the reputation of our country.
Thus, you represent us all in bringing assurance
to the people you meet that the United States is
a friendly nation and one dedicated to the search
for world peace and to the promotion of tlie well-
being and security of the community of nations.
Sincerely,
• DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Third Session of Baglidad Pact
Ministerial Council
Following are two statements made hy Deputy
Under Secretary Loy W. Henderson at the third
session of the Council of Ministers of the
Baghdad Pact, which met at Karachi, Pakistan,
from June 3 to 6, 1957, together with the text of
the final commwnique issued at the close of the
session}
OPENING STATEMENT BY MR. HENDERSON,
JUNE 3
The United States delegation is particularly
appreciative of the expressions of friendship for
the United States contained in the moving and
courageous address of the distinguished chairman
of the Council, tlie Prime Minister of Pakistan
[Huseyn Shaheed Sulirawardy]. We also appre-
ciate the cordial references to the United States
contained in the speeches of the heads of other
delegations. We are happy that you welcome our
particij^ation in this session of the Council held
in the friendly atmosphere of one of the great
countries in this area.
It means much to the American Government
and people that ties of friendliness and trust,
which are the essential basis of effective coopera-
tion, exist between our country and every nation
here represented and that similar ties bind each
member of the pact to every fellow member.
I associate myself with the tributes already
paid to the hospitality of the Government of Pak-
istan in receiving us so graciously as its guests.
We bring you today the gi-eetings of the Pres-
ident of the United States, the Secretary of State,
and the Secretary of Defense. They have — as
have the American people as a whole — followed
with keen interest and considerable gratification
the noteworthy progress already made by the
Baghdad Pact in working toward our common
objective to maintain peace and security, based
upon full respect for the independence and ter-
ritorial integrity of all nations in the Middle East
area. They have welcomed, too, the increasing
activities of the Baghdad Pact directed at im-
proving the economic well-being of the peoples of
the member countries. Such economic advance-
ment, they are convinced, is an essential corollary
to any effective regional defense efforts.
In the Military Committee and in the Council
of Deputies the United States has observed con-
siderable progress in military planning and in
the general coordination and constructive growth
of pact activities. I recall the discussion at our
last meeting regarding the setting up of a sec-
retariat capable of handling the complex and
growing activities of the pact.^ Today, imder
' Mr. Henderson was the head of the U.S. observer del-
egation. For a list of the delegation, see Bulletin of
June 17, 1957, p. 089.
'For the text of the final communique following the
second session of the Council, see ihid., May 7, 1956,
p. 754.
276
Department of State Bulletin
the competent direction of our distinguished Sec-
retary General [Awni Klialidy] we have a sec-
retariat organization of which we can all be
proud.
Of the many fields of endeavor in which the
pact has made progress since last we met, eco-
nomic activities merit special reference. Not only
have fimds been made available for the planning
and construction of telecommunications, high-
ways, railroads, and a nuclear center, but the or-
ganizational structure for pact economic activities
has been streamlined and strengthened.
Finally, as regards the organs of the pact, we
are looking forward to increasingly close and
fruitful mutual cooperation in the military field.
The invitation which you extended to us this
morning to join the Military Committee has been
accepted as an honor and the United States ex-
pects to carry its fidl share of the responsibilities
of this important work.
I had the privilege in April of 1956 of inform-
ing you, on behalf of my Government, of our
willingness to join the Economic and Counter-
subversion Committees of the Baghdad Pact.
Since that time United States representatives have
participated in the work of these bodies and of
their suborgans. Their reports of progress have
I been promising and have been followed with great
interest. "Wliile much undoubtedly remains to be
done, the countersubversion and economic activi-
ties of the pact are obviously well under way.
They deserve to be vigorously pursued.
Ambassador Richards, during his recent visit to
some of the Baghdad Pact capitals, authorized the
expenditure of $12.57 million for survey and cer-
tain capital development phases of several re-
gional communications projects.^ These were
projects which you had indicated deserved to be
given high priority. My Government hopes that
this economic aid will enable an early start to be
made on these projects which promise to become
visible manifestations of the contributions that
the pact can make and is making to the economic
prosperity of the area.
I United States aid for these projects supple-
ments the bilateral programs of economic and mil-
itary assistance which my Govermnent already
has with most of the Baghdad Pact nations. You
are aware, I am sure, that these bilateral programs
' Ibid., May 6, 1957, p. 730.
August J2, J 957
have strongly taken into account the valuable steps
you have taken in forming this association.
On November 29 of last year the Department
of State, in referring to the Baghdad Pact and
its members, announced, inter alia, that :
The United States reaffirms its support for tlie collec-
tive efforts of these [the pact] nations to maintain their
independence. A threat to the territorial integrity or
political independence of the members would be viewed
by the United States with the utmost gravity.'
The joining by my Government of the Military
Committee, within the framework of the Ameri-
can Doctrine, is yet another indication of our read-
iness to cooperate with the members of the pact
in meeting the Communist threat.
On May 6 of this year President Mirza of Pak-
istan, in referring to the Baghdad Pact, said:
"This alliance of like-minded nations for the de-
fense of this region is a powerful factor for world
peace." The United States Government has the
same view of the pact. My Government also
heartily subscribes to the statement made by
Prime Minister Suhrawardy on December 2, 1956,
in Lahore, that the principle of collective security
has come to stay. The Baghdad Pact exemplifies
this principle, which is a cornerstone of United
States foreign policy.
Ambassador Gallman, General Twining, Mr.
Gardiner, and I, together with the staifs which
have accompanied us, will do our best to con-
tribute constructively to your deliberations and to
assist in every way appropriate in the work of all
committees. We shall be pleased to carry back
with us to our Government any suggestions that
you may wish to make for closer cooperation in
the many fields of common endeavor which the
pact has opened. As has been the case in the past,
you may be certain that any such suggestions will
receive the most sympathetic consideration.
My colleagues and I look forward to a reward-
ing and stimulating conference with you during
this Council session.
CLOSING STATEMENT BY MR. HENDERSON,
JUNE 6
This meeting of the Ministerial Council of the
Baghdad Pact has been, in our opinion, the most
satisfactory that thus far has been held. This
'Ibid., Dec. 10, 1956, p. 918.
277
is true for several reasons. The strength and
vitality of tlie pact have been convincingly dem-
onstrated. The pact is now a going organiza-
tion, contrary to the desires of those who have
wished it ill. It is already becoming a bastion
of security for the area. In the last year prog-
ress has been made in clearing away suspicions
and misunderstandings concerning the pact.
Tlie purely defensive nature of the pact is com-
ing to be more and more realized, and appre-
hensions that its purpose might be of a divisive
rather than of a constructive character are being
dissipated. It is beginning to produce solid ac-
complishments in fields of mutual economic bene-
fit to the member nations and is giving promise
of greater and continuing achievements.
The menace of international communism,
wluch prompted some of our nations to draw to-
gether for the defense of the region in accord-
ance with the principles of tlie United Nations
Charter, is still very much with us in the world
today. So long as this menace exists, we have
no choice but to remain ever vigilant. So long
as the Soviet Union continues its malign efforts
to undermine the integrity of independent na-
tions, missing no opportunity to play upon every
stress and strain to bring about their enslave-
ment, the need for cooperation in collective se-
curity will remain. The United States has ac-
corded the pact its close cooperation and will
continue to do so in order to assist the member
states to defend themselves against the Commu-
nist threat. In thus safeguarding their own
security the pact members are contributing not
only to the security of the whole Middle East but
also to that of the entire free world.
As is now being more and more clearly re-
vealed, other benefits are accruing to the mem-
bers of the pact. I have already mentioned the
economic cooperation which is taking place
within its framework. In addition, the pact is
serving as an instrument for the promotion of
better understanding between the nations of this
area and of the Western World. I hope we are
all agreed upon the necessity of furthering this
understanding. We firmly believe that the pact
is promoting better understanding also among
the Middle Eastern members themselves. When
nations are united in defense against a common
danger, an atmosphere is created whicli facili-
tates the friendly settlement of differences which
may develop among them.
We are convinced that we can look to the fu-
ture of the Baghdad Pact with confidence.
Mucli, however, remains to be done. It is neces-
sary to pi'ess on with vigor to build upon the
solid foimdation we have laid.
I cannot close without saying what a pleasure
it has been for me to represent my countiy while
here at this session of the Council. I have had
the opportunity to meet many old and valued
friends. We have exchanged views in an atmos-
phere of complete frankness and cordiality, as
old friends should. Tliese exchanges have been
of immense value to my delegation and have in-
creased our understanding of the problems of the
area. I hope that we for our part have been able
to give you a helpful picture of the attitude of
the United States toward some of our common
problems.
Finally, I express our thanks to our distin-
guished chairman, the Prime INIinister of Pak-
istan, to the Government of Pakistan and its
friendly officials and private citizens for the
cordial treatment which we have received. We
particularly appreciate the courteous skill with
which the chairman has guided our deliberations
and also the effective assistance given by the able
secretary general and his staff.
On taking our leave of the delegates, we ex-
tend to them best wishes for their continuing
good health and happiness and for the welfare
of their respective countries.
FINAL COMMUNIQUE
Karachi
June 6, 1957
The Council of Ministers of the Baghdad Pact held
its Third Session In Karachi from June 3 to June 6,
1057, under the chairmanship of Mr. Huseyn Shaheed
Suhrawardy, Prime Minister of Pakistan.
2. The Session was attended by the Prime Ministers
and Foreign Ministers of Iran, Iraq, Pakistan and Tur-
key and by the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs of
the United Kingdom. The United States of America
was represented by a delegation of observers headed by
the Honourable Loy W. Henderson, Deputy Under Sec-
retary of State.
3. The Council noted with gratification the constant j
strengthening and the continuing progress of the Bagh-
dad Pact Alliance. The Pact has emerged as a con-
278
Department of State Bulletin
Btructive force for regional co-ojieratiou and as an im-
portant element promoting world peace and security.
Events have proved the soundness and solidarity of its
moral basis. With its roots deep in the region, the
Pact syntbolises the spirit of association in equal
partnership.
4. The Council noted with regret that some Govern-
ments have adopted an attitude of active opposition to
collective security arrangements like the Baghdad Pact,
which are in full accord with the Charter of the United
Nations. The Council expressed their conviction that
some of those who had criticised the Pact in the past
were coming to recognise that it is not designed to
harm the interests of any country. It is purely a de-
fensive association of friends of equal standing, pledged
to co-operate for their defence and security, and there-
fore to the advantage of the area as a whole. The Coun-
cil, whose unanimous aim is to strengthen the Middle
East against aggres.sion and subversion, has no wish
to see divisions or differences arising or persisting be-
tween Arab or Muslim countries. At the same time, they
have no intention to press any country to join the Pact.
5. The Council was appreciative of the new spirit
which has been generated by the Baghdad Pact among
the Member countries. It is characterised by frank dis-
cussion, understanding of one another's point of view
and co-operation in the common objective of peace and
progress.
Political
6. The Council reviewed the international political
situation, especially from the point of view of its reper-
cussions on the Pact area.
7. The Council was of the opinion that, although the
situation in the Region of the Pact has shown improve-
ment, the basic objectives of international Communism
remain unchanged and the threat of direct and indirect
aggression backed by massive and growing military po-
tential against the security of Member Nations still
exists. The Council agreed on the need for constant
vigilance and for strengthening the ability of the Mem-
ber Nations to meet and repel this threat. The Council
expressed deep gratification for the purposes and prin-
ciples of the American Doctrine on the Middle East and
for the assistance extended thereunder.
8. The Council devoted considerable time to a most
helpful discussion of international situations in various
parts of the world, with special emphasis on Eastern
Europe, North Africa and South Asia and the Arab
and Muslim countries of the Middle East. In particular,
they examined those situations which have the poten-
tials for developing in such a manner as to affect the
security of the Pact area. The Council appreciated the
importance of supporting the efforts made by the United
Nations in promoting peaceful conditions in the area of
the Baghdad Pact.
9. The Council recognised the necessity and great
value to the members of the Pact of having readily
available machinery for consultation on appropriate as-
pects of the international situation, in the form both of
general appreciation and of advance consultation on
current issues. To .supplement the opportunities of such
consultation provided by Ministerial meetings of the
Council and by normal diplomatic channels, the Council
decided that discussions should also be held in future
at the Deputies level at appropriate intervals.
Economic
10. In considering the Third Report of the Economic
Committee the Council noted with satisfaction the wide
range of planning and achievement by this Committee.
Approval has already been given for a number of projects
designed to improve communications and to accelerate
the development of the region. These include the link-
ing of the Baghdad Pact capitals by telecommunications
and the construction of roads and railways. For the.se
projects the United States Government through the
Richards Mission has made available the sum of
$12,570,000.
11. Students from regional member countries are al-
ready studying at the Nuclear Centre established under
the auspices of the Pact at Baghdad and the Council
have delegated to the Deputies the consideration of the
possibilities of offering vacancies to nationals of other
states.
12. A far-reaching programme of other joint economic
projects sponsored by regional members of the Pact is
now under consideration by experts and the United
Kingdom Government have announced that they will
provide £1,000,000 to enable a start to be made on some
of them. The list of projects includes, in addition to
those for improved communications : —
(a) establishment and co-ordinated use of national food
reserves in the region ;
(b) establishment of one or more Centres for training
in the use of agricultural machinery and methods of soil
and water conservation ; and
(c) establishment of an artificial insemination centre
for Red Sindhi cattle in Pakistan.
13. The Council noted with deep appreciation that
funds for technical assistance under the aegis of the
Baghdad Pact have been made available by the United
Kingdom (fl million) and Pakistan (Rs. 500,000) and
that a request by the Government of Turkey for the al-
location of funds has been made to the Turkish Grand
National Assembly. The programme of technical as-
sistance already approved envisages the provision of
scholarships and the services of experts including con-
sultants and also equipment, for example, X-ray appara-
tus for static T.B. centres.
14. On the suggestion of the Economic Committee, the
Council decided that a Working Party should meet in
Baghdad at the end of September, 1957, to consider
means whereby the national emergency services, like
Red Crescent Societies, could be developed and co-
ordinated through the Baghdad Pact to give more effec-
tive assistance to any country within the Pact region
which might require urgent relief in floods, epidemics
and other calamities.
15. The Council is confident that the early and vigorous
August 72, 1957
279
implementation of economic development programmes
will contribute materially to the stability of the region
and the well-being of its people.
Counter-Subversion
16. The Council considered the report of the Counter-
Subversion Committee and recognised that the threat
of subversion in the area Inspired from outside continues
to be serious. Efforts are being made to interfere in
the internal affairs of Member countries and to under-
mine established law and order. The Council directed
the Counter-Subversion Committee to continue with full
vigour measures to safeguard the sovereignty and in-
tegrity of Member States against subversion.
Military
17. The Council welcomed the accession of the
United States of America to the full membership of the
Military Committee and recorded their deep appreciation
of the United States' decision, which they were confident
would further contribute towards the defence and se-
curity in the Pact region.
18. The Military Committee met from .3rd June to .5th
June in Karachi and considered the progress to date.
The Council noted with satisfaction that considerable
progress has been achieved in the military field. The
Council noted that the Committee have agreed on the
nature of the threats against the Baghdad Pact area.
The measures required in peace-time to improve the de-
fence potential have been agreed upon. In particular,
the Council express their appreciation of the United
Kingdom's offer to the regional Pact countries of a sub-
stantial contribution towards the infrastructure and
training measures.
19. The Council approved of the setting up of a more
comprehensive military planning structure.
Next Meeting of Council
20. The Council decided to hold its next meeting at
the Ministerial level at Ankara on the 20th of January
1958. Meanwhile, the Council will continue to meet
regularly at the Deputies level.
U.S.-Belgian Air Consultations
Announcement of Meeting
Press release 426 dated July 17
Delegations of the Governments of the United
States and Belgium began consultations on July 16
under the terms of the Air Transport Services
Agreement of 1946 between the United States and
Belgium.^
The chairman of the Belgian delegation is N. G.
Daufresne de la Chevalerie, Economic Minister
of the Belgian Embassy in Washington. Other
members of the Belgian delegation are M. P.
Nottet, Director of the Administration of Aero-
nautics, Ministry of Communications; M. P. De
Smet, Counselor of the Administration of Aero-
nautics, Ministry of Communications ; H. E. Nys,
Acting Secretary General of the Belgian Airlines ;
Ivan Gennotte, First Secretary, Belgian Embassy.
The United States delegation is headed by
Henry T. Snowdon, Chief, Aviation Division, De-
partment of State. Other members of the delega-
tion are Joseph C. Watson, Chief, International
Division, Civil Aeronautics Board; Bradley D.
Nash, Deputy Under Secretary for Transporta-
tion, Department of Commerce; John P. Walsh,
Office of Western European Affairs, Department
of State ; James C. Haahr, Aviation Division, De-
partment of State ; George B. Wliarton, Interna-
tional Division, Civil Aeronautics Board ; John S.
Stephen, General Counsel, Air Transport Associa-
tion of America, who will attend as an observer.
Suspension of Discussions
Press release 431 dated July 23
Delegations of the United States and Belgium
conducted consultations in Washington between
July 16 and July 22. These discussions, which
were suspended on July 22, included a general
review of operations under the 1946 Air Trans-
port Services Agreement between the two coim-
tries and possible amendments to the route sched-
ule of the annex to the agreement.
Further discussions will be held at a mutually
agreeable date after the two Governments have
had an opportunity to review the points raised
during the consultations.
As the two Governments had not consulted
on civil aviation matters since the conclusion of
the agreement, it was considered that the wide
exchange of views was beneficial to both
countries.
'60 Stat. 1585.
280
Department of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
SIXTH SEMIANNUAL REPORT ON ACTIVITIES UNDER PUBLIC LAW 480, JANUARY 1-JUNE 30, 1957'
President's Message of Transmittal
To the Congress of the United States:
I am transmitting herewith the sixth semi-
annual report on activities carried on imder Pub-
lic Law 480, 83d Congress, as amended, outlining
operations under the act during the period Jan-
uary 1 through June 30, 1957.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower.
' The White House, Jidy 22, 1967.
Introduction
This report deals with activities under the sev-
eral Public Law 480 programs during the second
6 months of fiscal year 1957. During the period
covered by this report, no legislation was enacted
amending Public Law 480. The authorities under
titles I and II of this act expired June 30, 1957.
A limited extension of Public Law 480 is being
considered by the Congress. This extension
would increase the title I authority from $3,000
million to $4,000 million, increase the title II
authority from $500 million to $800 million, and
extend both titles through June 30, 1958.
Summary
During the period January-June 1957, pro-
graming of surplus agricultural commodities
under the 3 titles of the act totaled $575.2 million,
bringing to $5,229.5 million the total amount of
programs since the beginning of operations under
the act.
Since the beginning of the program, agreements
for the sale of agricultural commodities for for-
eign currency under title I total $2,997.4 million
'White House press release dated July 22 (H. Doc.
212, 85th Cong., 1st sess.). For texts of first five semi-
anmial reports, see Bulletin of Jan. 31, 1955, p. 200;
Aug. 1, 1955, p. 197; Jan. 23, 1956, p. 130; Aug. 6, 1956,
p. 230 ; and Feb. 4, 1957, p. 183.
August 12, 1957
434259—57 3
estimated CCC cost ^ ($2,094.4 million at export
market value), of which $207.1 million ($157.9
million at export market value) represents agree-
ments signed during the period covered by this
report.
Shipments under title I since the beginning of
the program total about $1,400 million at export
market value, of which approximately $500 mil-
lion was shipped during the January-June 1957
period.
Cumulative authorizations for emergency relief
and other assistance abroad under title II of the
act totaled $360 million at CCC cost, of which $81
million was authorized during this period. Cu-
mulative donations for foreign and domestic re-
lief through nonprofit voluntary agencies and in-
tergovernmental organizations under title III of
the act amounted to $1,002 million at CCC cost,
of which $162 million was donated during this
period. Cumulative barter contracts entered into
under title III amounted to $870.1 million at ex-
port market value, of which $125.1 million repre-
sents contracts entered into during this period.
Although the figures cited for the different pro-
grams are not comparable, the amounts shown give
an indication of the value of commodities being
moved or committed under these programs.
Title I. Foreign Currency Sales
AGREEMENTS SIGNED
Twenty-two agreements, or supplements to
' As used in this report, CCC cost represents the cost of
commodities to the Commodity Credit Corporation ; in-
cluding investment, processing, handling, and other costs.
Export market value reflects the price at which these
commodities are sold by United States exporters under
the program. The export market value figures are less
than the CCC cost for those commodities for which special
export programs have been developed for dollar as well
as foreign currency sales to meet competition in inter-
national trade. [Footnote in original.]
2»1
agreements, involving a CCC cost of approxi-
mately $207.1 million, were entered into with 17
countries during the period January-June 1957.
The commodity composition, export market value,
and CCC cost of these agreements are shown in
table I.
TABLE I
Commodity Composition op Agreements Signed,
Januaey-June 1957
Approx-
Export
Commodity
Unit
imate
quantity
marlcet
value
CCC cost
Millions
Millions
Wheat and wheat flour . .
Bushel . . .
123,837,000
$44.0
$68.9
Feed grains
. .do. . . .
210,024.000
13.8
23.7
Rice
Hundred-
weight.
2, 160. 000
15.0
17.2
Cotton
Bale ....
169. 900
26.8
37.8
Tobacco
Pound . . .
17, 408, 000
12,6
12 6
Dairy products
. .do. . .
in, 640, 000
1.1
2.2
Fats and oils
. .do. . . .
181,178,000
27.9
28.0
Meat products
. .do. . . .
4, 64.'i, 000
.6
.6
Fruits
. .do. . . .
42, 992, 000
2.4
2.4
Dry edible beans
Hundred-
weight.
7,000
.1
.1
Total commodities .
144.1
13.8
193 3
13.8
Total, including
ocean transporta.
tion
157.9
207. 1
' Wheat and wheat equivalent of flour.
' Corn, 4,947,000 bushels; barley, 6,077,000 bushels.
One hundred agreements, or supplements to
agreements, with a total CCC cost of $2,997.4 mil-
lion, have been entered into with 34 countries
since the inception of the program. The com-
modity composition, export market value, and
CCC cost of these agreements are shown in
table II.
TABLE II
Commodity Composition of All Agreements
Thbodgh June 30, 1957
Signed
Commodity
Unit
Approxi-
mate
quantity
Export
marlfet
value
CCC cost
Wheat and wheat flour. .
Feed grains
Bushel . . .
do
' 453.951.000
2 75, 048, iJOO
22, 733, 000
2, 66o, 700
16,700
156,126,000
160, 426. 000
116.438.000
1,774,617,000
3, 000, 000
44. 000
123. 932. 000
65,000
Millions
$760. 1
95.6
146.8
404.2
.3
40.9
110.4
24.9
277.9
1.2
.3
5.6
2.6
Millions
$1, 307. 5
150 0
260.3
666.6
.3
40.9
110.4
40 2
286.7
1.2
.4
6.6
2.6
Elce
Himdred-
weight.
Bale
. . .do. . . .
Pound. . . .
. . .do. . . .
. . -do. . . .
. . .do. . . .
. . .do
Cotton
Cotton linters
Meat products
Tobacco
Dah-y products
Fats and oils
Poultry
Dry edible beans
Fruits and vegetables . .
Seeds
Himdred-
weight.
Pound. . . .
Hundred-
weight.
Total commodities.
1, 869. 5
224.9
2. 772 6
Total
2, 094. 4
2,997.4
1 Wheat and wheat equivalent of flour.
> Com, 29,941,000; oats, 6,474,000; barley, 32,025,000; grain sorghums, 6,796,-
000; feed wheat, 1,813,000.
SHIPIVIENTS
Title I shipments since the beginning of the
program totaled approximately $1,400 million at
expoi't market value through June 30, 1957, of
which about $500 million was shipped during the
reporting period. The export market value of
commodities programed under all agreements
signed through June 30, 1957, was approximately
$1,869.5 million (excluding ocean transportation
costs) .
Because of several factors, shipments during the
fiscal year ending June 30, 1957, were considerably
greater than anticipated. The Government of
India accelerated shipments of wheat beyond orig-
inal expectations, the availability of privately
owned United States-flag commercial vessels
greatly improved during the year, and several
urgent country programs were initiated and com-
pleted.
Shipments since the beginning of the program
through June 30, 1957, totaled about 12 million
metric tons, of which about 4.5 million metric tons
were shipped during the reporting 6-month period.
On June 30, 1957, most of the commodities had
been shipped except for forward commitments
under the 3-year agreements with India and Bra-
zil, and programs under agreements signed near
the end of the reporting period.
USUAL MARKETINGS
In accordance with the provisions of title I,
appropriate assurances have been obtained from
participating governments which require reason-
able safeguards that sales of agricultural commod-
ities for foreign currencies shall not displace
United States usual marketings or be unduly dis-
ruptive of world market prices. Also, sales for
foreign currencies under title I generally have
been made at prices comparable to those prevail-
ing in the market for export sales for dollars.
ROLE OF PUBLIC LAW 480 PROGRAMS
Total United States agricultural exports for the
fiscal year ending June 30, 1957, are estimated at
a record high of $4.7 billion, compared with $3.5
billion in fiscal year 1956 and less than $3.2 bil-
lion in fiscal year 1955.
Public Law 480 has been a major factor in in-
creasing agricultural exports; exports under this
law have accounted for 26 percent of total agri-
cultural exports for the 3-year period it has been
in operation as shown in table III.
282
Department of State Bulletin
TABLE III
Exports of United States Farm Prodtjcts Under Public
Law 4S0 Compared With Total Exports of United
States Farm Products by Fiscal Years
[In millions of dollars]
Programs
1954-55
1955-56
1956-67"
Total 1
1954-57
Total exports
$3,144
$3,493
$4,700
$11,337
Public Law 480:
Title I
73
83
123
126
427
91
299
179
900
100
380
150
1,400
Title II
271
Title III:
802
Donations
465
Total. Public Law 480 .. .
405
996
1,630
2,931
Percent of total exports
13
28
32
26
1 Partly estimated.
Public Law 480 shipments have represented a
significant portion of exports. In the case of
several major commodities, table IV indicates total
exports during the year ending June 30, 1957, and
the quantities resulting from Public Law 480 pro-
grams for these commodities.
TABLE IV
Exports of Specified Commodities Under Public Law
480 Compared With Total United States Exports,
Fiscal Year 1957 '
Programs
Wheat
Com
Rice
Cotton
Cotton-
seed
and
soybean
oil
Total exports
Million
bushels
635
Million
bushels
145
Million
hundred-
tueight
26
Thou-
sand
bales
7,600
Million
pounds
1,400
Public Law 480:
Title I
195
11
88
13
13.9
2.0
37.0
9.0
17.9
.6
.6
2.0
1, 380. 0
1.8
906.0
665
Title 11
Title ni:
Donations
2
Total Public Law 480.
307
61.9
21.1
2, 286. 8
667
Percent of total exports . .
67
43
81
30
47
' Partly estimated.
ACCOUNTING FOR TITLE I COSTS
The CCC cost of commodities included in
agreements signed through June 30, 1957, is esti-
mated at $2,772.5 million. This includes the costs
of acquisition of commodities at domestic support
prices, storage costs, processing, and inland trans-
portation. In addition, CCC will pay ocean trans-
portation costs of $224.9 million for commodities
required to be shipped on private United States-
flag vessels. These commitments total $2,997.4
million.
The United States Government will receive for-
eign currencies in payment for the export market
value of these commodities and the ocean trans-
portation financed. The export market value of
these commodities is $1,869.5 million, which is
$903 million less than their cost to CCC.
The total CCC cost of $2,997.4 million is charged
to agricultural programs as a surplus disposal
operation. At the end of each fiscal year the re-
alized loss is calculated and an appropriation is
requested to reimburse CCC. An appropriation
of $637 million is included in the 1958 budget to
reimburse CCC for losses realized through June
30, 1956, and a similar I'equest exceeding $1 billion
will be included in the 1959 budget.
PROGRAMS CARRIED ON THROUGH THE USE OF PUBLIC
LAW 480 FOREIGN CURRENCIES
Although the basic purpose of Public Law 480
is to facilitate the movement of surplus agricul-
tural commodities, use of local currencies benefits
other programs of the Government to some extent.
It is not possible to measure the monetary value
of these benefits. However, the principal types of
foreign currency uses are briefly described below.
Country uses. — This category involves develop-
ment loans under section 104 (g), military aid for
the common defense under section 104 (c), and
development grants under section 104 (e). The
provision to the purchasing country of a substan-
tial amount of local currencies for these purposes
has been important in concluding sales agreements.
The amount of $1,474.5 million in foreign cur-
rencies is to be used for these purposes under agree-
ments signed through June 30, 1957.
The availability of local currencies for these
purposes usually does not in itself make possible
an expansion of development or defense activity
in participating countries beyond that financed by
the mutual security program since the most com-
mon limit to such an expansion is lack of foreign
exchange. On the other hand, there probably has
been some saving of mutual security appropria-
tions as a result of the entire sales transaction in-
cluding both the imports of the commodities and
the use of sales proceeds derived therefrom. The
amount of such saving is indeterminable. The
International Cooperation Administration takes
account of the prospective availability of title I
commodities and country use funds in developing
economic and defense assistance programs.
N onreimbursable agency use. — Public Law 480
authorizes eight uses of sale proceeds which per-
Augusi 12, 7957
283
mit an expansion of certain agency programs be-
yond current appropriations without reimburse-
ment by the agency concerned. These uses are
(1) development of foreign markets for agricul-
tural commodities, section 104 (a); (2) purchase
of strategic materials for the supplemental stock-
pile, section 104 (b) ; (3) purchase of goods for
export to third countries when authorized with-
out requiring reimbursement to CCC under sec-
tion 104 (d) ; (4) payment of obligations for
travel expenses of congressional committees, sec-
tion 104 (f ) ; Fulbright educational exchange,
section 104 (h) ; (6) translation, publication, and
distribution of books and periodicals, section 104
(i) ; (7) assistance to American-sponsored schools,
section 104 (j) ; (8) assistance to American-
sponsored libraries and community centers, sec-
tion 104 (j).
The existence of title I funds has permitted the
expansion of these programs without the neces-
sity of increasing direct program appropriations.
In nearly all cases appropriated dollars would not
have been used or requested for the same purposes
and the expanded activity financed by sales pro-
ceeds did not permit a reduction in dollar expen-
ditures. Through June 30, 1957, $48.9 million
had been allocated for expansion of these pro-
grams.
Military homing. — Use of foreign currencies
for the construction of military family housing
abroad as authorized by Public Law 161, 84th
Congress, supplements the current Defense De-
partment construction appropriation. On the
other hand, over the years, dollar reimbursement
of the capital cost of the housing will be made to
CCC out of appropriations for the quarters allow-
ances of the personnel occupying the housing. It
is estimated that 15 to 20 years will be needed to
effect full reimbursement, assuming full occu-
pancy and normal maintenance costs. This time
period would be considerably longer if the interest
cost of this advance by CCC were also reimbursed.
Through June 30, 1957, $94.9 million in foreign
currencies had been allocated for this purpose.
Purchase by agencies. — Certain currency uses
are subject to section 1415 of the Supplemental
Appropriations Act of 1953 and are chargeable to
agency appropriations. The dollar proceeds re-
sult in a credit to CCC. The great bulk of this
category consists of moneys used under section 104
(f) to pay United States obligations. These
funds are transferred to Treasury for sale to any
agency for any purpose for which an appropria-
tion has been provided. Through June 30, 1957,
the Treasury was authorized to sell $177 million
of currency proceeds.
Unallocated. — Allocations had been made for
all except $293.1 million equivalent of expected
sales proceeds as of June 30, 1957. This total con-
sists of foreign currencies to be generated imder
recent agreements, small amounts held awaiting
the completion of negotiations concerning pro-
posed uses or the determination of the final
amount of sales proceeds, and amounts held for
eventual sale by the Treasury as needed.
ADMINISTRATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCItS
Title I sales agreements specify the amounts of
currencies to be used for various purposes. The
amount for United States use is often provided
for in a lump sum to afford greater flexibility in
using these funds. When commodities are sold
under the program, the foreign currency is de-
posited to the account of the United States dis-
bursing officer in the embassy who reports monthly
on these accounts to the Treasury Department.
The Treasury Department establishes and ad-
ministers regulations governing the custody, de-
posit, and sale of the currencies. I
The amount of sales proceeds to be used for
economic development loans is determined in the
title I sales agreement. Allocations authorizing
other currency uses are issued by the Bureau of
the Budget. Agencies desiring to use currencies
apply to the Bureau for an allocation, in some in-
stances before deposits have been made. Applica-
tions are reviewed by the Bureau in the light of
discussion of possible currency uses held at the
time of negotiation of the agreement, analysis of
the requesting agencies' program requirements in
relation to available appropriated funds, and other
possible competing uses for currency.
Agencies, however, must await apportionment
of currencies by the Bureau of the Budget before
incurring actual obligations against such alloca-
tions. The apportionment process is used by the
Bureau of the Budget to permit some programs
to go forward before receipt of total sales pro-
ceeds, to insure that total obligations for all pro-
grams do not exceed cash availabilities, and to
permit further program review in the event of
any changes in circumstances shice the time of
allocation.
The responsibility for administering the ex-
284
Deparfment of State Bulletin
pemlifure of foreign currencies is assigned by
Execiit ivo order to various agencies as follows :
Authority
Sec. 104:
(a) .
(b) .
(c) .
(d).
(e) .
(0 .
(g) .
Ch) .
(i) .
0) .
Currency use
Agricultural market develop-
ment.
Supplemental stockpile . . .
Common defense
Purchase of goods for other
countries.
Grants for economic develop-
ment.
Payment of United States
obligations.
Loans for economic develop-
ment.
International educational ex-
change.
Books and periodicals
American-sponsored schools
and centers.
Responsible agency
Department of Agriculture.
Office of Defense Mobiliza-
tion.
International Cooperation
Administration and De-
fense Department.
International Cooperation
Administration.
Do.
Any agency.
ICA.
Department of State.
U. S. Information Agency.
State and USIA.
The following shows the status of foreign cur-
rencies by country. The agreement amounts are
those set forth in agreements entered into and allo-
cations and apportionments issued through June
30, 1957. The latest available complete data on
deposits are for April 30, 1957, since these ac-
counts are maintained by United States disbursing
officers abroad.
TABLE V
Statis of Fokeign CtiEKENCiES Undes Title I, Public
Law 480
[In million dollars equivalent]
Agreement
Deposits as
Allocated as
Apportioned
Coimtry
amounts as
of April 30,
of June 30,
as of June
of June 30,
1957
1957
30, 1957
1957
Argentina
31.1
29.3
29.5
9.2
Austria
43.3
22.7
31.4
14.4
Bolivia
6.8
6.4
Brazil
180.2
39.7
160.6
41.5
Burma
22.7
12.3
18.9
1.6
Chile
40.1
9.8
26.8
7.7
34.3
4.2
fi. 5
China (Taiwan) . . .
3.4
Colombia
29.2
16.9
16.0
4.4
Ecuador
8.1
3.4
7.0
3.0
Egj-pt
19.6
19.2
17.8
4.2
Finland
27.7
21.7
15.3
3.0
France
2.1
.6
.6
.6
Germany
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
Greece
46.2
39.1
37.6
20.4
Iceland
2.8
2.2
India
360.1
97.4
261.6
17.6
Indonesia
98.7
67.3
80.3
2.3
Iran
12.9
62.0
5.7
60.2
12.0
37.7
5. 1
Israel
28.6
Italy
127.9
160.3
60.9
133.2
103.5
139.3
21. 1
Japan
136.6
Korea
81.6
36.3
61.7
22.9
Netherlands
.3
.1
.2
.2
Pakistan
120.5
75.3
85.6
18.3
Paraguay
3.0
1.0
2.8
1.8
Peru
16.3
10.3
10.1
9.8
6.2
8.0
Philippines
Poland
18.7
7.1
Portugal
7.1
5.3
.5.0
Spain
184.2
148.5
141.2
42.1
Thailand
46
2.0
2.2
1.2
Turkey
111.6
57.2
66.8
44.2
United Kingdom . . .
35.6
27.4
27.2
27.2
Yugoslavia
222.8
170.6
140.9
67.2
Total
2,088.4
1, 179. 9
1 1, 564. 1
562.4
iDoes not include $241.2 million equivalent which, under the terms of
sales agreements, is to be used for common defense or economic development,
for which formal allocations have not yet been issued.
August 72, 7957
Under agreements entered into during the Jan-
uary-June 1957 period the dollar equivalent values
of planned foreign currency uses for the 10 pur-
poses specified in section 104 of the act are shown
in table VI.
TABLE VI
Planned Uses of Foreign Currency Under Agreements
Signed During Januaky-June 1957
Million-
dollar
equiva-
lent
Percent
of
total
Agricultural market development (sec. 104 (a)) > . . .
Purchases of strategic material (sec. 104 (b)) '
Common defense (sec. 104 (c))
3.6
is.l'
.9
55."6"
72.7
2.9
.3
3.6
2.2
ii."7
Purchase of goods for other countries (sec. 104 (d)) ■ .
Grants for balanced economic development and trade
among nations (sec. 104 (e))
Payment of United States oblieations (sec. 104 (1)) ' . .
Loans for multilateral trade and economic develop-
ment (sec. 104 (g))
.6
' 36."2
46.0
International educational exchange (sec. 104 (h)) 1 . . .
Translation, publication, and distribution of books
and periodicals (sec. 104 (i)) 1
1.8
.2
Assistance to American-sponsored schools, libraries,
and community centers (sec. 104 (j))
2.3
Total
' 157. 9
100 0
' In order to provide flexibility in the use of funds, many agreements pro-
vide that a specified amount of local currency proceeds may be used under
sec. 104 (a), (b). (f). (h), and (i). In some instances, possible uses under sec.
104 (d) are also included in this category. Therefore, estimates based on the
best information now available are indicated above under subsecs. (a), (b),
(h), and (i). Balances not otherwise distributed are included under subsec.
(f). This distribution is subject to revision when allocations have been
completed.
' Includes ocean transportation financed by CCC.
Agricultural market development. — Section 104
(a) : Export market development through the use
of foreign currencies is provided for in this sec-
tion to maintain or expand present export mar-
kets or to develop new foreign markets for United
States agi'icultural commodities.
A market development project may be initiated
by a trade group, a private research organization,
an institution such as a land-grant college, an in-
ternational organization, or by the Department of
Agriculture. Primary emphasis is given market
development projects to be implemented through
private United States trade groups since these
groups are most directly concerned with and gen-
erally best equipped to carry out such activities.
Factors considered in evaluating a proposed
market development project include possibilities
of the project's success in terms of its contribu-
tion to increased United States exports, its long-
range effect on total United States agi'icultural ex-
ports, the extent to which the United States trade
gi-oiip represents the commodity interest con-
cerned, the extent to which the project is in har-
mony with United States foreign trade policy and
international obligations, the importance of the
285
commodity or commodities to United States ag-
riculture, and the proposed financing of the proj-
ect, including a substantial contribution by trade
groups.
Approved projects with trade organizations
(project cooperators) are carried out in accord-
ance with the terms of market development agree-
ments between the United States and these or-
ganizations. Periodic reports on the status of
projects are made available to interested United
States trade groups. In addition, United States
agricultural attaches abroad report on the proj-
ects operating in their areas.
During the reporting period, 41 new market-
development projects were put into operation,
excluding extensions of previous projects and
trade-fair activities. This brings the total num-
ber of such projects to 69 since this market-de-
velopment program began in 1955. Foreign cur-
rencies obligated or authorized for projects ap-
proved in the period January-June 1957 total
approximately $3.7 million equivalent, bringing
the total for market-development activities to
about $6.7 million since this program began, in-
cluding general operating costs and trade fairs.
Market-development projects cover all types of
United States farm commodities, including cot-
ton, dairy products, fruits, grain and grain prod-
ucts, including rice and beans ; livestock and live-
stock products, poultry and poultry products,
seed, soybeans and soybean products, and tobacco.
In addition to trade fairs, types of market-de-
velopment activities include market surveys, pro-
motion of better nutrition, demonstrations, ex-
change of trade personnel, commodity or product
promotion, including advertising and other mar-
ket-development techniques designed to expand
export markets for United States agricultural
commodities.
Market-development projects are in operation
in 26 countries important to United States agri-
cultural exports. This total includes most of the
countries with which title I sales agreements have
been signed and certain other countries where
foreign currencies accruing in title I countries
have been made available through convertibility
arrangements. Representative countries with
types of commodities included in market-develop-
ment projects in the countries are —
Austria — fruits, cotton, poultry, tobacco, in-
edible fats, and soybeans;
Colombia — wheat, dairy products, poultry, cot-
ton, dried beans, feed grains, and seed;
West Germany — poultry, cotton, inedible fats,
and fruits, including raisins and prunes;
Italy — cotton, tobacco, wheat, soybeans, inedi-
ble fats, poultry, and marketing and price-struc-
ture studies for import commodities;
Japan — cotton, tobacco, wheat, soybeans, inedi-
ble fats, and marketing and price-structure studies
for import commodities; and
Peru — dried beans, dairy cattle, hogs, sheep,
poultry, and beef cattle.
Trade fairs. — Trade fairs complement and sup-
port other types of market development projects.
During the first 6 months of 1957, United States
agricultural exhibits were shown at trade and food
fairs at Verona and Palermo, Italy; Tokyo, Ja-
pan; and Barcelona, Spain; with a total attend-
ance of nearly 2,500,000. Exhibits in prospect
for the latter part of 1957 include Cologne, Ger-
niany ; Izmir, Turkey ; and Salonica, Greece.
United States exhibits in these fairs are or-
ganized through trade groups. Generally, a par-
ticipating industry or trade group provides ex-
hibit ideas, technical pei-sonnel, display materials,
and, in some cases, commodities for use as sam-
ples. The United States Government organizes
and manages the exhibits; rents space; arranges
for design, construction, and operation of the ex-
hibits; provides transportation of exhibit ma-
terial and travel expenses and per diem of indus-
trial teclinicians and commodity specialists par-
ticipating in the cooperative arrangement.
The current exhibit program stresses use of ex-
hibits of a demountable nature, which can be
readily adapted for reuse at other locations.
A United States exhibit of livestock feed sup-
plies at Verona, Italy, March 10-19, was the fore-
runner of a series of market promotion displays
to feature the use of United States feed concen-
trates and to demonstrate to poultry raisers of
Western Europe how to obtain "more meat and
more eggs in less time at less cost" through use of
such feeds. The exhibit featured concentrates,
with soybean meal as the primary ingredient, and
five United States feed grains — corn, barley, oats,
wheat, and milo. Also displayed were well-fed
live poultry and poultry products at all stages of
production, processing, and marketing from the
incubator to the table. The exhibit was well re-
ceived and was repeated at Palermo, Italy, May
25 to June 10,
286
Qspat\men\ of %\a\G Bulletin
The International Trade Fair at Tokyo, Japan,
May 5-19, was the first overseas market-promo-
tion exhibit in the trade-fair program in which
foreign trade groups assumed major responsibili-
ties in promotional exhibits of American farm
commodities. Japanese trade associations co-
operating with American trade groups and the
United States Government designed, constructed,
and operated the various commodity exhibits.
Commodities featured were cotton, wheat, to-
bacco, soybeans, dairy products, tallow, popcorn,
and dried fruit. Samples of dry milk solids, pop-
corn (a new product to the Japanese), and ciga-
rettes were distributed.
At Barcelona, Spain, June 1-20, the Depart-
ment presented a 15,000-square-foot exhibit show-
ing the availability and quality of United States
cotton, grain, seeds, tobacco, dairy products, poul-
try and poultry products, and vegetable oils.
Samples of recombined milk and ice cream were
distributed. The exhibit received two first-prize
awards as the outstanding international exhibit
at this fair and will be adapted for use at Cologne's
ANUGA food fair this fall.
Purchase of strategic materials. — Section 104
(b) : No local currency was earmarked for this
purpose under title I agreements entered into dur-
ing the reporting period. The total amount of
local currency earmarked to date for the purchase
of strategic materials is $7.2 million.
Common defense. — Section 104 (c) : This sec-
tion of the act provides for the use of foreign
currency for the procurement of military equip-
ment, materials, facilities, and services for the
common defense. During the reporting period
$18.4 million equivalent was earmarked for this
purpose, bringing the total amount planned for
common defense to $243.7 million. The following
summarizes uses under this section and indicates
the amounts planned in each country.
Korea, $65.4 million equivalent planned — most
of these funds will be used for the support of
the Korean military budget.
Yugoslavia, $88.8 million equivalent planned —
$57.5 million will be used to reconsti'uct the Adri-
atic Highway (known as Jadranski Put).
Pakistan, $74.3 million equivalent planned —
these funds will be used for procurement related
to base construction by the United States Army
engineers and for support of the Pakistan defense
budget.
Iran, $5.9 million equivalent planned — $2.5 mil-
lion of this will be used for the procurement of a
specified list of militai-y items and services in-
cluding food items, tires, batteries, and other
equipment.
Taiwan, $4.9 million equivalent planned — to be
used for projects including petroleum pipelines,
construction of naval medical center, supply ware-
houses, dock repairs, and a drydock pier.
Chile, $100,000 equivalent planned — approxi-
mately $60,000 will be used to help finance Inter-
American Geodetic Survey mapping projects.
Peru, $100,000 equivalent planned — this will be
used to heljD finance Inter- American Geodetic Sur-
vey mapping projects.
Currencies are also planned for these purposes
in Bolivia and Brazil but no specific projects have
been determined.
Purchases of goods for other friendly coun-
tries.— Section 104 (d) : Several sales agreements
provide that a portion of local currency sales pro-
ceeds may be used for purchases of goods or serv-
ices for other friendly countries. In total, $42.4
million equivalent of these funds have either been
specifically earmarked or allocated for this pur-
pose. Amounts to be used for this purpose may be
specifically agreed upon at the time the sales agree-
ment is negotiated, as in the case of Austria,
France, Italy, and Japan, or agreements may pro-
vide that unspecified amounts of currencies re-
served for United States purposes may be used to
buy goods for other countries. For example, sales
agreements with Finland and India provide for
such use and tentative programs which may utilize
up to $18 million of these currencies have now been
developed.
ICA is responsible for administering this pro-
gram and by June 30, 1957, had developed plans
for using $31.3 million equivalent of these funds,
as shown in table VII.
TABLE VII
Sec. 104 (d) Program, as of June 30, lO.'iT
[In million dollars equivalent]
Sales"proceeds from —
Austria
. . . 2.9
. . . .6
. . . 13.0
Purchases programed for—
. 5.0
France
Finland
Ceylon
. 2.5
India
Italy
. . . 6.0
. . . 10 0
Indonesia
Israel
Korea
Pakistan
Ryukyu Islands . . . .
Spain
Taiwan
Thailand
Vietnam
Total
. 2.0
. 5.0
. 2.5
. 2.0
. 3.3
. 2.0
. 1.2
. 2.0
. 1.8
. 31.3
Japan
Total
. . . 10.9
. . . 42.4
Augusf 12, 7957
287
During the 6 months under review, $1.5 million In most countries with which agreements have
of lire and $1 million of finnmarks were purchased been concluded, Treasury has sold local currency
by ICA to buy textiles and j^aper products in to United States agencies for dollars. The larg-
Italy and Finland for the mutual security pro- est uses have been in Spain and Turkey where
gram in Korea. $1.3 million of yen were used by United States expenditures are at an extraordinary ;
the Department of the Army for civilian relief in rate because of defense activities,
the Ryukyus in addition to the $2 million equiva- In Spain nearly $25 million in pesetas has been '
lent which had been programed earlier for this allocated to Treasury, the bulk of which has been
purpose. Tentative programs include use of $12 sold to the Department of Defense for the pay-
million of finnmarks for purchase of ships for ment of local currency obligations for base con-
several Asian countries and $5 million of rupees struction. An additional $26 million equivalent
to buy Indian textiles for Burma. will be available for the same purpose under exist-
There is usually no advance commitment by the ing agreements and will be transferred to the
United States either to use these funds for pur- Treasury as needed. In Turkey, half of the pro-
chases of specific commodities or to buy goods for ceeds of sales agreements are available for sale to
a specific country. Standards conforming as United States agencies and nearly $36 million of
closely as possible with commercial practices have Turkish lira has already been transferred to the
been established for the use of these funds. These Treasui-y. The bulk of this money has been used
are designed to avoid undue disruption of normal for the payment of military construction and main-
trade patterns and to assure that purchases are tenance operations in Turkey and for meeting the
made at competitive prices. local currency expenses of American personnel
Grants for economic development. — Section 104 stationed in that country,
(e) : No agreements signed during the reporting Military family Jiou.sin.ff. — Public Law 765, 83d
period provided for grants for economic develop- Congress, Public Law 161, and Public Law 968,
ment. In prior agreements, about $60 million of 84th Congress, authorized the use of up to $250
local currency was earmarked for grants for this million worth of local currencies generated by
purpose. Such grants are made only in special title I sales or other transactions of CCC for con-
circumstances and comprise about 3 percent of struction, rent, or procurement of United States
the total sales proceeds expected to accrue. military family housing and related community
Payment of United States obliffations.— Section facilities in foreign countries. This legislation
104 (f) : Under agreements signed during the first further provides that CCC shall be reimbursed
half of 1957, $55.6 million was tentatively ear- from appropriations available for the payment of
marked for the payment of United States obliga- quarters allowances to the extent the housing is
tions. This brings to a total of $498.8 million, or occupied.
23.9 percent of anticipated sales proceeds, the Tentative earmarking of local currency for pur-
amount potentially available for this use since the chase or construction of military family housing
beginning of the program. Not all of these funds amounted to a total of $106.3 million equivalent
will be used for the payment of United States ob- in agreements with countries shown in table VIII.
ligations because a nmnber of agi-eements include
T^A "RT "P VTTT
a combined total for several United States pur-
PQggg Tentative Allocation op Local Cukrency for Military
TT -i 1 Oi i. • ■ ■ 11 Family Housing by Country and Planned Under
Unired States agencies requiring local curren-
^ 1 to Agreements
cies for the payment of United States obligations
purchase them with appropriated dollars from the Austria ° ™. .'°°.^ °. .°. "^ a 9
Treasury through the United States disbursing n^ly"^^. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'!!'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' . iz'.a
officers in the embassies. Tlie dollai-s derived from i>ortuKa'i '. '. '. '. ". '. '. '. ". '. ". '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. '. '. i. 5
these sales are credited to CCC. Through June United Kingdom '. '. '. ". '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '. '.'.'.'. '. '.'.'.'. '. '. 35. i
30, 1957, Treasury had been authoi-ized to sell $177 Total loe. 3
million in foreign currencies to agencies for any The funds will be used for military family hous-
purpose for which appropriated dollars were avail- ing in these countries excejit that in the case of
able. As of June 30, 1957, the total reimburse- Austria and Finland housing materials will be
ments to CCC were $68 million. provided for use in other countries.
288 Department of Sfofe Builetin
During the reporting; period additional amounts
pnivided for tliis purpose under new agreements
wmc SI. 5 million in Austria and $7.7 million in the
United Kingdom.
Construction of 2,700 housing units in France
is provided for in an exchange transaction involv-
ing $50 million worth of CCC commodities. Tliis
is discussed under section 303, barter, later in this
report.
Loans for midtUatcral trade and economic de-
velopment,— Section 104 (g) : Over half of the
total of $1,169.3 million equivalent earmarked for
loans to 26 countries is now covered by loan agree-
ments. By June 30, 1957, loan agreements had
been negotiated with 18 countries providing for
loans of up to $652 million in local currencies.
Negotiations concluded during the last 6 months
provided for $416 million equivalent in loans, in-
cluding $234 million of rupees to India, $118 mil-
lion of cruzeiros to Brazil, and $30 million of lire
to Italy. Of the $57 million of loans remaining to
I be negotiated, about 60 percent will be made to
coimtries with which loan agreements have already
been negotiated. Thus the familiarity which these
I countries have with the provisions of the loan
agreements is expected to expedite negotiation of
additional loan agreements. Loan agreements
signed as of June 30, 1957, are shown in table IX.
TABLE IX
(Public Law 480 Loan Agreements Signed as of June
30, 1957 •
[In million dollars equivalent]
Country
January-
June 1957
Grand
total
Country
January-
June 1957
Grand
total
16.0
149.2
17.3
4.0
10.0
6.3
2.2
234.1
2 31.3
Italy
30.0
30.0
Brazil
Burma
Chile ....
117.9
17.3
108.9
Paraguay ....
2.2
2.2
7.8
Portugal ....
3.4
3.4
Ecuador ....
Greece
Iceland
India
3.2
4.3
2.2
234.1
10.6
Thailand ....
1.0
1.0
9 0
Total . . .
415.6
651.7
» Loan agreements provide for establishment of lines of credit up to the
amoimt stated. Shortfalls m deliveries of commodities and thus in the
amoimt of local currencies deposited may result in a decrease in the amoimts
which win actually become available for loans.
' Includes $2.5 million equivalent pursuant to sec. 104 (d) transaction.
The loan agi'eements specify terms and condi-
tions of repayment which have been developed in
cooperation with the National Advisory Council
on International Monetary and Financial Prob-
lems. Strategic materials, services, foreign cur-
rencies or dollars may be accepted in payment of
the loans.
The United States is cooperating with foreign
countries in developing programs to utilize these
large amounts of local currencies which are becom-
ing available to aid in economic development. Co-
ordination with long term development programs,
such as that planned by India and Brazil, is em-
phasized. In some countries the use of Public Law
480 loan funds for economic development will
complement mutual security expenditures for this
purpose. Emphasis is also placed upon the use of
these funds to cover some of the local costs of
projects for which foreign exchange costs are fi-
nanced by the Export-Import Bank and the In-
ternational Bank for Reconstruction and Devel-
opment. Loan funds may also be used to supple-
ment public expenditures for roads, port and stor-
age facilities, and similar improvements.
Relending to private enterprise. — The United
States is actively striving to reach agi-eement with
purchasing goveriunents that a portion of the loan
funds be set aside for relending to private enter-
prise. During fiscal year 1957 negotiations on this
point were conducted concurrently with negotia-
tions of the sales agreements. As a result, at least
$150 million equivalent, or a minimum of 25 per-
cent of the loan funds which will become available
from fiscal year 1957 sales agreements, will be used
for relending to private enterprise in 16 countries,
including Austria, Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia,
Ecuador, Greece, Iceland, India, Israel, Italy,
Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Spain, Thailand, and
Turkey. The amounts to be reserved for this pur-
pose are usually specified in the sales agreements ;
less frequently, foreign governments may agree to
channel unspecified amounts of the loan funds
to private borrowers.
In addition, the United States is seeking to
reach similar agreements with countries with
which loan agreements have not yet been nego-
tiated covering funds accruing as a result of sales
agreements concluded prior to fiscal year 1957.
To date, 11 countries, including many of those
named above as well as Argentina, Japan, and
Paraguay, either have re-lent or have agreed to
make available about $98 million equivalent for
relending to private investors.
These funds will be re-lent by foreign govern-
ments to private investors through established
banking facilities of the borrowing country. For-
eign governments agree that funds reserved for
relending to private enterprise shall be available
August 12, 1957
289
on a nondiscriminatory basis as to interest rates
and other loan terms and conditions as between
its citizens, United States nationals, and nationals
of other friendly countries. It is anticipated that
loans will be made on terms no less favorable than
the usual terms of the local agencies and that these
terms will be based on existing conditions in the
money market of the foreign country and the pol-
icy of its monetary authorities. The United States
terms requiring maintenance of value, i. e., repay-
ment in dollars or repayment in local currency at
a rate of exchange which will return the full
equivalent value of the loan denominated in dol-
lars, apply to the entire amount of the loan.
Projects for loans to private enterprises are sub-
ject to the same review and approval by the United
States which pertain to the loan as a whole. It
is expected that United States operations missions
and United States diplomatic missions will be in
a position to advise American businessmen or
their representatives concerning loan procedures
established by the lending agencies of the foreign
governments as these funds become available.
Projects approved. — Projects involving expen-
ditures of up to $339 million equivalent of Public
Law 480 funds have been approved, including
about $157 million in the 6 months' period vmder
review. Specific projects may be developed and
approved as loan funds become available, or as in
the case of Brazil, agreement on general categories
of projects may be reached at the time the loan
agreement is negotiated. Loan projects approved
through Jmie 30, 1957, are shown in table X.
Funds are made available for expenditure to
the country as local currency deposits become
available and as required during the progress of
the project work. As much as possible of the nec-
essary documentation and accounting is done by
the borrowing country. Periodic financial and
progress reports must also be made available for
audit by ICA missions.
International educational exchange. — Section
104 (h) : The educational exchange program was
autiiorized by the Congress to help promote mu-
tual understanding between the people of the
United States and those of other countries.
Based upon the planned uses of foreign cur-
rency under sales agreements signed from the be-
ginning of the program through June 30, 1957,
the Department of State has entered into 8 new
executive agreements or amendments and exten-
290
TABLE X
Public Law 480 Loan Pro.jkct.s Approved as of .Tine
30, 1957 '
[Amounts in million dollars equivalent]
Country
Chile . .
Ecuador .
Greece .
Iceland
Israel .
Japan
Paraguay
Portugal .
Spain , .
Total
January
June 1957
4.2
2.2
13.4
3.4
Gr.and
total '
Description
4.2
2.2
28.3
Industrial projects, Including electrle '
power, iron and steel, metal process-
ing, textile industry, etc., 14,2; tour-
ism, 1.0; resional development, 0.8.
Agricultural silo facilities, 6.0; extension
of railways. 4.8; rehabilitation of rail-
ways, 10.0; river navigation and port i
Improvement, 3.0; metallurgical '
works, 4.0; cold storage meat plants,
1.0; electric energy production, 5.0,
Enansion of hydroelectric and i>ower
production; railway construction; ex-
pansion of iron and steel production.
Highway improvement, 3,76; agricul-
tural training center, 0,25,
Agricultural credit system in tropical
coastal area, 3,1,
Extension and modernization of roads.
Hydroelectric t^lant.
Irrigation, xtell drilling, and agricul-
tural development, 11,4; atrricul-
tural settlements (construction of
farm buildings), 2,8; land prepara-
tion, 0.4; agricultural research sta-
tion, 0.3; atTorestation, 0.4; develop-
ment of roads, 3.8; electric power con-
struction, 6.6; loans to home buyers,
3.0.
Electric power development, 50.7; irri-
gation, drainage and reclamation, 8.4;
productivity center, 0.4.
Electric power development, 21.9; irri-
gation and land development, 12.7;
land reclamation for industrial sites,
1.9; productivity center, 2.8; forest
development, 2.8; industrial market-
ing and processing, 4.5; improvement
of fishing port facilities, 1.9; silk
center, 0.4; undetermined, 0.5.
Highway and hridee construction and
improvement, 0.7; airport dex'elop-
ment, 0.2; sewerage system, 0.7; agri-
cultural development (primarily
coffee), 0.6.
Irrigation project in northern Peru
(land to be used for bananas, coffee,
cacao, and feed production). Be-
cause of drought not more than 1.6
may be used for farm-to-market
roads, agricultural credit, and about
.$40,nno for small irrigation projects.
Storage facilities for bananas and
cereals.
Reforestation and watershed control,
6.1; small irrigation projects for non-
citrus fruit and vegetable production,
2.6: soil conservation, 0.3; land con-
solidation, 1.0.
338.8
' This tabulation includes only approved projects'^within current loan
agreements. Projects which may have been tentatively approved prior to i
completion of loan agreements are not included.
- Approval of projects allows expenditures of up to the amount stated.
The total value of the projects would decrease if the amount available for
loans is less than that anticipated.
3 The total of the nroTioscd projects exceeds the amount'of the loan. Appro-
priate revisions will be made at a later date,
sions of previous agreements in support of edu-
cational exchange programs. Public Law 584, 79th
Congress (the Fulbright Act), in dollar equiva-
lent as follows: Argentina, $600,000; Chile, $500.-
000 ; Colombia, $500,000 ; Ecuador, $300,000 ; Par-
aguay, $150,000: Peru, $500,000; Thailand,
$800,000 ; and Turkey, $750,000.
Authorizations have been furnislied (or are in
process of being furnished) United States diplo-
Departmenf of State Bulletin
' matic missions to enter into formal negotiations
for new executive agreements or amendments and
extensions of previous agreements to support 9
educational exchange programs in dollar equiva-
lent as follows: Brazil, $980,000; Indonesia,
$600,000; Iran, $750,000; Japan, $2,066,000; Ko-
iv:i, $900,000; Pakistan, $1,050,000; Portugal,
$300,000; Spain, $600,000; and Taiwan, $750,000.
Additional programs are being prepared for
Bolivia, Egypt, Finland, Iceland, India, and the
Philippines.
TransJation, publication^ and distribution of
books and periodicals. — Section 104 (i) : This sec-
tion provides tliat not more than $5 million equiv-
alent may be allocated for the translation, publi-
cation, and distribution of books and periodicals
during any fiscal year. This currency use was
established in July 1956.
Progi-am plans at this time are giving priority
to translating and publishing American textbooks
for use in the schools of foreign countries. Text-
j book programs are being considered or developed
in Austria, Brazil, Colombia, Greece, Pakistan,
Peru, Poland, Spain, Thailand, Turkey, and
Yugoslavia.
Use of $100,000 equivalent is planned for the
purchase of paper in Finland for textbook pro-
grams in other countries.
Assistance to American-sponsored schools, li-
braries, and community centers. — Section 104 ( j ) :
This currency use was established in August 1956.
American-sponsored binational organizations
will be aided through the lease and purchase of
buildings and through furnishing books and other
additional materials. Programs now being con-
sidered include an American Study Center in
Bologna, Italy, affiliated with the Johns Hopkins
School of International Study to enlarge facili-
ties for Europeans interested in American studies ;
and binational center facilities in Brazil, Colom-
bia, Iran, Korea, Spain (including the teaching
of English in several localities), Thailand, and
Turkey.
American-sponsored schools will be assisted
through the use of local currencies to increase
scholarships to children of foreign countries; to
augment United States teachers' salaries; to im-
prove the curriculum ; and to defray a portion of
costs of erecting new buildings and remodeling
present buildings to provide more classrooms, lab-
oratories, and living space. Use of the currencies
' for these activities are being considered in Aus-
tria, Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Greece,
Italy, Peru, and Turkey.
Title II
Title II of the act authorizes the use of surplus
commodities held by the CCC to assist friendly
foreign people to meet extraordinary or urgent
needs.
ICA is responsible for administering this pro-
gram and during the last 6 months has authorized
transfers of about $81 million worth of surplus
commodities and ocean freight costs. Grain and
grain products, including wheat, flour, feed
grains, and rice, valued at $42 million, comprised
about two-thirds of the commodity total; addi-
tional authorizations included $1G million of dry
milk and other milk products, $6 million in cot-
ton, and a relatively small amount of dry beans.
Authorizations for payment of ocean-freight
charges totaled $17 million, including about $3
million for title II shipments and $14 million for
shipments of food by United States voluntary
asencies donated under title III of the act.
Authorizations for the year as a whole totaled
almost $150 million, including $116 million of
commodities and $34 million of ocean transporta-
tion costs. Over the 3-year period ending June
30, 1957, $360 million has been obligated.
Programs authorized during the 6 months under
review are typical of those which have been car-
ried out during the last 3 years. For example,
50,000 tons of wheat will be shipped to Morocco
for distribution to destitute people in the south-
ern part of the country. Abnormally low rain-
fall, averaging less than one-third of normal in
many parts of the country, resulted in serious
losses to cereal crops. It is estimated that a total
of 70,000 tons of cereals will be needed. Of this
amount, France has offered to supply 20,000 tons
on a grant basis which will supplement the United
States contribution.
Continued drought in southern Peru has re-
duced crop expectations to less than 20 percent
of normal and decreased livestock population by
more than 50 percent. Shipment of about 20,000
tons of wheat and 70,000 tons of corn and other
feed grains valued in all at $11 million has been
authorized for distribution to needy people and
for sale to assist in financing work projects in the
drought-stricken areas. In accordance with a
previous commitment, $700,000 worth of wheat
Augosf 12, 7957
291
was shipped to Libya for free distribution or par-
tial payment for woi'k on relief projects. About
$700,000 worth of foodstuffs have been shipped to
Haiti to help meet the emergency caused by
drought in the northern part of tlie country.
A total of $8 million of foodstuffs (including
ocean-freight costs) have been supplied for relief
feeding of Hungarian refugees. ICA had pre-
viously authorized a contribution of up to $15
million of surplus commodities including freight,
but it was found that the smaller amount was ade-
quate for this purpose. In addition to furnish-
ing foods for consumption by the refugees, $16.2
million of feed gi-ains will be shipped to Austria
for sale in that country. The local currency pro-
ceeds of these sales will be used for Hungarian
relief purposes and will reduce the financial bur-
den imposed upon Austria by the influx of refu-
gees. In view of the feed grain shortage in Aus-
tria, it is not believed that this transfer of 130,000
tons of corn will displace sales that might other-
wise be made.
Over $6 million of cotton will be supplied to a
United States voluntary relief agency for ship-
ment to Germany, Italy, Spain, and Korea. The
cotton will be used to manufacture bedding and
other cotton goods for use in charitable institu-
tions and free distribution to the needy.
About $1.8 million of dried milk, cheese, and
flour is being supplied to assist Tunisia to expand
its child-feeding program. This amount will pro-
vide canteen rations to an additional 10,000 to
15,000 children for the first year of a proposed 3-
year program. No commitment has been made,
however, for a United States contribution of foods
to this program beyond the first year. Finally,
authorizations have been issued to Japan and Italy
to conclude the United States contribution to ex-
panded school-lunch programs in these countries.
Wheat and dry milk, valued at $22.5 million, will
be supplied to Japan and $6.3 million of food-
stuffs will be provided to Italy for this purpose.
Title III
Title III of the act covers donations of surplus
foods for domestic use and for distribution
abroad by nonprofit voluntary agencies and inter-
governmental organizations as weU as CCC barter
activities.
Section 302, domestic donations. — During the
January-June 1957 period, the distribution of
surplus commodities to domestic outlets has been
made under authority of Public Law 480 and
under authority of section 32 of the Agricultural
Act of 1935, as amended.
For the reporting period, domestic donations
totaled approximately 514 million pounds of
which about 202 million pounds, valued at $39
million, were distributed under title III. Do-
mestic recipients of these commodities included
more than 12 million children in public and
private schools, 1.4 million persons in charitable
institutions, and about 3 million needy persons
in family units.
Section 302, foreign donations. — Section 302 of
the act authorizes donations of surplus foods in
CCC stocks to United States nonprofit voluntary
relief agencies and to intergovernmental organi-
zations, such as the United Nations International
Children's Emergency Fund, to assist needy per-
sons outside of the United States. Most of these
agencies have been carrying on regular relief dis-
tribution programs around the world for many
years. The availability of surplus food permits
them to distribute substantially larger amounts of
relief foods than would be possible from their
own private financing.
Processing, packaging, and other related costs
are paid by the United States under this authority.
The Agricultural Act of 1956 permits the use of
title II funds to finance the ocean-freight costs of
these shipments. In some instances ocean-freight
costs are paid in whole or in part by the voluntary
relief agencies or the government of the recipient
country. In all instances foreign governments
accord duty-free entrance to these shipments.
Wlien the United States finances ocean-transpor-
tation costs, the cost of inland transportation and
distribution abroad is paid by the foreign govern-
ment. Commodities are clearly identified as of
United States origin and gifts from the people of
the United States. The foods are given free to
needy persons who do not have the means to buy
them. Program plans, requests, and operations
are reviewed by coordinating committees com-
prised of representatives of the United States mis-
sion, the foreign government, and the voluntary
agencies; these committees have been established
in most of the principal receiving countries in
which two or more voluntary agencies operate.
Assurances are obtained that the relief program
does not conflict with normal commercial trade or
292
Department of Stale Bulletin
other United States surplus food disposal op-
erations.
rornmeal, wheat flour, nonfat dry milk, and
processed and natural cheese were available for
distribution tlu'oughout the period January-June
r.>,")7. Corn was not available for overseas com-
mercial milling but was made available to a limited
number of countries wliere the recipients normallj*
milled tlieir own grains. Under these conditions,
23.3 million pounds of corn were shipped. Dry
beans, whicli were witlidrawn from the list Sep-
tember 30, 1956, were again made available during
the period March 1-June 30, 1957. Some ship-
ments may carry into July. Brewer's milled rice
is available for distribution during the period July
1-December 31, 1957. Shipments of rice during
the reporting period were limited to a small
amount carried over from substantial allocations
made previously. The quantity and value of com-
modities approved for foreign donation for the
period January-June 1957 are shown in table XI.
TABLE XI
Commodities Appkoved for Donation foe Foreign Relief
Through Nonprofit Voluntary Agencies and Inter-
governmental Organizations, Januaet-June 1957
Commodity
Pounds
Estimated
CCC cost
Million
Millions
dollars
Drv beans . .
47.9
4.5
Cheese . . .
68.6
29.7
?om ....
23.3
1.2
?ora meal . .
120.3
9.2
MUk, nonfat
dry ....
228.7
45.5
Commodity
Rice ....
Wheat flour
Total
Pounds
MillioTm
5.0
389.9
Estimated
CCC cost
Million
dollars
.6
32.3
123.0
Section 303, harter. — This authority, 1 of 6 leg-
islative acts providing for barter, reemphasized
this program by directing the Secretary of Agri-
culture to expedite barter operations where such
operations protect the funds and assets of CCC.
It also directs other agencies to cooperate. Sub-
sequently, Public Law 968, previously noted, au-
thorized acquisition of certain United States mili-
tary housing abroad with foreign currencies
generated by agricultural export programs, in-
cluding barter transactions.
Barter is effected through contracts between
CCC and private United States business firms
under which the contracting firms use commercial
trade channels in fulfilling these contracts. Bar-
ter contracts generally provide for the delivery
of specified materials witli payment to be received
in CCC-owned agricultural commodities which
must be exported by the contractor. The origin of
materials and the destination of agricultural
commodities are limited to friendly countries but
are not required to be identical.
As a supporting export program, barter is de-
signed to permit purchase by United States firms
of materials abroad for Government use condi-
tional upon the firms' ability to export an equiva-
lent value of agricultural commodities from CCC
inventories in jjayment.
Major program revisions were made during the
reporting period to assure that commodities ex-
ported under barter arrangements result in a net
gain in the total volume of agricultural exports.
In general, the barter contractor must satisfy
CCC that a proposed transaction will mean an in-
crease in United States expoits of the commodities
involved. Wlieat, feed grains, or cotton can be
shipped without a specific showing of additional
trade to areas where commercial trade in tliese
commodities is negligible; however, shipments to
countries considered to be dollar markets can be
made only where additional trade can be assured.
The program was also tightened by the follow-
ing provisions: barter contracts must designate
the commodities to be taken from CCC; interest
must be paid to CCC for any time lag between
delivery of the commodity and delivery of ma-
terials ; commodities cannot be transshipped from
approved countries of destination; materials de-
livered may not be produced or processed in the
United States; and the origin of the materials
must be specified.
A transaction during the reporting period in-
volved the exchange of $50 million worth of CCC
commodities for approximately 2,700 housing
units to be built in France for United States mili-
tary family housing. The United States exporter
is selling these commodities abroad, and the pro-
ceeds of sales are being converted to francs. The
United States exporter will pay the French con-
struction firm amounts specified in "construction
progress certificates" issued by the Department of
Defense. CCC will be reimbursed by the Depart-
ment of Defense out of savings in quarters allow-
ances makmg additional appropriations to the De-
partment of Defense for this purpose unnecessary.
Barter contracts entered into during January-
June 1957 totaled $125.1 million, bringing the
total for the fiscal year 1957 to $272.5 million in
comparison with $315.8 million for the fiscal year
August 12, 7957
293
1956. During the period January-June 1957 ag-
ricultural commodities exported by contractors,
largely against prior contracts, totaled $146.9 mil-
lion and material delivered to CCC totaled
$136.5 million. The excess of agricultural com-
modities exported is covered by cash deposits or
irrevocable letters of credit in favor of CCC.
Barter contracts negotiated in this reporting
period were at a lower rate than for the previous
TABLE XII
Summary of B.\bteb Contracts Enteked
Specified Period.s '
[In millions of dollars]
Into in
Materials
1949-50
through
1953-54
1964-55
1965-56
,Tuly-
Decem-
ber 1956
.T.inuarv-
Junel957
Strategic:
Minimum stoclcpile. . .
Long-term stockpile . .
Supplemental stockpile'.
71.8
74.2
'85.3
»99 9
55.1
2 141.5
107. 9
2o! l'
112.6
2.2
18 8
54.1
Total strategic . . . .
71.8
259.4
304.5
132.7
75.1
SuDplv:*
ICA
28.4
7.4
22.4
8.6
Defense
4.1
10.6
50 0
Other
2.7
Total supply
35.8
22.4
11.3
14.7
50.0
Grand total
107.6
281.8
315.8
147.4
125.1
' Years beginning July 1.
' Adjustments have been made to figures previously reported to reflect
total sales to the minimum stockpile as follows: $67.5 million long-term and
$1.0 million suriplemental for fiscal year 1955, and $60.2 million long-term
for fiscal year 1956.
' AcTuired and held as assets by CCC, using as a guide the ODM supple-
mental stockpile list for kinds, quantities, and specifications. Materials
transferred or to be transferred to GSA as provided by sec. 206 of the Agri-
cultural Act of 1956.
* Nonstrategic materials, goods, and equipment for other Oovemment
agencies.
reporting period when contracts totaled $147.4:
million and slightly lower than the previous aver-
age 6-month rate of $149 million under the ex-
panded barter program.
Agricultural commodity exports by contractors,
in fulfillment of barter contracts with CCC were
below the previous 6-month period, totaling
$146.9 million for the period covered by this re-
port (table XIII). Exports under barter will
fluctuate in accordance with activity in this field.
Forty-one countries have received agricultural
commodities exported under barter arrangements
under the expanded barter program July 1, 1954,
through June 30, 1957, as shown in table XIV.
The rate of material deliveries to CCC by con-
tractors against barter agreements in the report
period increased somewhat over that for past pe-
riods. Acquisitions of strategic materials to date
have been limited to materials within the OiSce
of Defense Mobilization procurement directives
for both the strategic and supplemental stockpiles.
Materials delivered in the report period compared
with past deliveries are indicated in table XV.
On a full reimbursable basis, CCC has de-
livered $209.7 million in strategic materials to
the strategic stockpile and $66.5 million in ma-
terials to other Government agencies. A total of '
$213.5 million in strategic materials has been
transferred to the supplemental stockpile, for
which reimbursement to CCC will be in the form
TABLE XIII
Agricultural Commodities Exported Under Barter Contracts in Specified Periods '
[In thousands of units]
Unit
1949-50
through
1953-64
1964-65
1955-56
July-
December
1956
January-June 1957 ^
Commodity
Under all
contracts
1955-56
contracts
1966-57
contracts
Wheat
Bushel
33, 445
9,388
990
45,036
4,375
4,727
5,248
2,834
217
1
19,687
68,643
55, 148
23,088
41.842
14, 107
3,912
46
15.044
30
66, 698
10,117
10, 999
11,511
14,486
5, 710
429
21, 265
27,069
1.625
3,714
4,848
1. 758
486
8,037
782
544
1,524
1,792
636
1
13,228
Corn
do
26 277
Grain sorghums
Hundredweight
1,081
Barley
2,190
Oats
do
3,056
Eye
. . .do .
1,223
Cotton >
Cottonseed oil
Bale
56
4,630
20
485
others «
Metric ton
Metric ton
21
13
6
7
Total quantity
1,227
Million
dollars
107.6
1,728
Million
dollars
122.6
6,633
Million
dollars
298.6
3,291
Million
dollars
233.9
1,654
Million
dollars
146.9
342
Million
dollars
19.0
1,312
Total value
Million
dollars
127.9
' Year beginning July 1.
' Includes estimate for June.
• 1956-57 represents sales under new cotton export sales programs: announcement CN-EX-2. dated Apr. 17, 1956, to be exported before Aug. 16. 1967, and
announcement CN-EX-4, dated Feb. 19, 1957, to be exported after Aug. 15, 1957, and before Aug. 10, 19.58.
' Includes flaxseed, dried skim milk, linseed oil, cottonseed meal, soybeans, tobacco, peanuts, beans, and rice.
294
Deparfment of State Bulletin
TABLE XIV
Value of Aqricitltural Commodity Exports Unbeb
Bauter Contracts by Destination, July 1, 1954,
Through June 30, 1957 *
lvalue In thousands of dollars]
.Austria 6.080
Belgium 85,830
Brazil 647
ChUe 1,284
Colombli 1, e-M
Costa Rica 210
Oubii 283
Denmark 5.108
Ewpt 8,080
Ecuador 14
El Salvador 72
Finland 1. 530
France 37.045
West Germany 81. 178
Oreece 11,267
Quatemala 142
India 1,000
Iran 95
Ireland 18.487
Israel 8.904
Italy 5,877
Japan 96, 126
Korea 3, 069
Mexico 10.753
Netherlands 111,515
Norway 12, 652
Panama 67
Peru 1,449
Portugal 2,773
Saudi Arabia 281
Spain 4,621
Sweden 2,106
Switzerland 2,554
Taiwan (Formosa) .... 2. 821
Tiieste 1,337
Turkey 5,815
United Kingdom 140, 472
Uruguay 287
Venezuela 245
Yugoslavia 2, 743
Ottiers 2 125, 152
Total 802,025
I Commodity values at expprt market prices. Includes estimate for June
1967.
> Includes Cyprus ($3,000) and other shipments for which documents list-
ing co'mtry of destination have not been processed. Includes cotton valued
at SlO.'i.SU.OOO under special cotton-export program for which contractors
have until .\ug. 15, I9.S7. to export under announcement CN-EX-2, dated
Apr. 17, 19c6, and must export between Aug. 15, 1957, and Aug. 16, 1958,
under announcement CX-EX-4, dated Feb. 19, 1957.
of an appropriation by Congress as provided in
section 206 of Public Law 540, 84:th Congress.
The balance of the strategic materials in CCC's
TABLE XV
Value op Materials Delivered by Barter Contractors
IN Specified Periods ^
[In millions of dollars]
Commodity
1949-50
through
1953-,54
1954-.55
1955-56
July-
De-
cember
1956
January-June 1957 *
Under
all con-
tracts
1955-56
con-
tracts
1955-57
con-
tracts
Strategic:
Minimum stock-
pile
Long-term stock-
pile
Supplemental
71.8
16.2
43.2
2. T
64.6
32.6
71.2
29.2
6.5
61.0
27.9
16.9
91.7
25.7
16.1
32.2
2.2
.8
69.5
Total strategic-
Supply: 1
ICA
71.8
61.5
168.4
96.7
136.5
74.0
62.5
28.4
7.4
21.1
9.0
.6
Defense
Other.. .
Total supply...
Grand total
35.8
2L1
9.0
.6
107. 6
82.6
177.4
97.3
136.5
74.0
62.5
' Years beginning July 1.
' Includes estimate for June. 1955-56 also includes certain deliveries against
earlier contracts.
' Acrjuired and held as assets by CCC, using as a guide the ODM supple-
mental stockpile list for kinds, quantities, and specifications. Materials
transferred or to be transferred to GSA as provided by sec. 206 of the Agri-
cultural Act of 1956.
' Nonstrategic materials, goods, and equipment for other Qovemment
agencies.
inventories, as well as subsequent deliveries of
such materials under existing contracts, will be
transferred to the ODM stockpiles with reim-
bursement to CCC. '
' An appendix to this report contains the following ad-
ditional tables (not printed here) :
Table I : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed Jan. 1 through
June 30, 1957.
Table II : Commodity composition of programs under
title I. Public Law 480, agreements signed from begin-
ning of program through June 30, 1957.
Table III : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed from begin-
ning of program through June .30, 19.S5.
Table IV : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed July 1, 195.5,
through June 30, 1956.
Table V : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed July 1, 1956,
through Jime 30, 1957.
Table VI : Approximate quantities of commodities un-
der title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed Jan. 1,
19.57, through June .30, 19.57.
Table VII : Approximate quantities of commodities un-
der title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed from be-
ginning of program through June 30, 1957.
Table VIII : Approximate quantities of commodities
under title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed from
beginning of program through June 30, 1955.
Table IX : Approximate quantities of commodities un-
der title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed July 1,
1955, through June 30, 1956.
Table X : Approximate quantities of commodities un-
der title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed July 1,
19.56, through June 30, 1957.
Table XI : Planned uses of foreign currency under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed from Jan. 1,
1957, through June 30, 1957.
Table XII : Planned uses of foreign currency under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed from begin-
ning of program through June 30, 1957.
Table XIII : Planned uses of foreign currency under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed from begin-
ning of program through June 30, 1955.
Table XIV : Planned uses of foreign currency under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed July 1, 1955,
through June 30, 1956.
Table XV : Planned uses of foreign currency under
title I, Public Law 480, agreements signed July 1, 1956,
through June 30, 1957.
Table XVI : Transfer authorizations issued under title
II, Public Law 480, Jan. 1-June 30, 1957.
Table XVII : Transfer authorizations issued under
title II, Public Law 480, July 1, 1954-June 30, 1957.
August 12, 1957
295
President Eisenhower's Views
on House Joint Resolution 16
Representative Joseph TF. Martin, Jr., on July
9 lorote to President Eisenlioioer ashing the Presi-
dent to cominent on House Joint Resolution 16,
which provides '■'■for the revision of the status-of-
forces agreement and certain other treaties and
international agreements, or the withdrawal of
the United States from such treaties and agree-
ments, so that foreign countries will not have
criminal jurisdiction over American Armed For-
ces personnel stationed within their boundaries.''''
Following is the text of the Presidenfs reply.
White House press release dated July 20
July 20, 1957
Dear Joe : I welcome the opportunity to reply
to your request for comment as to the effect of the
enactment of legislation having the purposes of
House Joint Resolution 16 upon the status of our
forces overseas. ^
In my judgment, the passage of any such leg-
islation by the Congress would gravely threaten
our security, alienate our friends, and give aid
and comfort to those who want to destroy our
way of life.
No longer does anyone suggest that we can
safely withdraw behind the boundaries of a "for-
tress America". Yet this would be the ultimate
effect of enacting this resolution. I can tliink of
no recent legislative proposal which would so
threaten the essential security of the United
States.
Our troops are not overseas for the purpose of
making war. Nor are they stationed around the
world today merely for the protection of the lands
where they happen to be located. They are there
as allies to help maintain world peace so essential
to the safety and the welfare of the United
States.
We cannot demand — indeed we should not
ask — that for us alone our allies in the struggle
to maintain world peace should grant extraterri-
toriality and completely surrender their rights of
• sovereignty over criminal offenses committed in
their lands. It must be remembered tliat tlie Con-
gress in World War II in considering this issue as
^ For text of a letter from Under Secretary Herter
to Representative Omar Burleson, together with a mem-
orandum outlining the position of the Department of
State, see Builetin of July 29, 1957, p. 198.
to allied troops in the United States was unwiltJ
ing to relinquish our sovereignty under such.^
circumstances.
This has been no partisan political matter mW
the United States. The NATO Status of Forces I
Agreement which crystallized these concepts was ,
negotiated and signed in 1951 under the previousj
Administration. It was approved by the SenateJ
by vote of 72 to 15 during this Administration.
Such resolutions as H. J. Res. 16 have been pre-
viously rejected under the strongest sort of bi-
partisan leadership.
Although under international law each of our
allies has full jurisdiction over criminal offenses
committed within its borders, tliis rule has been
qualified to our advantage in such agreements as
the NATO Status of Forces Treaty. The United
States is given primary jurisdiction where the
offense is committed by a serviceman against an-
other member of the United States forces, its civil-
ian component, or a dependent, or against their
property. Also, the United States is given prim-
ary jurisdiction where the offense arises out of an
act done in the performance of official duty,
whether it occurs on base or off base.
It has been, is, and so far as I can foresee will
be our policy not to waive the primary United
States right to try where the "performance of
duty" matter is clear. As a matter of fact, no
waiver of primary United States right to try
has ever been given where that matter was clear., I
Naturally, we are all directly concerned with
protecting the best interests of our military for-
ces. During my entire adult life I have been con-
cerned with tlie welfare of the troops under my
command, and I can assure you that the officers i
who are now in direct command of our armedl
forces share this concern and are watchful that'
every man in those forces be accorded fair treat-
ment at all times and under all circumstances.
We have done our very best to insure that eveiT
member of our armed forces who is charged with|
a criminal offense abroad receives a fair trial and
thus far, I believe, we have been succassf ul in this.
Our display of confidence in tlie laws and courts
of other nations through our status of forces
agreements has produced a high degree of co-
operation from these other nations. On a world-
wide basis our allies in the first three and one-
half years of the operation of such agreements
have waived their undisputed primary jurisdic-
tion in over sixty-five jiercent of the cases in which
296
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
i lu\v had the primary right to try an alleged offen-
der wlio was a member of our military establish-
uient overseas. Japan has been particularly co-
operative, since in this same period Japan has
waived its primary jurisdiction to try in over
linety-six percent of the cases in which they had
■;uoh right.
I regard as equally unfortunate any attempt to
iJd the substance of H. J. Res. 16 as an amend-
nent to any other measure, because such action
would be gravely prejudicial to our national se-
:urity.
For these reasons I feel most strongly that the
passage of any legislation having the purposes
of H. J. Res. 16 would be most liurtf ul to our na-
tional interests and to our aim of maintaining in
the world the principles of peace and freedom. In
:)ur own interest, we need to continue to forge the
wnds of understanding among the free nations.
With warm regard,
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The Honorable Joseph W. Martin, Jr.
House of Refresentatives
Washington, D. C.
Control and Reduction of Arnmments. nisarmament and
Security in Eastern and Southern Asia. Staff Study
No. "J. Subcomuiittee on Disarmament of the Senate
Committee on Foreign Relations., July 8, 1957. 37 pp.
[Committee print.]
E.xpressing the Sense of the Congress With Respect to
450 American Prisoners of War Taken Prisoner by the
Communists. Report to accompany H. Res. 292. H.
Rept. 705, July 8, 1957. 9 pp.
Amending the North Pacific Fisheries Act of 1954. Re-
port to accompany H. R. 7974. H. Rept. 704, July 8,
1957. 7 pp.
Mutual Security Act of 1957. Report of the House Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs on S. 2130 to amend further
the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended, and for
other purposes. H. Rept. 776, July 9, 1957. lOS pp.
Implementing a Treaty and Agreement With the Republic
of Panama. Report to accompany H. R. 6709. H.
Rept. 778, July 9, 1957. 12 pp.
Increasing United States Contributions to the Inter-
parliamentary Union. Report to accompany S. 2515.
S. Rept. 600, July 10, 1957. 3 pp.
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Congressional Documents
delating to Foreign Policy
!5th Congress, 1st Session
Facilitating the Admission into the United States of Cer-
tain Aliens. Report to accompany H. J. Res. 373. H.
Rept. 629, June 25, 1957. 23 pp.
Contributions to the International Labor Organization.
Report to accompany S. J. Res. 73. S. Rept. 526, June
2.5,19.57. 5 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Report to ac-
company S. Res. 151. S. Rept. .524, June 25, 1957. 1 p.
Che United Nations Specialized Agencies. Report of the
Subcommittee on International Organizations and
Movements of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs.
July 1, 1957. 51 pp. [Committee print.]
.\mendment Recommended to the International Conven-
tion for the Safety of Life at Sea. Message from the
President of the United States transmitting a report
by the Secretary of State recommending amendment
to the International Convention for the Safety of Life
at Sea, together with a proposal for the amendment
originated with the Government of the United Kingdom
and contained in a memorandum, dated at London in
May 1955, from the British Ministry of Transport and
Civil Aviation. S. Exec. M, July 1, 1957. 7 pp.
The iliddle East and Southern Europe. Report of Senator
Hubert H. Humphrey on a study mission. July 1, 1957.
32 pp. [Committee print.]
Authorizing a Payment to the Government of Denmark.
Report to accompany S. 2448. S. Rept. 572, July 2,
1957. 12 pp.
E tension of Public Law 480. Conference report to ac-
company S. 1314. H. Rept. 683, July 5, 1957. 5 pp.
Automotive Traffic
Convention on road traffic, with annexes. Done at Geneva
September 19, 1949. Entered into force March 26, 1952.
TIAS 2487.
Accession deposited: Republic of China, June 27, 19.57.
Narcotic Drugs
Protocol bringing under international control drugs out-
side the .scope of the convention limiting the manufac-
ture and regulating the distribution of narcotic drugs
concluded at Geneva July 13, 1931 (48 Stat. 1543), as
amended (61 Stat. 2230: 62 Stat. 1796). Done at Paris
November 19, 1948. Entered into force December 1,
1949. TIAS 2308.
Acceptance deposited: Hungary, July 2, 19.57.
Protocol for limiting and regulating the cultivation of the
poppy plant, the production of, international and
wholesale trade in, and use of opium. Dated at New
York June 23, 1953.'
Accession deposited: Indonesia, July 11, 19-57.
Trade and Commerce
Agreement on the Organization for Trade Cooperation.
Done at Geneva March 10, 1955.'
Signature: Norway, July 10, 1957.
BILATERAL
Austria
Agreement regarding certain bonds of Austrian issue
denominated In dollars, and protocol. Signed at Wash-
ington November 21, 19.56.'
Ratified by the President: July 19, 1957.
' Not in force.
August 12, 1957
297
Germany
Agreement regarding the importation of foreign films into
and tlie screen-time quota for exhibition in the Federal
Republic of Germany. Signed at Bonn April 26, 1956.
Enters into force: August 17, 1957.
Peru
Agreement relating to a drought relief program for Peru
under title II of the Agricultural Trade Development
and Assistance Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 4.54,
457; 69 Stat. 44, 721). Effected by exchange of notes
at Washington July 16 and 19, 1957. Entered into
force July 19, 1957.
Philippines
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 4.54, 4.55; 69 Stat. 44,
721). Signed at Manila June 2.5, 1957. Entered into
force June 25, 1957.
Tunisia
Agreement relating to a child-feeding program for Tu-
nisia under title II of the Agricultural Trade Develoj)-
ment and Assistance Act of 1954, as amended (6S
Stat. 4,54, 457; 69 Stat. 44, 721). Effected by ex-
change of notes at Tunis June 28, 1957. Entered into
force June 28, 1957.
U.S. To Establish Embassy
at Kuala Lismpiuir, IVSalaya
Press release 432 dated July 24
In connection with the forthcoming attainment
of independence within the Commonwealth of
Nations by the Federation of INIalaya on Aujiust
31, 1957, the United States announces that it will
raise its Consulate General at Kuala Lumpur to
the rank of an Embassy on that date. It is under-
stood that the newly independent Federation will
establish an Embassy in Washington at the same
time.
It is planned that the U.S. Consul General at
Kuala Lumpur, Thomas K. Wright, will be ap-
pointed U.S. Charge d'Affaires and will remain
at Kuala Lumpur until an Ambassador is np-
pointed.
Designations
Fred TV. Jandrey as Deputy Assistant Secretary for
European Affairs, effective July 22.
Lincoln White a.s Chief, News Division, effective
July 14.
Recent Releases
For sale "by the SiiperintenfJent of Documents, U. 8. Oov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be obtained
from the Department of State.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS3812. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
Republic of Korea, amending agreement of March 13,
19.56, as amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Seoul
April in, 19.57. Entered into force April 19, 1957.
Economic Assistance. TIAS 3813. 10 pp. lO^J.
Agreement between the United States of America and'
Ethiopia. Exchange of notes — Dated at Addis Ababa I
April 25, 1957. Entered into force April 25, 1957.
Saint Lawrence Seaway — Navigation Improvements of
the Great Lakes Connecting Channels. TIAS 3814. 7 pp.
100.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Canada. Exchange of notes — Dated at Ottawa November
30, 1956, and April 8 and 9, 1957. Entered into force
April 9, 1957.
Disbandment of Civilian Service Organization in Ger-
many. TIAS 3815. 6 pp. 5«'.
Agreements between the United States of America and
the Federal Republic of Germany. Exchange of notes-
Signed at Bonn/Bad Godesberg and Bonn April 11, 1957.
Entered into force April 11, 1957.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Cash Contribution by Japan.
TIAS 3816. 6 pp. 50.
Arrangement between the United States of America and
Japan. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tokyo April 19,
1957. Entered into force April 19, 1957.
TIAS 3817. 16 pp.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities.
100.
Agreement, with memorandum of understanding, between
the United States of America and Colombia — Signed at
Bogota April 16, 1957. Entered into force April 16, 1957.
Air Transport Services. TIAS 3818. 4 pp. 5«f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Syria, amending annex to agi'eement of April 28, 1947.
Exchange of notes — Dated at Damascus October 22, 1956,
and April 30, 1957. Entered into force April 30, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities.
5^.
TIAS 3819. 3 pp.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Turkey, amending agreement of November 12, 1956, as
supplemented. Exchange of notes — Signed at Ankara
April 20, 1957. Entered into force April 20, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3820. 3 pp.
50.
Understanding between the United States of America
and Colombia, relating to agreements of June 23 and
December 20, 1955. Exchange of notes — Signed at Bogota
April 16, 1957. Entered into force April 16, 1957.
298
Deparfment of State Bulletin
[August 12, 1957 Index
[Agriculture. Progress Report on the Agricultural
Trade Development and Assistance Act .... 281
11 Aviation. U.S.-Belgian Air Consultations . . . 280
Belgium. U.S.-Belgian Air Consultations . . . 280
Canada. Secretary Dulles Confers Informally With
Canadian Prime Minister 272
Congress, The
. Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 297
President Eisenhower's Views on House Joint Reso-
lution 16 296
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade Develop-
ment and Assistance Act 281
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (.Jandrey, White) 298
Letter of President To Be Included in U.S. Pass-
ports 275
U.S. To Establish Embassy at Kuala Lmnpur,
Malaya 298
Disarmament. Disarmament and Peace (Dulles) . 267
Guatemala. Death of Guatemalan Pre.sident
(Eisenhower, Dulles, Rubottom) 273
Honduras. Honduras and Nicaragua Agree To Re-
fer Boundary Question to ICJ (White) .... 273
Malaya. U.S. To Establish Embassy at Kuala
Lumpur, Malaya 298
Mexico. Dr. Milton Eisenhower To Visit Mexico . 273
Middle East. Third Session of Baghdad Pact
Ministerial Council (Henderson, text of final
communique) 276
Military Affairs. President Eisenhower's Views on
House Joint Resolution 16 296
Nicaragua. Honduras and Nicaragua Agree To
Refer Boundary Question to ICJ (White) ... 273
Presidential Documents
Death of Guatemalan President 273
Letter of President To Be Included in U.S. Pass-
ports 275
Vol. XXXVII, No. 946
President Eisenhower's Views on House Joint Reso-
lution 16 296
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade Develop-
ment and Assistance Act 281
Publications. Recent Releases 298
Treaty Information. Current Actions 297
United Nations. Need for Public Understanding
of the United Nations (Dulles) 274
Name Index
Castillo Armas, Carlos 273
Dulles, Secretary 267,272,273,274
Eisenhower, Milton 273
Eisenhower, President 273,275,281,296
Henderson, Loy W 276
Jandrey, Fred W 298
Rubottom, Roy R., Jr 273
White, Lincoln 273, 298
Wright, Thomas K 298
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases July 22-28
Releases may be obtained from the News Di-
vision, Department of State, Washington 2.^, D.C.
Press release issued prior to July 22 which ap-
pears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 426 of
July 17.
No. Date Subject
4.'J0 7/22 Dulles : "Disarmament and Peace."
481 7/28 U.S.-Belgian air talks.
432 7/24 Consulate General at Kuala Lumpur
raised to Embassy.
t433 7/24 Documents on German Foreign Policy.
*434 7/26 Educational exchange.
*Xot printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
0. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1967
the
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing OFFirir
OSB-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMErTT
COPLEY SQUARE
C- BOSTON 17, MASS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPO)
The Seal of the United States
With the signing of the Declaration of Independence, a new nation
was born, but its ability to maintain its independence had yet to be
proved, and it needed a visible and tangible symbol of sovereignty.
So, on that same memorable July 4, 1776, the Founding Fathers
adopted the resolution, "That Dr. Franklin, Mr. J. Adams and Mr.
Jefferson, be a committee, to bring in a device for a seal for the United
States of America."
However, it took 6 years and two committees, with the new Nation's
right to independence established on the battlefields of a long and
bloody war, before a "device" for the emblem of sovereignty won the
approval of the Congress.
The seal, as the symbol of sovereignty, is impressed upon certain
official documents of state, thus authenticating at home and abroad
various official acts of our Government. Many Americans have never
seen or held in their hands a document bearing the impress of tlie
seal of the United States, but none of us is ever far from its design in
one or another of its official uses as decoration.
The Seal of the United States, a new publication, describes the his-
tory, design, and use of the great seal. The 14-page pamphlet is
illustrated and contains a full-color reproduction of the seal, approxi-
mately five inches in diameter, suitable for framing.
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superintend-
ent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washmgton 25,
D.C., for 30 cents each.
Publication 6455
30 cents
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. PrintiTig Office Please send me copies of The Seal of the United States.
Washing1,on 25, D.C.
Name:
Street Address:
Enclosed find:
City, Zone, and State:
(eaah, check, or
money order).
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
ICIAL
:KLY RECORD
Vol. XXXVII, No. 947 \ #' ' August 19, 1957
V e-
WESTERN POWERS SUBMIT PROPOSAL ON INSPEC-
TION ZONES • Text of Working Paper and Statement
by Secretary Dulles 303
INTERNATIONAL ATOMIC ENERGY AGENCY
COMES INTO BEING • Remarks by President
Eisenhovoer 307
VIEWS OF DEPARTMENT OF STATE ON HOUSE
RESOLUTION 8704 • Statements by Deputy Under Sec-
retary Murphy 317
THE WORLD ECONOMIC SITUATION: AN AMERICAN
VIEW • Statement by Neil H. Jacoby 323
WORKING GROUP ADOPTS REPORT ON ASIAN RE-
GIONAL NUCLEAR CENTER 308
MEETING SPECIAL PROBLEMS OF EUROPEAN
MIGRATION • Article by George L. Warren 329
TED STATES
EIGN POLICY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 947 • Publication 6531
August 19, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Peick :
52 Issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Smgle copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government tcith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. Tlie BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by tlie White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which tlie United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
i»
lative material in the field of inter-
naliorutl relations are listed currently.
Western Powers Submit Proposal on Inspection Zones
Following is the text of a four-power working
paper submitted by Secretary Dulles to the Sub-
committee of the U.N. Disarmament Coinmusion
at London on August 2, together with a statement
made by Mr. Dulles on his return to Washington
on August 3.
TEXT OF WORKING PAPER
Upon the entry into force of a first-stage dis-
armament agreement, the parties concerned will
cooperate in the establishment and maintenance of
systems of inspection in order to safeguard against
the possibility of surprise attack :
1. With regard to inspection in the Western
hemisphere and in the Union of Socialist Soviet
Republics, the Governments of Canada, France,
the United Kingdom and the United States pro-
pose the following:
(a) That all the territory of the continental
United States, all Alaska, including the Aleutian
Islands, all the territory of Canada, and all the
territory of the U.S.S.R. will be open to inspection.
(b) If the Government of the Soviet Union re-
jects this proposal, to which is related the proposal
for inspection in Europe referred to below, the
four powers with the consent of the Governments
of Denmark and Norway propose that :
All the territory north of the Arctic Circle of
the Soviet Union, Canada, the United States,
Alaska, Denmark (Greenland), and Norway;
all the territory of Canada, the United States and
the Soviet Union west of 140 degrees West longi-
tude, east of IGO degrees East longitude and north
of 50 degrees North latitude; all the remainder
of Alaska; all the remainder of the Kamchatka
Peninsula; and all of the Aleutian and Kurile
Islands be open to inspection.
2. With regard to inspection in Europe, pro-
vided there is commitment on the part of the Soviet
Union to one of the two foregoing proposals, the
Governments of Canada, France, the United
Kingdom and the United States, with the concur-
rence in principle of their European allies and in
continuing consultation with them, subject to the
indispensable consent of the countries concerned
and to any mutually agreed exceptions, propose
that an area including all of Europe bounded in
the south by latitude 40 degrees North and in the
west by 10 degrees West longitude and in the east
by 60 degrees East longitude will be open to in-
spection.
3. If the Government of the Soviet Union rejects
this broad proposal, then, under the same proviso
as is expressed above, a more limited zone of in-
spection in Europe could be discussed but only on
the understanding that this would include a sig-
nificant part of the territory of the Soviet Union,
as well as the other countries of Eastern Europe.
4. With regard to the character of the inspection
to safeguard against the possibility of surprise
attack, it is understood that it would include in all
cases aerial inspection, with ground observation
posts at principal ports, railway junctions, main
highways and important airfields, etc., as agreed.
There would also, as agreed, be mobile ground
teams with specifically defined authority. It is
undei'stood that ground posts may be established
by agreement at points in the territories of the
states concerned without being restricted to the
limits of the above described areas but the areas
open to ground inspection shall not be less than
the areas of aerial inspection. The mobility of
the ground inspection would be as specifically de-
fined in the agreement with in all cases the con-
currence of the countries directly concerned.
There would also be all necessary means of com-
munication.
5. Since the establishment of any inspection sys-
tem is subject to agreement on the details of its
August 19, 1957
303
installation, maintenance and operation, it is pro-
posed, as a matter of urgency, that a working
group of experts be set up at once to examine the
technical problems and to report their conclusions
which could form the basis for an annex to the
agreement.
6. It is understood that any initial system of in-
spection designed to safeguard against the possi-
bility of surprise attack may be extended by agree-
ment of all concerned to the end that ultimately
the system will deal with the danger of surprise
attack from anywhere.
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES
Press release 444 dated August 3
I return from London, where I liave had 4 days
of fruitful discussion and consultation on many
aspects of disarmament. This effort culminated
yesterday. I then presented, on behalf of Canada,
France, and the United Kingdom as well as the
United States, far-reaching proposals for inspec-
tion to safeguard against the possibility of sur-
prise attack. These areas to be supervised include
most of Europe, North America, and the Soviet
Union. All of the North Atlantic Treaty coun-
tries that were concerned concurred in these pro-
posals.
If the Soviet Union accepts these proposals and
if the necessary details are worked out, the risk
of surprise attack will be greatly diminished.
And since a major war is not apt to be launched
unless the aggressor can count on surprise, the
danger of general war will have lessened. Then
it will be more possible safely to reduce the burden
of armaments.
It is now up to the Soviet Union to respond.
The Soviet delegate to the Disarmament Sub-
committee in London stated that his Government
would give the Western proposals careful con-
sideration. I hope that the Soviet Government
will realize that an inspection system that makes
us all more safe and which facilitates reduction
of armaments is as much to their interest as it is
to ours.
I return more than ever aware of the immense
complexity of the task we face. But also I remain
convinced that the task is so vital that it must be
pursued with unwavering resolution.
Berlin Declaration Issued
by Four Western Powers
Press release 435 dated July 29
The Berlin Declaration, the text of which fol-
lows, teas issued at Berlin on July £9. It was
signed hy the Foreign Minister of the Federal
Republic of Germany, Heinrich von Brentam),
and hy the Amhassadors to Germany of France,
the United Kingdom, and the United States. The
declaration is a statement of the -policy of the four
governments with respect to German reunification.
Twelve years have elapsed since the end of the
war in Europe. The hopes of the peoples of the
world for the establishment of a basis for a just
and lasting peace have nevertheless not been ful-
filled. One of the basic reasons for the failure to
reach a settlement is the continued division of
Germany, which is a grave injustice to the German
people and the major source of international ten-
sion in Europe.
The Governments of France, the United King-
dom and the United States, which share with the
Soviet Union responsibility for the reunification
of Germany and the conclusion of a peace treaty,
and the Govennnent of tlie Federal Republic ol
Germany, as the only Government qualified tc
speak for the German people as a whole, wish tc
declare their views on these questions, includino
the question of European security, and the prin-
ciples which motivate their policies in this regard
1. A European settlement must be based or
freedom and justice. Every nation has the right
to determine its own way of life in freedom, tc
determine for itself its political, economic and
social system, and to provide for its security witli
due regard to the legitimate interests of othei
nations. Justice requires tliat the German people
be allowed to re-establish their national unity or
the basis of this fundamental right.
2. The reunification of Germany remains the
joint responsibility of the Four Powers who ir
1945 assumed supreme authority in Germany, a
responsibility which was reaffirmed in the Direc-
tive issued by the four Heads of Government ir
Geneva in July 1955.^ At the same time the
achievement of German reunification requires the
active cooperation of the German people as a
' Bulletin of Aug. 1, 1955, p. 176.
304
Deparfmenf of Srafe Bu//efin
,vhole under conditions ensuring the free expres-
<ion of their will.
3. The unnatural division of Germany and of
ts capital, Berlin, is a continuing source of inter-
lational tension. So long as Germany remains
livided there can be no German peace treaty and
10 assurance of stability in Europe. The reunifi-
cation of Germany in freedom is not only an
>lementary requirement of justice for the Gennan
people, but is the only sound basis of a lasting
settlement in Europe.
4. Only a freely elected all-German Government
:an undertake on behalf of a reunified Germany
abligations which will inspire confidence on the
part of other countries and which will be con-
sidered just and binding in the future by the
people of Germany themselves.
5. Such a Government can only be established
through free elections throughout Germany for
an all-German National Assembly.
6. There should be no discrimination against a
reunified Germany. Its freedom and security
should not be prejudiced by an imposed status of
neutralization or demilitarization. Its Govern-
ment should be free to determine its foreign policy
and to decide on its international associations.
It should not be deprived of the right recognized
in the Charter of the United Nations for all
nations to participate in collective measures of
self-defense.
7. Re-establishment of the national unity of
Germany in accordance with the freely expressed
wishes of the German people would not in itself
constitute a threat to Germany's neighbors nor
would it prejudice their security. Nevertheless,
so as to meet any preoccupation which other
governments may have in this respect, appropri-
ate arrangements, linked with German reunifica-
tion, should be made which would take into
account the legitimate security interests of all the
countries concerned. It was for this reason that,
at the Geneva Foreign Ministers' Conference, the
Western Powers made proposals for a treaty of
assurance on the reunification of Germany.
8. The Western Powers have never required as
a condition of German reunification that a reuni-
fied Gennany should join the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization. It will be for the people
of a reunified Germany themselves to detennine
through their freely elected Government whether
they wish to share in the benefits and obligations
of the treaty.
9. If the all-German Government, in the exer-
cise of its free choice, should elect to join NATO,
the Western Powers after consultation with other
members of NATO are prepared to offer on a basis
of reciprocity, to the Government of the Soviet
Union and the Governments of other countries of
Eastern Europe which would become parties to a
European security arrangement, assurances of a
significant and far-reaching character. The
Western Powers are also prepared, as part of a
mutually acceptable European security arrange-
ment, to give assurance that, in the event of a
reunified Germany choosing to join NATO, they
would not take military advantage as a result of
the withdrawal of Soviet forces.
10. But the Western Powere could not contem-
plate that the existence of NATO itself should
constitute the subject of negotiations.
11. The reunification of Germany accompanied
by the conclusion of European security arrange-
ments would facilitate the achievement of a com-
prehensive disarmament agreement. Conversely,
if a beginning could be made toward effective
measures of partial disarmament, this would con-
tribute to the settlement of outstanding major
political problems such as the reunification of
Germany. Initial steps in the field of disarma-
ment should lead to a comprehensive disarmament
agreement which presupposes a prior solution of
the problem of German reunification. The West-
ern Powers do not intend to enter into any agree-
ment on disarmament which would prejudice the
reunification of Germany.
12. Any measures of disarmament applicable to
Europe must have the consent of the European
nations concerned and take into account the link
between European security and German reunifi-
cation. The Four Governments continue to hope
that the Soviet Government will come to recognize
that it is not in its own interest to maintain the
present division of Germany. The Western
Powers are ready to discuss all these questions
with the Soviet Union at any time that there is
a reasonable prospect of making progress. At such
time there will be many points relating to the
procedure for German reunification and the terms
of a treaty of assurance which will be worked out
by detailed negotiation.
August 19, 1957
305
In advance of serious negotiations the Western
Powers cannot finally determine their attitude on
all points. Nor can they contemplate in advance
the making of concessions to which there is no
present likelihood of response from the Soviet
side. If negotiations are to be fruitful, both sides
must approach them in a spirit of accommodation
and flexibility. Through this declaration the
Western Powers, in full accord with the Federal
Kepublic, wish again to manifest their sincere
desire to enter into negotiations with the Soviet
Union in order to reach a European settlement
and to give evidence that the paramount objective
of their policy is the attainment of a just and
lasting peace.
President To Submit Plan
for Return of German War Assets
White House press release dated July 31
For some time the administration has been deep-
ly concerned over the unresolved problems relating
to the vesting, the liquidation, and the disposition
of enemy assets seized as a result of World War
11.^
The problem of German vested assets and of
the claims of American nationals against Germa-
ny arising out of World War II has been a long-
standing source of controversy. An increase since
June of 1955 in the amount of funds available
and which it is expected will be realized from the
liquidation of vested assets should facilitate an
equitable and final solution of these problems.
Consequently, in order to reflect the historic
American policy of maintaining the sanctity of
private property even in wartime, the adminis-
tration intends as a matter of priority to submit
to the Congress, early in the coming session, a
supplementary plan.
It is contemplated that this plan would provide
for the payment in full of all legitimate war
claims of Americans against Germany and would
permit, as an act of grace, an equitable monetary
return to former owners of vested assets. Subject
to the applicable provisions of law, the present
program of liquidating vested assets will be
completed at the earliest possible time.
It is hoped that it will also be possible to work
' For background, see Bulletin of Mar. 14, 1955, p. 437.
306
out a final solution of the Japanese vested assefcij
problem for presentation to the next session o:
Congress.
Integration of Air Defense Forces
of United States and Canada
il
Following is the text of a joint statement re-
leased at Washington and Ottawa on August 1.
Department of Defense news release dated August 1
The Secretary of Defense of the United States
The Honorable Charles E. Wilson, and the Minis-
ter of National Defence of Canada, Tlie Honorablt
George R. Pearkes, announced today that a fur-
ther step has been taken in the integration of the
air defense forces of Canada and the United States
(The two governments have agreed to the setting
up of a system of integrated operational control
of the air defense forces in the Continental United
States, Alaska and Canada under an integrated
command responsible to the Chiefs of Staff of both
countries.) An integrated headquarters will be
set up in Colorado Springs and joint plans and
procedures will be worked out in peacetime, ready
for immediate use in case of emergency. Other
aspects of command and administration will re-
main the national responsibility. This system of
integrated operational control and the setting up
of a joint headquarters will become effective at
an early date. This bilateral arrangement extends
the mutual security objectives of the North At-
lantic Treaty Organization to the air defense of
the Canada-U.S. Region.
United States Recognizes
New Republic of Tunisia
Press release 438 dated July 30
The United States has recognized the change
in the status of the Government of Tunisia from
a kingdom to a republic, as set forth in the resolu-
tion of the Tunisian National Constituent Assem-
bly dated July 25, 1957. The recognition will be
conveyed in a note to be delivered by Ambassador
G. Lewis Jones to the Tunisian Government.
The United States looks forward to continuing
with the new Tunisian Government those close
and friendly ties which have characterized rela-
tions between the two countries in the past.
Department of Stale Bulletin
International Atomic Energy Agency
Comes Into Being
The statute of the International AtoTnic Energy
Agency entered into force on July 29 with the
deposit by the United States of its instrument of
^ratification. Following are remarks made hy
President Eisenhower on the occasion of the sign-
ing on July 29 of the document ratifying United
States membership in the newly created agency. '
White House press release dated July 29
This document which I have just signed ratifies
tlie participation of the United States in the In-
ternational Atomic Energy Agency. In so doing
it seems appropriate to remind ourselves that the
word "atom"' in ancient Greek meant "undivided."
This ceremony underlies the fact that in a literal
sense the original meaning no longer applies. Out
of the dividing of the indivisible has come the
power and knowledge this newly created Agency
now seeks to put to work.
1 But in a symbolic sense the original meaning
I can now have a far broader application. The
known facts of atomic science remind us that the
interests of the nations of this age are indivisible.
Nations must unify their actions if this new-found
power and knowledge are to create, not to destroy.
The high purpose of the International Atomic
Energy Agency is to make atomic power for peace-
ful purposes available to all nations. The statute
creating it has been negotiated and accepted by
the governments of 80 nations. It is now in
process of ratification by them. The instruments
of ratification will be placed by these 80 nations
with the United States Government as official
depository. This document which the United
States has approved ratifies our own participation.
As we look backward at the efforts and the pa-
' The Senate gave Its advice and consent to ratification
on June 18. For statements by Secretary Dulles and
Ambassador James J. Wadsworth during the course of
hearings conducted by the Senate Foreign Relations Com-
mittee, see Bulletin of June 3, 1957, p. 878. For text of
statute, see ibid., Nov. 19, 1956, p. 820.
tience required to bring this Agency into being,
we might be tempted to congratulate ourselves,
but, if we will look ahead, we see how much new
ground we still must break. Many new fields
must be pioneered before this Agency becomes a
functioning reality. New international functions
must be organized and made to work. Much de-
velopment in atomic science itself will be required
before the full possibilities of these discoveries are
realized. Much remains to be accomplished in
the fields of arms limitation and international
cooperation. When we have advanced further
in these directions, then we can have real hope for
progress and peace.
I recall the day in 1953 when the creation of
the International Atomic Energy Agency was first
proposed. ^ The plan was formally presented by
the United States, but in fact we did no more
than crystallize a hope that was developing in
many minds in many places. At the United Na-
tions, where the proposal was first made, spon-
taneous expression of support was received. This
has been reflected since in the fact that all impor-
tant United Nations actions on this subject have
been taken by unanimous vote.
Now an idea, however great its potential, is of
no use unless somehow there is brought to it a spark
of faith, a sense of urgency, and a spirit of co-
operation. This Agency is the creation of this
spark, this sense, this spirit on the part of the
nations of the world. If we are to continue to live
with the power we have released, new rules and
patterns of international life are required.
Secretary Herter, the document which I now
hand you makes the United States officially a
member of this International Atomic Energy
Agency. As the Secretary of State once expressed
it, the splitting of the atom may lead to the unify-
ing of the entire divided world.
We pray that it will. Let us hope that the atom
will stand again for the true and all-pervasive
meaning given it by the ancient Greeks — indi-
visible. Wlien the world is such, then peace will
be ours forever.
' lUd., Dec. 21, 1953, p. 847.
August J 9, 1957
307
Working Group Adopts Report on Asian Regional Nuclear Center
ANNOUNCEMENT OF OPENING SESSION, JULY 8
The first meeting of tlie working group to con-
sider the establishment of a regional nuclear center
located in Asia was held in Washington on July 8.^
The working group is composed of delegates from
the United States and 15 other nations which are
members of the Colombo Plan Consultative Com-
mittee. At the meeting, Robert McClintock, chair-
man of the United States delegation, was elected
permanent chairman of the meeting.
The opening session was chaired by Howard P.
Jones, Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for
Far Eastern Affairs, who welcomed the delegates.
John B. Hollister, Director of the International
Cooperation Administration, made the opening
address.
On Tuesday, July 9, the working group will
travel to Upton, N. Y., for a 3-day visit to the
Brookhaven National Laboratory, where an op-
portunity will be provided for the further exami-
nation of the scientific and technical aspects of the
problems confronting the working group.
The heads of the delegations are : Australia, M.
E. Booker ; Burma, Than Hla ; Cambodia, Ambas-
sador Nong Kimny; Canada, A. E. Ritchie; Cey-
lon, S. Cruse ; Great Britain, Michael I. Michaels ;
India, Ambassador Arthur Lall; Indonesia, Mr.
Nugroho; Japan, Takeso Shimoda; Laos, Am-
bassador Ourot R. Souvannavong ; New Zealand,
G.D.L. White; Pakistan, M.O. Ghani; Philip-
pines, Ambassador Felixberto Serrano ; Thailand,
Chang Ratanarat; Viet-Nam, Nguyen-Duy-Lien ;
U.S.A., Ambassador Robert McClintock.
OPENING ADDRESS BY MR. HOLLISTER, JULY 8
It is a great pleasure for me, on behalf of the
United States Government, to gi-eet you today.
It is always a source of satisfaction to be associ-
'■ For background, see Bulletin of July 22, 1957, p. 149.
308
ated with a group working together for beneficial
purposes in an important international field. It
is, moreover, particularly gratifying to me to
attend a gathering of representatives of member
countries of the Colombo Plan.
I became Director of the International Coopera-
tion Administration just 2 years ago, and the first
trip which I made after my appointment was to
the Far East, which was so timed that I could
attend the 1955 meeting of the Colombo Plan Con-
sultative Committee held in Singapore. It was the
first time that I was privileged to participate in
this annual gathering of countries which has come
to be so widely admired, and I had the honor of
being the head of my country's delegation.
The Colombo group is an association character-
ized by a deep sense of friendship and a deter-
mined devotion to the high purposes embodied in
the very name — Consultative Committee on Coop-
erative Economic Development in South and
Southeast Asia. Since that meeting in 1955, I
have had many occasions in the course of my work
to meet again distinguished leaders who had been
my comrades in the friendly atmosphere of the
Singapore meeting. More importantly, however,
I have had the benefit of having learned nmch
from the effective presentations at that meeting by
each of the member countries and from the valua-
ble and stimulating exchange of views that took
place there — as indeed, they take place at every
meeting of the Colombo Plan.
American interest in the well-being of countries
of South and Southeast Asia takes many forms.
One of the most important, and one in which I am
deeply concerned, is the economic and technical
assistance which the United States makes available
to countries of that area. In this connection you
have j^robably noted from newspapers and other
sources that our Congress is now considering Pres-
ident Eisenhower's request for the mutual security
appropriation which provides the funds for our
piograms in your countries. The consideration in
Department of State Bulletin
the Congress, I can assure you from my personal
laiowledge, is most searching. Over the past year
the mutual security progi-am has been the subject
of the most exhaustive examination by congres-
sional and other responsible bodies since the in-
iception of the program. In the last few weeks I
have appeared before five different congressional
committees on some 9 or 10 occasions to explain
what we are requesting, and I must go "up to the
Hill" again several times more before the Con-
gress will take final action.
Proposal for Nuclear Center
I bring this to your attention because it illus-
trates a principle pertinent to this meeting. The
United States, like all countries, faces pressing do-
mestic problems and must meet its own national
needs and programs. And yet the amount of
time, energy, and resources devoted in our Gov-
ermnent to considering and carrying out foreign
aid programs is significant beyond the amount of
dollars involved, because it illustrates our convic-
tion that no nation can afford to be so preoccupied
with its internal problems that it cannot cooperate
t with its friends to help build a better future for all.
It was in part because the Colombo Plan was an
expression of this principle that I submitted on
behalf of the United States Government a sug-
gestion in a speech made at the 1955 Singapore
meeting.^ At that time I directed the attention
of the Consultative Committee to President Eisen-
hower's atoms- for-peace program. Under that
program my Government has provided instruction
to foreign students in radioisotope and reactor
technology as well as in other related fields; we
have furnished to countries and universities all
over the world extensive libraries of information
about the atom ; we have developed a program of
bilateral agreements with other countries to en-
courage and support the installation of research
reactors.
I pointed out at Singapore that we were not
alone in offering training programs to nationals
of other countries but that we urged in addition
the establishment of an international atomic agen-
cy for the Asian area as an important instrument
for making widely available nuclear technology in
all its aspects. Because the limiting factor in real-
izing the benefits of nuclear energy appeared to
us to be the number of qualified persons who could
'Ibid., Nov. 7, 1955, p. 747.
study and use the atom, we concluded that the re-
quirements of the new age of atomic energy de-
manded an approach on all fronts. We saw a need
not only for national programs but for this inter-
national agency as well.
I therefore proposed specifically at Singapore
that a regional center for nuclear research and
training be established for Asia and indicated that
my Government would be prepared to contribute
substantially toward it.
Because this proposal which I had the honor
to submit at Singapore has resulted in your pres-
ence here this morning, I would like to make cer-
tain general observations about it which may be
of some interest to you in your deliberations.
Concept of Cooperative Effort
You will recall that the Geneva Conference on
Atomic Energy was held in 1955 shortly before the
Singapore meeting of the Colombo Plan. It was
plainly evident that the pooling of information
at Geneva by the scientific experts of many nations
would speed advances in the peaceful uses of
atomic energy. The great potential of the atom as
a force for good emphasized the urgent need for
solving the problems which inhibit full participa-
tion in the benefits of atomic energy.
In bringing these benefits to the Colombo Plan
countries the immediate problem was to accelerate
and expand the teaching and training of scientists
and technicians. A special characteristic of atom-
ic energy research and training is the elaborate
and exjiensive equipment wliich is necessary. We
have found it advisable in the United States to
work on atomic energy development and applica-
tion programs at special regional laboratories
which have in each location men of many speciali-
zations and the costly facilities and machines
which they require. Such a pattern seemed ap-
propriate for Asia.
The concept of a cooperati^'e effort among
countries to support a common set of facilities on
a regional basis is iiot new. The European Or-
ganization for Nuclear Eesearch (CEEN) is one
example in the nuclear field. One of the Asian
delegates at the Geneva conference suggested that
Asian resources might be called upon to meet the
challenge of training people in the nuclear field on
a regional basis.
The desire to increase the contribution that the
atoms- for-peace program could make in South and
August 19, 1957
309
Southeast Asia, the apparent need for an approach
on all fronts — national, international, and re-
gional—the friendly traditions and objectives of
the Colombo Plan Consultative Committee sched-
uled to meet in Singapore, all led to the suggestion
of my Government at that meeting for an Asian
nuclear center.
I might say in this connection that in making
the proposal my Government was not suggesting
changing the character of the Colombo Plan in
any respect but rather utilizing the Consultative
Committee as a forum for consultation. We were
then, as we are now, fully aware of the problems
and pi-eoccupations of the countries of the area
which limit the possibilities of achieving under-
takings involving agreement and financial obliga-
tions on the part of several countries.
Nevertheless, the possible benefits of a success-
ful major nuclear center which complemented and
reinforced the facilities, whether existing or in
the planning stage, in the various Colombo coun-
tries, seemed to us sufficiently important to war-
rant making the proposal we made at Singapore.
The U.S. offer to contribute substantially to a
center available to all Colombo Plan countries on
an equal basis was made to provide the initial re-
sources in undertaking a challenging project of
this kind.
The concept of an Asian nuclear center stems
from the primary objective of development of the
Asian area in the peaceful uses of nuclear energy,
particularly in the fields of training, agriculture,
medicine, biology, minerals, and industry. It will
be of obvious benefit to the coimtries concerned
to have their national progi-ams move forward in
coordination with the Asian nuclear center activi-
ties in order that the national programs may
benefit from the product of the center and its
returning trainees. Conversely, the activities of
the Asian nuclear center should be geared to fit
into and supplement the national programs which
are in being or planned by the countries concerned.
Since the outstanding and basic requirement
for advancement in national or regional atomic
programs is to develop trained personnel, it would
seem logical to concentrate initially on the train-
ing of this personnel on a regional basis such as
the Asian nuclear center might provide, rather
than request each individual country in the re-
gional orbit to invest large amounts of cash on
advanced scientific equipment and facilities, which
may or may not fit their requirements or capa-
bilities.
The pooling of energies, talents, and resourceb
of the countries of Asia could accelerate greatly
progress in the field of nuclear energy for peaceful
uses. It seemed to us wise to direct attention to an
opportunity for Colombo Plan countries to dem-
onstrate concretely their interest in broader
cooj^erative arrangements, which necessarily in-
volve the assumption of certain obligations as a
means of self-help in the spirit of the Colombo
Plan.
The reaction to our proposal, evident at Singa-
pore and thereafter, was such that the U.S. de-
cided to initiate a study as to the technical feasi-
bility of the project. Accordingly, at our request,
the Brookhaven National Laboratory prepared
such a study after discussions with scientists,
educators, and government leaders in all countries
of the area. This study concluded that, while
certain formidable problems existed, a center was
entirely feasible; and the study made broad rec-
ommendations as to the program, facilities, and
conditions for its establishment.
The study confirmed the view I stated at Singa-
pore that "if such an institution is to come into
vigorous life and to serve well the needs of the
Asian world in this new field, it must rest firmly
on Asia's interest and support."
On the basis of the Brookhaven findings, Mr.
Walter Robertson, Assistant Secretary of State
for Far Eastern Affairs, the United States Repre-
sentative at the Wellington meeting of the Co-
lombo Plan last December, stated at that meeting : '
The United States Government, having considered care-
fully the financial implications of the Brookhaven report,
Is novi' prepared to contribute approximately $20 million
to the establishment of the center. This sum is for capital
expenditures and a contribution to initial operating costs.
The contribution is made with the provision that mutually
satisfactory arrangements can be worked out with the
other participating countries.
He stated further :
My Government feels that this cooperative plan for
developing in Asia the peaceful use of atomic energy holds
limitless potential. We envision this first nuclear training
center in Asia as a pioneer among educational institutions
in the most far-reaching, frontier-opening technical science
so far known to man.
If it can accomplish its high purpose, the center will be
a crowning achievement of the Colombo Plan. It will
' Ibid., Dec. 17, 195G, p. 957.
310
Department of State Bulletin
s
demonstrate to the world in bold and positive terms the
spirit in which the plan was born and throngh which it
hns increasingly flourished: the spirit of mutual efEort
for the common good.
Mi: Kobertson suggested the establishment of a
working group as the best means of discussing the
problems raised by the Brookhaven report and of
formulating specific recommendations to the re-
spective governments. That is why we are all here
today.
Task of Working Group
I The discussions during the days ahead are bound
to be stimulating because of the nature of the
problems scheduled for consideration. I am con-
fident that much will be gained by a full and frank
exchange of views within a working group which
can concern itself with the substance of the prob-
lems without committing the various governments
at this stage.
We must all fully realize, however, that the con-
cept, creation, and establishment of the Asian nu-
clear center is a major undertaking. This project
will be a pioneer in its field. The establishment
of the center calls for the utmost in joint coopera-
tive effort if any degree of success is to be realized
by the participating nations. This center will op-
erate in a new area of science, technology, training,
and construction for which there is little guiding
precedent.
We must also be fully prepared to meet the
many unforeseen problems which are inherent m
an undertaking of this type during the initial
stages of the creation of the center, despite the
most careful advanced planning. In this regard,
I believe it is now recognized by all of us that a
cooperative undertaking of this magnitude must
start in a modest and orderly manner, expanding
within the limits of capabilities provided by the
countries who will share in the responsibility for
the project's success. It is also, I believe, recog-
nized by all of us that there are certain basic and
minimum requirements in the initial establishment
of the center which must be met in order to create
a workable nucleus around which competent scien-
tists and leaders can build.
As you know, a visit to Brookhaven has been
arranged which will provide opportunities for
further examination of the scientific and technical
problems in the atmosphere of a major scientific
installation rather than in a government confer-
ence room.
I look forward to recommendations which this
working group may develop. Regardless of the
details of your conclusions, I consider the fact of
this gathering as evidence of a continuing deter-
mination of the countries you represent to cooper-
ate together for the common good.
Under these favorable circumstances, it is a
privilege to welcome you. We will do everything
in our power to facilitate your meeting.
I look forward with the utmost confidence to a
most interesting exchange of views which I con-
fidently hope will lead in the not too distant future
to concrete results, putting into effect the ideas
presented to the representatives of your respective
countries at your meeting on the other side of the
world in the autumn of 1955.
COMMUNIQUE, JULY 19
Delegates from sixteen Colombo Plan nations
today concluded their discussion of the establish-
ment of a regional nuclear center in Manila. The
meeting, which began July 8, was highlighted by a
three-day tour of the Brookhaven National Lab-
oratory at Upton, New York.
Today's meeting concluded a full week of twice-
daily discussions of the problems inlierent in an
undertaking of this nature. The working group
unanimously adopted a report and resolution for
their governments as the final order of business.
Comments of individual governments on the re-
port have been requested to be made to the Gov-
ernment of the United States by October 1, 1957.
FINAL REPORT, JULY 19
I. Introduction
Composition
1. At the invitation of the Government of the United
States, representatives of sixteen nations of the Colombo
Plan Consultative Committee met in Washington from
July 8 through July 19, 1957 as a Working Group on
the Asian Regional Nuclear Center. The participating
members were : Australia, Burma, Cambodia, Canada,
Ceylon, India, Indonesia, Japan, Laos, New Zealand,
Pakistan, the Philippines, Thailand, the United Kingdom,
the United States, and Viet-Nam. Nepal expressed in-
terest in the Meeting but declined the invitation for lack
of personnel.
Purpose of Meeting
2. At the Singapore meeting (1955) of the Colombo
Plan Consultative Committee, the United States Rep-
Augusf ?9, J 957
311
rpspiitative proposed the establishment under the auspices
of the Colombo Plan of a center for nuclear research and
training to which the United States would "contribute
substantially" but which "must rest firmly on Asia's
interest and support." This proposal was followed by
a study by Brookhaven National Laboratory of the prob-
lems Involved in the establishment of such a center. The
Brookhaven Report, which found that such a center is
feasible and recommended a program and facilities for
its establishment, was distributed to member governments
at the Wellington meeting (1056) of the Consultative
Committee. At that time the United States Representa-
tive suggested the establishment of a working group to
discuss the problems rai.sed by the Brookhaven Report.
Opening Statements
3. At its initial sessions the Working Group was
addressed by the Honorable John B. HoUister, Director,
International Cooperation Administration, and by the
Honorable Lewis L. Strauss, Chairman, United States
Atomic Energy Commission. Mr. Hollister welcomed the
delegates and traced the events leading up to the conven-
ing of this Meeting. Admiral Strauss reviewed the activi-
ties of the United States in support of peaceful uses of
atomic energy.
Officers
4. The Working Group elected Ambassador Robert
McClintock, the United States Representative, as Chair-
man of the Working Group. It also designated Ambassa-
dor Felixberto Serrano of the I'hilippines, and Dr. Chang
Ratanarat of Thailand, as Vice-Chairman of the Meeting.
Sessions
5. The Working Group held fourteen sessions, including
two sessions at the Brookhaven National Laboratory,
which was visited from July 9-July 12.
II. Expression of Views
Initial Review
1. In its opening sessions in Washington the sixteen
delegations of the Working Group gave general expression
to the feeling that an important task in International coop-
eration could be achieved in furthering the peaceful uses
of atomic energy in Asia by the governments represented
on the Consultative Committee of the Colombo Plan.
However, there was a wide range of emphasis from, on
the one hand, a desire to commence forthwith in Manila
the establishment of an internationally-operated regional
atomic energy research and training center to, on the
other hand, a more gradual approach concentrating on
the need for greater technical training and the utilization
of existing research facilities before proceeding to more
ambitious and centralized activities.
2. In general, the Asian delegations favored in prin-
ciple the concept of a research facility In the area, but
many delegations were forced to point out that the other
claims on the supply of scientllic and technical men, finan-
cial and material resources would, at least in the initial
phases, of necessity limit their participation. Other dele-
gations indicated that if it were decided to establish an
atomic energy research and training center In the Asian
area and to support It both In budget and in the supply
312
of technical personnel, such support might have to be at
the expense of their contributions to other Colombo Plan
programs.
Brookhaven Visit
3. Following this Initial review of the several positions
held by the sixteen delegations, the Working Group, at
the invitation of the Brookhaven National Laboratory,
moved to Brookhaven, on Long Island, where it was af-
forded an opportunity to study at first hand a nuclear
research center established cooperatively by universities
from various parts of the United States, and devoted
exclusively to basic research and to the peaceful applica-
tion of nuclear science and technology. It was pointed
out at the Brookhaven Laboratory that some of the facili-
ties studied there would be in excess of the more modest
center contemplated by the United States In Its offer of a
gift for such a center at Manila. However, the visit to
Brookhaven afforded the delegations an opportunity to see
how nuclear research had application, not only In pure
science and in the use of reactor techniques, but also in
the fields of public health, medicine, agriculture, and
industry.
Sub-Grotip Study
4. At Brookhaven, the Working Group felt it necessary
further to define its objectives and to ascertain what sort
of atomic energy research and training center might most
suitably be within the scope of the United States offer of
a grant of approximately 20 million dollars and also within
the support capacity of such governments as might join
in a cooperative center. In consequence, a group com-
posed of individuals from Burma, Canada, Japan, the Phil-
ippines, and the United States studied, from the practical
aspect, what a regional nuclear research center might be
expected to accomplish and to what degree varying opera-
tional budgets might achieve varying results.
Ohjcctvves
5. In considering the Report of this Sub-Group, the
Working Group generally recognized that the objectives of
cooperative activity in the atomic energy field in South
and Southeast Asia should Include :
a. providing the Asian members of the Colombo Plan
with facilities and services either within, supplementary
to, or beyond the scope and resources of their individual
atomic energy programs ;
b. assisting those Asian nations in applying atomic
energy tools and techniques to the solution of important
problems ;
c. contributing toward the scientific and technological
advancement of the region ; and
d. fostering cooperation among the participating na-
tions.
Proffram
6. It was recognized by the Working Group that a
satisfactory program in nuclear science should comprise
the following comi>onents :
Organized training ;
Basic research in the physical sciences ;
Technology — including studies related to power reac-
tors, and ancillary fields;
Department of State Bulletin
Application of nuclear techniques to research aud prac-
tice in medicine ;
Application of nuclear techniques to research and prac-
tice in bioloEry and agriculture ;
Application of nuclear techniques to industry ;
Radioisotope production and irradiation services ; and
Other services.
Facilities
7. To the extent that these objectives and programs
were to be served by a center, it was considered that, to
be reasonably complete, a center should have the following
facilities :
Research reactor and building ;
Science and education buildings — housing basic science
and education programs, the medical facilities, the
library, and the administrative offices;
Engineering laboratories ;
Agricultural facilities ;
Warehousing and Maintenance Complex ; and
Housing.
These facilities, on an appropriate scale, are estimated to
cost approximately 1.5 million dollars. Additional capital
expenditures of 2-3 million dollars for laboratory equip-
ment would be required during the tirst few years to pro-
duce a fully operable center.
Operating Costs
S. It was estimated that, at optimum utilization, the
facilities described in paragraph 7 would accommodate
100-125 scientists and approximately 170 students. The
scientific program would include biology, agriculture,
medicine, the physical sciences, and engineering. The
annual operating costs would rise to an equilibrium level
of about 4 million dollars after several years. Fi-ior to
completion of the facilities, estimated to require three
years, the operating costs would be confined largely to
those required for the training program.
Alternxitive Costs
9. Consideration was given to possible alternative costs
for a center and to what activities in nuclear research
could be conducted for various budgets. A less ambitious
program covering the same fields and utilizing the same
facilities would require an annual operating budget of
about 3 million dollars. It would still support 170 stu-
dents but a reduced scientific staff of 75-100, and would
not make optimum use of the facilities. A more modest
center engaging principally in organized training and
in the application of nuclear science and teclmology to
research and practice in agriculture and medicine would
cost some 12 million dollars for facilities and equipment
and would require an annual operating budget of around
2.2 million dollars. It would provide training for 125-150
students and would accommodate a scientific staff of 50-75.
It is considered that this represents the minimum worth-
while level of operation.
United States Views on Financial Support
10. On the question of allocation of financial contribu-
tions to support any operating budget which might be
agreed upon, the Working Group recognized that a basic
principle underlying the suggestion for an Asian nuclear
center as advanced by the United States was financial
support by the other participating countries.
Asian Views on Costs in Initi<il Years
11. It was pointed out that certain Asian delegations
thought that during the three years estimated for erecting
the physical facilities of a possible center, the costs for
those nations should not be more onerous than their
present and projected expenditures for training in nuclear
sciences in that period of time. In consequence, such
Asian nations participating in the center should pay for
such training out of their own resources, and such pay-
ments would constitute their only contribution to the
center during the three-year construction period. It was
recognized, however, that all nations participating in the
center would, from the outset, pledge financial support to
the center according to their means and on such scale
as might be determined. The Working Group also dis-
cussed the question of contributions in the form of person-
nel and equipment as well as money.
Delegations Fai^oring a Center
12. In agreeing upon tJie foregoing general objectives
and the means of their possible application, it was ap-
parent that, in a general sense, the Asian delegations
here listed favored the establishment of an atomic energy
research and training center under Colombo Plan auspices
and supported the offer of the United States to con-
tribute approximately 20 million dollars for the erection
of such a nuclear center witli its facilities and equipment
at Manila. These delegations were : Burma, Cambodia,
Ceylon, Japan, Laos, Pakistan,' the Philippines, Thailand,
and Viet-Nam. However, the degree to which these Asian
delegations could at this time indicate governmental
support to such a center whether in terms of equipment,
technical personnel, or budgetary contributions varied
widely. In consequence, at this stage, the Working Group
did not feel itself able to reach a conclusion as to the
extent of such contributions.
Views of Other Delegations
13. India indicated its desire to cooperate in furthering
the peaceful utilization of atomic energy in Asia. It
felt that, at this stage, this end could best be attained by
expanding and strengthening national programs and by
fully utilizing the facilities made available internationally
within those programs as well as those of the Interna-
tional Atomic Energy Agency. Because of its heavy
international and national commitments, the Govern-
ment of India regretted that it could not at this stage
participate in the proposed center either financially or*
in terms of personnel. If, however, other Asian countries
wished to form a center, the Indian Government could
cooperate by making training facilities available, subject
to mutual agreement and the prior needs of its own
national program.
The Indian Delegation considered the title "Asian Re-
* The Pakistan Delegation, however, favored decentrali-
zation of some of the activities of the center as a means
of effective supplementation of the national programs.
[Footnote in original.]
Auqust 19, 1957
313
gional Nuclear Center" misleading. The Statute of the
International Atomic Energy Agency recognized three
distinct regions in Asia and no single center could satis-
factorily serve all of them. The title also took no account
of the facilities in Asia which governments were pre-
pared to wake internationally available. The Indian
Delegation would be obliged to dissent from any wording
which implied that the proposed center would be the
sole or even the primary channel of international assist-
ance to Asia in the nuclear field.
14. The Indonesian Delegate, while agreeing in the gen-
eral objectives of furthering the peaceful uses of atomic
energy in Asia, expressed his doubts and hesitations as
to the participation by his Government at this stage, either
financially or in terms of personnel.
He doubted whether the present phase of nuclear re-
search in the Asian countries will enable them to benefit
fully and effectively from the proposed Center.
15. Four delegations from countries outside the area,
while indicating their wholehearted support for the gen-
eral objectives of furthering the peaceful uses of atomic
energy in Asia, emphasized the need to consider whether
a multilaterally financed and administered center was the
best method of achieving these purposes at this stage.
These delegations, supported by Indonesia, asked in par-
ticular whether it would represent a sufficiently high
priority use of the limited local and external resources
available. Several delegations pointed out that their
present commitments, including those to the Colombo Plan,
precluded additional large budgetary outlays for a center,
while at the same time, their requirements in terms of
scientific personnel made it doubtful whether they could
support a center by staffing it even in part from their own
scientific resources. These delegations generally felt,
however, that a fruitful field of endeavor could be culti-
vated by laying immediate stress on training scientific and
technical personnel from the Asian countries so that
at some future date these countries would be in a position
most efficiently to utilize the benefits of nuclear research
in the various fields of greatest interest to the South and
Southeast Asian countries. These delegations indicated
that there should be greater recourse to existing research
facilities.
16. Certain delegations likewise suggested that even
though an atomic energy research and training center
might not be established, consideration should be given
to the creation of a scientific institute for the area which
would advance the general caliber of research and train-
ing in the physical sciences in anticipation of the eventual
establishment of one or more nuclear research facilities.
17. Among other considerations, the Working Group
likewise entertained the suggestion of the Philippine Dele-
gation that the interests of the Colombo Plan countries
in furthering the peaceful uses of atomic energy in Asia
would be well served if the Consultative Committee were
to establish a sub-agency or sub-committee dealing specifi-
cally with problems of atomic energy and, if a nuclear
center were established, providing a link between that
body and the Consultative Committee.
Views of the United States
18. The Delegation of the United States maintained its
original position indicating its readiness to provide ap-
proximately 20 million dollars for the establishment of a
regional research and training center and for a contribu-
tion to the initial operating expenses of the institution,
but reaffirmed at the same time its adherence to the prin-
ciple that any center so established must enlist not only
the interest of the Asian nations concerned but also
budgetary support within their means.
III. Conclusions
Area of Agreement
1. The Working Group, in consequence, achieved a clari-
fication as to the viewpoints of the various delegations.
It was clear that a majority favored an atomic energy
research and training center to be provided by the United
States at Manila ; but there was no "fiscal majority"
which would support the budget for such a center. Despite
this divergence of views, the Working Group did, however,
give consideration to the proposals of the United States
for the type of organization which might be set up if these
major problems could be reconciled and specific sugges-
tions were offered on certain aspects of the United States
proposals.
Resolution
2. The Working Group feels that its deliberations were
carried out in that spirit of comprehension and harmony
which is in the best tradition of the Colombo Plan. It
is in this same spirit that the members of the Working
Group submit to their Governments the following resolu-
tion:
The Working Group of the Colombo Plan Consultative
Committee, having considered various means to acceler-
ate and enlarge the contribution of atomic energy to
peace, and to the health and prosperity of the people of
South and Southeast Asia, recognizes
the need for providing the Asian members of the
Colombo Plan with facilities and services either within,
supplementary to, or beyond the scope and resources of
individual atomic energy programs of the nations of the
region ;
the need to assist those nations in applying atomic
energy tools and techniques to the solution of important
practical problems ;
the need to contribute toward the scientific and tech-
nological advancement of the region;
the need to foster cooperation among the participating
nations ; and
having studied the feasibility of an international atomic
energy research and training center for scientists, en-
gineers, and technicians from the Asian nations ; the
wider use of existing facilities, and the advancement of
training in the sciences utilizing nuclear research ;
Commend to their respective Governments the Report
of the Working Group for constructive study ;
Sdgoest that Governments provide the United States
Government with their comments on this Report by Oc-
tober 1, 1957 ; and
Recommend to their respective Governments the taking
of such measures as may be collectively or severally pos-
sible to further the peaceful use and development of
atomic energy in Asia.
314
Department of State Bulletin
United States Recognizes
Military Council of Haiti
Press release 439 dated July 30
The United States Government on July 30
recognized as the Government of Haiti the Mili-
tai"y Council established on June 14, 1957.
Letters of Credence
Jordan
The newly appointed Ambassador of the Hashe-
mite Kingdom of Jordan, Yousef Haikal, pre-
sented his credentials to President Eisenhower on
August 2. For texts of the Ambassador's remarks
and the President's reply, see Department of State
press release 443.
Loan to Iran for Purchase
of Diesel Locomotives
The Export-Import Bank of Washington an-
nounced on July 21 the authorization of a $10-
million credit to assist in financing the purchase in
the United States of 50 diesel electric locomotives
by the Govermnent of Iran. This credit comes
under a $53-million line of credit authorized to the
Iranian Government in 1954 for economic de-
velopment, usmg equipment and services acquired
in the United States. The loan will be repayable
in 14 equal semiannual installments beginning
in November 1960.
A credit of $14 million under this line was
authorized in 1955 for the purchase of 70 diesel
electric locomotives and related equipment. A
second credit of $5 million was authorized in 1956
for development of a highway maintenance pro-
gram. This third credit of $10 million for 50
additional diesels and spare parts leaves a balance
of $24 million available under the line.
The Iranian State Eailways is rapidly develop-
ing at the present time. Two new lines have been
opened this year, and two other lines are now under
construction. The Iranian railways therefore
have considerably more miles of track than in
1955 when Eximbank extended its first credit for
locomotives. Since 1952 freight and passenger
traffic handled by the Iranian State Eailways has
increased substantiaUy. Further increases are
anticipated.
Afghanistan Reclamation Project
Expected To Produce Added Income
The International Cooperation Administration
on July 25 released a report which estimated
added income resulting from Afghanistan's Hel-
mand Valley reclamation project will reach $24
million annually within 6 to 8 years under a pro-
posed modification of the project plans.
The report was prepared by Tudor Engineering
Company of San Francisco and Washington,
which sent a group of American experts to Af-
ghanistan in the smnmer of 1956 to survey the
project and suggest ways to help the Afghans
realize the fullest possible benefits from the under-
taking in the earliest possible time. As part of
U.S. economic assistance to Afghanistan, ICA fi-
nanced the survey mission, which was headed by
former Governor Leonard B. Jordan of Idaho.
The $24 million in added annual income fore-
seen within the next 6 to 8 years takes into ac-
count $10 million in increased annual income
which the report said already has been realized
by Afghanistan since work was started on the
project in 1946.
The project is using the waters of the Helmand
River to irrigate lands some of which have not
been extensively cultivated in more than 2,000
years. It also includes industry, power, and trans-
portation features. So important is the project
to Afghanistan that the country has established
the Helmand Valley Authority to administer the
development for resettlement of thousands of Af-
ghan farmers. The work has been carried out
under contract between the Afghan Government
and Morrison Knudsen Afghanistan, a subsidiary
of the American engineering firm of Morrison
Knudsen, Inc., which made the original surveys
in 1946.
Work done to date represents a cost equal to
$95 million in all currencies. The contracts with
MKA have been financed in part by $39,500,000
in loans from the U.S. Export-Import Bank.
The Tudor report recommended that the re-
maining work on the project be carried out in
two phases. It estimated phase I would add
Aogosf 79, 7957
315
121,000 acres of cultivable land to the 194,000 al-
ready opened to settlers and that phase II proj-
ects, which would be started upon completion of
phase I within the next 6 to 8 years, would make
available an additional 224,000 acres of cultivable
land. Thus the total acreage benefited will ap-
proach 540,000.
IFC and World Bank Issue
Year-End Financial Statements
INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION
The International Finance Corporation on July
29, in its first year-end financial statement, re-
ported a net income of $1,643,000. The statement
covers the period from July 24, 1956, when the
Corporation began its operations, to June 30, 1957,
the end of the fiscal year. Gross income amounted
to $2,408,000, from which were deducted adminis-
trative expenses of $705,000, including organiza-
tion expenses incurred prior to formation of the
Corporation. All income for the period came from
the Corporation's investment of its capital in U.S.
Government obligations. These obligations were
carried on the balance sheet at $92,429,000.
At June 30, 1957, the Corporation had entered
into a commitment for a $2 million investment in
Siemens do Brasil Companhia de Electricidade for
expansion of manufacturing operations, subject
to the completion of necessary legal formalities
and satisfaction of other conditions. The invest-
ment is to be represented by 6 percent notes ma-
turing in 15 years, with amortization to begin at
the end of the llth year. In addition, the Cor-
poration is to receive a 15-year option on shares
of the company.
Membership in the Corporation numbered 49
countries on June 30, 1957, and capital subscrip-
tions aggregated $91,892,000. All subscribed
capital had been paid into the Corporation by the
member countries, except for the subscription of
the Government of Egypt, amounting to $590,000,
which has been past due since August 23, 1956.
As required by the articles of agreement of the
Corporation, all payments on account of sub-
scribed capital have been made in U.S. dollars or
gold.
WORLD BANK
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development on July 30 reported a net income of
$36 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1957,
compared with $29 million for the preceding fiscal
year. This income was placed in the supple-
mental reserve against losses on loans and guaran-
ties; this reserve was $195 million on June 30.
Loan commissions amounted to $17 million and
were credited to the bank's special reserve, increas-
ing that reserve to $94 million. Total reserves at
the end of the fiscal year were $289 million.
Gross income, exclusive of loan commissions,
was $74 million, compared with $64 million in the
preceding year. Expenses totaled $38 million and
included $29 million for interest on the bank's
bonds.
As of June 30, 1957, the bank changed its method
of accounting for bond discount, commission, and
other bond issue costs. Previously these costs
were charged against income as incurred; under
the new procedure tliey are amortized over the
life of the respective bond issues. The figures
given for net income and supplemental reserve
have been calculated on the new basis ; under the
method formerly used, net income would have
been $33 million and the supplemental reserve
$184 million.
The bank made 20 loans in 15 countries totaling
the equivalent of $388 million during the year,
bringing gross total loan commitments at June
30 to $3,108 million. These loans were made in
Australia (2 loans), Austria (2 loans), Chile,
Costa Rica, Ethiopia, India (3 loans), Iran, Italy,
Japan (2 loans), Netherlands, Nicaragua, Peru,
Ruanda-Urundi, Thailand, and Uruguay. Dis-
bursements were $332 million, compared with $284
million during the preceding year. Cumulative
disbursements to June 30 amounted to $2,296
million.
During the year the bank sold or agreed to
sell $57 million principal amount of loans without
its guaranty. On June 30 the total sale of loans
amounted to $333 million, of which $264 million
was without the bank's guaranty.
Principal repayments received by the bank
amounted to $26 million. Total principal repay-
ments to the bank, including prepayments, were
$191 million on June 30. In addition, a total of
$122 million of borrowers' obligations, wliicli had
316
Deparfment of State Bulletin
lii't'ii sold by the bank, had been paid on or before
maturity.
On June 30 the funded debt of the bank was
Si. ();>.■) million, showino' a net increase of $183 mil-
lion during the year. The bank's borrowing op-
iM ations consisted of three U.S. dollar bond issues
totaling $275 million and a loan of Sw fr 200 mil-
lion (U.S. $4G million) from the Swiss Govern-
nu-nt. On two of the issues (each of $100 mil-
lion) the bank permitted purchasers to delay pay-
ment and receipt of the bonds to the extent of $-±7
million, of which $3 million was delivered during
the year. A total of $44 million of these bonds
remain to be delivered at later dates. The bank
retired at maturity and through pui-chase and
sinking fund operations a total of $94 million.
Argentina and Viet-Nam became members of
the bank during the year, bringing total member-
ship to 60 countries. Also, Brazil, Dominican
Republic, Ecuador, Israel, and Nicaragua in-
creased their capital subscriptions so that total
subscribed capital was $9,268 million on June 30.
THE CONGRESS
Views of Department of State on House Resolution 8704
FolJowmg are the fext.i of txoo statements T)y
Deputy Under Secretary Murphy on House Reso-
lution 870 Jf. {the Kilday resolution) "to prohibit
the delivery of ■memhers of the armed serviees of
the United States to the jutisdiction of any foreign
nation," which were filed with the House Com-
mittee on Anned Services hy the Legal Adviser,
Loftus Becker, on July 30.
STATEMENT BY MR. MURPHY
Press release 436 dated .luly 30
In behalf of the Secretary of State I welcome
this opportunity to comment on H.TJ. 8704, a bill
which is concerned with the manner in which the
United States Government carries out its obli-
gations under the NATO Status of Forces Treaty
and other similar agreements.
Before treating the substance of H.R. 8704 I
would like to point out some basic facts about our
Status of Forces Treaties and Agreements. We
have been negotiating these agreements for a long
time. During our recent negotiations we have
found that our allies are becoming progressively
less, not more, willing to grant us exclusive juris-
diction over our forces.
Aogusf 79, J 957
434019— 57 3
In some countries we were not able to obtain
as large a measure of jurisdiction as we sought
because the countries concerned were not willing
to grant it to us ; however, such agreements as the
NATO Status of Forces Agreement ^ and the Ad-
ministrative Agreement with Japan ^ have proved
themselves in practice. On a world-wide basis,
during the 3^/2 years that our present agreements
have been in force, there have been 38,314 cases in
which our servicemen could have been tried in
foreign courts and more than 65% of these cases
have been waived to our jurisdiction. The
strength of these agreements lies in their fairness
in the division of jurisdiction between the "send-
ing" and "receiving" states and in the fairness of
the trials our servicemen receive in foreign courts.
But statistics cannot give the whole picture.
There is always the individual serviceman wlio is
subject to foreign jurisdiction. The military de-
partments can pay his attorney's fees and court
costs, they usually keep custody of him, and an
'Tien ties ami Other International Acts Series 2846.
" For text of the Administrative Agreement, see Bul-
letin of Mar. 10, 19.52, p. .382 ; for text of protocol amend-
ing article XVII of the Administrative Agreement, see
iWa., Nov. 2, 1953, p. 595.
317
official United States observer attends his trial to
report on its fairness. At the trial the serviceman
has the protection of important legal safeguards
that are written into the agreement. It should
also be noted that sentences of foreign courts are
frequently less severe for U.S. servicemen than
sentences of U.S. courts-martial. Our servicemen
are receiving fair trials in foreign courts.
The Department of State believes that the best
interests of the United States and the best interest
of our servicemen serving abroad require that
these treaties and agreements be upheld and car-
ried out in good faith in cooperation with our
Allies.
H.R. 8704 provides that no member of our
Armed Services may be turned over to a foreign
jurisdiction for trial or prosecution notwithstand-
ing the provision of any treaty or agreement to
the contrary. Tlius, on its face, this bill would
indicate the intention of this government to nullify
the provisions of treaties or agreements providing
for trial by foreign courts of members of our
Armed Services. Even though this government
may have the power, as distinguished from the
right, to abrogate its international undertakings,
the United States does not have the power uni-
laterally to abrogate the principle of international
law, recently reaffirmed by the Supreme Court
in the Girard case,^ to the effect that a territorial
sovereign has plenary jurisdiction over any and
all criminal offenses committed within its borders,
whether or not those charged with such offenses
are members of the Armed Forces of a friendly
nation. In the light of this, H.R. 8704 indicates
an intention that this government openly violate
a recognized principle of international law. The
implications of taking any such position are very
grave indeed. They extend far beyond the ques-
tion of jurisdiction over criminal offenses com-
mitted by members of our Armed Forces abroad.
The taking of such a position by the United States
would seriously weaken our world-wide attempt
to induce other nations to conduct themselves in
accordance with recognized principles of inter-
national law.
The sweeping language of the proposal is sub-
ject to a proviso that where the agreement with
the foreign nation gives one state or the otlier
' For text of the Supreme Court's opinion, see ihid.,
July 29, 1957, p. 196.
primary jurisdiction and the Secretary of the
Military Department of the United States Gov-
ernment to which the serviceman belongs deter-
mines and certifies that the foreign nation has
primary jurisdiction, the serviceman may be de-
livered to the jurisdiction of such foreign nation :
If the Secretary determines and certifies that such
foreign nation does not have primary jurisdiction,
the member of the services shall not be turned over
to the foreign nation.
H.R. 8704 would thus permit United States
servicemen to be turned over to foreign jurisdic-
tion only in cases where the other state has the
jirimary jurisdiction; it makes no provision for
cases in which there is a question as to which state
shall exercise jurisdiction. This is contrary to the
NATO Agreement, for example, which provides
(Article 16) that if there is disagreement, it will
be decided by negotiation between the countries
concerned and differences which cannot be settled
by this direct negotiation are to be referred to the
North Atlantic Council. H.R. 8704 would pro-
hibit the United States from settling disputes in
this manner.
Our agreement with Japan similarly relies on
direct negotiations between governments and does
not allow unilateral determination by either
party.
This bill would also make it impossible for the
United States to waive jurisdiction in any case
in which it had the primary right of jurisdiction.
This aspect of the bill would cause violation of our
obligations under Article VII, Paragraph (3) (c)
of the NATO Status of Forces Treaty and Article
XVII, Paragraph (3) (c) of the Administrative
Agreement with Japan which obligates all parties
to the Treaty to give sympathetic consideration
to requests from other states for waiver of juris-
diction in cases the other states consider to be of
particular importance.
If the United States were to violate its treaties
and agreements as I have outlined above, it would,
of course, fundamentally alter the steadfast policy
of this government to abide by the undertakings
whicli we have solemnly made.
But I would also point out other grave effects
which this course of action might bring about. As
a practical matter it would be easy for foreign
governments simply to refuse to relinquish cus-
tody to our authorities of apprehended U.S. serv-
318
Department of State Bulletin
icemen and to make their own unilateral determi-
nation wliether or not they have the primary right
of jurisdiction. In view of the fact that the for-
eign authorities apprehend the offenders in a large
percentage of cases, we would be in a very vuhiera-
ble position.
On the subject of our refusal to waive our pri-
mary right of jurisdiction, I shall point out that
the waiver provisions of the NATO Status of
Forces Agreement have operated distinctly to the
advantage of the U.S. and adoption of the policy
proposed by this bill might well jeopardize this
favorable situation. Under the waiver provisions
of our agreements which this bill suggests tlie
U.S. ignore, our NATO allies have granted us
waivers of jurisdiction over U.S. servicemen in
1954 cases (62 percent of all the cases subject to
their jurisdiction) during the six months ending
May 31, 1957; during the same period, in Japan,
', where we have similar jurisdiction provisions, the
U.S. obtained waivers in 1933 cases (97 percent
of all the cases subject to Japanese jurisdiction).
In view of this outstanding cooperation it would
appear unwise to alter the present arrangement
by ignoring our treaty obligation since such action
might result in our Allies taking similar action
and refusing to grant us any waivers in the large
number of cases in which, in fact, they have the
primary right of jurisdiction.
But the greater danger is that our Allies might
consider our actions pursuant to H.R. 8704 as
in direct violation of our treaties and agreements
and consider themselves no longer bound by their
provisions. In that case not only would the
foreign government have full jurisdiction over
our servicemen for all offenses, but we would
not have the benefit of any of the other provisions
of our agreements which provide for sjjecial priv-
ileges with respect to such matters as drivers
licenses, exemption from taxation, postal services,
procurement of supplies, visas, and the adjudica-
tion of civil claims against our forces.
H. R. 8704 may have been prompted to some
extent by a fear that the U.S. might waive its
jurisdiction over servicemen when the alleged
offense was committed in the performance of their
duties. As the President recently stated, "It has
been, is, and so far as I can foresee, it will continue
to be our policy not to waive the primary right
to try a case where the 'performance of duty' mat-
ter is clear. As a matter of fact no waiver of
primary U.S. jurisdiction has ever been given
where that matter was clear."
In conclusion, I would like to say tliat we have
done, and will continue to do, our best to ensure
that any member of our armed forces abroad who
is charged with a criminal offense and is tried
in a foreign court receives a fair trial. Thus far
the record shows that we have been successful in
this. I would also point out that the fact that
there have been so few instances of difhculties
with our agreements over the past few years in
spite of the large number of cases handled amply
testifies to the value and the efficacy of these agree-
ments.
The Department of State, therefore, urges that
this bill not be favorably acted upon. Our pres-
ent agreements, which are so favorable to the
United States and our servicemen, should be faith-
fully carried out, and the strong bonds between
us and our Allies should be continued and
strengthened through mutual respect and under-
standing.
SUPPLEMENTARY STATEMENT BY MR. MURPHY
Press release 437 dated July 30
I would like to begin by stating my apprecia-
tion for the clear and compi'ehensive statement
on the Status of Forces problems before the Com-
mittee which 3'our distinguished Chairman, Mr.
Vinson, gave at the beginning of the hearing on
Wednesday. I also appreciate the frank and
straightforward discussion of the issues by Con-
gressman Kilday and others. I shall endeavor
to state the Department of State's position in
the same spirit of calm examination of the real
issues before the Committee.
I had prepared a statement which I planned to
deliver on Wednesday but it was necessary for
the hearing to adjourn before I could do this.
With your permission, Mr. Chairman, I should
like to place that statement in the record and ad-
dress my remarks this morning to some particular
aspects of H. R. 8704 which were mentioned in the
hearings on Wednesday and which I believe would
be of particular interest to the Committee.
There would seem to be no doubt that the ob-
jectives of both the legislative and executive
branches of the Government are clear and that
August 79, 1957
319
whatever differences of opinion may exist relate
to the means of achieving our objectives. The ac-
tual area of disagreement is small.
According to Mr. Kilday's initial and able
statement this bill is not designed to change our
Status of Forces treaties or agreements. All that
H.R. 8704 is designed to do, if I understand Mr.
Kilday correctly is to implement the jurisdictional
provisions of our agreements internally so far
as the United States Government is concerned.
He proposes that the decision whether or not a
U.S. serviceman is turned over to foreign courts
for trial be made entirely on grounds of "military
justice" to ensure the maintenance of morale and
the good order and discipline of our forces. He
would, therefore, eliminate the Department of
State from playing any part in decisions concern-
ing jurisdiction over U.S. servicemen in foreign
countries.
The fact is that the great majority of cases are
handled very ably by the military departments
without our assistance. However, in the exercise
of our traditional responsibilities, we do become
involved whenever U.S. action in these cases con-
flicts with the view of the foreign state. As a
matter of fact, H.R. 8704 would violate a basic
principle of international law as well as the terms
of our international undertakings.
Even though this government may have the
power, as distinguislied from the right, to abro-
gate its international undertakings, the United
States does not have the power imilaterally to
abrogate the principle of international law, re-
cently reaffirmed by the Supreme Court in the
Girard case, to the effect that a territorial sov-
ereign has plenary jurisdiction over any and all
criminal offenses committed within its borders,
whether or not those charged with sucli offenses
are members of the armed forces of a friendly
nation. In the light of this, H.R. 8704 indicates
an intention tliat this government openly violate
a recognized principle of international law. The
implications of taking any such position are very
grave indeed. They extend far beyond the ques-
tion of jurisdiction over criminal offenses com-
mitted by members of our Armed Forces abroad.
The taking of sucli a ])osition by the United States
would weaken our efforts to induce other nations
to conduct themselves in accordance with rec-
ognized principles of international law.
H.R. 8704 provides that no member of our
Armed Services may be turned over to foreign
jurisdiction for trial or prosecution notwithstand-
ing the provision of any treaty or agreement to
the contrary. Thus, on its face, this bill would
indicate the intention of this government to nul-
lify the provisions of treaties or agreements pro-
viding for trial by foreign courts of members of
our Armed Services.
This bill would also make it impossible for the
United States to waive jurisdiction in any case
in which it had the primary right of jurisdiction.
This aspect of the bill would cause us to violate
our obligations under Article VII, paragraph 3
(c) of the NATO Status of Forces Treaty and
Article XVII paragraph 3 (c) of the Adminis-
trative Agreement with Japan to give sympa-
thetic consideration to requests from other states
for waivers of our primary jurisdiction in cases
the other states consider to be of particular im-
portance. As the Supreme Court correctly
pointed out in the Girard case, Japan's cession to
the United States of jurisdiction to try American
military personnel was made on that condition,
i. e., that we would give sympathetic considera-
tion to i-equests for waiver. The same situation
exists in NATO and other Status of Forces Agree-
ments. AVe cannot repudiate our obligations and
expect the other countries to carry out theirs.
The waiver provision in our agreements is ad-
vantageous to our servicemen. If the procedure
suggested by the present bill is enforced by the
United States, inevitably the other governments
witli whom we have these agreements will enforce
procedures to exercise their jurisdiction in the
thousands of cases where they now waive it. I
am sure this is not a result the Congress would
desire. As stated earlier, during the 3I/2 years
that our present agreements have been in force
throughout the world there have been 38,314 cases
in wliich our servicemen could have been tried in
foreign courts. Under the present waiver pro-
vision, 65% of these cases have been waived by
the foreign governments to American jurisdic-
tion. I would also point to the fact that there
have been so very few instances of difficulties with
our agreements over the past few years in spite
of the large number of cases handled. The rec-
ord amply testifies to the value and efficacy of
these agreements.
Even if the committee were prepared to accept
the stated objectives of H.R. 8704, it should not
adopt that measure for the following reasons :
320
Deparfmenf of Sfafe %M\\e\\n
First : Accordine; to the proponents of this legis-
lation, it is desired that fewer American service-
men abroad be tried in foreign courts. The ef-
fect of this bill would be precisely the opposite,
because it would lead foreign nations to refuse
to waive jurisdiction in those cases where they
have primary jurisdiction under our agreements —
and they have waived this jurisdiction to us in
a large majority of cases subject to their juris-
diction.
Second: This effect would be magnified if the
foreign nations regarded our failure to abide by
our agreement as a repudiation of the criminal
jurisdiction provisions of the Status of Forces
Treaty and similar agreements. In such an even-
tuality, the foreign state would be fully entitled
under international law to try in their own courts
all criminal offenses committed by the members
of our armed forces within their territorial lim-
its and we would have no legal right to prevent
them from so doing.
Third: We would be imable to prevent this,
because the plenary jurisdiction of a foreign state
in such cases, in the absence of agreement, accords
with a basic principle of international law, rec-
ognized and enforced by our own courts. The
United States cannot unilaterally change that
principle and if it nevertheless insists upon act-
ing in open defiance of it the consequences may
be serious indeed.
Fourth: We smcerely believe that the inevitable
result would be to weaken seriously the defense
of the United States and of the free world, as
well as to strip from the members of our Armed
Forces the valuable rights and privileges which
they now enjoy by virtue of these agreements —
and which they would not otherwise have.
Mr. Chairman, tlie Department of State, there-
fore, urges, with the greatest respect for the dis-
tinguished author of H.R. 8704 whose high
motives we understand, that the Committee not
act favorably upon this bill. Our present agree-
ments, which are so advantageous to the United
States and to our servicemen, should be faith-
fully carried out and the strong bonds between
us and our Allies should be continued and strength-
ened through mutual respect and understanding.
In that respect we are entirely in accord with the
views of the President, which have earlier been
called to your attention.
Proposed Import Excise Taxes
on Lead and Zinc
Statement ly Willis C. Armstrong ^
The representative of the Department of the In-
terior has discussed the provisions of H.R. 8257,
and I am here to represent the Department of
State in the support of this bill. I shall particu-
larly address my remarks to the relationship of
the proposed action to our commitments under the
trade agx-eements program.
The executive branch of the Government has
determined that persistent difficulties in the lead
and zinc mining industry require action to restrain
imports. There is evidence that imports are con-
tributing to serious injury of the industry. Meas-
ures which have been taken in recent years have
been effective in assisting the industry, but they
are not susceptible to continuation indefinitely.
It has therefore been decided that certain other
specific measures are required. The import taxes
proposed in H.R. 8257 are higher than the Presi-
dent has authority to proclaim under the existing
Trade Agreements Act. Because of this and the
need for longer-range measures, the administra-
tion is proposing legislation instead of executive
action through the escape-clause procedure.
Such import excise taxes as are provided for in
H.R. 8257 are treated in the Internal Revenue
Code as customs duties. It is necessary, conse-
quentlj^, to consider them in the light of tariff
concessions made by the United States in trade
agreements.
All of the lead and zinc products under con-
sideration are the subject of tariff concessions
under the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade; that is, the United States has granted at
one time or another a concession under the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade on all but
one of the zinc and lead products mentioned in
H.R. 8257. Furthermore, a concession on the re-
maining product, namely, suboxide of lead, is
contained in our bilateral agreement with
Switzerland.
' Made before the House Ways and Means Committee
on Aug. 1 in support of H.R. 8257 and other identical
measures "to amend the Internal Revenue Code of 1954
to impose import taxes on lead and zinc" (press release
442). Mr. Armstrong was Acting Assistant Secretary for
Economic Affairs.
Augusf 19, 1957
321
The proposed excise taxes would affect imports
of all forms of lead and zinc named in the bill.
The value of these imports in 1956 totaled about
$263 million. The major supplying countries are
Canada, Mexico, Peru, and Australia. Other
countries — Yugoslavia, Belgium, and the Union
of South Africa — have smaller but substantial
trade interests in the lead and zinc trade with the
United States. With the exception of Mexico and
Yugoslavia, with whom the United States has no
trade agreements, all of these countries are con-
tracting parties to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade.
There are agreed procedures whereby the
United States could withdraw these concessions
without contravening our commitments imder in-
ternational agreements. The United States can
comply with these procedures if legislation is now
enacted containing the proposals made by the ad-
ministration and embodied in H.R. 8257.
Article XXVIII of the general agreement pro-
vides that a country may renegotiate a concession
which it granted under the agreement by agreeing
to grant new compensatory concessions or by
agreeing to the compensatory withdrawal of con-
cessions by the country or countries adversely
affected. It is conceivable that negotiations under
this procedure might not result in agreement. It
is provided, therefore, that at certain times a coun-
try may withdraw a concession unilaterally.
Under such circumstances the country or countries
with which the concession was negotiated, or which
have a substantial interest in the trade, could with-
draw equivalent concessions.
It is thus possible for the United States, without
any violation of its obligations under the general
agreement, to increase its tariffs on lead and zinc.
In negotiations with other countries we could
grant compensatory concessions on other items or
agree to certain compensatory withdrawals by
other countries of concessions previously gi'anted
to the United States. If we were unable to reach
agreement, we wotild nevertheless have fulfilled
our obligation to enter into negotiations and would
thereafter be free unilaterally to modify the tariff
concession on lead and zinc. Compensatory with-
drawals by other countries are limited by the gen-
eral agreement to concessions substantially equiva-
lent to the concessions which would be withdrawn
in this instance by the United States.
The United States and the countries with which
we would be negotiating would have to take a num-
ber of factors into account in determining the ex-
tent of compensatory concessions or withdrawals.
Two of these factors, for example, would be the
volume of trade affected by the new excise taxes
on lead and zinc and the restrictive impact of the
increase on that trade.
The trade agreement with Switzerland is a bi-
lateral trade agreement entirely separate from the
general agreement. The Swiss agreement con-
tains no provision for a unilateral withdrawal of
tariff concessions comparable to article XXVIII
of the general agreement. If H.K. 8257 is enacted,
the United States would have an opportunity to
negotiate with Switzerland for the appropriate
modification of the agreement.
Countries which supply lead and zinc to the
United States have notified us of their serious con-
cern over these proposals. We have explained to
them the serious problems facing the United States
lead and zinc mining industiy and have pointed
out that without a measure of this nature the bur-
den of adjustment in the cutbacks in production
would fall Unduly upon the industry in the
United States.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85th Congress, 1st Session
Japanese Agricultural Workers. Report of Subcommittee
No. 1 of tlie House Committee on the Judiciary pursuant
to H. Res. 107, authorizing the Committee on the
Judiciary to conduct studies and investigations relating
to certain matters within its jurisdiction. H. Kept.
780, July 10, 1957. 23 pp.
Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation Between
the United States of America and the Republic of
Korea. Report to accompany Exec. D, 85th Cong., 1st
sess. S. Exec. Rept. 5, July 10, 1957. 14 pp.
Protocol Amending the International Sugar Agreement of
1953. Report to accompany E.\ec. L, S5th Cong., 1st
sess. S. Exec. Rept. 6, July 10, 1957. 2 pp.
Convention for the Promotion of Inter-American Cultural
Relations. Report to accompany Exec. C, 84th Cong.,
2d sess. S. Exec. Rept. 7, July 12, 1957. 13 pp.
Taxation Convention With Pakistan. Message from the
President of the United States transmitting a conven-
tion between the United States of America and Pakistan
for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention
of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income, signed
at Washington on July 1, 1957. S. Exec. N, July 12,
1957. 12 pp.
Favoring the Establishment of a Permanent United
Nations Force Similar in Character to the United
Nations Emergency Force in the Middle East. Report
to accompany S. Res. 15. S. Rept. 613, July 16, 1957.
2 pp.
322
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
The World Economic Situation: An American View
Statement hy Neil H. Jacoby
U.S. Representative on the U.N. Economic and Social CowncU ^
May I begin by expressing my pleasure in being
able to participate in the Council's annual dis-
cussion of the world economic situation. I keenly
appreciate the difficulty and the importance of our
task, because analysis of national economic per-
formance and prospect is an activity in which I
have had some experience as a member of Presi-
dent Eisenhower's Coimcil of Economic Advisers.
The task in which we are here engaged, that of
appraising the economic prospect of the world,
presents even more complex problems to challenge
our minds.
May I join in thanking the Secretary-General
for his penetrating opening analysis of recent
world economic developments. His presence
among us and his participation in this discussion —
together with that of the executive secretaries of
the regional economic commissions — attest to the
crucial importance attached to economic growth
and improved levels of living by the United
Nations.
Our thanks are also due those members of the
secretariat who assisted in the preparation of the
reports upon which this review by the Council is
based. In response to the desire of the Council
that the World Economic Survey shall deal with
long-term problems as well as current develop-
ments, almost half of this year's survey ^ analyzes
the experience of different countries with their
balances of external payments during the postwar
years. The discussion in the introductory chap-
' Made at the 24th session of ECOSOC at Geneva on
July 5 (U.S. delegation press release).
'U.N. publication 1957.II.C.1 (U.N. doc. E/2982).
ter of factors that contribute to internal and ex-
ternal imbalance and the problems of promoting
sustained economic growth provides a stimulating
background for our review. Most of what I have
to say is, I believe, directly related to the issues
raised by this chapter.
Postwar Economic Growth in Perspective
The several parts of our world become increas-
ingly interdependent. The economic health of
each country must be the concern of all countries.
As President Eisenhower stated in his second
inaugural address earlier this year, "No people can
live to itself alone." Along what kind of eco-
nomic path have we been traveling? "Wliat are
the large economic issues of mutual concern which
confront our countries as we look forward into
the future?
The economic problems which today confront
the members of the United Nations are no longer
those arising from the destruction and disloca-
tions caused by the Second World War. The
transition from reconstruction to new economic
growth had, in general, been completed by 1950.
Even before that year the surpassing of prewar
standards of production and consumption had be-
come the goal of most countries.
When the war ended, many countries were
deeply concerned as to how the productive facili-
ties created to sustain an enormous wartime effort
could be harnessed to peacetime uses. The cruel
experiences of the 1930's gave rise to fears of
deflation and unemployment. Happily, these
fears proved to be unfounded. Enormous de-
Augosf 19, 1957
323
mands emerged for goods and services which have,
from time to time, created inflationary pressures
in many countries. The persistent economic prob-
lem of the postwar years has been to expand pro-
ductive facilities rather than to utilize idle pro-
duction capacity.
The decade following the war has been a period
of unprecedented economic accomplishment for
large areas of tlie world. Year after year the
industrialized comitries have set new production
records. While complex and difficult problems
continue to face the underdeveloped countries, as
a group substantial economic gains have also been
made by them. Many have been laying the foun-
dations for economic growth at an accelerating
rate. The volume of world trade has reached
new high levels. Notable progress has been made
toward the reestablishment of a multilateral and
less restrictive system of trade. Private inter-
national investment is now expanding very rap-
idly. The net direct investment of American
businesses abroad during 1956 probably exceeded
$2.5 billion — a new peak.
Men of enterprise have found widening oppor-
tunities both at home and abroad to contribute
to the growth in production and to the improve-
ment of living standards. All in all, substantial
strides have been made toward the realization of
peoples' hojies for greater security from want and
larger opportunities for personal fulfillment. We
can derive genuine satisfaction from the fact that
the world economy is stronger and better balanced
than it was on the threshold of World War II.
Military Expenditures and Inflationary Pressures
The postwar economic growth of the world,
which has been subject only to brief interrup-
tions, has taken place during a period when most
nations have had to shoidder extremely heavy
burdens of national defense. The weight of these
burdens has been enhanced by the fact that the
physical requirements for military production are
concentrated in those sectors of our economies
where resources are already strained by the ex-
pansion of civilian investment. Expenditures for
national security form more than 60 percent of
the outlays of the Federal Government of the
United States. Manifestly, progress toward a
limitation of armaments under adequate giuir-
anties would be a tremendous boon to all our
peoples, easing inflationary pressures and releas-
ing resources for more rapid growth of our econo-
mies. This is one reason that has impelled Presi-
dent Eisenhower consistently to strive for a real-
istic international agreement on arms limitation.
The current discussions in London afford us
ground for hope that progress is being made to
this end.
In essence, tlie current world economic situation
reflects the insistent and conflicting demands on
limited available resources created by the require-
ments of defense, on the one hand, and the demands
of the civilian economies, on the other. With
people everywhere dissatisfied with their stand-
ard of living and eager to improve it; with the
enormous investment required to bring about the
radical transformation of productive techniques
that is taking place in many branches of industry ;
with the drive to expand power, transport, and
communications facilities both in industrialized
and undeveloped countries ; and with the expand-
ing requirements for housing and social services
growing out of increased populations and the de-
sire for higher standards of health and comfort-
aggregate demand in many countries has risen
faster than production. While the rate of saving
in most countries in the postwar period has ex-
ceeded previous records, the supply of saving has
been unable to keep up with the rising demands for
investment.
The inflationary pressures that are current in
the world today arise, of course, from conditions
far different from those that confronted our coun-
tries during the war or during the postwar recon-
struction period. Yet the essential cause of in-
flation is the same — excessive aggregate demand
for the final products of our economies. The gen-
eral rise in prices that is the result of such excessive
demand produces many evil consequences.
Inflation creates the very economic imbalances
tliat the World Economic Survey properly warns
us to avoid. For inflation brings with it not only
inefficiency in the management of resources and
distortions in the patterns of their use. It inflicts
grave social injustice, doing greatest harm to those
least able to jsrotect themselves. It erodes confi-
dence in the value of money, and weakens one of
the mainsprings of economic progress — the incen-
tive to save. The risk today in many countries is
not inflation of the runaway variety. It is the
danger of a persistent, "creeping" rise in prices
and costs, which will insidiously undermine the
324
Depatimenf of State Bulletin
purchasinji power of money and destroy tlie future
personal security of people.
A stable price level is not, of course, a sufficient
objective of economic policy. We should seek, in
conjunction, a high level of employment and eco-
nomic development. We must recognize that
.stable price levels contribute to the realization of
our common goal in the United Nations — an ex-
panding world economy of high employment and
vigorous economic development. There has been
a growing acceptance of the idea that high em-
ployment can and must be harmonized with price
stability. No one — and certainly not the Ameri-
can people — will ever tolerate business stagnation
and unemployment. I believe that all of us would
agree, however, that increased welfare for all of
our peoples cannot be attained if the need for
protecting the integrity of our money is neglected
or pushed aside.
One of the most encouraging aspects of the
battle for financial stability is that the dangers
of inflation are now widely recognized. People
everywhere are growing tired of a rising cost of
living and of money with a shrinking buying
power. Knowledge of economic movements and
of their causes and consequences is spreading
rapidly. Today great numbers of ordinary citi-
zens understand that inflation can wipe out their
personal security just as efl'ectively as prolonged
unemployment. They know that inflation reduces
a country's ability to sell in foreign markets and
encourages excessive imports. They know that
inflation has usually culminated in depression and
unemployment. The importance of maintaining
general price stability is now widely recognized as
being coordinate in importance with the mainte-
nance of employment.
Counterinflationary Policies
One of the outstanding lessons taught hy the eco-
nomic history of the past few years is that high
employinent and. stable price levels are compatible
goals of economic policy in free-marhet economies.
Bi-oadly speaking, high employment and reason-
ably stable price levels did coexist in the United
States during the 3 years 1953-55, and it is only
during the past year and a half that general in-
flationary pressure on the price level has become
manifest. Of course, this reconciliation of steady
economic growth with monetary stability is not
an easy task. Its achievement calls for economic
statesmanship of a high order and unremitting
vigilance by the financial officers of our govern-
ments. It poses the primary economic challenge
of our times.
General monetary and credit restraints are, and
must continue to be, the primary means of reduc-
ing inflationary pressures. Fiscal policies which
hold governmental expenditures to a minimum,
keep tax revenues high, and generate budgetary
surpluses can also make a vital contribution to
stable price levels. But monetary and fiscal poli-
cies, taken by themselves, will not suffice to deal
with inflationary pressures which arise from pri-
vate monopoly, from price-fixing and price-sup-
loorting activities, and from the internal immobil-
ity of labor and capital. Evei-ything that is done
to ameliorate these conditions will help protect
the purchasing power of money and avoid
inflation.
Eeference is made in the 'Woi'ld Economic Sur-
vey to the emergence of cost inflation as a key
element in current pressures on price levels. The
survey contains the observation that monetary and
credit restraints, taken by themselves, have not
appeared to provide a remedy for this condition.
The lesson to be learned from American expe-
rience with cost inflation during the past year is
710^ that monetary and fiscal restraints are inef-
fective and should be abandoned. Eather, the les-
son is that these measures need to be timely and
decisive and that they should be supplemented by
other measures which will make the economy more
competitive and flexible in operation. If the
monetary fiscal environment is noninflationary
and markets are open and competitive, businesses
and labor unions are unlikely to pursue policies
which contribute to cost inflation. In the United
States, the vigorous enforcement of antitrust
legislation and the gradual withdrawal by gov-
ernment from the supporting of agricultural
prices at high and rigid levels illustrate lines of
action that will fortify monetary and fiscal meas-
ures in preventing inflation.
Admittedly the problem of preventing inflation
is especially difficult for those countries which
must strive for economic development from a
relatively low level of national income. Faced
with relatively immobile resources and insufficient
domestic capital formation to satisfy the demands
for economic growth, underdeveloped countries
often find themselves subject to internal inflation-
Augosf 19, 1957
325
ary pressures and to balance-of-payments deficits
in their relations with other countries. As the
secretariat points out in its valuable study of the
relationship between domestic policies and a coun-
try's balance-of-payments position, the emergence
of such a situation is a warning that the pace of
development is being forced too fast to be sus-
tained in the long run. It also suggests that un-
derdeveloped countries, no less than the more de-
veloped countries, should do all they can to
increase the internal mobility of resources and to
invigorate competition in all markets as a means
of eliminating "bottlenecks" and mitigating in-
flationary pressures.
There is no real dilemma involved in reconciling
steady economic growth with internal and ex-
ternal financial stability. The question confront-
ing a developing country is not whether it shall
choose between more rapid growth without finan-
cial stability and less rapid gi-owth with financial
stability. The pace of a country's growth is, in
any case, limited by the real resources available
to it. An inflationary policy does not increase
these real resources. It can only encourage their
misapplication and thereby impede rather than ac-
celerate a country's progress in the long run.
Important Economic Events of the Past Year
While the world economy expanded at a slower
rate in 1956 than in 1955, total output soared to
new all-time highs. The underdeveloped covm-
tries fared somewhat less favorably than the in-
dustrialized countries. Yet they made continued
progress in developing basic facilities, in building
new factories, and generally in laying the foun-
dation for more rapid growth in the future. The
international trade of the world set new records
in 1956, increasing at a rate almost double that
of industrial production. The international
movement of private capital swelled to a new
postwar volume. This continued expansion took
place in the face of the most restrictive monetary
policies our generation has known.
The unexpected strain to which many countries,
especially those of Western Europe, were sub-
jected toward the end of 1956 as a result of the
blocking of the Suez Canal and the accompanying
political crisis was a severe test of their ability
to withstand political and economic shocks. The
crisis demonstrated the basic strength of the free
economies. There was no significant reduction
in overall economic activity, although particular
industries in a few countries were adversely af-
fected. Despite increases in oil and freight rates,
price rises on the whole were moderate. No major
disruption of the mechanism of international
payments occurred. No major industrial nation
found it necessary, on this account, to restore the
restrictions on trade which had been gradually
relaxed during the last 10 years.
An outstanding economic event since this Coun-
cil last reviewed the world economic situation ha?
been the proposed establishment of a European
common market. The creation of a large con-
tinental market in Europe promises to give a tre-
mendous stimulus to efficient production and im-
proved standards of living in that area. More-
over, the common market can have major economic
advantages from the point of view of third coun-
tries. In its broad lines the treaty appears to pro-
mote the principles of multilateral, mutually bene-
ficial international trade. It seeks a high degree
of competition and mobility of resources. It
should contribute to the continuing movement
toward increased world trade and convertibility
of currencies. In sum, the common market can
help bring about a lowering of trade barriers and
a great expansion in international commerce —
an expansion in which Western Europe, as one
of the world's great trading areas, has a major
stake and one from which all trading areas can be
expected to benefit.
The United States also believes that the cause
of international peace and security stands to gain
from the achievement of prosperity and improved
well-being in Western Europe. Therefore we
believe the treaty and the results it envisages are,
in a very real sense, in keeping with the objectives
of the United Nations and of the Council. These
are some of the important reasons why my Gov-
ernment has welcomed the common market treaty.
We in the United States have been studying
the treaty's provisions and endeavoring to ana-
lyze some of its many ramifications in relation to
international trade and trade policy. We believe
that any development which is so far-reaching,
and in many respects so novel, merits careful and
thoughtful consideration. Certainly it can be ex-
pected to have profound effects upon international
trade in the long run. I shall not go into details
regarding these possibilities, because the treaty
326
Department of State Bulletin
will be thoroughly reviewed within the framework
of the GATT. As is the case with other coun-
tries, we are naturally interested in the possible
effects of the treaty on United States trade with
the areas concerned. In the consideration of the
treaty by the GATT, which is now under way,
our objective is to assure that those interests as
well as the interests of all trading nations are
safeguarded and that the multilateral trading sys-
tem is further strengthened as a result of the ini-
tiative which the common market members have
taken.
These hopeful developments in Western Europe
during the past year stand in sharp contrast to
events that have occurred in Eastern Europe.
There we have seen how, imder the Communist
system, the aspirations of peoples for greater free-
dom and improvement in their standards of living
have been met with repressive actions which have
shocked the entire free world.
Recent Performance of the U.S. Economy
The productive power of our free-market econ-
omy is again being demonstrated in the United
States. Gross national product in the first quar-
ter of 1957 reached a seasonably adjusted annual
rate of $427 billion — the highest in our history
and an increase of $24 billion from the same pe-
riod of 1956. In April 1957 total personal income
reached an annual rate of $349 billion, an increase
of 514 percent over the corresponding figure for
the same month of 1956. TVliile part of the gains
in these monetary values reflect price increases, the
growth in real output and real income has con-
tinued. During 1956 civilian employment reached
a record of 65 million workers. Unemployment
averaged only 3.8 percent of the civilian work
force, reflecting a condition of full employment
in the practical sense.
The increase in total national output has oc-
curred in a year in which two important segments
of the U.S. economy — automobile production and
residential building — experienced significant de-
clines in activity. In recent times large changes
have occurred in the flow of resources through the
several sectors of our economy. At various times
there have been shrinkages in Federal expendi-
ture for defense, in consumer spending for dur-
able goods, in agricultural incomes, in business
investment, and in spending by State and local
governments. But declines in particular sectors
have released resources that were utilized in other
sectors, with an expansion rather than a decline
in the aggregate volume of production.
Adjustments are, of course, inescapable in an
unregimented economy with dynamic vrants, re-
sources, and technologies. The fact that they can
occur without precipitating a general depression
is evidence of the strength and resilience of our
free-market economy. The noteworthy fact is
that the free economy of the United States has,
under flexible fiscal and monetary policies, dem-
onstrated its capacity to adjust production to
changes in the pattern of demand without the
application of direct economic controls by gov-
ernment. Since the brief setback of 1953-54, the
U.S. economy has continued to move steadily
forward.
The new high marks in the first quarter of 1957
were reached after an economic expansion of about
3 years' duration — an expansion of proportions
which, only a few yeare ago, would have been
thought unrealizable. Unemployment fell to a
minimum. New investment has been planned
and made on a massive scale. The intensive utili-
zation of our productive resources has created an
environment conducive to the development of in-
flationary pressures.
Recent U.S. Economic Policies
In this situation, the primary aim of our do-
mestic economic policy has been to prevent infla-
tion while accommodating orderly economic
growth. To the extent that we succeed in holding
real economic growth to the maximum sustainable
rate, we shall help provide steadily growing mar-
kets for the materials, products, and services of
our trading partners in the world. The Govern-
ment's fiscal policy has been to keep tax rates high
despite rising revenues in order to achieve a budg-
etary surplus. At the same time our monetary
authorities have severely limited the expansion of
bank credit and the money supply. This "tight
money policy" continues to be in effect.
Countries which must struggle with problems of
economic development in the face of extremely
low productivity and a general scarcity of re-
sources may wonder why, with all the resources
available to it, money should be relatively scarce
and interest rates should have risen in the United
States. While the inflationary process is a com-
plex one and current sources of inflationary preg-
Aogusf 19, 7957
327
sure differ from those of the early postwar years,
the essence of the problem facing the American
economy can be briefly stated.
During 1956 gross private domestic investment
in the U.S. totaled $67 billion, with business out-
lays for plant and equipment alone increasing by
20 percent over 1955. This type of expenditure
is obviously imjiortant for maintaining and ex-
panding our productive capacity, increasing pro-
ductivity, vitilizing new technological develop-
ments, and providing the machines and the power
for the one million new workers annually enter-
ing our work force. Yet during 1956 the total
of personal and corporate savings amounted to
only about $45 billion. Additional bank credit
has filled the gap. Even though savings were
higher in 1956 than in 1955, their growth was not
enough to keep pace with increasing investment
demand. The United States, along with most of
the rest of the world, has been suffering from a
relative shortage of savings. The inescapable re-
sult has been a sharp rise in interest rates charged
for borrowed funds, as well as upward pressure
on price levels.
Since the funds to meet demands for investment
must come either from sa^angs or from the cre-
ation of new money, borrowers tend to turn to
commercial banks for money to obtain the re-
sources they desire. To permit rapid expansion
of the money supply through bank lending would,
under existing full employment of our resources,
simply mean intensified pressure on prices. It
would not produce an increase in real national
output. Resources made available to any one
sector of the economy would have to be taken from
other sectors, by a process of bidding up market
prices. The economic law of supply and demand
cannot be repealed, even in a country which
possesses large resources.
The problem of maintaining stability of the
price level is currently a crucial one in the Ameri-
can economy. We are making progress in solv-
mg this problem, but we have not yet wholly suc-
ceeded. Despite ample capacity in many indus-
tries, including automobiles, textiles, and home
construction ; despite a substantial surplus in the
Federal budget; and despite a money market
under tight restraint, some upward pressure on
costs and prices currently exists. It will be our
continued effort to reduce inflationary pressures
further, for tlie American people do not accept a
328
"creeping" inflation of costs and prices as a toler-
able condition.
It is well known that my country subscribes to
the broad principle of competition in open mar-
kets as the best means of determining prices and
allocating economic resources. The U.S. economy
today is as competitive as it ever has been. Yet,
to achieve the goal of a stable price level, we shall
continue to explore ways and means of increasing
the flexibility of individual prices. Part of the
cure for inflation is more competition.
Future Prospects and Opportunities ■
It is precisely because our economic problems
are continually changing in a dynamic world that
policies aimed at promoting stable growth must, as
President Eisenhower pointed out in his January
1957 Economic Report to tlie Congress,^ be flexible
and ready to adjust to shifting circumstances.
Within the last 3 years U.S. economic policy
shifted from one of offsetting contractive forces
and bringing about renewed expansion to one of
restraining inflation. Our Government is pre-
pared to alter its policy again should altered cir-
cumstances require it.
The World Economic Survey notes that the cur-
rent expansion in industrial countries may be
looked upon as the first peacetime expansion since
World War II not fed by the pent-up demand of
the immediate postwar period or by the pressure
of military requirements. The period ahead
therefore promises to mark an interesting phase
in the world's economic histoi*y. Our countries
will undergo a test of their ability to sustain eco-
nomic growth and stable price levels under what
we are entitled to regard as "normal" conditions
of demand.
The future course of economic events is never a
mere extension of the past. We know from ex-
perience that the path of economic development
is not free of dips and turns. Wliile no one can
foresee precisely the nature of forthcoming events,
the present indications regarding the course of
the American economy during the balance of this
year are these :
First, that capital expenditure by business will
be higher in 1957 than in 1956 ;
Second^ that expenditures by our State and local
' For excerpts, see Bitlletin of Feb. 11, 1957, p. 222.
Deparfmenf of %\QiG Bulletin
oovernments will also increase, and that spending
by tlie Federal government will at least remain
at present levels;
Thinh that total expenditure for new construc-
tion will continue at a high rate;
Fourth, that expenditures by consumei'S on
goods and services will continue to expand;
Fifth, that our foreign trade and investment
will remain high.
There are, accordingly, adequate grolmds for
confidence that current U.S. economic expansion
will continue through the balance of 1957.
Mr. President, the world is faced today with
|new tests which will determine whether free so-
cieties can be wise enough and disciplined enough
to master their economic and financial destinies.
Can we prove ourselves able to maintain economic
growth, high levels of employment, and reason-
able price stability, while maintaining the basic
principles of individual liberty in a free society?
If so, we shall have unlocked the gates to a future
of even greater promise.
I believe we may gain confidence from reading
the history of the period since World War II.
Surely it shows that great works can be accom-
plished when free nations apply themselves to
their economic tasks with determination and
understanding.
Meeting Special Problems of European Migration
SEVENTH SESSION OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND SIXTH SESSION OF COUNCIL
OF INTERGOVERNMENTAL COMMITTEE FOR EUROPEAN MIGRATION
iy George L. Warren
The Coimcil of the Intergovernmental Com-
mittee for European Migi-ation (ICEM), organ-
ized on the initiative of the United States Gov-
ernment in 1951 to facilitate emigration from
Europe, met in its sixth session at Geneva,
Switzerland, between April 8 and 12, 1957. The
Council meeting was preceded by the seventh ses-
sion of the Executive Committee.^
Preoccupied since early November 1956 with
the movement of Hungarian refugees out of Aus-
tria, ICEM faced new problems at the April
session in organizing the movement of Hungarian
refugees out of Yugoslavia, the onward move-
ment out of Europe of refugees from Egypt, and
the continuing high movement out of Hong Kong
of European refugees who had secured exit per-
mits from mainland China. These special prob-
^ For an announcement of the U.S. delegation and the
agenda, see Bulletin of Apr. 22, 1957, p. 6.56. For an
article by Mr. Warren on the fifth session of the Coun-
cil and the fifth and sixth (special) sessions of the
Executive Committee, see ihid., May 6, 19.57, p. 743.
lems were in addition to a continuing high rate
of normal movement of indigenous migrants and
refugees other than Hungarians out of Europe.
The estimate of such movement, 108,030, made at
the previous session was raised in April to 135,120.
The movement of Hungarian refugees out of
Europe during 1957 was estimated at a total of
52,520 — from Austria, 32,750; from Yugoslavia,
4,470 ; and from other European countries of sec-
ond asylum, 15,300. Refugees from Egypt had
been arriving in Greece, Italy, and France since
December 1956. They consisted of Jews en route
• Mr. Warren, author of the above arti-
cle, is Adviser on Refugees and Disflaced
Persons, Department of State. He served
as acting U.S. representative at the seventh
session of the ICEM Executive Committee
and principal adviser to the U.S. delegation
at the sixth session of the ICEM Council.
AogusJ 19, 1957
329
to Israel and Italian and Greek nationals and
other Jews choosing to emigrate overseas. The
total number of these refugees moving out of
Europe between April 1 and December 31, 1957,
was estimated at 17,100.
From November 7, 1956, to March 31, 1957,
128,457 Hungarian refugees were moved out of
Austria. The total arrivals in Austria up to
April 1, 1957, were 171,037. The larger receiving
countries were Canada, 15,655; United States,
30,873; France, 9,010; Germany, 11,586; Switzer-
land, 10,474; and the United Kingdom, 20,515.
Of the 128,457 moved, ICEM prox ided transpor-
tation for 66,454 and organized the dispatch of
an additional 51,582; 10,151 departed from Aus-
tria under otlier arrangements. In general those
Hungarian refugees who had been received in
the European countries in November and Decem-
ber 1956 had managed to adjust rather readily in
their new countries of residence. A minor pro-
portion desired further permanent resettlement
ovei-seas, chiefly for the purpose of joining rela-
tives from whom they had become temporarily
separated.
Out of an estimated total for the year of 1,880
European refugees emigrating overseas from
Hong Kong, 847 had been assisted by ICEM
by April 1, 1957.
Need for Additional Financing
Because of the foregoing developments, all
indications were that ICEM's operations in terms
of persons moved and resettled out of Europe in
1957 would well exceed those of any previous
year of ICEM's activities. In consequence tlie
financial budget adopted tentatively by the Ex-
ecutive Committee at a special session in January
1957 in the amount of $52,102,825 was increased
to $64,690,105. Of this total $2,786,003 was esti-
mated for administration and $61,904,102 for
operations, consisting chiefly of costs for trans-
portation.
To meet this budget the Council determined
that an additional $2,300,000 would need to be se-
cured from governments and other sources of in-
come beyond all foreseeable resources for 1957 at
the time of the sixth session. Considering the fact
that many governments had already contributed
generously to the extra costs of moving Hungar-
ian refugees, the additional retjuirements pre-
sented a substantial challenge to the member gov-
ernments of ICEM. Nonetheless a spirit of
confidence prevailed in the Council that the funds
could be raised.
Notable among the special contributions an-
nounced at the Council session for the movement
of Hungarian refugees was the offer of tlie United
States to contribute up to $2 million for the
movement of Hungarian refugees from Yugo-
slavia and up to $1 million for additional move-
ments of Hungarian refugees from Europe
generally, beyond the United States regular con-
tribution of $12.5 million for the normal opera-
tions of the Committee in 1957. The Nether-
lands Government also announced special
contributions of more than $1 million to be
administered partly by ICEM and partly by
the United Nations High Commissioner for
Refugees.
Growing Sliortage of Ships
Considerable attention was given during the
session to the growing shortage of shipping avail-
able for the transport of migrants on the Europe-
to-Australia route. A number of the ships pre-
viously chartered by ICEM had been transferred
to other routes or had been scrapped because o:l
age. New tonnage was not available in the ship-
ping market. An important cost factor in th(
problem arises from the fact that the heavy out
ward movement to Australia, estimated at 52,65(
during 1957 under ICEM auspices, is not coun-
terbalanced by a comparable return-passengei
movement. The use of United States Militarj
Sea Transport ships, which had just completed
the movement of over 36,000 refugees to th(
United States under the Refugee Relief Act oJ
1953, for special trips to Australia was envisaged
in the immediate emergency, and such arrange-
ments were about to be concluded. However,
these ships would not provide a permanent solu-
tion. ICEM was consequently exploring the pos-
sibility of increasing the airlift of migrants tc
Australia.
Tile Director's Report
The Director reported that, since the previous
session of the Executive Committee in January
1957, eight projects for the resettlement of Euro-
pean migrants on the land in Latin American
countries had been presented to the United States
Embassies in Buenos Aires, Rio de Janeiro, and
330
Department of State Bulletin
San Jose, Costa Rica, for consideration by the
International Cooperation Administration with a
view to United States linancial participation. Two
were presented by Argentina, five by Brazil, and
one by Costa Rica. Six of the proposed projects
mvolved the settlement of Italian migrants, and
the remaining two involved emigrants from the
Netherlands. Some 13 additional projects were
luider study and preparation.
ICEM's assistance in the movement of Hun-
garian refugees from Austria to other European
countries raised the question for the first time in
the Council of the extent and desirability of
ICEM participation in the intra-European move-
ment of worlcers and refugees. The discussion on
this point led to consideration of tlae effect which
the European common market treaty would have
on ICEM's overseas movement activities. No
definitive conclusions were readied other than that
the ICEM administration should maintain close
liaison with the administration of the common
market as the latter develops.
The Council adjourned its sixth session on
April 12, 1957, and decided to reconvene on Octo-
ber 7, 1957. All of the 27 member governments
except Paraguay were represented at the session.
Kurt Seidler, the representative of Austria, pre-
sided. Oscar Schuerch of Switzerland sei'ved as
rapporteur.
Provisional Agenda of
Twelfth General Assembly ^
D.N. doc. A/3610 dated July 19
1. Opening of the session by the Chairman of the dele-
gation of Thailand
2. Minute of silent prayer or meditation
3. Credentials of representatives to the twelfth session
of the General Assembly :
(a) Appointment of the Credentials Committee;
(b) Report of the Credentials Committee
4. Election of the President
5. Constitution of the Main Committees and election of
officers
6. Election of Vice-Presidents
7. Notification by the Secretary-General under Article
12, paragraph 2, of the Charter
8. Adoption of the agenda
9. Opening of the general debate
20.
21.
'To convene at U.N. Headquarters, N.T., on Sept. 17,
1957.
10. Report of the Secretary-General on the work of the
Organization
11. Report of the Security Council
12. Report of the Economic and Social Council
13. Report of the Trusteeship Council
14. Election of three non-permanent members of the Se-
curity Council
15. Election of six members of the Economic and Social
Council
16. Election of five members of the International Court of
Justice
17. Appointment of the Secretary-General of the United
Nations
18. Draft relationship agreement between the United Na-
tions and the International Atomic Energy Agency:
report of the Advisory Committee on the Peaceful
Uses of Atomic Energy (resolution 1115 (XI) of 11
January 1957)
19. Question of amending the United Nations Charter in
accordance with the procedure laid down in Article
108 of the Charter, to increase the number of non-
permanent members of the Security Council and the
number of votes required for decisions of the Coun-
cil (decision of the General Assembly of 26 February
1957)
Question of amending the United Nations Charter in
accordance with the procedure laid down in Article
108 of the Charter, to increase the membership of
the Economic and Social Council (decision of the
General Assembly of 26 February 1957)
Question of amending the Statute of the International
Court of Justice, in accordance with the procedure
laid down in Article 108 of the Charter of the United
Nations and Article 69 of the Statute of the Court
with respect to an increase in the number of judges
of the International Court of Justice ( decision of the
General Assembly of 26 February 1957)
Report of the Committee on Arrangements for a Con-
ference for the Purpose of Reviewing the Charter
(resolution 992 (X) of 21 November 1955)
The Korean question: report of the United Nations
Commission on the Unification and Rehabilitation of
Korea (resolutions 376 (V) of 7 October 1950 and
1010 A (XI) of 11 January 1957)
Regulation, limitation and balanced reduction of all
armed forces and all armaments; conclusion of an
international Convention (treaty) on the reduction of
armaments and the prohibition of atomic, hydrogen
and other weapons of mass destruction : report of the
Disarmament Commission (resolution 1011 (XI) of
14 February 1957)
25. Admission of new Members to the United Nations
(resolution 1017 (XI) of 28 February 1957)
26. Report of the Director of the United Nations Relief
and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near
East (resolutions 302 (IV) of 8 December 1949 and
1018 (XI) of 28 February 1957)
27 Report of the Agent General of the United Nations
Korean Reconstruction Agency (resolution 410 A (V)
of 1 December 1950)
28. Economic development of under-developed countries.
Question of the establishment of a Special United
23.
24.
August 19, 1957
331
Nations Fund for Economic Development: final and
supplementary reports of the Ad Hoc Committee, and
recommendations of the Economic and Social Council
(resolution 1030 (XI) of 2G February 1957)
29. Programmes of technical assistance :
(a) Report of the Economic and Social Council;
(b) Confirmation of allocation of funds under the
Expanded Programme of Technical Assistance
(resolution 831 (IX) of 26 November 1954)
30. Report of the United Nations High Commissioner for
Refugees (resolution 428 (V) of 14 December 1950)
31. Review of the arrangements for the Office of the
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
(resolution 727 (VIII) of 23 October 1953)
32. Recommendations concerning international respect for
the right of peoples and nations to self-determination
(decision of the General Assembly of 20 February
1957)
33. Draft International Covenants on Human Rights (de-
cision of the General Assembly of 20 February 1957)
34. Draft Convention on Freedom of Information : report
of the Economic and Social Council (resolution 840
(IX) of 17 December 1954; A/BUR/143, para. 2)
35. Information from Non-Self-Governing Territories
transmitted under Article 73e of the Charter : re-
ports of the Secretary-General and of the Committee
on Information from Non-Self -Governing Territories :
(a) Information on economic conditions;
(b) Information on other conditions ;
(c) General questions relating to the transmission
and examination of information ;
(d) Offers of study and training facilities under res-
olutions 845 (IX) of 22 November 1954 and 931
(X ) of 8 November 1955 ;
.(e) Methods of reproducing summaries of informa-
tion concerning Non-Self-Governing Territories ;
report of the Secretary -General (resolution 1052
(XI) of 20 February 1957)
36. Election to fill vacancies in the membership of the
Committee on Information from Non-Self -Governing
Territories (resolution 933 (X) of 8 November 1955)
37. The future of Togoland under French administra-
tion; report of the Trusteeship Council (resolution
1046 (XI) of 23 January 1957)
38. Question of South West Africa :
(a) Report of the Committee on South West Africa
(resolution 749 A (VIII) of 28 November 1953) ;
(b) Study of legal action to ensure the fulfilment of
the obligations assumed by the Mandatory Power
under Mandate for South West Africa : special
report of the Committee on South West Africa
(resolution 1060 (XI) of 26 February 1957) ;
(c) Election of three members of the Committee on
South West Africa (resolution 1061 (XI) of 26
February 1957)
39. Question of the frontier between the Trust Territory
of Somaliland under Italian administration and
Ethiopia : reports of the Governments of Ethiopia
and of Italy (resolution 1068 (XI) of 26 February
1957)
40. Supplementary estimates for the financial year 1957
41. Budget estimates for the financial year 1958
42. Appointments to fill vacancies in the membership of
subsidiary bodies of the General Assembly ;
(a) Advisory Committee on Administrative and Bud-
getary Questions ;
(b) Committee on Contributions;
(c) Board of Auditors ;
(d) Investments Committee; confirmation of the ap-
pointment made by the Secretary-General ;
(e) United Nations Administrative Tribunal;
(f ) United Nations Staff Pension Committee
43. Report of the Negotiating Committee for Extra-
Budgetary Funds
44. Scale of assessments for the apportionment of the
expenses of the United Nations ; report of the Com-
mittee on Contributions ,
45. United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund :
(a) Annual report of the United Nations Joint Staff
Pension Board ;
(b) Report of the United Nations Joint Staff Pension
Board on the fourth actuarial valuation of the
United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund as of
30 September 1956
46. Audit reports relating to expenditure by specialized
agencies of technical assistance funds allocated from
the Special Account (resolution 519 A (VI) of 12
January 19.52)
47. Review of audit procedures of the United Nations
and the specialized agencies (resolution 971 (X) of
15 December 1955)
48. Administrative and budgetary co-ordination between
the United Nations and the specialized agencies ; re-
ports of the Secretary-General and of the Advisory
Committee on Administrative and Budgetary Ques-
tions
49. Financial reports and accounts and reports of the
Board of Auditors ;
(a) United Nations (for the financial year ended 31
December 1956) ;
(b) United Nations Children's Fund (for the finan-
cial year ended 31 December 1956) ;
(c) United Nations Korean Reconstruction Agency
(for the financial year ended 30 June 1957) ;
(d) United Nations Refugee Fund (for the financial
year ended 31 December 1956 )
50. Offer by the Government of Chile of land in Santiago
to be used as office site for the United Nations and
other international organizations (item proposed by
the Secretary-General)
51. Personnel questions ;
(a) United Nations salary, allowance and benefits
system ; outstanding questions from the eleventh
session ;
(b) Question of the geographical distribution of the
staff of the Secretariat of the United Nations:
report of the Secretary -General (resolution 1097
(XI) of 27 February 19.57)
(c) Question of the proportion of fixed-term staff:
332
Department of State Bulletin
report of tlie Secretary-General (A/3558, para-
graph 124)
(d) Review of the staff regulations and of the prin-
ciples and standards progressively applied
thereto: report of the Secretary-General (reso-
lution 782 C (VIII) of 9 December 1953; A/
BUR/141, paragraph 2)
(e) Proposal to amend article 9 of the Statute of
the United Nations Administrative Tribunal : re-
port of the Secretary-General (A/301G, para-
graphs 36-38)
52. United Nations International School: report of the
Secretary-General (resolution 1102 (XI) of 27 Feb-
ruary 1957)
53. Report of the International Law Commission on the
work of its ninth session
54. Question of defining aggression : report of the Special
Committee (resolution 895 (IX) of 4 December 1954;
A/BUR/143, paragraph 4)
55. Draft Code of Offences against the Peace and Se-
curity of Mankind (resolution 897 (IX) of 4 Decem-
ber 1954 ; A/BUR/143, paragraph 4)
56. International criminal jurisdiction (resolution 898
(IX) of 14 December 1954; A/BUR/143, paragraph
4)
57. Effects of atomic radiation (item proposed by
Czechoslovakia)
58. Cyprus: (a) Application, under the auspices of the
United Nations, of the principle of equal rights and
self-determination of peoples in the case of the popu-
lation of the Island of Cyprus; (b) Violations of
human rights and atrocities by the British Colonial
Administration against the Cyprians (item proposed
by Greece)
59. The question of Algeria (item proposed by Afghanis-
tan, Ceylon, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Indonesia, Iran,
Iraq, Japan, Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nepal,
Pakistan, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria,
Tunisia and Yemen)
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
of Washington (representing American Association of
State Highway OflScials)
Charles D. Curtiss, commissioner of public roads, Bureau
of Public Roads, Department of Commerce
William G. Eliot 3d, highway research engineer. Bureau
of Public Roads, Department of Commerce
Edwin W. James, former chief, Inter-American Division,
Bureau of Public Roads, Department of Commerce
Mason G. Lockwood, president, American Society of Civil
Engineers, Houston, Tex.
Burton W. Marsh, director, Traffic Engineering and Safety
Department, American Automobile Association, Wash-
ington, D. C.
J. O. Mattson, president, Automotive Safety Foundation,
Washington, D. C.
Fitzhugh Lee McRee, deputy director for technical serv-
ices. Office of Transportation, International Cfwpera-
tion Administration
D. Grant Mickle, director, Traffic Engineering Division,
Automotive Safety Foundation, Washington, D. C. (rep-
resenting Institute of Traffic Engineers)
Gerald W. Russell, acting officer-in-charge of transporta-
tion and communications, Bureau of Inter-American
Affairs, Department of State
Edward G. Wetzel, assistant chief. Planning Division,
Port of New York Authority
Official delegates and observers from the 21
American Republics and Canada will attend ; also
certain international agencies interested in high-
way matters are invited to participate as observers.
These Congresses have been held since 1925, the
Sixth Congress having been held at Caracas, "Vene-
zuela, July 11-21, 1954.1
This Congress will discuss ways of promoting^
the completion of the Pan American Highway sys-
tem and otlier problems concerning the use of the
already completed sections of the highway.
The Congress will be preceded by a meeting
of Inter-American Traffic Experts, July 29 to Au-
gust 1.
Seventh Pan American Highway Congress
The Department of State announced on July 31
(press release 441) that the United States will be
represented by the following delegation at the
Seventh Pan American Highway Congress, which
will convene at Panama August 1 :
Delegate
Bertram D. Tallamy, chairman, federal highway ad-
ministrator. Bureau of Public Roads, Department of
Commerce
Memljers
William A. Bugge, director of highways for the State
Mr. Rubottom Appointed Member
of Railway Congress Commission
The White House announced on August 2 that
President Eisenhower has appointed Roy Richard
Rubottom, Jr., Assistant Secretary of State, to be
a member of the United States National Commis-
sion in the Pan American Railway Congress Asso-
ciation, vice Henry F. Holland, resigned.
" For a report on the Sixth Congress, see Bulletin of
Nov. 1, 1954, p. 666.
Aogosf 19, 7957
333
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency. Done
at New York October 26, 1956.
Ratified by the President: July 29, 1957.
Ratifications deposited: Australia, Brazil, Canada,
France, United Kingdom, and United States (with
an interpretation and understanding), July 29, 1957;
Netherlands, July 30, 1957 ; Poland and Ukrainian
Soviet Socialist Republic, July 31, 1957.
Entered into force: July 29, 1957.
Cultural Property
Convention for protection of cultural property in event of
armed conflict and regulations of execution. Done at
The Hague May 14, 1954. Entered into force August
7, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: France, June 7, 1957.
Trade and Commerce
Fifth protocol of rectifications and modifications to the
texts of schedules to the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade. Done at Geneva December 3, 1955.'
Signature: Federal Republic of Germany, July 12, 1957.
Weather
Convention of the World Meteorological Organization.
Done at Washington October 11, 1947. Entered into
force March 23, 1950. TIAS 2052.
Accession deposited: Albania, July 29, 1957.
Whaling
Protocol amending the international whaling convention
of 1946 (TIAS 1849). Done in Washington November
19, 19.56.'
Ratification deposited: Denmark, July 26, 1957.
BILATERAL
Brazil
Agreement correcting an error in the surplus agricultural
commodities agreement of December 31, 1956 (TIAS
3725). Effected by exchange of notes at Washington
July 25, 1957. Entered into force July 25, 1957.
Power reactor agreement concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington July 31, 1957. Enters
into force on date on which each Government receives
from the other written notification that it has complied
with statutory and constitutional requirements.
Germany
Research reactor agreement on behalf of Berlin concern-
ing civil uses of atomic energy. Signed at Washingtor
June 28, 1957.
Entered into force: August 1, 1957 (date on which each
Government received from the other written notifica-
tion that it had complied with statutory and con-
stitutional requirements).
Liberia
Agreement for the exchange of parcel post and regulations
of execution. Signed at Monrovia March 16 and at
Washington May 9, 1957. Entered into force August 1,
1957 (date fixed by mutual consent between administra-
tions of the two countries).
Philippines
Agreement relating to the Manila Air Station, with annex
and related exchange of notes. Effected by exchange
of notes at Manila June 18, 1957. Entered into force
June 18. 1957.
DEPARTMENTJAND FOREIGN SERVICE
Consulate Established at Hue, Viet-Nam
A new American consulate was established at Hue, Viet-
Nam, on July 29, 1957. The consulate will be under the
jurisdiction of the Embassy at Saigon. Robert E. Barbour
has been designated consul at Hue.
' Not in force for the United States.
'Not in force.
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 29-August 4
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.O.
No.
Date
Subject
435
7/29
Berlin Declaration.
436
7/30
Murphy: statement on NATO status-
of-forces treaty.
437
7/30
Murphy : supplementary statement.
438
7/30
U.S. recognizes Republic of Tunisia.
439
7/30
U.S. recognizes Military Council as
Government of Haiti.
t440
7/31
Power reactor agreement with Brazil.
441
7/31
Delegation to 7th Pan American High-
way Congress (rewrite).
442
8/ 1
Armstrong : statement on lead and zinc
tariffs.
443
8/ 2
Jordan credentials (rewrite).
444
8/ 3
Dulles : arrival statement.
»445
8/ 4
Dulles : statement on death of Senator
George.
*Not printed. |
tHeld for
a later issue of the Bulletin.
334
Department of State Bulletin
August 19, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVII, No. 947
Ughanistan. Afghanistan Reclamation Project
Expected To Produce Added Income 315
American Republics
klr. Rubottom Appointed Member of Railway Con-
gress Commission 333
Seventh Pan American Highway Congress (dele-
gation) 333
Vsia. Working Group Adopts Report on Asian
Regional Nuclear Center (HoUister, texts of com-
munique and report) 308
Uomic Energy
nternational Atomic Energy Agency Comes Into
Being (Eisenhower) 307
;Vorking Group Adopts Report on Asian RegioHal
Nuclear Center (Hollister, texts of communique
and report) 308
!^anada. Integration of Air Defense Forces of
United States and Canada (text of joint state-
ment) 306
^Jongress, The
Xingressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 322
'roposed Import Excise Taxes on Lead and Zinc
(Armstrong) 321
/lews of Department of State on House Resolution
8704 (Murphy) 317
Department and Foreign Service. Consulate Estab-
lished at Hue, Viet-Nam 334
Disarmament. Western Powers Submit Proposal
on Inspection Zones (Dulles, text of working
paper) 303
Sconomic Affairs
[FC and World Bank Issue Year-End Financial
Statements 316
Loan to Iran for Purchase of Diesel Locomotives . 315
President To Submit Plan for Return of German
War Assets 306
Proposed Import Excise Taxes on Lead and Zinc
(Armstrong) 321
The World Economic Situation : An American View
(Jacoby) 323
Germany
Berlin Declaration Issued by Four Western Powers
(text of declaration) 304
President To Submit Plan for Return of German
War Assets 306
Haiti. United States Recognizes Military Council
of Haiti 315
International Organizations and Conferences
IFC and World Bank Issue Year-End Financial
Statements 316
International Atomic Energy Agency Comes Into
Being (Eisenhower) 307
Meeting Special Problems of European Migration
(Warren) 329
Mr. Rubottom Appointed Member of Railway Con-
gres.s Commission 333
Seventh Pan American Highway Congress (dele-
gation) 333
The World Economic Situation : An American View
(Jacoby) 323
Iran. Loan to Iran for Purchase of Diesel Loco-
motives 315
Jordan. Letters of Credence (Halkal) 315
Military Affairs
Integration of Air Defense Forces of United States
and Canada (text of joint statement) .... 306
Views of Department of State on House Resolution
8704 (Murphy) 317
Mutual Security. Afghanistan Reclamation Proj-
ect Expected To Produce Added Income .... 315
Presidential Documents. International Atomic
Energy Agency Comes Into Being 307
Refugees. Meeting Special Problems of European
Migration (Warren) 329
Treaty Information
Current Actions 334
International Atomic Energy Agency Comes Into
Being (Eisenhower) 307
Tunisia. United States Recognizes New Republic
of Tunisia 306
United Nations. Provisional Agenda of Twelfth
General Assembly 331
Viet-Nam. Consulate Established at Hue, Viet-
Nam 334
Name Index
Armstrong, Willis O 321
Barbour, Robert E 334
Dulles, Secretary 304
Eisenhower, President 307
Haikal, Yousef 315
Hollister, John B 308
Jacoliy, Neil H 323
Murphy, Robert 317
Rubottom, Roy R., Jr 333
Warren, George L 329
U. S. 60VERNMEKT PRINTING OFFICE: 1917
L>.JL,^— U^l-V-
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY S
G BO
MASS
the
Departmeot
of
State
IXSaiwm
UNlTffljfjeXATES
Government n»jTiNG Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIWDOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. *30O
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
THE SECRETARIES OF STATE .
Portraits and Biographical Sketches
This publication is based on a collection of portraits of Secre-
taries of State which tlie Department of State has been accumulat-
ing since 1861. It makes available for the first time reproductions
of the portraits in this collection. The reproductions — which are
in black and white — are arranged chronologically according to the
terms of service of the Secretaries of State. Each reproduction is
accompanied by a biographical sketch of the Secretary and by a
note regarding the artist and the portrait.
The publication includes also three appendixes — the first relat-
ing to Secretaries of State ad interim, the second consisting of
notes regarding other portraits belonging to the Department of
State, and the third consisting of a chronological list of Presidents
of the United States, Secretaries of State, and Secretaries of
Stat« ad interim.
The Secretaries of State : Portraits and Biographical Sketches
may be purchased from the Superintendent of Docmnents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Wasliington 25, D.C., for $1 a copy.
Publication 6402
$1
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Eneioted find:
(ettsh, check, or
monev order).
Please send me copies of The Secretaries of State: Portraits and
Biographical Sketches.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 948
August 26, 1957
iCIAL
KLY RECORD
PROMOTING PEACE AND STABILITY IN THE
MIDDLE EAST • First Report to Congress on Ac-
tivities Under the American Doctrine for t/i« Middle East,
March 9-June 30, 1957 339
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
AUGUST 6 344
DEPARTMENT OF STATE SUPPORTS DOUBLE-TAX
TREATY WITH PAKISTAN • Statement by
Assistant Secretary Kalijarvi 359
THE MIDDLE EAST: AN AMERICAN POINT OF
VIEW • by Edwin M. J. Kretzmann 351
INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION IN THE SCIENCE
OF HYDROGRAPHY • Article by William G. Watt . . 361
TED STATES
EIGN POLICY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superint^ri'ifnt of Documents
OCT 4 -1957
Vol. XXXVII, No. 948 • Publication 6534
August 26, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government tvith information on
developments in tlie field of foreign
relations and on the ivork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by tlie President and by
tlie Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which tlie United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Promoting Peace and Stability in tlie IViiddle East
FIRST REPORT TO CONGRESS ON ACTIVITIES UNDER THE AMERICAN DOCTRINE
FOR THE MIDDLE EAST, MARCH »-JUNE 30, 1957 1
PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE OF TRANSMITTAL
\To the Congress of the United States:
I am transmitting herewith the first report to
the Congress covering activities througli Jmie 30,
1957, in furtherance of the purposes of the joint
resohition to promote peace and stability in the
Middle East.
The resolution is an important milestone in our
foreign policy as it relates to the Middle East.
Since its approval on March 9, 1957, the resolu-
tion has played a major role in our cooperation
with nations of the area to build strength against
the threat of international communism. Further-
more, it has served as an unmistakable warning to
international communism against all forms of ag-
gression. The contribution of the resolution to
international peace and stability in the Middle
East will continue to grow as long as the purposes
and principles it sets forth are maintained.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The "White House, July 31, 1957
TEXT OF REPORT
Chapter 1. Progress Under the Resolution
On March 9, 1957, the President signed House
Joint Resolution 117, which is designed to pro-
mote peace and stability in the Middle East.-
Section 5 of the resolution provides for reports
to the Congress by the President in the months
of January and July of each year.
'■ H. Doe. 220, 85th Cong., 1st sess., Aug. 5, 1957.
* For statements by President Eisenhower and Secre-
tary Dulles and text of resolution, see Bulletin of Mar.
25, 1057, p. 480.
Augwsf 26, 7957
The resolution expresses the readiness of the
Government of the United States, speaking
tlirough both the legislative and executive
brandies, to assist nations in the general area of
the Middle East to maintain their independence
against the threat of international communism.
It authorizes certain courses of action designed to
assist in promoting the stability, strength, and in-
dependence of the nations of the area. It states
specifically that United States aid will be ex-
tended only to those nations desiring assistance.
In making this offer the United States has as-
sumed a new responsibility toward the nations of
the Middle East.
A declaration of this type by its very enact-
ment and world recognition of its significance ac-
complishes an important portion of the purposes
behind it. First, international communism has
been put on notice regarding the consequences of
aggressive action. As Secretary Dulles stated:
"It leaves no possibility of miscalculation by po-
tential armed aggressors." Second, the nations
of the area are encouraged to help themselves
through confidence that they will not be left alone
to face overwhelming strength and through the
offer of material assistance to supplement their
own efforts.
To explain to the countries of the Middle East
the implications of the resolution, the President
asked Ambassador James P. Eichards, who had
been appointed on January 7, 1957, as special as-
sistant to the President, to undertake a mission
to the area. Ambassador Richards was author-
ized to make agreements in principle regarding
economic and military assistance to further the
purposes and objectives of the resolution. Am-
bassador Richards departed on March 12 for visits
to Middle Eastern countries. His party included
339
responsible officers of the Department of State,
the Department of Defense, the International Co-
operation Administration, and the United States
Information Agency. Prior to departure Ambas-
sador Kicliards declared his readiness to visit any
country in the general area of the Middle East
wishing to discuss with him this American doc-
trine. During tlie ensuing 2 months Ambassador
Eichards' mission traveled some 30,000 miles and,
in response to specific invitations, visited the fol-
lowing 15 nations :
Afghanistan
Turlcey
Ethiopia
Yemen
Iran
Sudan
Iraq
Greece
Lebanon
Israel
Libya
Tunisia
Pakistan
Morocco
Saudi Arabia
Ambassador Richards' mission proved notably
successful in bringing home to the nations of the
Middle East and to international communism the
meaning of the resolution. This is reflected in
the fact that 13 of the countries visited have is-
sued public statements endorsing the purposes
and objectives of the resolution.^
In accordance with powers conferred on him
by the President, and in accordance with the pro-
visions of tlie resolution. Ambassador Richards
made agreements in principle for assistance total-
ing $118.7 million. Of this amount, $67.7 million
was to assist nations in the development of eco-
nomic strength; $51.0 million was to strengthen
military forces. Both categories of assistance
contribute to the improvement of internal se-
curity. Further details on these arrangements
and on other use of the authority of the resolu-
tion are given in chapter 2 of this report.
Thus, specific and prompt action has been taken.
Additional information witli respect to the im-
plementation of the resolution and its effects in
the Middle East, which must necessarily remain
confidential, has been supplied to appropriate
committees of the Congress in detailed reports
submitted pursuant to section 3 of the resolution.
Ambassador Richards and otliers have testified
" For texts of joint communiques or statements issued
following Ambassador Richards' visits, together with
other background information, see ihid., May 6, 1057, p.
724 ; May 13, 1957, p. 70.3 ; and May 27, 1957, p. 841.
before coimnittees of the Congress on the results:
of his trip and the significance of its accomplish
ments.*
Section 2 of the resolution states that if th(
President determines tlie necessity thereof, the
United States is prepared to use armed forces tc ; J
assist any nation or group of nations of the Mid-!
die East requesting assistance against armed ag-
gression from any country controlled by inter-
national communism, provided such action is con-
sonant with the treaty obligations and the Con-
stitution of the United States. The significance
of this provision has been its clear warning thai
the United States would act, and the deterrent
effect of this warning. No action has been re-
quired under the authority of this provision dur-
ing the period covered by this report. However,
its implications have been carefully brought out.
Foreign governments have been assured, notablj
by Ambassador Richards, that the provision ex-
presses the intent of the United States to come tc
their lielp if requested in the event of armed ag-
gression by international communism. At the
same time it has been made clear that the resolu-
tion specifically confers on the President discre-
tion to determine what action sliould be taken bj
the United States in any given circmnstances, anc
that the resolution does not carry with it any ad-
vance commitment by the United States to take
any particular course of action.
Proper evaluation of a major policy pronounce-
ment can be made only over a period of time.
Further, results in terms of achieving United
States objectives occur as a consequence of the
totality of United States policy, conceived and ex-
ecuted as a synchronized whole. The joint reso-
lution on the Middle East has played a central
part in the recent amelioration of the conditions
in the area. A fresh opportunity has been opened
up for peoples of the area to tackle the manifold
matters confronting them.
Despite progress achieved, no grounds for com-
placency exist. The United States must persevere
in the course upon wliich it has embarked if the
high purposes embodied in the resolution are to be
realized. To do othei-wise would be to break
faith with the nations of the Middle East to the
' For Ambassador Richards' statements, see ihid., .Tune
17, 1957, p. 969, and July 1, 1957, p. 17.
340
Department of State Bulletin
Jetiimeiit of our own national security and the
icause of world peace.
In his message of January 5, 1957, to the Con-
oress/ the President stated that he intended to
request funds for each of the fiscal years 1958 and
1959 to carry forward the iiui-poses of the resolu-
tion. Funds for this purpose for fiscal year 1958
are included in the appropriate components of
the nnitual security program currently before the
Congress."
Chapter 2. Economic and Military Assistance
Extended in Furtherance of the Resolution
In support of its broad objective "to promote
peace and stability in the Middle East," the joint
resolution authorized the President to extend eco-
nomic and military assistance to countries in the
area from existing appropriations then available
for carrying out the provisions of the Mutual Se-
curity Act of 1954, as amended. Section 3 au-
thorized waiver of certain existing provisions of
law with respect to not more than $200 million of
:he funds available.
The economic and military assistance provisions
Df the resolution have been particularly important.
They have demonstrated the intent of the United
States to back up the declaration by prompt, tan-
gible acts. They have carried a powerful psycho-
logical impact. Section 3 has enabled the execu-
tive branch to make the most effective use of
noneys already appropriated. Because of the
series of crises in the IMiddle East during the past
fiscal year, a readjustment in previous plans was
unavoidable, requiring a waiver of certain restric-
tions in the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as
amended, and in the Mutual Security Appropria-
tion Act of 1957.
In furtherance of the purposes of the resolu-
tion, agi'eements in principle were negotiated for
iconomic and military assistance totaling $174.2
million. Somewhat over two-thirds of this amount
was negotiated by Ambassador Richards for eco-
nomic and military assistance in nine of the coun-
tries he visited. The remaining one-third repre-
sents agreements negotiated by ICA for Middle
'Ibid., Jan. 21, 1957, p. S3.
'For text of President Eisenhower's message to Con-
gress on the mutual security program for 19.58, see ibid.,
June 10, 19.57, p. 920.
August 26, 1957
East economic programs in support of the objec-
tives of the joint resolution. Tlie appropriate
congressional committees have been kept fully in-
formed of all assistance proposed in furtherance of
the joint resolution. No substantive objection was
received from the committees regarding any of the
proposed arrangements.
/. Economic assistance agreements negotiated hy
Ambassador Richards
Economic assistance programs were approved
by Ambassador Richards under the terms of the
resolution in the following countries: Lebanon,
Libya, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Iraq, Saudi Arabia,
and Ethiopia. In addition, a regional economic
assistance program was approved, under the aus-
pices of the Baghdad Pact, involving the cooper-
ation of Iran, Iraq, Pakistan, and Turkey.
Agreement was reached with each country re-
garding economic projects to be undertaken. Ex-
amples of types of economic and technical assist-
ance projects for which funds were committed are
the following: Low-cost housing and slum clear-
ance; improvement of municipal village water-
supply systems; rural electrification; irrigation
projects; road construction and improvement and
related facilities ; improvement of air-transporta-
tion facilities; general economic surveys leading
to improved development planning ; development
of broadcasting ; assistance in strengthening edu-
cation systems; improvement of telecommunica-
tions; development of basic industrial facilities
and basic resources; improvement of railroad fa-
cilities; improved regional telecommunication,
railroad, and road systems.
The total amount of economic assistance funds
negotiated by Ambassador Richards was $67.7
million ' of which $52.7 million ' was on a grant
basis and $15 million was on a loan basis. Pur-
suant to the agreements negotiated by Ambassador
Richards, a total of $47.9 million w\as ultimately
obligated for these purposes. Of this amount,
$23.4 million was obligated under the special au-
thority of section 3 of the resolution, and $24.5
million was obligated under the regular authority
of the Mutual Security Act. The difference be-
' These amounts were later increased by $188,000 to
.$67.9 million and $52.9 million, respectively, in order to
reflect increased cost in the acquisition of equipment more
suitable to the operation involved. [Footnote in original.]
341
tween the amounts agreed to in principle by Am-
bassador Richards and the amount of these funds
ultimately obligated is accounted for by the fact
that certain teclinical and legal problems could not
be resolved before the end of the 1957 fiscal year.
Notification of proposed assistance by countries
was given to Congress between the dates of March
29, 1957, and May 14, 1957, on all arrangements
made by Ambassador Eichards, and in each case
included (1) a brief description of the projects,
(2) an estimate of costs, and (3) the appropria-
tion expected to be used.
It was made clear to each cooperating country,
after agreement in prmciple had been reached on
what economic activities would be carried out,
that the United States Government would im-
mediately undertake the legal and technical steps
required for the initiation of each project. Fur-
thermore, it was made clear that economic
assistance would be furnished from fimds ap-
propriated by Congress for fiscal year 1957 and
that Ambassador Richards was not authorized to
make any legal or moral commitments regarding
availability of funds for future fiscal years.
//. Military assistance agreements negotiated hy
Ambassador Richards
Ambassador Richards made agreements in prin-
ciple for military assistance totaling $51.0 mil-
lion, * consisting principally of additional military
hardware (tanks, vehicles, electronics equipment,
etc.) expendable items, such as ammvmition, and
military construction. Of this amount, $24.1 mil-
lion was obligated under the regular authority of
the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended, and
$23.2 million is estimated to have been obligated
vmder section 3 of the resolution. The exact ob-
ligation status of $7.4 million of the latter amount
is not available at this time since the major por-
tion represents items scheduled under offshore pro-
curement on which obligation reports have not yet
been received.
A balance of $3.75 million could not be obligated
prior to June 30, 1957, because of legal difficulties.
The Department of Defense, however, plans to
schedule this amount for obligation early in fiscal
year 1958 from such funds as are appropriated
by the Congress.
' This amount was later increased by $87,000 to $51.1
million in order to reflect additional items required.
[Footnote in original.]
///. Use of mutxial security funds under the terms
of the resolution for Middle East economic as-
sistance programs other than those arranged hy
Ambassador Richards
Economic assistance in the amomit of $55.1 mil-
lion was obligated by ICA for Middle East pro-
grams not arranged by Ambassador Richards but
which required the authority of section 3 of the
joint resolution. Appropriate congressional com-
mittees were informed 15 days before funds were
obligated. If this authority had not been used
most of these Middle East programs could not
have been initiated. Types of economic assistance
programs covered in this sector are similar to those
listed in section I, chapter 2, of this report.
This Middle East economic assistance required
use of the authority of the resolution to waive the
requirement of section 105 of the 1957 Appropria-
tion Act that not more than 20 percent of fiscal
year 1957 funds be obligated after April 30, 1957.
This assistance could not be obligated prior to
April 30, 1957, because (1) two of the country pro-
grams required new bilateral agreements, which
were not completed in time to permit orderly pro-
graming by April 30, 1957; (2) requirements for
orderly and prudent programing precluded earlier (
obligation of some of the amounts in other country
programs; (3) programing needs had undergone
considerable change as a result of unforeseen de-
velopments in the immediately preceding months ;
and (4) some of the programs, while not depend-
ent on the Richards mission visits, were deferred
pending that mission's visits, to permit assurance
of overall program balance. In order to make cer-
tain grant assistance available, the authority of the
resolution was also used to waive tlie requirement
of the Mutual Security Act that 80 percent of the
assistance available under title II of the act be in
the form of loans.
Chapter 3. Action Pursuant to Section 4
Section 4 of the resolution states that the Presi-
dent should continue to furnish facilities and mili-
tary assistance to the United Nations Emergency
Force in the Middle East with a view to main-
taining the peace in that region. This assistance
has been rendered.
The United States not only strongly favored
the establishment of the United Nations Emer-
gency Force by the United Nations General As-
342
Department of State Bulletin
sembly in November 1956,° but offered to supply
the force with initial transportation and logistical
support needed to carry out its responsibilities.
Accordingly, the United States has provided
initial airlift for 3,657 UNEF troops from Nor-
way, Sweden, Denmark, Finland, India, Indo-
nesia, Brazil, and Colombia to Italy and Lebanon
on a nonreimbursable basis at a cost of $1.2 mil-
lion. The United States has provided the force
with a large quantity of supplies and equipment
on a reimbursable basis. The cost of these items
supplied through the first quarter of 1957 totaled
$2.5 million. Funds appropriated to the Depart-
ment of Defense have been used in each case.
The United States has already paid $3.3 million
as its share of the United Nations UNEF assess-
ment of $10.0 million from funds appropriated to
the Department of State for contributions to in-
ternational organizations. It is prepared to con-
tribute on a matching basis one-half of the $6.5
million of UNEF's 1957 costs for which the Gen-
eral Assembly has requested contributions, usmg
funds nnder section 401 (b) of the Mutual Securi-
ty Act of 1954, as amended.
This support for the United Nations Emergency
Force has helped stabilize the situation in the
Middle East in the area of last year's hostilities.
Mr. Herter and Ambassador Richards
To Attend EVlalayan Celebrations
The Department of State announced on August
7 (press release 451) that Under Secretary Her-
ter and Ambassador James P. Richards, who will
attend the independence celebrations of tlie Fed-
eration of Malaya at Kuala Lumpur as the per-
sonal representatives of President Eisenhower
with the rank of special ambassador, will depart
' For background, see Bulletin of Xov. 19, 1956, p. 787.
from the United States on August 23 and return
on September 22. Their itinerary will also in-
clude visits at Manila, Saigon, Rangoon, Bang-
kok, Hong Kong, Taipei, Seoul, and Tokyo.
They will be accompanied by Mrs. Herter and
Mrs. Richards; Frederick M. Dearborn, Jr., Spe-
cial Assistant to the President and Vice Chairman
of the Operations Coordinating Board ; Harry F.
Stimpson, Jr., Special Assistant to the Under
Secretary ; John P. Wliite, representative from the
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Congressional
Relations; Rufus Z. Smith, Officer-in-Charge,
Malayan Affairs ; and Mrs. Marian S. Stilson, sec-
retary to the Under Secretary.
President of Chile
To Visit United States
White House press release dated August 9
Pi'esident Eisenhower has invited President
Carlos Ibanez del Campo of Chile for a 10-day
official visit to the United States beginning De-
cember 11, 1957. The first 3 days will be spent
in Washington meeting with President Eisen-
hower, Secretary of State Dulles, and other top
officials of the Government. Subsequently, Presi-
dent Ibaiiez will visit other parts of the United
States.
Letters of Credence
Argentina
The newly appointed Ambassador of the Ar-
gentine Republic, Mauricio Luis Yadarola, pre-
sented his credentials to President Eisenliower
on August 5. For texts of the Ambassador's re-
marks and the President's reply, see Department
of State press release 446.
August 26, 1957
343
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of August 6
Press release 450 dated August 6
Secretary Dulles: I want first of all to say a
word about Senator George. I made a statement
on Sunday, ^ but I want to say again to you ladies
and gentlemen how deeply we feel his loss. I had
known him for a good many years rather inti-
mately in the Senate and outside of the Senate.
He was a great statesman who contributed greatly
to the free world in its search for peace and
justice. I don't think it was generally understood
perhaps how closely and intimately he had been
working with us in the State Department. Since
he retired from the Senate, he liad been at our
staff meetings quite regularly, participated in all
our major decisions, and, even after he left Wash-
ington for what turned out to be his last trip, I had
been in communication with him and had cor-
respondence with him about the foreign policy of
tlie United States. He will be greatly missed, and
I will greatly miss liim as a close and intimate
friend, one who was loved by all who knew him.
And I was one who enjoyed that relationship.
I am ready to receive questions.
Q. There has heen grave concern expressed in
Brifain and aho in the dominions that the United
States looks happily at trouble in those area^s of the
Middle East where British oil is concerned in the
hope that Ainerican oil interests will gradually
obtain a greater and greater share in the produc-
tion of those areas. Would you care to comment
on that?
A. In the first place I am not aware of that
concern; secondly, I would say tliere is no basis
whatsoever for that concern. It really would be
a sad thing if it was felt the United States took
pleasure in fomenting trouble in those areas of
the world. There is no slightest influence on tlie
part of any American oil company in the direc-
' Press release 445 dated Aug. 4.
344
tion which is suggested here. In tlie particular
area of trouble today, between the Sultan of Mus-
cat and tlie Imam of Oman, the only oil interests
in the trouble areas are, as far as I am aware,
those of a subsidiary of the Iraq Petroleum Com-
pany, which reflects a combination of British,
American, and other oil interests. There is no de-
sire whatsoever to drive out or make trouble for
British interests. There is close cooperation in
that respect in that particular area.
Q. The Imam of Oman is reported to have ad-
dressed an appeal to the United States to bring
about negotiations between his forces and the
British. Can you comment on that?
A. The appeal itself just came to the Depart-
ment this morning, and I saw it only a few min-
utes ago. It was a message delivered to our Em-
bassy in Cairo and transmitted by them to the
Department. As I said, it just came, to my at-
tention at least, only a few minutes ago. I have
not had time to study it. Of course I think you
all realize this area has been the scene of recur-
rent trouble for a long, long time. There have
been episodes of this soi't with considerable fre-
quency over the last hundred years. I am told
there was considerable trouble in 1860 or there-
abouts and also considerable trouble in the ]ie-
riod of 1912 to 1914. I believe that in 1914 the
Imam of Oman addressed a plea to President Wil-
son, so that this kind of trouble is nothing that
is new. It has unhappily been somewhat chronic
in the area for a hundred years or thereabouts,
and it is our hope that it will not now develop into
anything of major proportions.
Q. Have you any idea, Mr. Secretary, what the
Imam, of Omari's line of com,municati.on is in that
very desolate and isolated area — how he convmu-
nicates with Cairo?
A. No, I can't say. I thought perhaps you peo-
Deparfment of Stafe Bulletin
pie would know better than I, because the report
of this coinnumication has been in the press for
several days and we only received it this morning.
Appointment of Ambassadors
Q- Several amhassadors — / think perhaps half
a dozen or 'more — have heen appointed who are
large contributors to the Republican National
Committee or similar Republican organizations.
I would like to ask two questions : first, are these
matters brought to your attention at the time yoxi
appoint or recommend the appointment of an am-
bassador, and secondly, do you clear the appoint-
ment of ambassadors loith the Republican Na-
tional Committee?
A. The question of contributions is not brought
to my attention. I am told that we have appointed
more than one ambassador who has made a sub-
stantial contribution to the Democratic campaign
fund during the last year. So you see that the
question of contributions and who the contribu-
tions were made to is by no means a determining
or important factor in our appointments. I do
not think that there is any clearing of appoint-
ments except as there is a normal clearing, I think,
of all appointments through the leadership. I
don't think of anything special with the Republi-
can National Committee. [Addendum : In the
case of a noncareer nominee there is usually an
effort to get, through the Republican National
Committee, political clearance from the State of
his residence.]
Q. There is, nevertheless, quite an incidence in
the appointment of ambassadors of those who
have contributed fumds, and it leads to a public
impression this is a regular practice. I would
like to ask you if you think it is a desirable thing
to permit that impression to prevail, and, if in the
past ambassadors have been appointed becatise
they contributed, perhaps this is a custom which
has outlived its usefulness.
A. I would be very sorry if there was any rule
that because a person contributed to a political
campaign fund he was thereby disqualified from
being an ambassador. That would deprive us of
the services of many important ambassadors, some
of whom have contributed to the Democratic
Party as well as some who have contributed to
the Republican Party. We do not consider con-
tributing to the Democratic Party disqualifies a
person, nor do we consider contributing to the
Republican Party disqualifies a person.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said mx)re than one pres-
ent ambassador has contributed to the Democratic
Party. Do you happen to knoio loho they are
besides David Bruce, who is listed as a Democratic
contributor?
A. I think I know who they are, but I prefer
not to name them here.
Q. On this same subject, Ceylon is considered
to be a sensitive area insofar as the competition
bettoeen the Communist and non-Communist
world is concerned. Apart from other considera-
tions was it foumd that Mr. Gluck had particidar
qualifications which recommended him to be am-
bassador there, and, if not, why not?
A. Ceylon is of course an important and sensi-
tive area, and indeed I think that every single one
of our diplomatic posts represents an important
area. I have often said that I think there is not
a single one of our diplomatic posts today which
does not reflect an area of great importance. It
is very different than it was in the old days when
there were only three or four really important
embassies. Today almost every area is the scene
of struggle between international communism and
the free world, so that every appointment is
important.
Now, the question of the selection of any par-
ticular person depends primarily upon whether
he has integrity of character, whether he has a
sharp and quick intelligence, and whether he is
genuinely devoted to the public service. We be-
lieve that out of those three qualities can be made
a competent and efficient ambassador worthy to
represent and able to defend the interests of the
United States. We believe that Mr. Gluck has
all three of those qualities.
Q. Are you going to send him to Ceylon, Mr.
Secretary?
A. I beg your pardon?
Q. Is he going to Ceylon?
A. I do not know of any change of plans.
Khrushchev-Tito Meeting
Q. What do you, think of the new Khrushchev-
Tito treaty, Mr. Secretary?
August 26, 7957
345
A. The meeting is not surprising to us. We
have assumed for some time that with the shakeup
in the Soviet top leadership, and particularly
■with the elimination of Mr. Molotov, a new effort
would be made to woo Tito. So the fact that the
meeting took place came as no surprise ; indeed, it
was logical it should happen. It is not easy to
judge the results of the meeting. Certainly I
think that official communiques are not the most
informative things in the world even when they
are made between the free-world leaders.
Q. Hear! Hear!
A. Wlien they are made between the Com-
munists they are even less informative. The
things that take place in these meetings which are
really significant do not lend themselves to ex-
pression in communiques. There is the intangible
element and whether you really understand each
other and get a better appreciation of what each
other's purposes are so they can be brought into
harmony. Those things cannot be adequately ex-
pressed in comjniuiiques. It is interesting that
this particular communique, I am told, was not
a communique at all in the sense of the usual signed
communique, which is customary in these meetings
with the Soviet rulers. It was a joint press
announcement.
It seems to me quite apparent, as far as we can
judge to date, that nothing happened which has
led President Tito to give up his rather stalwart
position that it is possible to have a Communist
regime without being dominated by what we call
international communism or a Soviet-type brand
of communism. So far we have no reason to be-
lieve that there has been any fundamental altera-
tion of the situation. But that can only be ade-
quately judged if we consider what actually
happens, and of course we keep this under close
and constant scrutiny.
Status of Disarmament Talks
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you tell us something
about the status of the disarmament talks in Lon-
don? Are you optimistic of any ■possible value of
the results?
A. Well, I try not to operate in terms of opti-
mism or pessimism in this field. As I said several
times, it is so important to arrive at a positive re-
sult that we have to accept that possibility as a
346
working hypothesis and we have to keep working
day by day plugging along in the faith, at least,
that we will come to a positive result. I believe
that the proposals made on behalf of the four
Western Powers last week — and when I say the
four Western Powers I should bring in that they
were also concurred in by all of the NATO powers
concerned — that represents perhaps the most sig-
nificant proposal in terms of peace that I think has
been made in recent history, perhaps ever.^ It
embodies, of course, the basic concept of President
Eisenhower's "open skies" proposal made at Ge-
neva 2 years ago. It develops that by accepting
the Bulganin proposal that there should also be
ground posts, and, indeed, we have come to the
conclusion that any effective inspection should
have the two components, air inspection and
ground posts, and either without the other is in-
adequate.
Our proposal is now made in alternative terms;
it can be very broad, covering in effect all of the
North American continent north of Mexico, all
of Europe, and all of the Soviet Union; or, if it
is desired to start on a more experimental basis,
it can be done in the northern area, which would
include the area north of the Arctic Circle and, in
addition, Alaska, the Aleutians, Eastern Siberia,
Kamchatka, and the Kurile Islands.
Now, if we get started in that road, then I be-
lieve that we can all feel, with reason, that the
danger of a major war has receded because there
will not be launched a major war unless the at-
tacker feels that he can gain through surprise a
decisive initial advantage.
In that atmosphere it will be possible, indeed
inevitable, that we go ahead with reduction of
armaments. Without that atmosphere I am du-
bious as to the possibility of making very much
progress because the elements of military strength
are so complex, so imponderable, that you cannot
equate them in an atmosphere of fear and an at-
mosphere of danger. That has been proved, I
think, particularly by the tallfs that took place
between the allies after the First World War,
8 years of discussions that took place at Geneva.
If, however, there can be sufficient inspection
to diminish appreciably the danger of a sudden
surprise attack, that will change the atmosphere.
Then I think we will really be moving into a new
' Bulletin of Aug. 19, 1957, p. 303.
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
era where reduction of armaments will be almost
inevitable. It might not even depend upon an
agreement but be almost automatic because a po-
tential aggressor will realize that he has no use
for liis armament because he will not be able to
perpetrate a successful aggression, and a peace-
loving nation will realize that it does not need
so great armament because the nation cannot be
knocked out completely by an initial surprise at-
tack. I do believe that, whatever the initial re-
action may be, the persuasiveness of such a pro-
gram is so great that the public opinion in the
world will demand its acceptance. With that ac-
ceptance then really we shall begin to get some-
where.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what advantage xoould there
he for Russia in signing such an agreement?
They knoio that a democracy can't launch a sur-
prise attack. They are the only kind of govern-
ment that can. So what hind of argv/ments could
persuade them that this is to their advantage?
A. Well, I believe that the Soviet rulers want
to stand before the world as peace-loving. They
talk about it all the time. They realize it is a
very important propaganda advantage for them.
They have other ways of pursuing their goals
than by military aggression. And if they should
become exposed to the world as insisting upon an
opportunity for massive surprise attack, then I
think that their opportunity to perpetrate such
attack will vanish and also their opportunity to
wage an economic and cultural warfare will van-
ish with it. So I believe that they will find it to
their advantage.
Question of Senate Ratification
Q. Mr. Secretary, I don't wam,t to jump ahead
of the game, hut, if the Russians should accept the
alternative ivhich woidd open up the United
States to inspection, do you have any assurance
noiv or any confidence that the United States
Senate would ratify a treaty embracing that fact?
A. I believe that the peaceful gains from this
type of supervision, which would cover all of the
Soviet Union and all of the satellite states of
Europe, would be so great and so demonstrably
great in terms of security, of relief from the dan-
ger of sudden surprise attack, of consequent pos-
sibilities of saving in terms of budget and the
like, that that pressure for the acceptance of such
a proposal would be irresistible upon us, just as it
may become irresistible upon the Soviet rulers.
Q. Have you made soundings in the Senate,
either with the Disarmament Suhcommittee or the
whole Foreign Relations Committee, on the pro-
posals you made in London?
A. We have kept the Disarmament Subcom-
mittee, of which Senator Hubert Humphrey is
chairman, fully informed of what we are doing.
I don't want to imply in any way that they are
committed by that fact, but they have been kept
fully informed. There will be another meeting,
I think, of the subcommittee on Thursday, at
which Mr. [Gerard C] Smith, who is my assistant
in this matter, will explain further what we did
in London. Actually, the text of our proposal
was submitted to the subcommittee chairman be-
fore it was delivered in London. Let me say
again that by that I don't want to imply that we
consider the committee bound by any such thing,
by acquiescence. But I have no doubt myself
that, if this should be accepted by the Soviet
Union, it would be supported by the Senate in
a treaty.
Of course, I want to make this clear also, that
acceptance in principle is a long way off from
gaining something that is satisfactory. Before
you have anything concrete to put your teeth in
here you have to find out what kind of inspection
tliere is going to be. As I said in some of our
allied talks in London, we must be very careful
to avoid a situation where there is merely an ac-
ceptance in principle but without the small print
which determines really whether this thing is
worth while or not. If the whole world should
be elated by what appeared to be an acceptance in
principle without working out some of the details,
then we might be in for a great disillusion, a great
danger. If we started to reduce armaments
merely on the basis of a Soviet acceptance in prin-
ciple before the detailed inspection will be deter-
mined, we would have bought a pig in a poke.
Therefore, we are urging that the Kussians should
quickly designate experts with whom we can sit
down and start to discuss these questions of what
kind of inspection will there be, and upon the
kind of inspection, the ability of the inspectors to
communicate with tlieir home base upon matters
of that sort, we will determine whether there is
reality in substance. Indeed, until we get on with
Aogusf 26, 7957
347
that matter, it is not, I think, in shape to put up
in any definitive way to the country, the Congress,
or the Senate.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you preclude the '■''open
skies''^ plan as a prerequisite to the other steps that
have been talked about — for example, the 10-
month ban on nuclear testing, can that go ahead
without the "open skies'''' or not?
A. Well, we are presenting all of these things
as an interlocking whole, and I think it would
be extremely difficult to make progress in these
other matters if there were rejection of tlie prin-
ciple of inspection against a sudden surprise
attack.
Effect of Cut in Military Manpower
Q. Mr. Secretary, during these latter phases of
disarmament talks, this administration has an-
nounced a considerable cut in its military man-
poioer and its naval ships afloat and reduction in
procurement of military aircraft, all for budget
7'easons. There have been some Democratic
critics icho have said that this has been unilateral
disarmamsnt and in fact has undercut the hand of
American diplomacy in these talks with the
Soviets. Could you comment on that?
A. I don't feel that any of the United States
cuts that are projected has that effect. It is true
that there is a program, for example, to cut our
manpower by 100,000. And that would itself
bring our manpower closer to the figure we are
talking about of two and a half million. But I
have never felt, and I think no one else feels really,
that these figures of manpower have any very
great significance. You can expand or contract
manpower very quickly, depending upon what
your system of training is. And no reliance, in
my opinion, should be placed upon those figures
as a reliable index of military power.
The question of the armament is more signifi-
cant than manpower. But there again I don't
think you will ever arrive at any balancing equa-
tion. But the U.S. manpower cuts that are now
in contemplation are not designed really to cut
our strength.
I would feel this, that, if there was action taken
in relation to our mutual security program which
looked as though our system of mutual security
would fall apart, that would be extremely dis-
astrous from the standpoint of negotiating an
effective limitation of armament agreement and
inspection agreement because then indeed the
Soviets might say, "Well, all we need to do is to
wait and the whole collective security, common-
defense system of the free nations will fall apart."
If they had that prospect before them, I think they
would just try to wait that one out.
But the cuts so far in contemplation in our own
National Military Establishment are not de-
signed to, and will not actually, cut our military
strength. It will change the form of it, but we
will still have an immensely powerful Military
Establishment.
Aerial Inspection of U.S. Overseas Bases
Q. Mr. Secretary, what is the relationship be-
tween the United States system of overseas bases
and the proposal for aerial inspection in its vari-
ous forms? This question has come up before,
and there has been some speculation from London
that it may be raised again by the Soviets.
A. Well, if the Soviet Union accepts the pro-
posal for the large areas, that would cover a very
considerable part of the areas of our bases. Even
the northern proposal, of course, covers the Thule
base in Greenland. And the broad European pro-
posal would cover the United Kingdom and vir-
tually all of Europe, including parts of Spain
where some at least of our bases are — in Turkey,
and so forth. The fact that these areas are under
inspection does not mean that there will not be
bases there. As a matter of fact, I would imagine
that today the Soviet Union, through its agents
and tlirough the fact that we are pretty loose in
our security pi-ecautions, has got pretty full
knowledge today about our bases and our military
establishments, both here and abroad. Probably
they would not learn a great deal more under this
system than they know now. And it would not
lead to any alteration in our military dispositions.
Q. What about the possibility of — icell, let me
put it this way — would it be a negotiable question
to consider applying the iTispection proceAwres to
bases in the Middle East?
A. Well, we have no bases in the Middle East
[addendum : excluding North Africa] unless you
include Turkey, and that would be covered in this
plan, I presume.
Q. Dhahran?
A. That is not a military base.
348
Deparfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
Q. Mr. Secretary, on another subject, don't you
think that—
A. Excuse me. We liave certain rights tliere,
but we do not — but that is not operated as a mili-
tary base.
Import Restrictions on Lead and Zinc
Q. Sir, do you think that our position on liberal
trade at the forthcoming Buenos Aires conference
iviU at all be weakened by the Departmenfs sup-
port of new lead and zinc restrictions? ^ I under-
stand- that several Latin American countries who
are economically dependent on lead and zinc ex-
ports have already protested to the Department
on tlie matter.
A. I think it's unfortunate that the situation
in the lead and zinc industry here at home is such
that it does seem necessary to take certain meas-
ures to protect it and keep it in existence as a
healthy industry. I do not think that that means,
in fact I'm sure that it does not mean, any basic
change in the attitude of this administration to-
ward trade and our desire to have a liberal flow
of trade to mutual advantage. There are always
going to be special situations that come along and
which as a practical matter have to be dealt with.
And the fact that there are exceptions does not in
any way vitiate the rule of seeking to have free
and liberal trade.
Now, this situation about lead and zinc has been
one that has been jilaguing us for several years.
It came up rather acutely about 4 years ago, I
think in '53, and at that time it was possible to
handle the situation through a combination of
voluntary restraints by some foreign countries on
their exports of lead and zinc to the United States
and stockpiling program. Well, the stockpiling
program has come to an end. The price of most
metals is rather weak at the present time, and the
situation is back to be dealt with in some way.
The program for dealing with it, as I understand,
is on a sliding-scale basis, so that, when prices
recover, then the duties will go down. We can
all hope that there will be a revival of strength
in these metals so that in fact any new duties
based only upon low prices will not have to be
maintained.
Q. Mr. Secretary, whafs delaying the fiivning
vp of a date for the special Assembly session on
'Hid., p. 321.
Hungary, and are Yugoslavia and Ceylon among
those favoring such a special session?
A. I thought that there had been agreement on
the special session.
Q. No.
A. Well, then I was misinformed. I had a long
talk on the telephone on Sunday, when I got back,
witli Ambassador Lodge, and he gave me the date
and he seemed to think it was reasonably firm.
Q. What date was that, Mr. Secretary?
A. It was, I think, just a week before the open-
ing of the regular General Assembly, which I
think is the I7th, is it not ? And he assmned that
there would be a special session, I think, on the
10th.
Q. During your stay in London, Mr. Secretary,
did the French seek to divert you at all on the
subject of Algeria when you talked about it?
A. I don't know in what sense you use the word
"divert."
Q. You went over to talk about disarmament
and, since the French Foreign Minister was in
London, I wonder if you talked about Algena.
A. Foreign Minister Pineau came over to
London while I was there and he had lunch with
me at the Embassy, and before lunch we strolled
around on the lawn and talked, about various
matters and Algeria was one of the topics that was
mentioned, but I might say in a semisocial way.
Q. Did you talk about the NATO atomic stock-
pile matter that you mentioned to us some weeks
ago, and inJiat is the status of the Pentagon agency
report on that, which you said was forthcoming?
A. I have not caught up with that since I am
back. We did not discuss it in London, no.
Q. Mr. Secretary, have you had time to look into
Ambassador Smith''s report and the statennents
he made on the Cuban situation?
A. Yes, I read the statement, and I want to say
that it is a statement which, perhaps from a purely
technical point of view, may not have been per-
fectly correct. But it was a very human state-
ment. I'm glad that we have some, in fact I hope
many, ambassadors who are not mere automatic
machines but who do have sentiments of humanity
which they sometimes express, without regard per-
haps to the diplomatic niceties. His statement
Aogusf 26, 1957
349
was a very well-balanced statement, and he made
it because he felt that he had become involved in,
and had been a cause of, the trouble. He regret-
ted, on the one hand, that his visit had been used
to stage demonstrations, and he regretted, on the
other hand, that the restraining of those demon-
strations had involved certain, what he regarded
as, police brutalities. And a person of flesh and
blood and heart would, I think, under the circum-
stances of the case, have made the kind of a
statement that he did. I'm confident that, even
if it was in certain technical respects perhaps not
correct, there will be an understanding of it on the
part of the authorities in Cuba because it was a
very hiunan thing to do and, as I say, we want our
ambassadors to be human people.
Q. Mr. Secretary., what is the Departmenfs
view of the 'political situation in Cuba now, in
view of this?
A. If I should comment on that, I would be a lot
worse than Mr. Smith.
Q. Thank you., sir.
United States and Japan Establish
Committee on Security
U.S. Embassy (Tokyo) press release dated August 6
The Governments of the United States and
Japan agreed on August 6 on the arrangements
for the intergovermnental committee which the
President of the United States and the Prime
Minister of Japan agreed to establish in their
joint commmiique of June 21, 1957.^
The committee is to be called the "Japanese-
American Committee on Security."
For the United States Government the mem-
bers will be the United States Ambassador, Doug-
las MacArthur II, who will serve as Chairman
of the United States representation; and the
Commander in Chief, Pacific, Adm. Felix B.
Stump, who will be the Ambassador's principal
' For text, see Bulletin of July 8, 1957, p. 51.
adviser on military defense matters. The Com-
mander, United States Forces, Japan, Lt. Gen.
Frederic H. Smith, Jr., will serve as Admiral
Stump's alternate.
For the Japanese Government, the Minister
for Foreign Afl'airs, Aiichiro Fujiyama, and the
Director General of the Defense Agency, Juichi
Tsushima, will be members of the committee.
Other Cabinet Ministers concerned may partici-
pate as members when deemed necessary. The
Minister for Foreign Affairs will preside on the
Japanese side.
The co:mnittee will meet whenever requested
by either side. Arrangements for the meetings
of the committee, which will take place in Tokyo,
will be made by the American Embassy and the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
Matters to be discussed by the committee will
include the three points mentioned in tlie joint
communique of June 21, 1957, namely :
A. Study of problems arising in relation to the
security treaty, including consultation, whenever
practicable, regarding the disposition and employ-
ment in Japan by the United States of its forces;
B. Consultation to assure that any action taken
under the treaty conforms to the principles of the
United Nations Charter; and
C. Consideration of future adjustments in the
relationships between the United States and Ja-
pan in these fields adequate to meet the needs and
aspirations of the peoples of both countries.
The deliberations of the committee will include
any matters underlying and related to security af-
fairs which would serve to promote understand-
ing between the two Governments and contribute
to the strengthening of cooperative relations be-
tween the two countries in the field of security.
The committee is to be consultative in nature.
Any action resulting from the deliberations of
the committee will be taken by the two Govern-
ments in accordance with their normal pro-
cedures.
The committee will hold its first meeting in
the near future.
350
Department of State Bulletin
The Middle East: An American Point of View
hy Edwin M. J. Kretzmann '
A speech about the Middle East usually stresses
the vital strategic interest of the United States
and the free world in the area. This is as it
should be, because we think first in terms of na-
tional security. Events of the past 6 months have
vividly demonstrated the validity of this interest.
The closure of the Suez Canal had economic and
political repercussions throughout the world. It
has resulted in intensified efforts to develop
alternatives.
The interruption in the flow of Middle Eastern
oil, essential to the economic progi'ess and military
security of "Western Europe and also to the eco-
nomic well-being of the Arab States, showed the
need for friendly, cooperative relations with the
Middle East. The strain which was placed upon
our own oil resources to make up for this tem-
porary shortfall in Europe's supply brought home
to the United States the importance to our own
security of maintaining peaceful conditions in the
Middle East. In short, economic dependence on
the Middle East for resources and for smoothly
fimctioning trade routes between Europe and the
areas of South Asia has given us a demonstration
of the need for, and recognition of, interdei^end-
ence of the free world.
The concept of interdependence, however, im-
plies a recognition of interests and benefits on
both sides. In the area of the Middle East we
are fortunate in having a large area of agreement
of interests between the countries of that area
and the rest of the free world. Essentially, they
want what we want. The leaders of the Middle
' Address made before the Southern Federation of
Syrian Lebanese American Clubs at Dallas, Tex., on
July 7. Mr. Kretzmann is public affairs adviser, Bureau
of Near Eastern, South Asian and African Affairs.
Eastern countries are recognizing to a growing
extent that the vast resources underneath their
sands are capable of exploitation and of profitable
trade only in cooperative efforts with the more
technically advanced countries of the free world.
They are also aware that the arteries of trade
which pass through and over their territory are
a means of profitable interchange of goods con-
tributing to the general welfare from which they
are prime beneficiaries.
It is quite natural that the American people
have directed their attention to the preservation
of our own and the free world's security and the
furtherance of our national interests in our rela-
tions with the Middle East countries. I do not
pretend to be an expert in this area of the world,
but I would like to look at the reverse of this
coin for a moment. I shall attempt to sketch for
you a composite picture of the attitudes and view-
points of the leaders and peoples of the area to-
ward the questions which are of mutual concern
to us and to them. I hope that in so doing the
mutuality of our interests will become more ap-
parent and that some substance will be given to
the concept of interdependence in our relations
with the Middle East.
Middle East Attitude Toward Communism
The attitude of the Middle East countries to-
ward commimism does not differ essentially from
our own. They reject it. They reject it as a
system of social, economic, and political dogma
which would enable them to realize their national
destiny. They reject it for reasons inherent in
their own social and religious traditions. Com-
munism as an atheistic, materialistic approach to
life is incompatible with the great spiritual tra-
Augwsf 26, J 957
351
ditions of Islam and of Judaism, as well as with
Christianity. But the peoples of the area have
had only limited contacts with or knowledge of
the Communist system in actual operation. Ab-
sorbed as they are in their own intense desire for
political and economic development, they pay less
attention than we do to events in other parts of
the world, such as in Hungary, which serve to
demonstrate the inability of a country to free it-
self of the shackles of communism once they have
been imposed.
The absorbing passion of all of the leaders in
the area is to achieve their national destiny by
the full exercise of political sovereigiaty and of the
right to economic development for their people.
They have come to recognize that in this great
effort they now need, and will need for some time
to come, the support of other nations which have
developed their industry and agriculture. In their
search for a helping hand to enable them to reach
these objectives they have not been inclined to look
too closely at the future involvement which might
be the price for such assistance. In fact, in their
eagerness to achieve immediate help and in the
first flush of their own political independence, they
have been inclined to brush aside the potential
future danger of Communist domination as an in-
escapable result of Soviet assistance. Fortunately
this attitude is declining and the leaders are be-
coming increasingly aware of the danger of in-
volvement with international communism.
Next to their desire to realize as fully and as
rapidly as possible their political independence,
the leaders of the area are determined to provide
economic and social improvement for their people.
Here again we note an increasing realization that
the best prospects for profitable future economic
cooperation on a basis of equality lie with the free
world. Despite the emotionalism which occasion-
ally seems to characterize political reactions in this
part of the world, I am convinced that the hard-
headed realism of the leaders of these states will
enable them to see that the best possibility of
realizing their national destiny lies in continued
cooperation with the Western countries.
This approach is especially clear in their at-
titude toward the United States. There is a tre-
mendous reservoir of good will toward the United
States and Americans in general, created by a cen-
tury-long tradition of American educational, phil-
anthropic, and business activities within the area.
352
The very existence of this and similar organiza-
tions throughout the United States is proof of this
continuing link. Added to this are the enormous
prestige which the President enjoys throughout
the area and the newly won admiration for the
policies of the United States which followed the
events of last fall. It would be idle for me to deny
that there is much criticism of some of the policies
we have pursued in the area, but it is comforting
to note that the leaders do not hesitate to criticize
and discuss these policies franldy with us in a
manner which is strongly reminiscent of our own
traditions of airing political differences within our
own country. But this reputation which we have
achieved and which we still enjoy carries with it a
great responsibility of continuing to act with wis-
dom and justice toward the intra-area disputes
which agitate the governments.
American Doctrine for the Middle East
All of these considerations come to a focus in
the attitudes of these people toward the American
Doctrine for tlie Middle East. ^ To the leaders
of the area this seemed a very promising step on
the part of the United States toward placing its
relations with the area on a basis of complete
equality. In their discussions with Ambassador
Richards during his recent trip to 15 of these
countries the leaders in the IMiddle East were test-
ing and probing our intentions, and I think that
on the whole they came up with a judgment that
the United States fully recognized their own right
to full sovereignty and to free self-development.
At the same time it became clear to them, I be-
lieve, that there were certain common aspects to
their problems which required them to think of
the area as a whole and its role in the larger pic-
ture of international relations. We have the im-
pression also that the leaders were beginning to
admit that failure to settle intra-area problems
continues to provide opportunities for outside na-
tions to exploit these differences for their own
power purposes.
The objectives of the United States in the Mid-
dle East can be briefly stated and are ones
which in our view can be freely shared by the
members of the free- world community, including
the states of the Middle East themselves. In our
own interests and the interests of free-world se-
' For a report by President Eisenhower, see p. 339.
Department of State Bulletin
ciirity, United States policy in the Middle East is
aimed at achieving three things :
The first is stability through adequate national
defense and internal security, plus economic de-
velopment. The second objective is to establish
peace with justice in the area. And the third is to
assist in creating conditions which would permit
the cultural and religious development of the
peoples in tlie area so that a fruitful interchange
with the rest of the free world might ensue.
If the above tliree objectives can be achieved or
even for tlie present be encouraged, we feel that
another objective will be an inevitable and welcome
corollary. This would constitute an approach to
the goal of interdependence as set forth by Sec-
retary Dulles on a number of occasions. This con-
cept comprehends the exercise of sovereignty in a
manner which realizes the national self-interest by
exercising the most sovereign of sovereign rights —
the denial of extreme national self-interest for the
sake of the common good.
In pursuit of the above objectives we have de-
vised a number of different policies. By now I
think it has been made abundantly clear that it is
our policj' to seek settlement of outstanding issues
in the area through peaceful means, in other
words, through negotiation. Conversely, we have
taken a strong position against the use of force
as a means to alter existing arrangements. The
Tripartite Declaration of May 1950 ^ made it clear
that we, together with the British and French,
would take action to oppose any forcible efforts at
altering the Armistice Agreements of 1949. This
policy was put to a severe test in tlie events of
October-November 1956, but we took our case to
the United Nations when the French and British
defaulted, and we carried out our commitment.
Working Through the United Nations
It is also a fixed policy of your Government to
attempt to work out peaceful and equitable solu-
tions to the disputes within the area through the
United Nations. In our judgment the countries
who are parties to these disputes are responsible
members of the international community who are
responsive to the moral opinions of mankind. In
the United Nations the conflicting national in-
terests can, and do, receive a full hearing, and the
resultant verdict of partisan and nonpartisan
'For text, see Bui-letin of June 15, 1953, p. 834.
Augusf 26, 1957
opinion may, and often does, succeed in modifying
conflicting views to a point where an acceptable
compromise becomes possible. This does not con-
stitute an abdication of power and responsibility
to the United Nations but an exercise of that
power and responsibility in the most responsible
manner.
Let me illustrate this point by an example in
contrast. The Soviet Union met its issue with
Hungai-y last October by the application of naked,
unilateral power, not only refusing the offer of
United Nations mediation but savagely rejecting
it. But the issue is not settled. Wliat the Soviets
call a settlement is certainly not accepted by the
Hungarians. If reports are correct, it is not ac-
cepted by the satellite peoples, and even in Russia
there is said to be criticism. Certainly no one in
the free world considers this a settlement, and
Soviet loss of prestige and moral isolation are
only part of the reward they deserved.
By contrast I would point to our continuing
efforts to find an acceptable solution to the Suez
Canal problem. President Nasser precipitated the
crisis of last fall by his action in nationalizing
the Canal Company. It was certainly true that
British and French national interests were threat-
ened when management of the canal was trans-
ferred to hands they felt they could not trust. It
is equally true that President Nasser placed his
seizure of the Canal Company in a context that
engaged the political prestige of the Western pow-
ers in the issue and resulted in position-taking
which virtually excluded retreat or compromise on
either side. Amid this turmoil of recrimination
and fulmination the basic importance of the canal
as a vital link in the interdependence of Europe
and Asia and as a means of keeping the Middle
East within the free world where its vital self-in-
terests lie became obscured. More importantly,
this controversy, witli its crescendo of actions and
reactions, was furnishing the Soviets with a golden
opportunity to enter into the issue with threats
of volunteers and atomic retaliation in the hope
of reaping political rewards from irresponsible
support of extremist demands. These were the
real issues, the real dangers, on which we at-
tempted to keep our attention focused in an effort
to best preserve our own national interests, the
interests of free-world security, and the real wel-
fare of the Middle Eastern countries.
And fuially, to deal with the threat to the area
353
as a whole from the aggressive designs of inter-
national communism, we devised the American
Doctrine for the Middle East, popularly known
as the Eisenhower Doctrine. It had become in-
creasingly evident during the events of last fall
that, as long as the Soviet Union could intervene
in the Middle East in an irresponsible mamier to
support extremist demands, the solution of intra-
area problems, so necessary to producing stability
and cooperation, would remain impossible. The
American Doctrine for the Middle East was de-
signed, like the Truman Doctrine for Greece and
Turkey, like the Formosa resolution and our
treaties with Korea and Viet-Nam, to place limits
upon Soviet intervention, both overt and covert,
by spreading a shield of protection over the area
as a whole. If necessary, we are prepared to use
United States troops to prevent overt Soviet at-
tack, and, by means of economic and military as-
sistance to those states wliich desire it, we are pre-
pared to strengthen the economies and internal
security of the cooperating states to place limits
on Soviet efforts to create chaos and prevent
settlements.
In our judgment the major threat to the Middle
East is represented by the forces of international
conmiunism, and we feel deeply that we must
never lose sight of this danger. The United States
has a vital stake in keeping the Middle East from
falling under Soviet domination or in not allow-
ing the situation there to deteriorate to a point
where the nations of the area in desperation would
turn to the Soviet Union for help. We must not
permit our concern for the disputes within the
area to influence our exercise of great and grave
responsibility as a leader of the free-world na-
tions or to color the sense of justice and friendly
impartiality which is so deeply rooted in the tra-
ditions of the American people.
Air Agreement With Egypt Modified
Press release 447 dated August 5
A modification of the 1946 air transport agree-
ment between the United States and Egypt ^ was
announced in Cairo on August 3 following an ex-
change of diplomatic notes between the American
Embassy at Cairo and the Egyptian Government.
The exchange of notes provides for inclusion
' 61 Stat. (4) 3825.
354
in section 1 of the route annex to the agreement
of a new subparagraph (d) authorizing service
by U.S. airlines to Egypt via Ireland, the United
Kingdom, Germany, and intermediate points.
The agreement with Egypt authorizes services
over routings which proceed from the United
States to Egypt via France and intermediate
points as well as via Portugal and intermediate
points. However, no provision was previously
made for a service routed to Egypt via the United
Kingdom and Germany. Trans World Airlines
is tlie U.S. carrier certified by the Civil Aero-
nautics Board to operate services through Egypt.
The air transport agreement provides that a route
to the United States to be operated by Egyptian
airlines may be determined at a later date.
Research Fellowships Offered
Under SEATO Cultural Program
Press release 448 dated August 6
As a part of its program of cultural relations,
the Soutlieast Asia Treaty Organization is offer-
ing research fellowships to nationals of the mem-
ber countries. For the first year of this program
a limited number of grants will be awarded for
research primarily in SEATO countries within
the treaty area. The object of tlie fellowship pro-
gram now being inaugurated is to encourage the
study and research (preferably leading to pub-
lication) of such social, economic, political, cul-
tural, scientific, and educational problems as give
insight into the present needs and future develop-
ment of Southeast Asia and the Southwest Pa-
cific viewed against a background of SEATO
objectives.
The grants will be for a period of 4 to 10
months. They provide for a monthly allowance
of $400 (or its equivalent in otlier currency) and
tourist-class round-trip travel by air to the coun-
try or countries where the research is to be under-
taken. Eecipients of grants will be required to
submit a study on the subject of their research.
Candidates will be selected on the basis of their
special aptitude and experience for carrying
through a major project of research. Profes-
sional experience and published material as well as
academic qualifications will be taken into con-
sideration. Applications should be addressed to
the appropriate national authority not later than
Department of State Bulletin
October 15, 1957. It is expected that awards will
be announced bj^ the Southeast Asia Treaty Or-
ganization in December.
United States citizens should direct inquiries
to and ret]uest application forms from the Com-
mittee on International Exchange of Persons,
Conference Board of Associated Research Coun-
cils, 2101 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington
25, D.C. This organization is assisting the De-
partment of State in the initial screening of ap-
plications. Final selection of candidates for
awards will be made by an international commit-
tee at SEATO lieadquarters in Bangkok,
Thailand.
World Bank Loan to Japan
for Aichi Irrigation Project
The World Bank annoimced on August 9 that
it had that day made a loan equivalent to $7 mil-
lion to assist in the execution of a multipurpose
program for irrigation, water supply, and power
in the Aichi region of central Japan. The pro-
gram will make it possible to increase the produc-
tion of food crops by about 200,000 tons annually.
In addition it will supply drinking water to
numerous towns and villages, provide more water
for industry in three cities, including Nagoya, Ja-
pan's third most important industrial city, and
increase the power supply of the region.
The First National City Bank of New York is
participating in the loan, without the World
Bank's guaranty, to the extent of $721,000. This
amount represents the first five maturities of the
loan, which fall due semiannually beginning on
November 1, 1961.
The most important feature of the program will
be the peremiial irrigation of 42,000 acres of land
already under paddy and of 40,000 acres of up-
land areas. This will be Japan's first attempt to
irrigate ridgelands. Tlie experience gained in the
Aichi region will demonstrate the feasibility of
using the same tecliniques on very much larger
areas of similar land in southern Japan. If this
is possible, the development at Aichi will have
made a more significant contribution toward im-
proving Japan's food supply. To feed its popula-
tion of 90 million, Japan now has annual food
imports costing the equivalent of $600 million
in foreign exchange. With the population in-
creasing by 1 million a year, the food deficit will
be much greater imless domestic production can
be increased.
The loan was made to the Aichi Irrigation Pub-
lic Corporation, a Government agency formed in
October 1955 to plan and execute the project. The
project is expected to take 4 years to complete
at a total cost equivalent to about $100 million.
The bank's loan will pay for the importation of
heavy macliinery for the construction of a dam,
canals, and reservoirs; services of irrigation and
construction consultants ; and the training abroad
of a few key personnel in the tecliniques of ridge-
land irrigation.
The main features of the Aichi program are the
construction of a dam at Makio Bridge on the
Otaki River and regulating reservoirs capable of
impounding 117 million cubic yards of water; a
10,000-kilowatt electric power plant; a 68-mile
(114 km.) main canal running southward along
the ridge of the Chita Peninsula to its end ; about
780 miles (1,300 kms.) of secondary canals;
ditches or sprinkler-irrigation mains at the dis-
charge pomts of the secondary canals to bring
water to between 20,000 and 30,000 farms; and
canals to bring water to municipalities for domes-
tic and industrial use.
The Aichi Corporation will build the dam,
reservoirs, and canals. The works required to
bring irrigation water to the farms will be built
and operated by the Association of Farmers in the
region, the work required to supply drinking and
industrial water to the municipalities will be done
by the Aichi Prefecture, and the electric power
plant will be built by the Kansai Electric Power
Company. The Aichi Corporation will lend funds
to Kansai and the Prefecture to help finance the
works to be carried out by them.
Most of the farms to be irrigated already exist,
but new farms will be established on land not now
occupied. Many paddy fields in the Aichi area
must now be used in winter to store water, but
with irrigation these will be available for growing
winter vegetables and cereals. On the ridgelands,
increased production will come from a wider
cropping pattern and from higher yields of crops
now damaged by severe drought in late summer.
Paddy rice farming is an old and highly de-
veloped skill in Japan, and the paddy farmers
should have no difficulty obtaining maximum
benefit from the project almost immediately. The
August 26, 1957
355
rapidity with which farmers can master the in-
tricacies of irrigation on rolling ridgelands is
more difficult to predict as this is a new kind of
agriculture in Japan. However, Japanese farmers
are renowned for their competence and diligence
and can be expected to obtain maximum yields
after experience is gained in applying water under
these conditions. They will receive guidance in
acquiring the necessaiy skills from the results of
research being carried out by the Government.
The bank's loan is for a term of 20 years and
bears interest of 5% percent annually, including
the 1 percent commission which is allocated to
the bank's special reserve. Amortization will be-
gin November 1, 1961. The loan is guaranteed
by the Government of Japan.
The bank has now made eight loans totaling
the equivalent of $83 million in Japan. One of
the previous loans was for a land reclamation
project also designed to increase agricultural pro-
duction. The others were for electric power de-
velopment, steel production, and various other
industries.
After having been approved by the bank's Ex-
ecutive Directors, the loan documents were signed
by Koichiro Asakai, Japanese Ambassador in
Washington, on behalf of the Government of
Japan, by Katsuhiko Hamagvichi, president, for
the Aiclii Irrigation Public Corporation, and by
Eugene R. Black, president, for the World Bank.
United States and Brazil Sign
Power Reactor Agreement
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the
Department of State announced on July 31 (press
release 440) that the Governments of the United
States and Brazil on that day signed an agreement
on the civil uses of atomic energy which author-
izes United States assistance to Brazil in develop-
ing a nuclear power program. This agreement
provides that the United States will make avail-
able as needed, for a term of 20 years, 550 kilo-
grams of uranium 235 to be contained in fuel
leased or sold to Brazil for its reactors.
The agreement was signed for tlie United States
by Assistant Secretary Roy R. Rubottom, Jr., and
Lewis L. Strauss, Chainnan of the U.S. Atomic
Energy Commission, and for Brazil by Ambassa-
dor Ei-nani do Amaral Peixoto.
The National Nuclear Energj' Commission for
Brazil, headed by Adm. Octacilio Cunha, will
supervise arrangements for the fueling of the
11,500-kilowatt (electrical) nuclear plant, which
will be erected at a site as yet undetermined. The
reactor will be of the boiling-water type.
The agreement will enlarge the areas of coopera-
tion between the United States and Brazil in the
peaceful applications of nuclear energy. It will
authorize, for example, the sale of gram quanti-
ties of special materials for laboratory use and,
in the event that Brazil decides to build a material-
testing reactor, the designation of 6 kilograms of
reactor fuel at a 90 percent enrichment in U-235.
Notes exchanged in connection with the signing
of this agreement provide for its future amend-
ment to increase the quantities of fuel should
Brazil develop additional atomic jDOwer projects.
This agreement is the second between the United
States and Brazil embracing peaceful applications
of nuclear energy. The existing research agree-
ment has been in effect since August 1955.^ Under
it, Brazil has moved forward in a research reactor
program. The 5-megawatt (thermal) pool re-
actor is expected to be in operation within 3 or 4
months. It will be located at the University of
Sao Paulo. Fuel elements for this reactor are
scheduled for shipment to Brazil early in August.
On April 20, 1956, the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission approved a grant of $350,000 toward the
cost of this nuclear research facility.
Upwards of 500 shipments of radioisotopes have
been sent to Brazil. Brazilian scientists and
technicians have taken special training courses at
the International School for Nuclear Science and
Engineering at the Argonne National Laboratory
and the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies at
Oak Ridge, Tenn., and also at the Phoenix atomic
project at the University of INIichigan.
Brazil assumed a vital role in the work that
resulted in the formation of the International
Atomic Energy Agency. Dr. Joao Carlos Muniz
was president of the Conference on the Statute of
the IAEA last fall, and Minister Carlos A.
Bernardes heads the Preparatory Commission
which is preparing for the operations of the
IAEA. In addition, Brazil participated in the
Inter-^Vmerican Symposium at the Brookhaven
National Laboratory in May 1957 and is one of the
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3303.
356
Department of State Bulletin
seven countries represented on the United Nations
Advisory Committee whicli planned the 1955
Atomic Energy Conference at Geneva and is now
at work on a similar conference scheduled for
September 1958.
Italy and World Bank To Sponsor
Nuclear Power Study
The World Bank announced on August 2 that
the Government of Italy and the bank have agi'eed
to cooperate in sponsoring a study which will
lead to the construction of a large nuclear power
station in southern Italy.
In annoimcing the agreement, the Italian Gov-
ei'nment said that it greatly welcomed the co-
operation of the bank in the joint study. The
Government had already announced a decision
that a large nuclear power station would be built
in the south of Italy by the Societa Elettronu-
cleare Nazionale. The Societa is a company
whose principal shareholders consist of all the
major electric power companies in southern Italy
together with a number of Government-controlled
metallurgical and engineering corporations.
Eugene E. Black, president of the World Bank,
said that tlie study was proposed to the Italian
Government by the bank because Italy is a coun-
try where relatively high conventional fuel costs
and the rising demands for electric energy ap-
peared to be favorable to the early commercial
use of nuclear power.
The bank has already invested more than $1
billion in power projects around the world, Mr.
Black said, and the cooperative study of a nu-
clear power plant in southern Italy will point
the way to bank lending operations in this new
and challenging field. The study will therefore
be of importance both for Italy and for other
bank member countries.
The study will be known as Project E.N.S.I.
(Energia Nucleare sud Italia) and will include
the following steps :
(a) The selection of a site for a nuclear power
station ;
(b) The preparation of invitations to qualified
manufacturers on an international basis to tender
for a nuclear plant of approximately 150,000 kilo-
watts electric capacity at the proposed site;
(c) A review of the tenders submitted and the
preparation of an evaluation of them, particularly
regarding comparative cost and performance.
The executive responsibility for Italian par-
ticipation in the project has been given by the
Government to the Comitato Nazionale per le
Eicerche Nucleari, the official institution respon-
sible for nuclear research and development in
Italy. The general secretary of the Comitato,
Felice Ippolito, and Corbin Allardice, adviser on
atomic energy to the World Bank, will together
make up the steering committee which will be
responsible for overall direction of the project.
The U.K. Atomic Energy Authority and the
U.S. Atomic Energy Commission have agreed to
provide nuclear engineering consultation to the
project. Tenders received from manufacturers
will, in the case of gas-cooled natural uranium
reactors, be technically reviewed by the Author-
ity. In the case of enriched uranium systems, the
Commission will arrange for technical review of
each tender.
The World Bank will set up an international
panel of recognized specialists in the field of
nuclear energy and nuclear engineering to give
general guidance to the project and also to re-
view tenders and the reports on them provided
by the U.K. Authority, the U.S. Commission, and
the staff of the project. The panel will have a
Canadian as chairman and will also include one
Frenchman, one Italian, two U.K. nationals, and
two Americans. The panel will in its turn trans-
mit its reports to Societa Elettronucleare Nazion-
ale, which will select the most suitable tender for
the construction of the new nuclear power station.
Import Restrictions Imposed
on Certain Butterfat Articles
White House press release dated August 7
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President has issued a proclamation pro-
hibiting further imports of articles containing 45
percent or more of butterfat, except articles al-
ready subject to quotas, cheeses, evaporated and
condensed milk, and products imported in retail
packages.
In issuing this proclamation, the President ac-
August 26, 1957
357
cepted the recommendation of the United States
Tariff Commission. At the same time the Presi-
dent requested the Secretary of Agriculture to
maintain surveillance upon imports of butterfat
articles not subject to quota with a view to recom-
mending appropriate action if any such imports
increase and threaten material interference with
established agricultural programs.
The President's action was based on a report
of the United States Tariff Commission.^ The
Commission's investigation and report were made
under section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment
Act, as amended, which authorizes limitations on
imports when imports are interfering with or
threatening to interfere with domestic price-sup-
port or marketing programs.
PROCLAMATION 3193'
Imposing Impokt Restrictions on Certain Akticles
Containing Butterfat
Whereas, pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, as amended (7 U. S. C. C24), the Secre-
tary of Agriculture advised me there was reason to be-
lieve that certain articles containing butterfat, the butter-
fat content of which is commercially extractable, or which
are capable of being used for any edible purpose for
which products containing butterfat are used, are being
or are practically certain to be imported into the United
States under such conditions and in such quantities as
to render or tend to render ineffective, or materially inter-
fere with, the price-support program undertaken by the
Department of Agriculture with respect to milk and but-
terfat, or to reduce substantially the amount of products
processed in the United States from domestic milk and
butterfat with respect to which such program of the De-
partment of Agriculture is being undertaken ;
Whereas, on May 21, 1957, under the authority of the
said section 22, I caused the United States Tariff Com-
mission to make an investigation with respect to this
matter ; "
Whereas, in accordance with the said section 22, as
Implemented by Executive Order No. 7233 of November
23, 193.5, the said Tariff Commission has made such in-
vestigation and has reported to me its findings and
recommendations made in connection therewith ;
Whereas, on the basis of the said investigation and
report of the said Tariff Commission, I find that the arti-
cles with respect to which import restrictions are here-
inafter proclaimed are being or are practically certain
to be imported into the United States under such con-
ditions and in such quantities as to materially interfere
with the said price-support program with respect to milk
and butterfat, or to reduce substantially the amount of
products processed in the United States from domestic
milk and butterfat with respect to which said price-sup-
port program is being undertaken ;
Whereas I find and declare that the import restrictions
hereinafter proclaimed are shown by such investigation
of the said Tariff Commission to be necessary in order
that the entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for con-
sumption of the said articles will not materially inter-
fere with the said price-support program or reduce sub-
stantially the amount of products processed in the United
States from domestic milk and butterfat with respect to
which the said price-support program is being under-
taken ; and
Whereas I find that there is no representative period,
within the meaning of the first proviso to subsection (b)
of the said section 22, for imports of the said articles:
Now, therefore, I, Dwight D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, acting under and by
virtue of the authority vested in me by the said section
22, do hereby proclaim that, effective at the close of
business August 7, 1957 and thereafter, articles contain-
ing 45 percent or more of butterfat or of butterfat and
other fat or oil, the butterfat content of which is com-
mercially extractable, or which are capable of being used
for any edible purpose for which products containing
butterfat are used, shall not be permitted to be entered,
or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption : Pro-
vided, That this limitation shall not apply to the following
articles :
1. Articles the importation of which is restricted under
quotas established pursuant to section 22 of the Agricul-
tural Adjustment Act, as amended.
2. Cheeses the importation of which is not restricted
by quotas established pursuant to the said section 22.
3. Evaporated milk and condensed milk.
4. Products imported packaged for distribution in the
retail trade and ready for use by the purchaser at retail
for an edible purpose or in the preparation of an edible
article.
5. Articles containing butterfat and other fat or oil,
if the importer e-stablishes to the satisfaction of the col-
lector of customs that the butterfat content thereof is less
than 45 percent.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand
and caused the Seal of the United States of America to
be affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this 7th day of August
in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[seal] fifty-seven and of the Independence of the
United States of America the one hundred and
eighty-second.
' Copies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D.C.
' 22 Fed. Reg. G395.
' Bulletin of July 1, 1957, p. 33.
X^ (.JLS-yL^f^JLt-iCji^ A^oo.^
By the President :
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State.
358
Department of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
Department of State Supports
Double-Tax Treaty With Pakistan
Statement hy Thorsten V. Kalijarvi
Assistant Secretary for Ecoiiomw Affairs ^
I am glad to have this opportunity to present to
your committee the views of the Department of
State on the double-tax treaty with Pakistan.
This treaty was signed recently on the occasion
of the visit paid to this country by the Minister of
Finance of Pakistan.^
I shall address myself particularly to the so-
called tax-sparing provision of the treaty, luider
which we undertake to give credit for certain in-
come taxes waived by Pakistan as an incentive to
new industries; and I should like to give you a
brief outline of the economic-policy reasons that
have led the State Department to give its full
support to this new departure in our treaty policy.
As the committee is aware, treaties for the
avoidance of double taxation are among the prin-
cipal instruments through which governments
create a favorable atmosphere for foreign trade
and investment. Double-tax treaties accomplish
far more in this respect than a point-by-point
analysis of their individual provisions would sug-
gest. They bring about a broad overall adjust-
ment of two tax systems in such a way that move-
ments of trade and investment between the two
countries are facilitated and that conflicts of tax
policy are greatly reduced or even eliminated.
The State Department, which is responsible for
the implementation of our treaty policy, considers
it an important feature of our foreign economic
relations that we now have double-tax treaties
with 19 foreign countries which place economic
relations with these comitries under a clear and
consistent tax regime.
Tlie Department of State has, however, been
much concerned about the fact that we have tax
^ Made before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
on Aug. 9 (press release 454).
' For announcement of the signing, see BtnxETiN of
July 22, 1957, p. 172.
treaties almost exclusively with the countries of
Western Europe and with other highly developed
countries; e. g., Canada, Australia, and Japan.
We have only one treaty with a Latin American
counti-y, and we have no double-tax treaties at all
with underdeveloped countries elsewhere. This
situation is the more unfortunate since the flow
of private investment to underdeveloped coun-
tries must play an important role in their eco-
nomic development. We are committing very
large public resources to the strengthening of
many of these countries. I need not expand on
this theme before this committee beyond saying
that our treaty program as well as our economic-
aid program and all other aspects of our foreign
economic policy should encourage a maximum of
private participation in the development of
underdeveloped areas.
The reason that our tax treaties have so far
contributed little to this goal is that many of
their standard provisions assume a mutual flow
of trade, capital, and investment income which
normally exists only between coimtries on a com-
parable level of economic development. Wliere
levels of economic development are not compa-
rable, the flow of capital is likely to be entirely
from the more developed country to the less de-
veloped country ; and investment income flows in
the opposite direction, from the less developed to
the more developed country. This leads to pe-
culiar results under our tax treaties. Many of
the standard clauses of these treaties provide,
e. g., that certain types of investment income be
exempted from taxation by the country in which
the income originates and be taxed only in the
recipient country. That is fair enough when such
income flows both ways. But it means that an
underdeveloped country has to give up revenue
without receiving any revenue in return, and this
usually under circumstances in which the revenue
authorities are hard put to make ends meet.
Yet the United States must insist on some of
these provisions. To give you only one example,
the imposition of taxes on outgoing royalty pay-
ments is an obstacle to the free movement of
technology to the underdeveloped country. To
us the removal of such obstacles is the very
purpose of our tax treaties. We have therefore
felt that tax treaties with underdeveloped coun-
tries should contain provisions that brought about
a substantial improvement in the climate for
Augusf 26, 1957
359
trade and investment even if these provisions
called for a sacrifice of revenue. At tlie same
time, we have not been able to overcome the
understandable reluctance of the fiscal authori-
ties of these countries to give up present revenue,
unilaterally, for the somewhat intangible pros-
pect of increased business activity.
This impasse has led to many proposals that
we encourage foreign investment in under-
developed countries by tax legislation rather than
by tax treaty, and the Department of State is
always prepared to study such proposals care-
fully. But there are certain features of the treaty
approach that cannot be duplicated by legisla-
tion. In the field of taxation of private invest-
ment, in particular, what is needed is usually ac-
commodation on both sides, not just on the U.S.
side. Moreover, tax problems differ so widely
from one country to the other that solutions have
to be tailonnade through bilateral arrangements.
Furthermore, tax problems are invariably com-
plex, and for that reason alone tax treaties ad-
dressed to the whole range of tax relationships
between two countries cannot be replaced by legis-
lation. Rather than abandon the treaty approach
in our relations with underdeveloped countries,
we have sought a solution in the form of the tax-
sparing provision that makes the treaty approach
mutually acceptable.
We are satisfied that the tax-sparing provision
in the Pakistan treaty is inherently reasonable, is
in line with our treaty policy, and will accom-
plish our policy objectives. A few words about
each one of these points will clarify our position.
Tax sparing is inherently reasonable. We
should make it possible for underdeveloped coun-
tries to use tax incentives as a policy device for
the encouragement of private investment in a
given field. If an underdeveloped country wishes
to attract domestic and foreign capital into new
industries, tax incentives are clearly among the
techniques which that country may explore. It
is understandable that such a country would not
take kindly to action by the United States that
would take away the special benefit which it is
granting to an industry or that would frustrate
its policy.
Tax sparing is, further, an extension consistent
with our treaty policy. Our basic principle of
taxing all income of all United States nationals,
residents, and corporations, no matter where such
income originates, requires modification at many
points. Its main corrective is our policy of grant-
ing credit for foreign taxes — a policy by which
we give foreign tax authorities a first claim on in-
come arising under tlieir jurisdiction. By the
tax-sparing principle we concede to them the fur-
tlier power not only to tax but to forgo taxes.
Finally, tax sparing has already jjroved its
value as a policy tool.
( 1 ) The first concrete result of the tax-sparing
policy announced by tlie administration 2 years
ago is the treaty with Pakistan. We are actively
engaged in tax-treaty negotiations with five Latin
American countries. We hope to undertake tax-
treaty negotiations with a large number of ad-
ditional underdeveloped countries.
(2) The tax-sparing principle will improve
our relations with many underdeveloped coun-
tries, particularly those in Latin America, be-
cause they consider tax sparing a significant step
toward a reconciliation of their and our tax
philosophies.
(3) The tax-sparing device, almost alone
among measures for the encouragement of pri-
vate investment, permits us to extend tax bene-
fits selectively to areas and under conditions which
will directly further our economic policy. It is
in the underdeveloped areas that tliis device proves
to be most useful, and it is our intention to nego-
tiate tax-sparing provisions only after careful
examination of the local tax concessions and the
way they are administered.
(4) Tax sparing is geared directly to the eco-
nomic-policy objectives of underdeveloped coun-
tries. It operates only if and when new indus-
tries are actually established. Thus the prospect
of increased economic activity and the prospect
of a broader tax base is tied directly to the tem-
porary revenue concession offered. By enabling
underdeveloped countries to iise this tool as far
as American investors are concerned, we can hope
to open up a broader field for the private sector
in general.
In conclusion, just a word about tlie Pakistan
agreement as a whole. Our relations witli Paki-
stan liave long been friendly and close. We are
allies under the Southeast Asia Treaty Organiza-
tion and associated under the Baghdad Pact, and
we are linked by a mutual security treaty. We
view many of the great issues of the day in the
360
Department of State Bulletin
same way. This fmidaniental accord can be
supplemented and strengthened by a practical
agreement in tlie sphere of business operations
such as the double-tax treaty before you. We
have an investment-guaranty agreement with
Pakistan. We liope to have a treaty of friend-
ship, commerce, and navigation as well. The
double-tax treaty with Pakistan is the first of its
kind to be negotiated in this part of the world.
It is a good, comprehensive treaty that should
make a substantial contribution to a sound eco-
nomic relationship between our two countries.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
International Cooperation in tlie Science of Hydrography
SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL HYDROGRAPHIC CONFERENCE,
MONTE CARLO, MONACO, MAY 7-17, 19S7
hy William G. Watt
Seventy percent of the earth's surface is covered
by water. The science employed in charting this
vast region for the benefit of mankind is hydrog-
raphy. The various maritime nations in the
promotion of their national interests have estab-
lished hydrographic offices that conduct surveys
and produce charts and nautical documents for
the safe navigation of their navies and merchant
fleets.
The need for formal international cooperation
in hydrographic matters has long been recognized.
For many years there was a great lack of uni-
formity in the products of the individual offices.
Differences in form, procedure, symbols used, and
the conflicting information found on the charts
and in the publications seriously hampered the
work of all hydrographic offices. In 1889 at an
International ]Marine Conference held at Wash-
ington, D. C, it was proposed to establish a "per-
manent international commission." Similar pro-
posals were made at the sessions of the Interna-
tional Congress of Navigation held at St.
Petersburg in 1908 and again in 1912. World
War I intervened and the lessons of that war fur-
ther demonstrated the necessity for standardiza-
tion on a worldwide basis. As a result, at the
invitation of the British Government, the first
International Hydrographic Conference convened
on June 24, 1919, at London, with 24 maritime
nations in attendance.
The object of the Conference was clearly stated
in the invitation to attend. It read : "To con-
sider the advisability of all maritime nations
adoptmg similar methods in the preparation, con-
struction, and production of their charts and all
hydrographic publications; of rendering the re-
sults in the most convenient form to enable them
to be readily used ; of instituting a prompt system
of mutual exchange of hydrographic information
between all countries, and of providing an oppor-
timity for consultations and discussions to be car-
ried out on hydrogi'aphic subjects generally by the
hydrographic experts of the world."
• Mr. Watt, author of the above article, is
director of the Maritime Safety Division of
the U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office and xoas
a meniber of the U.S. delegation to the
Seventh International Hydrographic Con-
ference.
August 26, 7957
361
The major result of the Conference was the de-
cision to establish a permanent International Hy-
drographic Bureau. The Principality of Monaco
was selected as the seat of the Bureau because of its
easy communication with the rest of the world, and
more particularly because of the generous offer of
Prince Albert I of Monaco to provide suitable ac-
commodations for the Bureau in the Principality.
The Bureau was established on June 21, 1921, and
is now housed in its own headquarters built and
maintained by the Government of Monaco.
The statutes governing the Bureau provide for
the administration by a directing committee of
three directors, each of a different nationality,
elected to serve for a term of 5 years. These di-
rectors are required by the statutes to be "men of
considerable sea experience and a great knowl-
edge of practical hydrography." Provision is
also made in the statutes for the election of a
secretary general.
The United States has been actively interested
in the success of the Bureau since it was first pro-
posed, and Rear Adm. E. Simpson, U.S. Navy,
the Plydrographer of the U.S. Navy in 1919, was
a member of the committee named to create the
Bureau and draw up its statutes. Since joining
the Bureau in 1923, the United States has been
represented continuously on the directing com-
mittee.
Objectives of Bureau
The principal objectives of the Bureau as stated
in the statutes are as follows :
(1) To establish a close and permanent associa-
tion between services of its members.
(2) To coordinate the hydrographic work of
these services with a view to rendering navigation
easier and safer in all the seas of the world.
(3) To obtain uniformity as far as possible in
charts and hydrographic documents.
(4) To encourage the adoption of the best
methods of carrying out hydrogi-aphic surveys.
(5) To encourage improvement in the theory
and practice of the science of hydrography.
The creation of the International Hydrographic
Bureau came at a most opportune time, as it oc-
curred at the beginning of an era when radical
changes were about to be made in the then-existing
methods of surveying and chart production.
Echo sounding, photogrammetry, electronic
positioning equipment, camera transits, and re-
cording fathometers fitted to small boats, all re-
sulted in more rapid and efficient surveys. Colors
on charts and increased use of depth curves to
bring out bottom configurations made charts
clearer and easier to read. Increased topography
became possible through photogrammetry, and
new types of charts were developed for loran
navigation. The declining use of engraved copper
plates and the increased utilization of plastics in
the production of charts revolutionized chart
production in many hydrographic offices.
The principal work undertaken by the Bureau
is:
(1) Studying the charts and documents pub-
lished by the world's hydrographic services.
(2) Preparing and disseminating special publi-
cations of international hydrographic interest.
(3) Studying methods of hydrographic survey-
ing.
(4) Studying methods employed for producing
survey results for publications.
(5) Studying the construction and use of hydro-
graphic instruments and apparatus, the principles
of which have been approved by any of the states
that are members of the Bureau.
(6) Collecting soundings from all sources and
prejjaring and publishing the Bathymetric Chart
of the World.
The work of the Bureau is published to its
members in both English and French by means of
routine correspondence and through the following
media :
(a) The Repertory of Technical Resolutions,
containing all technical resolutions that have been
adopted to date.
(b) The International Hydrographic Review,
issued twice yearly and carrying articles on hy-
drography and closely related subjects.
(c) The International Hydrographic Bulletin,
published monthly and containing information of
current hydrographic interest.
(d) Various special publications, including the
Bathymetric Chart of the World.
(e) Circular letters.
(f) Annual reports.
(g) Proceedings of the Conferences.
In order that the work of the Bureau may be
reviewed and future plans developed, regular
362
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
conferences are held at 5-year intervals, attended
by delei;;ations from the member states, headed
usually by the Hydrographer of each country.
Work of Seventh Conference
The Seventli International Ilydrographic Con-
ference convened at Monte Carlo May 7-17, 1957,
and was attended by delegations f i-om the follow-
ing states: Argentina, Brazil, the British Com-
monwealth (Great Britain, Australia, and New
Zealand), Burma, Canada, Chile, China, Den-
mark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland,
India, Italy, Japan, Monaco, the Netherlands,
Norway, Pakistan, Poland, Portugal, Spain,
Sweden, Thailand, Turkey, the Union of South
Africa, the United States, Uruguay, and Yugo-
slavia. In addition, representatives from Bel-
gium, the Dominican Republic, and the U. S. S. R.
were in attendance as observers. Various inter-
national scientific organizations also sent ob-
servers. ]\Iember states unable to send delegates
were: Cuba, Egypt, Indonesia, Korea, and the
Philippines.
The official U.S. delegation was headed by Rear
Adm. Henry C. Daniel, Hydrographer of the
U.S. Navy. Other members were: Rear Adm.
Robert W. Ivnox, Assistant Director, U.S. Coast
and Geodetic Survey; Capt. Samuel B. Grenell,
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey ; Guillermo Me-
dina and William G. Watt of the U.S. Navy Hy-
drographic Office ; and Earl F. Brown, American
Embassy, Paris.
The Conference was opened by Her Serene
Highness Princess Antoinette of Monaco. Rear
Adm. Chester L. Nichols, USN Retired, President
of the Directing Committee, welcomed the dele-
gates and reviewed tlie work and progress of the
Bureau since the 1952 Conference.
Following the election of Dr. Gunther
Bohnecke, Director of the German Hydrographic
Institute, as president of tlie Conference, the
more than 80 proposals on the agenda were as-
signed to the committees, as provided for in the
statutes, for study and report to the plenary ses-
sions. These committees were: statutes, finance,
charts, nautical documents, tides, work of the
Bureau, eligibility of candidates, and a special
committee on bathymetric charts.
As a result of committee work, a number of the
proposals were withdrawn or referred to the mem-
ber states for further study. At the plenary ses-
sions 65 proposals were adopted. These, when
implemented, will further standardize and sim-
plify international practices in hydrography.
In addition to the regular sessions of the Con-
ference, a number of lectures were delivered by in-
ternational authorities on hydrographic subjects.
Some of the latest survey equipment was demon-
strated at sea aboard the British survey vessel
H. M. S. Owens.
Among the final acts of the Conference was the
election of the directing committee for the next 5-
year period. Rear Adm. Robert W. Knox of the
United States was elected president, and Rear
Adm. Alfredo Viglieri of Italy and Vice Adm.
Leon Damiani of France were elected members of
the directing committee. Admiral Knox retired
as Assistant Director of the U.S. Coast and Geo-
detic Survey on July 1, 1957, and will assume his
new post in the fall.
The next International Hydrographic Con-
ference is scheduled to convene at Monte Carlo on
May 8, 1962.
Mr. Southard To Be U.S. Executive
Director of Monetary Fund
The Senate on August 5 confirmed Frank A.
Southard, Jr., to be United States Executive Di-
rector of the International Monetary Fund for
a term of 2 years.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
OAS Economic Conference
The Department of State announced on August
6 (press release 449) that Robert B. Anderson,
Secretary of the Treasury, will head the U.S.
delegation to the Economic Conference of the Or-
ganization of American States (OAS), which
is scheduled to convene at Buenos Aires, Argen-
tina, on August 15, 1957. The Economic Con-
ference will consider and discuss basic prob-
lems affecting the economies of the American
Republics.
Alternate delegates will be Douglas Dillon,
Deputy Under Secretary of State for Economic
Affairs, who will serve as vice chairman of the
delegation, and Roy R. Rubottom, Jr., Assistant
Aogusf 26, 7957
363
Secretary of State for Inter-American Affairs.
Senator Homer E. Capeliart, a member of both
the Senate Foreign Eehitions Committee and the
Committee on Banking and Currency, will serve
as congressional adviser.
The remainder of the delegation is as follows :
Senior Advisers
Willard L. Beaulac, Ambassador of the United States to
Argentina
Gabriel Hauge, Special Assistant to the President
Henry Kearns, Assistant Secretary of Commerce
Designate
Rafael Pic6, Secretary of the Treasury, Commonweiilth
of Puerto Rico
Harold M. Randall, Ambassador, Representative of the
United States on the Inter-American Economic and
Social Council
Samuel C. Waugh, President and Chairman of the Board,
Export-Import Bank of Washington
Advisers
Elting Arnold, Assistant General Counsel, Department
of the Treasury
Rollin S. Atwood, Regional Director for Latin America,
International Cooperation Administration
Edward G. Cale, Counselor of Embassy for Economic Af-
fairs, Buenos Aires
David L. Campa, Office of Inter-American Regional Eco-
nomic Affairs, Department of State
Jack C. Corbett, Director, Office of International Finan-
cial and Development Affairs, Department of State
James C. Corliss, Financial Adviser, Office of Inter-
American Regional Economic Affairs, Department of
State
Hilary A. Driscoll, Chamber of Commerce of the United
States of America in the Argentine Republic, Buenos
Aires
Charles JI. Elkinton, Agricultural Attach^, Rio de Janeiro
Nathan Gordon, Chief, International Tax Staff, Depart-
ment of the Treasury
Charles R. Harley, Chief, Latin American Division, Of-
fice of International Finance, Department of the Treas-
ury
Ralph V. Korp, Office of International Finance, Depart-
ment of the Treasury
John M. Leddy, Special Assistant to the Deputy Under
Secretary of State for Economic Affairs
Stanley D. Metzger, Assistant Legal Adviser for Economic
Affairs, Department of State
Charles A. Meyer, Vice President, Latin American Op-
erations, Sears, Roebuck and Company
Clarence W. Nichols, Deputy Director, Office of Inter-
national Resources, Department of State.
Robert A. Nichols, Agricultural Attach^, Buenos Aires
Charles P. Nolan, Commercial Attach^, Buenos Aires
Albert E. Pappano, Chief, Trade Agreements Branch,
Trade Agreements and Treaties Division, Department
of State
364
Serafino Romualdi, The American Federation of Labor
and Congress of Industrial Organizations, Washing-
ton, D. C.
R. Henry Rowntree, Chief, Economic Division, Export-
Import Bank of Washington
Terry B. Sanders, Jr., Deputy Director, Office of South
American Affairs, Department of State
Walter Sauer, Executive Vice President, Export-Import
Bank of Washington
Philip P. Williams, Office of Inter- American Regional
Economic Affairs, Department of State
George H. Willis, Director, Office of International Fi-
nance, Department of the Treasury
George Wythe, Director, American Republics Division,
Bureau of Foreign Commerce
Special Assistant to the Delegate
Nils A. Lennartson, Assistant to the Secretary of the
Treasury
Public Information Officers
Richard I. Phillips, Regional Information Officer, Bureau
of Inter-American Affairs, Department of State
Hoyt N. Ware, United States Information Service, Bue-
nos Aires
Secretary of Delegation
Henry E. Allen, Office of International Conferences, De-
partment of State
Technical Secretary
Earl H. Luboeansky, Office of Inter- American Regional
Political Affairs, Department of State
Representatives of the United Nations Eco-
nomic Commission for Latin America and other
international organizations whose activities are re-
lated to topics on the agenda of the meeting will
be observers at the conference.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Security Council
Letter Dated 15 May 1957 from the Representative of
France Addressed to the President of the Security
Council. S/3S29, May 16, 1957. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter Dated 27 May 1957 from the Permanent Repre-
sentative of Saudi Arabia Addressed to the President
of the Security Council. S/3833, May 28, 1957. 1 p.
mimeo.
Report by the Acting Chief of Staff of the United Nations
Truce Supervision Organization Relating to the De-
militarized Zone Established Under Article V of the
Israel-Syrian General Armistice Agreement. S/3844,
July 1, 1957. 10 pp. mimeo.
Letter Dated 2 July 1957 from the Permanent Represent-
ative of Saudi Arabia to the United Nations Addressed
to the President of the Security Council. S/3846, July
2, 1957. 1 p. mimeo.
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
TREATY INFORMATION
Thirty-one Nations Now Parties
to International Motoring Treaty
by H. E. Kelly '
Recent advices from the United Nations in-
dicate a marked increase in ratifications to the
Convention on Eoad Traffic of 1949.^ This basic
^vorldwide agreement in the field of international
niotormg, which was developed shortly after
"World War II to facilitate the growing vohmie
of automobile travel across national boundaries,
has now been adhered to by 31 nations, 11 of
which have deposited their accessions with the
United Nations since January 1956. The treaty
came into force in 1952. The United States in
r.t50 was the first government to ratify it.
Since the treaty provides for reciprocal recog-
nition of automobile drivers' licenses and regis-
tration plates, together with other standardized
requirements for international motoring, it con-
stitutes one of the chief postwar measures for fa-
cilitating highway travel abroad. Under the
terms of this treaty, a U.S. motorist may now
drive his car in 30 foreign countries with essen-
tially the same freedom of movement he enjoys
among the various States of the Union. Recipro-
cally, foreign drivers may bring their cars to tliis
country under similar conditions.
A noteworthy development occurred in July of
this year when the United Kingdom and Peru
deposited their instruments of accession. In the
case of the United Kingdom the matter had been
under careful ministerial and parliamentary
study for some years, since it marked an innova-
tion in longstanding British procedure, tliat is,
tlie recognition of a foreign driver's license per
■se, without the requirement that he obtain a
British driver's license. This difficulty has now
been overcome, and effective August 7, 1957, the
United Kinedom will recognize the valid driving
^ Mr. KeUy is director of the International Travel Di-
vision, U.S. Department of Commerce.
" Treaties and Otlier International Acts Series 2487.
For background, see Bulletin of Dec. 12, 1949, p. 875a.
licenses of residents of other countries, for use
witli their own vehicles, hired vehicles, or vehicles
purchased in the United Kingdom for subsequent
export.
Peru is the first nation of South America to
ratify the convention, the delayed action in that
area having been due to the existence of a regional
agreement on inter-American automotive traffic
(1943), which will be superseded eventually by
the improved 1949 instrument. All Latin Ameri-
can countries, as well as other countries through-
out the world, are expected to become parties in
due course to the 1949 convention.
As of July 1957, the following 31 nations have
become parties to the 1949 Convention on Road
Traffic: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Cambodia,
Ceylon, China, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Denmark,
Egypt, France, Greece, Israel, Italy, Luxem-
bourg, Monaco, Morocco, Netherlands, Norway,
Peru, Philippines, Portugal, Sweden, Syria, Tur-
key, Union of South Africa, United Kingdom,
United States, Vatican City, Viet-Nam, and
Yugoslavia.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New Torlc October 26, 1956. Entered into
force July 29, 1957.
Ratifications deposited: Iceland, August 6, 1957; Indo-
nesia, August 7, 1957 ; Hungary and Korea, August
8, 1957.
Proclaimed hy the President: August 2, 1957.
Automotive Traffic
Convention on road traffic, with annexes. Done at Ge-
neva September 19, 1949. Entered into force March
26, 1952. TIAS 2487.
Accession deposited: Peru, July 9, 1957.
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New York June 4, 1954. Enters into force
September 11, 1957.
Proclaimed iy the President: August 2, 1957.
Customs Tariffs
Protocol modifying the convention signed at Brussels
July 5, 1890 (26 Stat. 1518), creating an International
Union for the Publication of Customs Tariffs. Done
at Brussels December 16, 1949. Entered into force
May 5, 19.50.
Notification of adherence given: United States, August
7, 1957.
Duties and Rights of States
Protocol to the convention on duties and rights of states
in the event of civil strife, signed at Habana February
20, 1928 (46 Stat. 2749). Opened for signature at the
August 26, 1957
365
Pan American Union May 1, 1957.' Enters into force
between states that ratify it in tlie order in which they
deposit their instruments of ratification.
Signatures: Brazil and Costa Rica, May 1, 1957; Peru,
June 18, 1957 ; United States, July 15, 1957.
Finance
Articles of agreement of the International Monetary
Fund. Opened for signature at Washington Decem-
ber 27, 1945. Entered into force December 27, 1945.
TIAS 1501.
Signature and acceptance: Ireland, August 8, 1957.
Articles of agreement of the International Bank for Re-
construction and Development. Opened for signature
at Washington, December 27, 1945. Entered into force
December 27, 1945. TIAS 1502.
Signature and acceptance: Ireland, August 8, 1957.
International Court of Justice
Statute of the International Court of Justice (59 Stat.
1055).
DecJarntion recognizing compulsory jurisdiction de-
posited: Pakistan, May 23, 1957.'' Effective until
notice to terminate it is given.
Safety at Sea
Convention on safety of life at sea. Signed at London
June 10. 1948. Entered into force November 19, 1952.
TIAS 2495.
Notification tiy Portugal of extension to: Portuguese
overseas provinces of Cape Verde, Guinea, S. Tome
and Principe, Angola, Mozambique, the State of In-
dia, Macao and Timor, effective February 23, 1957.'
Slavery
Slavery convention signed at Geneva September 25,
Entered into force March 9, 1927 (TS 778) ."
Accession deposited: Albania, July 2, 1957.
1926.
Entered into force: August 7, 1957 (date on which each
Government received from the other written notifica-
tion that it had complied with statutory and constitu-
tional requirements).
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington February 13, 1956. En-
tered into force April 23, 1956. TIAS 3543.
Superseded: August 7, 1957 (by agreement signed July
3, 1957).
Agreement amending agreement for cooperation concern-
ing civil uses of atomic energy of February 13, 1950
(TIAS 3.543). Signed at Washington June 29, 1956.
Entered into force February 18, 19.57. TIAS 3765.
Superseded: August 7, 1957 (by agreement signed July
3, 1957).
Netherlands
Research and power reactor agreement concerning civil
uses of atomic energy. Signed at Washington June 22,
19.56.
Entered into force: August 8, 1957 (date on which each
Government received from the other written notifica-
tion that it had complied with statutory and con-
stitutional requirements).
Agreement amending research and power reactor agree-
ment for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy of June 22, 1956. Signed at Washington July
3, 1957.
Entered into force: August 8, 1957 (date on which each
Government received from the other written notifica-
tion that it had complied with statutory and con-
stitutional requirements).
Research reactor agreement for cooperation concerning
civil uses of atomic energy. Signed at Washington July
18, 1955. TIAS 3461.
Superseded: August S, 1957 (by agreement signed June
22,1956).
BILATERAL
Brazil
Agreement extending agreement for a cooperative pro-
gram for reconnaissance of the uranium resources of
Brazil of August 3, 1955 (TIAS 3385). Effected by ex-
change of notes at Washington August 5, 1957. Entered
into force August 5, 1957.
Canada
Protocol to the convention for the protection, preservation
and extension of the sockeve salmon fisheries in the
Fraser River system of May 26, 1930 (50 Stat. 1355).
Signed at Ottawa December 28, 1956.
Proclaimed hy the President: July 24, 1957.
Germany
Research and power reactor agreement concerning civil
uses of atomic energy. Signed at Washington July 3,
1957.
' Not in force.
' With conditions.
' Revision of item in Bulletin of May 20, 1957, p. 829.
* As amended by the protocol opened for signature at
New York December 7, 1953 (TIAS 3532).
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmatsons
The Senate on August 5 confirmed the following:
H. Freeman Matthews to be Ambassador to Austria.
(For biographic details, see press release 373 dated June
19.)
Walter C. Ploeser to be Ambassador to Paraguay.
(For biographic details, see press release 418 dated July
11.)
Designations
Stuart W. Rockwell as Director, Office of Near Eastern
Affairs, effective August 11.
366
Depattmeni of State Bulletin
August 26, 1957 I n d
American Republics. OAS Economic Conference
(delegation) 363
Argentina. Letters of Credence (Yadarola) . . 343
Asia. Research Fellowships Offered Under SEATO
Cultural Program 354
Atomic Energy
Italy and World Banli To Sponsor Nuclear Power
Study 357
Inited States and Brazil Sign Power Reactor
Agreement 356
Austria. Matthews confirmed as ambassador . . 366
Aviation. Air Agreement With Egypt Modified . . 354
Brazil. United States and BrazU Sign Power Re-
actor Agreement 356
Chile. President of Chile To Visit United States . 343
Congress, The
Department of State Supports Double-Tax Treaty
With Palvistan (Kalijarvi) 359
Promoting Peace and Stability in the Middle East
(text of reiwrt) 339
Cuba. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
August 6 344
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Matthews, Ploeser) 366
Designations (Rocl^well) 366
Disarmament. Secretary Dulles' News Conference
of August 6 344
Economic Affairs
Department of State Supports Double-Tax Treaty
With Pakistan (Kalijarvi) 359
Import Restrictions Imposed on Certain Butterfat
Articles (text of proclamation) 357
OAS Economic Conference (delegation) .... 363
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of August 6 . . 344
Mr. Southard To Be U.S. Executive Director of
Monetary Fund 363
Tliirty-one Nations Now Parties to International
Jlotoring Treaty (Kelly) 365
World Bank Loan to Japan for Aichi Irrigation
Project 355
Educational Exchange. Research Fellowships Of-
fered Under SEATO Cultural Program .... 354
Egypt. Air Agreement With Egypt Modified . . 354
International Organizations and Conferences
International Cooperation in the Science of Hy-
drography (Watt) 361
OAS Economic Conference (delegation) .... 363
Mr. Southard To Be U.S. Executive Director of
Jlonetary Fund 363
Italy. Italy and World Bank To Siwnsor Nuclear
Power Study 357
Japan
United States and Japan Establish Committee on
Security 350
World Bank Loan to Japan for Aichi Irrigation
Project 355
Malaya. Mr. Herter and Ambassador Richards To
Attend Malayan Celebrations 343
Middle East
The Middle East : An American Point of View
(Kretzmann) 351
ex
Vol. XXXVII, No. 948
Promoting Peace and Stability in the Middle East
(text of report) 339
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of August 6 . . 344
Mutual Security. Promoting Peace and Stability
in the Middle East (test of report) 339
Pakistan. Department of State Supports Double-
Tax Treaty With Pakistan (Kalijarvi) .... 359
Paraguay. Ploeser confirmed as ambassador . . 366
Presidential Documents
Import Restrictions Imposed on Certain Butterfat
Articles 357
Promoting Peace and Stability in the Middle East . 339
Science. International Cooperation in the Science
of Hydrography (Watt) 361
Treaty Information
Air Agreement With Egypt Modified 354
Current Actions 365
Department of State Supports Double-Tax Treaty
With Pakistan (Kalijarvi) 359
Thirty-one Nations Now Parties to International
Motoring Treaty (Kelly) 365
United States and Brazil Sign Power Reactor
Agreement 356
United Nations. Current U.N. Documents . . . 364
Name Index
Dulles, Secretary 344
Eisenhower, President 339, 358
Herter, Christian A 343
Ibauez del Campo, Carlos 343
Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 359
Kelly, H. H 365
Kretzmann, Edwin M. J 351
Matthews, H. Freeman 366
Ploeser, Walter C 366
Richards, James P 343
Rockwell, Stuart W 366
Southard, Frank A., Jr 363
Watt, William G 361
Yadarola, Mauricio Luis 343
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: August S-11
Releases may be obtained from the News Di-
vision, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press release issued prior to August 5 which ap-
pears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 440 of
July 31.
No. Date Sabject
446 8/5 Argentina credentials (rewrite).
447 8/5 Modification of air transport agreement
with Egypt.
448 8/6 SEATO research fellowships.
449 8/6 Delegation to OAS Economic Confer-
ence (rewrite).
450 8/6 Dulles : news conference.
451 8/7 Delegation to Malayan independence
celebration (rewrite).
t452 8/7 Research and power agreement with
Germany.
*453 8/7 Macomber nomination.
454 8/9 Kalijarvi : double-tax treaty with Pak-
istan.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1957
the
Department
of
Stat
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, *300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
THE SECRETARIES OF STATE .
Portraits and Biographical Sketches
This publication is based on a collection of portraits of Secre-
taries of State which the Department of State has been accumulat-
ing since 1861. It makes available for the first time reproductions
of the portraits in this collection. Tlie reproductions — which are
in black and white — are arranged chronologically according to the
terms of service of the Secretaries of State. Each reproduction is
accompanied by a biographical sketch of the Secretary and by a
note regarding the artist and the portrait.
The publication includes also three appendixes — the first relat-
ing to Secretaries of State ad interim, the second consisting of
notes regarding other portraits belonging to the Department of
State, and the third consisting of a chronological list of Presidents
of the United States, Secretaries of State, and Secretaries of
State ad interim.
The Secretaries of State: Portraits and Biographical Sketches
may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $1 a copy.
Publication 6402
$1
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed find:
Please send me copies of The Secretaries of State: Portraits and
Biographical Sheiches.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
(cash, check, or
money order).
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 949
September 2, 1957
ICiAL
KLY RECORD
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER EXPRESSES CONCERN
OVER MUTUAL SECURITY CUTS • Transcript of
the President's Press and Radio Conference of August 14 . . 371
THE MORAL ELEMENT IN FOREIGN POLICY • by
Ambassador Livingston T. Merchant 374
CANADIAN-AMERICAN COOPERATION • by John
Wesley Jones 380
OUR CHINA POLICY • by Ambassador William J. Sebald . 389
TED STATES
EIGN POLICY
For index see inside back cover
Boston Public Library
Superin*on'1(^nt of Documents
OCT 4 -1957
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.G.
Price:
52 Issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10 25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents ot this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
Vol. XXXVII, No. 949 • Pi)bucation;653 j
September 2, 1957
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the'
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United Slates is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
H:
,
s
President Eisenhower Expresses Concern
Over iVIutuai Security Cuts
Follaioing is the transcript of President Eisen-
\hower^s impromptu press conference of August llf.
as reUased hy tJie White Hoiuse on that date^ to-
gether with a statement read to news corre-
spondents on August 15 iy James C. Hagerty,
Press Secretary to the President.
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER'S PRESS AND RADIO
CONFERENCE OF AUGUST 14
The President : I think, ladies and gentlemen,
that this is the first time I have asked you into an
impromptu press conference. But I have called
you in because I have just signed two documents
that I believe will be of the utmost importance to
the security and the prosperity and peace of the
United States.
They are the Mutual Security Authorization
Act and then my official request upon the Congress
for the appropriations to implement.
Now the authorization is for approximately
three and four-tenths billion dollars. This is a
half-billion less than that which I requested last
May.^ The amount, therefore, that is on the ap-
propriation request is exactly that, tlii-ee and four-
tentlis minus billion, because I am prohibited by
law from asking for more.
Now I signed this with really the prayerful hope
that we may be able, with that Act, to sustain the
essential interests of the United States in the free
world, but there is no disguising the fact that the
cU'ects will be serious. Nevertheless, we can hope
that we will do well enough so that the calling of
tlie Congress in extraordinary session will not be
necessary.
Now let's take a brief look at the liistory of this
Mutual Security.
' For text of the President's message to Congress on the
Mutual Security Program for 1958, see Buxuetin of June
10, 19.07, p. 920.
September 2, 1957
It started in 1947 and since that time there have
been many points in the free world that have been
transformed from positions of weakness and
threat into positions of real strength for the free
world.
Greece and Turkey started it. Yugoslavia,
breaking away from the overlordship of Moscow.
Iran in 195-3. Then Vietnam a little later. And
finally a stronger and better position in the Mid-
East.
Now in that period — 1947 to the present — the
United States has put into the defense part of our
Mutual Security about 17 billion dollars. Our
allies have put 107 billion dollars. This means
that for all of the money we have ]mt in, there
have been hmidreds and thousands of soldiers,
sailors and airmen supported that we could other-
wise have not supported at all on the side of the
free world.
Incidentally, the cost of a division in almost any
other country in the world is just a fraction of
what it costs to sustain an American division
either here or abroad.
Now certain of these countries that are on the
outposts of the free world and right up against the
Eurasian land mass are now absorbing about three-
quarters of what we call the total of our defense
supports. These are Korea, Formosa, Vietnam,
Turkey and Greece.
Let's consider Korea for a moment. In Korea
we have got invested 13.5 thousand American cas-
ualties. Now I believe that under the circum-
stances existing at the time that war began, the
war was necessary. Those casualties were re-
quired from us in order to support our security
in the world and to stand firmly behind the cause
of freedom.
But my question is now : Are we going to nullify
all those sacrifices by failing to recognize the posi-
tion of Korea facing a long battlef ront of 155 miles
371
I
and without adequate support from us? Those
countries are poor economically and financially,
but they are strong in courage, and by helping
them we certainly help ourselves.
Now in Korea alone we put 840 million dollars,
or something of that nature. We have of course
been struggling to help them get a position where
we can lower these costs. All over the world we
have sought places where we can make savings.
But as I told you, Korea cannot support the Icind
of forces necessary, miless we help them with
money. And we have as you loiow, only a very
small portion of the soldiers in Korea we once had.
In the authorization bill, also, there is a de-
velopment fund project which allows us to trans-
form our economic help largely from the grant
basis to the loan basis, something which eveiy
committee that has studied this problem recom-
mends strongly.
I most earnestly hope that the Congress will
support this particular part of the bill to the full.
Now let us remember, mutual aid has no special
pressure group supporting it. There is no par-
ticular organization in America that is making a
living out of supporting Mutual Security. This
is merely a case where the welfare of all of us is
involved — every single one of us, and our children.
So I think it becomes necessary for the Presi-
dent who does if nothing else try to represent —
and it is his job to represent all of the people of
the United States, to speak up in favor of what
we are doing: a program that has been, on the
whole, one of the most successful of any in wliich
we have engaged ; which confronts the communist
menace with a unity of purpose and strength
throughout the world. That is the kind of pro-
gram that we are now talking about supporting
properly, or weakening it.
I feel that America is not going to want to
desert something that has been so laboriously and
patiently built up over the past ten years by
Americans of all parties, all races, all occupa-
tions. And I do not believe America is going to
see it crumble through any false economy, or be-
cause it just has no local political impact.
Now of course this is not a regular press con-
ference, and so in fairness to others, I would say
let's don't go afield, but if there are any questions
upon this particular subject, I would be glad —
either with myself or my staff to try to answer.
Q. (Mr. /Steele, Time Magazine) Mr. President,
at one point in your statement you, have given ?«,
yo^i referred to the hope that enough money would
he appropriated this year to avoid the necessity
of a special session of Congress
The President: Well, I said I hoped
Q. {Mr. Steele) Yes sir.
The President : that we would get through "
with what we have been allowed, and I am lioping
and praying that they give us what is now in tlie
authorization bill, you see ?
Q. {Mr. Steele) Yes sir.
The President : I want that supported in full.
With that money, I believe we have got a good
chance to get through the year.
Q. {Mr. Steele) If such is not the case, if youi
don't get that tnoney, may -we assume you loould
not hesitate to
The President : I would have to. You cannot
stand aside and see America's interest deteriorate
throughout the world just by inaction.
Q. {Mr. Smith, UP) Well, can we harden thut
lip a little, sir? Are you going to call a special ^
session if they don't pass the appropriation?
The President : No. This is what I am going to
do. I am going to watch every single day what
is developing in the world and whenever for lack
of money the United States' interests become'
placed in real jeopardy, at that moment I wouldl
have no recourse except to call a special session.
Now I cannot say that if they take a ten-dollar
bill out of this thing, that that's a special session.
You can't be that arbitrary, much as you might
like to make that as a statement, Merriman.
Q. {Mr. Laiorence, New York Times) Mr.
President, referring to this conference you had
the other night with the Democrats and the Re-
publicans, I take it you made to them
The President: Exactly what I have said to
you.
Q. {Mr. Laivrence) the same sort of thing
you have said to us? Now, what kind of response
did you get? Was it an encouraging one?
The President: I cannot tell you — I mean, I
don't know, really
372
Depariment of State Bulletin
Q. (Ml'. Lawrence) No comimtments?
The President: No, there were no commit-
ments of any kind. There never are at any of
those nieetinirs, Bill. Just a question of I lay out
before them what 1 believe. I lay it out strongly.
As a matter of fact, I think I laid it out more
strono;ly than I have here, but it was a longer
conference — I suppose an hour and a half, hitting
back and forth.
And of course, people can call your attention to
places where there has been malfunctioning of
administrative offices, where there has been some
waste. Of course there is. We are human.
I But the fact is : Here is the cheapest money we
spend, as long as we are talking about getting
security for the United States. If we did not
have this working effectively, I just would hate
to guess what would be the sums I would have to
ask in the defense appropriation next year.
Q. {Mr. Burd, Chicago Tnhune) Mr. Presi-
dent, did you tell the leaders the other night the
same thing that you told us, about the possibility
of calling them back into session?
The President : Well, I think probably only in
a more negative way. I said tliat of course none
of us would like to see the necessity — the need
for a special session of Congress.
Q. {Mr. Burd) You did raise that possi-
bility
The President : I mention this every time I talk
about this particular problem. However, as you
people well know, I don't think that any of you
ought to interpret anything I say in terms of a
threat of any kind. I never make them. It's a
matter of what the necessities of the moment
demand.
Any others? Well, thank you for coming in.
Q. {Mr. Smith, UP) Thank you, Mr. President.
The President: As I say, this is a bit unusual.
I Good to see you.
STATEMENT BY MR. HAGERTY
White House press release dated August 15
The President said yesterday that the cuts al-
ready made in the authorization bill were of such
a nature as to hamper programs designed for the
best interests of the United States and the free
world.
Here is how the President views the additional
cuts made by the subcommittee of the House Ap-
propriations Committee :
(1) The cut in military assistance is very deep
and seems unjustified in extent. It will seriously
delay modernization of the free world's forces
in the face of progressively improved Commimist
forces.
(2) The cut in defense support will compel, al-
most certainly, dangerous reductions in the size
and effectiveness of the forces now being main-
tained by free nations bordering on Communist
lands. Additionally it will lead to serious dif-
ficulty in the economies of those nations support-
ing such forces.
(3) The cut in the development loan fund —
a 40 percent cut — makes impossible the realization
of the important purpose for which this fund was
established by the Congress.
(4) The cut in teclmical assistance will make it
diificult to assist our friends, particularly those
newly independent nations who have turned to the
United States for help in helping themselves.
(5) The cut in the special assistance fund will
not only seriously affect the fimds for such pro-
grams as the worldwide effort to eradicate malaria
and to aid Hungarian refugees but it will also
seriously reduce the reserve funds hitherto pro-
vided to the President to meet emergencies which
inevitably develop in the world we live in today.
The President is gravely concerned over these
cuts. In the conviction that the national interests
of this country are deeply involved, he sincerely
hopes that final congressional action will restore
the amounts to those authorized by the Congress
yesterday.
Sepfember 2, J 957
373
The Moral Element in Foreign Policy
l}y Livingston T. Merchant
Ambassador to Canada ^
Foreign policy is a complex and confusing sub-
ject. Although foreign policy, like the weather,
is a popular topic of conversation, what it is and
what goes into its construction are, I think, little
understood. Wliat is foreign policy? Foreign
policy, it seems to me, is the sum total of a coun-
try's expressed attitudes and actions toward other
countries. Its purpose is to support certain na-
tional objectives. There is certainly nothing to
1)6 surprised at in the fact that any country's
foreign policy is designed to protect that comitry's
vital interests.
The foreign policy of Moses, I suppose, was to
insure that he safely got the Children of Israel
out of Egypt and to the Promised Land, where
they could, by force or negotiation, establish them-
selves in freedom and security. The foreign
policy of Napoleon was to win the hegemony of
Europe and to destroy England's capacity to
threaten his expanded empire. The foreign policy
of the United States has been consistently de-
signed to achieve our national objective of living
luider our own institutions, with full scope for our
individual creative capacities in a prosperous
world under a durable and just peace.
So much for a brief definition of foreign policy
and its purposes.
Next we should identify the basic elements
which govern and influence the formulation of
foreign policy in general. Wliile most or all of
the elements I mention will be taken into account
in the formulation of a particular country's for-
eign policy at a particular time in history, these
various elements are given different weights and
" Address made at the Lake Placid Club Summer Sym-
posium at Lake Placid, N. Y., on Aug. 8.
values. These elements, I believe, fall into three
rather different categories.
The first set of factors are physical or material.
They relate to force and power. Force, Webster
says, is "strength or energy; vigor." Power,
again according to Webster, is "the ability to act;
capacity for action" as in the sentence, "to have
the power but not the will to work."
It is tragic but true that these physical or ma-
terial elements add up to the capacity to fight a
war. Clausewitz wrote in his supreme cynicism,
"War is the ultimate extension of national policy."
Admiral Mahan described the purpose of force in
terms more acceptable to Americans when he said,
"Its purpose is to provide a shield behind which
moral ideas can grow."
Whether one looks at warmaking potential as'
designed for aggression — forcibly to impose one
nation's will on another — or for defense — to pre-
vent another nation from forcibly imposing its
own will — the fact is that throughout history to
tlie present day the capacity — in extremis — to re-
sort to war and the magnitude of that capacity
relative to a country's neighbors are inescapable
and powerful influences in shaping a particular
country's foreign policy.
Unhappily, the use of force or the threat of
its use has not been banished from our present
world. A foreign policy based on the assumed
absence of force merely exposes a nation adopting
such a policy to tlie risk of annihilation or sub-
jugation as long as tliere exist powerful and pred-
atory nations whose actions are uncontrolled by
any moral standard. Mass nonresistance or hun-
ger strikes will not conduce a pacific response in
nations whose actions are based on jungle law.
374
Department of State Bulletin
They merely increase the risk for the victim and
liasten his end.
Next, my thought is to suggest some intangible
elements which to greater or lesser degree mflu-
ence a country's foreign policy. I am thinking
of such factors as language and racial origins and
culture.
Then, third, there is the moral element. By this
I mean the practice, not merely the profession,
of behaving in accordance with established prin-
ciples of right and wrong.
Physical Factors in Foreign Policy
Now let us examine more closely the purely
physical factors which mold any country's foreign
policy.
First is geography — the physical location of a
counti-y; the character of its terrain; the physi-
cal nature of its frontiers; the nearby presence or
remoteness of other powerful nations and their
size, power, and configuration. All this is an ele-
ment in the fabrication of foreign policy. Switzer-
land's neutrality, now well in its second century,
could never have been a supportable and success-
ful foreign policy of that country had it not
been for the defensive strength of the Alps.
The United States could never have pursued for
substantially tlie first century and a half of its
national existence a policy of isolation had it
not been for the fact that its eastern and western
frontiers were anchored on broad oceans and its
northern and southern neighbors posed no signifi-
cant military threat to the continuation of its in-
ward-looking process of developing the better
part of a continent. A small country with a
strategically vulnerable border to a more powerful
neighbor would find limits imposed on its foreign
policy attitudes which, except in the intei'ests of
national survival, it might not otherwise choose.
So one can see that geography and one's neighbors
play an important role or, to put it another way,
impose limits, on the basic foreign policy of any
particular country.
Another powerful material element in foreign
policy is economics. Tlie scarcity or abundance
of food — to look at the most elemental economic
factor — within tlie boundaries of a particular
comitry plays a significant role in determining a
country's foreign policy. Just as the oceans and
pacific neighbors permitted an isolationist foreign
policy for the United States over many decades,
so also was this policy reinforced by the circum-
stance that we grow more than enough food for
our population. British foreign policy in the
19th century, with its emphasis on ruling the
oceans and opening up underdeveloped areas, had
direct root in the dependence of England on over-
seas sources for much of its food and the absence
of any raw materials other than coal for its bur-
geoning industry.
Another important factor is the size of a coun-
try's population and the degree of productive skill
they possess. Climate helps to govern human
productivity. The availability of capital will de-
termine the magnitude and character of a na-
tion's physical productive plant. And in the
modern world such productive indices as millions
of tons of steel turned out per year reflect the
backbone of power.
The intangible Elements
Now for the intangible elements which I men-
tioned some moments ago. What are these ? Re-
ligion and ideas play an important part in deter-
mining foreign policy. Take, for example, the
religious wars of the 16th and 17th centuries
which tortured Europe. Go back further and
consider the foreign policy of the Mohammedan
Arabs who burst out of the Arabian peninsula in
the 7th century, partly for economic reasons but
mostly, I am sure all historians will agree, for
religious reasons — the propagation and spreading
of the Islamic faith. That tide of tough warriors,
sustained by the promise of their religion that
Paradise awaited the dead warrior, swept across
the south Mediterranean littoral. That tide
lapped halfway through Christian Europe before
it was stopped at Tours and gradually pushed back
mile by mile over more than two centuries to
Nortli Africa. In I7th century England, though
it was civil war, religious elements were originally
dominant m Cromwell and his Romidheads' war
against the two King Charleses.
Revolutionary ideas can similarly dominate a
foreign policy. The revolutionary armies of the
French Revolution under the Directorate were
seeking to spread to all of Europe the revolu-
tionary philosophy of liberty, equality, and fra-
ternity.
Then, dynastic relationships and royal inter-
marriages have helped to shape a country's
September 2, 7957
375
foreign policy. Both are out of fashion today.
They have, however, been powerful in the past.
To some extent I think they may have been re-
placed by cultural ties or by common religious
belief. In a military sense such ties have been
remforced in present times by collective-security
treaties. Certainly the common heritages and
historic relationships of the nations composing the
Atlantic Community made possible the North At-
lantic Treaty.
Now all of these elements — geography; popu-
lation, its size and character; economic factors;
religious faith; philosophical concepts; the physi-
cal character of frontiers; the possession of ade-
quate food and raw materials; even climate; the
state of its science; and the size of its industrial
plant; and, of course, the vigor and unity of the
men, women, and children — who, in the last analy-
sis, compose a state — all these and many other less
important factors in sum total constitute the
power of a nation.
The Role of Morality
We have now to consider the moral element.
In simplest terms, for us, it means acting in our
foreign relations as the Christian faith teaches us
to behave in our private lives. I firmly believe
this element is and always has been present in our
own foreign policies.
But this element is not present in the foreign
policies of all countries in the world today. Let
us look at two recent world events to find striking
illustrations of morality, and its absence, in for-
eign policy. I think of the events of last fall
in Suez and Hungary.
In both episodes the United Nations faithfully
reflected in its majority votes the aroused con-
science of the world. By overwhelming votes in
separate actions it called for the prompt with-
drawal of foreign forces from Egypt and from
Hungary. Never were morality in the one case
and the absence of morality in foreign policy in
the other case better demonstrated than in the
prompt affirmative response by Britain and
France to the appeal of tlie United Nations and
the total, cynical, and contemptuous disregard by
the Soviet Union of a similar call by the United
Nations with respect to Hungary.
The United States was in the forefront of the
debates in the United Nations on these two sepa-
rate actions. We determined our actions on
grounds of principle — of morality. As Presi-
dent Eisenhower told the Nation on October 31
in the midst of that dual crisis, "There can be no
peace without law. And there can be no law if
we were to invoke one code of international con-
duct for tliose who oppose us and another for our
friends."
The Suez Incident
Let me briefly recall the incident of Suez. We
in the United States quite generally thought that
our oldest friends and oldest allies. Great Bi-itain
and France, made a mistake when they moved
militarily into the Suez Canal Zone last fall. We
did not disguise that feeling.
It is not, however, my purpose to dwell on that
point. Certainly our friends acted under ex-
treme provocation and in intimate knowledge of
the fact that their national livelihood and very
existence depended on the oil of the Middle East
delivered to Europe by the short route through
the canal. Apparently they thought — wrongly,
I believe — that the United States was indifferent
or at least imperfectly aware of their situation.
But for anyone to accuse the British and French
of having cynically sought to establish a new em-
pii'e or colonial area in Egypt or elsewhere in the
Middle East is utter and complete nonsense.
In any event, our allies acted, and much of the
rest of the world reacted with equal prompt-
ness— the Soviets by ominous threats; the major-
ity of the United Nations with a call for a cease-
fire and the withdrawal of the French and British
troops at the very moment wlien they seemed to
have their limited objectives in sight.
It is to the everlasting credit of those two great
countries and their attachment to moral principle
that they responded immediately to that call.
The Case of Hungary
Now let us turn to the tragic case of Hun-
gary— to the savage brutality of the Russians
and the absence of any moral standard where the
Soviets and tlieir cohorts are concerned.
Last October the incredibly brave Hungarian
people decided spontaneously and almost inian-
imously that they had had enough of domestic
terror and oppression and of Russian domina-
tion of their national life. Unarmed they I'ose.
When hit by force, they fouglit back with amaz-
376
Department of State Bulletin
ing courage. And we should mark the fact that
students, workers, farmers, and intellectuals of
Hungary all were in the ranks of the freedom
fighters. These were the very people for whose
allegiance the Communists had devoted their
greatest efforts.
For a short time it seemed that the miracle had
happened and that the Hungarian people had
gained by their sacrifices a very large measure of
independence for their national existence. Then,
by deceit, treachery, and overwhelming armored
force brought in from outside Hungary, the Red
Russian Army gained the upper hand.
The Soviet leaders had reverted to type. They
reacted in Hungary as a challenged despotism
based on force and terror, uncontrolled by a par-
liament, by domestic opinion, or by the restraints
of religion.
All the free world watched this tragedy in
horror and anguish. The weapon of moral con-
demnation was the only alternative to action
which might well bring on a third world war.
The United Nations instinctively responded to
the outraged conscience of the free world. The
United Nations called on Russia to withdraw its
troops from Hungary. The Soviets refused.
Speaker after speaker in the United Nations de-
noiniced in horror Russian brutality and shame-
less oppression in Hungary. In December the
General Assembly of the United Nations formally
condemned the Soviet Union for violation of the
United Nations Charter. And there seemed little
else they could do, other than send in medical
supplies and provide new homes abroad for the
refugees who fled the terror in Hungary.
This has been so far a dark and depressing
chapter. I submit, however, that its end has not
yet been written. I firmly believe that any gov-
ernment, however ruthless and authoritarian,
which aspires to a role of influence and leadership
in the world cannot disregard what I have termed
the moral element. It must show what Jefferson
called "a decent respect to the opinions of man-
kind." In part, its adjustment to such pressures
may be only outward and slow m coming. "Hy-
pocrisy is the tribute paid by vice to virtue." In
the long run, I am satisfied, conform it must.
I am equally satisfied that, had not the United
Nations reacted promptly and vigorously, the ac-
tions of tlie Soviets would have been even more
brutal, if not in Hungary, then certainly in Po-
land and elsewhere in the rumbling Soviet satel-
lite empire.
And in the outside world, particularly among
those billion or more human beings who count
themselves "uncommitted," there has been a dread-
ful lesson learned. The Soviets for a time at least
won the battle of Budapest. But I am as sure as I
am standing here today that the Soviets have lost
their campaign to dominate tiie world by methods
short of total war. And surely the Russian mili-
tary plaimers are now reassessing the reliability
of all the satellite armies.
There is another lesson, I think, drawn for free
men everywhere. This is that, when individual
freedom and national independence have once
been known, all the techniques of propaganda and
indoctrination and "corrective" thinking cannot
kill the flame of freedom in the breast of man and,
moreover, that flame does not die with one genera-
tion. It can and is passed on to the next. This
lesson which the Hungarians, at such tragic loss
and suffering to themselves, have given to the
world should do much in the months and years
ahead to demolish the assumption that what the
Communists once gain by force they will hold
forever.
The Soviet Dilemma
We have learned other lessons in the past from
the Soviets. Unhappily, it seems the world must
learn some lessons over and over again. I think
of the tragic fate of the Baltic peoples in Lithu-
ania, Latvia, and Estonia. They had a proud
history, and they put their trust in Soviet good
faith.
Let me read you a passage from a fascinating
and revealing speech which Mr. Molotov deliv-
ered on the foreign policy of the Soviet Union
before the fifth session of the Supreme Soviet on
October 31, 1939. Tliis passage relates to Estonia,
Latvia, and Lithuania. As I read it, remember
that this speech was delivered only one year
before the Soviet Army moved in to incoi-porate
by force into the Soviet Union these three inde-
pendent states and to send eastward in cattle cars
to Siberia tens upon tens of thousands of men,
women, and children who had done no wrong
other than to want to live in peace as citizens
of independent sovereign states. This is the
passage :
September 2, 1957
377
Our recent diplomatic negotiations with Estonia, Lat-
via and Lithuania have shown that we have sufficient
confidence in each other and a proper understanding of
the need for these measures of military defense in the
interests both of the Soviet Union and of these states
themselves. The negotiations have fully revealed the
anxiety of the parties concerned to preserve peace and to
safeguard the security of our peoples who are engaged
in peaceful labor. All this ensured a successful issue to
the negotiations and the conclusion of pacts of mutual
assistance which are of great historical importance.
The special character of those mutual assistance pacts
in no way implies any interference on the part of the
Soviet Union in the affairs of Estonia, Latvia or Lithu-
ania, as some foreign newspapers are trying to make
out. On the contrary, all these pacts of mutual assistance
strictly stipulate the inviolability of the sovereignty of
the signatory states and the principle of non-interference
in each other's affairs. These pacts are based on mutual
respect for the political, social and economic structure of
the contracting parties, and are designed to strengthen
the basis for peaceful and neighborly cooperation between
our peoples. We stand for the scrupulous and punctilious
observance of the pacts on the basis of complete reci-
procity, and we declare that all the nonsensical talk about
the Sovietization of the Baltic countries is only to the
interest of our common enemies and of all anti-Soviet
provocateurs.
Twelve months later the cattle trains moved
east from these three little Baltic countries.
The Soviet leaders have been pinned under the
spotliglit of the moral judgment of the vcorld.
The dilemma they face is for them a hard one.
They must respond to this moral judgment in
increasing degree or forfeit the influence they
covet to exert in much of the world. Possibly
some coimtries in the Middle East or elsewhere
had forgotten the tragic lesson of Lithuania, Es-
tonia, and Latvia. Surely, however, the lesson
of Budapest will give them pause.
I repeat, I believe last fall in Himgary the
Soviets won a temporary victory but they lost, in
the long run, their campaign for the world. They
will lose it because there is godlessness in their
foreign policy.
Realism and Idealism
I believe, as I have said earlier, that basic
United States foreign policy, today as in the past,
gives constant and powerful weight to the moral
element. This springs, I am sure, out of our herit-
age from western Christendom and out of the fact
that we have been from the days of the Pilgrims
not only a Christian nation but a deeply religious
one. Approximately two-tliirds of our popula-
tion are churchgoing members of our churches.
So our tradition and our present practice incline
us to the Christian faith and ethic. And since in
the long rvm, in the historical sense, no foreign
policy can be long maintained without tlie support
of the people, it is natural and imderstandable
that all our major foreign policies bear the imprint
of the Christian ethic.
A durable and successful foreign policy, in the
sense of achieving such elemental national ob-
jectives as assuring the survival of our coimtry,
must not merely reflect elevated morals. It must
also be in harmony with the hard, cold realities of
the world around us. "VA^iat I am trying to say is
that foreign policy must be hardheadedly realistic
in assessing our own power and the external power
which might be arrayed against us. It must also,
however, contain the element of morality which
reflects our ideals and our pervasive national sense
that certain things and attitudes and actions are
right and others are wrong. We must combine
hard-boiled realism with idealism. I think this
is the case today. I think, moreover, that it has
been the case in the past, and I pray God that it
always will be in the future. If we, the people
of the United States, fail to insist on the marriage
in our foreign policy of practicality and idealism,'
then our foreign policy will fail and our Republic
be placed in jeopardy.
To illustrate this point, let me take three ex-
amples of fundamental foreign policies of the
United States which have proved durable over
decades and truly reflective, I believe, of what we
are. In each case we can trace the combination of
a clear-sighted recognition of the strategic neces-
sities for our national security and of Christian
impulses or beliefs.
First and oldest, of course, is the Monroe Doc-
trine— 150 years old. What really was this Doc-
trine? It seems to me it said two things. First,
that the United States could not tolerate, in the
interest of its national security, the establishment
of a beachhead by a formidable European military
power in the hemisphere south of us. Secondly,
it said that we openly sympathized with the de-
sire of any people to be free, provided they were
capable of self-government and determined to de-
fend their independence. We were therefore pre-
pared physically to repel any eilort to fasten for-
eign domination on the fledgling republics to the
south. Here was a miion of the hardheaded
378
Department of State Bulletin
rerogiiition of power factors and an eflFective ex-
pression of our ideals.
^ly second example is the so-called Open Door
Pdlicy with respect to China. It was an integral
nnd important part of our foreign policy for over
a century. What did it reflect? I think it re-
iflected first the recognition that the United States
as a countrj' bordering on the Pacific could not
for reasons of its own national security aiford to
see the mainland and the outlying peninsula and
island possessions on the far shore of the Pacific
Ocean lodged in hostile and powerful hands. By
the Open Door Policy we attempted to insure that
no one power — and the threat then was mainly
'European — should dominate Cliina and ultimately
be in a position to dominate the strategic offshoi'e
positions. This policy, at the time, was wrongly
criticized as merely cloaking commercial ambi-
tions of the United States under the guise of ideal-
ism. But the policy had a large element of ideal-
ism which stemmed in good part from our mission-
ary activities in China and all the Far East. We
felt that we had a mission in that part of the world
which was neither strategic nor commercial. It
would be a great mistake to discomit the force
and the sincerity of such an ideal.
My last example is our European policy as it
has gi'own and developed with postwar economic
assistance programs of unprecedented magnitude
and the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty. We
in this country have felt for half a century — in
part by instinct and in part by hardheaded ex-
amination of a world environment in which force
must still be reckoned with — that we could not
in our own national security interest see the main-
land of Europe and its offshore island and penin-
sula positions dominated by a hostile despotism.
We are an Atlantic power as well as a Pacific
power, and the same strategic considerations
apply to the far shores of both oceans. We fought
in two world wars, both starting in Europe, to
insure that we did not have to face that result.
But in this case also there was more than realism
or strategic thinking. There was a moral element.
This was that the United States, with much of
its thought and law and institutions coming down
from Greece and Rome through the great Chris-
tian countries of Europe and, above all, through
Great Britain, could not in Christian decency see
those independent and ancient citadels of our own
national life and culture overpowered by hostile
despotisms.
Now all three of these expressions of our foreign
policy could only endure under the circumstances
that each combined a practical assessment of the
world around us with something more — call it
idealism, call it a moral element, call it a deep
devotion to Christ's teachings.
I read a few weeks ago a newspaper editorial
which was scornful of our great Secretary of
State, John Foster Dulles. This editorial said
that the trouble with Mr. Dulles was that he tried
to be both a politician and a pillar of society.
Now, if you accept the definition of politician in
the true sense of the word, a practitioner of the
art of political science, then I say that our Secre-
tary of State is in fact trying to be a politician
and a pillar of society at the same time and that
that is exactly what the American people want a
Secretary of State to be. We want a man who,
against the background of a knowledge of history
and of human nature, of peace and war, of eco-
nomics and the dark forces which exist in the
world today, possesses equally a profound con-
viction as to what is good and what is evil.
If we as a nation are not merely to survive but
grow great and faithfully discharge the responsi-
bilities which Providence has laid upon us, then
we must of necessity formulate and support a
foreign policy which recognizes all the elements
which I have tried briefly to describe this evening :
the purely physical, the intangible, and, last
not least, the moral element. A hard head must
be united with a soft heart. If we can keep this
before us, then we can confidently believe that
right as we know it will triumph. Histoiy and
time and Christian teaching are on our side.
These are allies that our adversaries can never
rally to their side.
September 2, 7957
379
Canadian- American Cooperation
ty John Wesley Jones
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Ewopean
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Europewn Affairs ^
It is fitting indeed tliat the State of Maine,
which in a very real sense is the gateway between
Eastern Canada and the eastern seaboard of the
United States, should be the locale for a Canadian
Friendship Week. It is fitting also because the
settlement of the Maine-Canadian border area by
the Webster- Ashburton Treaty of 1842 was one of
the first and most important steps in the develop-
ment of Canadian-American cooperation. It is
a pleasure and an honor for me to be able to par-
ticipate in these ceremonies on behalf of the Sec-
retary of State, the Honorable John Foster Dulles.
In a famous poem a century and a quarter ago
Goethe wrote, "America — you are better off than
our old continent. You have no ruined castles
and your earth is wholesome. Your peace is not
disturbed by useless memories and fruitless
conflict."
One of the reasons why this poem still remains
valid is that Canada is our neighbor to the north.
Those of us who have lived for over a century
free of the tensions of ancient border disputes and
not threatened by a traditional enemy across the
frontier can scarcely appreciate the importance of
our relations with Canada. For you in Maine the
names Fort. Kent and Fort Fairfield represent
busy communities in northern Aroostook County,
not military installations directed against possi-
ble border invaders. It is not that we take this
relationship for granted. It is rather so much a
fact of life that we never focus our attention on it
in a conscious maimer. Like the air we breathe we
' Atklress made before a joint meeting of service clubs
at Portland, Maine, on tbe occasion of Canadian Friend-
ship Day, Aug. 13 (press release 4.55 dated Aug. 12).
380
would notice it most if it were absent. For it \i
this century of peace that lias permitted both oui
countries to develop in freedom and in security.
In this atmosphere our two countries have co-
operated, not only in the economic field but also ir
the vital fields of political and defense matters
I would like this afternoon to touch briefly or
some of these questions.
One of the great political facts of our times has
been the cooperation between Canada and tlu
United States in matters of continental defense
This fact is of considerable importance to tht
whole free world because it means that the Unitec
States and Canada, miconcerned with any dangei
on their common border, can concentrate their de-
fensive efforts against a possible conmion enemy
This cooperation began officially when a Per-
manent Joint United States-Canadian Board of'
Defense was established in 1940 to consider the
problem of strengthening North American
defenses.-
Even prior to the time the United States en-
tered World War II the Board began examining
means for cooperative defense of the North Amer-
ican Continent. Then, the important task was to
defend the long sea frontiers which run along
the coast of our two countries. Since the de-
velopment of long-range aircraft, the possibility
of an air attack across the North Pole area has
become a much more real threat to our security
and the need to defend this approach by co-
operative effort has taken on much greater im-
portance. Today, the early-warning system of
the DEW Line, the Pine Tree Line, and the Mid-
' BuLLKTiN of Aug. 24, 1940, p. 1.54.
Department of State Bulletin
Canada Line provide warning: against aerial at-
tack. To complement tlie warning system, the
recently annonnced integrated air defense com-
mand of our two conntries will provide for a
coordinated etfort to ward otf that attack, should
it ever occnr.^ Both our Governments, of course,
continue to hope tliat the Soviet Union will ac-
cept the proposals made at London on August 2 *
by the LTnited States, Canada, France, and Great
■Britain in the Disarmament Subcommittee for the
inspection, under appropriate controls, of major
zones of the world. Such acceptance would coii-
siilerably reduce the danger of surprise attack.
In the meantime, we must and shall continue to
perfect our common defenses.
!
Working Together in U.N. and NATO
In international organizations we are, of course,
in constant consultation with our Canadian
friends. These consultations comprise a variety
if avenues, both for bilateral talks and on a multi-
lateral basis. The two principal international
irganizations in which we both are members are,
)f course, the United Nations and the North At-
lantic Treaty Organization, known as NATO. In
roth of these forums we exchange views and at-
empt to arrive at common positions. It is sig-
lificant of the many tilings we have in common
liat with rare exceptions our policies are directed
oward an identical goal.
In tlie United Nations Canada has consistently
supported the provisions of the charter. It has
•epeatedly made significant contributions, both
naterial and moral, to that organization. And I
iiink it safe to say that, in that forum also, our
•elations have been characterized by reciprocal
rood will and mutual respect. Under the circum-
;tances it is not surprising that we have achieved
ubstantial agreement.
In NATO Canada has been a leader in extend-
ng the scope of NATO political and economic
•onsultation and in expanding cooperation in cul-
ural and information matters. Only last year the
'anadian Minister of External Affairs was one
>f the "three wise men" of NATO wiiose report ^
m tlie value of furtlier extension of tlie activities
' For text of a joint statement released at Washing-
nn and Ottawa on Aug. 1, see ibid., Aug. 19, 19.57, p. 306.
' For text, see ibid., p. 303.
^ For text, see ibid., Jan. 7, 1957, p. 18.
of NATO in other fields of mutual interest, as
well as in the continued strengthening of military
efibrts for defense, was accepted by all member
nations as guidance for NATO's future develop-
ment.
Nor has Canada's contribution been solely poli-
tical. On the contrary, Canada has made signifi-
cant contributions and sacrifices by stationing
Canadian ground and air forces in Europe as part
of NATO's shield; by earmarking a substantial
naval force for assignment to the allied Atlantic
Command; and by rendering military assistance
to our Eurojaean partners to the extent of $1.8 bil-
lion since NATO came into existence.
Bilaterally perhaps the most important regu-
larly established bodies are the Permanent Joint
Board of Defense, to wdiich I have already re-
ferred, and the International Joint Commission.
The Joint Commission was established by a treaty
in 1909 to deal with problems of boundary waters
and of waters flowing across our common borders.
Since that time the International Joint Commis-
sion has considered and has helped to resolve over
70 cases referred to it by the two Governments.
One of the happiest cliaracteristics of the rela-
tionship between our two countries is that these
cases, many of which could easily have given rise
to bitter disputes and controversies, were settled
by discussion, by negotiation, and by compromise.
In addition to the above there are our special co-
operative economic relations arising originally
out of the Hyde Park Agreement of 1941." Under
this relationship the two countries agreed to co-
ordinate their economic efforts for the common
defense. One of the latest formal manifestations
of that cooperation was the establishment of the
Joint United States-Canadian Committee on
Trade and Economic Problems.' This Commit-
tee consists of four cabinet members from each
country who meet, as required, to discuss major
economic problems. Since it is now almost 2 years
since the last session,* the Committee plans to meet
this fall, probably in October, in Washington.
We must not, however, forget the day-to-day
consultations which constantly take place, both in
Ottawa and in Washington. Dramatic as the more
formal opportunities for consultation may be, it is
° Ibifl., Apr. 26, 1941, p. 494.
' Ibid., Nov. 30, 19.")3, p. 739.
' For text of joint coninuinique. see ihid., Oct. 10, 1955,
p. 576.
iepf ember 2, 1957
38T
these day-to-day contacts which are the lifeblood
of diplomacy. They are responsible for the con-
stant interchange of information, for the clarifica-
tion of positions, and for the determination of
common policies, without which international
friendships cannot long survive.
Finally, there are those contacts between the
two countries which are the greatest in scope and
in many ways the most potent in effect. I am
referring to the day -after-day encounters which
take place between Canadian citizens and Ameri-
can citizens. I am talking about the tourists who
travel north and south of the border by the thou-
sands every year. I am talking about the busi-
nessmen who deal with their counterparts on an
almost daily basis. I am talking about the goods
that flow back and forth across the border and
on which the stamp "made in Canada" or "made
in USA" conveys a picture of the country con-
cerned. I am talking, too, about the ideas and
information, the newspapers, the magazines, the
educators, the scientists, and all the others who
contribute to this great intellectual cross-fertili-
zation. Each of these people, when he crosses the
border, becomes a living picture of his own coun-
try to those whom he encounters, and in a very
real sense he deepens the understanding between
the two peoples, both through what he contributes
to the country he visits and through what he brings
back to the country from which he came. Maine
is an area in which these contacts are exemplified
at their fullest and their best.
Economic Aspects of Cooperation
Since the economic aspects of our cooperation
are of particular interest to businessmen, I Mould
like to discuss them somewhat more fully. To
begin with, trade between the United States and
Canada is far greater than that between any other
two countries in the world. It has increased ten-
fold since 1935. It exceeds our total trade with
all the countries of South America. It also ex-
ceeds our total trade with the entire continent of
Europe. Each country is the other's best
customer.
Canada is a major supplier of newsprint, nickel,
aluminum, and asbestos. It is our second most
important source of uranium. Canadian whisky
is well known in the United States, and Canadian
oil is becoming increasingly impoiiant to the
United States economy.
382
The figures really speak for themselves. In
1956 the United States share in Canadian imports
for consiunption was 73 percent, as against 57 per-
cent in 1935. At the same time United States
pui'chases represented 59 percent of Canada's ex-
port of produce, or 23 percent higher than in
1935. The Canadian share in United States gen-
eral imports is 23 percent, compared with only
14 percent in 1935. Canadian purchases in the
United States have also risen from 14 percent of
total U.S. exports to 21 percent of our export
trade. In absolute figures, Canada exported goods
to the amount of $2.8 billion to the United States
last year and imported goods valued at $4.2
billion.
This difference of $1.4 billion has been thei
source of some concern among our Canadian i
friends, and it would perhaps be well to look ai
little more closely at the components of our ex-
jjorts to Canada. A reasonable estimate would be
that about one-third of these consist of capital
equipment. A large i^art of this equipment is
not paid for from Canadian dollar holdings but
is purcliased by American companies who then
ship it to Canadian subsidiaries. Instead of be-
ing a drain on Canadian resources, tliis type of
import actually adds to Canada's equipment pool.
Moreover, by increasing Canadian productivity
it tends to increase the wealth of the country.
These imports of capital goods hold within them-
selves the promise of increasing production so as
to establish in the future a merchandise balance
at a higher level of total trade than that existing
today.
In addition there are the piirchases of capital
goods by Canadian firms. While these are un-
doubtedly imports in that they must be paid for
from Canadian resources, they also serve to in-
crease the country's wealth by raising productivity. J
I do not mean to imply that no problem of im- '
balance does exist. But I do say it is far less than
the raw figures might lead one to believe.
Looking now at the importance of Canadian
products for United States industry, it becomes
apparent that many American industries, in the
absence of imports from Canada, would prac- 1
tically have to shut down. As regards American
newspapers, for instance, 5 million tons of stand-
ard newsprint were imported from Canada in
1953 compared with U.S. production of only 1
million tons. Our nickel and asbestos users would
Deparfmenf of Stale Bulletin
be even worse off. In 1952 Canada's 100,000 tons
of nickel exported to us compared with our pro-
duction of 650 tons, and her 660,000-ton export of
asbestos to us, with our output of 52,000 tons.
These are merely a few outstanding examples of
many raw and semimanufactured products for a
substantial part of which we are dependent on
Canada.
In terms of Canadian trade this means that
Canada sells the U.S. over 80 percent of her total
production of newsprint, over 60 percent of her
total production of nickel, and about 70 percent
of her asbestos production. Among other items,
the United States buys over 80 percent of Can-
ada's production of shingles and almost 80 per-
cent of her wood veneers.
The United States sends Canada a more diversi-
fied range of products, generally more higlily
fabricated. Of these some of the most important
are automobile parts, airplane parts, tractors and
parts, iron and steel products, fuel oil, coal, and
cotton. It will readily be observed that most of
these represent manufactured or semimanufac-
tured items, whereas our purchases from Canada
are largely of raw or partly processed materials.
Protection and National Tariffs
This brings us to the problem of protection and
of national tariffs.
Tariff barriers do not exist for a substantial
portion of tlie present trade each way between the
two countries. Of our imports from Canada in
the past few years, some 55 to 60 percent were
duty free. Of Canada's imports from us in the
same period, about 40 percent were duty free.
Our average rate on dutiable products from Can-
ada is considerably lower than vice versa.
On the otlier hand, as I mentioned earlier, the
bulk of our imports from Canada consist of a
relatively few staple raw and semimanufactured
products. On such trade the tariff is little or no
obstacle. The place where our tariff pinches
Canada is rather in nonstaple products, particu-
larly manufactured, where the rate is high, some-
times prohibitive.
Tlie Canadian tariff rates tend to cluster in a
relatively narrow range and at a somewhat higher
level than United States rates. This reflects ob-
viously Canadian concern witli the protection of
its developing industi-y.
These economic problems can only be mentioned
in passing. Their solution will require thorough
and expert study. Both Governments, of course,
are in constant consultation on these and other
problems, such as the simplification of customs
regulations. Even more encouraging was the an-
nouncement on July 15 by the National Planning
Association of the formation of a joint commit-
tee— not of Government officials, but of 40 promi-
nent Canadian and American business, labor, and
farm leaders — for the purpose of devoting itself
to a factual study of the major problems facing
our two countries. The value of such a group in
developing international understanding is un-
deniable. If problems are to be resolved, they
must first be understood. Ajid if compromises
are to be reached, they should ideally be based on
a sympathetic approach to each other's problems.
In the field of trade it is commendable that
businessmen themselves are taking the initiative
in seeking that ajjproach.
Given these conditions, all available evidence
indicates that the dynamic gi-owth of our rela-
tionship will not only endure but will increase.
As the growing population in the United States
establishes new levels of demand, the market for
Canadian goods is almost certain to expand with
it. This in turn would naturally lead to increased
Canadian purchases in the United States. Two
connnodities, for example, in which such develop-
ments are already in progress are iron ore and
natural gas. There are huge reserves of iron ore
in Canada which, in addition to supplying Cana-
dian industry, supplement our own resources.
Canadian natural-gas reserves have also proved
to be extensive and might well be used to serve
United States as well as Canadian communities.
In fact, natural gas now moves in both direc-
tions across the border. Oil also travels this two-
way street. There is an example of this in Port-
land in your Portland-to-Montreal pipeline.
Finally, I should like to mention the study
gi'oup which is now considering the project of
hydroelectric power from a Passamaquoddy Dam
which offers such potential advantages for the
State of Maine.
To sum up the economic picture I think it safe
to say that under the leadership of forward-look-
ing businessmen on both sides of the border and
with the sympathetic support of enlightened ad-
ministrations in each country there is at the pres-
ent time every outlook for increases, both in trade
and in investment, between our countries.
September 2, 1957
383
Foundations of Cooperation
We have explored here in some detail the many
areas in which Canada and the United States co-
operate. I think the next question that must occur
to all of us is "Wliy?" There is nothing in in-
ternational affairs that imposes cooperation be-
tween two countries if they do not wish them-
selves to take that road. It comes down to what
is usually called, in the political science textbooks,
"mutual self-interest" or, more recently, "en-
lightened self-interest."
The United States and Canada began their re-
lationship under fortunate circumstances. Such
feuds as there were from the Old World died out
relatively early in our history, and there were
neither economic nor population pressures to ke«p
them going. Moreover, the circumstances of early
life on our continent were not conducive to de-
veloping emotional patterns of distiiist and dis-
like. We began therefore with a clean slate and
could develop our cooperation without prejudice
or preconceived notions.
This cooperation, may I add parenthetically,
exists only partly because Canadians are "fellow
North Americans." They are primarily Cana-
dians, and they are as justly proud of their heri-
tage and institutions and country as we are of
ours. We are each of us devoted to our particu-
lar national characteristics. Each countiy is com-
pletely conscious of its own destiny. Happily,
these are differences which do not separate us but,
on the contrary, assure that we complement each
other in the international scene.
A major interest for both countries is economic
development. In countries such as ours, which
have had a shortage of manpower as the chief
economic factor through most of their histories,
cooperation, if only on a local community basis,
was an economic necessity. Today, when produc-
tion in the United States has outstripped its natu-
ral resources in many cases and when the Cana-
dian industrial potential is developing at an
unprecedented rate, that cooperation remains as
mutually beneficial as it has ever been in our
history.
Then again there have been threats against our
national security. Tliree times — in two world
wars and in Korea — the United States and Canado
have fought side by side in the interest of mutual
defense and indeed of the whole free world. To-
day our coimtries are still faced with a grave
threat to our security. And still today we are
working together, with our other allies, to meet it
and, if necessary, to defeat it.
None of these things is, however, the sole rea-
son why we are able to work together as we do.
In the last analysis it is a way of life — a Christian
I>hilosophy, if you like, common to the whole
Western World — which permits this relationship.
Part of the greatness and durability of this con-
cept derives fi'om the fact that it can encompass
differences of opinion without disintegrating. It
is flexible enough to give free rein to the thoughts
of all men who are dedicated to belief in freedom
of the individual. The words "democracy" and
"religion" help to describe this idea; the charter
of the United Nations attempts to define its pos-
sibilities.
However we think of it, it is this idea of the
spirit that holds together, not only Canadians
and ourselves, but men and nations of good will
the world over.
U.S. Replies to Canadian Note
on Handling of Security Information
Press release 464 dated August 15
On August 13 Deputy ZlTider Secretary Murphy
handed the Canadian Amhassador^ Norman
Robertson, a United States note as an answer to
the Canadian note of April 10, 1957, dealing ivith
the handling of security information. An in-
terim, reply was handed to the foi^mer Canadian
Arnbassador, A. D. P. Heeney, on Ap'ril 18.^
Text of U.S. Note
April 13, 1957
Excellency: I have the honor to refer to the
Embassy's note No. 195 of April 10, 1957, which
expresses the concern of the Canadian Govern-
ment with reference to the handling of security
information relating to Canadian citizens. The
Department of State sent an interim reply to the
Embassy on April 18, 1957.
The Embiissy's note requests the cooperation of
' For a i)revious exchange of notes, see Bulletin of
\\n: 20, l!».->7, p. «t)4.
384
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
the United States Government in cases wliei'e tlie
names of Canadian citizens appear in evidence
before investigating committees. The view of
your Government was made known to the appro-
priate membei-s of the United Stales Congress,
at which time the Department of State empha-
sized the great importance the Ignited States at-
taches to maintaining the friendliest rehitions witli
the Government of Canada. I wish to assure you
that this sentiment is wholelieartedly entertained
by the Congress.
On a separata point your note requests that, in
the reciprocal excliange of security information
between agencies of tlie two governments, the
United States Government give its assurance that
none of its agencies or departments will pass such
information concerning Canadian citizens, re-
ceived from Canadian sources, to any committee,
body or organization in the United States over
which tlie Executive Branch of the United States
has no control, without the express consent of the
Canadian Government in each case. The pro-
cedures which have been followed by the security
agencies of my Government in the past and which
they will continue to follow in the future, includ-
ins the handling of information received from
Canadian sources, are consistent with the as-
surances you seek. These agencies opei-ate under
a Directive whicli provides that any Agency i-e-
ceiving information from another may not trans-
mit such information outside its own organization
without the consent of the originating agency.
Further it is my understanding that, in addition
to the above Directive governing dissemination of
information by Executive Agencies of my Govern-
ment, the security agencies of Canada and the
United States whicli exchange information abide
by the restrictions imposed by the sender upon the
user as they relate to further dissemination.
It is reassuring to note that the Canadian Gov-
ernment continues to share the conviction of my
Government that this reciprocal exchange of in-
formation has assisted substantially in main-
taining tlie security of our two countries. This
is but one of the many fields in which continued
cooperation has been amply demonstrated in tlie
past and which is so clearly in our mutual interest
in the future. As has been the practice in the
past, the two governments will continue to consult
concerning mutually satisfactory arrangements
September 2, 1957
436158 — 57 3
covering the excliange of information between
them.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed iissurances of
my highest consideration.
Robert Murphy
Deputy Under Secretain/
His Excellency
Norman Robertson,
Canadian Ambihisador.
Text of Interim Reply
Press release 22-1 dated April 19
April 18, 19.57
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to your
note No. 195 of April 10, 1957, which expresses
the concern of the Canadian Government with
reference to the handling of security information
relating to Canadian citizens. I wish to assure
you that the views of your Government are re-
ceiving the serious attention of the Department of
State.
The Department is bringing to the attention of
the appropriate executive agencies your Govern-
ment's position in the exchange of information,
which, as stated in your note, has assisted sub-
stantially in maintaining the security of our two
countries.
The matter will be pursued vigorously and the
Department will be in touch with your Embassy.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.
For the Secretary of State :
Robert Murphy
Deputy Under Secretary
His Excellency
A. D. P. Heeney,
Canadinn Ambassador.
Text of Canadian Note
No. 195
Washington, D. C.
April 10, 1957
Sir : I am instructed by my Government to take up as
a matter of urgency with the United States Government,
the questicjn of the jn'ocedures which liave been followed
intermittently by the Internal Security sub-Committee of
the Senate Oimmittee on the Judiciary in releasing the
names of Canadians who have been mentionetl in the
proceedings of that sub-Committee, particularly in execu-
tive session.
The Canadian Government has more than once com-
385
plained of the methods employed by that sub-Committee
in releasing the names of Canadians and has stated that
if the names of Canadian otiieials appear in evidence
before investigating committees in Wasliiugton, those
names should be sent in confidence to the Canadian Gov-
ernment so that the allegations can be investigated and
dealt with in Canada.
In our view, it is essential that this procedure requested
by the Canadian Government, should be followed and that
references made in proceedings of the sub-Committee to
individual Canadians should not first be made known to
the Canadian Government through the press.
As the United States Government knows, the Canadian
Government finds the procedures actually adopted by the
sub-Committee with respect to Canadians difficult to
understand, unfair and indeed intolerable. The Canadian
Government therefore requests again that these pro-
cedures be altered insofar as Canadians are concerned
along the lines indicated above.
The Canadian Government has a duty to protect Cana-
dian citizens by all means legally at its disposal from
unwarranted interference by any foreign government.
There is little that the Canadian Government can do,
however, to make this protection effective for those Cana-
dian citizens whose names are made public by Congres-
sional Committees, unless it is able to secure the coopera-
tion of the United States Government.
The United States Government is aware that the ap-
propriate securit.v agencies of the two governments have
in the past exchanged security information on a reciprocal
basis when such information formed part of an investi-
gation important to the security of either country. This
reciprocal exchange of inftn'mation has as.sisted substan-
tially in maintaining the .security of our two countries,
and the Canadian Government is not suggesting that it
has been improperly used by the security agencies in the
United States with which this exchange talies place.
Nevertheless the Canadian Government must take
every precaution which lies within its power to protect
Canadian citizens from the danger of this information
falling into the hands of persons who might use it with-
out any sense of responsibility or fairness, or regard
for the rights of Canadian citizen.s, within the jurisdic-
tion of Canada.
In view of the conduct of Congressional investigations
affecting Canadians, and because of its responsibility for
taking every precaution in its power to protect Canadian
citizens, the Canadian Government requests that, in the
reciprocal exchange of security information, the United
States Government give its assurance that none of its
agencies or departments will pass such information to
any committee, body or organization in the United States
over which the Executive Branch of the United States
Government has no executive control, without the ex-
press consent of the Canadian Government in each case.
The Canadian Government for its part assures the United
States Government that any security information on
United States citizens suiiiilied by T'nited States agencies
to the security agency of the Canadian Government will
be given similar protection in Canada to that now re-
386
quested with respect to security information about Can.i
dians from the United States Government.
Unless such an assurance can be given, I am instructed
by my Government to inform you that the Canadian
Government must reserve the right in future not to
supply security information concerning Canadian citizens
to any United States Government agency.
Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest
consideration.
A. D. P. Heeney
Amhassador
The Honourable
Christian A. Hertee,
Acting Secretary of State,
Washington, D.C.
U.S. Agrees To Discuss Exchange
of Radio-TV Experts With U.S.S.R.
Following is the text of an aide me^noire handed
to the Soviet Charge d^ Affaires, Sergei R. Stri-
ganov, on August 16 by the Director of the East-
West Contacts Staff, Frederick T. Merrill, to-
gether vuth the text of the Soviet Gov eminent^ s
proposal of July 26, 1967.
U.S. AIDE MEMOIRE OF AUGUST 16
Pi'pss release 467 dated August 16
The Department of State has given careful con-
sideration to the Aide-Memoire of the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs of the U.S.S.R. dated July 26,
1957, concerning the exchange of radio and tele-
vision broadcasts between the United States and
(he U.S.S.R., originally suggested in an Aide-
Memoire of the Department of State, June 24,
1957.^
The Department of State is gratified to learn
from tlie referenced Aide-Memoire that tlie Soviet
Union is prepared to discuss proposals for organ-
izing such an exchange on a reciprocal basis. The
Department is convinced that these exchanges,
periodic, uncensored and reciprocal in nature, can
be planned and executed in a manner which will
make a significant contribution to the easing of
international tensions and the increase of mutual
understanding between the two countries. The
Department is pleased to note that the Soviet
Union holds the same view.
' Bulletin of July 15, lO.'iT, p. US).
Oepof/menf of State Bulletin
As the Soviet Government is aware, the United
States is eager to take any and all appropriate
stops which will accelerate and increase the de-
velopment of exchanges between the United St<atcs
and the IT.S.S.R. The Department cannot agree
that the United States has imposed, as alleged
liy the U.S.S.R., any barriers, artificial or other-
wise, to the fnll development of sucli contacts.
Nor can the Department agree that the finger-
printing requirement of the United States immi-
gration legislation is an obstacle to such develop-
ment ; it is rather the attitude of the Soviet Gov-
ernment toward the requirement that prevents the
expansion of contacts which is agreed to be in the
mutual interest of the United States and the So-
viet Union. There are other countries aside from
the Soviet Union in which fingerprinting is not
the usual method of identification, but the fact
it is routine practice in tlie United States has
never been an obstacle to exchanges between these
comitries and the United States.
These facts have already been brought to the
attention of the Soviet Government through its
Embassy in Washington, and frequent discussions
between Department of State officers and officials
of the Soviet Embassy have already taken place
regarding exchanges. Nevertheless, to the end
that all reasonable measures be taken to facilitate
further the technical, scientific and cultural ex-
changes between the two countries, tlie United
States is prepared to accept the proposal of the
U.S.S.R. to begin negotiations on the develop-
ment of contacts of this nature in conjunction
with periodic exchanges of radio and TV broad-
casts. Preliminary to such discussions, which
could take place in October between the Soviet
Ambassador in Washington and representativ&s
of the Department of State, and in order that
both countries may be better acquainted with each
other's facilities in the field of broadcasting, it is
suggested that small delegations of radio and TV
experts be exchanged at an early date. If the
Soviet Government agrees, the Department of
State is ready to discuss immediately Mnth the
Soviet Embassy the details of the exchange visits
of these radio and TV experts, which might take
place in September.
Department of State,
Washington^ August 16, 1957.
SOVIET AIDE MEMOIRE OF JULY 26
Translation
The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the U.S.S.K. has
oonsidered the Aide Memoire of the Department of State
of the U.S.A., which was handed on June 24, 1!)57 to
Ambassador G. N. Znroubin of the U.S.S.R. by Mr. W.
Ijaoy, Special Assistant to the Secretary of State, con-
ceruinK the exchange of radio and television broadcasts
between the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A.
As has been repeatedly stated in the past, the Soviet
Union Is in favor of developing by every means economic,
scientitie, and cultural ties with all countries, including
the U.S.A., on the principle that the development of such
ties contributes to the easing of luternatioual tension, the
strengthening of mutual understanding between peoples,
and the development of international co-operation.
Bearing in mind the fact that the exchange of radio
and television broadcasts between the U.S.S.R. and the
U.S.A. may be organized in such a way that it would
contribute to the achievement of these noble aims, will-
ingness is hereby expressed to discuss a proposal for
organizing such an exchange on a reciprocal basis.
As is well known, during recent years the Soviet side
has made a number of concrete proposals to the American
side for the development of ties between the U.S.S.R. and
the U.S.A., especially for the exchange of various dele-
gations of scientists and specialists, and likewise for
exchange trips, from the U.S.S.R. to the U.S.A. and from
the U.S.A. to the U.S.S.R., of musical and theatrical
groups and individual performers. Unfortunately, as a
result of the position taken by the Government of the
U.S.A., contacts between the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A.
have not hitherto been properly developed. It might be
noted, for instance, that as early as the spring of 1956,
the Embassy of the U.S.A. in Moscow was handed a note
by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the U.S.S.R. in
which the question was brought up of an exchange of six
delegations of .specialists on a reciprocal basis. However,
in view of the position taken by the American side,
negotiations on this subject have lagged and have not
produced any positive results.
A great obstacle to the development of contacts between
the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A. is the fingerprinting require-
ment contained in the American immigi-atlon regulations —
which is contrary to generally accepted international
norms — as an indispensable condition for entry of Soviet
citizens into the U.S.A. This requirement has led to the
abandonment of proposed trips to the U.S.A. of several
Soviet delegations and groujis, including the State folk-
dance ensemble of the U.S.S.R. It is also noted that
American artistic groups, such as the "Everyman's Opera"
troupe and the Boston Symphony Orchestra, have visited
the Soviet Union and appeared on the Soviet stage.
The American fingerprinting requirement has closed the
door to trips of Soviet tourists to the U.S.A., while at the
same time American tourists visit the Soviet Union with-
out any hindrance. Suffice it to say that in 1956 alone
more than 1,200 American tourists visited the Soviet
Sepfember 2, 1957
997
Union, whilp ncit a single Soviet tourist has yet found it
possible to talje a trip to the U.S.A.
It is evident from the above that the development of
contacts between the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A. is encoun-
tering serious obstacles that hinder the progress of
Soviet-American scientific and cultural exchange, to say
nothing of economic and commercial ties, the expansion
of which at the present time has become practically
impossible because of the position taken in this matter
by the Government of the U.S.A.
In the light of this, it would seem appropriate to con-
sider the question of a regular exchange of radio and
television broadcasts between the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A.
together vvith other questions of the development of con-
tacts between the Soviet Union and the United States,
including that of removing the artificial barriers set up
by the American side which hinder the full development
of ties between the Soviet and American peoples.
In view of the fact that the full development of ties
and contacts between the peoples of the U.S.S.R. and the
U.S.A. would unquestionably help improve Soviet-Ameri-
can relations, the Ministry proix)ses that the Government
of the U.S.A. and the Soviet Government begin negotia-
tions on the question of the development of such contacts
and ties as a whole, including the question of the exchange
of radio and television broadcasts, for the purpose of
putting the development of ties and contacts between the
U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A. on a lasting basis.
U.S. Protests to U.S.S.R. on Closing
of Peter the Great Bay
Press release 459 dated August 13
FoUoxoing is the text of a note delivered by the
American Emlja.ssy at Moscoio to the Soviet Min-
istry of Foreign Affairs on Angust 12 protesting
tlie closure of Peter the Great Bay.
The Embassy of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Ministry of For-
eign Affairs of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics and, on instructions from its Government,
has the honor to refer to the recent announcements
in the Soviet press regarding action by the Coun-
cil of Ministers of the U.S.S.R. with respect
to the boundary of internal waters in the area of
Peter the Great Bay. Tliat action purported to
extend that boundary to a line, approximately 115
miles long, joining the estuary of the River Tyu-
men-Ula and tlie PovoT-otny promontory and to
require previous permission from Soviet author-
ities for ships or aircraft to enter Peter the Great
Bay. The Government of tlie United States most
strongly protests the reported action of the Coun-
cil of Ministers, which it regards as contrary to
international law.
Under international law, the body of water
enclosed by the line drawn between the estuary
of the River Tyumen-Ula and the Povorotny pro-
montory cannot, either geographically or his-
torically, be regarded as part of the internal
waters of tlie U.S.S.R. The Government of the
ITnited States views the action of the Council of
Ministers as constituting an attempt by the
Government of the U.S.S.R. unlawfully to ap-
]jropriate a lai-ge area of the high seas by uni-
lateral action. Such an attempt has no foimdation
in international law and encroaches upon the well-
establislied principle of freedom of the seas.
The Government of the United States must,
therefore, regard the enforcement of this decree
as violative of tlie fundamental principles of inter-
national law and reserves its right to take such
action as it deems necessary to protect each and
all of its rights in the area of Peter the Great
Bay. The Government of the United States re-
quests that the Government of the U.S.S.R. re-
consider the reported action of the Council of
Ministers and conform it to the requirements of
international law.
Syrian Ambassador and Second Secre-
tary Declared Persona Non Grata
Press release 462 dated August 14
The United States regrets that tlie present
Syrian Government has seen fit to adopt an in-
creasingly unfriendly attitude toward this coun-
try. This attitude has been reflected in unfounded
official ])ronouncenients concerning xVmerican ac-
tions and policies which culminated on August
12 in tlie obviously fabricated charge of U.S. in-
volvement in a plot against the Syrian Govern-
ment. There followed a demand for the recall
of three officers of tlie American Embassy in
Damascus.
Despite its desire to maintain friendly rela-
tions with Syria, this action by tlie present Syrian
Govermnent, as tliat Government must have real-
ized, left the United States with no alternative
but to take certain steps. Accordingly, the Syrian
Charge d'Aff aires ad interim was summoned to
the Department of State, on August 14 and a
388
Deparfmeni of Sfate Bullefin
strong protest, lodged with liiiii against the
Goverinnent-inspired slanderous ciimpaign whicli
has been carried on against the United States by
the Syrian press and by the official Syrian radio
and against tlie allegations regarding United
States involvement in a plot against the Syrian
Government. TJie Department also protested in-
terference with an American diplomatic courier at
the Syrian border on August 12. It further pro-
tested the totally unwarranted action taken against
the three officers of tlie Embassy at Damascus.
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim was handed a
note declaring as persona non grata to the Govern-
ment of the United States the Syrian Ambas-
sador, Dr. Farid Zeineddine, and Dr. Yassin
Zakaria, Second Secretary of the Syrian Em-
bassy. Ambassador Zeineddine is not at present
in this country. Dr. Zakaria was asked to depart
not later than August 16.
The American Ambassador to Syria, James S.
Moose, Jr., having departed from Damascus on
June 30 for home leave and reassignment, is not
retuiming to Syria.
Our China Policy
6y William J. Sehald
Ambassador to Australia '
As this is your first introduction to me as well
as mine to you, I would like to take this opportu-
nity to explain some of my thinking and that of
my Govermnent about one of the most important
problems with wliicli we are concerned in the
Pacific area. That problem relates to Communist
China.
I have spent a good many years in Asia, but
this is the first time I have had an opportunity
to view the Far East from the perspective one
gains from down under. I think it might be use-
ful, therefore, if I began my discussion with a
brief survey of the horizon as I see it from here.
It is not likely that my estimate will be identical
with yours, as you have had the advantage of see-
ing the problems of the Far East from this partic-
ular standpoint throughout your lives. I believe,
however, that our conclusions will be generally
similar.
As I look upward at the map of Asia from
Australia, I am struck by the fact that in its
broadest essentials the Far East appears very
mucli the same from here as it does from Wash-
ington. The most striking feature is tlie control
' Address made before the New South Wales Chapter of
the Australian-American Association at Sydney on July
26.
of much of the land mass of Asia by international
communism. Further, tlie real core of the prob-
lem our two countries face today in the Pacific
is the deadly hostility of the Chinese Commmiist
regime with its unwavering espousal of the prin-
ciples of Marxism-Leninism. These principles,
as we know, envisage the conquest of the non-
Communist world and the destruction of fi-ee
uistitutions.
This threat, by its very nature, necessarily
shapes our attitude toward the area. We, the
United States, consider that to ignore this threat,
no matter how much we might wish it were not
there, would be to imperil the interests not only
of ourselves but of all the nations of the free
world. Our objective in the formulation of a
realistic policy for the Far East, therefore, seeks
to serve the interests of the greatest possible num-
ber of the countries of the area, including our own.
Wliat, then, is this policy ?
The Secretary of State took occasion to restate
the essential elements of our China policy in the
SEATO Council meeting at Canberra last March
12.= He divided this policy into three main
aspects : first, to recognize the Republic of China ;
second, not to recognize the so-called Peoi^le's Ee-
- Bulletin of Apr. 1, 1957, p. 531.
Sepf ember 2, J 957
389
public of China; and third, to oppose the seating
of this "People's Republic" in the United Nations.
And at San Francisco on Jime 28^ he made it
clear that we have abstained, and continue to ab-
stain, "from any act to encourage the Communist
regime — morally, politically, or materially."
Importance of Free China
The importance of the continued existence of
Free China is often underestimated and misim-
derstood. Not only does Taiwan (Formosa) in
friendly hands constitute an important bastion of
the free world and a deterrent to Chinese Com-
munist expansion, but the Republic of China offers
the only alternative for the loyalty of millions of
overseas Chinese as well as countless millions of
non-Communist Chinese on the mainland. Ex-
tinguish that free government and the last liope
for many of these non-Communist Chinese will
be gone, with grave consequences for the cause of
the free world throughout Asia.
The Republic of China has a record of an
awareness of the menace of communism reaching
farther back than that of most countries and an
honorable record as a faithful and loyal ally
through the dark days of World War II.
Free China is also a symbol to the countries
of the Far East of the free world's determination
and ability to resist Communist encroachment and
to provide conditions under wliicli free countries
can remain free. A change in the status of Free
China would, I believe, luive a chain-reaction effect
which would seriously weaken tlie free world.
The United States has a mutual defense treaty
with the Republic of Cliina. This is an important
element in the complex of bilateral and multi-
lateral pacts which have contributed to the stabi-
lization of the Far East.
Australia likewise participates in and supports
treaty arrangements and other programs designed
to maintain peace and security in the Western
Pacific and in East and Southeast Asia. I believe
your generous role in the Colombo Plan, your par-
ticipation in x\NZUS, the major part you play in
SEATO, your awareness of the aggressive posture
of Communist China, and your continued diplo-
matic relations with the Republic of China are
all significant contributions to the objectives of
the free world.
The results are easy to see: Those nations with
' [bid., July 1.5, 1957, p. 91 .
390
which we have mutual defense treaties remain
free. We believe that they will continue so, for
communism strikes at weakness, never where
strength is the deterrent. That this is so is illus-
trated by the fact that of almost a score of na-
tions which in whole or major part have been
seized by international communism not one was
at the time of seizure protected by a treaty of mu-
tual security and the common defense system cre-
ated thereunder. Conversely, not one nation
which did share in such a common defense has
been lost to international communism.
Recognition of Red Cliina
There are those who say that beneficial results
would accrue from United States recognition of
Red China. We should first of all note, however,
that recognition in international law has always
been extended by the recognizing power as a privi-
lege. It has never been construed as a right of the
power being recognized.
A balancing of the arguments for and against
recognition plainly reveals cogent and, to my view,
overwhelming reasons why such recognition
should not — indeed, must not — be extended. I
will mention a few :
1. Communist China still illegally holds Ameri-
cans in defiance of commonly accepted standards
of international behavior and decency and in utter
disregard of her 1955 pledge at Geneva to release
them.
2. Many American citizens, men and women,
were horribly mistreated, tortured, and brain-
waslied over long periods by the Chinese Com-
munists. Thej^ were held on specious charges and
as political hostages in an endeavor to force polit-
ical concessions from the United States Govern-
ment.
3. Red China still stands condemned as an ag-
gressor by the United Nations. The memory of
the lives sacrificed by the United Nations mem-
bers in repelling the Communist aggression in Ko-
rea— Australians and Americans among them —
will, of course, always remain with us.
•4. We, here in these comfortable and friendly
surroundings in a coimtry of peace and plenty, are
apt to forget that in Korea two armies, totaling
more than a million men, face each other across a
thin strip of no-man's land. The army facing
southward is largely Communist Chinese; its
Department of State Bulletin
logistic base is Communist Cliina. That army is
tliere not bj- right but as a fruit of aggression.
5. Nor should we forget that tlie Comnumist
army in Korea is deployed against the United
Nations. Moreover, the war against the United
Natioiis has only been stopped by armistice, not by
political settlement. The conference at Geneva in
1954 was shattered upon the rocks of Communist
Chinese intransigence.
6. Red China has cynically violated the armis-
tice agreements in Korea and in Viet-Nam. In
both places she has used the device of the armistice
to build up and strengthen tlie Communist armies
in total disregard of her written agreements.
7. Opposite Taiwan, on the mainland, an enor-
mous military buildup continues, thus facing the
United States and its allies with a continuing
threat to use force. This does not give promise
of peaceful behavior by the Communist Chinese
regime in the future.
8. At Geneva, where talks with the Commiuiist
Chinese representative have continued for 2 years,
the Communists have yet to agree to a meaningful
and reciprocal renunciation of force.
Many of the considerations on which we base
our continued recognition of the Republic of
China are also among the reasons wliy we with-
hold recognition from Communist China. On
this point, in his San Francisco address to which I
referred earlier, Secretary Dulles said that if we
were to recognize Communist China :
The free Asian governments of the Pacific and South-
east Asia would be gravely perplexed. ... If we seemed
to waver and to compromise with communism in
China, that would in turn weaken free Asia resistance
to the Chinese Communist regime and assist international
communism to score a great success in its program to
encircle us.
I am sure you as Australians must be aware of
this aspect of any policy which would enhance the
power or prestige of Communist China, whether
it be with regard to recognition, trade, or cultural
contacts. You naturally have a great interest and
deep concern in developments in the parts of Asia
lying nearest your own country. This must cause
you to reflect in all seriousness on the potential
menace to your own security which Communist
China poses.
If the United States with her great influence
in world affairs were to enter into friendly rela-
tionship with Communist China, how would the
Asian nations protect themselves against inter-
national connuunism ? Would this not result in a
sudden rush to recognize Red China, thus greatly
inagnifying existing dangers?
Think of the greater miscliief which interna-
tional communism could work among the nations
in the area, should Communist China acquire
diplomatic rehabilitation and the trappings of
political respectability in consequence of recog-
nition by the United States or admission to the
United Nations. Communist China would there-
by gain additional opportunities for subversion,
espionage, economic warfare, intimidation, and
coercion. Tltis would be the all too likely result
of acceptance by those nations of the conspira-
torial networks inherent in the Communist system
of international relations.
The experiences of the United Kingdom, Cana-
da, the United States, and Australia serve to point
up this conclusion as we recall the cases of Fuchs
and May, Gouzenko, Coplon, and, of course,
Petrov.
I have heard it said that Communist China has
changed its attitude and that it now wishes to be
friendly with its neighbors and with the United
States, and, further, that it is the United States
which refuses to change.
I know of no action or change on the part of
Communist China — the regime which promoted
foreign or civil wars in Korea, Indochina, Tibet,
the Philippines, and Malaya — which might be con-
strued as an action or change for peace.
As for United States policy, this is not im-
mutable and is subject to the acid test of the
requirement to serve the cause of peace. As Sec-
retary Dulles so aptly phrased it in his speech at
San Francisco :
Our policies are readily adjustable to meet the require-
ments of changing conditions. But there are occasions
when not we but others should provide the change. Noth-
ing could be more dangerous than for the United States
to operate on the theory that, if hostile and evil forces do
not quickly or readily change, then it is we who must
change to meet them.
The essential elements of our China policy are
closely related. The same logic which underlies
our opposition to extend recognition also deter-
mines our decision to oppose according a seat in
the United Nations to Communist China. The
charter of the United Nations stipulates that mem-
bers shall be peace-loving and that member gov-
ernments shall be able and willing to carry out
September 2, 1957
391
their obligations under the charter. By its ag-
gressive and truculent actions, we are forewarned
that Communist China does not qualify under
these criteria.
We also hear the argument advanced that we
cannot deny to 600 million people the right to be
heard or to be represented in the United Nations.
I would ask, does the Communist regime represent
the Chinese people? Can a militant minority
which has seized power through force and which
maintains itself through ruthless dictatoi-ship
rightfully claim to be representative ? By its own
definition the so-called dictatorship of the prole-
tariat is tlie antithesis of representation.
In the face of these considerations we are unable
to agree that the Chinese Communist regime
should represent the Chinese people.
Trade With Communist China
We are often taken to task because of our re-
fusal to trade witli Communist China. Various
arguments are advanced to demonstrate that the
American policy of maintaining a complete em-
bargo on all trade with mainland China is wrong.
I shall not reiterate today tlie many reasons why
we do not trade, except for this observation : trade
with Communist China is not free trade; rather
it is an official purchase of materials and equip-
ment designed to build up the Communist military
establishment. In the words of our Secretary of
State, "Whatever others may do. surely the United
States, which lias heavy security commitments in
the China area, ought not build up the military
power of its potential enemy.'"
I have said enough, I believe, to demonstrate my
original thesis that the problem of Communist
China is tlie source from wliicli stem most of our
other problems in Asia. It is the outward pres-
sure of Communist China toward all tlie lands be-
tween here and the Chinese mainland that stands
out conspicuously in any estimate of the Asian
situation.
As we look to the north, it is apparent that no
single nation in the arc of Asia is free from the
Communist threat. This threat takes the form of
military force, internal subversion, economic ag-
grandizement, cultural penetration, or any or all
of these.
We feel that our ]>o1icy of refusing to be stam-
peded into adding to the strength of the Com-
munist Chinese regime is not only in the best in-
terest of the United States but also in the best
interest of the free countries of Asia and the great
masses of non-Communist Chinese to whom I ha\«
previously referred.
And now, my friends, there remains for us here
the task of relating this policy to the realities of
our association with Australia. Certainly geo-
graphical isolation for both Australia and the
United States is a thing of the past. Neither of us
can, therefore, ignore the menace of the Com-
munist threat. You know, as I know, that the
long arm of international communism must be
met with courage and strength and, above all, with
re.solutioii to defend our God-given heritage and
way of life.
To my mind, great opportunity, great obliga-
tions, and great dangers confront us both. We in
America have watched with satisfaction and ap-
preciation the way in whicli Australia has as-
sumed an increasing role of leadership in the
Pacific area. As a member of the Commonwealth,
which the United States regards as one of the
greatest of all stabilizing influences, as well as in
lier own right, Australia can and does contribute
political, economic, and social strength toward
regional solidarity in the Far East. In this sig-
nificant eft'oit you share with us great responsi-
bility in achieving our common objective of peace
and prosperity.
Americans' Trip to Communist China
Called Violation of U.S. Policy
Press rch'iiso 4(jO dated August 13
Department Announcement
Ambassador Llewellyn Thompson was in-
structed on August 12 to attempt to convey a per-
sonal message from Acting Secretary Herter to
as many as possible of those American citizens in
Moscow wlio have indicated an intention to accept
an invitation to visit Communist China. ^
Ambassador Thompson was also instructed to
make available to those contacted the text of Secre-
' Of a group of KiO Amerioan students in Moscow for
the Sixth World Festival of Youth and Studeut.s for
Peace and Friendshij), about 40 have indicated their inten-
tion to accept an offer by the Conmiunist Chinese to tour
Conmumist China.
392
Department of State Bulletin
tiity Dulles' address of June 28 entitled "Our
Tolicies Toward Communism in China." ^
Text of Message
Dear Fellow Citizen: The Department of
State has been informed that a number of United
States citizens presently in Moscow have been in-
vited to visit Connnunist China and that some of
them have indicated an intention to accept the
invitation. This letter is addressed only to those
citizens of the United States who are contemplat-
ing such travel to or in Communist China.
The policy of the United States with respect
to Communism in China, non-recofrnition of the
Chinese Communist I'egime, and related matters
has been recently restated bj^ the Secretary of
State in his address of June 28, 1957, at San Fran-
cisco. Generally speaking, it is not consistent with
the policy of the United States, as approved by
the President, that citizens of the United States
travel to the areas of China under Communist
control.
There are many reasons for this, and they are
cumulative. They include the non-recognition of
the regime; the existence of a quasi state of war
and the continued application of the Trading with
the Enemy Act; the refusal of Communist China
to renounce the use of force; and the illegal jail-
ing of Americans already in China despite
promises to let them out.
Suffice it to say that those officials of your
Government who are charged with responsibility
in this matter have soberly and definitely come to
the conclusion here expressed. Most of your fel-
low citizens — even those who may desire a change
in some aspects of this policy — have accepted it.
The Department of State has already received re-
quests from parents requesting that their children
be informed of their strong disapproval of any
travel to Communist China.
For you to determine to travel to Commimist
China in violation of the declared policy of your
Govenmient is a serious matter, not to be under-
taken lightly. By so doing, you will be violat-
ing the restriction plainly stamped in your pass-
port. If you persist in violatmg this restriction,
at the first possible opportunity your passport will
be marked valid only for travel for direct return
to the United States and your passport will be
" Bulletin of July 15, 1957, p. 91.
September 2, 1957
taken up when you do so return. In the event
that you make application for a passport at a
later date, your wilful violation of passport re-
strictions will be duly considered in connection
with sucli application.
Your attention is further called to the fact that
travel to and in Communist China at this time
may well involve violation of regulations issued
and enforced under the Trading with the Enemy
Act, which constitutes a criminal offense under
our law.
There may be some of you who feel that by go-
ing to Communist China and debating the posi-
tion of Democracy as against Commimism you
may be doing a service in offsetting the propa-
ganda efforts of others less well-intentioned. If
you believe this, you are in error. By traveling
to Communist China at this time you will, in the
considered view of your Government, be acting
as a willing tool of Communist propaganda in-
tended, wherever possible, to subvei't the foreign
policy and the best interests of the United States,
of which you are a citizen.
I request that you reconsider any intention or
thought you may have had of going to Com-
mimist China at this time.
Sincerely yours,
Christian A. Herter
Acting Secretary.
Action Taken To Maintain
Military Balance in Korea
Following is the text of a special report hy the
Unified Command in Korea {U.N. doc. A/ 3631)
transmitted to the U.N. Secretary-General on
August 9 hy the U.S. Representative to the U.N.
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
New York, 9 August 1957
The representative of the United States of
America to the United Nations presents his com-
pliments to the Secretary-General of the United
Nations and has the honour to transmit eight copies
of a special report concerning certain action re-
cently taken by the Unified Command in Korea in
order to maintain a relative military balance in
Korea and thus to preserve the stability of the
393
armistice. This report is submitted by the United
States Government in its capacity as the Unified
Command. Attached to the report as an amiex
is the text of the statement by the representative
of the United Nations Command in the Military
Armistice Commission meeting made at Panmun-
jom, Korea, on 21 June 1957.^
It is requested that the text of the report and its
attachment be circulated to all Members of the
United Nations as a General Assembly document.
TEXT OF UNIFIED COMMAND REPORT
Unified Command Report on the United Na-
tions Command Statement in the IVIilitary
Abmistice Commission on 21 June 1957
The Government of the United States, in its ca-
pacity as the Unified Command, presents herewith
a special report concerning certain action recently
taken by the United Nations Command in order
to maintain a relative military balance in Korea
and thus to preserve the stability of the armistice.
Despite sincere efforts by the nations rep-
resented in the United Nations Command, the
Communist side has made it impossible to achieve
the political settlement contemplated in article IV
of the Armistice Agreement. Although after long
delay there was convened at Geneva in 1954 a
political conference on Korea, the Communist
delegations throughout that conference insisted
that the United Nations were the real aggressors
in Korea and refused to recognize the authority
of the United Nations to supervise general elec-
tions in Korea. The report of the fifteen United
Nations Members participating in the conference
was approved by the General Assembly on 13 De-
cember 1954. ^ In the absence of any indication
that the Communist side will be willing in the
foreseeable f utui'e to agi'ee to a political settlement
in Korea on a basis in conformity with the long-
standing United Nations objectives, the Armistice
Agreement must continue to provide the basis for
maintenance of peace in Korea.
The frustration of United Nations efforts to
bring about a peaceful settlement in Korea and
^ Not printed liere. For text, see Bulletin of July S,
1957, p. 58.
' See Official Records of the General Aasenibly, Ninth
Session, Annexes, agenda item 17, document A/2786.
[Footnote in original.]
the consequent prolongation of the armistice have,
however, created for the United Nations Com-
mand a grave problem in maintaining its military
strength relative to that of the Communist Com-
mand.
Certain provisions of the Armistice Agreement,'
particularly sub-paragraph 13(d) were designed
to maintain the relative military balance existing
on 27 July 1953, until a political settlement wa&
achieved. Under this paragraph both sides were
to "Cease the introduction into Korea of rein-
forcing combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weap-
ons, and ammimition; provided, however, that
combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and
ammimition which are destroyed, damaged, worn
out, or used up during the period of the armistice
may be replaced on the basis of piece-for-piece of*
the same effectiveness and the same type."
Within twenty-four hours of the signature of
the Armistice Agreement, the Communist side be-
gan to introduce aircraft into north Korea in com-
plete disregard of these provisions. During the
past four years the Communist side has, in fact,
violated that agreement in the following par-
ticulars :
(1) It has introduced reinforcing combat
equipment of the types refeiTed to in sub-para-
graph 13(d) in contravention of the provisions
allowing only piece-for-piece replacement of
equipment destroyed, damaged, worn out or usedl
up after tlie date of the armistice.
(2) It has also introduced combat equipment
and weapons of new and improved types and effec-
tiveness from any it had in Korea at the time?
of the armistice.
(3) It has failed to report introductions of suchi
equipment.
(4) It has introduced such equipment at ports r
of entry other than those specified in the Armistice
Agreement.
Through the introduction of weapons of im-
proved and different types and in increased quan-
tities, the Communist side increased its militai-y
matin-iel effectiveness and over-all strength to a
point where the relative military balance between
the two sides, which was provided for by the
armistice and upon which the maintenance of
' See Official Records of the Security Council, Eighth
Year, Supplement for July, August and September 195S,
document S/3079. [Footnote in original.]
394
Department of State Bulletin
peace depends, -was upset. This situation was fur-
ther aggravated by the fact that in contrast to
this performance, the United Nations Command
refrained from introducing the impro\"ed types
of weapons avaihible to it and confined its replace-
ment to a piece-for-piece basis of types in Korea
on 27 July 1953, in strict accordance with the pro-
visions of sub-paragraph 13(d).
In increasing its strength, the Communist side
failed to report its introduction of materiel to the
Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission as it is
i-equired to do under sub-paragraph 13(d) of the
Armistice Agreement, which provides in part : "In
order to justify the requirements for combat air-
craft, armored vehicles, weapons, and anmiunition
to be introduced into Korea for replacement pur-
poses, reports concerning every incoming ship-
ment of these items shall be made to the Military
Armistice Commission and the Neutral Nations
Supervisory Commission; such reports shall in-
clude statements regarding the disposition of the
items being replaced." Since the Neutral Nations
Supervisory Commission was prevented by Com-
munist obstruction from discliarguag effectively its
responsibilities, there was no assurance that the
disparity between the opposing forces would not
continue and, indeed, increase. Efforts by tlie
United Nations Command to rectify this situation
by action in the Military Armistice Commission
and through the Neutral Nations Sujaervisory
Commission have, as previously reported, been to
no avail.
Since the Communist side in Korea has failed to
observe the "piece-for-piece" limitation as well as
the provisions for reporting to and inspection by
the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission and
the introduction of replacement items only
through the specified ports of entry, it is impos-
sible to state definitively the full extent of the
Communist military build-up in north Korea.
Operational aircraft have been introduced where
at the time of the armistice there were none in
Korea north of the demarcation line. New and
improved artillery and mortars have also entered
north Korea since the armistice. Specifically, the
Communists have illegally introduced large num-
bers of combat aircraft, mostly jet fighters, and
now maintain an air force of more than 700 planes
based in north Korea. In addition to aircraft, the
Communists have also illegally introduced large
nimibers of groimd weapons into north Korea
including artillery pieces in the category of 122
mm. or larger, the 75/76 gun/howitzer, and 120
mm. mortars.
The mission of the Unified Command in Korea
mKler the Armistice Agreement is to maintain the
cease-fire and, as paragraph 13 puts it, "insure the
stability of the military armistice so as to facili-
tate the attainment of a peaceful settlement." In
the light of Communist actions, to refrain from
replacing obsolete materiel with the more modem
weapons now available would jeopardize the mis-
sion of the Unified Command and the original
purposes of paragraph 13 as well as the entire
Armistice Agreement. The maintenance of the
stability of the situation in Korea requires preser-
vation of the balance in relative effectiveness of
the type of materiel in the hands of the two sides.
And this is true quite independently of the propo-
sition that violations by the other side are con-
sidered to entitle the Unified Command to be re-
lieved of its corresponding obligations to the ex-
tent that will enable it to take appropriate defen-
sive counter-measures.
It was in this spirit that the United States, act-
ing as the Unified Command, discussed this matter
with the other Governments which contributed
forces to repel the aggression in Korea. It was de-
cided that the United Nations Command would
proceed as it deems necessary to replace its wea-
pons in such a manner as to give full effect to its
responsibilities under the resolutions of the
United Nations and its consequent obligations.
Accordingly, on 21 June 1957, the United Na-
tions Command announced to the Communist side
in the Military Armistice Commission that "In
view of these facts and your gross violations of the
provisions of sub-paragraph 13(d), the United
Nations Command considers that it is entitled to
be relieved of corresponding obligations under the
provisions of this sub-paragraph until such time
as the relative military balance has been restored
and your side, by its actions, has demonstrated its
willingness to comply."
In the announcement it was made clear that :
(1) The only purpose of the United Nations
Coimnand action is to restore the relative balance
of military strength that the armistice was in-
tended to preserve.
(2) The United Nations Command does not
intend to start an arms race and draws attention
September 2, J 957
395
to the fact that the replacement weapons are be-
ing deployed for defensive purposes only.
(3) The United Nations Command intends, as
it lias in the past, fidly to observe the cease-fire
and all tlie provisions of the Armistice Agreement
save to the extent to which it is entitled to be re-
lieved from compliance because of Communist
violations of sub-paragraph 13(d) and of those
covered in its statement to the Militai-y Armistice
Commission of 31 May 1956.
The United Nations Command is satisfied that,
under the circumstances which now exist in Korea,
the course of action taken is the one which best
fulfills the essential purpose of paragraph 13 "to
insure the stability of the Armistice," and of tlie
Armistice Agreement as a whole to have "an
armistice which will insure a complete cessation
of liostilities and of all acts of armed forces in
Korea until a final peaceful settlement is
achieved.
The text of the statement by the representative
of the United Nations Command in the Military
Armistice Commission on 21 June 1957 is
attached.*
IFC Investment in Mexico
Tlie International Finance Corporation an-
nounced on August 12 that it has reached agree-
ment, subject to completion of the necessary legal
formalities, for an investment of the equivalent
of U.S.$GOO,000 in Engranes y Productos Indus-
triales, S.A., a Mexican company, for expansion of
manvifacturing operations. The company is
owned by Mexican and American stockholders.
The board of directors includes Marte R. Gomez,
president of Worthinglon de Mexico and former
Mexican Secretary of the Treasury, and Harmon
Whittington, president, Anderson Clayton and
Company, of Houston, Tex.
The Corporation's investment, its first in Mex-
ico, together with an investment by the company,
will be used to expand the plant facilities and
business of the company for manufacture of a
variety of industrial protlucts and components.
The program includes machine tooling for the
manufacture of automotive and other mechanical
parts, a forge shop, and an electric steel furnace.
The expanded project will represent the fii'st
* Not printed here.
manufacture in Mexico of automotive differential
gears and universal joints, hydraulic jacks, and
rock-drill parts. Production of some of these
items will start, this autumn and should be com-
pleted for all items in 1958. In the manufacture
of certain automotive parts the company operates
under license to Borg-Warner Corporation of
Cliicago, 111.
Engranes is the outgrowth of three separate
manufacturing enterprises started in 1953 by
H. C. Carney, an American who went to Mexico
in 1947. The company was foniied on March 31,
1957, by the consolidation of the three enter-
prises: a maclune shop mainly producing gear
drives and parts for deep-well water pumps; an
iron and nonferrous-metal foundry producing a
variety of castings; and a plate shop producing
tanks and other steel fabrications. In the forma-
tion of the company a substantial amount of new
capital was raised.
IFC's investment of the equivalent of U.S.
$600,000 will be in notes, half denominated in dol-
lars and half in pesos. Both the dollar and peso
portions will bear interest at 7 percent per annum,
plus contingent interest related to the company's
future earnings. The final maturity of the notes
will be 10 years, amortization beginning during
the fourth year, to retire the issue in equal semi-
annual amounts. In addition, IFC receives a 10-
year option on shares equivalent to the conversion
of 40 percent of the total IFC investment. The
notes will be redeemable at par at any time.
IFC's investment is unsecured, but the contract
between Engranes y Productos Industriales, S.A.,
and IFC will contain the iisual protective cove-
nants.
Disbursement of the IFC investment will be in
installments as required with the company paying
a customary commitment fee on the undisbursed
portion.
Delegation to Inaugural Ceremonies
in Dominican Republic
Press release 456 dated August 12
President Eisenhower has named Joseph S.
Farland his personal representative to head the
U.S. delegation to the inauguration of the Presi-
dent-elect of the Dominican Republic, Gen. Hector
B. Trujillo Molina. Mr. Farland is the U.S. Am-
bassador to the Dominican Republic.
396
Department of State Bulletin
Tlie delegation will include, with the rank of
special ambassador to represent the President,
Joyce C. Hall of Kansas City, Mo.
Otlier members of the U.S. delegation are :
Roliprt F. WiKidward, I'.S. Ambassador to Costa Rica
■R'illiam A. Wieland. director, Offlee of Middle American
Affairs, Department of State
Brig. Geu. Bertram C. Harrison, commander, 72d Stra-
tegic Reconnaissance Wing, U.S. Air Force
Members of the U.S. Embassy staff at Ciudad
Trujillo, Dominican Republic, also named on the
delegation are :
Francis L. Spalding, Counselor of Embassy
Comdr. Ralph C. McCoy, U.S. Naval Attach(?
Lt. Col. Joseph E. Treadway, U.S. Army Attache
The inauguration of President-elect Trujillo
will take place on August 16. The ceremonies
incident thereto will last from August 14 through
August 18.
President Asks for Investigation
of Date Imports
White House press release dated August 7
The President has requested the United States
Tariff Commission to make an immediate inves-
tigation of the efl'ects of imports of dates on the
Federal date marketing order program and the
Department of Agriculture's program for the di-
version of dates to new uses. The President's ac-
tion was taken in response to a recommendation
from the Secretary of Agriculture. The Com-
mission's investigation will be made pursuant to
section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as
amended.
President's Letter to Edgar B. Brossard, Chairman of
Tariff Commission
Dear !Mr. Chairman : I have been advised by
the Secretary of Agriculture that there is reason
to believe that dates are being or are practically
certain to be imported into the United States un-
der such conditions and in such quantities as to
render or tend to render ineffective or materially
interfere with the Federal Date Marketing Order
Program and the Department's program for the
diversion of dates to new uses. A copy of the Sec-
retary's letter is enclosed.^
' Not printed.
Sepfember 2, 7957
The United States Tariff Commission is re-
quested to make an immediate investigation under
Section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act,
as amended, to determine the need for restricting
imports of dates.
The Commission's findings should be completed
as soon as practicable.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85tli Congress, 1st Session
Emergency Oil Lift Program and Related Oil Problems.
Joint hearings before sulicommittees of the Senate
Committee on the Judiciary and the Senate Committee
on Interior and Insular Affairs pursuant to S. Res. 57.
Part 1, February 5-21, 1957, 871 pp. ; Part 2, February
27-March 22, 1957. 720 pp.
Building a World of Free Peoples. Hearings before the
Sulicommittee ou International Organizations and Move-
ments of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs at
Boise, Idaho, May 18, 1957, 99 pp. ; at Gary, Ind., May
20, 1057, 104 pp.
Compensation to Government of Denmark. Hearing be-
fore the House Committee on Foreign Affairs on draft
bill to authorize payment to the Government of Den-
n)ark (S. 244S). May 21, 1957. 27 pp.
Amending Rule XXVI so as To Require Committee Re-
ports Proposing Legislation or Ratifications of Treaties,
Involving Exi)enditures of Public Funds, To Show the
Estimated Costs Thereof. Report to accompany S. Res.
lis. S. Rept. 705, July 25 (legislative day, July 8),
1057. 2 pp.
Amending the International Claims Settlement Act of
1040, as Amended, and for Other Purposes. Report to
accompany S. 979. Rept. 612, July 16. 1957. 4 pp.
Sixth Semiannual Report on Activitie.s Under Public Law
4S0, 83d Congress, as Amended, outlining operations
under the act during the period January 1 through
June .30, 1957. H. Doc. 212, July 22, 1057. 46 pp.
Amending the Interstate Commerce Act To Provide for
the Preservation of (Competitive Throiigh Routes for
Rail Carriers. Report to accompany H. R. 5384. H.
Rept. 878, July 25, 1957. 4 pp.
Authorizing a Payment to the Government of Denmark.
Reiwrt to accompany S. 2448. H. Rept. 928, July 30,
1957. 6 pp.
Amendment Recommended to the International Conven-
tion for the Safety of Life at Sea. Report to accompany
Exec. M, S5th Cong., 1st sess. S. Exec. Rept. 9, July 26,
1957. 2 pp.
Protocol to the International Convention for the Regu-
lation of Whaling. Report to acompany Exec. E, 85th
Cong., 1st sess. S. Exec. Rept. 8, July 26, 1957. 11 pp.
Authorizing the Secretary of State To Evaluate and To
Waive Collection of Certain Financial Assistance Loans.
Report to accompany S. 747. S. Rept. 767, July 30
(legislative day, July 8), 1057. 2 pp.
Implementation of the (ieneva Red Cross Conventions.
Report to accompany S. 1770. S. Rept. 772, July 30
(legislative day, July 8), 1957. 5 pp.
Providing for the Recognition and Endorsement of the
Second World Metallurgical Congress. Beiwrt to ac-
company H. J. Res. 404. H. Rept. 932, July 30, 1957.
2 pp.
397
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of International Conferences and Meetings^
Adjourned During August 1957
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 24th Session Geneva July 2-Aug. 3
Latin American Seminar on Social Welfare Training Montevideo July 20-Aug. 2
U.N. Committee on Information from Non-Self-Governing Terri- New York July 22-Aug. 15
tories: 8th Session.
Caribbean Commission: Conference on Demographic Problems of Trinidad July25-Aug. 2
the Carilibean Area.
Pan American Highway Congress: Inter-American Meeting of Panama City July 29-Aug. 1
Traffic Experts.
American International Institute for the Protection of Childhood: Lima July 29-Aug. 3
Semiannual Meeting of Directing Council.
7th Pan American Highway Congress Panama City Aug. 1-10
6th Conference of Nongovernmental Organizations Interested in Geneva Aug. 5-9
Migration.
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on As.sessment of Hydroelectric Bangkok Aug. 5-9
Potential.
International Statistical Institute: 30th Session Stockholm Aug. 8-15
ICEM Executive Committee: Special Emergency Session .... Geneva Aug. 12-14
U.N. ECAFE Inland Transport Committee: Working Party on Bangkok Aug. 19-29
Inland Ports.
Inter-American Indian Institute: Executive Committee Mexico City Aug. 22
In Session as of August 31, 1957
U.N. Disarmament Commission: Subcommittee on Disarmament . London Mar. 18-
ILO "Art and Labor" Exposition Geneva June 15-
18th International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art; and 7th Venice Aug. 12-
International Exhibition of the Documentary and Short Film.
Universal Postal Union: 14th Congress Ottawa Aug. 14-
Organization of American States: Economic Conference Buenos Aires Aug. 15-
11th Annual Edinburgh Film Festival Edinburgh Aug. 18-
International Scientific Radio Union: 12th General Assembly . . Boulder, Colo Aug. 22-
ICAO Teletypewriter Technical Panel: 2d Meeting Montreal Aug. 26-
7th British Commonwealth Fore.stry Conference Australia and New Zealand . Aug. 26-
9th International Congress on Cell Biology St. Andrews, Scotland . . . Aug. 28-
International Geographical Union: Regional Conference .... Nara and Kyoto Aug. 29-
International Union of Public Transportation: 33d Congress . . Hamburg and Berlin .... Aug. 29-
9th Pan American Railway Congress Buenos Aires Aug. 30-
Scheduled September 1-November 30, 1957
International Exposition of the Sea Marseille Sept. 1-
International Association on Quaternary Research: 5th Inter- Barcelona and Madrid . . . Sept. 2-
national Congress.
International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics: 11th General Toronto Sept. 3-
Assembly.
U.N. ECAFE Workshop on Problems of Budget Reclassification: Bangkok Sept. 3-
2d Meeting.
WHO Regional Committee for Western Pacific: 8th Session . . . Hong Kong Sept. 5-
FAO/ECE Timber Committee: Committee on Forest Working Moscow Sept. 9-
Techniques and Training of Forest Workers.
UNESCO International Conference on Radioisotopes Paris Sept. 9-
ICAO Communications Division: 6th Session Montreal Sept. 10-
ICAO Legal Committee; Special Subcommittee on Rule 57 of Tokyo Sept. 10-
Standing Rules of Procedure.
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Aug. 14, 1957. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: U.N., United Nations; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East; ICEM,
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration; ILO, International Labor Organization; ICAO, International
Civil Aviation Organization; WHO, World Health Organization; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization; ECE, Eco-
nomic Commission for Europe; UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; PASO,
Pan American Sanitary Organization; lA-ECOSOC, Inter-American Economic and Social Council; WMO, World Mete-
orological Organization; GATT, General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council.
398 Department of State Bulletin
Calendar of International Conferences and Meetings — Continued
Scheduled September 1 — November 30, 1957 — Continued
(PASO Executive Committee: 33d Meeting Washington Sept. 10-
ICAO Legal Committee: 11th Session Tokyo Sept. 12-
Interparlianientary Union: 46th Conference London Sept. 12-
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Executive Committee Ibadan, Nigeria Sept. 16-
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Statistical Subcommittee Ibadan, Nigeria Sept. 16-
PASO Directing Council: 10th Meeting Washington Sept. 16-
JU.N. ECAFE/FAO Working Party on Economic Development and Bangkok Sept. 16-
Planning: 3d Meeting.
FAO Cocoa Study Group: 2d Meeting Ibadan, Nigeria Sept. 17-
International Union of Pure and Applied Physics: 9th General Rome Sept. 17-
Assembly.
U.N. General Assembly: 12th Session New York Sept. 17-
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Subcommittee on Road Geneva Sept. 17-
Transport.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and Washington Sept. 23-
International Monetary Fund: 12th Annual Meeting of Boards
of Governors.
4th FAO/WHO Conference on Nutrition Problems in Latin Guatemala City Sept. 23-
America.
FAO International Rice Commission: Working Party on Fertilizers . Vercelli, Italy Sept. 23-
FAO International Rice Commission: 7th Meeting of Working Vercelli, Italy Sept. 23-
Party on Rice Breeding.
FAO International Rice Commission: Ad Hoc Working Group on Vercelli, Italy Sept. 23-
Soil-Water-Plant Relationships.
lA-ECOSOC: Meeting of Experts on Technical Standards .... Rio de Janeiro Sept. 23-
17th International Conference of Sociology Beirut Sept. 23-
WMO Executive Committee: 9th Session Geneva Sept. 24-
ICEM Executive Committee: 8th Session Geneva Sept. 26*
Diplomatic Conference on Maritime Law Brussels Sept. 30-
9th Meeting of Consultative Committee on Cooperative Economic Saigon Sept. 30-
Development in South and Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan) :
Preliminary Working Group.
International Council for the Exploration of the Sea: 45th Meeting . Bergen, Norway Sept. 30-
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Group of Experts on Geneva Sept. 30-
Teehnical Questions (Rail).
FAO International Chestnut Commission Geneva September
FAO European Contact Group on Uses of Isotopes and Radiation Bonn September
in Agricultural Research.
GATT Balance-of- Payment Consultations Geneva September
GATT Interses.sional Committee of Contracting Parties Geneva September
U.N. Advisory Committee on Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy: 7th New York September
Session.
International Atomic Energy Agency: 1st General Conference and Vienna Oct. 1-
1st Meeting of Board of Governors.
lA-ECOSOC Seminar on Rural Electrification Cooperatives . . . Recife City, Brazil Oct. 5-
ICAO Preparatory Meeting on Air TrafiSc Control Problems in the Lisbon Oct. 7-
European-Mediterranean Region.
FAO International Fishing Gear Congress Hamburg Oct. 7-
Consultative Committee on Cooperative Economic Development in Saigon Oct. 7-
South and Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan) : 9th Meeting.
Consultative Committee on Cooperative Economic Development in Saigon Oct. 7-
South and Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan) : Officials Meeting.
ILO Iron and Steel Committee: 6th Session Monterrey Oct. 7-
ICEM Council: 7th Session Geneva Oct. 7*
UNESCO Intergovernmental Copyright Committee: 2d Session . . Washington Oct. 7-
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee Geneva Oct. 10-
WMO Commission for Synoptic Meteorology: 1st Session of Work- Paris Oct. 14*
ing Group on Telecommunications.
U.N. ECE/FAO Timber Committee: 15th Session Geneva Oct. 14r-
South Pacific Commission: 17th Session Noumea, New Caledonia . . Oct. 14-
U.N. ECAFE Highway Subcommittee: 4th Session Bangkok Oct. 14-
FAO Study Group on Grains: 2d Meeting Rome Oct. 17-
GATT Contracting Parties: 12th Session Geneva Oct. 17-
Consultative Committee on Cooperative Economic Development in Saigon Oct. 21-
South and Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan) : Ministerial Meet-
ing.
ILO Governing Body: 137th Session (and Committees) Geneva Oct. 21*
U.N. ECE Committee on Development of Trade and East- West Geneva Oct. 21-
Trade Consultations.
UNESCO Meeting of Governmental Experts on Agreement on the Geneva Oct. 21-
Importation of Educational, Scientific and Cultural Materials.
ICAO Airworthiness Committee: 1st Meeting Montreal Oct. 22-
2d ICAO South American/South Atlantic Regional Air Navigation Sao Paulo Oct. 22-
Meeting.
September 2, 1957 399
Calendar of International Conferences and Meetings — Continued
Scheduled September 1 — November 30, 1957 — Continued
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 29th Session
FAO Committee on Relations With International Organizations . .
19th International Red Cross Conference
IJ.N. ECAFE Inland Transport Committee: 4th Session of Inland
Waterways Subcommittee.
FAO Council:" 27th Session
FAO Conference: 9th Session
International Union of Travel Organizations: 12th General
Assembly.
International North Pacific Fisheries Commission: 5th Meeting. .
WMO Commission for Bibliography and Publications: 2d Session .
U.N. ECAFE Working Party of Senior Geologists on the Prepara-
tion of a Regional Geological Map for Asia and the Far East: 3d
Meeting.
U.N. ECAFE Industry and Trade Committee: 3d Session of Sub-
committee on Minerals Resources.
Caribbean Commission : 7th Session of West Indian Conference . .
ICAO Radiotelephony Speech Panel: 1st Meeting
4th ILO Asian Regional Conference
Inter-American Statistical Institute: 5th Session of Committee on
Improvement of National Statistics (COINS).
9th Pacific Science Congress
U.N. ECE Housing Committee: 15th Session and Working Parties.
UNESCO Executive Board: 49th Session
FAO Study Group on Coconut and Coconut Products
FAO Council: 28th Session
Caribbean Commission : 25th Meeting
Customs Cooperation Council: 11th Session
ILO Technical Tripartite Meeting on Mines Other Than Coal Mines.
International Sugar Council: 14th Session
International Sugar Council: Statistical Committee
U.N. ECAFE Inland Transport Committee: 5th Session of Rail-
way Subcommittee.
International Sugar Council: Executive Committee
International North Pacific Fisheries Commission: Committee on
Biology and Research.
U.N. Scientific Committee on Efifects of Atomic Radiation: 4th
Session.
U.N. ECOSOC Technical Assistance Committee
Rome Oct. 24-
Rome Oct. 24-
New Delhi Oct. 24-
Malang, Indonesia Oct. 24-
Rome Oct. 31-
Rome Nov. 2-
Washington Nov. 3-
Vancouver Nov. 4-
Paris Nov. 5-
Calcutta Nov. 5-
Calcutta Nov. 5-
Curagao Nov. 11-
Europe or Montreal .... Nov. 12*
New Delhi Nov. 1.3-
Washington Nov. 14-
Bangkok Nov. 18-
Geneva Nov. 18-
Paris Nov. 18-
Rome Nov. 22-
Rome Nov. 23*
Curasao Nov. 25-
Brussels Nov. 25-
Geneva Nov. 25-
London Nov. 25-
London Nov. 25-
(Undetermined) Nov. 25-
London Nov. 26-
Vancouver November
New York November
New York November
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
14th Congress of the Universal Postal Union
The Department of State announced on August
12 (press release 457) that the United States will
be represented by the following delegation at the
14th Congress of the Universal Postal Union,
which will convene at Ottawa, Canada, August 14 :
E. George Siedle, chairman. Assistant Postmaster General
Greever Allan, director, Division of International Serv-
ice, Post Office Department
Frederick E. Batrus, special assistant to the Assistant
Postmaster General
David S. Goodson, chief, Air Transportation Section,
Division of International Service, Post Office Depart-
ment
Raymond K. Hancock, chief, Inquiries Section, Division
of International Service, Post Office Department
Edward J. Mahoney, chief. International Section, Divi-
sion of Postage Rates, Post Office Department
Armand J. Rionx, chief. International Relations Section,
Division of International Service, Post Office Depart-
ment
The Universal Postal Union was established in
1874. It is composed of 96 member countries.
This is one of the oldest international organiza-
tions in existence today and is an outstanding
example of international cooperation wliere there
is a common objective. A former U.S. Post-
master General — Montgomery Blair, a member
of Lincoln's Cabinet — was the principal pro-
moter of the idea of establishing an international
postal union. In 1863, through the efforts of
Blair, a meeting was held in Paris with repre-
sentatives of 15 countries in attendance; this was
followed a decade later by the first Postal Con-
400
Department of State Bulletin
gress, -which resulted in the establishment of the
Union in 1874.
The Union is governed by the Universal Postal
Convention. Its purpose is to regulate all mat-
ters relating to the movement of international
mails. Congresses are held evei-y 5 years, the
last having been held at Brussels, Belgium, in
1952. Between Congresses an executive and liai-
son committee, composed of representatives of
20 countries, and an international bureau with
headquartere at Bern, Switzerland, carry on the
work of the Union. The United States has been
a member of the committee for the past 10 years.
The purpose of the forthcoming Congress is to
review proposed amendments to the convention
and regulations which have been submitted by
various members of the Union.
International Scientific Radio Union
The Department of State amiounced on August
1-i (press release 463) that the U.S. Govermnent
will be represented by the following delegation at
the 12th General Assembly of the International
Scientific Eadio Union (UESI), which will be
convened at Boulder, Colo., August 22 :
Harry W. Wells, chairman, Carnegie Institution of Wash-
iugtou, Washington, D.C.
William E. Gordon, School of Electrical Engineering,
Cornell University
John P. Hagen, U.S. Naval Research Laboratory, Depart-
ment of the Navy
Millett G. Morgan, Dartmouth College
Arthur H. Waynick, Pennsylvania State University
The International Scientific Radio Union was
established in 1919 and is affiliated with the In-
ternational Council of Scientific Unions. Its aims
are to promote international cooperation in the
scientific study of radio projects. Meetings are
lield every 3 years, the last one being held in
Amsterdam, Netherlands, August 23 to September
2, 1954.
About 900 people are expected to attend. They
have been designated by the govermnents or UESI
National Committees of the 26 member countries.
Eec«nt discoveries in radio astronomy will be
among the subjects discussed at Boulder. Many
of the men responsible for these discoveries will
be present. Another highlight will be a day de-
voted to recognition of the International Geophys-
ical Year. This part of the meeting will l>e pre-
sided over by Sir Edward Appleton, a former
president of UESI and a Nobel Prize winner.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Security Council
Letter Dated 15 April 1957 from the Permanent Repre-
sentative of Egvpt Addressed to the President of the
Security Council. S/3812, April 16, 19.57. 1 p. mimeo.
Letter Dated 19 April 1957 from the Representative of
Israel Addressed to the President of the Security
Council. S/3814, April 22, 1957. 1 p. mimeo.
ReiK)rt of the Acting Chief of Staff of the United Nations
Truce Supervision Organization in Palestine Concern-
ing a Complaint by Syria Under the General Armistice
Agreement Between Israel and Syria. S/3815, April
23, 1957. 5 pp. mimeo.
Letter Dated 7 May 1957 from the Permanent Represen-
tative of Saudi Arabia to the United Nations Ad-
dressed to the Secretary-General. S/3825, May 9,
1957. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter Dated 13 May 1957 to the President of the Se-
curity Council from the Permanent Representative of
Syria to the United Nations. S/3827, May 13, 1957.
2 pp. mimeo.
General Assembly
International Law Commission. Second Report on the
Law of Treaties by G. G. Fitzmaurice, Special Rap-
porteur. A/CN.4/107, March 15, 1957. 159 pp. mimeo.
UNREP Executive Committee. Report and Further
Recommendations on the Problem of Hungarian Refu-
gees. A/AC.79/73, May 8, 1957. 49 pp. mimeo.
Report of the Special Committee on the Problem of Hun-
gary. A/3592, June 12, 1957. Vol. I, 172 pp. mimeo.;
Vol. II, 219 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the Second Emergency Special
Session of the General Assembly from 4 to 10 Novem-
ber 19.56. Note by the Secretary-General. A/3464/ Add.
3, July 1. 1957. 19 pp. mimeo.
Draft Relationship Agreement Between the United Na-
tions and the International Atomic Energy Agency.
A/3620, July 23, 1957. 12 pp. mimeo.
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Latin America. Social Aspects
of Economic Development. E/CN.12/437, April 1, 19.57.
9 pp. mimeo.
Commission on Human Rights. Report of the Ninth Ses-
sion of the Sub-Commission on Prevention of Discrimi-
nation and Protection of Minorities. E/CN.4/744, April
5, 1957. 2 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Expanded Pro-
gramme of Technical Assistance. E/CN. 12/444, April
8, 1957. 39 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Note by the
Secretariat on the Possible Repercussions of the Eu-
ropean Common Marliet on Latin American Exports.
E/CN.12/449, April 20, 1957. 32 pp. mimeo.
Economic Committee. Report of the Transport and Com-
munications Commission. E/2979, April 25, 1957. 7 pp.
mimeo.
Commission on Human Rights. Report of the Thirteenth
Session of the Commission on Human Rights to the
Sepfember 2, 7957
401
Economic and Social Council. E/2970, E/CN.4/753,
April 29, 1957. 97 pp. talmeo.
Economic Committee. Economic Development of Under-
Developed Countries. Report of the Economic Com-
mittee. E/2988, April 30, 1957. 8 pp. mimeo.
Technical A.ssistance Committee. The Expanded Pro-
gramme of Technical Assistance. Size of the Working
Capital and Reserve Fund. E/TAC/59, May 6, 1957.
5 pp. mimeo.
Annual Report of the Economic Commission for Asia and
the Par East. E/2959, E/CN.11/454, May 6, 1957. 203
pp. mimeo.
Technical Assistance Committee. Expanded Programme
of Technical Assistance. Status of Local Costs Ar-
rangements. Report of the Technical Assistance Board.
E/TAC/60, May 8, 1957. 8 pp. mimeo.
Financing of Economic Development. Final Report of
the Ad Hoc Committee on the Question of the Estab-
lishment of a Special United Nations Fund for Eco-
nomic Development Prepared in Accordance with Gen-
eral Assembly Resolution 923 (X). E/29G1, May 16,
1957. 118 pp. mimeo.
Financing of Economic Development. Supplementary Re-
port of the Ad Hoc Committee on the Question of the
Establishment of a Special United Nations Fund for
Economic Development Prepared in Accordance with
General Assembly Resolution 1030 (XI). E/2999. May
27, 1957. 37 pp. mimeo.
Financing of Economic Development. The International
Flow of Private Capital, 1956. Report by the Secretary-
General. E/3021, June 21, 1957. 72 pp. mimeo.
TREATY INFORMATION
Air Transport Agreement
With Australia Amended
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The Department of State announced on August
13 (press release 458) that an exchange of notes
was concluded on August 12 between tlie Depart-
ment of State and the Australian Embassy at
Washington amending the Air Transport Services
Agreement between the United States and Aus-
tralia wliich was signed on December 3, 1946.^
The amendment resulted from consultations re-
quested by Australia, which took place in Wash-
ington from May 15 to June 14, 1957, between
delegations of aviation specialists from the two
countries.-
'61 Stat. (3) 2464.
''For text of joint statement, see Bulletin of July 1,
1957, p. 21.
402
The amendment will permit airlines designated
by the United States to offer service to Sydney
and Melbourne over two different routes and to
offer service beyond Sydney to Asia and Europe
via Darwin, to Asia and Africa via Perth, and to
South America via Melbourne and a polar route.
It will permit the Australian airline, Qantas
Empire Airways, to extend its present service be-
yond San Francisco to the United Kingdom and
Europe via New York. The rights granted Aus-
tralia do not, however, include permission for
Qantas to carry local traffic between San Fran-
cisco and New York.
The amendment also adds American Samoa and '
New Zealand to the list of intermediate points
which may be served by the designated airlines
of both countries in trans-Pacific operations.
EXCHANGE OF NOTES
Text of U.S. Note
August 12, 1957
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to your
Note No. 8/57 which requested consultations
pursuant to Article II of the Air Transport Serv-
ices Agreement between Australia and tlie United
States signed in Washington on December 3, 1
1946. ■
The United States Government understands
that the delegations named for these consulta-
tions agreed on June 14, 1957 to refer to their |
respective Governments the following amend-
ment to the aforementioned Agreement:
Article II of tlie Agreement and Sections I
and II of the Annex to the Agreement shall
be revised to read :
A-RTICLE II
Each Contracting Party grants to the
other Contracting Party rights necessary for
the conduct of air services (hereinafter re-
ferred to as "the agreed services") by the
designated airline, as follows: the rights of
transit, of stops for non-traffic purposes and
of commercial entry and departure for inter-
national traffic in passengers, cargo, and mail
at the points in its territory named on each of
the routes specified in tlie appropriate Sec-
tion of the Annex to this Agreement.
Sepf ember 2, 1957
Annex
Section I
The designated airline of the United
States of America shall be entitled to operate
air services on each of the air routes specified
via intermediate points, in both directions,
and to make scheduled landings in Austral-
ian territory at the points specified in this
Section :
1. The United States via Honolulu,
Canton Island, American Samoa, the Fiji
Islands, New Caledonia, and New Zealand
to Sj'dney; and beyond to (a) Darwin and
points in southeast Asia, including the Re-
public of tlie Pliilippines, and beyond; (b)
Melbourne and Perth, Cocos (Keeling)
Islands, and beyond to points in south
Asia and Africa and beyond; and (c)
Melbourne and New Zealand and beyond to
Antarctica and beyond.
2. The United States, including Alaska,
via points in Canada, Alaska, the Kurile
Islands, Japan and southeast Asia, ijiclud-
ing the Republic of the Philippines, to
Sydney and Melbourne.
Points on any of tlie specified routes may at
the option of the designated airline be omit-
ted on any or all flights.
Section II
The designated airline of Australia shall
be entitled to operate air services on each of
the air routes specified via intermediate
points, in botli directions, and to make sched-
uled landings in United States territory at
the points specified in this Section:
1. Australia via New Caledonia, the
Fiji Islands, i\jnerican Samoa, Canton
Island, Honolulu, to San Francisco and
beyond to (a) Vancouver and (b) New
York and beyond to points in the British
Isles and beyond to Europe and beyond.
Points on any of specified routes may at the
option of the designated airline be omitted
on any or all flights.
I have the honor to inform Your Excellency
that the United States Govermnent agrees to the
foregoing amendment, and to suggest that if the
Govenmient of Australia agrees to the foregoing
amendment, this note and your reply to that
effect shall constitute an amendment of the agree-
ment effective upon the date of your reply.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.
For the Secretary of State :
Thorsten V. Kalijarvi
His Excellency
Sir Percy Spender, K.B.E., Q.C.,
Ambassador of Australia
Text of Australian Note
August 12, 1957
Sir, I have the honor to acknowledge your
note of August 12, 1957 regarding the Air
Transport Agreement between the United States
of America and Australia which reads as
follows :
[At this point the Australian note repeats the U.S. note
as given above.]
I have the honor to inform you that the Gov-
enmient of the Commonwealth of Australia
agrees to amendment of the Air Transport
Agreement between the United States of America
and Australia as set out in your note.
The Australian Government also agrees that
your note and this reply shall constitute an
amendment of the Agreement effective upon the
date of this note.
Accept, Sir, tlie renewed assurances of my
highest consideration.
Percy Spender
Ambassador
The Honorable The Secretary of State,
Department of State
Washington, D.C.
United States and Spain Expand
Atomic Energy Agreement
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission and the
Department of State announced on August 16
(press release 465) that the Governments of Spain
and the United States on that date signed an ex-
panded agreement for cooperation in the civil
uses of atomic energy which will provide a basis
for future U.S. cooperation with Spain for the
development of a nuclear power program. Under
Sep/ember 2, 2957
403
the agreement tlie United States will make avail-
able as needed over a term of 10 years a net
amount of 500 kilograms of uranium 235 to be
contained in fuel sold or leased to Spain for use
in research, experimental power, and power re-
actors.
The agreement was signed for the United States
by Lewis L. Strauss, Chairman of the Atomic
Energy Commission, and John Wesley Jones, Act-
ing Assistant Secretary for European Affairs, and
for Spain by Ambassador Jose. M. de Areilza.
The Spanish atomic energy commission, laiown
as the Junta de Energia Nuclear, is studying
plans for locating a power reactor in an industri-
alized area of that country. Fuel enriched up
to 20 percent in U-235 would be available for
such a reactor under this agreement.
The accord will enlarge the areas of cooperation
between the United States and Spain in the peace-
ful applications of nuclear energy. It will au-
thorize, for example, the transfer of gram quanti-
ties of special materials for laboratory use and,
in the event that Spain decides to build a ma-
terials-testing reactor, the transfer of 6 kilograms
of reactor fuel at a 90 percent enrichment in
U-235.
The new agreement will come into effect when
the statutory and constitutional requirements of
the two nations have been fulfilled. It will super-
sede the U.S.-Spanish research agi-eement which
has been in effect since July 1955. ^
Under the research accord, Spain is building a
3-megawatt pool reactor, to be located near Ma-
drid, which is expected to be in operation by Jan-
uary 1958. Fuel elements for this reactor are
scheduled for shipment to Spain in November
1957. On May 29, 1956, the U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission approved a grant of $350,000 toward
the cost of this nuclear research facility.
Spanish scientists and technicians have taken
special training courses at the International
School of Nuclear Science and Engineering at the
Argonne National Laboratory and the Oak Ridge
Institute of Nuclear Studies at Oak Ridge, Tenn.
Sjiain has also received sliipments of radioisotopes
from the United States. Spain was a participant
in the international conference held in New York
in October 1956 wliich approved the Statute of
the International Atomic Energy Agency.
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3.318.
404
Power Reactor Agreement
With Germany Comes Into Effect
Press release 45'J dated August 7
On August 7, the research and power agreement
in the civil uses of atomic energy between thei
United States of America and the Federal Re-
public of Germany came into effect with an ex-
change of notes between the Department of State i
and the Embassy of the Federal Republic of Ger-
many. This agreement was signed July 3, 1957.*
The new accord incorporates and supersedes the'
atomic research agreement which has been in ef-
fect since April 23, 1956.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Cultural Relations
Convention for the promotion of inter- American cultural i
relations. Signed at Caracas March 28, 1954. En-
tered into force February 18, 19.5.5.-'
Senate advice and consent to ratification giveii: Augusti
8, 1957.
Fur Seals
Interim convention on conservation of North Pacific fuP'
seals. Signed at Washington February 9, 1957.'
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: August'
8, 1957.
Safety at Sea
Amendment of regulation 30, chapter III, annexed to the'
international convention for the safety of life at sea
signed June 10, 1948 (inflatable liferafts). Done at
London May 1955.=
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: Augusti
8, 1957.
Sugar
Tnitocol amending the international sugar agreement,
with annex. Done at London December 1, 1956.
Senate advice and consent to accession given: August
8, 1957.
Trade and Commerce
Agreement on the Organization for Trade Cooperation,
with annex. Done at Geneva March 10, 1955."
Signature: .Japan, June 17, 19.57.
Protocol amending the preamble and parts II and III
of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done
at Geneva March 10, 1955.'
Signature: Japan, June 17, 1957.
Protocol amending part I and articles XXIX and XXX
of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done
at Geneva March 10, 1955.'
Signature: Japan, June 17, 1957.
' Bulletin of July 22, 19.57, p. 147.
- Not in force for United States.
'Not in force.
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
I
rriitoeol of organizational amendments to the General
AuToemeut on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva
.March 10. l!).j.'>."
siiDuiliirc: Japan, June 17, 1957.
rrnii's verbal of rectiflcation concerning the protocol
amending part 1 and articles XXIX and XXX of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the protocol
amending the preamble and parts II and III of the
general agreement, and the protocol of organizational
amendments to the general agreement. Done at Ge-
neva. l>ecember 3. lIKoS.'
signature: Japan, June 17, 1957.
War
Geneva convention relative to treatment of prisoners of
war ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded and side in armed forces in the field ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wovinded, sick and shipwrecked members of armed
forces at sea ;
Geneva convention relative to protection of civilian per-
sons in time of war.
Dated at Geneva August 12, 19i9. Entered into force
October 21. 1950: for the United States February 2,
11 •.-,(!. TIAS 3364. 3362. 3363. and 3365, respectively.
Ratification deposited: Brazil. June 29, 1957.
Whaling
Protocol amending the international whaling convention
of 1946 (TIAS 1849). Done at Washington November
19. 19.56.'
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: August
8, 1957.
BILATERAL
Australia
Auri\eiuent amending the air transport agreement of De-
cember 3, 1946 (TIAS 1574). Effected by exchange of
notes at Washington August 12, 1957. Entered into
force August 12. 1957.
Agreement for cooperation regarding atomic information
fur mutual defense purposes. Signed at Washington
July 12. 1957.
Entered into force: August 14. 19.57 (date on which
each Government received from the other written
notification that it had complied with statutory and
' constitutional requirements).
Austria
Convention for the avoidance of double taxation with
respect to taxes on income. Signed at Washington
October 25, 19.56.''
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: August
8, 1957.
Agreement relating to the purchase by Austria of mili-
tary equipment, materials, and services for internal se-
curity and legitimate self-defense. Effected by ex-
change of notes at Washington August 9, 1957. En-
tered into force August 9, 1957.
Canada
Convention further modifying and supplementing the
convention and accompanying protocol of March 4. 1942
( 56 Stat. 1399 ) , as modified June 12, 1950 ( TIAS 2347 )
for the avoidance of double taxation and prevention of
fiscal evasion in income taxes. Signed at Ottawa Au-
gust 8, 19.56.''
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: August
8, 19.57.
Egypt
Agreement amending the air transport agreement of June
15, 1946 (TIAS 1727). Effected by exchange of notes
at Cairo June 24 and July 31, 1957. Entered into
force July 31, 1957.
Japan
Protocol supplementing the convention for avoidance of
double taxation and prevention of fiscal evasion with
respect to taxes on income of April 16, 1954 (TIAS
3176). Signed at Tokyo March 23, 19.57."
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: August
8, 1957.
Korea
Treaty of friendship, commerce, and navigation, with
protocol. Signed at Seoul November 2.S, 1956."
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: August
8, 1957.
Panama
Agreement authorizing inspection by Panamanian nauti-
cal inspectors of vessels of Panamanian registry in the
Canal Zone. Effected by exchange of notes at Panama
August 5, 1957. Entered into force August 5, 1957.
Poland
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of June 7, 1957 (TIAS 38.39). Signed at Wash-
ington August 14, 1957. Entered into force August 14,
1957.
Spain
Research and power reactor agreement concerning civil
uses of atomic energy, and superseding the research
reactor agreement of July 19, 1955 (TIAS 3318).
Signed at Washington August 16, 1957. Enters into
force on date on which each Government receives from
the other written notification that it has complied with
statutory and constitutional requirements.
PUBLICATIONS
German War Documents Released
The Department of State announced on July 31
(press release 433 dated July 24) the release of
Documents on German Foreign Policy, 1918-194.5,
Series D, Volume X, The War Years, June 23-
Augu-st 31, 1940. This is the 10th volume in the
series being published cooperatively by the United
States, Great Britain, and France from archives
of the German Foreign Office captured by Allied
forces at the close of World War II.
The volume begins on June 23, 1940, the day
after the signing of the French armistice with
Germany. It ends on August 31, 1940, with the
conclusion of the Vienna Award, whereby Hitler
Sepfember 2, J957
405
and Mussolini imposed a territorial settlement
between Rumania on the one hand and Hungary
and Bulgaria on the other.
The documents are printed in chronological
order. There is a descriptive list of documents
arranged by topics to guide those who may wish to
read on particular subjects.
As is customary in this series, the selection of
documents has been made jointly by the British,
French, and United States editors, who share
responsibility for the selections made. Under a
reciprocal arrangement some of the volumes are
edited and printed by the British and some by the
U.S. Government. This volume has been edited
by the U.S. editors and printed at the Govern-
ment Printing Office. A British edition bound
from flat sheets printed at the Government Print-
ing Office is being released simultaneously with
the U.S. edition.
Copies of the volume, which has the publication
number 6491, can be obtained from the U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C,
for $2.75 each.
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free puhlications, which may be ob-
tained from tlie Department of State.
When You Go Abroad — Information for Bearers of Pass-
ports. Pub. 6485. Department and Foreign Service Se-
ries 66. 103 pp. 3.5^.
Ai pampiilet contaiuinfr valuable! information for any
American citizen who plans to travel abroad.
Army Mission. TIAS 3821. 4 pp. 5«(.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Peru, amending agreement of September 6, 10.56. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Lima April 8 and 24, 1957.
Entered into force April 24, 1957.
Weather Stations — Cooperative Program at Lima. TIAS
3823. 6 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Peru. Exchange of notes — Signed at Lima April 17, 1957.
Entered into force May 17, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3824. 11 pp.
10«*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Austria — Signed at Vienna May 10, 1957, with related
note. Entered into force May 10, 1957, with related note.
Emergency Relief for Hungarians in Austria. TIAS
3825. 6 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Austria. Exchange of notes — Signed at Vienna May 10,
1957. Entered into force May 10, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3826. 6 pp.
5«'.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Finland — Signed at Helsinki May 10, 1957, with related
exchange of notes. Entered into force May 10, 1957, with
related exchange of notes.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3827. 11 pp.
10^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Peru — Signed at Lima May 2, 1957, with related exchangej
of notes. Entered into force May 2, 1957, with related'!
exchange of notes.
Atomic Energy — Cooperation for Civil Uses.
15 pp. 100.
TIAS 3830.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Australia — Signed at Washington June 22, 1956. Entered
into force May 28, 1957.
Mutual Security— Investment Guaranties. TIAS 3831.
8 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States of America and
China, amending agreement of June 25, 1952. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Taipei May 3, 1957. Entered into
force May 3, 1957.
Mutual Defense Assistance. TIAS 3832. 3 pp. 5«».
Agreement between the United States of America and
Luxembourg, amending annex B of the agreement of
January 27, 1950. Exchange of notes — Signed at Lux-
embourg April 15 and 25, 1057. Entered into force April
25, 1957.
Weather Stations — Cooperative Program at Guayaquil.
TIAS 3833. 7 pp. 10<^.
Agreement between the LTnited States of America and
Ecuador. Exchange of notes — Signerl at Quito April 24,
1957. Entered into force May 14, 1957.
Mutual Aid Settlement. TIAS 3834. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the United Kingdom of Great Uritain and Northern Ire-
land, relating to joint statement of December 6, 1945, as
amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington
April 24 and 25, 1957. Entered into force April 25, 1957.
Economic Assistance. TIAS 3835. 4 pp. 5^.
iVgreement between the United States of America and
Iraq. Exchange of notes — Signed at Baghdad May 18
and 22, 1957. Entered into force May 22, 1957.
Atomic Energy — Cooperation for Civil Uses.
9 pp. lot
TIAS 3836.
Agi-eement between the United States of America and
Norway — Signed at Washington February 25, 1957. En-
tered into force June 10, 1957.
406
Department of State Bulletin
September 2, 1957 Index
American Principles. The Moral Element in For-
eign Policy (Merclinnt) 374
Atomic Energy
Power Reactor Agreement With Germany Comes
Into Effect 404
United States and Spain ESpand Atomic Energy
Agreement 403
Australia. Air Transport Agreement With Aus-
tralia Amended (texts of notes) 402
Aviation. Air Transport Agreement With Aus-
tralia Amended (texts of notes) 402
Canada
Canadian-American Cooperation (Jones) .... 380
U.S. Replies to Canadian Note on Handling of Secu-
rity Information (texts of notes) 384
China, Communist
Americans' Trip to Communist China Called Viola-
tion of U.S. Policy (Herter) 392
Our China Policy (Sebald) 389
Congress, The. Congressional Documents Relating
to Foreign Policy 397
Dominican Republic. Delegation to Inaugural
Ceremonies in Dominican Republic 396
Economic Afifairs
Canadian-American Cooperation (Jones) .... 380
IFC Investment in Mexico 396
President Asks for Investigation of Date Imjwrts . 397
Germany
German War Documents Released 405
Power Reactor Agreement With Germany Comes
Into Effect 404
International Information. U.S. Agrees To Discuss
Exchange of Radio-TV Experts With U.S.S.R.
(texts of aide memoire) 386
(International Law. U.S. Prote.sts to U.S.S.R. on
Closing of Peter the Great Bay (text of note) . 388
International Organizations and Conferences
Calendar of International Conferences and Meet-
ings 398
14th Congress of the Universal Postal Union (dele-
gation) 400
International Scientific Radio Union (delegation) . 401
Korea. Action Taken To Maintain Military
Balance in Korea (text of report) 393
Mexico. IFC Investment in Mexico 396
Military Affairs. Action Taken To Maintain Mili-
tary Balance in Korea (text of report) .... 393
Mutual Security. President Eisenhower Expresses
Concern Over Mutual Security Cuts 371
Presidential Documents
President Asks for Investigation of Date Imports . .397
President Eisenhower Expresses Concern Over
Mutual Security Cuts 371
Publications
German War Documents Released 405
Recent Releases 406
Vol. XXXVII, No. 949
Spain. United States and Spain Expand Atomic
Energy Agreement 403
Syria. Syrian Ambassador and Second Secretary
Declared Persona Non Grata 388
Treaty Information
Air Transport Agreement With Australia Amended
(texts of notes) 402
Current Actions 404
Power Reactor Agreement With Germany Comes
Into Effect 404
United States and Spain Expand Atomic Energy
Agreement 403
U.S.S.R.
U.S. Agrees To Discuss Exchange of Radio-TV
Experts With U.S.S.R. (texts of aide memoire) . 386
U.S. Protests to U.S.S.R. on Closing of Peter the
Great Bay (text of note) 388
United Nations
Action Taken To Maintain Military Balance in
Korea (text of report) 393
Current U.N. Documents 401
Name Indew
Eisenhower, President 371, 397
Hagerty, James C 373
Herter, Christian A 392
Jones, John Wesley 380
Merchant, Livingston T 374
Sebald, William J 389
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: August 12 18
Releases may be obtiiined fnim the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to August 12 which
appear in this issue of the Bui,letin are Nos. 224
of April 19, 433 of July 24, and 4.52 of August 7.
Subject
Jones : Canadian Friendship Day.
Delegation to Dominican presidential
inauguration.
Delegation to Universal Postal Union
(rewrite).
Air transport agreement with Aus-
tralia amended.
U.S. protests U.S.S.R. closing of Peter
the Great Bay.
Herter : message to Americans con-
tem])lating travel to Communist
Chiua.
Supplemental agricultural commodi-
ties agreement with Poland.
U.S. protests Syrian actions.
Delegation to International Scientific
Radio Union (i-ewrite).
Note to Canada on handling of secu-
rity information.
U.S., Spain expand atomic energy
agreement.
Educational exchange.
Exchange of radio-TV broadcasts
with U.S.S.R.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
455
456
Date
8/12
8/12
457
S/12
4.58
8/13
459
8/13
460
8/13
1461 8/14
462
403
8/14
8/14
464
8/15
465
8/16
*466
4tj7
8/16
S/16
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9S7
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. S300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
the
Department
of
State
United States Policy in the Middle East
September 1956-June 1957
Documents
During the past year the United States was presented with most
difficult and critical problems in the Middle East. In a volume
issued last October, The Sites Canal Prohlem, July 26-Septemher 22,
1956: A Documentary Puhlication, the Department of State presented
documents, including some background material, which covered the
first 2 months of the controversy that stemmed from President
Nasser's seizure of the Suez Canal Company. The present volume,
covering the period from September 1956 to June 1957, carries the
story forward; presents the highlights of other major developments
in the Middle East, including the hostilities in Egypt; and shows
not only how the United States reacted to these developments, but
also how important new elements were added to American policy
toward the Middle East in general.
Copies of United States Policy in the Middle East, September 1956-
June 1957 : Documents may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.,
for $1.50 each.
Publication 6505
$1.50
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed And:
(cash, check, or
money order).
Please send me copies of United States Policy in the Middle East,
September 19S6-June 1957: Documents.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
fHE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
m
;IAL
LY RECORD
ED STATES
GN POLICY
Rec'd
^^P 27 7957
Vol. XXXVII, No. 950 \ Seiitember 9, 1957
B. p. L.
POLICY QUESTIONS RAISED BY PROPOSED CUTS
IN MUTUAL SECURITY APPROPRIATIONS •
Statements by Secretary Dulles, Adm. Arthur W. Radford,
and John B. Hollister 411
NATO'S TWO INTERLOCKING TASKS o Remarks by
Secretary Dulles 419
THE SOUTH PACIFIC COMMISSION: THE FIRST
TEN YEARS • by Felix M. Keesing 422
REVIEW OF ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL PROGRAMS
AND ACTIVITIES OF THE UNITED NATIONS
AND SPECIALIZED AGENCIES • Statement by
Walter M. Kotschnig 438
SOME PROBLEMS OF DECISIONMAKING IN
FOREIGN AFFAIRS • Article by William C. Hamilton . 432
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 950 • Publication 6537
September 9, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
52 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the DU-ectcr of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
tlie Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various pliases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Policy Questions Raised by Proposed Cuts
in Mutual Security Appropriations
Following are texts of statements in support of
the appropriation request far the inutual security
program for fiscal year 1958 mude befare the Sen-
ate Appropriations Camndttee on August 19 hy
Secretary Dulles, Adm. Arthur W. Radford.,
former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and
\John B. Hollister, Director of the International
\Cooperation Administration.
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES
Press release 468 dated August 19
The House of Representatives in its pending
bill appropriating funds for the mutual securitj-
program has made drastic cuts. These are super-
imposed upon substantial cuts already made by
the authorizing legislation. Also they are super-
imposed upon cuts made in prior years against the
judgment of the Executive.
The cuts proposed for this year are, in the ag-
gregate, of a magnitude and character to raise
grave policy questions.
There can be honest differences of opinion as
to how much money is required to carry out United
States policy. But the cuts of prior years have
brought the common defense into an area of serious
risk. In Greece, Turkey, Pakistan, Viet-Nam,
Free China, Korea, and elsewhere there is concern
because the needed military effort is creating an
inflationary threat not counterbalanced by our de-
fense support. In other countries, bases essential
to the common defense are endangered because it
is felt that the risks are not being adequately com-
pensated for. Wlien, in the face of that situation,
tlie amounts requested by the President for the
lurrent year ^ are cut to the figure now in the
House bill, the effect is to challenge the mutual
jsecurity policy itself.
The fact is that the mutual security program,
which has been successfully holding together the
free world and protecting it from Communist dep-
redations, cannot continue to function vigorously
and well under such treatment as is accorded by the
current House appropriations bill.
Military Assistance
The President requested $1.9 billion of new
funds for military assistance, together with the
reapjn-opriation of certain unobligated balances.
The House of Representatives cut this request by
$650 million.
It is the judgment of the President and the im-
mediately retired and present Chairman of the
Joint Chiefs of Staff, speaking for themselves and
the Joint Chiefs, and of the Secretary of State
that such a reduction in military assistance, the
impact of which would come primarily in supply-
ing new types of weapons, would deeply concern
our allies, and that, particularly in the case of
NATO, the failure to supply certain types of new
weapons would have a serious effect upon our
NATO alliance.
The report of the House Committee on Appro-
priations ^ does not make clear whether the com-
mittee has a different political and military judg-
ment, or whether it is the judgment of that com-
mittee that it is now unimportant to the United
States whether or not the strength of our military
allies disintegrates.
We believe however that the Congress, before it
finally acts, should be aware of what it is doing
to the security of the United States by making it
impossible to supply our allies with the military
equipment needed to maintain the effectiveness
and morale of their fighting forces.
' See BUI.I.ETIN of June in, 19.57, p. 920.
'Mutual Securit.y Appropriation Bill, 1958. Report to
accompany H.R. 9302. H. Rept. 1172, Aug. 15, 1957.
iSepfemfaer 9, 7957
411
Defense Support
I turn now to the matter of defense support.
This is money which enables those of our allies
which are economically weak to maintain the
military forces which we judge necessary for their
security. The President asked for $900 million.
The House bill would appropriate $621 million.
There is need to extend defense support to 14
allies, chiefly in the Middle and Far East. Over
$600 million is required to enable 5 countries —
Korea, Free China, Viet-Nam, Pakistan, and Tur-
key— to support the 2,100,000 men they now have
under arms. These 5 countries all lie along the
Sino-Soviet border. They are all faced by power-
ful Communist forces. They have all been sub-
jected to repeated Communist threats. The
United States, by treaties overwhelmingly con-
curred in by this Senate, has fomid that the peace
and security of the United States would be in
jeopardy if they should be attacked by Communist
aggression.
It is the considered judgment of the President
and his military advisers and of the Secretary of
State that the House cut in defense support would
make it impossible to maintain in these areas, ad-
judged vital to the United States, the strength
necessary to defend them. The report of the
House Appropriations Committee does not make
clear whether it judges that the danger is past.
Again, before the Congress finally acts, it should
be clear what the issues are and what and where
is the responsibility.
Special Assistance
I turn now to the matter of special assistance.
The Executive requested $300 million. The
House provides $175 million. Already $100 mil-
lion is required for specific programs under way.
These would have to be cut nearly in half.
The $200 million requested for emergencies
would also have to be cut nearly in half — to about
$115 million. This is substantially less than the
actual emergency needs which have had to be met
during each of the last 4 years.
There is no single item more vital than this
President's emergency fund. At least that is the
judgment of the executive branch of the Govern-
ment, and that is a judgment buttressed by
experience.
Obviously, the House Appropriations Com-
mittee report takes the view, not shared by the
President, that there are less apt to be emergencies
in the future than in the past. We hope that it
is right. But we think it is reckless to iDroceed
on the assumption that what saved Iran, Viet-
Nam, Guatemala, Jordan, and the Hungarian
refugees may not be required again.
Development Loan Fund
I turn now to the development loan fund. This
was designed to make it possible for under-
developed countries, most of whom have recently
achieved new political freedom, to find the way,
in fi'eedom, to strengthen their economies so that
they would not turn to communism to find that
way. I
The plan of doing this by loans rather than
grants and seeking a long-range approach was
based solidly upon the notable study made by the
Senate Special Committee To Study the Foreign
Aid Program, on which your chairman and rank-
ing minority members served.
The President recommended that the fund be
launched with an assured capital of $2 billion,
to be provided in three annual increments. The
House bill would appropriate $300 million.
The purpose of the fund is not to piddle away
money but to engage in selected, well-conceived,
major, long-range projects which would really
help get the economy out of the rut and make it
easier to bring in private capital, "World Bank
loans, etc.
The treatment accorded by the House bill is so
severe as to jeopardize the basic concept that im-
derlies the fund. In effect, the House bill is a |
policy measure, running contrary to the almost
uniform judgments of the Executive, the Senate
Foreign Relations and the House Foreign Affairs
Committees, and also the judgments of numerous
special groups who have been studying the matter
for the Executive and for the Congress during the
past year.
Technical Assistance
I turn now to the item of technical assistance.
The Executive requested $151 million. The House
appropriated $125 million. The House action was
designed to bring the program down to the level
obligated for fiscal year 1957. However, this
ignores the fact that in 1957 two countries — Spain
and Yugoslavia — had their technical aid financed
from what was then known as defense support.
I
412
Department of State Bulletin
Also it is deemed important in 1958 to extend
teclmieal assistance to several newly independent
countries. If we cannot slightly enlarge the pro-
gram it will mean either cutting the present pro-
gi-ams elsewhere or else giving no aid to these
newly eligible countries.
Conclusion
The House action, should it stand, would in-
volve a serious crisis of confidence in the United
States and the dependability of its policies.
Throughout the postwar decade the Congress,
wliether it was Eepublican or Democratic, and on
a bipartisan basis, has, broadly speaking, followed
and implemented the mutual security policies pro-
posed by the President and approved by the For-
eign Relations and Foreign Affaii'S Committees.
If the Congress is no longer willing to follow
that kind of leadership, then the free world in
tin-n may not be prepared to follow the leadership
of the United States and the whole foundation of
our security structure is endangered. Our allies,
their forces, our bases abroad — all are required
for the security of the United States. If the
Congress is unwilling to do what is necessary to
iiaintain them, then we face a new insecurity and
I future of grave risk.
It should be clear beyond a doubt what the
House bill does, I believe unintentionally. It is
lot just saving money. It is dangerously eroding
he security policies which, for a decade, have been
sponsored by Democratic and Republican leader-
ship. We will not have dependable policies in
his respect. Our allies will know it. Our people
hould know it. The Senate faces a great respon-
'ibility to save the Nation from this peril.
iTATEMENT BY ADMIRAL RADFORD
I welcome this opportunity to again appear be-
'ore your committee in support of this year's
nutual security program. Exactly 1 month ago,
n my then official capacity as Chairman of the
Toint Chiefs of Staff, I appeared before you and
tated unequivocally that I thought this program
\ ;is both necessary and modest and that it was an
HKential part of our own national security pro-
nara. I still think so.
Reading the record of the debate on this pro-
rram which took place last week in the House of
Representatives, I am appalled at the fact that
we have not been able to put this program in its
proper perspective before the American people.
I say this because those members of Congress who
argued against the progi-am — or for a greatly re-
duced program — for the most part sincerely and
undoubtedly reflected the views of their constit-
uents. This opposition generally presented the
program as a vast boondoggle, poorly managed, a
giveaway program reminiscent of the WPA era.
When I hear statements like that made by sincere
Americans, it worries me. They are just not com-
patible with the military facts of life as they exist
today. The time is past when we could depend
on our vast industrial capacity to build a war
machine that would pull us through after an
emergency occurred. The time is past when we
would be given time to train our reserves of man-
power, equip them, and transport them overseas
to meet an enemy.
In the next war, whether it be of the global or
limited variety, we are going to depend almost
entirely on trained forces in being and already
in place in the danger spots around the world.
That is where our mutual security program comes
in. For the past 9 years we have been developing
a national defense posture which is integrated
with, and depends upon — let me repeat that — de-
pends upon — indigenous forces and bases around
the world. There are two alternatives to sucli
strategy :
First, United States forces in much larger num-
bers could take the place of these indigenous
forces. In most allied countries, they would be
welcomed as visible evidence of our determina-
tion to stand with them against the Communist
menace; but it would require a major mobiliza-
tion effort on our part, and nearly every able-
bodied young man of military age would spend
several years of his life in military service over-
seas. The cost would be staggering.
Or, second, we could adopt a "Fortress Amer-
ica" concept. In the world we live in today, such
a concept is entirely negative and would merely
mean that we postponed an ultimate and violent
showdown with international communism or, in
the long run, would capitulate.
The progi-am of national security which has
been followed for the last 9 years is a positive pro-
gi'am and has had bipartisan support. It is, in
my opinion, the only program which offers us
the hope of avoiding global war, and without such
lepfember 9, J957
413
a war, of ultimately prevailing over Communist
enemies who are still determined to destroy our
way of life if they can.
If our national security program is to be
changed, let us make the change advisedly and
not cover up the facts of life with arguments
which avoid or hide the real issues.
I am sure that the mothers, the fathers, the
wives in our country would vote for an adequate
mutual security program if they understood it.
Our mutual security program is not "foi-eign aid,"
it is not a giveaway program; it is a program
which is in the best interests of the people of the
United States and their friends and allies of the
free world who want to stay free. It does not
mean that we hire our friends to do our fighting
for us as the Communists so often charge. It
means that each country in the free world is pre-
pared to do what it can to defend itself and counts
on the great reserve of power in the United States
to come to its assistance when trouble starts.
I do not maintain that our handling of the mili-
tai-y aid program has been perfect. As I have
traveled around the world in the last 4 years, I
have found evidence of mistakes in judgment and
in administration. Whenever this happened, I
took immediate corrective action, if within my
field of authority, or dispatched recommendations
for changes to higher authority.
Let me point out that this mutual security pro-
gram in its magnitude and complexity is proba-
bly without precedence in history. Certainly it
is much more difficult to handle than the lend-
lease program of World War II. The personnel
of the Defense Department, civilian and military,
in Wasliington and abroad, are doing their best
to administer the program efficiently. We have
made great progress in the last 9 years and admit
there is still room for improvement.
What we cannot admit is that this program can
be materially reduced without endangering the
entire foundation of the collective-security policy
the United States has been following for the last
9 years. As I said earlier, if this policy is to be
changed, let us make that change the issue
straightforwardly.
I am certain there is not one citizen in the
United States who wants war. Therefore, I am
equally certain that if all our citizens understood
the mutual security program for what it is — an
important part of our national program to pre-
vent war— they would unanimously vote for it.
STATEMENT BY MR. HOLLISTER
The reduction proposed by the House will be
interpreted in one of two ways. Some will say
that this means the United States has changed its
basic foreign policy — has renounced its policy of
supporting the security of this country through
the collective action of the free world by reducing
drastically our assistance to the military forces
and the economies of the countries in the free
world. If this reduction were the beginning of
a new direction in this necessary method of pro-
tecting the security of this country, the Congress
ought to state this policy clearly and unequivo-
cally so that the executive branch and other free
countries could plan accordingly. I do not believe
that this is a proper interpretation of the House
cut.
Another interpretation which could be made,
and I think this was the intent of most of the
Members of the House, is that this reduction rep-
resents no change in jjolicy or in the general level
of the program but rather a directive to finance
the program proposed by the executive branch by
the use of the existing pipeline and by the greater
use of local currencies generated under Public
Law 480 [Agricultural Trade Development and
Assistance Act].
I wish to direct my remarks to the two assump-
tions underlying this latter interpretation implicit
in the action of the House and close with a review
of what will be the direct effect of the cut in-
volved in this action by the appropriation of $S(i9
million less than was authorized by the Congress
in the recently enacted mutual security legislation.
The Pipeline
First as to the pipeline. Admiral Radford lias
already dealt with the pipeline on military assist-
ance. As to the economic programs, including
defense support, the pipeline of undelivered goods
and services as of June 30, 1957, was $1.9 billion.
In terms of time this covers a period of approxi-
mately 13 months. I wish to emphasize that the
evaluation of the validity of the pipeline should
be in terms of time and not in the amount of
money involved, that is, in terms of time it takes
to accomplish certain material goals; e.g., delivery
of commodities, the completion of services. I^et
us take a graphic example : If we sign a contract
with the University of Michigan to carry out a
certain technical assistance program in Pakistan,
414
Department of State Bulletin
say in April of one year to cover the forthcoming
school year, it will take at least 17 months before
I lie sum set aside to pay for this contract can be
fully expended. This example is one of the more
usual transactions that are undertaken by ICA.
There are others, such as a contract for the build-
iiii;- of a fertilizer plant that would run for 2 years
or more, and there are other transactions, such as
the payment of U.S. Government technicians in
which the expenditures follow almost immediately
the obligation of the funds. Our average is 13
months. This has been relatively constant for the
past 5 years.
From my experience this is a good record for a
going program and indicates clearly that there
has not been an abuse of forward planning or the
unnecessary tying up of funds.
Those who claim that the mutual security pro-
gram can live on its pipeline this coming year
often also deny that the program is being cur-
tailed. There cannot be a more serious error than
this contention. It is patently clear that, if we
cut the amount to be made available for obliga-
tions during fiscal year 1958, it will mean, in a
real sense, that the program itself is being
curtailed.
Use of Local Currencies
Tlie second assumption which has been made
about the mutual security program is that we can
use Public Law 480 local currencies to a much
greater extent and thereby reduce the amount
of mutual security money necessary. There are
Public Law 480 currencies that are available for
activities related to the mutual security program.
However, there is a very simple fact which ex-
plains why these local currencies will not take
the place of the money we have requested. The
money we have requested is needed to buy goods
and services to introduce into the economies of
the countries involved. This must be paid with
dollars or other hard currency. We buy tanks,
guns, planes, tractors, generators, raw materials,
fertilizers, seeds, school equipment, industrial ma-
chinery; pay for surveys, hire technicians, train
foreigners in the United States; and do a host
of other things, all of which have this one thing
in common : they require dollars and cannot be
obtained with local currencies. Therefore, giv-
ing or loaning back to a country Public Law 480
local currency will not take the place of the
money which has been requested under this pro-
gram because such local currencies will not pay
for imports. I do not mean to say, however, that
Public Law 480 local currencies are not useful.
They are useful particularly in helping a comi-
try in meeting its internal fiscal burdens, and to
make progress it is necessaiy that these internal
problems be met. However, meeting these in-
ternal problems is not a sufficient condition for
progress. Progress either on the economic front
or on the military front depends in the first in-
stance upon receiving external help, that is, upon
importing into the country items which it does
not have and cannot afford to buy.
In addition to this very simple fact, there is
another important fact. Many of the sales made
under Public Law 480, which is primarily a pro-
gram for the disposal of our agricultural sur-
pluses, are to countries such as those in Latin
America and Europe in which we have no eco-
nomic programs. The local currencies received
through these sales are not available, or are avail-
able to a limited degree, in carrying out programs
in other countries. A Public Law 480 program
in Brazil, however useful to that country and
to us, will not help us to meet requirements in
Viet-Nam or Korea.
In limited instances, Public Law 480 sales trans-
actions, together with the currencies generated,
have done and can continue to do those things in
those places which would have had to be done
with mutual security funds. The effect of such
transactions, however, has already been taken
fully into account in our planning and program-
ing for fiscal year 1958.
I know of no subject which is more complex or
upon which I have spent more time in the past
year than this difficult subject of the interrelation-
ship between the mutual security program and
Public Law 480. I do not wonder that there have
been misunderstandings and that certain people
have made the superficially plausible assinnption
that reductions could be made in our figures be-
cause of Public Law 480. The plain facts are,
however, as I have demonstrated, that reductions
in the mutual security program cannot be based
upon the argument that Public Law 480 will do
the job.
Effect of Cuts on Defense Support
Turning now to the specific effects of the re-
ductions, I would like first to take up defense
support. The most direct way I can outline the
September 9, J 957
415
effects of the House cut in defense support is to
go over with you a comparison of the figures
originally programed under the executive branch
request for $900 million for tlie 15 nations receiv-
ing defense supiDort and tlie amounts that they
would receive under the House cut to $621 million.
In going over these figures we should keep in
mind two facts that are not immediately apparent
in the figure of $621 million allowed by the House :
(1) the appropriation bill requires that at least
$40 million be set aside for the Spanish program,
and (2) the authorization act requires that $175
million be devoted to the disposal of surplus agri-
cultural commodities. The Spanish requirement
means that the programs for other countries must
absorb a cut of another $10 million.
The requirement of $175 million of surplus
agricultural commodities was closely figured on
the availability of $900 million in defense support.
Under the House figure of $621 million, flexibility
in trying to meet the requirements of highest
priority in the program will be greatly reduced
since these surpluses are of limited use in some
of the countries in tlie program.
If you will look at the classified table before
you, the effects of these reductions can be seen.
I would like to discuss the effects of these reduc-
tions on each of these groups. Let me turn first
to the first group of countries. From a military
standpoint these five countries are especially im-
portant because they provide military bases and
other facilities of critical importance to U.S.
forces.
Because of the far-reaching effect on U.S. oper-
ational capabilities which defense support cuts
could have in these five base-supporting countries,
it would be necessary to keep the cuts in such
countries to a minimum — say about 20 percent —
with the exception of Spain where the House bill
requires an increase. Nonetheless, it seems al-
most certain that cuts of the level proposed for
this group of countries would cause extremely
difficult problems for the United States, and these
problems will be aggravated because it now ap-
pears, as a result of recent developments in at least
two of these countries, that the amounts of defense
support actually required in them will be much
more — perhaps twice — the amount assumed when
the congressional request was submitted.
Next let us consider the effects of the reduction
on those countries supporting large military
forces. Korea, Turkey, Taiwan, Pakistan, and
I
Viet-Nam will suffer most from these cuts becausa
75 percent of defense support goes to these stanch
allies. I can tell you that each coimtry will have to
face the disheartening alternatives of reducing the
forces which are standing guard against growing
Communist forces or of permitting the economy
of the country to be weakened. Which of these
courses of action is to be followed in any case
depends in large part upon an assessment mu-
tually worked out with the country concerned of
how such a retreat can be effected with least
damage. We know that in Korea this cut prob-
ably means that forces could be maintained only
if all progi'ess in maintaining the economy were
stopped and if we are prepared to face the risk
of increased inflation. If, however, the choice
were to continue some economic progress and to
avoid the risk of an increasingly serious inflation,
military strength would have to be reduced.
In China one choice is to eliminate assistance ,
to railroad, harbor, and other transportation fa-
cilities so essential to military strength and eco-
nomic health, assistance to power facilities needed
to avoid a continued "brown out" of electricity,
and assistance to industrial projects which con- i
stitute a hope of ultimate self-support. The otlier
choice is to reduce drastically the flow of com-
modities needed to maintain minimum living con-
ditions and to prevent a severe inflation.
In Turkey the choice is threefold: to reduce
military undertakings below those considered vital
to NATO security, to cut deeply into its develop-
ment program, or to further irritate an already ,
serious inflationary situation. I
In Pakistan the cuts required by the House '
proposal would present an extremely dismal pic-
ture. It is likely that the result would be some
combination of furtlier depressed consumption,
decreased investment, and curtailed military pre-
paredness.
Viet-Nam woidd be confronted with a de-
cision whether to abandon all effort toward eco-
nomic advancement, social progress, and price
stability so essential to the consolidation by the
Government of its recently won position or risk
all of its gains against Communist aggression liy
allowing its armed forces to be decimated.
Development Loan Fund
Next let mo discuss the reductions in the de- :
velopment loan fund. The House bill appropri- ,
ates $300 million. Tliis figure is inadequate to j
416
Department of State Bulletin
carry out tlie purposes of the fund. It would
make it impossible to carry out the forward-
lookintr policy adopted by the Congress in estab-
lishing the fund.
These important facts should be emphasized in
evaluatmg the action of the House :
1. In fiscal year 1957 approximately $400
million was used in grants and loans for develop-
ment activities comparable to those contemplated
under the fund. In addition, there were numerous
requests for help in financing soimd development
assistance in fiscal year 1957 which could not be
met because of lack of funds and, equally im-
portant, lack of authority to retain funds without
a time limit so they could be set aside to encourage
the development of such worthwhile projects. The
House action would reduce the going rate of eco-
nomic development aid by nearly 25 percent.
2. There are many somid development projects
wliich existmg public lending agencies have not
been able to finance alone and which would be
appropriate subjects for fimancing from the fimd,
esjieciallj' in conjunction with help from such
agencies.
3. One of the major purposes of the develop-
ment fund is to stimulate private investment with
all the benefits that it can bring to the less de-
veloped comitries. Considerable amounts of pri-
vate capital might be brought to bear on the
development of the underdeveloped nations of the
free world if the fund could, as intended, make
direct loans to private entities or finance private,
public, or quasi-public development banks in un-
derdeveloped countries to serve local small busi-
ness and farmers and thereby help to develop a
stable business community in the private sector of
the economies of these countries. However, this
cannot be undertaken unless there is available
some amount additional to that required to fi-
nance basic government facilities that are neces-
sary if private investment is to be encouraged.
Tlie cut of $300 million makes this impossible and
in fact makes illusory any hope of doing more
than the barest mininnum for a limited number
of countries.
4. In order to avoid abandoning half-completed
projects or abruptly withdrawing from continuing
activities, we had counted on using about $200
million of the fund for going projects not pro-
^•ided for in the newly defined defense support nor
in development assistance which no longer exists.
In addition, because of cuts in defense support
September 9, 1957
and in special aid, certain projects will have to
be eliminated from these accounts, many of which
are continuing or uncompleted projects. These
total $170 million. This, when added to the $200
million, means that, if all such requirements were
to be met by the fund, there would be nothing
left in the fund under the House cut, to do any of
the new things which the fund was designed to
do, and that, moreover, some unfinished or con-
tinuing projects might have to be abandoned.
The particular result I most fear is that we
could not, imder the limitation of the amount set
by the House appropriation, encourage the de-
velopment of sound and responsible planning on
the part of less developed countries.
The basic concept of the fund was to give some
assurance to these countries that their efforts in
developing sound business practices would be re-
warded with recognition and material help. This
we cannot do when the money is only sufficient to
meet the most urgent political necessities thus
making it difficult to insist on full adherence to
the conditions envisaged for the fund. The Secre-
tary of State has already discussed the political
effects of the failure inlierent in the House re-
duction to implement the broad policy announced
in the adoption of the fund in the authorizing
legislation.
Technical Cooperation
Now let me say a few words about teclmical
cooperation. I know of no program which has
more fully captured the imagination and the
wholehearted support of the American people
than this program and no program that has so
successfully laid the base for fundamental eco-
nomic growth in the less developed countries. As
is implied in the report of the House Appropria-
tions Committee, I do not believe that it was in-
tended to cut back this program. The probable
intent was to maintain it at the going rate. Since
obligations in fiscal year 1957 were $125 million,
it was apparently assumed that $125 million in
fiscal year 1958 would leave the rate of progi'am
activity unchanged. Actually this is not true for
the following reasons :
1. In fiscal year 1957 Spain and Yugoslavia
were financed imder defense support whereas for
fiscal year 1958 they are included in technical co-
operation ;
2. Three new programs are being initiated this
417
year including those for Ghana and Ai-gentina;
3. Two programs, barely begun last year, will
have to operate a full 12 months in fiscal year
1958 — Tunisia and Morocco; and
4. Two programs which were suspended for a
large part of this past year will have to operate a
full 12 months in fiscal year 1958 — Jordan and
Israel.
For these reasons, and because we feel that a
modest increase in this program is justified, we be-
lieve the entire amount authorized — $151.9 mil-
lion— should be appropriated.
Special Assistance
Turning finally to special assistance, I believe
that no cut proposed has potentially more disas-
trous and far-reaching effects than this one. The
reasons for this conclusion lie not only in the
severity of the cut proposed — more than 40 per-
cent from the original request of $300 million —
but also in the variety of important purposes
which the funds sought are intended to serve.
The practical and unavoidable consequences of
such a reduction in terms of United States security
are not difficult to forecast. First let us consider
the $100 million specifically programed portion.
It will be necessary to reduce this to $60 million.
Except as these nations might eventually qualify
for help from the development loan fund, this
account repiesents the sole source of economic
assistance for Israel, for Afghanistan and Nepal,
for the three nations in Latin America which are
most in need of special economic help — Bolivia,
Guatemala, and Haiti — for Tunisia and depend-
ent overseas territories in Africa which are ap-
proaching independence, and for Yugoslavia. It
is also the only source of funds to finance programs
to sti'engthen the civil police forces in a number
of countries where the capacity to maintain in-
ternal security in the face of constant, extensive
Communist subversion or actual Communist-in-
si^ired insuri'ection is directly dependent on the
rapid development of better equipped and better
trained internal security forces. It is the only
source of funds to provide the estimated $10 mil-
lion required to complete the program to aid
Hungarian refugees, and it is intended to supply
$19.4 million of the $23 million required in fiscal
year 1958 to launch the 5-year program to eradi-
cate the scourge of malaria from most of the free
world. Taken as a whole, the reduction would
compel a cut of about 40 percent in funds avail-
able for these vital programs. I cannot tell you
exactly where this cut would fall. Very difficult
choices are involved, but the changes compelled
would probably necessarily mean, at the vei-y least,
the elimination of any aid for some countries and
either the abandonment of the malaria eradica-
tion program or its conversion to a very restricted
malaria control program.
Second, let us look at the $200 million proposed
as an emergency reserve to meet contingencies.
This is comparable in amount to the approxi-
mately $200 million in unprogramed contingency
funds specifically provided by Congress for fiscal
year 1957. While this sum of $200 million was
not used in its entirety during fiscal year 1957, its
actual use was sufficiently great — in the neighbor-
hood of $150 million — to indicate that a fund of
this general level represents a minimum safe
reserve.
The House proposal, taking into consideration
the cut in programed amounts, would compel a
reduction in the amount of the reserve to $115
million. This amount is only slightly more than
is required to cover known firm requirements
which have emerged since the presentation was
developed, for example in the Middle East, leav-
ing an amount for unforeseen contingencies that
is so small as to be without precedent in the history
of this program. This, I submit is a very grave
risk to impose upon the security of this Nation.
U.S. Proposes Two- Year Ban
on Testing Nuclear Weapons
StateiThent iy Fre&ident Eisenhower
White House press release dated August 21
In our efforts with our allies to reach a sound
and early agreement with the Soviet Union on a
first-step disarmament program, I iiave author-
ized the Secretary of State to make a significant
change in our proposals in the United Nations Dis-
armament Subcommittee now meeting in London.
Pursuant to this authorization the Secretary of
State has instructed tiie chairman of our delega-
tion in London to inform the Subcommittee today
that we will be willing as part of our proposal for
a first-step disarmament agreement to include a
suspension of testing of nuclear weapons for a
418
liepattmen\ of %ia^& Bulletin
period up to 2 years under certain conditions
and safesjuards. Tliese include Soviet acceptance
of the United States position that, within that
period, there will be initiated a permanent cessa-
tion of production of fissionable materials for
weapons purposes and installation of inspection
systems to insure performance.
The delegations of Canada, France, and the
United Kingdom join us in presenting this pro-
posal which should be a major step toward reach-
ing a sound and safeguarded first-step arms con-
trol agreement.
I sincerely hope tliat the Soviet Union will now
join us and our Western colleagues in agreeing to
our disarmament proposals, including the cessa-
tion of production of fissionable materials for
weapons purposes.
Until such a first-step arms control agreement
comes into force, the United States will, of coui'se,
conduct such nuclear testing as our security
requires.
NATO's Two Interlocking Tasks
Remarks hy Secretary Dulles ^
I am particularly pleased to have the oppor-
tunity of speaking for a few minutes at the be-
ginning of this new series of programs. It is
good that young people want to know more about
our NATO allies and our common policies. I
understand that in this series young men and
women will be asking questions of some of the out-
standing personalities who have been or who are
actually now associated with NATO — people like
General [Alfred M.] Gruenther. I know that the
questions are going to be stimulating because IVe
listened in to some of these programs before and I
am sure that the answers will be most informative
as to the meaning and value of the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization.
Now there are two basic reasons for NATO.
One is the military danger from Soviet Russia.
You have a government there that is intensively
building up its military power, and tliat power
is in the hands of a despotic regime — a regime
which knows no controls either of a parliamentary
character or of a moral character. It denies the
' Made on August 2.5 on the ABC/TV program, "College
News Conference," In introducing a special series on
NATO (press release 478 dated August 24).
existence of any such thing as moral law or moral
restraints. Any power which is held to give it a
priority over every other consideration, economic
and social — that power must always be recognized
as a threat.
Then there is the second reason, and that is we
everywhere must try to develop the unity and the
dynamism of the free world. It is not enough
just to be merely militarily secure. Of course,
that is essential, but that is a negative concept.
We must be certain that freedom continues to
exert an influence in the world because it produces
so much for human good. This requires that the
free people work together in fellowsliip.
These two interlocking tasks are the tasks fac-
ing the NATO countries today.
You will recall that 10 years ago the military
threat posed by the Soviet Union was a danger.
Then there was the open armed aggi-ession in
North Korea. There was the seizure by the Com-
munists in power in Czechoslovakia. At that
juncture there was created this system of defense
represented today by NATO, the purpose being to
have sufficient strength to deter any act of armed
aggression.
Now that is in addition to the longer term aim
of NATO, which is to develop the Atlantic Com-
munity. The Atlantic Community is a commu-
nity whose roots are far deeper than those neces-
sary for the common defense. It is the source of
our Western civilization, a civilization which for
centuries has contributed greatly to human wel-
fare and human dignity.
And I think that as this series progresses you
will come to see that we are well on our way to
achieving success in both of these tasks.
In the military field the deterrent to Soviet ag-
gression is composed of two elements. They are
the forces of the NATO countries stationed in
Europe, and then there is the great retaliatory
power which is possessed by our strategic air
force. Both are essential elements of an effective
defense against aggression or I should say deter-
rent to aggression. While we have created an
effective force-in-being, we still have some serious
problems that remain : The shield of these forces
is not yet sufficiently strong, an integrated air de-
fense warning system is only today in process of
being constructed, and we face the problem of
equipping all of the NATO forces with advanced
defensive weapons.
Sepfember 9, 1957
419
This policy on which our security depends in so
large a degree will require sacrifices by all the
NATO countries. The United States for its part
has undertaken to continue to maintain in Europe
sufficient forces to contribute our fair share to the
joint defenses of the European portion of the
North Atlantic Treaty area. It will also be neces-
sary to continue United States contributions of
military equipment — new weapons to keep up
with the times, spare parts, replacements for pres-
ent weapons. All this is necessary to help the
forces of our allies to maintain their strength so
together we can force an increasingly effective sys-
tem of mutual defense.
Now I turn to the other aspect of NATO which
I call the political phase of the matter, and there,
there is a growing recognition of the fact that the
interdependence of nations today calls for an in-
creasing measure of international cooperation.
If there is to be vitality and growth in the Atlan-
tic Community, the member countries must create
as between themselves a solid basis of confidence
and imderstanding. We believe that the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization is serving to bring
this about in an important way.
The NATO countries are now consulting almost
daily on a current basis in the permanent North
Atlantic Council on many problems which are of
a direct concern to them. Take, for example, the
problem of disarmament which is being discussed
in London with the Kussians as a part of the U.N.
effort and at the same time it is being discussed
in NATO because it concerns all of the NATO
countries. These consultations and exchanges of
information are designed to achieve essential har-
mony of policies wherever feasible.
We also are in the way of developing increased
machinery to bring about the settlement of dis-
putes as between member countries.
All of this is going to contribute greatly to the
solidarity of the Atlantic Community. It will
help to demonstrate that the nations of this com-
munity are not solely concerned with matters of
military defense to create a deterrent against So-
viet aggression. We are also developing a politi-
cal climate good for all people everywhere who
want to see peace and justice and human welfare.
We recently had a special committee of tliree
ministers from NATO countries. They were
popularly known as the Three Wise Men. In
their report they said that "the people of the
member countries must know about NATO if
420
they are to support it." ^ I firmly believe this.
Unless tlie people of the NATO countries realize
what is at stake, they camiot understand the con-
tinuing need for sacrifices to maintain NATO's
effectiveness. I congratulate you, Mrs. [Ruth
Geri] Hagy, on developing a series of programs
which is going to provide the answers about
NATO, its aims, and its aspirations. These an-
swers the people must liave if they are to under-
stand in full degree this vital element of foreign
policy.
Twenty-four U.S. Newsmen
May Visit Red China
Press release 473 dated August 22
Heretofore it has been the policy of the U.S.
Government to authorize no travel by U.S. citi-
zens to the Communist-ruled mainland of China.^
Tlaat regime has not honored its undei'taking to
permit U.S. citizens jailed by them to return to
their homes. The Chinese Communist regime
has, however, continued to persist in its refusal to
comply with its undertaking or to follow the prac-
tices of civilized governments.
During this period new factors have come into
the picture, making it desirable that additional
information be made available to the American
people Inspecting current conditions within
China. The Secretary of State has accordingly
determined that it may prove consistent with the
foreign policy of the United States that there be
travel by a limited number of American news
representatives to the mainland of China in order
to permit direct reporting by them to the Ameri-
can people about conditions in tlie area vinder
Chinese Communist control. It is hoped, among
other things, that they may be able to report on
the Americans illegally held in Chinese prisons ^
" Bulletin of Jan. 7, 1957, p. 18.
^ For background, see Bulletin of Aug. 20, 1956, p.
313 ; Jan. 14, 1957, p. 54 ; and Sept. 2, 1957, p. 392.
' For a Department announcement concerning the im-
prisoned Americans, see ihid., Feb. 18, 1957, p. 261. Of
the 10 Americans held in Chinese prisons in January
19.57, 4 have been released — the Rev. Fulgence Gross and
Paul Mackinsen in March 1957 and the Rev. John Alex-
ander Houle and the Rev. Charles Joseph McCarthy in
June 19.57. The six Americans still held are as follows :
John Thomas Downey, Richard Fecteau, Robert McCann,
the Rev. Joseph Patrick McCormack, H. F. Redmonil,
and the Rev. John Paul Wagner.
Department of State Bulletin
as to whose fate there is deep concern on the part
of the American nation.
In view of this determination, the Department
of State has asked each of the newsgathering or-
ganizations, which has demonstrated sufficient in-
terest in foreign news coverage to maintain at
least one full-time American correspondent over-
seas, whether it wishes to send a full-time Ameri-
can correspondent to the China mainland to be
stationed there on a resident basis for 6 months or
longer. Twenty-four affirmative replies have
been received from the organizations identified on
the attached list.
The Department of State is of the view that
tliis number comes within the intent of the Secre-
tary's determination and it is therefore prepared,
on an experimental basis, to issue t-o one such cor-
respondent representing each of the listed news-
gathering organizations a passport not restricted
as regards travel to and on the mainland of China.
The Department of State is asking the Treasury
Department to issue licenses under the Trading
with the Enemy Act limited to authorizing such
transactions as may be necessary to allow these
correspondents to carry out their functions.
The present validation of passports will be for a
period of 7 months after the date hereof.
Those traveling to mainland China do so know-
ing that they face abnormal personal risks due to
the failure of the Chinese Communist regime to
treat American citizens in accordance with the
accepted code of civilized nations.
It is to be understood that the United States
will not accord reciprocal visas to Chinese bearing
passports issued by the Chinese Commimist
regime.
It is emphasized that this experiment is founded
upon the desire to have the American people better
informed through their own representatives about
actual conditions in the areas under Chinese Com-
mimist control. It does not change the basic
policy of the United States toward communism in
Chma which was recently restated by the Secre-
tary of State in his address of June 28, 1957, at
San Francisco. ^ Generally speaking, it is still not
consistent with United States policy, or lawful,
that there be travel by Americans to areas of
China now under Communist control.
A list of the 24 organizations mentioned above
follows :
American Broadcasting Company
Associated Press
Baltimore Sun
Ctiicago Daily News
Chicago Tribune
Christian Science Monitor
Columbia Broadcasting System
Copley News Service
Pairchild Publications, Inc.
International News Service
McGraw-Hill World News
Minneapolis Star & Tribune
Mutual Broadcasting System
National Broadcasting Company
NEA Service, Inc.
Newsweek
New York Herald Tribune
New York Times
Reader's Digest
Saturday Evening Post
Scripps-Howard Newspapers
Time, Inc.
United Press
U.S. News and World Report
Mr. Herter and Ambassador Richards
Leave for MaBaya
Following is the text of a statement -made hy
Under Secretary Herter at Washington National
Airport on August 23 on his departure for
Malaya}
Press release 476 dated August 23
Today Ambassador Richards and I leave as the
personal representatives of President Eisenhower
at the independence celebrations in Malaya. The
assumption of sovereignty by a newly independent
nation is a historic event. It is an honor to repre-
sent the President at this important occasion.
We are also taking advantage of our trip to
visit as many capitals in the. Far East as time
allows. At these places we shall meet leaders
and officials, many of whom we have not met be-
fore, and shall have an opportunity to hear from
them their views of current situations.
I am looking forward to a stimulating and
pleasant trip.
' Ibid., July 15, 1957, p. 91.
September 9, 7957
' For the itinerary and names of other members of the
party, see Bulletin of Aug. 26, 1957, p. 343.
421
The South Pacific Commission: The First Ten Years
hy Felix M. Keesing
On February 6, 1957, the South Pacific Com-
mission, a six-nation body of which the United
States Government is a member, rounded out the
first decade of its histoi-y. Tlie Commission is one
of two such regional instrumentalities, the other
being the Caribbean Commission. On Februai-y
6, 1947, representatives of the participating Gov-
eiTunents, Australia, France, the Netherlands,
New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the
United States, concluded the South Seas Con-
ference, which drew up the agreement that
brought the Commission into existence.
The purpose of the South Pacific Commission
is to advise the Governments on problems of com-
mon concern relating to the economic and social
welfare and advancement of the peoples of the de-
pendent teiTitories imder their administration in
the area of the South Pacific. Political and stra-
tegic relations are specifically excluded from the
terms of reference of the Commission.
In 1944, Australia and New Zealand, as part of
the terms of the so-called Canberra Agreement,
proposed that Pacific territorial interests be co-
ordinated in this way. Australia in due course
issued a formal invitation for representatives of
the six Governments administering territories in
the area to confer at Canberra to consider such a
plan. From the 1947 South Seas Conference
came the draft of an agreement, together with
supplemental directives as to the types of problems
which might be of common concern.
Three organizations were outlined in this agree-
• Dr. Keesing., author of the above article.
is U.S. Senior Commissioner on the South
Pacific Com/mission.
ment, the South Pacific Commission itself and two
bodies advisory to it, a South Pacific Research
Council and a South Pacific Conference of
Territorial Representatives. This organizational
structure followed rather directly the already con-
stituted four-nation Caribbean Commission, with
its Research Council and West Indian Conference.
The two bodies had no organic relation to the
United Nations or the specialized agencies (the
United Nations Charter specifically encourages
the formation of sucli independent regional
organizations), but the agreement provided for
the development of collaboration with appropriate
U.N. bodies.
The atmosphere in which the South Seas Con-
ference worked was particulaily congenial for
such collaboration. The 18 or so territorial units
in the South Pacific area, witli their diversified
peoples — some barely emerging from stone-age
conditions — tended to be isolated and underde-
veloped. The metropolitan governments, though
strongly concerned with welfare, had had very
little consultation among themselves on the many
problems which obviously were of common in-
terest : diseases or pests, for example, have no re-
gard for political boundaries, and tropical crop
improvement or fisheries development call for the
same basic "know how." In the wake of the war,
too, most territories faced difficult problems of
immediate rehabilitation as well as of long-term
development. To that date, no specialist from any
League of Nations or United Nations agency had
ever paid a formal visit to the whole area.
By May 1948, all six Governments had given
formal or informal assurances that the agreement
was acceptable to them; the first Conimissionei-s
had been appointed and were sitting around a
table at Sydney, Australia, for their initial ses-
422
Department of S/ofe Bulletin
sion. A temporary secretariat organization had
been provided by the Australian and New Zeahxnd
Governments, and the Commissioners brought
briefs of sorts with them, along with copies of the
agreement. Here began the business, always some-
thing of a miracle, of translating a piece of paper
into an administrative organization, a staff, a phys-
ical headquarters establishment, and a work pro-
gram. All these are actively functioning today.
The Commission
The agreement provides for two Commis-
sioners to be appointed by each participating
government, or 12 in all. In each case, a Senior
Commissioner casts one of the six votes by which
decisions are taken, and for all but a few matters
a majority vote prevails. A Commissioner has
a kind of dual capacity. In certain respects, as
in interpreting the agreement, he is the voice of
his Government and is flanked by advisers from
his metropolitan country. But in implementing
the tasks and responsibilities set out in the agree-
ment, notably in developing the work program,
he acts as a member of an international body —
with as much or as little advice as his Government
may deem appropriate. The U.S. Commissioners
are appointed by the President and work in close
contact witli the Office of Dependent Area Af-
fairs of the Department of State. In early years
the Commission held two sessions annually, but
recently it has been able to cover its annual
business usually in one session of about 16 work-
ing days.
Geographically, the work of the Commission
covers an enormous region, though this is mainly
water. The territories in terms of land area
range in size from the Australian and Nether-
lands zones of New Guinea, each considerably
larger than Japan, to such tiny units as our own
American Samoa, about 75 square miles in area.
They encompass all zones which anthropologists
know as Polynesia, Melanesia, and Micronesia, ex-
cept the marginal zones of Hawaii and New Zea-
land (the Maori) and the small British-protected
Kingdom of Tonga. While Tonga is technically
outside the Commission area because of its in-
dependent status, its Government nevertheless has
cooperated actively in the Commission's program.
As of 1948, the sole United States territory in-
cluded was American Samoa ; but after the Micro-
nesian Islands taken over from Japan became the
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, they, to-
gether witli the Territory of Guam, were included,
to make three participating U.S. territories. The
combined resident population of the territories
within the Commission's scope is over three
million.
During the first 2 years, the main energies of
the Commission were expended on creating the
necessary organization. As a headquarters it se-
lected a site in French New Caledonia, near the
capital city of Noumea. Here, on a beautiful
tropical bay, the former United States military
headquarters building, familiar to the armed
forces as the "Pentagon," was reconstructed into
a simple but dignified headquartere building.
With cooperation of the French authorities, hous-
ing units have been constructed, mostly on the
hills overlooking Noumea. By and large, mem-
bers of the headquarters staff of some 70 employ-
ees have fitted well into the New Caledonia com-
munity. The most serious problem is that of air
transport; as planes have become larger, the Pa-
cific Island landing points, including New Cale-
donia, have been increasingly overflown.
The first Secretary General of the South Pacific
Commission was an Australian, William D. For-
syth, later permanent chief of the Australian
United Nations delegation. The second was Sir
Brian Freeston, a retired Governor of the United
Kingdom colony of Fiji. The third and present
Secretary General is an American, Dr. Ralph
Clairon Bedell, now in his third year and on leave
from the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfai'e.
In such a relatively remote zone, an unusual de-
gree of responsibility falls upon this permanent
senior officer. His relationships carry variously
to the participating Goverimients, the Commis-
sioners, the Commission establishment, and the
territories with their local administrations and
diversified populations. The Secretary General,
while heading the administrative staff, is close to
tJie pulse of the work program, for his next four
senior officers are the technical research officers in
charge of the various types of project activities.
The Secretary General, a Deputy Secretary Gen-
eral, and these four officers jnake up a kind of
general staff, acting within the policy directives
of the Commission.
For all the necessary initial emphasis on or-
ganization and staff recruitment, a series of long-
Sepfember 9, 1957
423
and short-teraa projects for the "work program"
were soon under way. The agi-eement set the
Commission three main goals: to assist in pro-
moting health, economic development, and social
development by making recommendations to the
participating governments on such mattei's; to
conduct research regionally on such problems;
and to disseminate technical advice and informa-
tion. A considerable list of possible fields for
work was spelled out in the agreement and its
supporting documents so that from the beginning
Commissioners have had to decide the desirable
priorities as well as the feasibility of project ac-
tivities. In all such considerations, they can draw
for teclmical advice on the South Pacific Ee-
search Council.
The Research Council
The Eesearch Council, as defined by the agree-
ment, is a body of outstanding scientific special-
ists, some permanent members (the research of-
ficers mentionetl above) and some associate mem-
bers, who are available for meetings and interim
consultations. The Commission has been re-
markably successful in recruiting, and generally
holding, highly competent senior research of-
ficers: for example. Dr. Eric Ojala, a New Zea-
land agricultural economist, who was Deputy
Chairman of the Eesearch Council from 1951 to
1955 and is now with the U.N. Food and Agri-
culture Organization ; and H. E. Maude, an adnim-
istrator and anthropologist of the United Kmg-
dom Colonial Service, who was Executive Officer
for Social Development from 1949 until his re-
tirement in 1955.
As regards the part-time associate members,
practice has deviated more from the letter of the
agreement. The participating governments have
in most cases nominated, and the Commission has
appointed, specialists who are technical officere
of the territories rather than widely known scien-
tists from within their metropolitan areas. The
United States, more tlian any other government,
has included appointees of the latter type from
time to time, among them Dean Knowles A.
Eyerson, outstanding agricultural economist of
the University of California, who is now a Com-
missioner, and Harold J. Coolidge, Executive Di-
rector of the Pacific Science Board, National Ee-
search Council. There are compensating
strengths, however, in having territorial staff
specialists well represented on the Eesearch
Council, since they are closely familiar with ter-
ritorial needs and possibilities and their participa-
tion in the Commission's work makes them im-
portant mediators between the Commission and
the territories.
The Eesearch Council, meeting usually once a
year at the headquarters, has consisted of the
four permanent members and 18 associate mem-
bers. Of the latter, three come from each coun-
try (though they are not, as such, govenimental
spokesmen), with one of the three a specialist in
health, one in economic development, and one in
social development. Much of the Coraicil's work
is done in tliree committees, each consisting of the
group of specialists who can speak for the field
concerned. Proposals for work projects may
originate either with this body, with the South
Pacific Conference, or with the Commission, but
normally they would not be made an official part
of the Commission's program until they have
been "vetted" by tlie Eesearch Council as to scien-
tific integi-ity, plan of action, staff needs, and
budget. It will be noted that tlie permanent
members of the Council, like the Commissioners,
"wear two hats," serving not only in this ad-
visory capacity but also as executive officers for
the planning and technical administration of the
project work in their fields.
The Conference
The tliird body within tlie Commission frame
is the Soutli Pacific Conference. A proposal put
before tlie South Seas Conference in 1947, with
U.S. support, to establish a body corresponding
to the West Indian Conference of the Caribbean
Commission was met with doubts on the part of
some spokesmen. The Pacific Island peoples, it
was feared, were still too "backward," their po-
tential representatives for the most part too un- I
educated and unfamiliar with paliamentary tech- I
niques for such an organization to work. A ma-
jority opinion prevailed, and the South Pacific
Conference gained paper existence.
The Commission planned the firet meeting with
great care, and some covert anxieties. A series
of geographic units were fixed, either whole terri-
tories or ethnically distinct sets of islands within
territories. For each, governments were invited
to submit names of two official delegates (or one
for a very small unit), to attend the Conference _
424
Department of State Bulletin
at Commission expense; they could also bring al-
ternates and advisers at their own expense. A
series of rather concrete agenda topics were se-
lected, and data papers were allotted for prepara-
tion in different territories, as far as possible
by local persons ratlier than by officials. The
Government of Fiji, in acting as host for the meet-
ing, made available the Nasinu Teachei-s Training
College as headquartere.
The First South Pacific Conference assembled
in April 1950 and met for nearly 2 weeks. Dele-
gates from some of the politically more advanced
territories had been named by local legislatures;
several, like the two Princes of Tonga and Sa-
moan "royal" chiefs, were hereditary leaders;
others had been selected by the governments for
want of local selective mechanisms of territory wide
character, being perhaps teachers or trained medi-
cal practitioners. The occasion was indeed his-
toric and colorful; for the first time, jjerhaps, a
Papuan was talking to a Solomon Islander, a
New Caledonian to a representative of the Indian
population of Fiji, a New Hebridean to a Cook
Island woman leader. The level of discussion was
surprising, even though translation problems were
complex and topics very general. Some 40 in-
telligent advisory resolutions were prepared for
the Commission, which met immediately after the
Conference closed.
The Second South Pacific Conference followed
in 1953. The intervening period had given time
for the Commission and Research Council to take
the first set of resolutions as fully as possible into
account in the work program. Progi'ess was re-
ported back carefully to the delegates and terri-
tories. Detailed plans were al.so made for gene-
rally similar representation at this next Confer-
ence; rules of procedure for tlie Conference were
reviewed, especially to encourage greater partici-
pation in committees and on the floor; some
tougher agenda items were selected. This Second
Conference, held at the Noumea headquarters,
showed a marked improvement in the level of de-
bate, and again an important series of advisory
resolutions were available to the Commission. A
new cycle of implementation and of preparation
for the next meeting ensued. In April 1956 the
Third South Pacific Conference was held, once
more in Fiji. Governmental and other observers
were surprised anew at the upward jump in the
level of organizational comprehension, of debate,
and of general sophistication of the men and
women delegates, even from the less developed
territories.
The Commission's work activities are now firmly
meshed with tlie "advice" that has been forth-
coming from the successive Conferences. This is,
of course, in part a result of the careful prepara-
tion of agenda topics by the Commission in con-
sultation with the Governments, and through them
with the territorial autliorities and leaders. It
also reflects helpful steering during Conferences,
especially by technical officers of the Commission
staff, who are available as committee advisers.
Even so, the record of floor debates and the word-
ing and voting on resolutions sliow strong marks
of the thinking of the delegates themselves. A
notable resolution in the Third Conference, fol-
lowing a vigorous discussion and pro and con
voting, stated that in principle limitation of the
sale of liquor was a desirable policy but that it
sliould apply to Europeans as well as to indige-
nous persons.
Direct Contacts With Resident Populations
The contacts with leaders of the resident popu-
lations which these Conferences provide have be-
come a potent factor in advancing understanding
of the Commission's mandate. Without these and
other lines of relationship under the work pro-
gram, it would be easy enough for the local per-
son to look upon the Commission merely as an
instrumentality imposed upon him from above,
remote from his life, even at points manipulating
his destiny in arbitrary fashion. This raises,
however, a delicate question for the Commissioners
and for the authorities in the metropolitan coun-
tries. The Commission was established to ad-
dress the participating governments. Its formal
channels lead into the metropolitan capitals. To
what extent, then, is it authorized to communicate
directly with the local territorial authorities?
Still more of a question, how far may it go (apart
from the Conferences) in addressing, or listening
to, the resident populations except through the
often devious channels of governmental communi-
cations?
Fortunately, to date, all the parties concerned
in this network of relationships have been extraor-
dinarily relaxed rather than rigid in inter-
preting its intricacies. For one thing, Commis-
sion staff' members and technical specialists do a
September 9, 1957
437023—57 3
425
great deal of traveling within the area. Their
mandate has been to talk to the territorial staffs
and, where appropriate, to the people on health
matters, on agriculture, on fisheries, or on literacy.
For another, the publication program of the Com-
mission, wliich has been particularly vigorous in
recent years, includes increasing amounts of ma-
terial which (after official review in the case of
fonnal documents) may reach even to the local
community level. The Commission has also been
at pains to see that, while making materials of
many kinds available, it does not infringe upon the
"executive" authority of the governments and ter-
ritories. Incidentally, the Commission has been
at times criticized in the area for not taking ini-
tiative in matters that are clearly beyond its
powers.
The Commission publishes a Quarterly Bul-
letin^ which lias a well-established following in
the area. Its articles emphasize teclmical "know
how" in medical, economic, and other fields, and,
although the text level is pitched to the govern-
mental official, planter, and other educated audi-
ences, it is well illustrated and does get into the
hands of literate indigenous persons. A series of
printed Technical Papers covering a wide range
of subjects now numbers about 100. Several
book-length studies have been issued through the
Oxford University Press at Melbourne. Numer-
ous additional reports have been issued for cir-
culation to the participating governments or to
particular territories. The activities of the Com-
mission itself are reported in printed Proceedings
and an Amuial Report. Proceedings and prog-
ress reports of the South Pacific Conferences are
also issued, and proceeduigs of some of the im-
portant Eesearch Council meetings are available
in print.
One of the first projects of the work program
was to establisli a South Pacific Literature Bureau,
based on models of successful African institutions
of this kind. A territory is rarely able by itself
to set up machinery for, and finance, the publi-
cation of school texts, well-illustrated health-edu-
cation leaflets, and other printed materials for
children and adults. The Literature Bureau, lo-
cated at Sydney, Australia, accepts such materials,
sees them through publication, finances them
through a special revolving fund provided by the
Commission, and makes them available at cost
not only to the territory concerned but also to
other interested territories. The Bureau also is-
sues amiotated quarterly lists of "Pacific reading"
suitable for use in schools and for adult educa-
tion. Its director, Bruce Roberts, who has had
extensive previous experience in Africa, has as-
sisted many of the territories in setting up local
library facilities, including mobile libraries for
village use. Wliat was formerly almost a reading
vacuum for the Pacific Islander who became liter-
ate is now being filled in with well-written and
well-illusti'ated material.
The Conmiission has two official languages,
English and French. All documentation is pre-
pared in the two languages, though nearly always
separately as the number of French readers is
smaller and the French edition calls for less copies.
At meetings of the Commission bodies, the proceed-
ings are conducted by and large in English, with
an experienced translator at the ear of each
French representative to clear up points of pos-
sible obscurity. For the South Pacific Confer-
ences, other languages sometimes have to be medi-
ated through English or French, though most
leaders are bilingual and some speak one or other
of these languages fluently, even eloquently.
How does the Commission itself operate? For-
tunately there bas been great continuity of person-
nel. Five of the original 12 Commissioners, in-
cluding 4 of the Senior Conunissioners, are still
members. Seeing the operation wliole, knowing
one another intimately, and being fully sensitive
to the different governmental policy positions, the
Commissioners have been able to minimize formal
dii^lomatic procedures and ceremonious niceties
while hewing to the agenda problems on hand.
It has been said, not wholly in jest, that the Com-
missioners could write one another's briefs on
many of the questions which come up for decision.
A Commission session is opened in formal cere-
mony of about an hour, the Commissioners sitting
around a big squai'e made with tables in the
"Pentagon" rotunda. The chairmanship is ro-
tated alphabetically year by year among the coun-
tries represented. In an informal planning meet-
ing agreement has already been reached as to
which agenda topics will go directly to plenary
session for immediate vote and which will be al-
lotted to the Committee of the "Whole or to smaller
working committees. The Commissioners then
disappear into committee sessions for perhaps a
week of intensive practical discussions, out of
426
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
which come a first set of draft resolutions. A
plenary session will then ensue at which formal
votes are cast, after which the Commissioners will
closet themselves for further committee work.
Meetings, especially toward the end of a session,
may run from 8 : 30 a. m. until well into the night,
with breaks for the inevitable British "tea" and a
few ceremonious affairs involving Commissioners,
staff, and the local French authorities and com-
munity. In the closing few hours, the Commis-
sion may need to shift rapidly several times in and
out of plenary session and committees to finalize
the budget and other matters. The whole affair
would be exceedingly unspectacular to a visitor
from outside, but it gets the work done and the
views of govermnents and Commissioners, often
divergent at the beginning of the session, are
brought to consensus.
The Budget
The Commission budget sounds like a very un-
usual one to American ears. At the South Seas
Conference it was agreed that Australia, with the
largest stake in terms of territorial bulk, would
assume 30 percent of the annual budget; other
governments were established variously at 15 or
1214 percent. The United States, with only the
small territory of American Samoa concerned at
that time, was put on the I214 percent rung, and
this has been mainained even though two addi-
tional U.S. territories have been added. The Con-
gress, in its authorizing legislation, has a ceiling
of $75,000 as the present maximum contribution
which the United States may make to the Com-
mission in any one year.
The making up of the annual budget of the
Commission is understandably a formidable task.
Indeed, because of the disparity between work-
program needs and official budget ceilmgs, it is
something of a nightmare for the Commissioners
in these days of rapidly mounting salaries and
costs. Budget drafts presented by the Research
Council and Secretariat usually run some 25 per-
cent higher than the maximum figure which gov-
ernments have been able to accept to date. In the
last 3 years, the budget represented by new annual
contributions from the governments has run at
about 199,000 pounds sterling, or about $550,000.
The frankness with which the Commissioners
face this problem is evident from the fact that
virtually the first action the Chairman takes on
arrival for a session is to ascertain informally
from each delegation its authorized "ceiling" for
new contributions. A figure for which four votes
are available, or can be reasonably assured before
the final plenaiy session, is then made the realistic
basis for budgetary decisions. The U.S. ceiling
as defined by Congress has inevitably been a fac-
tor in leveling off the budget. But other govern-
ments, too, have the inclination to hold the line
at the present figure — or at least to hold the or-
ganization and work program at approximately
the present well-established and proved level of
activity.
In practice, the work program is not wholly
dependent on the contributions of the govern-
ments. The Commission has been authorized to
approach private foundations for the financing
of appropriate projects. Already several grants
have been given by U.S. foundations to enlarge
the scope of project work. Part or all of a re-
search bill may also be footed by some cooperatmg
institution, as where a government scientific agen-
cy or university m one of the metropolitan comi-
tries makes available a specialist provided, say, the
Commission meets his travel expenses within the
area. In the United States, close collaboration has
been worked out with the Pacific Science Board of
the National Research Comicil on "atoll" studies,
insect control, and nutrition research; the Board
feeds research results, for example, into the Com-
mission distribution hopper, while the Conunission
has made small gi-ants for Board-sponsored re-
search and publication activities. The territories
themselves have loaned specialists and facilities,
and paid some of the bill, on Commission projects
which are important to them. Perhaps most
notably the Connnission has been establishing
working relationships with the other international
agencies which share similar interests.
The agreement specifies that the Commission
shall "cooperate as fully as possible" with the
United Nations and with appropriate specialized
agencies on matters of mutual concern; and that
the participating governments shall "undertake to
consult" with these other bodies on the types of
relationship which may insure "effective coopera-
tion." From its first session, the Commission has
been concerned with getting these links worked
out to maximum advantage. A number of resolu-
tions scattered through its proceedings show step-
by-step progress in Commission and governmental
September 9, J 957
427
implementation. The position of such a regional
Commission is obviously complicated by the fact
that the govermnents concerned are also mem-
bers of the U.N. bodies, contribute to them, and
have their own policies toward them.
To date, the Commission has been authorized
to enter into working relations with those spe-
cialized agencies dealing with health, economic,
and social matters. The present 2:)rocedure calls
for a specific communication of approval by all
six governments before the Commission can au-
thorize the Secretary General to enter into any
collaborative arrangement with a specialized
agency. Fortunately, such approval has already
been forthcoming on a niunber of vital projects.
The Commission Epidemiological Service works
directly with the larger WHO ei^idemiological
agencies. A number of FAO specialists have vis-
ited and worked with Connnission research offi-
cers, and a beginning has been made of coopera-
tive budgeting by the Commission and FAO on
projects of common concern. In November 1956,
an FAO specialist and the Commission Fisheries
Officer conducted jointly a potentially important
fislieries training program at the Noumea head-
quarters. This was attended by qualified indige-
nous persons, including six trainees from U.S.
territories, as a basis for improving, or in some
territories initiating, official fisheries programs.
Several projects have involved collaboration with
UNESCO, notably in the literacy and literature
field. Observers from such agencies have been
present at meetings of the Eesearch Council and
South Pacific Conference. Negotiations have
been under way for some time at governmental
levels with a view to simplifying, perhaps
tlirough some "tnnbrella" agreement, the proce-
dures for implementing these highly desirable
arrangements.
The Work Program
Tlie work program of the South Pacific Com-
mission has two major phases: the supply of
technical information, mainly through the I'esi-
dent research stafi", in response to inquiries from
ten-itories and institutions ; and, more important,
the initiation by the Commission itself of high-
priority projects in applied research and dissem-
ination of information on problems of common
concern to a significant number of the territories.
For the latter, various technical means are used :
hiring a full-time specialist on a long-term staff
appointment; setting up a research team to oper-
ate perhaps over a period of several years ; bring-
ing in a specialist to make a survey; assembling
a technical conference ; setting up a committee of
specialists from the various countries who may
meet or else correspond by mail; conducting a
"pilot" project in an appropriate locale to test
out an ameliorative program ; organizing a train-
ing program, like the program on fisheries; ar-
ranging for a specialist to travel and give demon-
stration work in interested territories; arranging
for the excliange of experience among territorial
officers; or subsidizing some hitherto localized
operation such as a nutrition laboratory, a plant
introduction garden, or a livestock station, so that
its work may serve the region as a whole. A
limited budget can go a long way when all such
bits and pieces are skillfully put together.
The work program falls into three main sec-
tions. The Health Program consists of projects
for which leadership is supplied by doctore and
medical researchers. The Economic Develop-
ment Program is directed by specialists in applied
economics. The Social Developnient Program,
with less teclinical focus, has ranged across such
fields as vocational training, literacy and litera-
ture, audiovisual aids, housing, community devel-
opment, population dynamics, applied anthropol-
ogy, preservation of monuments and manuscripts,
and a mmiber of other services. In general, the
Research Council members responsible for the
Social Development Program liave been educators
and anthropologists — the latter familiar with the
all important contexts of local custom whicli have
to be taken into account in technical project work.
In actual practice the allotment of many topics
has been an arbitrary matter, as their scope may
overlap two or even tliree fields. Nutrition, com-
munity development, or population dynamics, for
example, must engage health, economic, and so-
cial specialists. Cooperatives, introduction of
new crops, or industrial development call for
study of social and economic behavior. The con-
cern is with applied rather tlian pure research.
The annual work program in recent years lias
consisted of some 40 formal work projects. Fol-
lowing are some of the major projects based on
tlie decisions of the Commission's 16th session,
held in October 1956 :
Health Program. A nutrition team of five spe-
428
Department of Slate Bulletin
cialists — a physician nutritionist, a food technolo-
gist, a dietitian nutritionist (salary paid by
FAO), and two biochemists (one supported by
the "Williams-Watennan Foundation of New
York)— is rounding out several years of work.
Two staff specialists in mosquito-borne diseases
are following up, among other leads, the recom-
mendations of a Commission-sponsored filariasis
conference held in Tahiti in 1952 ; an approach to
WHO has also been authorized for the services
of a further specialist in filarial diseases. A
health education seminar of territorial representa-
tives is now being held. The Epidemiological
Information Service and the dissemination of in-
formation on various other tropical diseases,
wliich have in the past been focal points for Com-
mission research (e. g., malaria, tuberculosis, oph-
thalniological diseases), will continue. A request
made at the Third South Pacific Conference that
tlie Commission give advice on Hansen's disease
has been set in motion. A Quarantine Commit-
tee is keeping its finger on how South Pacific area
procedures can fit into the developing interna-
tional regulatory picture.
Economic DeveJopment Program. In economic
development, staff officers dealing with fisheries,
pests and diseases, and cooperatives are continu-
ing their programs, while reports of former
coconut and subsistence economics officers are in
circulation. A Soils and Land Use Committee
and a Plant and Animal Quarantine Committee are
available for consultation. A Commission Plant
Introduction Garden is maintained in Fiji in co-
operation witli tlie Govermnent of that territory,
and its materials are being increasingly sought by
territories; its operations have been the subject of
a recent total review by a specialist group meeting
in Australia. The Commission is cooperating
with Australian authorities with a view to the
possible establislmient, with help from an Ameri-
can foundation, of a major livestock research
institute in Australian New Guinea. An Ameri-
can expert on bamboo, Dr. F. A. McClure, will
survey tliis resource, with the Maria Moors Cabot
Foundation giving him basic sujDport and the
Commission paying his travel expenses within the
area. Continuing Commission studies of poten-
tial industrialization were endorsed by the Third
Soutli Pacific Conference, and a resolution by
that Conference asking the Commission to study
measures for improvement of interisland ship-
ping and transportation is being worked on by
the resident reseax-ch staff. Mechanization and
other technical needs relating to tropical crop im-
provement are under study. The recent report of
an FAO expert on rice growing in appropriate
zones is available.
Social Development Program. Highlighting
the Social Development Program is the increas-
ing publication output of the South Pacific Lit-
erature Bureau, notably booklet texts written for
different grade levels. A Commission audiovis-
ual-aids officer, also located in Sydney, Australia,
has cooperated with the Bureau staff in getting
out well-illustrated pamphlets and posters, so far
mainly relating to hygiene and nutrition. These
have text material in indigenous languages where
requested by the territories concerned; or they
may have blanks so that the accompanying verbal
materials in English or French can be so trans-
lated. The audiovisual project staff has also been
preparing experimental film strips, in cooperation
with Commission staff" specialists, covering such
topics as control of the destructive rhinoceros
beetle and the use of soap. This work unit is
building up a loan library of films suitable for use
in the territories and a repository of island songs
and other material suitable for goverimiental ra-
dio broadcasting. (Radio has become a highly
important medium of commmiication and educa-
tion in many of the South Pacific territories.)
Reports of a literacy officer who has recently
finished several yeai's of service are in circulation.
Clearinghouse services are being continued in the
fields of vocational education and housing, which
were subjects for major surveys in earlier years.
Reports are becoming available from subsidized
scholarly studies of population dynamics by a
Netherlands research team in New Guinea (a dis-
trict suffering from depopulation) and by an
Australian scholar who has worked in several
territories. A higlily significant series of pilot
studies are now available on community develop-
ment activities which the Commission has spon-
sored or subsidized. Notable are a project in
Moturiki, a small island in Fiji, the Nimboran
experiment in a New Guinea community near Hol-
landia, and the building in the Palau Islands of a
community center at Koror, the devastated for-
mer capital of what is now the U.S. Trust
Territory.
In the early years of this work program it was
Sepfember 9, J 957
429
essential that the Commission conduct a series of
surveys of outstanding but little understood prob-
lems. This was, in a way, the easiest part of the
Commission's project activity. Wliere necessai-y,
an expert or a team could be brought in to carry
on the research as a basis for later application.
Out of this research grew the Commission's ex-
tensive technical information services, used chiefly
by the territorial administrations, especially their
specialist officers. More recently, the work pro-
gram has had to take increasingly into account the
problems of communicating effectively, by way of
appropriate chamiels, with the resident popula-
tions, particularly the indigenous leaders and the
massive potential audiences at the community
level. Here lies the biggest challenge of all for
such a body.
It is appropriate that this last April a Review
Conference was held at Canberra by the partici-
pating governments to assess these first 10 years
and to plan the Commission's future. A review of
its usefulness, as well as of basic policy directives,
budgetary problems, the role of the South Pacific
Conference and the South Pacific Research Coun-
cil, and relations with national and international
bodies was made.
These Pacific Islands remain a zone of minor
political weight. They do have, liowever, special
types of human and technical problems peculiar
to this oceanic region. It is well that the South
Pacific Commission should continue its important,
though sometimes unspectacular, work and that it
should be able to count on understanding and sup-
port by the governments concerned.
Inscription of Oman Question on
Security Council Agenda
Statement hy Henry Cabot Lodge
U.S. Representative to the United Nations '
For those who have even a faint memory for re-
cent history, there was something monstrously
quaint about the Soviet representative's attack on
Mr. Dulles as well as his words about foreign ag-
gression. I think I remain within the spirit of
the President's admonition when I reply to Mr.
Sobolev by saying that a representative of a gov-
1
I- 1
ernment which promoted aggression by the crea^
tion in World War II of the Molotov-Ribbentrop
pact, the representative of a government which
committed the rape of Hungary — two events
which bracket a long list of other brutalities — is
in no position to speak sanctimoniously of foreign
aggression, least of all to criticize the United
States Secretary of State. I
A former Communist leader recently said of the
Communist revolution: "No other revolution
promised so much and accomplished so little."
That is from Mr. Djilas' book which came out re-
cently.
This suggests that the Soviet representative to-
day missed a very good chance to keep quiet.
Mr. President, the various statements that have
been made urging the adoption of the proposed
agenda item have been heard by us with close at-
tention. Equally close attention has been given to
the statements of various members who feel that
the proposed item should not be considered by
the Council.
These statements and the other information
available to us are not sufficient to justify the
United States in committing itself for or against
inscription at this time. The United States, ac-
cordingly, will abstain in the vote on the inscrip-
tion of the item on the Council's agenda.
The facts with respect to developments in the
area are complex and not entirely clear, and the
applicable law, as well as the identity of the real
parties in interest, is not free from doubt. Let
me, however, make it entii'ely clear that the
United States does not accept as valid the inter-
pretation of tlie situation set forth in the letter '
which is the subject of the proposed agenda item
and which is framed in such terms as to constitute
a prejudgment of the merits.
Now that the military conflict has subsided, the
United States strongly hopes that advantage will
be taken by all concerned of the relative calm that
prevails in the area to settle by peaceful means
any legitimate grievances that may be involved.
We hope that existing difficulties can be settled
by negotiations among those interested. The
United States also urges all governments to re-
frain from taking any actions which might hinder
the maintenance of tranquillity and oi'der in this
part of the world.
' Made in the Security Council on August 20 (U.S./U.N.
press release 2706).
'U.N. doc. S/3865 and S/3865/Add.l.
430
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
St. Stephen's Day in Hungary— 1957
Press release 469 dated August IB
August 20 is a traditional national and religious
holiday in Hungary. It is commemorated by
Hungarians everywhere as the anniversary of the
birth of St. Stephen, the first Christian king of
Hungary. The present observance of St.
Stephen's Day by the Hungarian people takes
place, as on many previous occasions in the long
history of the Hungarian nation, under conditions
of travail and suffering.
During the months since the national uprising
of last fall, the Hungarian people have been sub-
jected to a systematic campaign of terror by a
regime which was forcibly imposed upon them
and which is ruthlessly obstructing their just
aspiration for national independence and sup-
pressing the rightful exercise of their liberties.
Political arrests in recent weeks, which are ad-
mitted to be on a large scale even by the regime,
are estimated in the thousands. Prisons and in-
ternment camps throughout the country are over-
flowing. The hated political police, which has
resumed full-scale activity, is endeavoring by all
of the cruel methods at its disposal to reconstitute
its network of spies and informers.
The present campaign of I'epressiou is dii-ected
against all segments of the Hungarian population.
The regime has sought to concentrate public at-
tention on the arrest of a number of allegedly
Fascist groups and individuals in the apparent
hope of supporting its contention that the Hun-
garian uprising was instigated by undemocratic
elements — a contention authoritatively refuted by
the report of the United Nations Special Com-
mittee on the Problem of Hungary.^ In fact,
however, those arrested and persecuted in Hun-
gary include persons from every walk of life:
professional people, clergymen, intellectuals, stu-
dents, members of workers councils, and peasants
— m short, anyone suspected of having supported
the revolution or considered by the regime as a
' For an excerpt from the report, see Buixetln of
July 8, 1957, p. 63.
potential source of opposition. Many persons are
being imprisoned without trial, and when trials
are held they are travesties of justice. Sentences
have been arbitrary and severe and have resulted
in death for many Hungarian patriots.
Notwithstanding their continued suffering, we
believe that the people of Hungary will recall in
their observance of this national holiday the spirit
of the enlightened king and Christian saint who
promoted justice in government, intellectual free-
dom, education, and spiritual faith. The spirit of
St. Stephen is a lasting element in the heritage of
the Hungarian people and has sustained them for
almost a thousand years. It will continue to in-
spire them to unity and to unfaltering devotion
to freedom and independence.
Mrs. Luce To Attend Opening of
Berlin Congress Hail
The Department of State announced on August
23 (press release 475) that Mrs. Clare Boothe
Luce, former ambassador to Italy, would repre-
sent the Secretary of State at the official opening
of the Berlin Congress Hall on September 19.
Tlie building, which is a U.S. exhibit in the Berlin
International Building Exposition, is intended as
"an expression in stone and mortar of the right of
free speech" and will be given to the city of
Berlin in the spring of 1958. It has been built
by the Benjamin Franklin Foundation with con-
tributions from the Governments of the United
States, the German Federal Republic, and the city
of Berlin. West Berlin, until the construction of
the Berlin Congress Hall, has lacked a satisfactory
modern building for cultural and political meet-
ings and conventions.
The principal speakers at the opening-day cere-
mony will be, in addition to Mrs. Luce, the U.S.
Ambassador to Gennany, David K. E. Bruce; the
Berlin Governing Mayor, Otto Suhr; Ralph
Walker, chairman of the Benjamin Franklin
Foundation ; and a representative of the German
Federal Republic.
September 9, 1957
431
Some Problems of Decisionmaking in Foreign Affairs
hy William C. Hamilton
f
The business of our foreign relations has be-
come so complex, with the shrinking of the globe
and the relatively increasing power of the United
States among the nations of the world, that it
would be futile to attempt to paint a complete word
picture of the policymaking process in this limited
space. To tell the full story we would have to
take account of the whole sweep of our national
life, for almost every national act now has some
relationship to foreign affairs.
The Supreme Court decision on school segrega-
tion, for example, has obvious significance for
opinions about the United States in many nations,
even though this fact can hardly have weighed
heavily in the jurists' consideration of the con-
stitutional arguments. The level of the support
price for rice has a good deal to do with the avail-
ability of U.S. rice for export, which in turn has
something to do with the pattern of our relations
with such countries as Burma and Thailand, whose
economies are dangerously dependent on income
from sale of this single crop. But neither the
Congress in adopting the basic program nor the
Department of Agriculture in its administrative
decisions can be expected to have considered this
aspect of the problem a major determinant of our
"national interest" with respect to fann surpluses.
Even decisions in which the central considera-
tions are the influence of the United States and
our relations with othei" nations are no longer con-
• Mr. Hamilton has been an intelligence
research specialist in the Office of Intelli-
gence Research and has recently heen as-
signed to the Embassy at Rangoon. His ar-
ticle is based on an address made before the
Society for Applied Anthropology at East
Lansing., Mich.., on May 31, 1957.
fined to the Department of State. Many actions
of the Defense Department, the Commerce De-
partment, and executive agencies such as the U.S.
Information Agency are primarily foreign-policy
decisions. The need for proper coordination of
all these activities was in large measure responsi-
ble for the creation of the National Security Coun-
cil, the single most important advisory body to
the President.
The decisionmaking process, as it goes on within
the Department of State, requires three kinds of
analysis : description, prediction, and prescription.
Descriptive Analysis
Responsible officials must know, in the first in-
stance, what conditions exist in other parts of the
world that bear directly on American interests and
when events occur that are likely to alter the pat-
tern of our relations with individual countries.
Providing this information involves many ele-
ments of the farflung apparatus of the Depart-
ment of StatC' — reporting staffs in our overseas
missions, the policy officers in the geogi-aphic
bureaus and on the individual country desks, and
the research staff' of the Office of Intelligence Re-
search.
OIR is organized into geographic and func-
tional divisions parallel to the Dei^artment struc-
ture on the policymaking side and is chiefly a
service organization of the Department. At the
same time, it is an integral part of the govern-
mentwide "intelligence community" that includes
the Central Intelligence Agency and the intelli-
gence arms of the military services. By the
terms of the National Security Act of 1947 CIA
coordinates the activities of these several intelli-
gence agencies. The underlying philosophy of
the 1047 act dictates a clear line of division be-
tween intelligence and policy, lest our picture of
432
Deparimeni of Stafe Bulletin
the world as it is be distorted by the image of
the way we would like it to be.
OIR provides descriptive material in a variety of
forms, ranging from answers to specific informa-
tion questions to baclvground studies of particular
problems, to encj'clopedic country handbooks ana-
Ij-zing political, economic, and sociological infor-
mation from as broad a range of sources as the
ingenuity of the analysts permits.
It is my impression tliat the flaws in our de-
scriptive analyses derive more from inadequate
information than from methodological deficien-
cies in the several social science disciplines on
which we depend. We know what questions to
ask to describe the nature of the governmental
process, the state of the economy, or the military
capabilities of a nation or a group of states. We
may not know how public opinion is formed in
a particular society, and in some instances we
may lack the information necessary to construct
a valid sample for measuring it, but over time it
is possible to become fairly certain wliether popu-
lar attitudes are important as a determinant of
governmental action in a particular country.
Prediction
Prediction, like description, involves several
parts of the Department, including the policy bu-
reaus, OIR, and the Policy Planning Staff, which
was created in 1947 to fonnulate long-term pro-
grams to achieve U.S. objectives, to anticipate
problems that may arise to afflict the Department,
and to evaluate current policy.
Within OIK, predictive responsibilities require
participation with other intelligence agencies in
the preparation of national intelligence esti-
mates. These studies are available to Depart-
mental policy officers and to tlie National Secu-
rity Comicil as a basis for outlining courses of ac-
tion to achieve our national objectives. They
range from estimates of likely developments or
trends within a country or a region over a con-
siderable period of years to appraisals of the
probable outcome of a particular crisis situation
covering perhaps only weeks or a few months.
Occasionally there is a request for an estimate
which weighs the likely consequences of various
hypothetical United States courses of action in a
specific situation. Such instances demonstrate
the benefits of the separation of intelligence and
policy: the intelligence specialists express no
value preferences among suggested alternatives,
and the policy officer may discover the findings of
a bureaucratically separate and presumably dis-
interested appraisal an important reinforcement
for a preferred course of action.
It is unfortunate that predictive studies, despite
their great importance, are generally far less pre-
cise and less confident than descriptive analyses.
Although it is possible to argue that our imper-
fect ability to predict future developments reflects
inadequate descriptive methods, my own belief is
that we still need to develop a distinctive method-
ology for prediction and that its absence, together
with limitations of knowledge, retards the effec-
tiveness of projective or predictive studies. We
lack reliable tools for estimating the rate of fu-
ture social change and, therefore, of some aspects
of economic change. It is frequently impossible
to go beyond a statement of the most probable
course of events and to list, as qualifiers, the
plausible alternatives in the order of their prob-
ability, on the basis of contingent developments
that might distort the pattern. It would require
impossibly long and complex studies to explore
each of these suggested alternatives in detail, ex-
amining in turn the further contingencies that
might alter them.
In appraising the probable course of develop-
ments in one particular country, there is an ever-
present temptation to seek refuge in the false sim-
plification of an assumption that the policies of
other nations will remain constant. Furthermore,
such essentially unpredictable elements as the mis-
calculations of other statesmen or the vagaries of
chance are likely to have a profound effect on the
actual course of events. It would have been pos-
sible, for example, to prepare an estimate of the
consequences of President Magsaysay's death on
the pattern of Philippine politics, but no general
projection of likely trends in that country pre-
pared before the fact would have been likely to
give significant weight to the possibility of an ac-
cident like the one that removed him fi'om the
scene.
Prescription and the Problems of Policymakers
The third kind of analysis — prescription — is
the sole prerogative of policymaking elements in
the Department and of interdepartmental groups
September 9, 1957
433
such as the National Security Council. By the
terms of their charter in the 1947 legislation the
intelligence agencies are barred from recommend-
ing courses of action on the basis of their analyses
of conditions and trends.
It is likely that the actual policy decisions —
the prescriptions for solution of our national
problems — are least subject to systematic analysis.
They are also the least subject to evaluation. It
would be a novelty for an international problem
to recur with all essential ingredients unchanged,
and one must therefore judge the success of a
particular policy without being able to appraise
the likelihood that an alternative policy would
have proved better. In diplomacy, as in football,
the Monday-morning quarterbacks have a field
day.
Let me mention a few of the most important
kinds of problems that confront policymakers.
The most substantial probably stem from the
complexity of modern international life.
Complexity of Modern Life
A recent Walt Disney television program de-
voted to an explanation of atomic energy demon-
strated the principle of the chain reaction. The
camera panned the floor of a room liberally
strewn with mousetraps, each baited with two
ping-pong balls. By tossing one additional ball
into the room — thus introducing a new element —
two of the balls in the mass were liberated, each
in turn setting off two more, and so on, until
within a few seconds the room was full of flying
ping-pong balls. I found this a most apt illustra-
tion of the fission process, and with only a slight
stretch of the analogy it has an application to
foreign affairs. A sudden event, such as Egyp-
tian nationalization of the Suez Canal, is likely
to set in motion virtually all the national iniits
that make up our political universe.
In the Suez crisis, the basic U.S. decision to
seek remedies through the U.N. meant inevitably
that our own calculations had to take into account
the attitude, the strength of feeling, and the likely
actions of almost every nation on earth. Some
could be expected to react primarily in terms of
the strategic significance of the Mediterranean
waterway to their own national security; some
would predictably be motivated chiefly by con-
cern for the impact of closure of the canal on their
foreign commerce; others would respond on the
basis of empathic relationships with one or
another of the principal protagonists. But in
most cases national reactions would be a com-
posite of varying group responses or of multiple
and frequently conflicting motivations. To sug-
gest but one example, what would be the expected
reaction of Burma, torn between a tendency to
identify its interests with the Asian-Arab gi-oup-
ing in the U.N. and strong ties with Israel on the
part of the politically dominant Socialist Party?
In terms of the ping-pong ball analogy, the
problem confronting foreign-policy planners is
slightly more complex than that facing the atomic
physicist once his experiment in fission is under
way. The certainty of the chain reaction is estab-
lished ; but to be completely successful the policy
planner needs to know which ball will strike
which other ones and in what sequence. And this
estimate must be made despite three complicating
factors :
(1) The balls are unevenly spaced, to begin
with, because of differences in strategic proximity
or .separation in the world of nation states;
(2) The balls are unequally weighted, because
of power differentials among the nations; and
(3) The balls are irregularly shaped and fol-
low erratic trajectories because of the vagaries of
human behavior and the chance miscalculations
of the statesmen guiding their destinies.
The organizational consequence of this com-
plexity is the imperative of coordination among
the geographic and functional divisions of the
Department of State, producing the ceaseless
round of informal meetings and the welter of de-
partmental and interdepartmental committees
that seem so mystifying and so cumbersome to the
outsider.
Weighing Short-Term and Long-Term Objectives
A second kind of problem — one which is com-
pounded by this pattern of bewildering complex-
ity— stems from the importance of incisive and
rapid responses to immediate problems and, at the
same time, the desirability of maintaining perspec-
tive, of weighing short-term actions against
long-term objectives. In such situations the Pol-
icy Planning Staff is of vital assistance, although
its involvement in crisis decisions may mean some
diversion from its primary mission of planning
programs that satisfy long-term objectives.
434
Department of Stale Bulletin
Even though policymakers operate within the
framework of established guidance laid down by
the National Security Council, it is frequently
possible to debate sincerely what specific action
in a particular situation best conforms to the di-
rectives. The long-term objective of strengthen-
ing the Chinese National Government and of de-
nying recognition to a Communist regime which
has failed to demonstrate its willingness to act
in accordance with established rules of interna-
tional behavior provides no sure guidance on
what attitude to take toward an obvious black-
mail attempt involving the Americans still im-
prisoned by the Peiping regime. The crisis in
Indochina in the spring of 1954 required rapidly
made decisions as to whether military interven-
tion, at the time of the French entrapment at
Dien Bien Pliu, would support or conflict with
our national objectives, not only in Viet-Nam it-
self but throughout Asia and in the broad pattern
of the West's relations with the Communist bloc.
Balancing Capabilities and Goals
A third category of problem arises from the
necessity of balancing capabilities against the-
oretically desirable goals. And there is fre-
quently a large gap between these two considera-
tions. On the one hand, our foreign-policymak-
ers must be assured of domestic support. It is
one of the gi-eat strengths of the democratic sys-
tem that a basic decision, once taken, carries with
it the support of the people and that other na-
tions, in assessing their response to American ac-
tions, must take account of this fact. Neverthe-
less, any Secretary of State must at times find
that his freedom of action, particularly to make
dramatic and sudden shifts of position, is circum-
scribed by the necessity of providing proper ex-
planations to the American people and the Con-
gress and allowing time for public opinion to de-
velop a discernible pattern.
At least equally important is the task of esti-
mating our ability to influence the behavior of
other nations in a desired direction. To commit
the nation to a course of action which observably
fails to induce the expected response abroad is to
jeopardize the reputation and the power position
of the United States not only in the target area
but throughout the world. Before a demarche is
made, a conference called, or a fleet dispatched as
a show of force, vital calculations must be made
of the likelihood that the action will produce the
desired result and of the probable reverberations
if it should not.
Problems of Staffing
The staffing of the Department of State and the
Foreign Service presents other problems. On the
one hand, there are obvious benefits in developing,
through continuity in service, a corps of officers
with expert knowledge of particular geographic
areas. On the other hand, there is the not incon-
siderable danger that specialists assigned for ex-
tended periods to a particular country will tend
to identify themselves with that nation's prob-
lems and interests and become, to a degree, advo-
cates rather than observers. This difficulty arises
from the fact that one responsibility of an am-
bassador is to convey to Washington the views of
the government to which he is accredited. To
insure the success of his mission in improving re-
lations between the two countries, he may tend to
argue causes of special concern to that govern-
ment more vehemently than a balanced appraisal
of our national interest would justify.
Traditionally, the Foreign Service has been
manned by people who were specialists in the
techniques — the "how to" — of diplomacy, with
the exception of those who devoted a career to the
China service or, more recently, to such countries
as Japan and the Soviet Union. This pattern
has been considerably altered since 1954 by in-
tensified recruiting and by the integration into
the Foreign Service of many civil-service person-
nel of the State Department. These actions have
had the effect of bringing to the Foreign Service
a larger number of individuals interested in a ca-
reer devoted to a single geographic area, a greater
number with experience in a specific functional
specialty or a particular area, and a higher per-
centage of officers with advanced academic train-
ing or professional experience in one or another
of the social-science disciplines.
This expansion gives promise of increasing the
effectiveness of the service in performing its
present wide range of duties. At the same time,
retention of the principle that an officer is
prepared to serve anywhere in any capacity will
provide the broad experience necessary for ad-
vancement to leadership positions while prevent-
ing the overconcentration which might result in
distorted analysis.
September 9, J 957
435
Contribution of Behavioral Sciences
Perhaps it would be appropx-iate to consider
briefly the relationship of nongovernmental re-
search to the problems of policymaking. Tliere is
undoubtedly a serious and continiiing problem of
commmiication between the "academic world" and
what some may refer to as the "bureaucratic
milieu." It is quite likely that this very analysis
demonstrates tliat chasm and the extent to which
we in government are unfamiliar with research
activities germane to tlie problems we face every
day.
Policymakers are characteristically and perhaps
understandably impatient for answers to ques-
tions or quick insights into specific problems.
Tliey are busy people, increasingly so as they ad-
vance in responsibility. They are more apt to be
annoyed than reassured by an elaborate methodo-
logical introduction to a research work which
seeks to validate the analytic method used. And
many of them, regardless of the level of respon-
sibility, quickly become accustomed to the pe-
culiar jargon of bureaucratic expression and so
unaccustomed to the equally individualistic aca-
demic language that a genuine barrier to rapid
comprehension arises. Hence a communications
failure and a predisposition not to expect to find
answers to operational questions in basic academic
research.
As a general nde, tlie best channel of communi-
cation between these two cooperating but all-too-
often disconnected universes probably lies in the
"intelligence community." Although this repre-
sents an indirect approach to the centers where
decisions are made, it is here that one finds ana-
lysts who are specifically concerned with applying
research techniques as well as findings to current
situations and problems. Members of the ex-
ternal research staff in the Office of Intelligence
Research are responsible for alerting Depart-
mental officers to research being done outside the
Government that bears on foreign policy and,
correspondingly, for determining when Depart-
mental research needs can appropriately be filled
by contracts or other arrangements with non-
governmental research organizations.
Studies in the behavioral sciences have fre-
quently had great utility in the past, particularly
in crisis situations. Studies of escape and evasion
techniques and liandbooks on "how to get along"
in little-known societies, hastily prepared during
World War II, were outstanding examples. And
there is a great market for studies of liuman be-
havior relating to problems of prediction and to
an assessment of national capabilities for influenc-
ing developments abroad. The Department of
State, along with other Government agencies, is
perennially concerned with assessing the actual
and potential effectiveness of foreign-aid pro-
grams, for example. Such estimates are obvi-
ously incomplete if they are limited to an ap-
praisal of the impact on economic structure,
without regard for the effects of accelerated tech-
nological cliange on social patterns, value symbols,
and the expectations of botli leaders and the
general public in recipient nations.
In the terms of my earlier analogy, the contribu-
tion of the behavioral sciences to the policymaking
process in foreign affairs will come in defining the
shape of those elliptical ping-pong balls and per-
haps, in some cases, in suggesting techniques by
which tlie surfaces can be rounded out a little.
Views of Department of State
on Amending the Antidumping Act
Statement by John A. Birch ^
The Department of State recommends the en-
actment of the amendments to the Antidumping
Act of 1921, as amended, which have been pro-
posed by the Treasury Department and are in-
corporated in H.R. 6006 and 6007, identical bills.
It is considered that the enactment of the pro-
posed legislation would, in fact, provide greater
certainty, speed, and efficiency in the enforce-
ment of tlie Antidumping Act and, thus, that in
proposing these amendments the Treasury De-
jjartment has I'esponded to the provisions of sec-
tion 5 of the Customs Simplification Act of 1956
regarding recommendations by the Treasury for
amendment of the act.
It is firmly believed that the expansion of our
international trade contributes in a major manner
to our own domestic jDrosperity, economic
strength, and security as well as to the prosperity,
social stability, and security of other free coun-
tries in the world. The Department of State con-
' Made on July 29 before the House Ways and Means
Committee. Mr. Birch is Assistant Chief, Trade Agree-
ments and Treaties Division, Office of International
Trade.
436
Department of State Bulletin
sequently considers that, in general, restrictions
on our foreign trade are contrary to the national
welfare. On the other hand, we do not believe
that sales of foreign merchandise at dumping
prices which injure an American industry should
be permitted. Injurious dumping is not a sound
international trade practice, and imports which
undermine the American economy should not be
permitted. It thus follows that it is necessary for
the United States to have legislation which can be
enforced efficiently to prevent injurious sales at
dmnping prices; but antidumping legislation
should be strictly limited to accomplish this pur-
pose and not expanded to curtail normal imports
in a disguised manner. We are not sure that the
Antidumping Act does not contain features whicli
are unnecessarily restrictive.
It is our view, however, that the amendments
proposed by the Treasury Department would
make the administration of the Antidumping Act
in preventing harmful dumping more effective
without restricting tiie legitimate trade which is
vital for the welfare and security of the country.
The Department of State agrees with the Treas-
ury Department that it is necessary for the Anti-
dumping Act to be so amended as to put an end
to the anomalous situation now existing, whereby
a finding of injurious dumping can be made but
no special dumping duties can be assessed. The
Treasury Department's recommendation that
amendments should be adopted conforming the
value definitions iii the Antidumping Act to those
of the Customs Simplification Act of 1956, in
order to improve the administration of the law,
also appears advisable.
It is our opinion that the Treasury Department
was well advised to confine its recommendations
for amendments to these two objectives. The ad-
ministration of the Antidumping Act is con-
sidered to have been reasonably satisfactory, and
there is good reason to believe that amendments
which would end the anomalous situation previ-
ously mentioned and conform the wording of the
law to that of the Customs Simplification Act of
1956 would result in distinct improvements. It is
possible that further experience with the adminis-
tration of the Antidumpmg Act will make ap-
parent that other changes in the law are desirable.
The Department of State concludes that prompt
consideration and adoption of the amendments to
the Antidumping Act recommended by the
Treasury Department, embodied in the identical
bills, H.E. 6006 and H.K. 6007, would provide
for greater certainty, speed, and efficiency in the
enforcement of the Antidumping Act of 1921, as
amended.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 1st Session
Okinawa Lands. Hearings before a subcommittee of the
House Committee on Armed Services lield at Naha,
Oliinawa, Kyukyu Islands, October 24 and 25. 1955.
49 pp.
85th Congress, 1st Session
Implementing a Treaty With the Republic of Panama.
Part 1. Hearing before the House Post Office and Civil
Service Committee on H. R. 6708, a bill to implement
a treaty and agreement with the Republic of Panama
by amending the Classification Act of 1949, as amended.
June 22 and July 9, 1957. 110 pp.
Report of the National Advisory Council on International
Monetary and Financial Problems. Letter from the
Chairman of the Council transmitting a report of the
activities of the Council for the period July 1 to De-
cember 31, 1956, pursuant to section 4 (b) (5) of the
Bretton Woods Agreements Act. H. Doc. 200, June 26,
1957. 75 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Hearings before
a subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Foreign
Relations pursuant to S. Res. 93, S. Res. 185, and S.
Res. 286, 84th Cong., and S. Res. 61 and S. Res. 151,
85th Cong. Part 14, Index. 15 pp.
Participation Act for the International Atomic Energy
Agency. Hearing before the Subcommittee on Agree-
ments for Cooperation of the Joint Committee on
Atomic Energy on S. 2341, Participation Act for the
International Atomic Energy Agency. July 2, 1957.
59 pp.
Appointments to the Foreign Service. Hearing before the
Senate Committee on Foreign Relations on the appoint-
ment as Foreign Service officers of class 8, vice consuls
of career, and secretaries in the Diplomatic Service of
the United States of America of Messrs. Adams, Bittner,
Chandler, Collins, Kurlander, and Thoreson as repre-
sentative of 62 routine appointments to the Foreign
Service. July 18, 1957. 23 pp.
Full Committee Hearings of House Committee on Armed
Services on H. R. 8704. a bill to prohibit the delivery
of members of the Armed Services of the United States
to the jurisdiction of any foreign nation. July 24—
Aug. 1. 1957. 176 pp.
Double Taxation Conventions. Hearings before the Sen-
ate Committee on Foreign Relations on income tax con-
vention with Austria, supplementary income tax con-
vention with Canada, supplementary income tax
protocol with Japan, and income tax convention with
Pakistan. July 30, 1957. 23 pp.
Authorizing the President To Invite the States of the
Union and Foreign Countries To Participate in the
St. Lawrence Seaway Celebration To Be Held in Chi-
cago, 111., from January 1, 1959, to December 31, 1959.
Report to accompany H. J. Res. 408. H. Rept. 937,
July 30, 1957. 2 pp.
September 9, 1957
437
Review of Economic and Social Programs and Activities of tlie United
Nations and Specialized Agencies
Statement by Walter M. Kotschnig
Deputy U.S. Representative on the U.N. Economic and Social Cowncil ^
One of the most remarkable developments in
the life of the United Nations and its family of
organizations has been the increase in economic
and social programs and activities. In round
figures, the United Nations in 1946 had a total
budget of $27,450,000, of which $2,800,000, or ap-
proximately 10 percent, was spent on economic
and social activities. By 1957 the regular budget
of the United Nations had grown to $49,200,000.
Of this, more than $14,000,000, or 28 percent, was
allotted to economic and social work and related
activities.
Even more striking figures for the 10-year period
emerge if there are included in the computation
the assessed budgets of the specialized agencies
and the voluntary funds contributed to the two
permanent operational programs of the United
Nations, i.e., UNICEF [United Nations Chil-
dren's Fund] and the Expanded Program of
Technical Assistance. On this basis we find that
total funds made available for all purposes
amounted in 1947 to $48,420,000, of which $23,-
760,000, or a little less than half, served to finance
economic, social, and related activities. By 1957
the combined budgets had grown to $143,700,000,
of which $108,470,000 was earmarked for economic
and social work. In other words, the funds set
aside for economic, social, and related purposes
increased by almost five times between 1947 and
1957 and reached close to 75 percent of the com-
bined budgets.
I am not citing this long string of figures to
induce a state of somnolence in this august gather-
ing. These are indeed striking figures, revealing
'Made at the 24th session of ECOSOC at Geneva on
July 10 (U. S. delegation press release).
figures. They indicate the importance which eco-
nomic and social preoccupations of programs and
activities in these fields have assumed within the
pattern of United Nations organizations. They
reflect the persistent drive of the members of the
United Nations and the specialized agencies for
economic and social action as a means to improve
their own lot and to establish and strengthen
the foundations of a constructive peace.
They also highlight the importance of the Eco-
nomic and Social Council and of the debate in
which we are presently engaged. Under the
charter it is primarily this Council which is
charged with the difficult and onerous task of co-
ordinating the manifold activities carried on by a
plethora of international bodies and organizations.
This is one of the major functions of the Council,
and it is an indispensable function. Assisted by
the Secretary-Genei'al, we are expected to have the
detailed knowledge, the overall perspectives, the
comprehensive view necessary to guide all activi-
ties to achieve maximum impact and results.
This task is all the more essential and inescap-
able for two reasons. First, the economic and
social activities developing in an interdependent
world are interrelated. Thus, any specific pro-
gram gains its full meaning only as understood
in the context of the overall economic and social
situation prevailing in the individual member
states and in the world at large. Second, the num-
erous programs and activities are being carried
forward by a large number of organizations, many
of which are autonomous in character and at times
somewhat isolationist in tendency. This last
point not only underlines the need for coordina-
tion but also points up its difficulties. Since the
433
Department of State Bulletin
powers of the Economic and Social Council are
essentially i-ecommendatory, it can hope to succeed
onl}' if its pei-spectives and judgment are sound,
its methods appropriate, and its conclusions con-
vincing.
"Exercise Streamlining"
But enough by way of introduction. We liave
behind us 2 weeks of long and arduous meetings
of the Coordination Committee. There emerged
from the deliberations of that Committee an en-
couraging picture of progress. Exercise stream-
lining, as the Secretary-General called it, has
achieved some of its objectives, and we are grateful
to the Secretary-General for the leadership which
he has taken in that exercise. The situation is
most encouraging at headquarters where, in the
economic, social, and human rights fields, avail-
able resources are progressively concentrated on
problems of major importance. Considerable
headway has also been made, in differing degrees,
by the regional commissions, with ECAFE [Eco-
nomic Commission for Asia and the Far East]
leading the field. Results achieved support the
statement of the Secretary-General to which we
listened earlier this afternoon that the streamlin-
ing of various programs need not imply a reduc-
tion or even stabilization of the total progi-am of
international action. Resources are being econo-
mized in one direction to use them to better
advantage in another.
There is of course room for further improve-
ment which is certain to be achieved if this ex-
ercise is carried forward on a continuing basis.
For instance, it would appear that there are still
altogether too many meetings of all kinds of sub-
committees and ad hoe bodies. I am the first to
recognize that, at times, sucli bodies have proved
extremely useful, and we would not want to do
without them. However, we have to guard against
indiscriminate proliferation, for the point of
diminishing returns is quickly reached when gov-
ernments find it impossible to be adequately rep-
resented at all these meetings and when secre-
tariats become overburdened with preparations
for them. This danger appears to be more acute
in the area of the regional commissions than else-
where, and we therefore welcome the suggestion
of the Coordination Committee that these com-
missions should keep their calendar of meetings
under constant review. 'V\liat is more, we very
much hope that the Secretary-General will pro-
vide the Council at next year's summer session
with a report on the results of this review.
My delegation also shares the apprehension of
a good many other delegations that the secre-
tariat is asked to prepare too many reports in too
short a time. Fewer and more widely spaced
reports allowing the secretariat adequate time for
their preparation are bound to give us and the
general public more useful and thoroughgoing
publications which are bound to be reflected in
more carefully thought-out work programs.
There are also some gray areas which emerged
in the course of the discussions of the Coordina-
tion Committee. I refer specifically to the lack
of clarity in the relations between the various
technical assistance programs and the work of the
regional commissions. In principle, my delega-
tion is not opposed to the detailment of technical
assistance personnel to the regional commissions.
As a matter of fact, we can see some advantage
in such detailment since technical assistance op-
erations, as undertaken under the expanded pro-
gram, can obviously benefit from economic advice
based on the accumulated economic experience of
the regional commissions and their secretariats
and for other reasons stated by the United States
representative in his intervention on the reports
of the regional commissions this morning.
We continue to believe, however, that it can
only lead to confusion and detract from the basic
responsibilities of the regional commissions if the
regional secretariats themselves make it a major
business to advise individual governments on spe-
cific requests for technical assistance or them-
selves undertake technical assistance activities,
thus duplicating the work of the resident repre-
sentatives and other international personnel op-
erating under the expanded program. As long as
this question is not clarified, we fully support the
Secretary-General's proposal that the assignment
of tecluiical assistance personnel to the head-
quarters of the regional commissions should not
be finalized but might be given another trial year.
By the same token we go along with the detail-
ment of social personnel to the headquarters of
the regional commissions and to the Middle East,
but it is essential that the lines of authority and
policy guidance should remain crystal clear.
This social personnel should receive its instruc-
tions exclusively from headquarters in New York
September 9, J 957
439
and be under the policy guidance of the Social or
Population Commissions and not of the regional
commissions which must remain essentially eco-
nomic commissions if they are to discharge their
heavy burdens effectively. At present these social
affairs officers are grouped in a so-called social
division both in ECLA [Economic Commission
for Latin America] and in ECAFE. It would
be more appropriate to call them a "social affairs
staff" attached to the headquarters of the regional
commissions. This is more than a picayune ob-
servation. It will help to avoid such misleading
statements as appeared, for instance, in the ECLA
report for this year which pronounces that a so-
cial welfare seminar is among the activities of
ECLA. There should be the closest possible co-
ordination, and even fusion, between economic
and social activities, but fusion should not be
tantamount to confusion of objectives and func-
tions.
Finally, my delegation holds that it may be de-
sirable for a functional or regional commission to
engage in a highly technological study or organize
technological seminars provided such undertak-
ings are essential to the implementation of broad
economic or social development progi-ams. We
feel equally certain, however, that an overempha-
sis on highly specialized technological progTams,
which frequently are of value to only a very
limited number of countries, does not represent
the best use of the limited resources of these
commissions.
Progress in the Specialized Agencies
While the Coordination Committee has not yet
discussed tlie reports of the specialized agencies,
it is evident from these reports that there is a
marked trend toward concentration also in the
evolution of their programs. Pertinent examples
are the launching of three major projects ap-
proved by the last General Conference of
UNESCO [United Nations Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization] in New Delhi
in November 1956 in the field of primary educa-
tion, cultural exchanges between Asia and the
West, and the enlarged program of study and
research relating to the development of arid zones.
Similarly, we welcome the indications given in
the ILO [International Labor Organization] re-
port that that organization is moving toward
gi-eater emphasis on certain fields such as automa-
tion, labor management relations, workers' edu-
cation, and human rights, particularly forced
labor and the elimination of discrimination in em-
ployment and occupations. The present empha-
sis in FAO [Food and Agriculture Organization]
is on activities leading toward "selective expan-
sion" of agricultural production, "increased con-
sumption," and raising of agricultural produc-
tivity. We are all aware of the remarkable
achievements of the WHO [World Health Or-
ganization] in the fight against malaria, which is
one of its major fields of concentration.
Tliis trend toward concentration has been
underway for some time, but we dare to believe
that it may have been accentuated as a result of
the Council's resolution 630 of the 22d session
which asked tlie specialized agencies to explore
further possibilities of effective concentration of
their resources. Several of these areas of concen-
tration are of interest to more than one of the
specialized agencies and to the United Nations
itself such as, for instance, UNESCO's arid zone
pi'oject, the ILO program on workers' education,
and its activities in the field of human rights.
This makes it all the more important that there
be prior consultation on the part of the interested
bodies before specific programs are undertaken.
One of the ACC [Administrative Committee on
Coordination] reports before this Council at this
session and the reports of the specialized agencies
themselves indicate that this practice of advance
consultation is being progressively adopted by the
specialized agencies. My Government greatly
welcomes this development.
From Coordination to Concerted Action
In the light of all this, Mr. President, it is safe
to say tliat common efforts toward concentration
and improved coordination processes have been
effective, at least up to a point. Few, however,
would be so optimistic as to say that these efforts
have proved fully adequate. There is much talk
about "concerted action" or "integrated pro-
grams," but there is little reality to these concepts
at the ijresent time. At last years summer session
the Secretary-General provided an admirable defi-
nition of what is meant by concerted action. He
stated : "Truly concerted action implies coordina-
tion in the fullest and deepest sense— a continuous
search for balanced and integrated action and a
recognition of the necessity for accompanying
440
Department of State Bulletin
action in one field with supporting and compli-
mentary action in other fields."
In a few cases, such as in the area of community
development and certain joint projects of
UXICEF and the WHO, there is justification for
speaking of concerted action. In many other areas
it is evident that consultation on the secretariat
level has not proved sufficient to bring about co-
ordination ''in the fullest and deepest sense" be-
tween the independent action of the various
governing or executive bodies of the specialized
agencies and the United Nations as they elaborate
and carry out their programs. It is clear that
more than consultations on the secretariat level
is needed to bring about concerted action in time
and in space.
In this connection, I want to draw the attention
of the Council to a very helpful analysis of this
subject contained in a pajjer prepared by
UNESCO. It was originally distributed to the
ACC and later to the Executive Board of
UNESCO and was made available also recently
to the Council. It is entitled Problems Regarding
Coordination Between the United Nations and the
Specialized Agencies With a View to Concerted
Action in the Economic and Social Fields and in
the Field of Human Rights. The Secretary-Gen-
eral referred, I believe, to the same paper when
in his intervention he spoke of a discussion which
took place at the October 1956 meeting of the ACC
on the conditions of effective concerted action
among the United Nations and the specialized
agencies.
In essence, the paper proposes that on major or
broad programs of interest to several specialized
agencies as well as the United Nations there
should be consultation between the governing
organs of these organizations as well as with the
Economic and Social Council to permit common
planning. Parallel action on the part of these
bodies would have to be sought to assure synchro-
nization of the implementation of the mutually
agreed upon programs, which in turn would re-
quire the timely provision of adequate funds for
such programs to be made by the several agencies
involved as they decide on their budgets.
A good deal of thought will midoubtedly be re-
quired before adequate methods for the initiation
and implementation of such concerted action can
be worked out. Special care will have to be
taken to guard against the risk that inertia, midue
rigidity, or an unwillingness on the part of any
one agency to cooperate might unduly delay or
even hold up indefinitely the operation of major
programs considered important by the Council
or other interested agencies. At best, the proc-
esses involved will be time consuming. However,
if the concerted programs to be ujidertaken are
important enough and of a sufficiently long-range
nature, time lost in preparations might easily be
compensated not only by a greater concentration
of efforts but by a greater effectiveness of the
programs undertaken. My delegation hopes that
at this session of our Comicil steps will be mider-
taken to initiate a further study and consideration
of this most important problem.
Some Major Problems
Concerted action or at least closely coordinated
programs can be achieved by concentration on
specific geographic areas or on some special sub-
stantive program or a combination of both.
In this context my delegation agrees with the
need for a measure of geographic concentration.
In other words, we support the Secretary-
General's observations about the need for greater
efforts in Africa and in the Middle East, different
as their problems may be. Such geographical con-
centration could and should appropriately be
paralleled by a concentration on such projects as
the conservation and utilization of water, which
are of special importance to the arid zones in
addition to being responsive to the needs of other
parts of the world.
Similarly, a concerted effort for the develop-
ment of more adequate public administrative serv-
ices might well be of special benefit to the newly
independent coimtries in Africa as it would be to
most other underdeveloped countries. The pro-
motion of this objective is not a parochial interest
of the United Nations. It is of similar or equal
importance to such organizations as the ILO,
UNESCO, FAO, WHO, ICAO, etc., in their
respective fields of work.
In parenthesis I should like to state at this
point that my delegation has listened with intense
interest to the Secretary-General's remarks on the
creation of an international administrative service,
which he proposes. His paper on that subject
was given most careful consideration within my
Government. We view with real sympathy the
objectives of this proposal, but frankly we are
Sepf ember 9, ?957
441
not sure of its practicability and the best ways
of putting it into operation if it is accepted. On
the whole we feel that, provided there is a real
demand from the underdeveloped countries, the
project might be given a trial run. We believe,
however, as of now that it might be better to
carry out the experiment within the framework
of the Expanded Program of Technical Assistance
ratlier than as a separate undertaking of the
United Nations. We see no reason why it should
not be possible to offer, under the expanded pro-
gram, to a number of carefully selected adminis-
trators, sufficient long-term security which would
permit them to assume positions of tlie type en-
visaged in tlae Secretary-General's jiroposal for
an international administrative service. This
would have the further advantage of bringing
tlie specialized agencies into tlie picture from the
beginning witliout large-scale commitments on
their part.
Before leaving this question of special high
priority programs, I should like to add that we
are fully prepared to consider the development of
concentrated programs as suggested by the Secre-
tary-General in the field of transport and com-
munications to be luidertaken by the TTnited
Nations in tlie closest possible coordination with
such organizations as ICAO [International Civil
Aviation Organization] and the ITU [Inter-
national Telecommunication Union]. This is the
kind of program which might well be of special
interest to the regional commissions.
Action by the ACC
Many of the matters I have discussed up to
now are touched upon in the two I'eports of the
ACC before the Council. I stated last year — and
I want to state it again — that the ACC has become
one of the most effective instruments for coordi-
nation. As pointed out earlier, its usefulness is
limited when it comes to the development of inte-
grated programs, but this in no way derogates
from its importance.
There are only two specific items in these re-
ports whicli I should like to discuss briefly at
this point. The first relates to the coordination
of activities in the peaceful uses of atomic energy.
This imdoubtedly presents a major problem of co-
ordination since the atom is bound to play a
tremendous role in the future not only as a source
442
of energy but also because of its otlier uses in
the form of isotopes and similar applications of
importance to agriculture and to health. The
problem of peaceful uses also raises crucial issues
of industrial safety of special interest to the ILO.
The specialized agencies and the regional com-
missions deserve real credit for the restraint they
have shown in entering upon new activities in this
field, pending the establishment of the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency. This very atti-
tude will, I am sure, facilitate effective coordina-
tion in the future. It is my understanding tliat
in the agreement to be concluded between the
new agency and the United Nations provision
will be made for the full participation of the new
agency in the ACC. We hope that a standing
committee can be established under the ACC,
under the chairmanship of the Director-General
of the IAEA, which will assure the fullest possi-
ble consultation and coordination on the secre-
tariat level which is bound to be reflected in co-
ordination on the governmental level.
The attitude of my delegation to the second
point is less affirmative. It will be remembered
that 2 years ago the Council drew attention to the
need for greater and more effective publicity for
the economic and social work undertaken by the
United Nations. Acting on this suggestion, the
ACC in its meeting last May urged closer opera-
tional contacts and consultations between national
information services and the information services
of the U.N. and the specialized agencies. The
report of that meeting speaks of detailed plans to
secure fuller cooperation between the representa-
tives of national information services and those of
the international organizations concerned.
It is our understanding that these plans include
a proposal for the organization of an international
conference of national information services or
similar bodies. We have considerable misgivings
about such a plan since my country, along with
many other free democratic countries, does not
have a national information service. The Ameri-
can people believe in a free press which should
not be spoon fed by governmental agencies, and
we do not believe that United Nations news and
information filtered through national information
services is the best way of assuring a better under-
standing of the work of the United Nations and
the specialized agencies.
Department of State Bulletin
«
It is sijinificant that in my own country, which,
as I said, does not have a national information
service. United Nations activities, inchidinc; those
in the economic and social field, are getting
greater attention than in almost any other coun-
try. Consequently, we hope that tlie ACC will
find ways and means of spreading the good word
about our economic and social objectives and
achievements, wherever possible, through the
channels of free communication media rather than
official government agencies.
A Five- Year Forecast
IMr. President, there is one final matter to which
my delegation attaches considerable importance
aiul which, we hope, will be further discussed ei-
ther in plenary or in the Coordination Committee.
The 11th General Assembly requested the Eco-
nomic and Social Council, by resolution 1094,
which referred to a report of the Advisory Com-
mittee on Administrative and Budgetary Ques-
tions, to initiate an appraisal, to be undertaken by
the United Nations and the specialized agencieg, of
the likely development of their overall programs
and budgets over the next 5 or 6 years and re-
port to the General Assembly at its 13th session
in 1958. I believe there is some evidence that at
least some of the specialized agencies are not en-
thusiastic about any such appraisal. Thus,
a report of the International Organizations Com-
mittee approved by the ILO Governing Body
contains the following statement:
. . . While it would no doubt be useful for the Economic
and Social Council to be informed of the long-term pro-
gram of the ILO it was for the Organization alone to
determine the content of Its own program. ... (G. B.
134/12/29).
This statement, I believe, reveals a misimder-
standing of the intent of the Advisory Commit-
tee and of the General Assembly. As we under-
stand the proposal, there is no intention to use
such an appraisal primarily as a means to reduce
or even to stabilize budgets or to interfere in any
way with the rights of the specialized agencies to
determine their own programs. The objective of
such a reappraisal is much more fundamental. If
attained, it might go a long way in supporting
the positive development of the specialized agen-
cies concerned.
To begin with, such an appraisal would by ne-
cessity demonstrate that some of the increases in
the budgets of the specialized agencies are due to
unavoidable increases in fixed costs. This in itself
will be of help to all of us whose task it is to
present to the appropriate parliamentary bodies
requests for contributions to these agencies. Much
more important, however, we would hope that
such an appraisal will cleai'ly demonstrate the
nature of tlie growth in economic and social activ-
ities to which I referred in my opening para-
graphs. Unless it can be shown that the increases
in budgets are the result of real needs and dy-
namic forces operating in the present-day world,
the budgets of the specialized agencies are likely
to be in real trouble as the years go by.
On the other hand, if it can be demonstrated
that any increases in programs and budgets are
not just due to the operation of Parkinson's Law
but are essential to meet carefully defined and
clearly recognizable needs, budgetary discussions
in the parliaments of the world will be based on
the recognition of historic trends rather than a
piecemeal consideration of seemingly arbitrary in-
creases from year to year.
Thus, Mr. President, I hope that the Council
will take the lead in the implementation of the
General Assembly resolution and that the special-
ized agencies, in their own interest and in the
interest of the peoples of the world whom they
serve, will make an all-out effort in responding to
the request of the General Assembly. This is one
way to prove that tlie economic and social work
of the United Nations and its phenomenal
growth is not an accident of history. It is history
itself working toward a world of plenty, a world
in peace.
Confirmation of Delegates to
Twelftli General Assembly
The Senate on August 22 confirmed the follow-
ing to be representatives of the United States to
the 12th session of the General Assembly of the
United Nations :
Henry Cabot Lodge
A. S. J. Carnahan
Walter H. Judd
George Meany
Herman G. Wells
September 9, 1957
443
The following were confirmed to be alternate
U.S. representatives for the same period:
James J. Wadsworth
Miss Irene Dunne
Philip M. Klutznick
Mrs. Oswald B. Lord
Genoa S. Washington
TREATY INFORMATION
Supplemental Agricultural
Agreement With Poland Signed
Press release 461 dated August 14
An agreement between the United States and
Poland supplementing the Agricultural Surplus
Commodities Agreement of June 7, 1957, ^ was
signed and became effective on August 14. This
was made possible following the recent action
by Congress extending the Agricultural Trade De-
velopment and Assistance Act (Public Law 480).
The supplemental agreement ^ provides for the
sale to Poland for local currency (Polish zlotys)
of wheat and cotton valued at $46.1 million at
world market prices, which includes 50 percent
of the cost of ocean transportation. Approxi-
mately 400,000 metric tons of wheat and about
24,400 metric tons of cotton can be purchased
for this dollar value.
This sum, together with approximately $48.9
million in credits and sales arrangements pre-
viously provided, brings the total amount to $95
million.
come-tax convention of April 16, 1945, as modified
by supplementary protocols of June 6, 1946,^ and
May 25, 1954.^
The new supplementary protocol contains three
articles. Article I would amend article VIII of
the 1945 convention relating to exemption from
taxation, on certain conditions, of royalties and
other amounts paid as consideration for the use of,
or for the privilege of using, copyrights, patents,
designs, secret processes and formulae, trade-
marks, and other like property. Article II would
amend article XIII of the 1945 convention relating
to credits against the tax paid to one country for
tax paid to the other country. The combined ef-
fect of those amendments would be to eliminate
double taxation with respect to royalty payments
received from a United Kingdom licensee by a
United States licensor having a permanent estab-
lishment in the United Kingdom.
Article III of the new protocol provides for
ratification and the exchange of instruments of
ratification and specifies the dates on and after
which the provisions shall be effective with respect
to United States and British taxes.
The supplementary protocol will be submitted to
the President for transmission to the Senate to
receive advice and consent to ratification. After
its transmission to the Senate, copies of the Senate
document containing the text of the protocol, to-
gether with the texts of the President's message
and the report to the President, will be available
for distribution.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Supplementary Tax Protocol
Signed With United Kingdom
Press release 470 dated August 19
On August 19, 1957, Secretary Dulles and Sir
Hai'old Caccia, the British Ambassador, signed a
supplementary protocol between the United States
of America and the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland amending the in-
' For text, see Bulletin of June 24, 1957, p. 1005.
' Ibid., p. 1007.
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New York October 26, 1956. Entered into
force July 29, 1957. TIAS 3873.
Ratifications deposited: Bulgaria, August 17, 1957 ;
Venezuela, August 19, 1957 ; Vatican City, August 20,
1957 ; Ceylon, August 22, 1957 ; Albania, August 23,
1!)57.
Automotive Traffic
Conventicm on road traffic, with annexes. Done at
Geneva September 19, 1949. Entered into force March
26, 1952. TIAS 2487.
Accession deposited: Ceylon, July 26, 1957.
1 60 Stat. 1377.
2 Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3165.
444
Department of State Bulletin
Finance
Articles of agreement of the International Finance Cor-
poration. Done at Washington May 25, 1955. Entered
into force July 20, 1956. TIAS 3620.
Signature and acceptance deposited: Philippines,
August 12, 11)57.
International Court of Justice
i Statute of the International Court of Justice (59 Stat.
i 1055).
' Declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction de-
j posited: Egypt, July 22, 1957. Effective as from April
24, 1957, in all legal disputes that may arise under
paragraph 9 (b) of the declaration made on April 24,
1957, by the Government of Egypt on the Suez Canal
and the arrangements for its operation.
Postal
Convention of the Postal Union of the Americas and
Spain, Final Protocol, and Regulations of Execution.
Signed at Bogota November 9, 1955. Entered into
fiirce March 1, 1956. TIAS 3653.
Ratification deposited: Guatemala, April 24, 19.57.
Agreement relative to parcel post. Final Protocol, and
Regulations of Execution of the Postal Union of the
Americas and Spain. Signed at Bogotd November 9,
1955. Entered into force March 1, 1956. TIAS 3654.
Ratification deposited: Guatemala, April 24, 1957.
Agreement relative to money orders and Final Protocol
(if the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain.
Signed at Bogota November 9, 1955. Entered into
force March 1, 19.56. TIAS 3655.
Ratification deposited: Guatemala, April 24, 1957.
Trade and Commerce
Protocol amending the preamble and parts II and III of
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at
(ieneva March 10, 1955."
Signature: Sweden, August 1, 1957.
Pnitocol amending part I and articles XXIX and XXX of
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at
Geneva March 10, 1955.'
Signature: Sweden, August 1, 1957.
BILATERAL
iBelgium
Convention supplementing the convention of October 28,
1948 ( TIAS 2833), for the avoidance of double taxation
and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to
taxes on income, as modified by the supplementary con-
vention of September 9, 19.52 (TIAS 2833). Signed at
Washington August 22, 1957. Enters into force upon
exchange of instruments of ratification.
France
Agreement amending the power reactor agreement of
June 19, 19.56 (TIAS 3689), concerning civil uses of
atomic energy. Signed at Washington July 3, 1957.
Entered into force: August 19, 1957 (date on which
ieach government received from the other written
notification that it had complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements).
Union of South Africa
Power reactor agreement concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington July 8, 1957.
Entered into force: August 22, 1957 (date on which
each government received from the other written
notification that it had complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements).
United Kingdom
Supplementary protocol amending the income tax con-
vention of April 16, 1945 (TIAS 1546), as modified by
supplementary protocols of June 6, 1946 (TIAS 1.546)
and May 25, 1954 (TIAS 3165). Signed at Washington
August 19, 1957. Enters into force upon exchange of
instruments of ratification.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Opening of Consulate at Curitiba, Brazil
A new consulate at Curitiba, Brazil, was opened offi-
cially on May 21 and opened to the public on June 17.
The administrative supervisory post is Rio de Janeiro.
The consular district of Curitiba comprises the entire
States of Parana and Santa Catarina, Brazil.
Confirmations
The Senate on August 14 confirmed William B. Macom-
ber, Jr., to be an Assistant Secretary of State. (For
biographic details, see press release 4.53 dated August 7.)
The Senate on August 19 confirmed James H. Smith, Jr.,
to be Director of the International Cooperation Adminis-
tration, Department of State.
Designations
Harris H. Huston as Deputy Administrator, Bureau of
Security and Consular Affairs, effective August 21.
PUBLICATIONS
' Not in force.
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 2.5, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free puilications, wJiich may he ob-
tained from the Department of State.
Defense — Loan of Vessels and Small Craft to China.
TIAS 3837. 6 pp. 5f
Agreement between the United States of America and
China, amending annex to agreement of May 14, 1954.
Sepf ember 9, 1957
445
Exchange of notes — Dated at Taipei May 16, 1957. En-
tered into force May 16, 1957.
Technical Cooperation. TIAS 3838. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Ghana — Signed at Accra June 3, 1957. Entered into force
June 3, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3839. 11 pp.
100.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Poland — Signed at Washington June 7, 1957, with related
exichange of notes. Entered into force June 7, 1957.
Technical Cooperation. TIAS 3840. 10 pp. 10(?.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Argentina — Signed at Buenos Aires June 3, 1957. En-
tered into force June 3, 19.57.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 8841. 11 pp.
10<t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Bolivia — Signed at La Paz June 7, 1957. Entered Into
force June 7, 1957.
Atomic Energy — Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 3842.
3 pp. 5(*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Thailand, amending agreement of March 13, 1956 — Signed
at Washington March 27, 1957. Entered into force June
19, 19.57.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Equipment
and Materials. TIAS 3843. 7 pp. 10(t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ire-
land. Exchange of notes — Signed at London May 10 and
13, 1957. Entered into force May 13, 1957.
Double Taxation — Taxes on Income, Taxes on Estates
and Inheritances. TIAS 3844. 15 pp. 10«(.
Convention between the United States of America and
France, modifying and supplementing conventions of July
25, 19.39, and Octoljer 18, 1946, as modlfi'ed and supple-
mented by protocol of May 17, 1948 — Signed at Washing-
ton June 22, 1956. Entered into force June 13, 1957.
Mutual Security — Military and Economic Assistance.
TIAS 3845. 4 pp. 5(i'.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the Republic of the Philippines, supplementing and
amending agreement of April 27, 1955, as supplemented
and amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Manila
June 14, 1957. Entered into force June 14, 1957.
Agreement between the United States of America iiiul
the Union of Burma, amending agreement of Februiiry
8, 1956, as amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Rin-
goon June 14, 19.57. Entered into force June 14, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3847. 3 pp.
5«f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Bolivia, amending article I of agreement of June 7, 1957.
Exchange of notes — Signed at La Piiz June 17 and 21,
1957. Entered into force June 21, 1957.
Mexican Agricultural Workers. TIAS 3848. 4 pp. 5(*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Mexico, relating to article 7 of agreement of August 11,
1951, as amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Wash-
ington June 17, 1957. Entered Into force June 17, 1957.
Surplus Property — Sale in Italy of Excess Military Prop-
erty. TIAS 38.50. 9 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Italy — Signed at Rome June 22, 1957. Entered into force
June 22, 1957.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities.
5^.
TIAS 3846. 3 pp.
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: August 19-25
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press release Issued prior to August 19 which
appears in this Issue of the Bulletin is No. 461
of August 14.
No.
Date
468 8/19
469 8/19
470 8/19
*471 8/21
t472 8/22
473 8/22
t474 8/22
475 8/23
476 8/23
t477 8/23
478 8/24
Subject
Dulles: mutual security appropria-
tions.
St. Stephen's Day In Hungary.
Income tax protocol signed with U.K.
Huston sworn in (biographic details).
U.S. invites U.S.S.R. to submit plane
dispute to ICJ.
Reportei's to Red China.
Supplementary income-tax convention
with Belgium.
Mrs. Luce to represent Secretary
Dulles at Berlin Congress Hall
opening (rewrite).
Herter : departure for Malaya.
U.S.-Canadlan economic meeting.
Dulles : remarks on '■College News
Conference."
* Not printed.
t Held for a later Issue of the Bulletin.
446
Department of State Bulletin
September 9, 1957 Index
Agriculture. Suppleniontal Agricultural Agree-
ment With Poland Signed 444
American Principles. Some Problems of Deei.siou-
making in Foreign Affairs (Hamilton) .... 432
Atomic Energy. U.S. Proposes Two-Year Ban on
Te.sting Nuclear Weapons (Eisenhower) . . . 418
Brazil. Opening of Consulate at Curitiba, Brazil . 44.">
China, Communist. Twenty-four U.S. Newsmen
May Visit Red China 420
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 437
Policy Questions Raised by Proposed Cuts in Mu-
tual Security Appropriations (Dulles, Radford,
HoUister) 411
Views of Department of State on Amending the
Antidumping Act (Birch) 436
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Macomber, Smith) 445
Designations (Huston) 445
Opening of Consulate at Curitiba, Brazil .... 445
Some Problems of Decisionmaking in Foreign
Affairs (Hamilton) 432
Disarmament. U.S. Proposes Two-Year Ban on
Testing Nuclear Weapons (Eisenhower) . . . 418
Economic Affairs
Supplementary Tax Protocol Signed With United
Kingdom 4-14
Views of Department of State on Amending the
Antidumping Act (Birch) 436
Germany. Mrs. Luce To Attend Opening of Berlin
Congress Hall 431
Hungary. St. Stephen's Day in Hungary — lO.'jT . 431
International Organizations and Conferences
Review of Economic and Social Programs and Ac-
tivities of the United Nations and Specialized
Agencies (Kotschnig) 438
The South Pacific Commission : The First Ten
Years (Keesing) 422
Malaya. Mr. Herter and Ambassador Richards
Leave for Malaya 421
Mutual Security. Policy Questions Raised by Pro-
posed Cuts in Mutual Security Appropriations
(Dulles, Radford, HoUister) 411
Vol. XXXVII, No. 950
Non-Self-Governing Territories. The South Pa-
cific Commission : The First Ten Years
(Keesing) 422
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. NATO's Two
Interlocking Tasks (Dulles) 419
Oman. Inscription of Oman Question on Security
Council Agenda (Lodge) 430
Poland. Supplemental Agricultural Agreement
With Poland Signed 444
Presidential Documents. U.S. Proposes Two-Year
Ban on Testing Nuclear Weapons 418
Publications. Recent Releases 445
Treaty Information
Current Actions 444
Supplemental Agricultural Agreement With Poland
Signed 444
Supplementary Tax Protocol Signed With United
Kingdom 444
United Kingdom. Supplementary Tax Protocol
Signed With United Kingdom 444
United Nations
Confirmation of Delegates to Twelfth General
Assembly 443
Inscription of Oman Question on Security Council
Agenda (Lodge) 430
Review of Economic and Social Programs and Ac-
tivities of the United Nations and Specialized
Agencies (Kotschnig) 438
Name Index
Birch. .John A 436
Dulles, Secretary 411, 419
Eisenhower. President 418
Hamilton, William C 432
Herter, Christian A 421
HoUister, .lohn B 414
Huston, Harris H 445
Keesing, Felix M 422
Kotschnig, Walter M 438
Lodge, Henry Cabot 430
Luce, Clare Boothe 431
Macomber, William B 445
Radford, Arthur W 413
Smith, James H., Jr 445
U, S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19B7
DSB-DtC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
n
Department
at
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
United States Policy in the Middle East
September 1956-June 1957
Documents
During the past year the United States was presented with most
difficult and critical problems in the Middle East. In a volume
issued last October, The Suez Canal Problem^ July 26-Septe'mber 22,
1956: A Documentary Pxiblication, the Department of State presented
documents, including some background material, which covered the
first 2 months of the controversy that stemmed from President
Nasser's seizure of the Suez Canal Company. The present volume,
covering the period from September 1956 to June 1957, carries the
story forward; presents the highlights of other major developments
in the Middle East, including the hostilities in Egypt; and shows
not only how the United States reacted to these developments, but
also how important new elements were added to American policy
toward the Middle East in general.
Copies of United States Policy in the Middle East, September 1956-
June 1957 : Documents may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Docmnents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.,
for $1.50 each.
Publication 6505
$1.50
Order Form
'o: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed And:
(cash, check, or
money order).
Please send me copies of United States Policy in the Middle East,
September 1956-June 1957: Documents.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
iCIAL
EKLY RECORD
ITED STATES
(EIGN POLICY
i
Rec'd
Vol. XXXVII, No. 951 f SEP 24 iqc7 September 16, 1957
B. R r. /
FOUR WESTERN POWER S^SUBMIT ELEVEN-POINT
DISARMAMENT PLAN
Working Papei Proposals for Partial Measures of Dis-
armament 451
Texts of U. S. Statements 455
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
AUGUST 27 457
INCREASING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF EVTER-
AMERICAN ECONOMIC COOPERATION • State-
ment by Secretary of the Treasury Robert B. Anderson .... 463
175TH ANNIVERSARY OF THE SEAL OF THE UNITED
STATES 456
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 951 • Publication 6539
September 16, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
D.S. OoTCrament Printing Office
Washington 2fi, D.O.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 c^nts
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OP State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Four Western Powers Submit Eleven-Point
Disarmament Plan
Following is the text of the disarmament fro-
posals presented to the Siibcomrnittee of the U.N.
Disarmament Commission at London on A ugust 29
hy the delegations of Canada, France, the United
Kingdom., and the United States, together with
the texts of a U.S. statement released at the same
tims and a statement made hy President Eisen-
hower on August 28.
WORKING PAPER— PROPOSALS FOR PARTIAL
MEASURES OF DISARMAMENT
Press release 486 dated August 29
I. Tlie limitation and reduction of armed forces
and armaments:
A. Within one year from the entry into force of
the convention, the following states will restrict or
reduce their armed forces respectively to the maxi-
mum limits indicated below :
France-750,000
United Kingdom-750,000
Soviet Union-2,500,000
United States-2,500,000
The definition of the armed forces will be
I annexed to the convention.
B. During this same period, these states will
place in storage depots, within their own terri-
'tories, and imder the supervision of an inter-
national control organization, specific quantities
of designated types of armaments to be agreed
upon and set forth in lists annexed to the
convention.
C. The relation of other states to the conven-
tion, including the agi'eed levels of their armed
forces, will be determined later.
D. The states listed in Paragraph I.A. will be
prepared to negotiate on a further limitation of
their armed forces and armaments upon condition
that :
1. Compliance with the provisions of the con-
vention has been verified to their satisfaction ;
2. There has been progress toward the solution
of political issues.
3. Other essential states have become parties to
the convention and have accepted levels for their
armed forces and armaments, fixed in relation to
the limits set out in Paragraphs A. and B. above.
E. Upon the conditions cited above, negoti-
ations could be undertaken by France, the Soviet
Union, the United Kingdom and the United
States on a further limitation of their armed forces
which would involve agreed reductions for the
United States and the Soviet Union to not less
than 2.1 million men each. The agreed level of
forces for France and the United Kingdom, cor-
responding to this figure, would be 700,000 men
each. The levels of other essential states would
be specified at the same time through negotiation
with them.
F. Thereafter, and subject to the same condi-
tions, negotiations could be imdertaken on fur-
ther limitations to not less than 1.7 million men
each for the United States and the Soviet Union.
The agreed level corresponding to this figure for
France and the United Kingdom would be 650,000
men each. The levels of other essential states
would be specified at the same time through nego-
tiation with them.
G. Upon the conditions cited in D. above, these
states will also be prepared to negotiate on fur-
ther limitations of armaments. The calculation
of any such armament limitations will be in agreed
Sepfemfaer 76, J 957
451
relation to the armed forc«s deteiinined in Para-
gi'aphs E. and F. above and will be completed
prior to the application of the further limita-
tions in armed forces. The parties must be satis-
fied before such further limitations of armaments
are undertaken and at all times thereafter that the
armaments at the disposal of any party to the con-
vention do not exceed the quantities thus allowed
in each category.
H. No measures for the reduction and limita-
tion of amied forces and armaments beyond those
provided for in Paragraphs A. and B. above will
be put into effect until the system of control is
appropriately expanded and is able to verify such
measures.
II. Military Expenditures:
In order to assist in verifying compliance with
the provisions of Paragraph I., and looking for-
ward to the reduction of military expenditures,
France, the Soviet Union, the United Kingdom
and the United States agree to make available to
the international control organization information
about their military budgets and expenditures for
the year preceding entry of the convention into
force and for each year thereafter. The categories
of information to be supplied will be agreed in
advance and annexed to the convention.
III. Nuclear Weapons :
Each party assimies an obligation not to use
nuclear weapons if an armed attack has not placed
the party in a situation of individual or collective
self-defense.
IV. The Control of Fissionable Material :
A. The parties to the convention further under-
take:
1. That all future production of fissionable ma-
terials will be used at home or abroad, under inter-
national supervision, exclusively for non- weapons
purposes, including stockpiling, begimiing one
month after the international board of control de-
scribed in Paragi-aph VIII. has certified that the
installation of an effective inspection system to
verify the commitment has been completed.
2. That they will cooperate in the prompt in-
stallation and in the maintenance of such an
inspection system.
3. That for the purpose of accomplishing the
above undertakings, the five governments repre-
452
sented on the subcommittee will appoint a group
of technical experts to meet as soon as possible
to design the required inspection system, and to
submit a progi'ess report for their approval with-
in the first ten months after the entry into force
of the convention.
B. The parties which are producers of fission-
able material for weapons purposes at the time
of cessation of production for weapons purposes
undertake to provide, under international super-
vision, for equitable transfers, in successive in-
crements, of fissionable material for previous pro-
duction to non-weapons purposes, at home or
abroad, including stockpiling; and, in tliis con-
nection
1. To fix the specific ratios of quantities of fis-
sionable materials of comparable analysis to be
transferred by each of them, and
2. To commence such transfers at agreed dates
and in agreed quantities at the fixed ratios fol-
lowing the cut-off date for production of fission-
able materials for weapons purposes.
C. From the date of the cessation of production
of fissionable material for weapons purposes pro-
vided in Paragraph I V.A.I :
1. Each party undertakes not to transfer out
of its control any nuclear weapons, or to accept
transfer to it of such weapons, except where,
under arrangements between transferor and trans-
feree, their use will be in conformity with Para-
graph III.
2. Each party imdertakes not otherwise to
transfer out of its control any fissionable material
or to accept transfer to it of such material, except
for non- weapons purposes.
V. Nuclear Weapons Testing :
A. All parties to the convention undertake to
refrain from conducting nuclear test explosions
for a period of twelve months from the date of
entry into force of the convention, provided that
agi'eement has been reached on the installation
and maintenance of the necessary controls, includ
ing inspection posts with scientific instruments,
located within the territories of the Soviet Union,,
the United Kingdom, the United States, the area
of the Pacific Ocean and at such other places
as may be necessary, with the consent of the gov
ernments concerned.
Department of State Bulletin'
J
B. A group of technical experts appointed by
the five governments represented on the subcom-
mittee will meet as soon as possible to design the
inspection system to verify the suspension of test-
ing.
C. Upon termination of the twelve months
period, the parties will be free to conduct tests
unless they have agreed to continue the suspension
for a further period under effective international
inspection.
D. If the inspection system referred to in Par-
agraph V.A. is operating to the satisfaction of
each party concerned and if progress satisfactory
to each party concerned is being achieved m the
preparation of an inspection system for the cessa-
tion of the production of fissionable material for
weapons purposes agreed to imder Paragraph
IV.A.l. above, all parties to the convention un-
dertake to refrain from conducting nuclear test
explosions for a further period of twelve months.
Such an extension will be made only with the un-
derstanding that testing may at the discretion of
each party be conducted twenty-four months after
the entry into force of the co2ivention if the in-
spection system for the cessation of production
Ifor weapons purposes has not been installed to the
satisfaction of each party concerned before the
ind of the twenty-four months and if the cessation
of production for weapons purposes has not been
3ut into effect.
E. If tests are resumed, each party undertakes
CO announce and register in advance the dates of
each series and the range of total energy to be re-
eased therein ; to provide for limited observation
of them; and to limit the amount of radioactive
material to be released into the atmosphere.
•VJ. The Control of Objects Entering Outer
Space :
All parties to the convention agree that within
:hree months after the entry into effect of the con-
tention they will cooperate in the establishment of
i technical committee to study the design of an
nspection system which would make it possible to
issure that the sending of objects through outer
ipace will be exclusively for peaceful and scien-
iific purposes.
VTI. Safeguards Against the Possibility of Sur-
prise Attack :
A. From the entry into force of the convention
the parties concerned wUl cooperate in the estab-
lishment and maintenance of systems of inspec-
tion to safeguard against the possibility of sur-
prise attack.
B. The establishment of such systems will be
subject to agreement on the details of its installa-
tion, maintenance and operation. It is proposed
as a matter of urgency that a working group of
experts appointed by the five governments repre-
sented on the subcommittee be set up at once to
examine the technical problems and to report their
conclusions which could form the basis for an an-
nex to the agreement.
C. With regard to inspection in the Western
Hemisphere and in the Soviet Union the Govern-
ments of Canada, France, the United Kingdom
and the United States propose the following :
1. That all the territory of the Continental
United States, all Alaska including the Aleutian
Islands, all the territory of Canada and all the ter-
ritory of the Soviet Union will be open to inspec-
tion.
2. If the Government of the Soviet Union re-
jects this broad proposal, to which is related the
proposal for inspection in Europe, referred to in
Paragraph D. below, the Governments of Canada,
France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States (with the consent of the Governments of
Denmark and Norway) propose that:
All the territory north of the Arctic Circle of
the Soviet Union, Canada, the United States
(Alaska), Denmark (Greenland), and Norway;
all the territory of Canada, the United States and
the Soviet Union west of 140 degrees west longi-
tude, east of 160 degrees east longitude and north
of 50 degrees north latitude ; all the remainder of
Alaska; all the remainder of the Kamchatka
Peninsula; and all of the Aleutian and Kurile
Islands wiU be open to inspection.
D. With regard to inspection in Europe, pro-
vided there is commitment on the part of the
Soviet Union to one of the two foregoing pro-
posals, the Governments of Canada, France, the
United Kingdom and the United States, with the
concurrence in principle of their European allies
and in continuing consultation with them, subject
to the indispensable consent of the countries con-
cerned and to any mutually agreed exceptions,
propose that an area including all of Europe,
bounded in the south by latitude 40 degrees north
September 16, 1957
453
and in the west by 10 degrees west longitude and
in the east by CO degrees east longitude will be
open to inspection.
E. If the Government of the Soviet Union re-
jects this broad proposal, then, under the same
proviso expressed above, a more limited zone of
inspection in Europe could be discussed but only
on the understanding that this would include a
significant part of the territory of the Soviet
Union, as well as the other countries of Eastern
Europe.
F. The system of inspection to guard against
surprise attack will include in all cases aerial in-
spection, with ground observation posts at princi-
2)al ports, railway junctions, main highways, and
important airfields, etc., as agreed. There would
also, as agreed, be mobile ground teams with
specifically defined authority.
G. Ground posts may be established by agree-
ment at points in the territories of the states con-
cerned without being restricted to the limits of the
zones described in Paragraphs C. 1 and 2, but the
areas open to ground inspection will not be less
than the areas of aerial inspection. The mobility
of ground inspection would be specifically defined
in the agreement with, in all cases, the concurrence
of the countries directly concerned. There would
also be all necessary means of communication.
H. Within three months of the entry into force
of the convention, the parties will provide to the
board of control inventories of their fixed military
installations, and numbers and locations of their
military forces and designated armaments, in-
cluding the means of delivering nuclear weapons
located within an agreed inspection zone or zones,
and within such additional area or areas as may
be agreed.
I. Any initial system of inspection designed to
safeguard against the possibility of surprise at-
tack may be extended by agreement of all con-
cerned to the end that ultimately the system will
deal with the danger of surprise attack from
anywhere.
VIII. The International Control Organization:
A. All the obligations contained in the con-
vention will be conditional upon the continued
operation of an effective international control and
inspection system to verify compliance with its
terms by all parties.
454
B. All the control and inspection services de-
scribed in the convention and those which may
be created in the course of its implementation will
be within the framework of an international con-
trol organization established under the aegis of
the Security Council, which will include, as its
executive organ, a board of control in which the
affirmative vote of the representatives of the gov-
ernments represented on the subcommittee and of
such other parties as may be agreed will be re-
quired for important decisions.
C. All parties to the convention undertake to
make available information freely and currently
to the Board of Control to assist it in verifying
compliance with the obligations of the convention
and in categories which will be set forth in an
annex to it.
D. The functions of the International Control
Organization will be expanded by agreement be-
tween the parties concerned as the measures pro-
vided for in the convention are progressively
applied.
E. Other matters relating to the organization
will be defined in annexes to the convention.
These matters will include the duties which the
organization is to carry out, the method by which
it shall function, its composition, its relationship
to the General Assembly and the Security Council
of the United Nations, its voting procedures, its
working conditions, jurisdiction, immunities and
prerogatives.
IX. Movement of Armaments :
In addition to other riglits and responsibilities,,
the Board of Control will have authority to study
a system for regulating the export and import of
designated armaments.
X. Suspension of the Convention :
A. Each party will have the right to suspendl
its obligations, partially or completely, by written
notice to the International Control Organization,
in the event of an important violation by another
party, or other action by any state which so
prejudices the security of the notifying party as
to require partial or complete suspension.
B. At its option a party may give advance no-
tice of intention to suspend its obligations, in
order to afford opportunity for correction of the
violations or prejudicial action.
Department of State Bulletin
XI. This working paper is offered for negotia-
tion on the understanding that its provisions
are inseparable. Failure to fulfill any of
the provisions of the convention would cre-
ate a situation calling for examination at
the request of any party.
TEXT OF U.S. STATEMENT
Press release 487 dated August 29
The proposal which Canada, France, the United
Kingdom, and the United States laid before the
London Disarmament Subcommittee on August
29 is a practical, workable plan for a start on
world disarmament.
Wliile it was formally advanced by these four
nations as members of the Subcommittee, it bears
also the approval of Italy, Belgium, Luxembourg,
Iceland, the Netherlands, Portugal, Germany,
Norway, Denmark, Greece, and Turkey.
In addition, continuous consultation was carried
on with numerous other nations in order that their
views might be incorporated in the proposals to
the maximum possible extent. And special con-
sideration was given to the proposals submitted
by other governments to the United Nations
and sent to the Subcommittee by the General
Assembly.
The proposal now awaits the acceptance of the
Soviet Union.
With ratification of the agreement, followed by
honest observance, this plan would :
1. stop all nuclear bomb testing ;
2. bring a halt in production of nuclear bomb
materials ;
3. start a reduction in nuclear bomb stockpiles ;
4. reduce the dangers of surprise attack through
warning systems ;
5. start reductions in armed forces and arma-
ments.
The Western allies themselves have accom-
plished a major task in forging this plan. It in-
volves major concessions by every one of them.
The Western allies earnestly hope the Soviet
Union will give full consideration to this far-
reaching proposal. Soviet acceptance will enable
a start to be made toward removing the terrible
dangers of nuclear war that hang over the whole
world.
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
White House press release dated August 28
It is deeply disappointing to all true lovers of
peace that the Soviet Union should have already
attacked, with such scornful words, the proposals
which Canada, France, the United Kingdom, and
the United States are putting forward at the
United Nations Disarmament Subcommittee in
London. It is noteworthy that this attack coin-
cides with the boastful statement by the Soviet
Union that they have made advances in the de-
velopment of means for bringing mass destruction
to any part of the world.
The Western Powers at London are completing
their presentation of a rounded and interde-
pendent first-stage proposal which, among other
things, would, on a supervised and safeguarded
basis,
(a) provide a measure of protection against
massive surprise attack;
(b) suspend for 2 years the further testing of
nuclear weapons ; ^
(c) seek that outer space shall be used only for
peaceful, not military, purposes ;
(d) provide a date after which no fissionable
material will be produced for weapons purposes
and existing nuclear weapons stockpiles will begin
to be reduced by transfers for peaceful purposes ;
(e) begin a reduction of armed forces and
armaments.
It would be tragic if these important first-stage
proposals, fraught with such significance for the
peace of the world, were rejected by the Soviet
Union even before they could have been seriously
studied and before the Western presentation is
complete. Such a Soviet attitude would con-
demn humanity to an indefinite future of im-
measurable danger.
So far as the United States is concerned, we
shall never renounce our efforts to find ways and
means to save mankind from that danger and to
establish a just and lasting peace.
^ For a statement by President Eisenhower, see Hid.,
Sept. 9, 1957, p. 418.
September 16, 1957
455
175th Anniversary of the Seal of the United States
The seal of the United States, symbol of our
Nation's sovereignty, had its origin in a resolu-
tion passed by the Founding Fathers shortly
after they finished signing the Declaration of
Independence on July 4, 1776. But our inde-
pendence had been established on the battle-
fields of the Revolution before the first die of
the seal was ready for use. The earliest known
document to bear the impress of the seal is a
grant of full power and authority to General
George Washington to negotiate with the Brit-
ish for the exchange, subsistence, and better
treatment of prisoners of war. It is dated
September 16, 1782, just 175 years ago.
On September 16, 1957, the Department of
State is observing the anniversary with appro-
priate ceremonies on the mezzanine of the mam
State Department building, where the seal
and its press are maintained and operated, and
where the grant of power to General Washing-
ton and other historic examples of the use of
the seal are kept on permanent exhibit.
A Department of State publication, The Seal
of the United States, gives a complete history
of the seal and includes a full-color illustra-
tion of it suitable for framing. The pamphlet
is available from the Superintendent of Doc-
uments, Washington 25, D. C. Price : 30 cents.
456
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
i
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of August 27
Press release 480 dated August 27
Secretary Dulles: I am ready for questions.
Q. Mr. Secretary^ hoxo do you assess the sig-
nificance, or importance, or meaning of the Soviet
announcement about an intercontinental hallistic-
missile test being held successfully?
A. We know, of course, that intensive efforts
along tliese lines have been made by the Soviets
over recent years. We ourselves are making ef-
forts along the same lines. Undoubtedly those
efforts on both sides will be continued unless and
until there can be some agreement arrived at to
discontinue this new and rather appalling means
of human destruction. That, of course, is one of
the purposes of the disarmament talks in London,
and the United States has put forward there a
specific proposal dealing with this matter and ex-
pressmg the plan that a commission be set up to
study ways and means to assure that the upper
space shall not be used for military purposes but
only for peaceful purposes. That is part of our
disarmament package. So far there has been no
response to that aspect of it by the Soviet Union.
Q. Mr. Secreta?^, why, in vieio of the impor-
tance which you obviously attach to the coming
of the ICBM, does the Western proposal only call
for study, which I presume would mean study
during the course of the time it would take to
project these weapons, rather than for some
Tneans to control them at the outsetf
A. Well, it doesn't seem to us that it is feasible
to go into the details of liandling this matter at
the Disarmament Commission itself. The prm-
ciple is established that the upper space shall only
be used for peaceful purposes, and then we pro-
pose a commission to study how to implement
that principle. That is how we are operating in
a good many respects in London. We are not try-
ing to settle every detail. The application, for
instance, of the program for inspection of the
suspension of testing, if there is such, will occur
after the agreement is signed. The arrangements
for inspecting the cutoff of fissionable material
will be installed after the agreement is signed, and
we think it is in line with that that the details of
trying to control this other thing shall be worked
out after the basic thing (the first-phase agree-
ment) is signed.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you believe the Russians
made this announcement now in order to influence
the disarmament talks to try to get us to accept
their jn'oposalf
A. Certainly the statement has a political set-
ting in many respects. One can speculate as to
the degree, as to how, political considerations
affect the amiouncement. There is the disarm-
ament negotiation going on in London. There
is the Syrian situation and the forthcoming
gathering of the United Nations. Any and all
of these factors could have been a reason for mak-
ing this annoimcement at this time. No doubt
a similar announcement coidd have been made
earlier. It could have been made later. It is
doubtful at least if there is any very great sud-
den breaktlirough, you might say, in this field.
Most of the things which they say in their an-
nouncement have been known for some time;
namely, that this kind of thing is possible.
Veracity of Soviet Announcement
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you have any reason to
doubt the veracity of their announcement?
A. Well, we have no particular reason to doubt
the veracity of the announcement although, as I
say, the words of the amiouncement are very care-
fully chosen and could cover much or could cover
little ; in other words, there is no real precision in
the announcement when you carefully analyze
exactly what they say.
Q. Is it your belief, sir, the first nation to ac-
tually perfect this weapon will have an additionxd
power in terms of the military balance, or will
September ?6, 1957
457
this initial achievement affect the military
ialance?
A. We do not think that initially it will affect
the military balance. There is quite a division
in military authority as to whether the most effec-
tive way to get a missile to its target is by such
a thing as an intercontinental or intermediate
missile or whether a plane is not still the most
effective way to get a missile to its target. The
experts in the field are sharply divided about that.
Certainly, there is no feeling that the possibility
of these long-range, high-altitude missiles in the
near future will, as the statement suggests, make
obsolete a strategic air force ; indeed, many people
think for a long time to come the strategic air
force will be the most effective way of conveying
the missile to its target, and it is imlikely there
will be achieved the accuracy in terms of these
missiles which is obtainable through the use of a
plane.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I would like to go hacTc to the
question and ask about the veracity and turn it
around. Can you say whether you believe or
whether the United States Government believes
the Soviets have in fact successfully tested a long-
range missile of the kind they describe?
A. We have no independent means of verifica-
tion of whether they have or have not. I would
assume that there are facts which underlie this
statement. In general, the Soviet statements in
this area have had some supporting fact. Now
what the degree of fact behind it is I do not know,
and it is anybody's guess. The intelligence com-
munity is making a careful study of this state-
ment. They say the missile reached the "target
area." Well, how big is the target area? If the
target area is the size of this room, that is indeed
something. But if the "target area" is a good
many hundred square miles, that is something
else again. There is enough elasticity in the
statement so that it can be based upon fact, but
just what the facts are is quite imprecise.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I would like to ask you one
followwp question on that. Can you tell us
whether or not this, if it is true, puts the Soviets
ahead of the United States in what has been called
the missile race?
A. No, I cannot tell you that. I suppose there
are some experts who could guess at it but I would
prefer to have you put that question to the De-
fense Department who are more expert in this
field — I am sure more expert than I am.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what effect do you suppose
this toould have on Congress'' consideration of the
foreign aid program? Will Congress be more
inclined now to vote more funds because of the
threat of the new Soviet missile?
A. I hope that they will. Perhaps there is no
absolutely clear, logical connection between this
particular statement and the foreign aid program,
but, as we have seen, logic does not always hold in
these matters. I think the events in Syria are a
stronger argument for the program than the de-
velopments in the case of atomic missiles. But
they all go to show that we face a formidable
threat and the importance of maintaining ade-
quate mutual common defense against it.
There is this relationship of the two. I was
saying a few moments ago that there is a sharp
division of opinion on whether or not during the
foreseeable future, say the next decade, these
missiles will be equal in effectiveness to planes.
But certainly our planes will have to have foreign,
bases in order to be able to match the effectiveness
of either Soviet planes or missiles. And a policy
on our part which, in effect, would dismantle the
common mutual security system which we have
with our allies — some 42 in number — where we
combine our facilities in these matters, would be
perilous. That is an indispensable part of our
security. If we continue, as we surely will, to de-
pend to a very large extent upon strategic air
power and retaliatory power, it is also extremely
important that we should have a common defense
system with the allies so that those staging areas
will be as diversified and as useful as possible.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the question of Syria,
would you give us your reading, as of today, as
to what is the status in Syria? Is it a Commu-
nist government or is it a people's republic? Is
it tending in that direction or how do you see the
situation?
A. I don't think I can add too much to the
evaluation which President Eisenhower gave last
Wednesday at his press conference. There have
been no developments since that time which I think
would pennit us to evaluate the situation any
more closely than he did. As you know, Loy
458
Depat\men\ of State Bulletin
Henderson is over in the area at the present time
discussing the situation with some of Syria's
neighboi-s. He will be going on down to Beirut
in the next day or two and have some further
talks there. As a result of the information he
gets we may be able to be more precise. But for
the moment I would not go beyond what President
Eisenhower said last week.
Q. Mr. Secretary, did you mean to suggest a
few 7nom£nts ago that logic does not always pre-
vail in the appropriations committee of Congress?
A. "Well, I suppose that could have been in-
ferred from what I said.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in mid-September the Jap-
anese Foreign Minister is going to visit you. I
wonder if you could tell us, sir, some of the sub-
jects that you would like to take up with him when
he does come to W ashington?
A. I do not know of any particular subjects that
have been established for our talks. Of course
we did have the very full and extensive talks with
the Prime Minister at the time when he was also
the Foreign Minister. We covered the whole
gamut of the relations between the United States
and Japan at that time and had a very satisfac-
tory series of talks. I think things are working
out along the lines that we then agreed upon.^ So
I imagine that the purpose of the new Foreign
Minister in coming here is to get acquainted, to
have an exchange of views as to the progress that
has been made in carrying out the understandings
I arrived at with Prime Minister Kishi when he
was here. But I do not know of any new topic
j that is going to be brought up.
Reporters to Communist China
Q. Mr. Secretary, Pd like to ask you a question
about the reporters going to Communist China."^
How do you regard American newspapermen?
Do you think they are instruments of United States
foreign policy?
A. I think that every American citizen has an
i obligation to be responsive to United States for-
^ For text of joint communique, see Boixetin of July 8,
1957, p. 51.
= lUd., Sept. 9, 1957, p. 420.
Sepfemfaer 76, 1957
eign policy insofar as that policy is legally and
authoritatively expressed.
Q. Mr. Secretary?
A. Yes.
Q. This is a bit of a personal question in a way
because Pm connected with a photographic news-
gathering agency. We have been told by the De-
partment that among the 2Ii, that are going, they
do not care whether they send a reporter or a
photographer. With that reasoning, sir, why
would photographic news agencies be denied the
right to go, sir, on your approved list? Could
you tell us your reasoning there, please?
A. Wliat we are doing here is to make an ex-
perimental effort. It's not definitive, it may be
subject to expansion, it may be subject to con-
traction, depending upon how it works, how
people are treated, what facilities they have for
gathering news. Now, we wanted to make this
initial experiment on a modest basis because we
do not want to have a large nmnber of Americans
going about in China at a time when there is a
mistreatment of Americans and when there is a
high degree of suspicion toward newspaper people.
There is indeed a threat in the Peiping PeopWs
Daily that they may be treated as spies and may
be imprisoned, as are the Americans now in
China.
Now, if you try to carry a thing out on a
limited, experimental basis, you're not going to be
able to meet everybody's views. We had a series
of talks, several talks, with responsible represent-
atives of the various agencies and, largely as a
result of their suggestions, this seemed to be the
best way to get started. I can't justify every de-
tail of it. In fact, I can't perhaps justify the
pure logic of doing it at all. It is obviously on
an experimental, ad hoc basis, and I don't attempt
to justify it in every detail or explain the refine-
ments of it. We had a practical talk as to how
to get going here on a limited basis, and the best
consensus that we could get was that this was the
best way to get started.
Q. Can I ask you one more question, Mr. Sec-
retary?
A. Yes.
Q. In that equation it seems a little bit one-
sided with 24- newspapermen and no photogra-
459
fhers. Did you consider the possihility of sending
a photographer that might represent the industry?
A. One of tlie factors we took into account there
was that, as far as I know, there are in Moscow 12
correspondents and I think no photographers as
such. They vise local photographic facilities. It's
always possible to use local photographic fa-
cilities, which we assume will be in China as in
Russia. We suggested that any agency which
has shown enough interest in gathering foreign
news to have maintained at least one foreign cor-
respondent could send anybody it wanted. Now,
that isn't a perfect formula. You can whittle at it,
I know. But after a lot of very serious and
thoughtful consideration by myself and my asso-
ciates, this seemed about the best thing we could
do.
Issue of Reciprocity
Q. Mr. Secretary., can you explain why you
raised the issue of reciprocity in your statement of
last week?
A. Yes. I raised it for this reason : We wanted
to obviate any claim by the Chinese Communists
that they would be entitled as a right to send a cor-
responding number of Chinese persons to this
country. That we could not do under the law.
As you know, the law hedges about very strictly
the possibility of Communists coming to this coun-
try. There has to be a finding made by the Attor-
ney General to pennit any Communist to come.
Whether or not he could make those findings in
the light of the present relations that we have
witli Communist China and the lack of facilities
that we have, I do not know. One thing I do
know, which is that we cannot admit as a right
a reciprocity claim on the part of the Chinese
Communists, and we thought it best to make that
clear in advance.
Q. Well., Mr. Secretary, would the Department
he prepared to consider the possibility of admit-
ting some number from one up of Chinese cor-
respondents, not as a right but as a matter of hard
bargaining?
A. So far as I know we have never laid down
any absolute rule that no Chinese Communist
could come to this country. So far as I know there
is no application for anyone to come. There have
been no suggestions up to the present time of a
desire to have them come. If any application is
made, it will be considered under the law.
Q. Mr. Secretary, we apparently are not mak-
ing too much progress from the photographic and
television request to go there. May I ask you an
tmrelated question.. Have you heard the record
"/ Have Fallen in Love with John Foster Dulles'*^?
(Laughter)
A. I have heard that there was such a record,
but I have not heard it either alive or on the
machine.
Q. Mr. Secretary, if tve could go back to China
for just a moment, what action, if any, is the State
Department taking in regard to the ^1 American
students who ivent to Co^nmunist China?
A. Well, we took the action that was made
public by Mr. Herter week before last, ^ I think,
when he was Acting Secretary of State, and no
action beyond that.
Q. Mr. Secretary, your references to the Chinese
reaction to the ruling on American n^fwspaper-
men, plus your leaving open at least the possibility
of considering Chinese correspondents coming
here, gives the impression that you do not con-
sider this turndown from Peiping to be definitive.
Is that correct?
A. The turndown by Peiping to be definitive?
Q. Yes.
A. No. In the first place, it's not official. As far
as I know, there has been no denial of any appli-
cation by an American newspaper person for a
visa. There have been propaganda emissions but
nothing that I know of that is official or definitive.
I can see reasons why perhaps they want to defer
tlie correspondents going to China. Possibly it's
related to tlie presence there of these Americans
of this Youth Festival. That is one of the spec-
ulations. But so far we do not know definitively
what the attitude of the Cliinese Communist
regime will be.
German Elections
Q. Mr. Secretary, Jf years ago at a news confer-
ence you said in answer to a question that you
tho^ight that it would be a good thing for Western
" For a letter addressed to the American students from
Mr. Herter, see ibid., Sept. 2, 1957, p. 393.
460
Depar/menf of Sfafe Bulletin
Euro-pean unity if Chancellor Adenauer were re-
elected. Now he is up for reelection again, and I
would like to ask you if you still hold the same
mew and what do you think would be the effect
on Western unity?
A. Well, I remember that question and answer,
and I remember that at the time it was misin-
terpreted, I should say, as an effort to interfere
in German politics. I am afraid if I told you I
still believed the same thing, it would similarly be
misinterpreted so I prefer not to say that.
(Laughter)
Q. Mr. Secretary, once having answered the
question, your declining to ansxoer it now might
he interpreted on the other hand to mean that you
have changed your mind.
A. Well, I think I have said enough about that.
Q. Well, in fact, to get hack to the German thing
in a different light, your name and the United
States has heen dragged into the election cam-
paign more, I think, than a foreign couMtry has
been dragged into an election ca^npaign in recent
history. Could you comment? I think there was
an open letter addressed to you, asking yow to
hack one of the particular political parties tliere,
charging you that you had hacked another one,
and so on. Could you comment at all on the drag-
ging of your name and the name of the United
States into this election hattle?
A. I don't like the use of the word "dragged."
It has implications that I don't accept, as though
you were being pulled through the dust, so to
speak. Now, if there are those in Germany who
think it is a matter to be appraised as to whether
or not the policies of Germany and the United
States coincide, whether American policy is help-
ing Germany, that is a thing for the Germans to
decide. I wouldn't call that dragging our name
into the election. As a matter of fact, I don't
know myself of any use of President Eisenhower's
name or my name. I have heard the reports that
they have been used, but I have no personal knowl-
edge of that, nor have I seen any special document
or statement in which our name has been used.
Deputy Under Secretary Henderson's Trip to Middle
East
Q. Mr. Secretary, when do you expect Mr. Hen-
derson to return, and do you helieve that he will
go to any other Middle Eastern oou/ntries after he
leaves Lebanon?
A. I don't know. His present plans, I think, are
to go to Beirut. He may meet there with some
of our other area ambassadors in search for fur-
ther information and then return. I just couldn't
say. His plans are flexible.
Q. Is it a fact-find trip he is on? Do you refer
to it as that?
A. Yes. We are anxious to evaluate the sit-
uation and particularly to get the evaluation of
those in the area and our ambassadors in the
area and the representatives of the neighbors of
Syria, who, I may say, are very genuinely alarmed
themselves about what is going on. They are
greatly disturbed over the fact that there has been
this pumping in of a very large quantity of mil-
itary equipment, which gives Syria important
offensive capabilities, and the apparent lodging
of the control of those weapons in the hands of
those who seem to be influenced at least by in-
ternational communism.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is Mr. Henderson prepared
to go to Syria or Egypt?
A. He might go there if it served any useful
purpose. I haven't thought of that so far. As
you know, our Ambassador to Syria, Mr. [James
S.] Moose, [Jr.], is here in Washington and we
have been conferring with him and we get here the
information that he has about conditions in Syria.
And Ambassador [Raymond A.] Hare in Cairo is
in very close touch with the situation there. I
would doubt if he would go to either Syria or
Egypt, although I don't fully exclude it.
Acceptance of Chinese Communists' Passports
Q. Mr. Secretary, the United States has ac-
cepted Chinese Communists^ passports in the past,
haven't they?
A. On one occasion that I am aware of.
Q. At the United Nations?
A. That is the time that a group came to the
United Nations in 1950, I think it was.
Q. Would this violate the principle, then, if
you would accept Chinese Commu/nist passports
from Chinese reporters?
Sepfember 76, 1957
461
A. I have said, I think, that any time any appli-
cation is made for a United States visa it will be
considered on its merits, and it will have to run
the gamut of the applicable law, which in this
case is rather severe. But that is the law. That
is not an improvised policy.
Q. Is the question of law there, sir, a question
of whether an American visa can be put on a pass-
port of a country with which we do Twt have diplo-
matic relations, or is it a question involving Com-
munist countries or members of Gorwmunist par-
ties?
A. It is the latter. We would not put a visa
actually on the passport issued by a regime that
we do not recognize. We might and could give
a separate piece of paper to permit an individual
to come into the United States.
Q. Well, is there any difference, if th^ issu£ is
one of Communist membership, between a news-
paperman coming from the Soviet Union and one
coming from Communist China?
A. Well, there is this difference : that some of
the ones that come from the Soviet Union, for ex-
ample, I think the representatives of TASS, come
here as officials. Now, we can accept officials of
a government we recognize. We cannot accept as
officials the representatives of a regime that we
do not recognize. Therefore, they would have to
meet the legal test which is applicable to non-
officials rather than to officials.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is the State Department ask-
ing Congress for any passport legislation in rela-
tion to this matter?
A. We have asked for legislation which will
permit the easing at least of the fingerprint re-
quirements. I think that a bill to that effect has
now passed the Senate and is now pending before
the House.
General Assembly To Reconvene
To Consider Hungarian Problem
U.S./tJ.N. press release 2704 dated August 19
The following statement on the meeting of the
General Assembly on September 10 was issued on
August 19 by Francis W. Carpenter, press secre-
tary for the United States delegation:
The United States hails with satisfaction the
notice that the United Nations Assembly will re-
convene on September 10 to consider once more
the tragedy of Hungary.
Henry Cabot Lodge, the United States Kepre-
sentative, feels that the forthcoming session will
afford the world outside the Iron Curtain an op-
portimity to examine developments in Hungary
and to act accordingly.
Mr. Lodge believes there are certain points to
be kept ever in mind in discussing the situation
in Hungary. These are :
1. The Soviet Union has not withdrawn its le-
gions from Hungary. This is in defiance of the
oft-expressed wish of the General Assembly.
2. The Hungarian regime of Kadar, resting un-
easily on Red bayonets, is carrying on a policy of
arrests and intimidation that is absolutely repul-
sive. This policy should be stopped.
3. The report of the Special Committee on
Himgary ^ is full of facts demonstrating beyond
doubt the dominant role of the Soviet in crushing
the freedom fighters last fall. This report should
be stamped with the full approval of the General
Assembly.
The United States is discussing with other dele-
gates the appropriate action to be recommended
for the General Assembly.
^For text of the final chapter of the report, see
Bulletin of July 8, 1957, p. 63.
462
Department of State Bulletin
Increasing the Effectiveness of Inter- American Economic Cooperation
Statement hy Robert B. Anderson
Secretary of the Treasury ^
This conference follows in logical succession
from the conference at Quitandinha in 1954. I
was deeply impressed by the enthusiasm with
which my predecessor, Secretary Humphrey,
viewed the Quitandinha meeting.^ He was con-
vinced at that meeting that there was unanimity
among the delegates as to the great and inspiring
objectives which we seek in this hemisphere. These
objectives are clear and can be defined simply :
We want our people all around the Americas to
live better ; we want them to pursue more healthful
lives; we want their lives filled with hope, en-
riched with progress, and inspired toward the im-
provement of standards of well-being. Above all,
we seek these goals while preserving the freedom
of our peoples. It was most encouraging to me
that in his eloquent address inaugurating this
conference, President Aramburu [of Argentina]
strongly reaffirmed the validity of these views.
As practical men with responsibility for helping
to shape our nations' economic policies, we shall
try to see our tasks as they really are, and not as
we might wish them to be. They are many ; they
are difficult; and they are continuing. They are
not to be dealt with by words alone, nor can they
be laid to rest once and for all by some dramatic
pronouncement at this or any other conference.
' Made on Aug. 19 at the first plenary session of the
Economic Conference of the Organization of American
States at Buenos Aires, Argentina (U.S. delegation press
release). Secretary Anderson served as chairman of the
U.S. delegation to the Conference from Aug. 1.5 to 19.
For names of other members of the U.S. delegation, see
BuLLETix of Aug. 26, 1957, p. 363.
' For a statement made by Mr. Humphrey at Quitan-
dinha on Nov. 23, 1954, see iiid., Dec. 6, 1954, p. 863.
Patience, persistence, and good will are the quali-
ties of mind and heart which we must bring to
our tasks.
I have recently talked at length with President
Eisenhower about these matters. He shares the
conviction that direct personal contacts and in-
timate exchanges between those of us who carry
public responsibilities are the surest guaranty
that our efforts will be successful and our objec-
tives transformed into practical and satisfactory
realities.
You will all recall the unprecedented meeting
of the Chiefs of State of the American Republics
which took place in Panama in July 1956,^ and
the Inter-American Committee of Presidential
Representatives which developed from it to con-
sider ways of strengthening the Organization of
American States in fields of cooperative effort
which directly affect the welfare of the individual.
As a result of the Committee's deliberations, a
series of recommendations was drawn up and sub-
mitted to the various Chiefs of State. President
Eisenhower on May 26 publicly expressed his
hope that many of the recommendations would be
put into effect as promptly as possible.*
We should not regard the meeting in Quitan-
dinha, the conference in Panama, or this confer-
ence as ends in themselves. Rather, each con-
ference evidences greater strides forward to our
common objectives. Wliat is really important is
the fact that we continue to demonstrate that 21
nations collectively, forming one of the world's
' For an address by President Eisenhower at the Com-
memorative Meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, see iMd., Aug. 6, 1956, p. 219.
' Ihid., June 24, 1957, p. 1014.
Sepf ember 76, 1957
463
most important commmiities, have come to the
same conviction — that the welfare and progress of
each member is related to the welfare and prog-
ress of each other member. Our approach has
been, and will continue to be, that of good
partners.
How then shall the Ministers of Finance or
Economy of our Governments go about the task
of increasing the effectiveness of their cooperative
efforts? It would be presumptuous for me, one
of the newest members of tlie group, to claim ex-
tensive personal familiarity with the details of
the questions which we shall discuss. The dele-
gation of the United States will express its views
on the matters of our agenda, and I earnestly hope
you will find them forward looking and
constructive.
Before we came here, my Government reviewed
and considered carefully the views that were ex-
pressed by the delegations in 1954 and weighed
them in the light of the progress we have made
in the interval of nearly 3 years since that meet-
ing. We welcome this opportunity — indeed we
feel it a responsibility — to express to you the fun-
damental approach which we bring to the ques-
tions before us.
This conference represents another important
step in the continuing evolution of a long history
of economic cooperation and business partner-
ship. We are dealing with fundamental and
long-range questions on which we can take
stock and fruitfully exchange thoughts and points
of view, but we recognize that in the economic
field the march of day-to-day events and the
cumulative effect of specific decisions in business
and in government play the major role.
A country achieves material progress by de-
veloping its human and material resources. There
is no other way to do it. The question that faces
this conference, therefore, is how can our coun-
tries most rapidly and most efficiently develop
their resources.
At inter- American meetings of this kind when
we consider economic development we sometimes
tend to talk as though Latin America were one
great homogeneous area. In fact, the economic
development of Latin America is the sum total of
the economic development of each of the individ-
ual countries in the area.
Wlien we examine the economic characteristics
of the Latin American countries one by one we
find a natural diversity. Some countries have
limited natural resources. Others are among the
most favored nations in the world in this respect.
Some countries are almost entirely producers of
raw materials. Others produce not only raw ma-
terials but also a wide variety of manufactured
goods.
But amidst this diversity let there be this
unity: however we develop our economies, how-
ever we use our resources or make our goods or
provide opportunities for work, let us above all
else guard freedom in all its aspects, for freedom
is indivisible.
There are certain profound convictions with
which I come to our meeting. They are convic-
tions which I have held throughout a lifetime.
Common Objectives
The first conviction is this : No difference exists
between us as to the objectives we seek. They are
objectives that can be defined only in terms of
human well-being and progress. We all agree
that man does not exist to enhance the importance
and power of the state, as the Communists would
have us believe. The state exists for man — to re-
spect his dignity as a child of God, to preserve his
rights as an individual, and to provide opportu-
nities which will enable him to develop, freely and
fully, in all the ways that enrich human life and
exalt its spiritual meaning and dignity. And
this is what we mean when we speak of promoting
commerce, industry, agriculture, and the develop-
ment of all of our resources. We promote them
because they make for the better employment of
our citizens, better homes for our families, better
education for our children, greater satisfaction of
our aspirations — in short, a better America for all
of us.
History has demonstrated the vital role of the
competitive enterprise system in the economic life
of our hemisphere. Its promise for the future is
even greater. Just as truth flourishes best in the
climate of political freedom, so in the economic
field the system of competitive enterprise promises
to yield most in the satisfaction of man's material
needs. This system produces most of what people
want most. I hope that at this conference we
can contribute to the gi-owth and strengthening of
this system.
It is wholesome that we should explore the vari-
ous ideas presented to us. No one knows better
than a minister of finance or economy how diffi-
464
Department of State Bulletin
cult it is to choose between alternative measures.
No one knows better than we that the iields of
economy and finance are not exact sciences. Let
us, therefore, approach our discussions with the
hope tJiat from a sincere and thoughtful exchange
of views will come ways of doing things which
are perhaps better than those which any of us
alone might have brought to this conference.
This leads me to a second conviction which I
hold strongly and which has been substantiated
in actual experience. This is that there is no
question incapable of resolution if we, as reason-
able men of good will and as the representatives
of our respective peoples, bring to bear on it the
best and united effort of all of our peoples. Presi-
dent Eisenhower has characterized the Organiza-
tion of American States and its predecessors as
"the most successfully sustained adventure in in-
ternational community living the world has ever
known."
In this hemisphere we have had the courage to
approach openly many problems for which solu-
tions had not been found in international society.
Some of these problems have found their first solu-
tion in the Americas. On other problems we have
made the greatest progress toward an eventual
solution that has yet been achieved. Why is this
true? I believe that it is because we do not let
differences of opinion divide us or breed distrust
among us.
Wlien we encounter a new problem or engage
in a new field of discussion we seek a road we can
all follow and which will ultimately bring us to
our common objective. This method of approach
has been a salient part of our cooperative effort
during the past 50 years and against the back-
ground of history has been little short of
remarkable.
Collective Security
For example, we developed in the Americas a
hemispheric approach to security which was
sealed in the Rio treaty of 1947. We unani-
mously agreed that an attack on any one state
would be considered an attack on all. This con-
cept of collective security has served as a pattern
for the strengthening of the entire free world.
Our purpose is peace, both with the rest of the
world and among ourselves. The repeatedly suc-
cessful application of the Rio treaty to settle
disputes between American states and the out-
standing services of the Inter-American Peace
Committee for peaceful settlement have estab-
lished beyond doubt the desire and ability of the
countries of the Americas to live peacefully
together.
This fact has great economic significance. The
assurances now provided by our common defense
system offer us a dramatic opportunity to give
greater emphasis to those economic activities that
can better the lot of our peoples. Military ex-
penditures, by their very nature, act as a brake
on rising living standards, and for that reason
they should be held to a level that will provide
an adequate posture of defense. All of us in the
Americas look forward to the day when a changed
world situation will permit a substantial reduc-
tion of our large military expenditures. In the
meantime, however, we must all do everything
we can to control reasonably our expenditures in
this area. All of us, I am confident, will continue
to scrutinize our military budgets in an effort to
accomplish savings that would make resources
available in each of our economies for the kind
of constructive development that advances eco-
nomic well-being.
My third great conviction is that the progress
and welfare of every American state is directly
related to the progress and welfare of each. None
of us can ever be indifferent to the problems and
the suffering of another. Each of us has a per-
sonal and strong interest in the welfare of each
of our partners. Often in the economic fields our
problems are particularly subtle and stubborn.
Our best interests as members of this great
American community clearly lie in pursuing a
policy of cooperation. A basic aspect of this
policy of cooperation is a firm determination on
the part of my country to preserve a climate that
will lead to the maintenance of a growing pros-
perity in the United States, which continues to
represent the largest, most stable, and expanding
market for the increasing production of the hemi-
sphei'e. To seek to avoid any return to the de-
pressed conditions of an earlier decade with the
costly shrinkage it meant in our own economy and
with the harmfitl reduction of your markets is a
fixed point in the policy of my Government and
of our whole people.
A further aspect of this policy of cooperation
relates to the important areas of trade and in-
vestment. Needless to say, each of us occasionally
September 16, 1957
465
is compelled to take action on the basis of im-
portant domestic considerations. Such depart-
ures from the general policy should be held to an
inescapable minimum and should be justified by
rigorous standards of necessity. In that way we
can maintain our basic course with respect to
international economic cooperation and maintain
as well the integrity of those occasional depar-
tures from it which legitimate national considera-
tions require.
Results of Cooperation
What are the results of our cooperative efforts
during the past 4 years ?
Today tlie people of the American states are
contributing more to the economic progress and
well-being of the world than at any previous time
in our history. The output of goods and services
is rising continuously at the rate of about three
percent a year in the United States and at even
higher rates in other American Republics. The
average annual increase in the real gross national
product for Latin America, as a whole, is esti-
mated by the Economic Commission for Latin
America at 4.3 percent for the 4 years 1953
through 1956. In several countries the rate of
growth has been even higher.
Earely, if ever, in history have we witnessed
such a sustained and vigorous level of prosperity
as we have been enjoying recently in the free
world. Indeed in this decade we find we have a
striking contrast to the world of 20 years ago.
Then trade had shrunk, prices were depressed, and
economic activity was feeble and discouraging.
Today there is an increasing concern of an oppo-
site character. In country after country the pres-
sui-e of monetary demand is so great that inflation
is either an unpleasant reality or a constant threat.
In my country we are well aware of this fact. We
are exerting our best efforts to keep our pros-
perity healthy and to avoid the adverse effects of
inflation fever.
Many of you have experienced the effects of
this economic illness and as finance ministers
know all too well what it brings. You know how
it not only complicates the task of the finance
minister but enters as a disturbing factor into all
the operations of business and the affairs of every-
day life. You know how it can lead a whole people
into competitive efforts to seek protection of their
assets rather than employing them for the bene-
fit of the community. You know how difficult it
is for domestic and foreign capital to play an
effective role in productive investment when there
is continual worry and preoccupation with the
dangers of a depreciating currency. You are
familiar with the exchange difficulties and the con-
stant tendency to excessive imports which infla-
tion brings in its train. You know how exports
may be discouraged when price relationships be-
come distorted.
The United States applauds the efforts that are
being made in many of the other American Re-
publics to deal with this menace and to achieve
greater financial stability and realistic and freer
rates of exchange. We are happy that the Inter-
national Monetary Fund has supported well-
conceived programs for combating inflation in
a number of these countries. The Treasury De-
partment and other agencies of my Government
have also supported these efforts.
We recognize that foreign trade and foreign
investment is only one limited aspect of this
broad panorama of economic development. Inter-
American transactions are themselves a segment of
the broader fabric of economic relations in the
free world. Let me speak briefly, however, of the
trade and investment transactions between my
own country and the other American Republics.
Through these transactions dollars become avail-
able to be effectively used by our sister republics.
The flow of these dollars is generated, first, by our
imports from the rest of the American States;
second, by our investments; and third, by our
loans for economic development. In each of these
categories we have in recent years reached the
highest levels yet recorded.
"Wlien we met at Quitandinha in 1954, imports
into the United States from Latin America had
reached the impressive annual rate of $3i/^ billion.
In 1956 they reached the record level of $3.8 bil-
lion. About 30 percent of our total imports of
goods from foreign countries are shipped from
Latin America.
The increase of United States and other foreign
private investment in Latin America has been
most impressive. The flow of private investment
from the United States, as shown by our balance
of payments, has greatly increased in the past
5 years. During the first 21^4 years following our
meeting at Quitandinha the figure amounts to
about $1.4 billion or more than three times the
corresponding rate during a comparable period
466
Department of State Bulletin
preceding the meeting at Quitandinha. This is
largely due to a very sharp expansion in direct
investments, particularly in 1956. In that year
direct investments exceeded $600 million, and total
private investment amounted to more than $800
million.
Role of Private Enterprise
I should like to refer to some aspects of the role
of private enterprise and private capital in the
development of the American Eepublics.
It is reasonable that the governments and people
of Latin America should expect our United States
investors, to whom they extend a hospitable wel-
come, to be constructive members of the communi-
ties in which they operate. Certainly it is our
earnest desire that they shall be. These same in-
vestors, we believe, are substantially determined
that they shall be a factor toward progress in
human welfare.
In the field of foreign investment we think
there is a danger that undue attention may be
given to the very partial figures which appear in
balance-of -payments statements. From these fig-
ures it might be inferred that the investment of
foreign capital brings no advantage, on balance,
to the international accounts of the country re-
ceiving such investment. We believe such a con-
clusion would be incorrect for several reasons.
First, the balance-of -payments data do not show
the complete picture. They do not show, for
example, the total amount of new investment
which has taken place on behalf of private in-
vestors. The Department of Commerce of my
Government made a special study ^ of the opera-
tions of a large group of United States enterprises
operating in Latin America. The study covered
the year 1955 and included companies holding
nearly $6 billion of assets in Latin America.
These companies represent about 85 percent of all
United States operations in Latin America. The
study showed that whereas the net capital these
companies received from the United States
amounted to $129 million, their total investment
° For an article based on this study, see "The Role of
U.S. Investments in the Latin American Economy," by
Samuel Pizer and Frederick Cutler, Survey of Current
Business, January 1957, for sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, Government Printing OflBce, Washington 25,
D. C, 30 cents.
expenditures were about four times that amount,
or $570 million. The difference between these two
figures was financed out of retained earnings, de-
preciation, and other sources of funds.
The study showed further that the operations
of these companies resulted in direct foreign-
exchange income to Latin America of $2.3 billion,
or $1 billion more than the total exchange required
by these companies for their operations and remit-
tances. This $1 billion remained in Latin Ameri-
can countries for other exchange purposes.
In connection with their total sales of nearly
$5 billion, wages and salaries were paid by these
companies to 600,000 employees. Moreover, ap-
proximately $1 billion was paid to Latin Ameri-
can governments in various forms of taxation.
The revenue derived from this source became
available for the financing of highways, ports, and
other activities which the governments have under-
taken.
This special study has, we believe, helped to
correct one misconception about the effect of for-
eigia investment upon the financial position of
recipient countries. It does not, however, tell the
whole story. The advantages of foreign invest-
ment do not end with their final effect upon the
balance-of-payments position. A chief value of
the investment, whether it be domestic or foreign,
lies in its capacity to increase the total national
production of the country in which it was made.
This comes through increased productivity.
We believe in my country that technical im-
provements and managerial knowledge which lead
to increased productivity may be even more im-
portant to rising standards of living than growth
in the stock of capital. The shortage of mana-
gerial skills and technical knowledge may be more
real and more pressing than any shortage of
capital. Private investment carries with it the
most highly developed technical and managerial
skill. It brings to bear on the development proc-
ess this essential and dynamic influence to which
we attribute so much of our own growth.
The managerial experience and knowledge of
techniques and skills required for the successful
development of resources is a prerequisite to the
most effective use of increased capital funds. The
technical knowledge and managerial skills ac-
quired by citizens of Latin America, both in on-
the-job training in plants and enterprises financed
by foreign capital as well as through the quite
September 16, 1957
467
remarkable number of visits to the United States
sponsored by both private enterprise and our tech-
nical cooperation programs, represent for this
hemisphere an ever expanding fund of what might
be called managerial wealth — an asset of incalcu-
lable value.
As we all realize, the movement of private
capital cannot be forced. Private investment
flows only where the situation is attractive. In-
vestment opportunities throughout the free world
are so numerous that all who seek investment
capital must compete for it. Even in the most
highly developed countries there is a shortage of
savings for investment. Nevertheless, as the
figures demonstrate, the Latin American Repub-
lics have been successfully competing and obtain-
ing a sharply expanded flow of new capital funds.
In this they have been more fortunate than many
other areas which have not been able to devote
their resources so fully to peaceful and construc-
tive purposes.
The process of private capital investment can
of course be facilitated. As you know, my
Government believes that toward this end govern-
ments should remove tax obstacles that lie in the
way of capital formation and private investment.
This can be done both through unilateral meas-
ures, which would remove unsound tax policies
and administrative practices, and through inter-
national tax agreements.
We have been engaged in the negotiation of
broad tax agreements with a number of countries.
In addition to establishing rules in these agree-
ments by which to assure fair tax treatment, we
have sought to give recognition to so-called tax-
sparing laws which seek to encourage the inflow
of capital by granting tax reduction for limited
periods of time. The executive departments of
our Government are trying to devise a formula
by which a credit would be allowed under our
laws for the taxes given up by a country seeking
to attract capital, in the same way as a credit is
given for taxes actually collected by that comitry.
Tax agreements are, of course, a matter for
negotiation between the executive branches of two
governments. Like all treaties, they must, in the
United States as in many other countries, obtain
the approval of the legislative branches of govern-
ment before they can become effective. We now
have several prospective treaties in varying stages
of the procedure. One, which includes a credit
for tax-sparing, is now under review by the legis-
lative bodies of the signatory countries.
Economic Development
We realize that much is to be done toward eco-
nomic development in Latin America. In addition
to private capital, credits from public institutions
are important sources of capital. Many hundreds
of millions of dollars will be involved. We feel
a sense of responsibility and will participate in
this development. The extent of our effort will
be determined by careful planning, by the ability
of countries to absorb capital, and by the assur-
ance of realistic benefits to the economy and the
people of the republics involved. Here my coun-
try acts directly through the Export-Import
Bank.
You will recall the policy of the Export-Import
Bank, first announced at the Caracas conference,
and reaffirmed at the Quitandinha conference.
Our Government indicated that our country
would be prepared to encourage the financing of
all sound economic development projects, includ-
ing loans in the private sector, i:i the best interest
of the comitries involved, and for which private
capital was not available. This policy has, I be-
lieve, produced impressive results. In the 3-year
period ending June 30, 1957, the bank has au-
thorized credits of some $840 million to Latin
America.
It is significant that more than 40 percent of
the bank's total authorizations in all countries
during the last 10 years have been made in the
Latin American Republics. Since the Quitandin-
ha conference, the bank has extended in Latin
America almost 21^ times as much in development
loans as it had extended in the similar period bo-
fore that conference.
During the last fiscal year, indeed, the Export-
Import Bank concentrated even more of its de-
velopment lending in Latin America. Leaving
aside its loans for the purchase of agricultui'ul
commodities and livestock and the special loan to
the United Kingdom which was made on a secured
basis, the bank's total of development loans
throughout the world was $482 million during tlie
year. Of this amount no less than $354 million, or
73 percent of the total, was extended in Latin
America.
As more and more sound economic projects are
developed, the participation of the Export-Import
468
Department of Slate Bulletin
Bank will be intensified so as to meet expanding
needs. The International Bank for Reconstruc-
tion and Development is also an important source
of development loans and the International Fi-
nance Corporation is becoming an additional
significant source.
As far as we can see ahead, we believe that the
adequacy of capital to meet the needs of sound
development is 2iot a question of additional m-
stitutions but the fuller utilization of those in
being so as to keep pace with the expanding needs
of constructive projects as they develop.
We are, as well, providing important credits to
our Latin American neighbors through the so-
called Public Law 480 agreements, mider which
our Government sells quantities of our agricul-
tural reserves to foreign governments for local
currencies. Under these agreements substantial
portions of the sales proceeds are lent to the pur-
chasing governments as additional sources of eco-
nomic development capital. Thus far the amounts
allocated for loans, or actually lent, to Latin
American countries through this arrangement
total about $250 million.
In addition to the expansion of the technical
cooperation program in Latin America, which was
annoimced by the United States delegation at the
Quitandinha conference in 1954, the United States
through the International Cooperation Adminis-
tration continued its program of emergency eco-
nomic assistance to Latin America to help resolve
problems which were beyond tlie resources of the
individual countries. During the last year a spe-
cial regional fund authorized by the Congress of
the United States was tlie source of grants
amounting to $2 million to the Organization of
American States for malaria eradication and for
improved research facilities at the Inter- American
Institute of Agricultural Sciences in Costa Rica.
This fund was also the source of loans totaling
nearly $13 million to seven countries for projects
in the fields of education, health and sanitation,
and land settlement.
All of these are encouraging developments.
They are further evidence of a wholesome trend
in inter- American cooperation. But let us always
remember that economic development in a large
and complex area cannot be reduced to easy sim-
plicity. More important than any other factor
Mill be the individual efforts of each people and
their dedication to a program of work and sav-
ings and the orderly management of their own
government and economic affairs.
Heartening as the flow of foreign capital into
Latin America may be, we are aU fully aware
that such capital can, at best, make only a partial
contribution to the total investment requirements
of an expanding economy. The accumulation of
domestic savings and the ajiplication of those sav-
ings in productive activity are essential to sound
economic progress. We must not lose sight of this
important fact. We should study with great care
the general conditions wliich are necessary to en-
courage domestic private savings and to insure
that these are used productively in the domestic
economy.
You and I, as ministers bearing the principal
responsibility for our Governments in this field,
can find real encouragement in the current rate
of development in our countries. But we must
ask ourselves, are we justified in complacency and
satisfaction ? We are not. The energetic and far-
sighted peoples of all of our republics demand that
we find effective ways to bring to more and more
millions of people throughout the hemisphere
those standards of living which are attainable if
we make the best use of our human and natural
resources and our capital.
It is to consider ways of meeting this challenge
that we are here. It will never be simple to put
together our natural resources, labor, and capital
so as to produce the requirements of a rapidly
growing population and, at the same time, raise
per capita standards. It will always be a challeng-
ing task. It requires unrelenting effort to improve
technology. It requires improvement in organiza-
tion and skills. It will depend upon the people
and the leaders of each of our countries and their
willingness to work, and save, and encourage effi-
ciency.
The delegation from my country will approach
this challenge with sincerity. We shall not under-
estimate the problems of the future. None of us
wishes to encourage unreasonable or impractical
expectations. But I hope that we all share the
conviction that, when the time comes for us to
return to our respective countries, it will be with
the knowledge that each of us has made a con-
tribution to the discharge of our historic responsi-
bility to make of these lands a better home for
all of our citizens and for our children, and a better
inheritance for other generations of Americans.
September 16, 1957
469
Flight of Two Soviet Planes
to United States Approved
Press release 479 dated August 26
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The Department of State on August 26 handed
to tlie Charge d'Affaires of the Soviet Union a note
approving a Soviet request of August 21, 1957, to
fly two TU-104 passenger planes to the United
States carrying the delegation of the Soviet Union
to the forthcoming session of the United Nations
General Assembly. Within United States air
space the flights will be under the control of the
Civil Aeronautics Administration, and U.S. flight
personnel will be on board the planes as they enter
United States air space. In its request the Soviet
Government asked that American flight personnel
board the aircraft at Gander to navigate the planes
over United States territoiy.
In the past U.S. official delegations, including
that to the 1947 Foreign Ministers Conference,
have been permitted to fly to Moscow in U.S. air-
craft, and since the war the Soviet Government
has consistently approved flights carrying the U.S.
Ambassador to and from Moscow.
TEXT OF NOTE
The Department of State acknowledges receipt
of note No. 17 dated August 21, 1957 ^ from the
Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics stating that the members of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics Delegation to the 12th
Session of the United Nations General Assembly
intend to leave Moscow for New York on two TU-
104: passenger planes, landing at Idlewild or some
other airfield in the New York area.
In view of the existing arrangements with re-
spect to fliglits by United States aircraft to Mos-
cow, the Department of State approves tlie fliglit
of one TU-104 Soviet passenger plane about Sep-
tember 3-7 and the flight of another TU-104
Soviet passenger plane about September 13-17,
1957 over the territory of the United States and
their landing at a suitable airport in the United
States for the purpose of transporting the mem-
' Not printed here.
470
bers of the Soviet delegation to the 12th Session
of the United Nations General Assembly.
The airport where United States flight person-
nel will board the above mentioned Soviet planes
before their entry into the air space of the United
States, the landing field in the United States, and
other technical information requested in the Em-
bassy's note under reference will be communicated
in the near future.
U.S. Invites Soviet To Submit
Plane Dispute to ICJ
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Press release 472 dated August 22
On August 19, 1957, the American Embassy in
Moscow delivered a note to the Soviet Ministry of
Foreign Affairs inviting the Soviet Union to sub-
mit the dispute over the loss of a Neptune plane to
the International Court of Justice at The Hague.
The note makes reference to a formal international
diplomatic claim which was presented by the
United States to the Soviet Union on October 12,
1956,^ and which the Soviets rejected in their note
of January 21, 1957, disputing U.S. statements
both as to fact and as to international law.
The dispute concerns the destruction in the air
space over the international waters of the Sea of
Japan on September 4, 1954, of a United States
P2V-type aircraft, commonly known as a Neptune
type, by military aircraft of the Soviet Union,
involving the death of Ens. Roger H. Reid and a
claim for damages totaling $1,355,650.52.
The differences between the United States and
the U.S.S.R. as to the facts in the case concern
the position of our aircraft at the time of the un-
provoked and siidden attack ; the differences as to
law relate to the Soviet claim that their territorial
waters extend to 12 miles from the coast whereas
the United States recognizes the traditional 3-
mile limit.
The Soviets claim that the aircraft was within
12 miles of their coast. In fact the aircraft was
not closer to Soviet territory than 33 to 40 nautical
miles. Although the scene of this incident was ini
I
' Bdixetin of Oct. 29, 1956, p. 677.
Department of State Bulletin,
the. vicinity of Peter the Great Bay, the closure
of which by the Soviets was the subject of the U.S.
protest of August 12, 1957,^ the two matters are
not directly related.
TEXT OF U.S. NOTE OF AUGUST 19
Excellency : I have the honor to transmit, upon
the instruction of my Government, the following
communication from my Govermnent to your
Government :
The Government of the United States of Amer-
ica has received the note No. 5/OSA of January
21, 1957, replying to the United States Govern-
ment's note delivered by its Embassy in Moscow
as note No. 347 of October 12, 1956, relating to
the destruction in the air space over the interna-
tional waters of the Sea of Japan on September
4, 1954, by military aircraft of the Government of
the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics of a
United States Navy P2V-type aircraft, commonly
known as a Neptune type. The United States
Government notes that the Soviet Government has
categorically rejected the United States Govern-
ment's claim for damages ; that the Soviet Govern-
ment has disputed the United States Government's
allegations of fact on this subject as well as its al-
legations of law. It notes further that the Soviet
Government in its note of January 21, 1957, in
material variance from the allegations of the
United States Government contends that the "en-
counter" took place at "a point with coordinates
42° 42' north latitude and 133° 39' east longitude",
which the Soviet Government claims is within
Soviet territorial air space. The United States
Government denies the factual as well as the legal
validity of this contention and further reasserts
that the actions of the Soviet Govermnent against
the P2V aircraft were without warning and un-
provoked, and, under the circumstances which ob-
tained, illegal.
In view of the foregoing considerations, the
United States Government believes, and hereby
notifies the Soviet Government that it deems, that
an international dispute exists between the two
govermnents falling within the competence of the
International Court of Justice and proposes that
that dispute be presented for hearing and decision
in the International Court of Justice. Since the
Soviet Government has thus far not filed with
that Court any declaration of acceptance of the
compulsory jurisdiction of that Court, the United
States Government invites the Soviet Government
to file an appropriate declaration with the Court,
or to enter into a Special Agreement, by which
the Court may be empowered in accordance with
its Statute and Rules to determine the issues of
fact and law between the parties. Tlie Soviet
Government is requested to inform the United
States Government of its intentions with respect
to such a declaration or Special Agreement.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.
TEXT OF SOVIET NOTE OF JANUARY 21
Translation
No. 5/OSA
In connection with the note of the Government of the
United States of America No. 347 of October 12, 1956 the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
considers it necessary to state the following.
The circumstances of the violation of the frontier of
the U.S.S.R. in the region of Cape Ostrovnoi on Septem-
ber 4, 19.54 by an American aircraft of the "Neptune" type
were set forth in the notes of the Soviet Government of
September 5 ' and 8, 1954.
In these notes it was communicated that according to
precisely established facts on September 4, 1954 at 1812
hours local time an American military twin-engined air-
craft of the type "Neptune" violated the frontier of the
U.S.S.R. in the region of Cape Ostrovnoi. On the approach
to the American aircraft of two Soviet fighter-aircraft
with the aim of indicating to it that it was within the
limits of the frontier of the Soviet Union, and of propos-
ing that it leave the air space of the U.S.S.R., the
American aircraft under reference opened fire on the
Soviet airplanes. In view of such a hostile, unjustifiable
act of the violating American aircraft toward the Soviet
aircraft, the latter were forced to open return fire, after
which the American aircraft withdrew toward the sea.
Soviet authorities have no information about the further
fate of the violating aircraft.
The carefully verified data set forth in the Soviet notes
fully correspond to reality, and it was not necessary for
the Soviet party, in contradistinction to the American, to
replace several times one set of data with another, de-
claring that the information given earlier was erroneous.
'Ibid., Sept. 2, 1957, p. 388.
September 16, 1957
' For exchange of notes, see ibid., Sept. 13, 1954, p. 365.
The U.S. notes were delivered on Sept. 6.
471
In this connection attention cannot but be directed to
tlie following.
In Note No. 202 of September 6, 1954, the Government
of the U.S.A. stated that the encounter of the American
aircraft with the Soviet fighters occurred over the open
sea 100 miles to the east of Vladivostok. But soon it re-
tracted its assertion since it turned out that the point
100 miles to the east of Vladivostok was not located over
the open sea, but on the territory of the U.S.S.R.
On September 10, 1954, the U.S. representative, Mr.
Lodge, speaking in the Security Council of the United Na-
tions Organization, named a new point for the encounter
of the aircraft with the coordinates 42° 15' north latitude
and 134° 24' east longitude and stated that "there could
be no doubt" about the encounter at precisely this point.
However, as is obvious from the text of the U.S. Govern-
ment's note of October 12, 1956, at present the American
party indicates still a third point with the coordinates
42° 22' north latitude and 134° 11' east longitude. In
reality the encounter of the aircraft occurred in the air
space of the U.S.S.R. in the region of Cape Ostrovnoi at
a point with coordinates 42° 42' north latitude and 133°
39' east longitude, as the American military command
is undoubtedly aware.
The statement of the American party concerning
whether the American aircraft opened fire on the Soviet
fighters has also undergone changes. Thus, in the note of
the Government of the U.S.A. No. 203 of September 6,
1954 it was maintained that the American aircraft during
the course of the whole time of flight did not open fire on
the Soviet aircraft. However, in the note of October 12,
1956 the American party already acknowledges that the
American aircraft opened fire on the Soviet fighters.
The numerous changes by the American party in the
version of the flight of the aircraft "Neptune" in the
region of Cape Ostrovnoi and of its action upon the en-
counter with the Soviet aircraft testifies that the Ameri-
can party is trying in every way to escape responsibility,
and notwithstanding the facts, to create the impression
that the American aircraft did not violate the frontier of
the Soviet Union and was the victim of an attack by
Soviet fighters over the open sea.
With this aim the American party is attempting again
to place in doubt the legality of the establishment by the
Soviet Union of the twelve-mile limit of territorial waters.
Attempts of this kind, as was pointed out in the note of
the Soviet Government of December 31, 1954, are ground-
less and have no basis whatsoever.
The Government of the U.S.A. in its note states that
the American aircraft "Neptune" could not have violated
the borders of the U.S.S.R. if only because during its
flight on September 4, 1954, there was clear weather, good
vi.sibility and the aircraft was navigated by a qualified
crew. In this connection the Soviet Government con-
siders it necessary to point out that good conditions of
the flight of the aircraft in question merely confirm the
correctness of the conclusion contained in the Note of the
Soviet Government of September 8, 1954 that the violation
by this aircraft of the frontier of the U.S.S.R. was not
accidental and was connected with the carrying out of
a specific assignment of the military command of the
472
U.S.A. It is appropriate to recall that three other
American aircraft which violated the Soviet frontier De-
cember 11, 1956 invaded the airspace of the Soviet Union,
as was indicated in the Note of the Soviet Government
of December 15, 1956,* also in conditions of clear weather
with good visibility.
On the basis of the foregoing, the Soviet Government
states that if the American party has incurred any damage
whatsoever in connection with the incident which took
place September 4, 1954, then the responsibility for that
damage and for all other consequences connected with
the incident under reference lies entirely on the American
party, inasmuch as it has been precisely determined that
the U.S. military aircraft, having violated the frontier of
the U.S.S.R., invaded the airspace of the Soviet Union
and without any basis opened fire on Soviet fighters. In
view of this the Soviet Government rejects as unfounded
the claim set forth in the Note of October 12 of the Gov-
ernment of the U.S.A.
The Soviet Government entirely conlirms its notes of
September 5 and 8, 1954.
Moscow, January 21, 1957.
To THE EMBASST of THE
United States of Amebica
Moscow
U.S. Issues Commemorative Stamp
Honoring President Magsaysay
FoUowirig are statements made hy President
Eisenhmoer and Secretary Dulles on August SO
at the Post Office Department., Washington, D. C,
at the ceremony to dedicate the issuance of the
Ramon Magsaysay '■'■Champion of Liberty'''' com/-
tnemorative stamp.
REMARKS BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
White House press release dated August 30
It is indeed a very great and distinct privilege
to join so many distinguished guests in honoring
a true champion of liberty. I want especially to
mention the presence here of representatives of
other governments, Ijecause by your presence you
acknowledge your devotion to the same concept
that you have heard praised in the case of Presi-
dent Magsaysay. Yourselves, your Governments,
and your countries stand also ready to sacrifice and
to give for this great concept.
As I am an added starter on the program, I am
not expected to make a speech, but with your per-
■■ For text of Soviet note and U.S. reply, see ibid., Jan.
28, 1957, p. 135.
Department of State Bulletin
mission I advert for one. moment to one part of
Ambassador Roniulo's statement. Incidentally, he
is a gentleman who has been my good friend for
more than 22 years — since I first served in the
Philippines. He said Magsaysay did not sustain,
support, and worship freedom merely in words —
however eloquent. He did it in flaming action —
in the words of Carlos Eomulo. He underetood
that freedom is not possible to sustain imless there
is some economic base — some way of allowing a
man to gain his self-respect tJirough earning his
own living. He liad behind him a long history of
Spanish occupation in the Philippines, and he
knew liow the grandees of that time had suppressed
and enslaved, in truth, the common people of the
Philippines. Traces of it were still alive when
Magsaysay came along. He realized that the town
needed more rice, that liberty was impossible to
sustain unless you made it possible for the people
to grow that rice, to have a better living, to gain
some kind of education, to get doctors into the
barrios and out into the hinterland where none
had ever penetrated before.
For these things he worked. I submit, not only
to my fellow countrymen here today but to all of
the people representative of other countries, if we
are really to do our full part in combating com-
munism, we must as a unit stand not only ready, as
Magsaysay did, to bare his breast to the bayonet, if
it comes to that, but to work day by day for the
bettemient — the spiritual, moral, intellectual, and
material betterment — of the people who live under
freedom, so that not only may they venerate it but
they can support it.
This Magsaysay did, and in this I believe is his
true greatness, the kind of greatness that will be
remembered long after any words we can speak
here will have been forgotten.
Thank you very much.
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES
When his coimtry was occupied by an enemy,
he resisted as a guerrilla. His record was an epic
of courage.
When his country was attacked from within by
the Communist-inspired Hulc insurrection, he
arose to combat it and defeat it by techniques of
his own devising.
Ilamon Magsaysay was a great Philippine pa-
triot. But he saw liberty as a need for all. So
when Indochina was threatened by the Communist
armed aggressors, the Philippine Republic was
among the first to volunteer for a common defense.
And it was in Manila, under his auspices, that
the Southeast Asia security treaty was signed
and the Pacific Charter proclaimed, whereby the
member nations dedicated themselves to promote
human liberty and to make secure the political
independence of the area.
Then, when the Republic of Viet-Nam was
painfully consolidating its hardly won independ-
ence, the Philippine people, under President
Magsaysay, launched "Operation Brotherhood,"
which brought doctors and nurses from the Phil-
ippines to Viet-Nam to relieve the plight of the
many who sought there a haven of refuge from
the northern darkness of communism.
The death of President Magsaysay, in the full-
ness of his manhood, was a tragic loss to his own
country. That loss falls also everywhere upon
those who, having liberty, would preserve it; upon
those who, never having had liberty, would gain
it; and upon those who, having lost liberty, would
regain it. But the loss is not total. In the case
of the truly great their spirit continues to live and
to work upon us. So, through the years to come,
Ramon Magsaysay, as a symbol of liberty, will
inspire all true lovers of liberty who must be
willing, as was he, to live dangerously and sacri-
ficially to the end that freedom shall triumph in
the hearts and lives of men.
Pr<>ss release 490 dated August 30
Ramon Magsaysay is the first of the "cham-
pions of liberty" to be portrayed in the new series
of United States stamps. It is fittingly so. This
great Philippine leader dedicated his life to lib-
erty, and now that he is gone his example works
on for liberty. A simple man of the people, his
faith and his works uplifted him to the ranks of
the immortals.
National Olympic Day, 1957
A PROCLAMATION'
Wherelas the XVIIth Olympic Games of the modem
era will be held in Rome, Italy, begianing August 25 and
ending September 11, 1960, with the Winter Games to be
held at Squaw Valley, California, during February and
March 1960; and
' No. 3197 ; 22 Fed. Reg. 7011.
September 16, 7957
473
Whereas these games will afford an opporhmity for
the most outstanding athletes from more than seventy
participating countries to engage in friendly competition ;
and
Whereas these men and women of different nations,
creeds, and races will match their athletic abilities
against one another under established rules of sports-
manship which insure fairness for each participant and
the country he represents ; and
Whereas there is a great need among the peoples of
the world today for those friendly relationships which
are fostered by individuals meeting with one another on
the basis of their common interests and skills; and
Whereas the Congress by a joint resolution approved
August 29, 1957, calls attention to the fact that the United
States Olympic Association is engaged in assuring maxi-
mum support for the teams representing the United States
at Rome and Squaw Valley ; and
Whereas the said joint resolution requests the Presi-
dent to issue a proclamation designating the nineteenth
day of October 1957 as National Olympic Day :
Now, therefore, I, DwioHT D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, do hereby designate
Saturday, October 19, 1957, as National Olympic Day, and
I urge our citizens to do all in their power to support the
XVIIth Olympic Games and the Winter Games to be
held in 1960, so as to insure that the United States will
be fully and adequately represented in these games.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-ninth day
of August in the year of our Lord nineteen
[seat,] hundred and fifty-seven, and of the Independ-
ence of the United States of America the one
hundred and eighty-second.
/^ LjLS-y L-*ZJ Cj-tCj.^ A^ru^iJ^
By the President :
John Foster Duixes,
Secretary of State.
Secretary Dulles Congratulates
Malaya on independence
Following is the text of a message sent hy Sec-
retary Dulles on August 31 to Prime Minister
Tengku Ahdul Rahman Putera of the Federation
of Malaya.
Press release 491 dated August 31
Dear Me. Prime Minister: It is with great
pleasure that I offer you the congratulations and
the warm good wishes of the Government and
people of the United States of America on the oc-
casion of the independence of the Federation of
Malaya. May the Federation enjoy to the fullest
the benefits of freedom and prosperity, and may
you continue to enjoy the blessings of health and
success in your high position.
The Federation's transition to full inde-
pendence, which you have so skillfully led, pro-
vides an impressive example of the fruits of
honest negotiation by men of high purpose meet-
ing in peace and amity at the council table.
I look forward with pleasure to the establish-
ment and cultivation of the ties of cordial friend-
ship between our two nations.
Sincerely yours,
John Foster Dulles
Third Meeting of U.S.-Canada
Trade Committee
Press release 477 dated August 23
The Department of State announced on August
23 that the Joint United States-Canadian Com-
mittee on Trade and Economic Affairs will hold
its third meeting in Washington on October 7
and 8.
The first meeting was held in Washington on
March 16, 1954, and the second meeting in Ottawa
on September 26, 1955.^
An exchange of notes on November 12, 1953,^
established the Joint Committee with the follow-
ing membership:
For the United States, the Secretaries of State,
the Treasury, Agriculture, and Commerce (all
four of these will attend the forthcoming
meeting).
For Canada, the Secretary of State for External
Affairs, the Minister of Finance, the Minister of
Trade and Commerce, and either the Minister of
Agriculture or the Minister of Fisheries as
appropriate.
The meetings also may be attended by such
other officials of cabinet rank as either Govern-
ment may designate from time to time as the need
arises.
Following are the functions of the Joint Com-
mittee as agreed by the two Governments:
"(1) To consider matters affecting the har-
monious economic relations between the two
countries ;
' For communiques issued at these first two meetings,
see Bulletin of Apr. 5, 1954, p. 511, and Oct. 10, 1955,
p. 576.
'Ibid., Nov. 30, 1953, p. 739.
474
Department of State Bulletin
"(2) In particular, to exchange information
and views on matters which might adversely
affect tlie high level of mutually profitable trade
which has been built up ;
"(3) To report to the respective Governments
on such discussions in order that consideration
may be given to measures deemed appropriate
and necessary to improve economic relations and
to encourage the flow of trade."
Quotas Relaxed on Imports
of Certain Dairy Products
White House press release dated August 17
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President on August 17 issued a proclama-
tion modifying certain proclamations which re-
late to the importation of dairy products. This
proclamation applies only to the importation, in
quantities of 100 pounds or less, of certain dairy
products for research or for exhibition, display,
or sampling at a trade fair. It provides that such
dairy products may be imported free of the quotas
to which they are now subject.
In issuing this proclamation, which was recom-
mended by the Secretary of Agriculture, the Presi-
dent acted under section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, under which the modified proc-
lamations were issued. The proclamations modi-
fied are these : No. 3019 of June 8, 1953,^ as amend-
ed by No. 3025 of June 30, 1953 ; = No. 3178 of
April 15, 1957;' and No. 3193 of August 7, 1957.*
PROCLAMATION 3195°
Relating to the Impobtation of Certain Agricitltueal
Articles for Exhibition at Trade Fairs or for
Research
Whereas, pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. 624), I issued
proclamations limiting the quantities of certain articles
which may be entered or withdrawn from warehouse, for
consumption, as follows :
Proclamation No. 3019 of June 8, 1953, with respect to cer-
tain dairy products and other commodities ;
Proclamation No. 3025 of June 30, 1953, which amended
Proclamation No. 3019 :
' Bulletin of June 29, 1953, p. 919.
'Ibid., July 13, 1953, p. 62.
" Ibid., May 20, 1957, p. 817.
* Ibid., Aug. 26, 1957, p. 358.
' 22 Fed. Reg. 6811.
Proclamation No. 3178 of April 15. 1957, with respect to cer-
tain butter substitutes includlug butter oil ; and
Proclamation No. 3103 of August 7, 1057, with respect to cer-
tain articles containing 45 per centum or more of butterfat or
of butterfat and other fats or oils ; and
Whereas it now appears that those proclamations are
unduly restrictive in certain respects and require modifica-
tions in the interest of simplification of enforcement;
and
Whereas the required modifications would in no way
alter the purposes of those proclamations :
Now, therefore, I, Dwight D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, do hereby find and
declare that the entry or withdrawal from warehouse for
consumption on and after August 17, 1957, of those articles
included in Lists I and II (except peanuts) appended to
and made a part of Proclamation No. 3019 of June 8,
1953, as amended, and those articles the importation of
which is restricted by Proclamation No. 3178 of April 15,
1957, and Proclamation No. 3193 of August 7, 1957, under
the conditions herein prescribed, will not render, or tend
to render, ineffective or materially interfere with any
program or operation of the Department of Agriculture,
nor reduce substantially the amount of products processed
in the United States from agricultural commodities with
respect to which any such program or operation are being
undertaken. Accordingly, I hereby proclaim that the pro-
visions of Proclamation No. 3019, as amended, shall not
apply to articles specified in Lists I and II thereof
(except peanuts) and that the provisions of Proclama-
tion No. 3178 and Proclamation No. 3193 shall not apply
to articles restricted therein : Provided, that such articles
are entered or withdrawn from wareliouse for exhibition,
display, or sampling at a Trade Fair or for research, and
in any importation, the aggregate quantity of such articles
does not exceed 100 pounds net: And provided, that the
written approval of the Secretary of Agriculture or his
designated representative is presented at the time of
entry, or bond is furnished in a form prescribed by the
Commissioner of Customs in an amount equal to the value
of the merchandise as set forth in the entry plus the esti-
mated duty as determined at the time of entry, conditioned
upon the production of such written approval of the
Secretary within six months from the date of entry.
Nothing in this Proclamation shall be deemed to modify
the provisions of Proclamation No. 3025 of June 30, 1953.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
afiixed.
Done at the City of Washington this 17th day of August
in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[seal] fifty-seven, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the one hundred and
eighty-second.
By the President:
Christian A. Heeter,
Acting Secretary of State.
September 16, 1957
475
Mr. Anderson To Be U.S. Governor
of International Bank
The Senate on August 27 confirmed Robert B.
Anderson to be U.S. Governor of the Interna-
tional Monetai-y Fund and the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development for the term
of 5 3'ears.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85th Congress, 1st Session
Appointment of United States Representatives in Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency and To Provide for
United States Participation in That Agency. Report to
accompany S. 2673, S. Rept. 778, July 31 (legislative
day, July 8), 19.57, 22 pp.; report to accompany H. R.
8992, H. Rept. 960, July 31, 19.-.7. 23 pp.
Authorizing an Additional iflO Million for the Completion
of the Inter-American Highway. Report to accompany
H. R. 7870. H. Rept. 9.59, July 31, 19.57. 6 pp.
Temporary Suspension of Import Duties on Certain
Coarse Wool. Report to accompany H. R. 2151. H.
Rept. 953, July 31, 1957. 11 pp.
International Convention To Facilitate the Importation
of Commercial Samples and Advertising Matter. Re-
port to accompany H. R. 5924. H. Rept. 975, August 2,
1957. 4 pp.
Temporary Free Importation of Casein. Report to ac-
company H. R. 38. II. Rept. 974, August 2, 10.57. 3 pp.
Temporary Free Importation of Certain Tanning Extracts.
Report to accompany H. R. 2842. H. Rept. 979, August
2. 1057. 3 pp.
Implementing the Treaties, Agreements and Protocols
Regarding the Status of the Military Forces of the
United States. Report to accompany H. R. 8704.
H. Rept. 985, August 5, 19.57. 10 pp.
Joint Resolution To Promote Peace and Stability in the
Middle East. Message from the President transmitting
the first report to the Congress covering activities
through June 30, 1957, in furtherance of the purposes
of the joint resolution to promote peace and stability
in the Middle East. H. Doc. 220, August 5, 19.57. 5 pp.
Expressing the Sense of the Congress on the Problem
of Hungary. Conference report to accompany H. Con.
Res. 204. H. Rept. 1023, August 6, 1957. 4 pp.
Foreign Tax Credit for Income Tax Paid With Respect
to Royalties, etc. Report to accompany H. R. 4952.
H. Rept. 1033, August 7, 1957. 4 pp.
Rights of Vessels of the United States on the High Seas
and in the Territorial Waters of Foreign Countries.
Report, together with individual views, to accompany
S. 1483. S. Rept. 837, August 7, 1957. 18 pp.
Mutual Security Act of 19.57. Conference report to ac-
company S. 2130. H. Rept. 1042, August 8, 1957. 8 pp.
Temporary Free Importation of Certain Tanning Ex-
tracts. Report to accompany H. R. 2842. S. Rept.
854, August 12, 1957. 2 pp.
St. Lawrence Seaway Celebration. Report to accompany
H. R. 8705. S. Rept. 8.53, August 12, 1957. 2 pp.
Tariff Treatment of Istle or Tampico Fiber. Report to
accompany H. R. 7096. S. Rept. 855, August 12, 1957.
3 pp.
International Convention To Facilitate the Importation
of Commercial Samples and Advertising Matter. Re-
port to accompany H. R. 5924. S. Rept. 852, August 12,
19.57. 3 pp.
Temporary Free Importation of Ca.sein. Report to ac-
company H. R. 38. S. Rept. 846, August 12, 1957. 2 pp.
Providing for the Recognition and Endorsement of the
Second World Metallurgical Congress. Report to ac-
company H. J. Res. 404. S. Rept. 863, August 13, 1957.
2 pp.
Proposed Appropriations for Various Foreign Assistance
Programs. Communication from the President tran.s-
mitting proposed appropriations for the fiscal year
19.58, in the amount of §3,386,860,000, for various
foreign assistance programs. H. Doc. 225, August 14,
1957. 4 pp.
State Department Public Opinion Polls. Eleventh Report
by the House Committee on Government Operations.
H. Rept. 1166, August 14, 19.57. 16 pp.
Safety of Life at Sea. Report pursuant to sec. 136 of
the Legislative Reorganization Act of 1946, Public Law
601, 79th Cong. H. Rept. 1179, August 15, 1957. 2 pp.
Protecting Rights of United States Vessels on the High
Seas. Report to accompany H. R. 5526. H. Rept.
1177, August 1.5, 19.57. 7 pp.
Authorizing the Transfer of Naval Vessels to Friendly
Foreign Countries. Report to accompany H. R. 6952.
S. Rept. 1008, August 16, 1957. 4 pp.
Implementing a Treaty and Agreement With the Republic
of Panama. Conference report to accomijany H. R.
6709. H. Rept. 1196, August 19, 1957. 3 pp.
Subcommittee on Disarmament. Report to accompany
S. Res. 192. S. Rept. 1044, August 20, 1957. 2 pp.
Current U. N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Economic and Social Council
The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe — ■
The First Ten Tears. E/ECE/291, July 3, 1957. 153
pp. mimeo.
World Economic Situation. Industrialization in Egypt,
Israel and Turkey. Part I. Growth and Structure of
Manufacturing Industry. E/3016, July 3, 1957. 148 pp.
mimeo.
Annual Report of the United Nations High Commissioner
for Refugees. E/3015/Add. 1, July 10, 1957. 31 pp.
mimeo.
Trusteeship Council
Summary of I'opulation, Land Utilization and Land Ten-
ure in the Cameroons Under French Administration.
T/AC.30/L.61, April 19, 19.57. 77 pp. mimeo.
Report of the United Nations Advisory Council for the
Trust Territory of Somaliland Under Italian Adminis-
tration. T/1311, April 22, 1957. 138 pp. mimeo.
Examination of the Annual Report on the Administration
of the Trust Territory of the Cameroons Under British
Administration. T/L.7.57, April 30, 19.57. 11 pp. mimeo.
Examination of Conditions in the Trust Territory of the
Cameroons Under French Administration. T/1314, May
6, 1957. 21 pp. mimeo.
Offers by States Members of the United Nations of Study
and Training Facilities for Inhabitants of Trust Ter-
ritories. Report of the Secretary-General. T/1325,
May 31, 1957. 15 pp. mimeo.
Administrative Unions Affecting Trust Territories. Re-
port of the Standing Committee on Administrative
Unions. T/L.786, July 1, 1957. 102 pp. mimeo.
476
Deparfment of State Bulletin
TREATY INFORMATION
United States and Belgium Sign
Supplementary Tax Convention
Press release 474 dated August 22
On August 22, 1957, Secretary Dulles and the
Ambassador of Belgiiun, Baron Silvercruys,
signed a convention supiDlementing the conven-
tion of October 28, 1948, between the United States
and Belgium for the avoidance of double taxation
and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect
to taxes on income, as modified by tlie su^jple-
mentary convention of September 9, 1952. ^
The purpose of the new supplementary conven-
tion is to facilitate the extension of the 1948 con-
vention, as modified, to the Belgian Congo and
the Trust Territory of Ruauda-Urundi and
thereby to facilitate investment in those areas.
The new convention will be submitted to the U.S.
Senate for advice and consent to ratification.
Tlie new convention contains five articles.
Article I would amend the definition of "Belgian
enterprise" so as to cover any corporation organ-
ized or created under the laws of Belgium or of
the Belgian Congo and subject to tax under the
Belgian fiscal law of June 21, 1927. Article II
would preclude the Belgian Congo and the Trust
Territoiy of Ruanda-Ui'undi from imposing tax
mobiliere at a rate in excess of 15 percent on
dividends from sources within either of those areas
paid to a resident or corporation or other entity
of the United States which does not have a per-
manent establishment in such area. Article III
would make the extension to the Belgian Congo
and the Trust Territory effective on and after
January 1 immediately preceding the date on
which the United States formally accepts a Bel-
gian Government notification for such extension.
Article IV, for clarification, defines "overseas ter-
ritories" m accordance with the original intent
as applying to any overseas territory for the
foreign relations of which either the United States
or Belgium is responsible.
Article V provides for ratification and for ex-
change of instruments of ratification, the supple-
mentary convention to become effective with re-
spect to taxable years beginning on or after
January 1 of the year in which such exchange
takes place.
Entry into force of the supplementary con-
vention would not, of itself, have the effect of
extending the operation of the 1948 convention,
as modified, to the Belgian Congo and the Trust
Territory of Ruanda-Urundi. Pursuant to article
XXII of the 1948 conventioia, it will be necessary
for the U.S. Government to communicate to the
Belgian Government a formal acceptance of a
notification given by the latter. The Senate will
be asked to approve such a communication of
acceptance.
Implementation of Treaty
With Panama
Statement iy President Eisenhower
White House press release dated August 30
I derive personal satisfaction in approving
H. R. 6709 which authorizes the United States to
fulfill certain of its obligations to the Republic
of Panama pursuant to the terms of the treaty
of 1955 ' between the United States and Panama.
This bill authorizes and directs the Secretary
of State and the Panama Canal Company to con-
vey to Panama various lands and improvements
which are no longer needed by this Government.
The formal transfer of the property to Panama
and the signing of a protocol I'elating thereto will
take place within the immediate future.
I have already approved the bill [H. R. 9131]
providing an appropriation of $750,000 for work
preliminaiy to the construction of a high-level
bridge over the Pacific end of the Panama Canal
at Balboa, Canal Zone. Work may now proceed
on this bridge which will join more closely the
eastern and western parts of Panama and also
constitute eventually an important link in the
Pan American highway system.
These two bills, in addition to enabling the
United States to honor its treaty commitments
with Panama, once again demonstrate the friend-
ship and esteem the United States has always held
for the Republic of Panama.
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 2833.
Uptember 76, 1957
^For text of the Treaty of Mutual Understanding and
Cooperation, see Bulletin of Feb. 7, 1955, p. 238.
477
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Agriculture
Convention on the Inter-American Institute of Agricul-
tural Sciences. Done at Washington January 15, 1944.
Entered into force November 30, 1944. 58 Stat. 1169.
Ratification deposited: Chile, August 8, 1957.
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New York October 26, 1956. Entered into force
July 29, 1957. TIAS 3873.
Ratification deposited: Spain, August 26, 1957.
Aviation
International air services transit agreement. Signed at
Chicago December 7, 1944. Entered into force for the
United States February 8, 1945. 59 Stat. 1693.
Acceptance deposited: Morocco, August 26, 1957.
Finance
Articles of agreement of the International Monetary
Fund. Opened for signature at Washington December
27, 1945. Entered into force December 27, 1945. TIAS
1501.
Signature and acceptance: Saudi Arabia, August 26,
1957.
Articles of agreement of the International Banli for Re-
construction and Development. Opened for signature
at Washington December 27, 1945. Entered into force
December 27, 1945. TIAS 1502.
Signature and acceptance: Saudi Arabia, August 26,
1957.
Labor
Instrument for the amendment of the constitution of the
International Labor Organization. Adopted by the
conference at Geneva, June 25, 1953. Entered into
force May 20, 1954 (TIAS 3.500).
Ratification deposited: Chile, May 10, 1957.
BILATERAL
Germany
Agreement supplementing the arrangement of August 6
and 28, 1954, relating to the use of the practice bomb-
ing range near Cuxhaven (SandbanlO (TIAS 3063).
Effected by exchange of note.s at Bonn August 5, 1957.
Entered into force August 5, 1957.
Greece
Agreement relating to the loan of certain naval vessels
or small craft by the United States to Greece. Effected
by exchange of notes at Athens July 26 and August 5,
1957. Entered into force August 5, 1957.
Japan
Agreement relating to the reduction during Japanese fis-
cal .year 19.57 of Japanese contributions under article
XXV of the administrative agreement of February 28,
1952 (TIAS 2492) for United States services and sup-
plies in Japan. Effected by exchange of notes at Tokyo
August 16, 1957. Entered into force August 16, 1957.
Peru
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of May 2, 1957 (TIAS 3827). Effected by ex-
change of notes at Lima July 10 and August 1, 1957.
Entered into force August 1, 1957.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Designations
Frederic P. Bartlett as Director, OflBce of South Asian
Affairs, effective August 25.
John A. Bovey, Jr., as Deputy Director, Office of
Northern Africa Affairs, effective August 26.
William J. Porter as Director, Office of Northern Af-
rica Affairs, effective August 26.
John Dorman as Deputy Director, Office of Near East-
ern Affairs, effective September 8.
Ciiecit List of Department of State
Press Releases: August 26- September 1
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 2.5, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to August 26 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 472
and 474 of August 22 and 477 of August 23.
No.
Date
Subject
479
8/26
Note to U.S.S.R. approving flight of
Soviet planes to U.S.
480
8/27
Dulles : news conference.
*481
8/27
Third member of Briggs family joins
Foreign Service.
*482
8/28
Educational exchange.
*483
8/28
Educational exchange.
*484
8/28
Educational exchange.
*485
8/28
Gerard C. Smith nominated Assistant
Secretary.
486
8/29
U.N. Subcommittee on Disarmament :
v^orking paper.
487
8/29
The Western Four disarmament plan.
*488
8/29
Educational exchange.
*489
8/29
American cultural events to open Ber-
lin Congress Hall.
490
8/30
Dulles : Ramon Magsaysay commemo-
rative stamp.
491
8/31
Dulles: message on Malayan inde-
pendence.
*Not printed.
478
Department of State Bulletin
September 16, 1957
Ind
ex
Vol. XXXVII, No. 951
Agriculture. Quotas Relaxed on Imports of Cer-
tain Dairy Products (text of proclamation) . . 475
American Republics. Increasing tlie Effectiveness
of Inter-American Economic Cooperation (An-
derson) 463
Aviation
Flight of Two Soviet Planes to United States Ap-
proved (text of U.S. note) 470
U.S. Invites Soviet To Submit Plane Dispute to ICJ
(texts of notes) 470
Belgium. United States and Belgium Sign Supple-
mentary Tax Convention 477
Canada
Four Western Powers Submit Eleven-Point Dis-
armament Plan (texts of w-orking paper and
U.S. statement, Eisenhower) 451
Third Meeting of U.S.-Canada Trade Committee . 474
Ctiina, Communist. Secretary Dulles' News Con-
ference of August 27 457
Congress, The. Congressional Documents Relat-
ing to Foreign Policy 476
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Bartlett, Bovey, Porter, Dorman) . 478
175th Anniversary of the Seal of the United
States 456
Disarmament. Four Western Powers Submit
Eleven-Point Disarmament Plan (texts of work-
ing paper and U.S. statement, Eisenhower) . . 451
Economic Affairs
Mr. Anderson To Be U.S. Governor of International
Bank 476
Increasing the Effectiveness of Inter-American Eco-
nomic Cooperation (Anderson) 463
Quotas Relaxed on Imports of Certain Dairy Prod-
ucts (text of proclamation) 475
Tliird Meeting of U.S.-Canada Trade Committee . 474
United States and Belgium Sign Supplementary
Tax Convention 477
France. Four Western Powers Submit Eleven-
Point Disarmament Plan (texts of working paper
and U.S. statement, Eisenhower) 451
Germany. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
August 27 457
Hungary. General Assembly To Reconvene To
Consider Hungarian Problem (Carpenter) . . 462
International Law. U.S. Invites Soviet To Sub-
mit Plane Dispute to ICJ (texts of notes) . . 470
International Organizations and Conferences.
Increasing the Effectiveness of Inter-American
Economic Cooperation (Anderson) 463
Malaya. Secretary Dulles Congratulates Malaya
on Independence 474
Middle East. Secretary Dulles' News Conference
of August 27 457
Panama. Implementation of Treaty With Panama
(Eisenhower) 477
Philippines. U.S. Issues Commemorative Stamp
Honoring President Magsaysay (Elisenhower,
Dulles) 472
Presidential Documents
Four Western Powers Submit Eleven-Point Dis-
armament Plan 451
Implementation of Treaty With Panama .... 477
National Olympic Day, 1957 473
Quotas Relaxed on Imports of Certain Dairy
Products 475
U.S. Issues Commemorative Stamp Honoring Presi-
dent Magsaysay 472
Treaty Information
Current Actions 478
Implementation of Treaty With Panama (Eisen-
hower) 477
United States and Belgium Sign Supplementary
Tax Convention 477
U.S.S.R.
Flight of Two Soviet Planes to United States Ap-
proved (text of U.S. note) 470
Four Western Powers Submit Eleven-Point Disarm-
ament Plan (texts of working paper and U.S.
statement, Eisenhower) 451
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of August 27 . 457
U.S. Invites Soviet To Submit Plane Dispute to
ICJ (texts of notes) 470
United Kingdom. Four Western Powers Submit
Eleven-Point Disarmament Plan (texts of work-
ing paper and U.S. statement, Eisenhower) . . 451
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 476
General Assembly To Reconvene To Consider Hun-
garian Pi-oblem (Carpenter) 462
Name Index
Anderson, Robert B 463,476
Bartlett, Frederic P 478
Bovey, John A., Jr 478
Carpenter, Francis W 462
Dorman, John 478
Dulles, Secretary 457, 473, 474
Eisenhower, President 455, 472, 473, 475, 477
Porter, William J 478
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFF1CE:1&57
he
Department
Sta
D5B-DEC
PUBLIC LIBP'
STATISTIC
COPLEY SQ
G BOIunitel
^RTMI
vjvjvcirtNMENT pRINTifclG'OFFICE
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
United States Policy in the Middle East
September 1956-June 1957
Documents
During the past year the United States was presented with most
difficult and critical problems in the Middle East. In a volume
issued last October, The Sues Canal Problem, July 26-Septemher 22,
1956: A Documentary Publication, the Department of State presented
documents, including some background material, which covered the
first 2 months of the controversy that stemmed from President
Nasser's seizure of the Suez Canal Company. The present volume,
covering the period from September 1956 to June 1957, carries the
story forward ; presents the highlights of other major developments
in the Middle East, including the hostilities in Egypt; and shows
not only how the United States reacted to these developments, but
also how important new elements were added to American policy
toward the Middle East in general.
Copies of United States Policy in the Middle East, September 1956-
June 1957 : Documents may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.,
for $1.50 each.
Publication 6505
$1.50
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed find:
(cash, check, or
money order).
Please send me copies of United States Policy in the Middle East,
September 1956-June 1957: Documents.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 952
September 23, 1957
E
FICIAL
lEKLY RECORD
IITED STATES
REIGN POLICY
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE MAINTENANCE
OF PEACE O by Deputy Under Secretary Murphy .... 483
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER AFFIRMS MIDDLE EAST
POLICY • Statement by Secretary Dulles 487
THIRD ANNIVERSARY OF SEATO • Remarks by Secretary
Dulles 487
LAFAYETTE BICENTENNIAL • Remarks by Assistant
Secretary Elbrick 489
UNITED NATIONS ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COUN-
CIL • Statements by Neil H. Jacoby on the World Social
Situation and on the Firuincing of Economic Development . . 496 /\
THE PROGRESS OF WOMEN IN THE AMERICAN
REPUBLICS • Article by Mrs. Frances M. Lee 506
For index see inside back cover
Boston ru')lic Library
Superintendent of Documents
OCT 4 -1957
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 952 . Publication 6541
September 23, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
■Washington 26, D.C.
PEICE:
62 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a tveekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the fieUl of foreign
relations and on the icork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. Tfie BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the TThite House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department , as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion IS included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Recent Developments in the Maintenance of Peace
hy Deputy Under Secretary Murphy '
The Depai'tment of State values the impact on
the thinking of your communities which you are
able to exercise. Frequently, like the foreign min-
istries in other countries, the department of the
central government whose task it is to deal with
foreign affairs may become somewhat detached
at times from current public opinion at home,
largely because it is the responsibility of such a
government agency to be so closely in contact with
developments and public opinion in the world
areas outside the United States. I know of no
group who has a greater awareness of public
opinion in this country than the mayors of our
cities and towns. Your understanding of our
policies and objectives abroad can be and should
be of very practical value to our Nation.
As you all know, since this country in the not
too distant past was obliged to assume the re-
sponsibilities of a great world power, our for-
eign policies became of direct concern to all of us,
whetlier we welcomed it or not. That is why we
in the Department of State like to remain in close
toucli with you and have the opportunity of dis-
cussmg pioblems which are of mutual interest.
But with your permission, before discussing
with you some of our foreign-policy problems, I
would like to pay a personal tribute to a great
mayor and municipal statesman in the person of
Otto Suhr. Otto Suhr since January 1955 had
been the Mayor of Berlin, Germany. He was as-
sociated with the city administration as president
of the Berlm House of Representatives since 1946.
His unfortunate death a few days ago brought
sadness to the hearts of all who knew him and
worked with him, especially during the dramatic
postwar days. The responsibility normally fall-
' ing to the mayor of any city is great. In the case
' Address made before the annual conference of U.S.
mayors at New York, N. Y., on Sept. 9 (press release 503) .
of Berlin, which suffered the vast destruction and
mitold misery of World War II, it was over-
whelming. I would like to pay this inadequate
tribute to Otto Suhr and his colleagues, who
through the years bore so much of that burden.
Basic Objective of American Foreign Policy
Your Government, under the direction of an
able Secretary of State, now has diplomatic re-
lations with 82 foreign countries, and the De-
partment of State operates some 250 offices in these
82 countries. The basic object of its foreign policy,
of course, is to promote the welfare and security
of the American people. To achieve this objective
action is necessary in a wide variety of situa-
tions— political, economic, military, and psycho-
logical. Our friend. Secretary Quarles, has just
provided a graphic picture of the contribution of
the Department of Defense to our national se-
curity. Without the protection of military
strength in being and the deterrent power of
armed forces, our country would have in the pres-
ent world situation little hope of promoting poli-
cies beneficial to the American people. The reason
for this is that the basic threat to the United States
and to other free nations derives from the competi-
tive power and the antagonism of certain Com-
munist nations.
This threat is compomided by the existence of
a huge military establislmient, the unrestricted de-
velopment of nuclear weapons, by some weaknesses
and instability in critical world areas where there
are strong pressures for economic or political
change, and by the activity of a widespread and
cynical party and propaganda apparatus. Thus
we are faced with the necessity of coping with this
abnormal situation in order to minimize the threat
to our national security and develop an inter-
national atmosphere in which the United States
September 23, 1957
483
will be able to maintain its basic values and insti-
tutions.
Our policies are designed to affect the conduct
and attitudes of the Communist i-egimes in ways
tiiat further our own security interests and those
of our allies and to foster tendencies that may lead
the Communists to abandon or reduce their ex-
pansionist policies. In this purpose we enjoy many
advantages, not the least of which is the fact that
ours is the strongest and most vigorous nation the
world has thus far seen. We have enormous oppor-
tunities as well as responsibilities for leadership.
Last year Mr. Nikita Khrushchev's denuncia-
tion of Stalinism raised hopes in many areas for
greater popular freedom. We are aware that there
have been inside the Soviet Union and in other
Communist areas manifestations of discontent,
especially in student and intellectual circles. The
Soviet economy has become larger and more com-
plex, and the old-fashioned Stalinist methods of
coercion and tight central control have proved
inadequate. A marginal class has grown up in
the Soviet Union. It is a numerous and important
group with vested interests. It is, I believe, more
intent on material progress than on revolutionary
goals.
The True Nature of Communism
The ties that bind the several members of the
bloc are subject to many stresses and strains. You,
I know, are aware of the sensitive situations exist-
ing in Hvmgary and Poland. The revolt in Hun-
gary demonstrated again the true nature of com-
munism and the depth of the popular hatred of it.
It also proved that the Soviet Union does not
hesitate to resort to the use of naked force where
it feels its vital interests seriously threatened.
Wherever it serves its purpose, and especially in
the Middle East, the Soviet Union blandly ac-
cuses the Western powers of imperialism and
colonialism. Nearer at home, in Eastern Europe,
we witness old-fasliioned Russian colonialism in
its most ruthless form.
There is a vast I'eservoir of good will in the
free world for the suffering and oppression en-
dured by the friendly peoples of Poland and Hun-
gary and Eastern Europe generally. We con-
tinue to strive for their greater independence and
will hope that the satellite pressures for freedom
are accommodated. This would not mean that
the free world would seek to create hostile neigh-
bors to the Soviet Union along its borders.
Inside the Soviet Union Khrushchev, unlike
Stalin, does not seem to control personally the
secret police apparatus. His power seems to rest
at least for the moment to a varying and uncertain
degree on the army, the Party Central Committee,
and the dynamism of some of his policies. Some
of the swings of more recent Soviet policy are
probably due in part at least to the variations in
this balance of internal power. The present line
seems to be staked on getting more out of the
Soviet industrial machine by decentralization and
on better feeding of the Soviet population through
new agricultural methods. The success or fail-
ure of these jDolicies may well decide the fate of the
current rulers.
In Soviet foreign policy there have been
marked changes in tactics. From Stalinist pol-
icies of isolation and cold war the Soviet Union
has shifted to vigorous and wordy promotion of
"peaceful coexistence" and the expansion of
"friendly contacts." While relentlessly building
its military apparatus, less public emphasis is put
on military force and resort is again made to at-
tempts at subversion and economic penetration
in susceptible areas.
So we have no good reason to believe that there
has been a change in the objectives of the Soviet
foreign policy, which are to preserve the Soviet
regime and the security of the heartland; to
maintain the strength of the Sino-Soviet bloc,
with cooperative regimes in Eastern Europe; to
weaken the Western alliances and isolate the
United States; and ultimately to achieve world
domination.
In the Far East the Chinese Communists con-
tinue to place heavy emphasis on the strengthen-
ing of their military establislmaent at immense
cost to their overburdened and poverty-stricken
population. They are developing an armaments
industry, obtaining expensive Soviet military
equipment, and constructing strategic railways,
roads, and airfields, particularly in the area op-
posite Taiwan. The Peiping regime continues to
i-eject a renunciation of force applicable to the
Taiwan area. It still keeps Americans in prison,
despite its pledge of 2 years ago to release all the
United States prisoners it held.-
' For background, see Bdijletin of Sept. 19, 1955, p.
456, and Feb. 18, 1957, p. 261.
484
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
So far Communist China has not had leader-
sliip troubles like those which beset the Soviet
Union. But economic problems, depressed living
conditions, and the impact of the Hungarian in-
surrection have apparently led to considerable un-
rest among some segments of the Chinese popula-
tion. To strengthen its ideological control the
Peiping regime adopted the device of encouraging
outspoken criticism, calling it "letting the hun-
dred flowers bloom." This evoked some astonish-
ingly frank criticisms which graphically showed
the depth of dissatisfaction of the people. This in
turn was met by counterattack of the Communist
Party leadership against the critics, who were
promptly described as "rightists."
Soviet solicitude recently has been directed to-
ward the Middle East. Soviet efforts to penetrate
this important area have continued along various
lines — economic, cultural, political, and more sig-
nificantly by furnishing of arms. Egypt, Syria,
and Yemen have all received substantial ship-
ments of Soviet-bloc military equipment, followed
by substantial numbers of Soviet technicians to
help them operate the equipment.
Events in Syria
Eecent unhappy events in Syria have made it
doubtful that the Syrian Government can maintain
its claim that it is following a policy of positive
neutrality. Upon his return to Washington from
the Middle East last Wednesday, Deputy Under
Secretary of State Loy Henderson reported that
he had found deep concern in the area lest Syria
should become a victim of international commu-
nism and, as such, become a base for further
threatening the independence and integrity of the
region. In the view of the United States, also,
this situation gives rise to deep concern as it has
clearly sharpened the longstanding Soviet threat
to Arab interests.^
Through our Middle East Doctrine * the United
States has been able to make an effective approach
to the overall problem of security of the area.
This doctrine, which is the cornerstone of United
States policy toward the Middle East, operates
only on the request of the countries concerned and
is designed to strengthen their indei^endence
against the threats of international communism.
"For a statement by Secretary Dulles, see p. 487.
'Ibid., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 480.
Soviet policy seeks to exploit the Arab-Israeli
problem, the persistence of which is a basic cause
of unrest in the Middle East. There is, however,
an increasing interest in settlement of the problem
on the part of the nations contributing troops to
the United Nations Emergency Force and a
new awareness in the United Nations of the need
to enforce compliance with its decisions.
U.S. Initiative in Disarmament
Traditionally it has been characteristic of our
country to stress its devotion to peace and dis-
armament. There are even some who believe that
our Government may have exceeded itself in dem-
onstrating its devotion to peace and disarmament.
If so, it was in a sincere desire to relieve our people
and the people of other countries of a staggering
burden. The history of our country is the most
convincing proof of the peacefid intent of our
people. Except for some naval preparation,
World War II found us generally unprepared.
Immediately that war was ended, we disarmed
with a fervor akin to recklessness. While we were
demonstrating our peaceful intentions the rulers
of the Soviet Union never relaxed for a moment
their aggressive buildup of land, sea, and air
forces and equipment.
Constantly in the years since World War II
the Soviet Union has looked for weak spots where
it could make advances. It did this in the blockade
of Berlin and again in Korea. Only immediate
and resolute action kept the Soviet rulers from
extinguishing the freedom of Berlin and of Korea.
When they were sure that force would be met
with force, then they drew back. They were re-
sponsive to resolute and determined action. If
they had been sure in the beginning of our capa-
bility and determination to prevent aggression in
Korea, it may well have been that the tragic loss
of life there might have been avoided.
Understanding the dangers of modern war and
its threat to the existence of civilization in tha
world, we have taken constant initiative to bring
into being a comprehensive disarmament agree-
ment with built-in safeguards. ^ It is entirely
possible that this initiative has been misinter-
preted in some world areas as a decline in Ameri-
can power. We have just witnessed a series of So-
viet boasts of advances in striking power, in inter-
° For text of Western disarmament proposals of Aug.
29, see iUd., Sept. 16, 1957, p. 451.
September 23, 1957
485
continental missiles, in naval and air power. They
have scorned our sincere disarmament proposals.
They seek to impress the peace-loving with the
honeyed phrase of "ban the bomb" while simulta-
neously offering an abundance of arms at bargain
prices to certain countries with military ambitions.
I think it should be said to those countries im-
pressed by Soviet power politics and access to
Soviet arms, Communist methods being what they
are, they run the grave risk of absorption and
loss of their independence. It also would be un-
wise to underestimate the industrial and military
power of our country and to misinterpret our
determination.
Blunt threats of force are in the best Soviet tra-
dition. But the Soviet rulers are also stepping
up their attempts at economic penetration in those
areas where they see the maximum chance of gain.
To meet the Communist threat over this broad
range we need a flexible combination of actions.
Importance of Mutual Security Program
One of the most flexible and effective elements in
our national strategy is the mutual security pro-
gram. This program has contributed in several
significant ways to attainment of our national ob-
jectives. It has helped free countries maintain
the military strength to enable them to deter or
prevent Communist aggression. It has helped
fi'ee countries cope with internal threats to their
independence and stability. It has helped free
nations reduce dependence on Communist-bloc aid
and thus avoid a situation where dependence on
such aid might bring them into the international
Communist orbit. And, finally, it has made it
more possible for satellite nations to weaken or
break their ties with Moscow.
In this whole program, President Eisenliower
lias stated, we do not seek to make satellites. We
do seek to help other peoples to become strong and
stay free — and learn, through living in freedom,
how to conquer poverty, how to know the blessings
of peace and progi'ess. This purpose serves our
own national interest.
To an audience like this, with vast experience
in community affairs and civic leadership, the
importance and complexity of the foreign rela-
tions of our country need not be stressed. We
have had your generous support on many occa-
sions when foreign visitors have come to your
cities and offices. Many of your cities are en-
gaged in tlie town-afHliation program — a practi-
cal form of jDeople-to-people diplomacy linkuig
American and foreign cities with ties of friend-
ship and interest. Your understanding and sup-
port will continue to be of the greatest value to
your Government.
486
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
President Eisenhower Affirms
Middle East Policy
FoU<ywhig u the text of a statement made hy
Secretary Dulles on September 7 after a White
Hotise conference on the situation in Syria.
White House press release dated September 7
At a meeting of Mr. Henderson, Mr. Rountree,'
and myself with President Eisenhower, Mr. Hen-
derson reported fully the exchanges of views which
he had had in the Near East with high officials of
Turkey, Iraq, Jordan, and Lebanon.^
He reported that he had foiuid in the Near East
deep concern at the apparently growing Soviet
Communist domination of Syria and the large
build-up there of Soviet-bloc arms, a build-up
which could not be justified by any purely de-
fensive needs. There was particular concern over
border incidents and intensive propaganda and
subversive activities directed toward the over-
tln'ow of the duly constituted governments of
Syria's Arab neighbors.
The President gave careful consideration to Mr.
Henderson's report, as well as the reports received
by the Department of State from U.S. ambassa-
dors in the area. The President appraised the
situation in the light of the charter of the United
Nations, which denies Syria the right to use force
except in self-defense.
The President recalled his message to Congress
of January 5, 1957,^ in which, after describing
Russia's long-time ambition to dominate the Near
East and the current activities there of interna-
tional communism, he had sought authority to
help the nations of the area to defend their
independence.
The President affirmed his intention to carry
out the national policy, expressed in the congres-
sional Middle East resolution which had been
adopted,* and exercise as needed the authority
thereby conferred on the President. In this con-
nection, the President authorized the accelerated
delivery to the countries of the area of economic
' L'ly W. Henderson, Deputy Under Secretary of State,
and William M. Rountree, Assistant Secretary for Near
Eastern. South Asian and African Affairs.
^ Mr. Henderson returned to Washington on September
4 from a 2 weeks' trip to the Middle East.
' Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
♦/6td., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 481.
and other defensive items which have been pro-
gramed for their use.
The President expressed the hope that the in-
ternational Communists would not push Syria into
any acts of aggression against her neighbors and
that the people of Syria would act to allay the
anxiety caused by recent events.
Third Anniversary of SEATO
Following are remarks recorded by Secretary
Dulles for radio and television presentation on
September 8, in connection with the third anniver-
sary of the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization.
Press release 500 dated September 6
I congratulate the Southeast Asia Treaty Or-
ganization, better known as SEATO, upon its
third annivereary. Three years ago today the del-
egates of eight nations signed at Manila the pact
which provided for the establishment of SEATO.
At the same time they signed the Pacific Charter,
proclaiming their determination to uphold the
principle of equal rights and self-determination
for peoples. Senators Alexander Smith and Mike
MansKeld, and I, signed those documents on behalf
of the United States.^
Wliat SEATO has accomplished during these 3
years can be appreciated by recalling the circum-
stances that brought SEATO into being.
The U.N. forces had just resisted the Commu-
nist attack upon Korea. A cease-fire had been
signed. But there was no tranquillity in the area.
In the Straits of Taiwan the Chinese Communists
were attacking. In the Philippines armed Com-
munist subversives were still active and were being
brought under control by the efforts of that great
free-world leader, President Magsaysay. It was
he, it should be recalled, who inspired the Pacific
Charter. In Malaya armed terrorists, fomented
by the Communists, were challenging the Govern-
ment. In Indochina the Communist-led Viet
Minh, after a period of terrorist tactics, began a
full-scale war to bring the area under Communist
control. This campaign was strongly supported
by the Chinese Communists. It reached critical
proportions when the Viet Minh offensive of 1954
overran large sections of North Indochina and
' For texts of the treaty and the charter, see Bulletin
of Sept. 20, 1954, p. 393.
September 23, 1957
487
Secretary Dulles Congratulates
First Secretary General of SEATO
Press release 497 dated September 4
Secretary Dulles sent the foUmoing telegram on
September ^ to Potc Sarasin, congratulating him on
his installation on that day as Secretary General of
SEATO.
On the occasion of your installation as the first
Secretary General of the Southeast Asia Treaty
Organization I extend my warm congratulations and
best wishes. I am confident that in this position
you will contribute much to the unity of purpose
for the preservation of peace which is the guiding
spirit of the eight member nations of SEATO.
You may be assured of the full cooperation and
support of myself and my Government in the dis-
charge of the responsibilities of your high office.
John Foster Duxxes
threatened to engulf much of the surrounding
territory.
The peace and safety of the free nations, includ-
ing the United States, required that this vital
Southeast Asia and Western Pacific area should
not fall into Communist hands. This, in turn,
called for a collective effort.
Such effort was assured by the Manila Pact.
The countries signing that pact, in addition to the
United States, were Australia, France, New Zea-
land, Palristan, the Philippines, Thailand, and the
United Kingdom. Included in the area were
Viet- Nam, Laos, and Cambodia. By the pact the
signatory nations agreed to act together to insure
their safety against aggression and subversion and
to preserve the treaty area as against armed
attack. They emphasized that the pact was
purely defensive in its aims and would never be
used for aggression. They further agreed to co-
operate to promote the economic progress and
social well-being of their peoples.
Let us compare the situation prevailing in the
treaty area today with that of 3 years ago. In
that way the immense contributions that SEATO
has made can be measured. Quietlj' but effec-
tively SEATO has fostered security and stability
in Southeast Asia. There has been no furtlier
military aggression in the area, and tranquillity
prevails generally.
International communism now falls back on
subversive efforts rather than military, and these
efforts, too, SEATO is helping to thwart.
Under the protecting shield of SEATO, South-
east Asia has been able to make substantial politi-
cal, economic, and social progress. Malaya last
week completed its political independence. Dur-
ing SEATO's existence all the free nations of the
area have conducted orderly free elections based
upon universal suffrage. There has been a con-
tinuing broad interchange of visits between offi-
cials of all member nations, serving to create firm
bonds of friendship and understanding.
Dramatic events outside the treaty area have
done much to awaken us all as to the true nature
of communism. There has been the official con-
firmation by Khrushchev of the shocking facts
about Stalin and Stalinism. There has been the
Soviet Army's cruel subjugation of the freedom-
loving people of Hungary. There has been the
cutting down of those persons in Communist China
who accepted Mao Tse-tung's lethal invitation to
show that communism was a garden of many flow-
ers. There has been the effort in the Middle East
to achieve there, for Soviet Russia, what had long
been the goals of imperialist Russia under the
Czars.
Communist ruthlessness, backed by the huge Red
armies in the Soviet Union, in Communist China,
and in the Asian and European satellites, should
keep all free peoples keenly aware of the need for
vigilance and cooperation. NATO, for example,
contributes directly and importantly to peace and
security by deterring Communist aggression and
subversion in Europe. SEATO serves a similar
purpose in Southeast Asia. Both pacts are, as
they proclaim, vital to the peace and safety of all
the parties.
Today, at SEATO headquarters in Bangkok,
special ceremonies are being conducted marking
the third anniversary of SEATO. The United
States Under Secretary of State, Mr. Ilerter, is
attending these ceremonies and officially extend-
ing a message of congratulation on behalf of our
Government to the representatives of member
states who are gathered there for that occasion.
It is fitting that the headquarters of SEATO
should be in Thailand, whose name means free
land. It is equally fitting that Pote Sarasin,
former Thai Ambassador to the United States,
should be the first Secretary General of SEATO.
To all engaged in the collective defense of free-
488
Department of State Bulletin
dom I send greetings on this SEATO anniversary
day. I reiterate our pride as Americans that we
have been a part, from the start, of this great ex-
periment in free-world partnership and strength.
Lafayette Bicentennial
Remarks by C. Burke Elhrick
Assistant Secretary for European Affairs ^
The District of Cohmibia Chapter of the Sons
of the American Revolution is rendering a most
commendable service to the cause of Franco-Amer-
ican understanding in having organized these
ceremonies on the day of the bicentennial of the
birth of General Lafayette.
As has often been observed by historians both
here and in France, General Lafayette was the
first of a long line of French friends of the United
States. Like so many other groups gathered to-
gether today in memory of this gallant French-
man, we celebrate the longevity of this friendship
and a similarly historic line of American friends of
France, a line which begins with names such as
Thomas Jefferson and Benjamin Franklin, Tom
Paine and James Madison, and President Wash-
ington himself.
The words Lafayette used to describe his feel-
ings for the American war of independence were :
"At first news, my heart was enrolled in it." This
same phrase has since then often described senti-
ment on either French or American soil when
either nation was in trouble.
It is important to remember that sizable prob-
lems lay in the way of agreement between France
and the American nation-in-the-making. The
Revolutionary leaders were suspicious of Euro-
pean interests ; France in turn had reason to doubt
seriously the successful outcome of this New
World rebellion. In the Court of Louis XVI, it
was not entirely politic for Lafayette to proclaim
his sympathy for a republican uprising.
We Americans have the right to be proud that
a young French nobleman of 19 years came and
offered his services as a simple volunteer in our
fight for mdependence. Marie Joseph Paul Yves
Roch Gilbert du Motier, Marquis de Lafayette,
'Made on Sept. 6 (press release 499) at a ceremony
held in Lafayette Park, Washington, D.C., in commemora-
tion of the bicentennial of the birth of Lafayette.
came from a family proud of its name and of its
record of devotion to its country. One of his
ancestors was made a Marshal of France in 1450
in reward for his services to Charles VII. The
young Marquis could very well have insisted that
he be accorded the privileges of an 18th-century
nobleman even though he was upon rough-plowed
American soil. No request could have been more
normal in 1777. Instead, learning of the embar-
rassment which would result to the Congress if a
foreigner were made a high-ranking officer while
patriotic Americans took up arms as simple
soldiers, the Marquis offered to serve without rank
and without pay. Congress, struck by this gen-
erous gesture, replied by making him a Major
General. Less than a year later. General Lafay-
ette received a citation from the same Congress
for his leadership at the Battle of Monmouth.
Returning to France in 1779, General Lafayette
succeeded in obtaining financial assistance for the
beleaguered American colonies as well as fleet re-
inforcements and 6,000 troops. It was at his
urging that Rochambeau was dispatched to the
New World, eventually to turn the tide of battle
at Yorktown. Lafayette was also there, at York-
town, contributing to that decisive victory.
From that time on the General's deeds belong
more to French history than they do to ours. In
the French Constituent Assembly Lafayette
pleaded for the abolition of arbitrary imprison-
ment, for religious tolerance, for popular repre-
sentation, trial by jury, freedom of the press,
emancipation of slaves — in short, for principles as
dear to Americans as to Frenchmen. Indeed the
principal motivation in the life of this great man
seems to have been an overwhelming devotion to
the cause of moderation as well as progress, of
generosity as well as justice. He has been de-
scribed in one book as '"ever a minister of humanity
and order."
A member of the French Chamber of Deputies
till his death in 1834, General Lafayette's last
speech was an impassioned plea in the cause of
Polish political refugees. The last chapter of
his public life thus closes with still another illus-
tration of his allegiance to his own high code, of
his contribution to what was to become known as
an Age of Enlightenment.
Surely it is due in a large measure to Lafayette's
example that Franco-American relations since his
time have been characterized by similar acts of
courage and devotion to the world's noblest causes.
September 23, J 957
489
The legacy of Lafayette is one to which we are
bound in honor. We must seize every oppor-
tunity, now as in the past, to demonstrate that our
two countries place the highest premiiun on the
principles he upheld.
It is not by accident that France today, in keep-
ing with those principles and with her traditional
hospitality, serves as the seat of a community of
North Atlantic nations banded together in defense
of liberty. It is not by chance that in 1957 so
many Frenclunen follow Lafayette's footsteps to
the United States and so many Americans follow
Benjamin Franklin to France. Wlien an Ameri-
can thinks of Europe, one of the first words that
come to his mind is "France." And I think it safe
to add the corollary : when Frenchmen think of
the New World, they think of the United States.
We observe today the bicentennial of an inter-
national friendship as well as that of a noble
Frenchman. Edward Everett, American states-
man and contemporary of Lafayette, once said of
him :
Who, I would ask, of all prominent names in history,
has run through such a career, with so little reproach
justly or unjustly bestowed?
Is it any wonder that we have come together 200
years after the birth of this man to honor his name
and to rejoice in the continuing close ties which ex-
ist between France and the United States.
Exchange of Views
on Lead and Zinc Import Taxes
Following is an excJmnge of letters between
President Eisenhower and Representative Jere
Cooper, chairman of the House Ways and Means
Committee.
PRESIDENT'S LETTER OF AUGUST 23
White House press release dated August 23
Dear Mr. Ciiaikman : I appreciate having your
letter concerning the Administration's proposal
for sliding-scale import excise taxes on lead and
zinc. It is gratifying to know that your Com-
mittee is giving attention to the distressed condi-
tion of the lead and zinc mining industries.
In 1954, as you pointed out, the Tariff Commis-
sion recommended higher duties for lead and zinc
under the "escape clause" of the Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1951.^ But other means were
available at that time both to meet the public need
and afford the relief immediately necessary. Such
means were found in the program of increased
purchases of domestic ores for the stockpile and
tlie barter of surplus agi'icultural commodities in
exchange for foreign lead and zinc. These pro-
grams had the advantage of increasing our in-
ventories of these materials as a security measure
wliile, at the same time, removing price depressing
excess supplies from the domestic and world mar-
kets. Recently, however, the attainment of our
stockpile goals has necessitated adjustments in
these programs, and the problem of distress has
reappeared.
As I indicated in my press conference on August
twenty-first, my view with respect to maintaining
the integrity of Section 7 of the Trade Agree-
ments Extension Act of lOS'l is at one with yours
and, I am sure, with that of all the members of
the House Ways and Means Committee. H. R.
6894, as you know, is the sole exception proposed
by this Administration in over four and one-half
years. In view of this fact, I think you will agree
that such exceptions are not proposed lightly.
The special circumstances of this case that sug-
gest the desirability of following the legislative
route were set forth by Administration witnesses
lief ore both your Committee " and the Senate
Finance Committee.
It is understood, of course, that the initiation
before the Tariff Commission of an escape clause
proceeding by the industry is available in the last
instance. It is my understanding that the in-
dustry will take such course if the Congress does
not pass the requested legislation. In that event,
I would request the Tariff Coimnission to expedite
its consideration of the matter.
You mentioned the possibility of relief through
the national security amendment of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1955. Althougli a
continuously productive mining industry is of
fundamental importance to the national security,
'For the President's letters of July 19, 1954, to the
cliairman of the Senate Finance Committee and the
chairman of the House Ways and Means Committee, see
Bulletin of Sept. 6, 1954, p. 339.
° For a statement made In the House Ways and Means
Committee on Aug. 1 by Willis C. Armstrong, see ibid.,
Aug. 19, 1957, p. 321.
490
Department of State Bulletin
it is deemed appropriate in present circnmstances
to invoke the relief ail'orded by the escape clause
of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951
if the Congress does not enact H. R. 6894.' The
importance of this industry to a strong national
defense should, however, not be overlooked.
I share your belief that expansion of foreign
trade is in the best interests of the United States
and I reiterate my conviction that such an objec-
tive can best be implemented by Recipi'ocal Trade
Agreements Programs.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
REPRESENTATIVE COOPER'S LETTER OF AU-
GUST 16
Sir Dear Mr. President : I am writing to you
in connection with the proposal of the Honorable
Fred A. Seaton, Secretary of the Interior, on
behalf of the Administration, for the enactment
of sliding-scale import excise taxes on lead and
zinc.
Although the communication from Secretary
Seaton on this subject was not received by the
Committee on Ways and Means until June 19,
1957, at a time when the Session was far ad-
vanced and the Committee was diligently follow-
ing an agenda previously determined by it, due
to the importance of the subject and due to con-
ditions in the lead and zinc industry as depicted
by the communication of the Secretary, the Com-
mittee broke into its agenda and conducted hear-
ings on August 1 and 2, 1957.
I have now had time to carefully review and
study the testimony which was presented to the
Committee at the public hearing on this impor-
tant subject. It is my sincere conviction that you
already have authority, previously delegated to
you by the Congress in the trade agreements legis-
lation, to afford relief to domestic industries from
import competition in appropriate cases. The
testimony of your representatives at the public
hearings, in conjunction with the written recom-
mendation of the Secretary of the Interior, indi-
cates that the lead and zinc industries properly
constitute such a case in the opinion of the Admin-
istration. The testimony further shows that your
^ The Congress adjourned without taking action on
the lead and zinc legislation.
present authority is adequate to afford the relief
which you have recommended to the Congress.
As you will recall, one of the principal pur-
poses of the so-called Escape Clause pi-ovnsion
(section 7 of the Trade Agi-eements Extension Act
of 1951) and the National Security Amendment
(section 7 of the Trade Agreements Extension Act
of 1955) was to afford you an avenue imder which
you can provide relief from import competition
to domestic industries according to the procedures
and standards set forth therein. As may further
be recalled, the Committees of the Congress and
the Congress in past years have devoted much
time, thought and attention to providing you with
these powere so that our domestic industries can
be afforded protection in appropriate cases and so
that the national interest can be served by presi-
dential action without resort to further legislation.
It is clear that in this instance you have not
made recourse to existing achninistrative pro-'
cedures which are available to provide relief to
these industries. In addition, you have not ad-
vised the Congress that your existing authority
under the Escape Clause and the National Secur-
ity Amendment is inadequate in these matters
generally, although a subcommittee of the Com-
mittee on Ways and Means last fall specifically
called upon the Administration for any recom-
mendations which it might have for modifying
or strengthening these provisions of existing leg-
islation.
The testimony presented to the Committee on
Ways and Means during the course of the public
hearings on August 1 and 2, 1957, indicated that
the proposal for a sliding-scale import excise tax
on lead and zinc is almost identical in major
respects with the recommendations of the Tariff
Commission made to you under the lead and zinc
escape clause proceeding in 1954. You rejected
this recommendation, stating among other things,
that the proposed relief did not meet the needs
of these industries. The testimony of your rep-
resentatives further indicated that the situation
today in the lead and zinc industries is substan-
tially the same as it was at the time of the escape
clause investigation by the Tariff Commission and
your rejection of the mianimous finding of the
Tariff Commission.
The testimony at the public hearings also clearly
showed that the proposal which the Secretary of
the Interior now recommends on behalf of the
September 23, 1957
491
Administration is almost identical in effect to a
proposal that was before the Committee on Ways
and Means in 1953 and on which a strongly ad-
verse report was submitted by the State Depart-
ment. The State Department set forth ten rea-
sons why this proposal was inadvisable and con-
trary to the national interest. This report was
made a part of the recent public hearings.
The proposal which the Administration has
now recommended would not become effective, in
event of its enactment, until January 1, 1958.
Yet, under the National Security Amendment any
relief found appropriate could be put into effect
by you almost immediately. Also, under the es-
cape clause I see no reason why you cannot direct
the Tariff Commission to report to you within
a stated time as to measures which it may deem
approjDriate for relief of these industries, and I
see no reason why you could not have done so on
June 19, the date of the proposal, or even earlier
for that matter. It is clear from tlie testimony
presented to our Committee, aside from the merits
of the proposal, that relief can be afforded by you
much more speedily than would be the case even
with enactment of the proposal.
As you of course know, I have been a strong and
consistent supporter of the Reciprocal Trade
Agreements program since the inception of the
program in 1934. I have consistently supported
and worked for proposals which you have made to
continue our foreign trade policies, including, for
example, your proposal during the last Congress
and in this Congress for approval by the Congress
for membership in O.T.C.
You have gone on record strongly supporting
the reciprocal trade agreements program. At
your request the Congress has provided three ex-
tensions of your authority during your Adminis-
tration. An important consideration of the
Congress in providing these extensions was the
fact that should trade agreements concessions
result in such import competition that domestic
industries are injured or are threatened with in-
jury you would have the authority where it is in
the national interest to relieve domestic industries
of such injury.
I cannot refrain from expressing to you my
very great concern as to the impact of a proposal
such as the one which your Administration has
made concerning lead and zinc on the whole
structure of the trade agreements program. In
stating this, I do not intend to imply that the lead
and zinc industries may not need relief. My con-
cern is due to the fact that this proposal would
completely by-pass existing authority given you
in present trade agreements legislation. You are
asking the Congress to do that which you already
have ample authority to do. The authority which
you have is not selective, but broad and general,
and applies to any and all industries which are
injured or threatened with injury as a result of
trade agreements concessions. I am sure you are
aware of the fact that there are many other in-
dustries that are asking for relief from import
competition. Among these are textiles, velveteen
and ginghams, tuna fish, hardwood-plywood,
stainless steel flatware, fluorspar, natural gas,
petroleum, and many others. There are numerous
bills now pending before the Committee on Ways
and Means which would provide relief from im-
port competition on the above specified items and
many additional ones. I am confident that you
would not want to see the Congress by-pass and
undermine your present authority under trade
agreements legislation by acting on individual
items.
I sincerely urge you to personally review the
situation in the lead and zinc industries and the
proposal submitted to the Congress. Upon such
a review, I am sure you will be convinced as I am
that you do have ample authority to provide such
relief as you deem necessary in the national inter-
est to the lead and zinc industries. I am also con-
fident that you will agree that to by-pass the ex-
isting provisions of our trade agreements law will
undermine the trade agreements program.
I can only observe in closing that there is con-
siderable sentiment that, in the absence of your
exercising such authority as you may have for an
expansion of our foreign trade and the protection
of domestic industries, the Congress will be forced
to study again the delegation of authority made to
you under the trade agreements legislation. This
is an eventuality which neither you nor I would
contemplate with equanimity.
The other 14 Democratic Members of the Com-
mittee on Ways and Means concur with me in this
letter.
Very cordially yours,
Jeue Cooper
Chairman, Committee on Ways and Means
492
Department of Stale Bulletin
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85th Congress, 1st Session
Unmanufactured Jlica and Mica Films and Splittings.
Report, together with minority views, to accompany
H. R. G.S04. S. Rept. 10r)3, August 20, 19."i7. 17 pp.
Certain Revisions of the Immigration and Nationality
Laws. Report to accompany S. 2792. S. Rept. 1057,
August 20, 1957. 9 pp.
Intern:itioual Atomic Energy Agency Participation Bill
of 1957. Conference report to accompany H. R. 8992.
H. Rept. 1200, August 20, 1957. (5 pp.
Mutual Security Appropriation Bill, 1958. Conference re-
port to accompany H. R. 9302. H. Rept. 1208, August 28,
1057. 4 pp.
Supplemental Appropriation Bill, 1958. Conference re-
port to accompany H. R. 9131. H. Rept. 1207, August
20, 1957. 8 pp.
Study of Disarmament. Report to accompany S. Res.
192. S. Rept. 1073, August 21, 1957. 2 pp.
Recordbreaking Number of Visas
Issued in Fiscal Year 1957
Press release 492 dated September S
American consular officers throughout the
•world issued or renewed a total of 906,599 visas in
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1957, the largest
number for many years, according to figures re-
leased by Koderic O'Connor, Administrator of the
Bureau of Security and Consular Affairs, Depart-
ment of State.
Mr. O'Connor explained that the increase was
largely due to the increased number of visa serv-
ices to nonimmigrant aliens in accordance with
the President's program to stimulate visits to the
United States of foreign tourists. Tlie increase
of such services over the fiscal year 1956 was
93,100.
The total number of immigrant visas issued dur-
ing the fiscal year 1957 was 317,412, a decrease of
14,995 from issuances in the fiscal year 1956. Mr.
O'Connor said that the 1956 issuances included
84,183 nonquota visas issued under special legisla-
tion which has now expired, whereas the figures
for the last fiscal year included only 68,442 such
visas.
Mr. O'Connor pointed out that the number of
quota visas issued in the fiscal year just passed
exceeded by 11,235 the number of corresponding
issuances in 1956, marking the highest number of
regular quota visas issued in any year since World
War II.
Mr. O'Connor noted that, although nonimmi-
grant visa issuances had reached the highest peak
in recent history, they do not in any sense reflect
the actual volume of foreign tourist traffic in the
United States. They take no account, he ex-
plained, of the waiver of nonimmigrant visas for
Canadian citizens and for Mexican nationals who
are the bearers of border-crossing cards, nor of
the issuance of many visas valid for multiple ap-
plications for entry into the United States.
IMMIGRANT VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE
WORLD
Fiscal Year 1957
Country-
Annual
Quota
Immifcrant Visas Issued
Total
Quota '
Nonquota
Afghanistan ....
Albania
Andorra
100
100
100
100
26
95
1
17
27
112
Arabian Peninsula .
Argentina
2
2, '221
2
250
631
87
3
2
2, 221
64
339
1,959
1,344
8
Asia Pacific Triangle .
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Belgian Congo . .
100
100
1, 405
1,297
62
89
1,328
1,257
5
Bhutan
100
Bolivia
406
1,400
14
7
406
Brazil
1, 400
Bulgaria
Burma
Cambodia ....
100
100
100
100
100
48
61
62
68
Cameroons (British) .
Cameroons (French) .
Canada
1
' 35, 587
1
6
727
1, 454
2,045
640
14, 133
344
40
251
1, 025
1,038
133
710
25
5
98
1, 461
' ' ' 1
4
8
5
2
' ' 6
1
35 587
Canal Zone ....
1
Cevlon
Chile
100
35
41
727
China
Chinese (Racial) . .
Colombia
100
105
41
50
1,495
50
2,045
640
Costa Rica
Cuba
14 133
Czechoslovakia . .
Danzig
Denm.ark
Greenland . . .
2,859
100
1, 175
1,357
47
1, 146
1
1, 701
87
1, 397
1
Dominican Republic .
1, 025
Ecuador
1 038
Egypt
E Salvador ....
100
90
223
710
Estonia
Ethiopia
Finland
France
Algeria
115
100
566
3,069
50
38
544
2,840
4
1
2
72
18
13
2
1
23
75
43
642
4,301
4
French Guiana. .
2
French West Africa.
Guadeloupe . . .
6
80
Martinique . . .
23
New Caledonia .
Oceania ....
Somaliland (French)
Tunisia
15
2
1
29
September 23, 1957
493
IMMIGRANT VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE
WORLD — Continued
Fiscal Year 1957
Country
Germany
Great Britain . . .
Aden
Bahamas . . . .
Barbados . . . .
Basutoland . . .
Bermuda . . . .
British Guiana . .
British Honduras .
Cyprus
Fiji
Gibraltar . . . .
Ghana
Grand Cayman .
Hong Kong. . .
Jamaica ....
Kenya
Leeward Islands .
Malaya ....
Malta
Mauritius . . .
Nigeria ....
North Borneo .
Northern Rhodesia
Nyasaland . . .
St. Helena . . .
Seychelles . . .
Sierra Leone . .
Singapore . . .
Southern Rhodesia
Tonga
Trinidad ....
Uganda ....
Windward Islands .
Zanzibar . . . .
Greece
Guatemala ....
Haiti
Honduras ....
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia ....
Iran
Iraq
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Japan
Jordan
Korea
Laos
Latvia
Lebanon
Liberia
Libya
Liechtenstein . . .
Lithuania
Luxembourg . . .
Mexico
Monaco
Morocco
Muscat
Nauru
Nepal
Netherlands . . . .
Annual
Quota
25, 814
65, 361
308
865
100
100
100
100
100
17, 756
100
5,645
185
100
100
100
235
100
100
100
100
384
100
Immi^ant Visas Issued
Quota 1
25,418
29, 377
48
93
92
1
68
92
97
97
4
19
10
100
100
100
100
100
3, 136
99
49
14
91
10
98
2
7
1
6
1
1
1
6
22
20
4
88
5
97
1
140
389
98
90
84
88
83
9,084
75
5,397
92
98
60
109
81
27
98
6
180
86
Nonquota
14
96
1
2,940
7,280
1,689
291
154
3
47
21
47
1
12
770
1
137
3
114
99
40
1, '474
792
414
778
208
76
106
20
70
43
99
161
4, 681
6,471
106
295
35
188
5
2
e'l
25
48, 137
1
123
Total
32, 698
31, 066
48
384
246
1
71
139
118
144
4
19
10
1
111
819
15
228
13
212
2
11
1
6
1
1
1
8
24
20
4
187
5
137
1
1,614
792
414
778
597
174
196
104
158
126
9, 183
236
10, 078
6, 563
204
355
458
144
269
32
100
6
241
111
48, 137
15
219
IMMIGRANT VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICEi, THROUGHOUT THE
WORLD— Continued
Fiscal Year 1957
Country
Neth. West Indies
Surinam ....
New Guinea ....
New Zealand . . .
Nicaragua ....
Norway
Pacific Islands . . .
Pakistan
Palestine
Panama
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines ....
Poland
Portugal
Angola
Cape Verde . . .
India, Portuguese
MacAu
Ruanda-Urundi . .
Rumania
Samoa, Western . .
San Marino ....
Saudi Arabia . . .
Somaliland . . . .
South West Africa .
Spain
Sudan
Sweden
Switzerland ....
Syria
Tanganyika ....
Thailand
Togoland (British) .
Togolaod (French) .
Trieste
Tunisia
Turkey
Union of So. Africa .
U.S.S.R
Uruguay
Venezuela
Viet-Nam
Yemen
Yugoslavia . . . .
Total. . . .
Issued under the
Refugee Relief
Act of 1953, as
amended . . . .
Grand total
Annual
Quota
100
100
2,364
100
100
100
100
6,488
438
100
289
100
100
100
100
100
250
• 100
3, 295
1, 698
100
100
100
100
100
100
b77
225
100
2, 697
100
100
933
154,834
Immigrant Visas Issued
Quota ' Nonquota
93
44
96
2,321
97
85
87
49
2,969
404
1
9
137
44
100
1
8
lis
66
2,311
1,658
85
11
28
2
48
77
110
87
1,223
16
61
434
97, 684
15
15
1
86
1,233
230
17
36
28
1, 7.57
73
816
1, 879
703
1,041
3
56
2
1
186
6
3
1
784
2
72
196
57
3
6
14
242
59
158
104
419
6
642
151,286
68, 442
219, 728
1
3,398
1 Figures represent quota visas issued and do not include
quota numbers allotted or charged against the quota pur-
suant to section 19 (c) of the Immigration Act of February
5, 1917, as amended, section 4 of the Displaced Persons
Act of 1948, as amended, section 245 of the Immigration
and Nationality Act, and special acts of Congress.
• Annual quota of 100 established pursuant to Proclama-
tion 3147, July 9, 1956. (Bulletin of July 23, 1956, p. 152).
•> Annual quota of 100 established pursuant to Procla-
mation 3158, September 20, 1956. {Ibid., Oct. 8, 1966,
p. 557). For fiscal year 1957 only, adjusted to 77 for ad-
ministrative purposes.
494
Department of State Bulletin
BREAKDOWN AND TOTAL OF VISAS ISSUED in DIPLOMATIC AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGH-
OUT THE WORLD
Fiscal Years 1946 thru 1957
Fiscal year
Immigrant
Quota '
Xonquota
Total
Xonimmi-
grant
Noi\immi-
grant Revali-
dations
Total
Grand Total
1946
1947
194cS
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
37, 083
78, 873
93, 222
• 133, 839
' 205, 365
« 170, 166
8 180, 660
'87, 211
' 86, 356
81,027
86, 449
97, 684
47, 327
66, 844
72, 869
1' 70, 096
J 63, 541
'61, 137
>■ 88, 286
94, 306
<•■ 122, 866
' 163, 844
"■ 245, 958
"219, 728
84, 410
145, 717
166, 091
203, 935
268, 906
231, 303
268, 946
181,517
209, 222
244, 871
332, 407
317,412
247,
313,
309,
261,
242,
271,
318,
349,
399,
420,
425,
501,
672
279
730
071
784
706
872
388
994
095
421
692
5,306
32
2, 164
7,487
11, 199
23, 108
21,017
11,990
18, 197
24, 943
70, 666
87, 495
252, 978
313,311
311,894
268, 558
253, 983
294, 814
339, 889
361, 378
418, 191
445, 038
496, 087
589, 187
337, 388
459, 028
477, 985
472, 493
522, 889
526, 117
608, 835
542, 895
627, 413
689, 909
828, 494
906, 599
' Does not include 19 (c) eases, special acts of Congress, adjustments, section 245 and section 4 cases.
» Includes 55,639 quota visas issued pursuant to tlie Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
•> Includes 339 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
<■ Includes 131,901 quota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
■* Includes 261 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
" Includes 104,571 quota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
' Includes 747 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
' Includes 106,497 quota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
•" Includes 3,037 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
' Includes 459 (sheepherders) quota visas issued under Public Law 307 (82d Congress) and 5,089 cases of aliens who
enjo\'ed a preference under section 3 (c) of the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
' Includes 5,722 cases of aliens who enjoyed a preference under section 3 (c) of the Displaced Persons Act of 1948,
as amended.
i" Includes 500 nonquota visas issued to orphans under Public Law 162 (83d Congress) and 5,633 nonquota visas
issued pursuant to the Refugee ReUef Act of 1953, as amended.
' Includes 353 nonquota visas issued under PubUc Law 770 (sheepherders), 83d Congress, 2d Session and 32,009
nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Refugee Relief Act of 1953, as amended.
" Includes 32 nonquota visas issued under Public Law 770 (sheepherders), 83d Congress, 2d Session and 84,151 visas
issued under the Refugee Rehef Act of 1953, as amended.
" Includes 68,442 nonquota visas issued under the Refugee Relief Act of 1953, as amended.
September 23, 1957
495
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
United Nations Economic and Social Council
Following are the texts of two statements made
at the 34th session of the U.N. Econom,ic and
Social Council at GeJieva, Switzerland, hy Neil H.
Jacoby, U.S. Representative on the Council, For
earlier statements hy Mr. Jacoby and Walter M.
Kotschnig, see Bulletin of August 19, 1957, page
323, and September 9, 1957, page 438.
STATEMENT BY MR. JACOBY ON THE WORLD
SOCIAL SITUATION'
This review of the world social situation by the
Economic and Social Council complements our
earlier consideration of the world economic situa-
tion.' To aid us in assessing the social advances
made in the world during the years 1952-56, we
have before us a highly informative report ^ pre-
pared by the Secretariat of the U.N., for which
we are most happy to express our deep apprecia-
tion.
The Meaning and Measurement of Social Progress
Before presenting my coimtry's views on this
report and describing recent social advances in
the United States, I wish to speak briefly on a
fundamental question : What is "social progress"
and by what means do we measure it? Admit-
tedly, this is a highly difficult question and one
that each country must to some degree answer
for itself, because the answer turns partly upon
the country's political and social philosophy. A
country with a certain social and economic system
may well conceive of social progress in terms dif-
ferent from those used by another country holding
a different set of values.
^Made on July 17 (U.S. delegation press release).
' Bulletin of Aug. 19, 1957, p. 323.
' U.N. doc. EVCN.5/324 and Add. 1. For a statement on
the report by Althea K. Hottel in the Social Commission
on May 13, see Bulletin of July 22, 1957, p. 166.
The people of the United States are among those
peoples who place the freedom, welfare, and dig-
nity of the individual high in the order of social
values. We believe that social progress means, in
essence, an increase in the opportunities open to
the ordinary individual for personal fulfillment
and the pursuit of happiness. Social progress
occurs when the individual enjoys greater oppor-
tunities to develop his talents and personality to
their full potential.
Obviously, social progress has many dimensions.
It means, first of all, increasing personal income
and a rising complement of consumer wealth
widely shared. It means widening personal free-
dom and greater mobility of people in both the
geographical and social senses. It embraces im-
proved health and physical vigor and greater edu-
cational accomplishment. It means the existence
of more leisure time and its utilization for cultural
development. It involves improved conditions of
work and employment.
When we try to measure social progress, there-
fore, we cannot escape the task of gaging changes
in all of these factors. The Report on the World
Social Situation has thrown light on recent move-
ments in many of them. We suggest that the
report could well have utilized a broader concept
of social progress and have given attention to
changes in the social and physical mobility of
people and to changes in per capita incomes and
wealth as indicia of progress. May I cite a few
examples :
1. Transportation and communications provide
an obvious means through which men come to
know each other better. What progress are we
making in building road and rail systems? Many
less developed countries with vast areas seem to
be neglecting the development of surface trans-
port in favor of building up an air transport in-
dustry. Better to understand social progress, we
496
Depatiment of State Bullefin
must know more about the gi'owth in surface
transportation.
2. How are we progressing in making available
to our peoples inexpensive means of communica-
tion, facilitating the exchange of ideas through
radio, telephone, and the printed page? These,
together with postal systems and motion pictures,
have a part to play in bringing people closer
together.
3. What progress are we making in assuring
old persons a tolerable and decent life during
their declining years?
4. Housing shortages apparently continue to be
oppressive around the world. We need qualita-
tive judgments, at least, on housing progress.
5. The growth of voluntary associations for
mutual improvement is another token of social
progress. We should like to know how widely
and how effectively citizens are working together,
under their own initiative and without the su-
pervision or inspiration of the state, to advance
humanitarian objectives.
Because the free trade union is an important
type of voluntary organization, the growth and
vitality of trade unions around the world is, I
believe, a subject of interest to this Council.
These are a few examples of ways in which peo-
ple make social progress and represent subjects
which we suggest for inclusion in future reports
on the world social situation along with those
already treated.
Data To Measure Social Progress
The report notes how very meager is our pres-
ent knowledge of social conditions in many areas
of the world. We should give a very high priority
to the development of more accurate and compar-
able social statistics. We recommend continued
encouragement and assistance by the U.N. to in-
dividual countries to develop this information.
The technical assistance program of the U.N. can,
we think, assist in the training of more statisti-
cians, demographers, and other social scientists.
We endorse the suggestion by the Secretary-Gen-
eral that a systematic attempt be made by the
appropriate agencies of the U.N. to establish con-
tacts with social research centers in the less de-
veloped countries and that assistance be given
other countries in building up such centers.
The Interdependence of Social and Economic
Progress
Social progress, as I have defined it, is, of course,
conceptually distinct from economic progress.
There have been cases where a country has en-
larged its total production without increasing the
per capita real income of the masses of people or
affording the ordinary citizen any better condi-
tions of health, education, mobility, or freedom.
We consider such instances to be unfortunate. In
tlie United States such a result is impossible in
time of peace. Historically, social and economic
progress in my country have proceeded hand in
hand. In our experience conditions of high em-
ployment and prosperity have helped to produce
a more even distribution of incomes, a breaking
down of prejudices, a rise in the social and geo-
graphical mobility of people, and an elevation of
health and educational benefits. These kinds of
social progress have, in turn, provided the founda-
tions for further advances in production by ele-
vating the physical vigor, improving the skills,
and generally augmenting the productivity of
workers in factories and offices and on farms.
Social progress is, of course, our fundamental
goal. The only purpose of economic activity is to
increase the welfare of human beings. Technical
advances in agriculture and industry, larger in-
vestments, bigger industries, increased trade — •
they all have but one purpose — a fuller life for the
people inhabiting this earth.
In reviewing this report we are again reminded
that there is no clear line between social, economic,
and cultural developments. Thus, the eradica-
tion of malaria may, in one area, be the necessary
condition for increased output, while improve-
ment in the conditions of work may be the key to
increased productivity in another area. To con-
sider another example: Literacy and the accept-
ance of a system of monetary rewards and in-
centives are, in general, preconditions for indus-
trialization. On the other hand, improved output,
capital investment, and a progressive economy
form the basis for continuing improvements in
health, education, and levels of living. Still an-
other example: The prevention of price inflation
is an evidence of social as well as economic prog-
ress. For inflation brings with it not only ineffi-
ciency in the management of resources and dis-
tortions in the pattern of their use, but it also
inflicts grave social injustice, doing greatest harm
Sepfember 23, J 957
497
to those least able to protect themselves. At point
after point we are confronted with the interac-
tions of the econonaic and the social aspects of
policy. A balanced social and economic develop-
ment in countries is of pressing importance at all
stages of development. Social jirogress can never
run far ahead of economic achievement. Con-
versely, economic progress cannot, in the end, be
sustained without social progress. They are the
inseparable twins of healthy societies. For this
reason we conunend the action of the Social Com-
mission in giving priority in its work to a study of
balanced economic and social development, sclied-
uled to appear in 1961.
Evidences of Social Progress in the World
Now I shall comment very briefly on some ma-
jor findings regarding social progress in the world.
The report leaves no doubt that there have been
signal improvements in social conditions during
the past 5 years, in many cases attributable to the
activities of the U.N. and its specialized agencies.
Healfh. Continuing widespread improvements
in health conditions are evidenced by declining
mortality rates and increased life expectancy, par-
ticularly in countries where health conditions have
previously been least favorable. We have been
especially gratified to note the striking progress
in dealing with infections and parasitic diseases.
Epidemic diseases have been brought under better
control. Many countries are now imdertaking to
provide a more comprehensive health service and
to make it available to all sections of the popula-
tion. There has been a considerable increase in
hospital beds and some improvement in the ratio
of physicians to the total population.
Although the report mentions that progress has
been made toward control of poliomyelitis by vac-
cination, we think it might properly have noted
the passing of a truly great milestone in medical
research. I refer, of course, to the perfection,
production, and wide use of the Salk vaccine.
According to the International Poliomyelitis Con-
gress recently concluded in Geneva, use of Salk
vaccine promises to eradicate the scourge of para-
lytic polio from the world within 4 years. This
notable achievement was the result of large-scale
cooperative medical research, in the main pri-
vately financed.
Nutrition. Food production has improved on a
worldwide basis, and per capita food consumption
lias increased in many areas where it had been
dangerously low. Increases in food production,
together with imports, loans, and donations from
abroad, have eliminated the wide-scale famine
which ravaged some areas a few years ago. It
was gratifying to hear the representative of FAO
report to this Council that world agricultural pro-
duction rose 14 percent in 1956-57 and that the
highest rate of increase was in Latin America and
the Near East. We were heartened by his state-
ment that during the last few years agricultural
production has outpaced population growth by
about 1 percent per year and that the highest rate
of increase has occurred in the underdeveloped
areas.
Education. A much greater proportion of the
world's children of school age are now attending
school than was the case 5 years ago, with sec-
ondary school enrollments increasing proportion-
ately more than those of primary schools. Liter-
acy is increasing. The circulation of newspapers
and books and the availability of radio and tele-
vision has increased in many parts of the world,
opening up new channels of communication.
Pressing Needs for World Social Advancement
The satisfaction that we all can justifiably de-
rive from these evidences of social progress in the
world must, however, be tempered by a recognition
of gigantic tasks ahead.
Malaria, tuberculosis, and other communicable
diseases continue to present serious health prob-
lems in less developed lands. In the more devel-
oped countries, where epidemic diseases have been
largely conquered, cancer, heart, and other so-
called degenerative diseases present serious haz-
ards. The supply of medical personnel and
facilities is still grossly insufficient in many parts
of the world, with a serious maldistribution as
between rural and urban areas.
Problems of chronic malnutrition are not yet
solved in a number of countries. In some areas
the pressure of increasing populations threatens
to outrun gains in food production and even in in-
dustrial output.
Almost half of the world's children of school
age are still not in school. My own country, with
a rapidly growing population, is one of many
facing a major need for adequate educational f acil-
498
Department of State Bulletin
ities. AVc reoo<;iuze that the growth of scientific
knowledge and new techniques of production re-
quire more persons witli technical and research
ability and professional competence. We are de-
termined to satisfy these needs.
Private and Governmental Action To Meet Current
Social Needs
Social problems demanding solution stand out
starkly in the pages of this report. The mount-
ing aspirations of our people must not go unreal-
ized. How do we move forward with a program
of social development, balanced and integrated
with programs for economic development? It is
clear that each nation will follow a path and a sys-
tem of priorities adapted to its own situation.
In my own country we believe that social progress
presents responsibilities to individuals, to private
voluntary associations, to local governments, to
national governments, and to international organi-
zations. Each has a vital role to play.
"VYe hold that individual citizens must become
personally involved in the process of advancing
themselves and their communities toward a better
life. This requires a decentralization of social
tasks. Even countries which place a lower value
on individual freedom and responsibility than
does the United States recently have seen the su-
perior efficiency of local management of economic
and social programs and wider participation in
decisionmaking processes. In my country the
administration of many of our social programs is
reserved to municipal and local governments, be-
cause individual citizens wish to participate di-
rectly in their formulation. As one moves away
from central government toward local political
authorities, one comes closer to the true desires
and needs of people. Moreover, direct participa-
tion of people in social programs fosters the de-
velopment of democracy and freedom.
The work of the U.N. and its specialized
agencies, which has been described for this Council
in a series of excellent reports, for which we
heartily thank the authors, is vitally important in
promoting world social progress. It does not,
however, form a substitute for the social programs
of the peoples and governments of individual
coimtries. The U.N. does not exist to substitute
its efforts for those of individual countries nor to
impose its programs upon countries. Its task is
to encourage and fructify the effort of each
country.
Recent Social Progress in the United States
I now turn to recent social developments in the
United States.
One basic gage of social progress is, of coui-se, a
rising real income of the average family. The fact
is well known that the average per capita income
of the American people is high, even after paying
heavy income taxes. During the past 4 years it
has risen from $1,546 to $1,705 of 1956 purchasing
power, a gain of 10^ percent.
We consider it equally important, however, in
measuring our social progress, that the distribu-
tion of real incomes among people has become
more nearly equal and the diffusion of well-being
has become steadily wider. Four years ago the
United States representative drew attention to
the remarkable leveling-up in the distribution of
income in my country. I can now report that this
peaceful revolution has continued — a kind of
change in an individualist economy the very oppo-
site of that contemplated by Karl Marx and his
followers. Thus, in 1929 the richest 5 percent of
our citizens got 34 percent of all personal income
after taxes, and the other 95 percent got 66 per-
cent of the income. By last year the share of the
richest 5 percent of our citizens had dropped to 18
percent of personal income, while the share of the
other 95 percent of our citizens had risen to 82 per-
cent of income.
A factor often mentioned in this leveling-up
process has been sharply progressive income and
estate taxes. Americans pay up to 92 percent of
the top brackets of their incomes in taxes, pro-
viding revenue for government. But vastly more
imjjortant in the income-leveling process has been
the wider diffusion of education, skills, and work
opportunities among all of our people, tending to
raise and equalize their productivity and thus
their incomes.
These startling gains in the size and distribution
of family incomes in my country have occurred in
tlie face of greater leisure time and reduction in
hours of work.
The rising wealth of our people provides an-
other basis of social progress. Seventy-one per-
cent of all families own automobiles, compared to
65 percent in 1952. Seventy-six percent of all
September 23, 7957
499
homes had television sets, as against 38 percent in
1952. During this 4-year period over 5 million
dwelling units have been built, the highest number
in our history for a similar period. By 1956, 60
percent of all dwelling units were occupied by
their owners, compared to 55 percent in 1950.
Americans have also made real progi-ess in ac-
cumulating savings. In 1956 there were 8.6 million
shareholders in public corporations, 33 percent
more than in 1952. During the past 4 years the
number of life insurance policyholders increased
from 88 million to 103 million, while life insur-
ance holdings per family went up from $5,300 to
$6,900. The proportion of families having hos-
pital and medical insurance coverage rose steadily.
Participation in religious, cultural, and civic ac-
tivities has become more extensive than ever be-
fore. Church membership has increased mark-
edly. In 1956 more than 100 million Americans
were enrolled members of churches, and recent
years have witnessed a sharp rise in the construc-
tion of church and related buildings. Outlays
for library construction have also been large, and
the publication and circulation of books have ex-
ceeded any previous records. Greatly increased
resources are being devoted to education at all
levels. Thus outlays on the construction of edu-
cational buildings totaled $3.1 billion in 1956, a
rise of 57 percent in 4 years. More Americans are
attending symphony concerts and buying classical
records than ever before, and the number of sym-
phony orchestras has multiplied tenfold in the
last 30 years.
We can also measure our social progress in
terms of the advances we have made in wiping out
the remnants of prejudice and discrimination
among people on grounds of their race or color.
We have recently done much to demolish barriers
to full equality of opportunity for all our citizens.
The courts of the United States will no longer
sanction restrictive agreements among property
owners preventing members of minority groups
from dwelling in particular areas. Racial segre-
gation in the schools of the South, once universally
practiced, is now gradually disappearing under
decisions of our Supreme Court. So is segrega-
tion in public transportation facilities. In every
corner of the United States one can feel the
strength of this development. Discrimination in
Federal Government employment and in our
armed services is already a thing of the past ; and
whatever discrimination remains in private em-
ployment is rapidly disappearing. Some discrim-
inatory practices remain in my country. Yet the
current trend toward greater equality of oppor-
tunity is powerful, and the pace of our movement
in this direction has been accelerating.
Another dimension of our social progress is
conditions of employment. In the United States
these are, in general, determined by the joint de-
cisions of employers and workers reached through
voluntary collective bargaining, under general
rules of the Government. Working conditions
continue to improve. The minimum wage was
raised by federal law in 1955. The worker in-
jury rate in manufacturing industries declined by
17 percent during the past 4 years. Old-age and
survivors insurance was extended in 1954 to farm
operators and workers, State and local government
employees, and employees of nonprofit organiza-
tions. As a result, nearly all Americans are now
protected by old-age pensions and disability in-
surance under governmental programs. In addi-
tion, some 16 million workers and their families
now have old-age pensions and medical insurance
provided privately, by their employers or their
trade unions. Unemployment insurance cover-
age has recently been extended to employees of
very small firms.
A dramatic recent development in my country
has been the growth of so-called guaranteed annual
wage plans, under which many of our most im-
portant business enterprises have agreed to pro-
vide weekly unemployment insurance benefits to
supplement those paid by States.
The rise in family savings and the marked up-
surge of private and public insurance against sick-
ness, old age, illness, accident, and death constitute
important built-in stabilizers of the American
economy. They help to stabilize consumer pur-
chasing power by inducing regular savings during
employment and by bolstering family income in
the event that wage income is interrupted. Thus
they reinforce the monetary, fiscal, and other meas-
ures which I mentioned in my statement on the
world economic situation in promoting a more
stable expansion of the United States economy.
This, in turn, protects the future social welfare of
our citizens and of the citizens of other countries
who sell their products in United States markets.
500
Department of State Bulletin
Individual Freedom and Social Progress
Many visitors to my country have been struck
by tlie fact that social progress in the United
States is not a matter for government alone. The
ways in which people participate in shaping the
lives of their communities are many and varied.
One strength of a free society is tliat it opens up
and encourages many forms of individual partici-
pation in cooperative effort in addition to par-
ticipation in the political processes of government
as a citizen.
Voluntary welfare organizations are an in-
tegral part of American society. There are lit-
erally thousands of these organizations concerned
with everj' aspect of social action, including educa-
tion at all levels. Their expenditure of privately
contributed funds totals several billion dollars
each year. Voluntary welfare organizations prod
the public conscience, while giving expression to
the individual's desire to be of help to others.
Wliere there is freedom to organize and criticize,
private associations of all kinds can bring imagi-
nation and new approaches to bear on social prob-
lems. They are vital forces for social pi'ogress.
The trade unions of the United States are our
largest voluntary private organizations and now
have 17 million members. This represents a
growth of 600 jjercent in 25 years. Far more im-
portant than its size or the speed of its growth,
however, is the fact that the American trade union
movement is free from domination or interference
by either government or employers. American
trade unions have always pursued an economic
objective, namely, the betterment of the conditions
of work and income of their members. They have
not sought political authority. The American
labor movement believes in democratic ways and
a philosophy of gradualism. It sets its sights on
goals it has a practical chance of attaining within
a free-enterprise economic system which it sup-
ports and in which it participates as a co-owner.
(Half the skyline of Washington is owned by labor
unions ! ) The American labor movement thrives
in a free atmosphere, where workers are free to
organize, free to bargain collectively, and free to
strike.
In stressing individual participation and pri-
vate efforts in bringing about increased social
welfare, I fully recognize the importance of gov-
ernment action in many circumstances. There are
some things which only governments can do if the
benefits are to reach all the people. Governments
have an important role to perform, and one of the
elements of hope for improvement in the world
social situation is the increased awareness by gov-
ernments of the social problems of their peoples.
The relationship between individual and govern-
mental responsibility will vary from country to
country and at different stages of economic and
social development. But — and this can never be
forgotten — the individual with freedom to choose
best knows his own needs and aspirations. His
own determination of these needs and his own
efforts to fulfill them are the basis of free societies
and sound social progress.
In Conclusion
In these observations, Mr. President, I have
tried in behalf of my delegation to offer my coun-
try's views regarding the world social situation
and to report briefly upon social problems as well
as social progress in the United States. I hope
that I have conveyed the sense of urgency and im-
portance with which the American people view
the requirement of rapid social advancement
throughout the world.
It appears to me that there are, perhaps, four
leading ideas that my remarks have contained, to
which I would refer once again in closing.
First, we hold to a wide concept of social prog-
ress and urge that it be measured comprehen-
sively along all of its many dimensions in the work
of the United Nations.
Secondly, we lay great stress upon the inter-
dependence of economic and social progress and
are pleased to observe that this view governs the
social work of the United Nations.
Thirdly, we emphasize the important role of
individual action and of voluntary private organ-
izations in an integrated national program for
social progress.
Fourthly, we believe that the social progress of
the United States during the past 4 years has
justified our faith in free institutions and that we
shall be able to resolve the main problems that
remain before us.
Mr. President, Americans are an impatient
people. We shall not be satisfied unless the next
review of the world social situation reveals pi'og-
ress at an even greater rate than that we have
witnessed in the years just past.
Sepfemfaer 23, 1957
501
STATEMENT BY MR. JACOBY ON THE FINANC-
ING OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT*
The question before ns is whether the Council
should now recommend to the General Assembly
steps to establish a United Nations fund for fi-
nancing the economic and social development of
the less developed countries. I wish to state the
position of the United States very briefly and
with complete candor. My country finds it neces-
sary to oppose such action at tliis time.
The principal reasons for our opposition are
tlrree :
First, a SUNFED [Special U.N. Fund for Eco-
nomic Development] cannot be established now,
excepting on a minute scale that will be ineffective,
lead to disillusionment, and damage the prestige
of the United Nations.
SecoruUi/, until substantial amounts of resources
can be released by an international reduction of
military expenditures, no meaningful SUNFED
could be established without adding to the serious
inflationary pressures that now exist in a world
in which there is a shortage rather than a surplus
of savings.
Thirdly, private international capital move-
ments have been increasing rapidly. Together
with existing bilateral programs of governmental
aid and the loans of existing international institu-
tions, a substantial and rising volume of economic
development financing is now being carried on.
No subject more deeply concerns my delegation
than the economic progress of underdeveloped
countries.
We believe that there is now widespread recog-
nition that problems of economic development
must be approached in the light of three basic
principles :
First, economic growth is a complex process in-
volving people as well as bricks, mortar, and ma-
chinery. Standards of living which have for
centuries stagnated at low levels cannot be sub-
stantially raised simply by improving and multi-
plying the physical instruments of production.
There must be accompanying changes in the in-
stitutions, the attitudes, the habits, and customs
of people which remove impediments to economic
progress. By far the most valuable capital of
any advanced country is the knowledge and skills
of its citizens. "When a less developed country in-
* Made on July 30 (U.S. delegation press release).
502
creases these capacities of its citizens, it is making
important economic progress, even though its
progress is of a type that is not currently reflected
in a production index. For this reason current
production indexes undoubtedly exaggerate the
gap between the true rates of progress being made
by less and more developed countries.
Secondly, the primary responsibility for achiev-
ing economic development inescapably rests with
the developing countries themselves. The policies
of their governments and the energies and abilities
of their peoples are the factors upon which prog-
ress mainly depends.
Thirdly, economic progress can be accelerated
if self-help is supplemented by outside help.
Where most people live at subsistence level, a
country has little margin of income for saving
and capital formation. Without some inflow of
capital from abroad, economic development may
remain intolerably slow. Failure to appreciate the
human and social aspects of the development proc-
ess, however, often leads to exaggerated expecta-
tions of the rate at which such countries can ab-
sorb foreign capital and put it to constructive
use. As economic development proceeds, how-
ever, both potential domestic savings and the ca-
pacity to use imported capital increase. Capital
from abroad has hastened the development of
many countries, including my own, which not so
long ago were relatively undeveloped. This capi-
tal was almost entirely private in character. We
in the United States have no doubt that, for rea-
sons our representatives have stated many times
in this Council, private investment is the kind of
development financing which is most valuable and
effective.
The taxpayers of the United States have, how-
ever, given ample demonstration of their willing-
ness to utilize public as well as private funds to
help underdeveloped countries help themselves to
achieve higher standards of living. Apart from
our capital subscriptions of $635 million to the
International Bank and $35 million to the
International Finance Corporation, we contrib-
uted $164 million to international assistance and
I'elief agencies during the 3 years ending Decem-
ber 31, 1956. During the same period commit-
ments under our programs of bilateral economic
aid aggregated nearly $4i/2 billion, of which no
less than $3i/2 billion has been expended. These
figures speak for themselves. They are convinc-
ing evidence of the depth of my country's interest
Department of Stale Bulletin
in the underdeveloped areas and of the efforts
our taxpayers are now making to assist them. I
can justiliably add that, in carrying the major
burden of defense of tlie free world, the U.S. has
lessened tlie burdens of many other countries and
thus freed resources for application by them to
their own economic progress. This indirect con-
tribution to the economic development of other
countries should not be overlooked.
U.S. Development Loan Fund
Nevertheless, my country plans to take further
steps in the direction of continued public assist-
ance to the less developed countries. During the
past year our foreign aid programs have been
under exhaustive review, both by the executive
and the legislative branches of the Federal Gov-
ernment. As a result of intensive study. Presi-
dent Eisenhower recommended to Congress last
May ^ that development assistance should be placed
primarily on a loan basis, such loans to be adminis-
tered through a new United States development
loan fund. Assistance in the form of grants would
be given only for technical cooperation and in
s^iecial cases. There is full agreement in Congress
that the proposed development fund should be
established, and a bill embodying the President's
proposals calls for an appropriation of $.500 mil-
lion for fiscal year 1958 to provide the initial
capital for the fund. The fund will be a revolv-
ing one, designed to supplement existing loan
agencies, such as the Export-Import Bank and the
International Bank. It will assist only well-
conceived projects which cannot be financed from
other sources. It will extend loans on terms more
favorable than those of existing institutions, in-
cluding the possibility of repayment in local
currencies.
I wish to refer briefly to private financing of
economic development. The net direct investment
by American business enterprises in other coun-
tries during 1956 was $2.6 billion — twice as large
as during 1955. My delegation regards this as a
major contribution to world economic develop-
ment and something more than a trickle. We dis-
sent from views expressed during this debate to
the effect that this figure means little because
much of the investment was made in one country —
Canada — or in one industry — petroleum. The
correct inference to be drawn from these facts is
that U.S. private investment flows rapidly to in-
dustries experiencing a rising world demand for
their products and to countries which provide a
hospitable climate for risk-taking enterprise.
There is little that the government of a free econ-
omy can properly do to induce its nation to invest
abroad or to channel investment along particular
lines. This is largely a matter within the control
of the people and the government of the capital-
importing country.
Reports on SUNFED
We now have before us the final and supple-
mentary reports " of the ad hoc committee on
SUNFED. My Government supjiorted the reso-
lutions which established this committee. We
participated in its work. We believe these reports
serve a useful purpose. They show that the views
of governments regarding the functions and opera-
tions of a U.N. development fund diverge widely
on many important points. In a number of in-
stances these differences are so basic as to preclude
their being resolved without prior agreement
among governments.
A majority of nations whose replies were ana-
lyzed in the reports of the ad hoc committee sup-
port the establishment of SUNFED in principle.
We have noted, however, extremely few promises
of financial support. Of those that have been
made, many are conditional upon the participa-
tion of the major industrial countries. Even if
these promises of support were fulfilled, what
would they amount to in the aggregate? The
prospect is that the assets of the fund would con-
sist of a few million dollars in the form of a heter-
ogeneous assortment of currencies and, possibly,
some contributions in goods and services. Is it
reasonable that a new international financing
agency, charged with gigantic tasks, should be
established with such pitifully meager resources?
Can we pass lightly over all that is being done by
private investors, by international lending
agencies, and by the United States and other
countries through bilateral i^rograms to direct bil-
lions of dollars into economic development? In
view of the vast scale of present international de-
velopment financing, how can it be maintained
that the establisliment of a Lilliputian SUNFED
' Bulletin of .Tune 10, 1957, p. 920.
Sepfember 23, 1957
' U.N. docs. E/2961 and E/2999.
503
is the nostrum which will obliterate poverty
among millions of people in large parts of the
world? So to believe is surely to turn from
reality to magic.
It has been said that, if the United Nations
should fail to proceed immediately to the estab-
lislunent of SUNFED, its authority with the
peoples of the world would suffer and its moral
credit would be threatened with exhaustion. In
our considered judgment, Mr. President, it is the
adoption of the resolution now before us that
would have this effect. To set up a SUNFED at
this time with so little prospect of appreciable
financial support, with so many issues unresolved
relating to the purposes it should serve and the
manner m which it should operate, would be to
doom it to failure from the outset. The dis-
tinguished representative of the Netherlands has
ventured the opinion that, if such an institution
were established at this time, other countries in-
cluding my own, without whose contributions
SUNFED would lack resources to undertake a
significant volume of operations, would soon be-
come participants. Speaking for my own coun-
try, Mr. President, I see nothing to warrant this
opinion. Indeed, if I correctly assess the temper
of the American people and of our Congress, action
to create SUNFED now without U.S. participa-
tion would more probably deter than attract sub-
sequent participation.
If SUNFED were established under these con-
ditions, it could only lead to deep disappointment
and disillusionment among the underdeveloped
countries, who would be encouraged by its estab-
lishment to entertain expectations which could not
possibly be fulfilled. Far from strengthening the
authority of the United Nations and maintaining
its moral credit it would, I am convinced, only
discredit the United Nations in the eyes of the
world.
Mr. President, I have tried to make it clear why
my delegation has to vote against the resolution
now before us. We hope that the sponsors of
the resolution will weigh its implications carefully
before they push it to the vote.' AVe ask that
they approach this great problem of economic de-
velopment, with which we are all so vitally con-
cerned, in a realistic and practical spirit, taking
full cognizance of all that is now being done to
promote economic development and of the po-
tentialities of existing institutions and traditional
forms of investment.
In conclusion I wish to reaffirm the position of
my country with respect to participation in a sub-
stantial multilateral development fund, when such
action will be timely and truly helpful. This posi-
tion has been stated many times in U.N. forums
and remains unchanged. May I once more affirm
that i^osition: When sufficient progress has been
made toward internationally supervised disarma-
ment, the U.S. stands ready to ask its people to
join with others in devoting a portion of the sav-
ings from such disarmament to an international
fund within the framework of the U.N. to assist
economic development in underdeveloped coun-
tries. As members of the Council are fully aware,
the United States is continuing to exert strong
efforts to reach such an agreement on disarma-
ment.
We devoutly hope that we can speedily arrive at
a world order under which this pledge can be ful-
filled.
Malayan Membership in U.N.
Statement iy Henry Cabot Lodge
U.S. Representative in the Security Council ^
The United States will vote enthusiastically in
favor of the admission of the Federation of Ma-
laya to the United Nations.
The United States has watched with great in-
terest the negotiations which culminated last Sat-
urday in the proclamation of Malaya's inde-
pendence.^ Once again we have seen the process
of peaceful change at work in the free world.
Once again we have seen clear evidence that, with
good will and imaginative leadership, historic and
valuable relationships can be adapted to meet the
needs of the present and of the future. This
process of adaptation is implicit in all sound inter-
national relations. When it is well done — as it
' Tbe Economic and Social Council on July 31 adopted
by a vote of 15 to 3 (Canada, U.K., and U.S.) a resolution
urging the coming session of the General Assembly to
decide to establish SUNFED.
'Made in tbe Security Council on Sept. 5 (U.S./U.N.
press release 2712).
° For a message by Secretary Dulles to the Prime Min-
ister of Malaya, see Bulletin of Sept. 10, 19.57, p. -174.
504
Department of State Bulletin
was in tlie present case — a responsive chord is
struck in all our hearts. For this reason the
United States is particularly happy to welcome
the Federation of Malaya to the family of nations
and to wish it well.
We have come to know here at the United Na-
tions that among the members of the Common-
wealth there is ability and statesmanship of a
high order. We can confidently expect from the
newest member of the Commonwealth that same
quality. At the same time we have the welcome
opportunity once again to pay tribute to the
United Kingdom for another example of a chal-
lenge well met to the benefit of us all.
Malaya begins its national life in an atmosphere
of great promise. It is rich in natural and in
human resources. Its federated system of govern-
ment is unique, drawing strength from a deeply
rooted social order. We have seen that it is blessed
with leadei-s who are able and devoted. Its mem-
bership in the Commonwealth — and soon in the
United Nations — provides it with sources of ex-
ternal help and strength in a world where no na-
tion can stand alone.
The United States, as President Eisenhower
has written in a letter to the Paramount Ruler of
the Federation, looks forward to years of mutual
beneficial relations with Malaya. With our vote
today the United States sends to the Government
and people of Malaya the same good wishes for the
development of our mutual relations as membere
of the United Nations.^
U.S. Proposes Mr. Cole To Head
International Atomic Energy Agency
U.S. /U.N. press release 2707 dated August 28
The U.S. Mission to the United Nations on Au-
g^ist 28 issued the text of an aide memoire advanc-
ing the name of Representative W. Sterling Cole
for Director General of the International Atomic
Energy Agency. The aide memoire has been sent
to all covmiries signatoi'y to the statute of the
' On Sept. 5 the Security Council, by a vote of 11 to 0,
recommended to the General Assembly "that the Federa-
tion of Malaya be admitted to membership in the United
Nations."
International Atomic Energy Agency. The text
of the aide memoire follows.
1. The United States proposes Mr. W.
Sterling Cole, Member of the House of Repre-
sentatives of the Congress of the United States
from the State of New York, to be Director Gen-
eral of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
2. Mr. Cole, 53 years old, has been a Member
of Congress since 1935, and has served on the
Joint Congi-essional Committee on Atomic Energy
since it was established in 1946 and was its Chair-
man in 1953 and 1954. It was imder his chair-
manship that the basic United States law concern-
ing atomic energy was rewritten in order to make
it possible for the peaceful uses of atomic energy
to be developed more rapidly in the United States
and for these applications to be made broadly
available to other nations. This legislation au-
thorized, among other things. United States activi-
ties in establishing the International Atomic En-
ergy Agency. Mr. Cole served as a member of the
United States Delegation to the Conference to
Draft the Statute of the International Atomic
Energy Agency in October 1956. He served as a
member of the Congressional Delegation to the
Geneva Atoms for Peace Conference in 1955. Mr.
Cole is intimately aware of the complex problems
and decisions which will face the first Director
General of the International Atomic Energy
Agency and is personally highly qualified for this
post.
3. It is considered that it would be appropriate
for a United States national to be selected for the
post of Director General of the International
Atomic Energy Agency. The United States has
taken a great interest in the creation of this
Agency since President Eisenhower's proposal be-
fore the General Assembly on December 8, 1953.
In addition, the United States has played a lead-
ing role in the development of the peaceful uses of
atomic energy, and in this development has em-
phasized the necessity of meeting the needs of
other nations. It has announced its expectation
that this new Agency when developed will prove
to be the cornerstone of its international activi-
ties in the field of atomic energy.
4. The United States Government hopes that
Mr. Cole will have the support of your Govern-
ment for designation as Director General of the
International Atomic Energy Agency.
Sepfember 23, 1957
505
The Progress of Women in the American Republics
TWELFTH ASSEMBLY OF THE INTER-AMERICAN COMMISSION OF WOMEN, JUNE 3-18, 1957
hy Mrs. Frances M. Lee
The 12th Assembly of the Inter- American Com-
mission of Women was held in Washington, at its
headquarters in the Pan American Union, June
3-18, 1957. In accordance with its plan to concen-
trate attention in alternate years on particular
aspects of women's progress, the Assembly gave
special attention to employment opportunities and
standards for women, equal access to education,
and related matters. It also elected officers to
serve the Commission for the next 2 years.
Participation
Delegates were present from 19 of the 21 Re-
publics— Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica,
Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salva-
dor, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Mexico, Nicara-
gua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, the United States,
Uruguay, and Venezuela. In addition, Colombia
was represented by an observer. Representatives
of the United Nations, the International Labor
Organization, and the U.N. Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization attended sessions
and presented reports on mattei-s of interest.
Mrs. Frances M. Lee, the permanent U.S. rep-
resentative on the Inter-American Commission,
was chairman of the U.S. delegation, and Mrs.
Marian S. Eberly served as alternate delegate and
vice chairman. Mrs. Alice K. I^opold, Assistant
• Mrs. Lee, author of the above article., is
U.S. representative on the Inter-American
G omraission of Women and served as U.S.
delegate at its 12th Assembly.
to the Secretary of Labor for Women's Affairs,
also sei-ved as an alternate delegate, prior to leav-
ing for her assignment in Geneva as a member of
the U.S. delegation to the 40th session of the In-
ternational Labor Conference. Miss Mima Lee
and Mrs. Rachel C. Nason of the Department of
State and Mrs. Alice A. Morrison of the Women's
Bureau of the Department of Labor served as
advisers.
Women's organizations participated extensively
in the Assembly. The General Federation of
Women's Clubs, the Pan American Liaison Com-
mittee of Women's Organizations, the Pan Ameri-
can Medical Women's Alliance, and the World
Union of Catholic Women, all of whom have
agreements with the Organization of American
States, accredited representatives who were seated
at the conference table. Many U.S. organizations
appointed special observers who attended sessions
regularly and offered personal assistance and hos-
l^itality to the delegates. An unusual feature was
a symposium presented on behalf of the U.S. dele-
gation by nine national organizations having af-
filiates or active projects in Latin America.
Election of Officers
The election of officers at this Assembly was felt
to be of unusual importance because of the new
opportunities for leadership opening to the Com-
mission, now that equal suffrage has been largely
achieved tliroughout the Americas and women are
faced with the active responsibilities of citizen-
ship. A revision of the Commission's organic
statute in 1953 had reduced the term of office from
4 years to 2, thus making it easier for women in
506
Deparfment of State Bulletin
ciireer posts to give the major time necessary dur-
injr their period of service. Dr. Gracieh\ Quaii of
Guatemahi, who was elected president, is an ex-
perienced hiwj-er who has carried responsibility
in the Guatemalan Government for some years
and has been a member of the Guatemalan delega-
tion to several sessions of the General Assembly of
the United Nations, in 1956 serving as rapporteur
of Committee III (Social, Humanitarian, and
Cultural). She was president of the Guatemalan
Union for Women's Citizenship when Guatemalan
women achieved political rights in 1946 and is a
member of various women's and professional
organizations. In accordance with the Commis-
sion's statute, she will take up permanent resi-
dence in Washington during her term of office.
Mrs. Frances Lee, the U.S. delegate, was unani-
mously elected vice president of the Commission.
Haiti, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Ecuador were
elected members of the Executive Committee.
Employment for Women
In considering employment for women, the As-
sembly took advantage of recommendations by a
meeting of technical experts and administrative
heads of women's labor bureaus in April 1957,
organized by the Inter- American Commission of
Women in cooperation with the ILO. This was
held in Mexico City at the invitation of the Gov-
ernment of Mexico, with representatives present
fi'oni 14 of the American Republics. The U.S.
delegation to this meeting was composed of Mre.
Frances Lee and Mrs. Mary Ann Owen. The
technical meeting considered problems involved
in women's employment and methods for improv-
ing economic opportunities, including women's
labor bureaus, equal pay, and removal of dis-
crimination in law and practice. Attention was
given to vocational education and industrial home
work for women on the basis of careful studies
prepared by the ILO and presented by Mrs. Ana
Figueroa, the chief of ILO's Division of Women
and Young Workers. It recommended a series of
resolutions for action by the 12th Assembly.
The Assembly's Economic and Social Commit-
tee accordingly reviewed each of the substantive
resolutions recommended by the Mexico meeting,
approving some without change and revising oth-
ers to improve the text. The delegates also studied
documentation prepared especially for their use
by the Commission secretariat and specialists in
the Pan American Union on equal pay in
the American Republics, women's employment,
and vocational education, some of which was based
on material from the ILO. As the result of this
work, the Assembly was able to vote unanimously
for all the resolutions in this field. They include
recommendations regarding equal pay for women,
expansion of women's labor bureaus, and free em-
ployment services for women, as well as other
matters of special significance in the Americas.
A proposed review of legislation dealing with
the work of women was debated at some length.
The Commission adopted a resolution asking for
review of such legislative measures "for the pur-
pose of eliminating all discriminatory differences
based on sex that limit the opportunities of women
to obtain suitable work" and, with regard to legis-
lation dealing with maternity protection, "to pre-
vent the employer's financial obligation incurred
by such protection from becoming a cause for
discrimination."
A proposal on vocational and technical training
was revised to emphasize practical needs, particu-
larly that it be "organized on a realistic basis that
will insure both the effectiveness of the training
offered and the opportunities for placement in the
labor market." This need had been pointed out in
a report prepared for the Assembly by the Pan
American Union, entitled "Technical Educa-
tion— Key to the Professional Life of Women."
In supporting the resolution, the alternate U.S.
delegate, Mrs. Eberly, commended the report as
reflecting sound concepts which should be help-
ful to each delegate in her country in explaining
the importance of vocational and technical educa-
tion to government officials and women's organi-
zations. Mrs. Eberly said:
In the United States it is usual for high schools to pro-
vide vocational along with other t.vpes of education.
Vocational courses recognize that students vary in abil-
ity, interest, and economic need ; and that each should
have the practical skills and knowledge he or she may
need to succeed in his or her occupation. The training
courses also recognize that there are differences in the
extent of responsibility within occupations and that stu-
dents should be equipped to meet varying demands.
Vocational guidance is needed especially in the secondary
school to aid students in selecting training courses in
which they can master the necessary skills and knowledge
and thus qualify for employment in the occupation of
their choice.
Other resolutions on employment dealt with the
situation of women in domestic service and in agri-
Sepfember 23, 7957
507
culture. The Assembly urged that domestic
workers be included under the labor laws and so-
cial security systems of every country and be as-
sured the usual rights as parties to a labor contract.
It noted that women working in agriculture often
find it difficult to obtain vocational training and
other labor services, and suggested that govern-
ments give them preferred attention in women's
labor bureaus or elsewhere.
While the laws and regulations in effect in the
United States are in general consistent with the
applicable provisions of these recommendations,
women in this country will benefit along with
women in other American Kepublics by constant
attention to the maintenance of sound legislation
adapted to the changing conditions of modern life.
Education
In the field of education the Assembly had be-
fore it a working document on the situation of
girls as compared with boys in elementary schools
in the Americas. This had been prepared by the
Commission secretariat on the basis of recent in-
formation from governments, the Division of Edu-
cation in the Pan American Union, the Inter-
American Institute of Statistics, UNESCO, and
similar sources and included pertinent legislation
as well as comparative figures on literacy and
school attendance. The analysis showed that in
1950, the most recent year for which comparative
figures were available, girls were attending ele-
mentary school in almost all the American Re-
publics in much the same proportion as boys.
However, in many countries, large numbers of
children were not in school, especially in rural
areas, this number ranging up to as high as 77
percent of the school-age population. Since edu-
cation is usually compulsory, such nonatte.ndance
indicated that often no schools were available.
Many of the delegates presented progress re-
ports on education for girls in their countries,
particularly in the vocational and professional
fields such as home economics, agriculture, social
work, and business. The U.S. delegation pre-
sented each delegate with a copy of the Yearbook
of Education recently issued by the U.S. Office of
Education, together with packets of selected pub-
lications on experience in this country.
While it was evident that significant progress
has been made in equalizing educational oppor-
tunities for girls throughout the Americas, the
Assembly felt the Inter- American Commission of
Women should continue alert to continuing needs.
It noted that UNESCO is initiating a major proj-
ect, in cooperation with the Organization of
American States, to strengthen elementary educa-
tion in Latin America, and that this project
would aid girls as well as boys. The Assembly
suggested that each delegate inform women's
organizations on her Committee of Cooperation
of the educational situation in her country, "for
the purpose of supporting efforts to improve edu-
cational facilities and of encouraging girls to
attend school more fully." The Assembly also
urged higher salaries and improved working con-
ditions for elementary school teachers, pointing
out that most of these teachers are women, that
it is during the elementary school years that vital
aspects of the human personality are established,
and that class loads are being increased because of
growth of population and shortage of personnel.
Women in Government
During the Assembly's review of the increasing
number of women in high public office, the U.S.
delegate quoted President Eisenhower's recent
statement before the Eepublican Women's Con-
ference :
I believe women bring to politics the enthusiasm and
the idealism which men often forget. I think perhaps
it is their concern for their children, the raising of good
children in a proper atmosphere, the thinking of the good
life ahead for them. . . . That is the reason they
bring idealism. . . .
This Government, this administration, has tried hard to
bring . . . more women into government, into x>osi-
tions of governmental responsibilities. ... I am confi-
dent that you are going to do your part to help build a just
and lasting peace.
The Assembly reviewed the Commission's or-
ganic statute with a view to suggesting any neces-
sary amendments for final action next year.
Various proposals were advanced to strengthen
the Commission's operation. The United States
proposed adding to the functions of the Commis-
sion, which center on the recognition of women's
rights, responsibility "to stimulate greater public
understanding of the Organization of American
States and of the importance of the work and pur-
pose of the Inter-American Commission of
Women as part of the Inter-American system."
508
Department of State Bulletin
This suggestion received unanimous support and
will be further studied by the delegates and their
governments.
Among the closing events of the Assembly was
an evening session addressed by Jose A. Mora,
Secretary General of the Organization of Ameri-
can States, Ambassador Fernando Lobo of Brazil,
chairman of the Council of the OAS, Mrs. Elisa-
beth Shirley Enochs of the United States, chair-
man of the Executive Committee of the American
International Institute for the Protection of
Childhood, and Mrs. Felisa Rincon de Gautier,
Mayor of San Juan, Puerto Rico. The speakers
discussed the many activities of the Organization
of American States and its special organizations,
and the opportunities for peace and world lead-
ership inherent in inter-American friendship.
The Assembly adopted various resolutions of
appreciation to its leaders and the staff of the
Commission. These are embodied, together with
the substantive resolutions discussed above, in the
Final Act of the Assembly signed by each of the
delegates present. This and other important doc-
uments prepared for this meeting are available in
both Spanish and English.^ The decisions taken
at this session should furnish a sound basis for
continued work. The Cuban Government has in-
vited the Commission to hold its 13tli Assembly at
Habana in 1958.
TREATY INFORMATION
iCurrent Actions
MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at New York October 26, 1956. Entered into force
July 29, 1957. TIAS 3873.
Ratification deposited: Egypt, September 4, 1957.
Aviation
Protocol amending articles 48(a), 49(e), and 61 of the
convention on international civil aviation (TIAS 1591)
l)y providing that sessions of the Assembly of the Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization shall be held not
less than once in 3 years instead of annually. Done at
Montreal June 14, 1954. Entered into force December
12, 1956. TIAS 3756.
Ratifications deposited: Morocco, June 21, 1957 ; Burma,
August 16, 1957.
Finance
Articles of agreement of the International Monetary Fund.
Opened for signature at Washington December 27, 1945.
Entered into force December 27, 1945. TL\S 1501.
Signatui-e and acceptance: Sudan, September 5, 1957.
Articles of agreement of the International Bank for Re-
construction and Development. Opened for signature
at Washington December 27, 1945. Entered into force
December 27, 1945. TIAS 1502.
Signature and acceptance: Sudan, September 5, 1957.
Fur Seals
Interim convention on conservation of North Pacific fur
seals. Signed at Washington February 9, 1957.^
Ratified by the President: August 30, 1957.
Postal Services
Universal postal convention, with final protocol, annex,
regulations of execution, and provisions regarding air-
mail and final protocol thereto. Signed at Brussels
July 11, 1952. Entered into force July 1, 1953. TIAS
2800.
Ratification deposited: Paraguay, August 6, 1957.
Safety at Sea
Amendment of regulation .30, chapter III (inflatable life-
rafts), annexed to the international convention for the
safety of life at sea signed June 10, 1948 (TIAS 2495).
Done at London May 1955.^
Ratified hy the President: August 30, 1957.
Sugar
Protocol amending the international sugar agreement
(TIAS 3177), with annex. Done at London December
1, 1956.
Ratified hy the President: September 3, 1957.
Telecommunications
Inter-American radiocommunications convention and
annexes. Signed at Habana December 13, 1937 ; en-
tered into force (Parts 1, 3, and 4) July 21, 1938,
(Part 2) April 17, 1939. 53 Stat. 1576.
Denunciation: Nicaragua, May 8, 1957.
Trade and Commerce
International convention to facilitate the importation of
commercial samples and advertising material. Dated at
Geneva November 7, 1952. Entered into force Novem-
ber 20, 1955.''
Ratified by the President: September 5, 1957.
Sixth protocol of rectifications and modifications to the
texts of the schedules to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva April 11, 1957.
Enters into force on the date on which signed by all
contracting parties to the General Agreement.
Signatures: Finland, April 12, 1957; India, April 15,
1957 : Union of South Africa, April 17, 1957 ; Belgium
and Norway, April 25, 1957 ; Federation of Rhodesia
and Nyasaland, April 26, 1957 ; Canada, April 27,
1957; Netherlands, May 21, 1957; Turkey, July 25,
1957 ; Sweden, August 1, 1957 ; United States, August
28, 1957.
Whaling
Protocol amending the international whaling convention
' Copies may be obtained from the Pan American Union,
Washington 6, D. C.
' Not in force.
' Not in force for the United States.
September 23, 7957
509
of 194() (TIAS 1849). Done in Washington November
19, 1956/
Ratified hy the President: August 30, 1957.
Ratifi<;ation deposited: United States, August 30, 19.57.
BILATERAL
El Salvador
Agreement extending the military aviation agreement
signed at Wasliington August 19, 1947 (TIAS 1(i:W)
establisliing a United States Air Force MLssion in EI
Salvador. Effected b.v exctiange of notes at San Salva-
dor Aiigust 2."5 and August 26, 1957. Entered into force
August 26. 1957.
Korea
Treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation, with
protocol. Signed at Seoul November 2S, 19.56.'
Rntified by the President: August 30, 1957.
Foreign Service Selection Boards FVBeet
Press release 496 dated September i
The Department of State announced on Septem-
ber 4 the conveninti of the Eleventh Selection
Boards, which will review the records of all career
Foreign Service officers for purposes of promo-
tion. The Selection Boards are established by the
Secretary of State under the terms of the Foreign
Service Act of 1946, as amended.
Selection Boards, which normally meet once
each year, are composed of senior career Foreign
Service officers and distinguished private citizens.
The Boards are given the task of evaluating the
performance of Foreign Service officers as the
basis for the President's promotion of the top offi-
cers in each class.
The task confronting the Selection Boards this
year has grown in difficulty, largely owing to the
increase in the size of the Foreign Service officer
corps by virtue of the recent integration program.
As a result of this progi'am, the Foreign Service
' Not in force.
officer corps has expanded from 1,300 in 19.54 to
approximately 3,300 this year.
The Selection Boards will meet for approxi-
mately 4 months. The Boards include 21 active
Foreign Service officers ; 3 retired Foreign Service
officers ; 5 public members drawn from private life ;
and 2 observers on each board, 1 designated by the
Department of Commerce and 1 by the Depart-
ment of Labor. These observers represent the
direct interest of their Departments in the work
of the Foreign Service of the United States.
The Foreign Service officer members include
two career ministers:
Lowell C. Pinkerton, Ambassadtir to the Republic of the
Sudan
James W. Riddleberger, Ambassador to Yugoslavia
The three retired Foreign Service officer mem-
bers, all former ambassadors, are :
George H. Butler, former Ambassador to the Dominican
Republic
.Jack K. McPall, former Assistant Secretary for Con-
gressional Affairs and former Ambassador to Finland
Walter Thurston, former Ambassador to El .Salvador and
to Mexico
The public members are :
W. Langhorne Bond, Warrenton, Va.
James O. Gildea, Chevy Chase, Md.
C. A. R. Lindquist, Waterford, Va.
Fredrick W. Mears, White Plains, N.Y.
Johu H. Reisner, EUcksville, N.Y.
Recess Appointments
The President ou September 6 appointed Gerard C.
Smith to be an Assistant Secretai-y of State. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 485 dated August 28.)
The President on September 7 appointed Thorsten V.
Kalijiirvi to be Amliassador to El S;iIvador. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 506 dated September 9.)
The President on September 7 appointed Thomas C.
Mann to be an Assistant Secretary of State. (For bio-
graphic details, see press release 505 dated September 9.)
Designations
William I. Cargo as Deputy Director, Office of United
Nations Political and Security Affairs, effective August
19, 1957.
510
Department of State Bulletin
September 23, 1957 Index
American Republics. The Progress of Women in
I the Anierican Republics (Lee) 506
Atomic Energy. U.S. Proposes Mr. Cole To Head
International Atomic Energy Agency (text of
aide memoire) 505
Communism. Recent Developments in the Mainte-
nance of Peace (Murphy) 483
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 493
Exchange of Views on Lead and Zinc Import Taxes
(Eisenhower, Cooper) 490
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Cargo) 510
Foreign Service Selection Boards Meet 510
Recess Appointments (Smith, Kalijarvi, Mann) 510
Recordbreaking Number of Visas Issued in Fiscal
Year 1957 493
Disarmament. Recent Developments in the Main-
tenance of Peace (Mui-phy) 483
Economic Affairs. Exchange of Views on Lead
and Zinc Import Taxes (Eisenhower, Cooper) . 490
El Salvador. Kalijarvi appointed ambassador . . 510
France. Lafayette Bicentennial (Blbrick) . . . 489
Immigration and Naturalization. Recordbreaking
Nunilier of Visas Issued in Fiscal Year 1957 . . 493
International Organizations and Conferences
The Progress of Women in the American Republics
(Lee) 506
United Nations Economic and Social Council
(Jacoby) 496
Malaya. Malayan Membership in U.N. (Lodge) . .504
Middle East
President Eisenhower Affirms Middle East Policy
(Dulles) 487
Recent Developments In the Maintenance of Peace
(Murphy) 483
Mutual Security. Recent Developments in the Main-
tenance of Peace (Murphy) 483
Presidential Documents. Exchange of Views on
Lead and Zinc Import Taxes 490
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Secretary Dulles Congratulates First Secretary
General of SEATO 488
Vol. XXXVII, No. 952
Third Anniversary of SEATO (Dulles) .... 487
Treaty Information. Current Actions 509
U.S.S.R. Recent Developments in the Maintenance
of Peace (Mui-phy) 483
United Nations
Malayan Membership in U.N. (Lodge) 504
United Nations Economic and Social Council
(.Jacoby) 496
U.S. Proposes Mr. Cole To Head International
Atomic Energy Agency (text of aide memoire) . 505
Name Index
Cargo, William I 510
Cole, W. Sterling 505
Cooper, Jere 491
Dulles, Secretary 487, 488
Eisenhower, President 490
Elbrick, C. Burke 489
.Jacoby, Neil H 496
Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 510
Lee, Mrs. Frances M 506
Lodge, Henry Cabot 504
Mann, Thomas C 510
Murphy, Robert 483
Smith, Gerard C 510
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: September 2-8
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
No.
Date Subject
492
9/3 Record number of visa services.
t493
9/3 Delegation to 9th Pan American Rail-
way Congress.
t494
9/3 Delegations to Pan American Sanitary
Organization (rewrite).
*495
9/3 Nelson B. David sworn in.
406
9/4 Convening of 11th Selection Boards.
497
9/4 Dulles : message to new Secretai-y Gen-
eral of SEATO.
*498
9/4 Educational exchange.
499
9/6 Elbrick : Lafayette bicentennial.
500
9/6 Dulles : third anniversary of SEATO.
*501
9/6 Educational exchange.
*502
9/6 Educational exchange.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
U. 5. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9S7
Department
ot
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. $300
(GPO)
United States Policy in the Middle East
September 1956-June 1957
Documents
During the past year the United States was presented with most
diflicult and critical problems in the Middle East. In a volume
issued last October, The Suez Canal Problem^ July 26-September 22,
1956: A Documentary Publication, the Department of State presented
documents, including some background material, which covered the
first 2 months of the controversy that stemmed from President
Nasser's seizure of the Suez Canal Company. The present volume,
covering the period from September 1956 to June 1957, carries the
story forward ; presents the higlilights of other major developments
in the Middle East, including the hostilities in Egypt; and shows
not only how the United States reacted to these developments, but
also how important new elements were added to American policy
toward the Middle East in general.
Copies of United States Policy in the Middle East, September 1956-
June 1957 : Documents may be purchased from the Sui^erintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.,
for $1.50 each.
Publication 6505
$1.50
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed And:
(cask, check, or
money order).
Please send me copies of United States Policy in the Middle East,
September 1956-June 1957: Documents.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
September 30, 1957
E
m
ICIAL
EKLY RECORD
ITED STATES
REIGN POLICY
UNITED NATIONS GENERAL ASSEMBLY CONDEMNS
ROLE OF U.S.S.R. IN HUNGARY • Statement by
Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge and Text of Resolution . . 515
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
SEPTEMBER 10 , 526
ECONOMIC RELATIONS BETWEEN THE UNITED
STATES AND LATIN AMERICA • by Assistant Secre-
tary Rubottom 536
ECONOMIC CONFERENCE OF THE ORGANIZATION
OF AMERICAN STATES
Statement by President Eisenhower 539
Statement by Deputy Under Secretary Dillon 539
Text of Economic Declaration 540
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVII, No. 953 • Publication 6542
September 30, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Ollice
Wasliington 25, D.C.
Price:
52 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by tlie Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of tills publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained lierein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of tlie Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department, Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
United Nations General Assembly Condemns
Role of U.S.S.R. in Hungary
STATEMENT BY HENRY CABOT LODGE'
In reconvening its 11th session to consider fur-
ther the problem of Hungary, the General Assem-
bly is showing once again its high sense of duty.
We have to deal with a gross defiance of the
United Nations and with deep suffering inflicted
on a brave people. No matter what the difficulties
or how great the odds may seem, we must do all
that we can to uphold the riglit. If today we are
faithful to our trust under the charter, a peaceful
return to justice will surely come to pass in good
time.
Two kinds of events since our last debate on this
subject have made this renewed consideration
necessary :
First, we have received the Report of the Special
Committee on the Problem of Hungary, document
A/3592.^ The report confirms and documents in
detail the Soviet Union's violation of the charter
by its intervention in the internal affairs of Hun-
gary— a violation for wliich the Soviet Union was
condemned by a resolution adopted earlier in this
session.'
Second, as I shall show later in my remarks,
repressive measures and denials of liberty have
been visited upon the Hungarian people ever since
the events of October and November by the regime
which Soviet military power still maintains in
Hungary.
'Made in the General Assembly on Sept. 10 (U.S. dele-
gation press release 2722). Mr. Lodge is U.S. Representa-
tive to the General Assembly.
' Available as supplement 18 to the Official Records of
the Eleventh Session of the General Assembly, Inter-
national Documents Service, Columbia University Press,
2960 Broadway, New York 27, N. Y. ; price $2. For text
of final chapter of report, see Bxtlletin of July 8, 1957,
p. 62.
' lUd., Dec. 24-31, 1956, p. 979.
In these circumstances the Assembly has a re-
sponsibility to consider the facts and to take what-
ever steps can be taken peacefully to relieve the
suffering and injustice which now prevail. It is
such a massive violation of the charter which we
are all pledged to uphold that we could scarcely
act otherwise.
The Special Committee Report
Since the first period of time which we have to
consider is that covered by the report of the
Special Committee, it is proper to begin with some
words about that report.
The task which the Assembly assigned to the
Special Committee in its resolution 1132 (XI) of
January 10, 1957,^ was to produce for the General
Assembly, and for all member states,
. . . the fullest and best available information regard-
ing the situation created by the intervention of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics, through its use of armed
force and other means, in the internal affairs of Hungary,
as well as regarding developments relating to the recom-
mendations of the General Assembly on this subject.
Those recommendations, as all delegates will re-
member, called chiefly for withdrawal of Soviet
forces from Hungary; the stopping of deporta-
tions of Hungarians by the Soviet Union and the
return of deportees; the halting of any form of
Soviet intervention in Hungary's internal affairs;
the reestablisliment of Hungary's political inde-
pendence; and the admittance of United Nations
observers into Hungary.
The Special Committee carried out its assigned
task. The fact that five wise and experienced men
from countries so widely separated as Australia,
Ceylon, Denmark, Tunisia, and Uruguay agreed
on the facts of this complicated history is a further
confirmation of the value of the report. Its au-
*Ibi(l., Jan. 28, 1957, p. 140.
September 30, 1957
515
thors deserve great praise for their diligence and
their integrity. Men of less courage might have
been tempted to trim the truth; men of passion
might have embellished the truth ; they have told
the truth calmly and clearly.
The highest compliment that can be paid to the
report has already been paid by people all over the
world, who have read it and republished and sum-
marized it by press and radio to an extent without
precedent in the history of United Nations
documents.
The report is based on an impressive array of
information. In addition to testimony from over
100 Hungarian eyewitnesses of the revolution, the
Committee consulted much written material, as is
shown in the list printed at the end of the report.
Two things are noteworthy here. First, the wit-
nesses called were, in all cases, people who had
actually been present during the revolution.
Thus they all had firsthand testimony and not
mere hearsay evidence to give. The second point
is that the written material includes a great many
authentic quotations from official Soviet and Hun-
garian sources, including statements by Mr. Kadar
and members of his administration. This was
clearly the fairest treatment that the Committee
could give to the point of view of the Soviet Union
and the puppet Hungarian authorities. The
Committee was anxious to hear their point of view
in more detail, but it was refused admittance to
Hungary; and neither Hungary nor the Soviet
Union took advantage of the opportunity to sub-
mit documents to it.
In fact, it has to be recorded that up to now
the Soviet Union and the regime which it installed
in Hungary have both taken a hostile attitude
toward this proceeding. They have heaped invec-
tive upon the report and published cruel and un-
founded personal accusations against members of
the Committee. Up to now they have done their
best to conceal the contents of the report from their
own people. It is true that one Budapest news-
paper has printed some highly selected and ragged
excerpts, but I am told that for every sentence, or
mutilated sentence, of quotation from the report,
the newspaper carries nearly 50 sentences of
commentary.
In spite of the obstacles placed in its way the
Committee has produced a report which not only
confirms the knowledge of events on which the
Assembly acted last winter but greatly amplifies
that knowledge and refines it. This report is the
nearest approach that the world has yet seen to the
truth about the Hungarian revolution of 1956 and
its suppression.
The Revolution and Its Suppression
As to the events which the Committee's report
recounts, I shall mention only the most significant
points. The report proves with detailed, first-
hand evidence that what happened in Hungary
between October 23 and the middle of November
1956 was a simple struggle by nearly a whole peo-
ple to regain their lost liberty, a struggle snuffed
out by massive Soviet force.
On October 22, 1956, as throughout the previous
9 years, Hungary was held captive by the Soviet
Union. On the next day the Hungarian people
began to march toward freedom. One week later
Hungary was free. For a period of 4 days end-
ing in the early hours of November 4, Hungary
had emerged from captivity. During this period
the Soviet Union even made a semblance of ac-
knowledging the country's new status and pre-
tended to negotiate with it on withdrawing Soviet
troops.
At the same time the Hungarian regime itself
was changing. Within the first 24 houi's of the
uprising it became clear that the old-style Com-
munist police state was without power to maintain
itself. The resources of power at its disposal
since 1947 turned out to be a mere shadow. The
army melted away, and the Moscow-inspired secret
police, the AVH, was too deeply hated to be a
source of strength.
By contrast, the revolutionary forces, which in-
cluded all elements of society in Hungary acting
in complete unity and driven by the desire for
freedom, possessed the power to remove the regime.
Theirs was the most violent challenge to Commu-
nist despotism ever to erupt in Eastern Europe.
In one short week the Hungarian people secured
the formation of a government headed by men of
their choice. It was pledged to domestic policies
of a socialist nature within a democratic frame-
work, a multiparty system based on free and secret
elections, the withdrawal of Soviet troops, and the
pursuance of a neutral foreign policy. In this
connection let me interject that the United States
has never thought that a free Hungary would or
516
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
should have other than a neutral foreign policy
or that it should be brought into any military
alliance with the West.
The Hungarian Communist Party, with an al-
legedly reliable membership of nearly 900,000,
disappeared overnight. The hated secret police
was disbanded, its best-known leaders and mem-
bers killed or forced into hiding. Statues of
Stalin, Soviet memorials, and various outward
signs of the country's former status as a colony of
SIoscow were destroyed by aroused multitudes of
young and old.
Free political parties, newly reformed or re-
vived, succeeded the imposed single Communist
Party. A free press was in vigorous operation.
Moscow publicly ordered Soviet occupation troops
to withdraw from Budapest since their presence
"could serve as an excuse for a further aggrava-
tion of the situation."
At that moment this spontaneous popular revolt
had reached the pinnacle of success. Order was
being restored throughout the country when, on
November 4, Soviet armies forcibly deposed the
popular regime and proceeded to reimpose on the
people of Hungary the same system of terror
against which they had rebelled.
These are not simply political events with which
we are dealing, Mr. President. They are human
events, and it is primarily in that human light
that I hope we in this General Assembly will view
them. The Special Committee clearly saw the
human meaning of their assignment. We who
have read their report will remember not only
its political analysis but, perhaps even more, the
words and acts of people like the girl who told
the Committee what she considered the cause of
the October 23 revolution: "We, the young peo-
ple," she said, "were particularly hampered be-
cause we were brought up amidst lies. We con-
tinually had to lie. We could not have a healthy
idea, because everything was choked in us. We
wanted freedom of thought."
We will remember, too, the magnificent daring
of that young man, whoever he was, who went to
the microphone before 5,000 Budapest students on
the night of October 22 to voice the fearful de-
mand that was in everybody's mind but which
nobody imtil that instant dared to utter openly :
that while Soviet troops were stationed in Hun-
gary, the wished-for political evolution could not
take place, as the coimtry was ruled by an im-
perialistic tyranny. Just after that speech, and
because of it, the demand for withdrawal of
Soviet troops became the first of the famous "16
points" formulated by the students of the Build-
ing Industry Technological University.
And we will also remember the eyewitness pic-
ture of Budapest on the following day, October 23 :
Work in Budapest stopped. Everyone went out on to
the streets weeping. People read tlie jxtints and then
rushed home or to their factories. Every stenographer
and every typist did nothing but copy these things in all
the offices. The Communist Party forbade this in vain.
Everyone was tallying about it ; in conver.sation, over the
telephone, the news spread in a few hours and within a
short time all Budapest became an ant-hill. People pin-
ned the Hungarian national cockade to their clothes, and
a really fantastic miracle occurred, for I regard it as a
miracle that the whole people became unified. About
100,000 AVH spies, informers and stool-pigeons had been
planted in the national life of the nation and forced to
supply information. On the morning of this day, for the
first time, someone had dared to say that the Russian
troops sliould leave Hungary. We had reached the point
where we dared to say this publicly. This was what gave
us unity, and the point at which the chains were broken
which had bound us until then ; the point at which the
net in which the AVH spy system had been holding us
was broken. Everyone became convinced. No one asked
in the street, "Who are you?", everyone used the familiar
form of address even in talking to strangers, everyone
was on familiar terms, everyone could be trusted, every-
one had a feeling of complete unity, because the entire
system based on lies collapsed in a moment on the morn-
ing of 23 October.
Let us remember that the people for whose suf-
ferings we seek relief are not some abstract mass.
They are the individual Hungarians who shared
that feeling of exaltation and of brotherhood in
the renewal of freedom on that day not only in.
Budapest but all over Hungary. It was that feel-
ing which supplied the real motive power for the
revolution which then took place.
Now, the United Nations, legally and properly,
deals with governments, not directly with the lives
of individual citizens. But we have here a case
in which profound and tragic hiunan consequences
have flowed from the acts of one nation on the
territory of another.
If this were a fight between Plungarians, we
would have no right to consider it here. But the
Special Committee reports that "there is no evi-
dence that during the fighting from 4 to 11 Novem-
ber there were any soldiers or groups of Hun-
garians, whether organized or unorganized, who
fought against each other. The evidence supports
September 30, 1957
517
the conclusion that all fighting occurred exclu-
sively between Hungarian nationals and the Soviet
forces.' And finally the Special Committee points
out in the very last sentence of its report,
A massive armed intervention by one Power on the
territory of another, with the avowed intention of inter-
fering with the internal affairs of the country must, by
the Soviet's own definition of aggression, be a matter of
international concern.
It is instruiptive that the Committee was able to
develop in stfch devastating detail the picture of
Soviet military intervention both on October 24
and again- oA November 4, together with the troop
movements which preceded these steps; whereas
its search for evidence of prior Hungarian invita-
tions, or of any legal basis for the intervention,
ended in a twilight of official Communist evasion.
From these facts the Committee concluded that
there was at least doubt as to whether any invita-
tion was ever issued. But no doubt at all remains
that a powerful state nakedly imposed its will on
a weaker state.
The Soviet Version: The Truth Upside Down
It is to the credit of the Special Committee that
they include in their report a full summary of the
official Soviet and puppet Hungarian version of
these events. This version is documented with
quotations from official sources in Budapest and
Moscow. I call the attention of the Assembly to
it because it is a remarkable inversion of the truth,
and if it is the best the Soviet Union and the Hun-
garian puppet regime can devise, its very feeble-
ness adds conviction to the rest of the report.
It is particularly interesting to note three official
reasons given for Soviet military intervention, as
follows :
1. The commander of Soviet troops in Hungary
said in a communique of November 5, "Hungary
addressed herself to the Soviet troops to reestab-
lish order in the country."
2. Mr. Kadar said, according to Pravda of No-
vember 13, that there was in progress a "counter-
revolution" which, if not stopped, would have
surrendered the independence of Himgary to the
"Imperialist colonizers."
3. Mr. Kadar's administration said on January
6, 1957, that the Soviet Army was staying in Hun-
gary to protect the Hungarian people against a
possible military attack by foreign and imperialis-
tic forces.
In other words, the party whose tanks twice
created death and disorder among a peaceful peo-
ple says it came to restore order. The party which
came as an imperialist colonizer to redeprive Hun-
gary of her indejiendence and to exploit her re-
sources says it came to prevent that. And the
party which launched in Hungary two military
attacks by a foreign and imperialist force says its
troops are staying on to prevent that. I suggest
that the science of upside-down language has here
been developed to its utmost point.
The Moscow version makes much of what it calls
a "counter-revolution" in Hungary. Mr. Kadar's
political party referred to this supposed move-
ment as "a Horthyite-fascist Hungarian capital-
ist-feudal counter-revolution," which is quite a
horrible-sovmding affair. But the Special Com-
mittee has a word of its own to say on this topic :
The Committee looked most carefully for evidence of
such a heterogeneous movement, but found none. The
only counter-revolution which did take place was that
effected by the Soviet authorities when, by the use of
overwhelming armed force, they replaced a socialist, but
democratic, regime in formation in Hungary by a police-
State.
That statement is borne out by all the facts we
know.
No wonder the Soviet version of these events is
not believed.
It was not believed by the carefully indoctri-
nated Hmigarian Army, whose units either disin-
tegrated when the revolution began or went over
to fight with the freedom fighters.
It was not believed by the Hungarian workers,
who formed workers' councils to defend their
revolution and who fought heroically at Csepel
Island, at Ujpest, and in the steel factories of
Dunapentele.
It was not believed by Hungarian students who
for years had been schooled in communism but
who fought bravely against Soviet tanks.
It was not believed even by the Soviet occupa-
tion troops, wlio fraternized with the revolu-
tionaries and were therefore replaced, in the
second intervention, by troops from Soviet Central
Asia who did not even know what country they
were fighting m.
And it was not even believed by many famous
Communists and pro-Communists of the free
world, men who out of reverence for the Com-
munist way had tried for years to believe what-
ever Moscow said, men like Howard Fast in the
518
Department of State Bulletin
United States, Pablo Picasso in Paris, and Peter
Frj-er of the London Daily Worker. I doubt very
much whether either the Soviet representative or
his Hungarian associate in this hall believes it.
Hungary Since November — Promise and Betrayal
It remains now to review some of the events
since Moscow reimposed its rule on Hungary by
the military attack of November 4. In the opinion
of the United States this part of the story is of
crucial importance. We must consider it with
close attention if we are to do justice to the human
problem which confronts us.
Let me say here and now that the United States
has no thought whatever of pursuing this subject
in a spirit of cold war. We wish we did not have
to pursue it at all. We wish with all our hearts
that tlie Hungarian people had been allowed to
carry on their own affairs in freedom and quiet-
ness, according to the standards of the charter
and of common decency. But this was not to be.
The suffering and suppressed people of Hungary
have no free voice, since Moscow has taken that
away from them — certaiialy they have no free
voice in this Assembly.
It is therefore our duty to try the best we can to
bring about a relief of their troubles. That can
be done if the Soviet Union, which exercises mili-
tarj' power in Hungary, will respond to the judg-
ments of world opinion. In Moscow's hands lies
the power to relieve the tension in this situation by
relieving the injustice from which the tension
arises.
We can perhaps take as a reasonable starting
point the reforms which the regime of Mr. Kadar
promised to the people of Hungary after the at-
tack of November 4. Thus we can judge that
regime not by outside standards but by standards
which it set for itself.
The Assembly will recall the description in the
report of the governmental situation in the first
days after the attack of November 4. As the re-
port says,
Having taken over Hungary by armed intervention,
the Soviet authorities were compelled by reason of the
administrative vacuum to administer a country whose
popularly supported Government they had overthrown.
The Soviet military commanders carried out mass
arrests and deportations of Hungarians, issued de-
crees to the Hungarian people over Hungarian
radio stations, established curfews, and acted in
general like military governors of an occupied
enemy country.
In this situation the Kadar regime evidently
felt it had to do something immediately to win
popular support. From the first day it made
various promises of reforms known to have wide
backing among the people. These are the promises
which I suggest we now examine to see how they
were carried out.
Promise Number One: Withdrawal of Soviet
Troops
The November 4 program of the puppet regime
stated in point 15 : "After the restoration of
calm and order the Hungarian Government will
begin negotiations with the Soviet Government
and with the other participants to the Warsaw
Pact on the withdrawal of Soviet troops from
Hungary." Mr. Kadar repeated this promise
on the radio and to visiting delegations on No-
vember 8, November 11, November 14, November
15, and November 28. His foreign minister,
Mr. Horvath, repeated it here in the General
Assembly on December 3, 1956, in these words :
"As soon as order is restored, Janos Kadar will
demand the withdrawal of Soviet troops from
Hungary."
Mr. President, that promise has been broken.
A conservative estimate made by the United States
Government places the present number of Soviet
troops in Hungary, not counting air force con-
tingents, at 68,000, compared to only 25,000 in
September 1956, before the revolution.
The very notion of negotiations to remove these
troops was officially abandoned as early as May 11,
when Mr. Kadar said to the National Assembly
in Budapest : "We are supporters of the Warsaw
Treaty and consequently we are also supporters
of the presence of Soviet troops in Hungary, as
long as we are faced with the aggressive ambitions
of the imperialists and the gathering of the im-
perialists' forces." Translated out of Communist
jargon, Mr. President, that amounts to indefinite
postponement.
Promise Number Tioo : No Reprisals Against Free-
dom Fighters
The newly installed regime promised on No-
vember 4: "The government will not tolerate
the persecution of workers under any pretext
for having taken part in the most recent events."
Sepfember 30, 1957
519
Again on November 26 in a radio broadcast Mr.
Kadar said: "I repeatedly and unequivocally
declare that we will adhere to, and make every
one adhere to, the solemn promise made in our
government's appeal of November 4, that no
worker will come to harm as a result of his par-
ticipation in the mass movement which began
on October 23."
It is hard to see why this promise had to be
limited to workers, since in most societies justice
is accorded impartially to all people regardless of
their occupation or their supposed membership
in one or another social class. But even if we let
that pass, the record shows that the authorities in
Hungary have broken their solemn promise of no
reprisals and have gone back to the old system of
police terror.
We have a news report that all 300 workers in
a factory in Miskolc, one of the strongholds of
the revolution, were sent to Kussia for a "study
visit" and have not been heard from since. We
have reports of new networks of informers being
created in factories and villages by blackmail
threats against people who took part in the up-
rising. As usual in a police state, some of these
reports cannot be fully verified.
But on April 20 the provincial paper Zalai
Hirlap, in western Hungary, officially revealed
the indictment of the whole population of the
town of Lenti, whose population in 1944 was 2,370,
for taking part in the revolution.
In further proof of the breaking of this promise,
Mr. President, the United States delegation has
submitted, for circulation as a General Assembly
document,^ a list of 1,768 individuals, each identi-
fied by name, against whom the Hungarian au-
thorities have taken punitive action between No-
vember 1956 and August 1957 for alleged anti-
regime activities during and after the October
revolution. This list is drawn entirely from
Hungarian Communist sources, namely Hungar-
ian newspapers and Hungarian Communist radio
broadcasts during the period in question. This is
the nearest thing to official information available
in Hungary today. The list is doubtless incom-
plete, but it is the best we have been able to get.
It shows 23 executions.
It shows 51 death sentences.
It shows 29 sentences of life imprisonment, 15
of them commuted from sentences of death.
' Not yet released.
520
Among the occupations listed ai-e: worker in a
wagon factory, coach builder, delivery man, ap-
prentice, waiter, truck driver, foreman, driver,
cabinetmaker, miner, electrician. Even by Com-
munist standards I think such people are called
workers. Other listed occupations, no less hon-
orable, are student, bank clerk, soldier, army offi-
cer, university professor, writer, musician.
Of all these charges, the most frequent is the
simple phrase "revolutionary activity."
Many of those listed were reported simply as
arrested. That is the last word we have about
them. Perhaps the Hungarian authorities or the
Soviet Government can tell us what happened to
them.
Because of the breaking of this promise, Mr.
President, not only these 1,768 people have been
hurt, together with all others persecuted whose
names have not been published. The entire Hun-
garian people are hurt when the courts are used
in this way to make examples and thus to frighten
the people into obedience.
This list, of course, does not include any indi-
viduals against whom proceedings have been taken
but not reported in the newspapers. We have no
way of knowing accurately how many of these
there may be, although some reports indicate the
number is in the tens of thousands. Nor does it
include the 190,000 Hmigarians who fled to other
countries rather than risk the vengeance of the
Soviet puppet regime. They too, I might say,
have been receiving letters full of promises of
good treatment if they return to Hungary, but
they know well enough how much faith to put in
such promises.
Pro7nise Nximher Three: A Multiparty System
On November 4 Mr. Kadar said in a radio broad-
cast that certain portfolios in his cabinet "must
be filled by representatives of other parties and
nonparty persons." On November 11 he said
again in a radio speech: "I can't imagine the
solution of our future tasks otherwise than by
responsible participation of men of different
party-political and ideological views in the
country's government at all levels."
This promise too was broken. By November 26
Mr. Kadar was saying on the radio that it would be
fulfilled "once productive work has started
throughout the country and legal order has been
Department of State Bulletin
restored everywhere in every aspect." That is
quite a condition, and evidently it has not yet been
fulfilled. On May 27 of this year the Minister of
the Interior, Mr. Biszku, said in a public lecture
that the eii'orts to restore other parties were "re-
actionary." He said : "In our country the multi-
party system doesn't serve the interests of the dic-
tatorship of the proletariat; it would only give
the reaction legal possibilities." So much for the
right of political opposition.
Promise Nurriber Four: Free Elections
Point 11 m the November 4 program of the
Kadar regime was "the securing of democratic
elections." Again on November 15 he told a
delegation from the Greater Budapest Workers'
Council : "We surrender the Party's monopoly :
we want a multiparty system and clean and
honest elections. We know that this will not be
easy, because the workers' power can be de-
stroyed not only by bullets but also by ballots.
AVe must reckon with the fact that we might be
thoroughly beaten at the elections, but we under-
take the election fight because the Communist
Party will have the strength to gain once more
the confidence of the working masses."
That was a categorical promise made by a man
with his eyes open. It was of the utmost political
importance. It has been broken. On May 9 Mr.
Kadar told the National Assembly : "The Govern-
ment takes the view that in our present position it
would not be correct if we expended our time and
strength on parliamentary elections." The Na-
tional Assembly thereupon passed a constitutional
amendment prolonging its own mandate and post-
poning elections for 2 years. Wliether the elec-
tions will be held after 2 years and, if so, whether
they will give the people the kind of real choice
Mr. Kadar spoke of on November 15 is impossible
to tell. But the signs are far from encouraging.
ProTThise Number Five: The Right To Strike
On December 11, 1956, the National Association
of Free Hungarian Trade Unions, which was
a government-sponsored organization and can
be presumed to speak for the regime, declared :
"The right to strike is the inalienable right of
the workers' class." And again : "The strike is
the strong weapon of the workers' class."
The promise clearly implied in that statement
was broken. Decrees No. 2 and No. 4 of 1957, by
the Presidential Council, established the death
penalty for inciting to strike or advocating" a
strike in any shop with more than 100 workers.
Promise Number Si-x: An End to Soviet Phmder
of Hungary
On November 14, 1956, Mr. Kadar told repre-
sentatives of several workers' councils that in
future all trade agreements entered into by
Hungary would be made public. The next day
his statement was confirmed in a state radio
broadcast.
This promise held special importance for the
Hungarian people because one of the motives be-
hind the uprising was to get rid of suspected
economic exploitation of Hungary by the Soviet
Union, especially in the uranium mines. Yet this
promise too was broken. On June 16, 1957, de-
cree 34 classified as state secrets all data about
trade negotiations and trade relations and agree-
ments between Hungary and foreign countries.
Promise Number Seven: Freedom for Writers and
Artists
On January 6, 1957, Radio Budapest broadcast
a government declaration which said : "The
Government insures freedom for scientific and
artistic creative work and respect for scientific
and artistic convictions. Every progressive
tendency and conception which promotes the
development of our national culture must be
given room in scientific and artistic life."
This promise, ambiguous enough to begin with,
was soon broken completely by the institution of
police terror against Himgarian writers. On
January 17 the Hungarian Writers' Union was
temporarily suspended by the police. On Janu-
ary 25 Radio Budapest announced the arrest of
five prominent writers for revolutionary activity.
On April 21 the Writers' Union was permanently
abolished and the famous writer Tibor Dery was
arrested, according to Radio Budapest, "on suspi-
cion of having committed a crime against the
State." We have no word that Mr. Dery has yet
been released. These arrests, undoubtedly, have
helped to make sure that the only freedom exer-
cised by Hungarian writers is the freedom to write
as they are told or not write at all.
September 30, 1957
521
Promise Number Eight: Freedom of Religion
On November 27 the State OfEce for Church
Affairs, a part of the Government, said: "The
Kevolutionary Worker-Peasant Government
stands on the basis of fi'ee practice of religion."
Specifically the announcement confirmed the
privilege of religious instruction in schools,
which was one demand of the revolution.
This promise too was broken. On January 29 a
decree was issued permitting attendance at reli-
gious classes only for children who had been en-
rolled for them at the beginning of the school year.
Since the beginning of the school year was before
the revolution, when restrictions on this matter
were still in force, the new decree took away with
one hand what had been given with the other. It
was a transparent piece of evasion.
Mr. President, there are eight broken promises
of the regime in Hungary. The list could be ex-
tended. But I have chosen these eight because
they all concern basic rights of human beings.
Judged by the standards which it set for itself, the
Soviet puppet regime has grievously wronged the
Hungarian people.
That regime is, of course, an agent of Moscow's
will. The wrongs it has done flow from the origi-
nal wrong done by Moscow in crushing Hungary's
liberty and independence by armed force.
The Draft Resolution
I come now to the draft resolution which is be-
fore the General Assembly. Let me begin by
making a few general comments.
The first comment is that this resolution, as its
broad sponsorship suggests, is the joint product of
many delegations. Other delegations will wish
to speak for themselves about it, but as repre-
sentative of one country involved in drawing it
up I should like to acknowledge the very great
contributions of thought which so many of our
cosponsors have made. I believe the consultations
which have led to this draft have been as wide as
any consultations of this kind in the United
Nations.
My second comment is that the United States
and, I think, all our cosponsors have been ani-
mated throughout by a desire to be constructive,
not vindictive. As we consider this resolution,
we have to consider the long list of broken prom-
ises of the Kadar regime, which we have just re-
viewed. These shortcomings cannot be passed off
as a merely internal Hungarian affair. In the
first place, they involve violations of human rights
guaranteed by treaty — the Treaty of Peace of
1947, to which both Hungary and the Soviet
Union are parties, as is also, of course, the United
States. In the second place, they involve acts of
a regime which was forcibly imposed on Hungary
from the outside by the intervention of the mili-
tary forces of the Soviet Union. That interven-
tion continues today in the form of massive mili-
tary occupation forces and all the familiar appa-
ratus of Soviet colonial rule. The betrayal of all
the dearest wishes of the revolutionaries is not an
internal Hungarian matter. It is a matter of out-
side pressure, a matter which it is in the power of
the Soviet Union to correct.
It is therefore a proper concern of the General
Assembly. We approach this concern in a gen-
uine desire to see this situation unproved. If that
is to be done, we must appeal to the Soviet Union
to correct these wrongs, of which it is the real
author.
My third general comment is that, although the
draft resolution seeks to be moderate in tone, what
it says is truthful and forthright. It does not re-
treat in any respect from previous stands taken
by the Assembly on this subject. To do so would
be to shun the truth, which it is our duty to face,
and that would bring the Assembly into contempt.
The specific provisions of the draft resolution
are, for the most part, self-explanatory, but they
do call for brief comment.
The preamble refers to the five countries whose
representatives compose the Special Committee —
Australia, Ceylon, Denmark, Tunisia, and Uru-
guay- It notes that the report of the Special
Committee is unanimous. This is a well-deserved
tribute to those five countries and to their able
lepresentatives, but it is more than that. It is also
a recognition that in this matter of Hungary the
truth is seen in the same light in all quarters of the
globe. There is not a Western truth or an Eastern
truth about these events; there is a single truth,
and the Special Committee has reported it as fully
and clearly as is humanly possible.
The preamble then expresses regret that the
Soviet Union and the present authorities in Hun-
gary failed to cooperate in any way with the
Special Committee. In fact, as I have already
522
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
said, those countries have completely excluded
the Committee from Hungary and have not even
submitted documents to it. All they have done is
to heap abuse on the Committee and its report.
And yet, incredible as it may seem, the emissaries
of the present regime in Budapest have been tour-
ing the world saying that the Committee is biased
because it did not visit Hungary !
Turning to the operative paragraphs, we begin
witli an expression of appreciation to the Com-
mittee. This is richly deserved. They have done
a monumental job of research and analysis in the
face of great obstacles, especially the attitude in
Moscow and Budapest which I just mentioned.
They have shown courage in the face of personal
vilification, yet they have managed to keep a cool
and judicious mind under all this stress.
The second operative paragraph endorses the
report. As far as the United States delegation is
concerned, this means a finding that the conclu-
sions are all soundly based on the detailed evidence
presented, which includes many official statements
by the Soviet Union and the Kadar regime and
their newspapers and radio stations.
Operative paragraph number 3 singles out for
special notice one conclusion of the Special Com-
mittee, namely, that the events in Hungary last
October and November constituted a spontaneous
national uprising. The official Moscow story is
that these events were brought about by outside
interference from Western Europe or the United
States. But that story is exposed in the Commit-
tee's report as unfounded. It is worse than that.
As an editorial in Budapest said during the days
of freedom last year, the story is an insult to the
Hungarian freedom fighters. Concerning it the
report says:
What took place in Hungary in October and November
1956 was a spontaneous national uprising, due to long-
standing grievances which had caused resentment among
the people. . . .
The thesis that the uprising was fomented by reac-
tionary circles in Hungary and that it drew its strength
from such circles and from Western "Imperialists" failed
to survive the Committee's examination.
Operative paragraph 4 presents certain findings
which we have chosen from the conclusions of the
Special Committee because they indicate clear vio-
lations of the charter and are therefore of a special
concern to the United Nations. Three of these
findings relate to gross violations of Hungary's
sovereignty. The fourth and fifth relate to viola-
tions of specific international treaties by the Soviet
Union and by the authorities now in Hungary.
These are the most basic facts of the situation.
Our first duty is to face them candidly and with-
out passion. That is what this paragraph of the
resolution does.
Our second duty with regard to these facts is to
judge them for what they are, and that is what
operative paragraph 5 does. In it the Assembly
condemns the acts already referred to. I submit
that, if we are to uphold the basic principles of
the charter, we can do no less than to condemn
these evil actions. There is nothing destructive
about condemning evil. 'We do not condemn the
doer but the deed. We approach the doer in a
spirit of constructive hope.
That spirit of constructive hope is especially
evident in the remaining paragraphs of the draft
resolution. Paragraph 6 brings us to the heart of
the matter — the plight of the Hungarian people,
who have suffered so much. As the United Na-
tions is an association of nations, the suffering of
one nation must be of concern to us. I am re-
minded of the moving remark of the representa-
tive of Burma in the debate on this same question
last winter. "There," he said, "but for the grace
of God, go we." If we were to harden our hearts
against Hungary at this time, we would be under-
mining the whole fabric of the conmiunity of na-
tions which it is the purpose of the United Nations
to uphold.
If our concern is genuine, it must take the form
of action. Paragraph 7 expresses that thought.
It is not enough to accept the truth if we are too
tired or too preoccupied or too timid to act upon
it. We must indeed make further efforts. How
quickly and how largely our efforts may succeed
we cannot yet know ; but if we do not try, we will
never know. The Soviet Union has shown a great
resistance to the voice of world opinion on this
matter, but we cannot believe that it will be for-
ever deaf to the voice of its own manifest interest,
which is to act in harmony with the conscience
of the world.
Our first effort, then, must be to renew our call
upon the Soviet Union to conform to the charter
in the matter of Hungary. That call is made in
operative paragraph 8. It is possible to say that
the demands made in that paragraph are so sweep-
ing that they will not soon be fulfilled. To that
I say simply this: We must make the demands
September 30, 1957
523
which we know to be right. As to f ulfiUment, we
shall see. All is better than a part ; a part is bet-
ter than none. Now is better than later; later is
better than never. If we have the courage to press
for what we know is right, we tliereby make prog-
ress possible. With patience and firmness we
can be confident that the right will increasingly
prevail.
Operative paragraph 9 introduces a new mecha-
nism. It was the view of many delegations that
the chance of progress could be increased if the
General Assembly were to appoint a Special Kep-
resentative of outstanding eminence to pursue the
objectives of the General Assembly on the Hun-
garian question. It was felt that such a man
should be given the widest possible discretion as
to how to proceed. His terms of reference would
consist primarily of the relevant resolutions of the
General Assembly. He would be asked to consult
as appropriate with the Special Committee,
whose constantly increasing fund of information
and insight into tliis whole subject can be of great
value to him. Finally, he is to report and make
recommendations to the General Assembly.
To make such a provision as this would be futile
if it were not possible to find the man for the job.
We are encouraged to believe that this is possible.
Of all the names mentioned, the one which has
aroused the widest support and enthusiasm is that
of our president. Prince Wan Waithayakon of
Thailand. His great standing as a world figure,
his wisdom and skill as a diplomatist, and his
deep devotion to the principles and purposes of the
United Nations qualify him eminently for such
a task as we have in mind. If the Assembly asks
him to accept this new post, difficult as it is bound
to be, we liope that he will consent.
The draft resolution ends with a decision to
place the Hungarian question on the provisional
agenda of the 12th General Assembly. Mr. Presi-
dent, this is an important decision to make and,
I suggest, essential to progress. The people of
Hungary are being shot and imprisoned and mal-
treated now ; their sufferings are actual and acute
and demand from one day to the next to be I'e-
lieved. It is impossible to know how many lives
of Hungarian patriots are endangered from one
day to the next day by continuation of the pres-
ent grim course of events in tliat country. If we
are to come to the relief of these people, we must
at least begin to do so with all speed. That
means that we must not let this matter drift but
keep it in the forefront of our attention until we
know that progress is being made.
Conclusion
Mr. President, the greatest danger we face in
this difficult and tragic matter is that we will give
in to despair. The most necessaiy quality for us,
therefore, is steadfastness. We know what is
right. Although there is considerable physical
power behind the thing which is wrong, those who
wield that power are human beings who can be
brought to change their minds. It is not only in
our interest but in theirs as well that that change
should occur. Until it does, tliey will continue
surrounded, as they are today, by bitter and hostile
peoples who will turn against them the minute
they have the chance.
In a speech last May 9 to the National Assem-
bly in Budapest, Mr. Kadar is reported to have
rejected proposed political reforms in his Soviet-
occupied state by saying, "We cannot turn back
the wheel of history." Mr. President, I think
there is great doubt that Mr. Kadar and his Soviet
masters know in wliich direction the wheel of his-
tory is turning. They seem to be trying with all
their might to wrench it out of its natural path.
But surely it cannot forever be made to turn in
a direction which causes so much death and fear
and heartache and suffering for millions of people.
Tlie faith of the sponsors of this resolution is tliat
tlie wheel of history can, with God's help and
steadfast human effort, be made to move toward
justice and truth.
TEXT OF RESOLUTION «
The General Assembly,
Recalling its resolution 1132 (XI) of 10 January 1957,
establishing a Special Committee, consisting of repre-
'U.N. doc. A/SO.'iS (A/Res/1133(XI)), sponsored by
Argentina, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Chile,
China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Prance, Guatemala, Haiti, Hon-
duras, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Liberia, Luxembourg,
Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Pakistan,
Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Portugal, Spain,
Turkey, United Kingdom, United States, and Venezuela ;
adopted on Sept. 14 by a vote of 60 to 10 ( Soviet bloc and
Yugoslavia), with 10 abstentions (Afghanistan, Ce.vlon,
Egypt, Finland, India, Indonesia, Nepal, Saudi Arabia,
Syria, and Yemen). The Union of South Africa was
absent.
524
Department of State Bulletin
sentatives of Australia, Ceylon, Denmark, Tunisia and
Uruguay, to investigate, and to establish and maintain
direct observation in Hungary and elsewhere, talking testi-
mony, collecting evidence and receiving information, as
appropriate.
Having now received the unanimous report of the
Special Committee on the Problem of Hungary,
Regretting that the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
and the present authorities in Hungary have failed to
co-operate in any way with the Special Committee,
1. Expresses its appreciation to the Special Committee
for its work ;
2. Endorses the report of the Special Committee;
3. Notes the conclusion of the Committee that the events
which took place in Hungary in October and November
of 1956 constituted a spontaneous national uprising ;
4. Finds that the conclusions reached by the Committee
on the basis of its examination of all available evidence
confirm that :
(o) The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, in viola-
tion of the charter of the United Nations, has deprived
Hungary of its liberty and political independence and the
Hungarian people of the exercise of their fundamental
human rights;
(6) The present Hungarian regime has been imposed
on the Hungarian people by the armed intervention of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics ;
(c) The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics has car-
ried out mass deportations of Hungarian citizens to the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics ;
(d) The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics has vio-
lated its obligations under the Geneva Conventions of
1949;
(e) The present authorities in Hungary have violated
the human rights and freedoms guaranteed by the Treaty
of Peace with Hungary ;
5. Condemns these acts and the continued defiance of
the resolutions of the General Assembly ;
6. Reiterates its concern with the continuing plight of
the Hungarian people ;
7. Considers that further efforts must be made to
achieve the objectives of the United Nations in regard to
Hungary in accordance with the purposes and principles
of the Charter and the pertinent resolutions of the
General Assembly ;
8. Calls upon the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
and the present authorities in Hungary, in view of evi-
dence contained in the report, to desist from repressive
measures against the Hungarian people, to respect the
Liberty and political independence of Hungary and the
Hungarian people's enjoyment of fundamental human
rights and freedoms, and to ensure the return to Hungary
of those Hungarian citizens who have been deported to
the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics ;
9. Requests the President of the eleventh session of the
General Assembly, H. R. H. Prince Wan Waithayakon, as
the General Assembly's special representative on the Hun-
garian problem, to take such steps as he deems appro-
priate, In view of the findings of the Committee, to
achieve the objectives of the United Nations in accordance
with General Assembly resolutions 1004 (ES-II) of 4
September 30, 1957
November 1956, 1005 (ES-II) of 9 November 1956, 1127
(XI) of 21 November 1956, 1131 (XI) of 12 December
1956 and 1132 (XI) of 10 January 1957, to consult as
appropriate with the Committee during the course of his
endeavours, and to report and make recommendations as
he may deem advisable to the General Assembly.
10. Decides to place the Hungarian item on the pro-
visional agenda of the twelfth session of the General
Assembly.
Department Views on Statement
by Foreign Minister Gromyico
Statement iy Lincoln White
Chief, News Division ^
I was asked yesterday whether the Department
had any comment on the statement of Foreign
Minister Gromyko of September 10th. Charac-
teristically, this statement was of some 3,500 words
and the news conference itself was rather unique
in that, of the 3,500 words, about 100 of those were
questions. In any case the United States deplores
the statement made by Soviet Foreign Minister
Gromyko on September lOtli. Its falsifications
and its intemperance seem deliberately calculated
to break those bridges of understanding which
still sustain our hopes for peace. It totally dis-
torts the policies and objectives of the free world.
Mr. Gromyko's statement follows faithfully the
old Molotov line which the Soviets themselves so
recently condemned as hampering the promotion
of world peace. His blustering attack on the
Eisenhower Doctrine is similar to past attempts
to frighten the free nations from taking action to
reinforce their freedom. This language recalls
that which was used by the Soviets in regard to
the Marshall plan, the Truman Doctrine for aid
to Greece and Turkey, the North Atlantic Treaty,
the foundation of the German Federal Republic,
the Japanese Peace Treaty, and the Southeast
Asia Security Treaty.
We had hoped for better things, but it seems
that the Soviet Communists are in all respects
confirmed reactionaries who can only replay the
old wearisome tunes of which the world has grown
tired. The Soviet denunciations of the past did
not halt the quest for greater security in greater
freedom. The present denunciation will not halt
measures to provide security against Soviet Com-
mimist entrapment.
' Read to news correspondents on Sept. 12.
525
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of September 10
Press release 507 dated September 10
Secretary Dulles : Any questions ?
Q. Mr. Secretary^ what considerations make the
Syrian situation such a serious one from the point
of view of the United States?
A. I think you have to go back to the situation
which was portrayed by President Eisenhower in
his address to the Congress of last January ^ — Jan-
uary 5, I think — where he portrayed the historic
efforts of Russia going back to the days of the
Czars to get control of the Middle East, where he
indicated that there was an intensive revival of
those aggressive intentions and indicated that the
United States was itself prepared to support the
independence of the countries of the Middle East
as against such threat. Now, the activities of the
Soviet Union since then have indicated that they
were persisting in their intentions and were chal-
lenging the position set out in the U.S. Middle
East resolution,^ that the mdependence of all of
the states of the Middle East should be preserved.
Q. Mr. Secretary., there has heen considerable
opinion, particularly in Great Britain, that in
order to avoid the possibility of outright war in
the Middle East a condominium of some sort be
established including the great powers and Russia,
whereby the undertaking would involve giving
aid, helping the settlement of disputes, preventing
excessive arms, and yet assuring sicch things as
oil supplies to the West. The United States has
received three notes from Russia proposing a
great-power agreement on the prevention of ag-
gression in the Middle East. The United States
has taken the position that the United Nations is
the source through which such an effort should
be made. However, do you not think that pre-
liminary to any large arrangement working
through the United Nations there should be some
consultations between Russia, the United States,
France, and England, possibly leading toivard a
preliminary agreement that can be worked
through the United Nations? Pm sorry that is
such a long question.
A. It is a rather long question. I have not
heard of this suggestion that you allude to, of
a so-called condominium of the great powers in
the Middle East. I would think that that would
be very strongly resented by the Arab nations.
It would be difficult to reconcile, I think, with the
basic concept of our Middle East resolution, which
is that the nations of the Middle East should be
independent.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the original dispatches re-
porting our projected invoking of the Eisenhotoer
Doctrine in the Syrian situation reported that the
idea was to fortify and send arms to all of our
friends in the Middle East. But, unless I missed
it, there have been no arms sent in this situation
to Israel, although they are being airlifted to
Jordan, and others. Is this true, and if so why
is this so?
A. There is the program of arms to Jordan,
which is not a new program. This is not an
emergency program. The arms that are going to
Jordan were programed for Jordan some time
ago. As we said in the statement which I made
from the Wliite House, ^ the President authorized
the acceleration of deliveries imder that program,
but this is not a new act. That partly
Q. Mr. Secretary, you described Mr. Hender-
sorCs mission as troubleshooting or that this is an
emergency, and yet you say that actually the
action we take is not an emergency action.
A. I don't think that I ever used the word
' Bulletin of J'an. 21, 1957, p. 83.
' Ibid., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 481.
526
'Ibid., Sept. 23, 1957, p. 487.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
"troubleshooting" for Mr. Henderson. If I'm not
■wrong, that is a description which was given by
the press and not by me.
Q. Mr. Secretary, will you answer that part
about Israel?
A. "We do not think that there is danger at the
present time to Israel. Israel is quite substan-
tially armed. Furthermore Israel has the benefit
of the declaration which was made by President
Eisenhower in April of last year, 1956, * that the
United States would come to the assistance of any
country that was attacked.
How Middle East Resolution Would Apply
Q. Mr. Secretary, has a judgment teen made
yet as to the degree of Cowtnunist influence in
Syria?
A. There has been as yet no determination that
Syria is dominated by international communism
within the meaning of the Middle East resolution.
Q. But if it were so characterised, does that
mean that the part of the Eisenhower Doctrine
which calls for direct American military inter-
vention could he invoked?
A. Well, there have to be three findings before
there is direct armed intervention by the United
States. There has to be a finding by the President
that one of the countries was dominated by inter-
national communism ; secondly, there has to be an
act of aggression by that country ; third, there has
to be a request by the country attacked for that aid.
Those three things would have to occur. And
I might say at the present time I don't think it
likely that those three things will occur.
Q. Mr. Secretary, it is reported that certain
Arab authorities have declared that the United
States arms shipments will never be used against
any Arab state and declared that Israel is the
greatest threat to the Arab States. Do you care
to comment on this?
A. Well, we all know that that is a point of view
which is held by many of the Arabs. The United
States feels that its position, as regards any pos-
sible aggression by Israel, has been made quite
clear by its attitude last November.
*IUd., Apr. 23, 1956, p. 668.
September 30, 1957
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you mean aggression by
Israel or aggression against Israel?
A. We have also made clear by the statement
that I referred to. President Eisenhower's state-
ment of April 1956, that we would come to the
assistance of any state that was attacked.
Q. Mr. Secretary, during the past few days
Russian publications have launched a series of
rather violent attacks on American policy in. the
Middle East, and Pravda, Izvestia, and others
have made charges which seem to follow three pat-
terns: one, that the United States is seeking a pre-
text to attack Syria directly; and tioo, that ive are
not going to attack them directly — what we are
going to do is encourage agents inside Syria to
overthrow the Syrian Government; or three, that
we are allegedly encouraging members of the
Baghdad Pact to attack Syria. Could you com-
ment on this series of charges?
A. Well, those charges seem to me to be very
typical of a mentality which attributes to others
tecliniques which it is in the habit of indulging
in itself.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you saw Mr. Pineau last
Saturday. Can you tell us something about it,
specifically about the new French plan for Al-
geria?
A. No, I think that probably anything said
about that had better come, in the first instance,
from Mr. Pineau and not from me. We had a
general review of the situation. We did not dis-
cuss specific matters with a view to coming to any
decision. It was general conversation, and I be-
lieve that there probably will be a public clarifica-
tion made of that new French program for Al-
geria within a short time from France; and that
is the proper place for it to come from.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I believe you said —
Q. Lefs go back to the Middle East for just a
second. Mr. Secretary, you indicated a reticence
to use the word '''' emergency''"' to classify the Syr-
ian situation. How would you classify it now,
sir? Is it better or worse than it was before Mr.
Henderson made his tnp?
A. Well, it's extremely difficult to judge these
things in terms of the events of a day or two. You
may recall that Prime Minister Nehru, speaking,
527
I thiiik, on September 2, said that the situation in
Syria was dangerous and explosive. Now, he is
a somewhat detached and philosophical observer,
and, if that was his judgment, I think many peo-
ple would be disposed to accept it. As I say, that
was in a speech made 8 days ago.
Q. Mr. Secretary., I helieve you said you did not
think it teas likely that those three things under
the Eisenhower Doctrine will occur. Is that cor-
rect?
A. I do not see any reason to anticipate the
concurrence of those three events.
Q. Mr. Secretary, xohy do you think these three
things will not happen? There were some state-
ments made recently about the Doctrine which led
some to helieve that you might he thinking about
it in those terms.
A. I do not think that there is apt to be ag-
gression, if it occurs, of a character which could
not be dealt with by the states involved.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to revert to my original ques-
tion, could you make any condominium— is there
any possihiJity of consultation between the great
powers and Russia for a possible plan of a hands-
off policy, in other words?
A. Well, the United States is skeptical of these
arrangements with the Soviet Union for "hands
off." What they are apt to mean is our hands off
and their hands under the table.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on another subject, would
you care to comment on the effect on the conduct
of American foreign policy of such incidents as
are now occurring in this country in regard to
school integration?
A. Well, I can just say this. As I was looking
at some of the pictures in the paper this morning,
I felt that those pictures would not be helpful to
the influence of the United States abroad.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what is the effect upon our
policies abroad of school integration? We have
had a numher of dispatches from various parts
of the world indicating that the Little Rock and
other stories on the same subject are being widely
carried among the press and broadcasting media
of our friends as well as m the Soviet Union.
A. I have had no roundup on that at all from
our intelligence or public relations people. I have
no doubt that is the case.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I notice that King Hussein
of Jordan is vacationing in Spain. Does this in^
dicate any difference of opinion between the State
Department and Jordan on the urgency of sending
those arms to Amman?
A. No, the urgent request for the arms has the
full backing of the King and the Government of
Jordan.
Internal Situation in Syria
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said in response to the
first question that Russian activities indicate the
Soviet Union is trying to realize an age-old ambi-
tion of taking over the Middle East. On a later
question you said that Syria is not judged to be
under the do?ninatlon of international cormnunism.
I wonder if you could positively characterise what
the relationship is between Soviet aims in the area
and the part that Syria adds to them.
A. The situation internally in Syria is not en-
tirely clear and fluctuates somewhat. Wliile I
have not discussed this with the President, I would
think that in a situation which is still somewhat
borderline the President would not make a finding
unless there were other events which called for it
so that the finding would be contemporaneous with
the other events. Now, as you know, there are in
the world some of these borderline situations.
There are some countries which are, beyond the
peradventure of a doubt, under the domination of
international communism and others where it is
not so clear. In cases where it is not entirely clear
and where the situation is somewhat obscure from
the standpoint of who is exercising authority at
the moment, I would think that the President,
with the responsibility he carries under the Middle
East resolution, would not make the finding until
it was of practical significance to do it rather
than an academic exercise.
Q. In short, Syria has to commit an act of ag-
gression with her neighbors before the United
States looitld characterize it as Communist-domi-
nated. Is that correct?
A. That is the way I see the situation today.
There could be developments within the next week
or so which would make clear beyond a doubt that
528
Department of State Bulletin
Sj'ria was dominated, j'ou might say without pos-
sibility of any early change in the situation, by
international communism. But, as I see it now, it
would be somewhat academic to make a finding
where the situation is still in the borderline —
gray — area.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do I understand, if it ^oere
characterised as Com/munist-dominated now, one
of Syi'ia's neighbors might tend to provoke Syrian
aggression in order to draw us in there?
A. I do not think any of them wants to provoke
aggression, and I would not be afraid of that. I
was thinking of the matter solely from the stand-
point of the President and the heavy responsibility
he carries in making such a decision. It does have
possible far-reaching implications, and I would
think he probably would not want to do it unless
it was necessitated by some event. But I wasn't
particularly concerned over the possibility that
there might then be provocation or aggression
against Syria. I don't think that is likely to
occur.
Q. To avoid the technical language of the reso-
lution and get at practical facts, is it your feeling
or is it the feeling of the United States Govern-
ment that in some ways Syria is a sort of tool of
the Soviet Union and the Soviet Union's design
to take over the Middle East? I am trying to
establish a practical relationship betiaeen them.
A. As was said in the statement issued fi'om the
"White House on Saturday, the volume of Soviet-
bloc arms which has been sent recently to Syria
is difficult to reconcile with the peaceful purposes
of an independent Syria.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the British have a/n interest
there. How much actual collaboration between
Washington and London is there now?
A. The United Kingdom is kept informed
through normal diplomatic channels of our think-
ing on the subject, and the British Ambassador
was in to see me yesterday afternoon and I re-
ported to him just as I did to M. Pineau, and,
indeed, as I did to other ambassadors, what our
thinking is on the subject.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in addition to the steps we
have taken both to Jordan and the neighbors of
Syria are we planning to take any economic steps
on their behalf?
Sepf ember ZO, 1957
438862—57 3
A. Yes, there is an economic pi'ogram for these
countries. I don't recall that in detail. It was
in part worked out by Ambassador Richards when
he was there on that mission some months ago.
Q. I really meant whether there was anything
additional as a result of the sittiation in Syria.
A. No, there is nothing additional, you might
say, anywhere — except increased speed. In other
words, this airlift into Jordan, which has at-
tracted so much attention, is the delivery of part
of progi-amed materials. It is not a new arms
program which was just thought up in the last
few days. It was to accelerate, at their request,
a program which had been agreed on for some
time.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is not the acceleration done in
order to attract attention?
A. No, the acceleration was done because they
felt an urgent need of certain types of arms which
we could airlift to them, and these particular arms
which were airlifted to them were essentially de-
fensive weapons, particularly against tanks.
Q. In the last few days, sir. Prime Minister
Nehru has been quoted as expressing an interest in
a very substantial loan or amount of economic
assistance from the United States in the order of
$500 or $€00 million. Could you say what the
United States attitude toward such assistance
might be?
A. Well, we have known for some time that
there was a developing gap in the foreign-
exchange aspects of the Second Five- Year Plan.
This has been giving concern in India, and it gives
concern to all of us who want to see that plan
succeed. Now, there has been no formulation of
any request from India. Wlien it is made, it will
receive sympathetic consideration. Of course, we
have some financial problems of our own.
Buenos Aires Conference
Q. Mr. Secretary, since the Inter-American
Economic Conference ended last Wednesday in
Buenos Aires, there have been very conflicting
assessments as to what the conference actually did.
The overwhelming editorial reaction in Latin
America is that it was a failure, and some Latin
American officials have expressed the same view.
529
Our delegation has leen saying it was an unprece-
dented landmark in inter- American relations.
Since you conferred with Mr. Dillon " last Friday,
can you give us you/r view?
A. I believe that the conference achieved a very
considerable success, and I think that was gen-
erally recognized by almost all of the delegations
that participated in the conference. Of course,
it did not achieve some of the things which some
of the countries wanted. There are some things
that the countries there, or some of them, would
like to have in the way of an artificially sustained
market for certain raw materials which we do not
think is a sound project. We have tried that out
ourselves in terms of some of our agricultural
products, and we are trying to get away from
that sort of thing.
So it did not accomplish the results that some
people had wanted. But I think, when you think
of the conference in terms of what was practical,
it did achieve a very considerable measure of re-
sults. It tends to orient our economic policies in
this hemisphere along lines which will be in the
general interests of us all.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you give u.s your reaction
to Senator Butler'' s suggestion that Red China he
larred from Squaw Valley in 1960 f
A. The charter, or whatever the basic document
is called, of the Olympic Games organization
stipulates that participation shall be allowed with-
out discrimination on the grounds of race, religion,
or politics. That is substantially what it says.
The United States hopes to find a way to reconcile
its official policies with that concept of the Olympic
Games. We will have a formal position on the
matter I think within a day or two, before the
Olympic Committee meets in Bulgaria. We are
trying very hard to find a way to carry out the
concept of the Olympic Games that there shall be
participation without discrimination.
Southeast Asia
Q. Mr. Secretary, i/ii your statement on the
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization, you spoke
"Douglas Dillon, Deputy Under Secretary for Eco-
nomic Affairs, was vice chairman of the U.S. delega-
tion. For an address by Secretary of the Treasury
Robert B. Anderson, chairman of the delegation, see
iUd., Sept. 16, 1957, p. 463.
of the need for keeping Southeast Asia out of
Communist hands and the success of SEATO.^
However, in that respect in the last year the Com-
munists have made some strong advances in local
free elections, particularly in I^idia and Indonesia.
Will you tell us what the United States could or
shmild do to halt that type of advancement of
communism in Southeast Asia?
A. It is a little difficult for me to answer that
question without getting into what might be re-
garded as internal politics in India or Indonesia.
I think there are explanations of these things, but
I think they better be given by the governments
concerned. If I comment on their elections, it
might not be an accepted procedure.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you consider this a danger-
ous trend in Southeast Asia?
A. Yes, I think it is a dangerous trend when-
ever Communists move toward political control.
Of course you have had a situation for a good
many years in France and Italy where there were
Communist parties which attracted quite a lot of
votes. That wasn't because the people voting
that way were Communists but because they found
that a way of expressing a protest vote. But
whatever the explanation was, it is, I think, an
undesirable development.
Q. Mr. Secretary, Deputy Under Secretary
Murphy made a speech in New York City yester-
day ' in which he said the Communists should not
miscalculate Ameriean industrial and military
power nor misinterj)ret American determination.
Could you tell u^ why that statement was made
at this time?
A. No, I cannot tell you why, except that lie was
scheduled to make a speech.
Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, lefs put it this way:
Has there been a determination within the admin-
istration that the pro-Communists in Syria might
he miscalculating the way the Communists might
have miscalculated before Korea, or before the
Berlin blockade, and perhaps you had determined
the time had come to set the record straight?
A. I think that Deputy Under Secretary Mur-
phy, when he made his speech, did not think that
' Ihid., Sept. 23, 1957, p. 487.
' Ihid., Sept. 23, 1957, p. 483.
530
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bullefin
he was making anything like a novel pronounce-
ment. It has been a basic part of the United
States policy for some time now to try to prevent
miscalculation. I think that he felt he was saying
something that was, on the one hand, conventional
in the sense it was an integral part of our policy
and perhaps, on the other hand, timely.
I may say that the declaration wasn't gone over
in advance by me because it was within the con-
text of what has been our standing policy on these
matters for some time.
London Disarmament Talks
Q. Mr. Secretary, could you give us your views
as to why the disarmament talks have failed,
luhether you see any prospect that we might be able
later to move on to a first-step agreeinent?
A. I think it is an overstatement to say that
they have failed. I believe that more progress
toward disarmament has been made at these talks
than has ever been made before in the long history
of efforts toward disarmament. Now it is quite
true that we did not reach at tliis point agreement
with the Soviets. In the end they rejected almost
contemptuously our proposals and said there was
nothing in them. But the fact of the matter is
that at least 15 nations, representing a very large
segment of military power in the world, came to
agreement, at least among themselves, on highly
significant proposals covering the entire range of
armament from the aspect of trying to prevent
the misuse for war purposes of the upper space
down to the question of conventional armaments
and dealing with various aspects of the nuclear-
weapons problem. If you will compare what was
accomplished now, as between what you might call
the present allies, essentially the members of
NATO, with the results that attended the League
of Nations disai-mament talks at Geneva after the
First World War, you will see that the achieve-
ment now is really quite monumental in compari-
son with the total inability at that time for the
then allies to come to agreement among them-
selves.
Now anybody who has negotiated with the Kus-
sians knows that they are very tough negotiators.
No doubt they think that perhaps by an effective
propaganda campaign they can whittle away
somewhat at our present proposals, maybe getting
something more advantageous to them. But I feel
confident that over the span of years the measure
of agreement wliich was arrived at at London will
prove significant and will advance the cause of
limitation of armament.
Q. Mr. Seci^etary, do you think Governor Stas-
sen is going to stay on in the administration and
continue to xoorh on this problem?
A. I have no thoughts about that at all. I
haven't even thought about it or discussed it. We
talked a bit yesterday, and he said the first thing
he wanted to do was get a vacation. I asked Mm
where he wanted his vacation, and he said at his
home in Washington.
Q. Mr. Secretary, could we clarify a little more
owr Govemmenfs view on Syria? When Mr.
Henderson came back, I believe his looi^ds were,
'"''The situation is serious, extremely soP The im-
pact of yowr remarks this morning seems to he
that the situation may loell work itself out. Were
his expressions exaggerated, or has something hap-
pened since then to imprave them?
A. Well, I already quoted Prime Minister
Nehru as having said, 4 or 5 days before Mr.
Henderson returned, about the same thing. I don't
think that there is any reason to think that the
situation has materially bettered itself in the mean-
time. But we have been in and out of quite a lot
of serious situations. Indeed, the world is always
in them and, in my opinion, for a long time to
come will be in them. I have talked, you know,
about this business of waging peace and how I
don't think that peace is ever going to be won ex-
cept as you go through a whole series of efforts.
If you take peace for granted, that is the day it is
most surely going to be lost. I do not feel dis-
couraged about peace merely because it is from
time to time jeopardized. It is going to be jeopar-
dized. If you go over the history of the last three
or four hundred years, you will find you have
had a war — I think it works out on an average of
about two wars every 5 years. It is only facing
up to these problems, taking them seriously, that
enables you to have a chance of preventing their
developing into very serious consequences. I
think the very fact that this is being taken seri-
ously affords the greatest likelihood that a peace-
ful solution will be found. If we were doing
nothing and treating this thing as unimportant, I
would think that there was a great likelihood that
it will develop into war.
Sepfember 30, 7957
531
Q. Mr. Secretary, there seems to he a good deal
of concern that the success of the Syrian Com-
munists in getting greater power in Syria might
embolden Communists in neighboring countries,
specifically Lebanon and Jordan, to overthrow
the govei'nments there. In the event there were
such an effort, do you think that under the Eisen-
hower resolution, as passed by Congress, we have
enough authority and flexibility to deal with su£h
a situation?
A. Well, I explained, I think you will recall, in
the hearings before the Congress and, indeed, it
was explained, I think, in the President's message
to Congress that the Eisenhower Doctrine is not
designed to enable the United States to intervene
forcibly in the internal affairs of any country.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is there any concern of the
administration that the United States arms ship-
ment to the Middle East might possibly be used
against Israel since all the Arab States seem to
agree on one thing, that they want to eliminate
Israel from the Middle East?
A. The United States does not believe that its
shipments of arms to the Middle East will be used
against Israel.
Q. Mr. Secretary, could you tell us at this time
whether there was anything in Mr. Dillon's report
to you that might lead you to reorient our eco-
nomic policy to Latin America, or at least call
for some changes?
A. I think that it would not involve any major
reorientation, such as the participation by the
United States in a common market in this side of
the world, for example, comparable to what the
countries of Europe are working on and trying to
create between themselves. The United States
has some ties with so many countries in the world
that it is very difficult for it to work out a special
relationship with any group, however important
that group is. I think, therefore, that the impact
of the conference will be more in terms of a greater
concern for the interests of these countries in
maintaining a reasonable and fair market in the
United States rather than a basic change of at-
titude. Of course, our capabilities in this respect
are somewhat limited, you know, by the provisions
of the Trade Agreements Act and the requirements
of the act in relation to injury to American in-
dustry if there is a finding in that respect by the
Tariff Commission. But there will be, I think,
a greater effort than ever before to try to maintain
good neighborly trade relations with the countries
of this hemisphere.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there was an implication in
a previous answer to a question to the effect that
you think the Syrian situation will in all likeli-
hood be worked out peacefully. Is that a correct
implication, or what do you think about it?
A. Yes, I think that is a fair implication. You
might say it is largely an act of faith. I can't tell
what is going to happen there. The result depends
upon a lot of factors, and some of them are en-
tirely beyond the control of the United States.
Certainly we do not believe, there or anywhere
else, in peace at any price. The whole purpose
of the Middle East resolution was to make clear
that under certain circiunstances we would act.
Now I believe that the situation probably will
work out. But, as I say, that is partly a belief
based upon faith. There are elements there which
we cannot control and which could precipitate
serious trouble.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you agr^e with Dr.
AdcTiau^r that the Soviet Union has been inter-
fering in the West German elections?
A. Well, I am quite sure, if I said anything like
that, it would be regarded as interference.
Dollar-Bond Agreement
With Austria
Exchange of Instruments of Ratification
Press release 512 dated September 12
On September 11 Foreign Minister Leopold
Figl of Austria and American Ambassador to
Austria H. Freeman Matthews exchanged at Vi-
enna the instruments of ratification of the dollar-
bond agreement signed November 21, 1956, be-
tween Austria and the United States. The agree-
ment results in the establishment of a mixed
United States-Austrian tribunal in New York
City to determine the validity of certain dollar
bonds of several Austrian issues. These include
both public and private issues for which the cor-
porate trustees, fiscal agents, or paying agents are
United States financial institutions. Many of
these Austrian dollar bonds had been acquired by
the issuers for eventual retirement. As a result
532
Departmenf of State Bulletin
of the war, these bonds were retained uncanceled
in Austria or Germany and therefore appear on
their face to be valid obligations. A great many
of these bonds were stolen or disappeared in Ger-
many or Austria during World War II or im-
mediately thereafter.
The Austrian Government prepared a list of the
serial numbers of the missing bonds and the Aus-
trian Parliament passed a law declaring them
invalid in Austria. Under the terms of the new
agreement with Austria, any holder of a bond
listed in the annex thereto (which is a list of the
bonds invalidated in Austria) may present such
bonds to the tribunal within 18 months from the
effective date of the treaty for determination
whether they were properly included on the list of
missing bonds. If the tribunal finds in favor of
the bondholder, he will be given valid bonds in ex-
change for the ones improperly listed. Rights of
enforcement in the listed bonds become barred
upon expiration of an 18-month statute of
limitation.
At the outbreak of World War II, the Secu-
rities and Exchange Commission requested bro-
kers and dealers to refrain from effecting transac-
tions in securities covered by the agreement, and
this request is still in effect. It is anticipated
that, after the new agreement has been ratified
and has become effective, brokers and dealers will
be able to resume trading in valid Austrian secu-
rities but not in those securities which are listed
in the annex to the treaty. The Austrian issuers
are prepared to resimie payment on valid securities
as soon as the agreement is in effect.
Information regarding the numbers of the
Austrian dollar bonds listed in the annex to the
treaty may be obtained from the Embassy of
Austria, 2343 Massachusetts Ave., NW., Washing-
ton, D.C., and the Austrian Consulate General,
New York, N.Y.
Appointment of Chairman of Tribunal
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 13 (press release 518) the agreement of the
Austrian Government and the U.S. Government
to the appointment of David A. Stretch as chair-
man of the Tribunal for Austrian Dollar Bonds.
Mr. Stretch also is serving as chairman of the
Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds, a
position to which he was named in September
1953.
Letters of Credence
Turkey
The newly appointed Ambassador of Turkey,
Suat Hayri tjrguplii, presented his credentials to
President Eisenhower on September 7.
Question of Admission of American
Journalists by Chinese Communists
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR JOHNSON
Following is the text of a statement made hy
Ambassador U. Alexis Johnson at Geneva on Sep-
tember 12 with reference to a draft proposed agree-
ment issued to the press by Chinese Coinmunist
Arnbassador Wang Ping-nan earlier that day. ^
Mr. Johnson, U.S. Ambassador to Czechoslovakia,
and Mr. Wang, Chinese Communist Ambassador
to Poland, have been conducting a series of am-
bassadorial talks at Geneva since August 1955.
I told Ambassador Wang that I was not able
to consider entering into the agreement he pro-
posed at today's meeting as under U.S. immigra-
tion laws it was not possible for the United States
to assure such reciprocity as he proposed. Each
visa application must be considered on its merits.
I told hun I was astounded he now raised the
question, as last year when his authorities issued
invitations to certain American correspondents he
had specifically stated that it was not conditional
on reciprocal U.S. action and as far as I knew no
Chinese Communist correspondent had ever ap-
plied for admission to the United States. I said
if any Chinese Communist journalist desired to
enter the United States his visa application would
be accepted at a^y U.S. Foreign Service post and
considered on its merits under U.S. laws and
regulations like any other visa application. In
the same manner I expected his authorities would
consider applications from Amei'ican journalists
whose passports have now been validated for
mainland China. If his authorities now decided
to reverse their previous position and exclude
' For background on the question of travel by American
newsmen to Communist China, see Bulletin of Sept. 9,
1957, p. 420.
%epiember 30, 7957
533
American journalists, that was entirely a matter of
their own choice and they could in no way shift
responsibility for that decision to the United
States.
If the Chinese Communists really want to pro-
mote "mutual understanding," they should recon-
sider their refusal to honor the first agreement
into which we had entered, 6 Americans still re-
maining in their prisons in spite of their commit-
ment of September 10, 1955, "expeditiously" to per-
mit them to return to the United States. ^
CHINESE COMMUNIST PROPOSAL
Following is the text of the proposed agreement
submitted hy Ambassador Wang Ping-nan at
Geneva on September 12.
The Government of the People's Republic of China and
the Government of the United States of America agree
to give permission on an equal and reciprocal basis, for
correspondents of the other side to enter their respective
countries for news coverage in order to promote the
mutual understanding between the peoples of China and
the United States.
Income-Tax Protocol With Japan
Enters Into Force
Press release 516 dated September 13
Information has been received by the Depart-
ment of State from the American Embassy at
Tokyo that the American Ambassador to Japan
[Douglas MacArthur II] and the Minister of
Foreign Affairs of Japan on September 9 ex-
changed written notifications of ratification or
approval of the protocol between the United States
of America and Japan, signed at Tokyo on March
23, 1957,^ supplementing the convention for the
avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of
fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income which
was signed at Washington on April 16, 1954. The
supplementary protocol was brought into force
by that exchange of ratifications.
The 1954 convention with Japan,^ like income-
tax conventions in force between the United States
and numerous other countries, contains provisions
for the avoidance of double taxation with respect
to taxes on income. The protocol of March 23,
1957, upon its entry into force, supplements the
convention by providing that the Export-Import
Bank of Washington shall be exempt from Japa-
nese tax with respect to interest on loans or invest-
ments received by such bank from sources within
Japan. Eeciprocally, the Export-Impoi't Bank
of Japan shall be exempt from U.S. tax with re-
spect to interest on loans or investments received
by such bank from sources within the United
States.
According to the terms of the protocol, it "shall
enter into force on the date of an exchange between
the two Governments of written notifications of
ratification or ap2)roval thereof." On August 8,
1957, the Senate gave its advice and consent to
ratification of the protocol. The United States
instrument of ratification was signed by the
President on August 19, 1957. On September 9,
1957, the United States gave to Japan notification
of ratification of the protocol by the United States
and Japan gave to the United States notification
of approval of the protocol.
The protocol, according to its terms, will con-
tinue in force concurrently with the 1954 conven-
tion unless terminated earlier by a 6-month
written notice of termination given by either
Government to the other Govei-nment.
Relationship Between U.S.-Japanese
Security Treaty and U.N. Charter
\
Press release 515 dated September 13
f
Department Announcement
The Department of State and the Japanese Min-
istry of Foreign Aft'aii-s on September 13 released
the texts of an exchange of notes regarding the
relationship between the Japanese- American Se-
curity Treaty and the United Nations Charter.
This exchange of notes affirms the understanding
of the Governments of Jaj)an and the United
States that the Security Treaty and the Adminis-
trative Agreement^ are wholly compatible with
" Ibid., Sept. 19, 1955, p. 456.
" S. Exec. K, 85th Cong., 1st sess.
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3176.
' For texts of the Security Treaty and the Administra-
tive Agreement, see Bulletin of Sept. 17, 1951, p. 464,
and Mar. 10, 1952, p. 382.
534
Department of State Bulletin
their undertakings under the charter of the
United Nations.
Text of U.S. Note
American Embassy,
Tokyo^ September lli., 1957
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to Your
Excellency's Note of September 14, 1957, which
reads in the English translation thereof as follows :
I have the honor to refer to the establishment of the
Japanese-American Committee on Security, pursuant to
the agreement announced in the communique of June 21,
1957, ^ to study problems arising in relation to the Security
Treaty, Including consultation to assure that any action
taken under the Treaty conforms to the principles of the
United Nations Charter. It is the view of my Govern-
ment that the provisions of the Security Treaty and the
Administrative Agreement were so drafted as to be fully
compatible with the obligations contained in the United
Nations Charter. Accordingly, for the assistance of the
Committee on Security in carrying out its responsibilities
my Government wishes to confirm that the Governments
of Japan and of the United States of America are In
agreement concerning the interpretation of the Security
Treaty and the Administrative Agreement as they relate
to the Charter of the United Nations, and that it is the
common understanding of the two Governments that :
(a) The Security Treaty does not affect and shall not
be interpreted as affecting in any way the rights and obli-
gations of the two Governments under the Charter of the
United Nations or the responsibility of the United Nations
for the maintenance of international peace and security ;
(b) As set forth in the Charter of the United Nations,
both Governments are obliged to settle any international
disputes In which they may be involved by peaceful
means in such a manner that International peace and
security, and justice, are not endangered and to refrain
in their international relations from the threat or use
of force against the territorial integrity or political Inde-
pendence of any state, or in any other manner Inconsistent
with the Purposes of the United Nations :
(c) Measures which may be taken under the Security
Treaty Including those which may be taken under the
Administrative Agreement entered into thereunder, shall
conform to the provisions of Article 51 of the United Na-
tions Charter, whenever such provisions are applicable
thereto.
I would appreciate it if your Government would con-
firm the understanding of my Government as stated above.
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your
Excellency, Monsieur L' Ambassadeur, the renewed as-
surance of my highest consideration.
I have further the honor to inform Your Ex-
cellency that the understanding of the Govern-
ment of Japan as stated above is confirmed by the
" Ibid., July 8, 1957, p. 51.
Sepfember 30, J 957
Government of the United States of America and
that your Note and this reply confirm that our
two Governments are in agreement concerning the
interpretation of the Security Treaty and the Ad-
ministrative Agreement as they relate to the
Charter of the United Nations.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances~of
my most distinguished consideration.
Douglas MacArthur II
His Excellency
AiiciiiRO Fujiyama,
Minister for Foreign A-ffairs,
Tokyo.
$66 Million Loan Agreement
for Thailand Project Signed
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development announced on September 12 that the
Bank and the Yanhee Electricity Authority of
Thailand had that day signed an agreement for a
loan equivalent to $66 million to help finance the
Yanhee multipurpose project for the develop-
ment of electric power, flood control, and
irrigation.
The Yanhee project is the largest ever under-
taken in Thailand and one of the largest of its
kind in Asia. Wlien its full power potential is
realized, installed generating capacity will be 560,-
000 kilowatts and a national power grid will bring
power to 33 of Thailand's 71 provinces. The
power to be ultimately generated by the project
should be sufficient to meet most of Thailand's
needs for the next 15 to 20 years and will be an
important impetus to further economic growth.
The Bank's loan will help finance the first stage
of the project. That stage includes the construc-
tion of a dam 500 feet high on the Ping River in
western Thailand and the installation of 140,000
kilowatts of generating capacity to supply Bang-
kok and 11 other communities with electricity.
The dam will help control floods which periodi-
cally cause severe crop damage, and, by providing
water for irrigation in the dry season, it will make
possible an increase in agricultural production
valued at about $15 million annually.
The loan had been approved by the Bank's
Executive Directors on August 20, and signing
awaited the enactment of legislation by the Thai
National Assembly establishing the new Yanhee
535
Electricity Authority, which was to be the bor-
rower. The Authority was established by law on
September 8, 1957, as an independent government
agency to operate the Yanhee project and all large
power generating plants and transmission facili-
ties in central Thailand.
The loan is for a term of 25 years and bears
interest of 5% percent, including the 1 percent
commission which is allocated to the Bank's
special reserve. Amortization will begin Octo-
ber 15, 1963. The loan is guaranteed by the King-
dom of Thailand.
The loan documents were signed by Sawet
Piampongsant, Deputy Minister of Finance, on be-
half of the Kingdom of Thailand; by Xujati
Kambhu, Member of the Board, on behalf of the
Yanhee Electricity Authority ; and by Eugene E.
Black, President, on behalf of the World Bank.
Economic Relations Between the United States and Latin America
hy Roy R. Rubottom, Jr.
Assistant Secretary for Inter- American Affairs ^
I am delighted to have the opportunity of talk-
ing with this distinguished group about our eco-
nomic relations with Latin America. There is,
I know, little or no need for me to tell you how
important those relations are. For example,
our trade with Latin America, both exports and
imports, amounts to some $7^/^ billion a year, and
frequently in recent years that trade has been
larger than with any other area of the world. Our
private investments in Latin America are in the
neighborhood of $9 billion and are larger than
anywhere else in the world, except those that we
have in Canada. These trade and investment
totals are steadily climbing, reflecting the ever-
expanding economic relationships between the
Latin Americans and ourselves, and reflecting the
rapid economic growth that is taking place in
Latin America, particularly in some of the coun-
tries of the area.
Trade and private investment are, of course,
only a part of the story. United States educa-
tional and philanthropic organizations have large
programs in Latin America. I should mention
' Address made before a conference on "Latin American
Development and United States Industry" at the Harvard
Graduate School of Business Administration, Boston,
Mass., on Sept. 11.
specifically the long-recognized work of the Rocke-
feller Foundation and the newer roles of the Ford
and Creole Foundations.
Our Government has long provided various
types of economic assistance to the countries in the
area : grant assistance to cope with emergency sit-
uations, large-scale Export-Import Bank loans,
technical cooperation, both bilaterally and
tlu'ough the Organization of American States,
lending for economic development under the Pub-
lic Law 480 program, and grants for two-thirds
of the cost of construction of the Inter- American
Highway.
In a word, Latin America is of great importance
to us and we are greatly important to Latin Amer-
ica. We have a mutual dependence on one an-
other, and we work well together.
Despite the basic harmony in this relationship
there are divergencies of views, frequently healthy
differences of opinion. For example, some of our
southern neighbors have long pressed hard for an
inter-American bank or inter-American loan fund
for the purpose of providing increased public
financial assistance. Our position is that existing
institutions, particularly the Export-Import Bank
and the World Bank, are adequate to finance the
sound projects that our neighbors propose.
Also, many of the Latin Americans would like
536
Deparfmenf of S/afe Bullelin
for us to agi-ee to proposals to assure them a fixed
minimum return on their major exports and to
set price parity rehitionships between their raw-
material exports and their imports of manufac-
tured goods. We do not believe such proposals
either practicable or desirable. At the same time,
however, we have repeatedly demonstrated our
willingness to study the problems of individual
commodities.
A third example is that some of our friends
have suggested that we give a blanket United
States endorsement for common markets. Here
we have taken the position that we would support
economically somid regional trading arrangements
but that we cannot commit ourselves on given ar-
rangements until we know what the prospective
participating comitries have in mind. We are
especially anxious to maintain the principle of
competitive free enterprise.
Economic Conference at Buenos Aires
These are some of the problems that invariably
come up at inter- American meetings. The recent
Economic Conference of the Organization of
American States in Buenos Aires was no excep-
tion. There we had a comprehensive exchange of
views on major economic problems in inter-Ameri-
can economic relations, and with only one excep-
tion we reached imanimous accord on resolutions
setting forth the opinions and conclusions of the
American states. Time does not permit an ex-
haustive review of the conference, but a brief in-
dication of some of the highlights might be of
interest.
In the important resolution on financing eco-
nomic development, recognition was given to the
need for attracting both domestic and foreign
private investment. Appreciation was expressed
for the significant contributions bemg made by in-
ternational lending institutions to Latin America's
development. It was determined that further
studies should be made of proposals for an inter-
American bank or development fund, and the Gov-
ernments agreed to carry out studies of these
proposals through the Inter-American Economic
and Social Council.
The question of Latin American regional
markets was one of the most debated at the con-
ference. The end result of the lengthy discussions
devoted to this problem was a resolution endorsing
the ultimate establishment of such markets, grad-
ually and progressively, in multilateral and com-
petitive form, aid recommending that the Inter-
Americau Economic and Social Comicil and the
Economic Commission for Latin America pursue
their studies and cooperate closely with one
another on this subject.
The conference approved a resolution calling on
the lA-ECOSOC to set up a committee to deal
witli problems of basic products. This committee
would study market factors, the possible impact of
the European common market on the Americas,
and make recommendations to the Governments of
the hemisphere. The resolution went far toward
meeting the desires of the Latin American coun-
tries at Buenos Aires to seek solutions to the per-
ennial problems of commodity prices and terms
of trade. The only resolution on which the
United States made a negative vote was another
which, in effect, directed the new lA-ECOSOC
committee to seek commodity agreements and
which called for automatic compensatory credit
to countries suffering from price fluctuations.
It was our belief that this second resolution un-
dertook to predetermine the results of the studies
and thus to tie the hands of the new lA-
ECOSOC committee; so we voted against it.
At Buenos Aires we foimd the customary una-
nimity of opinion supporting teclinical assistance
activities. In the discussions of this subject the
major topic was the need for increased govern-
ment contributions to the technical assistance pro-
gram of the Organization of American States.
The Organization was urged to seek a larger pro-
gram.
Among the subjects discussed in the conference's
committee on transportation, one of the most im-
portant was that on the development of the Kiver
Plate basin and the need of landlocked countries
for freedom of transit. The Inter- American Eco-
nomic and Social Council and the states most di-
rectly concerned were asked to imdertake studies
of these and related topics.
Question of General Economic Agreement
The most publicized conference subject was the
proposed general economic agreement. As you
know, such an agreement was signed by the
American states at Bogota in 1948, but there were
so many objections by so many of the states
that only three of them ultimately ratified it.
The project was later revived in 1954 at Caracas
September 30, 1957
537
and also at Rio. Consequently, the secretariat of
the lA-ECOSOC drafted a text of an agreement
based on resolutions and declarations made in the
inter- American system since 1889. The substance
of this draft contained all the familiar topics in
inter- American economic relations, including nat-
urally the controversial ones. Very little, if any,
negotiation on the draft text took place prior to
the opening of the conference, and at Buenos Aires
it became clear to the great majority of the Gov-
ernments that negotiation of such a document in
a period of 3 weeks was manifestly impossible.
Accordingly, there was unanimous agreement that
the whole problem of an economic treaty should
be referred to the Council of the Organization of
American States. At the same time there was
also unanimous agreement on an Economic Decla-
ration which was drafted by several of the Latin
American countries and which set forth some of
the most important principles of inter- American
economic relations. ^
The Buenos Aires conference was, I believe, an-
other important milestone in hemispheric eco-
nomic progress. The real significance of this and
similar conferences lies in the steady but sure
progress that they represent in seeking solutions
to the complex and difficult problems confronting
countries of the Americas, in their internal devel-
opment and in their relations with one another.
Problems of the magnitude presented there are not
instantly and magically solved. At Buenos Aires
we did redefine our common problems and reach
agreement on the best means of tackling them.
Also, renewed importance was given to the Inter-
American Economic and Social Council with new
and serious responsibilities assigned to it for mak-
ing studies and recommendations. A large num-
ber of the most able and outstanding public offi-
cials of the Americas were in attendance, and I
am convinced that all of them recognized the real
value of the conference. They and we can point
to it with pride for the success that it achieved.
I believe that all of the delegations represented
at Buenos Aires wondered at times whether we
had not undertaken too large a task. A general-
ized economic conference covering as many im-
portant agenda topics as the one we have just
concluded in Buenos Aires is an enormous under-
taking. If detailed studies were made, it could
last indefinitely. The American states might con-
sider taking a leaf out of your own book at Har-
vard, where you have had a specialized 3-day
conference. We are already moving in that di-
rection. Last May, for example, the Connnittee
of Presidential Representatives recommended that
a specialized conference on trade in the Americas
be held in 1958. ^ By concentrating our time and
talents on specific subjects, as you have done, we
should be able to increase our effectiveness even
more.
Key to Latin American Development
The United States acknowledges its share of
the responsibility for the economic development
of Latin America. Our Government, through its
various programs in the area, is doing much al-
ready and stands ready to do more. For example,
both Secretary Anderson and Samuel Waugh,
President of the Export-Import Bank, pointed to
the great expansion in the Export-Import Bank's
lending to Latin America during the past 3 years
and invited an increasing flow of sound project
applications so that the bank's activities in Latin
America might continue to grow.
Competitive free enterprise, however, through
its role in trading and investment is doing and will
do far more than any government can. It is not
looking for special favors. ^Vlaen fair treatment
is assured, private capital will be available. This
idea is not an obsession with us. It is a tested
system which has stood rigors of time and de-
pression and become stronger in the process. Of
course, once the climate has been established for
the entry of foreign private capital, domestic
capital, including that which has taken refuge
abroad, will not linger far behind.
But we in the United States can at best supply
only a few of the key ingredients for the economic
development of our neighbors. As was recognized
in the speeches of distinguished Latin American
officials at Buenos Aires, there is no automatic,
easy solution to the manifold problems involved
in the quest for rapid economic growth. Lasting
progress can, of course, come ultimately only from
the spirit, work, and savings of the people them-
selves in a developing country. External assist-
ance is genuinely helpful, even necessary, but its
^ For text, see p. 540.
538
' Bulletin of June 24, 1957, p. 1014.
Department of Stale Bulletin
part is definitely secondary to the indispensable
mobilization of human and material resources in
the countries concerned. Here is the key to de-
velopment. I trust that this Harvard conference
has shown how Latin America can expedite the
mobilization of her resources, which are vast
indeed.
I recognize that the situation varies from coun-
ti*y to counti-y. Some are already drawing heavily
on their resources and are progressing rapidly.
Other countries, notwithstanding great potential,
are battling inflation and other domestic problems
which have adversely affected their rate of prog-
ress in development. We all have one thing in
common, however. We are looking forward to
tlie day when a changed world situation will per-
mit us to reduce our military expenditures. In
his speech at Buenos Aires,* Secretary Anderson
suggested that we continue to examine carefully
our military budgets. By avoiding unnecessary
military outlays, we can concentrate more on the
critically important problem of raising living
standards. I believe the Secretary's observation
struck a sympathetic note.
In closing, I would like to stress once again
what I consider to be the strongest element in the
relations of the 21 American Republics, whether
it be in the area of political, security, or economic
affairs. That element is their capacity to put for-
ward frankly their own points of view, no matter
how divergent they may be at times, and, having
done so, then to seek the highest level of accord
possible on which to move ahead. That was done
at the conference at Buenos Aires on which I
have briefly reported today, and I am sure that
is the spirit of this conference at Harvard.
Economic Conference of the Organization of American States
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
White House (Newport, R. I.) press release dated September 4
I share with Deputy Under Secretary of State
Douglas Dillon the gratification he has expressed
over the progress made at the Buenos Aires Eco-
nomic Conference. The delegates from 20 Ameri-
can coimtries came to the meeting with certain
honest differences of opinion. But they suc-
ceeded, after diligent labors and in their tradi-
tional cooperative spirit, in reaching a large meas-
ure of agreement on the important economic
problems confronting the American states.
The Organization of American States has a
great tradition of political accomplishment, and
the Buenos Aires conference demonstrates that
further inter-American cooperation on the eco-
nomic front should also be possible and practical.
The resolutions adopted, taken together, consti-
* Ihid., Sept. 16, 1957, p. 463.
'The Economic Conference of the Organization of
American States met at Buenos Aires Aug. 15-Sept. 4.
For text of an address by Secretary of the Treasury Robert
B. Anderson, chairman of the U.S. delegation, see
Bulletin of Sept. 16, 1957, p. 463.
tute a constructive approach to the manifold prob-
lems of improving the living conditions of all of
our peoples.
I believe that the Economic Declaration of
Buenos Aires is an outstanding statement of the
principles and objectives of inter- American eco-
nomic cooperation. It calls especially for a freer
flow of trade, for cooperation on the problems of
basic commodities, for expansion of the flow of
private and public capital, and for the effective
support of scientific and technical cooperation pro-
grams, all within the framework of our respective
laws. It is, in fact, another development of which
the Organization of American States can justly
be proud.
STATEMENT BY MR. DILLON >
My delegation is highly gratified at the con-
structive results of the Economic Conference.
The conference faced the economic problems of
' Released to the press at Buenos Aires on Sept. 3.
Deputy Under Secretary Dillon was acting chairman of
the U.S. delegation.
Sepfemfaer 30, 7957
539
the hemisphere squarely. We have, all of us,
talked frankly, and we have ended by reaching a
measure of agreement hitherto unprecedented in
our inter-American economic conferences. Reso-
lutions were introduced covering every conceiv-
able practical problem. These resolutions were
debated and worked over in committees and with
only a single exception were adopted unani-
mously— thus marking a new high point in hemi-
spheric unity.
The Economic Declaration of Buenos Aires,
adopted last night, records and reinforces certain
principles which are basic to the inter-American
system and which look toward the strengthening
of the economies of the participating countries
and the improvement of the living standards of
the peoples of the Americas.
In the first place, the declaration emphasizes
the need of cooperation among the American Re-
publics. Cooperation is the opposite of isolation-
ism. Cooperation means working together for
common ends.
In the second place, the declaration stresses that
economies are developed and living standards are
improved to the extent that the countries succeed
in developing their natural and human resources
and increasing the flow of profitable international
trade.
So far as concerns the development of natural
resources, the declaration makes clear that both
public and private investment are required, and
it links these two types of investment together in
one paragraph. The United States welcomes this
recognition of the close connection between pub-
lic and private financing. While constantly seek-
ing sound methods of increasing the scope and
amount of public international financing within
the hemisphere, the United States has continued
to stress that the volume of public financing is
directl yrelated to the amount of private financing
which coxmtries are able to attract and that an
expanded flow of private foreign investment is
essential if the American Republics are to achieve
the degree of development and improvement in
living standards to which their peoples rightfully
aspire.
I would like to say how impressed we have
been by the highly capable manner in which the
Argentine Republic, as our host country, has
handled the affairs of the conference. I would
540
particularly like to congratulate the conference
chairman, Dr. Krieger Vasena, on the way he has
guided our work.
We are returning to Washington, firm in the
faith that we have added here in Buenos Aires
another important block to the great Pan
American edifice.
ECONOMIC DECLARATION OF BUENOS AIRES ^
Unofficial translation
The Economic Conference of the Organization
of American States makes the following declara-
tion which shall be known as the "Economic Dec-
laration of Buenos Aires". Since the full realiza-
tion of the destiny of the Americas is inseparable
from the economic and social development of their
people, it reiterates: That it is the intention of
the governments to maintain conditions which
promote the maximum economic growth of each
country through the attainment of high and
stable levels of real income, employment, and con-
sumption, in order that all their peoples may be
adequately fed, housed, clothed, and have access
to services necessary for health, education and
general well-being, and it declares :
That for the realization of these principles and
purposes, and in accordance with provisions of the
United Nations Charter and the Charter of the
Organization of American States, it is the purpose
of the governments to promote :
1. The expansion of the volume of trade among
themselves and with other nations, on a mutually
advantageous basis, including cooperative meas-
ures necessary for its attainment.
2. The reduction of barriers to inter- American
and international trade, taking into account the
measures which may be necessary in the light of
the economic conditions and requirements of each
of the American states or of several of them
among themselves.
3. International cooperation, either through
intergovernmental consultations or through other
arrangements which may be agreed upon, relating
to the problems of basic or primary commodities
whose process may be subject to excessive fluctua-
tions, and relating to the orderly disposal of sur-
pluses in a manner which will not unduly dis-
rupt international trade.
' Approved unanimously on Sept. 2.
Department of State Bulletin
4. The adoption of measures to facilitate the
acquisition and exchange, for their mutual benefit,
of capital, machinery, raw materials, techniques,
and other material elements needed for their
economic requirements.
5. The intensification of their efforts, individ-
ually or through international financial institu-
tions, to expand the flow of public capital to the
comitries of the American continent through the
extension of credits for the sound financing of in-
vestments considered essential to development,
and to encourage private investment therein, in
order to promote their economic development and
strengthen mutually beneficial economic relation-
ships among the American countries.
6. The continuation of their efi'orts toward the
achievement of sound monetary and financial
conditions.
7. The intensification of their national and
international efforts to improve, develop and uti-
lize efficiently their means of transportation and
communication.
8. The conclusion of agreements by the inter-
ested governments, to facilitate free transit for
landlocked countries for the purposes of their
trade.
9. Effective support, through the Organization
of American States and the appropriate inter-
national agencies, or directly between themselves,
for technical and scientific cooperation programs
which, taking into account the corresponding
national or regional plans, may contribute to the
acceleration of economic development and the im-
provement of the standards of living of the peoples
of the continent.
10. The strengthening of the Inter-American
Economic and Social Council so that it may
respond fully to the purposes and functions
assigned to it by the Charter of the Organization
of American States, act as a coordinating organ
of inter-American official activities in the eco-
nomic and social field, and deal effectively with
the consultation which the states may initiate with
it for the prevention of difficulties or solution of
economic problems.
The terms of this declaration shall be applied
by each state to the extent permitted by its re-
sources and requirements, its own laws and its
international obligations.
Inter- American Highway To Open
From Texas to Southern Costa Rica
The Bureau of Public Eoads of the Depart-
ment of Commerce announced on September 7
that, barring unforeseen delays, the Inter- Amer-
ican Highway will be open to motor travel in
January 1958 for 2,725 miles from Laredo, Tex.,
to San Isidro in southern Costa Rica. By early
1959 the entire Inter-American Highway, fi'om
Laredo to the Panama Canal, should be open for
3,200 miles. The Pan-American Highway, of
which it is a part, will eventually enable a motor-
ist to drive from Alaska to southern Argentina.
Mexico has built the section of the Inter-Amer-
ican Highway inside its borders without assist-
ance from the United States. The United States
is now meeting two-thirds of the cost of com-
pleting the unfinished portions of the road from
the southern border of Mexico through the six
Central American Republics to the Panama Canal.
Two impassable sections through the mountains
remain. One, a stretch of 25 miles into Guatemala
from the Mexican border, is now being cleared.
It is expected that the grading of this stretch will
be finished by January. Although certain bridges
will not be completed, "controlled" traffic will be
possible. Motorists will then be able to drive on
a two-lane, all-weather road through Guatemala,
El Salvador, Honduras, and Nicaragua to San
Isidro del General, Costa Rica. "Controlled"
means that travel may be interrupted at times by
construction activities and possible slides.
Beyond San Isidro a much longer impassable
section extends nearly 150 miles through rugged
mountain terrain to Concepcion, Panama. The
remainder of the Inter- American Highway, from
Concepcion to Panama City, is passable, and some
parts are now paved.
Import Quota on Tung Oil
White House press release dated September 9
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President on September 9 issued a procla-
mation restricting imports of tung oil for the
remainder of the current crop year and for the 3
crop years ending October 31, 1960. In taking
September 30, 7957
541
this action, the President accepted the unanimous
finding of the U.S. Tariff Commission that imports
were interfering witli our price-support program
for tung oil. While the Tariff Commission rec-
ommended a 3 cent per pound import fee, the
President decided upon a quota restriction.
The proclamation establishes three annual
quotas of 26 million pounds each. The period
covered by the first 26 million pound quota, how-
ever, includes the remainder of the current crop
year as well as the crop year beginning November
1, 1957. In this first quota period the proclama-
tion provides for imports not in excess of a
monthly rate of 1,154,000 pounds through January
of 1958. For the second and third crop years, not
more than one-fourth of the annual quotas shall be
imported during the first quarter of each.
Of the annual quota of 26 million pounds,
22,100,000 pounds may be imported from Argen-
tina, 2,964,000 pounds from Paraguay, and 936,-
000 pounds from other coimtries.
The President's proclamation was issued under
section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as
amended, which authorizes limitations on imports
when imports are interfering with or threaten
to interfere with domestic price-support or mar-
keting programs. The Tariff Commission made
its investigation and report under this section.^
PROCLAMATION 3200^
Imposing an Impost Quota on Tung On.
Whereas, pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, as amended (7 U. S. C. 624), the Secre-
tary of Agriculture advised me there was reason to believe
that tung oil is being, and is practically certain to continue
to be, imported into the United States under such condi-
tions and in such quantities as to render or tend to render
ineffective, or materially interfere with, the price-support
program undertaken by the Department of Agriculture
with respect to tung nuts and tung oil, or to reduce sub-
stantially the amount of products processed in the United
States from domestic tung nuts or tung oil with respect
to which such program of the Department of Agriculture
is being undertaken ; and
Whebeas, on March 21, 1957, I caused the United States
Tariff Commission to make an investigation under the
said section 22 vpith respect to this matter ; ' and
Whereas the said Tariff Commission has made such
* Copies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D.C.
=■ 22 Fed. Reg. 7265.
' Bulletin of Apr. 8, 1957, p. 585.
investigation and has reported to me its findings and
recommendation made in connection therewith; and
Whereas, on the basis of the said investigation and
report of the Tariff Commission, I find that tung oil is
being, and is practically certain to continue to be, im-
ported into the United States imder such conditions and
in such quantities as to render or tend to render ineffec-
tive or materially interfere with the said price-support
program with respect to tung nuts and tung oil, and as to
reduce substantially the amount of products processed in
the United States from domestic tung nuts or tung oil
with respect to which such program is being undertaken ;
and
Whereas I find and declare that the imposition of the
quantitative limitations on imports of tung oil hereinafter
proclaimed is shown by such investigation of the Tariff
Commission to be necessary in order that the entry of
tung oil will not render or tend to render ineffective, or
materially interfere with, the said price-support program,
or reduce substantially the amount of products processed
in the United States from tung nuts or tung oil ; and
Whereas I find that the quantitative limitations here-
inafter proclaimed will not reduce the permissible total
quantity of tung oil which may be entered to proportion-
ately less than 50 per centum of the average annual
quantity of tung oil entered during the representative
period November 1, 1952 to October 31, 1956, inclusive;
and
Whereas the allocation of the quotas among foreign
supplying countries as hereinafter prescribed will assure
an equitable distribution of the imports of tung oil which
may be entered hereunder, based upon the proportion of
imports for consumption that such foreign countries sup-
plied during the said representative period :
Now, THEREFORE, I, DwiQHT D. EISENHOWER, President
of the United States of America, acting under and by
virtue of the authority vested in me by the said section 22
of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amended, do
hereby proclaim
1. That for the period commencing September 9, 1957,
and ending October 31, 1958, the total quantity of tung
oil entered shall not exceed 26,000,000 pounds, of which
no more tlian 846,066 pounds shall be entered before
October 1, 1957, and no more than 1,154,000 pounds shall
be entered during each of the succeeding four calendar
months of said period ;
2. That for the 12 month period commencing November
1, 1958, and ending October 31, 1959, the total quantity
of tung oil entered shall not exceed 26,000,000 pounds, of
which no more than 6,500,000 pounds shall be entered
during the first quarter of said period ;
3. That for the 12 month period commencing November
1, 1959, and ending October 31, 1960, the total quantity of
tung oil entered shall not exceed 26,000,000 pounds, of
which no more than 6,500,000 pounds shall be entered dur-
ing the first quarter of said period ;
4. That of the 26,000,000 pounds of tung oil specified
in paragraphs 1, 2, and 3, respectively, not more than
22,100,000 pounds shall be the product of Argentina, nor
more than 2,964,000 pounds shall be the product of Para-
guay, nor more than 936,000 pounds shall be the product
542
Department of Stale Bulletin
of other foreign countries ; that of the 846,066 pounds
specified in paragrapli 1, not more than 719,156 pounds
shall be the product of Argentina, nor more than 96,452
pounds shall be the product of Paraguay, nor more than
30,458 pounds shall be the product of other foreign coun-
tries ; that of the 1,154,000 pounds specified in paragraph
1, not more than 980,900 pounds shall be the product of
Argentina, nor more than 131,556 pounds shall be the
product of Paraguay, nor more than 41,544 pounds shall
be the product of other foreign countries ; and, that of the
6,500,000 pounds specified in paragraphs 2 and 3, respec-
tively, not more than 5,525,000 pounds shall be the product
of Argentina, nor more than 741,000 pounds shall be the
product of Paraguay, nor more than 234,000 pounds shall
be the product of other foreign countries.
As u.sed in this proclamation, the term "entered" means
"entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for con-
sumption."
In witness whereof, 1 have hereunto set my hand
and caused the Seal of the United States of America to
be affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this ninth day of
September in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
fifty-seven, and of the Independence of the United
[seal] States of America the one hundred and eighty-
second.
/^ LjLS^C-'C'Z^U-tCju^ A.*o.^
By the President :
John FosTiat Duixes,
Secretary of State.
Amendment to Immigration Act
Becomes Law
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
White House (Newport, R. I.) press release dated September 11
I have today approved S. 2792, a bill to amend
the Immigration and Nationality Act. This
measure, ■while making improvements in present
practices, is a disappointment in that it fails to
deal with many of the serious inequities inherent
in the Immigration and Nationality Act. The
new law puts into effect some of the recommenda-
tions which I made to the Congress on January
31, 1957,^ but it does not include many other im-
portant changes which I recommended at that
time.
1. I think that it is particularly regrettable that
the Congress did not provide a method whereby
the thousands of brave and worthy Hungarian
refugees, who have suffered so much at the hands
of communism, might in the future acquire per-
manent residence looking forward to citizenship.
2. There is also a serious omission in the legis-
lation in that Congress has failed to legislate
specific policies as to the future methods of ad-
mission into the United States of refugees and
escapees from persecution and oppression.
3. I am also disappointed that the Congress did
not provide for basing the immigration quota
upon the census of population for 1950 in place
of the 1920 census, so as substantially to increase
the quota, and further that no provision has been
made for the distribution of unused quota visas.
These and other important recommendations
which I made last January deserve the careful
attention of the Congress and should be promptly
considered at the beginning of the next session.^
DESIGNATION OF COORDINATOR
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 11 (press release 509) that Robert S. Mc-
Collum, Deputy Administrator of the Bureau of
Security and Consular Affairs for Refugee and
Migration Affairs, has been named as coordinator
for the Department of State of the immigration
program recently approved by Congress. As Co-
ordinator of Special Immigration, Mr. McCoUum
will implement the program involving many
thousands of immigrants and refugees. This is a
humanitarian program including the reimiting of
families, the admission of orphans for adoption,
and the acceptance of refugees from persecution
and tyranny.
Mr. McCoUum will act under the general su-
pervision of Roderic L. O'Connor, Admmistrator
of the Bureau of Security and Consular Affairs.
He will have the coordinating responsibility with-
in the Department of State and will maintain liai-
son for the Department with private voluntary
organizations and with the other agencies of the
Government involved in this program. These in-
clude the Departments of Justice and Health, Ed-
ucation, and Welfare, the International Coopera-
tion Administration, and the Bureau of the
Budget.
' Bulletin of Feb. 18, 1957, p. 247.
^ On Sept. 12 Livingston Merchant, Ambassador to
Canada, officiated at a special ceremony at the American
Consulate at Toronto, where the first visas under the new
law were issued.
September 30, 1957
543
The Department does not intend to set up a new
and separate special organization to deal with this
sizable program, but rather, as far as possible, to
employ existing State Department entities, includ-
ing the visa-issuing officers abroad and various
political divisions and offices.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Question of Admission to U.N.
of New Members
Statements hy Henry Cabot Lodge
U.S. Representative in the Security Cowncil ^
STATEMENT ON REPUBLIC OF KOREA
U.S./U.N. press release 2715
The Security Council has the opportunity today
to correct an historic injustice. The Republic of
Korea is a blood relation of the United Nations;
of all the countries of the world none has a greater
claim than the Eepublic of Korea to membership
here.
It was 10 years ago that the United Nations first
sought to bring to Korea the independence and
unity for which it had fought so long. These 10
years have seen unspeakable tragedy for the
people of Korea and for many members of the
United Nations — ourselves included. During
these 10 years the Government and people of
Korea have kept steadfast faith with the United
Nations.
The United Nations recognizes the Republic of
Korea as the only lawful Government in Korea.
This has been confirmed in blood ; it has been con-
firmed in battle. Representatives of the Govern-
ment of the Republic of Korea take part when the
General Assembly discusses Korean problems.
The Republic of Korea participates actively in
the work of many of the specialized agencies. The
' Made in the Security Council on Sept. 9. For a state-
ment by Ambassador Lodge on the admission of Malaya,
see BuTLETiN of Sept. 23, 1957, p. 504.
544
General Assembly has repeatedly voted in favor
of Korea's admission to the United Nations.
The record is well known. A great Asian na-
tion is being deprived of its most elementary right
by an alien force which will not concede the right
of nations and people to live their own lives in
their own way. Will we see this alien force exer-
cised again this morning?
The United States welcomes the opportunity to
proclaim again its determination to work for jus-
tice in Korea and its confidence that with
determination justice will preA'ail.
STATEMENT ON VIET-NAM '
TJ.S./tf.N. press release 2718
The United States will also vote to recommend
the admission of Viet-Nam to the United Nations.
Unfortunately, much of the sad experience of
the Republic of Korea has been shared by Viet-
Nam. After heartbreaking years of war, its peo-
ple have resumed their peaceful pursuits. They
ask now only for the right to order their affairs
free from alien domination and to enjoy the bene-
fits of collective security and mutual help which
membership in the United Nations offers.
Tlie United States has recognized with profound
admiration the achievements of the people of Viet-
Nam acting through their freely elected represent-
atives. The annals of liberty have been immeasur-
ably enriched by the spectacle of almost a million
Vietnamese leaving their ancestral lands and
homes rather than suffer life under a tyranny.
The people of Viet-Nam have proven their love I
' The last two paragraphs of this statement wer^made |
in reply to remarks by the Soviet representative.
Department of State Bulletin
of peace and their abinty to fulfill the obligations
of the charter. No one can deny the historic, cul-
tural, and racial ties which bind them together as
a nation. Few would deny them the right to na-
tionhood or to membership in the United Nations.
The United States earnestly asserts these rights.
Our vote today is a vote of confidence that these
rights will not long be denied.
President Names DeWitt Gilbert
to international Salmon Commission
Tlie White House announced on August 31 that
President Eisenhower had appointed DeWitt
Gilbert to be a member of the International Pacific
Salmon Fisheries Commission, vice Elton B. Jones,
resigned.
I am aware that the Government of Viet-Nam
refused to hold nationwide elections which were
called for in the Geneva agreement and that one
reason why they refused to hold them was because
of their apprehension that the elections in the
north would not be free. If the Soviet representa-
tive will read the transcript of my statement this
morning, he will find that I said nothing to the
contrary of that.
Let me merely add that the people of Viet-Nam
want only to live their lives free from alien force
and coercion. If the Soviet Union agrees with
this, then we have nothing to worry about at all.
STATEMENT ON OUTER MONGOLIA
tl.S./D.N. press release 2719
The United States is opposed to the admission
of Outer Mongolia to the United Nations. We do
not think it is qualified. We do not think it is
independent, and we do not think it is a state. I
have said all this before, and nothing that I know
of has happened since to change this view.^
Mr. David To Represent U.S.
on iCAO Council
The White House announced on August 7 that
President Eisenhower on that day had appointed
Nelson B. David to be Representative of the
United States on the Coimcil of the International
Civil Aviation Organization, vice Harold A.
Jones, resigned.
' The eight-power resolutions recommending to the Gen-
eral Assembly that the Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam
be admitted to membership in the United Nations were
vetoed by the U.S.S.R. The U.S.S.R. draft resolution rec-
ommending admission of Outer Mongolia also failed of
adoption, receiving only two positive votes.
U.S. Delegations to
international Conferences
Ninth Pan American Railway Congress
The Department of State aimounced on Septem-
ber 3 (press release 493) that the United States
was represented by the following delegation at the
Ninth Pan American Railway Congress, which
convened at Buenos Aires on August 30 :
Delegates
William T. Faricy, chairman, president, Association of
American Railroads ; chairman. United States National
Commission of the Pan American Railway Congress
Association, Washington, D.C.
Owen Clarke, chairman, Interstate Commerce Commis-
sion
James G. Lyne, president, Simmons-Boardman Publishing
Company, New York, N.Y.
Arlon E. Lyon, executive secretary-treasurer, Railway
Labor Executives Association, Washington, D.C.
Advisers
Herbert Ashton, director, Transportation and Utilities
Division, Bureau of Foreign Commerce, Department of
Commerce; executive secretary, U.S. National Commis-
sion of the Pan American Railway Congress Association
Kenneth N. Hynes, American Republics Division, Bureau
of Foreign Commerce, Department of Commerce
Charles P. Nolan, U.S. resident member, Pan American
Railway Congress Association ; commercial attach^,
American Embassy, Buenos Aires
Technical Advisers
Anthony F. Arpaia, Commissioner, Interstate Commerce
Commission
George W. Baughman, vice president, Westinghouse Air
Brake Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Albert Beatty, Public Relations Department, Association
of American Railroads, Washington, D.C.
George J. Chegin, manager. International Mine and Mill
Division, National Malleable and Steel Castings Com-
pany, Cleveland, Ohio
Frederick H. Eaton, American Car and Foundry Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Arthur E. Gasparini, resident representative, General Mo-
tors Corporation, Buenos Aires
Sepfember 30, 1957
545
W. Arthur Grotz, president, Western Maryland Railway
Company, Baltimore, Md.
Chauncey Hand, attorney at law. Door and Hand, New
York, N.Y.
Cyrus Hanliins, president. The Wine Railway Appliance
Company, Toledo, Ohio
Clark Hungerford, president, St. Louis-San Francisco
Railroad Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Donald R. Meier, manager, Locomotive and Car Equip-
ment Department, International General Electric Com-
pany, Erie, Pa.
Frank K. Mitchell, consultant. National Malleable and
Steel Castings Company, Dobbs Ferry, N.Y.
Max K. Ruppert, president, Poor and Company, Chicago,
111.
George E. Stewart, Transportation Corps, Department of
the Army
David R. Watson, publisher, Modern Railroads, Chicago,
lU.
The Pan American Railway Congress was estab-
lished as a permanent international organization
in 1910. Its aims are to contribute to the progress
of the railways in the Americas.
All 21 American Republics are members of the
Congress, and many railroads and private individ-
uals are also members. The United States has
been a member since 1948.
The Eighth Congress was held at Washington,
D.C., and Atlantic City, N.J., during the period
June 12-25, 1953.
32d Meeting of PASO Executive Committee
The Department of State announced on Septem-
ber 3 (press release 494 revised) that the U.S.
Government will be represented by the following
observer delegation at the 32d Meeting of the
Executive Committee of the Pan American Sani-
tary Organization, which will convene at Wash-
ington, D. C, September 10-13.
Observers
Howard B. Calderwood, Office of International Economic
and Social Affairs, Department of State
Arthur S. Osborne, M.D., International Health Repre-
sentative, Division of International Health, Public
Health Service, Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare
Godfrey Summ, Office of International Administration,
Department of State
The Executive Committee and the Directing
Council were set up in accordance with a directive
of the 12th Pan American Sanitary Conference
(Caracas, Venezuela, January 12-24, 1947), which
authorized the reorganization of the Pan Ameri-
can Sanitary Bureau, which was established in
1902. Meetings of the Executive Committee have
been held semiannually since April 1947. It is
composed of representatives of seven American
Republics elected by the Directing Council.
10th IVleeting of PASO Directing Council
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 3 (press release 494 revised) that the U.S.
Government will be represented by the following
delegation at the 10th Meeting of the Directing
Council of the Pan American Sanitary Organiza-
tion, which will convene at Washington, D.C.,
September 16-27.
U.S. Representative
Leroy E. Burney. JI.D., chairman. Surgeon General, Pub-
lic Health Service, Department of Health, Education,
and Welfare
Altei-nate U.S. Representatives
Howard B. Calderwood, Office of International Economic
and Social Affairs, Department of Stat^ ,
H. van Zile Hyde, M.D., Chief, Division of International
Health, Public Health Service, Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare
Arthur S. Osborne, M.D., International Health Repre-
sentative, Division of International Health, Public
Health Service, Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare
Advisers
Elwyn F. Chase, Jr., Office of International Economic and
Social Affairs, Department of State
Godfrey Summ, Office of International Administration,
Department of State
Charles L. Williams, Jr., M.D., Chief, Latin American
Branch, Public Health Division, International Coopera-
tion Administration
Simon N. Wilson, Office of Inter-American Regional Polit-
ical Affairs, Department of State
The Directing Council is composed of repre-
sentatives of the 21 American Republics and rep-
resentatives of France, the Netherlands, and the
United Kingdom in behalf of territories under
their jurisdiction. The meetings are also attended
by observers from Canada. Since 1949, the PASO
Directing Council also has been serving as the
Regional Committee for the Americas of the
World Health Organization. The Council meets
annually, the last meeting having been held at
Antigua, Guatemala, September 16-29, 1956.
The agenda includes items relating to the pro-
gi-am and budget of PASO and of the WHO Re-
gional Office for the Americas for 1958 and 1959 ;
546
Department of State Bulletin
amendments of the financial regulations and of the
staff rules of PASO; arrangements for the 15th
Pan American Sanitary Conference, -which will be
held in Puerto Rico in September 1958 on the in-
vitation of the United States; and election of
members to the Executive Committee. The
United States will be eligible at this meeting to be
elected to a seat on the Executive Committee. The
33d meeting of the Executive Committee will be a
short organizational meeting and will be held at
Washington, D. C, on September 27.
Benefits Extended to IAEA
and Universal Postal Union
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House press release dated September 3
The President on August 31 issued an Executive
order designating the Preparatory Commission
of the International Atomic Energy Agency, the
International Atomic Energy Agency, and the
Universal Postal Union as public international
organizations entitled to the benefits of the Inter-
national Organizations Immmiities Act of Decem-
ber 29, 1945.
The International Organizations Immunities
Act provides that certain privileges, exemptions,
and immunities shall be extended to such public
international organizations as shall have been
designated by the President through appropriate
Executive order, and to their officers and employ-
ees and the representatives of the member states
to such organizations.
The statute creating the International Atomic
Energy Agency and the Preparatory Commission
of the Agency was signed at New York City on
October 26, 1956, by representatives of the 81
member states represented at the conference on
the statute which had opened on September 20,
1956.
The basic objective of the International Atomic
Energy Agency is to supply a means through
which the promise of nuclear energy will be open
to the benefit of all, to be utilized as an instrument
of progress and peace. The Agency comprises a
General Conference, which will meet annually.
and a Board of Governors, which will be in con-
stant session.
The General Conference is expected to hold its
first annual session on October 1, 1957, in Vienna,
Austria.
The Universal Postal Union, with a present
membership of 96 countries, is one of the oldest
international organizations in existence today.
The United States has been a member of the Union
since its creation in 1874. The original conven-
tion has been amended by successive conventions,
the latest of which was approved by the President
on January 8, 1953.
The Universal Postal Union has as its objective
the organization and improvement of the various
postal services and to promote, in that sphere, the
development of international cooperation. The
Universal Postal Congress meets every 5 years to
review and revise its convention, regulations, and
other agreements. Its work is facilitated by the
International Bureau of the Universal Postal
Union, which serves as a clearinghouse on a num-
ber of matters during intervals between the meet-
ings of the Congress.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 107271
Designating the Preparatory Commission op the In-
ternational Atomic Energy Agency, the Interna-
tional Atomic Energy Agency, and the UNn'ERSAL
Postal Union as Public International Organizations
Entitled To Enjoy Certain Privileqes, Exemptions,
AND Immunities
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1
of the International Organizations Immunities Act, ap-
proved December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 669), and having
found that the United States participates in the Prepara-
tory Commission of the International Atomic Energy
Agency and in the International Atomic Energy Agency
under the authority of the Statute of the International
Atomic Energy Agency ratified July 29, 1957, pursuant
to the advice and consent of the Senate given June 18,
1957, and in the Universal Postal Union under the author-
ity of a convention approved January 8, 1953, I hereby
designate the Preparatory Commission of the Interna-
tional Atomic Energy Agency, the International Atomic
Energy Agency, and the Universal Postal Union as pub-
lic international organizations entitled to enjoy the
privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the
said International Organizations Immunities Act.
The designation of the Preparatory Commission of the
' 22 Fed. Reg. 7099.
September 30, 1957
547
International Atomic Energy Agency, the International
Atomic Energy Agency, and the Universal Postal Union
as public international organizations within the meaning
of the said International Organizations Immunities Act
is not intended to abridge in any respect privileges, ex-
emptions, and immunities which such organizations may
have acquired or may acquire by treaty or congressional
action.
The White House,
August 31, 1957
ICAO Communications Experts Meet
at Montreal
The International Civil Aviation Organization
announced on September 10 the opening of the
sixth session of the ICAO Communications Divi-
sion at Montreal. Technicians representing some
40 countries and international organizations began
a 5-week meeting that will be concerned both with
immediate problems which already developed com-
mmiications and navigation techniques and equip-
ment can handle and with exchanges of views to
help the development in the future of such things
as long-range air navigation aids, the use of high-
speed systems for transferring information from
ground to air, and the practical impact of infor-
mation theory on the development of aeronautical
communications.
The division will devote considerable attention
to the problems of radio-telephone procedures.
During the past few years the radio telephone has
been displacing telegraphy for air/ground com-
munication ; recently in some sections of the world
this has been supplemented by a device known as
SELCAL, which rings a bell in the cockpit wlien
the aircraft is called, simplifying the pilot's work
by making it unnecessary to maintain a constant
radio watch. Now that regional trials and studies
have taken place, both of radiotelephony and of
SELCAL, procedures must be decided upon for
worldwide application.
The present plan by which aeronautical mobile
radio frequencies in the very-high-frequency band
are allotted applies only until the end of this year.
With increasing commmiications demands more
chaiuiels are becoming necessary, and these may be
obtained by decreasing the spacing between chan-
nels. The division will prepare a detailed allot-
ment table for use from 1958 onward.
Other items on the division's agenda include the
development of international standards covering
the technical requirements for primary and
secondary surveillance radar used for air traffic
control purposes and for a new technique of
improved communications known as single side-
band ; the development of procedures for the flight
testing of the very-higli-frequency omnidirec-
tional radio range (VOR) short-range navigation
aid, and for the ICAO standard instrument land-
ing system; and the possibility of extending the
dates during which the ICAO standards guar-
antee that certain air navigation aids will not have
to be replaced by newer systems.
5tli World Forestry Congress
To Meet at Seattle in 1960
Press release 517 dated September 18
The Department of State announced on Sep
tember 13 that it had accepted the invitation ex-
tended by Dr. Henry Schmitz, president of the
University of Washington, to hold the 5th World
Forestry Congress at the University of Washing-
ton, Seattle, during the late summer 1960.
The Council of the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations accepted in
June the offer of the United States to be host to
this Congress. Although FAO has no direct re-
sponsibility for the congresses, it has played an
important part in their organization and conduct.
The first Congress was held at Rome in 1926.
Since then they have been held at Budapest in
1936, Helsinki in 1949, and Dehra Dun, India, in
1954. The purpose of these congresses is to ad-
vance the science of forestry in its broadest mean-
ing by providing an opportunity for the exchange
of information and the development of ideas.
Foresters and others interested in forestry and
its related fields will attend the Congress, and
subjects to be discussed will range from growing
and managing tree crops to utilizing forest prod-
ucts. Study tours and field trips to other major
forest regions will be arranged to me«t the differ-
ent interests of those attending the Congress.
I
548
Department of State Bulletin
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
I MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency. Done
at New York October 26, 1956. Entered into force July
29, 1957. TIAS 3873.
Ratification deposited: China, September 10, 1957; New
Zealand, September 13, 1957.
Automotive Traffic
Convention on road traflic, with annexes. Done at Geneva
September 19, 1949. Entered into force March 26, 1952.
TIAS 2487.
Ratification deposited: Dominican Republic, August 15,
1957.
Protocol providing for accession to the convention on road
traffic by occupied countries or territories. Done at
Geneva September 19, 1949. TIAS 2487.
Ratification deposited: Dominican Republic, August 15,
1957.
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New York June 4, 1954. Entered into force
September 11, 1957. TIAS 3879.
Accession deposited: Israel, August 1, 1957.
Telecommunications
International telecommimication convention and six an-
nexes. Signed at Buenos Aires December 22, 1952;
entered into force for the United States June 27, 1955
(TIAS 3266).
Ratification deposited: Indonesia, July 15, 1957.
BILATERAL
Austria
Agreement regarding certain bonds of Austrian issue de-
nominated in dollars, and protocol. Signed at Washing-
ton November 21, 1956. Entered into force September
11, 1957 (date of exchange of ratifications).
Bolivia
Agreement further amending the agricultural commodities
■ agreement of June 7, 1957, as amended (TIAS 3841 and
3847). Effected by exchange of notes at La Paz August
30, 1957. Entered into force August 30, 1957.
China
Agreement for the exchange of insured parcel post.
Signed at Taipei July 30 and at Washington August 19,
1957. Enters into force on date to be fixed by mutual
consent between the postal administrations of the two
countries.
Israel
Agreement amending the agreement of August 7 and 8,
1952 (TIAS 2686) relating to the industrial investment
guaranty program, and providing war risk guaranties
under section 413(b)(4) of the Mutual Security Act
of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 832, 847 ; 22 U. S. C. 1933) .
Effected by exchange of notes at Tel Aviv July 31 and
at Jerusalem August 11, 1957. Entered into force
August 11, 1957.
Mexico
Agreement concerning the joint interpretation of para-
graph (d) of article 30 of the Migrant Labor Agreement
of August 11, 1951 (TIAS 2331), as amended and ex-
tended. Effected by exchange of notes at Washington
July 30, 1957. Entered into force July 30, 1957.
Netherlands
Agreement extending the agreement of August 6 and 16,
1956 (TIAS 3650) relating to the establishment and
operation of rawinsonde observation stations in
Curagao and St. Martin. Effected by exchange of notes
at The Hague July 8 and August 29, 1957. Entered into
force August 29, 1957.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
September 30, 1957
Secretary Dulles Attends
Foreign Service Ceremonies
The Department of State announced on Septem-
ber 12 (press release 513) that Secretary Dulles
had attended on that day the graduation cere-
monies of the junior Foreign Service officer class
which began its studies at the Foreign Service
Institute in June. The Secretary first toured the
new home of the Foreign Service Institute in
Arlington Towers, accompanied by Assistant
Secretary for Public Affairs Andrew Berding;
Ambassador Josepli Satterthwaite, Director Gen-
eral of the Foreign Service ; and Herbert P. Fales,
Director of the Board of Examiners for the
Foreign Service.
The Director of the Foreign Service Institute,
Harold B. Hoskins, introduced the Secretary to
members of the graduating cla^s as well as to
officers of two other junior officer classes still in
training. In his introduction, Mr. Hoskins
pointed out that this marked the 20th junior offi-
cer class to graduate from the Institute since the
recommendations of the Secretary's Committee on
Personnel (Wriston Committee) were put into
effect in July 1955. In all, a total of 658 new
officers have joined the Service and completed
Institute training since that time, atnd there are,
in addition, 58 more officers currently enrolled.
Secretary Dulles presented diplomas to the grad-
uates and wished them success in their careers.
549
Thirty-one members of the graduating class are
being assigned to such overseas posts as Bonn,
Hong Kong, Brussels, Ciudad Trujillo, Munich,
Panama, and Perth. Twenty-eight of these of-
ficers will take 3 months of intensive language
training before proceeding to their posts. Two
other members of the class will study modern He-
brew at the University of Pennsylvania, and 11
will take up assignments in the Department.
The graduation ceremonies were also attended
by members of the midcareer course, who will
themselves graduate at the end of the month. This
group consists of 18 Foreign Service officers and
representatives of 5 other Government agencies.
Eight sessions of this course have been held since
July 1955, and a total of 152 officers have com-
pleted the requirements, including 19 men from 6
other agencies. The midcareer course in foreign
affairs is given to officers who have had from 8
to 12 years' experience.
The Foreign Service Institute has continued to
expand to meet the training needs of the Depart-
ment. There are now 400 officers engaged in full-
time training under its supervision, and 1,000 more
trainees in part-time study. In addition to the
courses for junior and midcareer officers, the Insti-
tute sponsors instruction in 21 different languages,
taught in Washington and in branch schools in
Beirut, Tokyo, Taichung, and Nice.
(bio-
(bio-
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases September 9-15
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to September 9 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 493
and 494 of September 3.
Subject
Murphy : Conference of U.S. Mayors
(printed in Bulletin of Sept. 23).
Educational exchange.
Recess appointment : Mann
graphic details).
Recess appointment : Kalijarvi
graphic details).
Dulles : news conference.
Educational exchange.
McCollum named Coordinator of Spe-
cial Immigration (rewrite).
First visas under new immigration law.
Educational exchange.
Dollar-bond agreement with Austria.
FSI graduation ceremonies.
Swearing in of U.S. delegation to 12th
General Assembly.
Relationship between U.S.-Japanese
Security Treaty and U.N. Charter.
Supplementary income-tax protocol
with Japan.
World Forestry Congress.
Stretch appointed chairman of Tri-
bunal for Austrian Dollar Bonds
(rewrite).
Wilcox : "The United Nations — Its
Issues and Responsibility."
♦Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
503
9/9
*o04
*505
9/9
9/9
*506
9/9
507
*508
509
9/10
9/10
9/11
*510
*511
512
513
*514
9/11
9/11
9/12
9/12
9/12
515
9/13
516
9/13
517
518
9/13
9/13
t519
9/14
550
Department of State Bulletin
September 30, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVII, No. 953
American Republics
Econouiic Conference of the Organization of Ameri-
can States (Eisenhower, Dillon, text of economic
declaration) 539
Economic Relations Between the United States and
Latin America (Rubottom) j36
Inter-American Highway To Open From Texas to
Southern Costa Rica 541
Ninth Pan American Railway Congress (dele-
gation) 545
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of Septem-
ber 10 526
10th Meeting of PASO Directing Council (dele-
gation) 546
32d Meeting of PASO Executive Committee (dele-
gation) 546
Austria. Dollar-Bond Agreement With Austria . 532
Aviation. Mr. David To Represent U.S. on ICAO
Council 545
China, Communist. Question of Admission of
American Journalists by Chinese Communists
(Johnson) 533
Department and Foreign Service. Secretary Dulles
Attends Foreign Service Ceremonies .... 549
Disarmament. Secretary Dulles' News Confer-
ence of September 10 526
Economic Affairs
Dollar-Bond Agreement With Austria 532
Economic Conference of the Organization of Ameri-
can States (Eisenhower, Dillon, text of economic
declaration) 539
Economic Relations Between the United States and
Latin America (Rubottom) 536
5th World Forestry Congress To Meet at Seattle
in 1960 548
Import Quota on Tung Oil (text of proclamation) . 541
Income-Tax Protocol With Japan Enters Into
Force
Ninth Pan American Railway Congress (delega-
tion)
President Names DeWitt Gilbert to International
Salmon Commission
$66 Million Loan Agreement for Thailand Project
Signed
Hungary. United Nations General Assembly Con-
demns Role of U.S.S.R. in Hungary (Lodge, text
of resolution)
Immigration and Naturalization. Amendment to
Immigration Act Becomes Law (Eisenhower) . .
International Organizations and Conferences
Benefits Extended to IAEA and Universal Postal
Union (text of executive order)
5th World Forestry Congress To Meet at Seattle
in 1960
Mr. David To Represent U.S. on ICAO Council . .
Ninth Pan American Railway Congress (delega-
tion)
President Names DeWitt Gilbert to International
Salmon Commission
10th Meeting of PASO Directing Council (dele-
gation)
32d Meeting of PASO Executive Committee (dele-
gation)
Japan
Income-Tax Protocol with Japan Enters Into
Force
5.34
545
545
535
515
543
547
548
545
545
545
546
546
534
Relationship Between U.S.-Japanese Security
Treaty and U.N. Charter (text of U.S. note) . . 534
Korea. Question of Admission to U.N. of New
Members (Lodge) 544
Middle East. Secretary Dulles' News Conference
of September 10 526
Mutual Security. Relationship Between U.S.-Jap-
anese Security Treaty and U.N. Charter (text
of U.S. note) 534
Outer Mongolia. Question of Admission to U.N. of
New Members (Lodge) 544
Presidential Documents
Amendment to Immigration Act Becomes Law . . . 543
Benefits Extended to IAEA and Universal Postal
Union 547
Economic Conference of the Organization of
American States 539
Import Quota on Tung Oil 541
Refugees. Amendment to Immigration Act Be-
comes Law (Eisenhower) 543
Syria. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of Sep-
tember 10 526
Thailand. $66 Million Loan Agreement for Thai-
land Project Signed 535
Treaty Information
Current Actions 549
Dollar-Bond Agreement With Austria 532
Income-Tax Protocol With Japan Enters Into
Force 534
Relationship Between U.S.-Japanese Security
Treaty and U.N. Charter (text of U.S. note) . . 534
Turliey. Letters of Credence (tjrguplii) .... 533
U.S.S.R.
Department Views on Statement by Foreign Min-
ister Gromyko (White) 525
United Nations General Assembly Condemns Role of
U.S.S.R. in Hungary (Lodge, text of resolution) . 515
United Nations
Question of Admission to U.N. of New Members
(Lodge) 544
Relationship Between U.S.-Japanese Security
Treaty and U.N. Charter (text of U.S. note) . . 534
United Nations General Assembly Condemns Role
of U.S.S.R. in Hungary (Lodge, text of resolu-
tion) 515
Viet-Nam. Question of Admission to U.N. of New
Members (Lodge) 544
Name Index
David, Nelson B 545
Dillon, Douglas 539
Dulles, Secretary 526
ELsenhower, President 539,541,543,547
Gilbert, DeWitt 545
Johnson, U. Alexis 533
Lodge, Henry Cabot 515, 544
MacArthur, Douglas II 535
McCoUum, Robert S 543
Rubottom, Roy R., Jr 536
i'rguplii, Suat Hayri 533
White, Lincoln 525
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1967
USB-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMEWT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
the
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
ICPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
YOU . . .
and the
UNITED NATIONS
1957
Department
of
State
How effective has the United Nations been in preventing or stopping
aggressioji and war ?
If the United Nations can only recommend, how does it get anything
done against war and injustice?
Can the United Nations prevent another world war from ever
happening?
Can the United Nations do anything about disarmament?
What do the United Nations aid programs — like the technical assist-
ance program and the United Nations Children's Fund — have to do
with world peace ?
How much does our membership in the United Nations cost?
Answers to these and other frequently heard questions regarding
the United Nations are given by Henry Cabot Lodge, United States
Eepresentative to the United Nations, in an illustrated pamphlet
recently issued by the Department of State. Twenty-five questions
in all are considered in the 40-page publication, which is printed in
question-and-answer format.
Copies of You . . . and the United Nations, 1957 may be purchased
from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington 25, D.C., for 20 cents each.
Publication 6518
20 cents
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed And:
(cash, check, or
money order).
Please send me copies of You . . . and the United Nations, 1957.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
-'^^■^-Ti
SS 06352 764 0
:^
:,vyiiiiii»
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11